You are on page 1of 536

1

GIFT JANE KoSATHER

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON


OF THE

NEW TESTAMENT

MANUAL
GREEK LEXICON
OF THE

NEW TESTAMENT
BY

G.

ABBOTT-SMITH,

D.D., D.C.L.

PROFESSOR OF

NEW TESTAMENT LITERATURE IN THE MONTREAL DIOCESAN THEOLOGICAL COLLEGE AND ASSISTANT PROFESSOR IN THE ORIENTAL DEPARTMENT IN MCGILL UNIVERSITY

NEW YORK CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS


1922

* .

Printed in the United States of America

A "32^
^^

TO MY WIFE

49Gl)t)3

PREFACE
The need
Testament
of

new Greek-English Lexicon

of

the

New

be questioned. Thayer's monumental work, deservedly the standard for more than thirty years past, and, supplemented by later literature, still likely to remain a standard of reference for some time to come, was rather too bulky to serve as a table companion to the New Testament for the average man. A smaller book, which would lend itself more readily to constant reference, has been a real and growing want for the student. This want has been enhanced by the progress of lexical study during the last quarter century. The study of vernacular texts, which in recent years received a new impetus through the discovery of vast numbers of non-literary papyri, chiefly in Egypt, has removed all doubt as to tbe category to which the language of the New Testament belongs. It is now abundantly clear that the diction of the apostolic writers is not a peculiar isolated idiom, characteristic of Jewish Hellenists, but simply the common speech of the Greek-speaking world at the time when the New Testament books were
will hardly

written.

While the statement just made has come to be a commonplace, it has not been so for long. There has arisen, therefore, the need not only of the collection and arrangement in convenient form (a need which is now being supplied for the advanced scholar in Moulton and Milligan's Vocabulary of the Greek Testament) of the results of pioneer
study in the papyri, but also of a systematic revision, in the light of recent research, of many of the views regarding the diction and vocabulary of the New Testament which were commonly accepted thirty or even twenty years ago. The considerations therefore so well set forth by Dr. Moulton in his Prolegomena \\ hich call for an entirely new grammar of the New Testament, apply also to the work of the Lexicographer. And the materials for his work still

vii

Vlll

PREFACE
accumulating

steadily

special studies of

have been liberally furnished by the Deissmann and Thumb in Germany and Moulton and Milligan in Great Britain and have also found their way into the more recent commentaries.

The new impulse given

to the study of the Septuagint

by the publication of the Oxford Concordance by Hatch and Eedpath, the Cambridge Manual Edition of the Septuagint and its accompanying Introduction by Dr. Swete, together with the Grammar of Mr. Thackeray, has also had its influence on New Testament studies. While Dr. Abbott's caution as
^

to the possibility of exaggerating the influence of the Septuagint still holds good, the evidence of the papyri has brought about a growing sense of its value to the student of the NewTestament. More reference therefore has been made, it is believed, in this Lexicon to the usage of the Septuagint than in any previous work of the same kind, so that even where there may not appear to be any special significance in the Old Testament usage with respect to a particular word, the

student will always have an idea of the extent and character of the use which was made of it in that version which was the most familiar form of the Old Testament to the writers of the New. The books mentioned in the Hst which follows are, out of a larger number to which I would register here a general acknowledgement of indebtedness, those which appeared to be, on the whole, the more accessible and useful to the average reader. Among the Lexicons, an almost equal debt The classificais owed to Liddell and Scott and to Thayer. tion of meanings in the latter, a characteristic excellence, often defies improvement, while Preuschen, though on the whole adding little to the work of his predecessors, is often Not a few suggestions of helpful in this same particular. fresh treatment have come from Fr. Zorell, S.J., whose scholarly work is quite modern and remarkably free from the ecclesiastical bias which one might have expected to find in it. Of the commentaries, besides those available to Thayer, the most helpful for lexical purposes have been those of Hort,

Swete and Mayor in Macmillan's Series, also the International Critical Commentaries, especially the more recent issues. Some of Bishop Lightfoot's best lexical work is to be found in his posthumous Notes on Epistles of St. Paul, while Dr. Field's Notes on the Translation of the New Testament, contain a wealth of learning and sound judgment
^Essays, 67
f.

PKBFAOB

IX

such as would be hard to parallel within the limits of a single volume. On points of grammar, references are mainly made to Dr. Moulton's Prolegomena and the English Translation of Blass, as the most recent and convenient of first-rate
authorities.

A brief treatment is given of the more important synonyms, in the belief that while classical distinctions cannot always be pressed in late and colloquial usage, it is an advantage to know something of the distinctive features of synonymous words as traceable in their etymology and
Testament the standard adopted that of Moulton and Geden's Concordance,'^ which, as the latest and best work of its kind, is likely to remain the recognised authority for many years to come. The Greek text followed therefore is that of Westcott and Hort, with which are compared the texts of the Eighth Edition of Tischendorf and of the English Revisers, the marginal readings of each From the Textus Beceptus as such, no being included. reading which modern editors have rejected is as a rule recorded, except in cases where a word would otherwise be dropped from the vocabulary of the New Testament. Sometimes, also, reference is made to a reading of the Beceptus to which some particular interest is attached. The asterisks and daggers in the margin follow, with the kind permission of the publishers and Mr. Geden, the notation There is, however, the one difference, of the Concordance. that whereas in Moulton and Geden the time limit marked by the dagger is the beginning of the Christian era, it seemed better for the purpose of the Lexicon to include in the category of " late Greek " all words found only in Greek writers after the time of Aristotle.^ It remains to express in general terms my grateful acknowledgement to colleagues and friends in McGill University with its affiliated Theological Colleges and in my own Alma Mater, the University of Bishop's College, Lennoxville, as well as to many English friends, in Cambridge and elsewhere, who have given me valued advice and encouragement. All these will pardon me if I single out for special mention the one name of Dr. J. H. Moulton, the genial master-craftsis
^

literary history. For the text of the

New

D.D and
'

Concordance to the Oreek Testament, by Rev. W. F. Moulton, M.A., Rev. A. S. Geden, M.A. Second Edition. T. & T. Clark, 1899. See below, p. rvi.

PREFACE

man

of that science to which I have sought in a humble way underto contribute what I could. At the beginning of

my

taking he took me in, a stranger, and gave me ungrudgingly of his counsel and direction, and also my first introduction to the publishers through whom the appearance of the work under the best possible auspices was assured. To the manifold assistance I have had from fellow- workers, both by word of mouth and through the printed page I would fain attribute most of the value which this modest effort may possess. For its deficiencies I am alone responsible, and I can only hope that in spite of them this book may sustain the note sounded in the last word in the alphabetical order ax^eXi/Ao? and may of the New Testament Vocabulary serve in a small way to the more faithful and intelligent study of the Book of the New Covenant of our Lord and Saviour in the language in which it was written.

foregoing paragraphs were written early in 1917, when, with the last sheets of the Lexicon, they were sent The manuscript has thus been inoverseas for publication. accessible for revision, whence the absence of any reference to much valuable material that has appeared, both in books and in periodicals, during the last four years, including the second volume of the Grammar of Dr. Moulton, whose tragic death as a victim of the ruthless warfare of the submarines was reported a few days after the earlier part of this Preface was written. The student is recommended to supplement the grammatical references in the body of the Lexicon by consulting the Index to Vol. II. of Dr. Moulton's Grammar. I take this opportunity of adding to the acknowledgements already made my thanks to Professors A. R. Gordon and S. B. Slack of McGill University and to the Rev. R. K. Naylor, sometime classical tutor at McGill, for their kindness in proof-reading, to the publishers for their generous enterprise at a time of unprecedented difficulty in the production of books, and to the compositors and readers of the Aberdeen University Press for their painstaking and accurate performance of a difficult task.

The

G.
MONTRHAT,,
September, 1921.

ABBOTT-SMITH.

LIST

OF ABBREVIATIONS
I.

GENEEAL.
impv.
in
1.

absol. ace. act.

ad

fin.

adj.

adv.
al.

= absolute. = accusative. = active. = ad finem. = adjective. = adverb.


alibi (elsewhere).

indie.
inf.

infr.

Ion.
I.e.

aor.

Apocr.

= = = =
;

aorist.

m.
metaph, meton.

App.

Aram.
Att.
bibl.

Apocrypha. Appendix. Aramaic.


Attic. biblical.

MGr.
n.

neg.

bis
c.
of.

= twice. = cum (ivith).


confer [compare).
classics, classical.

nom. om.
opp.
optat. pass.
pers.
pf.

cl.

cogn.

compar.
contr. dat.
e.g.

= = = = = = = =

cognate.

comparative.
contracted.
dative.

plpf.

exempli

gratia

(for

in-

stance).
eccl.

esp. ex. exc.


f.

ecclesiastical. especially.

prep. prop. ptcp.


q.v.
rei
s.

example.
except. and following (verse).

s.v.

ff.

figurative.

(verses).

se.

fig-

freq.
fut.

frequent.
future. genitive.

seq. subjc. subst.

gen.

Gk. Heb.
i.e.
:

Greek.

Hebrew.
id est.

superl. supr. syu.

Targ.
V.

Jb.

id;

impei's.

impf.

in the same place. the same. impersonal. imperfect.

vb.
v.l.

v.s.

= imperative. = in loco. = indicative. = infinitive. = infra. = Ionic. = loco citato. = masculine, = metaphorically. = metonymj'. = Modern Greek. = note, neuter. = negative. = nominative. = omit, omits. = opposed to. = optative. = passive. = person. = perfect. = pluperfect. = preposition. = properly. = participle. = quod vide. = of the thing. = sub. = sub voce. = scilicet (that is). = sequente (followed subjunctive. = substantive. = superlative. = supra. = synonym. = Targum. = vide. = verb. = variant reading. = vide sub.

by),

Equivalent

to, equals,

<^ Derived from or related to.


XI

zu

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
11.

BIBLICAL.

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
III.
(i/, ill,

Xlll

ANCIENT WEITEES.
etc.

1st,

2nd century,

etc.)

Ael.

Msoh.
.ffischin.

Anth. Antonin.
Apoll.

= Aelian, ii/A.D. = iEschylus, v/B.C. = ^schines, iv/B.C. = Anthology. = M. Aurel. Antoninus,


ii/A.D.

Herm.
Has.

Hermas, ii/A.D. =Hesiod, ix/B.C?

Hipp. Horn.
Inscr.

Luc.
Lys.

= = = = =

Apollonius Khodius,
ii/B.C. Aristotle, iv/B.C.

Rhod.
Arist.

Menand.
IT.

Aristoph.

Ath.

Aristophanes, v/B.C. Athanasius, iv/A.D.

Pans. Phalar.
Philo.

GIG
Dio Cass.
Diod. Diog.
Laert.

= = = =
= = = = =

Corpus Inscriptionum Grsecarum. Dio Cassius, ii/A.D. Diodorus Siculus, i/B.C. Diogenes Laertius,
ii/A.D.

Pind.
Plat. Plut.

Polyb.

= Hippocrates, v/B.C. = Homer, ix/B.C. ? = Inscriptions. = Lucian, ii/A.D. = Lysias, v/B.C. = Menander, iv/B.G. = Papyri. = Pausanias, ii/A.D. = Phalaris, Spurius Epp. ? = Philo Judseus, i/A.D. = Pindar, v/B.C. = Plato, v-iv/B.C. = Plutarch, ii/A.D. = Polybius, ii/B.C.
Socrates, Hist. Eccl.,

SocT.,nE=
Halicar-

Dion. H.
Diosc.

Dionysius of

Eur. Eustath. FIJ Greg. Naz. Hdt.


Heliod.

nassus, i/B.C. Dioscorides, i-ii/A.D. Euripides, v/B.C. Eustathius, xii/A.D. Flavius Josephus, i/A.D.

Soph.

= Strab. Test. Zeb.=


Theogn. Theophr. Thuc. Xen.

v/A.D. Sophocles, v/B.O. Strabo, i/B.C.

Testimony

of

Zebedee,

Gregory of Nazianzus,
iv/A.D.

= =

Herodotus, v/B.C.
Heliodorus, iv/A.D.

= = = =

ii/A.D. Theognis, vi/B.C. Theophrastus, iv/B.C.

Thucydides, v/B.C.

Xenophon,

v-iv/B.G.

IV.
Abbott, Essays
Abbott, Abbott,

MODEEN WEITEES.

JO

JV

AB

Blass, Gosp.

Essays chiefly on the Original Texts of the Old and New Testaments, by T. K. Abbott. Longmans, 1891. = Johannine Grammar, by E. A. Abbott. London, 1906. = Johannine Vocabulary, by the same. London, 1905. = St. Paul's Epistle to the Ephesians, by J. Armitage Robinson. Second Edition. Macmillan, 1909. = A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament, by Brown, Driver, and Briggs. Oxford, 1906. = Philology of the Gospels, by F. Blass. Macmillan,
1898.

Blass, Or,

= Grammar of =

Boisacq

N.T. Greek, by F. Blass, tr. by H. St. J. Thackeray.^ Macmillan, 1898. Dictionnaire Etymologique de la langue Grecque, par

Burton

CQT
Charles,

APOT

CR
Cremer

Emile Boisacq. Paris, 1907-1914. Testament Moods and Tenses, by E. de W. Burton. Third Edition. Univ. Chicago, 1898. = Cambridge Greek Testament for Schools and Colleges. = Apocrypha and Pseudepigrapha of the Old Testament, by R. H. Charles. Oxford, 1913. = Classical Review. London, 1887 fi. = Biblico-Theological Lexicon of N.T. Greek, by H. Cremer. Third English Edition, with Supplement.

= New

T.

&

T. Clark, 1886.

Dalman, Gt.

Gramm&tiy

des judish-palastinischen Aramaish, by G. Dalman. Leipzig, 189^

XIV
Dal man, Words

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
English Edition. of Jesus, by G. Dalman. T. Clark, 1902. Dictionary of the Apostolic Church, edited by J.
T.

The Words

&

DAG

DB

DB 1-vol. DCQ
Deiss.,

Hastings. Vol. I. Scribners, 1915. Dictionary of the Bible, edited by J, Hastings. 5 vols. (i-iv, e^:t. = extra vol.). Scribners, 1898-1904. Dictionary of the Bible (in one volume), by J. Hastings.
Poribiu'i-s,

1909.

BS

Dictionary of Christ and the Gospels, edited by J, Hastings. 2 vols. Scribnere, 1907-08. Bible Studies, by G. A. Deissmann. Second English Edition, including Bibelstudien and Neue Bibelstudien, tr. by A. Grieve. T. & T. Clark, 1909. Light from the Ancient East, by A. Deissmann, tr. by L. R. M. Strachau. Second Edition. Hodder, 1908. Encyclopaedia Biblica. 4 vols. London, 1899-1903. An English-Greek Lexicon, by G. M. Edwards.

Deiss.,

LAE

EB
Edwards, Lex.

Camb., 1912.

EOT
Ellic.

Expositor's Greek Testament. Commentary on St. Paul's Epistles, by 0. J. Ellicott.

Enc. Brit.

Exp. Times
Field, Notes
Gifford, Inc.

Andover, 1860-65. Camb. Encyclopaedia Britannica. Eleventh Edition. Univ. Press, 1910. The Expository Times, edited by J. Hastings. T. & T. Clark, 1890 ff. Notes on the Translation of the N.T., by F. Field,

Camb., 1899.

The Incarnation, by E.

Grimm-Thayer
Hatch, Essays

Gifford. Hodder, 1897. Greek-English Lexicon of the N.T., being Grimm's Wilkes Clavis Novi Testamenti, tr. by J. H. Thayer. New York, 1897. Essays in Biblical Greek, by Edwin Hatch. Oxford.

1889.

Hort

Commentaries on the Greek Text of the Epistle of St. James (1^-4") The First Epistle of St. Peter (li-2''); and the Apocalypse of St. John (1-3), by F. J. A.
;

ICG
Interp.

Gomm.

Jannaris

Hort. Macmilian, 1898-1909. International Critical Commentary. Scribnei-s. Interpreter's Commentary. N.Y., Barnes & Co. A Historical Greek Grammar, by A. N. Jannaris.

JThS
Kennedy, Sources
Kiihner*

Macmilian, 1897. Journal of Theological Studies. London, 1899 ff. T. Sources of N.T. Greek, by H. A. A. Kennedy.
T. Clark, 1895. Ausfiihrliche Grammatik der griechischen Sprache,

&
by

Lft.

R. Kiihner. Third Edition, by F. Blass and B. Gerth, 4 vols., 1890-1904. Commentaries on St. Paul's Epistles to the Galatians (1892) Philippians (Third Edition, 1873) and Colossians and Philemon (1892), by J. B. Lightfoot. Macmilian. Also Apostolic Fathers, by the same.
;

Lft., Notes

LS
Mayor

Macmilian, 1890. 5 vols. Notes on Epistles of St. Paul, by J. B. Lightfoot. Macmilian, 1895. A Greek-English Lexicon, by H. G. Liddell and R. Scott. Seventh Edition. Harper, 1889. Commentaries on the Epistle of St. James (Third Edition, 1910), and the Epistle of St. Jude and tha Second Epistle of St. Peter. Macmilian, 1907.

LIST OF ABBEEVIATIONS
Mayser
M'Neile

XV

Meyer
Milligan, Selections

MM (xi-xxv)
MM
(s.v.)

M.Pr.
M, Th.
Moffatt

Mozley, Ps.

gr. Papyri aus der Ptolemaerzeit, by E. Mayser. Leipzig, 1906. The Gospel according to St. Matthew, by A. H. M'Neile. Macmillan, 1915. Critical and Exegetical Commentary on the N.T., by H. A. W. Meyer. Eng. tr., T. & T. Clark, 1883. Selections from the Greek Papyri, by G. Milligan. Cambridge, 1910. Lexical Notes from the Papyri, by J. H. Moulton and and G. Milligan. Expositor VII, vi, 567 fi. VIII, iv, 561 ff. The Vocabulary of the Greek Testament, by J. H. Moulton and G. Milligan. Part I (a) Part II (j8-5). Hodder, 1914-15 (remaining parts in preparation). A Grammar of N.T. Greek. Vol. I, Prolegomena, by J. H. Moulton. Third Edition. Scribners, 1908. St. Paul's Epistles to the Thessalonians, by G. Milligan. Macmillan, 1908. James Moffatt, An Introduction to the Literature of the N.T. Scribners, 1911. The Psalter of the Church, by P. W. Mozley, Cambridge,
;

Grammatik der

1905.

NTD
Page

The New Testament Documents, by G.


Macmillan, 1913.

Milligan.

The Acts
1903.

of the Apostles,
of

by T. E. Page.
by R.
B.

Macmillan,

Backham
Ramsay,
Kendall
Rutherford, NPhr.
St.

The
St.

Acts

the

Apostles,

Rackham.

Methuen, 1901.

Paul
:

Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen, by Hodder, 1895. The Epistle to the Hebrews, by F. Rendall. Mac-

W. M. Ramsay.
millan, 1911.

The New Phrynichus, by W. G. Rutherford.


millan, 1881.
J.

Mac-

Schmidt
Simcox
Soph., Lex.

H. Heinrich Schmidt, Synonymik der Griechischen


Sprache. 4 vols. Leips., 1876-1886. Simcox, the Language of the New Testament.

W. H.

Swete

Thackeray, Or.

Thayer

Thumb, Handh.

Second Edition. Hodder, 1892. Greek Lexicon of the Roman and Byzantine Periods, by E. A. Sophocles. Scribners, 1900. = Commentaries on the Gospel according to St. Mark (Third Edition, 1909) and the Apocalypse of St. John, by H. B. Swete. Macmillan, 1906. A Grammar of the O.T. in Greek I, by H. St. J. Thackeray. Cambridge, 1909. Grimm-Thayer, q.v. Handbook of the Modern Greek Vernacular, by A. Thumb. Tr. from the Second German Edition by
=
:

Thumb,

Hellen.
=

T. & T. Clark, 1912. S. Angus. Die Griechische Sprache im Zeitalter des Hellenismus, von A. Thumb. Strassburg, 1901.

Tdf., Pr.

Tr Syn.
Vau.
Veitch

Graece, C. Tischendorf. Editio octava critica maior. Vol III, Prolegomena, by Leipzig, 1894. C. R. Gregory. Synonyms of the N. T. by R. C. Trench. Ninth Edition.
,

Novum Testamentum

Macmillan, 1880.
:

Paul's Epistle to the Romans, by C. F. Vaughan. Sixth Edition. Macmillan, 1885. Greek Verbs, Irregular and Defective, by W. Veitch, Oxford, 1887.
St.

XVI
Viteau

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

=
=

6tude sur
Verbe:

le

grec du N,T., by J. Viteau. Vol. I, Le Syntaxe des Propositions, Paris, 1893;

VD, MOr.
Westo,

WH

Vol. II., Sujet: Complement et Attribut, 1896. E. Vincent and T. G. Dickson, A Handbook to Modern Greek. Second Edition. Macmillan, 1904. Commentaries on the Gospel according to St. John, by B. F. Westcott, 2 Vols., Murray, 1908 the Epistle to the Ephesians, Macmiilan, 1906; the Epistles of St. John, Third Edition, Macmillan, 1892. The N.T. in the original Greek, by B. F. Westcott and F. J. A. Hort. Vol. II, Introduction and Appendix.
;

WM
ws
Zorell

= A Grammar of =
=

Macmillan, 1881. N.T. Greek, tr. from G. B. Winer's 7th Edition, with large additions, by W. P. Moulton. Third Edition. T. & T. Clark, 1882. Grammatik des neutestamentlichen Sprachidioms, von G. B. Winer, 8te Aufl. von P. W. Schmiedel.
Gottingen, 1894.

Novi Testamenti Lexicon Graecum (Cursus Scripturae


Sacrae
I, vii),

auctore Fr, Zorell, S.J.

Paris, 1911.

single asterisk at the beginning of an article denotes (as in Moulton to which it is attached is not found or other Greek Versions of the O.T. and Apocrypha. in the ** A double asterisk similarly afifixed denotes that the word occurs either in the Apocrypha or in the later Greek Versions of the O.T., but not in the Version of the Hebrew Canonical books, and therefore either has, as a rule, no (known) Hebrew equivalent, or else was used in a translation not kiiown to the N.T. writers. The later Greek versions (Aq., etc.) are cited, as a rule, only when a word is not found in LXX. * A single asterisk placed after a list of passages from the signifies tnat the word occurs nowhere else in that Version. t A dagger at the beginning of an article denotes that the word is not found in Greek writers of the classical period. t A dagger at the close of an article signifies that all the instances of the

And Geden's Concordance) that the word

LXX

LXX

LXX

word's occurrence in the N.T. have been cited.

An
number

inferior numeral after a biblical book (e.g. of times a word occurs in that book.

in Macg) indicates the

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


A, a, SiK^a (q.v.), to, indecl., aljyha,

alphabet.
to

have

at

the first letter of the Greek As a numeral, a = 1, a^ = 1000. As a prefix, it appears least two and perhaps three distinct senses 1. d- (before
:

a vowel, dv-) negative, as in a-yvwo-Tos, d-Sixos. 2. d-, d- copulative, indicating community and fellowship, as in d-TrAoCs, a-KoXovOeu), a-SiXcf)6s. 3. An intensive force (LS, s. a), as in a.-Tpit,o} is sometimes assumed (but v. Boisacq, s.v.). 'AapolK (Heb. ]niN), indecl. (in FIJ, -wvos), Aaron (Ex 4", al.)

Lk

15,

Ac

7*,

He

5* 7^1 9*.+

'APaSSwv

(Heb.

]niN

destruction

LXX,
:

dTrwXcia,

only

in

Wisdom
Pr

1511*), indecl.

2822 3112^ pg 8812, the place of the ruined dead Jb in NT, Abaddon, the angel of the Abyss Ee 9^\f ;8dpos), without weight; metaph. (MM, VGT, s.v.) *dpapiis, -s
Lit., of
26'''
;
:

not burdensome : 11 Co ll^.t *t'Aj3pd (T, -a), indecl. (Aram,


21<
,

xnx, emphatic form

of n^t
(v.

= Heb.

father),
I.e.)
:

used in the phrase


1436,

'A. 6 irarrjp,

Abba, Father

Swete on

Mk,

Mk

Eo

8^5,

Ga

d^.t
Tj

'APeiXtjn]

(T,
:

Eec.

'AySt-), -^s,

(sc. x^^po), Abilene,

a district in
:

the Anti-Lebanon Lk 3^t "ApeX (WH, "A-), 6, indecl. (Heb. ^3^1), Abel (Ge
1224; af/.a-'A.,

42-10)

He

11*

Mt
of
(i

2335,

Lk
,

lisi.t

'Apid (Heb. njns?

in;n>?), 6,

indecl. (in FIJ, 'A^Stas, -a), Abia,


:

Abijah.
line of

1.

Son

Eleazar

Eehoboam (iii Ki 14^) Ch 24^. lO) Lk l^.t


;

Mt

1^.

2.

priest of the

'A(3id0ap, 6, indecl.

(Heb. in^^5N), Abiathar

(i

Ki
:

21^)

Mk

226.t

'APiXt]!/!!, V.8. 'A^eLXrjvrj.

'ApiouS,

6,

indecl. (Heb. inn-^nN), Abiicd,


6,

Abihud

Mt

l".t

'Appadfi (Heb. Dn^^X),

indecl. (in FIJ, 'A/Spafio's, -ov;


:

MM,

VGT,

S.V.),

Abraham (Ge

17^

al.)

Mt
1

l^- 2 al.

*3

MANUAL

'i.REEK

LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


/3v(ra-6<i

a-Poaaos, -ov (<[Ion.

=
,

^vdoi), 1. in
2.

cl.,

boundless, bottom(for

less (e.g. 5. TTcXayos, a. ttXoStos,


al.
;

^sch.).

[In
,

LXX

Dinp

Ge

l^,

exc. Is 4427,

Jb 41^2

for

n^lS

nbisp

Jb 36i6 for

nm)

and] NT,

as subst.
;

s.v.), ^ a. (sc. x<^P). ^^^ a&^ss; (a) of the sea underworld, as the abode of the dead Eo 10'^ (Ge 1^) as the abode of demons, Lk 8*^, (a paraphrase of De 30^^ LXX) 9i 2, 11 117 178 201. 3 (Cremer, 2).t Re

(MM, VGT,

(b) of the

'AYapos, -ov, 6, Agabus : Ac ll^s *t dyaeoepY^w, -w, to do Qood, show kindness : 1 Ti 6^^ (Cremer, 8).t Nu 10^^, d,Ya0o-Troi^(i, -w ( = cl. ayadbv ttoulv, evepyeTetv) [in 171=^ A, Ze 112 (^j2i hi.), To 12iB, i Mac lp3, n Mac 1^*;] to do Jg Jo ^i (b) for another's benefit good ; (a) univ. i Pe 2i*' 20 36, 17^
,

21io.+

LXX

Mk

(Cremer, 8).+ *t dYaOoTToua, -as, 17 (< ayadoiroio?), well-doing : I Pe 4i9.t **t dYaOoTTOios, -01', = cl. ayaOovpyo^, [in LXX, of a woman who deals pleasantly in order to corrupt, Si 42^'^ * ;] doing well, acting rightly MM, VGT, s.v.).t I Pe 21* (Cremer, 8 (Plut.) chiefly for niia ;] in general, good, in dYaeos, ->?, -ov, [in physical and in moral sense, used of persons, things, acts, conditions, " perfect in its kind, so as to etc., applied to that which is regarded as that which, in itself good, is also produce pleasure and satisfaction, once for the good and the advantage of him who comes in contact at with it" (Cremer, 3): yi?, Lk 8^; 8ey8pov, Mt 7^^; /capSta, Lk 8^^; 117 ^pyor (freq. in PL), Phi 1^ ; eXms, 11 Th 2i Sdo-is, Ja ^^p^^^ Lk 10*2 as subst., t6 d., that fxvda, I Th 3 (cf. II Mac P^) er^<javp6<i, Mt 1235 which is morally good, beneficial, acceptable to God, Eo 122 ^py<{^o-. 8lwklv, I Th S^^; Oai TO a., Eo 210, Eph 428; Trpdaa-eiv, Eo 9^, II Co 5^^ KoWaa-Oai. T(Z d., Eo 12^ ipoirav Trepl tov a., Mt IQl^ III Jo ^ IXLfjLeia-OaL, TO d. crov, thy favour, benefit, Phm 1* Slolkovo's CIS TO a., Eo 13* pi., Ta a., of goods, possessions, Lk 12^^; of spiritual benefits, Eo IQi*, He 9" IQi. d. is opp. to n-ovr]p6s, Mt 5** 20^5 ; xa/cos, Eo 7^^ ; (f^aiXo?,
3* (T, S.ya06v
TTOL^o-ai),

Lk

69

(c)

ace. pers.,

Lk

6^3. 35

LXX

Eo

911, II

Co
:

510 (cf.

MM, VGT,
K.

s.v.).

properly refers to goodliness as manid. to inner excellence (cf. the cl. KaX6<s Kaya66<5 and fested in form In Eo 6^, where it is contrasted with 8., ev KapBta k. kol d., Lk 81^). d. implies a kindliness and attractiveness not necessarily possessed by the SiKaios, who merely measures up to a high standard of rectitude

Syn.

KttXo's,
:

8tKaios.

(cf.

dyadwcrvvr]).

*f 6.yaQoupyi<o, -5, Contracted form (rare, v. ayaOoep- (q.v.), to do good : Ac 14i''.t t ayaQiocTuvr] (on the termination, v.s. dytoTi;?,

WH,
and

App., 145) of
cf .
,

152

MM, VGT,

s.v.), -77s,

WH,
niM
,

App.,

dya^o's), [in

LXX for

nnil3

MM

only in Heb. bks. ;] goodness (representing " the kindlier, as St/<aiocrw7;, the sterner element in the ideal character," AE, Eph., 5^ on its relation to ^prjaroT-q^, v. Tr., Syn., lxiii) Eo 151*, q^ 522^ Th in.t
;
:

tdyaXXiaffis, -cws,

rj

{<^dyaXXia.ia), [in

LXX (most freq.

in Pss.

and

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


often coupled with
tion, exuberant joy (Cremer, 592).
icf>poa-vvrj,
:

3
exulta-

as

Ps 44
2^",

(45)^^) chiefly for b'^S

;]

Lk

1*^

Ac

He

1^ Ju

"*;

x^pa

xal a.,

Lk

1^*

t dyaXXido), -w, Hellenistic


to

form

of cl.

aydWw,
;

to glorify,
,

mid.

-o/tai,

(most freq. in Pss.) chiefly for b^3 ]:i pi. ;] to exult, rejoice greatly : seq. i-n-L, c. dat., Lk 1*' c. dat. mod., i Pe 1^, Ee 19". Mid., with same sense Mt 5^2, Lk lO-^, Ac 2^' 16^4, i Pe 4^3 seq. 'va, Jo 8^" e'v, Jo 5^^ (1 aor. pass. perh. as mid. but v. Mozley, Psalter, 5), i Pe 1 (Cremer, 590).t
exult in
;

[in

LXX

** a-yajios, -ov, [in IV Mac 16^ * ;] unmarried : i Co 7^' ^^ fem. (= cl. avaiSpos), ib. i^'^^.t ** dyai'aKTcw, -w (<] ayav, vmch, axpfxai, to grieve), [in Wi 5^2 1227, Da TH Bel ^s, iv Mac 4^1 * ;] to be indignant : Mt 2V^ 26^ 10^* 144 seq. TTcpi', Mt 2024, Mk lO^i seq. 6tl, Lk 13i4 (v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t ** dYakdKTTjo-is, -eojs, rj (<^ dyavaKTew), [in Es 18^ N^ * indig:

LXX

LXX

Mk
;]

LXX

nation

II

Co

711 (v.

MM, VGT,

s.v.).t
;]

dyaTTdoj, -w, [in

LXX chiefly for ilX


:

to love, to feel

and exhibit

esteem and goodwill to a person, to prize and delight in a thing.


1.

to Christ,

Of human Jo
525, II

affection, to men t. TrXrjalov, Mt 5^^ 842; to God, Mt 223"; ^ ^cc. rei,


48' 10,

t.

Lk
i

Eph
2.

Tim

He
men,

1^, i

Pe
:

2i' 310, 11

Pe 2l^

exOpovs, ib. 4* 1143, Jq i^iz^ Jo 2^\ Ee 12ii.

Of divine love;
Christ's love
172,
:

(a)

God's love

(&)

to

Mk

to men, Eo 8^"; to Christ, Jo S^S; 102^ ; to God, Jo 14^1 ; c. cogn. ace,

Jo
V.

Eph
:

24.
(jitXeo).

Syn.

also Boisacq)

d.

is

From its supposed etymology (Thayer, LS commonly understood properly to denote

but
love

based on esteem (diligo), as distinct from that expressed by ^lAc'w (amo), spontaneous natural affection, emotional and unreasoning. If this distinction holds, d. is fitly used in NT of Christian love to God

and man, the spiritual affection which follows the direction of the and which, therefore, unlike that feeling which is instinctive and unreasoned, can be commanded as a duty. (Cf. dydin}, and v. Tr., Syn.,%^n Cremer, 9, 592 and esp. MM, "VGT, s.v.) + dydTrT), -775, t}, [in LXX for na,nN* which is also rendered by dya.Tnf]crL<; and ^tXta ;] love, goodwill, esteem. Outside of bibl. and eccl. books, there is no clear instance (with Deiss., LAE, 18^ 7O2, cf. the same writer in Constr. Quar., ii, 4; and with MM, VGT, s.v., cf. Dr. Moulton in Exp. Times, xxvi, 3, 139). In NT, like dyaTrdw, 1. Of men's love (a) to one another, Jo 13^5 (6) to God, i Jo 2^. 2. Of divine love; {a) God's love to men, Eo 5^; to Christ, Jo 172"; {b) Christ's love to men Eo S^^. 3. In pi., love feasts Ju 12 (2),
will,
;

iii,

157).

chooses

(v.s. dyairdix)) love which from LXX, where its connotation is more general, into NT, and there used exclusively to express that spiritual bond of love between God and man and between man and man, in Christ, which is characteristic of Christianity. It is thus
cfiiXia.

Syn.:
its

a.,

signifying properly

object, is taken over

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


from
<^i\ta,

distinct

friendship (Ja 4^ only), a-ropyq, natural affection v.s. acrropyos) and epws, sexual love, which (in (Cf. iya-waui ; is not used in NT, its place being taken by eVi^v/xta. DB, vol. i., 555; Cremer, 13, 593; and V. Abbott, Essays, 70 f

NT

only in

compounds,

MM, VGT,

s.v.)
-rj,

dyairTiTos,

-6v (<< dyaTraw),


;
:

[in

LXX chiefly for


;

TH^

TTI;]

of Christ, Mt 3^" of men, Ko 1^ (a) by God beloved (v. M, Pr., 221) 4^* freq. as form of address, i Co {h) by Christians, of one another ib. IQi* opp. to lx^p6';, Eo ll^s (v. AE, Eph., 229 ; Cremer, 17 MM,
:

VGT,

s.v.).

"Ayap (Kec. "A-),

rj,

indecl. (in FIJ, 'Ayapa, -qs',

Heb.

"IJn),

Hagar

(Ge 16)

Ga

424. 25_t
;

niaX; on the

* dyYapeu'w (from the Persian cf. Vg. angiare, orthogr., v. Bl., 6, 1; M, Pr., 46),

and the Heb,


to

impress into

public service, employ a courier; hence, to compel to perform a service (prob. common in the vernac. cf. Deiss., BS, 86 f., MM, Exp.,
;

iv

VGT,

s.v.)

Mt
:

5*^ 27^2,

dyYcioi',
(v.

-ov, TO
s.v.)
rj

MM, VGT,
I

dyYcXi'a, -as,

Mt
[in

Mk

152i.t
[in

ayyos),

LXX
LXX

chiefly for 1^3

;]

vessel

25*.t

ayycXos), [in

chiefly for nriaijr


s.v.).t
hi.
;]

;]

a mes-

sage:

Jo 15 311 (Cremer, 18; MM, VGT, dyyeXXw (ayycXos), [in LXX for IM

to

announce, report
1<*

Jo

451

(WHR

omit), 2018
6,

(MM, VGT,

s.v.).t
;]

dyycXos, -ov,
:

LXX

chiefly for "SJk!?

messenger, one

sent Mt ll^*^, Ja 22^. 2. As in LXX, in the special sense of angel, a spiritual, heavenly being, attendant upon God and employed as his messenger to men, to make known his purposes, as Lk l^^, or to execute them, as Mt 4^. The a. in Ee l^" 2\ al., is variously understood as (1) a messenger or delegate, (2) a bishop or ruler, (3) a guardian angel, (4) the prevailing spirit of each church, i.e. the

Church

itself.
;

(Cf.

Swete,
s.v.)

A2).,

in

1.;

DB,
;]

iv,

991; Thayer,
:

s.v.;

Cremer, 18

MM, VGT,

ayyos, -os, to, [in

LXX for 1^3 mb?


,

vessel

Mt

13*^t

aye, prop, imperat.

of ayw,

like

</)epe,

to

one or more persons


-7

dye'XTi, -7?9,

aya>), [in

come ! used as adv. and addressed, Ja 41^ 5^.t LXX chiefly for -17?;] a herd: Mt S^o-^z,
:

Mk5ii.i3^ Lk832.33.t
*t dyck'caXoyrjTos, -ov {<C yeveoAoyco)), without genealogy,
i.e.

vathout
s.v.).

recorded pedigree
*dyet'Tis,
-e's

(cf.

Ne

1^^)
1.

He V

(Cremer, 152
(Plat.); 2. of
:

MM, VGT,

{^^y^vo-i),

unhorn

no family, ignoble,

base (opp. to dya^o's. Soph., Fr., 105) opp. to euyevijs, I Co 1^^ (for VGT, s.v.).t exx. from v., v. dyid^u), Hellenistic form of dyt^w (<^ dytos), to make holy, consechiefly for xoip pi., hi. ;] 1. to dedicate, separate^ crate, sanctify ; [in

MM,

LXX

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


set
:

apart for God ; of things Mt 23i'' ", ii Ti 22i of persons Christ, Jo 10^' 17^^ 2. to purify, make conformable in character to such dedication forensically, to free from guilt, i Co 6^^, Eph b^^, He 2^^ IQio, 14, 29 1312 internally, by actual sanctification of life, Jo 17^^' ", 2032 2618, Eo 15i, i Co I2 7^*, i Th 523, Ee 22ii; of a nonAc 3. In the believer influenced by marriage with a Christian, i Co 7^*. intermediate sense of ceremonial or levitical purification (a) of things, 4. to treat as holy : Mt 6^, Lk II2, II Ti 221 (6) of persons. He 9^3. 316 (Cremer, 53, 602; MM, VGT, s.v.).t I Pe t dyiaafi^s, -ov, 6 dyia^o)), [in Bz 45^ (W7i7P), Si 7",
;
:
:

LXX

as an active verbal noun in -fios, it signifies properly the process TO ayid^eiv, rather than the resultant state, dyiaxruvr/, hence, 1. consecration; 2. sanctification: so strictly in Eo 6^^' 22 (but v. Meyer),
etc.
;]

Co

130, I
;

Th

43.7, II

Th

2^3,

He

12^*,

Pe

1.

Elsewhere

it

perhaps

but v. Milligan, Th., 48) inclines to the resultant state I Th 4*, I Ti 215 (Cremer, 55, 602).t ayios, -a, -ov (<Cto ay&s, religious awe ; a^w, to venerate), [in chiefly for Vj^p ;] primarily, dedicated to the gods, sacred (Hdt. ; rare
(Ellic.

LXX

in Att., never in Hom., Hes. and Trag., who use dyvos), hence, holy, characteristic of God, separated to God, worthy of veneration. 1. Its highest application is to God himself, in his purity, majesty, and

glory

Lk
;

1*^,

Jo

I711,

Ee

4^.

Hence

(a) of

things and places which


:
:

have a claim

He

91

to reverence as sacred to God, e.g. the Temple (b) of persons employed by him, as angels i

Mt Th

24i*,
S^^
;

prophets, Lk V^; apostles, Eph 3^. 2. Applied to persons as separated to God's service (a) of Christ, Mk 12^ Jo 69, Ac 430 ; (6) of Christians, Ac 9^3, Eo 1^, He 6^\ Ee 58. 3. In the moral sense of 620, Jo I711, Ac 31*, Ee 3^ sharing God's purity 4. Of pure, clean sacrifices and offerings i Co 71*, Eph 1*. Stn. : dyvos, pure, both in ceremonial and spiritual sense i/)os (sacer), sacred, that which is inviolable because of its (external) relation to God; oo-ios {sanctus as opp. to nefas), that which is based on everlasting ordinances of right. (Cf Tr., Syn., Ixxxviii DB, ii,
:

Mk

399

f.

Cremer, 34, 594-601


-rfTo^,
rj

**t

dynJTTjs,

MM, VGT, s.v.) (<dyios), [in LXX: n Mac


;

holiness,
cf. lift..

regarded, properly, as an abstract quality


Notes, 49;
(cf.

(v.

152*;] sanctity, next word, and


:

MM, VGT,
dyaew<rvvr]),
(ijr),

s.v.)
-rj^,

n Co

dYiuffu'Ktj

rj

1^2,

He

12io.t

aytos), [in

LXX
1*,

Ps 29 (30)*

96(97)12

(nrij?),

95(96)

144 (145)^

(Tin),
:

n Mac
Ro

312*;] holiness,

the state in man resulting from (Cremer, 52 ; MM, VGT, 8.v.).t


dyKciXtj,
-T/s,

dyiaa-fio^, q.v.

n Co 7^, i Th 31^
,

ayKos,

bend), [in

LXX for b^^^

p-'O;] the

bent

arm : Lk
hook
:

228 (cf. ^ayKa\t^o/u).t

oyKiorpoi', -ov, to (-< dyjcos,

a bend),

[in

LXX for n^D

etc.;]

a fish-

Mt

17",t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

Je 52^8*;] an anchor ayKo?, a bend), [in Sm, **aYKupa, -a?, rj * fig. (MM, VGT, s.v.), He G^^.t Ac 2V^' *t aYka<})OS, -01' (= dyi'aTrTOS, 'C^yvdirrw, late form of KvaTrrco, to card Mt 92, Mk 22i.t wool), uncarded, undressed, i.e. new (MM, VGT, s.v.) for nnnw TT3 "113 etc.;] purity : dyfcia (WH, dyvia), [in
:

=^<^'

LXX

(Cremer, 58. I Ti 4^Exf., iv).t


5'-'

For exx.

of

ceremonial use in

tt.,

v.

MM,
l&lp;]

a^vit^ui

ayvos), [in

LXX always ceremonially, chiefly for


:

(a) ceremonially to purify, cleanse from defile^nent ; 2124, 26 2418 4^, i Pe V-, i Jo S^.t Ja (b) morally
;
:

Jo

11^^,

Ac

SVN.
etc.

Ka6apit,w, q.v.

(and

v.s. dyvo's).

f&yyi<Tlu6s, -or, 6 (yvtCa)), [in


;]

LXX Nu G^
:

(-173)

8^ IQi^ (riNian),

purification

in

ceremonial sense, Ac 212"


,

(Lxx)_f
;]

dyi'oeu, -w, [in

LXX for n^tZT


i

ZZtlf
5'-^
;

DtZTX

etc.

1. to be

ignorant,

not
II
{i/i,as

to

Co

TTcpt,

ace, Ac Eo 10, 2* 6^ 7^, i Co 1438; ^^ ^,';^^ dyvoeti/, a Pauline phrase: c. ace, Eo 11^^; seq. vwep, 11 Co 18; I Co 121, J rpi^ 413 2ti, Eo 113, I Co IQi (for similar usage in tt.,

know

absol.,
II

Ti

l^^,
;

He

c.

IS^^ 1723,

211; ^v

ol?,

Pe

212

seq. on,

Eo

V.

MM, VGT,
:

S.V.).

Pass.:

Co

14^8, 11

Co 6\ Ga
:

1^2.

2.

not

to

understand
Jth
520, Si

c.

ace,

Mk
I

+ dyi-oTifia, -Tos, t6

9^2,

Lk

9*^.+

dyi'oea.), [in

LXX

Ge

4312 (n|r?rD),
tt.
;

To

33,

232 5119,
:

Mac

IS^^*;] a sin of ignorance (so in

v.

MM,
;]

VGT,

s.v.)

He

9" .t
r)

dyk'oia, -a;,

{<^ayvoeoi), [in

LXX

chiefly for DCTN

n^Jt!;
;

ig-

norance

Ac

31" lY^o,

Eph

418 (with

sense of wilful blindness

cf.

MM,

VGT,

s.v.), I

Pe

li^.t

dyi'os,

->?,

-oV

11

ayo9, V.S. dyios), [in


138, iv

LXX
;]

chiefly for "linM (Pss,


1.

and Pr.

only), also

Mac

Mac

18'', al.

defilement, in a condition

prepared for worship

free from ceremonial (for exx. of pagan

usage, V.

As in II Co 711 I Pe 32.
3.
first

MM, VGT, s.v.). 2. holy, sacred, veiierable (11 Mac, I.e.). OT (cl.), pure, chaste, undefiled, guiltless; (a) of persons:
1112,
I

Ti

522, Tit 25, I

Jo 33;

(b) of

things: Phi

48,

Ja 31^

Syjv.

dXiKpivrj'i

{q.v.),jmre, primarily as
in

found in ethical sense


(q.v.),

NT
ii,

and Ka^apds

v.

DCG,
7)

winnowed, purged, the equivalence of d. 459'\ though Westc. {Epp. Jo., 101)
(sificere).

On

notes a distinction between them.


^tdycoTYis, 66 113.t
-TrjTO<;,

{<^ayv6<i), 2^urity, chastity (cf. dyio'Tiys)

II

Co

*dY'ws

dyvds),
f]

adv., piirely, with

dy^waia, -a?,
III

ya'wcrKO)), [in

pure motives Phi li'^.t LXX Jb 35l (n^T^b^), Wi


:
: :

131,

Mac
1.
;

527*;] igno7-ance (opp. to yvwo-i?)


s.v.).t

Co

153^,

Pe

21^ (v.

Hort
li^ 2'

in

MM, VGT,
ayyio<TTos,

**

-ov

yivo-K(o), [in

LXX Wi
:

1118 183,

Mac

(Cremer, 157)*;] unknown: Ac

1723

(cf.

MM, VGT,

s.v.).t

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Ayopd, -as,
r)

7
p-lltf;]

(<:^ dyeipo), to

bring together), [in


2.

LXX for ]nTy,


:

1. an assembly (Horn., Xen., al.). or forum, a market-place (Horn.,

a place of assembly, a public place


al.;

Thuc,

LXX)

Mk

6^6 (cf

MM, VGT,

s.v., ayvi) 7^ (Bl.,

1619 17^7 (Cremer, 69; chiefly for "QtZT T\2p ;] 1. to frequent dyopd^u [ dyopa), [in the dyo/od (Hdt., al.). 2. to buy in the market, purchase (Xen., al.; in tt. very common in deeds of sale, v. VGT, s.v.) absol., 11^5; c. ace. rei, Mt 13*4- 4", al.; seq. irapa, c. gen. pers., Mt 21^2,

1143 2046,

Ac

MM,

46, 7) 1238, FGT, s.v.).+


,

Mt U}^ 20^ ^k 7^2 (Bl.,

237,
I.e.)

LXX

LXX

MM,

Mk

Ee 318 (LXX, Polyb.) Ik, Mt 27^ I Co 620 723, II Pe 21, Ee 5^ 143' *.


;
:

c.

gen. pret.,

Mk

6^7, al.

metaph.,

*dYopatos, -ov (<^dyopd), 1. frequenting the ayopd, a loxmger in the dyopd (Xen., al.) Ac 17^. 2. In late writers (Strab., al.), proper to the dyopd dyopaiot (sc. i^fiepai) ayovrat (cf. Lat. conventus agere), courtdays are kept, Ac 193^ (for exx. of both usages, v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t ^dypa, -as, 17 (<]dyw), 1. the chase, a hunting or catching : Lk 5*.
:

2.

that which

is

dypd/jifiaTos,
TT.

taken, a catch : of fish, Lk 5^.f -ov (<^ypd(^co), without leamitig

(ypafj-fxara),

un-

lettered (in

freq. in
:

MM, VGT,

s.v.)

formula used by one who signs for an Ac 4^3 (but cf. Thayer, 8.v.).t
:

illiterate

* aypavXio), -w (<^dypavXos, dwelling in the field; ^dyp6<i,


to live in the fields

avXrj),

Lk
[in

28.t

dypeu'o, (dypa),

LXX:

Jb

lO^*,

Pr

522 625,26^

Ho

52

tDniZT,

etc.)*;]

to

catch or

take

by hunting or

fishing;

(np^ ni., metaph.,

Mk

12i3.t

* dypi- A.aio9, -ov,

wild olive

Eo
:

ll^^. 24

dypios, -a,
fields,

1. of the wild olive (Anth.). 2. As subst., the (^qGT, in 1. MM, VGT, s.v.).t -ov (<^uyp6s), [in for HT^ etc.;] 1. living in
;

LXX

wild
of a

fxiXi.

Mt

3^,

Mk
;

1".

2. savage, fierce

Ju ".

(Cf.

usage

in

TT.

malignant wound

MM, VGT,
6,

s.v.)t

'Aypiinras, -a (Bl., 7, 2),


261,
2, 19, 27, 28. 32,

Agrippa

(II):

Ac

25i3. 22,

23, 24, 2

(For Agrippa
6,

I, v.s. 'UpwSrj^, 3.)t


;

dypos, -oS,
2. the

[in

LXX
;

chiefly for nitr]


pi.,

1.

afield:
:

Mt

628, al.
56^

country

Mk
=

I521, al.
CL

country places, farms

Mk

5^* 636>

Lk

83* 912.

3.

x'^P^oV'

piece of

ground

Mk

1029,

Ac

427, al.

(On

the occurrence of this

word as compared with


seeking sleep;

x^P'^f X'^P'^"' ^-

M^.
[in

VGT,

s.v.)

dypuircew, -w

(<^ dypu7ri/os,
;]

<^dypv(o,

vTrvo<;),

LXX
Lk

chiefly for

metaph.
2136,

ipw to be sleejjless, wakeful (Theogn., Xen., al.) Mk 1333, (LXX) = cl. iyprjyopa, to be watchful, vigilant 618, He 13i7.t Eph
:
;

SVN. : yp-qyopioi, q.v. vrj(f)<i>, associated with y. in i Pe 5^, expressing a wariness which results from self-control, a condition of moral, not merely mental alertness (v. M, Th., I, 5). ** dypuiri'ia, -as, r/ (v. supr.), [in LXX: Si 9, II Mac 22 *; ] sleeplessness, watching : u Co 6^ 1127. for exx. in tt., v. MM, (Plat., Hdt.
;

VGT,

s.v.)t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


dyuid, v.s. dyop({, [in for NIS hi., ayw, [in

LXX

in
,

Mac
,

l^o 4^ *].
etc.

3n: ;] 1. to lead, bring, carry simple dat. metaph,, to lead, guide, c. ace, seq. tVi, ets, 2ws, xpos and 2. to spend or keep a day impel Jo 10^^ Eo 2*, He Q^o, ii Ti 3^, al. Lk 2P^, Ac 19^8 3. Intrans., to go : subjunc, ayoyfuv, Mt 26*, al.
; :

LXX

Upb

(Cramer, 61
III

MM, VGT,
^

dyajYVi, -^s,

* ;] 1. a carrying away. 2. a leading, guiding ; metaph., training ; hence, from the expression d. tov /3iov, absol., conduct, way 3io (Cremer, 61 MM, VGT, s.v.).t of life : II Ti 42 10^2, dyci.', -wos, 6 dya>), [in LXX: Is T^^ (nxb), Es 4^7, Wi 2. a place of II Macg, IV Mac 5*;] 1. a gathering, esp. for games. 3. a contest, striiggle, trial; metaph. (MM, VGT, s.v.), assembly. Phi l^o, i Th 22, (a) of the Christian life as a contest and struggle (b) solicitude, anxiety : Col 2^.f I Ti 612^ II Ti 4^ He 12^ i 151^ ** dywKia, -as, rj dywv), [in II Mac 3^*' *;] 1. a contest,

s.v.).

dya,), [in

LXX

Es

220 103, II

Mac

4i6 B^ 112*,

Mac

4^**

LXX

2. Of the mind, great fear, agony, anguish wrestling (Eur., Xen.). Lk 22*^ (cf Field, Notes, 77 f Abbott, Essays, 101 f Arist.) (Dem.,
:

MM, VGT,
I,

8.v.).t

dycji/iSofiai
II,

dywv),
1.

[in

LXX: Da TH
i

6^*

(bs
92^,

DW),
2.

Si 428,

IV

Mac
612, II
6,

5*;]

to

contend for a prize:


;

Co

to fight,

striiggle,
I

strive:

Jo IS^"

metaph. (MM, VGT,


(Field, Notes, 66),

Ti 410
2^3,

Ti 47;

c. inf.

Lk
338,

Col 129 412^ 132* (Cremer, 609).t


s.v.).

'A8d^,
I

indecl. (Heb. DIX),

Adam
'A., i

Ti

u^

ju

Christ 6 ^crxaros
-ov
(<^8a7rdvi7),

Lk Rq Co 15*5.t
:

514^ i

Co

1522.,

Co

*d8dTTa'os, 9i8.t

2vithout

expense,

free

of

charge:

'aSSci (Eec. 'A881),


d8eX(|)Vi, -^s,
^7

6,

indecl.,

Addei

Lk

328.t
:

d8A</)os), [in

LXX for

ninx ;] a sister

Mt

192,

metaph. (MM, VGT, s.v.), of a member of the Christian community Eo 16^, I Co 7l^ Ja 21^, al. d8e\46s, -ov, 6 (<!d- copul., SeXcfim, womb), i,n cl., a brother, born [In LXX (Hort, Ja., 102 f.), for n^ ;] of the same parent or parents.
al.;
:

a brother (Ge 42, al.). 2. Of a neighbour (Le 191^). 3. Of a member of the same nation (Ex 2^*, De 15^). In NT in each of these 2. Mt 3. Eo 9^) and also, 4. of a fellowsenses (1. Mt I2, al. Christian: I Co 1\ Ac 930. This usage finds illustration in tt., where d. is used of members of a pagan religious community (M, Th., I, 1* MM, VGT, S.V.). The d86\<^ol r. Kvptov (Mt 12*6-49 1355 2310, Mk 331-34,
1. lit. of
;

Jo 212 73' 5, 10 2017, Ac li*, 1 Co 9^) may have been sons of Joseph and Mary (Mayor, Ja., Intr. vi ff. DB, i, 320 ff.) or of Joseph by a former marriage (Lft., Gal, 252 ff. DCG, i, 232 ff.), but the view of Jerome, which makes d. equivalent to dvei/^tds, is inconsistent with Greek usage. (Cremer, 66.)

Lk

819-21,

**t

d8eX<t.<5TTis, -r?Tos,

2. Concrete, the 1. abstract, brotherhood, brotherly affection (LXX). 21^ 5^ (MM, VGT, s.v.).t brotherhood, the Christian community i Pe
:

d8eX<^o's), [in

LXX Mac 12i0'i7, iv Mac 5*;]


:

MANUAL GEBEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


a-8T)Xos, -ov

9
unseen,

S^Aos), [in

LXX
:

Ps 50
11**.

(51)6 (ninij^)
2.

;]

1.

unobserved, 7wt manifest (Ps,


I

I.e.)

Lk
,

uncertain, indistinct

Co

148.t

*t d8TiX(5nis, -r]Tos, rj {<^ a.8r]Xo<;) uncertainty : i Ti 6^''.t *d8ii\ws {<CaSriXos:), adv., uncertainly : of direction, i Co 9^^ _+ ** dSTjfioi/cw, -to (on the derivation, v. MM, VGT, s.v.), [in Aq. Jb 1820; Sm. Ps 60(61)3 1152(116^1), Ec l^-^m^ Bz S^^*;] to he
:

trotibled, distressed

(MM,

I.e.)

Mt

263",

-^j;^
,

1433^ -p^A 226.t

aSTjs, -ov, 6, [in

LXX ehiefly for blNljr

also for nipTT

niCi

etc.

;]

of Hades, the underivorld

Horn., Hades (Pluto), the god of the underworld. 2. the abode in NT, the abode of departed spirits, ; Hades: iv t. a., Lk 1623; ^k a., Ac 22^.31; TrvXat dSov, Mt le^S; kXcU Tov a., Ee 118;' metaph., Iws a.', Mt 1123, Lk lO^^;' personified, Ee 6^
1. in

20i3.'i4

(Cremer, 67, 610;

MM, VGT,
[in

8.v.).t

d-8id-KpiTos, -ov 8taK/3tVw),

LXX:
I.e.,
1.,

parted, mixed, undistinguishable (cf. Pr, 2. without uncertainty (Hort, in 3).

Pr 25i*;] and v. Lft.,


v.

1. not to be Ignat. Eph.,

but

MM, VGT,

s.v.):

Ja 3i^t
*t dSidXeiTTTos, -ov (<[ SiaXetTToj), unremitting, incessant: Eo 92, Ti 13. (For exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.)t **t dSiaXeiTTTus (v. supr.), adv., [in LXX: i Mac 12^1, 11 Mae 4, III Mac 633 * -J unremittingly, incessantly : Eo 1^, i Th 13 2^3 51^.+ dSiKe'w, -w (<^a6iKo?), [in for ptSV TWS etc.;] 1. intrans., to be iSiKos, do wrong, act wichedly or criminally : Ac 25^^, i Co 6^, 9i9. II Co 712, Col 325, Ee 2211 ^^ ^^ J^^^J.t, Ee 2. Trans, (a) to do some wrong : o rjSLKrjcrev, Col 3"-^ to lorong some one, Mt 20i3, Ac 72*''2'' 251**, is, 2i3 11 Pe II Co 72, Ga 412, Phm pass., Ac 72*, 11 Co 712 mid., to be ivronged ; I Co 6' {supr but v. Bl., 54, 5; 38, 3 and cf. dTToo-Tcpeo)) {b) to injiire, hurt: Lk 10l^ Ee 2ii 6 72' 3 9*' 10 ll^.t for pjT nj?g etc.;] a wrong, dSiKKifia, -Tos, TO (<^ dSi/ceoj), [in
II

LXX

WM,

LXX

injury, misdeed
dSiKia,
1. injustice

(MM, VGT,
T]

-as,

s.v.)

Ac

I81* 2420,

Ee
,

IS^.t

aSt/cos),

[in

LXX

for Jir

yip^

b}V

etc.

;]

18", Eo 91*. 2. unricihteousness, iniquity : Jo 7^^, : 823, Ro 118' 29 28 613, II Ti 210, I Jo 1^ 51^ opp. to aX^Seia, 1 Co 136, Ac to hiKaiocTvvr], Eo 3^ ; a-rraTTq Tri<; a., II Th 21* ; /itcr^os aSt/ci'as, II Th 212 Ac 118, II Pe 213.15; cpydrai t^s a., Lk 1327; ^^a/xovSs T^S d., Lk 16^;
; ;

Lk

Koo'/xos T^s d., Ja 36; oiKovdyLios T^s d., Lk 168. righteous act : ironically, a favour, 11 Co 12i3

3.
;

ahiK-qfjia,

pi.,

He
etc.

812

an un(Cremer,
unjust
;

261

MM, VGT, s.v.).t


dSiKos, -ov (< SUr]),
[in

LXX

for ipcr

b^y

;]

1.

Eo 35, He 610. 2. unrighteous, wicked: Lk opp. to StKaios, Mt 5*^ to I Co 61' 9, I Pe 318 irio-Tos, Lk 1610 (Cremer, 200).
;

I611

I811,

cuo-c/?;s, II

Ac 24i5, Pe 2^ to

dSiKtos,

adv. a8tKos), [in


:

LXX

for IptS', b'W

etc.;] unjustly,

undeservedly
'ASjiei./

Pe

2i9.t

(WH,

mg.,

'A8d/x), 6, indecl.,

Admin.

Lk

3'3.+

10

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


a-86Kifxos, -ov, [in

LXX

Pr 25\

Is I22 (rp)*

;]

1.

of things (prop.

of metals
2.

c), not standing the test, rejected : yrj, He 6^. after testing, reprobate : Eo 1^^, i Co 9^'^, 11 Co 135-7, II Ti 3% Tit li (Cremer, 212). 2. Of liquids (^sch., *a-8oXos, -ov, 1. guileless (Find., Thuc). Eur., and late prose writers), genuine, jnire (in tt. and in MGr. of wine,
:

LXX,

11.

Of persons,

rejected

also of corn
I

MM, VGT, s.v.


oiKepaioi (q.V.),

Milligan,

NTD,

77)

of milk, metaph.,

Pe

22.t
/SJ'^V.
.

a/<aKOS, airXov's.

'A8pa/jiui/TT)f6s (T,
:

Rec.
272.t

'ABpa/xvTrrjvos),

-rj,

-ov,

of Adramyttium,

a seaport of Mysia Ac 'ASptas (T, Eec. 'ASpias), -ov, 6, the Adriatic sea, in later Greek usage extended to take in all the waters between Greece and Italy

Ac

272'.t

*d8p6TY]s, -TO?,

rj
:

(<^d8pd9, thick, well-grown),

1. thickness,

vigour.

11 Co S^^^.t 2. abundance, bounty d8umTe'w, -i d8i-m-ros), [in LXX: De 17^ Za 8^ (sbsni.), Jb 422 (-|2jri ni.), al. ;] to be miable (cl., Philo tt., v. MM, VGT, s.v.). and NT (Kennedy, Sources, 124; Hatch, Essays, 4; 2. In
;

LXX

Field, Notes, 46

f.),

to be

impossible

Mt 1V\ Lk
,

l^^.t
1.

d-SuVaros, -ov, [in

LXX for
Rq
15^
1027,

'Jl'^^N'

bl

etc.

;]

of persons, unable,
2.

jmverless:
possible:

Ac

148;

fig_^

(MM, VGT,

s.v.).

Of things, imchiefly for praise to God

Mt

192,

Mk

Lk
c.

1827, j^o g^,

He

6*'i8 10* ll^.t


[in

a8w (Attic form of Ion. and poet.

deiSo)),

LXX

"VU

;]

to sing, (a)

intrans.,

dat.

(MM, VGT,
:

s.v.), of

Eph
ever
6^**,

519,

Col

316
;

(b) trans., c.

de{, adv., [in


;

LXX
i

cogn. ace. w8^v, Re 5^ 14^ IS^.t Is 42^* (Qbisrn) 511^ (Tpn), Ps 94 (95)io, al.
7^-^,

;]

2 Co 1. of continuous time, unceasingly, perpetually : Ac Tit 1^2^ jje 310^ 2. Of successive occurrences, on every occasion
4^^
s.v.)
:

(MM, VGT,
12^*.

Pe

S^^,

n Pe

li2.t
;]

dcTos, -ov,

6, [in

LXX for
is

11273

an eagle
a.
is

Ee

4^ 8^^ (Eec. ayyeXov)


(cf.

Where
Pr
d^ufj,09,

carrion
:

referred

to,

probably a vulture
s.v.).t
d.
;

Jb

3930,

3017)

Mt

2428,

Lk

17^7

(MM, VGT,
for riS'Q
d.

-ov (<Ctvixri), [in


17

LXX
twv
22^;

rd

(sc Xayava, cakes)


the jmschal feast
26i7,

=
Lk

DiSiQn;]

unleavened:
d.,

kopTr]

(ni-SDSn an),

(also called rd

Mk
12^

14^),
20*'.

Lk

r^fxipa

twv

d.,

Mt

Mk

14^2,

Fig-, of Christians, free from corr^iption : I Co 57 exhorted to keep festival, e'v d^u/xois (sc. apToi<;, XdyavoLs, or, indefinitely, "unleavened elements"), ib. 8 (Cremer, 724),

227

r;/x,e/3at,

Ac

'A^aip, 6, indecl.,

Azor

Mt

l^^.i^.t

"AI^cjTos, -ov,

-f)

(Heb., lilJS'K), Azotus, a PhiHstine city:


d- neg., -^Sos, pleasure), [in

Ac 8*^t
(niiz;)*;]

dT)8ia, -as,
1.

yj

LXX
:

Pr 2329

2. dislike (Plat.),

of things or persons, unpleasantru^ss, odiousncss (Hipp., Dem., al.); disagreement (MM, VGT, s.v.) Lk 23^2 D.+

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


di^p,

11

d>s,

5,

[in

LXX:
9'-

ii

in Horn., Hes., the lower air the purer aWrjp of the higher regions

Ki 22^2 (= Ps 17 {18y\ pnm), Wig;] which surrounds the earth, as opp. to


;

generally, air

(MM, VGT,

s.v.)

Ac 22^^

Eph

22

speaking
:

of the air as the realm of demons, d. Sepetv, of striving to no purpose, i Co Q^" ; cis d. XaXetr, of without effect, not being understood, i Co 14.
I

Th

4^^

Ee

IG^^

**d0acao-ia, -as,

r]

LXX Wi 3* 4^ S^^. ^ 153^ ^y Mac 14^ 16^3 *


iTi6i

d-^avaT09,

undying;
;]

V.

MM, VGT,
:

S.V.), [in

immortality

Co

IS^^,

5*^

(cf. Cremer, 285f.).+ VGT, s.v.), -ov **d-0>iTos (late form of dOefjua-To?, LS, Mac 520*;] ^e>ts, custom, right), [in LXX: 11 Mac 6^ 7^ 10^4, (a) of persons, laxvless (iii Mac, I.e.) ih) of things, laivless, unlawful

MM,

Ac

1028,

Pe 43. SYN. : V.S.


I

d^o-/xos.
1.
;

*a-6eos, -ov,

in

cl. (a)

slighting or denyiyig the gods (Plat.; cf.

abandoned by the gods (Soph.) 2. In the NT (cf. Lft. on Ign. ad Trail, 3), of the heathen, without God, not knowing God (Cremer, 281) Eph 2^2_t **t a-0ecT/ios, -ov iii Mac 5^2 62^ * ;] ^o-/xos, lata, mstom), [in LXX lawless, esp. of those who violate the law of nature and conscience
s.v.)
{h) godless,

MM, VGT,

ungodly (Pind.)

(c)

(cf.

MM, VGT,

s.v.)

11

Pe

2" 3i7.t

Sl'N. : d^/i.tTos, avofxos, KaKos, irovr)p6<;, ^avA.os (v. Tr., Syn., lxxiv; DCG,u, 821b). for seventeen different words, td0Tcw, -tu {<^TL6r]fxL), [in etc., often meaning, as i Ki 13^ (Heb., al.), to rtZTD Tia 133 bra revolt; properly, to viaJce dOerov, or do away with wJmt has been laid down (v. DCG, i, 453 f.)]. 1. to set aside, disregard (in Gramm., to reject as spurious) hiaO-qKTqv, Ga 3^^; VtoA.7;v, Mk 7; vop-ov. He 102^; TTio-Tiv, I Ti 512. 2. to nullify, make void : Lk V^ (v. Field, Notes, 59),

LXX

Co

119,

Jo

12*8,

Ga 221. 3. I Th 48, Ju 8
i

to reject

Mk
tt.,

62" (Field, op. cit., 30),


v.

Lk

lO^^,

(for exx. in
yj

MM, VGT,

8.v.).t

t dQcTTjats, -w?,

rebellious action:
II

{<^ dOeTew), [in LXX, usually of unfaithful, Ki 24^2 (y^rg), Je 12^ (135), Da th 9" (bra),

a disannulling, setting asid^ : He 7^8 926^ (^qj. similar usage in tt., v. Deiss., BS, 228 f. MM, VGT, s.v.)t 'AflriKai, -wv, al (plural because consisting of several parts), Athens: Ac W^'^^ 18S i Th S\f 'ASrimios, -a, -ov, Athenian: Ac 172i'22,t * 6.6X4(1), -w (in cl. also dOXevw, <^d6Xo<;, a contest, in war or in sport), to contend in games, wrestle, combat : 11 Ti 2^.t *t aSXriais, -ws, 17 (<! d^Xeco), a contest, combat, esp. of athletes fig., a struggle : He 10^2 (for exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t
1428*
;]
;

Mac

7ioise,

dOpoi^w (<^ d6p6o<;, assembled in croivds, MM, VGT, s.v. ; <C dp6o<;, tumult), [in chiefly for V^p ;] to gather, assemble

LXX

Lk

2433.t
dGufieu, -w (d-^v/xos, witlvout heart), [in : Col 32i.t

LXX

for

mn

etc.

;]

to

&fi

disheartened

12

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


; ;

d6wos (Rec. wrongly, -wos LS, s.v. Mayser, 131), -ov (<^^cot^ penalty), [in chiefly for np2 ni., pi., "^j"?! ;] 1. unpunished (MM,

LXX

VGT,
j?oai
;

atycios

2. innocejit Mt 27^ (WH, R, mg., BCKmoiA (WH, -ytos), -a, -ov (<[ ai^, a goat), [in LXX He 11^7 (MM, VOT, 8.v.).+
S.V.).
:

27^\f
for 7?
;]

o/ a

aiyiaXds, -ov, 6 (on the derivation, v. Boisacq, s.v.), [in

LXX
;

Jg
i,

51" (p)in), Si 241* *

;J

the sea-shore, beach


:

(cf.

Field, Notes,

146

DCG,

175 f.; MM, VGT, s.v.) Mt 132. Jo 21*, Ac 2P 27^9. 40.t AiYUTTTios, -a, -ov, Egyptian: Ac 722.24,28 2138^ He il29,t
Aiyu^Tos, -ov,
T},

Egypt: Mt 2i3-i5. i9, Ac 2i" yi} A?., Ac 7* 131^ He 89, Ju ^ (cf. Ex 5^2, al.) of Jerusalem as hostile to God, Re 11^.
**dt8ios, -ov {<ai), [in (freq. in Inscr. VGT, s.v.)
;

7^-39,
;

He

S^e 1126,27.

rj

M.,

Ac

1^^;

fig.,

LXX: Wi
:

72^, iv
I20,

Mac
^.t

IQi^*;] everlasting

MM,

Ro

Ju

BS, 363 J. The etymological distinction between the meanings of the two words seems not to be retained in late Greek (v. Thayer, s.v,, aiwvios cf. Cremer,
:

STN.

atwvios, also freq. in Inscr. (Deiss.,

79, 611).

** aiScSs

(-o'os), -ovs,

r),

[in

LXX

iii

Mac

1^9 4^

;]

a sense of shame,
f.;

modesty

Ti 29 (for exx., v.
ala-x^vt} (v.
I.e.).

MM, VGT,
hum,
wt/',

s.v.).t

Syn.:

Thayer, 14;

Tr., Syn.,

xix; Cremer, 611


i.e.

CGToniTi,
for iris
;]

Ai0io\|, -oTTos, 6

{<CaWi>i, to
:

face

swarthy), [in

LXX

Ethiopian

Ac

S'-^.t

AiXa|xiTT)S, V.S. 'EAaju.etTr/s.


at|ia, -Tos, TO, [in

LXX for Dl
:

;]

blood.

1.

In the ordinary sense

Mk525, Lk
191^.
2.

8^3, 44 22*4,

Jo 19^^ Ac
(a) of (b)

I520.29 2125,

Ee

8^.8

ne

i63,4,6
(cl.)

In special senses
S.V.);

generation, origin, kinship

Jo 1^3 (v. MM, VGT, phrase adp^ koL at. (at.

k. a.),

as in OT (AR on Eph, I.e.), in the to indicate human nature as opp. to God


i

and created
(c)

spirits:

Mt

161^,

Co

15^0,
:

Ga
Ac

of things in colour resembling blood


of bloodshed, a bloody death (cl.) 51 131^ Ac 119 528 186 2026 2220,
:

l^^, 2i9> 20^

Eph

6^2,

He

2^^;

jje 6^2
s,

1418-20

(d)

1150,
al.

Vxtv (Deiss., LAE, 428; 9'^' 12, 13, 18-22, 25 iQi ]^228 of sacrificial blood, as an expiation 1311 of the blood of Christ, Mt 2628, I42*, Lk 222o, Jo 6^3, 54, 56^ 912. 1* 2028, Eo 325 59, I Co 1016 1125. 27^ Eph 1^ 21^, Col 120, Ac
(e)
:

Mt 233o. 35 274. 6. 24, 25^ l^ He 12*, Re 6io 17^ 182* I92 MM, VGT, s.v., at), Ro 3^5, Re 16^;

He

Mk

He

1019,29 1224 1320^

pe
-as,

12.19^

Jq

17 (cf. S^'

),

Re

15 59 71*

1211.

(Cremer, 69

f.,

612

f.)t
17

*t alfiarcKXUCTta,

{"Calfxa, Ik, x^'w), shedding of blood (Eccl.;


[in

Cremer, 71)
suffer from

He

922.t
pc'co),

alfioppoe'w, {<Cialfia,

LXX
:

Le

15^3 (n.n)*;] to lose bloody

a flow of blood (Hipp.) 9^3, Aii'^as, -OV, 6, jEneas : Ac

Mt
34 +

92o.t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


+ aiKco-is,
-cojs,
:

13

^7

(< alveo)),

[in

LXX
and
,

chiefly for

rryiri

n^np ;]
s.v.)

praise (Eccl.)
aiK^u,

Ova-ta atveVcws

(Le

7^^,

n^lH n5|),
to

He

IS^^.t

-o)

(<^aLvo'i), poet., Ion.

late prose
;]

(MM, FGT,
:

for

cl. eTraivco), [in

LXX chiefly for bbn nT


Ac
2*7 S^'^,

praise

c.

ace,

t.

^ew,
for

Lk
!?

2^3,20 1937 2463,


;

b^n

V. Field, Notes, 245),


:

Eo IS^^ Ee IQ^.t

c. dat., t. ^e<3

(Je 20i3,

al.

DCG, 211). aii/iyfia, -T09, to (<^ alvLcra-ofjiaL, to speak ill riddles; <^ atvos = Seivos, dread, strange), [in LXX for nTn Nu 12^ and always exc. De 28^''
SYJV.
i^ofxoXoyeui, evXoyeo), ev^apicTTSw, /xaKapL^o) (v.
i,
,

in^W)
a

;]

a dark saying, riddle


[in
2.

Co

13^2
TJT

(cf_

^^^

l.c.).t

ati'os, -ov, 6,

LXX for bbn pi,


=
(cf.

;]

poet,

and

Ion., 1.
:

fiv6o<;,

tale (Horn., al.).

Att. cTraivos, ^jraise (Horn., al.)

Mt

21i'^^^',

Lk

1843.

3,

In

,r.,

a decree

(MM, VGT,
]^r, a

s.v.).t

AiciJi',

17,

indecl.
-cws,
17

Heb.

sjyring),

Aenon

Jo

S^^.t
,]

aipeais,
2. choosing,

{<^aipew,

-ofxai), [in

LXX for
3.
^/jai

H^IJ

1.
is

capture.
chosen,

choice

(v.

MM, FGT,

s.v.).

which

hence, opinio7i; esp. a peculiar opinion, heresy: i Co Ga S^", II Pe 2\ E, txt. 4. In late writers (MM, VGT), of a set of persons professing particular principles or opinions, a school, sect, party, faction: Ac 6^^ 15^ 245.i* 26^ 2822, i Co, Ga, 11 Pe, I.e., E, mg. (Cremer, 614). chiefly for in2 (v. Cremer, 615) ;] = alpeofxat aiperi^w, [in (Hipp., Inscr.), to choose : Mt 12^^ (LXX, a.vTi\r]fxtf/ofx,ai).f *alpeTiK6s, -ij, -ot/ (<^ alpeofiaL), 1. capable of choosing (Plat.). 2. causing division, heretical, factious (Cremer, 614) as subst., Tit 3^*'.t [in for HiDN hi., inn etc. ;] to take ; Mid., -ofxai (M, atpc'w, MM, VGT, s.v.), to choose : Phi I22, n Th 2^3^ He IP^. Pr., 158 f.
11^^,

LXX

LXX

(Cf. av-,

a.<f>-,

OL-, i^-,

KaO-, Trepi-, Trpo-aiplo}.)f

aipw, [in

LXX chiefly
draw up
3. to
:

take up, lift or Mt 4" 162*, al.

Jo

for NiZTJ also for npb etc. ;] 1. to raise, 8^9 11*\ Ac 27^'^, al. 2, to bear, carry
,

bear or take aicay, carry


;

off,

remove

Mt

212\
sin

Jo Co by Christ, Jo exx. from tt.,


1931, I
(Bl., 36,

512 6^5 (y, Lft., Notes, 216), al.


l^^,
I

of the taking

away

Jo

3^.

(Cf. d7r-, e^-,

l-n--,

fier-, <rvv-, virep-aipu).

For

v.

MM, VGT, s.v.)

aiaOdi/ofjiai, [in

LXX
17

for j^n

TDPI

MM, VGT,
s.v.)

aio-0T|CTis, -ews,

s.v.),

Lk 9

alo-BdvofjLaL),

JTT ;] to perceive: c.acc. rei (Cremer, 619 f.).t chiefly for T)^ ;] per[in
,

LXX

ception

(MM, VGT,
:

Phi

VA
LXX
:

Syn.
IV

cTriyvcDo-ts,

q.v. (cf.

aio-6T)Tiqpio',

-ov,

to

Cremer, 620). (<^ ala-6avop.ai), [in


:

Je 4^ ^P)'
8.v.).t
:

Mac

222 *

.-]

sense,

organ of perception
(<C aio-xpos,

He

5^*

(MM, VGT,

* aioxpoKcpSiis,
Tit l^.t

-es

Kp8o<;),

greedy of base gains

Ti

3',

14

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

*t alaxpoKepSws, adv., from eagerness for base gain : i Pe 5^ (here only).t * aiaxpoXoyia, -as, r/ (<^at(TXpos, Aeyw), ahusive language, abuse
(Lft.,

ICG,

in

1.

MM, VGT,
;]

s.v.)

Col S^.t

aiaxpos> -> -oy (<Catcrxos, shame, disgrace), [in

LXX
Eph

Ge 4P*
Tit

(yi

jn), Jth 1212, al.


s.v.).+

fease,

shameful

Co
:

ll^ Id^s^

5^2,

1"

(MM, VGT,
*

aio-xpoTTjs, -y^ros,
aio-x">''n
-'>/?.
I/

'^

(<[

ato-xpo's)

basetiess

Eph
Lk

5*.t

(<Ca-rcrxos, shavie, disgrace),


s.v.)
;
:

[in

LXX
ii

chiefly for

n^rn

;]

shame (MM, FGT,

subjectively,

14^9^

Co
of,

4^

ob3^^

jectively,

Phi
;

3^^,

He

12'^

as something to be
^^.t

ashamed

Ee

pi. (Bl., 32, 6),

shameful deeds, Ju
shame), [in

Sl^V.

aiook, q.V.

aio-xuco) (<^aTo-xos,

LXX

chiefly for IS'n;]

1.

to dis-

figure

3. to make ashamed (Horn.). dishonozor (Pr 29^^). 2. to (Si 13'^). Pass., to be put to shame, be ashamed: ii Co 10^; Phi l^**, 4l, I Jo 228; c inf (M, Pr., I Pe 205), Lk IS^ (cf. iir- {-ofMai), Kar.

ato^x wco) t
aiTEtj,
-u),

[in
c.

LXX
ia.

chiefly for

bnw
Lk
3^,

;]

to

ask, request
c.

absol.,
a-rro,

Mt Mt

7",

Ja
I

I*';

ace. pers.,
.

Mt

5^-,

6^'*;

ace. rei, seq.

2020,
622,

Jo

516

seq. irapd,

Ac

Ja
.

1^

c.

dupl. ace,

Mt

T^,

Jo Mid. (on the distinction bet. 62*, 15^, Jo 1626, j^ 43 ^ ^cc. rei, Mt 14^, Pr., 160) absol., al.; c. ace. pers., Mt 272^, Lk 232^; c. ace. rei, seq. Trapd, Ac 92; ^ i^f ^ Ac 7^^, Eph 3^3 (cf. d^r-, i$-, ctt-. Trap-, c. ace. et inf., Lk 2323
1622.
act., v.
:

Mk

mid. and

M,

Mk

Mk

Trpoa-aLTew)

Syjv.

epwraw,

q.V.,

TrvvOdvofiai.

between these words, v. Tr., Syn., % xl, however, al. and e. seem to have become practically synonymous (cf. Ac 32.3; V. Field, Notes, 101 f.; M, Tii., I, 4^ M, Pr., m^; MM,
;

the proper distinction In late Gk., Thayer, s.v. ai.

On

VGT,

s.v.).
aiTT))xa, -To<;,

to (<

alreo)), [in

has been asked

for,

petition,

LXX chiefly for nbxia' reqtiest Lk 232*, py 46^


:

;]

that which

Jq

5i5_f

Syn.
Wi,
II, III

v.s. 8e>?o-is.

alTia, -as, V, [^^

LXX

Ge

413 (|iy),

Pr

28^' (ptzrV),
:

and

freq. in

Mac

;]

1.

2224 2820,

Lat. si ita II Ti y 19^0. 2. In forensic sense, res se habet, and v. MM. VGT, s.v.), Mt (b) cause for ptmishment, crime : Mt 273'', (a) accusation : Ac 25^^' 2''
1"' 12^
;

cause, reason, occasion, case Tit 1^3, He 2^ d o^tw<;

Mt

193, l]^ 347^


ai. (cf.

^c

102^

ia-riv

Mk

1526,

Jo 1838
:

19*'

6,

Ac

1328 2328 28i8.t


judicial,

Syn. been proven,


*

eXtyxos, a charge,
dt. is

whether moral or an accusation simply, false or

which has

true.

aiTiafJia, -to<;, to, V.S. atrtw/xa.

aiTioc, -ov, TO, V.S. atVios.

amos,

-a, -ov
53, II

TH ib.

*2,

Su

Mac

airt'a), [in
4*'^

LXX
Mac

Ki
*
;]

13*, iv

1^^

2222 (-^^q)^ Da Bel , 1. causative of, responsible

LXX

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


for
2.
;

15

as subst., 6

a?.,

tM

cause, author

He 5^
6
a*.,

blameworthy, culpable;
;

as

subst.,

to ai., the cause, Ac 19**'. the culprit, the accused

to ai. (= atTia, 3), the crime, Lk 23^''^*''^'^.+ (Lat. reus) *+aiTiw|xa (Eec. oLTLa^a, the usual form; v. VGT, s.v.), -to?, TO (<| aiTtrio/x,ai, aiTLa), a charge, accusation : Ac 25'.

MM,

**

ai<t>v'i8ios

(in

Lk,
i

I.e., ^<^v:

a<^vws, suddenlji), [in unexjjected : Lk 21^*,


t
aixH'Oi^'*o'i<*>

LXX Wi IT^^^
Th
1?

WH

v.

M,

ii

Mac

14^^
[in

Pr., 35), -ov {<ial^i'r]^ = Mac 32* * ;] sudden,

5^.t

"Ci?)

(-<^ ai;^;u.aAa)Tos),
:

LXX

chiefly for

"'lit??,

nbia

;]

captivity (Diod., al.)

Ee

IS^*'

pi., abstr.

for concr.,

at'x/Aa-

AcItoi,

Eph48(I'XX)_t

t aixfAaXwTeud) (<^ alxfj.dX(DTOs), [in


XcoTt^w, q.v., to lead caijtive
:

LXX chiefly for rOtS

;]

a-'x^a-

Eph

48(LXX)_f

t aix|AoiXwTtl^a> (<^ atxAiciA.wTos), [in chiefly for nsiS';] in late writers = cl. at^ptAtoTov ttoiw (ayw), to take or Zeaf? caj)tive : seq. eis, Lk 2124 (cf. To li) metaph., Eo 723, n Co 10^, ii Ti 3^t
;

LXX

(<] alxp.^, a Spear, oAtV/co^ai, to be taken), [in chiefly for nnc;, nblS;] cajjtive : Lk 4i8(Lxx)_t
aixfAtxXojTos, -ov
alui', -coves", 6, [in

LXX

LXX chiefly

for

abw IV
,

;]

1.

in

cl.,

like Lat.

aevum (LS,

MM, VGT,
an

period of history,
:

s.v.), a space of time, as, a lifetime, generation, indefinitely long period in of an indefinitely
;

NT

long period, an age, eternity, usually c. prep. (MM, VGT) past Sltt' al (cf. Heb. 0^127^), Lk I'O; (b) of the future eh
;
:

(a) of
r.

the

al. (cf. ets

Db)V^), forever,
Tov al Tou al,
Is 4517,

Mt

21^^;

id., c.

neg., never,

Jo
gl3

4^'*;
.

more
^^^^

strongly,
^j

He

18(LXX).

^[^

^^^^ ^^^

jyf^

^i^

^j^ ^j^j,

^gf_

ny
2.

^a!?iy-iy),
01 ai., tJie

Eo

16",

LT;

cf.

also

Ee

14^^.

worlds, the universe,

Eph 321, 11 Pe 3^^ Ju25, "the sum of the periods of


:

time, including all that is manifested in them " He I2 ll^ (cf. i Ti 1^'^, where twv at. are prob. "the ages or world-periods which when summed up make eternity ". 3. tlie present age (Heb. niH D^iirn)

al ovtos, Mt 12^2 6 vvv aL, 1 Ti G^^ 6 V0-Ta)S al, Ga 1* similarly, of the time after Christ's second coming (N2n Dbiyn),6at.
6 al,

Mt

1322

aL /xe'XXw, Mt 12^2 6 al 6 ipxofJievo^, Mk lO^O. ordered tcniverse, the scheme of material things the inhabited earth ; in contrast with both of which at. is the olKovfxevT], world under aspects of time (cf Westc. on He I2 Tr., Syn., lix Thayer, s.v., at.; Cremer, 74, 620; MM, VGT). a\(!ivio<i, -ov (as usual in Attic), also -a, -ov. 11 Th 2^, He 9^2.
Kcrvos,

Lk

20^5
.-

STiV.

Ko'o-/Ao?, i/ie

(< atwi'),
is

[in

LXX chiefly for cbir


:

;]

age-long, eternal, (a) of that


:

which

which
is

without either beginning or end Eo 162^, He Eo 162^, 11 Ti 1^, Tit I2 is without beginning without end (MM, VGT, s.v.) o-K7?vat', Lk 169
;
:

9^*
(c)

(b)

of that

of that

^i^^^^

which Co 5^

BtaOyKT],

He

132**

evayye'Xtov,

Ee

14*'

7ra/oa*cXr;o-is, II

Th

2^

Xw/acoo-ts,

16

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


9^2.
329
;

He

K\r)povofjiia,

ib. ^^;

KoXao-ts,
irdp,

Mt
;

25*;
freq. c.

Kpifj.a,
^0)77,

He

6^;

Kpurts,

Mk

^XiBpov,
:

II

Th
q.v.
rj

Mt

IS^

q.v.

Syn.

di'Stos,

dKaOapaia,

-as,

aKu^apros), [in

LXX chiefly for HNDtf


s.v.)
:

XD^
;

l]

uncleanmss, impurity,

(a)

physical
:

(MM, VGT,

moral

Bo

V^^ 6'^, 11

Co 122\ Ga
17,

5i9,

Eph
Ee

4^9 5^,

Col

3^,
t.

Mt 23-^ (b) i Th 2^ 47.t


dKu6'apTa).t

*t dKa0dpTTjs, -Tos, dKdOapTos, -ov


cZea?i,

uncleanness

17*, Rec. (for

d- neg., Kadatpw), [in

LXX
Mk

chiefly for
;

NQ^

;]

mw-

impure

(a)
1

physically (LS,
714, II

MM, VGT,
;

s.v.)

(&)
:

ceremonially

18^ Eph 5^ Re 17* (c) morally 123,26,27 311,30 52,8,13 10^ 12*^, as always in Gosp., c. TTv^ifxa, 67 725 925^ Lk 433,36 618 829 942 ii24_ Ac 516 8^ Re 16^3 (cf. Cremer, 320). *t dKaip'o(i,ai, -ovfj.ai (<^ aKatpo?, unseasonable), to have no oppor-

Ac

IQi'*' ^8

118,

Co

Co

617,

Re Mt

Phi A^'^.f tunity (opp. to evKaLpiOi) ** dKaipus, adv. (<;dKatpos, iiuseasouable) [in out of season, unseasonably : opp. to evKaLp(D<; (q.v.),
: ,

LXX
11

Si 35 (32)**;]
(cf.

Ti 42

Cremer,

740;

MM, VGT,

s.v.).t

d-KttKos, -ov, [in

LXX

for iJig

Dri
:

etc.

;]

(a)

as in

cl. (-S^sch.,

Plat., al.), of persons,

simple, guileless
(?

Ro

16^^,

He

72" (cf.

Cremer,
,

327)

(&) of

things,
r)

undamaged
(-<|d/c77,

MM, VGT,
[in

s.v.).t

aKttt'Ga, -T/s,

a point),
jtlc^nt,

LXX
Jo

TD
Mt

n^l27

etc.

;]

a prickly

thorn, brier

chiefly for |^ip also for in always pi. ;

NT

716 137, 22 2729,

Mk

4^' 18,

Lk

6** 8"' ^\

I92,

He

&

(v.

MM, VGT,
of thorns
9.v.).t
:

s.v.).t
dKd^'0i'os, -ov

Mk

151^ Jo 195.

Is 34^3 (td) * tt. ap. 2. of acantha-wood (Hdt.


dKav^a), [in
:
;

LXX
Mk

;]

I.

MM, VGT,
15*, iv

d-KapTTos, -ov, [in

LXX:
Mt

Je 26 (Dip^S),
4^9,
i

Wi

Mac

16'*;]
3^*,

unfruitful, barren
II

fig.,

I322,

Co

14^*,

Eph

5^\ Tit

Pe

18,

Ju

i2.t
,

**t d-KaTd-YkwoTTOs, -ov (<^ KarayiVwo-kw) [in II Mac 4*''*;] not open to just rebtike, irrejyrehensible : Tit 2* (v. Cremer, 676 and for other exx., MM, VGT, s.v.).t t d-KaTa-KdXuTTTOs, -ov (<^ KaTa/caAvrrTw), [in LXX: Le 13** A 11^' ^^.t lynp) *;] uncovered, unveiled: i Co
:

LXX

2225.

*t d-Kard-KpiTos, -ov (<| KaTaKpcvw), 1. imcondemned (EV) Ac 16*^ 2. = cl. aKpiTo<;, without trial, not yet tried (MM, VGT, s.v.)
:

Ac, 11. cc.t **td-KaTd-\uTos, -ov (<;caTaXi;w),


soluble
:

[in

LXX:

IV

Mac

10^1*;]

iiidis-

He

l^^.f

*t dKaTdirao-Tos (v. Mayor, 11 Pe, cxcvii; App., 170; MM. S.V.), -ov, a form otherwise unknown, prob. colloq. for -irava-ros (q.v.) II Pe 2^*, L., Tr. mg., WH.t *t dKardTraoo-Tos, -ov (<^ /caraTrai'w) that cannot cease, not to be restrained : c. gen. rei, 11 Pe 2^*, T, Tr. txt.t

WH.

VGT,

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


t dKaraoracTia, -as,
17

17

(<^ d/caTacrTaTos)
s.v.)

[in

LXX

Pr

26^^ (nniQ),

To
I

4^^ *

;]

Co

1433,

instability (MM, VGT, Ja 316 pi. (Bl., 32, 6),


;

Lk

21^,

hence, confusion, tumult 11 Co 6^ I220 (Polyb, al.


Is 54^^ (rnvb);] un31ii,

V.

Cremer, 739).
d-KaT<i-(rraTos, -ov

Ka^t'cTTT/zAi),

[in

LXX:
Jb

settled, unstable

Ja

1^ 3^.t

t dKaT(i(7XTos, -OV /caTx<^), [in

LXX:
:

iiiMacGi^*;]

that cannot be restrained

Ja

3^ Eec. (for -o-Taros, q.v.).t

'AKeXSafxd, -ha^d-x, V.S. 'A;)(A8a/Aax.

** dKcpaios, hence, metaph. Phi, 2i5.t

-ov (<[ KepdvvvfjLi), [in


(cf.

LXX
(cf.

Es

8^^ *
:

;]

unmixed,
10^",

jnire,

MM, VGT,

s.v.), guileless,

simple

Mt

Eo

1&^^,

SVN.
lvi).

aSoXos, a/<a/cos, (iTrXovs

Ellic.

on

Phi.,

I.e.

Tr., Syn.,

Kktvoy), [in LXX: iv Mac 6^ 173*;] wibending, metaph. (MM, VGT, s.v.). He l(fi^A firm: ** dKfjid^u (< axixri), [in LXX IV Mac 2^ * ;] to be at the prime ; of produce of the ground, to be ripe (Thuc.) Ee 14^8 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t * dKfiriK, acc. of aKfxrj, a point, used as adv., at the present point of
**dKXi.'iis, -es
:
:

time, even now, even yet


dKori, -^s,
17

Mt

15^*.

dK:ovco), [in

LXX Ex
:

152*, al. for ratZT, its parts

and
I

derivatives, exc.

De

ll^^ (^j^^T)

;]

1.

Co 12^^ II Pe 28; "Hebraic dative," 13i*, Ac 2826. V. M, Pr., 14, 75), Mt MM, VGT, s.v.) 11 Ti 4"(Arist., al.
'^

hearing, the sense of hearing : dxofi h.Kovuv (freq. in 2. organ of hearing, the ear

LXX;

pi.,

Mk V\ Lk
:

He
Eo

5^^

3.

a thing heard,

i.e.,

(a)
;

a message, teaching
dKoij^,
i

1\ Ac VI'^^ Jo 12^^ and


4^; (b)

lOie.iULXx)^

Ga
c.

32.5 E,

mg.

Aoyos
4"'*

Th

2i3,

He

report,

rumour

gen, pers.,

Mt

14^ 24",

Mk

1-^ 13'^

(Cremer, 82,

623;

MM, FGT,
[in

s.v.).t
;

dKoXouGe'w, -w {<^dK6Kov6o<;, following

<Cd.- cop., KeXv6o<;, poet.,

away),

accomjiany, follow : Mt 4^^, al. ;] 9^8, Jo 12^6, al. 9^, Absol. Mt 8^^ Metaph., of discipleship Mt more freq., c. dat. (cl.), Mt 8^, al. seq. fierd, c. gen, (cl. Eutherford, KPhr., 458 f.), Lk 9*^ ^ttiVw, c. gen. (Heb. i-iqK Tibn), Mt 10^8
chiefly for
:

LXX

"ijbn

to

Mk
;

(cf. i$-, 7r-, KttT-, Trap-,

crw-d/coXov^ew).

SVN.

(cl.) 7ro;Ltai,

not in

NT

(v.
;]

Cremer, 80;
to 1.
:

MM, VGT,

s.v.).

dKou'o), [in

LXX

chiefly for

yac;
c.

by hearing, comprehend by hearing.

hear, listen, attend, perceive 4^ 7^^, Ja 2^, Intrans.

Mk

Ee2',

Mt

W\
423,

al.;

t.

wmv, Mt

IS^^CLxx);

cogn. dat.,
SlKOV^LV,

d/cof)

d.

(v.s.

dKor,),

Mk

Ac 2826 (LXX). 5 1^^^ 5^a Ee 2^, al. 2. Trans., prop.


s.V.)
c.
:

(0^5)

d/COVO-dTO),

Mt

lll^

c. acc.

rei, of
c.

thing heard, gen.

from whom heard (LS, (Abbott, JG, 76), Ac 22^, al.; rei, Jo 74 (Abbott, JV, 116)
pers.,
;

Ac

1*;

acc. rei,
1

Mt
,

12^^,
c.

Jo 38
gen.
18^9),
v.

dupl. acc, Jo 12^^,

Co

11^8;

t. <^a)vijs (cf.

Heb. bip? yg)^


;

Ex
*,

Jo

52^' 28^
;

Ac

9^^

Pr., 66

Field, Notes, 117

(on the distinction bet. this and Abbott, Essays, 93 f .)


;

d. <f>o)vqv, ib.

M,

of

God answering

18

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


;

prayer, Jo 9", i Jo 5^< i* c. ace. rei, seq. vapd, Jo 82. ^o^ Ac 10^2, n Ti 2- id. seq. airo, i Jo 1* c. gen. pars. seq. ptcp., Mk 14^^^ Lk 183, al. (On NT usage generally, v. Bl., 36, 5 Cremer, 82.) ** dKpaaia, -as, 17 (<^ dxpaTT^s, q.v.), [in I Mac 6^" * ;] in Arist. and later writers = d/cparcia (Lft., Notes, 222 f.), want of power, hence want of self-control, incontinence : Mt 23^^, i Co 7*.+ dKpaTTJs, -e's (<C[ tpdros), [in LXX: Pr 27^"*;] (a) powerless, impotent; (b) in moral sense, lacking self-control, incontinent : ii Ti 3^.t Kepduvv/xi), [in Ps 74 (75)8 (-iQp,)^ je 321 fiKparos, -ov
; ; ;

LXX

(25^5) (nan),

m Mac

LXX

5^ *]

dKpipeia, -as, v

.j

unmixed, pure
[in

o'vos,
:

Ee

lA^^.f

^xp^/3v^),

LXX Da LXX
(n^yi.) 42^,

th

71 (n^^^.),
s.v.)

Wi
Ac

1221, Si 1625

42* *;] exactness, precision (for exx., v.

MM, VGT,
Es

223.t
dKpiPiis, -s, [in

LXX Da LXX 2 6^2


: :

4^, Si 182

192* 34 (31)2* 35 (32)3 *


superl.,

exact, precise, careful, of things

and persons

Ac 26^t

Is 30^ 49^'*;] to enquire with **dKpiP6a), -w (<^ oKptySi/s), [in Aq. exactness, learn carefully : Mt 2''' ^^ (for similar ex., v. VGT,

MM,

s.v.).t

dKpiPois, adv. 391*, (n3fl),

Ez

Wi
rj,

19^8 (ntt^), Da I918, Si 1829*;] with exactness, carefully:


aKptpr,^),

[in

LXX

De

th 7"

Mt

2,

Lk

13,

Ac

1825,

(Milligan,

Eph 515, I Th 52 (M, Th., in 1.). Compar., d/cpiySco-Tcpov NTD, 111; MM, VGT, s.v.), Ac 1826 231^.20 2422.t
[in
1,

dKpi9, -iSos,

LXX
Ee

chiefly for

n3")fct

also for

230

etc.

;]

locust

Mt 3^ Mk

93. 7.t

Ac

*+ dKpoaTTJpioc, -ov, TO (<^ aLKpodo/xaL, to listen), a place of audience 2523 (Plut.).t Is 33 (Ufub), Si 329*;] a hearer dKpoa-rijs, ov, 6 (v. supr.), [in

LXX

Eo213, Ja
cf.

122,23,25,t
rj

t dKpoj3u(TTia, -as,

(perh.

an Alexandrian form of
for nb")y
;]

cl. aKpoTroa-OCa',

MM, VGT,
abstr.,

s.v.), [in

LXX

the prepuce, foreskin

(LXX),
718, 19^

hence

Ga

5" 6^*,

uncircumcision : Ac 113, jjq 22^-27 330 4.10-12^ j Qq Col 2^3 311^ gy meton., the uncircumcised : Eo 49,

Ga

2^,

Eph2ii.t
Is 2816 (n|Q)*;]
t aKpo-ycoi'taios, -ata, -aiov (<[ axpos, ytavia, Attic ywvLalos (freq. in Inscr.

an
;

angle),

[in

LXX:

MM, VGT,

s.v. d.), at

the extreme angle

6 d., the corner

dKpoOit'ioK, -ov,
pi.,

TO (<^ dxpos,
viii,

hence, in

1. first-fruits
(cf.

choicest spoils

Hdt.,

foundation stone, Eph 22'*, i Pe 26,t a heap), prop., the top of a heap, (Xen. MM, VGT, s.v.). 2. In war, the 121 f.) He 7*.t
^ts,
;
:

aKpoc, -ov, TO, V.S. aKpos.

aKpo5, -a, -ov, [in


subst., T^
d.,
^/ifi

LXX for
extremity

nS(5
:

jni

etc.

;]

highest,

extreme
II21
;

as

toj9,

Mk

1327,

l^

1524^

He

pi. (cf.

MM, VGT,

S.V.),

Mt

2431.+

MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Ac
to

19

-ov (and -a; 'AKu'Xas, VGT, 182.18.26^ Ro 163^ I Co 1619, II Ti 4i9.t

MM,

s.v.),

(Lat.),
6^^^

Aquila:

**tdKup6, -w

revoke, invalidate

(MM, VGT,
Kvpo<i,

authority), [in
s.v.)
:

LXX
15^,
:

Es

jy

MaCg*;]

Mt
:

Mk

1'^^,

Ga

S^^ (Plut.).t

** dKuXoTws, adv. (<; KwXvcj),


(so freq. in legal
[in

[in

documents

MM,
-os, 6,

Sm. Jb 34^^ * ;] without hindrance VGT, s.v.) Ac 283i.t

aKwc (Attic contr. for

LXX LXX

Jb
iv

14^7, iv
-ot>,

Mac

-ov (<^ d- neg., l/cwv, willing), 11^2*;] unwilling : i Co Q^^.t


de'/cwv), -ovcra,
17
;

dXdPaorpoK,

to (also

colloq.

and

koivij

for dXdySao-Tos),

[m

Ki

21^3

(nn^)* ;] a box

of alabaster

(dXa/3ao-TtTr;s) for

ointment Mt 26^ Mk 14^, Lk 7^7 {y.DCG, i, 41b; MM, VGT, s.v.).t ** dXaj^ofia (Eec. -ia, the earlier form), -as, rj (< dAa^wv), [in LXX Wi 5^ 17'', u, IV Mac 5 * ;] the character of an aXa^wv, boastfulness, vainglory, vaunting Ja 4^^ (Mayor, in 1.), i Jo 2i*'.t
:

dXaJcSi',

-wos,

6,

rj

(<;

dX?/,

wandering), [in

LXX

Jb 28^

(rDQ?),

Hb

2* (Tnj),
:

Pr

212* ^pi,,j*.j prop,

a vagabond, hence, an impostor,


xxix
;

a boaster

Eo
:

l^o, 11

Ti 32.+
Tr., Syn.,
Lft., Notes, 256).

Syn.

vl3pL(TTrj<;, vTrpyj(f>avo? (v.

dXaXd^w (onomat. from the battle-cry dXaXd), [in chiefly for 3n*l hi., bb'' ;] prop, to raise a war-cry, shout with triumph or joy ; rarely of grief, to wail : Mk 5^^ (cf. Je 4^) of a cymbal, dXaXd^oi' 13^ (cf. 6\o\vCw).f (EV. clanging), i Co
;

LXX

*t d-XdXT)Tos, -ov
a-XaXos, -ov

(< XaXiw), inexpressible, not to be uttered Eo 82.t (< XdXos, talkative), [in LXX Ps 30 (31)^8 (D^K ni.)
:
:

37

(38)13 (D^x) *

;]

dumb,

speechless
to, late

Mk

7^7 Q^^. 25,t


dXs, -o?, 6
:

aXas (T, dXa), -aTo%,


[in
cl.

LXX

chiefly for nblj

;]

salt,

form of cl. lit. and fig.


in speech
;

(MM, FGT,

s.v.),
;

Mt
:

5^3 9^0,

Lk

143*

like

aXes, wit, of

wisdom and grace

Col 4".+

dXs,

dXccus (Eec. dXicus, the older form for Jl, a;i;] the sea), [in

WH,

Ajyp.,

LXX

151), -cw?, 6

a fisherman:
40i5,

Mt

4^8' is,

Mk
Ez
c.

li.i^
1310
ff-

Lk

52.+
XiVos, oil), [in

dXi<t)w (cf.

LXX

Ge 31", Ex
Ki
16^
;

Nu

33 (ni2?a)

(mM),
103

Eu

33, II

Ki

1220 142^ jy

42, 11

Ch

281^,

LXX TH

("JJID),

ace. rei or Ja 51* ; fx^pi^,

Es 212, Jth 168*;] i^ pers., Mt 6^^ Jo 123, Mk Lk 738. , Jo ll^.t

anoint, festally or in

Mi 6^5, Da homage
:

seq. dat., ^Amw,

Mk

6^3,

Syn.

xP^<a, fivpi^o)

(against the distinction

made

bet. d.

and

y.

in Tr., Syn., xxxviii, v.

MM, VGT,
:

s.v., d.).

*t dXKTopo<|>cj>'ia, -as, ^ (<^ dXexTwp, (ftwvrj), cock-crowing, i.e. the 1335.t third watch in the night dX^KTwp, -opos, 6 (poet, form of dkcKTpvwv v. MM, VGT, s.v.), [in Pr 24 (303i) (T7-|7 BDB, Lex., 267)* ;] a cock : Mt 263*' ^*' 7^,

Mk
;

LXX

Mk

1430,68,72^

Lk

2234.

0, 61^

'AXc^ai/Speus, -e'ws, 6,

Jo 1338 i827.t an Alexandrian

Ac

6^ 182*.t

20

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


'AXe^acSpikos (Rec. -Bpivos] V. Kiihner : Ac 27 28ii.t
'AXe'laj'Spos,
3,

II, 296),

-rj,

-oV,

Alexan-

drian

Mk
Jew

15-1.
:

2.

A
ii

Ac

IQ^^.

on iTi,
al.

I.e.):

Alexander. 1. Son of Simon of Gyrene: kinsman of the High Priest Ac 4". 3. A certain 5. Perh. = 4 (v. Ellic. 1 Ti l^o. 4. A coppersmith 4i*.t Ti
-OV,
6,
:
:

aXeupoc, -OV, to (< dXevw, to grind), [in


;]

LXX

for

riDj?.

Nu

5^^,

meal

Mt

1S^\
rj

Lk

IS'-'i.t

dXriOeia, -a?,

(< aXr]6^<s),

[in

LXX
DB,

chiefly for
iv,

nOS
1.

(on which,

V.

Cremer, 627

f.),

njlD^;] trnth

(v.

818

f.).

Objectively,

" the reality lying at the basis of an appearance the manifested, veritable essence of a matter" (Cremer, 86) Eo 9^, al. of religious truth, Ro 1^^, al. esp. of Christian doctrine, Ga 2'^, al. ; d. Oeov, Ro 15^. 2. Subjectively, truthfulness, truth, not merely verbal (cl.), but sincerity and integrity of character: Jo 8'**, iii Jo^. 3. In phrases (MM,
;
:

VGT, S.V.) ctt' dAT^^etas, Mk 121*, al. d. Xeyav (ctTTtu', XaXilv), Ro 9\ II Go 126, Eph 4-25^ ai_ ^_ ^oielv, Jo 3^1, i Jo 1 (cf. DB, iv, 818 b, ff.). Ge 20^6 {UD'^) 42i (n^), Pr 21^ dXriGeJa) d\7?^7?s), [in LXX
: ;

-es

(iD^iyp), Is 4426 (Qijar), Si

31 (34)"*;]
:

to sjyeak the

truth (R, mg., deal

truly; Field, Notes, 192)


dXT)6iis,

Ga

41^,

Eph

4i5.t

(<C At/^w

=
:

Xavddvii),

hence primarily, unconcealed,


for nSiX, etc.;] (a) of things,

manijest

hence, actual, real),

[in

LXX
Mk

i'' <rwe, conforming to reality aX-q$iv6<i, q.v.) S^^* ^" Jo 4^^ 5^^' ^^ 6^^ ( 10*1 19^5 2124, Ac 129, Phi 48^ Tit l^^, i Pe 5^2, n Pe 2^2, i Jo 2^, iii Jo 12 12i*, Jo 3^3 7^8 8^6, {h) of persons, truthful : Mt 221^, Eo 3*,

II

Go

68.t

Syn. : aXrfOLvo^, real, genuine, ideal, as opp. to spurious or imperfect. aXr}$i]<;, true to fact, as opp. to false, lying, denotes the actuality of a thing dXrjdivo^, its relation to the corresponding conception. (Gf. Tr., Syn., viii Cremer, 84 f., 631 ; Abbott, JV, 234 f.
:

DB,

iv,

818

f.

MM, VGT,
-rj,

s.vv.)
[in

dXtjOiKos,

-6v (<^
:

a.Xr]6ri<;),

LXX for

JilpX

;]

true, in the

sense

of real, ideal, genuine 82 92* 1022, I Th 19,

Lk
I

16^1,

Jo

1^ 423. 37 532 728 gie


3^. '^ 6i

He

Jo

28 520,

Re

151 173 1935^ 15^ 16^ I92 ; = AXr,6ijs,

Re

199 215 226 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t SVmY. : aXrjer)';, q.V. + dXriflu (K01V17 form of the Attic dAew), [in
2441,

LXX for

7ni3

;]

to

grind

Mt

Lk

1735.t

dXr]0is, adv. dX7;()?s), [in

LXX

(Je 35(28)6,

Ps 57

(58)^, al.)

chiefly for |/^X

and cogn. forms;]

trzily,

surely:

Mt

1433 26''3 27^",

Mk
I

1470 1539,
213,
I

Lk
25.t

927 12** 213,

Jo

i48 442

qh

726, 4o gsi 178^

Ac U^\

Th

Jo

dXicus, V.S. dXecus.


t dXie.5(o

dAieus), [in

LXX

Je 16^6

pi)*

;]

to

fish

Jo 213 (^M,

VGT,

s.v.).t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


dXi^u

21
:

6",

Mk

; aAs),

[in

LXX
TO,

for

nba

;]

to salt,

season with salt


pollute),

Mt

9.t
-Tos,

*t dXioYTj/xa,

(<^ late

dXto-yew,

to

pollution

Ac

152.t

dXXd (dXA.' usually bef. a and v, often bef. e and rj, rarely bef. o never bef. i; Tdf., Pr., 93 f. WH, ^j;)^., 146), adversative particle, stronger than 8e; prop, neuter pi. of aAAos, used adverbially, with changed accent hence prop, othenuise, on the other hand (cf. Eo 3^^); 1. opposing a previous negation, hiit : oi {/xr]) d., Mt 515, 17^ ]y[]j 539^ Jq 716^ q\ rhetorically subordinating but not entirely negativing vrhat precedes, ov d., not so much as, Mk Q^*", 11^-^ Ac 19^, 1020, Jo 1244^ al. Mt with ellipse of the negation, Mt I Co S" 6^^ 7'^, II Co 7^^, Ga 2^, al. in opposition to a foregoing pos. sentence, d. oi, Mt 24, i Co lO'^s oi fxovov d. Kai, Jo 51^, Eo 1^2,

and

to,

= el /Mrj a negation, d. Iva, Mk 14*^, Jo 1^ 9^, al. iii, 10), Mt 20^3, Mk 4^2. (Bl., 77, 13; M, Pr., 241; but cf. 2. Without previous negation, to express opposition, interruption, before commands or retransition, etc., but : Jo 16'^^ 122^^, Ga 2^* to introduce an accessory quests, Ac 102*^ 26^", Mt 9^*, Mk 922, al. idea, 11 Co 7^^ in the apodosis after a condition or concession with
al.
;

elliptically, after

WM,
;

Col 2^, al. giving emphasis to the following after fxiv, Ac Eo Co clause, d\X' epx^Tai wpa, yea, etc., Jo 162; so with neg., dXA' oiBe, nay, nor yet, Lk 23^^. 3. Joined with other particles (a practice which increases in late writers Simcox, LNT, 166), d. ye, yet at least, Lk 242^, d. fj.h ovv. Phi 3^ (on I Co 92 d. ^, save only, except, Lk 12^^ 11 Co 1^^
ei,

idv, ctVcp, yet, still, at least,


4^",
142*^, i

Mk

1429,
;

Co

92, 11

Co

4i,

14^^"

this usage, v.

MM, VGT,

s.v.).

dXXdaaw dXAo?),
change : Ac 6^*, Ga 42*^. exchange : c. ace, seq. eV
(Bl., 36, 8),

[in
2.

LXX chiefly
to

for p)bn
:

lia

hi., etc.

;]

1. to

(=

^\ He 1^2. 3. to transform 5, Ps 105 (106)2") instead of simple gen.


1

Co 15"-

Eo

123 ^gf ^^.^ gj.^ /car-, airo-Kar-, /xct-, crvv-aWdcrarw

V.

MM, VGT,

s.v.).t
:

dXXo9), [in LXX iv Mac 1^*;] = dXXo^cv (v. MM, VGT, s.y.), from another place Jo lO^.t *dXXaxou, adv. dXAos), = dXXoo-e (MM, VGT, S.V.), elsewhere:
**dXXaxo06', adv.
:

Mk
96

138.+

*t dXXTjyope'd),
ff.)
:

-Oi

(< dXXos,

dyopcvw), to speak allegorically (Cremer,

Ga

424.t
;

t dXXT]Xouid (Eec. dXXrjXovia

Heb. iTlbbn

p>fO''^^^

^^

Lord), [in

LXX

in the titles of certain Pss (104 (105), al.), and at the end of Ps also To 131^, Mac 1^^;] fiallelujah, alleluia: Ee 19i. 3, 4, sf 150; dXXTJXcoi' (gen. pi.), dat. -015, -ais, ace. -ovs, -as, -a (no nom.), 4*^, recipr. pron. (< dXXos), of one another, mtctually : Mt 25^2,

Mk

Jo

1322, al.
t dXXoyenis,

- dXAo9,
(

yevos), [in

LXX chiefly for


Cremer, 150;

"IT,

133

;]

of

another race, a foreigner

dXXo<^iiXos;

MM, VGT,

s.v.):

Lk

17i8.t

22

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


aXXofiai, [in

LXX
(cf.

water,

to

spring up, Jo
-t],

for ubs 4^* (MM,

3^1

pi., etc.

;]

to leaj)

Ac

3^

W^
,

of

VGT,

8.v.).t
else), [in

aXXos,

-o,

Lat. alius, Bng.

LXX
Jo

for TTIl^

irn<,

20^, al. ; a. 84, i Co etc.;] other, another: absol., 2^2 421, al. 61* c. art., 6 a., attached to a noun,
;

Mt

3i 12; pi.,
tJie

Mk
S^a,

Mt

other,
i

Mt
1429

Jo

19^-^

(Bl.,

47, 8)

ol a., the others, the rest,

202*,
;

Trpos

SXKov
!<

TTpos dAXr/Xows

(BL,

(Bl,
I

77, 13),

Lk

12*1

geq. ^Xi?v,
a.

Mk

48, 10), Ac 2^2 12^2 ^1^-^, Jo 622


;

dW
;

Co
(i.e.

5^
rf

dXko)

7rap({ c.

ace,

Co

3".

denotes numerical, 1. qualitative difference (Cremer, 89). a. generally " denotes simply distinction of individuals, " (v. Lft., Meyer, I. involves the secondary idea of difference in kind

SVN.

erepos, q.v.

Ramsay, on Ga

1' ^

Tr., Syn.,

MM, VGT,
I

s.vv.).
v.

As

to

Co

12'

10,

ICC,

in L,

xcv BL, 51,6; M, Pr., 79 f., 246 whether the distinction can be maintained in and on He lP*f-, v. Westc, in 1.
;
,

* dXXoTpi-iTi<TKoiTos (Eec. dXXoTpiocTT-)


thiiigs alien to his calling
:

-ov, 6,

Ofie
1.
;

Pe

4^* (v.
[in

ICC,

in

who meddles in Deiss., BS, 224^


,

MM. VGT,
longing
to

s.v.).t

dXXoTpios, -a, -ov

aAXos),

LXX
:

f or -||
:

another, not one's own (opp. to (Field, Notes, 165 f.), ii Co lO^*' i, i Ti 522, alien (opp. to oiKcro?; v. MM, VGT, s.v.)

iStos)

nnx Lk 16^2^ Eo
,

ip:

;]

1.

be152*>

14*

He

92*.

2.

foreign, strange,

Mt

1725.26^

Jq

iqs,

Ac

7,

He

119' 34
dXX6(|)uXos, -ov (aXAos, <^i;Aov,

tribe), [in
s.v.)
;

LXX

chiefly for

TW^^

;]

foreign, of another race Ac 1028.+

(MM, VGT,

as opp. to a Jew, a Gentile

aXXws, adv. dXodu, -w


chiefly for
;]

crn
:i7,

otherwise : i Ti 52*.t and cf. MM, aXws, v.s. aXwv 9"^' i, i Ti 5^8. t to thresh : 1 Co
;

aXXos),

VGT,

s.v.),

[in

LXX
11^2,

d-XoYos, -ov, [in

LXX Ex 6^2 (Qinst^


:

bljr),

Nu

6^2 (ba:),

Jb

"Wi 111**!", IV Mac 3*;] 1. without reason, irrational: ^<2a, 11 Pe 2^2^ Ju^o. 2. contrary to reason: Ac 2527 (y, MM, VGT, s.v.).t t dXoTj, -7?s, [in Ca 4^* N (DibilN) * ;] the aloe, aloes (the

LXX

powder
mg.t

of a fragrant
o,

wood)

Jo 19^^
(q.v.)
:

aXs, dAos,

variant for aXas

Mk
nb
,

9*9,

Eec.

WH,
salt
:

mg., E,

dXuK^s, -7, -ov

aXs), [in

LXX

for

n^-m ;]
228.t

Ja

3^2.+

*dXuiro9, -o^ {<CXvTTrj), free from grief :

Phi

**aXucns,

Lk

17^7*;] a clmin, bond: S^. *, 20i.+ 829, Ac 12' 7 2133 2820, ^ph 620, 11 Ti l^^, Re * d-XuCTiTtXris, -e's (cf. Xvo-ireXcw), improfitable : He 13^71 ''AX<|>a, rcJ, indecl. (v.s. A), AlpJm : Ee 1^ 21 22^3 (v. Swete, in 11.).+
-(1)5,
-Jy,

[in

LXX: Wi

Mk

'AX<|)aIos

(WH,
2.

'AX-), -ov, 6

(Aram.
:

""e^D), Aljihceus.

1.

Father of

Levi

Mk
aXwj',

21*.

Father

of

James

Mt
v.

-wvos (for Attic aXws,

-o),

103, Mk 318, Lk 6^*, Ac l^s.t MM, VGT, s.v.), [in LXX


i^,

MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


chiefly for
]lil
;]

23

threshing-floor

Mt

3^^^

l^

317 (here prob.

by meton.

the grain on the threshing-floor).


dXtiTTTjl,

-Kos,

i
Lk
T]

[in

LXX

for bv^\S;]

a fox:

Mt

S^o,

Lk

9^8;

metaph., of Herod,
aX(Tis, -cojs,

taking, capture

11

Pe

13^2 f
aAio-Ko/Aat), [in

LXX
24^6
22
;

Je 27 (50)4"
27*'',

(izrsn ni.)*

;]

2^^ f
:

Sjia, adv., at

once (Lat. simul)


43, I
:

Ac

Eo
i

3^^

(^^ ^^^
4^7 51"
c.
;

^^^

ITH^.

Ps

143),

Col

Ti

513,

Phm

geq.

o-i;V,

Th
;

as

prep.

c. dat.,

together with
-cs

Mt

1329 (v.

MM, VGT,
:
:

s.v.)

also,

adv.,

a. Trpwi (cL, a. lo), etc.),

**d|jiaeT)s,

ignorant
s.v.).t

11

Pe

Ps 48 (49)^1 *;] fiav^avw), [in Sm. 3^* (on the rareness of this word, v.

early in the morning

Mt 20^t
unlearned,

MM, VGT,
;

*t dfAapdrriKos, -ov (<[ d/AapavTos), 0/ amaranth (Inscr.) hence unfading I Pe 5*.+ **t dfidpai'TOS, -ov (<^ /AapatVo/xat), [in LXX: Wi 6^2 (o-o^t'a)* ;] n7lfading (whence 6 d., the amaranth, an unfading flower) i Pe 1* (cf.
: :

MM, VGT,

8.v.).t

also for DCrX

aor. afj.apTelv), [in for SlOU, miss the mark (Horn., -^sch., al.), ;] hence metaph. (Hom,, al.), to err, do wrong. 2. In and NT, to violate God's law, to sin (for non-Christian exx., v. MM, VGT,
dfiaprdfo) (pres.
,

^1

formed from
etc,
1.

LXX

to

LXX

8.V.): absol., Mt 1825 27*, 615, I Co 728.36 1534,


II

Lk
9

173,

Jo

5'*

8""

92.3,

Eo

2^2 323 5^2,14,16


i
.

Eph
8'

426, I

Ti
c.

520,

Pe

2*, I

Jo
i

110 21 3

518

Tit S^\ He 3^7 102^, cogn. ace, d. a/xapriav (cf


I821,

Pe

22*,

Ex

323o,

nXMO

Niarj),
I

Jo 5i;

seq.

cis,

Mt

Lk

15i8'2i

17*,

Ac 25^

(Kaiaapa),

Co

6I8 8^2 (Field, Notes,


1822, rnajj N3n),
I

^dvarov

(cf.

Nu

173); cVwTriov, Lk 15i82i; ^rp^ Jo 5i (Cremer, 98, 633).t

dfAdpTrip,a, -tos,

to (-< d/xaprciv, V. supr.), [in

LXX
WH,

for

DNlSn

]'\V

etc.;] act of disobedience to divine law (Lft., Notes, 273), a sinful 32^- 29, Eo 32^, i Co 6^, 11 Pe 1^, deed, a sin : mg. al^viov d, 329 (for exx. from tt., v. {DOG, i, 788), VGT, s.v.).t

an

Mk

Mk

MM,
;

SVN.
iv,

ayvorjfxa,

a/xapria,

dvofiia,

d(re/3iia,

TjTTrjfia,

irapd/Sacri^,
;

TrapaKorj, Trapavo/xi'a, TrapaTTTw/xa (v.

532

DCG,

I.e.

Cremer, 100 Westc, Eph., 165 f.).


afiaprdvoi, q.v.),
,

Tr., Syn., Ixvi

DB,

dfxapTia, -as,

^ (<C

[in
;]

LXX

chiefly for riNipn

and cogn. forms,


in
al.)
cl. (v. reff.
;

also for ]iy

yw^

etc.
s.v.)

prop, a missing the

mark;

to

CB

in

MM, VGT,
;

(a) guilt, sin (Plat., Arist.,

from ^Esch. down, a fault, failure. In NT (as LXX) always in ethical sense 1. as a principle and quality of action, = to d/xapTdveiv, a sinning, sin: Eo 5i2>'3, 20. {,^' dfiapnav cTvat,
(b)

more

freq.,

Eo
T^i'

39

iinp.ViV TrJ d.,

Eo
;

6^

dTroOvrjCTKiiv,
d.,

(Tw/xa t^s d. -yivwo-KCtv, Eo personified as a ruling principle,

77

d.

veKpov eivat t^ d., Eo 62 ^^ 6; dirdrq t^s d.. He 3^3 j Eo ftaa-iXemt, Kvpuvei, etc., Eo 521

24

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


.

612, 14 717, 20
7'-^^

v<5/aos t^9 d., Ro 82; Sv'mMis T^s a., i Co 2. As a generic term (cf. Ge i'^). (disting. fr. the specific terms d/xapTyfia, q.v., etc.) for concrete wrongdoing, violation of the divine law, sin : Jo 8*'', Ja 1^*, al. ; Troietv (tV) (., Jo 8^4, II Co 117, I Jo 38. ,-^,,^ ^.^ Jo 941 1522,24 1911^ I Jo 18;

8ov\veLv

rfi 5..,

Ro

6 15**

^ovXo<; tTj^ d., ib. ^^

in pi, ajxapTLai, sin in the aggregate,


dfxapTia<;,

Th

2^" (v. Milligan, in


I

1.)

ttokIv

Ja

5^*

TrXrjdo?

afxapTiwv,
iv
1'^^
;

Ja

5'-",

Pe
I

4^

n<fieai<;

ayxaprtwv,

Mt

26'^^

Mk
:

1*,

al.;

d/xapTlai^

etvai,

Co 151^
Jo
8^^. 5^^.

collectively,
3.

atpetv Tr]v a. t. koct/xov,


TTj/xa,

Jo

aTroOvyjcrKeLV iv rrj d,,

dfjidp-

a sinfid deed, a sin

Mt

12^\

A.c T*", i

Jo

SYN.

V.S. dfjidpT-q^a.

*dfidpTupos, -ov {<^fxdpTv<;), without witness : Ac 14^''. djxapTwXos, -dv (<[ afxapTavw), [in chiefly for yizri ;] sinful, a sinner : of all men, i Ti 1^*; of those especially wicked, i Ti 1^, i Pe 418 pi., Mt 91"' 11' 13 1119 26*5, al. (y. VGT, s.v. ; Cremer, 102,

LXX

MM,

634).
1. invincible (freq. in cl.). *a/xaxos, -ov (<^ />ia;(r)) from fighting, non-comhatant (Xen.). Metaph. (cf. not contentious : i Ti 3^, Tit 32.+
;

2.

abstaining
s.v.),

MM, VGT,

chiefly poet.), to reap: Ja 5*.+ (ace. to Plut., <[ d- fjieOvw, being regarded as an antidote against drunkenness), [in Ex 28i9 361^ (39i2) (n^bm),

*dfidw, -w (in

cl.

d)jie'0uoTos, -ov,

17

LXX
:

2813*;] amethyst, a purple quartz Ee 21-**.t Je 41^ (ma) 38 (31)^2 (byn), Wi dfxeX^w, -w fi^ei), [in 31", II Mac 41**;] (a) absol., to he careless, not to care : Mt 22*; (b) c. gen., to be careless of, to neglect : i Ti 4l^ He 2^ 8^ (v. MM, VGT,

Ez

LXX

8.V.).t
a-ficfATTTos, -OV

(<^
tt.

/u./A<^o/xat),

[in

LXX

chiefly for DPi


;

;]

blameless,
;

free

from fault
s.v.)
:

(in
1^,

of a marriage-contract
21^*

M,

Th.,

I, 31^

cf.

MM,

VGT,

Lk
:

Phi

3*,

Th

31^

(WH,

mg., -ws)
:

He

87.t

SYN.

dfjuo/xo^, dvyK\r]TO<;, dviTv[\r][XTrTo<;,

d-|jie|XTrTws,

adv. (<^

d/me/xTrTos:),

[in
:

LXX
i

q.V. (Tr., Syn., ciil). Es 31^ * ;] blamelessly

WH, mg., 523.t ** d)ipi/xk'os, -ov {<^fiptp.va), [in LXX: Wi 61* 72^*;] free from anxiety or care : Mt 28l^ i Co 7^2 (for exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t **t d-|ieTcl0eTos, -ov {<^ ixeTariOrj/uLL), [in LXX: ill Mac 5i'i2*;] immutable: He &^; as subst., to d., ivimutability ib.i^ (v. MM, VGT,
(Lft., Notes, 28,

89

MM, VGT,

s.v. -os)

Th

21" 31^,

8.v.).t
*d-p,Ta-KiVif]Tos, -ov

* d-|XTafxeXT)Tos, -ov (<[ /Aera/xeAo/xat) woi relented


,

/x.Ta/<tvto),

immovable, firm

Co

15*8

of,

unregretted

Eo

1129,

Co

7i".t

impenitent: Eo 2*. 2. fiiXrjTos (tt., Philo, al.; v. Deiss., BS, 257; MM, VGT, s.v.).t * otfxeTpos, -ov pirpov), without measure : adverbially,
*t
dficrai'OTjTos, -ov

(<] /xcTavoew),

1.

dfiera-

excessively,
t
dfiT]!/,

11

Co

IQi^'i^.t

eis

rd

d.,

indecl. (Heb.
i

]aK

verbal adj.

fr.

^QN

to

prop,

ni.,
iii

&e

fi'i'm),

[in

LXX

Ch

16^6,

Bs

9*6,

Ne

51^ 8,

To

8^ 14l^

Mac

723,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


;

25

IV Mac 182* (elsewhere "N is rendered d\r;^ivos, Is 65^" a\r)6w<;, Je 35 (28) yeVoiro, Nu 5^2, De 27^5 i Ki 1^\ Ps 40 (41)i3 71 (72)i 105 (106)*8, Je 115)* ] 1, As adj. (cf. Is, I.e.), 6 d., Ee S^\ 2. As adv., (a) in solemn assent to the statements or prayers of another (Nu, Ne,
ff.^
;

TO d., I Co 14^" (b) similarly, at the end of one's own prayer or ascription of praise Eo 1^^ 15^^, Ga 1*, i Ti 1^'^ (c) in the Gospels, exclusively, introducing solemn statements of our Lord, trtily, S^s (v. Swete, in 1.), Lk 4^*, al. verily : Mt 5^8.26^ d. d., always in 1*2 33 519^ al. ; TO vai, Kai ... to d., 11 Co l^'' (on usage in tt., Jo
etc.,
11.

c.)

Mk

v.

MM, VGT,
*djjii^Tup,

S.V.).
-0/30S,

6,
:

rj

{<CfiriTr]p),
a.,

writers of the gods)

airdTwp
s.v.).

of

without a mother (freq. in Gk. one without recorded genealogy,


:

He

73

(cf.

MM, VGT,
72 13*, i
:

**d-,iiavTos, -ov /xtaiVa)),

[in

LXX Wi

313 42 820,
tt.,

Mac

1438

153**;] undefiled, free from contamination (in


8.V.)
:

of alOrjp;

MM, VGT,
1*,

He

Pe

1*,

Ja l^\i
:

Syn.

a.fx<jiixo<i,

'AfitfaSdp, 6,

do-TTtAos (Cremer, 784). indecl. (Heb. ni3''ay), Amminadah

Mt

Lk

33'

(WH om.).t
a/ifios,

-ov,

17,

[in

LXX
Ee

Mt

72,

Eo
ii,

927,

He

11^2,

chiefly for bin;] 121^ 208.t chiefly for 12^35


8^2 (Lxx),
i
;]

sand, sandy ground:

djiK^s, -ov,

b, [in

LXX

a lamb :
.

fig.,
;

of Christ

{DCG,
**
8.v.).t

620b),

Jo
rj

129, se^

Ac

Pe
;

l^e (cf

dpvi'ov

Cremer,
12^*, al.
;]

102, 635).t
d|xoiPii, -^s,

; dyutt'/^o/Aai,
:

to

repay)

[in Aq.,

Sm.
tt.,

Pr

requital, recompense

Ti 5* (for illustration

from

v.

MM, VGT,
Lk 22^8,

dliTTcXos, -ov, y, [in

LXX for ]p3


14i8.i.t
yj,

;]

vine

Mt 2629, Mk

142*,

Ja
v.

3^2; fig^ of Christ,

Jo 15^'*'*; of his enemies (on the usage here,

MM, VGT,
d|xirXo5i',

s.v.)

Ee

d/iircXoupYos, -ov, 6,

-wvos, 6

LXX for ma a vine dresser Lk IS'^.f a vineyard: {<C a/xir\o<;) [in LXX for D13
[in
;]
:
,

;]

Mt
V.

201

ff-

2128

ff-,

Lk
;

136 209

ff-,

Co

9^.

(^schin., 49, 13
]

Diod.,

al.

MM, VGT,
:

s.v.

LS,

s.v. aixir^XovpyEiov.)
;

'AfiirXiaTOS

(T, -taros

EeC.
:

'AfJiTrXia'S

V.

MM, VGT,
Mid.

S.V.), -ov, o,

Ampliatus
Is 591"

Eo l&^A

djxuVo), [in

LXX (mid.)
Wi

Jos lO^^ (op:), Ps 117


;]

(118)i'-i2

(bin
to

hi.),

(rt:;^ hi.),

11^, al.

to

ward

off, etc.

(a)

defend

oneself against; (b) to requite; (c) = act., to defend, assist (Is, I.e.): c. ace. pers., Ac 72* (MM, VGT, s.v.).t v. M, Pr., 100), Hellenistic for dfji<|>idi^( (<[ d/A0i, on both sides :
&fx(f>ievvvfii (cf.

MM, VGT,
:

S.V.), [in

LXX
:

for

irrnb

etc.

;]

to clothe

Lk

1228 (T, .e'^).t


dfi<|>i-pdXXa) (v. supr.), [in

LXX Hb 1^^ * =
;]

Trcpt/JdXXo), to

around, as a garment

absol.

(MM, VGT,

s.v.),

throw of casting a net

Mk

1^8 (liec. Pa.\kovra<i djx(j)Ll3\r]crTpov)A

26

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Sni<^i^\r]arpov, -ov, to

(<^ dfKfufSdXXu)), [in


;

LXX chiefly

tor

D^n

;]

something throum around, as a garment spec, a casting-net : Mt Sy^. Blktvov, a-ayrjvi]. a. is a casting-net, o". a drag-net, the more general term a net of any kind (Tr., Syn., Ixiv).
:

4^*.+
8. is

d^<)>i6)^(u,

V.S. d/x^ta^w.

a\i^iivvy.i
(cf. dfji<f)Ld^(i))A
'Ap.<|>iTroXis,

{<^tvvvixi,
-ew?,

to

clothe),

to

clothe

Mt

G^o ll^,

Lk 7"

rj,

AmphipoUs,
:

in

Macedonia, so called because

the river Strymon flowed around it a|i<t>o8o', -ov, t6 d/x<Ai, 6So?),


30^* (492''))*;] prop.,

Ac 17^t
[in

LXX

for ni:"lX

(Je

IV

Mk

114,

Ac

19-8,

a road around anything (EV, WH, mg.t


-a (replaces
n/xcfxi}

the open street)

dfi<|)6Tpot, -at,

in

Koivrj, v.

M,
:

Pr.,

57

used of
al.

more than two,


ol'iV.
;

ib.

80;

MM, VGT,

*d-ji(ij(XY)Tos,

-OV {<^fi<j)/xdo/jiaL),

both of two Mt d^\ blameless: ii Pe 3^*.t


s.v.),

d/xfi.irTO^ (q.V.), dvyK\rjTo<;, dveTriXrjfjiirTO^.

afiuiiiov, -ov, TO,

amonnim, a fragrant plant


q.V.), [in

of India

(EV,
;

spice)

Ee

18i3.t
a-fiw/jios,

-ov

(< /xw/ios,

LXX

chiefly for CDll]

of sacri-

ficial victims, without blemish: of Christ, unblemished, faultless: Eph 1* 5-^, Phi (Cremer, 425, 788 MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
;

He
2^^,

9^*, i

Pe
1^2,

1^^; ethically,

Col

Ju2*,

Ee

14^

Syn.
'Afiwi',

ajj.iavTO';, do-7rtA.os.

6,

indecl. (Heb. |iax),

Amon, King
;
,

of

Judah

Mt
,

l^"

(Eec.).t
'AftcSs, 6,

indecl. (Heb.
ijj

2118

ff.

^y
:

a^g

jy

g;i^
:

pON Is 1^ DiDJr Am 1^ jins iv Ki ]g B ^^ 'A/i/Aciv; Jos., 'A/x/iwv, "A/xwo-os),


,

Amon

Mt

l^o.

2.

Amos

Lk

S^^.t

ac, conditional particle, which cannot usually be separately translated in English, its force depending on the constructions which

LS, s.v. WM, xlii M, Pr., 165 ff. MM, In apodosis, (i) c. indie, impf. or aor., expressing what would be or would have been if (el c. impf., aor. or plpf.) some conLk 7^9 17, Jo 5*\ Ga l^o, Mt 12' dition were or had been fulfilled 24*^, I Co 2^, Ac 18^*, I Jo 2^^, al. The protasis is sometimes undei'stood (as also in cl.) Mt 25^'', Lk 19^3. In hypothetical sentences,
contain
it

(see further,
1.

VGT,

s.v.).

expressing unreality, dv (as often in late writers, more rarely in cl.) is omitted Jo 8^9 15^^ 1911, Eo 7^ Ga 41^ (ii) c. opt., inf., ptcp. (cl. M, Int., 275 M, Pr., I674). 2. In combination with V. LS, s.v. conditional, relative, temporal, and final words (i) as in cl., c. subj., (b) in conditional, (a) in protasis with el, in Attic contr. idv, q.v. relative, and temporal clauses (coalescing with ore, liru, etc. v.s. orav,
:

eirdv,

etc.),

ever,

soever;
00-01

(a)

c.

pres.,

rfyUa

dv,

11

Co

3^*;

os dv,

Eo

915 (LXX) 162, al.;


aor., 8s dv,

dv,
.

Lk
1^5
ll^",

9^; i? dv,
s.v,

Eo

152" (M, Pr., 167);

(/3) c.

Mt

521. 22, 31
i

until,
223.

Mt

2i3,

as soon as (M, Pr., 167),

Co

Phi

Qn

is dv, the freq. use of idv


;

Mk

e^o, al.

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


for av with the foregoing words, v.s. idv;
(ii)
;

27

in late Gk.,
ottov av,

when some
6^* (M, Pr.,

actual fact

is

spoken

of, c. indie.
.

orav (q.v.)

Mk

tion,

Ac j,^ ^^^ j Co 122. 3, jn iterative construcimpf. and aor. indie. (M, Pr., 167) Ac 2*^ 435^ j Qq 122. Ac 8^^ 4. c. optat., giving a potential sense to a question or wish 2629. cJ firj n av (M, Pr., 169), i Co 7* 5. Elliptical constructions o)s av, c. inf., as it were (op. cit. 167), 11 Co 10^.
168)
;

KaOoTL av,

2^5 435

c.

contr. from eav, q.v. prep, (the rarest in NT; prop., upwards, up, always c. ace. 7", i between, c. gen., Mt 132^, for Ijins] d. /Ae'pos, in t^irn, i
Slv,
d'(i,

M,
1.

Pr., 98; In phrases


14^'
:

MM, VGT,
:

s.v.),

d. /xecrov,

among,

Mk

LXX
ib. 1*

Co Co

6^ (M, Pr., 99),

Ee
9^

7^^ [so in

(both found in Polyb.


20910,

cf.

MGr.

dvd/xcra).

2.

Distrib., apiece, by
3.
eis
:

Mt

Lk

(WH om.),
51,

cf.

(a)

10\ Jo 26, Ee 48. Deiss., BS, 139 f.), d. up ava^aiveiv (b) to


:
]

Adverbially (" a vulgarism," Bl.,


cKaa-ro^,

Ee
;

2121.
(c)

Ag
:

prefix, d. signifies
]

avayyiXXuv

anew

avayewav
:

(d)

back
20,

avaKa/xTTTeiv. t

dKa-paOfids, -ov, 6

dva^ouvo)), [in

LXX for H^^D

III

Ki

lO^^'

IV

Ki

913 209

ff,

II
;]

Ch
1.

918.19, Is 388,

Ez 406.;
an

wSr, tJ>v d.,

iiY.

Pss 119

(120)-133 (134) *

goiyig up,
:

(LXX);
v.

-pi.,

flight of stairs
s.v.)t

2. a step ascent (Pss, 11. c. ?). Ac213^'**. (On the formation -Ofj-os,

MM, VGT,
:

dra-PaiVu, [in

persons

irrl

chiefly for nbv ]] to go up, ascend, (a) of 6^1 crvKO/jLwpeav, Lk 19^ ts 'lepocroXvfia, cts T. TrXotov,
;

LXX
c.

Mk

Mt 201^

CIS T.

[fpdv,

inf.

(M, Pr., 205),


;

Lk

I810; with

mention of

place of departure, Mt 3"^^ {a-n-o), Ac 8^9 (^^^ (5^ of things, to rise, spring up, come uj) : a fish, Mt 17'"^ smoke, Ee 8* plants growing, Mt 13"; metaph., of things coming up in one's mind (as Heb. n^ rhv; IV Ki 12*, al.), Lk 2438, i Co 2^; of prayers, Ac 10*;
;

messages, Ac 21^1 (for late exx.,


dm-pdXXo), [in

v.

MM, VGT,

s.v.).

LXX:
;]

Ps 103 (104)2 Ac 2422.t


for

(niar)

to

Ps 77 (78)2i 88(89)38 (-,3^)^ i Ki 28^*, mid., defer, put off (MM, VGT, s.v.)
:

di'a-PiPdj^w (causal of dva/3atvw), [in

2D1
13*8

hi., etc.

Mt
al.
;

make go up, draw (metaph., MM, VGT, s.v.).t


;]

to

chiefly for rhv up, as a ship (Xen.)


:

LXX

hi.,

also

(rayrjviqv,

dm-pX^TTu, [in
seq. ek,
;

LXX
^1.
ri

Mt

14^^^

82*, chiefly for KCSr:;] 1. to look up: (Xen., Plat.). 2. to recover sight (Plat.,
s.v.)
:

Mk

Aristoph.

cf.

MM, VGT,

dvd-pXciJ/is, -cws,

v.

Mt

11^,

Jo 9'\

al.
:

Avafikeirw), [in

LXX
,

Is 61^ (nip-nj^Q)*

;]

recovery of sight : Lk dm-'podw, -w, [in

4^8 (Lxx)_t

LXX

for

prx

pjH

Nip,

etc.;]

to

cry out:

Mt
Ac

27*f'

(WH,

i/36r]av;
-^?,
17

MM, VGT,

8.v.).+
,

dfapoXii],
25^'' (for

exx. of other

*di'dYaioi'

(<Cd aiaXXw), [in LXX for P]33 etc.;] delay: meanings, v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t (Eec. dvwyeov; on the form, v, Bntherford, NPhr.,

28
357
f.
;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

MM, VGT,
:

s.v.), -ov,

to

Lk

5^5

dva,

yrj),

an upper room

Mk

Id^*,

22i2.t

SYN.

VTTtpWOV.

&v-ayy{K\ii}, [in

LXX
:

chiefly for 133 hi.

;]

1.

to

bring back word,

Co V. (WH, cTttcv), Ac report (^sch., Thuc, al.) Jo 2. Later, = dn-ayyeAXw (MM, VGT, s.v.), to announce, declare (LXX; Cremer, 24) Mt 28ii (WH, dTr-), Jo 425 16i3-i5, Ac IQ^^ 2020. 27, Eo I521,
1427 154^
:

Pe

112, I

Jo

l*.t

**i &.va-yivv6.w, -w, [in

LXX:

Si prol.i^
i

K* (ABN
1^' 2^ (cf.

Trapa-)*;]

to
;

beget

again

metaph., of spiritual birth,


s.v.).t

Pe

Cremer, 147
;]

MM,
know
read:
12io,

VGT,

di'tt-yu'waKw (Attic dvayiyv-), [in

LXX chiefly for X"Tp


3^
;

1. to

certainly, Mt 2415,

know

again, recognize.

2.

Of written characters,
c.

to

Mk
Ac

13l^

Lk Lk
II
II

63,

Jo
;

1920,

Ac 1531 Ac 83. 32,

2334,
II

Eph
l^^,

ace. rei,
;

Mt

223i,

Mk
;

Co

Ee

l^

c.

Trpo4>-qr7]v,

828.30;

seq. iv,

Mt
;

12^ 21*2,
rt

Mk
Mt

ace. pers., 'Ho-aiW t. 122^ (sc. Iv t. vo/xw),


123,

1026

seq. 5ti,

Mt

19* 21i

eVot7,o-,

Mk
Ac

22^

pass.
1521,

Co 32 of reading aloud (MM, VGT, s.v.), Lk Co 3l^ Col 4i, I Th 527 (M, Th., in l.).t
;

4^,

132^

Pr 67 (itatzr), i Es 32*, i Mac 225, dmyKdiu, dvd7K7?), [in al. ;] to necessitate, compel by force or persuasion, constrain : c. ace, 26ii (on the impf. II Co 1211 id. c. inf., Mt 1422, Mk 6**, Lk 1423, Ac here, v. Field, Notes, 141; M, Pr., 128 f., 247), Ga 2i* 6^2; pass., c.
: .

LXX

inf.,

Ac

2819,

Ga

23 (for exx., v.
-ala, -alov

** dmvKalos,
prol.22, II
II

Mac

423 921^ i^

Mac

MM, VGT,
[in

s.v.j.t

dvdyKT)),

1^*;]
;

1.

Es 813, ^i 153^ Si necessary: Ac 13*6, i Co I222,


:

LXX

Phi 225, Tit 314, He 83 comp. -atdrepov, Phi 12*. 2. Of persons connected by bonds of nature or friendship, near, intimate (Field, Notes, 118 MM, VGT, s.v.) d. <t>iXoL, Ac 102''.t

Co

95,

* dt-ayKaoTais, adv., necessarily or by constraint: opp. to


1

e/covo-iws,

Pe
0.

52 (rare).t
di'dyKT],
-r]<;, r],

[in

LXX
1

chiefly for piSCJ

"IS

;]

1. necessity
i

ex^tv

d.,

inf.,

to

He
Eo
I

727;
135,
;

^^

be compelled, Lk ^^ ^^' ^.^ of necessity,


is laid

141^ 23i7 (Eec, R, mg.),


11

Co

97,

He

712,

Co 737, Phmi*;

j^z^
d.

fioL eViKciT-at,

71.

on me,
;

Co

91*

c. inf.

(^avayKOLov
:

Io-tl),

Mt
Co
:

18^,
72^,

He
V.
;

91"' 23.
TJi.,

2. force, violence,

hence pain,
;

distress (Diod., al.

LXX
Th

M,

41

MM, VGT,
;

s.v.

cf. ^A/i/^is)

Lk

2123,

3"

pi. (V. Bl., 32, 6

Swete, Mk., 153),

cV d., 11
;]

Co

6* 12io.t

dm-yfwpil^w, [in

LXX
^,

Ge

45i (JTT hith.)*

to

recognize
i

Ac
9*^,

7i3

(WH,
prol.

txt., eyvw/Dt 0-^17).

d'd-y^wais,
^ 13

-co)s,

[in

LXX: Ne

8^ (xnpp),

Es

Si

* ;] 1. recognition (Hdt.). of the public 2. reading (Plat., al.) reading of Scripture (Milligan, NTD, 173, 210 f.) Ac 131^, 11 Co 31*, MM, VGT, s.v.).t I Ti 413 (Cremer, 158 chiefly for nbjT hi.;] to lead or bring up: seq. cis, o. di'-dyw, [in
: :

LXX

ace. loc,

Mt

41,

Lk

222 45

(WH
Eo

om.

d<i,

k.t.X.),

Ac

939 163*; of raising


set before,

the dead

(cl.),

tK veKplhv,

10'^,

He

I32'';

to

produce and

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


T.

29
to

Aa(5,

Ac

12*

(MM, VGT,
7*^
8^2,

s.v.);

in sacrificial sense

(MM,

I.e.),

offer, Ova-lav,
to

Ac

Mid., in nautical sense (Horn., Hdt., Thuc,

al.),

put

to

sea:

Lk

Ac

13i3 IG^i

im

203.

i3

211.2 272.4.12,21 2810.11

(cf. 7r-avayw).t

dm-SeiK^u^i, [in
I
II

LXX Hb 32 (rT), Da LXX


:

Es g,
**t

II, III

Mac 9*

;]

1.

to lift

i" (n:a), 120 (xsa), up and show, show forth, declare (cf.

Mac

2^,

V.

MM, VGT,
:

s.v.)

Ac

I2*.

2.

to consecrate,

set

apart,

(Strab., Plut., Anth.)


di't-86i|is, -w?,

Lk lO^t Lk

^
:

draSet/cvv/xt), [in
l^*'.t
:

LXX
;]
:

Si

iS**

;]

a shewing

forth,
(in
2.
TT.

announcement
freq.

** dKa-Se'xofiai,

[in

LXX LXX
: :

ii

Mac

6^^ S^^ *

1. to

assume, undertake

as legal term

cl. vTToSixofjiaL, to

receive
al.).

MM, VGT, s.v.) of guests, Ac 28''.


11

iirayyeXia^,
1. to give

He

11^^.

**di'a-8i8(ufiii, [in

Si I22,
2.

Mac

IS^^ *

;]

forth, send

up, as of plants (Hdt.,

to

give up, yield,

hand over (MM,

VGT,

s.v.)

Ac

2333.

**t &ya-ld(a, -w, [in Al. Ge 45^^ *'^ to live again, regain life (cf. cl. ava^Low; Cremer, 722; and tor other exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.): metaph. of moral revival, Lk IS^* (WH, mg., e^rjatv) of sin, Eo 7^.t Jb 3* (tzr-n), 10 (tsrpa pi.), 11 Mac I321 * ;] dm-T)Te'u, -S, [in
;

LXX

to look fur or seek careftilly (" specially of searching for human beings, with an imphcation of difficulty": MM, VGT, s.v.): Lk 2**.*^,

Ac

1125.t

t
fig., T.

diva-t,I>vyviii,

[in

LXX

Jg

oo-^uas

T.

Stavotas, I

Pe

IS^^, 1^3 f

Pr

2935 (3117) (^^U)*

;]

to

gird
to

up

** di'a-^uTTupY^w, -w (< ^coos, nip), [in afresh: metaph., 11 Ti 1^ (for vernac. exx., v. dm-0dXXu> edXX<o, to flourish), [in

LXX

Mac
:

13^ *

;]

kindle

Ez VGT,

172* (n-IQ hi.).


s.v.j.t

Ho

MM, VGT,

8.v.).t

LXX

89,

Wi 4^

Si 5*;] to

Ps 27 (28)" {nbv), revive: Phi d^" (cf. MM,


dvd6r]fx.a (Bl.,

t dvd9p.a, -Tos, TO
;

(< avaTi6r]fii),

Hellenistic for Attic

1. prop. = t6 dvaTi^e/xtVov, tJiat whicJi is laid by to be kept, 27, 2) read where votive offering (as dvdOrjfxa in 11 Mac 2^3^ l^ 21^ a for Wyri ,] devoted, a thing 2. [As equiv. in -defia, V. M, Pr., 46).

LXX

LT

devoted to God (v. Driver, De., 98 f., and cf. Le 272^.29), hence; (a) of the sentence pronounced (De 13^5), a curse : Ac 23^* (b) of the object on which the curse is laid, accursed (De 72'') Eo 93, i Co 123 I622, Ga 18' 9 (v. ICG on Bo. ; Lft., Ga., 11. c. Cremer, 547 Tr., Syn., v
:

MM, VGT,
I

8.v.).t

t dm-eejittTiiw

Ki

153, al.),
14, 2i_

Mac

f.
;

avdOefxa), [in
;]

5^

to

chiefly for WTi hi. (Nu 212, devote to destruction, declare or invoke anato

LXX

thema: absol,
2312,

bind oneself under a curse: (Qf naTavadeixaTild), and on the occurrence of the word in
14''^;

Mk
92

kavTov,

Ac
tt.,

V. Deiss.,

LAE,

MM, VGT,
(cf.

s.v.).t

*t dca-Oewpe'w,
(Diod., al.).t

-w, to observe carefully,

consider well
V.

Ac

1723,

He

13'

di/derjfia, -TOS, TO

AvdOefia,

and

MM, VGT,

S.V.), [in

LXX

30

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


v.l.

often as
in
III

for avddefia (D^n),


al.
;]

and

in

Nu 21',

Jg

1^''

for

Mac

3^^^,

gift set tip in

a tenaple, a votive

mpHn but prop, Lk 21^ offering


,

(LT, -efia).f ** dmiSia (Eec. -eta, as in slmmelessness, importunity :


8.v.).t

cl.), -as,

Lk

aiSws), [in

LXX
tt.,

Si 25^^ *

.]

11^ (for exx. from

v.

MM, VGT,
Jg
:

dk-aipeais, -ws,
(riDl),

rj

Jth 15*,

II

Mac

dmipeco), [in
1.

LXX: Nu
;

ll^^ (jin),

15^7

5^^*;]
for

destroying, slaying,

murder
2.
to

(Field,

a takmg up or away (Thuc). 2. a Notes, 116 MM, VGT, s.v.) Ac 8^t


hi.,

av-aif>i(a, -w, [in

LXX

2in

HP hi.,
;

nD2

hi., etc.

;]

1.

to take

up

destroy (for late exx. of various senses, v. MM, VGT, s.v.) (a) of things (as freq. in cl. of laws, etc.) He 10^ (b) of persons, to kill : Mt 2i, Lk 22^ 23^2, 533,36 728 923, 24, -29 IQ39 l^'i 13'^8 1627 2220 2315,21,27 25' 26^^ Ac 2-3
:

mid.,

Ac 7-^
:

take away,

make an end

of,

II

Th

28,

WH,

txt.,

E, txt.t

dk'-amos, -ov (<atTi'a), [in

LXX

De

IQi"' 13 216, s.v.)*;]

9 (,-,3)^

Da

LXX
sit

TH Su2^ always

of aiyua

(cf.

MM, VGT,
;

guiltless,

innocent:

Mt
:

125. 7,t

* 6.va-KaQ-ilu)

(v.s. Ka6t^io)

1. trans., to

set

up.

2.

Intrans., to
:

up Lk 7^5 (WH, mg., VGT, s.v.).t


(104)30,

iKaOicrev),

Ac

9'^^

(freq. in

medical writings
158,

MM,
to

dm-Kai^'iV /caivos),

[in

LXX:
(cf.

II

Ch

pg 102
i

(103)^ 103

La

5^1

{mm
-ui

pi., hith).,

Ps 38

(39)^ (-|Dy ni.),

Mac
to

6^*;]

renetv

He

6^ (Isocr., Plut.).t

*t
II

di'a-Kaii'oa),

avaKaivi^w

MM, VGT,
:

S.V.),

make new
(Cremer,

Co
;

416,

Col

310 (v.

Cremer, 323).+
r]

*+ dcaKaivwo-is, -ews,

{<C avaKaivow), renewal

Eo

12^, Tit 3*

324

MM, VGT,
Syn.
:

s.v.).+

iraXivyevcaia, in

NT, new

birth, of

which

d. is

quent renewal or renovation, in which


(v. Tr.,

man

as well as
;]

God

the consetakes part


:

Syn.,

xviii).

dm-KaXuirra), [in

LXX chiefly for nbn ni,, pi.

to

unveil
11

metaph.
3^*' ^^.f

of
1.

removing hindrance
dm-KdH-Trro), [in

to perception of spiritual things,

Co

trans., to

He

1116

LXX: I Ch 19^, Je 3^, al. (mtT), Je 15^ (-no);] bend or turn back. 2. Intrans., to return : Mt 2^^, Ac IB'^^^, metaph. (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.), Lk 10^.+
[in

**

d.v6.-Kei\>.ai,

LXX:

i
:

Es

4^0,

To

avaTiOrjfii, to be laid tip, laid

Mk

5*o Eec.
to

N*;] 1. in cL, as pass, of 2. In late writers (cf. MM,

KilaOaL, KaraKelaOai, iyaKi/x(yos, Mt 9i 2210' ^ 26",


s.v.)

VGT,

Mk

recline at table : 62 1418 16fi, Lk

Mt

26-o
;

part,

22^^ Jo e" 12^

x323' 28.+

Syn. avaKXipw, avaTriTTTw, the latter denoting an act rather than a state and thus in Jo 13^* differing from dvaKeifiai (v.^*) by indicating a change Of position. ** d'a-K<t>a\ai<5a), G> (v.S. Kecj>aXaL6w), [in Th., Al. Ps 71 (72)20*;] to sum up, gather up, present as a whole mid., Eo 13^, Eph l^o (on wh, AE, in 1. Cremer, 354, 748),+ v. Lft., Notes, 321 f.
: : : ;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


** dca-K\iVw, [in hence, (a) to lay doxvn : mg., Lk 1237. Pass., to

31

LXX
LXX

iii

Mac
;

5^^ *

;]

to

lay u-pon, lean against,


:

Lk
lie

{h) to

make
:

to recline

Mk
:

6^^,

WH,

hack, recline

Mt
to

S^i

U^\ Lk

IS^^.t

SYN.

dva.KLjxaL (q.V.), aVaTTLTTTU).

Lk
TH

di/o-Kpdi^w, [in 433 828 23i8.t


d^'a-Kp^Va), [in
*8 ^^

for
I

Sip
Ki

etc.

;]

cry out, shout

Mk
^3, ib.

l^s 6^9,

LXX:

20^2 (npn),
.

Da

LXX

Su

LXX,
:

n^\ I Co

to examine, investigate, question (Lft., Notes, ;] 2^4. 15 43, 4 93 1025. 27 1424 in forensic sense

181

f.)

Ac

esp. of examination 12^9 248 28i8.t

by torture;

v. Field,

Notes, 120

f.),

(MM, VGT, s.v. Lk 23^*, Ac 4^

SyN.

V.S. iicrdCoi.
-eo)?,
17,

** dfd-Kpi<Tis,

[in

LXX

iii

Mac
252^

7* *
(v.

of legal preliminary investigation,

Ac

an examination MM, VGT, s.v.).t


;]

spec,

di/a-KoXioj, (a) to roll

dm-Ku'iTTw [in

LXX
;

up ; (b) to roll back : Mk 16* (Eec, dn-o*c-).t Jb lO^^ (crxn s^2), Da LXX, Su 35* ;] to lift
Jo
8^7, 10]
.

Lk 13^^ oneself up ; (a) bodily VGT, s.v.).t Lk 2128 (cf.

^j^

mentally,

to be elated

MM,

chiefly for KOJZ also for T\pb etc. ;] 1. to dKa-XafAJBdew, [in 16"9i, Ac I2. 11. 22 iqi^, i Ti 3i. 2. to take up, take to take up, raise : 6i3. le, 11 Ti 411 (for late exx., v. oneself: Ac 7" 2013.1* 233i,
,

LXX

Mk

Eph

MM,
f.),

FGT,
*

s.v.).t
di'd-\T]|ji,\|/is,
:

-w?,

17,

{kolvti

form

of avd\r]il/Ls

V. Th., Gr,,

108

taking up

Lk

9^1

(MM, VGT,

s.v.).+

Rec. for avaXrjfMif/is, qv. chiefly dk'-aXiCTKw (on the etymology, v. MM, VGT, s.v.), [in etc. ;] 1. to expend. 2. to consume, destroy : Lk for b^a also for rh3 95*, Ga 515, II Th 28, Rec. WH, mg.t **dcaXoYia, -as, rj (<[ Aoyos), [in Al. Le 2718*;] proportion (MM, VGT, s.v.) Ro 12 (cf. Cremer, 397).t ** dm-XoYiiofiai, [in Wi 17i3 N, n Mac 12" A, iii Mac 7^ * ;] to consider : He 123 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t ** dmXos, -ov aXs), [in Aq. Ez 13i H' i^ 2228 * ;] saltless, insipid
di'd-X']|/is, -((OS, r),

LXX

LXX

Mk

95o.t

^d^d-Xuais, -cws, r) (<; dvaXvw), a loosing, e.g. of a vessel from its moorings, hence, departure : from life, 11 Ti 4^.t **dm-X.5w, [in LXX: i Es 33, To 29, Jth I31, Si 3i5, Wig, II, III Mac 10 * ;] 1. to unloose. 2. to unloose for departure, depart (MM,

VGT,

s.v.)

from
I,

life.

(SDS), II Mac without missing, unerring (Xen.). 2. In moral sense, MM, VGT, faultless (Plat.), without sin : Jo 8^7] (v. Cremer, 102, 634
di'afxdpTTiTos, -ov

Phi

123.

3^ ^q

return,

Lk
Dt

1236.t
29i<i8)

afxaprdv), [in

LXX

8* 12*2*;]
s.v.).t

await " one v^ho33 coming is expected, perhaps with the added idea of patience and confidence " c. ace, I Th 110 (v. M, Th., in 1. MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
&va-\Liv(a, [in

LXX

for

mp

pi.

;]

to

32

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


diva-fimvriaKb),

[in

LXX
i

for IDT hi.


4^'^;

;]

to

remind,
1*.

call

to

one's

remembrance
ber, call to

c.
:

ace. rei,

Co

c. inf., ii

Ti

Pass., to

remem-

mind

Mk
r]

ll^^ 14^2,

n Co

7l^

He

1032.t
:

di'(ifii'T|ais, -ecus,

tit.
fi's

(nST

hi.),

Le 24^

{<C (ni^TX),

avanifj-vrja-Ku)), [in

LXX

Nu

W^
i
ii,

(fil?!),

Wi 16" *;]

Ps 37 (38), 69 (70) remembrance


d^apnwv,

T. ifx^v d.,

Lk

2219

(WH
ff.
;

om.),

Co

(v.

Abbott, Essays, 122

DCG,

1124,25. ^^ 74*).t

He

10^

SvN.
to

vTr6fjLvr](Tis (v.

&ya-y6i^,

-w

renew:

pass.,

Eph

I'c'os),

Tr., Syn., cvii). [in Jb 332*,

42^ (v.
to

Es 313, Cremer, 428; MM, VGT,


11

LXX:

I,

IV

Mac 8*;]
of Jerusa-

s.v.).t
(cf. e/<v77<^(o).+

* &va-vr]^u,
'Ami-ias

to

return

soberness: metaph.,

Ti 2^^

(WH,

'Avav-), -a, 6
:

(Heb.

11^330),

Ananias;

1.

lem

Ac

Ac 51- 3. 5. 2. Of Damascus Ac Q^*' 12, 13, 17 2212. 3. High Priest 232 24i.t **t dc-arrt'-pTiTos (T, -pprjro^), -ov {<^p7)r6<;, spoken), [in Sm. Jb IP 3313 * ;] not to be contradicted, undeniable : Ac 19^6 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t
:

df-at'Ti-priTws (T, -pprp-ta'i), adv.,


dk'-dCtos,

-ov (d- neg., d^io?), [in


c.

without contradiction: Ac 1029.t LXX: Je 15^9x2 (b^T), Es Bi^,


:

Si 258*;]

unworthy:
i

gen.,

Co

** dca^iu?

(v. supr.),

adv., [in

(MM, VGT, s.v.).t LXX 11 Mac 14*2 * in an unworthy


62
;]
,

manner

Co

112''.t
rj

dcd-Trauo-is, -cws,

{avairavu))

[in

LXX
;]

chiefly for rn3

and

its

derivatives,

n2tS and

its

cognates (Ex, Le)

cessation, rest, refresh-

ment: Mt 1129 1243^ Lk 1124, Ee 48 14ii.t Syn. : dvo-i5 (lit. the relaxation of the strings of a lyre), prop. signifies the rest or ease which comes from the relaxation of unfavourable conditions, as, e.g. affliction avdir., the rest which comes from the temporary cessation of labour (v. Tr., Syn., xl Cremer, 827
:

MM, VGT,
, ,

S.V.).

di'tt-irauw, [in

LXX

for fourteen different words, chiefly rn3

also

Yy\ ]512^ etc. ;] to give intermission from labour, to give rest, refresh Mt 1128, I Co 1618, Phm2o pass., Phm \ 11 Co V^. Mid., to take rest, enjoy rest Mt 2Q^\ Mk 6^1 14*i, Lk 12i9, Ee 611 14^3 as in Heb. of
;

^ijy Is 112

^[^2),

TO 7rvv/xa ^' v/iSs d.,

Pe
v.

41*.

(In

IT.

this
s.v.
;

word
and
to

is cf.

used as a technical agricultural term Le263*'-; Cremer, 826. )t dm-irciOo), [in LXX: Je 36 (29)^
suade, incite:

MM, VGT,

(NIZy3 hi.), i

Mac 1"*;]

per-

Ac

IS^^ (cf.

MM, VGT,

s.v.).t

* dk'direipos, V.S. avdTrr]po<;. * dca-TT^Ixiru, 1. to send up, (a) to a higher place (^sch., Plat., al.) (b) to a higher authority (Deiss., BS, 229; MM, VGT, s.v.; cf. also Field, Notes, 140) Lk 23^. i^ Ac 252i. 2. to send back (Pind.)
:

Lk
Es

2311,

Phm

ii.t

dm--irri8dw, -w
51,

To 4*;]

to

leap

up

TTTySdo), to leap),
:

[in

LXX:

Ki 20^4 (Dip)

25i,

Mk

10^ (Eec. dvao-Tds).t

MANUAL QBEBK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


** di/d-TTTjpos
[in

33

(WH,
x
,

LXX
(32)2,

To

14^

ii

-ctpos; V. Field, Notes, 67), -ov (irr;pos, maimed), 14i3. 2i.t S^* * maimed, crippled :

d.'a-iriTrru, [in

LXX
*
;]

Mac Ge
:

;]

Lk

49^ (iHS)

To

2^ 78,

Jth 12^\ Si 25i8

KXivofjiaL,

l. (d.) to fall back. 2. In late writers = avaa repast (MM, VGT, s.v.) at table, Lk 11^^ 1410 177 221*, Jo 1312 2120 on the ground, Mt IS^^, Mk 6* 8, Jo 6i

35

Da th Su

^7

to recline for

to

lean back, Jo 13^^ (T, eTrnrea-wv; V.S.

dva/cct//ai,

ad

fin.).t

SYN.
(Ge

avaKei/xai (q.V.), avaKXivofiai.

chiefly for K^D dca-iTXT)pow, -u), [in 15i, III Ki 7*1, Is 6O20), etc. 1. to fill up, ;]
;

LXX

pleting contracts
take one's

and making up rent cf. place (cf. Heb. DipQ N^P), i Co 14}^;
2^^
;

Le 12^, al. also obizr make full (in tt. of comMM, VGT, s.v.) tottov,
,

dfiapria^,

complete the

number,
fulfilled,

Th Mt

t. vo/hov,

observe perfectly,

Ga

6^
I

131*.

2.

to

SWppZ^; to
,

va-reprjfia,

pass., Trpn(f>r]Tua, Co 1617, Phi 2^0

(Cremer, 838). t
*t dvairoXoyiiTos, -ov (<^ aTroXoyeo/xai) without excuse, inexcusable (in Polyb., al., as a forensic term v. Lft., Notes, 252) Eo l^o 2i.+ for t&IB etc. ;] to unroll : t. ^t(3\ioy, Lk 41^ dm-TTToaaw, [in
;
:

LXX

(WH,

E, ivoifas).t
d^-dTTTw, [in

LXX
:

chiefly for nS"";] to kindle:

Lk

12*^,

Ja 3*

(MM, VGT,

s.v.).t
.

[Jb 312s,al.], wmwieraJZe He lli^.t Ki 26io, Jb 23; Aq., Sm. Is 36i8*;] 1. to 2. In late writers s/jaA;e ow^, s/wiA;e 6acA;, move to and fro (Thuc, al.). v. MM, VGT, s.v.), to stir up; metaph., to excite : t. o^Xov, (Diod., al. Mk 1511 T. AaoV, Lk 23^t * dm-aKcodiu (<^o-kc{)os, a vessel), prop, to ^jac^ w^ baggage,
d'-api0p.ir)Tos, -ov, {<^api6/ji(x)),
I

**dva-(Ti, [in Aq.

hence,

to

dismantle, ravage, destroy;


s.v.)
:

metaph.,
nbjT hi.

to

unsettle,

subvert

(MM, FGT,
Ac
1110 (in

V'vxas,

Ac

152*.t

dm-CTirdw, -w, [in


TT.

LXX
17

for

npb
;

;]

to

rfraw ?tp

Lk 14^

of pulling
-ews,
tit.,

6.vd-<rra<ji<i,

(nn^(7),

Ps 65

(66)

MM, VGT, s.v.).t LXX: Ze 3^ (Dip), La 3*^^ Da LXX II20, n Mac 71* 12*^*;] 1. a raisitig
up barley
{<!^ dvLo-Trjfu) , [in

MM,

up, awakening, rising (in Inscr. of the erection of a monument, v. 2. a rising from the dead (v. DCG, ii, VGT, s.v.) Lk 2=**.
:

605b)

(a) of

Christ
:

Ac
1.)
;

I22 2^1 433,

j^
13

55^
;

p^i
{b)

310^

Pe
:

321

v^Kpwv,
(e.g. Ill

Eo
Ki

1*

[ICC, in

U vcKpw,

^^ ^^

Pe

of persons in

OT hist.
;

17i''^)

He
Ac

1135
42 62

(g)

of the general resurrection


1124^

Mt 2223. 28, 30^

Mk
I

1218.

23,

Lk
2035,

2027.

33, 36^
;

Jo

Ac

vKpwv,

Lk

tSv vpwv,
;

Mt

I718 238 2415, II Ti 218 d. 223i, Ac 1732 23, 2421 2623,

Co

1512.

13. 21, 42^

He
d.
T.

d.

d.

15 ^utTQv)

and

KpLcreoi^,

^w^s, resurrection to life (cf. 11 Mac 71*, r. to judgment, Jo 52^ d. t. Stfcaiwi/,


; ;

1.,

^, v. Swete, in Westc. on Jo 5, but v. also Thayer, s.v. by meton, of Christ as Author of d., Jo 1125 (y, DB, iv, 231 Cremer, 307).t
;

Lk

141*

KpcLTTOiv d.,

He

113*

on

17

d.

17

irpwrr],
;

Ee

205.

t dva-OTaT<5(i),

w (<^ avdo-Taros, driven from home; 3

<C.avLaTrjfiL), [in

34

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


n.
c.

LXX: Da V^ {mn;* also in Aq., and in MM, VGT, 8.V.),] to stir up, excite, unsettle
sedition:

(v.

Deiss.,
;

LAE,

ace.

(a) to

80 f.; tumult and


Milligan,

Ac
f.).t

17*'

2P8.
;

(j)

by false teaching:

Ga

5^2

(v.

NTD,

73

* dm-oraupoo) 2. to raise on a cross, crucify 1. to impale (Hdt.). (Polyb., al.). 3. to crucify again: He 6 (v. Waste, in l.).t La 1* (mx ni.), Si 25^8 d?)^ Da th Su22, dm-aTvdta,, [in

LXX:

II

Mac

630 *

.]

tQ

sigh deeply

Mk

S^^.t

1. to overturn: Jo 2^^. turn hither and thither; 2. to turn back, return : Ac 3. metaph. pass., to t^irn oneself about, sojo^irn, divell : Mt 17^" Eec.
d'a-(rrpe(|)u, [in

LXX

chiefly for mis^;]


5^^ 15^^.
to

Heb. "^ybn in Koivr] writers and in tt. v. Deiss., 88, 194 MM, VGT, s.v.), to conduct oneself, behave, Eph 2\ I Ti 3l^ He lO^^ 1318, i Pe l^", 11 Pe 2^\f SVN. TrepiTTaTtw (Hellenistic), TroAtTcJw.
(like
,

LAE,
live
:

315
ii

BS,

Co 1^^

** di'a-cnrpo(t>ri, -77s, r/ {<^ava(TTpi(f>ofjLai), [in LXX: To 4^*, II Mac 5^ 6-^* ;] 1. a turning doivn or back, a wheeling about (Soph., Thuc, al.). 2. In late writers (Polyb., al. v.s. dvaa-Tpeffxa, and cf. Hort on Ja 3^^ MM, VGT, 8.V.), manner of life, belmviour, conduct : Ga 1^^, Eph 4^^^ li^.is 212 31.2,16^ Pe 2^ 3ii.t I Ti 412, He 137, Ja 3^3, i Pe *t dca-rdaaofiai, [in only as v.l. (Aid.) in Ec 2'-'*' ;] to arrange in MM, order, bring together from memory (Blass., Phil. Gosp., 14 ff.
;

LXX

VGT,
to rise

s.v.)

Lk
5^^.

l^.t

di'a-Te'XXu, [in
:

LXX

for riDS

UIB
:

UH

etc.

;]

1. trans., to
;

cause

Mt

2.

Intrans., to rise
;

Mt
6

13,

Mk

4 162, Ja 111

v<^'X7;,

^ws, Mt 4i ( = Is 9^) Lk 12^*; ^w(r<f>6po^, 11


star.

6 ^Xios,

Pe T^;
7^*
(cf.

Kvptos, prob. e^-avaTAXw).+


set up, etc.

with

ref.

to

metaph. of sun or

He
to

ava-TiQi]iLi, [in

LXX chiefly for

D^n (Cremer, 546)


;

;]

lay upon,

Mid.

-e/xat,

in late writers (Plut., al.


:

v.

also

MM, VGT,
,

S.V.), to set forth,

declare
17

di/aroXii, -ijs,

Ac

25^*,

Ga

22,

dvaTeAAo)), [in
1'^.
d.

LXX

chiefly for

mip

D"""!!? ;]

1.

a rising
s.v.)
:

2427,

Mt Lk 1329.t
22.

of light, Lk 9, Ee 21^3
[in

2.

^XtW,
for

the sun-rising, the east (MM, VGT, Re 72 I612 (WH, pi.) ; pi., Mt 2^ S^^

di/a-xpcTTw,

LXX
:

nm
to

p)Tn

etc.

;]

to

overturn, destroy
s.v.): 11

Jo

215

WH,

txt.;

metaph.,

subvert
iv

(MM, VGT,
IO2 ll^s

Ti

2^8,

Tit lii.t ** dm-Tp'<t>u, [in nourish, educate, bring


di'a-<|>ai'o)jiai,

LXX Wi 7^ B,
up: Lk
4^^,

Mac

x*

;]

to

nurse up,

WH,
Lk
Tlhv

mg.,
;]

Ac
to

720' 21,

223.t

[in

LXX for
Kvirpov,

pT
i.e.
:

hi., "Ojh^

bring
:

to light,

make

to

appear

dva<^dvavTs

t.

having sighted C.
19^^.
hi.,

Ac 21^

WH
;]

pass., to appear, be
dm-<|>6'pw, [in

made
c.
;

manifest

LXX chiefly for


ace. pers.,

also for 113p


92
;

hi., etc.

1.

carry or lead up : reject, R, mg. omits)


to

Mt 17\ Mk

pass.,

Lk 24^^ (WH,
BS, 88
f.

d. t. d/xapTias iirl t.

ivXov

(v. Deiss.,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


ICG,
to

35

in 1. ; and NT, to bring VGT, s.v.) i Pe 22*. 2. In 7^7 IS^^, ^uo-ia?, etc., the altar, to offer (v. Hort on i Pe, I.e.) I Pe 2^ ; eVi T. Bva-iaa-TTjpiov, Ja 2^1 (v. Mayor, in 1.). 3. to bear, sustain 1433, Is 5312): 928. (cf.
:

MM,

LXX

He

Nu

He

dm-<|>wi''w,

-oi,

[in

LXX for racrhi., LXX

"IDT hi.

;]

to

cry out, exclaim:

Lk

1*2 (Arist., al.).t

*t dcd-xuo-is, -0)5, 1? (<^dvaxto, to poiir 02it), a pouring out, overflowing, excess: metaph., i Pe 4* (MM, VGT, s.v.).t for n"12 , D13 etc. ;] 1. to go back. 2. to dca-x^pew, -w, [in 92* ; freq. in sense of avoiding danger (MM, VGT, s.v.), withdraw : Mt Mt 212 (but V. Thayer), i3, u, 22 412 1215 1413 1521 27*, 3^ Jo 6^5^ Ac 2319 263i.t
,

Mk

d>'<-<|/u^s,

-tm

rj

aVa./ri;xw),

[in

LXX: Ex
,

S^^^ii)

(nrj]"))*;]

a refreshing

Ac
;]

S^^.t

dca-tj/uxw, [in

LXX

refresh oneself) Cremer, 588).t

to

refresh

for B7D3 ni., n^n etc. (freq. in sense of revive, : c. ace. pers., 11 Ti 1^* (MM, VGT, s.v.

* dt'SpairoSiCTTT^s, -ov, 6 (<^ dv8pdiro8ov, slave-dealer, kidnapper: i Ti l^" (v. 133,

a
:

slave,

captured in war), a

MM, VGT,
Mt
i i

8.v.).t

Lk

'A^Spe'as, -ov, 6, Andrew, 61*, Jo 1*1' *5 68 1222,

the Apostle
li3.t

41^ IO2,

Mk
to

li. 29 318

Ac
,

di'SptV, [in

LXX for pm
man
[in
(cf.

faX

(Jos

l^''-,

Ch
Co,
:

22^^, al; in 11
I.e.)
;]

Ps
of.

271* 312^,

combined with
flay the

KpaTLovaOai, as in

Ki IO12, make a man

Mid.,

to

MM, VGT,
:
:

s.v.)

Co

16i3.t

'Ac8p6>'iKos, -ov, 6,

Andronicus

**

d'8po-<}>6.'os, -ov, 6,

LXX
:

11

Eo 16''.t Mac 928 *

;]

a man-slayer
III

Ti

I**

(cf. 0ovi;s,

and

v.

MM, VGT,

** dk-eYK\r]TOS, -ov
called to account,

s.v.).t

a-,

iyxakew), [in
i

LXX
Col

Mac 531 *
Ti
310,
;

.j

^^^

^q jg

unreprovabU

Co

1^,

I22, i

Tit

1' ^.t

Syn.

dfieixTTTo^, avirL\r]fjiTrTos (v. Tr.,

Syn.,

ciii

Cremer, 742;
11

MM, VGT,
*t

S.V.).

dj'-cKSiriYTjTos, -ov

(< a-, cVStT/ye'o/iai), inexpressible

Co

91*

(MM,
FGT,

VGT,

s.v.).t

*t dK-cK-XdXTjTos, -OV !-, c/cXaXew), unspeakable: i Pe 18.tj * di/c'KXenrros, -ov (< a-, eKXeiVw), unfailing : Lk 1233 (MM,
8.V.).t

compar.,

*dc-KT6s, -OV (also in late Gk. -^, -ov; -^aVexoAiai), tolerable: -drepos, Mt IQi^ II22, 24^ Lk IO12. i*.t for df-eXeii}i(DK, -ov (< a-, cXcij/xwv), [in ;] without mercy

LXX
;

ipx

Eo
Ja Ja
437,

li3.t

*t

di'-cXeos, -ov (Attic avr;Xe^9, aVcXtiy/Awv

MM, VGT,

8.V.),

merciUss

2i3.t

*t dfefii^w
l.t

Attic dve/j.6w (<[ avc/xos)


[in

pass., to &e driven by the


-w^i^d

wind

fii'e^os, -ov, 6,
39. 41

LXX

for

nn

;]

Mt
Ja

11^ I42*.
3*,

so, 32^

Mk
pi.,

648, 51^

Lk

724^ 823. 24^

Jq

518,

Ac

27^'

1*' 1*,

Ee

6i3 71

36

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THB NEW TESTAMENT


;

Mt 725. 27 826. 27^ Lk 825, Ac 27S Ju 12

oJ TcVo-ape? &. r^s y^s,


;

Ee 7^

hence
8.V.),

the four quarters of the heavens (v. Deiss., BS, 248 Mt 2431, Mjj 1327. metaph., of variable teaching, Bph 4i*.t SYN. : TTPevfjia, TTvor] (and cf. OviWa, XalXaij/).

MM, VGT,

*tdf-eV86KTos, -ov {<C.d- neg., evScKTos; <!^ivSxoiJ^a.t), impossible, inadmissible : Lk 17^t ** dce^cpauVtjTos (Eec. -cvvt/to?, as in Attic; M, Pr., 46), -ov (< Pr., 25^*;] unsearcJiable : Eo IP^.t ii-pvvd(o), [in Sm. {-ev-) *t di'^i-KaKos, -ov (^fut., aVc^o/Aat, KaK6<;), patiently forbearing (cf.
:

dve^tKa/cta,

Wi

2i
;

and

v.

MM, VGT,

s.v.)

11

Ti 224.t

t di'^iX>'iao-Tos, -ov

LXX
Eph
2i6.t

Jb

(<Ca- neg., ^t;i(via^w, to track out; <^ixvos), [in 59 910 3424 (ipxj ]">^)* ;] i/iai canwoi be traced out : Eo ll^a,

38

(MM,

F(9r,

s.v.).t

*+

di'-eir-aiaxui'Tos, -ov

(<^

7rato-;(wo/i,ai),

no^ to &e ^wi

to

shame

II

Ti

(Eec. -Ar^Trros; Bl., 6,8), -ov (-^a-, iiriXa/JL^avw), without reproach : i Ti 32 5'^ S^^.t It is stronger than these, for it Syn. : a/xe/xTTTos, dveyKXrjTo^. implies not only that the man is of good report, but that he is deservedly so (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.j. iii Ki 13^2 (^bn)* ;] to go up : Jo 6^, Ga d./-6'pxofiai, [in
di'-eTTi-XT]fnrTos

LXX

117, 18 (gf

iTravipx-;

and on

its

use of "going
\}^
;]
;

up"
Es

to the capital,
422 (,t,2^)^

MM,
2316,

VGT,
I

s.v.).t
ct^cais, -0)9,

aviVO.

LXX:
Th

II

Ch

Es

42,

Wi
:

1313, Si 1520 2610 *

indulgence ; cf. MM, VGT, s.v.) understood, relief: 11 Co 2^2 7^ Q^\

a loosenhig, relaxation : Ac 242^ (EV, by St. Paul, opp. to ^A-i'i/^is, expressed or


11

l^.t

SyN.
Jg

ctvaTravo-is (q.V.).

t df-erdj^w (<; dvd, ird^w, to 629 (taf-]i), Es 223 (tZTj-^n),

examine ; V. MM, VGT, s.v.), [in LXX Da th Su^^*;] to examine judicially: Ac


:

dceu, prep. c. gen. (rarer

than
1029,
^

MM, VGT,
*t
27i2.t

x'^P'?. Q-v.

cf.

Ellic.

on

Eph
fit
:

2^2;

42), without -ov (v.

Mt

Pe

31 49

diz-eu'-ecTos,

MM, VGT,

S.V.),

no^ weZi placed, not

Ac

** di'-upiaKw
search, discover
di'-e'xw, [in

{dvd, evpiarKU}), [in


(v.

LXX

IV Mac 3^* * ;] to find out by Field, Notes, 47 f.) Lk 2'^, Ac 214.t chiefly for pDN hithp. ;] to hold up ; in always
:
:

LXX

&ear ivith, e^id^ire : in cl. most freq. c. ace, but in c. gen. pers., Mt 171^ Mk 9^9, Lk 9*i, 11 Co ll^' ^\ Eph 42, Col 3^3 seq. p.LKp6v Tt, c. gen. pers. and c. gen. rei, 11 Co ll^ c. dat. rei, 11 Th 1* (v M, absol., i Co 4^2, n Co 11* Th., in 1.) seq. d rt?, 11 Co II20 to bear ivith = to listen to, c. gen. pers., Ac 18^* c. gen. rei, 11 Ti 4^, He I322
mid.,
to
;

NT NT
;

(cf. Trpoo-ave'xto

and
6

MM, VGT,
(cf.

s.v.).t

dv6v|i6s, -oC,

Lat. nepos), [in


410

LXX Nu Se^i
:

(Tn

]5),

To

7=*

9"

X*;] a cousin: Col

(MM, VGT,

s.v.).t

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


*S.vr]Qov, -ov, TO,

37

anise
[in

Mt

2323.t
:

d^-ilKw
I,

(wa,

7^Ku>),

LXX

Jos 231^ (xia),


to ;

Ki

278, Si. prol.i",


it is

II

Mac 6 *
it is

;]

prop., to have
:

come up

in later writers, impers.


s.v.),

due, befitting 8.t TO dvrJKov, * ay-riii.epos, -ov

in ethical sense
(a-,
rjixcpoi),

(MM, VGT,

Eph

5*,

Col S^^;
s.v.)

Phm

not tame, savage


for VTii

(MM, VGT,
lZ;^3^^
,

II

Ti 33.t
dfiip, aVSpo's, 0, [in

LXX chiefly

freq.

also n"lX
;

a man, Lat. vir. 1. As opp. to a woman, Ac 8^'\ i Ti 2^- as a husband, Mt l^^, Jo 4i, Eo 7^, Tit 1. 2. As opp. to a boy or infant, 3. In appos. with a noun or adj., as I Co 13^\ Eph 4}^, Ja 3^. a. d/i,apTwXos, Lk 6^; a. Trpocfyrj-nj^, 24^^; freq. in terms of address, as a. a'SeX^oi, Ac 1^" and esp. with gentilic names, as a. 'lovSatos, Ac 22^ a. 'E^eVtoi, 19^^. 4. In general, a man, a male person
etc.
;]
; ;

Tis,

Lk

8^1,
:

Ac 6^\

Syn.

dv6p(oTTos, q.v. (cf.

MM, VGT,

s.v.).
,

di'e-iaTT||xi (avTt, LarrjfjLi), [in

LXX for IQJT

13?^

etc.

;]

1. in pres.,

impf., fut. and 1 aor. act., causal, to set against. 2. In mid. and pass., also pf. and 2 aor. act., to withstand, resist, opjjose : c. dat., Mt 5^^ Lk 2115, Ac 610 138, j^q 919 132^ Ga 2ii, Eph 6^\ 11 Ti 3^ 4l^ Ja 47,
1

Pe

59.t
d'0-ofio\oYcop.ai,

(nT),

Da

LXX

{avri, ofioXoyeofj-ai), [in 8i, 6^3 *;] 434 (nnn?), i Si 202, III
-oi)/i,at

LXX

Ps 78
1. to

(79)

Es

Mac

make a
praises,
I.e.)

mutual agreement (Dem., Polyb.).

2.

to

acknowledge fully, confess

(Diod., Polyb., cf. i Es, I.e.). 3. C. dat. pers., to declare speak fully in prayer or thanksgiving, give thanks to

ones
(cf.

Ps,

Lk
I

238

(Cremer, 771
-COS,

MM, VGT,
[in

s.v.).t

ac9os,

TO,

LXX

for

-p^

etc.

;]

a flower

Ja

li".

i\

Pe

1'^ (Lxx).t

**d..epaKi(l, -as,

^ {<:ivOpa^), [in
:

LXX:
for

Si 11^2, iv

Mac

920*;]

heap) of

burning coals
-a/cos,

Jo
[in

I8I8 21^.t

avQpai,
a. TTvpos,

6,

LXX
1220.t

chiefly

n^na;]

coal,

charcoal:

a burning

coal,

Eo

+ d>'0pwn--tipCTKos, -ov (dv^pwTTos, apea-Ko?, pleasing), [in 5 * 6^, Col 3^2 (Cremer, studying to please men : (53) ;] VGT, s.v.).t

LXX
;]

Ps 52
;

Eph

642

MM,

di-OpcJirivos, -17,

ov (< avOpiOTTos), [in


:

LXX for UIH


1

^2ij{
;

human,

belonging to
KTio-15,
I

man

x*^P^' -^^

1"^^*
;

cro(f)ia,

Co

2i3

^uVis,

(MM, VGT, s.v.) i f^y^ipa, opp. Judgment-Day), human judgme7it, 1 Co 43 (v.


Pe
213
;

to ^
Lft.,

w-

Ja 3^^ (3^^ God's

Notes, 198) Tretpacr/xos a., temptation such as man can bear (AV, S'Mc/i as is common 10i3 av^pwTrtvov Xcyw, I speak in to man, v. Field, Notes, 175), i Co human fashion, with words not properly weighed, Eo 61 (v. Field,

Notes, 156). t

38
*
;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


&y6p(3)TroKT6vo(;,

-ov

(< ktciVo),
:

to

kill),

a murderer, manslayer
Ixxxiii).
,

(Eur. V. MM, VGT, s.v.) Jo 8", i Jo 3".t Stn. : <f>ovvs, dvSpo4>6vo<; (v. Tr., Syn.
acOpwiros, -ov,
etc.
6,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

DIX

IZTN

also for Vh2il{

man : 1. generically, a human being, male or female (Lat. ;] homo): Jo IG^i; c. art., Mt 4^ 1235, Mk 2^', Jo 225, Rq 7\ al; from animals, etc., disting. from God, Mt 19", Jo 10=^^ Col 3^3, al. 4^^, Lk 5^", Ee 9*, al. human frailty and imperfection, implying Mt
;

Co

3*

cro0ia dvOpoiTTtDV,
I

Co
;

2^

avOpuiirtav eVi^D/xiai,
a.

Pe

4^

Kara
9^

avOpiDTTov -TrepiiraTeLv,

Co
(cf.

3^
I

Kara

Xeyeiv (XaXeiv),

Ro

3^, I

Co

Kara a- Ae'yetv, Ga 3^* nature or condition, 6


I

Co
(e^o))

15^2,
a.,

Ga

1^^)

by meton., of man's

eo-w

Pe

3*)

6 -n-aXatos,

/caivo?,

joined with another subst.,


txt.

Ro 7^\ Eph S^\ ii Co 4i (cf. veos a., Ro 6^, Eph 2^5 422. 24, Col 3^' 10 a. e/ATropos, a merclmnt, Mt 13*^ (WH,
13^2
;

om.

a.)

oi*co8eo-7roTr;s,

Mt

ftacTLXevs,

182^

^a'yos, 11^^

with
ov8ek

name
Ac

of 16^7;

nation,
pi.
ot

Kvprjvalo<;,
a.,

Mt
:

27^2;

'lovSalos,

Ac
82*,

21^9;

'Fw/xatos,

men,

jJeople

Mt

5">i,
a.

Mk
;

Jo

428;

2. Indef., dvOpdiTTOiv, Mk 112, I Ti 6^". Mt 18^2, Jo Mt 171*, Mk 12\ al.; rts a.,

= tis,

some

one,

a man:

Ro
Jo
6
II

328,

Ga
;

2l^
3^

al.

opp.

to

722, 23_

Definitely,

c. art.,

women, of some
5.

indef. one (Fr. on), servants, etc., Mt lO^" 1910^


5^, al.

particular person;

Mk
a.

35, al.
T.

oIto% 6 a.,'Lk 1430; 6


II
;

ovto?, cKeTvos,
(of

Mk

14^1,

Mt Mt
I

12^3^

12*^;

dvo^ta^,
II

Th
6

23

d.

t.

deov

Heb. Q-^nb^

tZPX),

Ti 6^\

Ti

Si'^,

Pe
:

121

vi6<s

tov

d., v.s. vlos.

SVN.

dvrjp,

*t dkO-uiraTeu'u
(v.s. ai'^iJTraTos).'^"

q.v. (and cf. MM, (see next word),

VGT, 44
to

Cremer, 103, 635). be proconsul: Ac 18^2 ^qq


;

* dk'0-uiraTos, -ov, 6 (avn', vTraro?, alter n. for viripraToi), supreme, a consul, one acting in place of a consul, a proconsul, the administrator VGT, 44) Ac 13^' ^> ^^ of a senatorial province (cf. rj-ye/xiav, and v. 1812 1938.t

MM,

&v-ir\\i.i

produce,
(cf.

De
f.)
:

124

for HDI, XtZTS, etc. ;] 1. to send up, {dvd, Irjixi), [in send hack. 2. to let go, leave without support He 13^ 31" Horn., II., ii, 71). 3. to relax, loosen (v. Field, Notes, Ac 162" 27*0 hence, metaph., to give up, desist from : Eph 6^.f
to
: ;

LXX

dK-iXews, -wv, V.S. avA.09.


*ak'nrTos, -ov (a. neg., vLirTui),
d>'-i<TTT]juii

unwashed
up: Ac
;

Mt
9*^
;

I520,
;]

Mk
1.

72(5Rec.) t

{dvd,

la-TTqfxi),

[in

LXX chiefly for Dip


:

causal, in fut.
63^,

and

Ac

232

1 aor. act., c. ace, ; to raise up, cause to he horn or ajypear


to

raise

from death, Jo

Mt

222*,

Ac

3221 2.

mid. and 2 aor act. (a) to rise : from lying, Mk 135 from sitting, Lk 4^" to leave a place, Mt 9^ pleonastically, as Heb, before verbs of going, Mk 10^, al. (v. Dalman, Words, 23 Dip Pr., 14); of the dead, Mt 1723, Mk 83i; seq. M, vKpwv, Mt 179, Mk 9^ (h) to arise, appear : Ac 53", Ro 15^2 (cf. ctt-, ef- dvia-Trjfu, and
2. Intrans., in
;
; ,

V.

Cremer, 306, 738

MM, VGT,

s.v.).

Syn.

iyetpo).

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


"Akm,
-as,
fj

39

(Heb. n0), Anna, a prophetess

Lk

23.t

"Ai'ms, -a (FIJ, 'Avavos, -ov), 6

(Heb.

jari),

^wwas, the high priest:

Lk

32,

Jo

1813. 2*,

Ac

4.t

d-f^TjTos, -OV (a- neg., vorjTo^; <^voetj}), [in

LXX:

Pr

l?^^

(b^lj?),

Si 42^, al. ;] 1. not thought on, not understood (Horn., Plat.). understanding, foolish (Hdt., al., LXX) Lk 2425, jjo ju^ q^ S^' 6, Tit 33 (Gremer, 438, 790 MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
:

2.
3,

not
i

Ti

Syn.

dcrvvcTO's (v. Tr.,


rj

Syn., Ixxv).

ai/ota, -as,

(<

a-voos, without understanding), [in


al.
;]

LXX

Pr 14^

22^5 (n^-iN),
violent rage
1. trans.,
c.

Wi

15^8,

folly, foolishness
:

11

Ti 3^ ; expressed in

(cf. Plat.,

Tim., 86b)

Lk

S^^.t

dc-oiyo) (ava', otyto

oiyw/it), [in

LXX chiefly for


Ac

nns
;

;]

to

open;
12^"
32";

]^g26,27.

pass., a door or gate, Ac 5^^ 12^*, Ee 4^ metaph. of opportunity or welcome, Ac 142'', Col 4^,

ace.

Ac Ee

pass., I
pers.,

Co

169, II

Co

212,

Ee

38; absol. (sc. dvpav),


T^'^ 25^\

523 1216. c. dat.

Lk

123,

Jo 103; metaph., Mt
43^^),

Lk

ll^. 10 1325,
^a'0os,

e-qcravpo^^
T.

(Si

.^pcap,

o-<^/DayZ8a,
T. (TT6fia,

Ee 92; of Ee 5^ 6^

Mt heaven, Mt 31^, Lk 321, Ac 8^ fBifikiov, fti/3\ap[8iov, Lk Mt


;

2^1;

T.

fiv-nixCia,

27^2.
lO^i,
417,

Re 3^; Eo 313.
19^1;

Ee ll^^ 155 Ee 52-5 102.8


31^

20^2;

Mt 172^

id.

Hebraistically
52,

(Nu

2228,

jb

ig sqs^ al), of

beginning to speak,

Mt

Ac

832. 36

Ee
1"*
;

13"

(Ps 77 of the earth opening, Ee


;

^ irapa/SoXah

(78)2),
12^**
;

Mt

io34 IS^* ; seq. eis y8Xao-</)77/it'as, 1335 of recovering speech, Lk


;

t. 6<fi6a\fjLov^,

Ac

98.

*<>

id. c.

gen.

metaph., Ac 26^8. hearing, Mk 735. 2. Intrans. in 2 pf., a/coa's, c. gen. pers., of restoring aVewya (M, Pr., 154) heaven, Jo 15^ t. a-TOfxa, seq. Trpos, of speaking
pers., of restoring sight,

Mt

93 2033,

Jq

910

ir.

2021 1137

freely,

n Co

6^^ (cf. St-avoiyo) [in

and

v.

MM, VGT,
,

45).t
to build^-again,

diz-oiKo-Soii^u, -w,

LXX for nS2,


LXX

"MSi

;]

rebuild

(MM, VGT,
iv a.,

8. v.)

Ac
17

15i.t

*ai'oi^is,

-cws,

as often as
di'0|jLia,

I
17

(<; dvotyw), open, Eph Q^^.f

an opening

(in

MGr., springtime):
jTBTp
,

-as,

(< avoyxos),
:

[in

for jiy

niiyin
6^9,

yori
6^*,

etc.
II

;]

lawlessness, iniquity
23.

Mt

723 13*1 2328 24^2,


;

Ro

n Co
;

Th

32,

He 1^, i Jo 3* in pi. (as LXX, Ps 31\ al. v. Bl., 7, Tit 6; Swete, MJc., 153), of acts or manifestations of lawlessness:
21*,

Eo47(Lxx)^Hel0i7.t Syn. : V.S. afidpTrj/xOy


lawless,

avofio^.

a-vofios, -ov (a. neg., vo/ios), [in

LXX for "py


223, i

ytp^

VXS^

etc.

;]

1.

wicked
6
21*)
;
:

Mk
I

1528,

l^

2237,
ib.

Ac
23),

28

a.vdp(j)7ro<i

T^s dvo/xtas,
921

2.

t^ 19^ pe 28; 6 5., 11 Th without law ( = ol /x^ VTTO

.'Vov,

Eo

Co

(MM, VGT,
11
:

s.v.).t

>SriV^.

V.S.

a.dia-p.o<i.

^^di/oiius, adv., [in


2. aa x*"P''5 vo/Mov,

LXX:

without law

Mac 8^7*;] Eo 2^2.

1.

lawlessly

(11

Mac,

I.e.).

df-opdou,

-to

(avd, opOoio, to set straight, set up), [in

LXX chiefly for

40
713 hi.

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


;]
.

to set

wpright or straight again, restore


(TKy^v-qv,

of persons,
;

Lk

13^^,

He
II

121-

of things,

Ac

15i

(MM,

diz-ddios,

-ov (d- neg., oo-io?), [in

LXX
;]

VGT, s.v. Cremer, 807).t Ez 229 (-^,^7)^ ^i 12",


:

Mac
:

7^* 8^^ III


I

Mac

2- 5P, iv

Mac

12^^ *

unholy, profane (Cremer,


i

464) **
1.

Ti

19, II

Ti 3^
y]

6.V0X-1],

-^?,

in

cl,,

a holding hack, delaying (MM, VGT,


:

(MM, VGT,

s.v.).t

ave'xw, -o/iai), [in

LXX

Mac 12^5
s.v.).

(RV, respite)*
2.

;]

forbearance,

delay of punishment

Eo

2^ S^^.t
vTToixopT].
a.,

Syn.

jMiKpoOvixia,
yu..,

forbearance,

is

the result

and

expression of

which involves the idea

of tolerance, long-suffering, as

v. expresses patience with respect to things, as /a. sinners, with persons; it is active as well as passive, denotes not merely endurance but p'erseverance (v. Tr., Syn., liii Lft., Notes, 259, 273 DB, ii, 47). IV Mac 17^**;] to struggle ** dcT-aywciioixai, depon., [in
;

God with

LXX:
;

against

seq. Trpds, c. ace.

He

12*.
,

di/T-dlXXaYfJia, -T05,

for TinOj]
article of
I.e.;

*^

chiefly to (dvTt, dWay/xa <^ aWaa-aoi) [in exchange, the price received as an equivalent for an
:

LXX

commerce
90).

Mt

162,

Mk

B^^ (of. Si 26^*;

and

v.

Swete, Mk.,
:

Cremer,
1.
;

* dn--am-irXY]p6u, -w
(v. Lft., in

{avri, avaTrXrjpooy), to fill

Up in turn

Col 1^*

MM, VGT,

s.v.j.t

drr-aTTo-8i8wfii (dvTi, dTroSiSw/xi), [in


etc.
to give

LXX for DbtZT pi., boS


;

miT
;

hi.,

back as an equivalent, recompense, requital (the avri ex;] pressing the idea of full, complete return v. Lft., Notes, 46) (a) in favourable sense: Lk 1^^\ Ro 11=^^^ i Th 39; {b) in unfavourable 11 Th 1^, He lO^o.t sense Ro chiefly for bllQil ;] t di'T-aTTO-Sop.a, -tos, to (<^ dvraTToScSw/Ai), [in
:

W\

LXX

requital; (a) in favourable sense: Lk 14^^; (6) in unfavourable sense Ro 11^.+ chiefly for bna3, Dll^tt;;] arr-airo-Soo-is, -ws, 17 (v. supr.), [in
(

cl.

-Soo-is, q.v.),

LXX

recompense
(nay)*
e.
;]

Col 3^*

(MM, VGT,

s.v.).t

t dn-aTTo-Kpi^ofiai
to

(dvn', ArroKpi'vw), [in


:

LXX

:^

Jg
c.

529,

Jb

169(8) 3212

answer again, reply against

seq. Trpds,

ace. rei,
pi.,

Lk
etc.

14*

dat. pers.,

Ro

92.t

^LVT-ii-nov {avTL, ciTTov), [in

LXX

aor.,

without present in use,


dfT-^X*^ {avTL, e^w), [in

to

for mizr hi., speak against, gainsay


;]

im
:

nay
21^^,

;]

Lk

Ac
2.

4^*.t

LXX for pTfl hi., etc.

1. trans., to Jiold against.


(cf.

2. Intrans., to

MM, VGT,
52*,

withstand. Mid. 1. in el., to hold out against. s.v.), to hold firmly to, cleave to : e. gen. (v. Bl., 36,
I

2),

Mt

M, Th., in 1.), elided only in avff wv), prep. c. gen. (cf. MM, VGT, 2. instead 1. prop, in local sense, over against, opposite, hence 8 V.) Mt 5^8 172^, Lk lli\ i Co ll^*. in place of, for (Horn., etc.) of, He 12^; c. artic. inf. (cl.), Ja 4^^ of succession, Mt 2^2; -^^apiv d. Xvrpov d. of price in exchange. He 12^* vdptros, Jo 1^" (M, Pr., 100)

Lk
;

1613,

Th
t

514 (v.

Tit l^.t

6.vtI

(the

is

iroWCiv,

Mt

20"-,

Mk

10^5 (M, Pr., 105)

of requital,

Ro

121^, 1

Th

5^*,

MANUAL GEBEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


I

41

Pe

39

(cf.

Wi
for

1115)
-irh?

dvff

w,

because,

Lk

l^o 19**,

(cl.,

LXX

nnn);

id. therefore

(cl.,

^ tj^ gio LXX), Lk 12^; L tovtov


Ac
1223,

(LXX
ctv^'-),

for ]3"^y),

Eph
;

5^^.

As a

prefix, dvrt-

(before vowels dvr-,

over against, dvTLirepav; (b) co-operation, dvTijfidXXctv (d) opposition, dvTi'xpicrTo? (e) substitution, Compounds of d. usually govern dat. (Bl., 37, 7).t dv^uTTttTos. ** din-i-pdXXci), [in 11 Mac ll^^ * jj ^^ throw in ttirn, excJmnge :
(a)
(c)

denotes

requital,

avTi^ia-Oia

LXX

metaph., \6yovs
II

(cf

Lat. conferre serviones

v. Field, A'b^es, 81),

Lk 24i'^.t

*t di'Ti-8ia-Ti0T]p,i, in mid. to j^^^^ce oneself in opposition, oppose: Ti 225 (EV; but v. Field, Notes, 215 f.; cf. MM, VGT, s.v.). di-TiSiKos, -ov {<^ 8tKT]), [in for i^T ;] as subst., an opponent

LXX
Lk

in a lawsuit, adversary

Mt

b^^,

12^8 IS^,

Pe

5^ (Cremer,

696

MM, VGT,
*
1.

s.v.).t
17

dKTi-Oeo-is, -ews,

(<^

Ti^r;/i.i),

dt'Ti-Kae-icTTTi^i, [in

LXX: De

opposition: I Ti 62**.t 31^1 (njr), Jos b\ Mi 2^ (mp)*;]


;

in pass,

causal in pres. impf. fut. and 1 aor. to replace, oppose. 2. Intrans. and 2 aor. act. (a) to supersede ; {b) to resist : He 12'*. *drTi-KaX'w, -w, to invite in turn : Lk li^^.t
;

di-Ti-Kcifiai, [in
to.
I

LXX for n^N ms


,

pjzr

etc.

;]

1.

to lie opjMsite

2.

to

Ti 110;

II

Th

2*,

oppose, withstand, resist: c. dat., Lk as participial subst. (6) di/rtKi>cvo?, i Ti 51* (Cremer, 746).t

13^''

21^5^

q^

517^ 128,

Co 16^ Phi

**d^TiKpus (Tr. -vs, Eec. ivTLKpv), adv. dvTt'), [in LXX: Ne 128 (^3^!?), III Mac 51"*;] in cl., oiitrirjht ; in kolvyj (= cl. KaTavTtKpv),over

against:

MM,
(v.
1

Ac 20^5 VGT, s.v.).t

(v. Bl.,

5, 4; 40, 7;

Eutherford, M'/ir., 500


,

f.;

drrt-XafiPdi'U), [freq. in

LXX for p7n hi., TjjQn


;

etc.

;]

to

take instead

of or in turn.

Mid.,
8.V.):

c.

MM, VGT,
Mac
1912,

Lk

gen., to take hold of ; (a) of persons, to help l^*, Ac 20^5; (b) of things, to partake of:
;

Ti 62 (v. Field, Notes, 210 Cremer, 386 and cf. avv-avTLXa/xjSdvJj.f Ho 4* (nn hi.), l8 505(aiD ni.) 2222 552^ gi 42*, dm-Xe'Y, [in

LXX
4^"

III

228, ly ]\ja,c

82 *

;]

106;

MM, VGT,
Ac

s.v.); absol.

contradict, oppose, resist (v. Field, Notes, Ac 28i, Eo IO21, Tit 1^ 2^; c. dat.,
:

Jo

13*5; c ace. et inf., Lk 202' (Eec. -Xr]il,L?; v. di-Ti-Xrifiil/is,


{<C, avTi\afx/3(ii ofxai) ,

T;

pass.,

Lk
,

23*,

MM, VGT
for
7 JT
,

s.v.;

Ac 2822.t M, Pr., 56),


freq. in

-ew;,

rj

[in
tt.

LXX
;

y'tlj

etc.,

Pss

and

II, III

Mac.

freq. also in

of (So^Oeia (v. Deiss.,


of, an exchange. i Co of deacons
;

in petitions to the Ptolemies in sense BS, 92, 223) ;J 1. cl. a laying hold 2. Hellenistic (LXX, tt.) help : pi. of ministrations 1228 (DB, ii, 347 f. ; Cremer, 386).t

LAE,

107

drri-Xtjij/is, V.S. dvTtXi^yLn^is.

dmXoYia,

-as,

17

(< dvTtXeyw), [in

LXX

chiefly for 3^1


tt.
;

;]

gains.v.

saying, strife (the latter sense being found in He 6i 7' 123, Ju ^^.t cf. Field, Notes, 106)
:

v.

MM, VGT

42

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

* dm-XoiSopeo), -w, to revile in turn : i Pe 2^^.+ **t d'Ti-XuTpo^, -ov, TO, [in Al. Ps 48 (49)*;] a ransom: i Ti 2 and cf. XvTpov)A (v. CGT, in 1. *t dkTi-ficTpe'w, -5), to measure in return: Lk 6^^ (WH, mg.,
:
;

/ATpa)),+

*t
in

dk'T6fiia0ia, -as,
11

17

(<^
;

dvTLfjLL(TOo<;,

for a retvard), a reivard, requital


l^^
:

good sense,

Go

G^^

in

bad sense, Ro
:

(MM, VGT,

s.v.).+
27

Ac ll^^' 20. 22, 'AcTi^xeia, -as, ^, Antioch ; 1. in Syria c^ii 1522,23,30,36 1822^ ^ 2. In Pisidla Ac IS^* 1419.21,

26,

131 1426
6^,t
to

Q^

n
:

Ti S^^t

'AfTioxus, -0)s, 6,

citizen of Antioch,

an
*
;]

Antiocliian
to

Ae

**t

Lk
but

di'Ti-irap-^pxofiai, [in 1031. 32 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t


'Ai/Tiiras (T, 'AvTeiVas),

LXX Wi
:

16^**

pass by opposite

-a (in

some MSS.
bet.

it

V.

M,

Pr., 12

it is
-t'Sos,

abbrev. from 'AvriTrarpos),


rj,

'AvTiiraTpts,

Antipatris,

appears to be indecl. 2^^ 6, Antipas : Ee Joppa and Caesarea

Ac

233i.t

*t

dt'Ti-ircpa

(MM, VGT,
Jb 23^3
*

(Rec. avTiirepav, LTr. avrnripa), adv., 49), on the opposite side : 0. gen., Lk S^'.t
[in

cl.

dvTiTrepas

dKri-iriTTTa),

LXX
1.

Ex
:

26^ (bnp), ib.i^

(nl^ur),

Nu 27i*

(nz^np),
2.
to

(2ni2r hi.)

;]

to fall

against or upon (Arist., Polyb.).

strive against, resist (Arist.)


dt'Ti-CTTpareuofiai, to

c. dat.,

Ac

7^^.t
:

make war

against

c. dat.,
hi.,

dn-i-Tcio-CTw (Att., -TTw), [in

LXX for ]ib

Ro T^^.t ams etc. ;]


,

to

range
IS*'

in battle against
c. dat.,

mid.,

to set

Ro

132,

Ja 46

5^, i

Pe

oneself against, resist 5^ (MM, VGT, s.v.).t

absol.,

Ac

** dm-TUTTos, -ov (v.s. TUTTos), [in LXX: Bs 3^^ a*;] 1. act. striking back metaph., resisting, adverse. 2. Pass, struck back ; metaph., corresponding to (MM, VGT, s.v.) (a) as impression of a seal or copy of an archetype (rrVos) (RV, like in pattern). He 9^*; (&) as the reality (of which TUTTos is the copy or adumbration) (RV, after a true likeness), I Pe 321 (Cremer, 357) .t *t Qnnl-yupiaTo^, -ov, 6, Antichrist, " one who assuming the guise of Christ opposes Christ" (Westc, Epp. Jo., 70) i Jo 2^8.22 43^ n JqT;
;

pi. I

Jo

218 (cf. i/^vSoxpi(TTos,

and

v.

MM, VGT,

s.v.).t

etc.

;]
;

41^

for aNB7, dcxXeu, -w (<^avTXos, bilge-water in a hold), [in 2. Generally, to draw water : absol., Jo 2^ 1. prop., to bale out. vSmp, Jo 2^ 4:"^ (on its use of the water made wine, v. DOG, ii,

LXX

815*

Field, Notes, 84 f.).t ai'TXT)fia, -Tos, TO (<[ avrXew), (a) prop., what is drawn (Diosc.) (b) a vessel to draw with, a bucket (Plut. ; v. Abbott, Essays, 88)
;

MM, VGT,

s.v.

*+

Jo 4}Kf
**f
I.e.,

dn-o<t)0aX,jie',

-w

{dvTi, 6</)^aX/xos), [in

LXX Wi
:

12^* *

;]

to look

in

the face, look straight at (Polyb.).

Metaph.,
s.v.)

to face, to

withstand (Wi,
beat

Polyb.)

c. dat., d. t. dvefjuo,

as nautical term,
:

up

agai^ist

the

wind

(v.

DB,

ext.,

366

f.;

MM, VGT,
v8wp), [in

Ac

27^5.+
,

a^uSpos, -ov

d- neg.,

LXX

for TVpl

^to^ar"! (yJj

a.),

MANUAL GBEBK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


etc.;] waterless: tottoi,

43

Mt

12*3, ljj 1124.

Trrjycu,

11

Pe
:

2^^; ve^e'Aai,

Ju

12

(MM, FGT,
:

s.v.).t

**

dj'-uiroKpiTos, -ov

unfeigned

380

Eo 129, 11 Co MM, VGT, s.v.).t

(<^ d- neg., vTroKpLvo/xai), [in 6, i Ti 1^, 11 Ti 1^, Ja


VTrorda-a-o}) , [in

LXX Wi 51^ 18^"*;]


3^', i

Pe
Ki

I22

(Cremer,

**t dkuiroTaKTOS, -ov {<^ a- neg.,

Sm,

2^^ IQiT (for


;

LXX, A.ot/Aos, birbn ^32)* ;] of things, not subject to rule : He 2^ of persons, unruly : i Ti 1^, Tit l^^o (MM, VGT, s.v.).t avu, adv. (< dva), (a) up, upwards : Jo 11*\ He 12^^ (j) afto-ye Ac 219 with art. ^, Ga 426, p^i 314 ^^^ Jq 82s, (opp. to Kdrw) Col 3I' 2 Icos ^. (wp to the brim), Jo 2^ (Cremer, 106 MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
. :

6.vuyaiov, dvwyeoc, V.8. dvdyaiov.

dno &., Mt 27", Mk 15^8; from heaven Jo 3^1 Ja l^' S^^.H; ^K Twv a., whence (c) anew, (&) from the first, from the beginning : Lk 1^, Ac 26^ (so most, but v. Meyer, in 1. ; cf. Field, Notes, 86 f.) again : Jo 33
&vuQet',

adv.

5va)), (a)

from above

Jo 1923; meaning,
'^,

W\

ird\Lv i.,

Ga

49

(MM, VGT,
--7,

8.v.).+

* dkuxepiKos,
di-tircpos,

-oV (<; dvwTcpo?),

w^er
(a) of

.'

Ac

I91.+

a, -ov, [in

LXX
He

Ne

32^ (p^^y),

Ez

41^ (bvQ),
:

To

8S*;]
141"

only in neut., as adv.


{b) of rest,
d>'-w<|.Xiis,
-'s

(cf. c^turtpos),
:

motion, higher
:

Lk

above, before

10^.+

(d- neg., o^eXos), [in

LXX

Is 4410 (b^iyin ""nb?),

Je 28

(b^jrin kb),

Pr

283,
:

subst., unprofitableness
dgi'n,
-'75,

Wi 111*. J He T^^.t
for
]).-ia
,

unprofitable: Tit 3^; neut. as

v> [in

LXX
11
:

Di-ip.

;]

aw

arre

Mt

3i,

Lk
(De
c.

39.t

a|ios, -a, -ov

3^,

ayw, in sense, to weigh), [in

LXX for p
;

25^),

ab^
cf.

njCJ'

freq. in

Wi,
^rpo's

Pr
:

315 811), geq.


c.

Mac Eo 8I8

;]

(a)
(v.

of weight, worth (often


Field, Notes, 157)
262o, i

gen.,

[b) befitting,

meet

absol., II Mt IQio,
:

Ac Pr., 216) Lk Co gen., Mt (v. Th 1^ (c) of persons, worthy ; (a) in good sense c. gen. rei, Lk 7* 10', Ac 13*, i Ti lis 49 518 61 c. aor. inf. (v. M, Pr., 15i9. 21, Ac 1325, j^ 411 52. ". 9. 12 seq. Iva Jo 127 ^9, Lk 7* 203) Lk what understood Mt lOH* i^ 228, Ee 3* c. gen. pers., absol., but of Mt 1037. 38^ He 1138 (^) in bad sense c. gen. rei, Lk 12*8 2315, Ac 2329 25ii'25 2631, Ro 132; absol., Ee 16 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t d^ios), [in LXX chiefly for K71 mp^ freq. in Wi, dCiow, -Ci c. ace. et inf. (v. MM, VGT, s.v., and (a) to deem worthy I, II Mac;] pass. c. gen. rei, i Ti id. et gen. rei, 11 Th 1" cf. Kar-afiow), Lk V
38 23",

16*

M,
:

33 1029; {b) to think fit : c. inf. (v. M, Pr., 205), Ac 1538 2822.+ 71^ I61, Si I411*;] worthily: Eo 162, **d|ia)s, adv., [in 127; c. gen. (freq. in Inscr. Deiss., BS, 248; VGT, Eph 41, Phi
517,

He

LXX: Wi
;

MM,
He

51), d.

T.

Kvpiov, Col

diSparos, -ov
II

li

T. e^ov, I

Th

212, III
:

Jo.t
(inh), Is 453

opdw), [in
:

LXX
Eo

Ge
Col

I2

pijga),

Mac

95*;] unseen, invisible

120,

li5'i, i

Ti

li7,

IP^.t

44

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


dir-ayYeXXw, [in

LXX chiefly for 122 hi.


announce, declare:
; ;

;]

of a

messenger, speaker,

or writer,
pers.,

to report,
;

c.

ace. rei,
;

Ac
.

4'^^,

al.; c. dat.

Mt 28, al. seq. on, Lk IS^^ ttws, Lk 8=^ Trcpi', Lk V^ 13\ Ac 28-1, I Th 19 Ae'yojv, Ac 22-" c. ace. et inf., Ac 12^4 g^q. eJs, Mk S^*, 83-^ (MM, VGT, Lk Cremer, 25). s.v.
; ;

otTT

dyxw (<C
to

[in 7X*^> io press, strangle),


to

LXX
to

ii

Ki

17-^ (p3n),

To

31***;]
:

strangle; mid.,

hang oneself
,

(or, to

choke; v. M, Pr.,

155)

Mt 27^t
diT-dY, [in

LXX

for

3113
;

Tjbn hi., etc.

;]

lead

away

Lk

13^*,

24" (E, mg.), i Co 12^ esp. of leading to trial (so as Ac in Attic), prison and death (MM, VGT, s.v.) Mt 26" 272. ^\ 1516, Lk 2112 226 23-6, Ac 12i9; of the direction of a way:
23^'''
:

law term
14**. 53
712. i4

Mk

Mt

(cf. OT;i/-a7r-ayw).t

d-iraiSeuTos, -ov

(< TratSevw),
:

[in
11

LXX
;]

for b'^D?

etc., chiefly

in

Wi.

lit. ;]

uninstructed, ignorant
91^,

Ti 2^3.1
to lift off,

dir-atpo), [in

LXX chiefly for yD3


Q^o,
:

hence,
20i5,

to

take

away ;

pass.
to

Lk b^K^ dTr-aiWa>, -Ji, [in LXX: De 152-3, al. (izr33), Si ask back, demand back Lk 6^0 I220 (MM, VGT,
:

Mt

Mk

Wi

15^, al.;]

s.v.).t

prop., to cease to feel pain for (Thuc, ii, 61). 2. In late Gk. (a) to desjjair (Polyb., i, 35, 5) (b) to become callous, reckless (Polyb., xvi, 12, 7 MM, VGT, s.v.) Eph 4i9.t dir-aXXdao-w, [in for TlD hi., etc. ;] to remove, release : He 2i* pass., to depart: Ac I912 in legal sense (MM, VGT, s.v.), seq. awo, c. gen. pers., to be quit of : Lk 12^^ (Cremer, 90, 632).+
-<o,

* diT-aXy^w,

1.

LXX
;

diT-aXXoTpiow, -w, [in

LXX for ^1T


;]

173

etc.

;]

to alieiiate,

estrange;
I328.+
2.
to

pass.:

Eph

2i-'

41^,

Col

l^i

(MM, VGT,

s.v.;

Ciemer, 95, 633).+


:

diraX<59, -V, -ov, [in

meet;
for

diracTda), -w, [in 14i3, dat.


c.
:

LXX for ^"1 LXX chiefly for


Lk
I712

tender

Mt
to
;

24^2,

Mk

yjQ

;]

1.

go

to

meet.

Mk

(WH,

mg., iw-

in Eec. freq. as v.l.

vTT-,

q.v.).+
17

dirdn-Tjats, -ecus,

(<^ dTravrdw), [in


d., c.

LXX chiefly for flNlpb


to

;]

usually

with

v.l., VTT-;

a meeting; ek

gen. or dat.,

meet:
1.
;

Mt

25^ 27^2

(WH,

txt.,

omits),
s.v.
;

Ac 28l^

Th

4i7 (v.

M,
;]

Th., in

M,

Pr., 14, 242;

MM, VGT,
Siirai,

Lft., Notes, 69).+

adv., [in
.

LXX for in^


He

DVB
;

(a)

once:

11

Co 1125, He 926, 27

1226. 27 5, ^. iycavTod, 9^ hi a.. koI a. k. S15, twice : Phi 416, 11 Th 6* 928 192, i pg 318, j^ 3, 5 (mM, VGT, s.v.).+ 218; (6) once for all: *+ d-irapd-Paros, -ov (<^ 7rapa/?atvw), inviolable, and SO unchangeable 724 (v. Westc, in 1. Cremer, 653 VGT, s.v.).+

He

He
;

He

MM,

* d-Trapa-CTKCuaoTOS, -ov (<^ irapaa-Kevdlw), unprepared : II Co 9*.+ dir-api/eofiai {-ovfjuai), depon., [in LXX: Is 31''' (DND)*;] to deny, i.e. to refuse to recognize, to ignore c. ace, of oneself {DCG, ii, 598 f.), Mt 1624, Mk 834 (mM, VGT, s.v.), Lk 923 (WH, mg., txt., ipv-) of Peter's denials of Christ, Mt 2634. 35, 75^ y^^ 1430, 31, 72^ Lk 223*. i pass., Lk 12 (Cremer, 111).+
:

MANUAL GEBEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


*
dTTcipTi

45

(WH,

(xtt'

apTL

cl., oLTTapTL, V.

MM, VGT,
;]

8.V.)

adv., [not in

LXX, where
*t
(cf.

nijiy is rendered
14i3.t
-ov, 6

by

diro tov vvv

from now,

henceforth

Jo 1319 14^ Ee

dirapTiCTfios,

(<^

d7ra/3Tt{o),

to finish),

completion

Lk

14^^

MM, VGT,
dir-apxii,

8.v.).t
{<^airdpxofJi.ai, to

->7s, 17

make a
,

beginning in sacrifice, o^er

first fruits), [in


sacrifice.
d.

LXX
:

chiefly for
:

n?pnp

TT^CTXT;] 1. the beginning of

2. first fruits

ToO 7rvv>aTos
i

Eo

823

(WH,

mg., E, mg.,

txt.,

of Christ:

Co

IS^o. 23

Eo 11^*'. Metaph,, 16l^ 11 Th 21^ i Co oltt' dpxns v. Lft., Notes, 119 f .), Ja V-\ Ee 14* (Cremer, 117; MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
tov
;

cf)vpdfjiaTo<s (cf.
:

Nu

15^**),

of Christians
;

Eo

IG^,

fiiras, -ao-a, -av (strengthened form of ira?, v.s. a-), all, the whole, IGC^^J; altogether: bef. subst. with art., as Lk 3^^ or after, as absol., in masc, as Lk 5'^ in neut., as Ac 2** d. ovtoi, Ac 2^ (LT) d. ifjiu^, Ga 328 (TTr.). Most freq. in Lk, Ac (v. VGT, s.v.). **t dTT-aCTird^ofjiai, depon., [in To 10^^ x * ;] to take leave of: c.
;

Mk

MM,

LXX

ace: Ac 2P.t
diraTdw, -w (<^ dTrar?;), [in

LXX for riDD

HtSZ

hi., etc.

;]

to deceive

c. ace, Ja 12"; c. ace. pers., dat. rei, Eph 5''; pass., i Ti 2^* (on its infrequency in late writers, v. MM, VGT, s.v.; cf. iiairaTd(o)A dirdTT], -r??, ri, [in Ec 9 N (no Heb. equiv.), Jth G^. 10. is 168, IV Mac 188 * ;] deceit, deceitfulness : Col 2^ tov itXovtov, Mt I322, Mk

LXX

419

(MM, VGT,
T^s
d.,
:

s.v.)

t^s dSiKias,
PI.,

11

Th
(v.

2i
;

i^iOvfjiiaL
I.e.)

II

Pe

2^3

Eph 422. (WH, mg.,

dWrai

M,
;

t^s dixapria^, He 3^3 Th., I.e. NTD, 75


; ;

al

MM,

E., txt., iv dyd7rats).t

*dTrdTup, -opo^, 6, rj (<C d- neg., Trarr^p) 1. fatherless. 2. witlwut fatlur (MM, FGT, s.v.), i.e., with no recorded genealogy He 73.t **t dTT-auyaCTfJia, -T09, to (<^ a^y'?, brightness, whence dTrairyd^w, to radiate or reflect), [in Wi 72" * ;] of light beaming from a luminous body, radiance, effulgence : He 13. diT-eiSok' (WH, d<^-, v. Bl., 4, 3), 2 aor. without present in use (cf. etSov), serving as aor. to d</)opdw, q.v.
:

LXX

**dTTe{06ia (WH, -Bia, exc. He, 11. c.), -as, ^ dneiO^^), [in LXX: Mae 89. is 12^ * disobedience (MM, FGT, s.v.) Eo IP". 32^ He 4*'' 11 IV viot T^s d. (gen. of definition, v. M, Pr., 73 f.), Eph 22 5, Col 3^ (T, WH,
;]
:

E, mg., omit).t
dirciOc'w,
-to

(<^
;

ttTrei^?;?),

[in

LXX
.

for

ma
:

IID

(MM, VGT,
31 417

s.v.)

to

disobey, be disobedient
I

absol,
336,

Ac

1021 1131 1531^

He

318 1131,

Pe

320

c, ^^t.,

Jo
,

Rq
,

as in cl. ;] I42 19^, Eo 28 113o, i Pe 28


etc.
',]

(Cremer, 475).
dTrei0Ti9, -es

(< veiOofiai), [in


;

LXX for ma
Ac
:

^^D

^D

disobedient

absol.,

Lk

li^. Tit lie 33


17,

e. dat.,

26i9,

Eo

130 11 Ti 32.t

direiOia, -as,
direiXe'o),

V.S. direidcLa.

-w (dTrctXr^), [in al. ;] to threaten : 1 Pe 223 ^^^^ TrpocraTT t Aew) t


.

LXX Na
^c

14 (-ira), Is 661* (Din), Si 19", 4i7 VGT, and


(v.

MM,

s.v.,

cf.

46

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


dTreiXri,

-^9,

rj,

[in

LXX
[in
i,

for

H^yj

etc.;]

threatening, threat:

Ao

429

9\ Eph
53, II

69.t
(ci/At',

aiT-eifAi
I

swm),
11

LXX for
127,
:

ins

ni.,

ni2

ni.

;]

to be

absent:

Co

Co

IQi'

132.

Phi

Col 2^t

X aTr- ijxi (et/xi, i&o), to dejyart


dir-eiiroi',

Ac
(iii

17^'*.+

2 aor. without present in use, [in


2. to
;

LXX for DNQ


3. to

IQN
1 aor.

etc.

;]

1. to

tell oitt.

forbid

Ki

ll^),

renounce

(WH, App., 164 MM, VGT, s.v.), 11 Co 42.t *+ aircipaoTos, -ov (<^ rreipd^uj for cl. aTrcipT/Tos, <^ irctpato), untempted, untried, without experience : Ja 1^^ (v. Hort, in 1. MM, VGT, s.v.).+
mid.
',

aircipos, -ov
(^b''1J<),

(<[ d- neg., Treipa, iriaZ), [in 2" (nS'^y) * ;] without experience of Je


s.v.).t
to

LXX Nu
:

142^,
rei,

Za

11^*
5^^

c.

gen.

He

(MM, VGT,

*+ dTT-cK-Scxofiai, depon.,

await or expect eagerly (Lit, Notes, 149;


320
;

MM, VGT,
Ga
5
;

s.v.)

absol.,

Pe

c.

ace. rei,

Eo

8^^' 23. 25^

Co
Col

1^,

c.

ace. pers..
s.v.).t

Phi
Tj

320,

He

928.t

*+

dir-^K-Suo-is, -cws,

(dTTCKSuw),

a putting or stripping

off:

2^^

(MM, VGT,
*t

to strip off clothes or arms; mid., to strip off from oneself: Col 3*; to strip, despoil (mid. for act., ICC, in 1.; but cf. Lft.,

dir-cK-Suo),

EUic), Col

2i5.t
[in

dir-cXaui'u),

LXX

for b'S2

ubtS]]

to

drive aiuay

Ac

18^'

(MM,

s.v.).t

*t dir-eXeyixos, -ov, b (<^ aTrcXeyxw, to convict, refute), refutation, disrepute: iXOeiv ts d., Ac 1927 (not elsewhere; v. MM, s.v.).t * dir-eXo06pos, -ov, 6, r), a freedmau : t. Kvplov (MM, s.v.), i Co 722.t
'AttcXXtjs, -ov, ace. -riv

tdTT-eXTritto, [in
II

LXX

(MM, S.V.), 6, Apelles : Is 29i9 (jr^N), Jth 911,

Eo l&^^.f Es 41^, Si
;

22^1 2721,

9^8*;] 1. to give up in despair, despair of (Polyb., Diod., LXX). hope to receive from or in return (Field, Notes, 59 Cremer, 712 Soph., Lex., S.V.) c. ace. (M, Pr., 65 MM, s.v.), Lk e^^.t + dw-eVai'Ti, adv. c. gen. (Hellenistic, common in LXX); 1. over 2. before, in the against (MM, s.v.): Mt 27", Mk 12*i, WH, mg. presence of: Mt 272* (WH, mg.), Ac S^\ Eo 3^8. 3. against : Ac 177.t dire'pai'Tos, -ov (<[ TrcpatW, to complete, finish), [in LXX: Jb 362'
2. to
: ;

Mac

("jpO

]^|S), III

Mac

2^*;] endless, interminable:


Trpto-7rdo)
1
;

Ti l*.t

*t dircpwnrdtrTus, adv. (<^


Si 41^)
;

the adj. occurs in

Wi
;]

16^^

without distraction

Co

7^5.1

+ d-TTcpi-T/itjTos, -OV (<[

TrepiTe/xvo}) , [in

LXX chiefly for b"!;P


:

uncir-

Ac 7^^. {aarjfjLos, cumcised; metaph. (t.) KapSiais (cf. Je 92", al.) found in tt., appears to have been the word used by Greek-speaking Egyptians v. Deiss., BS, 153 cf also Cremer, 885 MM, s.v.)t d-n-^PXOfiai, [in LXX chiefly for "^bn ;] 1. togo away, depart (also,
:

in late writers, with "perfective" force, to arrive at a destination, the

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


thought being carried on to the goal
(a) absol.
:

47

M,

Mt

13^^, al.

ptcp., dTreX^wv,

verbs as in Heb. (Dalman, Words, 21), IttI, cts, Mt 14^5 of place or person
:

Pr., Ill f., 247 MM, s.v.) used pleonastically with other Mt 13^*, al. (6) with mention
; ;

Lk

Lk

138; {^^^ p^Q 415. ^^j-^

Mt

222.

2.

As

aird, ^p^^^ j^e 10^ LXX, seq. ottio-w, c. gen. in

242*

(Heb.

nns
Re

"^bn),

to

go

after, follow:

Mk

l^o,

Jo 12^^; metaph.,
hold bach, keep

Mk
off ;

1*2^

211.

dir-exw, [in

LXX

chiefly for

pm
ir.,

;]

1. trans., {a) to

(b) to Imve in full, to have received (on the "punctiliar" force of the compound, v. M, Pr., 109, 247): c. ace, Mt 62.5,i6, Lk 62*,

Phi

4^^^,

Phm^^

(for illustr.

from

where

it

is

used in receipts,

s.v.); impers., a7rx (I'ield, V. Deiss., BS, 229; LAE, 110 f.; 14*\ 2. Intrans., to be away, distant Notes, 39), it is enough : Mid., to 76^ Lk 7 152 24^3. absol., Lk 1520 ; seq. d7r6, Mt I42* 158, 2ii ; seq. d7r6, Ac I520, i Th 4 abstain : c. gen., Ac 1529, i Ti 4^, i Pe

MM,

Mk

j^

622.t

aTrto-ros), [in **dmrr'a), -S 8^3 * ;] to disbelieve, be faithless : II I Pe 27 ; so prob. also Eo 3^, 11 Ti 2^^

Mac

LXX: Wi 12 10^ IQi^ IS^s, Si 1", Mk W^' i, Lk 24ii' *\ Ac 282*. MM, s.v.). {ICC, CGT, in
11.
;

dveiOew (Hdt. ; on this sense in Eo, 11 Ti, 11. c, v, Vaughan on Eo, I.e.; Lft., Notes, 265; Thayer, s.v.).t Wi 1425, IV Mac 12**;] ^ttio-tos), [in **dm<rTia, -as, -7 6 92* 16^*, Eo 3^ (but v.s. airKxriw) 1358, want of faith, unbelief: Mt 420 1120,23^ I T- 5^13^ He 312,19 ^i,cG, n, 775^ Cremer, 492).t Pr 17" 282^, Is n^<^ * ;] a-maros, -ov (< d- neg., ttio-tos), [in
2.

LXX:

Mk

LXX
:

Qj^ qI persons, xvithout faith or trust, 17l^ 9^^, Lk 9*^ 12*, Jo 202^, Tit l^*, Ee 218 unbeliemng : Mt 7^2-15 ^02'' 1422-24^ i Co 6" specif., of unbelievers as opp. to Christians 6i*i5, 1 Ti 58 (cf. Lft., Notes, 265; Cremer, 491).t II Co 4* 11 Ki 15^^ (on), i Ch 29^7 aTXoCs), [in dTrX(5TTis, -TTTos,

(a) of things, incredible

Ac 268

Mk

LXX

(an^ lOr
sincerity
:

d.

r^s KapSias,

cf.

Col

322,

where v.

Lft.),

Wi 1^ al.

;]

simplicity,

Eo 128, 11 Co 11^, Eph 6^, Col. 322 ; as manifested in unselfish giving, liberality, graciousness : 11 Co 82 Q^^' i' generous, (v. ICC, Bo., 128; Hort, Ja., 1*, and v.s. d7rA.is).t
dirXoos, V.S. dTrXovs.

Pr

Mt

dirXoOs, -Tj, -ovv (contr. fr. -6o<i <^ d- cop., ttXoos), [in 1125 *;] simple, single : in a moral sense {DCG, ii, 628 f.), 6^^aX/xos, 622, Lk ii34_ s.v.).t (In 7r. of a marriage dowry, v.
;

LXX

MM,

SVN.
639).

dSoXos, dxa/cos, oKcpatos (Tr., Syn., Ivi

Cremer, 107,

dirXdis,
II

adv. d7rXoes),
;]

[in

LXX:

Pr 10^ (QPS),

Wi

1627,

(" Later writers simply, sincerely, graciously : Ja 1*. comprehend under the one word the whole magnanimous and honoursingleness of mind is the central able type of character in which Hort, Ja., l.c.)t feature " diro (on the freq. neglect of elision bef. vowels, v. Tdf., Pr., 94,

Mac

6" *

48

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


App., 146), prep.
c.

WH,
Mt

gen.

(WM, 462
,

ff.;
;]

on

its

relation to Ik,

Tj-apa, vTTo, ib.

456

f.),

[in

LXX
;

for ]p

from

(i.e.

from the ex-

terior).

1. Of 52' 30 723^

separation and cessation;


52 22'i\ al.

(1) of

Lk

(2) in partitive

motion from a place: sense (M, Pr., 72, 102,


21i,

245;

MM,

s.v.; Bl.,

40,
;

2),

Mt

Qi"

2721,

Jo

Ac

52,

al.;

also

after verbs of eating, etc. (3) of alienation (cl. gen. of separation), after such verbs as Xoi'w (Deiss., BS, 227), Xi'w, o-w^w, Trau'w, etc. avdO^ixa d., Ro 93 aTrodvrj(TKHV a., Col 22^; craAev^^vai, II Th 22, Ka6ap6<i, -i^eiv, d.
; ;

216), Ac 202", 11 Co 7\ He 91*; (4) of position, 24^^ al. after yaa/cpdv, Mt 8^** transposed before measures of distance, Jo lO^^ 21^, Ee I420 (Abbott, JG, 227) (5) of time, d7r6 t.
(Deiss., Mt 23^*
(Spas,

BS, 196,
;

^/Acpas, etc.,
;

Mt
;

922,

Jo

1927,

Ac

20^^,

Phi
dTro

1^,

al.

dn

alSyvo^,

Lk

17, al.

^s, since,

dw dpx^?, etc., Mt 19^ Eo 12"; Lk 7*^ al. dTro r. vw, Lk 1*^ al.
11

dTro ^pe^ovs, 11
;

nripvai,

a year ago,

Co
2^^
;

8^" 2
aTro

dTro Trpwt,

Ac
1^'^
;

Ti S^^; d</>' dTro toVc, Mt 4^^ al. 282^ (6) of order or


; ;

rank,

dTro SieroOs,

Mt

'A/Spadp.,

Mt

(38opo<;

diro 'ASd/x,

dm, Mt 20**, of birth, extraction, and hence, 8^, Ac 8^^, al. 2. Of origin (1) in late writers, (a) of local extraction (cl. i$; Abbott, JG, 227 ff.), Mt 2111, Mk 15*3, Jo 145^ Ac 103, al. ol dn6 'IraXias (WM, 66, 6 M, Pr., 237 Westc, Eendall, in 1.), He 1324 (5) of membership in a community'or society (BL, 40, 2), Ac 12^, al. (c) of material (= cl. (d) after verbs of asking, gen.; Bl. I.e.; M, Pr., 102), Mt 3* 2721
Ju Jo
1"*
;

dTTo fiLKpov ecus /xeydAov,

Ac
;

8^",

He

8^^

dpxio-Oai

seeking,

etc.,

Lk

ll^o. ^\

Th

2"

(Milligan, in

instrument, means or occasion (freq.

iitto,

the cause, Trapd, and after verbs of


1.)
;

(2) of

learning, hearing, knowing, etc.; Bl., 40, 3),

Mt

71"

112^,

Lk 22*^

Ac Jo
3.

222 430 913

1214,

216,

Ac

2211);

^^v

Co
^_

1123,

Ga
:

32, al.;

dTro t.

oxXov,
(cf.

Lk

^^^^v,
c.
;

Mt

1426, al.
d-n-o

Mt

19^ (cf. 102^ 13*4).

Noteworthy Hellenistic phrases


(M, Pr.,
;

(fiofSuaOai

7rpoo-Xiv dTTo

11.

Milligan,
II

ngga),

Ee

2113

dTr.^

Trpoo-WTrov (35P),
oSv

NTD, Th 19
10,

(M, Pr., 102, 107) dTro voVoi; (Heb. 50)


;

(Bl.,

40, 9);
Pr., 9),

dTro

T.

Kap8iCyv (nba),
4.

Mt

1835; dTr^ 6
dTro

(WM,

2;

M,

Ee

1*.

In composition,

denotes
;

(dn-oAuw, direpxop.ai, divoypd^iui)

it

separation, departure, origin, etc. also has a perfective force (M, Pr.,
etc.
to step off, disembark ;] turn out (Field, Notes, 74)
:

112, 247), as in dcjuKveLaSaL, dTToXoveaOat, q.V.


diro-paicw, [in
;

LXX

for iTH

Jo 21^ metaph., of events, Phi 119 (MM, s.v.).t


d-n-o-PdXXw,
[in

to issue,

Lk 5^, Lk 21i3,

LXX
Mk

Is

l^"

(bn:)

and elsew. without Heb.


let

equiv.

;]
;

to throiv off:

lO^^j metaph., to lose,

go (Field, Notes,

231

f.

MM,

s.v.)

He

1035.t
,

etc. ;] to look atvay from all else at for n3B diro-pX^iro), [in one object; hence, to look steadfastly : He 112^ (cf. d<^opdw).t dTro/?dXXw), [in Aq. Le 7l^ al.; Sm. Ho 9^ ** diro-pXriTos, -ov (xaiD) ;] to be throivn atvay, rejected : i Ti 4* (Hom., Plut.).t 1. a throwing away, rejection: * diro-poXri, -rj^, rj (<^ dTro/3dXXw)

LXX

opp. to

irpocrXrj/juj/ii,

Eo

lli^.

2.

losing, loss

Ac

2722.t

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


**
dTro-yii'Ofiai
(cl.

49
away,

-ytyv-)

[in

LXX Da
:

th

2^ *
s.v.)

;]
:

1.

to

be

removed from. with ref. to sins,


I

2.
i

to

Pe

depart life, to die (MM, 2^* (Cremer, 149, 668).+


(d7roypa<^(o),

t. d/xaprtais, i.e.

a.-no-ypa.^r\, -^s,

rj

[in

LXX

Da

LXX
:

10^^ (SDj),

Es

2.

830, AB, II Mac 2\ iii Mac 2^2 As law term, a deposition (Demos.).

enrolment, census
414 Q34, 38*.j

(MM,

s.v.
:

dTTo-Ypci<|)w, [in

LXX

* .j i_ ^ written copy. In late writers, a register, 3. Deiss., LAE, 160, 268 f.) Lk 2^, Ac b'^'.f Jg 8l^ Pr 222" (nns) i Es m, iii Mac 229
41^, i7 722
,

iq iDrit^ out, copy.


;

2. to

enrol; mid.,
^' ^
;

to

Lk

21

(M, Pr., 162


diro-SeiKi'u/ii,

but. v.

ICG,
:

in

1.), ib.

pass.,

He

enrol oneself: 12^3 (v. refif.,

s.v. d.Troypa(f)i]).f

2^ (HXl), al. forth, exhibit (Lit., Notes, 200; ICG, in 1.): i


[in

LXX

Es

;]

1. to

bring out, show


2.
to

Co

4^.

declare,

show

Ac

2^2.

3.

to
:

prove

Ac
11

25^.

proclaim to an **
319^

office

seq. on,

Th

in late Gk., to 2* (Milligan, in 1. MM, s.v.


4.

As

freq.

Lft., Notes. 113.)+


dTr6-8ei|is, -ecDS,
1.
rj

(<^ aTroSiLKyvfii), [in


off.
i

LXX

III

Mac

42", IV

Mac

1310*;]

a showing

demonstration, certain proof: Notes, 173).+

As used by Gk. philosophers, Co 2* (v. ICG, in 1.; MM, s.v.; Lft.,


2.

*+ diro-ScKaTcuo)

aTroSc/caTo'to, q.v., to tithe,

pay a

Ge Lk

pay a tenth of: Mt 2323, 11*2. 2. C. ace. pers., to exact tithes from He 7^. 3. to decimate (Socr., HE, 573 A; v. Kennedy, Sources, 117).+
c.

+ diro-ScKaTow, [in 2822 (2) I Ki 81^;] l.

LXX

tenth of:

Lk

18^^ f
(1)

for *li2?y,

in both senses

foil.,

e.g.

ace. rei, to tithe,

*+ diTo-ScKTos, -ov (<] ** dTTo-Se'xofAai, [in


gladly, welcome, receive
rei,

d7ro8e;i(o/Aai),
:

acceptable:

Ti 23 5*.+

LXX
:

Lk
;

8**^

To 7^\ Jth 9^^ Ac 182""


[in

13^3, i-iv

MaCjo*;]

to

21^" 283**; metaph.,

c.

accept acc.

Ac

2*1 243

(mM,

s.v.

Cremer, 688).+

dTro-8T)|X(o, -u)

(<[
2)
:

d7ro8r;/i,o?),

LXX
Mk
hi.,

Ez

abroad (M, Pr., 130


*
dir6-8T)p,os, -ov,

Mt

2133 25l^.l^

12^,

193 A*;] to be or go Lk 15^3 20^.+


:

gone abroad (RV, sojourning in another country)

Mk

133*.+
dTro-8i8u|ii, [in

LXX

for IDIQ

mCT

]n:

D^tT

pi., etc.

;]

to give

Lk ggp of wages, render what is due, to 'pay (Deiss., LAE, 334 f.) absol., Mt 1825.28^ Lk 7*2; c. acc, Mt 52 1829-30,34 2O8 21*1 2221, Mk 12'", Lk 1035 1259 202^, Eo 13", He 12^, Ee 222; ^^^^^^^ Mt 533 (cf Nu 303, De 232i al.) of conjugal duty, t. oc^ciXt^v, i Co 73 d/u.oiy8ds, I Ti 5* /jLaprvpLov, to give (as in duty bound) testimony, Ac 433 Xoyov, to render account, Mt 123, Lk 162, Ac 19*o, He I31", I Pe 45 hence of requital, recompense, both in good and bad sense, Mt 6*- 6' 18 1627, Eo 26, II Ti 48-1*, Ee 18 2212 KaKov avrX kukov, Eo 121^^, I Th 515, I Pe 3^. Mid., to give up of one's own, hence to sell (fr. Hdt. on) c. acc. rei, Ac 5^, He 121^ c. acc. pers., Ac79 (cf. ovtup or
bach, restore, return:
27^^,

Mt
to

420 9*2 xgs.

debts, oaths, etc.


:

(MM,

s.v.),

a7ro8tSa)/Ai).+

diro-8i-opil^(i)

metaph.

to

make

(<] Siopt^o), <[ opo?, a limit), to separations : Ju i^ (Cremer, 806).+

ma/rk

off,

hence

50

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


AiTo-SoKifAclia),

[in

LXX:
;

Ps 117

(118)'''^ al.

(DXa)

;]

to

reject:

Mt Pe

21^-(i-^H
2*' 7 (LXX)

Mk
-r/s,

8^1

1210 (Lxx)^

Lk

9^^

1725

20^7 (Lxx)^

He

12^^

(Cremer, 701
17

MM,

s.v.).+

*diTo-8oxT),

(<^
17

d7roSxo/.(at),

acceptance, approbation (Field,

Notes, 203)
II

Ti 1^^ 4 (Cremer, 686;


-ew5,

MM,

s.v.).t
i

* dir6-0eais,

(<^

d7roTi^?//At),

a putting away:

Pe
,

3^^,

Pe

li*.t
diro-eiiKT], -7]^,
ri

Mt

aTTOTiO-qixi), [in

LXX
;]

for ly'iK

N3S)

etc.

;]

storehouse, granary:
I

3^2 B^e IS^o,

Lk

S^' 12i'24.t
to

**t d-n-o-Grjo-aopi^w, [in Ti 6i^t


dTTo-eXipo,, [in
6.TTo-Qvr]<TK<,),

LXX

Si 3* *

treasure up, store


to

away
8.t

LXX for yrh Nu [in LXX chiefly for


,

22^5 *
TVID
',]

;]

press hard
:

Lu

to die

of natural death,

Mk
ref.,
I

5^^, al.

of violent
10'-^,

death (pass, of
;

dTroKTetvw), esp. of Christ,

Mt 26^*,
;

Jo 12^^

He
62' 10

al.

Ko
I

U'',
1137,

Ga

of spiritual death, Jo 2^9; ace, 6, Ko 610; seq. seq.

Co

15-2,

He

Ee U^^;

^Wp,

Trepi',
;

Eo Mt Jo ll^o- "
6^0,
iy,

8^3, al.

c.

dat.

8^2,

Jo

S'-^L

^\

18l^
;

Eo
;

S^-s
;

1415,
fig., I
i,

Co 153, II Co 515, I Th 5i, 1 Pe 318 dTrd, Col 220 cV, Ee 8" Co 1531 (cf. (Tvu-aTToevrjcrKio, and V. Milligan, NTD, 258 f. DCG,
; ;

791b; Cremer, 286; MM, s.v. on the perfective force of this verb, M, Pr., 112, 114 and on the distinction bet. pres. and aor,, ib. 113 f.). dTTO-KaG-ioTdcu, aTTOKaOia-rdo}, see next MTOrd.
dTro-KaO-iCTTTjfii (aTTOKa^to-Taw,
1**;

Mk
Ac

9^^^

Eec,

-lo-rdvo),

LTTr.
;

cf.

Ac

-KUTLcrTdvw,

WH),
:

former condition
jjolitical

chiefly for miZT;] 1. to restore, i.e. to a 3^ 82^, Lk B^o of health, Mt 121^, of social or
[in

LXX

Mk
1^.

affairs,

Mt

17^^,

Mk

9^2,

2. to give back,

bring back

He

1319 (so in

rr.,

MM,

s.v.; cf. also

Cremer, 312).t
:

chiefly for 11^3;] 1. in general sense (cl.), Mt 102^, Lk 2^^ 12^, i Co to reveal, uncover, disclose, (a) of things 173o 313 Antichrist, 11 Th 23. . 8. pass., Christ, Lk (b) of persons and NT, in special sense of divine revelation Mt 112* (on 2. In
d-iro-KaXuTTTw, [in
;
:

LXX

LXX

the tense, v.
I

M,

Pr., 136), ib.27 16i7,


116

Lk

1021.22^
i

Jq

1238_

Ro

P^.

is^

8'^,

Co

21" 143",

Ga

32^

Eph 3^ Phi

3l^

Pe

l^- 12

51

(Westc, Eph.,

178

f.;

M, Th., 149 f.).t SVN.: (ftavepou) (v. Thayer, 62; Cremer,


-ecos,

t diro-KdXuiJ/is,

342).

dTroKaXuVTw)

[in

LXX:
\ Ga

Ki

2030 (miy).

Si 1127 2222 421 *


ing, revelation
:

.j (-^^ imcovering, laying bare (Plut.). Metaph., a reveala disclosure of divine truth, or a manifestion from God
:

Lk 232, p,o 2^, II Th r, I Pe

819 1625,
17. 13 413,

Co

146'

2,

n Co

12i'

I12. 22,

Eph
;

li7 3^,

Eeli.t
;

STN. : iTTicfxiveia, Tvanova-La, (f)avp(D<TL<; (v. Tr., Syn., xciv Lft., Westc, Eph., 178 f. M, Th., 145 ff. Cremer, 343). Notes, 102, 178 *t dTTO-KapaSoKi'a, -a?, -q (<[ aTro/capaSo/cew, used by Aq. in Ps 36 (37)" for bbinnn <^a7r6, Kdpa, the head, SoKew, in Ion., to watch), to tvatch with outstretched head, tvatch anxiously (Polyb., n. v. Deiss., LAE, 3745, 819, Phi 120 (Lft., in 1.; Cremer, 177).t 377 f.), Eo
;

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


. :

51

*t airo-Kar-aXXdo-au (cf AcaraAAao-o-o) aTro here signifies completely, Ellic, Eph., I.e. but also May., Eph., I.e.), to reconcile completely : Eph 2i, Col P^' ^^.t * diro-icaT(-(rra<ns, -fcus, v (<^ aTroKadia-T-qfii), restoration : Ac 3^^ (in
V. Lft., Col., I.e.
; ;

TT.

of repairs

and restorations

of temples, v.

MM,

s.v.).t

diro-KaT-iordi'a), v. aTroKaOicrTrjfiL.
dTr(5-Kei|ioi, [in

LXX

Ge

IQ^o (nb''B7),

Jb 3823
:

(^j^n),
IQ^".
s.v.)
:

n Mac

12,

IV
48,

Mae

8^^ *

;]

to

be laid up, in store, laid


;

away
v.

Lk

dat. pers., to be reserved (Dem., Plat.

and

MM,
:

Metaph., c. Col 1^, n Ti


',]

He

927.t

Mt

t d7ro-K<|)aXi^w (<; diro, xec^aXT^), [in 1410, MkeiS'^s, Lk99.t


diro-KXeiu, [in
d-iro-K^TTTu,

LXX
,

Ps 151^ *

to

behead

]^3io, 26^

Ac

LXX chiefly for -13D;] to shut fast: Lk IS^^.t [in LXX for y^p ms etc. to cut off: Mk 9*^' *^ Jo
,

;]

11^^.

Mid.,
;

to

mutilate oneself, have oneself mutilated


v.

Ga

512 (cf.

De

231

LXX

and

Cremer, 751
;

MM,
:

s.v.).t

*t diro-Kpifia, -To^, to (<[ aTro/cptVco) 1. prop., a judicial sentence: II Co 1^, E, mg. 2. an answer (v. Thayer, s.v.) 11 Co, I.e., E, txt. (In FIJ, Ant., xiv, 10, 6, of a rescript of the Senate in Inscr. of an official decision, Deiss., BS, 257 a reply to a deputation, MM, s.v. ef also 375). Cremer, diro-Kpii'u, [in chiefly for njJT;] in el., 1. to separate, dis14\ Lk 3i 23^, tinguish. 2. to choose. Mid., to answer : Mt 27^2, 51"' 1**, Ac 312. In late Gk. the pass, also is used in this sense, and Jo (M, Pr., 39, 161 MM, s.v.) (a) pass, forms are the more freq. in 12^* in general sense absol., c. ace. rei, Mt 22* c. dat. pers., Mt 12^8 seq. Trpos, Ac 251" (b) Hebraistically (i) like nay to begin Mt 112^^ to speak, take up the conversation (Kennedy, Sources, 124 f.)
;
;
:

LXX

Mk

NT
;

Mk
;

al., (ii)

redundant, as in the Heb. phrase IDX'l

JJPI

(Dalman, Words,
:

Pr., 14 Bl., 58, 4 Cremer, 374) 74, 2 3^3 ; in Jo most freq. (Ittck. 88 Xc'yti, >77, for HST dir<5-Kpioris, -ecDs, r] (<^ aTro/cptVo/Aat), [in answering, an answer : Lk 2*''' 20-', Jo I22 19^.t

24

f.,

38

M,
;

dTroKpieiis
1*.

cTttc,

Mt

4*

Mk

k. cTttc,
,

LXX

etc.;]

an

diro-KpoTTTu, [in
c. ace.,

LXX chiefly for


i

^JiD
2>\

;]

to hide, conceal,

keep secret

Lk Lk

IO21; pass.,

Co

2^,

Eph
1.
;

Col

F (MM,

s.v.).t

dir6Kpu<|)os, -ov

(<^ dTTOKpwTTTO)), [lu


(v. Lft., in

LXX

chlefly for IfID;] hidden:

Mk

422,

817,

Col 23
[in
216,

MM,

8.v.).t

dTro-KTii'w (also in late

Mk
TO

125,

iv (q.v.),

WH), Eph

forms -Kreww, Mt 1028, al., LTTr., -ktcvvvw, LXX for ain ma ;] to kill Mt 14^, al. seq. instr. Ee 223, ^1. Metaph.: Eo 711 t. Ix^pav, Eph 2i;
,

ypdfifjLa aTTOKTuvcL, II

Co

3 (on the perfective force of this verb, v.

M,

Pr., 114).

-w (<[ aTro, Kveo) OV kvw, to be pregnant), [in IV Mae prop., " the medical word for birth as the close ;] In kolvtj, "an ordinary syn. of of pregnancy" (Hort, Ja., 26 f.). perfectivised (M, Pr., lllff. MM, s.v.) by the TiKTw, but definitely
airo-Kuiut (Eec. -kvw),
I5I''

**

LXX

'

'

52
oLTTo,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


and so implying
safe delivery," to bring forth, give birth to
:

Ja
to

115, 18 t

tdiro-KoXio) (v.s. KvXcw), [in


roll

LXX
242.t

Ge293.8.io (bbs;, Jth 13^*;]


ii

away

Mt

28^,

Mk

IG^,

Lk
:

divo-Xafjipd^w, [in

LXX Nu U^^ (npb (De, 26^ A, Is b^\

Mac

4^

6^^ 8', IV Mac 18'^*;] 1. to receive from another; absol,, to receive as one's due : Lk 162^ IS^o (v.l. XdjSrj) 2S^\ Eo P^, Ga 4^ Col 3^^ II Jo^. 3. to take apart or aside 2. to receive back : Lk G^'* 15'^''. 7^^ (cf. use in tt. of the recluses of the Serapeum MM, 8.v.).t Mk ** d-n-oXauo-is, -ws, r} (<^ aTroXavo), to take of, enjoy a thing), [in
;

LXX

III

Mac 7^^ *
TT.

;]

enjoyment

Ti 6^^
,

He
ID"^

ll^^ (for late exx., v.


,

MM, s.v.).t
behind
*.t

airo-XeiTTw, [in

LXX for bin


:

etc.
:

;]

1. to leave, leave

(in

a term, techn. in wills; v.

MM,

s.v.)

ii

Ti

4^^'-*',

Tit 1*; pass.,


:

to be reserved,

remain

He

4^' ^ lO^".

2. to desert,

abandon
Eec.t

Ju

t diro-Xeixw (for cViX-, q.v.), to lick


dTT-6XXu|jit

up
for

and

airoXXvw, [in

LXX

Lk laX

16^^,
,

destroy utterly, destroy, kill : ^l/vxyjv, to lose utterly: Mt 10''2, al.; metaph., of failing to 2. Mid., (1) to perish; (a) of things Mt 529, Jq 612, save, Jo 6^9 18. He 111 (LXX)^ al. (b) of persons Mt 82^, al. Metaph., of loss of eternal In ol d-n-oXXvlife, Jo 315. 16, 1028 1712, Eo 212, I Co 8^ 15^^ 11 Pe 39.
1. Act., (1)
to
;

Mk

etc. (38 words in all)]. 1"* 9^^, al. ; t.

Mt

1028, al.

(2)

^tvoi, the perishing, contrasted in

with 01 o-w^o/xcvot, the "perfective" force of the verb, wh. "implies the completion of the process of destruction," is illustrated (v. M, Pr., 114 f. M, Th., ii, 1^^) Metaph., on the basis of the relation (2) to be lost : Lk 15* 21^8.
i

Co

1^8^ al.,

between shepherd and flock, of spiritual destitution and alienation from God Mt 10" 152", Lk 19i (MM, s.v. DCG, i, 191 f., ii, 76, 554 Cremer, 451).
:

Destroyer

'AttoXXuui', -ovtos, 6 (pres. ptcp. of aTroXXvw), Ee 9^^ (cf. 'Af3dS8u>v). (Cremer, 453 ;
:

DB,
:

Apollyon, i.e. the i, 125, 172.) t

'AiroXXwk'ia, -as,
'AttoXXoSs,

17,

-w,

Ajwilonia, a city of (perh. contr. from

Macedonia

Apollos
II

Ac

18'-'4

19^, 1

Co

'AttoAXwj/ios, 1^2 34-.22 4^ I612, Tit 3i3.+


oltto,

Ac 17i.t Ac 182*

j)^^

diroXoycofjiai, -ovfJLaL

(<[

Xoyos), [in

LXX

Mac

1326*;]

1.

to

defend:
;

c.

ace,

Eo
.

2^^

2. to

Je 12^ (S""!) 38 (31)", defend one's self:


;

absol.,

Lk

21i*,

Ac

26^

one's defence, Lk 12^^, c. gen. rei, and cVt, c.


II

seq. on, Ac 258 ^;_ tg adduce something in Ac 262* (ravra) 24^^ {to. irepl i/xavTov) irfpi,

gen. pers.,

Ac
[in
11

262

^at. pers.,
6^'*

Ac

19^^,

Co

12i9.t

** diroXoyia, -as, rj (< aTroXoyiofjiai), defence : Ac 25l^ 11 Co 7^1, Phi 1". i,


I

LXX Wi
:

*
',]

a speech in
i

Ti 4^6
;]

c.

dat. pers.,

Co

93,

Pe

315

seq.

Trpo's,

Ac

22i.t
:

diTo-Xouw, in

[LXX
ye
-ews,

Jb

9^''

(^m)

to

tuash

off,

wash away

mid., metaph.,

c.

ace. rei,

absol., aTreXowcrao-^e, 6ii.t I Co

loash off oneself: washed yourselves clean


to

d/xapnas,
(cf.

Ac

221";

Cremer, 406),

t diro-XvTpwCTis,

17

(<C d.TroXvTp6w,

to

release

on payment of

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


ransom,
cf.

53

* ;] release effected by payment of ransom, redemption, deliverance; metaph., He 11^*; of deliverance thr. Christ from evil and the consequences of sin Lk 2128, Ro 324 (Yau., in 1.) 8^\ i Co V\ Eph l^.i* 430^ Col l^^, He 9^\ (On the extent to w^h. the word retains the sense of ransom, v. ICC, Bo., 32*, Westc, He., 297 ff.; v. also ICC, Eph., 11; DCG, ii, 605; Cremer, 410; Deiss., LAE, 331; Lft., Notes, 271, 316; Tr., Syn.,
Xvrpov), [in
:

LXX Da (LXX)

4^*'*=

lxxvii,)t
a-TTo-Xu'w,

[in

LXX for yim


Jo
19^0, al.
;

etc., freq.

in i-iv

Mac;]
:

1. to set free,

release: ness, Lk
912,

Ac

a debtor, Mt 182^; metaph., of forgive6=^7, 2. to let go, dismiss (Field, Notes, 9 f.) Mt 1523, Lk 229 19*1, al.; of divorce, t. ywaiKa: Mt l^^ 531.32 193,8,9^ Mk
13^2,

Lk

lQ2,i,n^
T.

Lk

16^8; with ref. to


1012.

Gk. and Eom. (not Jev^ish) custom,

avSpa:

Mk

Mid.,

to

depart:
Att.
:

Ac

282^
to

(MM,

s.v.).

** dTro-fid<r<7w {<^

fxd(r(rw,

-ttw,

toucJi,

handle),

[in

LXX:

To

7^^*;] to wi])e
iivo-viiio}

off,

wipe

clea7i

mid.,
3^.

Lk
(In

lO^.t
:

(-<

ve/xo), to

distribute), [in
:

LXX
tt.
,

De

4^^ (pbu),

m Mac
mid.

27 316 *

.j

fQ

assign, aj)portion

Pe

of a Prefect
to

who renders
off:

to all their

dues

v.

MM,

s.v.)t

diro-i/iirTw,

[in

LXX

for niDtZT

Tm
,

nriD

;]

wash

(reflex.), t. xe^pas,

Mt

272^t
,

dTro-mTTTu, [in

,1123 ;] to cause to go astray ; metaph., of leading into error: Mk 1322; pass., to be led astray : i Ti e^o.t *dTro-Tr\e'a>, -w, to sail away: Ac 134 142(5 201^ 27^ (Burton, 159).t

diro-irXafdo), -w, [in

LXX for b^Q bs3 etc.;] to fall off: LXX for m3 hi., hi., miz; pil.
LXX
:

Ac

9i8.t

diro-irXucoj,

[in

chiefly for
2^2
(i3)

DS3

pi.

;]

to

wash

off:

v.l.

for

ttXvvw,

Lk

52,

Eec.t

dTTo-wiYo,, [in
13''',

LXX Na
a.iropo<;,

(pjn

pi.),

To

38*;]

to

choke

Mt
62"

Lk

8'';

pass., of

drowning (=

KaTa-rrovrL^o/xaL) ,

Lk

833.t

oirope'w, -5)

{<^

a- neg., ir6po<i,
loss,
:

for

"lis,

{i-TToiei,

^na, etc.;] to be at a E, mg.) mid., be in doubt


;

a way, resource), [in be perplexed: absol.,


11

LXX
252**;

Mk
i,

absol.,

Co
Jo

seq.

Trept,

Lk
:

24^

iv,

Ga

420

Trepl

tu os

Ae'yei,

4^; c. ace, 1322.t

Ac

SVN.

StaTTopeu}, SiaKpLVo/xaL, Sto-Ta^w, /tiCTcwpi^o/tai (v.

DCG,
;]

491).

diropia, -as,

^ {-^
;

airopcui), [in

LXX

for nbn|l

etc.

perplexity

Lk

2125

(MM,

s.v.

on the construction,
-ppC-wTiD,
cl.), [in

v. Field, Notes, 74f.).t

diro-piTTTa)

(Eec.
:

LXX

for IJ^OT

hi., etc.

;]

to

throw

away, cast forth


V.

reflexively,

Ac

27*3 (EV, cast themselves overboard

MM,
*

s.v.).t

Lft., Notes,

(<[ airo, 6p<^avos), to be bereaved (prop,, of a parent, metaph., i Th 21'' (where Field thinks it = vwpio-36) ^eWcs, Notes, 199).t diro-o-Keod^cj, [in Le 143^ (n32 pi.) * ;] to pack and carry off
dir-op4>ai'ii^w
;

LXX

mid., to pack and remove one's goods : Ac 2P^, Eec. (v. Vio--).t *t diro-orKiao-fia, -tos, to (<^ airoaKid^w, to cast a shadow ; V.S.

ctkio),

a shadow

Ja

1^^

(MM,

s.v.l.t

54

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


diro-oTrdo), -w, [in

LXX
:

for pr\2
;

ni., hi., etc.

;]

to

draw

off or

away,

tear away (MM, s.v.) Ac 20^" ixaxaipav, draw a sword, Mt 26*^ pass., to be parted or withdraxvn (Field, Notes, 134; but v. Thayer, S.V.), Lk 22^', Ac 21i.t
t dTToarao-ia, -as,
v/

(-<[ a<fii(rTr]fj.i), [in

LXX for blT


viii
;

etc.

;]

defection,
;

apostasy, revolt

in late Gk.
29^9,

(MM, Exp.,
and

Lft., Notes,

111

Cremer,
(e.g.

308) for

cl. dTTo'crracris,

freq. in sense of political revolt, in

LXX
Je
38,

Jos

22^2^ II 21-1,
ij

Ch

Je

21^)

NT
[in

always of religious apostasy

Ac

Tj^

2\f
l.

dTrotrrdaioK, -ov, to

in

icf>t(TTr),j.i),

LXX
19",

De

24i'

^,

Is 501

(nri'^n?

mrr'^S) *;]

cl.,

only in phrase

dTroo-Tao-tou BUrj,

an action
In

against a freedman for forsaking his


jSi^Xiop oLTToaTaaLov,
d.

Trpoo-TaTT^s

(Dem.).
10*
;

2.

LXX,

bill

of divorce

Mt

Mk
v.

in
I.e.

same sense
;

alone

(MM,

s.v.),

Mt

5i (for

other late exx.,


[in

MM,

Kennedy,
f^

Sources, 121).

** airo-(neydloj

Mk
to

o-rey^;),

Sm.

Je 4910 (2911)*;]

unroof:
;]

2\f
dTTo-o-TcXXo), [in

LXX very freq., almost always for nblSr


;

prop.,

send with a commission, or (a) of persons on service Christ, Mt 10*" the apostles, IQi" Mk 12^; angels, 13'-^; {b) of things: o^o?, Mt 21^; to 8peservants, iravov, Mk 4^^ T. Xo'yov, Ac 10^^ t. cVayyeAtav (i.e. the promised Holy Spirit), Lk 24*9, Rec. seq. ds, Mt 20^, Lk 11*^, Jo 31^ ^ttio-o), Lk I91* tfiTTpoaOev, Jo 3'"^; TTpo TTpoaMTTov, Mt 111*^; TTpos, Mt 21^*; with ref. to sender or place of departure dTrd, Lk 1^^ (Eec. vTr6) Trapd, Jo 1*
to
1. to
; :

send away,

dispatch on service

K, ib. 119

ivro,

Ac

1017 (Eec. dTrd)

seq. inf.,

Mk

31*, al.
:

Iva,

Mk

12^,

al.

eh (of purpose),

He

li*;

Xc'ywv,

Jo 113

.iTToo-retAas, c.
:

without direct obj. seq. tt/do's, Jo 5^^; indic, Mt 21^ Ac 7^\ Ee 11. 2. to send
12^
(cf. i$-, crvv-aTroa-TiXXu)).

aivay, dismiss

Lk

41^,

Mk

51** 8'^^

SVN.: Tre'/ATTw, the general term. tative sending" (v. Thayer, s.v. Tre/xTrw
125
;

d.
;

" suggests official or authori-

Westc,
:

Jo.,

298; Ejyp.

Jo.,

Cremer, 529

dTro-arcpe'w, -w

31 (SAf^' *;] to defraud, dep-ive of, despoil (in cl. chiefly of the misappropriation of trust funds. Field, Notes, 33 absol., Mk lOi^, i Co G^ cf. MM, s.v.) c. ace. pers., i Co 7^ Mid., endure deprivation : i Co 6" (WM, 38, 3 but v. Bl., 54, 5 M, Pr., 162); pass., d-n-ea-Teprjfjievoi, bereft of: I Ti 6^.t
(piry),
'-^
'

Ma

MM,

s.v.).

a-Tepew, to rob), [in

LXX Ex 211" (y-|a). De24i*

3^

Si 41 29"'

d-rro-aToXi^, -^s,

r]

Ps77(78)*9, Je 39 (32)36,

Ec 88, Ba 225,
;

Ca

dTroo-TcAAo)), [in

LXX
its
1.

De
In

22^,

m Ki 4^*
i

9i,

4i3 (for
21^, 11

nbc? and

cognates),
cl.,

Es

951.5*,

Mac

Mac

3^ *.]

a sending away

(MM, s.v.), as, an expedition (Hdt.). 2. In (a) discJiarge, dismissal (Ec 88) (b) a gift (iii Ki 91^, i Mac 2^^). 3. In NT, the office of an Apostle of Christ, apostleship : Ac 1^5, Eo 15, i Co 9'-, Ga 2* (Cremer, 530). III Ki 14^ A (jyhv) * dirdo-ToXos, -ov, 6 (< dTroo-TcXXw), [in

LXX

LXX

',]

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


1.

55

2. a messenger, one sent on a mission and tt. v. M, Pr., 37 f. MM, s.v. M, Th., i, T and refif.) Jo IS^^, ii Co 823, phi 225. 3_ j^ nt^ ^^ Apostle of Christ Mt 102, Mk 3l^ Lk 11*9, gph S^, (a) with special ref. to the Twelve Ee 182", al., equality with whom is claimed by St. Paul, Ga 1^' ^^^-j

a fleet, an expedition (Dem.).

(Hdt.,

LXX,
:

I.e.,

al. (&) in a wider sense of prominent Christian teachers, as Barnabas, Ac 14^*, apparently also Silvanus and Timothy, i Th 2^, and perhips Andronicus and Junias (Junia?), Eo 16'' (v. ICG, in 1.); of false teachers, claiming apostleship ii Co ll^'^^^ jje 22. (On the different uses of the term in NT, v. Lft., Gal., 92-101; Cremer, 530; DB, i, 126 DCG, i, 105 Enc. Br., ii, 196 ff.) * dTToaTOfjiaTt^w (<; o-ro/xa), 1. In cl., to speak from memory, to dictate to a pupil (Plat.). 2. In late Gk., to catechize, question: Lk 11^^
I

Ti

2^^,

(MM,

s.v.).t
a.Tto-(npi^fi), [in

LXX
112",

away, remove

Eo

allegiance, pervert : Lk Mt 26^2. Pass., reflex., to turn oneself away II Ti 115, Tit 11*, He 1225 go act., absol., Ac 32" Cremer, 880).

chiefly for HtZT;] trans., c. ace, [a) to turn ipj 44 j^ metaph., to turn away from 23^* ; {h) to turn hack, return : fidxaipav,
.

from
(cf.

c.
;

ace,

Mt

5*^^

Si 8^

Bl., 53, 1

* dTro-CTTuyew, -^ (<C a-rvyiw, to hate), to abhor : Eo 12^.+ *+ dTToaui/dYwyos, -ov {<Ci crvvayuiyrj) expelled from the congregation
,

(Field, Notes, 96), excommunicated : Jo 9^2 12*2 152 (Cremer, 64, 607).t dTTo-Tdaau, [in Ec 22o (^s'' pi.), i Es 62^, Je 202, i Mac 4 * ;]

LXX

Mid., in late Gk. (Bl., 37, 1 Swete, Mk., 136 f. MM, 8.V.), c. dat., (a) to take leave of: Mk 6*^ Lk 9^1, Ac 18^^'^\ 11 Co 2^3; (b) to forsake : Lk 1433. **d-iro-TXe'w, -w, [in i Es-5"3, 11 Mac 1539*;] to bring to an end, complete, accomplish (cf. MM, s.v.) Lk 1332, Ja l^^.t
to set apart.
; ;

LXX

diro-Ti6if)fxi,

in

[LXX
put

chiefly for niD hi.

;]

to pu,t off or
:

aside

in

NT
7^^

always mid.,

metaph., Col 3^, He 12\ Ja P^,

t. IfxaTia, off from oneself as a garment in ethical sense, to ptit off, lay aside: Eo 13^2,

{a) to

Ac

Eph

422>25^

Pe
:

2^

(b) to

stoiu

away, put
ni.), i

cv t. <f>v\aKfj

(MM,

S.V.),

Mt
to

143.t

dTTo-Ttm<T(T(j, [in

LXX

Jg
9^,

162

(ly:

Ki IO2
;]

(2^123),

La

2^

("IN3 pi.)

;]

slmke off:

Lk

Ac

285.t
to

diro-TiVo) (or -Ti'w), [in

LXX chiefly for D^tZT pi.

pay

off,

repay

Phm 19 (MM,

s.v.).t

* d-iro-ToXfxdcj, -w, to be quite bold, make a bold venture : Eo 102". **t diTOTOfiia, -a?, 17 (<^ d7roT/xvco, to ciit off), [in Sm. Je 51 (28)35, Na 31*;] steepness, sharpness ; metaph., severity (MM, s.v.): Eo 1122.t ** dTTOTofiws, adv., [in LXX: Wi 522*;] abruptly, curtly, hence
:

sharply, severely

11

Co

**
to

diro-Tp^Trw, [in
;

LXX
(MM,

13i", Ti li3 (MM, s.v.).+ 123, ly Si 2029 48is, in


:

Mac

^ac

l^^ I612

*
;]

turn away

mid., to turn oneself a^cay from : c. ace, 11 Ti 3^.+ *diTou<ria, -as, 17 (<[ an-ct/Ai) 1. absence (-^sch., Thuc.) Phi 2i2.
;
:

2. deficiency,

waste

s.v).t

56

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


d-iTo-(j>6pu,

[in

LXX for "^bn


LXX
[in
:

etc.

;]

c.

ace, Mk 151, I Co 163, Ee IT^ 2V<^. ** dTro-<j>UYo>, [in Si 22^2 * -j


II

away Ac Id^Ki to flee from, escape c, ace, 11 Pe


to

carry

off,

bear, or lead

Pass.,

Lk

I622,

218,20. c. gen.,

Pel*.t

t dTro-<J)0YYOfAai,

LXX
ace,

for

Nn3

etc.;]

to

speak forth, give

utterance: Ac 24.14 26" (MM, s.v.).t *t diro-<|)opTL^o|jiai {<!^(f)opTi^w, to load),


Notes, 134), to *t dTTo-xpTjo-is,
misiise: Col 22^
to

to

discharge a cargo (Field,


213.t

unlade
-eo)s,

c.

t. yd/^ov,

Ac

7)

{<^aTroxpa-ofxai, to usc to the full, abuse), abusc,

(MM,

s.v.).t

dTro-x<op'a>, -, [in

LXX
:

Je 26 (46) ^
:

{y[U), 11

go aroay, depart, withdraw Lk 2020, Tr., mg.).t


diTo-xwpi^w, [in

seq. airo,

Mt

7"3,

Mac 433, i Mac 233* Lk 9^^, Ac 13^3 (absol.,


;]

LXX
:

Ez 432i

(ij^sa)*

;]

to separate, part

asunder

pass.,

Ee
;

6^'^;

reflexively, to separate oneself:

Ac

15^^.t

iv Mac 15^^*;] 1. to breathe out life, expire dTro-|/oxw, [in (Thuc. LXX, I.e.). 2. to leave off breathing, faint (Horn., Od., xxiv, 348) seq. dTrd, Lk 2126.t "Ainrios, -ov, 6, Appius ; 'Attttiov ^opov, Appii Forum (Market of Appius), a town in Italy Ac 28i^.t *t d-irpoa-iTos, -ov (<[ Trpdcrei/Ai, to go to), imapproacliable : ^ws, i Ti
:

**

LXX

6i.t

**+
3^*;]

dTrp(5(TKOTros, -ov

(< Trpoo-KOTrro)),
to

[in

LXX

Si 35 (32)2i,

iii

Mac

1.
i

act., 7iot

causing
2.

into sin,

Co

1032.

stumble: metaph., of not leading others Pass., not stumbling, without offence, blameless

Ac

24i,

Phi

110 (for exx., v.

MM,

s.v.).t
Trpoa-ui-

*t

dirpoaa)TroXi](nrTa)S

TroXr]piTTrrj<;),

cl.), adv. (<[- neg., without respect of persons, impartially : i Pe V^^.i

(Eec.

-At/tttws,

stumbling, sure-footed

III Mac 6^^*;] without Ju24.t aiTTw, [in chiefly for r33 ;] prop., to fasten to ; hence, of fire, Mid., c. gen., to fasten oneself to kindle, light : Lk S^^ 1133 15^, Ac 282. MM, s.v.) Mt 83- 1^ Jo 20^^ al. to, cling to, lay hold of (so in ir. of carnal intercourse, i Co 7^ with reference to levitical and ceremonial prohibitions, 11 Co 6i^, Col 22^ of hostile action, i Jo 5^^ (cf. dv, KaO-,

**

d-irraioTos, -ov (-< Trratw),


:

[in

LXX:
s.v.),

metaph. (MM,

LXX

TVpi- aiTTtai).

Syn.
Lft.,

diyyavia,
ij/.

tj/rjXaffidoi.

lighter term.

is to feel,

d. is the stronger, $., to touch, the as in search of something (Tr., Syn., xvii;

Col, 201

f.).
ri,

'AiT^ia, -a?,

Apphia

Phm 2 (MM,
for n3T
,

s.v.).t

dir-wGe'w, -w, [in


to

LXX

DNQ

etc.
:

;]

to

thrust away.

Mid.,
s.v.),

thrust
727.39

Ac
etc.

away from oneself, refuse, 1346^ Ro 111.2, I Ti 11^+


17

reject

c.

ace. pers.

(MM,
,

dircSXcia, -as,
;]

aTroXXv/xi), [in
loss,

LXX (Cremer, 797) for mK


;

T^i

destruction, waste,

Mt

268,

Mk

144,

Ac

820,

perishing (in tt., of money, v. MM, s.v.) 922^ j Ti 6^, 11 Pe 2^ in special sense of

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


the loss of eternal
life,

57
7^^,

Jo
iii,

1712,

Phi

128 319, II

Th

perdition, the antithesis of a-iOT-qpia: 23, He 1039, 11 Pe 2^ 3^. ^e, Ee 178'

Mt
^^

(DB,

744).t
'Ap, indecl.,

Ee 16^", v.s., 'ApfiayeSwv. apa, illative particle, expressing a more subjective or informal inference than ovv, then : prop, (as in cl.), the second word in the sentence, Eo 7^^ 8\ Ga 3^; iml dpa, 1 Co 7^* (with another word between) 5^^; as the first word, Lk 11*8, Ac ll^^, Eo lO^^, i Co 15^\
so prop, in apodosis after protasis with el, Mt 1228^ He 128 {kv6v dpa), i Co 15^^ often in interrogations, direct and indirect, t/s (ti) apa, Mt IS^ 1925.27 24*^ 4", 1113, Ac 822 Lk 166 825 1242 2223, Ac 1218 d dpa, s.pa, I Co ^i^^p 1515 ; ovK dpa, Ac 21^8 ; ^-qri dpa, II Co 1^'^ ; in strengthened forms,
II

Co

5^^ 7^^,

He

49

Lk

1120,

Ga

221 329

6^\

Mk

Mk

dpa

ye, dpaye,

so then,

Eo

720 1726, Ac 172^, 5^8 72. 25 312 9i' ^s 14^2.


;
;

Mt

and more
i9,

freq. dpa ovv

(Epp. Paul.),
11

Ga

G^o,

Eph 2^9,

Th 56,

Th 21*

(Bl., 77,

s.v.).+ 78, 5 Spa, interrog. particle, implying anxiety or impatience, " quite

MM,

rare
2).

Paul, therefore a literary word" (Bl., 77, Lk 188; ^p^ y^^ ^.c 83*^. 2. {ergone) in apodosis, expecting an affirm, reply, Ga 2^'^ (Bl., I.e. Lft., Ga., in 1. MM, 8.v.).t

and only
1.

in

Luke and

{num

igitur) expecting a neg. reply,

dpd, -Ss,
(as in

rj,

[in

LXX

chiefly for
:

nbn]

1.

a prayer (MM,
+

s.v.).

2.

Homer) a

curse, malediction
:

Eo

3^*

(i-^xx)

'Apap^a, -as, 7^. Arabia dpa^cuc, V.S. dppa/3wv. apaye, V.S. apa.
S,pdye, V.S. dpa.
'Apdfi, indie.

Ga

l^^ 425.t

(Heb. Dn)
(Eec.

Aram: Mt
<^

l^.*,

Lk

S^' (E, txt.,

WH,

*ApveC).f

apa<|)os,

-ov

dppa<po<s,

pdiTTOi,

to

sew) without seam

Jo

1923.t
"Apatl*, -aySos, o,

dpye'w,

-Qy

Si 3036 (3327), II MGr. dpyd, late :

Mac
513,
:

an Arabian: Ac

2ii.t
II

d/Dyo's), [in

LXX
to
11

Es

42*,

Ec

12^ (bian)
. .
.

Es

23o,
(cf.

52^*;]
s.v.)
:

be idle; to Kpt>a
23.t

d.,

lingers

MM,

Pe

dpyos, -ov (in late Gk., incl.

NT,

-7,

-ov;

<^d-

neg., epyov), [in

LXX:
Mt
203'

III
6,

Ki
I

67 (yoD?),

Ti

Tit

Wi 14^ 15^5, Si S7^^ 3828*;] inactive, idle: 1^2, n Pe is, Metaph., of things, inactive, inMt
1236
-ov?,
;

effective,

worthless
(v.

p^p.a,

Trto-rts,

Ja

229 (v.

Cremer, 259
[in

f.).t

Syn.:

/3pa8v?,

slow; vw^po?, sluggish


S.V.),
-a,

(Tr., Syn., civ).

dpyupcos

MM,
192*

jripS;] of silver:

Ac

(WH,

br.), 11

Ti

-ovv (<^ dpyvpo?), 22o, Ee 92o.t

LXX

for

dpyu'pioK, -ov, TO (<; dpyvpos), [in

LXX
Co

for p]p3

(Ge

132, al.), exe.


;

La
(a)

41

(D)n3)

;]

prop.,
S*
7^6

a piece of
19^9
2033,
i

silver (Lft., Notes, 191)


3^2,
i

in

NT,

silver:

Ac

Pe

l^S;

(&)

money:

58

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

Mt25i8'27^

Mk

Mt
Ac
Je

2615 273.
19i9.t

5, 6.

93 1915.23 225, Ac 820 ; 1411, 2812. 15, where the value is 9


fivpidSes
irevre

Lk

(c)

silver coin: pi.,

that of a

shekel or

tetradrachm ; apyvpiov

(prob.

drachmas;

MM,
:

s.v.),

t dpYopoK^TTos, -ov, 6 (<[ apyvpo<;, kotttw, to heat), [in

LXX
;]

Jg

17*,

62 (f]li2)*;]

a silversmith: Ac I92* (Plut.;

tt.,

v.

MM,
5^,

s.v.).t

apyupos, -ov, o

upyo9, shining), [in


s.v.)
:

LXX for p|D3


Ac
6,

silver (on its

relation to apy{,piov, v.
"Apcios

MM,

Mt

10^,

1729,

Ja

Re

18i2.t

Areopagus; Athens: Ac
Areopagus
(tTI)
:

also, the 17i9.22.t

ndyos (T, "Apios 11.), -ov, Court of Areopa

us,

Hill of Ares or Mars, the highest tribunal of

'ApcoirayiTTjs (T, -etri/s), -ov, 6 (v. supr.),

a judge of

the

Court of
:

Ac

173*.t
r]

dpECTKia (Rec. -ta), -as,

(<^ apeaKa)), [in


:

LXX

(-eta)

Pr

31"*"

;]

pleasing, desire to please

Col

l^**.

In Gk. writers

(Arist.,

bad sense, but in tt., Inscr., and in Philo, as above (v. Deiss., BS, 224 MM, s.v. Cremer, 642).t dp^CTKw, [in LXX chiefly for SiM ;] 1. to please (Horn., Hdt., al.)
Polyb.),

most

freq. in

c. dat.

pers.,
II

Mt

14^,

Mk

Gal

110,

Ti 2*;

seq.

Rq 8^ 152, evwTriov (= Heb.


622,
;

tj^ ^'^ 4^,

Co

732.33,3*^
7),

'jrs, Bl.,

37, 1; 40,

Ac

65.

2.

In

ICC,

I Co., 11.

late Gk., esp. in Inscr., to render service to (v. M, TJi., Cremer, 640 f.) Ro 15i'3, i Co lO^^, i Th 2\f

c;
-t;,

apeaKw), [in for ICT etc. ;] pleasing, dpeoTos, and later writers v. Cremer, 641 f. agreeable (Hdt., Xen., seq. iyw-n-iov, c. gen. (Bl., 37, 1 c. dat. pers., Jo 82^, Ac 12^ 40, s.v.)
-ov
,

LXX
;

MM,
;

7),

Jo

322; ip^^rov

icTTtv, c.

'Ape'ras
II

(WH,

'Ap.

acc. et inf (Bl, 69, 5; 72, 5), Ac 62.t Intr., 313), -a, 6, Aretas, an Arabian king:
f.,

thinks the proper spelling 'Ap^das was changed, as Schiirer suggests, " by desire to Hellenise a barbaric

Co

1132 (Deiss.,

BS, 183

name by

assimilation to dpTT;").t
r),

dpexT], -^s,

[in

LXX,
Es

in sing.
14i,

Hb

33,

Za

6i3

("tin)

in pi.

Is 42'i2 4321 637 (n^nri),

Wi

41 5i3 8^, ii-iv

Mac 22*;]

prop.,

whatever procures pre-eminent estimation for a person or thing, in Hom. any kind of conspicuous advantage. Later confined by philos. writers to intrinsic eminence moral goodness, virtue ; (a) of God Phi 4^, 11 Pe 15 pi. (Is, Es, 11. c), excellencies II Pe 13 ih) of men I Pe 2^ (the usage appears to be a survival of an early comprehensive sense in which the original idea is blended with the impression which Deiss., v. Hort, / Pe., 129. it makes on others, i.e. praise, renown BS, 95 f., thinks it means manifestations of divine power, as in current Gk. speech cf also MM, s.v.)t v. MM, dpi^f, dpvos, 6 (nom. not in use, exc. in early times 103.t etc. ;] a lamb : Lk s.v.), [in LXX for xnp 12^33
; :

dpiOfAe'w,

-w,

[in

LXX
s.v.)

for
:

IDD

pi.,

IpD
12^,

pi.,

etc.;]

to

number

(esp. for

payment,

MM,

Mt

103o,

Lk

Re 7Kf

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


dpiO|ui()$, -or,

59

o,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

Lk

223,

Jo

610,

Ac

4^ 5^6 6' ll^i IB^,


tt.,
rf,

1B5P Eo 92", Ee

;]

number, a number
IS^^-is 152

9i b^^ 7*

20^ (for exx. of mystical use in


'ApifiaSeia
(D-jnp-l)
;]

v.

MM,
15,

s.v.).t
:

(WH,
:

'Ap.),

-as,

[in

LXX
Lk
i-*

'Apfj.a$difi, I

Ki

1^, al.

Arimathcsa

Mt

27",

Mk

2S^\ Jo

IQ^s.t

"Apios, V.S. "Apcios.

Ac

'Api'crrapxos, -ov, 6 (<^ apioTos, apxo*" 2*.+ 1929 20* 272, Col 410,
dpi<rr<a),

best-ruling) Aristarchus
,

-w

Phm

^pio-rov), [in

LXX

Ge

4325 (Qo^ b^s),

Ki

I42*

(lyo). To 21*;] 1. prop., to breakfast: Jo21i2.i5. 2. In late Gk., to take a meal, dine : Lk ll^'^.t

(anb),

III

Ki 137

dpi(rrcp6s, -a,
II

-oV,

[in

LXX
6^
;

for bxDij?

;]

left,

on

the
left

left

oirka,
s.v.)

Co

6^

d.

(sc.

Mk

x"p),
-ov,
:

Mt
6

ii dpto-repwv,
^ovXrj,

on

^/le

(MM,

1037,

Lk

2333.t

'ApioT^PouXos,

(<^ apLo-Tos,
161".
:

i.e.

best-counselling),

Aristobulus, a Christian
apiCTTOK, -ou, TO, [in

Ko

LXX
=
;

in Ki

31 (DH^),

To
;]

2i'

*,

al.

;]

1.

prop.,

breakfast.

2.

In late Gk.
-rj,

**t
I

dpKCTiSs,

-ov

cl. SerTrvov,

dinner
:

Mt

22*,

Lk

ll^s 14i2.t
:

dp<eo>), [in

Aq.

De

252 *

sufficient

Mt

G^*

(on the neut., v. BL, 31, 2)

seq. tva (M, Pr., 210),

Mt 10-^ Mt
Ti

c. inf.,

Pe
to

43 (for exx., v. Deiss.,


dpKc'w, -w, [in

BS, 257;
,

MM,
;]

8.v.).t
to keej) off ;
c. dat., to assist.

LXX for |in


Jo

etc.
11

1.

2.

suffice:
8.V.).
III

c.

dat. pers,,

6'',
:

Co

12^; impers.,

25^,
6^,

Jo 14^
13^

(MM,
seq.

Pass., to be satisfied

c.

dat. rei,

Lk

31*, i

He

7rt,

Jo

lo.t

for ni ;] -ov, 6, rj, a bear : Ee I32. dpKos (Eec. (cl.) apKTos), [in (This form is also found in late Inscr. MM, s.v.)+ for SDT;] a chariot: apfia, -Tos, TO (<[ dpapib-KO), to join), [in
;

LXX

LXX

Ac

828. 29, 38^

Re

99.t

'App.aycSwi'

(WH,
:

"Ap MaycSwv
II

Eec. 'Ap/xaycSSwv, prop.

= in

1130), cf.

LXX,
(-<

MaycSwi/,

Ch

3522,

MaycSw, Jg
1.,
,

127;

Har-Magedon
8.v.).t
2.

(AV, Armageddon)
dpfiol^w

Ee

16i^ (v. Swete, in

but also Thayer,


;]

dp/uo's), [in

LXX for
(a) to

]DX

etc.

1.

to fit, join.

of

marriage,
(b) to give

to betroth.

Mid.,
:

join

to oneself,

But

V.

M,

in marriage Pr., 160;

11

Co
:

II2 (for this

marry, take to wife; there is no direct parallel.


10^ *;] a joining, joint

MM,

s.v.).t

**

He

dpp.6s, -ov, 6, [in 4i2.t


dpi/as, V.S. api^v.

LXX

Si 272, iv

Mac

'Apvei (Eec. 'Apa/x), 6, indecl.,


dpi/op.ai, -ovfjiat,

Arnei:
:

depon., [in
.j

LXX
g^y

Lk 333. Ge ISi^ (ts^ns pi.), Wi


^^^
^^
^^.^^-^
.

1227 1516

17^0^ IV

Mac 87

1015 *
I

Lk 8
c.

seq. oTi,
to

Jo

i 222

i^ g^^^y^
;

^^^^

absol.,

Mt 2670,

c. inf.,

He

ace. pers.,

deny,

refuse

to

2. In late Gk. (MM, s.v.), acknowledge, disown : Ac 3^* 73*

112*.

60

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Mt
lO^^,

'Ir^croOr,

Ti

2^2, i

Jo

222,

Ju

iavrov,

Lk

923, II

T- 213 (^prove
i

3. C. ace. rei (in cl. to refiise), to deny, abjure: false to). 212, II Ti 35 (cf 6.Trapvioti.ai). Tit
i.pv'\.ov,

Ti

5^,

-ov,

TO (dimin. of dpi/v

v.

MM,

s.v.),

[in

LXX
a

Ps 113
lamb,

(114)4-6

(pi.,

]Ny ^35), Je 1119 (12^55)^ 27 (50)^^ (Tjr^)*;]


21^^,

little

a lamb
(lljr)
;]

Jo

Re 27.+
5poTpov),
of ap6ui, to
[in

tdpoTpidco, -w

LXX: De

later

form

apoTpoK, -ov, TO

plough (MM,

22io, al. (izrin), Is V^^ s.v.) 17^ i Co 9^0.+


:

Lk

dpoo), to

plough), [in

LXX

chiefly for TIK;]

plough
etc.

Lk

g^^.t
r]

dpirayq, -^5,
;]

(<^ ctpTra^w), [in


:

LXX
1.

(as also apirayfia) for 773

pillage, plundering, robbery


ov,

Mt
;

232^,

Lk

11^9,

He

lO^^.t

prop., acc. to the rule of its dpir-ayfios, formation (Bl., 27, 2), actively, the act of seizing, robbery (Plut., de (Waterland, Works, II, 108 Cremer, Puer. Educ, p. 12a), Phi 2, s.v.). 649 f. Meyer, in 1. cf. also JThS, July, 1909, April, 1911
6
(<[ dpTra^to)

*t

AV

MM,

2.

Passively

=
;

dp;rayyu,a

(Ez

2225, Qf

a,

lion's prey,

VQ^), a thing seized,

hence, a prize : Phi, I.e., EV (Lft., Ellic, ICC, in 1,; Donaldson, NCrat., 450 ff. and esp. Gilford, The Incarnation, 59-71, and reff. in DB, The lexical data favour the active meaning, but as they ii, 835 b). also admit the possibility of the alternative, most modern expositors have accepted the latter as seeming to suit the logic of the passage The lexical difficulty, however, remains (MM, s.v., esp. the better. As to the usage of St. Paul, he seems inclined to adopt the last ref.). i Co -/Aa form where it is appropriate (e.g. Eo 11^, where cf. 139, II Co 1^), and there is certainly a presumption in favour of the active meaning here from the fact that he does not use the Suggestions looking to a fresh exegesis are given in JThS, apirayp.a.

LXX

LXX

11.

c.t
dpirdj^w, [in

LXX
:

away, carry off by force


T. deov,
II

chiefly for ^73 5)113 ;] to seize, catch up, snatch 28, 29 c. acc. rei, Mt 122^ 13^9, Jo 1012^_ j^aa-ikiCav
,

Mt
.

1112
^i^^

c.

acc. pers.,

Jo
;

Co

122

ib. 12", I

Th

41T

Ac 8^9 23io, Ju23 pass., seq. Icus, Trpo's, Ee 12^^ (cf 81-, aw-apiral^w, and
61^,
;
.

V.

MM,

s.v.).t

-ayo9, 6, ^ rapacious : Mt 71^, Lk IBn s.v.), iCo5i'ii6i*.t


dpTral,

dpTrdCo;),

[in

LXX: Ge
an
6,

492^

(pilta)

;]

as subst., a swindler,

extortioner

(MM,
is,

dppapci^ (T, dpa/?(7i2"T.y)

II

Co,

11.

c), -wvos,
in

[in

LXX

Ge

381^.

20

;]

an earnest, part payment

advance

for security, a first in-

stalment II Co 122 55^ gph 114. ^The word is found in cl. and was It is prob. brought to Greece by the Phoenicians (AE, Eph., I.e.). In MGr. found in tt. with both spellings (v. Milligan, NTD, 73).
:

appa(3u)va is

an engagement ring

v.

MM,

s.v.)+

dppa<()OS, V.S. dpac^os,


dppT]!', V.S. apa-rjv.

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


**
II

61

appT)Tos, -ov
al.).

a- neg.,

pr^ros, pew), [in

Sm. Le
:

1823 *

;]
;

1.

unspoken
s.v.)

(Horn.,

2. U7ispeakable

(Hdt., al.;

freq. in Inscr.

MM,
Co

Co

12*.t
appw(rro9, -ov (< d- neg., pwwv/jLL), [in

LXX

iii

Ki 14*A,
j_

Ma

1*

(nbn), Si 735*;] feeble, sickly:

*t

dpo-et-oKotTT]?, -ov, 6

ap(rt\v {apprjv, T, in (old Attic for app-qv, V. supr,

Eo

Mt U^\ Mk

G^.i^ letis]^

ll^o.t

apa-qv, KoiTrj), a sodomite : I Co 6^, I Ti 1^''.+ 1^^ ; Rec. in Re 12^' ^^), -evo?, 6, 17, apa-ev, to
;

both forms are found in


:

tt.

MM,
1^\

s.v.),

[in

LXX chiefly for -|37


'ApTcfias, -a, 6,
"ApTCfiis, -tSo?,

;]

male

Mt

19*,

Mk

10^ Lk

2^3,

Ro

Ga

S^s,

Rel25.i3.t

Artemas
17,

Tit 3^^^ Artemis, an Asiatic goddess, to be disting.


:
:

from

the Gk. goddess of the same name Ac 1924127,28,34, 35 f *t dpTc'fAw*', -tovos (Rec. -ovos), 6 (<^ttpTaw, to fasten to), a fore-sail or top-sail: Ac 27*o (v. i)jB, ea;i., 366b, 399a. MM, s.v.).t
fipri,

adv., [in

LXX Da LXX 922 W^ (nnr),


:

al.

;]

adv., of coinci-

just, just
1333,
I
I

dence, denoting strictly present time, as contrasted w^ith past or future, now, this moment : Mt 31* 9^^ 26^\ Jo 13^, Ga 420, i Th 3 (v. Lft., Notes, 44; Milligan, in 1.), Re 12i; opp. to past time, Jo 9^^'^^

Pe Co

19. 10 Th 2^, I Co 16^ to future, Jo 133" 1512, 31^ j Co 13^2, 1>8; SixP^ T^s a. (Upas, I Co 4^^ 11^2, Jo 2^^ S^^ 162*, a., Mt 413 87 15 I Jo 29; Aw 3.., v.s. dTraprt (v. Rutherford, NPhr., 70 f;

Ga

Im

MM,

s.v.).t
;

Syn. : vvv, now, " the objective, immediate present rjhiq, now, already, " the subjective present, w^ith a suggested reference to some other time or to some expectation ". (Thayer, 75.) *t dpTi-YVt'T]Tos, -ov (<^ dprt, yevvdo)), new-born : i Pe 22 (Luc.).+
*apTios,
-a, -ov, fitted,
6,

complete

11

Ti 3^"

(MM,

s.v.).t

apTos, -ov,

[in

LXX
6^^

chiefly for DH^;] bread,

a loaf:

Mt

43*,

Mk

320, al.;

dproi t. Trpo^eVews,

shewbread.

Metaph., 6

a. t. Oeov,

bread of the setting forth, i.e. the 35 t. ^wiJs, ref to Christ, Jo 633.
.

in general, food:
8.V.),

Mt
:

al.;

d.

^ayetv (Heb. DT]^ bDii),

to eat

(MM,

Lu

14^, al.

** dpTow, [in Sm, Ca 82 * ;] 1. to arrange, make ready (Hom.). 2. Of food (as in comic writers), to season (MM, s.v.) Mk 9'**, Lk 143*, Qq\ ^.ef
:

'Ap<j)a|d8, 6

(Heb. "mr^SIN), Arphaxad

Lk

33.t

*t dpx-dyyeXos, -ov, 6 (-<[ dp;^i-, dyycXos), archangel, a chief angel: Th 4i, Ju9 (Cremer, 24; MM, s.v.).t
dpxaios, -ata, -alov

oLpxy), [in

LXX

chiefly for Dlj?


21i6,
11

;]

original,
2^,

ancient: Mt 521.33, Re 129 202.t

Lk

9^>^^,

Ac

15^.21

Co

5^7,

n Pe

Syn.

TraXatd?, old,
d.

contained in

The
:

distinction
TraX.

antithesis to Kaivos

without the reference to beginning and origin is observed in tt. (MM, s.v.). d. is the to vcos (v. Westc, He., 223 Cremer, 116).
;

62

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


'Apxe'Xaos, -ov,
6,

Archelaus, son of
:

Herod
,

the Great,
etc.
1.

King

of

Judaea, Samaria

and Idumaea
[iJ^

Mt

2^^.t
,

dpx^,

-rjs, r),

LXX for Dl(7.

CTNl

IT'tZ^KI

;]

beginning,

origin; (a) absol., of the beginning of all things: of God as the Eternal, the First Cause, Ee 216 (gf. l^) similarly, of Christ, Ee 22^3; of Christ as the uncreated principle, the active cause of creation, Ee 3^*; in his relation to the Church, Col 1^^; iv d., Jo l^'^; dir' d. (and 10^ IS^^, Jo 8**, ii Th 2l^ ii Pe 3*, Air d. KTio-(os), Mt 194'8 24^1,
;

Mk

Jo
;

11 213.

1*

38

Kar dpxas,
.

He
Jo

li
;

(6)
t.

relatively

Mt
51-

248,

Mk

139

^, o-r?/itW,

211

wroo-rdo-cws,

He 7^ He 31*

d. <L8{vwv,
T.

A.oyiW,

6 T. apxq'i

T.

Xpia-Tov Xoyos, the account of the beginning,


;

the

elementary vievs^ of Christ, He 6^ apxw Aa/xySdveiv, to begin, He 2^ i^ d., Jo 6"* 164; ^^' ^.^ Lk 12, Jo 1527, I Jo 27.24 311^ II Jo 5, 6. i^ s.., Ac 1115 26*, Phi 415 Trjv apxrjv, adverbially, at all (Hdt., al. v. MM, s.v.) Jo 825. 2. an extremity, a corner : Ac 10^ 11^. 3. sovereignty, Lk 12^ 202o, Eo m, i Co I52*, principality, rule (cf. DB, i, 616 f.) 210' 15, Tit 31, Ju (Cremer, 113).t Eph 121 310 612, Col 11"
; ;
: :

dpxiiYos, -ov, [in

LXX for IS'Sl


;

K^'CJZ

etc.

;]

beginning, originat;

ing

more
;

freq., as subst.
v. V.

1.

founder, author (Lat. auctor

so some-

times in
(E, txt.

TT.,

MM,

s.v.

Milligan,
1.,

NTD,
:

75)

Ac

3i5 (E, mg.).


2. prince,

He 2i
2io (cf.

but
v.

in

MGr.,

Westc, Kennedy,
oipx"}),

in

and Page, Ac,


153)

I.e.).

leader (so

So^crces,

Ac

31^ (E, txt.) S^i,

He

E, mg.) 122 (Cremer, 117).t


apxifreq. in Alex,

and
226

insep. prefix, denoting high office


-ov

and

dignity,

Byzant. Gk. (MM,


-rj,

*t dpx-iepariKos,
8.v).+

s.v.).

dpxiepti^'s),

high-priestly

Ac
'3

4*'

(MM,
highchief

dpx-icpcu's, -e'ws, 6, [in

LXX for ]n3


of Christ
:

bnan

"3

main
2.

;]

1.

priest

Mk
:

14*7, al.

He

21^ 31, al.

In
;

pi.,

priests,

and members of high-priestly families Mt 2\ Mk 8^1, al. (Cremer, 294 DCG, i, 297 f. MM, s.v.). iv Ki 3**;] found on an Egyptian **tdpxi-n-oifjiT]>', -evo5, 6, [in Sm. mummy label (Deiss., LAE, 97 ff. cf. MM, s.v.) used by modern Greeks of tribal chiefs chief shepherd of Christ, i Pe 5*.t
including
ex-high-priests
;
:

"ApxiTTTTos, -ov, 6,

Archippus
6

Col

41^,

Phm 2.t
ruler of a synagogue, an
(nD.33n
IZTN*!)
:

*t apxiffumywYoSj

-ov,

(<^ crwaycoyi;),

administrative

officer,

supervising the worship

Mk

522,35,36,38^ L]j Qio 1314^

Ac

131^ IS^'

1^

(Inscr., v.

MM,

s.v.; cf. also

DB,
II

ext.,

101).t
-ovo<:,

dpxt-TKTwv,

TeKTwv), [in
:

LXX
i

Is 3^ (mnn), Si 3827,
31" (in
tt.

Mac

2^^ *

;]

a master-builder, architect
s.v.).t

Co

of building

contractors,

MM,

*t dpxi-TeXwfTis, -ov, 6, a chief tax-collector, chief publican : Lk 192.t *t dpxt-TpiKXii'os, -ov, 6 (<^ Tpt-<cXii'os or -ov, a room with three couches) the superintendent of a banquet, whose duty it was to arrange tha tables and food {DB, ii, 253) Jo 2^. ^.t
:

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


apxw, [in

63

LXX for bbu


:

bCHS

etc.

;]

1.

to begin.

2.

to

rule (v.
;

DCG, ii, 538 b.) Mt 1621 208, Lk


inf.,

an Aramaic Dalman, Words, 27


apxwj',
itZT
,

lO''^, Eo IS^^. Mid., to begin : seq. a-n-o, gen., 14^8 235 2427, i\ Jo 8\ Ac 122 8^5 lO^^, i Pe 4^7 c. 1** 223 517^ j^^ 38^ ^1. (v. M, Pr., 14 f pleonasm, .

c.

Mk

Mk

MM,

s.v.).

-ovros, 6 (pres. ptcp. of apx'), [in

LXX

for Ni273

.,

BTX*!

etc.

;]

a ruler, chief : Jesus,


;

Ee

1*

rulers of nations,
;

Mt

202^,

Ac

magistrates, Ac 23^, Eo 13^ judges, Lk 12^8, Ac 72^' 35 1619 members of the Sanhedrin, Lk 14^ 23i3. 35 2420, Jo 3^ 726. ^^ 12*2, Ac 317 45' 8 132" 145 rulers of synagogues, Mt 9^^' 23, Lk 8*1 I8I8 oi of the devil a. twv Saifioviwv, Mt 93* 122*, d. T. aiwvos TcvTov, I Co 2^> 8 322, Lk 1115 6 Sl. toC K6cTfjiov, Jo 123i 143 I611 5. t. c^oWas t. depos, Eph 22 (MM, 8.V.; DB, iii, 838; Ext., 99 f; DCG, ii, 419;
42 735
;

Mk

DCB,
Jo

s.v.

Archon).t

apwfia, -Tos, TO, [in

LXX

for Digrs

;]

spice

Mk

I6I,

Lk

235 24i,

19*.t
'A<T(i,

v.S. Acrdcf).

aaaivb), V.S. o-atVo).


d-(T(i\60Tos,

-ov

(TaXivw),

[ixi

LXX
27*i
;

Ex

13i,

De

68

lli*

(niBMlM)*

;]

unmoved, immovable: Ac

metaph.,

He

1228.t

'Ao-d^, o, indecl.

(Heb. P)DN), Asajyh, an obvious error for 'Aad,

found in the best

texts,

and adopted by LTTr. and

WH,
,

E, mg.

Mt

l^' 8.t

a-apeoTos, -ov
(oLKavo-Tov,

<o-y3Wv/it), [in

LXX

for

nD3 sb
:

Jb 202^ ^3
312,

B)* ;] unquenched, unquenchable


-as,
17

irvp,

Mt

Mk

9**,

Lk

3i7.t

da^Pcia,
godliness,

1 do-y8i?s),
Eo
lis

[in

LXX
Ti

for

VW^

JTBT), etc.;]

un-

impiety:
i^
;

1126,

2i,

Tit 2i2;
s.v.).t

Ipya

do-f/Jcia?,

ungodly deeds, Ju or fiee^^s, Jui8 (DB,


do-ePe'u,

cTri^v/xtai t.

da-ffttiwv, desires

for ungodly things

[in for JTCTQ nzyi ;] to 6e ungodly, cogn. ace. (MM, s.v.), Jui^.t chiefly for JTt&l ;] wwdacPiis, -s (o-cySo), to rewrence), [in 4^ 5^ i Ti 1^, i Pe 418, 11 Pe 25. 3^, Ju''' i5.t godly, impious : Eo ** daeXyeia, -as, 17 do-cXyT/s, licentious ; V. MM, 8.V.), [in

-w

act profanely

11

Pe

iv,

532; Cremer, 523;

MM,
,

do-cySj^s),

LXX

2*';

c.

LXX

Wi
Eo

142",

III

Mac
1221,

(<C 226*;] licentiousness, wantonness, excess:

LXX

Mk
;

722,

1313, II

Co
:

Ga

51^ (Lft., in

1.),

Eph

41^,

Pe

43, 11

Pe

22.7,i8^

Ju*.t

Syn.
iii,

do-toTta,

profligacy, prodigality (v. Tr., Syn., xvi

DB,
42ii,

46).
a<7T],ios,

-ov

(< o-^/Aa,
s.v.).

a mark),

[in

LXX

Ge

30*2

(CjtDjr),

Jb

BS,

(in ir. of an uncircumcised boy: Deiss., Metaph. (MM, s.v.), unknown, obscure: 153; litotes, ovK d. (Eur., al.), ttoAis, Ac 2139.t *A<Tiip, 6, indecl. (Heb. -|;n), Asher : Lk 236, j^e 76.t
III

Mac P*;]

witJiout

mark

MM,

64

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


&cr6ivei.a,

-a?,
:

17

{<C, aaOiv-qs)

[in

LXX

frailty, sickness

Lk

13"'

i'-^,

Jo ll^ Ac
;

28^,

Ga
pi.,

413

(MM, 9.V.), He 5^ 7^8 IP* iv d., Jo Mt 817, Lk 51s 82, II Co 125. 9, 10^ i Ti 523, He SVN. fxaXaKia, voaos (v. DB, iii, 323^).
:

for bt273 etc.;] weakness, Eo G^^ 8^6^ 11 Co Ipo 13*, 5^, i Co 2^ 15*3, Co 12^;
,

d^^.t

daGece'w,

-tu (<:^ a(rdevrj<;),

feeble

Ac

same implied, Eo I42.21, i Co 8ii'i2^ 11 Co ll^^; eU, 527), Eo II Co 133. Specif., of bodily debility, to be sick : Mt 2536- 39, Lk 4*o, 4*<5 53. 7, 13 111-3. 6^ Ac 937, Phi 22". 27, Ti 42, Ja 514 ; ol do-^cvowres, Jo 6*6, Lk 92, Ac 19i2.t i/ie sick : Mt 10^ (MM, s.v.j,
;

20^5, 419 141

Ro

83,

11

Co

[in chiefly for bu^3 ;] to &e weak, II21 12i 13*- c. dat., Trto-ret (Cremer,
;

LXX

Mk

*dCT0eVT]fia, -ros, to
a(TQevris, -S

(<^ aa-Oevy?),

an

infirmity

(MM,

s.v.)

Eo
,

15i.t
etc.
;]

" neg., cr^e'vos, strength), [in


:

LXX

for

""^y

m"^/io?ti strength,
I

weak, feeble

Co

12^

4}<>

W^\ u Co

lO^o,

Ga

49,

Ehetorically, t6 d. t. Oeoi, God's action of apparent weakness i Co 12*^ of bodily debility, sick, sickly : Mt 253^ (Eec.) *3,44^ Lk 92 (Eec.) 10^ Ac 4 515- 1. In moral and spiritual
51*,
718, 1

Th

He

Pe

3^.

sense

(MM,

s.v.

Cremer, 526),

Mt

26*S

Mk
:

1438,

Rq

50^

Qq

q7,

9,

10

922 113o.t

'Aaia, -as,

>;,

^sm, the Eoman province

(M, Pr., 73), ib.27 20*'i>i8 2127 24i8 272, II Ti 115, I Pe 1\ Ee l*.t
^AiTiavos,
-7],

Ac 2^6^ 16^ 191,10,22,28 Eo IG^, i Co IG^^, 11 Co l^,


as subst., 6
(01)

-6v,

Asia7i, of Asia, Asiatic;

'A.:

Ac

20*.t

*t 'Ao-idpxris, -ov, 6, an Asiarch, one of ten officers elected by the various cities in the province of Asia whose duty it was to celebrate Ac 193i (Strab., at their own charges the public games and festivals
:

Inscr.

DB,

s.v.).t
-as,
rj

*d dCTiTia,

{<^a(TLTOi), fasting, abstinence

from food
(cf.

Ac

2721.

ut infr.) Syn. : *aaiTos, -ov (<^ d- neg., ctlto';) fasting withoiit eating
vr](TT(La
, ,

(MM,

MM,

s.v.)

Ac

2733.t
**do-Kecj, -w, [in

LXX:

11

Mac
3.

15**;]
to

practise, exercise

(Hdt., Xen.).
[in

1. to adorn (poet.). endeavour (Xen., al.) c.


:

2. to
inf.,

Ac

24i.t daKos,
-ov, 6,

LXX for riri

1N3

^33

;]

a leather

bottle, tuine-

skin
III

: Mt 9^^ Mk 222, Lk 53^. 38,t ** da^eVws, adv. 11 Mac 4^2 1033, riSofiai, to be glad), [in Mac 315 521*;] gladly : Ac 2V^A a-ao4)os, -ov, [in LXX: Pr 9^x2 A*;] unwise, foolish : Eph 5^\f

LXX

dcnrdtofjiai,
I

depon., [in
to

LXX Ex 18^ Jg 18^5 (Dibizrb


:

bsp), Es
5*'^,

52,

Mac

729, al.
,

;]

welcome, greet, salute

c.
i

ace. pers.,

Mt

Mk

9^^, 526,

Ac 21' al. iPe5i*; T.

id. seq. iv <f>i\-Q,jLaTt,

Eo

16i,

iKKXrjcrlav

(Deiss.,

BS,

257),

Co I620, n Co 13^2, i Th Ac 1822; ^s term. tech.

for

conveying greetings at the end of a letter (MM, s.v.), used by an amanuensis (Milligan, NTD, 23), Eo I622 (on the aoristic pres., here

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


and elsewhere,
lxvoL
d;r-acr7ra^o/Liai) . t

65

v.

M,

Pr., 119

Bl., 56, 4)
;

Ka-r^vrqa-av

dairaa-d-

(on this constr., v. Bl., 58, 4


doTTacTfios, -ov, 6

M,

Pr., 132, 238),

Ac

251^

(cf.

*
1621,

(<; do-Trd^o/iat)

a salutation (so always in EV),


129,4i,44 ii43 20*; written,
i

greeting: oral,

Col 4^8, II **t a-oTTiXos, -ov spotless, unstained


exx., V.

Mt Th

23",
3i7.t

Mk
1^^

12^8,

Lk

Co

Pe
:

d- neg., o-TTiXos), [in


;

Sm.: Jb 15^^ metaph., 1 Ti 6^*, Ja

(LXX,
1'^^,

Kadapos)* ;]

ii

Pe

S^^^

(for

MM,
:

s.v.).t
dfjiiavTos, d/Mo>/tos.
rj,

SV-N.

d<nris, -i8os,

[in

LXX for ]31Q

etc.

;]

an asp
:

Eo

S^^.t

*aaTroi'8os, -ov (<[ o-TrovSiy, a libation); 1. without truce (Thuc). admitting of no truce, imjdacable (Dem., al.) ii Ti 3^.t *f dcradpiov, -ov, to (dim. of Lat. as), an assarion, a farthing, onetenth of a drachma Mt lO^^, Lk 12'' (MM, s.v. DB, iii, 428 DCG,
2.
:

200).t * daaov (Eec, after Vg., "Ao-o-ov), adv. (compar. of dy;^t, near), nearer : Ac 27^^ (EV, close in shore; v. Bl., 11, 3; 44, 3; poets. Ion. and late prose). "Ao-o-os, -ov (also 'Ao-o-o'?, -ov), rj, Assos, a city on the E. coast of
ii,

Asia Minor: Ac 20^3,14 (y g ^a-(Tov)A **+ doTareoj, -w (-^ dcrTaros, unstable),


yos) *
;]

to be unsettled, be
:

[in Aq. Is homeless, lead a vagabond


:

58'' life

(LXX,

da-re-

(Cremer, 738

MM,
d.

s.v.)

Co

4ii.t

dcrrelos, -ov

dtrrv,

city), [in

LXX Ex
:

22 (nita),

Nu

2232 (^^^
1.

tST),

Jg
2.

31'

(Xnn), Jth

1123,

Da LXX,

Su^,

ii

Mac

623*;]

of the

town.

clothing,

MM,

(Like Lat. urbanus), (a) courteous, (b) elegant (in tt., of s.v.), comely, fair (as in Ex, l.c). He 1123, Ac 72o.t
6, [in

danip, ->os,
2429,

LXX

chiefly for

nSiS

;]

a star

Mt

22.

7, 9,

lo

1325, I Co 1541, Re qis 8i. 11.12 91 121,4; metaph., 6 d. 6 ^ TrXavrjrai, Ju 13 ; a. iirrd, symbolizing the angels TrpwiVds, Ee 22s 221*' ii, 674 f . of the seven churches, Ee li. 20 21 31 (cf darpov, and v.
. .

Mk

DCG,

MM,
*t

s.v.).t
d-(TTT)piKTos, -OV {<:^(TTr]pLi^(i)),

uustabU, unsettUd : 11 Pe 2i* 31^. *do-TopYos, -ov {<C(TTopyr), family affection, love of kindred, v.s. 13i, 11 Ti 3^ (MM, s.v.).+ dyd-Trri), ivithout natural affection : Eo **tdaToxw, -w (o-Toxos, a mark), [in LXX: Si 71^ 8^*;] to miss the mark, fail: c. gen., i Ti 1* (so in tt., MM, s.v.); seq, -n-epL, 1 Ti 621, II Ti 2i8.t for pia ;] lightning: Mt 242^283, Lk dcrrpaTTi^, -^s, V, [in

LXX

1018 172*;

pi.,

Ee

4* 8^

1119 1618;

of

a lamp, shining brightness,


flash forth
(a)
:

Lk

Ips.t'
dorpdTTTw, [in

LXX for pia;] LXX


5

to lighten,

Lk

172" 24*
pi. (as

(MM,

s.v.).t
d<rrpo', -ov, to, [in

chiefly for

apiS

;]

mostly in

66
in
cl.),

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


the stars:

Lk

2p5, Ac
:

2720,

He

ll^^; (b) in sing. (Xen.,

al.),

only of some noted star


aa-T-^p,

the symbol or image of a star,

Ac

7*^ (of.

and

V.

MM,

s.v.).t

'AauyKpiTOS, V.S. 'Acrui/zcpiTov.

**

d-ai5^(t.wKos, -ov, [in


;

LXX Wi 181", Da, LXX, Bel 1**


:

;]

dissonant,

discordant

metaph., at variance
-ov [in

irpb^ aXX-^Xov<;,

Ac

28^5.
(bS3),

d-<ruVTos,
(b''p5),

LXX: De
1.),

32^1 (bns),

Jb I32

Ps 91

(92)

Ps

75(76)'',

Wig, Sig*;]
s.v.).t

tvithout understanding or discernment:

Mt

I516,

Mk
3"'

718 (Swete, in
v.

Ro

l^L

3i

1019 (for

an

ex. of its

use in the
8.V.),

moral sense,

MM,
^^
:

d-auc-GeTOS, -ov

LXX

cruvri^yu,ai
;]

V.

M,

Pr.,

222;

MM,
16^*.+
etc.;]
5^.

[in

Je

^' ^'^

(133)*

false to

engagements, not keeping covenant, Asyncritus


:

faithless

(MM,

s.v.)

Eo

l^i.t
-ov, 6,

'Ao-u'cKpiTos

(Eec. 'Aa-vyKp.),
17

dCT<|)dXia, -as,

Ro
,

dcre/jaXT^s), [in

LXX
:

for T1X2^
5^^, i
;

1.

firmit

ness.

2. certainty

Lu

1*.

3.

security

Ac

Th

(In

tt.

is

s.v. M, TJi., l.c.)+ proof, secicrity ; v. for ItZTNpu., a- neg., o-(/)aAA.w, to trif lip), [in da<(>aXTJs, -e's 6i9 (MM, s.v.).t certain, secure, safe : Ac 213* 22^0 25^6, Phi S\ etc. ;] + d(T4)aXii;w Ne 31* (pm hi.), Is 41io (TJDn), d(7<^aAr?s), [in 417 1012 1315*;] to make firm, secure: mid., Mt 27''5<'^ Ac 16^*;

used as a law-term,

MM,

LXX

He

LXX
Ge
;

Wi

pass.,

Mt

27*

(MM,

s.v.).t

d(7<|)aXa)s,
I

adv., [in

LXX

342^ (nt33),

To

6*,

Wi

IS^,

Ba 5\

Mac

6*0, III

Mac
-w
to

76*;] (a) sa/eZy

Mk

14**,

Ac
16^.

1623; (j) assuredly:


22,

Ac

236.+
dcrxTifiot/eo),

aa-xw^v),

[in

LXX

Ez

3923

29 (n,-|y)
:

De
13*;

253 (nbp ni.)*;]


seq. cm, ib.

act mibecomingly, beJiave dishonourably


s.v.).+

Co
;]

V^ (MM,

daxTjiiOCTuKT], -7s,

(<^dcrx^'yu,wv),
s.v.)
;

[in

LXX
for

chiefly for njlJT


rj

un-

seemliness

Ro

127

(MM,
:

euphemism

ala-xyvy],

as freq. in

LXX,
(nviir),

shame, nakedness
doxTiixojv, -ov

Re

16i*.+

d- neg., a-xvi^o), [in

LXX

Ge

34^ (nbn?),
2,

De

24^

Wi
:

22",
i

Da th
1223.

Su^s,

h Mac

92*;]

1, shajyeless.

uncomely,

unseemly

Co

d- neg., a^tu,), [in dawTia, -as, rj prodigality, ivastefulness, profligacy : Eph

LXX
5^^,

Pr 28^
1", i

(b^T),

II

Mac 6**;]

Tit

Pe

4*

(MM, s.v.).+

SYN. Pr
711 *
;]

dcreAyeta, q.V.

for mo, adv. (<^ do-toTos, prodigal, toasteful), [in wastefully : Lk 15^3 (EV, in riotous living ; but not necessarily dissolute; cf. MM, ut supr. Milligan, NTD, 79).+ *dTaKTe'w, -w (<[ draKTos), primarily, of soldiers marching, to be out of order, to quit the ranks ; hence, metaph., to be remiss, fail in the performance of duty (in tt., of truancy on the part of an apprentice) II Th 37 (on d. and its cognates, v. M, Tli., 152 fif. MM, 8.vv.).+
*do-oSTa>s,
; ;

LXX

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT

67

III Mac 1^^*;] out of order, **a-TaKTos, -ov (<< rao-crw), [in out of place (Lat. inordinattis), freq. of soldiers not keeping the ranks, or an army in disarray (cf iii Mac, I.e.) hence, metaph., irregular, disorderly (v. previous word) i Th 5^*.t
: .

LXX

**d-T<iKTus, adv.,
II

[in

Sm.

iv

Ki 9^*;]

disorderly, irregularly:

Th

36. ii.t

SreKvos, -ov
4921,

tc/cvov), [in
.-j

LXX: Ge
(MM,

152,

Le

2020.21 (iT-jy), Is

childless : Lk 2028. 29,t Si 163 * **dTei'i^a> (-^dTcvT/s, strained, intent; -^reiVw), [in

Je 1821
226 *

(ij-jjj;)^

LXX:

Es

628,

III

Mac

.-1

f^Q

IqqJ^

fixedly, gaze

Lk

420 225,

Ac
l^o

metaph., Ac

7"

312 10* 149 231 ; ll^, 11 Co 37.i3.t

dat. pers., gaze upon seq. , c. ace. pers., Ac 3* 6^^ 139;


s.v.)
:

c.

**aTp, prep., [in without, apart from :


dTifxdl^a)

LXX:
c.

11

gen.,
[in

Mac 12^^*;] in cl. most freq. in poets; Lk 22^>^^ (for exx. from tt., v. MM, 8.v.).t

(<^

ari/xos),

LXX

for 71S

rop

etc.

;]

to dishono2ir,

insult

Mk
RO

12\ TTr., mg.,


124 (cf dri/ldw).t
-uj (-e^Ti/xT/),

WH, Lk
to

20^\ Jo 8,

Eo
c.

223, jg, 2^;

pass.
12*,

Ac

541,

*d-Ti/xda>,

dishonour, despise:

ace. pers.,
etc.
;

Mk

LTr., txt.

(cf. drifjid^w)
17

dri/iia, -as,

{a.TLfj.o'i),

[in

LXX
cis d.,

for Hisbj

]ib(?

;]

dishonour,

disgrace : KUT a., II

Co

11^*, 11
.

Co

Q^

Ro

921, 11

Ti 220

a., i

Co 15"
Jb
30*.

Co

1121

7rd^i7 aTL/xias,

base passions,
:

Eo

126.t

dri^os, -ov {<Tifji^), [in

LXX
1223.t

Is 3^ (nbp ni.), 53^ (.173),


:

(DCr^b^), Wig, Si^*;] without honour, dishonoured, despised

Mt

13",

Mk

6*, I

Co

410

comp.,

Co

dTtjiou, -w (<; ttTi/i-os), [in dishonour, treat with indignity :


dT|xis, -tSos,
17,

LXX
Mk
Jjy
,

chiefly for n73;]

dri/ia^w, to

12*,

Eec.t
,

[in

LXX
:

for

H^a^II

etc.

;]

vapour

Ja

4^*

d.

Kanvov,

Ac

2i9(i'^^).t
-01'

**a-TO|xos,
a-TOTTos,

(<

TtyMvo)), [in

of time, aTOfxov, a
-ov
1.

moment

iv

Sm. Is 54^ (MM, d., i Co 15^2 f


:

s.v.) *;] indivisible;

Td7ros),

[in

LXX:
;

Jb 48

ll^i,
2.

Pr

302o

(24"),

al.,

for I^X
(of

etc.

;]

out of place, not


:

befitting.

marvellous, strange

symptoms, Hipp.)
3.

sense,
V.

Ac 28^ hence, in late Greek, with ethical improper, imrighteous (so in LXX, and for exx. from tt.
I.e.
;

M,

Th.,

MM,

s.v.)

Lk

23*i,
rj,

Ac 25^

11

Th

32.t

'ArraXia

(Eee. -dAeta),

-as,

Attalia,

a city of Pamphylia
1456
{a)

Ac

1425.t

aoydSo)

avyr;),

[in

LXX: Le
MM,
s.v.)
;

1324-28.28,38
2. Intrans.
{b)

(n^n^) 1339
to see

(nn3)*;]

1.

Trans,

(cl.),

to irradiate.
;

(poet.),
to

clearly (so perh. 11 Co, I.e. II Co 4* (cf. 8t-, KaT-avyd^a)).t


aflYn, -^s, ^, [in

as in

LXX,

shine forth

LXX

Is 59^ (nnj;),

11

Mac

12^*;]

1. brightness.

68
2.

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Later (as in

MGr.

MM,

s.v.),

daylight,

dawn
;

Ac

20^^ (Cremer,
xlvi).

118).t

SVN.
(of.

<^yyos (V.

AuyouCTTos, -ov, 6 (Lat.),


2/5ao-Tds;
aOedSris,

Thayer, s. 4>. DB, iii, 44* Tr., Syn., Augustus, the Roman Emperor:
;

Lk

2^

and
-ts

v.

MM,

8.v.).t

{<:avT6^, ^Sofxac), [in


:

LXX
11

Ge

493'

^ (75^)^

Pr

2124

(TH;)*

;]

self-pleasing, arrogant
:

Tit

I'',

Pe

2^**

(Cremer, 654).+

Syn.
clwsen.
2.

4>LkavTo<s (v. Tr.,

Syn.,
:

xciii).

** aO0aipTOS,
*+ auOerre'w,
authority, in
freq.
I

-ov

(<avTos,

aipeofiai), [in
11

Sm.

Ex

35*22*.] l

ggij-.

of one's oivn accord


-oi

Co

8^'

^'^.t

(<[

av9ivTrj<;, i.e.

in

cf. it., an autocrat; vernacular, MM, s.v.),

lvTiq<i, one who acts On his OWn 12^; cf. -la, iii Mac 2'^^; -ikos is Wi to govern, exercise authority over

ahro-

Ti 212.+ iii Ki l^o*;] avXo'9), [in Al. **auXw, -w pipe: mid., Mt ll^^, Lk 7^2, i Co 14'.+

17,

to

play on a flute,
in

to

auXi],

-r}s,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

isn

;]

1.

Hom., an open

courtyard before a house, hence, an enclosure in the open, a sheepfold : Jo 10^'^^. 2. the court, courtyard, round which a house is built:

Mt
3.

Jo 1815 T. vaoC, Re II2. a dwelling, a palace (so, ace. to Grimm-Th., s.v.) Mt 26^' ^^, Mk 14^* 15i, Lk 1121, Jo 1815 (but V. MM, s.v. cf. also DB, ii, 25, 287).+ -ov, 6 ai;A.a)), a flute-player : Mt 92^, Re I822 (MM, *auXT)Wi9,
263.
58, 69^

Mk

145-1. 66

1516^

Lk

1121 2255,

s.v.).+
auXij^ofiai

auX77),
s.v.)
:

[in

LXX

lodge in a courtyard. lodge

2. to

(LXX; MM,
auXos, -ov, 6

Mt

lodge in the open. 21i', Lk 2137.t

chiefly for Jib, fb;] 1. prop., to 3. to pass the night,

(<[ aw, to blow), [in

LXX chiefly
Eph
22i,

for b'^bn

;]

a pipe:
s.v.),

Co

14'.+

aold^u (and the earlier form


[in
II
II

av^u>,

Col 2i

MM,
i

LXX
91**.

chiefly for

ms

;]

1.

trans., to

make
;

to

grow

Co

3".

Co Co
In

Pass.,

to
;

10^5,

Col 1"
62,

grow, increase, become greater : TTj l-myviliCTiL T. 6ov, Col 11^ CIS
1227 131^
;

Mt

13^2^ '^^ 48^

a-oiTTjpLav, I

Pe

22.

2.

later

Gk. (but nowhere in LXX),

plants,

Mt
;

Lk

of infants,
:

of the increase of the Gospel of Christian character Christ as a leader, Jo 3^* of

Ac V^

intrans., to groio, increase : of Lk l^o 24 of a multitude, 6 Xdyos rjviavi, Ac 6" 122* 192<'
;
:

ets

XpLarov,
Oeov,

Eph

415

els vaov,

Eph
r)

221

'^ xap^^t.

" P

^i^
;

T^v

av^rja-LV t.

Col 21^

(cf. crvv-, vTrp-av$di'u)) .f

**au^T]o-is,

-ews,
416,

(-< av^w),

[in

LXX:
Ac
^

II

Mac

51**;]

increase,

growth

Eph

Col 2i9.+
irveovar-i^

au^w, V.S. av^dvio. aupa, a breeze : t.

(sc. avpa),

27**'.+
:

aopio^ adv., [in

LXX
Lk

for

inn
33^

;]

to-morrow
;

Mt

6^\

Lk

1228,
s.v.),

Ac

2320 2522,

Co

1532,

1332.

ja

413

a{5.

(sc. ^fx^pa,

MM,

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Mt
Ja
634,

69
ai.,

Ac

43;

i^l rijv ai.,

Lk

1035,

Ac

i^;

rh

(WH
:

om.) t?

4i*.t

** auarrjpos, -a, -ov (< auw, to dry up), [in II Mac 143" ;] prop., stringent, harsh to the taste. Metaph., in Inscr., of a rough country; of disposition and manners, strict, severe (as in tt., of an
inspector;

LXX

MM,
:

s.v.)

Lk

192i.22_t

SYN.

a-KXrjpo'S (Tr., xiv).


:

*auTapKeia, -as, 17 {<^avTapKr)<;, q.V.), [o) sufficiency (Mil, S.V.) in subjective sense (v. Milligan, NTD, 57), 11 Co 9^; (6) contentment: I Ti 66.t
aOxcipKTjs, -s

9^*;] as in cl., in philosophical sense, selfsufficient, independent; subjectively, contented: Phi 4^^ (in non-lit. tt., the word means simply enough, sufficient; MM, s.v.).t *t auTo-Kard-KpiTos, -ov (<^ avTO's, /cara/cptvo)) self-condemned : Tit 3^^
,

112* 34.(31)28 40^8, IV

Mac
and

a^Tos,

(ipKc'o.)),

[in

LXX

Pr

243i

(308) (p^)^ gj 51

(Eccl.,

Cremer, 377;

MM,
-rj,

s.v.).t

auTofiaros, -ov,
s.v.), [in

-ov

(etym. doubtful

v.

Boisacq, Prellwitz,
242*,

LXX, Le

255-

11,

iv

Ki

1929 (n^DD), Jos

6^ Jb

Wi

17*;]

1. of

persons, acting of one's

n'atural agencies, of itself, of its TTu'^r?, Ac 12i.t

own will. 2. Of inanimate things and own accord : yrj, Mk 42^ (MM, s.v.)
:

* auToimrjs,
auTos,
-rj,

-ov, 6,

an

eye-witness

Lk

12.t

freq.

-6, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more than in cl. (WM, 178 f. Jannaris, HGG, 1399). 1. Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii) (1) self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., av. iK)(y6-qa-Tai, Lk 5^'' av. ytv(uo-Kv, Jo 22^ av. vfJieL<;, Jo 32^ kol av. cyw, Eo 15^4; av. 'Irja-ovs, Jo 2^*; av. /cat ol /xer avTod, Mk 225; ^^^-^ au., Mk 631 ggp (as freq j^ ^^ ^^_ ^^ j^j. 34^ j^^ 61^, Jo 1627, I Th 311, al. in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ev airfj t. <5pa, in that hour, Lk IO21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); (2) emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt I21 12^0, Lk 63^, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 82*, Mk 43^, al. av., koL av. = oOtos, 6 Se
;

(BL,
(cl.),

48, 1),

Mt

142,

Mk

1415.44^

Lk

I22 228, al.

2.

In oblique cases

with

10^2 26**, al. for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9^8, 13^, al. (for irreg. constructions,

Mk

V. Bl., 74, 5)

pleonastically after the relative


;

(cf.

Heb.

ib
;

ni?N;
in constr.
423,

WM,
II

184 ff. Bl., 50, 4 MM, s.v.), Mk 72^, Ee 38 72, ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated,
;

al.

Co

213,

al.;

gen. airoi
:
;

3. 6,

Eo
al.;

rj, TO av., the same 1216 155, Phi 22, al.

Mt ^q 35^ = iKeivov, Eo lin, i Th 21^, Tit 35, He 2*. He I12 138 t6 av., Trotetv, Mt 5*^' *7, al. 4>povfiv,
;
;

t^
.

av.,

Ac

152^,

Eo

2i, al.

Karh rh (ra)

av.

(MM,

8.V.),

Ac

141,

Lk

623, al
I

iv K. TO av.,

Co

^Vi to ai., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 223*, Ac 1^\ 115 1211; c. dat. (cl.), i Co 115; ^itij ^ noun,

Xdyos,

Mk

1439; ^,Vpo9,

Phi

130; TrveO/xa,

Co

12*.

auToo, adv., prop. neut. gen. of avTo's, [in

LXX

for

nb, HT^;]

70

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

there : Mt 2636, 1819 21*.t

Mk

633,

^h,

mg.,

Lk

9^7,

Ac

153*,

WH,
:

tag.,

E, mg.,

**

a6ToO, -^s, -oi, auTd<j)wpos, -ov

with
after

ref.
(ttl,

=eavTov (q.v.), Mt 634, Lk 12^7, al. (MM, S.V.). aiiTos, (f>wp, a thief), [in Sm. Jb 34^^*;] prop, to theft, then generally, in the very act : as freq., neut. dat. Jo 8* (Eec, 7ravTo0a)p(x)).t
-pos,
6,
17

*auT6-xip,

(-^auTo?,

x"p)'

^^^^

<^'^^'^

^^^ hand:
s.v.),

Ac

2719.+

* auxe'w, -w (< a^x^?, boasting), to boast : c. ace. av)(^el (Rec. yucyaXavx", q-V.), Ja 3^.+ * auxpipos, -a, -oi' (< aux/"o'?, drought) 1.
;

(MM,
drt/.

ficydXa

2. squalid,

dismal:
etc. (35

11

Pe

l^^

(MM,
all);]

s.v.).t
,

(Cremer, 615 f .) for 110 "QV DT) , take from, take aivay, take off: c. ace, to 14*- {fLrdpiov, WH), Lk 22^^^ (oSs) wctSos, Lk pS; wTiov, Mt 26^^!, pass., c. gen., Lk 10*'^ ; a. ajxapTLos, seq. ttTTo, Ee 22^^, Lk 163 (mid.) He 10*, Eo 1127 (mid.) (MM, s.v.j.t Ne 48<2), Jb 2420, Si 203o 41^*, H^vf]S, -65 <^ruVo)), [in 33* * ;] unseen, hidden : He 4^3 f II Mac
d<j)-aipew, -w, [in
, ,

LXX
to

ms

words in

Mk

LXX:

d4)ai'ii;a),

(< a^av);?),
:

[in

LXX

for

CDCr

ni., "DQIZT hi., etc.

;]

1.

to

make
Ja

2. Later (MM, s.v.), (a) to iinseen, hide from sight (Xen., al.). Pass., to vanish: destroy: Mt 6i9'20; [b) to disfigure: Mt 6^^.

41*

to

perish

Ac
6

d4)ai'io-jji6s, -ov,

13*^ (i'XX).t
dcftavL^w), [in

LXX
and

chiefly for

nJSffl',

nipptZT;]

vanishing
invisible,

He

8i3_t
-ov
:

*a<|)aia-os,

(<:^ <^at'vo/xat),

poet,

late

prose

(MM, (MM,

s.v.),

hidden

Lk

243i.t
(cf
.

*t

d4)c8poJ.',

-wvos,

ajyrwy, drain:
2.

Mt

15^',

Mk

ae^cSpos, Le 125) =, ci_ 5<^o8os 7^^ (oxerdv, mg.).t

s.v.),

*d<f)ei8ia (L, -ia), -a?,

rj

WH,

ctc^eiSrjs,

unsparing);

1.

extravagance.

tmsjyarmg treatment, severity


d^JCiSoc, V.S. aTreiSov.

Col

2'-3.t

Ac

*t d(})X6TT)9, 2.t

-t;tos,

17

cl.

dcjieXeia

(v.

MM,
,

S.V.),

simplicity:

d<j)(ns, -ecos,

17

d<^i-qfxi),

[in

LXX for ^31'^


:

lilT

etc. (v. Deiss.,

BS, 98
of

1. dismissal, release Lk 41^. 2. Metaph., LXX), pardoji, remission of penalty dfiapnwv, Mt 2628, Mk 1*, Lk 1"' 33 24*' Ac 238 531 1043 1338 26I8, Col l^* TrapaTTTto/xarwv, Eph 1^ absol., Mk 329, He 922 1018 (cf. DB, ii, 56;
ff.
;

MM,

s.v.)

;]

sins

(never in

DCG,

i,

437,
:

ii,

605
(<^
:

Cremer, 297
(and
cf.

f.).t

Syn.
d<f>T),

Trapecris, q.v.
17

Tr., xxxiii).
fit), [in

-^s,

ttTrro), to

fasten,

LXX for V22


2'',

freq. in

Le

;]

a joint (MM,
**t 1712 *
;]

s.v.)

Eph
r)

d<|.0apaia, -as,

4^6,

Col 2^^

(Lft., in l.).t

.Jc^^apTos), [in
:

LXX: Wi
Eo
AE,
i

incorruptibility, immortality
.

Co

223 510^ ly 15*2> 5o> 53,

Mac
54^

922

jj

fj

110; dyaTTiavTwv

iv a.,

Eph

62* (v.

in

l.).t

MANUAL GBBEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


**a-<})0apTos, -ov

71

(< i>9e{pw),
:

[in

LXX Wi
:

immortal ;

(a) of

things

Co
l^^, i

9^^, i

Pe

1*'

12i 18**;] imperishable, 23 34 of (p^ of persons


j
:

men,

Co

15^2; of God,

Eo

Ti l^^

(MM,

s.v.).t

td-4)eopia, -as, ^ </.^tpa)), [in

LXX: Hg
hi.,

2^8

<i7)

(|i,3^)*.-]

^,

corruptness
1.
to

Tit

1''

d|)-iVt.

[ill

LXX
Co
to

(Eec. d(f>6ap(TLa).f for m:

am,
let

]n:,

nbo

ni.,

STjr,

etc.;]

send forth, send away,


I l^^''^^
;
;

go

of divorce
t.

yvvalKa (Hdt.),

of death,

TrveS/xa
;

{DB, iii, 274*), t. (Ge 3518, Hdt., al.),

Mt

27*''
T.

(faaviqv,

utter a cry,
18^'^
;

Mk

15^'^

of debts, to remit, forgive


j

Mt 18^^ ggp_ of sins (Cremer 296 f.), T. dfiapTLa's, dfxapTrj/xaTa, dvoiJiLas, Mt 9^, Ro 4^(LXX)^ j Jo 19^ al. punctiliar and iterative pres. (M, Pr., 119), Mk 2*, Lk 11* Ion. pf., 2. to Zeave aZowe, leave, neglect d<t>(i)VTai (M, Pr., 38), Lk 5^^. Mt 4^^
(cl.),

Savuov,

Mt

T.

6(piXi]v,

52* 151*,
T.

Mk

120.31,

Jo

43,28^ al.; r.

^vtoX^
t.

t- &^oi,

Mk

Xpio-Tou Aoyoi',

He
3.

6^

t.

dydTrrjv

TrptaTrjv,

Re

7^; t^v t. apx^s 2* ptcp., a<^ts,


;

pleonastic (as in
2222,

Aram.; M,
to Zei,

Pr., 14;
suffer,

Dalman,

TTords, 21
3^5; c.

f.),

Mk
;

813,
c.

al.

permit:
5*o
;

Mt

ace,

Mt Mt
;

IS^'
3^5,

19^*, al.

ace. rei et dat. pers.,

Mt

c. inf.

pres.,

Mt

23^*, al.

aor.,

Mk

53', al.;

in late

Gk. (M, Pr., 175 f.),


64, 2),

subjunct. (M, Pr., further MM, s.v.).


d<}>-iKi''ofji,ai,

I.e.; Bl.,

Mt

seq. 'ua, 7* 27*^,

Mk ll^^, Jo 12^; c. Mk 15^6, Lk 6*2 (see


perfective of
iKveofiai, s.v.),

-ovp.ai, [in

LXX for

Ni2

etc.

;]

to

come (M, Pr., 247),


16i9.t

to

arrive at, come

to,

reach
:

metaph. (MM,

Eo
Gk.

*t

d-<t>tX-(lYa0os, -ov,

without love of good

11

Ti 3* (not elsewhere in

lit.,

but

V.

MM,

8.v.).t

*t d-4)i\-dpYwpos, -oy, without love of money, not avaricious ; i Ti 3', He 135. (For other instances, v. MM, s.v.)t **a<|>-i|is, -cos, ^ tt^i/cveVa'). [i'^ LXX: III Mac 7^^*;] in cl. usually, arrival; rarely, departure: Ac 202^ (so in tt., cf. MM, s.v.;

M,

Pr., 26, n.).t


d<j>-iaTt)p,i,

[in

LXX for 1TD


2.
:

b^D

etc. (41 V70rds in all)

;]

1.

trans,

in pres., impf., fut., 1 aor., to


to revolt
:

put aivay, lead away ; metaph.,


pf., plpf.,

to

move

Ac

5^".

Intrans. in
c.

2 aor.,
aSi/ct'as,

to

stand

off,

depart

from, withdraw from


1210, 1538 199 2229, II
(fall

gen.,

Lk

2^^

seq. diro,

Lk

Co

128; metaph.,

cItt^

4^3 1327^ ^.c 5^8 11 Ti 2^9; divh Otov,

away, apostatize), He 3^2^ Mid. (exc. 1 withdraw oneself from, absent oneself from away, apostatize : absol., Lk 8^^ q gen., i Ti
:

aor., wh. is trans.), to Lk 23" metaph., fall


;

4^

(MM,

s.v.

Cremer,

308).
fi4)'w,

adv., [in

LXX for DXnQ;]


l^*, i
:

suddenly: Ac 22 162 28^.+

d4)6pais,

adv. .^o/3os), [in

LXX:
16^0,

Pr ps

(TriBp),

Wi

17**;]

without fear: Lk V\ Phi ** d(t)-ofioi(}a), -C>, [in


pass.,

Co

Jui2.t

LXX Wi
:

I31*,

Ep. Je *.
(eis

63, 71

jj

to

make

like

He

73.t

d<|)-opd<a, -w, [in

LXX

iv

Mac

17^

6f6v)*

;]

(a) to look

away

72

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


all else at,
to see
(v.
:

from
Phi

fix one's gaze ufon: metaph,


d<fii8w

(MM,

s.v.),

He
;

12^; {h)
s.v.),

simply,
2'-^

(v.s.

aTrctSoi',

and

Lft., Phi.,

in

1,

MM,
c.

Ellic, in
(a) to

l.).t
FJ13

d<j)-opiiw, [in

LXX

wn hi.,
Ac
19^,

etc.

;]

(Cremer, 805 .) for blS hi., "130 hi., mark off by boundaries from, separate from

hi.,

ace,

Ga

212; id. seq. iK {diro),

Mt

13^3 25^2
;

(MM,

s.v.);

of

excom-

munication, Lk 6^2. Pass., absol., ii Co 6^^ (b) to set apart, devote to Mid., Ac IS^, Eo 1^ c. ace, Ga 1^*. a special purpose (seq. eis)
:

{DB,

iii,

588).t
^,

d<|,-op,iVi, -^s,

[in

LXX: Ez

5'

(pn?), Pr 9^

iii

Mac

32*;]

prop., a starting-point; in war, a base of operations; metaph., an ^f^^ ii Go 11^2^ Qg, 513 occasion, incentive, opportunity (MM, s.v.) 7^' ^^ ; a>. 8i86vai, 11 Co 5^2, i Ti S^^.t mg., Eo Xafji^dveiv, Lk 1124,

wH,
rj

*A<j)pi!;w
*d<|)p(5s,

a^pds), to foam at the mouth: -ov, 6, foam: Lk Q^" (MM, s.v.).t


-17s,

Mk
for

9^^'^^.f

d<})poau/T),

d^pwv),

[in

LXX

T\bpi,

nbnj.etc.;]

foolishness:

Mk

722, 11

Co

lli'i'.2i.t

a4>pwi', -ov,

gen. -ovo? (-< (^/or^v), [in

LXX for b""??

b^3

etc.

;]

with-

out reason, senseless, foolish, expressing " want of mental sanity and sobriety, a reckless and inconsiderate habit of mind " (Hort cf MM, Lk 11*0 1220^ Eo 220, i Co 15^'', 11 Co ll^^ 126-", i Pe 2^5 opp. s.v.)
; . :

to <^povi/xos,

II

Co

11^^

to (TWievTes,
2.

Eph

2i^.t
:

**t

d4>-uiri'6w,

-w v7rvo<D, to put to sleep), [in Al.

Ge

28^^*;]

1.

to

awake from

sleep (Anth.).

cl. KaOvirvoay

(MM,

s.v.), to

fall asleep:

Lk

823.t

t d<|)-uaTpew, -w, [in he late (Polyb., Si,


Ja.,
I.e.).

LXX: Ne
2.

920 (yaa), Si 14^**;]


to

1.
I.e.
;

as in
v.

cl., to

Trans.,
s.v.).t
:

keep hack (Ne,

Mayor,

157

f.)

pass.,

Ja 5* (MM,

Wi 41^, 11 Mac 32*;] (MM, s.v.), i Co 122 Qf beasts, dumb, SO many kinds of voices and II Pe 2^^ Toa-avTa yhrj <^(dvcov koI ov8ev a. none voiceless, i.e. without signification, unintelligible 1 Co 14io_f Mt l^.t "Axai; (WH, "Axas), 5 (Heb. ms), Ahaz
a<j>a)^os,

-ov {i>wv^), [in speechless : Ac 8^2 (lxx)


;

LXX

Is 53^ (d^JX ni.),

of idols

'Axaia (T, 'A;^aia),

-as,

rj

(Bl.,

46,

11),

Achaia, the
11

Eoman
92
llio,

province:

Ac

18^2.27

1921

Rq
:

152^,

Co 1&^\

Co

1^

iTh

17. 8.+

'AxatKos, -ov,

6,

[in xapito/^at) **dxdpi(rros, -ov Mac 910*;] (^a) ungracious, ^mpleasing


,

Achaicus

Co

16^^.+

LXX: Wi
;

1629, Si 2917.25^

{h)

ungrateful,

IV thankless:

Lk

635,

Ti 32.t "Axas, v.s. "Axa^.


'Axeifi, 6,

Achim
;

Mt

l^^.t

*t
14'8,
s.v.).t

d-xcipo-iroiTjTos,
II

-ov

{<^xeipo7rQLr]Tos),
irtpLToixr]

not

Co

51

metaph.,

d.

(i.e.

spiritual),

made by hands: Mk Col 2^^ (MM,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


'AxcXSafidx (T, 'A^;

73
indecl.
l^^.t

Rec.

'A/ceX8a/Aa,

WH,
:

'

AKeXSa/xax)
:

(Aram. NJ^l

b^)T}, field of blood),


:

Akeldama (AV, Aceldama)

Ac

dimness
Jei7;]

Ez 12^; Sm. Jb S^*;] **dxXu's, -ws, rj, [in Aq. of the eyes Ac 13^^ (v. Tr., Syn., c).t
:

a mist, esp. a
(^^CT),

d-xpcios,

-ov

; xpeios,

useful), [in
253o,

LXX

ii

Ki

6^2

Ep.

unprofitable: Mt (Eec. -eidw, Polyb., tdxpeoo)


^^sg^ess,

LXX

(-iow) for

n^N
-ov,

ni., etc.

;]

to

Lk IT^" (MM, s.v.).t LXX), -(0 (<[ a;(pcos = a;(pros), [in make useless, unprofitable pass., Eo
:

312 (LXX),t
a-XPTi<rTos,

useless, tmserviceable

Sxpi (and

Epic

{^W T^), Wi 2^1, Si 16\ al. opp. to evxprja-ros, Phm ^^t axpis, bef. vowel (v. MM, s.v.), Eo ll^s T, Ga 3^^
[in
:

LXX Ho
1.

8^

;]

T,

until, unto, as far

adv., utterly (Horn.). 2. Prep. c. gen., of time: Ac 321 222^, Eo l^^ 5^3, i Co 411, II Co 31*, Ga 42, Phi 16; d. Kaipov, Lk 413, Ac 13^^; ^s ^/xe'pa?, Mt 2438, Lk 120 1727, Ac 12 (t^s n- V^), ib.22; 5. tuutt/s t. ^/xe>as (t. ^. TavTT}^), Ac 229 231 2622; i. ijixip^v TrevTf, Ac 20"; a. av-py?, Ac 201^; o[.
S^^);

WH,

mg.,

He

as;

(a)

ToC vOv, Eo 822, Phi 15; L rikovi. He G^i, Ee 226; (b) of space Ac 11* 13 20* (E, txt., mg.) 28l^ 11 Co lO^^. i*. He 4^2, Ee I420 18^ a. davarov, Ac 22^, Ee 2^** 12^^ (c) of measure or degree 3. As conj., until; (a) axpi alone: c. subj. aor., Ga 3^^ ^5 ^j t, mg.) id. without 3iv (Bl., 65, 10), Ee 7^ IS^ 203. 5 c. indie, fut., Ee (b) a. ov (i.e. a. Tovrov to) c. indic. aor., Ac 7^^; impf., 27^3; c. subj. aor. (Bl., ut supr.), Lk 212*, Eo 1125, i Co 112^ I525, Ga 3^9, T,
:

WH,

WH,

W^

WH,

mg.

id.

with

av,

Ee

225; q

in(jic. pres.,

while.
;]

He
7^'^

3^3 (gf

fixpt)A
3^2,

Six^poy, -ov, TO, [in

LXX

chiefly for p:^)


[in

chaff:

Mt

Lk

S^'^.f

**

d-i|/u8iis,

-9

Ki^evSo?),

LXX: Wi

*;] free

from
:

false-

hood, trtithful: Tit 12.t *t av|/ii'9os, -ov, T] (also dxpivdLov, to]

dif/LvOia,

rj),

wormwood

as a

proper name, Ee 8^^t


lifeless

**d4ruxos, -ov {<il/vxv), 1 Co 14^.+ :

[in

LXX: Wi

13^7 1429*;]

inanimate,

B
/r

B, P, pTJTa, TO, indecl., beta, b,

the second letter.

As a numeral,
lord),

2;

/?,

2000.
6,
17,

BdaX (Eec. BaaA),


114 (LXX)
i'}^g

indecl.

(Heb.

byn,

Baal: Eo
where,

iem. art. here agrees with the usage of

LXX,

following a similar
to

Hebrew

practice {TXDI for bv'2),

ala-^^yrq

appears

have been substituted in reading for the written BaaX (cf. iii Ki and to account for the freq. use of the fem. art. bef. B. The usage, however, is not general, and in the passage cited in Eo (iii Ki
18^9),
I918),

LXX

reads tw B.t

74

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


BaPuXwc, -wvos,
17

(^515,

Heb. form

of Assyr. Bab-ili,

Gate of

God), Babylon:

Mt

I".i2,i7^

Ac

7*3 (Lxx);
i

symbolically, of Borne:
S^^.t
to siep), [in

Ee

14s 1619 17* 182.10.21,


t

and prob. also

Pe

PaG^wS, V.S. /Sa^us. pa0jui(5s, -ov, 6, Ion. form of

/3ao-/>tos

(< ^atVw,
:

LXX
I.e.,

Ki

55 (]ri5P), IV
;

Ki

20^.10.11

(nbyo), Si 636*;] a step (iv Ki,


i

of

degrees of a dial)

metapb., a degree, standing

Ti S^^.t
etc.;]
;

Pa0os, -os (-ous), TO, [in

LXX
;

for "innn
i/ie

nbisp,
:

depth:

Mt
(3.
I

135,

Mk
.
;

45,
. .

Ro

83'\

Eph
Ro
[in

S^^

t6
to.

yS., /3.

ttXovtov
210
17

eov,
/3<j.0ov<;

11^3

t.

deep sea Lk 5* metapb., @eov (tbe Divine counsels),

Co

Kara
to

irTwxtia, deej) poverty, 11

Co

B^.t

M""" {<M^^),
30(49)30*;]
chiefly for

LXX
e-'s.t
;

for

pay: Ps 91

(92)*

Je 29 (49)8

deepen:
-cos,
;]
;

Lk

PaStis (gen.

early

pay dawn, Lk 24i


ov,

vernac, Lk, I.e.; Bl., 8, 5), -tia, -v, [in LXX deep Jo 411 metapb., opOpov /SaOew; (v. supr.),
;

vttvos,

Ac

20^

ra

/?.

tou Sarava,

Ee

22*.

**tpatoi',

TO

(also

/?aioi',

another

form

of

fSaU,

from
tt.,

the

Egyptian), [in LXX: i Exp., x); a palm-branch


BaXad/i,
6,

Mae
:

Jo indecl. (Heb.
22-24)
:

IS^i * ;] (freq. in 12i3 {DB, i, 314).t


DJripn),
11

Egyptian

v.

MM,
6

as

in

LXX
.

(FIJ

has

BaXa/Aos)

Balaam (Nu
6,

Pe

2i5,

Ba\dK,

indecl. (Heb. p^a), J5aZaA;

Ju (Nu
[in

n,

Ee 2^\f
-^q gi^.t

222)

PaXXd.'Tio*'

(Eec.

/3aXd-),

-ov,

TO,

LXX:
.

Jb

141^

("lilV),

Pr

11* (D^3),

To

11* 82, Si 1833

^2*.^ ^
, ,

^^^^^^
,

l^

10* 1233 2235, 36,t

for bS3 etc. ;] prop., of a weapon or DltZ? missile then generally, of things and persons, lit. and metapb., to throw, cast, put, place : c. ace, seq. ek, Mt 41^, and freq. im, Mt 103*; koltu), 12**; SpeVavov, Ee 14i9; 4; l^w, Mt 513; v^^ Mt 5^9; Ik,
pdXXcj, [in
;

LXX

TT

Mt

Mk

fxdxaipav,

Mt

103*

^x^pov,
lie ill
:

pass., to be laid, to

Mt 2735 Mt 92
;

of fluids, to

pour

Mt

91^,

Jo 135

e(3\i]0r]

(timeless aor.,

M,

Pr., 134),

Jo 15; intrans., to rush (Bl., 53, 1): Ac 2?!*. Metaph., yS. ets t. also of KapUav, Jo 132 (cf. usage in ir., without idea of violence liquids MM, Exp., x v. also Cremer, 120, 657 cf. d^f^i-, dva-,
;
; ; ;

dvTi-, diro-, 8ia-,


uvfi-, VTrep-,

k-,

ifx-,

rrap-e/J.-,

iiri-,

Kara-, fxira-, irapa-,

irepi-,

Trpo-,

u7ro-/3aXXw)

Jth 12^, hnmerse, sink; 1. generally (in Polyb., iii, 72, of soldiers wading breast-deep; in i, 51, of tbe sinking of ships); metapb,, to overwhelm (Is, I.e. cf. MM, Exp., x) c. eogn. ace, Mid., 2. to perform ablutions, wash pdTTTKTtxa /?., Mk 1038.39, Lk 1250.
PaTTTi^o.

y8ci7rTO)), [in
to dip,

LXX:
;

iv

Ki

51*

(bnta). Is 21*,

Si 31 (34)30*;]

7* ; aor. pass, in same sense, oneself, bathe (Ki, Jth, Si, 11. c.) 1138. Lk 3. Of ablution, immersion, as a religious rite, to baptize; 1*. Jo 125,2^,28 322,23,26 42 io4o_ i Co li^; 6 /SatrriCwv (a) absol.;
:

Mk

Mk

(=

6 fia-n-TLarrj^,

M,

Pr., 127),

Mk

61*. 2*;

c.

acc, Jo

41,

Ac

83*,

Co

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


114,16. Q
to
(r.

75
pass., 729

cogn. ace, to /3a.7rTiafji.a, Ac 19* i*. be baptized, receive baptism : Mt 3^3.


ySaTTTio-yLta) ib. 30,
;

(cf.
is,

Mk 10^^, supr.); Mk 16i, Lk 3^'

^2. 21

mid., 2216 (M, iv, of the element, Mt 3''' ^^ Pr., 163) (b) with prepositions 126,31,33 323^ Ac 1^ 238 1048 iii6_ i Co 102; cJs, of the 1*.5.8^ Lk 316, Jo 1^, Ac element, purpose or result (Lft., Notes, 155), Mt 3" 28i9,
:

Ac

2*1 812.

13, 36

9I8 10*7 1615, 33 IgS

Mk
3i,

Mk

816 193,

5^

Ro
;

63, I

Co

113. 15

1(^2

i2i3_

Qa
fulfil

32-

c.

dat.,

{ISan,

Lk
ii,

Ac I Co

1* 11^"

virip

Twv veKpwv, perh. to


1.;

the wish of a dead friend,

1529 (v. ICC, in Cremer, 126).t

cf.

DB,

i,

238
,

flf.;

DCG,

i,

169 ^

605 b;

*t

pdirriCTfjia,

-tos,

to

; ySaTrri^o))
from
;

fiaTTTL^eLv,

as
1.

distinct

^aTTTtcr/ios,

prop., the result of the act, TO the act itself, immersion,

metaph., of affliction: Mk 103^.39, religious rite of baptism (a) of John's baptism baptism;

Lk Mt

125o.

2.

Of the
Ipo,
132*
q.v.),

3^ 212^,
1*,

Mk
Ac

Lk
19*;
I

729 20*,
(b) of

Ac

122 103' 1825 193

^
6*,

^eravot'as,

Mk

Lk

33,

Christian baptism;

Eo

Eph

4^,

Col 2i2

(Tr.,

-/x(3,

Pe

321 (cf.

Cremer, 130
;

Tr.,

Syn.

xcix).t

*t PaTmap.6s, -ov, 6 (<[ ySaTTTt'^w) prop., the act of which ^dirTicTfx.a is the result 1. a dipping, washing, lustration : Mk 7* of Jewish ceremonial. He 91''; in He 62, ySaTTTtcr/Awv 8i8ax??v (-^s), "the pi. and the peculiar form seem to be used to include Christian baptism with other lustral rites" (Westc, in 1.). 2. baptism: FIJ, Ant., 18, 5, 2 (of John's baptism), and some Fathers (v. Soph., s.v.). Not so in NT, unless iv T. /SaTTTLo-fiS, in the act of baptism, Col 2^2, be read with Tr. (Rec, WH, E, -/xart).t *f ^aTm<TTr\s, -ov, 6 (<< ^aTrrt'^w) a baptizer : of John the Baptist,
;
,

Mt

31 1111-12 142.8

I6U

1713^

Mk

625 828^

Lk

72.33 9i9,t

chiefly for bnifl ;] (a) to dip : Lk 162*, Jo 132 19i3 (Eec. (c'/xyS-, L) (b) to dip in dye, to dye : Ee pepavTLo-fievov, vepipepa/x/j-evov, T; pepap.p.ivov, Swete, in 1., q.v.).t
pdiTTw,
;

[in

LXX
:

WH;

Pdp (Aram.
Rec. (L, T,

13

son), indecl.

fi.

'Icjva,

son of Jonah,

Mt

161'^,

WH,

BapiwvS, q.v.).t

BapaPPas,

-a, 6

(Aram. X1N"13

lit.,

son of a father,
21, 26^

i.e.

ace. to

Jerome,

Lk

2318,

filius magistri), Jo 18*0. (In

Barabbas
271^,

Mt

27i^'i^'2o.

M]j
B.
;

157,11,15^
v.

Mt

some MSS. read


Barak
(Jg 4)
:
:

'Ir/o-oCv

WH,

App., 19f.)t

BapdK,

6,

indecl. (Heb. pia),


-ov, 6

He

1132.t

Bapaxias,
p(ip3apo9,

(Heb. iT313i), Barachiah


(prob.

Mt

233^, v.s. Zaxapia^.f

-ov 32* *

onomatop., descriptive

of

unintelligible

sounds), [in
425 10*, III

LXX:
:

Ps
;]

113 (114)i {ivb),

Ez

213i

(36)

(-,yri),

n Mac

22i

barbarous, barbarian, strange to Greek language and culture (and also, after the Persian war, with the added sense of brutal, rude) Ac 282. 4^ jj^ lu^ j Co I411, Col 311 (v. Lft., in 1., and
Notes, 249).

Mac

Pap^u, -w (later form of papvvw, q.v.), [in

LXX: Ex

71*

(133),

76

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


13^ *
;J

Mac Lk
II
93'-!

to depress,

weigh down.
Ti 5i.t
:

In NT, in pass, only

Mt

26*^,

2134, 11

Co

3ap^a)9, adv.
/3.

dKoviv, Is

61*^

/3apvs), [in LXX /3. (^c'peiv, Ge Sl^^ (ijiyi nin) (123 hi.)*;] heavily, luith difficulty: Mt 13^*, Ac 28^7
;

5\

(LXX).t
BapGoXofxaios, -ov, 6

(Aram. "lobl^'^S son of Tolmai), Bartholomew,


,
:

the Apostle

(v.s.

Na^avar^X)

Mt

103,

Mk
,

318,

Lk

61*,

Ac

l^^.t
:

Bap-iT]aous, -ov, 6

(Aram. jnUT?"!!

son of Joshua), Bar- Jesus

Ac

136

(v.s. 'EA,;>as).t

Bapiwk'as, -a, 6

(Aram. nJ^'lS

so7i

of Jonah), Bar- Jonah, a sur-

name

of Peter

Mt W'.f
-a,

Bap-fdPas,

(Aram. 12

son, as prefix to

another word in-

terpreted in

Ac

43^, T^? 7rapa/cX7/o-o)s,


TrpocftrjTeta

perh. nX123

wh., hov^ever, should

be rendered by

as in 11 Es 6^'*, LXX. Deiss., BS, 309 f., thinks B. may be a variant of the name Bapvefiovs, son of Nebo, found in a Syrian Inscr., altered with a view to disguising its origin v. also Dalman, Gr., 142), Barnabas: Ac 43 9^^ II22.30 Milligan, NTD, iii 12^5 13.15^ I Co 96, Ga 21.9' 13, Col 4io.t
;
;

(123), Jth 7*, Si I32, 11 Mac 910, burden, lit. and metaph. Mt 201^, (a) a III Mac b"^"' ;] loeight ; aXAryAwv to, /3., one another's fa^dts, Ga 6^; Aci 15-^, II Co 4I'', Ee 2-* {b) in late Gk. (Soph., v p., burdensome : 1 Th 2^, E, txt., but v. infr. v. Milligan, Lex., S.V.), dignity, authority : iv /3iipei, i Th 2^ (E, mg.
Pdpos,
-o?, TO, [in
:

LXX
;

Jg

IS'-^i

iveight,

ICG,

in l.).t

SVN.

oy/cos,

an encumbrance

t^opriov,

a burden, that which

is

borne. BapcraPPds (Eec. -a/Ja?), -a (Aram., son of Sabba), Barsabbas: 1. the surname of one Joseph: Ac 1-3. 2. The surname of one Judas:

Ac

1522.t
Baprifiaios, -ov, o
{-pLolo';,

perh. Aram. ""NO^'IS

v.

DB,

iv,

p. 762),

Bartimmis

Mk

lO^'^.t

Paput'w, to iveigh

down =
Jo
53

^apetn (q.v.)

Lk

213^,

Eec.t

Papos,

-ela, v, [in
:

LXX chiefly for 12.^


;

;]

heavy:

Mt 23*.
:

Metaph.,

burdensome
IQi^
;

IvToXrj, i

severe (perh. impressive)

cTrio-ToXi;, 11

Co

weighty : ra ^apvrepa T. vofjbov, J cruel (EV, grievous) : Xv'kos, Ac 20''^'*. * PapuTifAos, -ov (-< ySapus, TLfxy), of great value, very costly
(T, TToXvTLpOv) .'\'
paaai'i^o,

Mt

23'^3

amw/xara,

Ac

25"

violent,

Mt

26^

Mac;] examine by
II,

^acravos), [in

LXX

Ki

53, Si

4^^ and freq. in Wi,


to the test.

IV

1.

prop., to

rub

on the touchstone,

put

2. to
:

Q6,-iQ

1424^

Mk

torture, hence, generally, to torture, torment, distress 57 6*8, Lk 828, II Pe 2^, Ee 9^ llio 12'-^ 14i 20i".t

Mt

**pa(ra.'iafi6s, -ov, n {<^ fiaaavl^w), [in i"' ^Kf torture, torment : Ee 9^ 14^ 18^'

LXX:

IV

Mac

9^ 112*;]

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


* Pa<rafi<mis,
gaoler,
-ov,

77

(<^ fiaa-avL^w)

prop., a torturer;

used of a
,

Mt

18=**.t

fid<Tavo(i, -ov,

6 (of Oriental origin), [in


;]

LXX chiefly for D^?<

rn^bj

and

freq. in iv
2.

Mac

1.

metals.
1523, 28_t

examination by torture.
-as,
rj

prop., touchstone, a dark stone used in testing 3. torment, torture : Mt 4^*, Lk


[in

PaCTiXeia,

(< /SaariXevw),
l^, i

LXX

chiefly

for

rWD^O

npbpo;]
2229,

1.

prop, abstract, so'uemg'n^^/. royal power, dominion:

Lk

1^*

Jo

1836,

Ac

16,
;

He
|^v

Co
2.

hovvcLi rr]v /?., ib. ^^

^^ /8., ib.

IS^^; \a/3uv p., Ip^^^^ai iv t.

Lk

1^^^^^\
/?.,

Ee

IT^^;
1628,

{els Trjv)

Mt

Lk
(a)

23*2

^
:

^ 0^^-^

Re

1210.

By

a kingdom, the
53, al.)

territory or people

meton., concrete (MM, Exp., x), over whom the king rules

(Es

Mt

4* 1225. 26 24^,

Mk

32* 623,

l^

4^,

He

1133, al.

(b) the

royal majesty

our phrase His Majesty), the king himself (t. a-rrip/xa IV Ki 111). T^s (3., 3. In LXX (Wi 6^ To 13^, al.), Targ. and NT, of the Messianic rule and kingdom, 17 ^. t. Oeov, t. ovpavCyv (Heb.
(cf.

D^.O^ma^O, Aram. N^OBTl KniD^O; Cremer, 132, 658), the kingdom of God
phrases, v.
oupavwv,

v.

Dalman, Words, 91-147;


t. dtoi,

(on the equivalence of the two

Dalman,

op. cit., 93,


;

218 f.);

Mt
,

6^^ 1228, al.; t.

Mt 32 41^ al. T. Xpto-ToG (xn'^tZTpl nobn Targ. Jon. on Is 5310), Eph 55; T. Kvpi'ov, II Pe 1", Ee lli*; t. AavctS, Mk ll^O; absol., The kingdom is regarded as present /3., Mt 423, Ja 2\ al. 1112, Lk 1721, Eo I41", al. Mt as that which is to be consummated in the future, Mt 610, Mk 91, Jo 3^, 11 Pe in, al. Noteworthy phrases KXr/povo/xelv, Mt 253* are ^-qrelv tyjv /3., Mt 633 Six^a-daL, Mk IQis StSovai, Lk 1232 avTS)V {toiovt<dv) icrrlv irapaXafx/Sdveiv, He 1228 (3., Mt 53.10 191*, Mk IQi*. Lk ISiS; Sih t^v /3., Mt 19i2; "ey^K^ t^s /?., Lk 1829; vayyAt^(T^ai, K-qpvcrauv, StayycUctv -n^v p., Lk 4*3 92,60. li* ^yyiKcv kXcZs t^s /3., Mt I6IO; kX^ulv t'tjv fi., /S., Mt 32, Mk Mt 231*; vloX T^s p., Mt 812 1338 (cf. Cremer, 132, 658).
Tj
;
: .

rj

rj

PttCTiXcioj', -ov,

TO

jSaaiKiios, q.v.),

[in

LXX

for bs"*:!

(Na

2*,

Da
2.

618*),

ns^pn

(ill

Ki

31 148, IV
:

Ki

15i9*), etc.;] 1. a capital city.

Freq. in
310

pi., to. (3.,

a palace
-a,

Lk
;

725.t
<C. /SacriXevs),

PaaiXcios,

-ov

(also
2322,

-ov

[in

LXX; Ex

19",

De
I

(nabpn),

Ex

Wi

1815,

Mac

328,

jy

Mac

38*;] royal:
1 2i

Pe

29 (LXX) (v. Hort, inl.).+


paaiXeu's,
-e'ws, 6,

[in

LXX

chiefly for "jj^p

;]

a king
i

Mt

used by courtesy of Herod the Tetrarch,

Mt
;

14^;
tov

of the
2i3. i^;

Eoman
of the
1532,

Emperor, as
;

freq. in Koivrj (Deiss.,

LAE,

p. 367),

Pe

Christ, in the phrase 6 /8. t. 'lovSmW, Mt Jo 1*0 1213 of God, Mt 535, I Ti li", Ee 153
191
;

22, al.
.

'Io-pai7X,

Mk

^, ^ao-iXe'tov,

Ti 615 (on the associations of the Jewish Hellenists, v. CI. Bev., i, 7).t
)8. T.

/Sao-tXcuovTtov,

Ee I71* word to

78

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


PaaiXeo'w,

(< ySao-tXcvs)

[in

LXX

for

1jb)D

its

parts

and

deri-

vatives, exc. IV Ki 15* (SUT) ;] to be king, to reign, rule : i Ti 6^* ; c. gen. (cl.), Mt 22^; seq. eVt', c. ace. (= Heb. bv TJ^D; Bl., 36, 8), Lk 133 1914,27^ Eo 514 of God, Ee lli*- ^^ 196; ^Vi T. y^?, on earth, Ee 5^0 of Christians, Ee 5^0 20* (conof Christ, Lk 1^3, i Co IS'-^*, Ee ll^* Metaph., Christians, Eo b^\ stative aor., M, Pr., 130), ib. 22*. Ingressive aor. I Co 4^; 6avaTo<;, Eo 5^*'^^; d/Aapria, Eo 5^'^ 6^2. (M, Pr., 109), to begin to reign: i Co 48, Ee ll^^ 19 (Cremer, 137).t
.

PaaiXiKos,

-rj,

-ov

/Sao-iXcv's) , [in

LXX

for IJ^p
>

and

its
;

cog-

nates
j3.,

royal, belonging to a king : x*^P-' ^^ -^2^*^ icrOrj^, sjqireme law, " a law which governs other laws
;]

specially regal character" (Hort), or p. 367 3), Ja 2^; ns, one in the service of

Ac 12^^ vo/x,os and so has a because made by a king {LAE,


a king, a
cotirtier,

Jo
:

4*^1 *

(WH,

mg., ^acri\(0-KOs).t

t Pao-iXiaKos, -ov, 6 (dim. of /?ao-iXvs), [in

LXX

basilisk

Ps 90

(91)13 (jj^g)^ ig 595 (-,y^j^)*.j pj-op^ a petty king:

Jo

4*6,49^

WH,

mg.

(v.s. /3ao-iXiKos).t

PaaiXiaaa,

-77s, r)
:

(in Attic, ySacrtXcia, /?acrtXis), [in

LXX

chiefly fof

n3!?D

;]

a queen

Mt
17

12*2,

l^

ll^i,
[in

Ac

82^,

Ee

18".t
for

pdais,

-ccos,

(<;3atv(u),

LXX
;

chiefly
:

]1N;] 1.

sip

(iEsch.,

al.).

2.

Hence, a /oof

PaaKaiVo), [in

LXX: De

13^8) (Plat. Ac S^.t 285*. ^^ (yy-,)_ gj 146,8*.] 1. ^0 slander

Wi

(Dem.).

2.

to

&%/ii by the

evil eye, to fascinate,

bewitch:
11

pa<rT<it(u, [in

LXX
Si 62*,

Jg 163o

(nw:),
^^

Eu
;]

2i,

Ga 3^t Ki 23^ iv Ki 18^*


up with the hands,

and Jb 21^
to lift
:

(xiZTJ),

Da th
2.

Bel

1.

to

take

Xt'^ovs,

Jo lO^K
3^1 20^2,

to enrf;^re;

Mt

Mk

to bear, to carry, as a burden, and metaph., U^\ Lk 71* 10' 1127 1427 22io, Jo I612

2P5, Eo 1118 151, Ga S^o 62. . i7, Re 22. 3 177. 3. In late writers (MM, Exp., ii, iii, x), (a) to to^'e awajr ; Mt Q^'' (Is 53*, Heb.) {b) to carry off, steal : Jo 12** 20i5.t Ex 32"*, PttTos, -OV, 6, 17, [in LXX (always masc, as in Attic)

19l^

Ac
;

32 915 1510

De
cTTi

3316 (n?q),

Jb 31*0 (ntzrya)*;] a bramble-bush: Lk


in the ])lace concerning the bush
:

6**,

Ac

730.35.

Tov (t^?)

y8.,

Mk

122^,
:

tpdros

-ov, 6

(Heb. na),

[in

LXX
=

(also ^aid, /3d8o^)


(q.v,),

Lk 2037. 11 Es 722*;]

bath, a Jewish liquid measure, Lk 166.t

/icrpT^TrJs

or about 8f gals.
(105)30

Pdrpaxos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Ex 8, Ps (yi-lSy), Wi 1910*;] a frog: Ee 16i3.t

77 (78)** 104

*t paTTaXoyeu,

-w

(Eec.
s.v.
;

fiarTok-,
ii,

onomatop.
idly
:

v.

MM,

DCG,

D, pXarr499 b, 790^);
[in
:

=
to

/SaTTapL^w,

prob. stammer, repeat

Mt
;]

6^ (Cremer, 765).

t pScXuyiJia, -Tos, TO (<^ ySScXvaa-o)),

LXX
Lk

chiefly for n^iyiDj

yp^

aw abomination, a

detestable thing

I61*,

Ee

17*.

''

2127

to

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


U^\ cf I Mac 1^* p. T. iprjfxioaem (Da 131*. Mt 2415 (Cremer, 138).t 6 f.),
.

79
i,

LXX

DB,
:

i,

12

Mk

f.

DCG,

t p8e\uKT(5s, V, -oy
41*, II

ySStA-vVo-o)),

[in

LXX

Pr

IT^^ (nnrin), Si

Mac 127*;] abominable, detestable: Tit V^ (Cremer, 137).t pSeXuVau {<^/3Se(j), to stink), [in chiefly for mm, Vp^'] ^^ cl., mid. only (Attic, -TTOfxai); to mahe foul; pass., Ee 21^; mid., to turn away in disgust from to detest : Eo 2^^ (Cremer, 137).

LXX

III

**P'3aios, -ov (also -a, -ov; <i^a&w), [in Mac 5^1 T^, IV Mac 17* * ;] firm, secure : ayKvpa,
; .

LXX: Es 3^3, Wi 723, He 6^^ metaph.,


; ;

sure (esp. "in the sense of legally guaranteed security," Deiss., BS, i-n-ayycKia, Eo 4^^ cXttis, ii Co 1 109 cf two foil, words) \dyos.
:

He

22

irapprja-La,

He

3"

apxrj (t. viroa-rda-ewi)


',

He

3^*

hiadrfKT],

He
Pe

Q^^
;

KA^(ris K. eKkoyrj, II
Pcj3ai<5a.,

-w

(119)2^
(cl.)
I
:

(mp

pi.), Ill

Mac
V

Pe

1^*^

COmp.

(-orepo-;), irpoffirjTiKos A.oyos, II

l^^.t

/?e7^aio9),

[in

5*2*;]

(41)12 (nsj hi.), 118 to confirm, establish, secure, of things

LXX:

Ps 40

X6yov,
18, II

Co

term,

to

title; V.

IS^ of persons (DCG, ii, 605): Col 2^, He 2^ 13^ (as an Attic legal Co guarantee the validity of a purchase, establish or confirm a next word, Cremer, 139; cf. 8ta-^.).t

Mk

16 [20];

cVayyeXt'a?,
I

Eo

121.

Pass.,

Co

16,

pepaiuffis,

-0)5,

yScySatow, q.v.), [in

LXX

Le

2523 (nrT'ay),

Wi

61^*

;]

freq. in

tt.

confirmation : t. evayyeXtbv, Phi 1^; ets ft.. He 6i, a phrase of guarantee in a business transaction (Deiss., BS, 104 fif.
{<C ySatVw,
to

Cremer, 140).t
Pe'3T)Xos, -ov

whence

/3rj\6^,

threshold), [in
(v.

LXX chiefly

for

ii, 422^); hence, 2. (opp. to lepo's) unhallowed, profane : of things, I Ti 4J &^^, 12i (cf. II Ti 21"; of men, i Ti P, He Kotvos; Cremer, 140).t
;]

bh

1.

permitted

be trodden,

accessible

DCG,

t PePtjXow,
T. (rd/3(3aTov,

-to

Mt 12^

ySc'^T/Xos),
T.

[in

LXX

chiefly for

bbn ;]

io

profane

Upw, Ac 24 (Cremer, 141).t

SVN.
b:?3
,

Koivow, q.v.

Be^cpou'X
lord,

(WH, App., 159, Eec, y3X^y8ov'X), 6, indecl. (Heb. and the Talmudic bl27 from ^3? dung (Dalman, O., 137n),
, , ,

or perh. by}

habitation, but, v.

DB,

iv,

409

f.

DCG,
1^,

i,

181).
,

The
lord

AV, EV, Beelzebub, comes through Vg. from


of
flies

iv

Ki

3117 bv2.

(LXX,
Satan:
o,

Bct'aX

p,ma,

Sm.,

fieeXleftov/S),

Beelzebul, Beelzebub, a

name

of

Mt

102^ 122*.27^

Mk

322,

Lk

Ili5,i8,i9_t

BeXiaX,
Belial, a

indecl. (Heb. bv^^b'^, worthlessness, but v.


of

DB,

i,

268),

name
6,

Satan

BeXiap,

indecl. (another

Syriac pronunciation,"
Beliar, a

See next word.t word, " due to harsh or else <C Heb. nr^ b^ lord of the forest),
11

Co

61^,

Eec.

form

of previous

name

of

Satan
r)

11

Co

61* (v.
1.

DB,

i,

269).
2.

*PcX6i'i(],

needle

Lk

(<; ySe'Aos), 182^ (Eec. pa</)is, q.v.).t


-rj<;,

a sharp point, as of a spear.

80

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


P^Xos, -os, TO

| fidWo)),

[in

LXX

chiefly for

yu

>]

o,

missile,

a dart

Eph

G^^.t

-ov (gen. -ovos), comp. of aya^os, [in neut. as adv., better, very well : ii Ti 1^^ (also a"llD ;] elative use in these passages, v. M, Pr., 78, 236.
PcXticjc,
BeKta/ieii',

LXX
Ac

chiefly for

lO^^ D).

On
13^^,

(Rec.

-/xtv), 6,

indecl. (Heb. ]''a^53),

Benjamin

Ac

Ro 11\ Phi
Ac

3*,

Re 7^t

(elsewhere BepevLKr), Macedonian form of ^epevLKt], cf. Veronica, Victoria), -r;?, 17, Bernice, Berenice, dau. of Herod Agrippa I
BepciKT)

2513. 23 263o.t
Be'poia, -as,
r],

Bero&a, a city of

Macedonia
20*.

Ac

17^' ^'.t

Bepoialos, -a, -ov,


Becip,
6,

BeroRan

Ac
,

indecl. (Heb. 11^51)

Beor, father of

Balaam

11

Pe

2*'

(Rec. Boo-op).+
BT]Oapap(i, -as (Rec. -pa, indecl.
;

Heb. TTay
Rec.

11!^^,

place of crossing;

-apa/Sa, R, mg.),
BriBavia,

Bethabara
house of

Jo

l^s,

(WH,
19^*^

R,

Br]6avLa.).f

-as (also -ta, indecl.,


,

Lk

and

in B*,

Mk

11^),

r],

(Heb.
dates,

tV2S[ JT'Sl
cf.

affliction, ace. to

Jerome, or perh., house of

Bethphage), Bethany; 1. a village fifteen furlongs from Jerusalem, the modern El Azertyeh : Mt 211^ 26^, Mk S^'^ (WH, 2. A place on E. mg.) IV' 11' 12 143^ Lk 1929 2450, Jo 111' 18 121. bank of Jordan Jo 1^^ (R, mg., BrjOafSapd, q.v.).t BTjOeaSd, rj, indecl. (deriv. uncertain, v. Westc. on Jo 5^, and DB, i, 279), Bethesda, a pool in Jerusalem Jo 5^, Rec. (BT^e^a^a, WH, B77^o-ai8a, WH, mg.).t
:

BT]0ta0(,

7},

indecl.

(perh.

Aram. SJV\

IT'S,

house of

olives)

Bethzatha

Jo

5^,
17,

WH (Rec.
:

Br/^eo-Sa, q.v.).t
,

BTjOXe^fi,

indecl. (Heb. DFI^ TT^.

house of bread), Bethlehem, a


i^

town 6 m.
(Syr.,

S. of

Jerusalem
(Rec.

Mt

2^'

^' s.

Lk

2*' ^^,

Jo
11.

7*2.t

BTj0(rai8(

-craiSa),

and

-Sdv

(Mt,

Mk,

c),

17,

indecl.

hoiise of fish), Bethsaida, a town on NE. shore of the Sea of Galilee Lk 9^*^. It is generally supposed that a second B. on the 6** 822, Lk lO^^, Jo 1*^ 1221 {DB, i, shore is referred to in Mt ll^i,
:

W.

Mk

282

f.

but

v.

Swete on
(L,
-yrj),

IVIk 6**).
rj,

2.

v.l.

for B-qO^aed, BrjOca-Sd,


,

Jo

52.t

BT]0<l>aYT]

indecl.
:

(Aram.

'^SSITI^^

house of unripe figs;

Dalman,

Gr., 191), Bethphage

Mt
.]

21^,

Mk

11^,

Lk

1929.t

pTJfia, -Tos,
I

TO y8atVa>), [in

LXX: De
i_

2^ (^nip),

Ne
:

8* (blJO),
7^.

Es

9*2, Si 193*> 459, II

Mac

1326 *

^
;

^^^^^ g^^i^g^

p^ce

Ac

2.

raised place, a platform reached by steps, originally that in the Pnyx at Athens from which orations were made freq. of the tribune or tribunal of a Roman magistrate or ruler: Mt ^V^, Jo 19^3, Ac 122\ 18i2,i,i7 256,10, 17; y3. .rov Oeov, Ro 1410 r. XpLCTTov, II Co 5io.t
;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

81
282,

t
DiTJiS')*

pi^poXXos, -ov,
;]

6,

^,

[in

LXX: To
:

13^^

(-vAXiov

in

Ex

beryl,

a jewel of sea-green colour


17,

Be 2V^.f
:

fiia, -as,

[in

LXX

for

"SJISI

etc.;] strength, force, violence

Ac
to

526 2135 247 274i.t

^idlu (<

ySia),

and depon.

-o/xai, [in

LXX for ^^IQ

lYQ

etc.

;]

force, constrain, rare in act. (poet, and late prose), but pass., and so perh. /Jia^erat, siiffereth violence, Mt 11^^,

found
or

in

cl.

in

EV (but v. infr.),
{h)

whether
139 258
ff.
; ;

(a) in good sense, of disciples (Thayer, sense, of the enemies of the kingdom (Meyer, in 1.

al.),
;

in

bad

Dalman, Words,

Cremer, 141 Banks, v. ref


.

force one's
/3id^oixaL

way
v.
-a,

Mid., advanceth violently, Mt, I.e. (Deiss., BS., in DCG, ii, 803 f .) seq. cis, to press violently, or into, Lk 16^^ (v. ICC, in 1., and in Mt, I.e. cf. irapaff.).
; ;

and

MM,
-ov

s.v.).t

pi'aios,

y3ta),

[in

LXX

for

Brj^,

7;?,

ly

etc.;]

violent

Ac

2^.f

2. violent (Philo)

*tpia<mfis, -ov, 6 {<C/3i(iCio), late form of /Staras; 1. strong, forceful. Mt II12 (see /3ia^a)).t *t PipXapiSiow, -ov, TO (dim. of fii^Xdpiov, dim. of /JiySXos), a little book: Ee lO^-s (WH, ySiySXiW, T2.7 /3tJ3Ai8a/>iov)9. 10. Not hitherto
:

found elsewhere.
^i^XiStipioi', -ov, TO, V.S. /SifiXapihiOV.

PipXi'of,

-or,

TO (dim. of
chiefly for
letter,

ySiySXos,

q.v.),

[in

LXX

also

in

the

alternat.

form
1.

ftv/^-,

Igp and the most


document:
/3.

freq. of the

cognate

forms;]
divorce,

a paper,
19^,

writteyi

dwoa-Taariov, bill of

Mt

Mk
17

Ga
Ee

310, II Ti 413, He 138 178 2012 2127.t

10*. 2. a book, a roll : Lk 4I'. 20, Jo 20^0 2125, 9^9 10", Ee l^^ 5i- 6^* lO^ 20^2 227-i; p. t. ^u,^s.,

Pi'pXos,

-ov,

(variant form of ySu^Xos, the Egyptian papyrus,


fibrous coat), [in

paper made from

its

LXX for
Ac

ipQ

the form

/8v/8-

fii^Xiov,

being sometimes used;] a book, a roll, used much less freq. than and with a "connotation of sacredness and veneration"

(MM,
Phi
6i3.t

Exj)., x), Mt 43, Ee 3* 20i5.t

1\

Mk
and

122^,

Lk

3* 20*2

I20 7*2 igi^; p. r.

(;u>^s.

PiPpolaKu, poet,

late prose,

[in

LXX

for

bDH ;]
:

to eat

Jo

BiQuvia, -as, Bithynia, a


^ios, -ov, 6, [in
life
:

LXX chiefly for


Ti
2*, i
ii,

province in Asia Minor Ac 16^, i Pe 1^.+ D'^p^;] 1. period or course of life,

Lk
3i7.t

8^*, i

Ti

22, 11

Jo

2^^.

2.

living, livelihood,

means

(in

Pr
I

311* for Di^^;

v.

DCG,
life

39^):

Mk

12**,

Lk

8*3

I512.30 2I*,

Jo

"vita qu, vivimus," the vital vivimus," (1) the period of Hence, in cl., ^., being life, (2) the means by which it is sustained. confined to the physical life common to men and animals, is the

SvN.

C'^-q,

is

intensive,

principle;

ySios, life

extensive, "vita

quam

82

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

inferior

ethical

word (cf. zoology, biography). In NT, ^wi^ is elevated into the and spiritual sphere (cf. Tr., Syn., xxvii). pi6cu, -w /86os), [in LXX: Pr 7^ 9^ (n^n), Jb 29^8, Wi 4* i<\ 1223, Si 40^8, IV Mac 5^2 n^*;] to spend life, to live : r. xpovov fiiwa-at (cl., more freq. 2 aor,, -vat), i Pe 4^ (cf. Jb, l.c.).t Syn. ^(iw (q.v.).
:

**tpiWis,

-6W9,

17

(<y8idco), [in

LXX:

Siprol}^*-^ manner of

life:

Ac 26^t
* PiwTiKos, -1], -o'v (< /3ios), pertaining to life, hence, worldly (Field, Notes, 171) Lk 2P^ i Co G^.^.t 3\ap6p6s, -a, -dv y8\a7rTO)), [in LXX: Pr 1026*;] hurtful: I Ti 69.t Pr 252o, To 122, wi lO^ IS^, 11 Mac I222, pXdTTTo,, [in 9^ * ;] to hurt, injure : c. ace, IG^^^]^ Lk 4^5. IV Mac
:

LXX
In

Mk

pXaordi/u,

[in
2.

LXX

for

HDS

etc.;]

1.

to

Mk
c.

42'',

He

9*.

late Gk., causal, to

make

to

sp-out: Mt 1326, grow, produce:


:

ace, Ja

5i8_f

BXciaTos, -ov, 6, Blastus,


p\aor<j)Tifji^w,

chamberlain of Agrippa

Ac

122<'.t
(HD"' hi.)

-w /SAao-<^r;/>ios), [in

LXX:

IV

Ki

19*

ib.'22 (p|ia pi.), Is

525

(|,j^3 hith.),
;]

Da

LXX
Mk
Ac

329<96) (-,brzr

nnx).

To

118,

Da TH
(in
cl.,

Bel

^, 11

Mac 2 *
:

opp. of
T.

vcf)7]ixioi),

speak blasphemously
II

or profanely of sacred things esp. to speak impiously of God, to blaspheme, absol., Mt 9^ 26^5, 2\ Jo lO^", Ac 26^\ 1 Ti I20,
1. to spteak lightly

Pe

212;

e6v,

Ac
210
;

1937,

Ee

I611.21; r^ Svofjia T. 6oZ,


5ytov,

Ee
4*
:

IS" 16^;
2.
c.

86^a^,

Ju

8,

II

Pe

ek t6 nvei/xa to
:

Mk
Ju^o.

329,
i

Lk
Pe

12i.
;

to

revile, rail at, slander 328 1529, 2739,

absol.,

Lk
Pe

22*^*,

13*^5

18^,

ace,

Mt

Mk

Lk

2339, Tit 32,


11

Ja

2^,

Pass.

Eo

22* 38

I416,

Co
(96)

1030,

Ti

61,
-7

Tit 2^,

22

(Cremer, 570).t

p\a(T4)Ti|xia, -a?,

{<C/3Xd(T(f>rj,jLo<;), [in

LXX: Ez

3512 (nsKj),
;]

Da

TH

329

(nbizr)

To

118, J

Mac

26, II

Mk slander : Mt (b) spec, impious speech against


123i 15i9,

328 722,

Mac 8* 103^ 152* * (a) railing Eph 43i, Col 38, i Ti 6*, Ju9, Ee 29 God, blasphemy Mt 26^*, Mk 14^*
:

Lk Mt
ii,

521,

Jo

1033,
Trpds

Ee 13^
T.
6(01',

ovofxa y8Aaa</)7;^tas,

Ee

131 173;

c.

gen. obj.

1231;

Ee

13

(Cremer, 570;
of
:

DB,

i,

305;
v.

DCG
Thayer,

423).t
p\da<j>T)|jios,

-ov

Boisacq
II II

<^7//Ar?,

(<^ /SAacr-, speech), [in

uncertain
Is 663

deriv.,
,

LXX

(|^j< '[12.'0)

Wi 1^, Si 3i
:

Mac

928 10*' 36 *

;]

(a) evil-speaking,
;

slanderous, blasphemous

Ac

611

(cf. Ju 9) {b) as subst. a blasphemer : i Ti li^ Ti 32, II Pe (Cremer, 570). * PXe'fjLp.a, -Tos, TO {<C /3Xe7r<ji) a look, a glance: /SXe/xfiarL koI aKofj, II Pe 28, sight and hearing, a sense not found for yS. in Gk. lit., but perh. recognized in the vernacular {ICC, in l.)t

211

pXe'tro),

[in

LXX
to see,

chiefly for
(b)

nXT

also

for

TOG,
ctvat)

etc.;]
:

1. of

bodily sight; (a)

have sight (opp. to Tv<^Xds


;

Mt
:

1222,

Jo 9^ Ac

99,

Eo

118, jje 318^ ^1.

to perceive, look (at), see

absol.,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


Ac
of

83
129;
8^**;

1;

c.

ace,
528

Mt

7^,

Mk
Ee
c.

5^\
53. *
;

Lk

6*1,

Jo

129,

^j

^^^^^^
d^s.

Ac

yvvalKa,

Mt

^^|3\{ov,

t. /Skewo/xeva, II

Co

2.

Metaph.,

mental vision;

(a) to see, perceive,

discern: absol.,
;

Mt

13^^,

Lk

acc, He 2^ 1025; geq. 5^ He 3^^, Ja 222; (jj heed : absol., Mk 132^' ^3 c. acc, i Co l^^, al. seq. TTtus, c. indie, Lk S^^, i Co 3^^ Eph 5^^ ggq. ', c. indie, Mk 42* seq. tis TT/joo-wTTov, of partiality, Mt 22l^ Mk 121*. Colloq. (for ex. from TT., V. Deiss., LAE, 122; M, Pr., 107; MM, Exp., x; Milligan,
Bi i(r67rTpov, 1

Co

1312;

to consider, look to, take

S^s 12*8; 13^; seq. Iva fi^, 11 Jo^; ft. AttS, indie, Col 2*, He 3^2- i,j_ q ^or. subj., 13*. Mt 24*, 3. Of situation and direction (Lat. specto), to look, face (towards), places, etc. (seq. Trpd?, Xen, Hell., vii, 1, 17; Ez 4023,24^. ggq na_Ta, C. aCC, Ac 27^2 (cf. dva-, ttTTO-, 8ta-, /*-, CTTt-, TTCp-,

NTD,
seq.

50),

ft.

yu.17

(cl.

iavT6v opav fjirj),


:

Mk
c.

Mk

fut.

Mk

Trpo-ftKiww), V.

DCG,
-a, -ov

*tpXT]Teos,

i, 446; ii, 596. (gerundive of ySaAAw), (that which) one must put:

Lk

538.f

Bodl, v.s. Boos. Boa'T)pY^s, indecl.

(on the derivation,


I.e.;

v.

Dalman,

Gr.,
3^7.+

144;

Words, 42; Swete, M;.,


podu, -w
to cry, call

out

Mt
:

DCG,

ySoT;),

[in

LXX
Mk

216), Boanerges: chiefly for pyi pys Nip


i,
, ,

Mk
;]

1. absol.,
123,
,

3^, 27*^,

1^ 15=^*,

Lk

3* 9^8 IS^s,

Jo

Ac

8^

17 252^
al.),

Ga

427.

2. C. dat., to call

on

for help (Heb.

by pyr

Ho

7^*,

Lk

187.t
Ka\i(i},

SVN.:

to call, invite,

summon;

Kpd^io, to cry,

harshly or
ftodta

inarticulately, as animals;
Bo^s,
6, v.s.
17,

Kpauya^w, intensive of Kpa^w.

ex-

presses emotion, whether joy, fear, etc.


Boos.
PoT], ^s,

[in

LXX for npVl


ri

etc.
[in

;]

a cry

Ja
for

5*.t

poi^ecia,

-as,

(v.s. ftorjOeoy),

LXX

1}^

etc.;] help:

He
x;

41*
;

pi., helps,

^'/rapping," a technical nautical

term (MM, Exp.,

DB,

ext.,

367): kcTI^''.^

PoTjO^w, -w {<^ftori

Bed),

to

run), [in
.

LXX
q ^^t.,

chiefly for 17^;] to

come

to aid, to help, siiccour

Ac

169, II

Co

62 (LXX),

He

absol., Ac 2128 : 2i8, Ee 12i.t

Mt

152^,

Mk 922. 24

por]0os, -ov (v.s. ftorjOew), [in

LXX

chiefly for 17^;]

1.

(poet. -00s),

hasting to the war-cry (Hom.). a helper: He 136(i'XX).t


poOocos, -ov, 6

2. helping,

auxiliary
cl.),

as subst. (Hdt.),

(=

ftoOpos,

more

freq. in

[in

LXX

chiefly for

rne;] a pit:

DB, iii, 885; JDCG, ii, 367).t poXt^, -^s, ;8(Ua>), [in LXX: Ge 21^6 (nnto), 11 Mac 5^, 52 *;]a throw ; XWov Mac (Thue, v, 65, 2), a stone's throw Lk 22".t ft.
12^1 15^\
639 (cf.
17

Mt

Lk

*tpoXi^w (^[ySoA/s, in sense of sounding -lead), soundings : Ac 2728.t


tpoXis,
iSos,
r)

to

heave the lead, take


n'T, etc.;] a dart,

{<CftaiXXw), [in

LXX

for yri

javelin

He

122,

Eee (LXX).t

84

MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


Boos

and

Boe's

(RV, Bod^
S^^f

Rec

Boot,), o, indecl.

(Heb. 7^3), Boaz

(Ru
222 +

21)

Mt

16,

Lk

P6pPopos,

-ov, 6, [in

LXX:

Je 45 (38)

(la-^M)*;]

mud, filth:

ii

Pe
[in

Poppas, -a (Attic contr. of Bopc'as, the

North wind personified),


2.

LXX
Re

for ]iB^;]

1.

Boreas, the North wind.

the north:

Lk

IS^^,

21i3.t

^oaKw, [in

LXX

Mk

51*,

Lk

33* 15^5;

for nv^;] prop., of a herdsman, to feed: Mt 8^^, metaph., of Christian pastoral care, Jo 21^5, 17,

5^\ Lk B^'-^.t^ Pass., of cattle, to feed, graze : Mt B^o, SVN. : TToifiaiveiv, to tend, shepherd, a wider term, including oversight as well as feeding (v. Tr., Syn., xxv). Boaop, V. Bcwp.

Mk

Poxdi^,
grass, fodder.

-r;s,

7]

/?oVca)), [in

LXX

for

n^y,

Nizr^,

Txn;]

1.

2.

green herb:

He

6^.t

Syn.

Xaxavov, a garden herb, a vegetable.

Porpos, -uos, 6, [in


(of. a-Ta<^v\rj) .^

LXX
of a
[in

for bstjr^

;]

a cluster of grapes

Re

14^'

pooXcurVis, -ov, 6 {<:/3ov\vw), [in

LXX:

councillor, 235o.t

a senator ;

member

of

Jb 3" 12i7 (|^y^)*;] a the Sanhedrin Mk 15*^, Lk


:

PouXcuw {<^PovXrj),
deliberate, resolve.

LXX

chiefly for |^jr;]

to

take counsel,

seq.

tl,

Lk

14^i.
II

273^

C.

ace,

In mid., 1. to take counsel with oneself, consider to determine with oneself, resolve : c. inf., Ac 5^" Co V' seq. cva, Jo IV^ 12^^ (cf. -rrapa-, <rv^-).f
2.
;

PouXii,

-rj^,

rj

(<^ y8ov\o/xai),

[in
:

LXX

freq.

for

nxy
t.

;]

counsel,

purpose
pi.,
I

(in

cl.,
;

Co

45

gods) Lk 23*1, of the Divine purpose, He 6^''


esp. of the
^.
.

Ac
;

428 538 191 2712, 42

t.

^ovXrjv

OiXrjfj.aTO';

airov,

Eph
Mac

111

^,

o^oC,

Lk

T^o,

Ac Ac

2^3 1336 2027.t


[in

pouXtjixa, -T05, TO y8ovA.o/Aai),

LXX:
Ro
,

Pr
i

910 (nri), II
43.t

Mac

155, IV

818 *

;]

purpose, will

27*3^

d^^,

Pe

SVJV.:

BiX-qfia.

PouXo/iai, [in

LXX for |^Bn

niN

|^3r

etc.

;]

to will,

wish, desire,

purpose, be minded, implying more strongly than diXat (q.v.), the deliberate exercise of volition (v. Hort on Ja li^) c. inf. (M, Pr., 205 1515, Ac 528.33 12* 1537 1720 IB15.27 1930 2230 2328 27 Bl., 69, 4),
:

Mk
I

2818, II
c.

Co

115,

Ti

69,
I12,

He
i

61^,

11

Jo

12,

Jo
11

ace. et inf..

Phi

Ti 28 51^, Tit 38,

ace, 11 Co l^^ Pe 3^; of the will making


10,

Ju

c.

choice between alternatives, Mt li9 1127, Lk IO22, Ac 2520, i Co 12ii, Ja 3* 4* d /SovXn (cl., a courteous phrase = 6iXei^, colloq. Bl., 21, 8; LS, S.V.), Lk 22*2 q gubjc, adding force to a question of deliberapovXiqOii'i, of set purpose (v. Hort, in 1.), tion (Bl., 64, 6), Jo 183'' 118 impf., efiovXofjirjv ( = cl. ^ovXc'/jL-qv av Bl., 63, 5 Lft., Phm. ^^), Ja
;
;
.

Ac

2522,

Phm 13

(v.

also Cremer, 143).t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


PoukcJs, -ov, 6 (a

85

Cyrenaic word, Hdt.,

iv,

199), [in

LXX chiefly for


:

nyaa;] a hill:
Pous,
146.
19^

Lk

35(lxx) 233o.t
-q,

(3o6<i, 6,

[in

LXX chiefly for ij?^


I

;]

an ox, a cow

Lk 13"

Jo
;

214. IS, I

Co

99 (^^^\

Ti 5i8.t

* PpaPciok, -ov, TO (< /SpayScvs, an Umpire), a prize in the games Co 924 metaph., of the Christian's reward. Phi 3i*.t ** ppaPco'u (<;3pa/?ev?, aw Umpire), [in Wi 10^2 * ;] (a) prop.,

LXX

to

act as umpire;
Lft.,

hence,

{b)

Dem.;
in
1.),

Col., I.e.;

MM,

generally, to arbitrate, decide (Isocr., s.v.) Col 3^*; (c) in some late writers,
:

to direct, rule, control (so in Col.,


(cf.

I.e.,

ace. to Thayer, s.v., Meyer,

Kara-/3pa 13 evo)).f

;8pa8vs), [in LXX: Ge 43io (ma hith.), Is 46^3 (-inN pi.), Si 32 (35)i8*;] 1. trans., to retard (Soph.,
ppaSuVu
2.

De

T^",

Is, I.e.).

More

freq. intrans., to be slow, to tarry : i Ti 3", 11 Pe 3^.t *t ppaSuirXoc'u, -w {<C /3pa8v<:, ttAovs), to sail slowly : Ac 27''.t * ppaSus, -cia, -V, slow : is to Xakija-ai, Ja 1^^ metaph., of the
;
:

understanding
fipaxiiav,

t. ft.

KapSia, assoc.
rj,

with
11
ft.

dvoT/ro?,

Lk

24^*.

*Ppa8oTiis,

-}tos,

slowness
[in

Pe

3^.t
;]

-ovos,
ft.

6,

LXX,

KvpCov, freq. for njiT. y^lT

the
1*^,

arm ;
Jo

as in OT,

Kvpiov, metaph., for the Divine

power
;

Lk

1238 (LXX)^

Ac

13i7.t
[in

Ppaxus,
short, little:

-eta, -V,

LXX

chiefly for layp

;]

short

(a) of

time

He He
III

2'^. ^,

little,

ftpa-xy, Ac 5^*; /actci ft., Lk 22*; ft. n, a short time, EV, mg. (6) of distance Ac 27^ (c) of quantity or value, few: Jo 6^, He 2''^, EV, txt. pi., hia ftpaxeav, in few words.
;
:

1322.t

**Pp^4.os, -ovs, to, [in Mac 5*^, IV Mac 4^**;] 1.


11

LXX:

Si

19ii,

i
:

born child,
infancy,

an unborn child a babe: Lk 2^2, le igis^ Ac 7l^ i Pe

Mac le^, Lk l^i.


2^;

11

Mac
2.

6^0,

**.

a new-

6.-Kh ftpe<f>ov<;,

from

Ti 3".t

2. In chiefly for 1130;] 1. <o wet: Lk pp^X, [in late Gk. writers and vernac. = vctv, to send rain, to rain (Kennedy, Mt 5" trop., ft. Tzvp k. Bilov, Lk 17^^ ; impers., Sources, 39, 155) 5^"^ with vctos as subj., Ee ll^.t it rains : Ja ftp^X^i,
738.**.
:

LXX

PpofTT),

-^s, V,
"

[in

LXX

for

Dm;] thunder:

Mk
(68),

3^^ Jo 1229,

Ee

45 61 85 103.

1119 142 1618 19.t

tppoxVi,
(DTS^a)*;] 1.

-^s,

/8/),
2.

[in

LXX:
(in
tt.,

Ps 67
of

ftpoxiT6<i,

a wetting
in

irrigation

104 (105)32 in Egypt;

Deiss.,

rain:

LAE, 77). Mt 725.27.t


-ov,

As
[in

MGr. (Kennedy,
Pr
6*

Sources, 153),
721

wcto's,

pp<5xos,
III

6,

LXX:
slip-knot,
i

(Tj
:

(p^D) 2225

(tzrpto),

a noose, a as AV, E, txt., a snare)


;]

Mac

48 *

a halter

metaph., a restraint (not,

Co

l^^.f

86

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


ppuYHiiJs, -ov, 6

KySpv'xo)), [in
:

LXX
so
:

Pr

19^2 (nnj), Si 51**;]

biting, a

111

Lk 1328.t Jb le^ow, Ps 34 (35)'^ 36 (37)^2 Pp6x<o (Attic, /SpvKco), [in (112)1", La 2^6 (pin)*;] 1. to bite or eat greedily. 2. to gnash,
gnashing of teeth
8^^ 13*2.

Mt

22i3 24^1 25^\

LXX

grind, with the teeth

Ac

7**.t
to be

*j3pua>, poet., late

prose and vernac,


2.
:

full

to

bursting;

1.

of

the earth producing vegetation. 3. Of springs, to gtish with water


Ppa)|jia, -Tos,

Of plants putting forth buds.

Ja 3i^t
[in

TO

(cf. /Sifipwa-Kw),

Ro
I

1415.20,
43,

Co

88.13

103;

pi.,

Mt
[in

1415,

LXX chiefly for b^X;] food: Mk Ti^, Lk 311 9i3, Co 6i3,


i

Ti

He

910 139; trop., of spiritual food, -ov

Jo

43*,

Co

32 (cf. /?pio-is).+
92^,

^po-i?), (bDhfa)*;] eatable: Lk 24".t


PpoJai^ios,

LXX: Le
[in

1923,

Ne

Ez

4712

Ppwais, -ews,

rj

(cf.

jSi^pwaKU)),

LXX

chiefly for parts


I41",

and

derivatives of

bax

;]

1.

eating

ji.
;

koI

ir6a-i<;,

Ro
:

Col

2^*^

(v. Lft.,

ICC, in 1.); c. gen. obj., i Co 8* metaph., corrosion, rust: Mt 61^.20. 2. As also in cl. (Horn., al.) = /3pQyfxa, food Jo 62^^, n Co 910, Col 31^ (EV, but V. supr.). He 12i^ metaph., of spiritual nourishment, Jo 432 62'1" 55.t
;

**^ueil<^ y8i'^o?), [in


sink,
to

LXX:
oXedpov,
:

11 i

Mac

sink: metaph.,
-ov,
6,

cis

12**;] trans., to cause to Ti 6^; pass., to sink, intrans.

Lk

5'.t

M^s,

[in

LXX Ex
1125.t
/Svpara,

15^,

Ne 9"

(nbiSO),
2.

Ps 67

(68)22

68 (69)2.15 106 (107)2* (n^isp)*;]


sea, the deep sea
:

1.

the bottom.

the depth of the

11

Co

*+

Pupo-eu's,
:

tanner

Ac

-e'oDs, 6 9*3 10"- 32.t


-T],

hide), late

form

for

ySvpo-oSei/^i^s,

a
;]

Puo-cricos,

-ov (<^ 0vcrcro<;), [in


:

LXX chiefly for Uhp


i**

yi3

etc.

made

of

/Jt'o-o-os,

fine linen
rj

Re

I812.

19*' 1*.+

Pu'acros,

-ov,

(cf.

Heb.

"J^Q),

[in

LXX

chiefly for
it
:

WW,
Lk
,

|^n;]

byssus, a fine species of flax, also the linen


Pwfios,
-oO,

made from

16i^.t

/3aiVw),
1.

[in

LXX
place,
i,

(Hex.) for n^Tp

in Proph.,

chiefly

for
(cf.

nps;]

any raised

a platform.

2.

an

altar:

Ac

1723

BvaLaarrjpiov

and

V.

DB,

75).

literation of
7),

TappaGd (Rec. -^5), rj, indecl., Gabbatha, the Greek transan uncertain Aramaic word {DB, s.v. Dalman, Words, used as the equivalent of XlOoo-tpihtov, stone pavement Jo 19i3.t
;

raPpn^X,

6,

indecl. (Heb. bN*"'15a, hero of God), the archangel

Gabriel

Lk

li^. 26.t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


*t ydyYpaiKa,
mortification
rdZ,
6,
:

87
to

r}<;,

rj,

a gangrene, an eating

sore,

which leads
:

ii

Ti 2^^.t

indecl. (Heb. 13),


-^,

Gad (Ge

30^' 49^3, al.)

Ee

T^.t

TaSapd, Gadara, the capital of Peraea), Mk 5\ Eec. (Edd., Vepaa-qvwv), Lk 8^"' 3^, Rec. (Edd., Tpaa-rjvuiv)A rdla -rjs, 7} (Heb. njy), Gaza, in OT, one of the five chief cities of
raSaptji'os,

-6v
:

{<C.

Gadarene, of Gadara

Mt

S^s (Rec. Ttpyea-rjvwv),

the Philistines
+
720, 21^
Y<i|;a,

Ac
rj

826.+

-i;s,

(a
,

Persian word),

[in
;]

LXX

for j^T^a, ii
:

Es

5^"^

6^

Es

47

1:^73

II

Es

721

Is 39^ *
y^t^ct,

treasure

Ac

S^^.t

+ Ya^o-(J)uXdKioi',

-ov,

to (<[

<f)vXaKrj),

[in

LXX
;

chiefly

for
of a

n3?b

n3V2

(iv

Ki

2311, al.),

once for 0^33 (Es

3^)

t6

y.,

ra

y.,

temple treasury, Ne 10^^, 11 Mac 3^, al. ;] treasury : also, apparently, the trumpet-shaped chests into which the peoples' temple-offerings were thrown {DB, iv, 96 DCG, ii, 748) Mk 12". *\ Lk 21i, Jo 820.+ 1. of faios, -ov, 6 (Faios, Rec), Gains, the name of a Christian Macedonia Ac 1929. 2. Of Derbe Ac 20*. 3. Of Corinth Ro 1623, in Jo ^+ I Co 1^*. 4. The one to whom in Ep. Jo is addressed ydXa, -aKTos, to, [in LXX for Q^n ;] milk: i Co 9". Metaph., of elementary Christian teaching i Co 32, He 5^2, 13 ^^ AoyiKoi/ ahoXov y., the rational (spiritual) genuine milk (v. Hort, in 1.), i Pe 22 (in support of AV, milk of the word, v. ICC, in 1.).+ ra\dTT)s, -ov, 6 (originally syn. with cl. KcAt?;?; cf. i Mac 82, and V. next word), a Galatian : Ga 3^.t TaXaTia, -as, 17, Golatia ; 1. a gentilic region in Asia Minor, settled by Gauls (iii/B.c). 2. A Roman Province which included this region {DB, ii, 85 ff.) i Co 16^, Ga I2, 11 Ti 410 (T, Tr., mg., VaXXiav),
;
:

Pe

11.+
ra\aTiK<5s,
-ri>

"o'v

(v.

previous word), Galatian, belonging to


:

Galatia

Ac

16 1823.+
-rjs,
17,

*ya\-l^vr\,

TaXiXaia, -as,

a calm rj (Heb.

Mt

826,
,

Mk

439,

Lk

82*.+

b''!?an

the circle, district), Galilee, the

times of the northern region of Palestine in 415 (LXX). O^Xaaaa t^s T., Mt 1529 (cf. Jo 6^).
raXiXatos, -am, -alov, Galilcean 236, Jo 4, Ac 111 27 537.+
raXXi'a, -as,
rj,

NT

F.

name twv i6vwv, Mt

Mt

2669,

Mk
:

14"o,

Lk

W^

2259,

mg., for TaAaTta, II Ti 410.+ Ac I812. 1*. i7 f TaXXiwi', -tovos, 6, Gallic, proconsul of Achaia rafittXiiiX, o (Heb. ^^^b03), Gamaliel the elder, a Pharisee and
:

Gaul

T., Tr.,

Doctor of the
*Ya|Jiea),

Law Ac
:

53* 223.+ 103, 11

-w,

[in

LXX: Es
to

Mac
to
35^ I

1425, jy

Mac
:

169*;]
absol.,
:

^q

marry
199,

1.
30

of

the man,

marry, take
1727, 2034.
2.

wife (ducere)
;

Mt

1910 2225,

2438,

Mk
Lk

1225,

Lk

Mk

617 IQii,

1420 1618.

Co 728. 33 c. ace. Mt 532 Of the woman, (a) mid. (and in late

88

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT

writers, pass.), to give oneself in marriage, marry {nuhere) : i Co 7'; (b) in Hellenistic (M, Pr., 159), act. (as of the man), to marry : absol., lO^^. ace, 1 Co 728.84, J Tj 511,14. c (3) Of both sexes: absol.,

Mk

iTi43, iCo79'iO'38.t
*t yafii^o) (<^
ya/Aos), to give
12''*,

Mt

2230 2438,

Mk
=
10.

Lk

17^7 20^^

in marriage, a daughter i Co 7^. Pass., (WH, mg., ya/xLo-KovTu; cf. :

yafXL^u)) .f
*YOfiiaKw,
yafi'i^uy,

q.v.

Lk
Ee

203*.
;]

35,

WH,
pi.
13''

mg.

(Arist.).+

ydfios, -ov, 6, [in

LXX for nporp


Jo
21-3,

1.

a wedding, esp. a wedding(Field,

feast:

Mt

228.

".12^

19^.9;
:

Notes, 16),

Mt

(Cremer, 666).t co-ordinating particle, contr. of ye apa, verily then, hence, in ydp, truth, indeed, yea, then, why, and when giving a reason or explanation, 1. explifor, the usage in NT being in general accord with that of cl.
2.

222-*. 2510,

Lk

1236 148.

marriage

He

cative
I

and epexegetic
2.

Mt
Th

4^8 1912,

Mk
83i
3.

l^^ 512 154^

Lk

113o,

Ko
Co

71,

Co

16*, al.

Conclusive, in questions, answers and exclamations


925 2227,
i

Mt
Phi

9* 2723,

Lk
Lk

Jo
225,

930, 220,

Ac
al.

163^ 193*,

Ko

15^6,
I21

910,

Mk
Col

118 (Bllic, in 1.), 115' 18^ 122 96,

Causal:
19. 11,
I

Mt
Co

22.5.6,

323^

Jo

Ac

225,

Ro

115,

Re

13, al.

giving the reason for a


33,
I
;

command

or prohibition,

Mt

22'^ 3^,

Eo

13",

Th 43, al. where the cause is contained in an interrog. Kal ydp, for also, Mk 10**^ statement, Lk 222^, Eo 33 43, i Co 102^ = etenim, where the koi loses its 632, I Qq 57^ al i(j as in cl. Lk connective force (Bl., 78, 6; Kuhner3, ii, 854 f.), Mk U^\ Lk lc
;
.

2237, II

Co

13*.

clause, but in poets


II

Co

119.
it

The proper place of ydp is after the first word in a it often comes third or fourth, and so in late prose Yet "not the number but the nature of the word after
is

which

stands

the point to be noticed"


rj,

(v.
,

Thayer,
y.
;^tv

s.v.).

yao-Ti^p,

-Tpo9,

[in

LXX

for

]y5

iv

for i^in

iv y.

Xafiftdveiv for

mn
Ee

;]

1.

the belly

womb:
2123,
I

iv y.

Hx^iv, to be

: metaph., a glutton, Tit I12. 2. the with child, Mt 118,23(lxx) 2419, Mk 13i7, Lk

Th

53,

122

^v y. (7wX\a/x/3., to conceive,

Lk

isi.t

postpositive particle, rarer in kolvt) than in cl., giving to the word to which it is attached, distinguishing it as the least or the most important (Thayer, s.v.), indeed, at least, even Lk 118 185 1. used alone (but not always translatable into English) 242i, i Co 92 Eo 832. 2. More freq. with other particles aXkd yc, Lk Sipa y, Mt 720 1726, Ac 1727; S.pd y, Ac 830; ,;; y^ (Rec. ct'yc), II Co 53, Ga 3*, Eph 32 421, Col 123 (y. Meyer, Ellic, on Ga, Eph, 11. c. Lft., on Ga, Col, 11. c.) d 8e fx-qyi, following an affirmation, Mt 61, Lk 10' 139; a negation, Mt 91^, Lk 536.37 14^2^ Co III6; Kat' ye (Eec. Kai'y,
ye, enclitic

special

prominence

cl.

KoX
/cai

ye),

Lk

19*2

(WH

om.),

Ac
;

218 1727; /caiVotye


ft^Tt ye,

(L

KaiToi ye,

Tr.
I

Toi yc),

Jo 42; /xevowye
indecl. in

(v. S.V.)

V.S. /jh^tl;

o<^eXdv ye,

Co

48.t
rcSecik',
6,

LXX

and NT,
:

in FIJ, Ant., v. 6, 3

and

4 -Svos (Heb. fiyis), Gideon (Jg 6-8)

He

1132.t

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


iyi^vva
(yt'eva,

89

Mk
Ne

9*^,

Eec),
;

->;s, 17
""^
,

(perh. through

from Heb. DJn


23^'*
;

'3

ll^o

DTT]^

Jo IS^^

Aram. DJTPS, iv Ki DSn-";?! 13


,

the nearest valley of {the son, sons of) lamentation) ; [in y. is yatcvva, Jos 18^^ (Fat 'Owofx, A), elsewhere <f>a.pay$ 9*^;] Gehenna, a valley W. and S. 'Ovofx (Jos 15^, al.), V. Swete on of Jerusalem, which as the site of fire-worship from the time of Ahaz, was desecrated by Josiah and became a dumping-place for the offal of the city. Later, the name was used as a symbol of the place of future 9*3. , 47^ Lk 12^, Ja 3^ Mt 529- 3o 1028, punishment, as in

LXX

approach to

Mk

NT

Mk

y. T. -TTvpos,

Mt

522 1819, prob.

with
-vet)

ref. to

fires of

Moloch {DB,
,

ii,

119 b)

vl6s y^vr}^,

Mt

2315; ^^^Vis yceVvr;?, 2333.t

rcOoTjtiacei (Eec.

-vrj,

LTr.

indecl. (Heb.

"^Zl^tp T)5

oil-'press),

Gethsemane

called in
6,

Jo 18^ a

ktjttos,

but

named only
for

in

Mt

26^^,

Mk

1432.t
yiiruv, -ovos,
17

(-<y^), [in

LXX chiefly
pWS
,

po?;] a neighbour:
to latigh

Lkl4i2

156.9,

Jo

98.t

ycXdw, -w, [in


fut., yeXao-o)

LXX
[in

chiefly for
ib. 21 (cf.

pum
;]

;]

Lk

62^

(M, Pr., 154),


6,

KaTa-y\a<j).t

yikus, -wTos,
Y6fiilt

LXX chiefly for p'lnv


LXX: Ge

laughter
iii
:

Ja
5*^,

49.t

ye/t(o),
1.

[in

45^7 (|yD),

Mac

iv

Mao
ace,

31**;] to fill;
seq. gen.,
iK,

properly, of a ship

2. In late writers, generally (MGr., v.

(Thuc, al.) Mk 4^7 Kennedy, Sources, 155),


;

(pass.).
c.

Lk

15i,

Mk Jo T 6^\ Ee 158 AttS, Lk I516, WH, Ee 8^ Pass., absol. Lk 1423.t


1536,
:

Eec.

WH,
,

mg.

for N^Q (used only in pres. and impf.), [in HiffZ',] to 2. Generally (Plat., al.), (a) c. properly, of a ship (Xen.). hef^dl 173<-i 2P; gen. rei: Mt 232^, Lk 1V^\ Eo 3i*(lxx)^ Ee 4''.8 58 15' Mt 232^ (c) c. ace. rei (called a solecism in {b) seq. iK 251 Bl., 36, 4), as in later Gk. from Byz. to Mod. times (Jannaris,
yifiui
;

LXX

1.

WM,

Gr,, 1319)

Ee

IT^.t
17

ycced, -as,

(<^ ytyKo/tcu)

[in

LXX

chiefly for 111,


2.
1^''^

11 (Cremer,
generation;
(cf.

148);] 1. race, stock, family (in NT, yivviqfm, q.v.). pi., Mt {a) of the contemporary members of a family
:

Ge

31^,
IT^^,

m^ia)

metaph., of those alike in character, in


;

bad sense, Mt

Mk

919, Lk 9" 168, Ac 2*^ (b) of all the people of a given period Mt 243^ Mk 1330, Lk 21^2, Phi 21*; pi., Lk 1*8; esp. of the Jewish 30-32. 50, 51 people, Mt 1116 1239. 4i, 42, 45 i^i 2336^ Mk 812. 38^ Lk V^ 1129.

^vtoS tis 8i>7y^o-Tat, Ac 833 (LXX); (c) the period covered by the life-time of a generation, used loosely in Ac 14^6 I521, Eph 3*, Col 126; cJ? ytj/cas koX y, pi. of successive ages Is 341'^, al.), Lk l^*'; ets Trao-as ras y. tov aiwvos twv (= "lin "trh
1726,

Ac

1336,

He

3io(i^xx);

^^^

^.

mcivwv,

Eph

321 (Ellic, in 1.;

DCG,
;

i,

639f.).t
[in

Yct'caXoy^o),

-w

(<

ycvca, Acyw),

LXX:
:

Ch

5^ (izrn'')*;] to

trace ancestry, reckon genealogy

pass., seq. Ik

He

76.t

90

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


* yeveaXoyia,
-as,
r]

(v.

previous word)
Tit
S"^

1.

the
1.,

2.

a genealogy
ii,

pi.,

Ti

1*,

(v.

CGT,

in

making of a pedigree. and ib. hitr., xlix ff.

DB,

p. 141).t
-oiy,
to.,

neut. pi. of adj. -los, -ov, relating to birth 2. In late 1. in Attic Gk., a commemoration of the dead. {<C yeVto-is) Gk., a birthday feast (= cl. yevedXia; so in tt., v. MM, Exp., x; cf.
*yevdcna,
;

also Eutherford, NPhr., 184)


yiveai.^, -ctos,
r}

Mt

14,

Mk

B^i.t
;]

yCyvo/xai), [in

LXX chiefly for nibw


2^^ 5i),
y.,

1. origin,
;

lineage:

ySt'ySXos

yeveVews (as in

Ge

Mt

l^.

2.

6jri/i

Mt

l^^,

face of his birth ("what God 1^3; 6 rpo^os t^s y., the wheel (course) of birth or creation ("the wheel of man's nature according to 'ts original Divine purpose," Hort), Ja 3^.t

Lk 1^* (Rec. yiuvrjo-L's) irpoawTTov t^s made him to be," Hort., in 1.), Ja

YeceTTJ,

-^s,

ycverj,

lon. for

yei/ea,

[in

LXX

Le

25*^

(lj:5.37

instzra),

Es

4}''*;]

birth:

y.,

Jo 9\t

t Ye>'r]fAa, -tos,

to (<; yiyvofiaL), [in

LXX chiefly for nSlip

;]

a form
;

not found in
Pr., 45;

woduce

M, but used in LXX, NT and tt. (Bl., 3, 10 184), as distinct from yewrj/jia, q.v., of fruit, Mt 2629, Mk 142*, Lk 12^^ 22i8, ii Co Q^o (Rec. of the earth
cl.,

Deiss.,

BS,

yvrij/ta).t

chiefly for ib^ ;] 1. y^vv&m, -co (<^ yeWa, poet. for yevoii), [in of the father, to beget: c. ace, Mt l^-^^, Ac T^'^^; seq. , Mt l^.s.s. 2. Of the mother, to bring forth, bear : Lk l^^. 57 2329, Jo I621 ; cts Pass. (1) to be begotten: Mt l^O; (2) to be born: Mt SovXetav, Ga 424. 21, 4 1912 2624, 1421, Lij i35_ Jo 34^ Ac 720, Ro 9^\ He 1123 geq. ^j^,

LXX

Mk
Pe
;

Jo

1621 1837, II

212

iy,

Ac

28 223, (d^a/DTtais),
;

Jo

934

iTr6,
;

He

11^2

Ac

['Pw/xalos], c. adj., ti;<^A6s y., Jo mg., ^yv-) K, Jo ^^^ ^^p^^ ^_ TTvcr./Aa Ga 429. Metaph. /iax5. " Ti 223 V5s eyevv-qtra, I Co 4i\ (ov), Phm !<*; in quotation, Ps 2" (LXX), Ac 1333, He 1* 5^ Jo l^* of Christians as begotten of God, born again 33.5-8^ I Jo 229 39 47 51,4,18 (cf. dva-ycvmo)) (Cremer, 146).

(WH,

1^3 3^ 8*1
:

92

2228

yivvr\\La,

-tos,

to'

(< yevvaw),
:

[in

LXX

chiefly for riKinp;] off-

spring of

men

or animals
(Rec.

cxtSvwv,

Mt

3^ 1234 2333^ lJj 37 (q^t^^ else-

where

in Rec. for yevrjfxa, q.v.).t


Tevrja-,

rccTiaape'T
Tevvr}(rdp

Mk,

I.e.;
i

Targ.

-1P^3|),

[in

LXX:
j^^

(as in

some MSS. Mt, Mk),


,

Mac
;

11''*;]
rj

Gennesaret, a

fertile plain

on

W.

shore of the Sea of Galilee

y^

T.,

Mt

1434,

6*3

-fj

Xi^vrj r.
;

[rnZZ D;

Nu

34^1,

elsewhere

i?

ddXaacra

t. TaA-iXatas,

Mk

li

7i6.T. Tt/3epia8os, Jo 6^), Lk S^.t ycvvaw), [in yivvt\ai<i, -ews, rj

LXX:

Ch

4^ (nnS^Tp),

Ec
1^

V
^

(ib^ ni.; yeVeo-ts, AX), Wi 313 Ni (yeVeo-ts, 2. birth : Mt l^^, Lk l^^, Rec.t begetting.
y^vvr^T6%,

ABn2), Si 223*;]

-i

-6v

yvvaa>),

[in

LXX:

Jb IP.^^ 141 1514 25*

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


(^V')*;]
begotten,

91

born:

pi., y.

yvvaLKwv
728
[in

(cf.

H^X
UV

Th"], Jb 14^), peri-

phrasis for mankind,


yeVos, -ovs, to

Mt

ll^^

Lk

(Cremer, 147).

(< yiyvofMCLi),

LXX
Mk

for

]^p

nj

etc.

;]

1.

family: wa^iow ;
4. yfcznd,

Ac

Mk

4^ 7^3 IS^s. 3. race, 2. offspring: Ac 1728.29^ Re 22^6^ 436 719 182. 24^ n Co 1126, 35^ q^ lu^ 1 Pe 2^ 728, Ac 92^, i Co 12io. 28, l4io.t sort, class : Mt 13*' I721, Eec,

py

Gerasene, of Gerasa, not the G. of Decapolis, the Lake, but a Gerasa or Gergesa (perh. the mod. 30 m. S.E. of Kersa) on E. shore; as subst., pi. ol P., Mk 5\ Lk 826i37 (Yepyea-qvwv,
TcpaoTjt'os, -v> "ov,

EV, mg. 1
E,

TaSaprjvwv,

EV, mg.
2,

2).t

rpY<ni>'6s,
txt., Tepacrrjvitiv

-i
',

-ov,

Gergesene:
yipoiv), [in

Lk

826.37^

tE, mg.

(LTr.,

WH,
;]

E, mg.
17

ra8ap77i/a)v).+

yepouo-ia, -a?,

LXX

(Hex. only in

OT)

for ]p\
i,

a
f.

council of elders, senate DB, ext., 99) Ac 5^\i


:

in

NT,

of the

Sanhedrin

{CI. Bev.,

43

ycpui', -ovTo<s, 6, [in

LXX for ]p7


; ;

;]

an old

man

Jo

3*.t

chiefly for Dina ;] to make to taste. Mid., to taste yeo'w, [in eat: absol., Ac lO^o 20^\ Col 221 c. gen., Mt 273^ Lk I42*, Ac 23^* c. ace. (not cl., but v. Westc, Heb., I.e. M, Pr., 66, 245), Jo 2^. Metaph, He 6* p^/xa Oeoi, He 6^ (on case, v. supr., and cf. Milligan, NTD, 68) 9^, Lk 92^, Jo 8*2, He 29 Bavdrov (cf. Talmudic nn^Q DTia), Mt 1628,
;

LXX

Mk

seq.

oTi, I

Pe

2^ (Cremer, 148).

yewpy^w, -w yca)pyds), [in


I

LXX

Ch

2726 (nTcrn

njx^o

niry),

Es
a

46, I

Mac

148 *

;]

to till

tyecipyioc, -ov, to
1.

the ground

pass..

He

6'.

yccupyos), [in

LXX,

freq. in Pr., for

ITW,

etc.;]

912,

Je

field (Pr 24:^'^^^, Strabo). 2823, Si 276) i Co 3^.+


:

2. cultivation,

husbandry,

tillage

(Pr 6^

ycupyos,
1.

-ov, 6

(<Cy^, pyw

p8w, to do), [in


2.

LXX for 13X, etc.;]


(cf.

a husbandman
13')
:

Lk
Lk

Mt
y^s,

: 11 Ti 2*, 2133-35.38,40,41^

Ja

5''.

vine-dresser

a/i,7re\ovpyos,

Mk

12i'2,7,9_

yrj,

rf,

[in

LXX
ll^^,
(a)

for I'lN,

Lk 209'ioi*i6, Jo 15i.t naiX, etc.;] 1. the earth, world:


;

2135,

Ac
2.

18,

He
;

Ee
:

3i, al.

opp. to
:

1327, al.

land

opp. to sea or water

Mt 13^, Mk 48, Mt 102^, Mk 8, Lk 24^ Jo 86, al. (d) a region, ground Lk 425, Eo 928, Ja 517 y^ 'lo-paT^A., Mt 220. 21 Xa\8atW, Ac 7*
(6) as subject to cultivation
:
,

Mt 5^8 11^5^ Mk Mk 4\ Lk 53, Jo 621, al. Lk 13", He 6' al. (c) the
oipavo's,
;

country
rj

'lovSata

y^,

Jo

322

c.

gen. pers.,

Ac
,

7^.

yfjpas, Attic, gen. (-aos) -ws, dat, a; Ion.

and

Koivrj, -cos (-ovs),

dat.

-, TO, [in

LXX for n'^'^V


:

etc.

;]

old age

iv y^pet,

Lk

136.t
;]

yTjpdCTKO) (also yr^pao)

old

Jo 2118, He 81^.+ SVN. TraXaLovfiai.

<

y^Jpas), [in

LXX

chiefly for jpT

to

grow

92

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


yiyi'Ofiai, V.S. ytVo/xai.
YiVo|jiat,

Ion. and Koivq for Att.


f.),

yi'yv"

(M.
1.

-P^-.

47; Bl.,

6,

Mayser, 166
occurrences, a I Co 15^'^
;

[in

LXX

chiefly for rrn;]

of persons, things

come into being, be born, arise, come on : Jo 1^* 8*^ seq. e/< (of first appearance in pubHc, Mk 1*, Jo 1^, al. birth), Ko 13, Ga 4^ Std, Jo 1^; /Spovr^ Jo 12^9; o-cicr/xtJ?, Ee 6^2 rj/j-epa yoyyucr/xo's, Ac 6^ x"P"' ^^ ^*' ^^^ many other similar exx. 22<', al. vv^, Ac 27^7. ll^^ irpwia, Mt 27' 2. Of events ovj/i, Mk Lk 4^1 to come to jyass, take place, Imppen : Mt 5^^ Mk 5^*, Lk I20 2^5, Ac
to
;
;

II

Ti

2^8, al.
:

,x.r,

yevotro

[LXX
Go

for
61^

nb-bn Jo
,

2229, al.],
;

far be

it,

God

forbid
Sc ([in

Ro

3* {ICG, in
for ^n^T
;]

1.), i

and

freq. in PI.
f.
;

koX iyivero, cyc'vcro

LXX

v.

Burton, 142
f.),

M,

Pr.,

16

f.

Dalman,
al.; al.;
:

Words, 32

f.;

Eobertson, Gr., 1042


;

c.

indie,

Mt

728,

c. seq. Kai et indie, Lk 8^ Ac 5^ al. <l)s 8c iylvero, seq. tov c. inf., Ac 10^^ inf., Ac 20^"; c. ace. et inf., Ac 22^; avToI (Field, Notes, 115), Ac 7*0 (lxx).

ace. et inf.,
c.

Mk
28.
:

2^^,

Lk is, Lk d^\
one
;

c. dat. pers.,

to befall

c.

adv.,
cis,

cv,

Eph

6^
3.

tl

iyevero

geq.

Ac

to be

made,
2^^
;

done, 2)erformed, observed, enacted, ordained, etc.


1123,

Mt

6^**

19^,

Mk

Ac
;

192, al.
i^^
I

Lk

423;
922

Co

6^, Ac 2 ; hr6, Lk 13^7 ek, seq. 8td c. gen., 9^5; SiTroypa(f>rj, Lk 22; di/a/cpiai?, Ac 2526; 5^^0-15,
;

Mk

He
Mt

vofio'i,
:

come

to be

1025,

Mk

Ga S^' to Trda-xa, Mt 262. 4 iQ become, be made, seq. cbs, wo-ci, pred., Mt 43, Lk 43, Jo 2^, i Co 13^^, al. 12io, al. 92; ek (M, Pr., 71 f.), c. gen.. Re ll^*; id.,
c.
;

Mk

([LXX for trrx"^ n^n Ru V\ al. v. iirdvo,, Lk Field, Notes, 156), Ro 73.*; seq. iv, Ac 22'7, Re l^o, al. 19i; fierd, c. gen., Mk 16[io^, Ac 9^^; seq. ek, cVt' (Field, Notes, 135), Kara (ib., 62), c. acc. of place, Ac 201^ 213^ 27^, al.; seq. , Mk 9^, Lk 322, II Th 2^ al. Aoristic pf. yeyom (M, Pr., 52, 145 f. Field, Notes, 1 f.), Mt 25, Lk 1036, al. Aor. iyev-jOrj (for eyeVero, M, Pr., 139 f.
of age,

Lk

2*2

c. dat., y.

dv8pi

;]

Mayser, 379),
yii'cjCTKa)

Inscr., V.

So also vulgar Attic, in V. previous word. chiefly for to be taking in 207), [in ;] knowledge, come to knoio, recognize, perceive, understand in past tenses 5*3, to knoiv, realize ; pass., to become knozvn : c. acc, Mt 22'^, seq. 5ti, Mt 21**, Jo 48, I Th 3*, al. Pass., Mt 102^, Phi 4^, al. Col 15**; 6, Ro 7^^; r. Xcydyueva, Lk 183*; t. 41, al.; Tt', Mt 63; d-^6, Q acc. pers., of recognition by T. KapS/as, Lk 161* 6eX.rjiJia, Lk 12*^
(

Mt =

1123, ^1.

(Cf. aTro-, 8ia-, em-, irapa-, avp.- irapa-, irpo-.)

yiyv-

Thumb, MGV,

LXX

TV

Mk

Mk

by Christ, neg., Mt 723; f^eq. of the knowledge of divine things, of God and Christ; t. 6e6v, Ro 12\ Ga 4^; t. iraTipa, Jo 8"; T. Kvpiov, He 8ii(lxx); voCv KvpCov, Ro 113*; Xpio-roV, Jo 173, TO TOV 7rvVfji.aT0S, I Co 2^* t. Trvev/ta, I Jo 4^ t. dXrjOeiav, Jo I Jo 36 832; of Christ's knowledge of the Father (cTriy.), Mt 1127 (Dalman, Words, 282 ff.). In Hellenistic writers [LXX for Heb. TV Ga 4\ al.],
God,
I

Co

83,

Ga

4^;

know carnally Mt 1^*, Lk 13* (Cremer, 153). Stn, y., to know by observation and experience is thus prop, disting. from olSa, to know by reflection (a mental process, based on
of sexual intercourse, to
:
:

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


intuition or information)
tTTi; Kara-, Trpo-yivuiCTKw,)
;

93

of.

also

e<f)iaT7}iJ.i,

(rvvir}/j.i.

(Cf

dva-, Sia-,

yXeuKos

(-os), -ous, to, [in


:

LXX

for

]^^.,

Jb 32^^*;] must, sweet Ja


S^^' 12

new wine

(Arist.)

Ac
-V,

2^^.t
[in
^*^.t

yXukus, -a,
iriKpov, aXvKov,

LXX

chiefly for

pinp

opp. to

Ee

10^

yXuaaa,
1411 (Lxx)^

-77s, 17,

[in

LXX
T^s.^s,

chiefly for ]il2;^;] 1. the tongue, as the

organ of speech:
I

Mk

Lk

Co

14,

Phi 2^\ Ja

l^^ 162*, Ac 226 (lxx)^ Rq 3^3 (LXX) 126 35, a, s^ j Pe 310 (lxx)^ i Jq 318, Re IG^o
2.

of a tongue-like object,

Ac

2^.

a tongue, language

Ac

2^^
; ;

with

i>vX^, Xao's, Wvo^, freq. in pi,

Ee

5^ T^ lO^i ll^ 13^ 14^ IT^s


txt.

joined XaAcrv

TepaL<i

y, Ac 2*;

y. XaXelv /caivals,

WH,
i

(EV,
11.

Co 123o 13^ 142. 4-6, 13, is, 23, 27. 39 yXtoo-aat (= Xdyot eV yXuxrcrrj, I Co 14'^), I Co 13^ 1422; y^^ yXwo-crwv, 12l<> 28 yXCJaa-av Ixeic, I Co 1426 Trpoo-cvxtcr^ai yXtucroT/, I Co 14^* I Co
16^7,
; ;

Mk Mk

1617;

XoXcTv yXwo-o-ais, yXciroTJ (v.

ICC,

mg, omit Katvai?), DB, iv, 793 ff.), c.


;

WH, txt., E, mg., Ac 10*^ IQ^,

(Cremer, 163, 679).t


+ yXwaoroKOfioi', -ov, to, vernac.
Ko/x^w),

form

of
11

cl. y\a)oro-OKoyu.erov

(<^ yXaiao-a,

[in

LXX

for

]nN,

11

Ki 6^\

Ch

248.i0'ii*;] 1.

cl. -eZov

(v. supr.),

ments.
to

a case for holding the reeds or tongues of musical instruAs in LXX, tt. (MM, s.v.), a box, chest: Jo 12 1329.t Y>'a(t>eus, -ews, o, Ion. and Koivrj form of Att. Kva<^cvs (<C KvairTOJ, card wool), [in LXX for D5^, iv Ki IS^^, Is 7^ 362*;] ^ fuller,
2.
:

cloth-dresser
1. prop.,

Mk
-.

Q^.t
-o*'

y^^-'ios.
wife;
1*
;

Ky^'y^A^^O.
2. irwe,

[in

LXX:
sincere:

Si 7^8,

iii

Mac

3^9*;]

laxofully begotten, born in wedlock (in


s.v.).

MM,

genuine,

tt., ywrj y., a lawful Phi 4^,1 Ti I2, Tit

as subst., to y. = ^ yvTjo-io'TT/s, sincerity, 11 Co 8^.t **Y'Tiaiws, adv., [in LXX: 11 Mac 14*, in Mac 32^*;] sincerely, honourably : Phi 22" (for a parallel in tr., v. MM, s.v.).t
yv&^o%, -ov, 6 (later

form

of Sv-), [in

LXX for ^g)^


of

^P"^?

etc.

;]

darkness, gloom
c)
:

(including

"an element
;

tempest,"
i,

Tr.,

Syn.,

He

12i8.t
:

Syn.

dxXv's, ^o</>os, o-Kdros (Tr., I.e.


-77s,
r,

DB,
;]

457'^).

yviiiit],

yiyt/wo-zcw),
11

[in

LXX: Da TH
1.

2^5

(ni),

Ps 82

(83)3 (TiD), elsewhere, chiefly

Es, for Dytp

means of knoiving,

a token (Theogn.). 2. In Attic writers, the mind, its operations and results (v. Edwards, Lex., App., A); (a) mind, understanding; (6) purpose, intention : Ac 20^ (c) judgment, opinion : i Co V^, Ee 17^^
;

(d) counsel,

advice
i

Co
11

72^. *o,
:

n Co
17^'^

decree (as in Da,


yviapllia

and

Es)
to

Ee

8^^ Phm ^^ (e) royal purpose, (Cremer, 671).+


;

(-< yiyvwo-Kto), [in


cl., to

LXX

chiefly for

TT
:

hi.;] 1. as

most
E,

commonly

in

come

know, discover, know

Phi

I22 (but cf.

94
mg.).

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


2.
21*,

Lk
Col

Jo

4".,
217.

Lk

make known: c. ace, Eo 922,23- q q^qq j.q[ ^q^^^^ pers., Ac 2'^Hhx\)^ I Co 151, 11 Co 8\ Ga V\ Eph F e^^-ai, 11"; c. dat., seq. on, i Co 12=^; seq. rt, Col 1^' II Pe rrepi, Pass., Ac 7^\ Ro 16^, Eph 3^- i", Phi 4 (Cremer, 677 cf.
to

151^ 17-^,

(ij'u-, 6tu-yi'a)^(.'^a)).t

yvuxTis,

-ews,

17

(<^ yiyj/wcrKw),

[in

LXX

chiefly for nyi;]

1.

seeking to knotv, inquiry, investigation. 2. knowledge, in NT, specially of the kn. of spiritual truth absol., Lk ll^^^ Eo 22*^ ISi", i Co 1* (Lft., Notes, 147) 81. ".10' 11 13- U^, 11 Co 6 8" 11, Eph 3i9, Col 2^, i Pe 3", II Pe 1*.*^; c. gen. obj., o-wTT^pias, Lk l" t. Sofvys t. Oeov, ii Co 4"; t. 6oi}, II Co 214 105; Xpi(TToi) 'Iryo-oO, Phi 38 (v. Deiss., L^^, 3833), 11 Pe 31**; C. gen. subjc, deov, Eo IP^; Aoyos yvwo-ews, I Co 12^; t/^i;8ujvv/xou
: ;

yi/too-eo)?,

I Ti 62**.t SriV. ; cro<f)ia, Cremer, 156).

<f)p6vr](TL<;

(cf.

eTrt-yvwcris

and

V.

Lft.

on Col 2^
onewlio

t yccScTTr]?, -ov, 6 (<[ ytyi ojcTKw), [in

LXX chiefly for ""JirT;]


c. dat.,

knoios,

an expert
-v?,

Ac
-6v,
;J

26^.

yi/waros,

various parts of

410 1338 1518 1917 2822. 2S; y_ arjfxelov,

later

form
:

of yvwros {<^ yiyvioa-Kw), [in


9*'^
;

LXX
Ac

for
is

kjiojvn
41*^
;

Ac

Jo

18i'5. i

''*'''=',

li^ 2i*

a notable (EV)

sign,
;

one that

matter of knowledge, Ac
^eov,

yvwo-rov iroulv,

Ac

151". i^

11^; in pi., as subst., yvoiaroi, acquaintances, in sing., Jo 18i'^'.t

Eo

Lk

to yvwo-rov t. 2** 23*'-'; so

t yoyyuj^d), [in chiefly for ]ib ;] to mutter, murmur : i l IQlO; seq. Kard, Mt 2011 7rp6^, Lk 5^0 Trept', Jo 6*1. aAXT?\w, ; /xcT 7^- (cf. 8(.a-yoyyi;^w).t 6*^; c. ace, seq. irepc, Jo
; ;

LXX

Co
Jo
7-9,

t yoyyu(T^<5s, -o, o

yoyyt'^w), [in

LXX:
y-,
:

Is 58^ (px),

Ex

16

Nu
Jo

175.1" (njlbp),
71-,

Wi
y., I

110.11,

Si
pi.,
;

46-"*;]

a murmuriyig, muttering:

Ac

61

dvv

**t yoyyuaTi^s,
262*^

-ov, 6
:

;]

a murmurer

Ju

Pe 4^
i^.t

xV?
[in
1.

Phi

2i4.t
2622, jg 292*
;

yoyy.^C^)

Sm.

Pr

Th.

Pr

*y6if|9, -rjTos, o (yoao), to

wail)

a%vailer.
;

2.
31^.

a wizard.

3.

an

impostor

(cf. yorjTcia, trickery, 11

Mac
mg.,

1224)

Ti

roXyoGd (Eec. -Oa;

WH,

ToXyo^, Jo,
9^5)
;

I.e.,

Aram.

Nnbili'il

Heb. rhhb?,

LXX,
rj,

Kpavcov,

Jg 9", n Ki
:

indecl. (exc.

Mkl522,
Jo
igi^.t

-a.'),

Golgotlm, the place of the crucifixion


Tojioppa, -a5,

Mt

27^3,

Mk I522,

and

-lov,

rd (Heb. iTlby), Gomorrah, one of the


lOi^,

cities of the plain

(Ge 19)

Mt

Eo
:

9'^n^^x)^

u Pe 2\
Ki
51^

Ju^.t

Y^^os, -ov, 6
sJiip s freight,

(<
:

y>w), [in

LXX Ex
18".
i2.t

235, jy

(N^D)
a

*;]

cargo

Ac

21^,

Ee

yoceu's, -(us, 6

(<^

ytyvo/i,at), [in

LXX
:

for

2X

DX

;]

begetter,
92.
. 20, 22,

a
n^

father

mostly in

pi., ol y.,

parents

Lk

2"'

"3 856 21i<',

Jo

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Ro
130,
II

95

Co 12l^ Eph
i,

61,

Col

320, 11

Ti 3^

ace. pi. (Hellenistic, v.

Thackeray, Gr.,

148), yovcts,

Mt

lO^i,

Mk

13^2,

Lk

2^7 1829,
:

Jo

g^^.t
j

yoyu, -aros, to, [in

LXX

chiefly for

^^3 ;]

the knee

He

12^2

of

a suppliant,

Trpoo-TrtVrctv Tots y.,

Lk

5^; so also nOevaL

TO. y., to

Lk

22*1,

bend *t YocoTTCTeoj,
Ifxirpoa-dev,

Ac 7o 9*o 20^6 21*; in mockery, the knee : Eo 11*(lxx) 1411 (lxx)^

Mk

IS^^;

KdfjLTrTecv

kneel: rh v., to

Eph

3^\ Phi 2io.t

Mk

-u) {'C^yovv, ttitttw) ; to fall 1. 272^. 2. to fall down before one 1*0, R, txt., 10i7.t

Mt

on the knees: seq. c. ace, Mt IT^*,


:

Ypajxfia, -Tos,

to

(<^ ypdcfxD), [in

LXX

for "igD

etc.

;]

1.

that

2. that which is written; (!) a ivhich is traced or drawn, a picture. character, letter : Ga Q^^ (a) a (2) a tvriting, a written document Lk IG'''"; (6) a letter: Ac 282^; (c) Ta Upa y., the bill or account: 11 Ti 3^^ (so in Philo, Vit. Mos., iii, 39) sacred writings, i.e. the the written word as an external authority in con(d) TO y., the letter, trast with the direct influence of the Spirit as manifested in the new Covenant Ro 22"> 2^ 7^ 11 Co 3"' ^ (3) Ta y., letters, i.e. learning : Jo 7^^ ^in ^_ an iHiterate person is veiy frequently referred to as x\c 262*. ypd/j-ixaTa fX7] eiSoTos, and this " never means anything else than inability
; ;

OT

to write " 584.) t

MM,

Exp., x

but

v.

also Cremer, 166

DCG,

i,

202

ii,

Ypcififiareus, -ews

(acc. pi.,

LXX
scribe,
7<';

always
;

for liaiZT

secretary

y. t. TroAeois,

-cis, V. Bl., 8, 2), 6 (<^ ypd.fji.fia), [in Hex., elsewhere chiefly for IDD;] 1. a a state-clerk Ac 19^^. 2. In tt., of a military

in

officer (Deiss.,

BS, 110

f.).

So Jg
;

5^*,

iv

Ki

25i9

(-|DD),

al.

3.

in

Lk

biblical scholar, teacher of the law (so first in i Es 8^, 11 Es 5^', vo/zoSiSao-zcaAos 102^, vofx-LKos) 72^, in I22, and
y. koI dpx^LepeU,

freq. in
al.
;

Gosp.

y. fxa6r]Tv6et<: rrj /SacriXcta

Lk Mt 2*, et t. ovp., Mt
[in

Mt

Mk

al.

y. k. ^apia-aloi,
t^ov
(ro<f>6<i',

Mt

52", et

13*2

ttoS y., 1

Co
2.

120

(Cremer, 167;

DB,

iv,

Ypa-rrros, -q, -6v

420, 800).

ypd<fiw),

LXX

for

STI^p ;]

1.

painted.

written

Ro
2.
;

2i*.t
rj

Ypa<}>ii, -^s,

(<[

ypdffxj)), [in

LXX

chiefly for :iri3


is

;]

1.

a drawing,
:

painting.
II

(a)

writing

(6)
;

that which

Ti 31^
17

y. ayiai,

Ro
;

12

7rpo<f>r]TLKaL,

Ro

written, a writing iraa-a y., 162" ; al y. t. Trpo(f>r]T(i}v, Mt

ai y., the sacred writings, the Scriptures (i.e. the OT; v. NTD, 205) in pi., when the sacred writings as a whole are Milligan, meant, e.g. Mt 21*2 26**, Jo 5^^, Ro 15* in sing., when a particular passage is referred to, as in Lk 421, Jo 192*, Ro 4^ Q^^ lO^^ II2, Ja 223 (Cremer, 165; DCG, ii, 584).

26^";

y.,

chiefly for 2113] ; 1. to scrape, graze (Horn.), and [in (Hdt.) to sketch, draw. 2. to write ; (a) of forming or tracing later Jo 8^"^ Ga 6^1, 11 Th 3^' {b) to express in letters on writing material writing, commit to writing, record: Lk 1^^, Jo 192i'22^ Re l^^'i^, al.; of scripture as a standing authority (Deiss., BS, 112 ff.), yiypanTai, it
YP^<1>,
:

LXX

96

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Mt
;

stands written (Luther),


seq. tV,
TTcpi,

4*,
c.

Mk
ace,
;

7,

Lk
2028

48,

Eo

l^^

Mk

1^,

Ac

l^o, al.

to
c.

write of: Jo
dat.

1*^,

Co 1^\ al. Ko 10*;

id.

seq.
;

Mt
Jo

262*,

Mk
;

1421,

Jo

546^ al.

(WM,
;

31, 4),

Lk

IS^i

id.

seq. Iva (M, Pr.,


4^^
;

207

f.),

Mk
2^"
;

12^^

Lk

Kara

t. yeypa/x/^teVov,
;

II

Co

yeypa/x/jiivov iari,
12^*'
II

fieva,

(c)

iypdijyr) 8t r]fi3.<;, Ro 42* iir aurw yeypafxof writing directions or information, c. dat. pers.

Jo
;

Ro
Ac
I

15^5,

Co

7^2^

al.

(d)

of that
2125,

message:

/3i/3\ioy,

2325; ivToXT]v,

Mk 10*, Jo Mk 105 (cf. OLTTO-,


{ypa-v<;,

which contains the record or 51. r^rXov, Jo 19^^ cttio-toX^i',


c'Sos), anile,

iy-, im.-, Kara-, wpo-).

^typawStjs,

-cs

an

old

woman,

old-womanish:

Ti 47.t

(later YPTjyope'oj, -w, = Attic eyprjyopa, pf. of iycLpw, q.v., [in bks. only) chiefly for HplZ?;] 1. to he awake ; metaph., of being alive, 13^* 143*.37^ Lk 1237,39; 2. to watch: Mt 24*^ 2638.40, I Th 510. 1335. 37 1438^ Ac 203i, i Co 1613, i Th 5, metaph., Mt 24*2 2513 26*\

LXX

Mk

Mk

Pe

58,

Re

32. 3
:

1615

geq.

^v,

Col

42.

(Cf. hia-ypTfyopiii>.)\

SYN.
**

V.S. aypvirviiii.

yxs^v&lia

{<iyvp-v6<i),
2.
II

[in

LXX:
yv/ivaC<),

11

Mac
[in

10^5 *;]

1.

properly, to
:

exercise naked. 51* 1211, A\

Generally,
2i*.t
-7

to exercise,

train the

body or mind
IV

Ti

He

Pe

**
exercise
:

y^lLvcxala,
i

-as,

Ti 48.t
(Rec.
411 (cf. cV i/'v'x"

'^-

LXX:

Mac

1120*;]

*t
clad
KoivTJ
:

yufii'iTeuo)

yvfivrjr-, V.

Tdf

.,

Co

yvtivoTrjTi,

Pr., 81), to be naked or scantily u Co II2"; yw/x.vot, Ja 2i5. In

writers, y. also

means

to

go light-armed. )f
;]

yufju'os, -^, -oV, [in

LXX chiefly for Di*iy


Mk

naked, without clothing,

and sometimes
1112)
;
:

(as freq. in cl.) scantily or poorly clad (Is 202 ^^ To li^, 14*2, Jo 21^, Ac IQi^, Ja 2i5, Re 31^ Mt 253. ss. *3, 44^ II Mac 145i. Metaph., of things 171^ as subst., to y., the naked body, 1615, 4i3 exposed, of the soul without a body (Plat., Crat., c, 20, and cf. Deiss., LAE, 293), 11 Co 53; of seed, bare, 1 Co 1537 (Cremer, 168).+

Mk

He

tyup.t'OTTjs,

-7T0S,
835,

rj

(<^ yu/Avos), [in


1127,

LXX
little

for

DTy, De

28*8 *;]

nakedness:

Ro

n Co
:

Re

3i8.t

* yucaiKapioc,

-ov,

to (dim. of ywrj), a
11

woman ;

contemptuously,

silly

woman (EV)

Ti

3''.t
yi^i"?),

yui'aiKcios, -a, -ov


I

(<^

[in

LXX

chiefly for

n^K

;]

female

Pe

37.t
yuj'^, -aiKos,
7},

[in

LXX
al.
;

for niJ^N;] 1.
y.,

a woman, married or un72;


y.

married:

Mt ll"
Co

1421,

vVavSpos

Ro
Jq

xw. Lk
used
2.

42"; in

vocat., yvvai implies neither reproof nor severity, but is

freq. as

a
y.

term

of respect

and endearment, Mt

1528,

2*, 421 192^.

toife

Mt
in

120, I

ka^elu,
1.).

Mk

73.*, al.; y. ^TroXveLv, 1420. 1219 ; y. yafidv,

Mk
3.

102, al.; y. Ix"".

Mk
:

6I8;

Lk

a deaconess,

Ti 3" {CGT,

TcSy, 6

(Heb.

aia), indecl.,

Gcg, assoc. with

Magog

(q.v)

Re

20^.+

manuaij greek lexicon op the


y^yloy -o?, ^

new testament
;]

97
a

(< yow),
t.

[in

LXX

chiefly for njB


y.
t.
yjjs,

an
12io,

angle,

corner:

Mt
I

yoivias (njp

Ac 26^'; BrNh, Ps 117


6^,

reWapas

Ke

7^,

20^;

KC(f)a\r]

(118)22,

LXX), Mt

21*2,

Mk

Lk 20^

Ac 4",

Pe

27.t

A,
8,

8,

SAto,

to, indecl.,

the fourth letter.

As a numeral,

S*

4,

4000.
Aa^iS, V.S. AauctS.
;
:

** Saifioki^ofiai (in cl. also Sat/xovao) -^ Saifiwv), [in Aq. Ps 90 (91)"*;] to be under the power of a Sai/xwv (Sai/xoviov, q.v.), to be possessed : Mt 15-2 elsewhere always ptcp., -t^d/xevos, -icrdiU Mt 42* 816,28,33 932 1222^ Mk 132 515,1(5,18^ Lk S^^, Jo 10'-^ (Cremer, 171).t
:

Saip.oi'ioi', -ov,

TO (neut. of SaifiovLos, -a, -ov, divine), [in

LXX
as in

(so
cl.

also in

tt.

v.

MM,

Exp., x) for

"Ttp, b'biji.

(freq. in
;

To)

;]

1.

(b) an inferior divinity, (a) the Divine power, Deity (Hdt., Plat., al.) deity or demon (as in magical tt., Deiss., BS, 281 MM, Exp., x)
;

iiva
32^',
I

8.,

Ac
;

17^^.

2.
;

(a)

In OT, heathen

deities, false

gods
to.
8,,

(e.g.

De
92**

Ps 95
102^*

(96)^)

(b)

in

NT,

evil spirits,
I

demons
;

dvova-iv 8aifxovioi<i,

Co

8iSao-KaXi'ai
;

Bai/xovLwv,

Ti 4^

irpoa-KWfiv

Re

especially (syn. with Trvevfi-a aKadaprov) as apx'^v Twv 8., Mt 93* operating upon and "possessing" (cf. 8at/xovt^o/iat) men: Mt 11^^, et
Ix"". Lk 4^3 8. iKpdXXctv, Mt In the phrase 7rvv/x.a Sai/xoviov dKaOdprov, Lk 433, the wider cl. usage (1. b) is recognised, olk. being elsewhere in NT, the epithet of
al.
;

(laepx^creat 8. cts

.,

Lk

8^^

8.

722.

vrv.,

and

8.

ttv. olk. (v.

**t 8aiiio^nS8T)s, -s 8at/xo'viov, demon-like : Ja 3** (Cremer, 171).


ialiiuv, -ovos, 6,
rj,

7CC,

in 1;

Cremer, 168).
(TSo^),

[in

Sm.: Ps 90
8ai/i,ovta>,

(91)6*;]

[in
;

LXX for

13, Is 65^^ (X;

AB)*;]

in

cl.

and

NT =

Sai/ioViov

Ukvu,, [in
Jite
;

LXX

for

metaph.,

Ga

^,

a demon:

Mt

83^.+

Ge

491^, al., exc.

De
for

B^* (qitzr);] <o

5^^.f

SciKpuoi' (poet,

form

SaKpv), -ov, to, [in


20i9.
3i^

LXX

n^l

;]

a tear

Mk

924

(WH,

txt.,

12",

Re

717 21*;

R, txt. omit), Ac Co 2*, 11 Ti 1*, He 5^ metaph., dat. pi., 8a^pvo-i (La 2^\ Thuc, vii, 75;
for

Bl., 9, 3),

Lk738.4^t

8aKpuu, [in

LXX

nps

etc.

;]

to to

weep, shed tears

Jo ll^^.t
to

Syn.

KXaita,

of audible

weeping,

cry
;

68vpofiai, of grief ex-

pressed verbally, to lament ; Op-qviin, dirge ; dXaXu^w, to tvail in Oriental fashion by inarticulate sounds, to groan.
SaKTuXios, -ov, o

of formal lamentation,
o-rcva^w, of grief

sing a

expressed

8aKTvXos),

[in

LXX

chiefly for

nySM;]

ring

Lk

1522.t

98

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


SdKTuXos, -ov,
6,

[in

LXX
ye, 8

chiefly for

yny^

;]

a finger
8.

Mk
Lk

7=^^

Lk

11*6 1624,

Jo

20^.27; metaph.,

deov (cf.

Mt 23*, Ex 8^%

112o.t
AaXfiai'ouOd,
rj,
:

Dalmanutha, an unidentified place near the Sea of Galilee Mk S^" (cf. Maya8dv)A AaXfxaTia (L, Af A-), -as, rj, Dalmatia, a part of Illyria on E. coast
indecl.,

of the Adriatic
Safidl^a),

ii

Ti 4io.t

[in
t.

LXX: Da
yXda-a-av,
r]

2*^^

{bwu)*;]

to

tame, s^ibdue:

Mk

5*,

Ja

3"

metaph,,

SdjiaXis, -eojs,

Ja 3^ (Field, Notes, 237f.).+ (fem. of 8afxdXr]s, a hullock), [in

LXX

chiefly for

niQ

rhy?

;]

heifer.
17

He

Qi^.t

Adfjiapis, -i8os,

AajxaaKTjvos,

-rj,

-6v,

(<C 8dfxap, poet., a wife), Damaris : Ac 17^*. of Damascus, Damascene: 11 Co 11^2_f

AaniaaK^s, -oC, ^ (Heb. piyJSl),


II

Damascus: Ac

92

ff-

22*ff- 26i2.20^

Co

1132,

Ga

11'.+
V. Sav/^o).

8ai'6i^(i),

Sdi'eioc, V. Saviov.
8at'io-Tr)s, V. 8avto-T7;s.

Saci^w (late

form

of cl.

-ci'^w,

Eec,
;]

Bl.,

Thackeray, Gr.y
interest

85

f .),

Lk

[in 634' 35

LXX
.

chiefly for TXb (Pr IQi") mid., to borrow : Mt 542.t


:

to

lend

money on

/SliV.

KLXprj/^i- (v.s. XP*^*")) tio

lend in a friendly way.

Aai'iriX,

6,

indecl. (Heb. bx^J'T,

God

is

my
;

Judge), Daniel, the

prophet

Mt

24^^+
TO (late
10

Sdi'ioi', -ov,

form
hi.),

of Sdveiov, Eec.

v.s. Savt'^w), [in

LXX

De

2411 (ncr:) 15^'

(tanr

iv

Mac

28*;] a Zoaw;
;

Mt

1827.+

form of -cio-tt^s, Eec. v.s, Savci'^w), [in LXX 292s*;] a money-lender IV Ki 4S Ps 108(109)11 (ntZTJ), Pr 291^ (rzr-j), Si
Sai'iaxris, -ov, 6 (late

Lk
c.

7",t ** Sairavdu,
528

-w, [in
;

LXX

seq. ace, Mk consume, squander : Lk IS^* Hort, Mayor, in 1,), Ja 4^ (cf.

eVi, c. dat. pers.,


;

To 1", I Mac 14^2, al. ;] 1. Ac 212* iwep,


;

to
11

spend, expend

Co

12i5.

2.

to

e,/

t,

rj8oval<;

(on the constr. with

iv, v.

ex-, irpoa-- 8.).+


:

Saird^,
expense, cost
:

-rys,

^, [in

LXX
6,

11

Es

S*. (n,"??3),

Da

LXX

Bel

21,

al.

;]

Lk
;

142^,+

AaueiS (Eec. Aaj8t8),

indecl. (Heb. in). David,

King

of Israel

dpovo^ A., Lk 1^2 /cXcl? A., Ee 3^ a-Krjv^i A., Ac 1110; v':6s A., the Messiah (Ps. Sol., 55; fSaatXeia A., pit,a A., Ee 1723 for other reff. in Jewish lit., v. Dalman, Words, 317), Mt li 92^, ev A., i.e. the Psalter, He 4^ et al. on the general neglect of the elision in NT, 8^ (before vowels 8'

Mt

1^ 123, et al.

15i

Mk

V.

WH,

Ajyp.,

146

Tdf

,,

Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


1.

99

copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104) Mt 12 , II Co 615. IS, II Pe l*-7; in repetition for emphasis, Eo 321. 22 930, I Co 2, Ga 22, Phi 28 in transition to something new, Mt l^^ 2^^
;

Co 7^ S^, al. in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3^9, Eo b^, i Co 1^2, Eph 2* 5=^2^ al.; <I)s U, Jo 2^; koL Se, but also, Mt 10^8, Lk I'S, Jo 6", Eo 1123, al.; Kal iav 8i, yea . even if, Jo 8^^. 2. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing fiiv (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one
131,

Lk
.

Jo

71*,

Ac 6\ Eo

828, i

preceding
614,23^

(in

NT

most

freq.

without
6^,

yiteV;

al.;
4^0,

1,

Lk

cyw (o^, etc.) 8e, Mt 522 al.; after a negation, Mt


7}

Mk
for

Bl., 77, 12) eav 8c, 82^, al.; b 8c, auros 8e',
:

Mt

Mk

6^9. 20^

Rq

3*, i
,

Th

521, al.

S^Tjo-is, -cfc)s,

{<Chioixai), [in

LXX
2,
:

nsnp

nST, n^Sl?, etc.;]

1.

a wanting, need

(so

Ps 21

(22)2^).

aw

asking, entreaty, supplica-

Lk l^^, n Co l^^. Phi l^^, n Ti ; in NT always addressed to God Ja 516, I Pe 312 (LXX); with vvyo-Tcrat, Lk 23^; Trpoo-cvx*?, -ai, Eph 6^8, Phi 4^, I Ti 2^ 5* LKerrjpiai, He 5^^ Trpo(TKapTipri<ri<i, Eph 618 cvTcvfcis, I Ti 21 8. TTotcro-^at (Deiss., 5S, 250), Lk 533, pj^i i* (pij^ j Ti 2^ seq. irrc'p, 11 Co Qi*, Phi 1* Trcpi', Eph 618 tt^os, Eo lOi.t Syn. : Trpoa-ivxv, used of prayer in general, while 8. gives prominence to the sense of need on the other hand, 8. is used as well of requests from man to man, while ir. is limited to prayer to God.
tion
13,
; ; ; ;
; ;

ci'Tcu^ts,

in the papyri, is the regular

word

for petition to a superior

(Deiss.,

BS, 250;

cf.

ixv (Ja
8ei,

515), atrrjiia,

Cf. also the Pauline hTvyxdveiv, to entreat). iK^T-qpia (Tr., Syn., %\\; Cremer, 73, 174, 684).
(8ca)),

impersonal
is

[in

LXX

chiefly for infin. with ^;]


;

one

must,
inf.,

c. ace. et c. inf., Mt 26**, Mk 13'', Ac 52^, al. Mk 831, Jq 37^ Ac 25io, al. with ellipse of ace, Mt 2323; of ace. and inf., Mk I31*, Eo 12" S^*" oi (yu^) 8t {non licet), ought not, nnist
it

necessary

Mt

1621,

not

Ac

252*,

"pi

22*

impf.,

8ci,

of necessity or obligation in past

time regarding a past event

Ac

2721,

Seov),
8cr), I

Ac
Ti

63, 4), Mt 1833, Lk 1532, Jo 4*, periphr., hiov ia-riv (as in Attic, XP^^^ ^^'^'- = XPVt v.s. 193"; id., with ellipse of icrrLV, 1 Pe 1^; to. p.ri Scovra (= a ou
(Bl.,
al.
;

513.
:

expressing moral obligation, as distinct from 8r, denoting logical necessity and XPV^ a need which results from the fitness 2i, i Jo 2<'; Hort on of things (v. Tr., Stju., cvii, 10; Westc. on He

Syn.

o^ciXct,

Ja
2.

310).

*8eiYfia, -TO?, TO (^Sct/cvv/xt); 1. (cl.) a thing shown, a specimen. Ju^.t cl. TrapdS- (cf. v7ro8-, II Pe 2^), an example (a warning)
Seiy/xaTiioj

*t
of, to

expose

SeiK^ufii, 8tKvvw

for ^^('^ hi. Mt 48 8*, Ac 73>Lxx)^

;]

Mk
I

(Eec. 7rapa8-, q.v.). Col 2i*.t chiefly Veitch, s.v.), [in (v. BL, 23, 1 (a) to show, exhibit dat. pers. to show, c. ace. rei (pers.), 1** 1415, Lk 4* 51* 202* 2212 24*o, Jo 2i8 520 1032 2020,
;

Mt V^
615,

Scty/xa),

a rare

word {ICG,

11.

c), to

make a show

LXX

Ti

Ee

I71 2P'io 221-8, pass.,

He

85(i'XX);

(j) to

make
(c)

knoion: Mt I621, Jo 148.9, Ja 2i8 3i3.t prove


:

Ac

IO28,

Co

123i,

Ee

li 41, 22^;

to

100

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


SeiXio,
-as,
rj

SeiXo's),

[in

LXX
:

for np-ili,

n^np,

etc.;]

cowardice, timidity (never in good sense) ii Ti I'^.t Syn.: <f>6/3o'i, fear, in general, good or bad; evkdfSeia (q.v.), apprehension generally, but chiefly pious fear, " that careful and watchful reverence v^^hich pays regard to every circumstance in that with which it has to deal " (cf. Tr., Sy7i., x). for nnn ni. tSeiXidu, -w 8Aia), [in IHE, etc.;] = the more freq. dnoS-, to be cowardly, timid, fearful : Jo 142'.+

LXX

SetXos,

-rj,

6v (<[

8o<;), [in

LXX for 1J1


-vi,

etc.

;]

cowardly, fearful

Mt

826,

Mk

4*0,

Re

218.+
ace. -va), [in Aq. one,
lO^^,
:

**8ij'o, 6, f), TO (gen. -vos, dat. 212(3) (Sm. also), iv Ki 6*^*;] stich cannot or will not name Mt 26*^.+
SeiKois,

Eu

4}, i

Ki
one

an
:

a certain

one,

whom

adv.

Mt

86.

Da
Lk

vehemently : Lk 11*3. SeiTT^c'u), -w 8r7r^ov, q.v.), [in LXX: Pr 23^ {nub), To 7^ 8\ 1127*;] to take the chief meal of the day, to dine, to sup: 2220 (WH, br., E, mg. omits), i Co 1125; metaph., Ee 320.+ 178
2.

Sc'os), [in

LXX

Jb

Wi

l?^, al.

;]

1. terribly

LXX

SeiTTi'oi', -ov,

TO, [in

LXX
:

chiefly for 35"n5) (Da)


23^,

;]

the chief meal

of the day, dinfier, supper 2120, I Co 1121 3 ^ouZv,


.

Mt

Mk

12^9,

Lk

14^7. 24

20, Jo
dpviov,

132' *

Mk

621, lij 1412,16^

Jo 122; ^yp^aKov
ydjxov
r.

(q.v.) 8.,

Co

1120;
fxeya

8. T.

metaph. (Dalman, Words, 118), r. 0o9, Ee IQl^t


-as,
rj

S. r.

Ee

19^;

*+

Seio-iSaifiofia,

(<[ ScicriSatyLicov, q.v.)

(a) piety, religion;

(b)

superstition.

2.

1. fear of the gods; ; Objectively, a religion: Ac

2519 (Cremer, 72, 682).t

SeiCTi-Saip.wi', -Of

{<C, Sci'Sw, to

fear

Saifjuav, deity),

deity, religious;

compar.

-fMovearepovi (AV,

too superstitious,

reverent to the E, txt.,

somewhat
cf.

superstitious, a sense in wh. the word is sometimes used Field, Notes, 125), more religious. God-fearing, than others, quite religious (Abbott, Essays, 105 ff. Deiss., LAE, 285) Ac I722.+
;
:

Syn.:
142 a).
S^Ka,

eva-efirj'i

(q.v.), dtoa-Jirj<i, 6prja-Ko^

(Cremer, 681;

DB,

ext.,

01, ai,

TO,

ten

Mt

202*, q\

^Xu/^ts rjfxepwv 8.,

i.e.

of brief

duration

Ee

2io.

+ 8eKa-8u'u, Eec. for SwSe/ca:

Ac

19^ 2411.+
Gr.,

+ 8cKa-^$,

Kcat8cKa,

sixteen (Jannaris,

645)

Ee

18^^,

L, mg. (for c^T^KovTa $; v. Swete, in 1.).+ fScKa-oKTci, T for ScKa 6/cTw, eighteen:
+ SeKa-TT^rre, [in

LXX: Ex

271*,

Lk Mac

13*.+
10*, al.;]

late

form

of

TrVTKa8eKa, fifteen : Jo IV^ Ac 27*, mg., ib.28, Ga AcKd-TToXis, -(os, n, Decafolis, a region east of the 520 7^1.+ taining ten cities Mt 42*,
:

WH,

V^f
Jordan con-

Mk

+ ScKareWapes, -wv,

01, al, -a.

to, [in

LXX

Ge

31*1,

T^

gig^ ^j

.j

=
in

cl. TecrcrapecTKai'ScKa,

MGr.

(for thirteen

more freq. in and upwards)

later

Gk. than the older form and

universal, fourteen:

Mt

li'^,

u Co

122,

Ga

21 (cf. Teo-o-apo-Kat8KaTos).+

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF


8eK(i-n), -17s,
1^,

THP.

NEW

TB37AMB1IT
-rj,

101

prop. fern.

(sc. fx-ipoi)
;]

of ScVaTo?,

-ov,
:

[in

LXX

for TtJ^yo
(for a

Ge

li^o,

Ne

12",

et al.

a tenth part, a

tithe

He

T^.*.*.'

curious inversion of the Biblical use, v.


S^Karos,
-77,

MM,

s.v.).t

-ov (<:^ SeKo), [in

tenth : Jo 1*^, Ac 19^ (WH, txt., tScKOT^U, -W, = Cl. -TCV'O ("IBTjr pi.)*;] io take tithe of: c. acc. pers.,

LXX for lt?r^ and cognate EV omit), Ee U^^ 212o.t 8KaT77), [iu LXX Nb
I

forms;]

He

7^;
[in

pass, to

10" (38) pay tithe :

He

79.t
tScKTiJs,
->7,

-OV,

]1S^: Pr 111,

al.;]

verbal adj. of Sexo^ai, acceptable: Lk 419(lxx)24^

LXX
lO^s,

Ac
:

u Co

chiefly for 62 (lxx)^

Phi

4I8 (cf. dJ7rpoo-8-).t

*8eXe(iJu (<^8eAa/3, entice : c. acc, 11 Pe 2^*'

a
^^

6aii), to allure
;

by a bait

metaph.,

to allure,

pass.,

Ja

1^*.+

AcXfJiaria, V. AaX/xaria.

S^MSpoK, -ov, TO, [in


8.

LXX

for ]^y

etc.

;]

tree

Mt

S^",

al.

iyaOov,
""t

Mt

1233,

Lk 6;
:

Ka\6v, Mt 1233, yivo-^ai 8.. Mt 1332; y. ^5


8,

7ir,n.

Lt 6*3; 8. 8., Lk 1319.

aawpov,

Mt

717. 18

hand

Sc^io-^oXos, -ov, o {<^ ^^to?, ySaAAw), owe for Sc^ioXaySos, Ac 2323.t

w/w throws with

the right

* SclioXd^os,

-ov, 6

(<;

Sc^ios, \afx/3dvo)),
:

a kind of soldier, prob. a


;]

spearman
IBi**, al.

(Vg., lancearius) or slinger


[in

Ac

2323.
]->p;

8c|i<5s, -a, -ov,


;

LXX

chiefly for

the right
i.e.

Mt
i-n-l

529,
ii

Jq

oTrXa

8.,

weapons carried in the


53",

right hand,

for offence,

Co
8.,

w the right hand


;

67; ^

8. xctp,

Mt

Lk

68, al.;

8. (sc.

on E, mg.), Ee 5i SiSovai rrjv 8., in friendship (Deiss., BS, 251), Ga 2^ metaph. of power, rfj 8. airov, Ac 233 531 Ta 8., i/ie right side, Mk 16*; ck 8e$iwv, on the right hand, c. gen., Mt 2533' 34^ Mk 1527^ L]j 111^ al. of a place of honour in the Messianic Kingdom (cf. iii Ki 2^^, Ps 44 (45)io), Ka^tVat Se^iJiv, Mt 2021, Mk 1037; of the heavenly session of Christ, Mt 26*, Mk 1^\ He 1"
(E, txt.,
;
; ;

x, Mt

63, al.;

t^v

(Cremer, 172).
Seofiai
to

(mid. of Sew,

II,

q.v.,

as depon.), [in

LXX
;

for fin
c.

etc.
2.

;]

want for

oneself; 1. to want, need: (a) absol.

(b)

gen.

to

beg, request, beseech, pray ; (i) in general: absol., Ac 263, c. gen. pers., Lk 5^2 828- 38 (iS.lro ; T, iSi.ro, cf Veitch, s.v. Sew) 938, Ac 83* 412 ; seq. Tva, Lk 9*o ; seq. to, c. inf., 11 Co IO2 ; c. 2139, II Co 520, gen. pers. et rei, 11 Co 8* (ii) of prayer to God absol., Ac 43i ; seq.
.

WH;

Ga

t TTws,

11"; .Va, Lk 213 2232; d<: r6, I Kvpiov, 07ra)9, Ac 82* c. gen., tov Kvpiov, OTTCDS,

Eo

Th Mt

310

938,

Lk

i^kp ifioi Trp6s t. IO2 ; rov ov,

Ac

102

seq.
:

^pa,

Ac
and
11
;

822.t
cf. SerjaLi.
8e2,

SYN.
prol.^*,
422 (52)^
I

airidi,

hiov, -ovTos,

TO (neut. part, of

used as

subst.), [in

LXX
;

Si

Mac

12^,

Pr

2431 (308)

Mac P^*; Ex -lKr


,

pi. t^i S., for

21io
;

33-715

oob, Ex I622, m Ki Da th 112 To 51*,

102
II

mjmtual geesk lexicon of the


1320 *
;]

new testament
:

Mac

that which
193,

is

needful, due, proper


eo-rtV, i
11
S.,

8.

ia-riv
8., i

(periphr.

for

8(1, q.v.),

Ac

with ellipse of

Pe

ra

fj^rj

Ti 5^^A

**8^os, -0V9, to' St'8<o), [in LXX: fear, awe, reverence : /icra ciXa^ttas koL
SFi\^.
;

Mac

Si^.so 1322 1316 1523*.-]

He

122^.t

SeiXi'a, </>d/3os.

of Derbe : Ac 20*.t Ac 14^' ^o 16^,t Aip^i], -17s, ^, Derbe, a city of Lycaonia for IliT;] i/^e sA;m, S^Pfia, -Tos, TO ;8e/3w), [in
AcpPaios,
-a, -ov,
:

LXX

/lide

of

beasts

cv aiytbts 8.,
-rj,

He
Ki

11^''',

ScpfKiTifos,

-ov (<[ 8ep/xa), [in

LXX for lijr


[in

;]

0/ sA;m, leathern
26'"'-

Mt 3\ Mk
Za
1,;

1 (cf. IV
-7

S^ppis, -CO)?,

18).t

8e>os
:

SepyLta),

LXX: Ex

(nv^'T),

13*

(ri::ilK),

etc.

;]

a skin
cf-

Mk
Ch

(D, from Za,

I.e.

Swete, in

Eec, Edd. Tpix"?;


Se'po),

M^:,
1, 11

^a;^)., x).t

[in

LXX: Le
Co

293*

35^

(IDITS hi.)*;]
c.
;

1.

to

shin,

flay.
12=*.
*,

2.

(cf.

Eng.

Lk

20io> 11 22<'3,

slang, hide) to heat, thrash : Jo IS^^, Ac 5*o 16" 22^9


1120.

ace, Mt 21^*, is d^pa Sepwv, i

Mk
Co

92; is Trpdo-wTTOi;

8., II

Pass.,

Mk

13^,

Lk

12*'' * {Saprjaerai

TToXAcis, oXi'yas, SC. jrXrjyd'i) .f


8c(7fjieu'w

8o-/>ids),

[in

LXX for
:

-|DX (Jg 16^\


8^^,

al.),

D^K

pi.

(Ge

37^

al.), etc. ;]
:

1.

to

put in chains
23*.
8co-)u.ei;a),
17

Lk
:

Ac

22*.

2.

to hind, tie

together

^opTia,

Mt

SeCTfi^w, -w,
S^apLTj

Eec. for

(Eec.

Sea-p.^), -7?s,

q.v.

Lk

S^^.t

8a)), [in

LXX for ni^Jf Ex I222 *


,

;]

a hundle

S-^aare aira cis

Secrp.a'i

(D, Orig., omit


8((rp.6^), [in

eis,

and Blass thinks

original reading,
8^cr|jiios,

8cr/xas Sia-p-as;
;

v. Deiss., Zr^J5, 125^),

Mt
;]

IB^^A
1.

-ov (also -a, -ov 6


2'

<^

LXX for IDK


Mt
1DN
;

hinding.

2.

hound, captive;
1625. 27 2318 251*'

8.,

as subst., a prisoner:
(''^'

27^^'^",

Mk

15'',

Ac
II

28i

1^

He

10^*
4i.t

13=*

6 8. rod Xpia-roi,

Eph 3^

Ti 1\ Phmi.9; 6
SeCTfAos, -ov,

6
;

metaph.,
TT.,

Lk

8. eV

Kvpiw,
[in

Eph

860)),

LXX

chiefly for

;]

a band, hond
expression in

13^**

6 8a-po^ t. yXwo-o-r/s,

Mk
II

P'' (for this

8o-yLiot,

V. Deiss., Phi 113

LAE,
;

306

ff.

8e(riJi<i

(as also in

of actual bonds, v. Euth., Gr., 9). PI., gen., dat., cl.), Lk 829, Ac 162" 202^
;

Ac

2329 2629.
8.

31,

Phi

1". 1*.

1^ Col
(Seo-ytAos,

4:^^,

Ti

29,

Phm

10,

He

1136,

Ju
:

iv Tots

ToC evayyeXiov,
-Kos,

Phm ^^A
6

*t

8c<Tp.o-<j>uXa5,

<^vXa|),

a prison-keeper, gaoler
JT'U (Ge),

Ac
:

1623.27,36 (cf. dpxi8-,

Ge

3921).+

Seo-fiwrripioi', -ov, to, [in

LXX for 'TjiQn


,

TD^
:

;]

a prison

Mt

112,

Ac

521.23 I626.t

8ea(iwTT)s, -ov, 6, [in


8e<nr6Ttis, -ov, 6,
;

LXX for 1DN 1300 a prisoner [in LXX chiefly for ]nN, "^pi^; in
;]
;

Ac
Jth

271- *2.t
91^, 8. t.
:

ovpavwv K. t. y^s] a master, lord, correlative of 8ov\os, otc'T;s i Ti 61. 2, II Ti 221, Tit 29, 1 Pe 21^ as title of God, voc, 8WoTa (so usually in

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


LXX), Lk 229, Ac 424; ^ 8. = voc. Se'oTroTa Christ, II Pe 2\ Ju *, E, txt. (but cf. mg.).t
Syn.
:

103
6^0; of

(cf.

Bl,

33, 4),

Ee

Kvptos (q.v.),

general relation than 8., controlled power" (Thayer).


Seupo,

implying limitation of authority and a more which "denoted absolute ownership and unchiefly for
;

adv.,

[in

LXX

"Sj^,

np^;]

1.

of

place; (a)

hither,

with verbs of motion (b) here! camel: Mt 19^\ Mk lO^i,


171 219.
2.

(in cl. chiefly poet.)

as an imperat.,

Lk

I822,
:

Jo 11 Ac 7^ d-^x), 34 (lxx)^
l^^.t

Re

Of time,

hitherto,

now

Eo

8eoT, adv., as pi. of Scvpo, 1. {b), q.v., [in

LXX

chiefly for 13^;]

come on

come here
c.

come

c.

Re

1917;

subjc,

Mt

Mt

1128; ds,

Mt

22*,

Mk

2138, 63i.t

Mk

imperat., Mt 25^* 28, Jo d^^ 21^2^ 1^7; Trpds, 127 geq. ottlo-w, Mt 4^9,
;

Mk

*8OT6paios, -a, -ov (<^ 8f urcpos), adj. with adverbial sense; second day : SevrtpaioL ^XOofiev, Ac 28^3 J

on

the

*t ScuTcpo-TTpajTos, -ov, second-first (in what sense, there is no satisfactory explanation. The reading is prob. not original, v. ICC, in 1. mg., R, mg.t DCG, i, 411 ; ii, 541, 724) Lk 6^, SeuTcpos, -a, -ov, second in order, with or without idea of time Mt 2226.39, al.; edvaro^, Re 2" 201* 218; ^^p,^^ n Co l^s. In neut. as Jo 3* 21^^, i Co 1228, adv., secondly, a second time ; opp. to Trpwrov
:

WH,

Re

193

TO

8., 11

Co

I32,

Ju

^
;

eV t.

8.,

at the second time


92*,

Ac
928.

7^3

in

later
1.
c.
7

Jo Ac usage (as i Mac 9^), 8., Mk Se'xo/iai, depon. mid., [in LXX chiefly for Upb
14-2,
;

119,
;]

He
:

to receive,

accept

16"'

ace. rei, of taking or accepting what is offered id. in different sense, Ac 282^ ; iroTrjpiov, Lk 22^7

ypdfifjLara,
;

Lk
22^
\

TratSiw

(cis t.

dy/caAas),

Lk

228

Trept,Ke<f)aXatav, fxd-)^aipav,

Eph

S^^

iiriCTToXd^,

Ac

T. /Sao-tXctav T.

Xoyia ^wvra, Ac evayyeXiov, metaph., of mental acceptance, II Co 11*; T. x-P'-^ '" ov, II Co 6^ Mt 111*; ^^ x6yo,^, Lk 813, Ac 81* lli I711, i Th 1^ 2i3, Ja I21 ri t.
eoS,
lO^*,

Mk

Lk

18^7
;

738

TTvev/u-aTos,
II

Co
2.

21*

t. irapdKXrjcnv,

II

Co
Jo

81^

t.

dydTnjv
71^

t.

d\r}6eia<;,

Th

21**.

C. ace. pers., of receiving kindly or hospitably,


108.10,
4*5,
11

Mt
41*,

1014.

Col

Mk 611, Lk 95,53 419, He 1131; ^aiStW, Mt


40,

Co

Ipe^

Ga

18^,

Mk
7^9

93^,

Lk

16*.

Se^at t. Trvevfxd

fjLov,

Ac

9*8; civ oTkov^, o-Kr/va?, g^ 8eL ovpavov 8e$aa6ai, Ac 32^


irapa-, irpocr-, VTro-8)(Ofxai
',

Lk

(cf. dva-, d-rro-, 8ia-, elcr-, ck-, dir-eK-, iv-,

iiri-,

Cremer, 174).t
rei, seq. d<i 8o-/t(is,_

chiefly for IDH ;] to tie, bind, fasten ; (1) c. ace. 1330; of an ass, Mt 212, II2.*, Lk 193o. (2) ScSo/acvos t. c. ace. pers., of swathing a dead body, o^ovtots, Jo 19*^ Kiipiais (Bl., 34, 6 ; Kiihner3, iii, 125), Jo 11**; of binding TToSas . .

Sew

(I), [in

LXX
Mt

Mk

with chains, dyyiXovs, Re

9i*
;

a demoniac,

TrcSais k. akvo-^cn,

Mk

5^. *

Ac Jq captives, Mt 2111.13 225.29 2427, Col 43, Re 202; dXiatm, Ac 12^ 2133. Metaph., o Xoyos T. Ocov, II Ti 29; of Satan binding by disease (MM, s.v.), Lk I316; of constraint or obligation, Ac 2022; of the marriage bond,
1229 143 22^3 272,
1812,24^

Mk

327 gir 151,7^

92.14.21

104
I

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


in Eabbinic yvvaiKL, i Co V^ id. c. dat. pers., dvSpt, Eo 7^ (Dalman, Words, 213 f.), to forbid, declare forbidden, Mt IB^^ IS^^ Cremer, 82). Kara-, frepi-, aw-, v7ro-8ecj
73"
; ;

Co

lang.
(cf.

want, miss ; mid., Se'o^uai, q.v. Si], consecutive co-ordinating particle with no exact equiv. in Eng., giving greater exactness and emphasis to the word or words to which it is attached; sometimes translatable as now therefore, then, imperat., Ac 6^ (WH, mg.) 13^, verily, certainly. 1. With verbs 620 ijort. subjc, Lk 2^^, Ac IS^e indie, St; vov (T, BrJTrov, q.v.). He I Co 2^*. o St?, now this is he who, Mt IS^^.t 2. With pronouns *t 8T,XaoY(is, adv. S^Aos, avyT^), clearly : Mk 8^\ T, WH, mg. (for
S^w
(II), Attic, to
:
.

T7]kavyu)^, q.V.).t
SfjXos,
-7],
:

-ov, [in

LXX for ns
;

etc.

;]

1. visible.
i

2. clear to

the

mind, evident

Mt 26"
S.

S. (sc.

o-TtV),

seq. on,

Co

1527,

Qa

311.

SvN.

<f)avep6<s,
;

with

ref. to

to concealed stood.

with

ref. to

outward appearance, manifest as opp. inner perception, evident, known, under-

StjXow, -w, [in

LXX
He
1^^ to
;

ace,
seq.

Co

313,

Col

18,

chiefly for to ;] 9^ 12^7; c. dat. pers.,


seq.
cts, i

rr

make 11 Pe

plain, declare : c. 1^*; c. dat. pers.,


S.

Trepi (pass.), i

Co

Pe l^^t
;

SVN.

iix(f>avLt,oi,

make

manifest, render visible to the sight

to render evident to the mind. AT)/xds, o (perh. contracted from Arj/xT^pio<:), ^\ 11 Ti i^^.f of St. Paul Col 4^*,
:

Demas, a companion

Phm

SrjfiTjyop^a),

LXX

Pr

24'' (30^^),

AT]|jir]Tpios,

-w {<^Brjfxo<;, ayoptvw, to speak in the assembly), [in iv Mac 5^'-'*;] to deliver an oration: Ac 122i.t ^s. 2, A -ov, 6, Demetrius; 1. a silversmith, Ac 19-*'
iii

Jo^'^f 6 S^;l.os, ipyov), [in LXX: II Mac 4^*;] 1. **8r]fiioupY<5s, one who works for the people. 2. Univ., an author, builder, maker the maker of the world (Xen., Mem., i, 4, 9, al.). He 11^**.+ Syn. : KTL(TTr]<;, creator, tcxviVj;?, craftsman, designer. In He, I.e., T. has reference to the plan, S. to its execution.

Christian disciple,

-oZ,

Srjfios, -ov, 6, [in

LXX chiefly for

nnB^rp;]

1.

district,

country.
:

2. the

Ac

common people, the people generally; esp. the people assembled 1222 I7si93'33.t
SvN.
:

opp. to
in
of

NT

8., the people as a body politic unorganized multitude. eOvo's, in sing., means as in Gk. writers generally, a nation, but in pi. denotes the rest

Xao's,

the people at large

S. is

oxXos, the

mankind apart from the Jews Gentiles. X. also, rare in cl. (Att. Xeo'is), is freq. in LXX and NT, and usually limited to the chosen
:

people, Israel

(cf. Cl. -a, -ov

** 8T,fi6aios,
belonging
(cl.);

Bev.,

i,

42
:

f.

Cremer, 689).

S^/tos), [in

LXX
5^
;

11

Mac B^o,

iii

Mac 2^7 47 *

;]

to

the people, public

Ac

dat. fem.

used adverbially
(b) publicly:

(a) at the public expense, by public consent; 1637 1828 2020.+


*t8r]'(lpio', -ov, TO,

Ac

the Lat. denarius, a

Roman

coin, nearly equal

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


to the hpaxfi-n, q.v.: Mt 1828 QO^.^.is 22i9, 202*, Jo 67 126, Ee g*. ^^ ^l^^, g^ Mt 20".t

105

Mk

6^7 12i5 145,

Lk

7*^ lO^*

8ii-iroT6, indef. adv. (also written hrj Trore), with generalizing force; 1. absol., sometime. 2. With adv. or relat., -soever : w 8., Jo 5C*]

(L, ouaSrjTTOTOvv) A
*8i]-irou (WH, 87; TTov), indef. adv., mostly in sense of surely, 2^^ T (WH, 877 Trov).f course, we know : of Aio, ace. of Zcvs, q.v. 8i( (before a vowel 8l, exc. Eo 8^^, 11 Co 5^, and in pr. names Tdf., Pr., 94), prep. c. gen., ace, as in cl.; 1. c. gen., through; (i) of

He

Place, after verbs of motion or action

Mt

2^2

12,

Mk
Co

2^3,
3^5, I

Lk
Pe
:

43,

Jo

4*, II

Co
8.

1133, al.

aioCea-Oat (Stao-) 8. Trvpo's, vSaros, I

320;

^KfTreiv

iaoTTTpov,

I
;

Co

13^2

metaph., of a state or condition


d/cpo^vo-r/as (Lft., Notes, 263,
(ii)

Eo

1420, II Co Eo 227 411

2* 57.
g^'

10

8. ypdfjLfjiaTos,

279),
:

i^o/xonjs,

Eo

825.

Of Time

(a)

during which

Mt

26\

Mk
Ac

ToC ^ijv, He 2^5 8. Travros (StaTravros in 55, Lk 24^3), always, continually, Mt IS^", Ac 225 (Lxx) iq2 2416, Eo 1110 (Lxx)^ 11 Th 316, He 9 13^5. (j) ^jthin which: Ac 13; 8. vukto's,
55
.

Mk 1458, Lk

S. TravTOS

/G, Of the Means or Instrument of God, (1) of the efficient cause (regarded also as the instrument) Eo 113", I Co 19, Ga 47, He 2io 721 of Christ, Eo 1^ SL ^\ i Co I521, I Pe 411, al. 8. t. vfiwv Sci/o-ews, Eo 1^2, n Co l^ Ga 42, al. (2) of the agent, instrument or means; (a) c. gen. pers., Mt II2, Lk V^, Jo 1^7^
;

519 169 1710 2331


f.)
:

(c)

after

which

(Field, Notes, 20; Abbott,

255

Mk

2^,

Ac

24^7,

Ga 2\

(iii)

Ac
2^5,

li,

Eo
12
;

2i,

Co

121,

7rpo<prJTov (8. T. Kvptov, I

Eph 1*, He 2^*, Ee Th 42 (M, Th., in 1.)


;

1^, al

iirb t. Kvpiov 8. r.

Lft., Bev.,

121

f.),

Mt

I22

Eo <I)s rnxwv (Field, iVotes, 202), 11 Th 22 ; 8. 2. 5^2- j-j^ ^ ggn. rei (where often the simple dat. is {NTD, 22), I Pe used in cl.; Jannaris, Gr., 375), Jo 11*, Ac 5^2- ^ ^ Trto-rcws, Eo 33**; 8. Adyov Oeov, I Pe 123 g irapa^oXrjs, Lk 8* ; 8ov\Viv 8. r. ayatrq^, Ga
8. cTTto-ToX^s 8.
.

5^3

g.

cTrayycAias,
8.

Ga

3^^,

2.

C. acc.

(i)

rarely, as c. gen.,

(Horn),
581), pers.

p-ia-ov

2a/u,apias

Lk

17^^ (ii) (M, Pr., 105),

{ICG, in 1. by reason of, because


;

Bl.,
of,

42, 1

through Eobertson, Gr
c.

Mk
1510
;

for the sake of; (a)

acc
8 ges
;

227,

Jo

6*7 11*2^

Eo
;

82; (b) c. acc. rei, 8


8. dy<{7r7;v,

<l>e6vov,

Mt

2718,

Mk
^/^^s

8. cp6/3ov,

Jo

7^3 20i9
625,

Eph

2*

TovTo, freq., /or


al.; id. seq. on,
al.
;

cause, therefore,
5^^ 10^7, al.;
5*,

Mt

^jj

Jo

8. ti,

8. TO, c. inf.,
;

Mk

Lk

97,

Ja
;

42.

7*5 why, Mt Mk 2^8, 3. In composition, (1) through.


;

514^ j^^ 9^1' 1*,

1149^

Jq Jo

as in 8ia^aivo} (2) of separation, asunder, as in 8iao-7raa) (3) of distribution, abroad, as in StayyeAAo) (4) of transition, as 8taAAao-o-(o (5) of "perfective" action (M, Pr., 112 f., 115 f.), as 8ia<f>vy(D, 8ta/ca^apt^w.
;

Sia-PaiVw, [in

LXX
;

step across, cross over

chiefly for IIT ;] 1. fo (a) trans. t. ^aXao-o-av,


:

make a
112^
;

stride.

2.

to

He
<25'

(6) intrans.

seq.

eis,

Ac

169

^p^^ ljj i626.t

8io-pd\X, [in

LXX Da LXX
:

38,

th

38 62*

(pj^

bjjf), 11

Mac

3^^, IV Mac 4^ * ;] 1. to throw across. 2. To slander, defame, accuse falsely or maliciously : Lk 16^ (Cremer, 120).

106

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


* 8ia-PePat(5ofiai,
-ov/xai,

to

affirm confidently

Tit 3^
to see

seq.

-n-tpt,

Ti 17 (Cremer, 140).t * Sia-pX^TTu 1, to look straight before one.


;

2.

clearly:

Mt
1),
6,
rj,

7^

Mk
Es
(a)

8'-^^

Lk

612 (of.

Sia'ygXei/^ts,

Aq., Is 61i, for


q.v.),

SidpoXos, -ov
exc.
8.
;

8ia^dXAw,

[in

LXX Sn'd{3-).f LXX for Jl^jp (as


.

Jb

7"*

8^ (iy, "11^);] slanderous, accusing falsely

As

subst.,

generally (cf. Es, 11. c), a slanderer, false accuser : i Ti 3^' ^ (CGT, in 1., but v. infr.) S^\ ii Ti S\ Tit 2^ (b) as chiefly in LXX, of Satan, the Accuser, the Devil : Mt 4^' ' . n 13^9 25^1, Lk 42. 3. e, i3 312, Jo 132, Ac 1038, Bph 427 611, I xj 30, 7 (but V. supr.), n Ti 226, He 21*, toS 8., Jo 8**, i Jo 38; Ja 47, I Pe 58, Ju9, Ke 21" 12^. 12 202.10; cTi/ai 31'' 131*^ metaph., of Judas, Jo 6"^^ (Cremer, TKva Tov 8., I Jo V109, Ac 121 DGG, ii, 605).t for HSD pi., etc. ;] to ptcblish abroad, proSi-ayyeWa), [in claim : c. ace, Lk 9^^, Ac 2126, Rq 9^U^^^).f
;

LXX

hid-ye

(WH,

8id ye), V.S. ye.

** Sia-yiVofxai (Ion. and late Gk. for Staytyv-), [in 1126*;] I to go through, to pass, e.g. t. vvKra] absol.,

LXX,
to
;

11

Mac
2.

live.

Of

time, to intervene, elapse : ptcp., c. rj/xcpwv tivwv, Ac 25^3 iKavov xpovov, 16i.t ib. 279; t. o-a/J^arou, chiefly for JTT and cf. previous word), [in Sia-yikwaKu (v. 23^^. 91* ;] 1. to distinguish, ascertain exactly : Ac 2. As II Mac Athen. law-term, to determine : to. Kaff v/aS?, your case, Ac 2422 (Cremer, 673).t

Mk

LXX

*t

Sia-yi'wpij^a), to

publish abroad
r]

Lk

2^",

Eec.

[lyvtapia-iv,

Edd.).t
1.

**8i(l-yt'wais,

-ews,

(-<[ Stayiyfwo-Kw),

[in

LXX: Wi
as

318*;]

2. As law-term (Lat. cognitio), distinguishing, also as medical term. determination, decision : Ac 252i (Cremer, 674).

1 8ia-yoyyuw, [in

LXX
to

chiefly for

]'^'b

71b

Ex

162,

and

cf
:

Si

34

(31)2*

.]

Qf a

number,

murmur
prop., to

or mutter

among

themselves

Lk

152 197.t *t Sia-yprjyope'w,

-w, (a)
:

remain awake
;]

(E, mg.)

(b) to be

fully awake (R,


8i-(iy(D, [in

txt.)

Lk
;

932.t
1.

LXX
[in

for I^JT hi., etc.

to

carry over.

2.

Of time,
;]

to

pass

pCov,

Ti 22

absol., to live, seq. eV, Tit 33.

%i.(x-%ix'^\iai,

LXX

for

njl^a (Deiss., BS, 115), nni


:

tc

receive through another, receive in tiirn


V. Field, Notes, 116).t
8i(i8Tifia, -To<;,

Ac

7**

(RV, in their turn

TO (<i StaSe'w, to bind round), [in

LXX

for iri3 (as

Es

1"), etc.;] the band round the Tidpa of a Persian king; a diadem, the badge of royalty Re 123 131 191-2^ Syn. : o-Tc'^avos, the badge of "victory, of valour, of nuptial joy, of festal gladness" (but v. M, Th., i, 21^; cf. DB, i, 530, 604).
:

8ia-8i8(0)j,i,

[in

LXX

for

pbn
:

pi., etc.

;]

1.

Ee

1713,

Rec.

2.

to distribute

Lk

11^2 18^2,

hand Jo 611, Ac
tc

over, deliver
435.t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


8id-8oxos, -ov,
6,

107

SiaSe'xo/xai), [in
11

LXX

Ch

IS^^ (t^^),

n Ch
:

2611 (^^^ 28^ (nivn), Si 461 438,


24^'^ (for

Mac

429 1426*.]

s^iccessor

Ac
BS,

usage in

LXX and

ir.

in sense of court o&cial, v. Deiss.,

115).t
Sia-Jwf kufAi, (also -wvo}), [in

LXX for lijn,


;

Ez

23^^

A*

;]

to
:

gird

round : eawov, Jo 13* Jo 217.t


SiaOiiKT], -77s,
rj

pass., ib. 13^

mid., to gird oneself with

c.

ace,
for

{<C.8taTi0r]fji.(.),

[freq. in

LXX, and nearly always


;

n^l^l;] 1. as usually in

cl.,

disposition, testament, will (Plat., al.)

Ga

315 (R,

Milligan,
infr.).

NTD,
As

mg., but v. Lft., in 1.), He 9^<^, " (R, txt. MM, Exp., xi, 75 Abbott, Essays, 107 Deiss., LAE, 341 but v.
;
; ;

2.

in

LXX

(for IT^IS)

cl. a-vvd^Kr],

a convention, arrange-

ment, covenant (exc. in the disputed cases mentioned above, always bet. God and man, " perhaps with the feeling that the 8ta- compound was more suitable than the o-vv- for a covenant with God crvv6. might suggest equal terms," MM, Exp., I.e.) Ga 3^^ (E, txt., but v. supr., and cf Thayer, s.v.). He 9^^' i' (R, mg., Westc, in 1. Hatch, Essays, 47; but V. supr.), Mt 2628, Mk U^\ Lk 1^2, Ac 32^ 78, Ro 1127(lxx)^
: . ;

II

Co Co

31*,

Ga

3I',

He 722

8, ib.
s.,

^'

10 (i^^^) 9* i^-n^

ib. 20

(lxx)

iqu

(lxx), 29

1224 1320,
I

1125,

Re 1119; ^^^^^ Co 3, He 88
difference.

Mt

2628, ^^^g^
.

^k

I421 (R, mg.),


42*,

Lk
;]

222o,

(lxx) 915

pi_^

j^ 9^ Ga

Eph
i

2i2.t
1.

8i-atpeais, -cws,

v (<;
2.

Siat/ocw), [in

LXX
Ge
2.

chiefly for riiT^nO

distinction,

division,

distribution\:
15io),

Co

12**"

(cf.

Siaipew;

Cremer, 616).

8i-aip^a>, -w, [in

LXX for nn2


cttt

(as

pbn

(as
:

Jos 18^),
c.

etc.

;]

1.

to

divide into parts,

asunder.

to distribute

ace. rei, dat.

pers.,

Lk

I512,

Co

12ii.t
:

*t8ia-Kaeapitw

*8ia-ica0aipw, to cleanse thoroughly = -OaCpw Mt 3i2.t


:

Lk

3^''.t

*+8ia-KaT-eXYxoH'ai, io confute completely : Ac 1828.t 1. generally, to minister, serve, wait *8iaKo'ea>, w (-<; Sia/covos)
;

upon, especially at table,

do one a service, care for one's needs: 222i. ^\ Jo 122, i Pe 411 Saa ht-qKSvr^a^v, absol., Mt 2028, Mk 10**, Lk 10*" II Ti 118; c. dat. pers., Mt 411 81* 25** 27", Mk li^.ai I5*i, Lk 4^9 8^ 12" 178, Jo 1226, Ac 62 1922, Ro 1525, Phm i^. He 6i9. 2. to serve as deacon: i Ti 3i*''i^. 3. C. ace. rei, to minister, stipyply, stipply by ministo
;

tration:

Pe 112 410 pass., 11 Co 3^ 8i9.2o.t SVN. XtiTovpye'co, q.v. (Cremer, 179).


I
;

8iaKo^ia, -as, ^
I

Sicikovos), [in

LXX for T^J mCT pi.


,

Es

68.
;

A
(a)

Mac

11*8 *

jj

ijig office

and work of a
:

Staxovos, service,

ministry

Lk (b) spec, of religious of domestic duties (Field, Notes, 63) ministration, and the exercise of ministerial functions in the Church Ac 117.25 61.* 1129 1225 2024 2119, Rq 1113 127 1531^ j Co 1615, II Co 41 6 8* 91. 13, Eph 412, Col 417, I Ti 112, II Ti 45. n, He li*, Re 2i9 ; 8. r.
10*
; :

108

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


II

davdrov,

Co

3'^

t. irvevfjt.aTO'i, ib.

T.

KaraKpiaew^, t.

8iKaLo<rvvr]<;, ib.

T. KaraWayrj^, ib. 5^^; 118; pi.^ I Co 12*.t

t. AciTovpytas, ib. 9^^; C. obj. gen., Ttjv VfJLWv

8., ib.

SidKoi-os, -ov, 6,

7j

(derivation

unknown),

[in

LXX for 1^3


6*, i

m^
Eo

pi-

Es

63.5,

j^B

110^

22,

Pr
;

attendant, minister : Mt Ga 2l^ Eph 621, Col 4"


II

9^7 *;] 1. in general, 23^i, 20-^ 22^3 93^ 10, Jo 2*.

10*, 4

Mac
Eo

Mk

9,

a servant, i Co 3^
Xpio-roC,

8. ^eoi),

13*,

ii

Co

Th
;

32

8.

Co

1123,

Col 1^
123
.

Ti 4;

cf. 6 8. 6 c/xos,
;

Jo 1226;

8. tc/dito/i^s,

15^;

8.

Kaiv^s
3',

8i.aOrJKr]s,

II

Co

8.

8(/caioo-uv;s, II

Co

11^^

8.

[cvayycXtov],

Eph

Col 125. 2. As technical term for Church officer (so in pre-Christian times, v. M, Th., 1, 32), a deacon Phi 1\ I Ti 38' 12 fern. (cf. Bccl. 8ia/covto-<Ta), Eo 16^ (cf. i Ti 3", and

Col

[e'KKA.77o-ttts],

CGT,

in

1.,

also

M,

Th., l.c.).t

Syjv. : 8ov\o<;, bondman ; Oepdirwv, servant acting voluntarily AH \nrr}pTr]s, servant, attendant, by etymol. suggesting subordination. these imply relation to a person, in distinction from which 8. repreCf. also Acirovpyds, a sents rather the servant in relation to his work. public servant, in which the idea of service to the community is prominent olKeTr)<;, a hotise servant.
;

SiaKoo-ioi, -ai, -a,

two hundred

Mk

6^"^,

et al.

Si-aKodc, [in

LXX: De

l^^ (yaizr),

Jb

9^3

(t

D^ET hi.)*;] to hear


I.e.
;

Deiss.,

through, hear ftilly ; technically, to hear judicially (as De, BS, 230) Ac 2335.t
:

cf

8ia-KpiV(i), [in

LXX
4^^;
j_

for MDtZT,
:

y^,

etc.;]

1.

to separate,

hence,
8.

to

distinguish, disci'iminate, discern

/xrjBkv 8.,

Ac
3i

11^2
142s.

oiSkv

/lera^,

Ac
1.

159

o-,
:

Co
163,

arbitrate
to get

Mt

Co

t6 (r!hfia, i Co 65 II29 (ICC, in


:

112^.

2. to settle, decide, judge,

a
1.),

decision, contend, disjmte

seq. Trpd?,

ICG, in
but not

Ju9;
1
;

absol.,

Ju

22(R.mg.)^

Mid. and pass. II2 c. dat. (but v. 2. Hellenistic (NT and Eccl.,
1.), ib.

Ac

LXX),
Ja

to be

divided in ones mind,


;

to hesitate,

doubt
^^3^^

Mt
Ac

212^,

Eo

1423,

ev cavT(3, Ja 2*
420,

iv t. KapBla,

Mk

1123

g,^

IO20

8. T. dTTio-Tm,

Eo

Ju
v

22 (B.

txt.)

Sid-Kpicris,

-a>s,

t
[in

8tacptVa)),

LXX
i

for

irb^P

Jb 3718 * ;]
:

the act of judgment, discernment : Eo 14\ ** Sia-KwXcuo), [in LXX: Jth 4" 12''*;]

Co

12^*',

He

S^^.t
c.

to

hinder, prevent
1.
to talk

ace,
Trpds,

Mt Lk
[in
II

3i*.t

** Sia-XaXe'u,
611.

-w, [in

Sm.

Ps 50

(51)^^, et al.

;]

with

2.

to talk

over: pass.,

Lk

l5.t

8ia-X^YH-**'-

LXX Ex
:

i^^- of BiaXiyw, to pick out, distinguish, as depon.), 62-, Is 63^ (-Q1 pi.), Jg 8' (nn), i Es 8*^ Es 52, Si I420,
;
;

Mac
:

1120 *

argue
Trpds,

Ac

fQ converse with, discourse (v. CI. Bev., i, 45), discuss, jj 18* 19' ^ 20^ c. dat. pers., Ac IT^^ Igis 20^, He 12* seq.

Mk

934,

Ac
:

1717 2412;

TTcpt,
bfl"'

Ac
(as

2425,
i

juO- ^^^
10^), etc.

^. ypa4>C>y,
;]

Ac

I72.+

8ia-Xeiiru, [in

LXX for
7*5.t

Ki

to intermit, leave

off for

a time

Lk

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


8ici-Xekto$, -ov,

109

^ (<^ SioXeyoynai),

[in

LXX Da LXX
:

1* (ftsn),

Es

926*;] 1. conversation, discourse, speech (Plat., Dem., al.). 2. As in Polyb. and later writers, the language or dialect of a particular country or district: Ac 1^^ 2'8 21*o 22^ 26i*.t

**t 8io-Xtfnrd^, [in

LXX: To
I

10^*];

to

intermit, cease:
i

Ac

8^*,

WH,

mg.t
Si-aXXdaau), [in

LXX:
to

Ki 29*

(nS"5 hithp.),

Es A^\

al.;]

1. to

change, exchange.
pass., c. dat. pers.,

2.

Mt

after

mutual

hostility,

change enmity for friendship, to reconcile "The word denotes mutual concession an idea absent from KaraW-," q.v. (Lft., Notes,
5^*.

288; cf. Deiss., LAE, ITS^g; Cremer, 91, 632).t chiefly for aOTI Sia-Xoyijonai, depon., [in freq. in Pss. ;] 1. to balance accounts (Dem.). 2. to consider, reason (Isocr.) Lk 1^^

LXX

Mk 26' Lk 5^2 Trcpt, Lk 315 iv iavT<5 {-oh), Mt 16^. Mk 28, Lk 1217; Trpos Mk 933 usi^ l^ 20^*; Trap L, Mt 2125 (,v L, T, WH, mg.) Trpos aXXrjkov^, Mk 8^^ on, Mk 8^^ Jo ll*o, Eec. {DB,
521
;

iv T. Kap8ia,

8,

8,

I.,

i,

611

Cremer, 400).t
8ia-XoYi7|i.6s,
-ov,

(<^ 8taXoyt^o/iai),

[in

LXX
:

chiefly
15^^,

for

n^ttrno

;]

a thought, reasoning, inward questioning

Mt
Phi

Mk

72\

Lk

23 522 68 9*6. *7 2438,

Eo

121

141,

Co

320 (lxx)^

21*; /cptralS.

irovrjptav,

gen. of qual.
like rr|)7p
1.; cf.
,

(cf.

Pr

perh.
(v.

S.,

in

Ps 138
for

koX S. (where 12^), Ja (139)2o, al., implies evil intention), i Ti 28

2*; x'^P'^

o/ayij?

Hort, in
;

Cremer, 400).t

8ia-Xuu,
dissolve

[in

LXX

nnx
to

b^n

etc.
:

;]

to

part

asunder,

of an assembly, pass.,

disperse

Ac

536.t

fxapTvpo/xai, q.v., [in

depon., of Ionic origin, intensive of the simple Tir hi., usually c. dat. pers., De 428 8^9, I Ki 89, al. ;] solemnly to protest : Lk 1628, Ac 2*0 82* 10*2 IS^ 2021.23,24 2311 2823, i ^^^ 46^ He 2 in adjuration, seq. ivwmov t. Oeov, 521, II Ti 21* 41 (Cremer, 415).t I Ti
8ia-fi,apTupofxai,

LXX chiefly for


;

for Dnb ni.. Da IO20 Si 8^' 3 3828 struggle against. 2. In argument, to contend: Ac 23^.+ to 5119*. for TOJT etc. ;] to remain, continue : Lk I22 8io-fx.^'a), [in
8ia-}i(lxofjiai, [in
J
;

LXX

LXX

LXX

2228,

Ga

25,

He

l^^ (^xx),

Pe
Lk

3*.t

8ia-|iepitu, [in

LXX
cts,

chiefly for
22^"^,

pbn

pi.

;]

1.

to distr^b^^te

c.

dat.

pers.,

Ac

2**;

seq.
:

pass.,

Ac
233*
;

23.

among
c.

themselves
(v_

Mt
,vi',

2735,

Mk

I52*,
2.
to

Lk

Mid. to distribute with redundant iavroh,

Jo 1924 (LXX)
ace,

M,

Pr., 157).
c. dat.,

divide, separate: pass., seq. cVi,

Lk

1117.18.

8ia-fipi<7^os, -ov, 6

Lk

1252. ss.t

Siajxept^io), [in

LXX

Ez

4829 (n|T*3nS),

Mi

712*;] a division: opp. to


hia-vifiw, [in

dpT^vrj,

LXX for
Lk
I22.+

Lk 125i.t pbu, De 2926 <25)*;]


4i7.t

^q distribute,

divide:
at,

pass., to be spread about,


t8ia-.'e.5G,,

[in
to
:

Ac LXX: Ps 34

(35)i9

(pp), Si 2722*;]

to

wink

nod

to,

beckon

110

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


Sia-KOTifia,

n^ljl'na

etc.,

(<^ Siavoeo/Atti, to think), [in Is 55^ al, freq. in Si ;] a thought : Lk ll^^.t


-Tos,

TO

LXX

for

a^^ ;] the understanding, mind Lk l^^, Eph 4:^% Col 1^\ i Pe V\ ii Pe S\ i Jo 520 pi., Eph 23 in quotations from LXX, Mt 22^\ Mk 123o, Lk 102^, He S^o lO^^
Sidfoia,
-a<;, ^,

[in

LXX chiefly

for

n^

(Cremer, 79, 438).t


81-aK-oiYw, [in

LXX for -|I3D


:

(Ex, Nu),
;

up

completely, to open
vovv,

Lk

2^3 (lxx)

pass.,

Mk

npD nns 7^*, Ac


,

etc.
7^^.

;]

to

open
of

Metaph.,
24^^
;

24**, T. KapSiav, Ac 16^*, pass., 01 o^OaXfioi, explaining, t. ypa^a?, Lk 24^2^ Ac 173.t 8ia-'UKTpuu (cf SL7]fji.pvw, to 2}ass the day), [in
8. T.

Lk

Lk
:

LXX

Jb

2^ *

;]

to

pass the night


**8i-a>'uw,

seq. iv t. Trpoo-evxfj,

Lk

6^2_t
1. to

accomjilish fully, finish, (Xen., al., Clem., I ad 2. In late writers comjylete : Ac ^V (EV). Cor., XXV, 3), to continue : Ac, I.e. (Field, Notes, 134 f.).t Sia-irai'TOs, V. 8id, c. gen.
[in
11

LXX:

Mac

12^^*;]

*+8ia-jrapa-Tpipii,

-rj^,

17

irritation (Field, Notes, 211),


8io-ir6ptia), -w, [in

{^irapaTpi/Sr], friction, irritation), mutual wrangling : 1 Ti 6^ (Eec. 7rapa8iaTpi^i?).t


:

LXX
;

De

dO^\ Is 232 (^2^1

Mac ^ *
6*3

;]

to

pass
521,

over, cross over

Ac

212

^p^^

Mt 9^ seq. ^^ss, Lk 1626.t


:

cVl t. y^v,

Mt

14^*,

Mk

^i^^

Mk

* 8ia-irX^<i),

-to,

to sail across

Ac

27*.
;

8ia-iro^^a>, -S, [in

LXX

Ge

6*,

Ki 20^*;]
:

to

(nsr ni.), 11 Mac 228 in Aq. Pass., to be worn out, work out with labour.
:

Ec

lO^

sore troubled

Mk

14*

(WH,

mg.),

Ac
,

42
,

l&^M
etc.
;]

8ia-'iropua), [in

LXX
1322;
16*.t
[in

for

iny
:

Ijbn

to

carry over.
152*
.

Pass.,
9^2

to

pass across, journey through


K^p.a<;,

absol.,

Lk

IS^^,
22^,

ir6\,Ls K.

Lk

g,^^

c.

gen.,

Mk

Eo Lk 61

geq. ^a.Ta

(cf.

Pr

0,

Wi
Ac

c. ace, Ac 31) ** 8i-aiTopew, -w,


;

Sm.

Ps 76

be in great perplexity : absol., 52* iv eavTw, Ac lO^^.t


;

Ac

(77)*, Da 2^ * ;] to be quite at a loss, 2^2; seq. 8ta to, c. inf., Lk 9'''; TrepC,

* Sia-irpayfiaTcuofiai, "perfective

compound "

(v.

M,

Pr., 118)
to

1. to

examine tJwroughly
trading
:

(Plat.).

2.

In late writers (Dion. Hal.),


20^
to
("ntzr)

gain by
Pass.,
KapSiais

Lk

19i*.t

8ia-jrpiw, [in

LXX

Ch

;]

to

saw asunder.
5^3; seq.
to
t.

metaph. (vernacular?), EV, cut


avTwv,
1229,

the heart:

Ac
,

Ac

7**.t
[in

Si-apirdio),

LXX

for 772

^73

DDtZ?

etc.

;]

plunder

Mt

Mk

327.t

(so WH, exc. Ac, I.e.), Sia-ppT^o-o-w (poetic and late form of Stapprjyvw/ii), [in LXX chiefly for yip ;] to break asunder, burst, rend : Sea-fj-d, Lk 32^ pass,, StK-rua, Lk 5^ tftarta, xtTwvas, in grief or
8La-priiTaw
;

anger

(as

Ge

372^, al.),

Mt

26*,

Ac

ll^*,

Mk

14<53.t
:

-w (< o-a^7?s, clear), LXX, 2 (mn aph.), i-iii Mac 9*;] c. ace. rei, dat pers., Mt 132 IB^i.t
8ia-aa<J)w,

[in
to

LXX De
make
clear,

1*

(isa

pi.),

Da

explain

telly

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


8ia-(7i'u,

111
shake

[in

LXX:
to

Jb

4^*
:

(ins

hi.),

iii

Mac

7^^*;]

to

violently

metaph.,
of

intimidate

t|8ia-aKopm'!t<D,

[in

LXX
26^1

for

Lk 3^*.t ym, 7111,

etc.;]
;

to scatter

abroad^

disperse

sheep,

Mt

= Mk

142'' (i-^^)

of

persons,

Lk

1",

Ac

opp. to auvdyw, Jo 11*^; of winnowing grain, metaph., of property, to squander, ivaste : Lk 15^^ 16^t
5^^,

Mt
to

252*' 2;

8ia-<nrciw,

-w,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

pn:
,

as Jg 16^
23^*^.

;]

break or

tear asunder

pass., aXvo-eis,

Mk

5*
for

naCAos,

Ac
;]

Sia-oTTcipw, [freq, in

LXX

riQ
[in

etc.

to scatter

abroad, dis-

perse: AcS^'^lli^.t
Sta-oTTopd, -a?,
rj

(<^

Siacnrctpco),

LXX

of Israelites dispersed

and

exiled in foreign lands, as

De

28^5 (rnjrr) 30*

(m:

ni.),

Is 49 (1^3)

by meton., of the
dispersion:
8.

twv

exiles themselves (as Ps 146 (147)2, ii Mac 1^^) ;] a 'FikXrjvwv, Jo 7^^; metaph., of Christians {DB, iii,
1^ (v. Hort, in il.).t

782

f.),

Ja

11, I

Pe

8ia-<rrAXa), [in

LXX for bia hi. (De lO^, al.),


;

-liTT

hi.

(Ez

3^^' ^^, al.),

and 19 other words]

1.

to divide, distinguish, define.

2. to

oommand,
c.

charge expressly : pass., to SiaorTeXXd/tevov, with same sense (so Ez, I.e.; et al. in
pers.,

He

12^^.

Mid. in late Gk.


s.v.);

LXX; MM,
5*^ 7^6 g^.t
,

dat.

Mk
:

8^5,

Ac

15^*

seq.

Iva,

Mt

162o,
[in

Mk

8i(laTT]|ia, -Tos,

TO (<^

Bua-Trjfjii),

LXX for niT


[in

etc.

;]

an interval,
823 (iw
lO^*^

space

of time (Si, prol.


-^s,
rj

8ia-crroXVi,

2*),

Ac

5'^.t

SiacrTcAAo)),

LXX

for

nnp Ex
:

etc.;]
I

1.

separation.
[in

2.

a
for

distinction,

difference:
etc.;]
10
.

Eo

322

Co

147.t
8ia-o-Tp^<j)a>,

LXX

'^'ESn

tDpV

to

distort,

twist;

metaph.,
verse
:

to

distort,

Mt
:

17l^

Lk

pervert : Lk 232, ^q 9", Ac 20^\ Phi 2".t


,

238,

Sua-rpa/Mfievo^, per-

8ia-(Tut<>. [in

LXX for taba


;

yOT
tt/dos,

etc.

;]

to

bring safely through a


Pass., to

Lk 7^, Ac 27*^ danger through: Ac 28^; ;rt t.


vBaros,
I

seq.
y?jv,

Ac
:

232*.

come
28*;

safe
Si'

Ac

27**;

k t. OaUa-ar]^,

Ac

Pe

32**;

of sickness, to recover
rj

tSia-TayTJ, -^s,

Mt

143*.
II

StaTao-o-w),
ff.)

[in

LXX:

Es

4^^ (]3Kr"l5)*;]

in late writers (Deiss., LAE, 86 found in LXX, Ps 118 (119)^^,

for cl. 8iaTa|^ts (wh., however, is


;

al.)

(a)

disposition

(cf.

Siara^ts for

N^y; Sm.,

IV

Ki

23*,

Je

82 19^3);
1.,

ek Siaraya^ dyyeXwv, AV, by the

disposition of angels (Alf., in (6) ordi7iance (C. I. 3465)


:

Field, Notes, 116; but v. infr.):


I32,

Ac
;

7**;

Eo

Ac 7", E,

txt.

(and

v.

mg.

Page

and
313,

EGT,

in

1.;

but also

1 8id-TaYfia, -tos, to

v. 8upr,).t
SiaTcio-o-w), [in

LXX

II

Es

711 (liniyj),

Es

Wi IV*;] an
** 8ta-Tap(l<rcra),
:

edict,

[in

mandate: He 1123.+ Sm. III Ki 20 (21)*3 *;]


:

to agitate

greatly (Lat.

perturbare)

Lk

129.t

112

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


8ia-T(i<ro-w, [in

LXX

for U^io
:

"TatZT

etc.

;]

to charge, give
I

orders
c. dat.,

to,

c. ace, i Co ll^* T^^, Ac 20^3 Lk Pass., to Siarcray/xeVov, Lk S^*, Tit 15; seq. inf., Ac 7" 2423. tA StaTaxOipTa, Lk 17^' ^^ Siarayd^, Ga S^^.t De 9^ (nM), Je 20'. ^^ (nbs), Sio-TcX^o,, -Q>, [in
; ;

appoint, arrange, ordain 855, Ac 182. Mid., i Co

c.

dat.,

Mt 11\

Co

9^* 16^

seq. inf.,
;

Ac

23^^;
S^^,

LXX:
to

Es

II

Mac

52^^*;]

prop, trans.,

accomplish; used with ellipse of obj. as

intrans. (Bl., 81, 1), and joined to participles (in Ac, I.e., to adj. V. Bl., 73, 4) with adverbial sense {= continuously), to continue: Ac 2733.t
Sia-TTjp^u, -w, [in

LXX for naCT


:

1X3
;

etc.

seq. airo (for ]p), as in


1529.t

Ps 11

(12)8

.]

to jceep

carefully
81a. rt,

Lk

2^1

seq.

, Ac

8ia-Tt, T,

Eec. for
[in

v.s. 8id.
,

8ia-Ti0T]jjii,

LXX chiefly for ms

freq. 8. ZiaO^Krjv

(nnj m^) ;]

Mid. only in NT; 1. (a) in place separately, arrange, dispose. general, to dispose of; c. dat. pers., to assign to one, Lk 222^; (b) to dispose of by a will, make a testament (in cl., 8. haOrjKTqv also in this He 9^^' ^^ (but cf. E, mg., and v.s. hiaOrjKrj). 2. 8. hiaOrjKiqv, sense) c. dat. pers.. He S^^^^^^^); seq. Trpos, to make a covenant (Aristoph.)
to
:
:

c.

ace. pers.,

Ac

32*,

He
to
:

10^'' (i^^^) (cf. di'Tt-SiaTt^-7/xi).t

Sia-Tpi'Po), [in

LXX
Ac

Le

14^ (nizr), Je 42 (35)^ (ma).


Jiard,

To

ll^- ^\
8.

Jth

102,

ij

Mac

1423*;]

rub

rub away, consume;


:

xp^yov,

^/x>a9, to

spend time

14^. 28 I612, 20 256. u.


to

Intransitively with

ellipse of object (Bl., 81, 1),

spend time, stay

Jo

322 ll^i is^s,

Ac
I

12i9.t
**8ia-Tpo4)ii,

Mac

r) {<^ 8iaTpe4>w, to support, sustain), [in LXX: IJ?, food, nourishment : i Ti 6*.t ;] **t 81-auYil^w, [in Aq. Jb 25* * ;] to shine through, to daivn : 11 Pe V^

6*^*

(cf.

?ws ov

8LaTrvv(Tr]

rj

rjfj.epa,

Ca
[in

2^^).t

**8iaoYVis,
8ia<()ai'TJs,

- (<aib'^),
-s

Aq.: Prl62*;] transparent:


to

Re

212i.t
[in

(<^

8La<j>aii'(o

show through, shine through),

LXX: Ex
(Eec.
;

303-^

(^J, Is

321(23) (j^^a),

Es

16*;] transparent:

Re

212i

v. 8iauy7;s).t

8ia-<|)'pu, [in

LXX

for SZlff

(Da 7 only)
8id,

Ki

17^9,

Es 3",

al.

;]

ll^*^; {b) to carry about, Intrans., (a) to differ : to. impers., Sia^epct, it Siat^epovra, Ro 2^^, Phi l^** (R, mg., but v. infr.) it matters : Ga 2" (b) to excel : c. gen. Mt 62" lO^^ makes a difference, 1212, Lk 127. 24^ I Co 15", Ga 4^ rk 8ia<^povTa, Eo 2i8, Phi V^ (R, txt. ; for discussion and retf. v. ICC on Eo, Phi, 11. c.).t

1. trans., (a) to
:

carry throiigh: seq.


pass.,

Mk

spread abroad

Ac

13*^

272''.

2.

8io-<t.eoY<^. [ill

I^XX
late

Jos

822 (M^b^), ib. IO28 (TIV^), etc.

;]

to flee

through, escape : *t 8ia-<}>T)/xi^a),

Ac
in

27^2.+

writers
I'**,

only,

to
c.

spread abroad:

t.

Xoyov

(=

ISTTJ, the matter),

Mk

Mt

281^;

ace. pers., to spread

abroad

one's fame:

Mt

93i.t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


8ia-(|>0eipu, [in

113

LXX chiejly for nuv hi.


corrupt, deprave
:

;]

1.
:

to

destroy utterly:

Lk
2.

1233,

Re

11^8

pass., to be destroyed, disabled


to
t. yTjv,

Ee
;

8^,

ii

Co

4^.

In moral sense,

Ee

11^^

pass., 8u<f>6ap-

fiiVOl T. VOVV, I

Ti 6^.t
T]

8ia-4>0opd, -as,

(< 8ia<f>deipw),

[in

LXX

chiefly for

nnV
or

and

cogn. forms;] 1. destruction. 2. corruption of the grave, Ac 227(i'XX),3i 1334-37^1


8id-<|>opos, -ov

(physical

moral):
also as
S^
;]

[in

Biacfyipw), [in

LXX for S2V


money
:
:

(Da T' ^^) A2%


11

in Polyb., iv, IS^,


1, different
:

al.,
12*',

to

8.,

ra

8.,

Si 27^

Mac

Eo

He

9^^.

2. excellent

compar.,

-dn-fpos,

He

1* 86.t

guard carefully (M,

chiefly for IDW (as Ps 90 (91)") ;] to Pr., 116), defend: c. ace, Lk 4io(LXX)_t Mid. *8ia-xipi^u (<;X"P)> ^^ have in hand, conduct, manage. (a) = act.; (b) in late writers (Polyb., FIJ, al.), to lay hands on, kill : c. ace, Ac 5^^ 2621.+
8io-<|>uXoi<rau,

LXX

* 8ia-xXcu<ii^<i>, intensive of ^^cva^w, to


absol.,

scoff,

mock

(a) c. ace.

(6)

Ac

2^3_f
[in

8ia-xpi|;,
to

LXX: Ge
Mid.,
-6v
to

1** (bl3

hi.), IS^''-

separate entirely.
933.t
-rj,

separate oneself,

(TID depart:

ni.), etc.;]

seq.
i

dTro,

Lk
II

*t 8i8aKTiKos, Ti 22*.t
8i8aKT6s,

(=

cl. SiSoo-KaAiKo's),

apt at teaching:
Is

Ti
i

3^,

-rj,

-6v

8t8a(rKw),

[in

LXX:

54"

(TlJa^),

Mac

4'^*;]

1.

(in

cl.,

that can be taught. 2. taught; c. gen., of source of teaching (a) of persons 8. Oeov, Jo 6**<i'XX); (fe) of things, poet, only)
; :

Aoyois

8. TTVfvfx.aTO'i, I

Co

8i8aaica\ia, -as, v

2^^.f
8i8<^<rKo,), [in

LXX

Pr

2^7 (p)1^N), Is 29^3

("Tab pu.), Si 2433 39^*;] teaching, instruction, in both active and objective senses, most freq. the latter: Eo 12^ 15*, Eph 4^*, i Ti 46, 13, 18 517 61, 310' ^, Tit 27. 10 ; iyiaLvoiaa 8., I Ti l^o, 11 Ti 43, 3^ n Ti Tit 1 21 pi, 8. T. avOpi^iroiv, Col 222 ; 8. 8ai/xovtW, I Ti 41 ; 8. 8i8ao-Kctv, 7^(1^^) (Cremer, 182).t Mt 159,
;

Mk

SyN.

8t8a;^7^.

**8i8(i(7KaXos, -ov, 6 8t8do-K(u), [in

LXX: Es

6\ iiMacpo*;]

given as rendering of Heb. "ai,

pm

(NT,

'PayS^et, 'Pa/3/3ovm, q.v.);

a teacher: Jo 139 201"; ^f Jewish teachers, Lk 2*<5, Jo 310, cf. Eo 220,21. of John Baptist, Lk 3^2; of Jesus, Jo 32.10 8^^ II28 1313.1*, and often in Syn., most freq. in voc, as title of address, as Mt 81^, Mk 43^ of of Jesus by himself, Mt 238 of an apostle, 1 Ti T, 11 Ti 1" Christians, i Co 1228.29, Eph 4", Ac 13i, Ja 31 of false teachers, 11 Ti

43 (Cremer,

181
:

DB,

i,

609,

iii,

294,

iv,

691).

Syn.
etc.
;]

7rat8vn^s, q.v.
;in

8i8(iaKw
to

LXX

teach

(i.e.

hi., chiefly for pi., also for instruct) a person, teach a thing ; 1. trans.

mb

HT
:

hi.,

c. ace.

114
pers.,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


Mt
52,
c. ace. rei,

11^;

Mk l^^ al. seq. Sn, Mk 8^'; ir^pC, Jo 2^7; Mk G^o 121"; ^ c^gn ace, Mt IS^d-xx). q^
;

c. inf.,

Lk

Mk
Jb
tfO

1^2^ 11 Th 2i* 42, Jo 142 pass., c. 212", Qut prob. a vernac. usage, v. Swete, in
;

Ga
:

^^^\_ ace, pers. (like Heb., of. dat.


1.),

Re

2^*.

2.

Absol.,

teach, give mstruction

Mt

4'"^,

Mk

I'^i,

and often
;'

in Gosp.,

Eo

12^,

Co

417, I

Ti
:

2^2^ al.

Westc, Heh., 402 Cremer, 180). StSao-Kco), [in LXX Ps 59 (60) tit. {yb pi.) Sm. SiSaxV), -^s, (< 33^*;] 1. objectively, teaching, doctrine, that which is taught Mk De 127, Jo ?!, Ac 1719, Ro 67 1617, II Jo 10, Ee 22" c. gen. poss., Mt 728 1612 2233, Mk 122 1118, Lk 432, Jo 1819, Ac 528, Ee 2i'.i5; ^ 8., of Christ, Jo 717, Ac 1312, II Jo 9; cf. -njv 8., Tit 1^; c. gen. obj., ^a-npi., He 13^. TLcr/jiutv 8., He 62 2. Actively, teaching Ac 2*2^ n Ti 42 1/ T. 8., in the course of his teaching Mk 42 12^8 XaAeiv ev 8., i Co 14*' 485 Cremer, 181). xv 8., ib. 26 (DCG, SVN. 8i8acrKa\La. t Si'Spaxfios, -01' (<[ 8is, Spa^/ar;), worth two drachmae ; to 8. (sc.
Syn.
TratSeL-w (cf.
rj
:

i,

v6fj.i<rfjia,

coin), [in

LXX
of the

chiefly for

bpW (Ge
:

28i*, al.), also for P)p3

Ge

201^,

De

222^

;]

a double drachma, nearly equal to the Jewish

Jialf-

shekel, the
tivin),

amount

Temple

tax

Mt

I72*

{DB,
-r;,
:

iii,

428).t.
Trai?,

AtSufios, -ov, o (prop,

name from

8i8i>/aos,

-ov,

double, sc.

Didymus, surname
8i8wfxi, [in

of the apostle

Thomas

Jo lli^ 202*

212.

LXX

various senses, ace. to context


yield
:
;

absol.,
e.

Ac

chiefly for ]n3 (53 words in all) ;] to give in bestow, grant, siipply, deliver, commit, 20^^ c. ace. rei et dat. pers., Mt 4^ 5^1, Jo I12, al.
;

mult.

dat. pers., seq.

Ik,

Mu

25^

id. c.

gen. part..
cf>LXr]fxa,
;

Re

21"

c.

ace.

Lk LAE,
c.

pers., 177

Jo 31^ Re Kpi(TLv, Jo 117 f.), Lk 12^8


;

20i3, al. ; 2^; 8^tas, 522 of seed yielding fruit,

Ga

Lk
Ee

7**;

yvio-iv,

c inf_ fi^^
17*, al.;
e.

Mt
411,

27^^
11

Mk 4"' ^ ipyacriav (Deiss., Mk 5*3^ Lk 8^5, Jo 6*2, al.


Ac
i

dat. pers. et inf.,

Lk

ace. et inf.,

227,

3^; e. dupl.
;

ace.,
CIS

Mt

2028,

Mk

10^^
;

Eph
;

I22

Th

3^,

Ti

2, al.

iavroy

8.

(Polyb., 228 (LXX) 8.

al.),

Lva,

Ac 193i e. dat. pers., seq. Kara (MM, Exp., xi). Re Re 39 8e8wKa evwTrtdv aov Ovpav aveoyyfxivrjv, Re 3^.

Syn.

8(o/jeo/Aai.

Jth 1*, Es li, ii Mac 721 IS" iii Mac 5"*;] Lk 82* pass., to aroiise completely, arouse as from rest or sleep 6I8. 82* of the sea, Jo Metaph., of the mind iv mrop.Mk 439, Lk
**8i-6Yi>, [in
; :

LXX:

vrjo-i,

II

Pe

113 3i.t
-ov/xai,

*t
IQi^.t

Si-ci/Ou|uL^o|xai,

depon.,

to

consider, reflect

seq.

Trtpi,

Ac
and

8i-^|-o8os, -ov,

rj,

[in

LXX

chiefly for n'lKl^in

as

Nu

34*
;

^-^

a way freq. in Jos ;] in tt. of the conclusion of a trial (MM, Exp., xi) out through, an outlet pi., 8, twi/ 68a)v, RV, the partings of the high;

ways

Mt

22^.+
as,

*t

8i-pfiT)>'cuTiis, -OV, 6
17,

*t8i-pjAr]j'ta,

(<^ 8Lpp.r]Vv(o), interpretation:

an
1

interpreter
12i<',

Co

1428.

Co

L,

txt.

(not

else-

where), t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


**t 8t-p/xr]v'cuw,
interpret
;

115
to

[in

LXX

ii

Mac
:

1^^*;]

intensive of

ep/xr]VV(o,
i

(a)

to explain,

expound

c.

ace,

Lk

24^'^

absol.,

Co

12^

145,13,27; (5) to translate:


Si-^PXf^<^^ [^^

Ac

93.+

LXX for
;

12H, ^^n,

N'I2, etc.;]

1.

to

go through,

pass through; (a) of things: Mt 19^*, Mk lO^s, Lk 2^5, al.; (b) of persons: Lk 19*; c. ace. loc, Lk 19^ He 4}\ Ac 12^*^; seq. 8ia, c. gen. loc, Mt 12", i Co 10^ seq. ds, Mk d^s i^^^ l^ 2^5. 2. to go about: Lk 9^, Ac 20^*; of a report, to spread, go abroad (Thuc),
.

Lk

515.

-w, to find by inquiry : c. ace, Ac lO^^.t ii Mac 10^*;] 1. lasting two **8ien7s, -s 8i5, Tos), [in years. 2. two years old: a-n-o 8. (sc. TratSoV, or neuter; cf. i Ch 27^',

* 8i-pwT(iw,

LXX:

diro ctKOcracToCs),

Mt
rj :

1 8iTia, -as,

space of two years

Ac

2^^.f
Sterols), [in

LXX {Grac.
He
;

Ven.)

Ge

41' 45* *

;]

the

24'^^ 28^*^.t

Si-Tjye'ofiai, -ov/agi,

[in
:

LXX

detail, recount, describe

pers., seq. ttSs, 839 9io.t

Mk

absol., 5l, Ac 9^^ 12^7

chiefly for i3D pi. ;] to set out in 11^^ q q^qq j-ei, Ac 8^^ ; c. dat. a cTSov, 9^ ; oo-a cTrotr/o-c, -av,

Mk
:

Lk

8i-iiYTj<Tis,

-ews,

17

SiT^yeoyxaO. [^^

^XX
.^

Jg

7^5

(l^Qa),

Hb

28

(n-JTl),

freq. in Si (636, al.), ii

Mac

232 qit

^ narrative: Lk

1^ (cf.

MUligan,

NTD,

130).t

**8i-T|i'6KTis, -is

88

(89)30

;]

unbroken, continuous

8ir?i'yKa, aor. of Sia^tpco), [in adverbially, ci? to :


251),

Sm.
8.,

Ps 47(48)1* continually (for


:

exx., V. Deiss.,

BS,

He

73 IQi*

12,
;

u.f
divided into two seas (as the tottov S., a tongue of

*t 8i0(iXaao-os, -ov (8ts, ^uXacrcra)

1.

2. dividing the sea : Euxine, Strab., ii, 5^2). land, or reef, running out into the sea : Ac 27*i.t

8i-iKi'^o|iai (Rec. SiiK-), -oifiai, [in for through, penetrate : He 4^2. go Ez 5^ (pbn 8i.i(rn,^i (Rec. ht<T-), [in

LXX

ma

hi.,

Ex

2628*;]

to

LXX
Lk

etc.;]

to set apart,
:

separate

of

time (or
22*^
;

intervene

Siao-rao-Tjs dlpas /iias,

Pr 17 (TIB hi.), space), to make an interval, jSpayy Siao-riJo-ai'Tcs, Ac 27^8.


pi.),

In pass., mid. and 2 aor., Lk 24".t * 8i-i<rxupiio(jiat (T, Eec.


affirm confidently Ac 12i5.t
8iK<t, to
:

pf.

and

plpf.

act.,

to

part,

withdraw:
2. to
3),

Stio--),

depon.
;

1.

to

lean upon.

c. ptcp.,

Lk

22^9

c.

ace. et inf. (Bl.,

70,

judge:
-as,
;

Lk
rj,

63^ (Tr.,

mg.;

v.s. xaraS-;

Cremer, 199),t

*t 8iKoioKpiaio,
Kpto-cws, II

righteous

Th

1"

t\jv 8. K.,

Jo 72^

judgment: Eo 2^ (cf. t. 8i/cat'as For use in tt., v. Deiss., LAE, 89 f .).t


chiefly for p'*'V$ (for rendering
JSS,
{a)

8iKaios, -a, -ov (<^ hUrj), [in

LXX

of
^j55

(Tl? in sense
,

of

correct, v. Deiss.,

115

f.)

sometimes

for

as

Pr

111,

a,l. ;]

in early

Gk. writers,

of persons, observant of

81K17,

custom, rule, right, righteous in performing duties to gods and

116
;

MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

men {b) of things, righteous, in accordance with right. In 1. righteous, chiefly in the broad sense, as above, of the person or thing corresponding to the Divine standard of right (a) of persons of God, Eo 326, I Jo 229 37 of Christ, Ac 3^* 7*2 22i*, i Pe 3^\ i Jo 2^ of men, Mt 119 (Abbott, Essays, 75 f .) 10" 13^7' . 49^ Lk 1. ^^ Eo 5^, i Ti 1^,
: ;
: ;

NT

Ja

56,

I
;

Pe

312,

Jo 3^ Ee 22",
23*0
;

al.

8.

Ka\ eiXafS^^,

Lk
;

22*

5yios,

opp. to d/xapTwXoi Kal dcTcyScIs, I Pe 4I8; ahiKoi, Mt 5*^ Ac 2415 8. Ik Trto-rew?, Ro l^^ Ga 311, He lO^s d-xx); g. ^^pa t. 6^(0, Eo 2i3; (6) of things: Ipya 8., opp. to TTovrjpd, I Jo 312 ^vtoXt;, Eo 7^2 metaph., alfia, Mt 23^* TO 8.,
620

Mk

dya^os,

Lk

<f>ol3ovfjivos

r. 6e6v,

Ac
;

IO22

Lk

12*7;

g. i^^,^^

Ac
;

419,

Eph 6\
;

Phi 1^;

6,

Mt

20*;

oo-a,

Phi

48.

2.

In narrower sense (a) of persons, as in later cl. writers, jiist, rendering to 8., (b) of things to each his due Tit 1"^, i Jo I'' 8. Kpirrj?, 11 Ti 4^ 41 68oi, Ee 153. II Th l" Kpcats 8., Jo 5^0 Col 8., sc. i<TTtv, SVN. : dya^o's (q.v.), KaXos, XRW"^"^ (Gremer, 183, 690).
:

SiKaioaui'T],

-17s,

17

(<8t/<aio?),

[in
IDTTi
,

LXX
Ge
:

chiefly for

pl^, and

cognates,
6 8tKaios

Ge

15^,
;

al.,

rarely for

19^^;]

the character of

broad sense, righteousness, conformity to the Divine will in purpose, thought and action Mt 5^, Jo 16^, Ac 13^0^
(q.v.)
1. in

Eo
BJ,

43

Aoyos

,8tKaiocrvV7;9,

teaching of
72
;

r.,

He

5^^
;

/Jao-tXeiJs 8. (cf.
;

FIJ,

SirXa 8., Eo 6^3 ; 6Sos 8., Mt 21^2 $^pa^ T^s 8., Eph 6^*; 8tdKo.'oi 8., 11 Co 11^*; 6o-toT7?s Kal 8., Lk 1^5, cf. 42* 8. k. aya6(i)(Tvvr) Kal 8., Eph 5^ ; 8. k. elprjvrj k. x^/^S -^O 14^^
vi, 10, y8. SiKatos),

He

Eph

dyiao-p-df, I

Co

l^"

Opp. to
229

ajxaprCa,
3^^
;

Eo
;

8^"

avofxia, II

Co

6^*

d8tKta,

Eo

3* id. as an inclusive term for the active TToietv T^v 8., I Jo duties of the religious life {ICG, in 1. Abbott, Essays, 73 -'), Mt 6^ TrXrjpoiv 7r5o-av 8., Mt 31* ipyd^a-eai 8., Ac lO^* StwKeiv 8., I Ti 611 8. ^eov, a righteousness divine in its character and ^7]v ry 8., I Pe 22* origin, Mt 6^^, Ja I'^o, Eo (where it also includes the idea of God's
;

personal
TTio-rtws,

r.; v.

ICC, on
;

li^)

1^
936

3*. 21-26 iQs,


;

Eo

411
8.,

rj

tK

IT.

8.,
rj

Eo

1^

(caTct

tt.
71
:

n Co 521, Phi 3^; ^8. t. opp. to this 8., He 11'^


;

is

r,

iK v6fiov

Eo
;

10*;

8. iy v.,

Phi 36;

iSia 8.,

Eo

103, cf.

Phi

S^.

2.

In narrower sense (cf. 8icatos), justice {DCG, ii, 529 ff. Cremer, 190, 690).
SiKaiow, -w
16*1,

Ac

17^1, 11

Pe

li,

Ee 19"
as

Is 508 .j i_ Jq cl., do one justice ; pass., ; 2. In NT, as in tiKaiovfrOai, to be treated rightly, opp. to d8itcr^ai. LXX, and as usual with verbs in -ow from adjectives of moral meaning; (1) to show to be righteous : Mt lli", Lk 73*, Eo S^d-xx), i Ti 316; 2i3 (2) to declare, 'pronounce righteous: Lk 72^ 1029 I61* I81*, Eo

je

311 (cf

NT

8tKaios), [in

LXX chiefly for


as

piS

pi., hi., (1)

Ez

usage)

(2)

De

25i,

Ex 23^

(a) c. ace. rei, to

deem

right

(b) c. ace. pers., to

324,26,28 46 830,33^ Tit 3^

U
(v.

7ri'o-Tco9,

Eo

330 51^

221.24,26. i^ ^^ x6yiav,

Tit 37;

h, Ac Cremer, 193, 693; DB,


seq.

1237; 8td T. 1339, Eo 3* 59,


ii,

Ga Mt

seq. dTro, Mt lli^, Lk 73*, Ac 1339, Eo 6^; 2i6 38-2* 2i, Ja l^ lpyu>v, Eo 320 (LXX) 42^
;

Ga

ttiVtco,?,
i

Eo

330

c. dat.,

Eo

32*. 28^

Co

4* 6",

Ga2i7 3"

5*, i

Ti 3i

826

ff.).t

MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


SiKoiufio, -T09, TO (<^ St/catou),
[ill

117
in Ez,

LXX most freq.

for

ph

chiefly for l^tffp, in Pss,

ra

8.,

freq.

for D^TlpD;] a concrete ex-

pression of righteousness, the expression and result of the act of SiKatwo-is, " a declaration that a thing is SUcuov, or that a person is
SiKaios," hence, (a) an ordinance : B. t. Oeov, 9^ ; aapKo^, vo/xov, Eo 2^^ 8* ; Aarpctas,

Eo

He

He

1^^; t. Kvptov, Lk 1^; r. 9^ {h) a sentence : of


;

acquittal,

Eo
:

5^^

righteous act

Eo

(also 5^^; 5^8 (rv),

ICC, in

Ee

or of condemnation; 15* 198 (on the usage of tt., v.


1.),

(c)

MM,
;]

Exp.,

iii,

xi).t

SiKttius,

adv.
i

fj

8tKato9,
i

q.v.),
2io,

[in

LXX
2^2.

for
2.

pTlf
:

etc.

1.

righteously
I

Co lb^\
-(os,

Th

Tit

justly

Lk 23",
Le
24^2 *
;]

Pe

223.t

SiKaiuais,

(<[

Si/catow),

[in

LXX

for t25?!Ti

the act of pronouncing (Cremer, 199).t

righteoiis, justification, acquittal

Eo

42^ 5^^

SiKoon^s, -ov, 6
727, 35

(<[ Stfca^w), [in

LXX

for taglB'

;]

a judge

Ac

(LXX) f

to the mental process the forensic term. In Attic law, the StKao-rcu were jurors, with a Kptri^s as presiding ofl&cer (LS, s.v. ; Enc. Brit. ^^, xii,
:

Syn.

KpLTri%
is

wh. " gives prominence

(Thayer).

8.

504
3.

f.).

SiKT], -T?s,

T],

[in

LXX

for np2, 3^1, etc.;] 1. custom.


its result, the

2, right.

a judicial hearing ; hence

-punishment: 8. riveiv, 11 Th 1*; 8. {iTre'xctv, Lat. Justitia), justice, vengeance : Ac 28'*.t


SiKTuof, -ov, TO, [in

execution of a sentence, Ju^. 4. Personified (cf.


npsijT
8,

LXX

chiefly for

n^

;]

general term

for

a net : Mt 420. 21^ Mk l^s- ^^, Lk 52. *-, Jo Syn. : d/Ji<f>i/3\r]aTpov (q.v.), a-ayrjvr].
*t8iXoYos, -oy
2.

216.

u.t

to repetition.

NT,
In
;

8ts, Ae'yw), 1.

prob.

(cf.

in sense of SiXoyciv, -la (Xen.), given SiyXcoo-o-os, Pr 11^^, Si 5*) double27^, : 422 1522,

tongued
77,

810,

I Ti S^.t conjunct, for

81' o,

wherefore, on which account

Mt

Lk

Ac

1519,

Eo

124, al.
29,

8. koC,

Lk

l^s,

Ac

1029 2426,

Eo

n Co

120 413 59^

Phi
2.

He

: c. ace, along (Ba 42, i Mac 1232, 33) Lk S^.t Ac 173*.t Aioi'uaios, -ov, 6, Dionysius, an Athenian **8i6-ir6p, conjunct. (810, q.v., strengthened by Trep), [in LXX: Jth 8^'^, II Mac 5 * ;] for which very reason : i Co 8^3 lO^^.t *8ioir6Tils (written also 8a7r-), -e's ;8ros, ttlwto}, v. Page on Ac, I.e.; DB, i, 605, n., ext., 112*; Field, Notes, 130 f.), fallen from heaven (E, mg.) to 8. (sc. ayoA/ta, statue, image), Ac 1935,t

1 8i-o8eow, [in

LXX

1112 1312 (v. Ellic. on Ga 4^1). chiefly for nair ;] 1. to travel through
.

Ac 17^

to travel

*8i6p6w(Aa,

-Tos,
:

correction, reform

to {<^8iop06w, Ac 243.

to

make

straight,

set right),

118

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


*8i(5p0w<ns, -w?,
r]

(v. supr.), 1.

a making

straight.
:

2.

reforviation 807).t

(used

in

late

writers of laws, etc.)

He

Q^**

a reforming^ (Cremer,

through

Lk

Jb 1A}\ Ez 125-7.12, (inn)*;] to dig [in LXX: ace, of hous ^-breaking (as in tt. MM, Exp., xi), Mt 24*^, 1239; absol., Mt6i3'2o.t
8i-opuWu),
:

c.

Ai^cr-Koupoi, -tov, ol (lon. and Koivrj form of Att., Aioo-zcopot; <; Aio's, gen. of Zer9 + Kopos, a son), the Dioscuri (Castor and Pollux), twin sons of Zeus and Leda (EV, The Twin Brothers) Ac 28i^t
:

Lk
Phi

conjunct., for Bta tovto, on (Lat. profterea qtiod), because 113 2^ 2128, Ac 1335 1810 2026 22^8, Eo l^^. ^1 320 8^.21, i Co 159,
8i-<5ti,

Notes, 37) 4^, He 11^. 23, Ja 43, i Pe l^^. 24 26. It is usually stronger than on, but sometimes, as in Lk li3, Eo 1^^ I Th 218, approximates to MGr. sense, /or; cf. Milligan, Th., l.e.t Ztvs + rp(f><a I AioTp'4)T)s (Eec. -Tpcf>7]<;), -S (<! Aios, gen. of cherished by Zeus), as pr. name, Diotre/phes : iii Jo ^.t
22, I

Th

28. 18 (Lft.,

8117X009 (poet.,
-ovv),
51",

[in

LXX
;

for

whence comp. -orepov), -or], -oov (-ous, -^, bD3 TOtJi^p and cognates ;] twofold, double i Ti
8t7rAo9,
, ,

Ee
*

K. S.,

in twofold meastire : Mt 23^^. -w {<^ SiTrXo'r.s), to double : 8. to. SiirXa, Ee 186.t 143o.'2; g, r. (rafifidrov, Lk 18^2. ^^^ 5^^^ 8is, adv., tivice: Phi 416, I Th 218 8. airoeavovTa, Ju ^2 (y. Mayor, ICC, in 1.)

18^

SiTrXo'repov,

8iTrX6<o,

Mk
;

S. iJi.vpid8e<;,

Ee

9^6.

old Acl4i2.i3.t
Ais,

nom.

for

Zev<s

(q.v.),

whence gen.

Aids,

ace.

Ai'a:

**t

Ee

8io-fiupids, -a8o5, r), 916 (LT; 815 /xuptaSes,

Mac g * ;] twice ten thousand Eec.).t 143i 28i^t *8iaT(itw 8ts), to dow6^, hesitate: Mt SYN. : diropio), Sia-n-opew, BiaKpivofxai, fiTeo}pL^ofxat (v. DCG, i, 491).
:

[in LXX WH;


8i'o

11

/^i.,

8iVto^os, -OF

Sis,

ard/xa), [in

LXX

Jg

316,

Ps
4^2,

1496,

Pr

54 (ri,,^)^

Si 213*;]
2.

2_

Qf rivers

and roads, double-motUhed, double branching.


11. c), two-edged : He two tJiousand : Mk 5i3.t

Of swords (Eur.
8i-uXiJ^w

LXX,

Ee

li 2i2.t

8io--xiXioi, -at, -a,

(<8ia, vXi^ia, to strain), strain thoro2ighly (Archytas Am., I.e.).


;

[in
2.

LXX: Am
Later, to

6*;] strain out

1.
:

to

fig.,

Mt

2324.t
:

** Sixdtw {8i'xa, apart), [in Aq. Le 1^^ De 14^ * ;] to ctd apart, divide in two ; metaph., to set at variance : Mt 103^.t ** 8ixoo-Taaia, -as, rj {<^8ixo(TTaTw, to stand apart), [in LXX:
I

Mac

329

;]

standing apart, dissension


-Q>

Eo

IG^^^,

Ga
Ki

52**.

SixoTOfx^u,
{nr\2
pi.)
;]

to

(<^ 8t;^OTd^os, <^ 8t;(a, rifivw), [in LXX: Ex 29^^ cut in two, cut asunder : perh. metaph. of severe
v.

scourging (but

Meyer on Mt,

I.e.,

and

cf.

1533,

n Ki
;]

123i,

He

113'),

Mt

2451,

84<io>,-w
absol.,

Lk

12*6.t
thirst),

Sill/a,

[in

LXX
1928^

chiefly for

NOS
i

to thirst

Mt

2535.37.42,44^

Jo

413,15

Ro

1220 (Lxx)^

Co

411

fig.,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Jo 41* 6^* 7^\ Ee
7^^ 21 22^7; c. ace.

119

(=

cl. c.

gen.), t. 8iKaL0(Tvvr)v,

Mt

5.t
Si+os, -cov (-ow), TO, (late

form

of

SitJ/a),

[in

LXX chiefly for


Ja

K^
1^ 4^

and cognates;]
(Cremer, 588;

thirst:

ii

Co

ll^'.t

*t8i|uxos, -ov

(-<8i.s,
iv,

iffvxv),

of two minds, wavering:

DB,

528).
[in

Siwy^^s, -oO, 6
II

(< StwKco),
:

LXX
iS^\

Pr

ll^^

{^m pi.). La
Ac

3^^ (li-lij),

Mac
Co
*+

1223 *
.]

persecution

Mt

Mk

4^7 iqso^

8^ 13^0,

Eo

8^\

II

1210, II

Th 1\

a persecutor : i Ti 1^^ f chiefly for ^11;] 1. to^jwi to flight, drive away: SiwKu, [in Mt 233*. 2. to pursue; (a) of persons; c. ace, without hostility, to 12i3. Hence, follow after : Lk 17^3 with hostile purpose Ac 26^^, Ee 5^0-12, u 10-23^ Lk 11*^ 2112^ jo 51" I520, Ac 7*2 g*-* to persecute: Mt 224,7,8 26". 15, Eo 121*, I Co 4^2 159, 11 Co 4^, Ga li3'23 429 511 612, Phi S\ II Ti 312; (b) metaph., o. ace. rei, of seeking eagerly after:
StuKTTjs, -OV, 6
Stw/co)),
;
:

LXX

II

Ti

3ii.t

Eo 930, I Eo 1213; I Co 141

Ti
;

611,

II

T' 222.
1214,
I I

i,(;^o,,

8tKatoa-vvrj<i,
;

dp^vrju,

He

Pe
;

311

ra T^^

Eo 931 t. il, Eo 141^;


;

0t\o^itav,
t. aydirrjv,

TO ayaOoy,

Th

51*

absol., to follow on, drive, or s2Jeed

on

(Msch.), Phl3i2.i*.f
Uy\t.a, -Tos, TO

8oKw),

[in

LXX

chiefly for

T)"^,

DyW

l]

1- '^^
2i,

opinion. 2. A public decree, ordinance : of Eoman rulers, Ac 17^ ; of the Jewish law, Bph 21*, Col 2i* ; of the Apostles, (Cremer, 205).
fhoyiuarlloi, [in
I

Lk Ac

16*

LXX

Es

39

(ana
411

ni.).

Da LXX, 2i3.i5
to decree.

{ani, ni),
to

Es

63*,

II

Mac

108 1536^

Mac

;]

Mid.,

subject

oneself to an ordinance : Col SoK^w, -u) (<[SoKos, opinion, <:^8eK0fxai, lon. form of Se^-), [in for mia, ai3, etc.;] 1. to be of ojnnion, suppose: Mt 24**, Lk 12*^, He 1029 c. inf., Mt 39, Lk 8I8 2437, Jo 539 162, Ac 129, 2713, i Co 3i

22o.t

LXX

Ga 63, Phi 3*, Ja 12 c. ace. et inf., i Co 1223, Co 6*9, Lk 12*i I32.* I911, Jo 5** lli3.3i lli; seq. 6ti, Mt 6^ 26*3, 20l^ I Co 49, II Co 1219, Ja 4*. 2. to seem, be reputed: Ac 252^; 1329 10*2, Lk 1036 222*, Ac 171^ 269, i Co llie 1222, n Co 109, c. inf., Ga 2^' 9, He 41 12ii 01 Sokowt*?, those of repute, Ga 22. Impers., it 22i7.*2 26, (a) to think: Mt 172^, I812 2128 seems, c. dat. pers. Jo 11*", He 1219 ; (&) to please, seem good to : e. inf., Lk 13, Ac
7*0 82 1012 1437,
;

Mk

Mk

2522,

25, 28,

34_f
: ,

and v. properly rjyiojxai^, vofx.i^u)'^ (SoKcii) 1.) olofjiai 17. express belief resting on external proof, 77. denoting the more careful judgment 8. and 01. imply a subjective judgment which in the case of 01. is based on feeling, in 8. on thought (v. Schmidt, c. 17). from the standpoint of the object, <)!>atvo/xai {^oKw 2.) </>., *' expresses how a matter phenomenally shows and presents itself " subjective 8., from the standpoint of the observer, expresses one's about a matter (v. Tr., Syn., Ixxx Cremer, 204). judgment Syn.
;

120

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


SoKifjidiw 8o'Ki/i,os), [in

LXX

chiefly for ]n3;] 1. primarily of

metals (Pr 17^ Si 2^ Wi 3"), to test, try, jyrove (in the hope and expectation that the test will prove successful, v. reff. s. Syn.) 14i, ii Co S^ Ga 6*, i Th 2* Xpvatoi', I Pe 17; other things, Lk 12^ 521 Ta 8ia<^po^Ta, Eo 2^, Phi l^" (R, mg., but v. infr.) irvevfjiara. seq. subst. 41 iavroy, i Co ll^s, 11 Co 13* of men, i Ti S^^ (pass.) I Jo 3^^, Eph 5^*^. 2. As the result of trial, to approve, clause, Ro 12% i Co think fit : Ro l^s I422, i Co IG^, 11 Co 822, i Th 2^ (88oKi/xao-//^a) Ta hia4>ipovTa, Eo 2^^ Phi l^o, R, txt. (but V. supr. cf. 8ia<^pw).t Syn. : ntipdCw (V. Tr., Syn., Ixxiv; Cremer, 494 ff., 699 ff.). ** 8oKifj.aaia, -as, rj [in LXX: Si 62^*;] a testing, 8o/ct/AaCa))
8^^
: ; ; ;
;

proving: He 3''(^^^).t **t hoKUL^, -^s, ^ 86KLfios),

[in

Sm.

11 Co 82 9^^. of trial, proving, test approvedness, proof : Ro 5*, 11 Co 2 IS^, Phi 222 (Cremer, 212, 701).t Pr 17^ 2721 (qiyo) * ;] usually regarded SoKiViof, -ov, TO, [in
:

Ps 67 {68f^ * ;] 1. the process 2. The result of trial, approval,

LXX

as a variant form of BoKifitlov, a test, and so perh. Ja 1^ in 1.), but see next word (cf. Cremer, 212, 702).t
+ 8oKifiios, -a, -ov
(<^8o/ct/A7j),

(v.

Mayor,

[in

LXX:

dpyvpiov

8.

(T?y),
i

Ps
29*

II (12)^ and as
(Bab);
ct 8.

v.l.

for

8o'Ki/ios

(B), dpyvptou 8. (pp7 pu.),

Ch

60-Tiv

(n,T),

Za

ll^^

s'^''^

Q *)*

^oKifios,

tested,

approved : to 8. v/awv t. Trto-Tcws, i/wi^ which is approved in your faith, I Pe l'^ (where Hort suggests the v.l. Soki/xos, found in some cursives), Ja 1^ (but v. Mayor, in 1. For full discussion of this word, not hitherto found in a Gk. Lexicon, and for exx. of its use in tt., v. Deiss. (to MM, Exp., xi; whom is due the credit of its discovery), BS, 259
fif. ;

cf.

also Milligan,
SoKifios,

NTD,

-ov

primarily of metals, tested, accepted, approved : of persons, Ro 14^*, 16^0, I Co 1119, II Co 10^8 137, II Ti 215, Ja 1^2 (Cremer, 212, 697).+
SoKos,
-ov,
7j

76).t

SeKOfiai

Sexo/xai), [in

LXX
nip,

for ppi pu.,

etc.

;]

(Sixofiai),

[in

LXX
i,

for

etc.;]

a beam

of

timber
njpna
,

Mt V'^ Lk
-ov
etc.
;]

6".
:

"2

(DCG,
[in

86X10S, -a,

8d\os),
11

LXX chiefly
25i8,

176).+

in Pss, Pr, Si

for

deceitful

Co

111^.+
:

+ 8o\i6a> 8o'\tos), [in


:

(pbn hi.) * ;] to deceive 3rd pers. pi.), Ro S^^ ^^^W


86\os, -ov,
2.
6,

(105)25 (^33), Ps 5 IhoXiovcrav (-o-av, freq. in Koivq Gk. for impf.

LXX Nu

Ps 104

[in

LXX
I

chiefly for n)pia;]

1.

in Horn.,

bait.

a snare.
1310,

3.

In the abstract,

Ac
1.
II

Ro

129, II

Co
As

12i,

722 14\ Jo I''', craft, deceit : Mt 26*, 2i'22 310 (lxx) (XaX^o-ai 8.).+ Th 2^, i Pe
:

Mk

8oX5w, -^ (8o\os), [in


to

LXX

Ps 14

(15)3

(i,^-,)^

ensnare.
42.+

2.

of wine,

to

adulterate, corrupt

35 (36)2 (p^r\ hi.)* ;] t. koyov t. 6ov, :

Co

Syn.

.*

KaTrrjXevo), q.V.

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


8<5|Ao, -TO?,

121
:

TO

(-<

hiSiofxi),

[in

LXX

for

njn

etc.

;]

gift

Mt

7^\

Lk

1118,
:

Eph
17

48(Lxx)^

Phi

4i7.t

STN.
8<5Ca,

Soo-is, SCjpov,

Swped, Swp-qfia.
[in

-7]^,

SoKe'co),

LXX
all;]

very freq. for T*I^, also for


cl., 1.

nifttpri, Tin, etc.,

25 words in
2.

in

expectation,

judgment,

opinion, estimation in which one is held, repute in NT, always good opinion, hence reputation, praise, honour, glory : Lk 1410, Jo 12^3^ He 33 opp. to aicTXVvn, Phi 319 to (XTi/xta, II Co G^ 8. K.

opinion (iv

Mac 5^^).

Tt/xrJ,

Eo

2^.10,

Xaixpavuv,

Pe V, II Pe Jo 5", II Pe 1^^ Ee
I

l^^; ^yjrf.v
5^2
;

8.,

Jo

54* 718 850, i


rnrpb

Th

2;
jCl?
,

hihovai

8. t. ^<S (cf.

TQ3

Je I316,
37 157,

al.),

Lk

17^8,
;

Jo
3.
,

92*,

Ac

1223,

Rq

420^ jje

4^;

cis (t.) 8. ^coC,

Eo

Phi

111, al.

in doxologies,

t. ^(3 (tS)

8.,

Lk

2i*,

Ga

15,

Eph

321, al.
;

Later also (not


199,

cl.)

as in

LXX

Eo (=
;

ll^e 162^

Tin, Jb

3920, 1

Ch

2925

Tins

Jb
;

Es

5",

al.),

visible brightness, splendour,

of heavenly bodies, i Co 15* ^ esp. that glory : of light, Ac wh. radiates from God's presence, as manifested in the pillar of cloud

22ii

and in the Holy


Heb.
in
II

of Holies 2^
;

(= Tins, Ex

I610 2522 40^*, al.;

and new

nz'^^'0

II

Mac

v.

DB,

iv,

489b),

1.); 2(5,12,17

Co

of the manifested glory 316. of the same as communicated to through Christ, 318 4' ; and of the glorious condition into which Christians shall

hence

Eo 9\ Ja 2i (v. Hort, Mayor, of God, Eo 123, Qq\ ^n^ jjph

man

enter hereafter,

Eo

Si^-^i 92^, 11

Ti

2io, al.
I

Syn.
etc.
;]

7rau/os, TL/xr] (v.

Hort on

Pe

1'').

8o|<|;o>

(<

8d^a), [in

LXX chiefly

1. to think, siqypose, hold

Tns ni., pi., also for TXB an opinion (^sch., Plat., al.). 2. To
for
;

bestow 86$a (q.v.) on, to magnify, extol, praise (Thuc, iii, 45; Plut., 5i, Mk 212, Jo 8^*, Eo 15^, i Pe 2i2, al. id. seq. im, al.) c. ace, Mt
:

Lk
Eo

220

iv,

Ga

12*, i

Pe

4i.

icith splendour, glorify


830, II

(Ex
31, I

3. In 3429. 3o,

LXX and NT (v.s. 8o^a, 3), to clothe


Ps 36
;

(37)2o, Is 4423,

Es

31, al.)

Co
Pe

310, II

Th

Pe

l^, al.
;

of Christ,

Jo
;

739 g^*, al. (on the

Johannine
1331.32^
I

use, v.

Cremer, 211
rj

Westc,
gazelle),

Jo., Intr.)

of the Father,

Jo

411, al. (cf. *V-, cTvv-ho^at,i,i).

AopKds, -a8os,
q.v.
:

(8opKas,

a
[in
1.

Dorcas, also called TafieiOd,


for

Ac

93. 39.t
-co)5,

Soais,

(8t8a)/zi),

LXX

ph (Ge

4722),

]r)Q,
:

npo
41*.

(Pr 211* 251*), freq. in


2. Objectively,

Si.

;]

properly, the act of giving

Phi

gift

Ja

li^.t

Syn.
II

v.s. Sof^a.
-01;,

tS^TTis,

8180/^1), [in

LXX:

Pr 22^*;]
to

Sor^p,

a giver:

Co

9'''<i'XX)

(not else where).


-co (<^ 8ovXos, ayw), 92^ (Cremer, 703).t

*i %o\}\aybiyi(a,

make a

slave,

bring into

bondage

Co

SooXcia (T, -Xta), -as, ^ 8ovXei;a,), [in LXX, as Ex 133, for 2i*.+ Tn:? and cognates ;] slavery, bondage : Eo 8^^' 21, Ga 42* 51, He

122

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


BouXcu'u (kC^SouXos),
[in

LXX
5]

for laJT^ as

Ge

14*, exc.
to,

Da th
serve:

714,27 (n^p)j Is

56^

(mC7

pi.)*

^0 be

slave,

be subject

426, i Ti 62; c. dat pers., Mt 62*, Lk 1529 iqu^ absol., Eo 7, Eo 912 (LXX); of nations, Jo S^a, Ac 7Ui^^^); Sew, t. Kvptw, Mt 62^ 6^, Col 32*, Lk 1613, Ac 20ie, Eo 12ii (R, mg., Katp^) 16i< 32*; vo>a, $eoi, Eo V^; r. ^cols, Col I Th 19; T. Xpi(TT,S, Ro

Ga

Eph

W^,
;

dAXr^Xots, Ga 5^^ 4^; t. Acatpw, Eo 12^^ (E, mg. for Kvptw) o-rv i/xot, Phi 222 ^_ afiapTia, Eo 6" vo/xw afjLapTia<;, Eo 72^ cVt^r/Atats c. i78ovats, Tit 33 fia/xoiva, Mt 62*, Lk 16^^ ; t. o-toix^lois t. T. koiXlo., Eo 16^^

Ga

Koa/iov,

Ga

49 (Cremer, 217).
17,

SouXt),

V.8. 8ouA,os.
-ov, [in
;]

SouXos,

-r],

LXX,
rj

6. S.

nearly always for


subject to:
slave,
(6)

Tjy

17

8.

chiefly
subst.,

for nipX, nnptt?


o,
rj

1.

in bondage
8.,

to,

Eo

6^^^

2.

As

8.,

a slave;
215):

(a) fern.,

a female
2^i^^^);

DB,

iii,
:

Lk

ps-^s,
;

Ac

bondmaid (Cremer, 702; masc, 6 8., a sZaw, 6ond-

man
1327.

S^ 1823, ^1. opp. to iXevdepos, i Co 722 12^3^ q^ 328^ 6^5 131 19^8; opp. to Kvptos, Sea-n-orrjs, oiKohiaTTOTri'i, Col S^S Ee

Mt

gph 6^, Mt 102*


Xpiaroi,

28^

Lk
II

12**5,

Jo 15",
;

Eph
I

65,

Col
722,

322 41, al.

metaph.,
6,

8.

Tov Xp.,

IrjcToi

Xp.,

Eo 1\
8.

Co

Ga

l^o,

Eph

Phi
Ti

1^,

Col

4^2,

Ja 1\
I

Pe

216,

Pe 1\ Ju 1 Ee 73 153;
;

t.

^oS, t. Kuptov,

Ac
t.

16^7,

22*,

Tit 1^,

^ovr,p6^,

Axpelo^,

caKos,
;

Mt
1)5,

1832 24*8 2526.30^

Lk

1710 1922

8. (iyaa/jTi'as,

Jo

83*,

Eo

617. 20

<^^op5s, 11
iii,

Pe

2i9.
iv,

SYN.
469;

8taK-ovos (q.V.), OepairoiV, vTrqptTrp (v.


i,

377;

461,

DCG,
:

221
-co

ii,

613; Cremer, 215, 702).

SouXow,

bondage
715
T.
;

Ac

(<; SovXos), [in 7" (^xx)^ jj pg <^\<i


.

LXX
j

T.

^({5,

*co'cr;u.ou,

Eo 622 ^_ StKaioori'Kr;, Ga 43 (Cremer, 217).t


-^?,

for TUT ;] to enslave, bring into metaph., i Co 9i9 pass., seq. h', ib. Eo 618 oim. Tit 23 vn-o to. aroixela
;

Soxn,

Se'xo^tat), [in

LXX

Ge

21^,

Es

1, al. (nj?5ro),

Da

LXX 51
monster

(DO^);]

a feast, banquet: Lk
o,

52^ 14i3.t
]^3C1
;]

%p&Kiav, -(WTos,
:

[in

LXX chiefly for


123-17 132.
v.s. Tpex<o.
*. n

a dragon, a mythical

fig.,

of Satan,

Ee

i6i3 202.+

8p(|xu, obsol., to

run,

8pdaoro|xai, [in

LXX for pizr3 pi., Ps 2i2


to
("^C 8pda-(rofxai), [in
,

to grasp with the hand, iCo3i9(i'X^).+

elsewhere ]^0p as Le 22 ;] lay hold of: metaph., c. ace. (M, Pr., 65),
;
,

8paxf''n)

"'J?)

LXX
ii,

in

Hex.

for yj^Sl
to the

>

^i?Jp

in

II

Es

for

fiSllX

]iQ511
:

;]

o,

drachma, nearly equal


9

Roman
pluck),
42*,

denarius
[in

(v.s.

^vdpiov)

Lk

158.

{pCG,
;]

200).t
Bpeirdvrj, <!^ SpcTrw, to

Zpittavov, -ov, TO (later

form of Attic
>

LXX

for

ni079

>

87010

etc.

sickle,

pruning-hooh

Mk

Re

14i*-i9.t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


8p<$fios, -ov, 6

123
j]

(<^ Spa/xdv, V.8.

Tpe)(u}), [in

LXX
ii

chiefly for
4''.t

nymp
:

a course
242*.t

: fig., of life or ministry, Ac ApouaiXXa (Rec. ApovcrikXa), rjt,

13^^ 20^*,
rj,

Ti

Drusilla, wife of Felix


to be able,
:

Ao

Sui'a/Aai,

depon.,

^in

LXX

chiefly for bij

;]

have power,
c.

whether by personal
Pr., 205;

ability,

permission, or opportunity
i
;

inf.

(M,

Mt 62*, Mk 2\ Jo 32, inf. aor., Mt 3^, Mk 1**, Jo 3=5. *, Eo 8^^, al. c. ace, Mk 92", Lk 122<', n Co 13^; absol., to something:
44, 3) pres.,
:

WM,
Co

Co 102\

al.; c.
to

to be able

do

be able, capable,

powerful

32 lO^s.
17

SuVafxis, -cws,
,

1^
;

Swa/Atti), [in

LXX for

b^n (b^U)

NS^ nnn3
,

8., 11 Co S^; TrapV of pecuniary ability, 11 Co 8^, Ee 18^ Co absol., 8., ib. power, might : Lk 24*^, Ac 1* opp. to do-^eVcta, i Co 15*^ r) 8. t. of power in action, Ro 1^^' 20, i Co l^^, Phi 3^0, al. afiaprla's, I Co 15^6
;

etc.; 35 words in all;] power, might, strength; 7Jr power to perform: Mt 25^5, Ac 3^2, He ll^i; Kara
vTrlp 8., 11

relatively, ability,

ri

8. T. Oeov,

Mt

2229,

Mk

122*,
;

Rq
v

120^ ^i
8.,

opp
;

fi6p4>o,(Tt^, 11

in doxologies,

Re

4^1 7^2, al.

Mk

9\ Lk

43,

Ro

1*, al.

Ti 3^; of the

performing miracles, Ac 6^ 11 Th 2^ pi., Mt 13^*, Mk 6^*, Ga 3^, al. of the force or meaning of a word (Plat., al.), i Co 14^^ By meton., of persons or things; (a) of God, Mt 26^*, Mi 14''2 (Dalman, Words, 200 ff.) (b) of angels, Ro 838, Eph I21, i Pe 322 (c) of armies,

power

of

pi.

[LXX

for niN^y], metaph., of the stars,


:

Mt

2429,

Mk 1325, Lk 212

Christ, i Co I2* ; t. eiayyikLov, (d) of that wh. manifests God's power 1^*; rj 8. T. Kvpiov, I Co 5*; (e) of mighty works (Tr., Syn., xci), Eo
8. TToicrv,

Mk

65 939;

pi.,

Mt

722,

Mk

62,

Lk
12^2

lO^^,

al.;

o-T^/xcra

k. 8...

Ac

8^^

8. K.

repara
i,

k. (rr]p.La,

Ac

222,

n Co

l<T)(vs, /cpa'ros (v. Tr., I.e.; Cremer, 616; iv, 29; DCG, i, 607; ii, 188). 218, 236; DB, t8ump6a,, -w 8wa/xts), [in LXX for 77^, Ps 51 (52)^ 67 (68)28;

Syn.:

^la, cvcpyeia, i^ovcria,

"laapi., hi.,

Ec

10^^

Da th

92"*;] to

make

strong, strengthen:

Eph
,

6^''

(WH, mg.
a
I

v8w-,

WH,
6 (<

txt.,

RV), Col

V\ He
God

ll^^.t
,

Sut'doTtis, -ov,

8vvaii.aL), [in
:

LXX
of

for liaa
(Si

piy
^^,

n^a

etc.

;]

pritice,

ruler, potentate

Lk

1^2

465'

11

Mac

15^),

Ti 6^5; of a high
*t SumWw,
-a>

ofiicial (cf. Su^^ao-rai <l>apaw,

Ge

50*),

Ac

82''

(Cremer,
:

221).t (<[ 8waTos), to be able, be powerful, mighty


absol., opp. to
a(Tdv<ii, 11

c. inf.,

Eo

14*, II

Co

98

Co
i

133.t
for 1123,

Suvaros,

-77,

-ov (<^ SuVa/xat),

[in

LXX
1*9,

TO)

etc.;]

1.

strong, mighty,

powerful:
.

absol.,

Lk

Co

I2*;

01 8.,

men, Ac 255;

Lk 2419, Ac Ac 111^ Ro
possible
:

of spiritual 722 182* ^p^5^

strength,
II

Ro 15\ u Co

12^*'

the chief 139; seq. ev,


;

421 1123, II

Ti

Mt

192,

Mk

Co 10*. 2. C. inf., able to do Lk 143^, Tit 19, He 11^9, Ja 32. 3. Neut., 8waTdv, 923 1027 143(5^ jj^ iqii^ Ac 22* 20i ; d 8. {icrrC),
112,

124

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


2639,

Mt 242* Eo 922.t

Mk
;

1322 1435,

Eo

1218,

Ga

4^5; t6

S.

{=

-fj

SoVaut?) airov,

Soco),

Ion.

and

trag.

enter, sink into

of the

form of 8uw, [in LXX chiefly for Nia ;] to sun (sc. ttovtov), set Mk 1^2^ j^ 440 ^gf^ i^.^
:

air-K-, v-, eTT-cv-, irap-eLcr-, e7ri-Sw(o).t

8uo,

Mt

19,

Mk
Mt
8.,

numeral, indecl. exc. in with 108, Jo 2, al.


;

dat., Sucri, Suo-iV (Attic Suoiv),


pi.

two
twv,

noun,
2^5,
:

Mt
8.

92^ 10", al.


i$,

ol,

To{;s 8.,

195 202*,

Mk

108,

Eph
as

al.;

dm, Kara
2,
I

two and two, two apiece


s^'o g'o

Co

1427;

(,= ^y^
cf.

8,^

Lk 10^ LXX, Ge 6^9

Lk 24^3; distrib., (WH, dva 8. [8i;o]), Jo


for ^'2^' D^:?r,

but

not merely "Hebraism,"

usage in

fivpia fxvpia, j^Esch., Pers., 981, and for 6^ cis 8. {two and two, Pr., 21, 97), 1538. 27", Xen., Cyr., 7, 5, 17), into two parts, Mt 8o(T-, inseparable prefix, opp. to v, like un-, mis- (in unrest,
tt.

and MGr.,

v.

M,

Mk

Mk

mischance), giving the idea of difficulty, opposition, injuriousness, etc.


t Sua-pdcrraKTOs, -ov

/8ao-TdCw),

[in

LXX

for b^.,

Pr 27^*;]

to be borne : Mt 23* (om. WH, txt., E, mg.), Lk ll*.t * Suo-errepia, -a9, rj, Eec. for Svo-evTcpiof (q.V.), Ac 28^.f *t Soo-ccWptoc, -ov, TO (evTepov, intestine), late form of (Eec, I.e.), dysentery : Ac 288.t

hard

8i>o-evTcpta

*t8uacpfiiivUTos, -ov (<^ ep/xT/vcvw),


Su'ais, -cw?,
17

8vVa>),

[in

hard of interpretation LXX Ps 103 (104)^9 (xnp)


:
: :

He
*;]

5ii.t
1.

sinking, setting, as of the


setting, the

sun (.^sch.)

Mk

16

^*"- ending).

2. the

sun(cf.

west (Thuc.).t

SJaKoXos, -ov
Sva-KoXia,
to satisfy 2.

Kokov, food), [in

LXX

for Tl!<

Je 29^ (498)

Jb

343'' VKoXos, II Ki 153) * ;] 1. properly, of persons, hard with food, hence, generally, hard to please (Eur., Plat.).
; :

Of

things, difficult, hard (Arist.) *8o(tk6Xs, adv., with difficulty:


8uajArj, -^s,
17

Mk
Mt
[in

102*.t
19^3,

Mk
for

1023,

Lk
,

182*.t
,

8t;o-i5,

<; 8wo)),

LXX

Ni2

nn^y

etc.

;]

mostly in pi., opp. to dvaroXat'; 1. a setting, as of the sun (ace. to Thayer, s.v., so perhaps in Lk 12^*). 2. the quarter of sunset, the 21^3.+ west : anarth., Mt S^i 2427, Lk 125* 1329^ * Soaj'OTiTos, -ov (<^vow), hard to understand : 11 Pe Z^^.\ ** 8ua(|)Tj/i(i), -w (<; 8vcr(f>r]fj.o<;, slanderous), [in i Mac 7*^ *

LXX

;]

use evil words (^sch.). 2. Trans., defame (Soph.) pass., i Co 4^3^ ** 8uo-4>T)(iia, -as, 17 8v(r<f>rjfji.os, slanderous), [in
1.

intrans.,

to

to

speak
:

ill

of,

III

Mac

22^ *

LXX
92*'

Mac
Co
68,

738,

;]

evil-speaking,
at,

defamation

opp. to
:

ev(f>r]/jiLa,

11

8oO>, V.S. 8tV(ri.

SciSeKa,
8.,

ol,

rd,

indecl. numeral, twelve

Mt

10\

al.

01

the apostles,
8w8e'KaTos,

Mt
-r;,

10*,
-ov,

Mk

410, al.
:

in Ac 19^ 24i\ for Eec. 8Ka8wo.


2120,t

twelfth

Ee

*t

8(8EKd-<t>uXos,
8. (cf.

-ov (<; SwBeKa, 0uX^),


8.,

of twelve tribes
tribes,

neut., TO

Xaos 6

Sibyll.

Orac), the twelve

Ac

as subst. 267.t

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


8u)i,a,

125

-Tos,

TO (<C^

Sefjiw,

to

build),

[in

LXX

for 3^

;]

chiefly in

poets and late (not Attic) prose; 1. a house, hall. 2. In (and Horn., Od., X, 554 cf MGr., terrace), house-top : eVl t. Sw^a, Lk 5^^, 13^5^ Lk 12^ IT^i.t Ac 109; ItvI t. 8(;iyMaT05, -aroiv, Mt 10^7 241^,
;
.

LXX

Mk

Swped,
2916;]

-as,

r]

(<^

SiScoynt),

[in

LXX
6*;

chiefly (-av) for D^n, as


8.
t.
;

Ge
820;
517

gift:

Ac
4^
;
;

ll^^,

Eo

5",

He
Ac
gift

O^ov,
T.

Jo ^^\ Ac

T. X/310-T0V,
T.

^aptTos,

Eph Eph 37

T. 7rvv/AaT09,

2^^ 10*^

StKttiocrvvT;?,

Eo

dv/c8iT;y?^Tw 8., II

Co
:

Q^'.

Acc,
lO^,

Swpedv, adverbially
32*, ii

(as freq. in
38,

LXX),
:

(a) freely, as

Mt

Eo

Co 11^

ii

Th

Be 21

2217; (6) in vain, uselessly:


V.8. SofjLa.

Jo 1525(lxx)^

Qa

22i.t

iSriv.

Supcdi', V.S. Swpcd.

8a>p^,

-<^,
,

[in
I

LXX: Ge
Es

302o

(-qt),
;]

Es
to

S^,

Pr

42

(|n:),

Le

7^* <!*'

(]n-)(5)

17 81*' ", Si

72^ *
:

p-esent, bestow.

As

depon. (with same sense),

-iofxai, -ov/xai

Mk

15**, 11

Pe

l^* *.t

SvN.

BiSwfii, q.v.

**8cSpTi/xa, -TOS, TO 5ie, boon : Ja li^.t

8a>pa)), [in

LXX:

Si 31 (34)i8*;]

gift,

Eo

Syn.
Swpoi',

V.S. 80/Aa.
-ov,

TO

(<^

8t8<D/Ai),
:

[in
2ii,

LXX
Ee
711,

chiefly for J^lf?, also for

nnja,
God,
8.

etc.;]

gift,

present

Mt

lli*^;

of gifts

and

sacrifices to

Mt 523.2* 8* eeoi, Eph 28.+


Svjv.
:

155 2318.19,

Mk

Lk

21i.*,

He

5^ 83.* 9^ 11*;

s.v. 80/ta.
-as,
17,

* 8wpo(t>opio,

a bringing of presents

LTr., mg., for Siaxovia,

Eo

I531.+

E
E, e, t i^ik6v {ii(/lXov), to, indecl.,

numeral,
poet.),

c'

5,

ca, interj.,

epsilon, 6, the fifth letter. As a 5000. c^ expressing surprise, indignation, fear (in cl. chiefly in

ah! ha

Lk 43*.+

i&v, contr. fr. i av, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of ci c. ind. (Bl., 65, 4 cf. Jo 1317, 1 Co 73"), if haply, if; 1. c. subjc. (cl.) (a) pres. Mt 622, Lk 10, Jo 717, Eo 225.26, al.; {b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.) Mt 4^ 1626 (cf. ptcp.
;

in
Cl,

Lk

925

M,

Pr., 230),

Mk
92
;

32*,

c. opt.,

Jo

922 1157^
2.

Ac

as

Lk 143*, Jo 5*3, Eo 72, al. = Heb. DN = ^Tav, Jo 1232 143^ j Jq


;

cl.

228

C. indie, (as in late vnriters, fr. Arist. on; v. App., 171; VD, MGr.'^, App., 77; Deiss., BS, 201 f., LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl., 65, 4); (a) fut.: Mt 18i9 T, Lk 19*^
32,

He

37 (^xx)^

WH,

126

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


:

7" ; (b) pres. i Th S^ (v. Milligan, in 1.). 3. With other particles Kai (Bl., 65, 6), Ga 6' i. ftrj (M, Pr., 185, 187 ; Bl., I.e.), subjc. 1013, i Co 8^ Ja 2^\ i Jo S'^i; aor., pres., 6^^, 3^7, Jo 3^, Eo 10", Ga 18 216 (v. Lft., Ellic., in 11.) e. re i. , [in for

Ac
i.

Mt
.

Mt
.

Mk

LXX
51^,

DX
Bl.,

DX,

Es

19^3,

al.,]

Eo
f.
;

148.

4
;

^^

(^ ^j^
;

after

relat.

pronouns and adverbs


26, 4; 622,23^
I

(Tdf., Pr.,

96
i.,

WH,

App., 173
ff.)
:

M,
i.,

Pr.,

42

f.

Mayser, 152
I
.,

Deiss.,
^ttov

BS, 202

Ss

Mt

Mk
c.,

Lk
;

173,

Co
II

618, al.;

Co

16

Ka66

Co

812

^o-ns

.,

Mt S^^; Ga 51".

6o-cik/s e.,

Ee

11; oC

lauTou, -^?, -ov, dat. -<p, etc., ace. -6v, etc., pi. -oiv, etc. (Att. contr. avTov, etc); reflex pron.; 1. prop, of 3rd person (Lat. sui, sibi, se), of himself, herself, itself, etc. Mt 27-^^ 15^\ Lk 23^5, al. ; added to a middle verb, Sie/^epto-ai/To eavrols, Jo 19-'* to an active verb, Ac 14i*
:

Mk

(M, Pr., 157);


iavTod,

d./.'

lavroi,
.,

Lk

12^" 21^0,
50, al.;

Jo
i

5^^,

al.

(v.s.

a-n-6);

81'

Eo
Ja

141*; iv
21'^
;

Mt
Lk

39,

Mk
2.

ct? c.,

Lk 15";
16^
;

^aO' kavTOV,
c.,

Ac
87
3.

281^,

irap kavrQ, at his


;

onm
As

liouse,

Co

xpos
;

himself,
f.),

Lk 18^

as poss. pron. (with emphasis weakened


9^*^.

v.

T.

kavTOiv vKpoos,
cl.,

reflexive 1st

and 2nd

with, to M, Pr., pers. (so


qs, al.

also freq. in

chiefly poetry),

Mt

23^1,

Mk

9^o,

Eo

823, ^ tj^

In

pi.,

for reciprocal pron., dAXv/Awv,


163,

-ois, -ors,

of one another, etc.

Mt

2138,

Mk

Eph

519, al.

inf., c.

for HD"! hi., etc. ;] 1. to let, permit : c. ace, c. ace. et inf. (M, Pr., 205) Mt 24*3, l^ 4*i 22^1, Ac U^<^ 16^ 193o 2332 2732 28*, I Co 1013. 2. to let alone, leave : ijKvpas, Ac 27*^ (cf
edo), -w, [in
:

LXX

7rpocr-eaw).t

Ac

i^hofx-qKOvTa, 71* 2323 2737.t

ol,

al,

to.,

indecl.

(<^

eTrrd),

seventy:

Lk

101'

I'',

tlpSofiTjKocTciKis,

adv.,

[in

LXX

for Wif^tV

Ge

4^**;]

seventy
1.),

times: i. k-ma., seventy times seven, Mt 18^^ (E, seventy-seven times (E, mg. cf. M, Pr., 98;
;

txt.,

WM,

ICG, in 314; Meyer,


;]

or

in

l.).t

ipSojjios,

-rj,

-ov {<C
14^

tTTTtt),

[in

LXX

chiefly for ^jr^Hjr

seventh

Jo

452,

He
:

4MLXX)^ ju

Re
o,

81 10^ lli^ 161^ 212o.t

"Epep (Eec. 'EySep),

indecl. (Heb. -l^JT,

Ge

IO2*),

Eber (OT,

Heher)

Lk

335.t
-V, -6v,

*t 'EppaiKcJs,
t 'EPpalos

Hebrew

Lk

2338,

Eec.t
subst., o 'E., [in

(WH,

'E/?-), -a, -ov

(Aram, n^^), as

LXX

for 133;, ^l^JT;]

a Hebrew.

1.

In OT, of Israelites in contrast with

those of another race (Ge 14", Ex V\ De I512, al.). 2. In NT as the correlative of 'EWt^vio-t^s, a Jew who had adopted, in greater or less degree, Greek culture and Greek language. The distinction was not merely linguistic (DB, ii, 325) as far as it was so, Suptori/s would be a more correct Greek term for the Jew of Semitic speech (v.s. 'Ey3pais,
;

and

cf.

Dalman, Words,

**t'EPpats

(WH,

Ac 61, 11 Co II22, Phi 3^.f 7) 'E^-), -tSos (Aram. ^HpJ), peculiar form of *E)8pai/cos,
:

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


[in

127

^ *E. <i>oiv^, IV Mac 12^ IG^^*;] in NT, ^ "E. SL,iXeKTo<:, Hebrew, i.e. the Aramaic vernacular of Palestine Ac 21* 22^ 26^*.t *fEPpoi<n-i (WH, *Ey3-), adv., [in LXX: Si jaroZ. i3 * ;] in Hebrew: Be 9^ elsewhere, in Aramaic (v. supr.) Jo 5^ 19". i^, 20 20i, Ee 16i.+ for W23 ^ip etc. ;] 1. trans., to bring iyyilu (<C77i^s). [ii^ 48^, Is 5^. 2. Intrans., to come near : absol., Mt 26*^, near : Ge

LXX,

LXX

Lk 18*0 1941 2120, 28 2415, Ac 2133 2315 c. adv., Sttov, Lk 1233 seq. t. Otw, He 7^9, Ja 48 c. dat., Lk 712 151. 25 22*7, Ac 93 10^ 22 Trpo's, c' dat., Lk 193^ ^e'^pi cJs, Mt 21\ Mk 111, Lk 1835 1929 2428 OavoiTov, Phi 230; ^f time, wpa, Mt 26*5; ^^^pa^ Ro 1312^ He 10^^; ^po'vo?, Ac 717 irapova-ia, Ja 5^ ioprrj, Lk 22^ jcatpo's, Mt 213*, Llj 218 2120 2128 ^yyi,(y TeA.09, I Pe 47 iprj/xw(n<i, Lk airoXvTpwcns, Lk ^aa-ikua (for similar expressions in Targ., v. Dalman, 106), Mt 32 4^^ 10^ Mk 115, Lk 109 (^^' ^^S5) iQii (cf.Trpoo-cyyiCo), and v. Cremer, 224).
14*2,
; ;
; ; ;
.

Mk

-fj

cYyioTos, V.S. iyyv<s. iy-ypd^Q), V.S. ivypdcfid}.

**eYYuos,

-ov, 6,

rj,

[in

He

722 (exx.

from

tt.,

v.

LXX: Si 29^^' ^\ 11 Mac IO28*;] MM, Exp., xi; cf. Cremer, 222).t
chiefly for Si*1j^;]

a surety:
:

^yyus, adv.,
1920. *2;

[in
c.

LXX

near;

1.

of place

Jo

as prep.
c.

Ac

1^2;

dat.,
.,

Ac

gen. (M, Pr., 99), Lk I911, Jo 323 619,23 nis, 54^ 63e, 938 278; superl., lyyto-ra, mg.;

Mk
;

WH,

metaph.,

ol

TO pTitxa, Eo Jo 213 6* 72 1155,

opp. to 108 (LXX).

ol p.aKpdv,

2.

Of time
;

Eph 2^'' Mt 2432

yUea-Oai, Bph 2^3; t, crov 26I8, 1328. 29^ Lk 2130. ^\


i.

Mk

Re

13 2210
gen.,

J Kvpio^

i.,

2433
(cf.

compar., iyyvrepov (neut. of adj.


c.
i.

-09,

Phi 4* seq. tVi Ovpais, Mt used adverbially), Eo IS"


68;
a<f>avL(r/jLov,

E, txt.); as prep. Cremer, 223).

Karapa?,

He

He

8i3 (cf.

iyyoTcpos, V.S. eyyvs. for Dip eyeipu, [in

LXX

etc.

;]

trans, (imperat. lyeipc

used

in-

95, Mk 1. to awaken, arouse from sleep : Mk metaph., of spiritual awakening, Eo I311 (pass.), Eph 51* otto t. vttvov, Mt I2*. pass., to be aroused, wake up : Mt 25'', Mk 42^ vcKpov^, Jo 521, Ac 268, u Qq 2. Freq. in NT, to raise from the dead pass., rise from death Mt K vKpu)v, Jo 121, Ac 315, Eo Sn, al. l^

transitively,
438,

Mt

211, al.)

Ac

12'^

Gk., (a) to raise, from sitting, lying, sickness

I42, al. 3. In late mid. and pass., to rise Mt 95.7, Mk 131 927 1049^ al.; redundant, like Heb. Dip, Mt 2i5 9i9, Ee 111 ^y. Dalman, 23 f.) (6) to raise up, cause to appear : Ac I322 (cf. Jg 218); TiKva, Mt 39; pass., to appear: Mt 11", Mk I322, al.
115,
722,

Lk

Jo

222,

Eo

69, al.

dTro t.

vKpS>v,

Mt

4.

138. 5. to rouse, stir up; pass., to rise against: Mt 24^, buildings, to raise : t. va6v, Jo 2i9. 20 (cf De I622, Si 49i3) ; (cf
.

Mk

Of
81-,

e^-, eV-, (rw-eyeipo),

and

V.

Cremer, 224).

lycpffiS,

-a)?,

(Dip),

death,

Es Mt 2753.+

5^2 *-j

V eyt'pa), -OfJ^ai), [in LXX: Jg 719, Ps 138 (139)8 I d rousing (Plat.). 2. a rising (Ps, I.e.): from

iyKdQsro^, V.S. ivK-.


^yKaicia, V.S. ivK-.

128

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


iyKaivil^fa, V.8. ivK-.

^yKaK^w, V.8. ivK-.


iyKa\4<a, -w, [in
12^2,

LXX for TOX

etc.; o. dat.,
2.

Za

1* {bi^ N^f?),

Wi

bring a charge against, c. gen. pers., accuse: o. dat. pers. (as in cl.), Ac Eo 8^^. Pass., to be accused: c. gen. rei; a-Tda-ews, Ac IQ*''; wv (perh. by attraction = a), Ac 26^ ; seq. -n-epi, c. gen. rei, Ac 23^^ 26^ (Cremer, 743).t
Si 46^^;] 1. to call in,
to

demand.

19^^ 23^^^; seq. Kara,

SYN.
^filv

'.

alridofiaL (q.V.), 8ia;8aXAa>, ciriKaXco), Kai-qyopita.

^y-KaTa-XciTTO), [in 9^^ (LXX)^ aTrepfia,

LXX
153*

chiefly for 173?;]


2. to

1.

to

leave behind:
:

Eo

abandon,
227 (lxx)

desert, forsake

c.

ace.

pers.,

Mt

27*MLXX)^
T.
cV/c-), II

Mk

(ib.),

Ac

(wH,
xl),

ivK-), ii

Ti

410. le,

He
231

135 (LXX);

(^H,

i7n<Tvvaywyrjv (cf. Co 49.t

MM,

Exp.,

He

lO^^.

Pass.,

Ac

ly-KaT-oiKeu, V.S. evK-.


^Y'Kaux(io)xai, V.S. cvk-.

^y-Kcrrpt^w, V.S. cvk-.


*cyKXTj(ia, -Tos, TO (-< eyKaXeo)),

an

accusation, charge:

Ac

23^^

25i (Cremer, 743).t

(<^ KOfxfto^, a knot, whence eyKO/xfSoifia, a garment tied on over others, used especially of a frock or apron worn by slaves), to put on oneself, as a garment, gird on: dXXr;Xois t. TaTrLvo<f>po(rvvrjv (as for service, KV, cf. Thayer, s.v., but cf also JCC,

*t

^y-KO|xP6o|j,ai,

-ovfiai

in

1.), I

Pe

5*.t

^y-Koin^, V.S. evK-.


^y-K(5irrw, V.S. ivK-,

-as, ^ (-< cy/cpaTiys), [in LXX: Si IS^"^''", mastery, control. 2. (sc. iavrov) self-control : Ga 52, n Pe 1 (v. DB, iv, 558b 695^; Page on Ac, l.c.).t for pBN Ge 4331, j Ki ^yKpareu'ofiai, depon., [in N^*;] ^0 exercise self-control: i Co 7^; c. ace, Travra (v. 51

**^yKpdTcm,
;]

IV

Mac
Es

52* *

1. prop.,

Ac 24^^,
I312,

LXX

Bl., 91),

Co

925.t

820, Si 627 IS^ 26i5 273o, **4yKpaTVjs, -c's /cpdTos), [in al. ;] 1. strong, powerful. 2. C. gen. rei, master of, hence, 3. (sc. cauTov), self-controlled, exercising self-control : Tit l^.t

LXX: Wi

SYN.

(Tuxfipwv (v. raff. S. iyKpaxfia).

iy-Kpivu, V.S. CVK-.


cy-KpoTTTw, [in

LXX

for

TDM

etc.

;]

to conceal in

o.

ace, seq.

h,

Mt

I333.+

cyKuos, V.S. CVK-.

Je 43o (np). ^y-xpi, [in anoint : mid., c. dupl. ace, Ee S^^.t


iyd, gen., etc., i/iov,
-iv, -as,
ifxoi, ifi

LXX:

To

2io 6' 11^*;]

to

rub

in,

(enclitic fiov,
is
1^,

fiot, /ne), pi., ^/xeis, -wi/,

pers. pron. J. (a) The pressed as subjc, as in Mt 3^,

nom.

usually emphatic,
31', al.

when

Mk

Lk

no apparent emphasis, as Mt
I

IQi^,

Jo IQi^;

iSov

But often i. (= Heb. Ac

exthere is
cf.

'>2Sr],

Ki

3),

Ac

910

(like

Heb.

^2^$),

I am, Jo

123(lxx)^

732 (lxx).

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


(b)

129

The

enclitic

forms

(v. is

adverbs,
Ao'you9,

where there
7^*
;

no emphasis

supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, iv t. TrarpC /xov, Jo lA^^ ; fiov t.
:

Mt

OTTia-w fiov,

Mt

3^^

l<T)(yp6Tp6<i /xov,

ib.

Xe'yti fxoL,

Re

9^^, al. The full forms {ifiov, etc.) as are used with the other prepositions, as 8t ifjbov, ev t/ioi', ei's e'/xe, etc., 14'', al. also for emphasis, as Lk 10^^, Jo 7^^, (c) The gen. fiov and rjfjiwv are often used for the poss. pronouns c/aos, i7UTepos t. XaoV

5^; also with the prep.

Trpo's,

Mk

Mk

fjiov,

Mt

2"
,

fiov

TTj

aTTLo-TLa,

Mk

9^*.

(d)

Tt'

ifiol

Kol
:

(Toi

= Heb.

"Sjbl

"h'TV^

Jg
828,

11^2, al.), i.e.

what have we in

common

Mt

8"^,

Mk

124 57,

Lk

Jo 2*;

ti

ydp

fioi, i

Co

52.

(e)

The interchange

of eyai

and 17/xets, common in tt., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86 f., M, Th., 131 f.). (/) Kdyoi (= Kol iyw), and I, even I, I also : Mt 2% Lk 2^8, Jo 6^^, Eo 3^ i Co 7*^ al. Kdyw Kai, both and, 728. Jo [in LXX chiefly for OTMI pu. ;] 1. to beat e8a<|>i|;u 8a(^o5) level like a threshing floor (Theophr.). 2. to dash to the ground (Field, Notes, 74) Lk 19** (cf. Ps 136 (137), Ho 14i).t
; .
.

cSacJios,

-cos (-ovs), TO, [in


:

LXX

for nsjr

yplp

etc.

;]

bottom,

pavement, ground
**^8palos,
sitting, seated. 15*8^ Col 123.+
-ov
2.

Ac

22".
(33)i*,
:

{<l8pa, a seat), [in Sm. Ps 32 steadfast, firm; metaph., of moral


{<::^k8palo<i),

al.;]

1.

fixity: i

Co

7^^

*t|8paiwfia, -Tos, TO

a support, bulwark, stay (Vg.

fermamentum)
'E^cKi'as

Ti 3^* (eccl.).t
-ov,
:

(Rec. *{-),

(Heb. iTpTn, strength of Jehovah),


self-iiiiposed

Hezekiah, King of Judah *t eOcXo-OpTjCTKia (Rec.


(eccl.; cf.

Mt
-ia),

l^- ^^.t

-as,

17,

worship:

Col 223

DB,

iv, 923=;

Cremer, 733).t

cOeXw, V.S. ^cXw.

** ^e^^w

l^os), [in

LXX

Si 23^'

^^,

11

Mac

143o
;]

to

accustom

pass. pf. ptcp., TO (WuTfievov, the established custom,

an

**f ievdpxt]^, -ov, 6 (<^vos, apxw), [in LXX: i 151.2*;] ethnarch, a provincial governor (cf. i Mac, 11. c. FIJ, Ant., xiii, Dalman,. 332) 11 Co 1132.t 6, 6 **te'0^iK6s, -i -ov l^'os), [in Al. Le 21^*;] 1. national (Polyb.). 2. foreign (gramm.); in NT, as subst., 6 e., the Gentile (the adj. "describes character rather than mere position"; cf. I^vos, and v. Cremer, 228) Mt 5*^ 6^ 1Q^\ in Jo^.t *\iQviKm, 9udiv., in Geyitile fashion: Ga 2^*.t
;
;
: :

Lk 22'^. Mac 14*^

c0>'os,

-ous, TO,

[in

LXX

chiefly for ^ia, Djr;] 1.

a multitude, a

men (Hom.). 2. a nation, people 21*3 247, 138, Lk 2225, Ac lO^^, al. in sing., of the Jewish people, Lk 7* 282, Jq ii48, 50-53 jgas^ Ac IO22 243. 10 26* 28i9. 3. In pi.,
company, whether of beasts or

Mt

Mk

as in

OT, to

I.

(like

Heb.

Q";!!!!!!),

the nations, as distinct

from

Israel,

130

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


:

Mt 4^5 632, Ac 261^, Eo S^^ ll^i 15io, Ga 2i2. i*, Eph S\ Christians, Eo ll^^ 1527 154^ Qa SVN. Aads (v. DCG, ii, 229; Cremer, 226).
Geyitiles
:

28, al.

of Gentile

**e9os, -os
I

i-ovs),

t6

Lk P 2*^ Ac Jo 19^, Ac 1621 2516, He almost in the narrower sense of law (Deiss., BS, 251 f.).t Nu 24^ (Dy53"D:?53), leu, pf. with pres. sense eiw^a, [in LXX
;

Mac

10^

II

Mac

11'"

H.

[ill

13^

iv Mac 10^5 in

18^

LXX: Wi 14i, Da xE* /laftii, cws^om


;]

th BeU^,
;

Lk

2239,

6^^ 15^ 21^1 26^ 281^,

Da

accustomed, wont : Mt 27i5, Mk IQi ptcp., TO 1(0009, custom : Kara to ct. (Nu, I.e.), Lk 4l^ Ac IV.f particle, used in conditions and in indirect 61, conjunctive questions. I. Conditional, if ; 1. c. indie, expressing a general assump-

LXX
;

Su 13,

Si 37i*, iv

Mac

I12

;]

to be

tion

(a) pres.

seq. indie, pres.,


I

Mt

lli*,

Eo

8^^, al.

seq. imperat.,

Mk

seq. fut. indie, Lk 163i, Eo S", al.; seq. pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mt 122", j^q 414^ ^j^ similarly, seq. impf., Lk 17, Jo 839; geq. quaest., Mt 623, Jq 547 723 g^^ i Pe 220 (b)
423 922,

Jo

I518,

Co

79,

al.;

fut.

Mt
Jo

2633,

Pe

220
;

(c)

pf

Jo
2.

II12,

198,

1332, 1823,

iirec:

Mt

1228,

Ee 20l^ Jo 7* Eo
,

al.

Eo 6^, al. {d) aor. Lk I611 Where the assumption is certain


;
:

517, al.

3.

Of an unfulfilled condition,

c.

indie, impf., aor. or plpf., seq. av, c.

imp. or aor. (v.s. av, I, i). 4. C. denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, indie, after verbs 3i3, al. 5. C. indie, coupled with an element of doubt Mk 15**, i Jo (Nu 143o, i Ki 14", al. = Heb. QX), in oaths, with the as in
:

LXX

formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 3ii(i'XX) 43(lxx). 6. Earely (cl.) e 627; Burton, 272) Mk 812, He merely possible condition Ac 24i 273^, i Co I41'' optat., to express a
: :

1537, iPe3i*>i7.
II. Interrogative,
if,

whether.

1.

As
;

in

cl.,

in indir. questions
:

after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc 1536, Ac I92, 11 Co 13^, al. 32, fut., Mt 26^3^

c.

indie
822, al.
2.
;

pres.,
aor.,

Mk
I

Mk

Ac
v.

Mk

15**,

Co

li,

al.

c.

subje

aor.

(M, Pr., 194), Phi

312.

LXX
22*9,

(=Heb. DN and
i,

interrog. q,
:

Ge

171^,

al.

WM,
txt.),

As 639

in
f.;

Viteau,

Ac
8e
8

22), in direct questions 192, al.

Mk

823 (Tr.,

WH,

Lk

1323,

III.
2. 3.
1
Cl el

With

Kac,
/AT?,

other particles. 1. el apa, etyc, d 8e iJ.rjye, v.s. apa, ye. but if also : Lk III8; but even if, i Co 4^, 11 Co 43 11. but if not, but if otherwise: Mk 221.22^ Jo 142, Ee 2^ al.
if also,
al.

4.
II

Kai',

if even,

Co

41",

Phi

217,

5.

although: KOI el, even

Mk
if,

1429,

l^ hs^
6.
el

i
/it;,

Co

721,

v.s.

KaL

unless, except, but only : Mt 2422, Ga 119 (cf. av pLTj, 216; v. Hort,, (Bl., 65, 6), I Co 145 152, I Ti 519.
in oaths, surely

Mk
Ja.,
7.

226 e^,

Jo

933, i
el

Co
prj,

if not, 71^ {only),

xvi);
el ^-qv

cktos

pleonastic

cl.

(Ez
.

3327, al.)
.

He
v.

61*.

8.

el tto,?,
;

(M, Pr., 46), ^ if haply : Ac 2712,


p.-qv

Eo

110.

9.

elre

ehe, whether

...
Tdf
.,

or

Eo

126-8, i

Co

i8^a (Eec.

iS-,

as in

cl.

Pr., 81), -as, ^

322 138, al.


cTSov), [in

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT

131
ii

LXX
318 *
.J

(v.l.

IS-)

jQfni,
i8oi',

{nin% Da th l^^. ^^ Mt 283,t appearance, look


:

Ge

53

(n^t-lO),

Ep. Je ^\

Mac

V.8. opdw.

C180S, -ous, TO, [in

LXX

for
:

seen, appearance, external form 2. form, sort, kind : i Th 5^'\f

nSHO Lk 3^^

HNH

etc.

;]

1.

that ivhich
5'^

is
1.).

9^^,

Jo

5^'', 11

Co

{ICG

in

t elSeiXioi' (Eec.
(D''ni'fc^

-cro'), -ov,
i I

to

eiSwXov), [in

LXX Da LXX
:

1^

-lyiN rrt),

BeP,

Es
Ki

2^", i

Mac

1*^ 10^2*;]

an

idol's

temple:

3110; v. ICC, in i Co, l.c.).t iv Mac 52*;] sacri**ti8a>X60uTos, -ov (<i8a)Xov, 6vw), [in BL^'^.io iqi9^ Rq 2i4,2o.t ficed to idols: t6, t^ d., Ac IS^^ 212^, i Co *t eiSuXo-Xarpia (-ei'a, Eec), -as, r] (<C etSwAov, AaTpeta), idolatry I Co IQi*, Ga 5^^ Col 3^ pi. (Bl, 32, 6), i Pe 4^ (Cremer, 390).t
I

Co

810 (cf. 'Ao-TaprcZov,

LXX:

*t eiSuXoXdrpTjs,
I

-ov, 6

Co
in

5io> 11

69

10^
-ov,

Eph
TO

(<^ eiSjjXov + Aarpis, a hireling), 5^ Ee 21 221^ (Cremer, 709).t


[in

an

idolator
etc.;]

ciSuXoi',
1,
cl. (a)

eiSos),

LXX

for

nibx, CT^^b^,

an

2. In idea, fancy. xxxi, 3, 13) (cf. Polyb., idol worshipped in an


I

a phantom, image, likeness; (b) an image in the mind, LXX and NT, (a) an image of a god, an idol Ac 7", i Co 12^, Ee 9^0; (h) the false god or image {ICC, on i Th, I.e.) Ac IS^o, Eo 2^2,
:

Co

84' 7

IQi^

II

Co

618,

Th P,

Jo

52i.t

eiKTj (-^,

Eec, as
: :

in

cl.),

adv., [in

LXX

Pr 28^* {tUfj* ;]
2.

1.

without

cause or reason
to

no purjjose
ciKoo-i

Mt 5^2 (E, mg.). Col 2^^ {ICC). Eo 13*, i Co I52, Ga 3* 411, Col
-iv

vainly, fruitlessly,

2i8.t

(never

in
11

WH,

Ta,

twenty
25

Lk U^\ Jo

tKw, [in

LXX

Ac Ki 12^
6^^

cf. Bl., 5, 3, 1^^ 2728, i Co 10^,

and

note), indecl., 01, at, Ee 4*. 10 5^ lli 19*.t

(.13^),

Wi

1825, iv

Mac

l" *

;]

to

yield

Ga

(cf. V7r-LKw).t

iKca (obsolete pres.), v.s. loiKa.

iiKuv,

-ovos

(cf.

eoiKo),

[in

LXX
Col

chiefly for D^S;]


123,
i
;

an image,

12i, Lk likeness: Mt 222o, 202S 11 152 162 1920 20* 149, opp. to (TKid,
;

Mk

Eo

He

10^

Co 15^^, Ee 13i*'i5 of man, ci. dioi, 1 Co


1.)
;

of the regenerate, cl. t. dcov. Btov, Eo 829, Co 318; of Christ, d.


;

IV

310 (v. Lft., in

d.

t.

vlov r.

r. Oco'v, 11

Co

4*,

Col

l^^.t

be merely accidental, ci. is a derived likeness and like the head on a coin or the parental likeness in a child, implies an archetype. Cf also cTSos, appearance, not necessarily based on reality aKid, a shadowed resemblance x^-paKT-qp, the impress of a stamp p.6p<f>T] (q.v.), the form as indicative of the inner being. ** elXiKpn'iis, -es, [in Wi 72^ kB * ;] unalloyed, pure (Lat. sincerus ; v. DCG, ii, 635*) {a) of unmixed substances {b) of abstract ideas; (c) of ethical purity Phi l^o, 11 Pe 3i.t Syn.: dyvos (q.v.), KaOapo^, cf. Tr., Syn., lxxxv; DB, iv, 176*;

Syn.

6/xoL(D/j.a,

denoting resemblance, which

may however

LXX
;
:

Cremer, 378

Westc. on

Jo

3*.

132

MANUAL QEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

** eiXiKpiKia (Rec, cl., -Kptveia), -as, 17 (<^ eiAi/cptvjys), [in 725 A.*;] sincerity, purity : i Co 5^, 11 Co 1^^ 2^".+
elXiacrw, V.8. eAccrcrw.
ei|jLi,

LXX Wi
:

to be.

I.

with various uses and significations, like the English verb 1. Of persons and things, to be, As substantive verb.
Tjv
;

exist : Ac IT^s, Jo 1^ S^^ 175^ ^1; 6 tov /cat o 48 1117 165 (y s^ete, Ap., 5 M, Pr., 228)
;

(for past ptcp.),

Ee

1*>8

1^^.

2.

142 1542^

Of times, events, L]j 2123^ Jo 4^' '^2

etc., to be,
5^^, al.

3.

ra (fih) ovra, Eo d^^, i Co happen, take place : Mt 24^, Mk to be present, be in a place, have

come: Mt 2i3,i^
;

l^^ 521 1540^ l^ iso 529^ Jq 730^ ^1.; seq. ci?, ll^o, Jo S^\ al. 4. Impers., lo-n, ^v, 21 ; seq. ck (c^), Mt l^o 2125, etc. Mt 1Q"\ Lk IG^^, Jo 3^ 52, Eo etc. (a) i/iere is (Fr. il y a), was, 310, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., 37, 3), Mt I622, Lk 1^, Jo IS^o,

Mk

Mk

Mk

Eo
c.

92, al.;
inf.,

eVriv 2s, oo-Tts (chiefly in pL),

Mt

1628 192^
i

Mk
Lk

91, al.;

(6)

^$ariv (q.v.),

it

is

possible

He
:

9^,

II. As copula uniting subject 1.). simply identity or equivalence Mt 5^^ pressing

ICC,
4}^,

in

Co II20, EV and predicate.


14^^,

(but v.
1.

Ex11

l^*, 19^

Jq

Ee

3^, al.

Mt

1319^-, I

Co

mult. 2. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc. 92 10* 1125, Ga 42*, Ee IT^^, al.; roCr eVnv, Mt 27*,
; ;

Mk 72, Eo 7^^ al. 5 ia-Tcv, Mk 31^, Col 12*. He 72, al. akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 2626-28, Mk I422.24, Lk 22^^, i Co II2* (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, 11. c. DB, iii, 148 f.). 3. C. gen. qual., etc., Mk 5, Lk 323, I Co 1433, He 12i\ al. part., i Ti I20, n Ti l^^ poss., Mt 53. 10,
; : ; ;

of service or partisanship, Eo 8^, i Co 1^2, 11 Co 10^, Ac 1^ 9^\ Eo 4^2, i Co l^s 21*, Ee II Ti 219. 4. C. dat. (BL, 37, 3) 21'^, al. 5. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., 62,

Mk
1,

12^ Lk

47

M, Pr., 225 ff.) (a) c. ptcp. pf. (b) c. ptcp. pr. I Qq 1519^ al; Aram. Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt
2;
;

(cl.)

Mt

103o,

Lk

932,

2135,

(esp. in
72^,

impf., as in
I22,

Jo 32*, Ac Heb. and

Mk
Mt

Lk

43i I41,

Ac

l^o,

al.

129.

mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180 f., 182 f.), vsdth ellipsis of t/i,t, Eo 10^ He 135, al. (c) c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23^. 6. Seq. a's (cf. Heb.
;

b
7.

ryn), a vernac.

usage (M, Pr., 71)

195,

Mk

lO^,

He

8^^,

al.

C. adv.:
(Bl.,

Mt
cyoi

I920,

Mk
Mt Mt

42,

copula

30,

3):

predicate:

el/jn,

Lk I811, al. 8. Ellipses; (a) of the 829 2432, Jo 2122,23^ 6*, al.; (b) of the 142^, 6*0, al.; 3239; absol. (cf.

He

Mk

De

Kin

i:X),

Mk

IB^,

Jo

426, al. (cf. an-,

Iv, Trap-,

(Tu/i-Trap-, <rvV-t/).

ilviKCV, V.S. V*ca.


ci-irep, V.S. 1.
ciTToi',

2 aor. of obsol. pres.

cttw

(cf.

Veitch),

used as aor. of

Xt'yo),

q.v.
Cl-TTOJS, V.S. Cl.

cipTjkeoo)

(<

eip7?v77),

[in

LXX chiefly
6"").
(cf.

for cblB', lUpW;] 1. to bring

to peace, reconcile
950,

(so
1311,

i
I

Eo

1218, II

Co

Mac Th 513

2.

to

Si 289;

keep peace, be at peace Cremer, 246).t

Mk

eipTjnf],

-7JS,

17,

[in

LXX
:

chiefly for
1432,

ubp;] peace;
122*'

1.

of public

peace, freedom

from war

Lk

Ac

242

of the church,

Ac

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAAfENT


9^^.

133

Of peace between persons, concord, agreement Mt 10^*, Lk 12", Eo I Co 715, Ga 5^^ Ja S^S; Cvr^lv d., i Pe 3^^; Sicokciv, ii Ti 2^2; ib. seq. fiera irdvT<Dv, He 12^*; by meton., of him who brings peace, Eph 2^*. 3. As in LXX (= Heb. Dibor Aram. Dbl|7), of a
2.

W,

state of security and safety Jo IG^^, Eo 2^, i Th 6^ ; 53*, Lk 750 (cf. I formulae, wayc (Tropevov) th el,
:

Mk

whence the Ki 1", al.;

nbmb
cf.
I

^d^)

d. ipiv (osb nibcr), Jo 20i9'

21. 26

^.irokviiv

iv d.,
ib.

Lk
4.
:

229,

Co

1611;

^ el

ipLwv,

Mt

1013

Lk

10";

vi6^

elp^vr]^,

Of

spiritual peace, the peace of Christ's kingdom {DCG, ii, 330 f .) Lk V^ 2l^ Jo 1633, Eo 210 51 8, al. o Kvpio^ t^s eu, 11 Th 3i; o Oeh^ t^s t., Eo 1533 1620, jj QiQ 1311^ al. in epistolary salutations, Eo 1^, i Co
; ;

13,

Ga

13, I

Th

11, I
-rj,

Pe
Ja

I2, 11

Jo

3,

Ee
[in

1*, al. (v.

Cremer, 244).

ciprji'iicos,

-6v {<Celp-jvrj), Si^.t


[in

LXX

for

uhw
Mt

and cognates;]
12.

peaceful
+

He

12ii,

eipT)i'o-iroie'u, -w,

LXX:

Pr 101*;]

to

make peace: Col


:

*cipTji'oiroi6s, -6v,

peace-making, a peacemaker

S^.t

cipu (fut. epw), V.S. Xeyoi, p. 496.


6is, prep. c. ace, expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. ace). I. Of place. 1. After verbs of motion (a) of entrance into : Mt 823 97^ ^k 1*^, Lk 21^ 83i, al.; (b) of approach, to or towards: Mk lli, Lk 68 1928, Jo Ipi 21, al. (c) before pi. and collective nouns, among : Mk 47 8^^> 20, Lk 11*^, Jo 2123, al ^^^ Qf a limit reached, unto, on, upon : Mt 81^ 21^,

to,

Mk
Ac Ac

111 1316^
2315,

Lk

1410,

Jo 63

1132, al.
;

c.

ace. pers. (as in


:

Ep. and

Ion.),

Eo
rj

512 1619, II

Co

101*

(e)

elliptical

cTrto-ToXat cts AafiacrKov,

SiaKovia fiov fj eis 'I., Eo 1531 ; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards
92
;

i, 2. Of 1; ii, 1), ets t. ovofia, M, Pr., 200. 6*1, Lk 9i''<'2, after verbs of seeing: Mt 6'^^, Jo 1322, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 1126 122, al.; (6) after verbs 3. After verbs of rest; of speaking: Mt 13io 14^, i Th 29, al.

some end (Thayer, B,


(a)

direction;

Mk

"pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., 39, 3; M, Pr., 234 f.) Mt 223 413^ ^ Th 2\ II Ti 111, ge 11^^ al. (b) by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., 11. c.) = v Lk 1** 423, Ac 20i 211^, Jo V^ (but v. Westc, II. Of time, /or, unto; 1. accentuating the duration exin 1.), al. ct? ycveas ^at y., Lk 1^ pressed by the ace. cis t. alZva, Mt 2119 2. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, ts T. 8tr;veKes, He 73, al. of entrance iintil : Mt 63*, Ac 43, 252i, py 110 216^ i Th 41^, 11 Ti I12
(a)

in

into a future period, eis to fieWov (v.s. fxeXXo}), next (year), Lk 13^ (but V. ICC, in 1.) cis t. fiera^ o-a/SySaroi/, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13*2 ^i^ ^^
;
.

TTctXiv (v.s. 7raA.1v), II

Co
:

132.

III.

Of

result, after verbs of changing,

joining, dividing, etc.


Xda-creiv,

crrpec^civ cis,

Ee

11

fMerao--,
;

Ac 823. more freq.

Eo ly Qf
12*'

crxi^tiv cts 8vo,

Mt

27^1, al.

Ja 4* /xeraXpredicatively with elvai,


;

Ac

22o,

relation, to, towards, for, in


eis

in late Gk.,

regard to (so in cl., but encroaching on the simple dat., which it

134

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


; ;

Robertson has wholly displaced in MGr. Jannaris, Gr., 1541 T^o, Ro 4'^o 152.26, i Co 16\ Eph S^^ Lk Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117 f.)
:

al.

dyd-n-r]
II

ets,

Eo

5^,

al.

XP^o-Tos,

Eph
toDto,

4^2
. :

,^povtv

eis,
c(s,

Oappfiv,
o-d</>os,

Co 10^
1619;

V. Of the end or object

u^tos
l^s,
;

Ro Lk

121* 143*
ets

Ro
c.

lo-x^civ,

Mt

5^3;

d'i

Mk
:

al.;

dc^opi'Cciv

Ro
ts

1^;
T(5,

Ro

111, J

eis tvSti^iv, Ro 32^indicating purpose, cts <f)6^ov, Ro 8^^ Bl., 71, 5; M, Pr., 218 ff.) Mt 20i inf. (= Tm or dlo-re; gi8^ a,l. VI. Adverbial phrases ts tc'Aos, eis to 7rdA.1v, etc Qq
:

(v.s. TfAos, TrdXiv, etc.).


els, /Aid,

opp. to
21'';

many
c.

h, gen. eids, fiia?, evo's, cardinal numeral, one; 1. one, aa Mt 25l^ Ro 512, i Co 10^, al. as subst., Ro 51^, Eph
: ;

id.

gen. partit.,

Mt

51^, al.;

metaph., of union and concord, Jo


/iias

I418, Jo 6\ al.; seq. fV (i^), lO^o I711, Ro 12*' 6, Phi 127; dTro
. . .

Mk

(Bl.,

44, 1).

Lk

141^; c. neg., ets


(cl.),

than

oi'Sct?,

no one, none
;

Mt

51^ 1029,

Lk

ov (fxyj), more ll^e 12. 2.


:

emphatic

Emphati-

212*, jyu^ 3*4 cally, to the exclusion of others ; (a) a single {one) 27i*, Jo 1^, Ro 310, al. (b) one, alone : oiSk els, absol., I Co 92*, al. ; 27 10i, 1819; (c) one and the same: Ro 3^0, i Co 3^ 11^ 12ii,

Mt

Mt

Mk
I

Lk

Jo

5*.

3.
,

In late Gk., with weakened force,

= ns
96
4.

or indef. art.
f.)
:

(cf.

Heb. in?<

Ge
;

22i3, al.

v. Bl.,

45, 2

M,
ll*^.

Pr.,

Mt

8i9, 19,
:

Re

813, al.

els rts

(Bl., I.e.),

Lk

22^0,
els
. .

Jo
.

Distributively

ets

exao-Tos (cl.),

Lk
. .

4**^,

Ac

2'"',

al.;

koX ets

(cl., eis fxiv

...

ets hi),

Mt
al.)
;

17*,

Mk
.

9^ Jo

2012, al. (cf.

LXX
=
cl.

and use
(in

of

Heb. in^,
. .
.

Ex

I712,

o eis

o Tpo<; (dAXos)

o fxev (ercpos)

6 Be (erepos),

Mt

62*,

Lk

7*1,

Re

I710

KaO'

ets,

els k. ets

which

Ka6' is adverbial,
;

or the expression formed from the analogy of ev KaB' Iv M, Pr., 105), 141^, Ro 12*, al. ets tov cva = dXXT^Xovs (Bl., one by one, severally : 5. As ordinal = Trpwros (like Heb. i Th 511. M, Pr., 246), 45, 2

Mk

^^^^

Bl., 45, l
eiCT-dviD, [in

M,

Pr.,

95

f.),

first

Mt
;]

28i,

Mk

162, al.

LXX chiefly for NIS hi.


seq.
ets,

Jo

1816,

Ac

7*5

Lk

22**,

Ac

to bring in : c. 9^ 2128. 29, 37 222*,

ace,

Lk
;

227,
<SSe,

He
;]

1"

Lk
to,

142i.t
eia-aKou'o), [in

LXX chiefly for yatZT


(a)

also for
.

niV

etc.

to listen
;

in

two senses
;

to

listen, assent to

pass., to

obey : be heard
i

Co
:

I421 (cf

De

1*^,

Si 3")

(b)

to

of
V.

the prayer offered, Cremer, 624).


el(T-8^X0fAat, [in

Lk

li^,

Ac
;]

of persons praying, lO^i (cf. Ps 42, Si


to

Mt

67,

He 57

31(34)29(26);

LXX for
LXX

|^np

admit, receive

11

Co

6i7 (lxx)

(Cremer, 687).t
for KIS ;] to go in, enter : seq. ets, Ac 3^ 212, He 9 xpos 'Uko^^ov, Ac 21i8.t chiefly for NiS ;] to go in or iyito, enter : Mt ei(T-e'pxofjiai, [in 2i, al. seq. 8td (7n;Ar;s, ^upas, etc.), 925, Lk 7*^ al. seq. ets, Mt IO12, 7l^ Jo 101, al. iirb t. (rriy-qv, Mt 8^ c. adv. oirov, I41*, He 620 Mt 2212 15*^, Lk 128, ^c pers., i^^^^ Mt 26*8; seq. ^rpos, c ace. JiSe, Mt 925, Lk 8*0 10^ 113 1640 172 288, Ue 320 of demons taking possession,
eia-ci|jii,
;

[in

LXX

Mk

Mk Mk Mk

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


223,
ts

135

15", Ac ll^. Metaph., of thoughts, Lk 9*; Mt 26*^ Lk 22*<''*<'; of hope as an anchor, He 6^^ ySoat', Ja 5* iryev/jia ^wijs, Re 11^^ eh t. Koa-fiov (cf. Wi 22'' 141*, Jo 1837), Ro 512, He lO^; in counterparts of Jewish Aram, phrases relating to the theocracy (cf. Dalman, Words, 116 ff.) cis t. ya/xovs, Mt 2510 is T, xapav t. Kvptov, Mt 2521.23. ^j^ ^^ ^^^^^^ ])^t JS^.^ 9*3.45; J.5 ^, ^ao-jX. T. ovpavSv (t. ^coG), Mt 520 721^ ^1. (v.s. 1917, Mk /3ao-tXcta) ts T. KaraTrauo-tv, He 3"> ^^ 4^ * ; cts r. So^av, Lk 242 eto". Kal
of food, 438; CIS
;

Jo 1327. KOTTov, Jo

Mt

TTetpacT/Aoi',
;

c^cpx-. ^0

go in

and out
12^;

(like

Heb. HKyi N13 De


,

28^, etc.), of familiar


(cf. iv-, Trap-,

intercourse,

Ac

fig.,

of

moral freedom, Jo 10^


c.

crw-

* cia-KaXcu,

-a>,

to call

in: mid.,
:

ace. pers,,
chiefly for
1^^ (cf.

Ac

1023.
;]

6i<T-o8os, -ov, 6 (<[ 6So?), [in

LXX
11
;

NIS

1.

a means of
I.e.
;

entering, place of entrance

He 10^^,

Pe

Westc, He.,

MM,

but v. infr,). 2. a going in, entrance : Ac 132*; ^ gen_ Iqc, He 10^^ (Thayer, s.v. but v. supr.) seq. eis, 11 Pe 1" (Mayor, in 1. Thayer; but v. supr.); Trp6%, 11 Th 1^ 2i.t 5^9 (XIS), Da th Su 26 * ;] to spring cia-injSdw, -w, [in 141* (Reo^ 162y (for exx. from tt., v. MM, Exp., xii).t in, rush in : Ac iCT-Tropeuo|jiai, [in chiefly for XiS ;] to go into, enter : Lk 8^*
Exp.,
xii;
;

LXX Am
:

LXX
;

1133 1930. seq. Ac 2830 oTTov,


;

cJs,

Mk
5*0

121 656 112,

Lk

22io,

Ac

32;
(cf.

Trpo's, c.

Mk
Mt

Kara

t.

oIkovs,
is, 19.

house after house, Ac 83

things (food),
4}^,

15^^

Mk
:

7^5,

Metaph.

ace. pers., of tiWpxo/xai, 2),


;

Mk

Lk
928.t

182*

eio-.

Kol iKTTop., to associate with, seq. ficra (cf eto-epvo/Aai),


.

Ac

** 6icr-Tp^x"'
6io--<|>pu,

[^^

pers.,

Lk

[in S^^'i^; seq. eis,

LXX II Mae 52 * to run in Ac 12i*.t LXX chiefly for XlSl hi. to bring in, into
;]

;]

Mt

6^3^

Lk

11*;

eVt,

Lk

: c. ace. 12^^; c. ace. rei, seq.

(k,

iTi67;
812,

pass.,

He

13ii.t

denoting sequence; 1. of time; then, next : Mk 82^, I Ti 310, Ja l^^; seq. gen. abs., Mk 4^7; in 15*' 7. 2*, i Ti 2^3. enumerations, i Co 2. In argument; (a) therefore, then; (b) furthermore : He 12^ (cf. eiTcj').t
etra, adv.,

Lk

Jo 135 1927 2027,

etT, V.s. 1.

*elrv, Ion.

and Hellenistic for elra (q.v.), then: Mk 428.t ci(i>0a, V.s. Ww. iK {i$), prep. c. gen., from out of, from (see Addendum, p.
Iicacrros,
-r],

492).

-ov,

[in

LXX
:

chiefly for

BTK;] each, every (Lat.


;

Lk 6**, Jo 1923 seq. Kara, He 3^3, Re without a noun: Ac 435, Rq 2, al.; (c) 1.^ partit. gen., Ro 14^2, i Co 1^2, al. in sing, with pi. verb, Lk 23, Ac 1129, 3,1, in apposition with pi. noun or pron., Lk 23, Jo 1632, Ac 2^ 326, al. eh . (Lat. unusquisque), Ac 2^ 2126, Col 4^, al; I. t. dSeX^cp
quisque) 222; J5
;

(a)

with a noun
416;
(b)

Eph

(- Heb. vry^b nrsi, Ge 263i), Mt 1836 (cf. He 8"); (= =inn-b BTN, Jg 629, al.), Eph 425. * iKdaroT, adv., each time, always u Pe l^^.t
:

I.

/icri toS TrXi^aiW

136

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


a'l,

iKaT6v, ol, 6*0 Kar'a .,

Ta, indecl.,
cV L,

a hundred:
-e's

Mt

IS^.^s^

Lk

15*, al.;

Mk

ets,

Mk

4^. 20.

^KaTOkxae-nis

(Rec.
17^" *;]

-tTijs),

(<^ cKarov,
:

txT^s),

[in

LXX

for

nzm nSO
M,

73

Ge
-ou

a hundred years old

Ro
7^,

4^'^.t

^KaTorrdpxTis
Pr., 48);
:

(-apxo?.

^^

8^.8

275*,
[in

Lk

eKaTov,
7<'

apx^,),

LXX
:

for

Ac 2225 28^^; cf. niNQ itjy;] a cen

turion

Mt

8^\

Lk

23*^ Ac

IQi- 22 21^2 2226 231^. 23 2423 27^'

">

^i' *3

(cf. /cevTvpicjv).t

cK-paiV, [in

^K-pdXXw,

LXX for nby [in LXX chiefly


pass.,
722,

;]

to

go out

He

ll^^ t
^bttir hi.,
:

for W'\Z

pi.,

also for

NS"' hi.,

BTT
al.
;

hi., etc.

;]

1.

to drive, cast or se7id 02ct, to exjiel

c.

ace. rei, mid.


21^2,

(o-Itov), seq. is,

Ac 2V^;

Mt
;

IS^^; c. ace. pers.,

Mt

Mk ll^s,

Satyadvia,

Mt
T.

Mk
2.

13*, al.

id. seq. Ik,

Mk
Adyu),

72^

Mk
63'';

322
id.

(^v)
c.

6vo>aTt,

Mt
In

722,

Mk

938

Mt

16C9] ; iv, -^apd, 816 ; seq. Uw, Jo

Mk

gen.,

Mk
'^^.

12^,

al.;

of expulsion

the Church, in Jo
p93n), to

LXX and NT
:

from home, Ga430; from (like Heb. K'^Sin and Aram.

command or caiise to depart Mt 9^^, Mk 1^2 (y^ Swete, in 1.), ib. *2 5*^ Lk IO2, Ja 22^; t. KpCaiv ets vikos (to cause to proceed to its goal), Mt 1220 (LXX). 3 f^Q reject (cl.) r. ovo^a v/xCyv <Ls irovrjpov (cf. 622 De 251*), Lk 4. to take, draw or pluck iq ig^ve out, Re II2. out ; (a) with violence Mt 7^, Mk 9*^, Lk 6*2 (6) to bring forth or out of: Mt 1235, Lk lO^^.
:

**?K-Paais,

way

oiit

-0,?, ^ V/3atVo>), (Hom., Xen.) i Co lO^^.


:

[in
2.

LXX: Wi
the issue
:

cK-poXVi, -^s

trouLdOai, ^ita hi.),

Ez

iK^aWoi), [in
478 (XS"')*;]
:

LXX Ex
1.

2^7 8^ ll^**;] 1. a (Menand.) He 13^t 11^ (lZ7"ia), Jos 1^ (iK^oXrjv


;

a throwing out.
(cf.

2.

jettison,

throwing overboard of cargo


144f.).t

Ac

27^^

Jos,

I.e.

and

v. Field,

Notes,

*f iK-yaiiliw, Rec. for ya/xt'^co, q.v. Mt 223o 2438, Not elsewhere. *t eK-yafiiaKu, Rec. for yafiLo-Kw, q.v. Lk 20^*> 35.
: :

Lk

172^,

Co 7^^

Not elsewhere.t
[in
6,

CK-yovos,
(neut.),

-ov

(<[

e(cyiyj/o/xai,

to

be

bom
2.

of),

LXX
rj

for '^5

]5, etc.;]

1. c. gen.,

born

of.

As

subst.,

e.,

child,

son or daughter; in pi., descendajits : rc/cva rj 1., children or grandchildren, I Ti 5*.t *t eK-SairaKdo), -w, strengthened form of SaTravaw, to spend tvholly pass., with reflexive force, to spend oneself wholly : seq. i-n-ep, 11 Co
12i5.t
^K-8^X0H'<*^

\}^

LXX for
2.

miT

'pnp

etc.

;]

1.

to take or receive

from (Hom., Hdt Jo 513], He 1110, Ja

al.).

(Rare in

cl.), to

expect,
i

await

5^; e. ace. pers.,

Ac
:

17i,

Co Ipa

c. ace. rei, : I61I; seq. Iws,

He

1013 (Cremer, 687).t

**Ik-8tiXos, -ov 8^\os), [in form of S^Xos, q.v., quite clear, evident

LXX

in
:

Mac

3i 6**;]

strengthened

11 Ti 3^.+

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


*^K-8Tifi^<,

137

-w (-<
ii

IacSt^/xos,

/rom home;
oltto,

cf. -la, iii

Mac
^

4^^)*; to be
(cf. Sltto-, ev-

from home, absent:


^K-8i8wp, [in
2. to let

Go

5"; seq.

ib.^; seq. Ik, ib.

jru, etc.;] 1. to surrender, give v/p, give out for hire (Hdt.) mid. (as freq. in tt. v. MM, Exp., xii) ; to let out to one's advantage, Mt 2133. 41^ i^j^ 121, Lk 20.t cK-8i-iiY^o|jiai, -ovfjiai, depon., [in chiefly for 1BD pi. ;] to tell in detail, relate, declare : Ac 13*^ (lxx) i53_f tcK8iK^, -oi Iac8icos), [in for IpB, Dp2, DBtZT, etc.;] 1. to vindicate: c. ace. pers., Lk 183>5. 2. to avenge: c. ace. pers., cavTous, Eo 12^9; c. ace. rei, irapaKo^v, II Co 10^; alfjia, Ee 6^^ 19^ (Cremer, 203; for exx. from tt. in both senses, v. MM, Exp., xii).t t |ic-8iKTjcris, -ews, 17 (-^ exSiKeoj), [in chiefly for Dp3;] vengeance, vindication: Lk 21^2, Eo 12^^ (v. MM, Exp., xii). He 1030 (Lxx)^ II Co 711 of the injured person, c. gen., Lk 18^' 8; c. dat., Ac 72*; of the offender, c. gen. obj., i Pe 2^*; c. dat., 11 Th 1^ (of. out.
;

LXX for

LXX

LXX

LXX

Si 12).t **Ik8ikos, -ov BLKrj), [in LXX: Wi 12^2, Si 30, iv Mac 1529*;] without law, unjust. 2. exacting penalty from,; as subst., an 1. 13*; seq. irepC, 1 Th 4" (in n., a legal representative; avenger: Eo Milhgan, Th., l.c.).t eK-8iuKw, [in LXX for hi., niOY PTl etc. ;] to chase away,

ma

drive out

Th
:

2^5 (cf.

De

%^\ Jl 220).t
[in

** CK-80TOS, -ov (<]


delivered over

iKSiSuifjLi),

LXX Da
:

th Bel 22*1] given


111
f.).t

up,

Ac

2^3 (for construction, v. Field, Notes,


;

1. in cl., (a) a receiving from, ^cK-SoxT -^s, 17 (<^ KS'xo/-iai) succession; (b) an interjyretation. 2. In NT, = Trpoa-SoKta, expectation: He 1027 (of. Field, Notes, 231; Cremer, 688).t

^K-8u'u, [in

LXX chiefly for


Mt
to

ace. pers. (sc. clothing),

Lk

103<>;

mid.,

put

lacTQ ;] to take off, strip off, strip : c. 27^8; c. ace. pers. et rei, Mt 273^, I520, fig., of the body, 11 Co 5*.t off:

Mk

^Kci, adv., [in

LXX
Mt
. .

chiefly for nCT;] 1. properly, of place, there


;

Mt
Bl.,

213 52*, al.

ol i.,

26'i
.

oC

123*; pleonastic, ottov

e.

(=

DOT

Mt 621 I820 2428, Mk G^o, Lk 11^^, De 4^, al.), Ee 12"' 1* (cf.


.,

50, 4). 2. As often in cl. (Hdt., Thuc, al.), with verbs of motion, for iKelae, thither : Mt 222 1720 2428 2636, Mk 633, Lk 12^8 1737
212,

Jo

IP

182.3,

Eo

152*.

CK61061',

adv., [in
2.

LXX chiefly

for D^hi;] 1. of place, thence

Mt

421,

Mk

6^, al.
-rj,

Of

time, thereafter (v.s. KaKeWcv).

iKtivo^,

-o (^e/cei), [in

LXX chiefly for Nin,


;
.

WnTI, and cogn.

forms;] demonstr. pron., that person or thing (ille), implying remoteness as compared with oiVos (hie) 1. absol., emphatic he, she, it opp. to 0VT09, Lk 18^*, Ja 415 rifiel^, He 1225 ^^^-^^ j^t 13^1, Mk 4^1 iWoi, Jo 99; iyw, Jo 330 to persons named, Mk 16tio. is. 20]^ Jq 221 of one (absent) who is not named, contemptuously (Abbott, JG, 2385,
; ;
;

138

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


i

Jo 2 3^, al.; referring to resumption of a participial subject, a preceding noun, Mk Jo Jo 1^^ 92^ 10\ Eo 141*, al. (on its reference in Jo 19^^, v. Westc, in 1.; Moffatt, Intr., 568; Sanday, Fourth Gospel, 77 flf.). 2. As adj., joined, like outos, to a noun with the article Mt 7^*, Mk 3^*, Jo 18^*, al. esp. of time, past or future iv t. r}fjpaL<i i., Mt 3^ Mk 1*, Ac
16^^^\
7**
;
:

2732), Jo 711 928; with respect, of Christ,

218 (LXX)^ al.

iv
;

i. r.

rnxipa,

esp of the Parousia,


ckcivt^s (sc.
o'SoO)

Mt

7^2,

Lk

623,

n Th
21;
22*.+
etc.
;]

1",

Ti

112

adverbially,
19*.

cl.

ckciv^ (B1., 36, 13),

that way,

Lk

e'Kclac,

adv.,

[in

LXX
xii

Jb 3929

(oifrp)*;]

thither:
i.

Ac Ac
,

constr. pregn.

(MM, Exp.,

Field, Notes, 134), tovs

ovra?,
,

+ iK-ly]Tiia, -w, [in


1.

LXX chiefly
Am
'*

for

mil

also for 1X3

Cr^n

out or after, search for: c. ace. pers. (i 5*, al.), Ac IS^^, Kvpiov, e6v (cf. Ps 13(14)2,
to seek

Mac 92*'); fig., t. Eo 3^\ He 11;


I

evXoytav,

He

12^^^

i^fCvTV^^-^
:

^t')P<^^vr}(rav

(as in
4}^,

Mac,

I.e.),

sought

and searched out


to

i
:

Pe

demand, require
*f
iK-lr\Tr\<ns,
:

Lk
r}

2. 11^^, 6i_f

l^o.

As

in 11

Ki

Ez

3^8' 20, al. (Cril),

-cws,

{<CfK^r]Tew),
cK^.i/A^os),

a questioning (EV), subject for


[in

dispute

Ti 1*.+
-w
2.

**+^K-0ajip^a.,

LXX:

Si

309*;]

1.

t^

jg

amazed.

Mk

to amaze, terrify (Si, I.e.). 91* 1433, 165. 6.+

Pass., to be
lO^^,

amazed, terrified:
7^ (dreadful,

**+lic-0a|ipos, -ov

^a/x^os),
;]

[in

LXX Wi
:

Da th
;]

terrible: ''3nO^}{) *

amazed

(cf.

Polyb., xx, 10, 9):

Ac 3^^+
strengthened
Q^l;
TTOlCtV

**+ U-Qainxdlui,

[in

LXX

Si 2723 43^8, iv
:

Mac

W^ *

form
1.

of

6avfji-

to

wonder greatly
719.+

Mk
;]

12^'^.+
!

**Ik-0TOS, -OV {<^KTL6r]fXt), [lu Al.

Ez

423*;]

(.g^gl

=
:

iKTiOivai,

Ac

^K-Ka0aipa), [in

LXX for "TT^, etc


Ti 22^
;

l.to cleanse thoroughly, cleanse

removed, ^vfirjv, i Co 5^^.+ 2. to kindle. iK-Kaiu), [in LXX chiefly for 1373;] 1. to burn up. Pass., to burn : metaph., of the passions (cf Si 16^, Jb 3^^), Eo 12^.+
out
c. ace., livrov, ii

of the impurity

CKKaK^U,
(Arist.).
2. to

-to,

V.S. kvKaKW. [in

iK-KVT4(a,

-u),

LXX

pierce (Polyb.,

chiefly for Ipl;] 1. to prick out, put out c. ace. pers., Jo 1937 dxx)^ Re 1^.+

LXX)

^K-KXdw, -w, [in

LXX: Le
i,

l^*"

(VDW

pi.)*j] ^o break off: pass.,


v.l.,

Eo
Jb

11^7.

19.

20.t

iK-Kktiu,
3420,

[in

LXX:
*
rj

Kpta-Lv,

Ps 67

(68)30)

iKK\r\<Tia, -a?,

.]

iQ shut out

for ntt3 hi., Ex 232 (also as Ga 41^. Pass., Eo 32^.+

cK-zcaXew), [in

LXX chiefly

for bnf?

otherwise

one of its cogn. forms;] 1. prop., an assembly of citizens regularly convened (in Thuc, ii, 22, opp. to o-v'AXoyos, a concourse) Ac 1932. 39, 41^ 2. In LXX of the assembly, congregation, community of Israel (De 410 232, al.) Ac 738, He 2^2 (lxx). 3. : NT, esp. of an assembly or company of Christians, a (the) church ; (a) of gatherings for worship
for
:

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


I

139
;

Co

1118 1419'

34, 35

(5)

of local
IG^,
i

name
{DB,

added,

Ac 8\ Eo
16i
IS^''
;

communities Ac S\ i Co 4}"^ with Th 1\ al. pi., Ac 15*S i Co 7" t.


:

XpKTTov, iKKXrjma,
i,

Eo Mt

'43la),
:

of Christians
{KvpLov, T, E,

Eo Mt

dytW, I Co 14^3 e'nr^v t. T. 'Ao-tas, I Co IG^^ (but V. Horfc, Ecclesia, 10) of a house-congregation (c) of the whole body 165, i Co IG^^, Col i^^ Phm 2
;

t.

16^8,
I

Co
159,

1228,

Eph
1",
Tr.,
i

1^2,

Phi
;

36, al,

t. 6ov,

Ac

2028

mg^,

Co

Ga
(v.

Ti 3^^
Syn.,

i.

tpotot6ku>v iiroyeypafx-

fievwv v ovpavots,

He

122^.

42G; Hort, Ecclesia, esp. 4 ff., 107 ff. Hamilton, People of God, ii, 37 ff. reff. and DCG; Cremer, 332). 8.VV. "Church," "Congregation," in etc ;] intrans., to turn aside, ^k-kXiVw, [in LXX for T^\ ITO

SVN.:

(Twaywyri,

q.v.

i;

DB,

i,

DB
,

turn

away

metaph., from the right path, absol.,

Eo

3^2 (LXX)

from

evil, absol., i

Pe

3^1; seq. airo, c. gen. pers.,

Eo

IG^'^.t

* ^K-KoXujxpdu, -w, to swim out of: Ac 27^2 f * eK-KOfii^w, to carry out : as freq., a corpse for burial, Lk 712.+ ** cK-Koirii, -^s, [in Aq. Is 51^ * ;] in T for ivKoinj (q.v.)
17,
:

Co

9i2.t
cK-KoiTTu, [in

LXX

for

ms

etc.

;]

of a hand, foot, Mt branch, Eo II22 seq. cXTTi'Sa), II Co lli2.t


;

53o 188
eV,

a tree,
II2*
for
;

Mt

to C7it out, 3^^ V^,


t.

cut

off,

cut
;

down
of a
191,

Lk

3^ 13^'

fig.,

Eo

metaph.,
,

A<f,opfi.-qv

(cf.

Jb

EK-Kpcfiai'KVfjii,

[in
:

LXX
19*8,

nwp

Ge

443" *

.j

iq

h^ng from or
;

read wpon ; mid., c/c/cpe/xa/iat fig., i^eKpifiaro avTov olkovidv (Eec. otherwise unknown cf. elc/cpe'/xfTo, which implies a pres. KKp/jiOfj.ai,
;

WH

Veitch, S.V.

KpefJuafxaL),

Lk
19*8

CK-KpEflO/Jiai,

Lk

(WH,
for
:

"

V.S. iKKp/XaVWfJLl).f

** eic-XaX^w,

-w,

[in

LXX:

Jth 11^*;]
hi., etc.;]

to

speak out,
forth
:

divulge:
13*3.

Ac

2322.t
^K-Xd/xTTOj, [in

LXX
Sm.
:

mx

to shine
to

Mt

** iK-\avQ6.vhi,

[in

Ps 12(13)2*;]
125.t

escape notice utterly;

mid., to forget utterly

He

In NT K-XeYu, [in LXX chiefly for inS ;] to pick out, choose. always mid. (exc. Lk 93^, CKXeXey/xeVos, WH, dyaTrrjro?, E, mg.), to pick out for oneself, choose (cf. M, Pr., 157 f .) c. ace. rei, Lk 10*2 247
:

c.

ace. pers.,

Ac

G* I522.

choice of disciples, Lk choice of persons, Mk I Co 127.28 (Cremer, 402, 773).t


:

of Christ's of Christ (v. supr.), Lk 935 6^3, Jo G'" 13i8 15i' i^, Ac I2 of the Divine of things, I320, Ac I2* 13^7 15^, Eph 1*, Ja 2^
25
;
.

Ik-Xcittw, [in

LXX for nbs ms


,

ni.,

Dan

etc.,

47 different words

leave otit, pass over. 2. Intrans., to leave off, cease, ;] (lxx). of the sun in fail : p.a,jiwvas, Lk 1G9; ttiWis, Lk 2232 |^^ He 1^2 an eclipse, Lk 23*5.t for ina (so prob. in Is ^K-XeKTos, -77, -ov KXyw), [in
in all
1. trans., to
.

LXX
16^3

28i,

Pr

173, for

MT

]n2l),

XnS,
:

etc.;]

1. choice,
(cf.

select (cl., rarely; 272*).


2.

Thuc,

Plat., al), hence,

eminent

Eo

Ez

As

in

140
Insci'.

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


(MM, Exp., xii), chosen; esp. as in LXX, of Israel, elect, God (Is 659, pg 104(105)^3 al.); so in NT; (a) of Christ:
(cf.
(c)

chosen oi

Lk
I

2335
Btoi,

Is 421)
187,

fig_^

Ti 5";

of Christians:

XlOc;, i Pe 2^2422.24^

(^x^)

(j)

of

holy angels
i

Mt

Mk
; ;

1320.22,27^

T.
II

Lk
;

Ro

833,
;

Col

312,
I

Jo

a8eX(f>i],

ib. 13

yeVos,

Tit 11 t. Xpicrroi, Pe 2^ (LXX) kXt/toi kol


J

Yi 2", Mt 243i
.

Pe

1^;

K.

^^^^^ maroL,

opp. to /cAt^tos (not so in Epp. v. Lft. on Col 312), Mt 20i (T, WH, txt., R, omit) 22'^ (Cremer, 405, 775).t **iK\oy^, -^?, v (<eKA, [in Aq. Is 22^; Sm., Th. ib. 37^4*;] a choice, selection ; in NT, always of the Divine choice (EV, election) (T/ceuos iKXoyrj^, gen. qual., a chosen vessel; Kar i., Eo 9^ 115.28- q gen. pers., i Th 1*, 11 Pe l^" by meton., 17 c. = oi eVXe/cTot, Ro ll'^.t

Ke

1714

tK-Xu'w,

[in

LXX
Mk
83
[in

for
to
;

nsi

etc.

;]

1.

to loose, release.

2. to tin-

loose, as

a bow-string,

relax,

enfeeble;

pass., to

weary
**

Mt

1532,

of

iK-iLd<T<Ti^,

LXX:
[in

mental weariness, Ga 6^ He Si 12^, Ep. Jei3.24*;] to wipe

be faint, grow 123. a (LXX).+


off: c. ace,

Lk
251

738.

", Jo 112 123 135

t^K-fiUKTTipiiu,

LXX:
:

Ps

2* 21 (22)'

34

(35)i
:

(jsb),

Es
IG^*
6^*

A*

;]

to

hold up the nose in derision

at, scoff at

c.

ace,

Lk Mi

2335.t
iK-ye6w, [in

LXX
;

Jg

4^8 (-rd) 182, iv

Ki

22^ 23i (n:E3),

2. (a) to (J1D hi.), Ill Mac 322*;] 1. to bend the head aside (Xen.). shim, avoid (Diod.) (b) to withdraw : Jo 5^3. fiK-y^^w, [in LXX: Ge 92*, Hb 2^ (yp^), Jl 16, Hb 21^ {y^p hi.), I Ki 253'^ (KX^), Si 34 (31)2*;] ^^ become sober after drunkenness: metaph., of sobriety of mind, i Co 153*.

^Kouaios, -ov X<^^'(<^^),

[ill

LXX
:

chiefly

for

H^^J, as

Nu

153
1.),

(xar

c.) ;]

usually of actions, voluntary


adv., [in

Kara

c.,

of free will (Lft,, in

Phmi*.t
4koo<tiws,

LXX

Ps 53

(54) (niT^S),

n Mac

143, ai.

;]

voluntarily, willingly : He 102", i Pe 52. *t 2ic-TraXai, adv. (of a class of compound adverbs common in late Gk. ; V. Mayor on 11 Pe, I.e.), for a long time, from of old : 11 Pe 23
35.t
t iK-rceipdlio, [in

LXX De 6i
:

82. is,

Ps 77

(78)i8

(no:

pi.)

*
:

;]

cl.

eVTTcipao/Aai, to put to 47(i'XX)^ of God,

the proof or test,


412
Ub.), i

make

trial of,

tempt

Mt

Lk

Co

10^; of Christ,
to

Lk

ace, 1025 (Cremer,


c.

497). t
iK-niiLTTut, [in

LXX for nb;]


[in

send forth: Ac 13* 17io.t


:

*t eK-TTcpiaaws, adv., more exceedingly


cK-irT(i'i'uni,

Mk

143i

(cf. virfpTrp-).f

chiefly for CTIB, as Is 652 (hithp.);] to spread out (as a sail), stretch forth : Eo IO21 (lxx) f De 3322 {p2^), etc.;] to spring forth: eh ^K-irrjSdo), -w, [in

LXX

LXX:
:

T. oxA-ov (cf.

Ju

1417), [in

Ac

141* (for ex, in Is 40^ 28i.


*

ir.,

v.

MM,
Jb 142
out

Exp.,
(1,i,q

xii).t
^

c-K-iri'TTTw,

LXX

{b^z),

y,

Ry.

mg.),

Jb 1530

(-iiD),

Jb 1533

(rjbrir

hi.), etc.;]

to fall

of,

fall from, fall

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


off: seq. Ik t. x"P<^'' Ac 12^; flowers (as LXX, 11. c), Ja 1",

141

absol., Ac 27'2j of the withering of Pe 1^* (i-xx) j of navigators falling off


rei
:

from a straight course, Ac

27^'^' 2"' 2^.

nPe3^^;
*

ahsol., fall
-S>,

iK-iAioj,

to sail

from its away


ii

Metaph., c. gen. place, fail, perish: Eo Q^.t


:

Ga

5*,

Ac 20^

seq.
xii

cis,

** iK-TT\r]p6io,

[in

LXX:
17,

Mac

S^o, iii

Mac
;

Ac 15^^ 18^^ f 12.22*.] 1, to fill full,


Cremer, 839), Ac 13^*.+ 6^* *',] a completion,
(pass.)

make up a number.

2. to fulfil

(MM,

Exp.,
:

**t cK-irX^puais, -ws, fulfilment : Ac 212.t


(nanr hithp.),
out, drive
pass., 2233,

[in

LXX
iv

ii

Mac

^K-irXr]<Tau (Attic -ttw,

Ac
7^2,

1312),

[in

LXX:

Ec

17it^>

Wi 13*, n Mac
2.

Mac
Lk

8* 11^^*;] 1. prop., to strike

away.

Mt

135* 1925^
122 1118^
:

Mk

to strike with panic or shock, to amaze, astonish 728 62 7^^ 10^*, 2*^; seq. em', c. dat. rei,

Mt

Mk

Lk

432 943^

Ac

13i2.t

Stn.
cf.

" vTwtlv, to terrify, agitate


;

predominantly physical
also
<f>p'La-g-w,

<f>o^Lv, to

with fear ; Tpc/tciv, to tremble, fear, the general term," Thayer

shudder, and v.s. SetXi'a. out; sc. ftiov, ifrvxvv (expressed in cl., cf LS, s.v.), to breathe one's last, expire : Mk 153'' 39, Lk .^Esch., al. 23*'. For force of aorist, v. Swete, Mk., l.c.t chiefly for NS^ ;] to make to go out ; pass, ^K-iropcuw, [in and mid., to go forth: Lk 3'^, Ac 25*; of demons leaving one possessed, Mt 172^ om.), Ac 19^2- of excrement, Mk 7^^; seq. 2029, Mk 10*8 dTTo, Mt i^^ Mk 131 (of the dead rising, Jo 529) cr^cv, Mk 611; 1^^^ Mk ll^^; c.'s, Mk lO^^, Jo 5^9; cVt', c. ace. pers., Ee 16^*; dcnrop- (q.v.) koL I., Ac 92^ metaph., TT/jo's, c. acc. pers., Mt 3^, Mk 1^ to come forth, proceed : of feelings, etc., Mk 723 ggq ^^^ Mt 15ii i*, Mk 715.20,21^ Lk 422, Bph 429; f>iffj,a, seq. Si(i, Mt 4*(i'XX); of lightning and flame, Ee 4^ 91^. is 115 a river, Ee 22^ a sword, Ee V-^ 191* a rumour, seq. eis, Lk 43^^ of the Holy Spirit, seq. irapa., Jo 152*.t t ^K-irop'cu, [in chiefly for rU7, freq. of spiritual unfaithfulness ;] strengthened form of Tropvcvco, implying excessive indulgence; mid. to give oneself up to fornication : Ju'^.t 2. to spit at in disgust, to abominate, *cK-nTo, 1. to spit out.
to

*iK-nveQ}, -w, to breathe


;
.

LXX
.

(WH

LXX

loathe (=3

cl. airoiTT-, KaTairr-)

Ga
Jg

4i*.t

iiK-pil6^, -w, [in

LXX:

5^* {iS'p),

Je

l^" (trrn:),
4*,

Ze
acc.

2* (fflha

A,

-ipsr

BS),

Da TH
*
;]

78 (-ipy),

Da

LXX
[in

411.23,

Wi

Si 3^
:

49^

5^1, II

Mac

12''

to root out,

pluck up by the roots

c.

Mac rei, Mt
i

1329 1513

Lkl7,Jui2.t
-ecos,
;

lic-oraais,

{i^icTTrjfii),

LXX Ga
:

2733, i
;]

Ki

1415,

Ez

2616,

al.

(n-JlD)

II

Ch

I41*

<i3'

17i 2029 (inD), al.

1.

a displace-

ment

(Arist.).

2.

An abnormal
;

subject passes out of his (Kennedy, Sources, 121 f.)

condition of the mind, in which the usual self-control (Hippocr.) in NT Ac IQio 11^ 221^; (6) {a) a trance:
;

amazement

Mk

5*2 168,
[in

iK-<TTpi^o,,

Lk 526, Ac 3i<'.t LXX: De 322<>, Am

6i3'i2),

Ez

163*

(^Dn),

Za

142

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


pi.),

ll^" (pne

Ez
;

13'-'o

(TIY pil.)*;]
to

1-

io korji

out of (Rom.).

2.
:

to

turn inside out

metaph.,

change entirely, pervert (Aristoph.)


:

Tit

WH,

* K-(rwJw, to preserve from danger, bring safe mg., E, txt., v.s. ^o>6).t
IK-Tapdaao,, [in

Ac

27^ (e^wo-ai,

LXX

Ps 17

(18)^

(nvn
etc.
;]

pi.),

87 (88)i (nax),

Wi

173,4 181'^*;] to tliroio into great trouble, agitate:


iK-idv(a,
T.

Ac

16^^.

[in

LXX
Ac

for

rhw
8^

ni33

to stretch out or forth

xpa
2253

(as often in
^5 i^^,^^

LXX), Mt
;

U'^ U^\ 26^\

Mk

1 S^ Lk

5^^ &^\

Jo 21^^ Ac 26^;

Lk
II

seq. iirl, c. ace, pers., towards, Mt 12*^; 430 of anchors, to cast, Ac 273o.t
[in

against,

iK-Te\io>,

-w,

LXX: De

Mac

15^ *

;]

to

bring
7}

**t ^K-TeVcia,
III

-as,

to

an

32^^ (nbs), 11 end, finish, comjylete


[in

tKrei/r;?),

Ch 45, Da th Lk 142^' ^o.t LXX: Jth 4^, II Mac


:

S'*"',

1438,

Mac
26'.t

6*^*;]

zeal,

intentness,

earnestness

(cf.

Deiss.,

BS, 262):

Ac

**^KTMT]s, -s /cTtVw), [in

LXX:
:

in

Mac

310 529*;] stretched,

strained.

Metaph., earnest, zealous

Pe

4^.t

^KTK(us, adv., [in

LXX
12*,

Jh
i

3^ (n^in^), Jl 1^*, Jth 4^2,


1^2
;

m Mac 5^ *
(WH
:

;]

fervently, earnestly mg., omits).


^K-TiOrifii,

Ac

Pe

compar.,
;]

Lk

22^*

br.,

E,

[in

LXX
LXX
6^\

for

p3

ni., etc.

to set out,
c.

expose

Ac 7^^

Metaph.,

to set forth,

expound: Ac 11* 28^3;


for

ace. rei, 182",

^K-TU'do-CTw, [in

Mt

IQi*;

xow,
iii).+
-7/,

Mk

shake off : Kovioprov, lyj Mid.: Kovioproy, Ac 13^1; IfidrLa, Ac 18 (cf.


ni., pi., etc.;] to
:

MM,

Exp.,
Iktos, iKr6s,

-ov, </ie

sixth

Mt
Jg

20*, al.
82
20^5,
iii
;]

adv.,

[in

LXX:
Ca
41' 3

Ki 10",
1.

al.

(l3^n,
outside,
Deiss.,

15!?),
:

Jg

528 (lyj),

('^

ny^n),

al.

as

adv.,

beyond to i., c. poss. gen., the outside, Mt 232" j^ \^^q BS, 118), pleonastic, kt6s i fiy, 1 Co 14^ 152, i Ti 5^^.
.

q^
2.

^y_

of prep., c. gen.;
besides, except
:

(a)

outside of:
j

Co 6^^
5^ *
;]

11

Co

force 122; (6) beyond,

With

Ac

2622,

Qq
for

15^7 f

turn out of the course, Pass., with middle sense, intrans., to turn aside turn aside, c. ace. 12" (E, txt., for be ptd oiit of joint, E, mg., v. Thayer, s.v. Westc, He tVi, 11 Ti 4* ottio-w, i Ti 5^^ q ^gc^ ^^ in 1.) fig., seq. cis, i Ti 1" shun, avoid : i Ti 620. for bl2 etc. ;] 1. prop., of children, to nurture, iK-rpi^b), [in : Eph 6*. 2. to nourish : Eph 529.t bring tip *f cKTpofios, -ov, = evTpofjio^, exceedingly terrified : He 122^ (for exx. from TT., V. Deiss., BS, 290; LAE, 254).t
K-Tp^irw, [in
,

LXX

^Dn

Am

to

LXX

6ic-Tpw|j.a, -To^,

TO {<^KTLTpo(TK(ii, to miscarry), [in

LXX:
;]

Jb

3^",

Ec

63 (bg)3

also in Aq.,

Ps 57

(58)^),

Nu
:

12^2

(ma) *

an

abortion,

an untimely

birth

(v.

Field, Notes, 179)

Co

158.t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


iK-(^ip(a, [in

143

LXX chiefly for K2r


i

hi.

;]

c.

ace. rei,

Lk

I522,

Ti 6^

c.

ace. pers.,
^' ^^.

Mk

for burial

(cf. Ko/At^w), al.)


;

Ac

5*'

2.

to

carry out, bring out Ac 5^5 of the dead bring forth ; {a) of women
1.

to

823,

(Hipp., Arist.,
^K-<|>euY&),

{b)

of the

ground (Hdt.)
,

He

G^.t
:

for D13 etc. ;] to flee Ac 162^ I Th 53, He 2^ seq. , Ac IQ^* c. ace. pers., ace, rei, Lk 213", Eo 23; t. xi/>a5 avTov, 11 Co 1133.t
[in
;

LXX
[in
11

away, escape

absol.,

He

1225

iK-<^o^iia,

-Q),

LXX
Co
:

chiefly for

Tjn

hi,;]

to

frighten away,

terrify

c.

ace. pers.,

lO^.t
I,

lK<|)opos, -ov, [in

LXX
Mk

cTvat for -|iP

De
(a1.)

9^^; also i

Mac

132

-j

affrighted, terrified **iK-^6io, [in

9i,

He
Mt

122i.t

OT

(Sm.) Ps 103(104)1*;
:

Is 61"*;] to cause to

grow

out,

put forth

(leaves)

2432,

Mk 1328.t
:

and eK^vvvo) ^o- ^2, 17 (q.v.), [in LXX chiefly for ^DttT ;] to pour out : <t>id\rjv, Ee W'*' ^' al/xa, Mt 2335 (cf MM, Exp., xii), Lk 1150, Ac 2220, Kipfxara, Jo 2^5 315 (Lxx)^ Ee 16. Pass., alfx.a, Mt 26'^8, Mk I42*, Ac 2220; otvo?, Eo Mt 9^^ Lk 537 (TTrXdyxva, Ac 1^\ Metaph., t, Tr^eO^ua, Ac 2^7. 18 (LXX). 33
^K-xe'w,

also HellenistiCj eKxvvoi (in Th.

ii

Ki

14^**),

10*5, Tit 3

iydTTT],

Eo

55

(of.

Si 33 (36)8, ^^.y^^)

pass., of
in)
:

Lat.

effundor), to give oneself

up

to

(EV, ran riotously

persons (like Ju ^.t


:

Mk

**+cK-xu'', Hellenistic 142*, Lk 537 1150 2220,

form

Ac
57,

of U^ii^, q.v. (Bl., 17) 118 10*5 2220, 5^, Ju ".t

Mt

2335 2628,
73

Eo

Am

iK-xwp^o,, -w [in 712 (ma), I Es 4**'

LXX Nu
:

16*5 (1710)
92

(,-,

^ly jg

(-,53^)^
:

Mac

* ;]

to depart,

withdraw
* ;]

Lk

212i.t
^K-v|/u'xa,,

[in

LXX
:

Jg 421 A

{V\^y),

Ez

21^

(12)

(nn^

pi.)

to expire,

breathe one's last

Ac

iKiiv, -ova-a, -6v,

55>io 1223 ^qI iKwv^u); Cremer, 906).t 21i3, Jb 36i*;] willing, [in

LXX: Ex
9^7
-as,
.
17,

of one's

own free
11". 24,

will

Eo
T.

820, i

Co

(Cremer, 246).t
[in

^Xaia (Attic,

e'Aaa),

LXX

for rr\

;]

an

olive tree

Eo
(T,

Ee

11*;

opo9 tQ)v

(D^nin iri,

Za

14*), the
;

Mount

of Olives:
i.

Mt

111 133 1426^ Lk 1937 2230 to KoAov/tcKov 211 243 2630, Ja 3i2.t 2. an olive (Aristoph.) q.v.), Lk 1929 2137. eXaiw,
:

Mk
TO,

IXaioi',

-ov,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

lOtP;]

olive-oil:

Ee
Ja

for lamps, Mt 253. *.8; for healing, 51*; for anointing at feasts, Lk 7**, He 19(i'XX).+ Syn. : fivpov, ointment, v. Tr,, Syn., 135, 6 1813;

Mk

Gi^,

Lk 16*, Lk 103*.

t AaicSi', -wvos, o (<[ ikaia), [in

LXX

for

it;!

;]

olive-grove, olive;

garden

(so in

FIJ and in
;

M, Pr., 49, 69, 235): Lk Field, Notes, 73 Bl., 10, 5


11,

Deiss., BS, 209 ff, Exp., iii; tt, 192^ 2137 j^H, -wu; v. their App., 158;
;

MM,

Thayer, s.v.), Ac I12 (where Bl., 33, 1 c, proposes the conjectural emendation ikauov for -<iJvos).t (el.) (Eee. -a/iiTT/s), -ov, 6 (Heb. D^iy;) [in 'EXajieiTTis
;
;

LXX

144

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


Jth 1' ; 'AiXa/iaVi^s (vv.U. "EXa/xov 11^^ 212 22) ;] an Elamite : Ac 2^t Is
:

'EAu/Aaios,
3, 7)
:

'E\-,

-a/iiTTjs

Bl.,

i\d<T(T(i}v

i\dxi(rTos,
fiiKpo^), [in

(-TTWV, He V, WH, from the epic tXaxv's,

Ti

5*),

-ov

(lormed, with superl.


:

little,

LXX for layD,


He

etc.

;]

less,

in

and serving as compar. of age, rank or quality Jo 2^**,


i

Eo

9^2 (Lxx)^

neut., -ov, adverbially:


(<:^

fi\aTTovi(a,

-to

lAaTTov),

[in
:

LXX

Ti 5.t (with

-oto)

chiefly

for
;

^p^

;]

to be less

(RV, Jiad no lack)

n Co

8^^ f^^^) (a rare

word

of.

MM,
IDn
,

Exp.,

xii).t

cXoTTiSu, -w (<^ eXaTTcov), [in

LXX

(where also
:

-aa-w) chiefly for


j

and very
AauVo),

freq. in Si

;]

to

make

less

He

2'^

(i-xx)

pass.,

Jo

3^,

He

29.t

[in

LXX
Pe
r],

Is 41^ (Dibn) 33^1

(t3"er),

etc.

;]

to drive

of

the wind, Ja

3*, ii

2^^

Jo

6^^; of

demons, Lk

of sailors rowing or sailing a boat, ; 8^9 (cf. oltt-, cruv-eXavVco).t


:

Mk

6*^

*t

e\a<|>pio, -as,

lightness, levity

ii

Co

l^^.t
,

eXa<})p6s, -a, -ov, [in

LXX chiefly for bj?


(EV, our
ikdcrcrwv),

bbp^

;]

light in

weight
4^^t

easy

to

bear

Mt

ll^o

6Xii/^is

as proper : eXdxioTos, -f}, -ov (v.s. superlat., i Co 15; elsewhere, as usually in late Gk., intensive (Bl., 19^7, i Co 4^ 62, Ja 3*; L Mt 2(LXX) 25*45^ Lk 122 11,
3)
;

light affliction), smallest, least

u Co

W^

T.

(3a<T(Xtia T. ovpavwv,

cXaxioTorepos (for

Dalman, Words, 113). Compar., corresp. superl., v. LS; v. also Bl., 44, 3); lesi
5^ (v.
3^.t
6,

Mt

than the

least

Eph

'EXed^ap (Heb. "l7y^^^),

indecl.,

Eleazar

Mt
as

l^^t
in

36

(37)2, al.

t iXedw, later form of cXccoj, q.v., [in in Ro %^\ Ju 23, WH.t ;]

LXX

v.l.

To

132,

Ps

NT
6

teXcYF^os,

-oC,

Xyx<^),
al.;]

[in

LXX:
ii

Ps 37

(38)i*

38

(39)^1

(n03in), Si 2029 21 41*,

reproof:
[in

Ti S^^.t

t^ey^s,
buke
:

-o>5,

Ayx),
[in

LXX:

Jb 21* 232
Pr,

(o^nr)*;] re-

II

Pe

2i.t
-ou,
;]

cXcyxos,

o (eXe'yx*"),
test
:

LXX:
11^.+

freq. in

Jb (nnsin),

Wi
Tit

5,

Si

3,

etc.

a proof,
convict

He

cX^YXw, [in

LXX chiefly
:

contempt.

2. to

P;
I

iseq. irepi,

Jo

8'"'

for PD^ hi.;] 1. in Horn., to treat with ace, Mt 18^^ (RV, show him his fault), 168, Ju^^; pass., Ja 2^. 3. to reprove, rec.

Ti 52c, II Ti 42, Tit 1^3 2^5, Re 3^9; pass., seq. Trcpt', Lk 3^^; iir6, He 125 (LXX). 4. to expose: Eph 5^^; pass., Jo 320, i Co 142* (RV reprove, mg. convict), Eph 5^^ (RV, as i Co, I.e., cf. AR on Eph 51^; MM, Exp., xii; cf. s^-, 8ta-KaT-Xyxo/Aai).t Syn. : i-mTifiw, expressing simply rebuke, which may be undeserved (Mt 1622) Qj. inefifectual (Lk 23**'), while eX. implies rebuke which brings conviction (v. Tr., Syn., iv).

buke:

Manual qeeek Lexicon of the new testament


IXeciKiJs,
-17,

145

-ov (<^IXos; in
:

Ee,

I.e.,

WH
Eo

have the Attic poetic


i

form,

cXeii ds), pitiable, miserable 9i, i\io> (in

Ee

3^^

comparat.,

Co

IS^^.t

Eo

Pss, Pr) chiefly for


1522 1715 1833 20^0.
1132,

pn
31,

Ju22, -c^o), q.v.), -S IA09), [in also freq. in Proph. for etc.

LXX
;]

cm
Co

(Hex, to have

pity or mercy on, to show mercy

absol.,
*8,

Mk

519 10*"'
113o.
3i,

Lk
Co
;

9^" 12^; c. 16^* 17^3 ^gss.

ace,
39,

Mt 9^^ Eo 9^^' is
l^s. ^^,

py
2io.t

227,
:

Ju22^

Pass., to havB pity or


i

mercy shown one (BV,


11

obtain mercy)
I

Mt 5^ Eo

7^^

41,

Ti
;

Po

Syn.
249).
t

oiKTctpo) (v. Tr.,

Syn., xlvii
cAw), [in

Thayer,

s.v.

cAccw

Cremer,
,

'XTi|xo<rufT|, -I??,

33
;

LXX
;

chiefly for

TpH

nj?^^

;]

1. mercy, pity. 2. almsgiving, alms (Uke the corruption of the Greek word c.) Mt 6* ttouZv
:

i.,

German Almosen, a Mt 62. 3, Ac 936 102


1233;
c.,

24^7;
aiTctv,

i.

StSdvat,

Lk

11*1

(cf.

Mt

233fi;

Dalman, Words, 621.)

Ac

32

kaftelv,

Ac

Trpos (in

order to ask)

Ac
:

3^*^
;

pi.,

Ac

10*' 31

(Cremer, 711).t
cXcilfiui', -ov,

[in

LXX chiefly
l^^-.t

for

pan ;] merciful
iljap.,

Mt

5'',

He 2i7.t

^Xeicds, V.8. cAccivds.

'EXeiadpex (T, Eec. 'EXio-; v.

WH,

155), ^, indecl. (Heb.

yj^bs), Elizabeth: Lk
4i;

IXeos, -ovs, TO (cl. -ov, 6, and so Eec, Mt 9" 12^ 2323, Tit 3^, He on the Hellenistic form to l, v. WH, Ajyp., 158; M, Pr., 60; Mayser, 277 Kiihner, i, 515), [in LXX chiefly for ipn ;] mercy, pity,
;

compassion
c.

1. of

men Mt
:

9^3 (lxx) x2'' 2323


,

ttouIv

I.

(and

id. seq. /xcxa,

gen.

cf.
:

Heb. or IpH ni^V


150. 84, 58^

Of God
13
;

Lk

Rq

159,

Ge 2123, al.), Lk 103^, Ja 2^3 3^^ 2. Eph 2*, ii Ti li. is, Tit 35, He 4i6, i Pe
12, ii
;

esp. in benedictions, Ga 6^^, i Ti o-TrXdyxva iXeov;, Lk 1'^ cXt'ous, Eo 923


;

Ti
I.

12, ii

Jo

3,

Ju

ttouIv

(v. SUpr.),

Lk

o-kcv^ 1^2 j ^

ifiTpw

eXe'ci,
:

Eo

1131.

3_

Of Christ

Ju2i.t
192" (nCT^n),

Syn.
3034 (3325)^
religious

oiKTLpfxo^ (v.S. iXeio}).

iXiuBepia, -as, ^, [in


I

LXX
Mac
Co
327

Le

Es

4*9'

^\ Si 721

Mac
Co
212

142",

m
i,

life, i

102*, 11
;

31^,

328*;] liberty: with reference to the Ga 2* 51, i Pe 2i, 11 Pe 21^; 6 vd/tos

T^s

i.,

Ja

125

T^5

86$r]^,
ff.
;

Eo

821

^^'

^_^

Ga

513

(on which
(a)

formula, cf. Deiss.,


cXeu^epos,

LAE,
[in

Cremer, 251).t
for

-a, -ov,
:

LXX chiefly

^wpn ;]

free

in civil

sense, not a slave Jo 833, i Co 721. 22 I2i3, Ga 328, Eph 68, Col 311, Ee gi5 1316 igis fem., Ga 422. 23, 3o (j^ as regards restraint and obligation Mt 172^, i Co 9i seq. U, i Co 91^ d^rd, Eo 73 c. inf., in general I Co 739; from the law, Ga 426, i Pe 21^; from sin, Jo 836; Sixaiotrvvj;, as regards righteousness, Eo 62" (Cremer, 249).+
. :

^Xeo06p6a), -w, [in

LXX

Pr

25io, 11

Mac

127 222 *;] to

make free

10

146

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

from sin, Jo 832.36; ggq. ^tto, Eo 618'22 8-21; r. iXive^pla (dat. commodi), Ga 5^ (on the " punctiliar " force of this verb, v. M, Pr. 149 cf. also Cremer, 251).+ *+ JXeoais, -ew9, rj, a coming : Ac l^^.f iXe^dvTivos, -t], -ov {<^ iktcfia's, ivory), [in LXX for "0 ;] of ivory :
;

Re

1812.
'EXiaKcifi

(Heb.
to

D'^jT^'N),

Eliakim, an ancestor

of

Jesus

Mt

1^^,

Lk

330. +

i'Xiyfia,
fiLyfjLa,

-T0<;,

Rec.

WH,

eA.tWw),

roll

Jo

19^^,

WH,

txt,

(jxly/xa,

mg., E, txt.).+
o,

'EXie^ep

(Heb. liybN),

indecl., Eliezer,

an ancestor

of Jesus

Lk

329.+

'eXiouS, 6, indecl.,

Eliud, an ancestor of Jesus:


T, 'EXur-),
-ov, 6

Mt

l^^'^^.t

'EXiadpcT, v.s. 'EXeto--.


'EXiCTalos (Eec. 'EXio-o-aZos
;

(Heb.

ycrbfef),

Elisha,

the prophet
to roll, roll

Lk
[in
:

42^".+

i\L<T(TUi,

LXX
He

up

Is 34* (bba ni.), 112(lxx)^ Rg G^^.t


:
:

Ps 101
9^-''\

(102)26 (!, ^i.), etc.

;]

IXkos, -cos (-ous), TO [in

LXX Ex
2.

Jb

2''

(^''niS');]

1.

a icound (Horn.).
1.

sore,

iv Ki an ulcer (Thuc,
1318-27,

Le

20^,
al.)

Lkl62i, Ee
sores
.

162.11.+
to

*Xk6, -d; pf ptcp., :

wound.
(Eec.

2.

to

eiAicw/tcvos

17XK-),

ulcerate; pass., to suffer from EV, full of sores, Lk 162<>.+


11.

c, Ac 16i^), [in c. ace. pers., seq. for ^CTD etc. ;] to draw : c. ace. rei, Jo ISi'' 21^ Ac 21^0; 19, Ac 161^ Ja 2^. Metaph., to draw, lead, impel: ^<i>, Jo 6**, 12^2. (For discussion of I. in Oxyrh. Log., v. Deiss., LAE,

cXkuu, v.s. eX/coj. IXku, (Hellenistic


,

form

eX/cvw in Jo,

LXX

437

ff.)+

'EXXds,

-aSos, V, [in

LXX:

Is 66i9,

Ez

271^ (yr),
;

Mac

li 8^*;]
(cf.

with varying usage as to geographical limits Ac 1812), Greece : Ac 202.+


"eXXyji', -7;vos, 6, [in

in

NT =
;

'A;^ai'a

LXX
:

Jl 3 (4)^,

Za

91^ (yr), etc.

Mac

lio,

al.*;]

a Greek; opp.

to /Sdp^apo^,

Gentiles, opp. to 'lovSatot

Jo

V\ Ac
24

Eo

li 29.10 39 1012,

Co
[in

122.

li*; usually in of Greek II20 141 IGL ^ 18* I91O' i^ 2021 2128, 1032 1213^ Qa 23 328, Col 311 of
;

Eo

NT

proselytes, Jo I220,
eXXtji/ikcJs,

Ac

17*.+

-i

-oV,

LXX:
11

Je 26 (46)i 27 (50)i (n31V

aliter

in Heb.),
(sc.

Mac yXwo-o-Tj), Ee 911.


11
:

410- 1^

6^ 112* 132, iv
[in

Mac
68

88*;] Greek:

t.

'EXArjvtKy

**'E\\-^vis, -/80s,

rj,

LXX:

Mac

A*;] a Greek

(i.e.

Gentile)

woman
toms),

Mk

726,

Ac

I712.+
6 (<; 'EXXt/vi'^w,
:

*+'EXXTj'iaTris,

-ov,

a Hellenist (EV, Grecian Jew)

to Hellenize, affect Ac 61 9^9 II20.+

Greek cus-

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


*'E\\r]vi<ni, adv., in
(cf.

147

Greek: Jo 19^"; 'E. (so. AaAciv) yawo-Kets, Field, Notes, 135). *t AXoyaw, -w (a KOLVT] word, elsewhere usually -e'w; cf. Bl., 22, 2), ^^ (on parallels, cf. Deiss., to charge to one's account, impute : Exp., xii); of sin, LAE, 79 f., 335 f.; Milligan, NTD, 73; Eo 513 (Cremer, 400).t.

Ac

2137

{5

Phm

MM,

*EXfiaBd(i (L, 'EA-

Eec.

-/AwSa/i), 6,

indecl.,

Elmadam, an
non,
;

ancestor

of Jesus

Lk

3^8.

cXm^w,
0. c.
I

[in

LXX chiefly for ni22,


hope
(for)
:

also for

bw
Co

pi., hi., etc.;]

to look for, expect,

c. ace. rei,

Eo

S'^'**^^, i

dat. rei
inf.,

(t.

rvxu,
III

Lk

634 23,

Thuc, iii, 97, 2), Mt 12^1 Ac 26^, Eo 152S i Co IS^,

seq. Ka^ws,
11

Co

11^; 8^ 5'\ Phi 2^^<^\


13^,
11

He
Ac

Co

Ti

31*, II

Jo 12,
I

Jo";
As
;

seq.
in

6ti, c.

pres.,

Lk

242i;

c. fut.,

24^6,

II

Co
Pe Co

1^3 130,

Phm 22.
Ti 410

LXX (WM,

xxxiii,

d; and esp. in the

pf., Ellic.
I
;

BI., 59, 2), c. prep.; ek, Jo 5*5 (v. Ellic. I.e.), 15^2 (lxx)^ i Ti 410 G^^; ^, 35 seq. 5ti, ii Co l^O; ctti', c. dat., 15^9; c. ace, i Pe 1^3 (aor. imper. v. Bl., 58, 2) ; r. Oeov, 1 Ti 5^

on

Eo

(cf. air-, Trpo-eXTTi^w, V.

Cremer, 255).
82,

Airi's,

{iK-,

Eo
its

WH,

V. Bl., 4, 3

M,

Pr., 44),
;]

-I'So?, ^,

[in

LXX for ni321 and


of
I

derivatives, nipri (freq. in Jb), etc.

expectation
1.

(in cl., rarely of evil,

mostly of good, and so always in NT), hope;


11

hope
910

in general:
;

Co

1<*;
;

c.

gen.

obj.,

Ac

16^^; art. inf.,

Ac

272*^,
:

Co

Trap' iXir'iSa,

tV

iX-rriSL,

Ac
.

22 26,

Eo 41^ eV cAtti'Si, I Co 9^^ 2. Of religious hope Eo 4^8 820, Tit 12; rfj i. iai^OrjfjLev, Eo 82*; ^ar'
;

iXiriha

^<arj<i

266'

2820

of the Messianic hope of Israel, Ac 23 of Christian hope, Eo 52. ". ^ 1212 154, 13^ i Co 13^3, n Th 2i,
alojviov,

Tit 3^

He
II

3 611 719 1023^


c.

Tit 12;

58, g gen. obj., Eo 52, Col 127, j Th gen. of that on which the hope is based, Ac 26^ Eph V^ 4S
I

Pe

13, 21 315

Col 123;

5 ^^^5 ^-5 >^

Eo
I

1513; |;^v

(=

cl. cATTi'^eiP'),

Co
:

312 1015,
820,

Eph

212,

Th

413

seq. inl,
(a) of

c. dat.,

Ac 24l^ Eo 154, Jo 33 ds, Ac 241^


;

the author or ground of hope (cl.) I Th 21^ I Ti 11 c. gen. obj., Col 127 (^) of the thing hoped for: Ga 5^, Col 1^, Tit 2i3, He 6I8 (Cremer, 252, 712).t 'EXufjias, -a, 6 (<; Aram, or Arab., cf. DB, i, 246 b), Elymas
oTi,

Eo

Phi

120,21

Meton.,
;

Ac

138.t

i\wl

i-t

Eec.

iXwt
-ov,

LT Aram, ^n^^?), Eloi Mt 27*6, Mk


;

153* (Lxx).t

efjiauToO,

-rjs,

reflex pron. of first pers.,


;

dat. and ace. sing., of myself: Lk 77, al. 1018 1410 hr' i^avTov, Mt 89, Lk 78.
;

(Itt'

L,

used only in gen., Jo 53o 717.28 828.42

^fi-paivw, [in

LXX
to

for n^JT
:

etc.

omit)
^10.13,

cJs TrXoIov,

embark

Mt
Ac
,

to step into : Jo 5* ;] 823 91 132 1422 1539^

(WH, EV
41 518 6*^

Mk

Lk

53 822.37^

Jo

617.24 213,

216.t
;]

Ifi-PaXXo), [in
(cf.

LXX
93).+

for DltZT
r.

etc.

to cast into

seq.

cis,

Lk

12^

MM,

Exp.,

vii,

*ilfji-3(iirT(i),

to

dip in

xipa Iv

t. t^v/SAiw,

Mt

2623

mid., seq.

a'c,

Mk

I420.+

148

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


cfipaTeu'w, [in

LXX
1431
;

c.

ace, Jos 19^9 (bui), 19" (pbu

pi.)

seq.

ets,

Mac 12"
/x/?aiVo))
;

1320
1.

15<0;

metaph.,

11

Mac

23o*;]

{<: ifi^dTt]^
;

haunt, dwell in {M^ch., Eur.) metaph.. Col 2^^ {d^velling in, R, txt. taking, R, mg.) (b) to invade (i Mac, 11. c. metaph., Col, I.e.). 2. to enter LXX, Jos, 11. c.) on the on, come into possession of (Bur., Dem. difficulties of reading and interpretation in this passage, v. Lft, Col.,

<;

to step in or

on (Soph.), hence
;

(a) to freqrmnt,

194

f .,

for exx.
to set
1?,

252 ICC, 268 ff. Field, Notes, 197 MiUigan, NTD, 177 and from tt., MM, Exp., xii (cf. KV/^;8.).t iv Ki 92 (Ml hi.), Pr 4^ (^11 hi.)*;] 1. ^li-PiPct^o., [in LXX c. ace. pers., seq. in, jyut in. 2. to put on board ship, embark
; ; ;

Ac

27".+

c>-pX'Tra), [in

LXX
hi.),

metaph., Is 51^ (CJ33


c.

for nsi (m Ki 8\ al.), n2D (Jb G^s A, al.) 8^^ Si 2^", etc. ;] to look at : c. ace. rei,

Mk

1021, 27 i4fi7^

dat. pers. (part., seq. Xeyct, fJirev, cf. Xen., Cyr., i, 3, 2), Mt Lk 201' 2261 (^e;8X./.cv), Jo 136. 43 absol., to look,
.

192*',

y[^

Ac 22^

metaph.,
bulk,

to consider

Mt

G^^.t

22, 1), -w/xai {<^ ^piixr], strength, snort with anger), depon., with aor. mid. (ipifxaofjiat, ll^o (also Aq., Ps (Hatch, Essays, 25) Da and pass., [in 7^2; Sm., Is 17^3)*;] to snort in (of horses, ^sch.), hence, to speak or act with deep feeling {DCG, i, 62')) (a) to be moved with anger
c|x-ppifi(Iop,ai

(T, -iofxai; Bl.,


to

whence

LXX
La

LXX

(cf.

i,jL^ptfir]fjia,

2"):
:

c.

dat.,

Mk
Mt

14^ Jo
9^0,

11^3; iv iavr^o,
1*3.+

Jo ll^S;

(b) to

admonish

sternly

c. dat.,
:

Mk
;]

c>e', -w, [in

LXX

Is 19i* (N^p) *

to
:

vomit

fig.,

Re S^\f

*+

^fji-|iaivofAat,

depon., to rage against

c. dat.,

t'Efifiacou^X, 6
'EfAfxaou's,
r/,

bx way, Is 71*), Emmaus, a place 60 furlongs from Jerusalem


(Heb.
:

Ac 26^^+ Immanuel Mt 123(LXX)^t


:

Lk
2.

2413.+
ifHiivio, [in

LXX
MM,

chiefly for

mp
Ga

;]

1.

to

abide in
14^"^;

Ac

283o.

to

abide by, be true to: seq.


J

eV; r. ttCo-tu,

Ac

t.

SiaOrJKr],

He
cf.

89 (LXX)

Deiss.,

BS, 248;

dat., T. yeypa/A/xeVots (dat. ptcp. as in 3io(i'XX).t ^a;;j., xii)


:

legal formula;

'E|xficjp

(T, 'Efjifjiwp,

Rec.

-op,

indecl. (Heb. Iian),

Emmor

(Go

331^)

Ac

7i<'.+
-r/,

poss. pron. of first pers., representing the emmine, subjectively and objectively, i.e. belonging phasized 83^, Jo 3^^ (most Mt IS'^*^, to, proceeding from or related to me 25'\ Lk 153i, freq. in this gospel), al.; absol., to >oV, to. ifid, Mt Jo 10^* 1614-1* 1710 = gen. obj. (cl.), ds t. e^/v avap-v-qcnv, Lk 2219, 16^1, Col 418, I Co 1124,25. c. gen. expl., t. c'/xtJ x"/>' nav'Aov, i Co
^ficSs,

-oV,

gen. ipov,

Mk

W^

II

Th
*+
+

31".
^(iiraiYfiovri, -rjs,
17

cjA-iratYfios, -o?, 6

/A7rat'{w, q.v.),

mockery

11

Pe

33.+

ifiirai^w, q.v.), [in

LXX Ez
:

22* (n^^f?), Ps

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


37 (38)7 Bn^ ^-,i,p ni)^ ^^^ mocking : He ll^'.t
in-rrailu,

149

1225, Si 2728, 11

Mac V,

iii

Mac

522*;]

[in

LXX
at,

for
2i,

b^T

hithp., pniZT, etc.;]


:

=
3i,

Attic

irpoa--,

Karairai^w, to

mock

mock

1429 2263 233fl; pass., 1531, Lk 23ii.t


t c|i-iraiKTT|s, -ov, 6

Mt

(Hdt.) 0. dat., Mt 27^9' I520, Lk 10^* Lk 1832; absol., Mt 20i9 27",

Mk

Mk

>7rat^w,
V.S. ivn-.

q.v.), [in

LXX:

Is 3* {n^blbVT?)*;]

a mocker

11

Pe

3*,

Ju ^^.t
-<a,
ifi-n-LUiTr-,

^fi-TTcpi-iraTew,
ifi-mTrXT)|xi

(on

1417), [in

LXX

chiefly for

ace. pers. et gen. rei,


c.

LS, S.V., Bl., 6, 8), and ifnmrXdd) (Ac sbQ miZT ;] to fill full, fill up, satisfy : c. Lk 1^^^ ^^ ^4^^ pass., Lk 62^, Jo 6^2 metaph.,
V.
,

gen. pers., to take one's


^fi-TTiirpTjjii, ifiTrprjOo}
TrLfiTrprj/jii),

fill

of:

Eo

15'-* (cf.

Da

LXX

(for the form, v.s.

/i7ri7rXr//At,

and

Su32).t cf. Veitch,


iroXcv,
;

s.v.
22'^
;

[in

LXX LXX

chiefly for

P)li2?;]

to set
:

on fire:
28^ (T

Mt

pass., of the body, to


q.v.).t
cfA-iriirTw,

become inflamed

Ac

iriixTrprjixi,

WH,
12",

[in

Lk

639

103";
:

veipaa-fiov, ib.

6^

chiefly for bD3 ;] to fall into : seq. ck, Mt metaph., ci9 Kpt>a, i Ti S"; 6viBLCTfi6y, ib. 3^; CIS xpas ^^oO (cf. II Ki 241*, I Ch 21^3, Si 2^8),

He
II

103i.t
c>-ir\^K, [in

LXX:
(<^

Pr
to

28i8
be

{bB2),

u Mac

15^7

;]

to
:

weave
11

in,
2*,

entwine ; pass., metaph.,

involved, entangled

in

Ti

Pe
*t

220.t
^fi-TrXoKi], -^s,
i\i-i:vi(ii,
-S),
17

ifXTrXeKOi),

a braiding
[in

rpix'^v, 1

Pe

33,+

V.S. evTT-.

^fi-TTopcu'ofiai,

depon. (<[
(b)

l/tt7ropos),

LXX
:

chiefly for inD;] 1.

to travel, esp.
rei (a)
to

for business. in;


17

2.

to traffic, trade

Ja

4^3_

q^qq

traffic

to

import: (Ho 12S for by^ hoph.).


11

4.

C.

ace. pers., to

make a gain
-as,

of:
:

Pe

23.+

efiiTopia,

commerce, business,
eiiTT^pioc,

(< l/xTropos), [in LXX trade Mt 22*.+


(l/ATTopos),

for

iriD,

b^Ti

etc.;]

-ov,

TO

[in

LXX: De

33^^

(par),

Ez
:

273
oTkos

{byi}

c'vai,

Is

23^'^

(njT) *

;]

a trading-place, exchange

ifjLTTopiov,

Jo

2i.+

cji-TTopos,

byi;]

1.

-OV, 6 (<] TTo/sos, a joumey), [in LXX chiefly for "iriD a passenger on shipboard, one on a journey. 2. a merchant:

Mt 13*^Ee

183,11,

15,

23,t

ifx-jrpr\0(a, V.S. fp.Tr lit prffju.

c|x-irpoa6cc,

adv. of place (in

cl.

also of time), [in


:

LXX chiefly for


I.,

35b;]

1.

adverbially, before,in front

Lk

192^;

c^s

t6

ib. *;

opp. to

oirurdfv,

4"; opp. to ra ottlo-o), to. I., Phi 3^3 2. As prep., before; Mt 52* 62 7 ll^o 272^, Lk 51^ 72^ I42, Jo 328 jq*, Re 1910 228; (J) in ^he presence of: Mt 27", Ga 2i*, i Th 13 2i 39'i3.
(a) in front of
:

Ee

6p.o\oy~iv, 6.pvu(j6ai

(Dalman, Words, 210),


2532 27",

Mt

1032.33 26^0,
11

forensic sense,

Mt

Lk

2136,

Ac 18",

Co

510, i

Lk 128; ju Th 2^9, i Jo

150
3^*^
;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Dalman, Words, evBoKLa {deX-qixa) Ian I. deov (a targumic formula Mt 1126 18^*, Lk 10^1 (c) in the sight of Mt S^" 6^ 17^ 2S^\
;
; :

211),

Mk

212

9^ Lk
;

1927,

Jo

123",
:

Ac
Jo

10*

(d) of

rank and dignity (Dem.,


25 (pT)*;] = cl., dat., Mk 10^* 145 IS^*;

Plat., al.

LXX, Ge
[in

dS^O)

V^.'io^f

^p-irruw,

LXX:

seq. ?,

Nu

12^* A,

De

KaraTTTvw (Euth., NPhr., 66), to spit tcpon : c. Pass., Lk 18=^2_t seq. (k, Mt 26' 27^^ efi4)anis, -es [ ju.</)au/w, fo s/icw in, exhibit), [in
Is 22 (|13 ni.),

LXX

Mi

4^,

Wi

622 721

W^

i.

yCveaOai,

Ex

2i*

(yT

ni.),

Is 65^ (tzhl

ni.)*;]

manifest: Ac
[in

10*; metaph.,
142i.2.i

Eo

1020(LXX)

(y.g. ^7ri(^ai'i^9).+

fji4)a>'i!^w,

LXX

kavTov, c. dat pers.,

show
rei,

oneself,

Jo appear:

for JTT hi., etc.;] 1. to manifest, exhibit: {DCG, n, 112b). Pass, and mid., to
27^3,

Mt

declare,

make known: seq. Trpds, Ac 2322;


Syn.
:

seq. on,
^^^^^^

He 92* (cf. MM, Exp., xii). He 11^*; c. dat. pers., Ac 23^^;


Ac
24^ 252;
irtpl,

2.

to

^ ggn. pers.,

Ac

c ace. 25i5,t

8r]X6oi, q.v.

**
(of

>-<})opos, [in

LXX:
15i\

Si 192^

Godly
(cf.

fear. Si, I.e.), terrified:

|i-<j>ocrdw,

-w

into

Ge

2',

Wi

i Mac I32*;] 1. terrible. 2. in fear Lk 2i^'^\ Ac 10* 242^, Ee ll^^.t

cfivo-ddi,

to blow), [in

LXX for nD3


:

etc.

;]

to

breathe
avrwv,
I21
(v.

al.),

breathe
tO
I.e.).

upon

Jo

2022.t

**

e(i,-<j)UTOS,

-ov {<^iiJ.(f>voi,

iviplant), [in
2. rooted,

LXX:
dat.

I.

17

Ka/c/a

Wi

12^'^*;]

1.

innate (Wi,

implanted: Ja
c,
(

Mayor,

in

l.).t

iv,

prep, (the most freq. of all in NT),


I.

Heb. 3 Lat.
,

in, c. abl.). iv T. TToAei,


II

Of place,
;

c.

dat. rei, pers., in, within, on, at, by,

among
t.

Lk 7"

T.

Pe

1^8; T. ^poVo),

Ee

7^ t. KoiXia, 64>6aXixC>, 321 ; r.Se^.a r. ^eoC, S^*


;

Mt

Mt
; ;

12""

6pu,
1^

Eo

iv vfxv, ev tois t.

Lk

of books, iv T. ySi^Xt'w,
/xou,

Ga

S^^
;

t.

vo/aw,

Mt

12^, al.

narpos

Father's house (EV cf. M, Pr., 103), Lk 2*^; trop., of the region of thought or feeling, ev t. KapSta (-ats), Mt 52^, 11 Co 4", al. after verbs of motion, instead of cts (conT. oTJvei87;o-o-iv, II Co 5" structio pircegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits
in

my

observed in

cl.

ef.

Bl., 41,
(cf.

M,

Th.,

12),

ciTroo-reAAw
II.,
i,

iv,

Mt
Jo

101"
3^^
;

8g'S,^Ke^

^y r. xEipt
7^"^.

Tt6lVai ev xepai,

Hom.,

441,

al.),

9*; i$r}\6iv,

coming and going (not in cl.), tla-rjXOt, Lk Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc.: ev 7retpao-/i,or?, I Pe I*' ev elpT^vrj, ev ^WTj, Eo 51** ev T. Oavarw, I Jo 3^* 525; ^'^ g^^^ Phi 4l9;'^v TrpavTTjTi, Ja 3^3; ^ fjLvarrjpioi, I Co 2^ Mk
id.

after verbs of

Lk
;

II.

e'v

T.

StSax^,
;

Mk
;

42

of a part as contained in a whole, ev t. a/xTreXw,


;

Jo 15*

Eo 12* of accompanying objects or persons with, iv ai/xart. He 92^; ev 6eVa ;(tAiao-tv, Lk 14*1 similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ev o-roXats, (cf. Ju 1*, Ac 71*) 12^8 ev pd/SSio, I Co ev fiaxaiprj, Lk 22*^ ev ia-OiJTL Xap-irpa, Ja 22 421 (cf. ev t6$oi<;, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2) manner (cl.), ev rdxei of (= raxews), Lk 18^ (cf. Bl., 41, 1) of spiritual influence, eV irvev/xarL, 123 q{ ti^g mystical relation of the Christian Eo 8 ev TT. cLKaOdpTu),
ev evi o-w/Aart,
cl.),

(simple dat. in
;

Mk

Mk

life

and the believer himself,

to

God and

Christ

(cf.

ICC,

Bo., 160

f.

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


:

151

Mayor on Ju^; M, Pr., 103) cV Xptorw ('It^o-ov), cv Kvpiw, Eo 3^* &^^, 2i7, Eph 6^1, Col 4^, i Th ^^\ 4i, II Co 122, Ga al. I Co 31 111. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ev of instr. v. LS,
'

s.v.

Ill

corresponding
(=
;

to similar use of
I

Heb.
6^
;

2),

by,

with

ev vfuv

KpivtToj. 6 KOVfiO'i

cl. Trapd, C. dat.),


9'^'^
;

Co

ev t. ap^ovTL t. SaL/xovcwv,
;

Mt
Re Re

9**

cv atfJ-aTi,
ev
p..,

He

ev

vSan,

Mt

3^^, al.

iv p.a^aLpa dwoKTeveL (cf.

the absol.
13^**

ev pd/SSw, supr., II,

(cf.

6^).

Allied to this
. . .

which some would classify here), usage and distinctly Semitic are the
aov
cf.
(cf.

following:
59
;

r]y6pa(ja<:

ev T.

atp-aTL

BDB,

S.V.

5,
;

III,

3),

op.oXoydv ev
10=^",

(= Aram. 2

""TX

McNeile on Mt,

I.e.

M,

Pr.,

Lk 128; ^^^Vai Iv (= cl. ace, so Ja 5^), Mt 104), Mt 4* (WH; vv. 11., els, ev), Ac also at the rate of, amounting to, 7U(LXX)_ IV. Of time, (a) in or during a period: ev t. rjp-ipa {wktl),
5^4, al.

Mk
;

Jo
{h)

11^, al.

ev (Ta/3/3dTo),

Mt
:

12^, al.

ev

tw

/teTa^u,

meamvhile, Jo
;

4^^;

Mt

NT

at the time of an event ev t. dvao-Tao-ei, Iv t. irapovcria, i Co IS'^^ 22^8; (c) c. art. inf., (a) pres. (so sometimes in cl., but not as in 6*8, Ga 4}% al. = Iws; V. M, Pr., 215), whUe : Mt 13*, (/?) aor.,

Mk

V. In composition (i) meaning (a) with adjective s, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as evoAios, evSo^os (6) with verbs, continuance in (seq. cv) or motion into (seq. ets), as c/x/xeVw, ip.(3aiv(o. (ii) Assimilation ev becomes e/A- before y8, p., -ir, <f), ij/ But in the iy- before y, k, $, x', eX- before X. older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in evypac^w, evKaivi^w, etc.
7vhen, after
:

Lk

9^", al.

(d)

within

(cl.)

Mt

27*'^,

t iy-ayKa\iioiiai
to take into one's

arms

dyKaXr,), [in 93" lO^^'.t :

LXX for pnn

pi.,

Pr
:

G^O 24*8

'33)

.j

Mk

*c'-dXios, -ov (also -a, -ov

<C. a^5>

^^^ sea), 0/ the sea


xii),

to. e.,

marine
c.

creatures, Ja 3^.t + ci'-ai'Ti, adv., a Koiv?/

word (MM, Exp.,

before

as prep.,

gen.

Lk
etc.
;

l^,

Ac

7^0

(WH,

ivavr^ov), 8'^Kf

iv-avrlos, -a, -ov (<^dvri'os, set against), [in

LXX:

c^ evavnas, for
:

1J3

cvavTt'ov,

for "^59^
6*8,

etc.

;]

over against, opposite, contrary

aivfjLoi,

Mt
;

142*,

Mk

Ac
c.
^.,

27*

44, 1
I

Mozley, Ps., 42),

gen.,

Mk

i$ havria^ (ellipse obscure, v. Bl., 15^^. Metaph., opposed, hostile :

Tit 28. Neut., -iov, adv., as prep. c. gen., 1 202 24i9, Ac 710 (eVavn, T), 832(Lxx)_t before, in the presence of: Lk chiefly for bbu hi. ;] to begin, make a iv-&p\o\i.ai, [in
21*,

Th

Ac 269

2817; 5 ii

LXX
l^'.t

beginning

Ga

3^,

Phi

of the ninth hour cKaTos, (Rec. evi"), -7?, -ov, ninth : Re 212o 27*5.*6^ 1533.34, Lk 23", Ac 3^ 103.3o.t (3 o'clock, p.m.), Mt 20^
;

Mk

iv-ypd<^M (L, Tr.,

e'77-),

[in

LXX

chiefly for
to enter

nnS;]

to inscribe,

write in
pass.,

Lk

pass., seq. ev, 11 Co 3^' 3, 1020 (cf. i Mac 13*0; and v.


-c's

2.

^kSctjs,

Dalman,

in a register, enrol Words, 209).t

ev8eo>, to lack), [in

LXX

for

ngn

]1">3Jj{

etc.

;]

in

want, needy

Ac

i^*.f

152

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

* Ij'-Sciyfio, -Tos (^evStiKvu/Ai), a plain token, proof : ii Th 1' (cf. cvSti^is, which refers rather to the "act of proving"; I., with the passive formation, to the thing proved, v. Lft., Notes, 100; M, T7t.,
l.c.).+

SVN.
Mid.,
1.

TCKfl'^plOV.

iv-htiKfvp.1, [in

LXX for 13^


:

baa HNI
,

hi.

;]

to

to

show forth, prove


^^^

c.

ace. rei,
9^7 (lxx)^

Eo
i

21^

9"^
;

mark, point out. Eph 2^ Tit 21 32,


cis,

He

611; ggq

^ ^^t. pers.,

Ro

Ti
:

V^

seq.

He

610 (c.

cogn. ace), 11 Co 8^*. 2. to manifest (by act) c. ace. rei et dat. pers., II Ti 41-* (cf. Ge 501^' ^', and v. MM, Exp., xiii).t *e'-8i^is, -ews, 7] {<^ivSLKiv/xi), a pointing out, showing forth, proof (v. s. IvSeiy^a) Ro 32^,26^ Co8'^^ Phi l^s.t ci'-ScKa, 01, at, rd, indecl., eleven : of the eleven apostles, ol I., Mt 28i, Mk 16 [1"!, Lk 24^33^ Ac 126 2H.t kv-%iKaTo%, -rj, -ov, eleventh : Mt 20"' , Re 212o.t ^f-Se'xojxai, [in LXX: Ps 118(119)122 (3-iy), Mac lli^*;] 1. to admit, approve. 2. to be possible; impers., ivbexerai, it is possible : 13^3 (Cremer, 687). c. ace. et inf., Lk *^c8T]fi^a), -w {<^evS7]fj.o<;, living in a place), to live in a place, be
:

at

home

iv

t.

a-wfian,

II

Co

5''' ^

Trpo? r. KvpLOv, ib. ^.t

+ cV8i8u'aKa), [in
to

LXX: n
.

Ki

12* 1318,

Pr

312i

(izrnb),

Jth 91 lO^,
Mid,,

Si 5011*;] iq p^^i Q^

put on

15i^ (cVSuovo-i, Ree.). Q (jupi, ace, 16i^ (cf. oneself, be clothed in : c. ace. rei, Lk

Mk

MM,

Exp.,

xii).+

*l'8iKos, -ov {<^SLKrj), righteous, just


^i'-86|i.T]cris,

Ro

3^,

He

2-

(Cremer, 204).t
2822, etc.; for lio.i2.t

-WS,

r),

V.S. v8w/a-.
ni.,

+ ^K-8o^(iia,,

[in

LXX forms
LXX

Ex

144.17,

is^Ez

py,

Ps 88(89)7;
i'8o|os,
:

-oc(<[3o^a), [in
1

of high repute
of clothing, t
i'8u|xa,

Si 336^ al.;] to glorify: pass., 11 Th for 123, etc. ;] 1, held in honour, 13i7 I., Lk Co 41**. 2. glorious, splendid : of deeds,

Lk

72^.

Metaph.,
TO
:

-Tos,

922

iKKX-qaia,

Eph
12

527 (^f. 7rapaSofos).t


;]

ecSu'w), [in

LXX
i

chiefly for tZTIS^


28^,

raiment,

clothing,

a garment
to

Mt
[in

3* 625. 28 715 2211.

t eV-8um|x(5(a, -S,
(7737)

LXX
;

Jg 6^\
:

Ch
;

12i8

Lk 1223.t A (crnb), Ps
Phi
11

;]

make
Pass.,

strofig,

strengthen
c. dat.,

c.

ace. pers..
seq. iv,

41^,

51 (52)7 Ti I12,

II

Ti

417.

Ac

Ro

420

Ti 2i

(iv Kvpiw),

Eph

610

(Cremer, 221).t
V.S. ivSvu).

e'-8uf(i>,

ey-%v<ns, -co?, ^

evSv'o;),

[in

LXX:

Jb 41*

<>

(tsqn^),

Es

51*;]

a putting on
fv-Zu(a

IfxaTLOiv, i

Pe

3^.f

Mt

chiefly for crnb ;] c ace, pers., (eVSww, II Ti 3^), [in mg., R, mg.) c. dupl. ace., Mt 273i, I520, Lk I522 6*, mid., to put on oneself, be clothed with : c. ace. rei, Mt 62^, 1^, 11 Co 53, Re li3 15" Lk 827 1222, Ac 1221; ptcp., Mt 22ii,

LXX

2728

(WH,

Mk

Mk

Mk

191*; of

armour
;

(fig.)

Ro

I312,

Eph
I

611.1*,

Th
^

5^; metaph., Svva^iv,


Kaivov dvdpwvov,

Lk

24'*^

at^Oapa-Lav, dOavacriav,

Co

15^3, 54

Eph

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


a-n-Xdyxva olKTtpfiov, Col 3^2 'Irja: XpiaTov, 2. to enter, press into : 11 Ti 3^ (cf V-ev8va>).+
42*,
;
;
.

153

Col

310

Eo

13^*,

Ga

327.

*+
ing in
21^8

^K-ScSiJiTjffis
:

(Rec.

-8o/i,i;o-is),

-ews,

rj

i. t.

tlxpv<s avrrjs lacTTTts, its


xiii;

wall had jasper built into


[in
:

Soifxdo}, to

build),

a buildit

(v.

MM,
;]

Ee

Exp.,

iv-ibpa, -as,

(mx )*
freq. in
c.

eSpa, a seat), f] a lying in wait, an ambush

Swete, Ap.,

l.c.).+

LXX

Jos

S^-

9,

Ps

92^ (10^)

Ac

23^* (Eec. eveSpov, a


to lie in

form
:

LXX),

253.t
[in

^i/cSpcuu

; ivlSpa),
ll^*,

LXX chiefly for niK


'i<"

;]

wait for

ace. pers.,

Lk

Ac

232i.t
iveSpa.
(ta^ij)*;]

li'eSpoi', -ov, TO, V.8.

iv-i\io>, -w, [in


c.

ace. pers. et dat.


lf-ei(ii,

LXX: i Ki 219 rei, Mk IS^^.t

to roll in,

wind in:

within (Jb 27^, al.) ptcp. pi., to. ivovra, Lk Exp., xii). 2. to be possible : Lk, I.e. (R, mg.).t ivKa (so Mt 195, Lk 622, Ac 1932 2621 elsewhere, prop, only before a vowel, evcKcv ctvcKcv, originally Ionic Lk 4^^ 182^, Ac 282, II Co 31), prep. c. gen., on accottnt of, because of : Mt S^^^'^i 162* 192,
1.

to be in,

11"

(R, txt., cf.

MM,

Mk
Ac

835,

Lk

622,
I.,

2621

Tivos

Ac Ac

2820,

Eo
;

83^^, 11

Co
rd,

3^0;

19^2

seq. toO,
ol,

c. inf., 11

tovtov, Mt 19^; To<yru,v, Co 7^2 o5 h., Lk 4^8.


?.
;

ivevf\Ko\rTa.

(Eec. ivvev-),

al,

indecl.,

ninety:

Mt

18i2i3^

Lkl5*.7.t
ivi6s
e. TToictv,

(Rec.
1728 *

iw),
;]

-ov,

6,

[in

LXX:
:

Is 56io (d^n),
97.t
717.26

Ep. Je*i;

Pr

dumb,
J

speechless
[in

Ac

**ivipyia,
329,
III

28*. potential power), working: of God, 212; of Satan, 11 Th 29.ii (cf. M, Th., 261).t
iypyiu>, -5,

Mac

-as, 17 421 512,

(< ^vcpyijs),

134 1822^ n Mac operative potver (as distinct from 8wa/xts,

LXX: Wi
Eph
I.e.;

l^^ 3^ 4}^,

Phi AR, Eph., 241

321,
fif.;

Col 12 Cremer,

[in

LXX Nu
:

82*

B
1.

(miu?3 N^y Nhy),


I511
iv,

Is 41*,

Pr

216

(ijyr))^

3112
v.

(i,Q2)^

Es

220,
If.)
;

Wi
:

16i7*;]
to

(for full

lexical
I42,

treatment,
action,
614,

AR, Eph., 243


c.

intrans.,
e.

be at
28.
id.

work or in

to operate (opp. to

dpyew)
i
;

seq.
12ii,

dat. pers.,

Mt
2.

Mk
dat.

Eph
I

22

dat. pers., seq.


:

cis (Lft.,

in

1.),

Ga
;

Trans., to
ev,

work,
pers.,

effect,

do

c.

ace. rei,
3^,

Co

Eph in

seq.

c.

Pass, (taken I.e.; Milligan, Th., of some principle or power at work" (Meyer), to be actuated, set in operation: 11 Th 27; seq. eV, Ro 7*, 11 Co 1 412, Eph 320, Col 129, ^ Th 2i3 seq. 8ta, c. gen. ivepyov/xevr) (M, Pr., 156), Ja 51^ (Cremer, 262).+ rei, Ga 5 *t ec^pytjiia, -Tos, TO (<[ evepyioj), effect, operation (Polyb.) pi., i Co 12' 10 (Cremer, 262, 713).+ * cVcpYTJs, -s (late form of eVepyo's, on wh. cf AR, Eph., 241), at work, active, effective: 1 Co 16^, Phm, He 412 (Cremer, 261).+ + Ic-euXo-y^w, -Qt, [in chiefly for "-ni ;] to bless : pass., seq. 325 (LXX), Ga 38(i'XX) (Cremer, 770).+ iv, Ac
126,
li^- 20.
; ;
: .

Phi i. cVe'pyciav, Eph as mid. by Lft., Ga., 204 f.; but v. AR, Eph., 28 f.; Mayor, Ja., 177 ff.), in NT, " always used

Co

Ga

2i3

LXX

154

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


iy-ix<^, [in

LXX: Ge
to

49^3 (Qiair),
eXLil/ta-iv, 11

Ez
c.

14*'

iii

Mac

G^o*;] 1. to
iii

hold in; pass.,

be held, entangled:
xii)
;

Ga

51 (cf.
2.

MM,

Exp.,

Th

dat. rei; 1* (cf.

fig.,

^uyw 8ovXeta?,

do-c/Jeiats',

Mac,

I.e.).

io sei oneself against, be


:

urgent against (as Ge,

I.e.;

for con-

struction, V. Swete, Mk.,

Lk
Lk
on,

6^^, Lk ll^'.t I.e.) 11 Mac 1227, **iyBd-l, adv., [in Mac G^s*;] (a) here: 24", Ac 1018 1628 176 252*; (b) hither: Jo 4i5.i, Ac 25i^t

Mk

LXX:

li'eeK,

adv.,

[in

LXX
(<^

for

n^D, HBD,
[in

etc.;]

/imce;

Mt
;]

I720,

162.t
ivQufxiofiai, -ov/jiai
6vfj.6<;),

LXX for iTQl


: :

pi., etc.

to reflect

ponder

c.

ace. rei,

Mt

I20 9*.t

**^Keup.r]ais, -W9, v ivevfiiOfiai), [in Sm. Jb 2127, Ez 1121*;] consideration, pondering (EV, device) Ac 172^ ; pi., thoughts, feelings : Mt 9* 1225, He 4i2.t Syn. : Iwoia, the action of the reason ; while evO. is rather that of the affections (ef. Weste., Heb., i.e.). ** cKi, Ionic form of iv (en), with strengthened accent [in ; Si 372, IV Mac 422 * ;] = tv<ni, is in, has place, can be : 1 Co 6^, Ga

LXX

328 <^),

Col

311,

Ja

117 (cf. Lft.,


6,

Ga.; Hort and Mayor, Ja.,


for
TMtS;']
1.

11.

c.).t

cycle of time. 2. Itos, a year: Jo 11*9.51 igis, Ac ipe isn, Ja 5i7, Ee 91*; pi., of sabbatical years, Ga 41*^ Trotciv e., to spend a year, Ja 41^ ; a7ra| tot) 6., 92^ IQl'^; e. Scktov, Lk 4l9(LXX).t 97; /car e..
ti'iauTos,

-ou,

[in

LXX

prop.,

He
Es

He

iv-lavt^y.,, [in

LXX
to

iv

Ki 13

A {mv),

m Ki

122*,

Es
;

5*7 9,

place in; in pf., plpf., 2 aor. and in mid., hand, impend, threaten : 11 Ti 31 (b) to be present : ii Th 22 (but v. Thayer, s.v.) pf, ptcp., present : i Co 72*', Ga 1*, He 9^; pi., Eo S^s, i Co 322 (Cremer, 309).t etc. ;] to strengthen : in spiritual ci'-K^xuci), [in LXX for p7n sense, Lk 22 1*^]; pass., Ac 91^ (Eec. ivicrxvaev, became strong, as in
313, i-iv
;

Macg*;]

intrans.

(a) to be at

LXX, Ge

1210 482, al.).t

iyKdQiTOii (Eec. iyK-), -ov

>a^tVO'
ev,

\}^
:

LXX:
[in

Jb 319

{-^r^'H),

19^2*;] suborned
tei'Kaii'ia
II

to lie

in wait, lying in wait

as subst.,

Lk

202''.

(Eec. cyx-), -wv, ra (<


1227,

xaivds),

LXX
Nu

for HSjrj

Es

616.17^

Ne

Da th

32

(and

cf. yKamo-/xo^9,

710, al., -lo-t?,

788)*;] dedication (anniversary of the cleansing of the from the defilements of Antiochus Epiphanes) Jo 1022.t
:

Nu
II

Temple
Ki
lli*,

\ iv-KOLivllin (Eec. iyK-,

v.s.

cv),

[in

LXX:

{to

renew)

Ch

158,

Ps 50(51)10 (Br-m

pi.);

{to

dedicate)

Is 1611 411 4516 (aliter in Heb.), Si 33 (36), i 229*;] 1. to innovate (Eust.). 2. to renew
initiate, inaugurate, dedicate
ib.

De 20*, 11 Ch V (-^jn); Mac 43. **' " 51, n Mac

(LXX
:

ut supr.).

3.
;

to

(LXX

ut supr.)
iKK-;

SLadr^K-qv,

He

918

686v,

1020 (Cremer, 323).t

**f
heart

iy-KaK4u>,

-w

(LTr.,
[in

iyK-;

Eec.
27*^,

<KaKos, cowardly),
:

Sm.

Lk

I81, 11

Co

4I' i,

Ge Ga 6^,
:

Notes, 157 f.; Nu 21^, Pr Is 7i*;] to lose 31^ (Cremer, 330).+ Eph 31^, 11 Th
cf.

WH,
311,

MANUAL QEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


*
II

155
eV,

ei/-KaToiKe'u,

-w

(Eec.

iyK-,

v.s.

e'v),

to

dwell
[in

among
:

seq.

Pe

28.t

t liz-KauKdofiai

(Eec. iyK-, V.S.

iv),

-S/iai,

LXX

Ps 51

(52)^

96(97)7 {bbn hithp.); Ps 73(74)* (zsm); Ps 105(106)^7 (natzr)*;] to take pride in, glory in : seq. iv, ii Th I'^.t ** i'-ice>'Tpi^(i) (Eec. iyK; v.s. ev; /ccvrpt^co, to graft), [in LXX:

<

Wi
an

16^^*;] to ingraft, graft in: fig., c. ace. pers., Eo lli7, 19,23, 24_f *^ iv-KOTTf] (Eec. iyK-, v.s. iv; T, ekk-), -^s, 17 (<^ ey/coTTTw) 1. Metaph., an interruption, a 2. incision, a cutting, break.
;

hindrance
*

Co

9'2.t
cy/<-, v.s.

cf-KOTTTO)

(Eec.

cV;

and

in
2.

Pe,

I.e.,

iKK-); 1. to cut into


:

(as in breaking I Th 218 c. inf.,


;

up a road), hence,

to

hinder
15^2
.

c.
^^'^

ace,

Ga

5^

seq. toC,

c. inf.,

Eo

^-^

g j^f ^^

(Eec, iyK-, v.s. iv), to reckon among : cavrous, 11 **ei'Kuos (Eec. iyK; V.S. iv), -ov {<^kvw, to conceive), [in LXX: Si 42^'^ * ;] pregnant, big with child : Lk 2^.t ivvia, ol, al, rd, indecl., nine: Lk 17^7. iyo'-qKovTa i., Mt 18^2,13^
iv-Kpivii)

Ac 24*, i Pe 37 Co lO^^.t

Lkl5*.7.t
ivvivr\KoyTa, V.S. cvv-.
ccfc^s, V.S. ev09.
^.'-I'eiJu),

[in
:

LXX:
t)

Pr

6^3

lO^o
l''2.t

(pp).

Si 27^2

A*;]

to

nod

to,

make a
197 23*'
tion.

sign to
19

c. dat. pers.,

Lk

lK'oia, -as,

voSs),
,

[in

LXX:

Pr

1* 2^^ 321 4^ 52 812 I622 IB^s


;]

247 (ni^fp

2. a Syn.

Wi 21*, Da th Su 28 * l. thought, purpose, design: He 4^2, i Pe


etc.),
ivdvfiTjai^, q.v.
-ov,

thifiking, considera41.

(Cremer, 439).
Si,

prol.12*;] 1. lawful, legal (MM, Ac ^a:;j9., xiii) 2. Of persons, (a) law-abiding; (b) under law i. Xpi.a-Tov, in relation to Christ, i Co 921 (Cremer. 435). *t eyvu-)(^a,, V.S. evi'w;(os.
y-yoi>.os,
:

**

[in

LXX:

19^^.

vv{)xo<i, -ov

{<C,vv$), [in

in late

Gk. only) nightly.

LXX: iii Mac 5**;] (in cl. poet.; prose Neut., adverbially, evru^a (Eec. -x^v), by
:

night

Mk

l^^.t

-w, [in chiefly (2^35) for 2.12^;] to dwell in; mietaph., seq. ev, c. dat. pers 6 ^co's, 11 Co 61" t. TrveC/xa, Eo Bn, 3l; ttiVt-s, II Ti 1^; d/^apria, Eo 7i7.t II Ti 11*; 6 Xoyos, Col
i/-oiK'w,
;

LXX
:

t cV-opKi'tu, [in ace. (like opKL^w, q.v.),


*6foTT|s,
-r]To<;,
f)

LXX Ne
{-/tas t.

I32'*

{'SJIXO hi.)
i

*
:

;]

to

adjure
4^'i3.t

c.

dupl.

Kvptov,

Th

527.

(<^rs), unity,

unanimity
for for

Eph

iv-o%Kini,

-u)

(<; 0^X09), [in

LXX

nbu ;]
jTtiyi

to trouble

c.

ace,

He

121^

Pass., seq. dwo,


-Ol' {

Lk

6i8.t

cfoxos,

= ivx6fjLevos),

(in

LXX
;

hi., etc.;] 1.

held in,

gen. (cl. c. dat.), SouXeias, He 2. a charge or action (cl. c. dat., of crime) c. dat., of the tribunal (MM, Exp., xiii), Mt 521. 22 geq. cis (Field, Notes, 4 f.), ib. 22 Oavirov, Mt 26, Mk 14*'>* (b) 0. gen., of the punishment (Ge 26ii) (c) c. gen. (cl. c. dat., rarely c. prep.; MM, Exp., xiii), of the crime

bound by:

c.

2i^.

In law-phrases
:

(a) Zia6Ze to

156
(ii

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


13")
:

Mac
:

Mk
Wi
-!L

S^^

(d) c. gen., of the


;

thing injured, guilty (absol.,

DB, ii, 268a).t in cl.) I Go 11^7, Ja 2^" (cf. Is 54^7 t ^t'-irepi-iraTew, -w (Eec i/jiir-, v.s. v), [in Le 26^2 Jb 17^ al. 19-^ ;] to walk about in or among : seq. iy., dat. pers., {"^bn hithp.), II Co 61" (Lxx).t

LXX

iv-^v4u>,

(Rec.

e/xTT-,
,

v.s.

e.-),

[in

LXX
;]
:

De
1.

20^6,
to

Jos

W^Ac
^2,

ll^i' ^*
2.

(ptcp. neut., for 12^53

riDl^rj),
c.

Wi

15^^ *

breathe on.

to

breathe; (a) absol.

(b)

tl^raXfia, -tos, to

gen. part.

fig., aTreiXT}? k. cftovov,

9^.+

ivriXXw), [in

LXX

Jb
pi.,

23ii (-nCTX)

Ig 291'

(mya), 55^
Col
222.+

(aliter in

Heb.)*;] a precept:

Mt

IS^d^xx)^

Mk

7^

fiyra^idlu), [in
V. Deiss.,

5S, 120 f.

LXX: Ge 502 (cj3n; cf. cvra^iao-TTys, ib., for Xgh; MM, Exp., xiii)*;] a kolvyJ word (Deiss., L^^, 723),
:

to

prepare for burial : Mt 26^2^ Jq 19401 *t ei'Ta<^ia(Tfi6s, -ov {<^ivTa(f)id^w), preparation for burial

Mk

14^,

Jo 127.+
(and mostly in Hdt.), always mid., ei'-Te'Wu, [in LXX, as in chiefly for pi. ;] -o/Aai, to covimand, enjoin, instruct : seq. ircpi, He 1122; c inf^ Mt 197. c ^at. pers., Ac 12; ovtu><s, Ac IS''^; KaOm, seq. Xiywv, Mt 17^ ; c. inf., Jo 8 (^l Tva, Jo 14" (',.ToXV tStoKcv, 282o, 1334 c. acc rei, Mt 10^ Jo IS^*' ^^ ; seq. -n-epl, c. gen. pers., 410 (lxx). SiaO^Krjv i. Trpo's, c. acc. pers.. He 9201LXX) (cf. Mt 4" and Lk

NT

mS

WH)

Mk

Mk

Si 453).+
of verbal orders in general -n-apaythe transmitted orders of a military comyiXXio, to charge, esp. of mander; hriXXw points rather to the contents of the command (v. Thayer, s.v. KeAei'co).
Sl'jV.
:

KeXevto,

to

command,

ci/TeCGcc,

adv. {<^(.v6iv), [in

LXX
;

chiefly for HTQ;] 1. of place,

hence

Lk
2.

4^ IS^i,

Jo

2^6 73 1431 i836


side,
3.

on

this side
222.

Re
1.

and on that, on each Of time, thereupon.


-0)5,
17

i^ ^^i I. (for cl. hOev k. evOev), Jo 19^^; similarly, i. koI iKcWev, Causal; hence, therefore: Ja 4^+

**

ec-Tcu^is,

(< ei'Tu^x"''<">
tvith.
cf.

^I-V-)'

^^

LXX:
3.
f.,

II

Mac

4^*;]
(in

a lighting upon, meeting

2.

conversation.

a petition

this sense
xiii):

common
:

in

tt.

Deiss.,

BS, 121

146;

MM,

Exp.,

iTi4^; pi., ib. 2^.+ Syn. StT^o-ts Cq.v.).

for lin etc.;] honoured, prized, ei-Tiixos, -ov ;ti/at)), [in precious: of persons, Lk 72, Phi 22^; compar., Lk 14^; of things, metaph., At'^os, i Pe 2*'MLXX).t
,

LXX

ivToKr\, -^9,

rj

(<^ ivreXXo), q.v.), [in


1.

LXX chiefly for


a
cJiarge,

n]yQ

in pi.

freq. in

Pss for CTIpS;]

generally,

injxLuction,

order,

command:
;

Jq iq^^ 11" 12*9.50 1431^ Ac 171^, Col 410 . crapKivr], He 2. Esp. of religious precepts and commandments (a) of God's commandments in OT, Mt 15^ 223' ^s. i^, Mk

Lk

1529,

7^^' ^^.

MANUAL GHEEK LEXICON dF THE NEW TESTAMENT


78,9 105,19 1228,81^

157

esp. of the decalogue, Mt 5i IQi^ Lk 1820 235, Eo T^-^^ 139, gph 6^ of God's commandments in general, Lk 1, i Co 7^9, i Jo 23-8 322-24 421 52, 3^ Re 12^7 1412 collectively, rj i. (cf. t. Ipyov t. <?eoS, Jo 629), i Ti B^S 11 Pe 22^ 32; (b) of things commanded Christ by the Father Jo 12*9, so 1431 1510 (<,)

Eph

215,

He

919;

19l^

Mk

^..^X^ (as) 153 d^^^povv, Mt 15 Eec. 19^^ Jo ISi", TrapaySatVeiv, Mt TrjpeTv, Mt al. TTOulv, I Jo 52 S(SoVat, Jo 11^^ ^xetv, Xafifidveiv, Jo 10^8, II Jo * Jo 1421, He 75 e. KOL BiKano/xAXTa, Lk 1'' ivToXal avOpuiirtav (of Jewish tradition), Tit 1^*; L Kaiv-q, Jo 133", j Jq 2^, n Jo^.t * cVtottios, -ov {<C tottos), 0/ a place, resident : Ac 21^2. rr(5s ev), adv., [in LXX: Jb I820, Ps 38 (39)3 108 (109)22, 310 Ca 6, TO, rk ., Ps 102 (103)^, Is 1&^\ Da th lO^^, Si 192, i Mac 4*^*;] within: c. gen., c. vfiwv, within you (i.e. in your hearts, E, txt.), or among you (E, mg.), Lk I721 (cf. Field, Notes, 71 Thayer, 8.V.; ICC, Lk, I.e.; Dalman, Words, 145 ff.); rh i., Mt 232.t iy-TpiiTO), [in LXX for yjs ni., D^S ni., etc.;] to turn about; metaph., put to shame: c. ace, i Co 4^*; pass., 11 Th 3^*, Tit 2^;
:

of the precepts of Christ: Phrases seq. Tm, Jo 13^*


.

Jo IS^*
15^2,
i

1415,21 1510,12^

Co

14^7.

3.

Jo

323
;

421^

Jq e

mid., to reverence: c. ace. pers. (cl. c. gen.), Mt 213'^, 12*, Lk 182.* 2013, He 129 (cf. Exp., iii, xiii).t * ^c-Tpe'<|>u, to train up, nurture; pass., metaph., tois Xoyots t.

Mk

MM,

TTio-Tetos, I

Ti

4''.t

(/-Tpo|xos, -OV, [in

17 (18)7 76
(Plut.)
:

17i9, i (77)18 (ts^y-,)^ Ac 732 1629, I221 (cVp-,

LXX: Da wi
LXX:
al.).

th 10" (IV)

hi.);

e.

yiyveo-Oai,

Ps

He

cV-TpoTrVi,

-%,

tJ,

[in

132*;] trembling ivith fear WH, mg.).t Jb 203, pg 34 (35)26 43 (44)15 68


1.

Mac

(69)7.19

70

(71)13

108 (109)29 (n?sb5)*;]


2.

c.

gen.

pers.,
:

respect,
i

reverence (Soph., Polyb.,


I534.+
V-Tpu<t>(ia), -S,

Absol.,

shame (Hipp.)

Co

6*

[in

LXX
in
:

Is 552 574 (j^y hith.),


Iv t. dTrarais, 11

Hb

l^o

(chp

hith.),

IV

Mac

8^, etc.

;]

to revel

Pe
,

2^* (v.

Mayor,

in

l.).t

^'-TUYxacw, [in
225 436 612 1539^

LXX Da
Mac

th

6^2 as; (^-^p)


1

Wi

820 1628,

Mac

ni

637; seq. Kard,

Mac

832 io6i,63,64 1125*.]

1. to fall in with. 3. to 2. to meet xoith in order to converse. petition, make petition : c. dat. pers., seq. virip c. gen. pers., Ac 25"-''* (cf. Field, Notes, 140), He 72^, Eo 827.34 (^^jj^ not expressed); seq. Kara, against : Eo II2 (cf. Ivrcu^t?, V7rp-tvri;yxava)).t

* Ik-TuXio-aw, to wrap up (LS), roll or coil about {DCG, ii, 227*, 507*) c. ace. et dat., Mt 27*9 {iv, Tr. [WH], cf. similar sentence in
:

TT.;

MM,

Exp.,

xiii),

Lk

23*3. p^gs., Jo 207.t


[in

iv-TUTr6o>, -S>

TvVos),

LXX
LXX,
Ac

for
11

niDS

Ex

3639 (3930)

A*;]
1029.t

to

imprint, engrave : pass, ptcp., c. dat., ** iy-ufiplioi, [in OT (Al.), Le 24ii*;]


ivutrvidloi

Co

37.

to insult,

mock at: He
Ju 8,t

(<^

ivvirvLov), [in
:

as in

NT,
;

-ofmi, depon., chiefly

for

D^n ;]

to

dream

iwTrvLots

i.,

2i7 (l^^)

pres. ptcp.,

158

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


ivurrfiof, -ov,

to

.,

vttvos), [in

LXX

chiefly for Dl^sq

;]

a dream

pi.,

Ac

2i'.t
-ov
;

tekwTTios,

wi/'),

[in

LXX
:

for nj^l

etc.;]

face

to face,

in

sight (Theocr.

aproi
c.

Ex

25'^)

neut.,

cviottiov,
,

in vernacular,
-

with

force of prep,

gen.

[in

LXX

for ^jpb

^^^^

etc.,

cf.

Dalman,

Words, 31 f., 209 f., and Deiss., BS., 213], in NT, most freq. in Lk, Ac, Ee, never in Mt, Mk, before, in the presence, of : Lk 1^^ 4", Ac A^^ 6^, Ee 1* 2^'*, al. esp. c. KvpCov (Oeov), in the sight of God, or with God as witness or as judge, Eo 14^2, i Co 1^9, i Ti 2\ Ja 4io, i Pe
;

S\

al.

'Ev6% (Heb. Cyi3N),

6,

Enos (Ge
ace, Ac

426)

Lk

338.+

t efwTiJofiai (<^ots), depon. mid., [in

LXX chiefly
;

for ]7S hi.;]


11^, Ju^^.t

to

give ear

to,

hearken

to

c.
6,

2^*,+
5^^)

"E.'oJx

(Heb. ^i3q),

Enoch (Ge

Lk

S^^,

He

ii, V.8. CK.

Pe

indecl., six: Mt 17^ Lk 13^*, al. chiefly for IDD pi. ;] to tell out, 2>foclaivi il-ayyiWo), [in 29 [Mk 16, " shorter conclusion "] (Cremer, 29).+
il, 01, at, rd,

LXX

+ ^l-ayopd^o), [in

LXX

Kaipov vyncis efayopa^cre (]3T)i D^-

LXX
4^.

TH
2.

2^*;]
to

1.

to

redeem, ransovi (esp. of slaves): metaph.,


to

buy up; mid.,


c^-dyw, [in

buy up for oneself:


chiefly for

t.

Kaipov,

Ga 3^^ Eph 5^^,


:

Col 4^

(Cremer, 60).+

LXX

XSJ

hi.

;]

to

lead out
cV,

c.

ace,

Mk

1520,

Jo
;

103^ ,

He

89

Ac 519 736 Ac 2138.+

1637,39. ggq.

I^o),

Lk

24^0;

Ac

7*0 12i"

13^^ ace,
26^''

t^-aipe'w -u, [in 529 18^; 6^9a\fj.6v,

LXX
mid.

Mt

chiefly for bxj hi. ;] to take out : (a) to take out for oneself, choose :
;

c.

Ac

(Thayer,
710, 34

to

{b) to deliver : Ac Ac, I.e., but v. infr.) (EV, but V. supr.), Ga 1*.+ ni., IID ^^ai'pu), [in LXX for yD2 tZTT hi., 1^3 pi., etc.;] 5i3(Lxx)_-t1 Co lift up, lift off the earth, remove * c^-aiWo), -w, to ask from ; mid., to ask for oneself, demand s.v.
;

Page,

(LXX) 1211 2327 2617

ms

i^TTqaaro, Field, Notes, 76


aor.,

c.
;

acc. {obtained yotc by asking, E, mg.),

Lk

22*1 (v.
cf.

Cremer, 73).+
i^4>vr]<;,

^^at^k-T]?

(WH,

exc.
[in

Ac

226

App., p. 151, and

M,

Pr., 35), adv. a</)i'w),


1336,

LXX

chiefly for DXriQ;] suddenly:

Mk

Lk

213 939,

Ac
-w,

93 226.+
[in

f H-aKo\ov6i^,
(nJES),

LXX: Am
Da
11

2*,

Je 22 (inx

"^bn). Is

56^^
tip

Jb

3P

(nns

ni.),
:

Si 52,

LXX
Pe
:

th, 3'"!'*;] to follow, follow


13^8 I420.+
al.
;

(in various senses)


^|-a\i<j)u, [in

metaph.,

1^6 22' 1^.+

^^aK(5aioi, -ai, -a, six

hundred
for

Ee

LXX

TOM, Le

14-*2,

metaph., nna, nnC!',

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


etc.

159

1. to plaster, wash over (LXX). 2. to wipe off, wipe out : ;] SaKpvov, Ee 7^*^ 21*; metaph., y(:Lp6ypa(f>ov, Col 2^*; t. ovofia, seq. iK, Ee 35 (MM, Exp., xiii) pass., d/mprtou (^aXt</)6^. at, WH), Ac 3^^ (of. Ps 50(15)" 108(109)13, Is 4326, Si 462o (i^. ATrak-), in Mac 2i).t
;

^|-d\\ojxai, [in

LXX for bbp


r/

(Hb

l^), etc.;]

to

leap
:

up

Ac

38.

* e^-ai'doraais,

-ews,

(<[
:

iiavLorTrjfii),

a rising again

K T. vinpuiv,

Phi

311

(Cremer, 308).t

(104)^4 131 (132)^7 146 (147)8 (112)* (n"l7) * ;] l. trans., to cause to spring up (LXX). 4^.+ 2. Intrans. (as drnTcAXw, Ge 3^8^^ to spring up : Mt 13^, chiefly for Dip ;] 1. trans., ^0 raise v/p: cnrepfxa cl-acttrTTjfjii, [in
^C-am-xe'XXa), [in
hi.)
;

LXX

Ge 2^, Ps 103

(nns

Ps 111

Mk

LXX

(cf.

Ge
I55.+

388),

Mk

12i9,

Lk

20^8.

2.

In 2

aor. act., intrans., to rise

Ac

strengthened form of a-rraTdu), [in LXX Ex 8^^ '2*' (bbn hi.),. Da TH Su56*;] to deceive: c. ace, Eo 7^^ IG^s, i Co 3i8, II Co 113, n Th 23; pass., i Ti 2i*.t
|-airaT((i>, -w,
:

t i^diTiva

iiaiTLvr}^,

i$aL(f>vr]^

(<!.)

[in

LXX
Ps 87
:

for

DXriD

etc.

;]

suddenly:

Mk

98.t
-Q>,

+ ii-airopioj,

[in

LXX,
18.t

pass., for ]1B

(88)1^ *

;]

so in

NT,
I.e.),

depon. pass.,
II

to be utterly at
(rjv, II

loss,

be in despair

absol. (as Ps,

Co

48; TOV

Co

^l-airo-oTcXXw, [in

LXX

freq.,

forth

c.

ace. pers.,
[t.

Ac V^ 12^^ Ga

4*

chiefly for nbtS' pi. ;] 1. to send t. i-n-ayyeXiav, Lk 24*^ ; t. -rrvevfAa,

Ga
Ac
-s,

4^; 22^1

Ac

K-^pvy/xa, seq. cis, 16, "shorter conclusion," pass., 6 Xoyos, Ac 13^". 2. to send away : c. ace. pers., seq, ; 93"; seq. Ia;s, Ac 1122; q j^f,^ Ac 17^*; Kv6v, Lk 1" 20i>".t

Mk

WH;]

tll-apTito a/3Ttos), [in


plete, finish :'t. r]p.ipa^,
(for exx., V.

LXX: Ex
2.

28^ (innpu.)*;]

Ac

21*.

to furnish,

supply

1. to compass., 11 Ti 3^^

MM,
92^.

Exp.,
[in

xiii;

Cremer, 651).
33

til-atrrpdiTTw,

LXX: Nu
io

(p-Q),

Da LXX
I/i,aTio-/Ads,

10^ (^^P)*J]

flash like

{npb hithp.) 1' lightning, gleam, be radiant:

Ez

1*

Lk

Mk

625,

*^|-auTf]s (a KOivr) word, Ac 1033 1111 2132 2330,


el-cyeipw, [in

c^ auTTjs t.

(Lpa's),

at oncc, forthwith:

LXX
to

Phi for irW ni.,


i

223.t
hi., etc.
;]

to raise

up

Eo

9^'^ (cf.

ICG, in

1.)

from the dead,

l|-cifjii

Ac

27*3.t

Co

6i*.t
:

ttfjii),

go forth

Ac

13*2

n^^ 20^

seq. cm,

c.

ace,

IV

Mac

^|-\^YX-, [in 2^2 *;] io convict

LXX
:

Pr 2429 (30"), Mi 43, Is Ju l^ Eec. (for Ikiyx'^,


3728
("jpara), etc.
;]

2* (nS-" hi.),

Wi 12^^,

WH,

q.v.).t

^|-e\K(i>, [in

LXX
TO

Ge
Ja

to
l.).t

draw out or away


disgorge),

metaph., imo
II

t. itnOvixias,

1^* (v.

Mayor, in
to

*t c^^pafia,

-Tos,

(<[ i^epdoi,

evacuute,

a vomit
,

Pe

222 (Lxx)^t
-w, [in
Trepi, i

^l-cpauvdoj (Eec. i^epevvdo}), search out, search carefully : seq.

LXX
Pe

for "ipn

1X3

etc.

;]

to

l^^.t

160

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


i^puvd<i>, V.S,
^^-^pXO|Jiai,

i^epawdw.

and very freq. for NS'', also for Nia, nby, etc.;] depon., to go, or come out of: Mt 10^\ Mk p5, Jo 13o, al. c. inf., Mt ll^, Mk 321, lA 726. 2e^ Ac 20\ Ee 20^; id. seq. pS; Tva, Ee 62; i. seq. (cl. c. gen. loc), cVi, Mt 26^5^ al.; tk, Mk
[in

LXX

chiefly

Mk
(l7r(^,

52,

Jo

430,

al.;

c^w, c. gen.,

Mt

2117,

Mk
I521,

148,

Ac

IG^a,

He

IS^^; of
^j
.

Mk

1112,

Lk 9^ Phi

41*; iKWv,
(aTrd), c.

Mt

demons

expelled, seq. cV of prisoners released, Mt 52^,

gen. pers.,

Mk 61, Lk 9*, Mk 125,26 58^ j^^


:

al.;
4.35^

Ac 16*^; ptcp., i$\6wv, c. indie, of verb 16\ of departure (cf. Dalman, Wards, 20 f.), Mt 8^2 1521 24^, Lk 2239, Ac 129>i^ al. Metaph., (a) of persons 11 Co S^^, i Jo 2^^; of 7^ (cf Ge S5^^) of escape from danger, birth or origin, Mt 2" (^^^), 10^9 of public appearance, i Jo 4^ (b) of things CK T. xttpos avTMv, Jo

Mk

He

Mt

24'-''

<f,^tJLrj,

Mt

esp. of utterances, reports, proclamations cfiwvi^, Ee IG^'^ 19*; 128; x6yos, Jo 2123; 86y^a, Lk 2^ (cf. 926, Lk 41*; dKOTj,
:

Mk

Si-t^epXo/JiaL)

2^*, ^-o-Ti elfjJ), impers. verb., it is permitted, lawful : 83" (B, mg.), I Co 1023; c. inf., 122.10,12 144 1526 193 2217 27, Ac 226, Lk 6* 20^2; c. dat. 34 1214, Lk 62' 9 143, Jo 510 seq. a4cc., 6I8 IO2, Jo 183i, Ac I621 2137 222^ (inf. underpers. et inf., Mt 201*,

Mk

Mt

Mk

Mk
[in

Mk

stood),
I

Co

612

^^oV (so. iarC),


6
:

Ac

229, II

Co

12*

i$ov
:

7,v,

Mt
to

12*.t

^|-Tci^a)

Gh

289

A
c.

(<TaCa, (rare), {aj'\'i), Ps 10 (11)5.


{of)

to

examine),

LXX De
Si 321, al.
;]

13i*'i5' I918,

(irra),

Wi

63,
(c.

examine

closely,

inquire carefully
;

seq. irepC

aKpi^m),

Mt

2^; seq. n's,

Mt

1011

ace. pers.,
:

Jo 21i2.t

SYN.

avaKpiV'j), ipavvdoi (v.

DCG,

U, 594^).

^-r)Y^ofjiai,

-ovfjLaL,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

ISO

pi.

;]

to lead,

show

the

way; metaph.,
2119;
1512
59,
;

Ac Ac
I

c.

unfold, narrate, declare: c. ace. rei, Lk 243^, dat. pers., Ac 10^; Oeov (understood), Jo li^; seq. oo-a,
to

KaOm, Ac

15i*.t
ra, indecl., sixty:

ii^Kovra,

oi, al,

Mt

138.23,

Mk

48.20,

Lk

24i3,

Ti
;

Ee
Tw

113 126 1318

^^s,

937

1'

adv. xa>), in order, successively, next: t^ . (sc. c. (sc. )(p6v<D), soon after, Lk 711
;

tt) e. rjfi^pa,
rjfx.epa),

Lk
21i

Ac

2517 27i8.t
t^|-r,x^o>, -w, [in

LXX:

Jl 3 (4)i* (]ian). Si 40i3, iii

Mac

32*;] to

sound forth
18.t
l^is,

(as a

trumpet, or thunder; v. M, Th.,

I.e.): pass., i

Th

-0)9,

rj

(^exw),

[in

LXX,

cf.

Si, prol. ^;]

habit, use, ex-

perience

He

51*.

for 89), [in impf., fut., 1 aor., to put etc. (29 words in all);] 1. causal in pres., out of its place ; metaph., e. Tim (^tpivwv (Eur.), to drive one out of his senses, hence, absol., to confound, amaze : c. ace. pers., Lk 2422, Ac 89.11. 2. Intr. in pass, and mid., also in 2 aor., pf., plpf. act., seq. Ik
|-icrTTi|ULi

(also in Hellenistic -to-Tavw,

Ac

LXX

HU

or

c.

gen., to stand aside

from,

retire

from;

esp.

t.

(fyptvwv, to

lose

MANUAL GEEBK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


;

161

32^,

(a) to be beside oneself, be : one's senses (Eur.), hence, absol. Co 5^2 (opp. to crw<f)povtv) (b) to be amazed, confounded : Mt 2^2 5*2 6", Lk 2*7 S^s, Ac 2^' ^2 S^s 921 10*5 12i (Cremer, 309).t 1223,

mad

Mk

Mk

**t i^-uTxua,
able
:

[in

LXX
S^^.t

Si 7" *

;]

to

have strength enough,


chiefly for
of death,
;

to be quite

c. inf.,

Eph

c|-o8os, -ov, 6

68os),

[in

LXX
II22
ni.,

N^ID, also
9^^
11

^n,

a going out, departure : t ^o\eepu&) (so best MSS. freq. (rare in Gk. writers) for
etc.
;]

He

and

ms
=

WH

Lk

Pe

l^*.t

also read -o6pV(o), [in hi., etc. ;] to destroy utterly

LXX

seq. K T. Xao?, Ac 323(i'XX).t t cl-ofioXoyeu, -w, and depon. mid., -co/xat, -ovfxai, [as always in chiefly for hi.;] 1. act. cl. 6/xoA.oyea), to profess or agree to do (Field, Notes, 75) Lk 22". 2. Mid., to acknowledge, confess (MM, Exp., xiv) T. dfjLapTta^, Mt 3", l^ Ja 5^"; t. 7rpd$ei<s, Ac 19^^; seq.

LXX
OTL,

nT

Mk

Phi

2^^

c.

dat. pers., to

make acknowledgment

to one's

honour,
:

praise to (as in 1411 (LXX) 159 (LXX). geq. 5, Mt 1125,


to praise, give

LXX

Kennedy, Sources, 118)


IO21 (Cremer, 771).t

Bo

Lk

H-OV, V.S.

^(JTl.

^^opKi^u (later form of iiopKow), [in Jg I72 (nbx), Ge 24^ III Ki 22^" (ntZT hi.) * ;] 1. to administer an oath to (Dem., Polyb., al.). 2. to adjure : c. ace. pers., seq. Kara, c. gen. (as freq. in magic tt. ; MM, Exp., xiv), Mt 263.t *t |-opKi<TTiis, -ov, 6 (<[ c^op/ci^w), 1. One who administers an oath.
:

LXX

2.

an

exorcist
1.

Ac

19^^ j-

'^opu'(raw, [in

LXX
-00)

(Ipj) *
(cf.

;]

to
c.

dig out, dig


;

Pr 2922 ^^OaXfxov (-ov's), Jg I621, i Ki II2 up aTiyqv, Mk 2* metaph., 6<l>6aXixov%

LXX,

11.

Herod.,
712,
.

viii,
;

116),

Ga
,

41*.+

t ^l-ooScviu (Rec.
-Oeveu),
-divotsi)
:

T, -divow), -w, [in


,

LXX

(with vv.
despise,

11.

-ow,

for

n73

DNQ

U[1,

etc.;]

to

set

at

nought

Mk

9^2 (cf ^ov^eva>).t

^l-ouScc^b), V.S. t^ovSevco).

t^ou0e^''w,
al.,

-oi

ov^s,
:

q.V.), [in

LXX

(v.8. c^ovScvcw)

Ki

23",

and as
;

v.l.

for

-Stvcw, -6w, -Oevooi*;]


c.

to

utterly, treat

with contempt

ace. pers.,
;

Lk

set at nought, despise 18^ 23^^, Eo 143- 1*^, i Co


:

16" I Co
IQlO

c.

ace. rei,
;

Ga
:

4^*, i

Th
Ac

520

pass., of

persons

Mk
;

912 (T, -oto),

6*

of things

XiOost

4^^

(LXX
DGG,
:

aTreSoKLfjiaa-av)

Xoyos,

11

Co

ra

i^ovOeprjfxiva, I
:

Co
for

128.t
i,

Syn.

a6T(j), KaTa(f>pov(o (v.

453b).

+ iioy>ey6u>, -5,
^louaia, -as,

v.l.

-o>

(q.V.)

Mk

9^2
:

T.t

l^co-rt), [in

LXX
i

IV

Ki

20^3,

Ps 113

(114)2

135

(136)8.9, Is
,

392,

Je 28

(51)28 (nbcrpO), freq. in


.-j

Da

for

Aram.
to act,

ItJ^ljr

etc.,

Wi

10^*, Si 9^3^ ^j

prop., liberty or

power

freedom to exercise the inward force or faculty expressed by Swa/xis I Co 912; i. ^xtv, ii Th 3*; id. seq. inf., Jo 10^8, i Co 9*'*; c. (q.V.)
:

gen. obj.,

Eo

9^^

seq. eVt,

c.

ace,

Ee

22^*

Trcpi, i

Co

73'^.

2.

Later

11

162
(cf.

MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Milligan, Th.,

114;

MM,
ll^s,

Exj).,
20'-;

xiv),

of

the power of right,

authority:

Mt
;

2P^,

Mk
3.

Lk

of

Messianic authority,
; ;

Mt

9,

of the authority of of apostolic authority, ii Co 10^ 13^** Mt 8* 28^*, Ju''^^, Ee 12^", al. esp. of judicial authority, government:
2^", al.

Mk
Lk

Meton., (a) jurisdiction : Lk 23^ (cf. i Mac 6^\ Is 39-'); (b) a ruler or magistrate : Eo 13^-^; pi., Lk U^\ Eo 13^, Tit 3^ (c) of supramundane powers (syn. with apxy, Swa/xts, 6p6vos, 2i, i Pe 322, al. (Cremer. KvpL6Tr,s) 236). I Co 1524, Eph 121 310^ Col
2020,

Jo

191'^'

1^

Sl'N.
1.

V.S. 8wa/xis.

iioudidlu)
to

^owta),
authority

[in

LXX
:

(freq. in

Ec) chiefly for


to

lablT;]

exercise
c.

(Arist.).

2.

Trans.,
i

over:

gen. pers.,

Lk

222^;

under authority
iioxf], -^s,
1. 01

(v. Lft.,

c, gen. rei, Notes, 214) seq.

Co

authority 7*; pass., to he held


exercise
6^2_t

viro, i

Co

V e^exoj, to stand out), [in


(i.

LXX

for ]B7,

Jb 3928*;]

a projection
Kar
(.,

Trerpas, Jb, I.e.).

2.

Metaph., eminence, excellence


i Ki 3^3 (yp^), Jb 14^2 (inr
:

the chief

men, Ac

2523.t

t^^u^T.ltco,

[in

LXX:

Jg

16i4.2o^

ni.)*;] to

awaken

oiit

of sleep

(=

d<^u7ri/t^(o)
I

c.

ace. pers.,

Jo

11^^.

**t

e^-uTTV'os, -ov {<Cvirvo<i), [in

LXX:
for

Es

3^*;] roused out of sleep:


1.

Ac

162 ".t
elu),

adv. (^t^), [in


:

LXX
1.), I

pn;]

outside, withotit
;

(a)

tvho
I

3^1 11\ Lk 820, Jo adverbially Mt 12^^^ c. art., b I, he is ivithout; metaph., in pi., oil., of those outside the Church,

Mk

18i, al.

Co

512, 13^

Col 45
.

(Lft., in

Th
:

4^2; 6

I.

S-vSpioiro^, 11

Co

4i
;

al

I.

TToAets,

Ac

2611

(^)

as prep.
;

After verbs

Mk
Mt
(in

1468, 2117,

motion Lk 222, Jo 6=^7


of

Lk Ac gen. He 2. adverbially, forth, out : Mt b^^ 26'''^, 19*> i^ Ac 9*0, al. {h) as prep. c. gen., out of:
c.

13^3,

21^,

13^'

12.

(a)

Mk

1119 128,

Lk

42,

Ac

7^8^

He

13",

al.

elwGei/,

adv.
to

answer

(^e^w; opp. to (T<jiO(v), [in LXX for pn;] Mk the question. Whence ?), from without
:

1.

prop,
2.
718,

718.

More II Co
6
.

often (= 7^; TO .,
I

l|;

Mt

Bl., 25, 3), 2325, Lk 1139.40. ^j


cf.
;

without:

Mt

232'. 411
c.

28,

Mk

Yi

3^,

Mk
1.

(WH,
:

mg.);

KoV/ios,

Pe
-w,

33

iKJ3dXXiv I,

Ee

II2.

As prep.
hi.
;]
:

gen.

Mk V\

Ee
Ac

112 1420
74^.

(cf.

Robertson, Gr., 548).t


[in

c|-w3'w,

LXX

chiefly for

m3
;

2.

to

drive out of the sea, drive on shore

Ac

to thrust out 27^^ (WH, txt.,

eK(Tajo"ai).T

+ elwTepos, -a, -ov

(compar., from e^w


:

opp. to

ia-taTepos), [in

LXX
1"' 23.t

chiefly for ]i2:^n


loiKtt,
.

;]

outer

o-kotos,

Mt

812 22i3 253o,t


.-

pf with pres. sense, [Jb


[in

63. 25 ;*] Iq Jjq HJ^g

q. dat.,
:

Ja

loprdj^o) {<:^iopTrj), [in


^opTTJ,
-r}s,
17,

LXX for 33n;] to LXX for an (chiefly),


216
;

keep festival
IITI^;]

Co

58.

a
ev
I,

feast, festival:
;

Lk Lk

242,

Jo
ri

51 64 737,

Col

L
,'^

rod Trdo-xa,

Lk
.

24i,

Jo 13i
T.

t. A^vfjooy,

221;
142,

a-K-qvoir-qyCa,

Jo

72 (Deiss.,
1.)^

LAE,
ib.

116);
,.5

c.,

Mt

265,

Mk

Jo

445 711 1220 (,7^a^

223

^.

(yoy

^/^g

f^^^^^

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Jo 132;
;

163

dva^atVetv, IpxeoOai ts t. ., Jo 4 T^' ! ll^e 1212; ^5 f 15, Lk 23^^ /-to-ovo-r??, Jo 71*; Kari e. (ai each feast), Mt 27", 18^^ Lk 2^2 t Kara TO (.6o<i T^s I., E, mg. T. e. TTOtciv, Ac

Mk

^TT-aYYcXia, -as,
etc.;]
1.

17

c'TrayyeXA-to),

[in

LXX

Ps 55(56)8 (niSD),
al.).

a summons
:

(as Attic law-term,

Dem.,

2.

a promise

(Dem.,

Arist., al.)

Ac

232^; esp. in
423,

Ro

414= i

9^ Ga

31"'

18' 21

ytVcrat, etc., c. dat. pers.,

Ac
2"^

2^9,
;

He8 Ro

of the divine promises, Ac 7^", liy-i", 11 Pe 3^; c. inf., 4^; 4^3, Ga 3i seq. Trpos, Ac 13^2 26''

NT

He

iirayyiktcrdai t^v

i., I
tj

Jo
yij

ei'ayyeAias, ^X^'*'
e..

He

7^, II

Co

7^

eivat iv

tA reKva t^s e., Ro 9^, Ga 428; ai Sm^j/Kai ti}s c., Eph 2^2 ; rj i. t. Oeov, T. TTvev/Att T^s . T. aytov, Eph 1^^ Ro 420 pi., II Co 12*>; ai i. t. TraTcpwv, Ro 15^; c. gen. obj., t. ^co^s (v. Dalman, Words, 103), i Ti 4^; t. Trapoucrtas airov, 11 Pe 3"*; ^ar 8t' 7rayyAias, Ga 3^^ crv/i/xtVoxa cVayyeAtav, Ac 13^^, Ga 3^^, II Ti 1^ By meton. (cf. cAtti's), of a Ao'yos cVayyeAias, Ro 9^. ttJs ., Eph 3^ promised blessing Lk 24*9, Ac l^^ Ga 3^2, He 612. i5, 17 iqsg his, 33, 39
eVayyeAta,

Eph

62;

tJJ<;

He 11^

c.

gen. epexeg.,

Ac

2=^^^

Ga

S^^,
:

He

9^^

(Cremer, 27).+

iTr-ayyK\<o, [in

LXX
;

Es

4^ (llON),

Pr

13^2,

Wi

2^3, al.

;]

1.

to

Mid., also announce, j^^oclaim. 2. (a) to inomise ; (b) to profess. q freq. in both these senses (c) to promise : c. dat. pers.. He 6^^ ace. rei, Ro 42\ Tit I2 c. dat pers. et ace. rei, Ja 1^2 2^, 11 Pe 21^
;
j

cVayyeAtav, I He 1023 1111

Jo
.

2^^

C. inf.,

Mk

1411,

Ac

75
I

seq. Aeywv,
;

He
Pe
to

1226

ptcp.,

Ga

(^^ ^0 profess : Oeoae/SeLav, 319 (cf. Trpo-tTrayyeAAw and V. Cremer, 26).+


;

Ti 210

yt^c^a-ty, ib. 621.

p^gs.,

* eTT-dyyeXii.a,
iTT-dyij},

-to';,

to

[in
11

LXX for Ni2 hi., etc. (29 words in all)


Pe
2^; eaurois
i.

; eVayysAXw),
528.+
;

a promise

II
;]

I'*

3^3 f

bring
in

upon

c.
e.

dat. et ace,

(for cl. mid., v.

Mayor,

1.), ib.

2i;

TO alfia

(cf.

Ge

20^),

Ac

*+

cir-aYwi'i^o/xai,

depon.
c.

1.

to

contend with
3.t
:

(P\ut.).

2.

to

contend

for

(C.I.,

2335, 19)

dat. rei,

Ju

*+ eir-a6poi^aj, to asseinble besides (Plut.) pass., Lk ll^^.t 'EiraivcTos (Rec. -to'?), -ov, 6, Epcenetus, a Christian of

Rome
c.

Ro 16^+
cir-aii'e'w,

-w,
.

[in

LXX
[in
1.

for

bbn
i

pi.,

nZVJ
;
,

pi.

;]

to

praise
i

ace,

Ro
I

1511. I

Co
Co
Ac

1122
-ov,

seq. 5,
6,

Lk

168,

Co

II2

absol., seq. Sn,


;]

Co

ll^' .+

ir-an'os,

LXX
12, 14,

for H^nri

etc.
I

praise

Ro

22^ 133,

Co

45, II

818,

Eph

Phi
,

111 48,
,

Pe
;]

1^ 2^*.+
to
lift

eiT-aipu,

[in

LXX

for

HiD2

27*"; x"pa?. Lk 620 1623 i8i3_ Jo 435 6^ 17^ 2222 ^ TTTipvav (fig.), Jo 13^8^ Pass., Ac 1^ with pride : 11 Co 10^ 112o.t
dpT>ova,
fiov^,

2450,

Dll i Ti 28;
;

etc.

up, raise

t.

Mt

178,

Lk

K<f>a\ds, Lk 2128; 6cf>0a\<^wvr?v, Lk 1127, Ac 21* 1411


;

metaph.,

to be lifted

up

cTT-aitrxuVo^iai,

[in

LXX:
rei,

Jb 3419
Ti

(nct:),

Ps 118(119)6
Ti 1^2. q
q^qq

(tZTia),

Is 129

(nun)*;] to be

ashamed

{of): absol., 11
18. 16;

pers.,
621

Mk

838,

Lk

926;
;

c.

ace

Ro

l^^, 11

cm,

c. dat. rei,

Eo

c. inf..

He

2i-

c.

ace. pers. et inf..

He

11^6,

164

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


e'TT-aiT^w, -i, [in

LXX:

Ps 108(109)io
cf.

besides.

2.

to

beg (as a mendicant;

MM,

(bxcr). Si 40^8 *;] to ask Exp., xiv) Lk 16^ IS^^


:

(Cremer, 74).
^ir-aKoXooGe'w, -w, [in

LXX
MM,
for
to

(chiefly

metaph.) for IIHH


:

"-[bn

etc.;]

le^^^J (illustrated by use to folloiv after ; in metaph.; absol. in verifying accounts; v. Exp., xiv; Milligan, NTD, 78); c. dat. pers., of sins, i Ti 52" (cf. Ellic. and CGT, in 1.); r. Ixvio-iu, i Pe 2^1;

NT

Mk

epyw dyo^oi,

Ti 5^^.f
[in

cir-aKoou,

LXX
-uyfiai,

lf}:it27,

HiV

etc.;]
:

1.

to listen to.

2.

to

hearken
in l.).t

to,

hear with favour (one's prayer)


listen

* cTr-aKpodofjiai,
teir-(i',

gen. pers., ii Co 6^ (t-xx^f attentively : Ac 16-^ (cf. Page,


c.

subjc. pres.,
is

conj. (<^e7ri, q.v., av), later form of eVi^v, after, when: c, Lk ll^^; c. subjc. aor., Mt 28, Lk ll^^.t * CTrai'dyKYjS, -es (<[ dvay/cr;) only in neut.; 1. eVavayKCS (sc. cctti), it
,

compulsory, necessary.
eTr-av-dya),

2.
:

As
i

[in

LXX

adv., of necessity
aCs)
to ptut

Ac IS^^f

Za

4^2 {p^^ hi.), Si 172" 2628,


;

Mac
iii,

921

12* *

;]

to

bring

up

or back (sc.

out to sea {DB,

63^)

Lk

5^'*; intrans., to

return:

Mt

21^8_f
c.
,

eTT-aca-fxifivriaKcj, to

remind again:
mid., for 013

ace. pers.,

Eo

15^^.

cir-afa-irauw, [in

LXX,

]VUf ni.

;]

to refresh,

cause
iiri,

to
c.

rest (upon); mid., to rest

upon: metaph.,
for

c. dat,,

Eo

2^'^;

seq.

ace,

Lk

10" (Cremer, 827).t


[in

eir-ai'-^PXOjjiai,

LXX
LXX
:

miS^

etc.

;]

to

return
raise

Lk

10^^

igis.t
ciT-af-ioTT)ni,

[in

chiefly for Dip;]


iiri,

to

up against;

mid., to rise

up against
i

seq.
17

c.

ace. pers.,

Mt

102\

Mk

13i2_f
.

**
(cf.

eir-ai'-6p0wo-is, -ws,

222), [in

LXX:

Es

8^2^ j

(<[ iTravopOoo), to Correct, restore ; cf 11 Mac Mac 14^4*;] correction: of life, 11 Ti 3i


for

MM,

Exp., xiv).t
adv.,
[in

cTT-dj'w,

LXX
:

nby
;

!?jr,

bjr

etc.;]

above;

adverbially; (a) of place Lk 11** {b) of number, more than : Mk 14^ I Co 15". 2. As prep. 0. gen. (a) of place Mt 2 51* 21^ 23i8, 20, 21; 2737 282, Lk 439 10^9, Ee G* 20^; (6) of pre-eminence: Lk IQi^.iy,
1.
;
:

Jo

38i.t

* eir-dpaTos, -ov (<^ 7rapao/tat, io imprecate), accursed : Jo 7*^ (for exx. from tt., v. MM, ^a;j!J., xiv; cf. Cremer, 108). i Mac 82 11^^*;] 1. to be strong enough **eTT-apK^w, -w, [in 2. to ward off. 3. to aid, relieve : c. dat. pers., i Ti S^"' i" for. mg.).t (mid., t^irapxeia (Eec. -x^a, V, Bl., 3, 5), -as, 7} {<C tirapxos, a prefect),

LXX

WH,

[in

LXX: Es

4^^

(njiTp), Jth 3"

A*;]
rj i.

the jurisdiction of

prefect,

province : Ac 23^* 25^t *t eirdpxcios, -ov, of a prefect: 251 (WH, mg.).t

(sc. i$ov<Tia)

fVapveia, q.V.,

Ao

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


cTT-auXis, -cws,

165

v avXi?), [in
:

LXX

for

lyn, n^M,

(I.e.), etc.;]

divelling, habitation
t eir-aupiof, adv.,

Ac

1^''

(LXX)^f

[in

LXX

for IHI^,
:

Ge
c.

30^^, elsewhere,
(sc.

Ex

9^,

al.,

for nirin

;]

on the morrow
10^
to
al.

in

NT, ^

w^pa),

Mt

21^^,

Mk

11^2
'

Jo

129

Ac

'ETra<t.pas,

-a (Bl.,* 7, 4), 6,

*+

Tr-a<j>pil^a),

foam up

*ETra<j)p68iTos, -ov, 6

eTr-eyeipw, [in
c.

LXX
2.

Epaphras : Col 1^ 412, Phm^s.t metaph., t. aior;^wa?, Ju^^.t (i.e. charming) Epaphroditus : Phi 2* 4^^.t for l^V hi., Dip hi., etc.;] to rouse up, excite
:
; ;

ace. rei, 8iwyfx6v, Ac 13^" i/^vx^s, ib, 142.t cTTci, conj. (eVt, i), lohen, since ; 1. of time,

when, after:

Lk

7^

(Eec.,

WH,
Lk

mg.).
134,

Of cause,
1931^

since, because:

Mt
Co
(cf.

1832 21*6 27,


i

Mk
II

15*2,

Jo 1329

Ac
;

1346 (Eec,
i.

WH,

mg.),
510

Co

I412,

Co

1118 133,

He

52.11 613 917 1111

oZv,

He

21* 4.

With
iv

ellipsis,

otherwise,
424.26).+

else:

Eo

11'

22,
i

He
Co

ducing a question,
iTi-8ii,

Eo
;

3,

92^; i. ^^a, i 141^ 152, He IO2

71*;

intro-

Mac
Lk

133 27, 19

txt.).

2.

txt.,

EV)

1. of time, when noto, after that seeing that, for asnnich as: Lk 11^, 1412 1524, I Co 121.22 1410 1521^ Phi 226.+

conj.

71

Of cause,

Ac

134"

(WH, (WH,

forasmuch as ("a stately compound," freq. in suitable for the formal introduction of Lk) Lk li.t [in chiefly for nXT ;] tTT-eiSoi', 2 aor. without pres. in use to regard with attention, look upon (in cl., of the gods) 1. with a 125 (cf. DB, 136i5). view to bless c. inf., Lk 2. To punish seq. l-n-i,
*cTr6i-8ii-iT6p, con].
,

cl.

and

LXX

Ac

429.t
?Tr-eifjii,

[in

LXX: Ex
2.

822 ds) (tq^),


to
:

Si 42i9, etc.;]

1.

to

come
ptcp,,

upon, approach.
iTTLwv, -ovo-a, 6v,

Of time,

come on or after; mostly as


'in

next, following

rrj e. (sc. -^/xepa,

Ac

1611 201^^ 2118; yficpu (as usual


cirei-irep,

conj., since
rj,

*Tr-i<r-aywYi7, -^s, 71^ (cf. FIJ, al.)


:

He

-nr-ia-^PXOfxai,

indeed: a bringing in besides or in addition (Hipp., MM, Exp., xiv).t [in LXX I Mac I6I6 (c. dat.) * ;] to come in
:

as freq. in late Gk.), cl), Ac 726 ; wktl, Ac 23ii.t Eo 33" (Eec; eiTrcp, WH).t

upon:

seq. cVi,

Lk

2135. +

etrciTa, adv. of sequence, [in LXX: Nu 19i^A, Is 162, ly Mac 63*;] thereupon, thereafter, then: Lk 16", Ga I21, Ja 4i4; seq. /lera rovTO, Jo 11'; /xTa err; Tpla, Ga 11; Sta Se/carco-crapwv cVoiv, Ga 21 TrpwTov I., I Co 1546, I Th 41^ He 72 Trp6repov t, He 727
. . . ;
. .

dTrapxr;

I.,

Co

15^3;

^Ta
;

i.,

Co
I.

155.6

(WH,
1228.+

txt.)

I
al.

I, I

Co

155-7

(WH,
(=

mg.)
c.

rpirov
[in

...

(bis), i

Co

iiT-iKeiva,

adv.

eTr'

eVelva),

LXX: Le
stretch

2227,

Nu
c.

32i9,

(nii^n), etc.;]

beyond;
to

gen.,

Ac

7''3(l^^x).+

ir-eK-Tcii/w,

extend:

mid.,

to

forward:

dat.,

Phi

313.+

166

MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


^TrefSuTTjs, -ov, 6

iirevSvui),

[in

LXX

for bijrp

Le

8''

(Aq.

i-n-eySvfjLa), I

Ki 18^ A, II Ki 1318*;] an otiter tunic (EV, coat) Jo 217.t *t ^iT-i'-8uw = -SwVo) (Hdt.), to put on over; pass. (Plut., al.), to have on over, he clothed upon : ii Co 5-*,t
:

^TT-^PXCfjiai, [in

LXX
c.

come on: seq. ano, Deiss,, BS, 191) of


;

for NIZl, "ISJr etc.;] 1. to come to, arrive, gen. loc, Ac 14^^ (eTr^X^av; cf. M, Pr., 65;
,

tinae,
82-^

Eph
13*,
[in

2*".

2.

Lk 2126, Ac Holy Spirit, Lk l^s, Ac 1*,


calamities,
^n-epwrdo), -w, [in

Ja

5^
:

LXX
;

come upon (as in Horn.) of an enemy, Lk 11^2 of the ytyvo/xat eVi', Jg 14^, i Ki 11, al.].+
to
:

of

LXX chiefly for bxiS'


:

also for
12^*,

cni
Mt

etc.
;

;]

to in-

quire of, consult, question ace, Mk 717 1129, Lk 20*,


6/,

c.

ace. pers.,
c.

Mk

Lk

2^", al.

c.

dupl.

al.

ace. pers., seq.

Aeyw,

12^8,

Mk 9^1

Mk
**

823,

Lk

236, al.;

^oV,

Ro

102Mlxx),

2.

demand
716).

of:

c.

ace. pers. et inf.,

Mt

16^

(cf.

In late Gk., to beg of, ipwrdw; and v. Cremer,


36(33)3*;]
1

iiT-pi^Tr]iia, -ros, to, [in

LXX: Da th
Thuc).
;

4^* [ubii^), Si
2.

1. a ICC,

questio7i,

an inquiry

(Hdt.,

a demand

Pe

32^ (v.

in

l.).t

also Si 8^ 31 (34)2, ^ac 52^ 9^^, al.;] 1. to hold upon. 2. Like 7rape;^a) (as in Hom., al.), to hold out, 3. to hold or direct towards, sc. vovv offer : Xoyov C'^rjs, Phi 2^^. (a) absol., to intend, purpose ; (b) to observe, give attention to (v. MM, Exp., xiv) seq. 7ra>s, Lk 14'^ c. dat. pers., Ac 3^, i Ti 4^". 4. to stay, wait : Ac I922 (in legal phrase, MM, Exp., l.c.).t
lTr-'xa),

[in

LXX for bin

etc.

Lk

*iTTripidl<a {<iiTrrjpeia, spiteful abusc), to revile: 628; c. ace. rei (but v. ICC, in 1.), i Pe S^^.f

c.

ace. pers.,

cTTi (before a smooth breathing iir, before a rough breathing icfi'), prep. e. gen., dat., ace. (ace. most freq. in NT), with primary sense of superposition, on, upon. I. C. gen,, 1. of place, answering the question, where? (a) of the place on which, on, upon: i-n-l (t.) y^?,

Mt

6i*>' 19,

al.;

t.

Ke<^aA^?,

Co

lli

r. v<^eAwv,
:

Mt

constr. prcegn. after verbs of


tpxea-Oai,

motion
dXrjOeias

^dkXeiv,

Mk

243o, al. ; like Iv, in 42" a-ivdpuv, ib. ^i


;

He
Ac

6^,

al.

fig.,

i-rr

thought or speech,
T.

Ga

S^^

of

power

of the subject of or authority, over, TrdiTwv, Eo 9^


s.v. d.)
;

(MM,
20
;

yd^rj^,

82'
;

i^ova-La
t. oSoO,

im,

Ee
;

22^

(6)

daXdaar]?,
c.

Jo 6^

Mt 2V^

Tov fSdrov,

Mk

of vicinity, at, by 1226 (v. Swete, in

t.

1.)

gen. pers., in the presence of, before, Mt 28i'*, Ac 233^, i Co 6\ al. 2. Of time, (a) e. gen. pers., in the time of: iirl 'EAtcratou, Lk 42''; i-n-l KXav^Lov, Ac 1128; i-jrl 'Af^idOap dpxiepews, when A. was high priest, 226; (6) c. gen. rei, at, at the time of: Mt 1", He I2, 11 Pe S^; iirl T. irpoo-evxwv fiov (rjfiwv), Eo l^^, Eph l^^, i Th 12, Phm *. IL C. dat., of place, answering the question, where? (a) lit., on, upon: Mt 9i'"',

Mk

148, al.

above,

on
1.)
;

after verbs of motion (v. supr., i, 1, (a)), Mt 9^6 Ac 8^6 2338 1329, Jo 52, Ac 5^, al. at, by, (b) metaph., upon, 44(i'XX)j ^^ the matter 6*2 (y_ Swete, in the ground of, Lk of,
;

Lk

Mk

Mk

upon,

of,
;

(Bl., 38, 2

concerning, Ac 5^^' *<* of the ground, reason or motive c0* c2,/or the reason that. 43, 3), Mt 18^ 199, Eo 12^2, al.
;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


because,
al.
;

167

Eo

5^^^

u Co
;

5*
of

after verbs of motion, over,

Mt

IS^^^ jjq jgig^

on

He

of a condition lO^s 910),

(cl.),

Eo

S^",

Co

9^**;

He

purpose or aim,

Eph

hrl Sval fjutprva-tv (v. Westc. 2i, Phi 4^0 ; of authority,

Mt 24*^ Lk 12**; of hostility, c. dat. pers. (cl.), against, Lk 12^2! in addition to (cl.), 11 Co 7^^; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Phi 1^ 2^^. III. C. ace, 1. of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither? {a) lit., upon, over: Mt 1428.29^ Lk b'^^, al. mult.; in 42^ II2, also, answering the question, where? (as c. gen., dat.), Lk 225, Jq ]^32 i^i ^ ^^^^ A(j lib 21, al. of motion to a vicinity, to, " the ace. is more widely 162, Ac 8^, al. (6) metaph. (in wh. prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl., 43, 1) of blessings, evils, etc., coming upon one, c. ace. pers., Mt 10^^ 122^, Ac 2^''', Jo 18*, Eph 5^, al. of addition (dat. in cl.), Xvirq hrl Xxnrqv, Phi 22"; eViKoXciv ovo/xa
over,

NT

Mk

Mk

i-n-i

(v.s.

liriKokioi),

Ac

15^''^,

Ja 2^; KoXfiv

cTTt,

to call after,
;

Lk
^<^'

1^^; of
ocrov (v.

number
infr.,

or degree: cttI rpts (cl. ek t.), thrice, Ac 10^^ 11^^ the more, further, Ac 4^^ ii Ti 2i 3^ (v. also infr., 2, (a))
;

hrl ttXciov,

ib.),

forasmuch
1^3,

as,

Mt

25*"'

*5,

Eo IP^;
;

control,

Lk

Ac
al.
;

and

feelings,

unto,

Eph 2\ I Ti 5*, <^' <L), Mt 2650;


Jo
13^8^

7^^ Eo 5^*, He 3^ al. towards, Lk T^ 2328, Ac Q^^.**, of purpose, for, Mt 3^ Lk 23*8

of power, authority, of the direction of thoughts


.

Eo ^y

II22,

Ga
Lk

49,

^^^^^ (j^gg
138,
9*,
(cl.

of hostility, against,

Mt

24^,

Mk

32*-26

IQH

Ac

75*, I

Co
9^2

7^, II

Co

123
J

Qf reference, concerning, for

usually dat.), Mk for: Lk 425 (WH,

152*,

txt.,

Jo I92*, Eo 49. 2. Of time, (a) during, omits kiri), Ac 1^^^ 16^8, He ll^o, al.; e>' So-ov

(xpovov), as long as, for so long time as,

another sense,
:

9^^^ Eq 71^ a,l. (for o. in <J!)' supr., 1, (b)) e<^' t/cavdv (v.s. t.), Ac 20^^ v. iirl TrXeiov (v. supr., 1, (b)), yet longer, ftirther, Ac 20^ 24* {b) on, about, toxvards Lk 10^5 Ac 3^ 4^. IV. In composition, cVt signifies up, (cl. cts)
;

Mk

liraipoi

Tetvw ;

upon, tTTiyetos, iTnSrjfieo), eTrtxa^i'^oj towards, eTri^AcTro), cttc/cover (of superintendence) eirLarTa.Tr]<; again, in addition, iiraiTew,
;
,

CTTKrwayo)
seq.

against,
[in

i-TnopKeu), iTTL/^ovXr].

itri-^aiyu,
eTTt',
;

LXX

chiefly for
;

MT;]

1.

^0 g'ei

w^

on,

mount:

Ac
to,

21^ (L^^) to embark in (a boat), go aboard : c. dat., 272 seq. cts, Ac 21^ (Eec.) absol., Ac 212. 2. to go up to, go on enter : seq. ek, Ac 20^8 21*; c. dat., Ac 25^t
c.

ace,

Mt

^m-pdXXw,
or put

[in

LXX for
t.

nblS', jyVff

etc.;]

1. trans.,
c.

to cast,
c.

lay

upon

c.

ace. et dat.,
;

Mk
^'^'

11'', i

Co

7^^

ace, seq. eVt

ace,

Ee

18^9,

WH,
Lk
eiri

mg.

x"pa
;

Mt
Ac

2650,

43

c. inf.,
;

20^9 2112, Jo Ac 12^ t^ X-

(-"5) cVi (Bl., 37, 7), of seizing a prisoner, 7^0, Ac 5^8 2127 14*, c. dat. (Polyb.),
.

Mk

aporpov,
4^^^

Lk

9^2
to

i-^ri/^Xrj/xa

inl Ifxariov,

Lk

53"
:

t/iaTto),

Mt

9^*'.

2. Intrans., (a)

throw oneself or rush

upon

T. Kvfxara cts t. ttXoIov, ; metaph., to put one's mind upon (but V. Field, Notes, 41 ff.), iinfiaXoiv l/cXatcv, when he thought thereon (se T. p-qixaTi), he wept (EV, txt. E, mg., he began to weep ; cf. M, Pr., 14^2 (y_ aisQ Swete, in 1.) {b) to fall to one's share : to 131) linPaXXov (se dat.; Hdt., al., a technical formula freq. in tt. ; Deiss., BS, 230, LAE, 152), Lk 15i2.t
;
:

Mk

Mk

168

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


-to,

*t Im-Pap^w,
II

to

put a burden
i

on, be
(cf.

Co

25

c.

ace. pers.,

Th

2^, ii

Th

S^

cTri-ptpdl^a), [in

LXX
LXX

pers.,

Lk

103* ig^^,

Ac

chiefly for 2324.t


for

Ml

burdensome: fig., M, Th., i, 2).t hi. ;] to place upon


:
,

absol,,

c.

ace.

n3Q HNT etc. ;] to look upon. Ps 24 (25)i6, To 3^, al.), to look on In NT, as in LXX (i Ki l^^ with favour : seq. eVi, c. ace. pers., Lk 1*^ 9^^, Ja 2^.f 7ri-p\T]fjia, -T09, TO, [in LXX: Is 3^2*;] 1. that lohich is thrown 3. that which is put 2. a tapestry, hanging (Is, I.e.). over, a cover. on ; (a) embroidery ; {b) a patch : Mt 9^, Mk 2-1, Lk 536,t cm-podw, -w, to cry out : Ac 25'^* (Eec, for ySodoj, q.v.).+
ciri-pXe'irw, [in

^13

hi.,

9i,

^m-pouXi^,

-ijs,

V, [in
:

LXX
9^* 20^.

Es
i9

2^2, i

Es

5^3,

n Mac
Ge
388

5^,

al.

;]

plan against, a plot


349,

Ac

233.t
[in

Ge I Mac 105*'5'5*;] 1. to enter 2. to marry exc. Ge 38^). Ge 388) c. ace, Mt 222*.t


.

t cm-yafjippeuw ya/i/8pos, ff.^ n Ch IS^, 11 I Ki 1821

a connection by marriage),

LXX:
11.

Es

9^* (]nn hithp.),


c.

(q-j, pi,)^

into affinity with:


(as

dat.

(LXX,

c,
cf.

deceased husband's next of kin,


to.
;

Phi

-ov (<[ in-i, y^), of the earth, earthly : 2i 319 (anarth.) ; o-wfiara, i Co 15*o ; oUm, 11 Co 5^
cTri-yeios,

e.,

o-o<^ia,

Jo 3^^^ Ja 3^5
to

(Cremer, 153).+ ** ^m-YiVo/jiai


arrive, arise,
cTTi-yii'wo'Ku,

(v.s.
:

yivofiai),

[in

LXX:

Ep. Je*siii Mac25*;]


,

come on
[in

Ac

28i3_f

LXX

"directive" of

ytvwa-Ko>

chiefly for 133 hi., also for TTV etc.;] (AE, Eph., 249), as in el.; 1. to observe,
(a) absol.
:

perceive, discern, recognize ; Lk 122; ^^ TTve^fxaTL, seq. on,

Ac
e.

251*^,

Co

13^^

geq,

^ji^

Mk
1,

2^
I

(b)

ace. rei:

Lk

1* 522,

Ac

12i*

273^
I

Eo

132,
(c)

II e.

Co

113,

Col

Co

1437;
31,

aec. pers.:
1618, II

Mt
li*
i

5^^; seq. on, Ti 43; iy iavrCi, 633 (t^ ^^^^^'^^ but 112^ 1435 1712^

Mk

Mk

LTr.,

WH, E, omit
I

the pron., and LTr.,

WH,
;
;

txt.,

read eyvwo-av),

ib. 5*,
;

Lk
oTi,

24i'

Co

Co

seq. dTro, c. gen. rei,

Mt

71"' 20

geq.
6^.

Ac

310 413, II

Co
.

135

pass.,

Co

I312

opp. to dyvoov>voi,
;

u Co

2. to discover, ascertain, determine : Ac 93** 1934 2229 2411 281 Q ace. rei, seq. quaest.,

seq. on, Lk 73^^ 23''', Ac 2328 81 yv aWiav,


rei,

Ac Ac

222*

Tj-apa,

c.
II

gen. pers., seq.

Trept,

c.

gen.

Ac

248

^g^^

^^

BiKatocrvvT}^,

Pe

221 (gf. Lft.,

Col, 136; Cremer, 159; M, Pr., 113;

AE, Eph., 248


yv-),

ff.).+
17

t eiri-ykwais, -eus,

(<C] cTriyivwo-Ku, q.V.), [in

LXX
911 *
;]

III

Ki

71* (B.

Pr

25,

Ho

4i

6^ " (njri),

Jth
:

91*, 11

Mac

acquaintance,

discernment, recognition (Plut., al.) Phi 1^, Col 31''; e. gen. rei. Col 1^ 22, Phm t. iXrjdita^, 1 Ti 2*, 11 Ti 225 37^ Yit li. He IO26 t. d/xaprta^, Eo 320 c. gen. pers., of God: Eph li^. Col lio, 11 Pe V'*; of Christ: Eph 413, n Pe 18 220; of God and Christ: 11 Pe 12; Kar i., Eo 102; and for a somewhat difiierent Ixctv v ., Eo 1^8 (y, AE, Eph., 248 ff. view, Thayer, s.v. ; Lft. on Col, 1^; Tr., Syn., Ixxv; Cremer, 159 f.;
; ; ; ;

cf. ata-Orja-Li).^

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


*^m-Ypo<|)ii,
-jjs, 17

169
12^'
al.;]

{<^7nypa.<f>u}),

an

inscription:
IT^i");
fig.,

Mt

22^0,

Mk

152,

Lk

202* 2338.t

^m-Ypti<^a), [in

LXX

for

ans,
IS^e,

Nu
Ac

Je 38(31)33,

to write

upon, inscribe:

Mk
:

1723,

Ee

21^2.

gg^

He

8^0 (^xx)

IQie

(ib.).t

im-UUyuixi, [in

LXX

Pr

121^ (niQ hi.), Is 3726 (Nin hi.),

Ep.

II Mac 1532, al. ;] 1. to show, exhibit, display : c. ace. et dat., 16^ 22^^ 24:\ Ilk 17^*. Mid., to display for oneself or as one's own 2. to show, point out, prove: c. ace, (but cf. Bl., 55, 1): Ac 93^, Exp., xiv).t He 617; c. ace. et inf., Ac 1828 (cf. ** ^m-Se'xofiai, [in Jth 13^3 b2, i Mac 10^ 1423, gi 5126^ al. ;]

Je

5^,

Mt

MM,

LXX

In late in cl., of things, to allow of, admit of (Dem., Arist., al.). writers, 2. to accept besides (Polyb.), to accept (in tt. of the terms of a ni Jo ^. lease 3. (a) to receive besides v. ICC, on iii Jo, I.e.) (Menand.) (b) to receive hospitably (i Mac, Si, 11. c.) iii Jo ^^.t * ^Tri-8r]|i^, -a | 8^/xos) 1. to be at home (Thuc., Plat., al.),
1.
; :

stay in a place, sojourn (Plat., Xen., al. and v. MM, Exp., xiv) Ac 2i 17^1 seq. iv, ib. 18^7 (WH, mg.).t *+ liTi-8io-Tdffao/iai, to add provisions to a document Ga 3^^ (cf inhvadrjK7}, a second will, FIJ, BJ, ii, 2, 3 the word is used of wills 87).t in TT., cf. Deiss., LAE,
2. to
:

^m-8i8w)jii, [in

LXX

for ]n3

etc.

;]

1.

to give over,

to

hand

c.

ace. rei et dat. pers.,


pers.,

Lk

4^''.

2. to

*+

eiri-St-opOcSo),

^m-8.Joi, [in

LXX
Eph

*2^ Ac 1530; pass. c. dat. Mt V^'^\ Lk give in, give way : absol., Ac 27i^.t to set in order further : Tit 1^ (Inscr. ; Cremer, 808). De 24^5^ Jos 829, Je 15^ (xn) *;] to go down,

II11.12 2439.

set (of the

sun)

42.t

ciriciKCia, V.S. iiruLKia.

imiKri%, -cs

ci/cos,

likehj), [in

LXX

Ps 85

(86)^ (n^D),

Es

8^3*;] 1. seemly, fitting (Horn.). 2. equitable, fair, moderate: i Ti 33, Tit 32, I Pe 218, Ja 3^7 ; t6 e. (Thuc., i. 76), Phi 4^ (cf. Mayor, Ja,
I.e.,

and
22',

V.S. 7rieiKia).+
-eiKLa), -as,
3'42)

^mciKia (Rec.

Ba

Da
:

LXX
24*
;

424^

^h

3'*2)^

Mae
{" siveet

^7rtKr?9), [in

LXX Wi
:

222 10*, iii

Mac

2^^ 1218, 3^^ 7*;]

fairness,

moderation, gentleness
c. irpavrf]-:, 11

reasonableness,"

Matthew

Arnold)

Ac Syn.
:

Co

lO^.t

irpav-n}'; (v. Tr.,

liri-tTiWu, -w,

[in

LXX

Syn., xliii). chiefly for tZhl


'28),

iv

Ho 3^; ipQ, 11 mpi, I Ki 20^, Ee (MM, Exp., xiv), to inquire for, seek after, wish for c. ace. of ^T^reoD rei, Mt 632 1239 154^ Lk 123o, Ac 1939, Rq ht^ p^i 417^ He 11^* 13i*; 12i9; c. inf., Ac IS^.t c. ace. pers., Lk 4*2, Ac ** emOai'dTios, -ov, [in LXX Da Bel 3i condemned to death
also for
72^
:
:

Ki 88, Is 62^2, al. Ki 38;] "directive"

;]

Co

49.+
eiri-0eais, -cws,
rj

{<;^inTWr]iii), [in

LXX:

II

Ch

252^ {'^Wp)^

Ez

170

MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


II

23^^ (n:?;?)
41*, II

Mac

4*1 5* 14^5*.]

^ laying on:
I.e.;

x^'P*"".
1

^o

S^^,

Ti

Ti

1,

He

62 (cf.

Westc, He.,
ll.c.).+

CGT on
desire,

Ti, I.e.).

2.

an
also

attack, assault
for

(11

Mae,
to
set

^mOo|x^a), -w {<^0vfi6<i), [in

LXX
5^'^;

chiefly for
(cf.

mx

pi.,

hithp.

lan

etc.
42,

;]

absol.,

Ja

Eo

oiie's heart upon, IS^d-xx)^ i Co lO^

(against, in opposition to), 3I; in late Gk. also I Ti

Ga
c.

after, covet 2); seq. Kara prop, (as in el.) c. gen., Ac 20^^,

lust

iv

Mac

ace.

(M, Pr., 65),

Mt
;

5^8 (Eec. avri}^;

Mi 2^, Wi 163, ^1.); c. inf., Mt IS^^, Lk 15i 1621 1722^ I pe ii2_ Re Qfas in Hebrew, e. ace. et inf., He 61^ 22l*.t iTTidvfjua liriOvixTrjaa, Lk Syn. 6piyw (cf. Field, Notes, 204), ^Aco {DCG. i, 453^). Nu ll^* (mx hithp.) iTnOvfiew), [in LXX cTTiGofjiTiTiis, -oS, 6 elvai. ., Pr 122 (^Q^) * ;] one longing for, lustful after kukwv, i Co

omits;

cf.

Ex

20l^

10.t
cTri0u(iia, -as,
r]

i-n-tOvfxeu)),
:

[in

LXX chiefly for niNl?


22^5 (y_s_
ref.
^^i^i^^^'o,),

niK also
;

for
2^",

Tian

etc.

;]

desire, longing

Lk
with

Phi

123, j

Th
52*,

Ee

18^*; pi.,

Mk
I

4^^; esp.
:

to forbidden things, desire,


11
I

lust (Vg., concupiscent ia)


I

Eo

T^^, Ja

li*'i\

Pe

1*; pi.,

Ga

Ti

6, II Ti 222 43,
c.

3^;

gen.,

fjnaa-fj-ov, 11

Pe l^* 42; Tra^os iTnOvfjLia^, Pe 2^** (v. Mayor, in 1.);


i

Th

4^

i.

KUKJ, Col
I2*; t.
dTrarr;?,

t.

KapSiwv,

Eo
j

Koa-fiov

(aroused by the world),

Jo

2^"^
;

t. crw/uaros,
11

Eo

6^2

Eph
5I6
;

422 (v.
T.

ICC,

in

1.)

t. crap/cc^s, i

Jo 2^\

Koa-fxtKaL,
Tttis .,

6ct>0a\pwv, I Jo o-ap/ct/cat e., I ; Tit 2^2; ei5 eVi^u/utas, Eo 13^*; ttoiciv ras Eo 6^2 ; SovXeveiv, ayeaOai, eTnBvfXLai^, Tit 3^,

216

Pe 2i8 (without art.), Ga Pe 2^1 (cf. IV Mac 132)


.,

Jo

8**; VTraKovtiv
;

II

Ti 3^

Tropevea-Oat

iv

e., I

Pe 43 Syn.
:

Kara,

Ju

! 18,

n Pe

33

avaaTpi^itaOai iv ral%
to sit

i.,

Eph

23.t

-n-a^os (q.V.), opi$ii.

ijn-KaQ-ilu, [in
cTTi-KaX^w, -w,

LXX for 231 etc. [in LXX chiefly for


,

;]

upon
1.

Mt

21^.+

name:
12i2>25,

c.

by

He .na S-^p^), Ac
;
;

ace. (cl.), 111^; t.

Mt
6vofj.a,

102^;

pass.,

Hip Ac

;]

to call,

name, sur-

123

436

105,18,32

nis
Mid.

seq. i-n-t (denoting possession, 1517 (lxx)^ ja 2^ (v. 912). on

as Heb.
2.

CB

Am

el., LXX), to call upon, invoke, appeal to (Oeov, Scot's, (so also act. Hdt., Xen., al. ef. Deiss., LAE, 426) KaiVapa (Se^ao-roV, Ac 252^), Ac 2511-12.21 2632 2819; sc. t. Kvpiov 'Irjaodv, Ac 7^^; fj^dprvpa (cl.) t. ^arepa, I Pe 11^ r. Kvpcov, Eo 1012, II Ti 222 ^ ^^q^^ Otov, II Co 123
:

Kvpiov

(yaov, o-ov; like


I

Heb. njT DCr^


to

N^i'^),

Ac

22i(i-xx) 914,21 2210,

Eo

1013, u (Lxx)^

Co
II

12

(Cremer, 335, 742).t


-tos,
(<^ 7ri/<aAv7rTw),

ciri-KdXu/xfia,

[in

LXX

Ex

261*

3921(34)

(np5p),

Ki

1719 (^Da),

Jb 1929

(aliter in

Heb.)*;] a cover,

veil

metaph.,

t. KaKLa<s, i

Pe

2i6.t

^iri-KaXuTTTw, [in

LXX

for

nD3

etc.

;]

to

cover over, cover

up

metaph.,

Eo

4^ (i'Xi).t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


t iTTi-KaT-dpaTOs,
[in

171
07l),

-ov
,

{<^TnKaTapdofjLaL,

to

imprecate
2^9;]

CUrses

LXX
13

for

inN

also

Wi

3^2

148^

jy

Mac

accursed:

Ga

310 (Lxx)

(Lxx

KtKarapaMyo,)

(Cremer, 109).
:

36*" {39^^) (p:), Jb IQ^ (lyi hi.) 212^ (Dan), I Mac 6", II Mac l^i, iii Mac 1^2*;] to be placed, lie on: Jo 21; seq. iwi, c. dat., ib. ll^S; fig., He Q^O; dmyKT?, i Co 9i ; x^'/^^". <o Lk 5^ 232^. threaten, come on : Ac 272** of persons, to press upon *^m-Ke\\w, of a ship, to run ashore : c. ace, Ac 27*^t * ^Tri-K(t)(iXaio>', -ov, to, a poll-tax : 12^* (WH, mg., for ktjvctov, lm-K6i>ai, [in
;
.
1

LXX Ex

Mk

as in D, Syrr. sin.v<^h.^ ^24, etc.).t ** ^iriKoupia, -as, rj {<C eTTLKovpeu) tO be an iiriKOvpo^, an clly), LXX: Wi I318*;] az(i, assistance: Ac 2622.+ t 'EiriKou'pio9 (Eec. -cios), -ov, 6, an Epicurean, a follower

[in

of

Epicurus
**
sentence
:

Ac
c.

17^**.+

Tri-KpiVw,

[in

LXX

11

Mac

4*^,

iii

Mac
,

42 *

;]

to decree, give

ace. et inf.,

Lk

282*.+ for pTPI hi.,


to lay

em-XafiPciKw, [in

LXX

THK

etc.
c.

;]

always mid. in

LXX
Ac

and

NT

(v.

Cremer, 758),
.

c. ace. pers. (not cl.), 927 169 181' IOI5), Ac c gen. rei, pers. et rei, Lk 2020' 26 ; r. alwvLov (ovtcos) ^w^s, 2i (v. Westc, in 1.).+ (as in Si 4ii),

1719 2po.33;

Mk

gen. pers., Mt 143i, Lk 9*^ 14* 232^ (WH, but v. Bl., 823, Ac 23^9, He S^d-xx); c. gen.

hold of:

Ti

6^2, i9_

Metaph.

He

iri-Xai'0d'op,ai

(alternative mid.

form

[in
c.

LXX
12".+

chiefly for
SttoIos

UDW;]

to forget, neglect:

of iTrik-qOw, to cause to forget), 8^*; c. inf., Mt 16^,

Mk

Phi

gen.. 313;

He

6^^ 132' i;
?,v,

MM, Exp., xiv), c. ace. (as occasionally in cl. 23i, Si 3^* 23i*, Wi 2*), Ja 12*; pass. ptcp. (cf. Is
;

Lk
2.

cm-Xeyci), [in

LXX chiefly for IFQ;]


to call
:

1.

to call by name, oneself: Ac 15*^+


eiri-XeiTru,

Jo

52.

3.

to

to say in addition (Hdt.). choose ; mid., to choose for

[in

LXX

Ob
:

1* N^

R
Lk

(HNtz; hi.)

;]

to fail

c.

ace.

pers.,

He

1132.+

*+ cm-Xcixw, ^0 lick over

**+^m-Xr,a,ion^, -^?, ^ ness : aKpoaTrj<i i. (gen. of qual.), Ja 12^.+ cTTi-Xoiiros, -ov (<Aot7ros), [in

c.

ace,

162^

(cf.

MM,
^\

eVtXT^^a)), [in

LXX:

IV^"^

Exp., xiv).+ *
;\

forgetfulstill
left,

LXX
Aq.
:

for in'', INB';]

remaining
**
release.
release.

xpovos,

Pe

irri-Xudi^
2.

-0)5,^

42.+
cTTtAvw), [in

Ge408; Sm.
I20.+
:

Ho
1.

3**;]

solution, interjnetation : 11 Ge 40^ 418.12; **^m-Xo'a), [in Aq.


:

Pe

Th.

Ho
Pr

3**;]
i

to loose,

2.

to solve, settle,
-w, to

* ^TTi-ixapTupew,
ImjiAeia,
I

explain : Mk 43*, Ac 193^.+ bear witness to : c. ace. et. inf.,


,

Pe

512,+

-as,

(< iTrLfikiofiat)
g,!. ;]

[in

LXX
:

3^ (^IpBT),
(v.

Wi
Es

1313,

Es

6i,

Mac

161*,

attention, care

Ac 27*
(Q,j,y

Field, Notes,
I

143).+
^m-(iXeo|Aai,
-ovtiai,

[in

LXX

Ge

4421

Q,j2;)^

62^,

.172

MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


I

Pr

2725, Si 3313 (3025), 1034,35 I Ti35,t


eTTifjieXws,

Mac

ll^'*;]

to

take care of:

c.

gen.,

Lk

adv., [in

LXX for p"l,


:

etc.

;]

carefully

Lk

15^.t

im-\j.ivu, [in Ex 12=*^ (.TIIQ hith.) * ;] to stay on, tarry or abide still: seq. iv, i Co 16^; airov, there, Ac 15^^ (WH, txt., EV, txt., omit) 21*; c. dat., t. aapKL, Phi 1^*; seq. -irapd, c. dat. pers., Ac 2814; Trpds, c. ace. pers., i Co 16^, Ga l^^; c. ace. temp., Ac lO^s, 21*- 1" 28^2,14^ J Qq i57_ Metaph., to continue in a pursuit or state: c. dat., avTois (v. T. afiapria, Eo 6^ t. ttio-tci, Col 1^^ t. aTncTTia, ib. ll^^ CGT, in 1.), I Ti 4i; t. xpV^roTrjTi, Eo ll-^; c. ptcp. (cf. Bl., 73, 4;
; ;

LXX

76, 2),

Jo

8('i,

Ac

12i''.t

c'm->'o'a>,

[in
jjj

LXX
rj

Pr 262*

1420 *
.J

^Q jj^Q^

command

6", n Mac 410 ll^^ or approval, to nod approval, consent


(-,33 ^i.),
i

Mac

Ac
914

1820.+
^TTiVoia, -a?,

1412 154^ Si 402^


822. t

Mac
II

iirivoiw, to contrive), [in

LXX
Es

Je 20^\

Wi

6i

12*^ iv
[in

Mac

17^*;] a thought, design:


i

Ac

**imopK^a>, -S
cm-opKos,
falsely.
I

V6Vo?),
[in

LXX:
5^^.t

1*8,

Wi

1428*;]

^^

swear falsely, for siv ear oneself:


-oy,

Mt
Za

LXX

5^ (yaOT ni.) *
a,s

2.

Of persons, ^er/'wred ;
7riyu.i.

suhsi.,

1. of oaths, sworn ;] perjurer, false swearer a

Ti lio.t
cTrioucra, V.S.

*t

^TTiouVios,

-oi'

(cf.

TTipiova-io's,
e.,

[in

LXX

for

n^3p,

De 7^

etc.]),

found only in the phrase apros

day

Mt

6^^

Lk

11^.

mg., /or f/ie coming (Several derivations find support, each pointing

EV, daily ; E,

1. <^ eViovo-a (sc. r^fj-ipa) (or, <[ IttI rryv lova-av to a different meaning. (sc. rjfjiipav), Zorell, S.V.), hence, /or the morroto or for the coming day 2. (a) <^ tVi + ova-La, hence, for subsistence, needful (Am. (E, mg.). E, mg.) {b) <C cti + cTvai in fem. ptcp. form, hence, pertaining to (the day).) For renderings of versions and views of various w^riters, v.
;

reff.

in

DB,

daily, is based
difficult

original
I.e.
;

36 f. DCG, ii, 58 f., 62* ICC on Lk, I.e. The EV, on the Vg. (Lk; OL, Mt, Lk, quotidianus). "It is not to think that t6v e. rests upon misunderstanding of an Aramaic phrase, or upon a Greek corruption " (ICC on Mt,
ext.,
;
;

cf.

also Cremer, 239).


[in

c-iri-iri-n-Tw,

LXX
111

25)
(as

c.

Ge

dat. pers., 4628, To 11^,

Mk

S^^ (v.

chiefly for bB3 ;] to fall upon (Field, Notes, Swete, in 1.), Ac 20^"; seq. iirl t. rpaxr/Aov
5*^,
al.),

Mac

Lk

I520,

Ac

20=*".

Metaph.,

^o>s,
Spirit:

Lk

112,

Ac

1917,
e.

seq. eVi,

11^1; duiiSiafioi, Eo 153(lxx). of the Holy dat., Ac 8^; eVt, e. ace, Ac 10** 11^^; absol.,

Ee

Ac
I

237.t
1.

* cirt-irXriorau, Ti 5i.t
c. inf.,

to strike at,

to

punish.
,

2.

to rebuke,

reprove:
long for,
[txt.]);

ciri-iroe^w, -w, [in

LXX
11

for
52, i

nx^

ZIV P)D3
,

hi., etc.

;]

to

desire:

Eo V\

Co

Th

3^, 11

Ti

1*.

Phi

226

(WH,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


acc. rei, i Pe 22; c. ace. pers., absol., Ja 4^ (v. Mayor, in l.).t
c.
ii

173
mg.);

Co

9^*,

Phi

2-'5

(WH,

*t ^Tri-ir<50T,<ns,

23ii*;] longing: ii Co T''^\f *t ^m-iT66T)Tos, -ov, greatly desired, longed for : Phi 4^.t *t^-irnro0ia (WH, -Tro^eta), -as, 17 = iTTLTrodrja-is, longing: Eo IS^^.t
-cws,
rj,

[in

Aq.

Ez

t ^m-iropcu'ofiat,

[in
iii

LXX

Le
;]

263

(inN),

Ez

391*
to
:

(inr), Ep.
seq. Trpos,
c.

Je

^^,

acc.

Mac pers., Lk
II

2^8,

Mac

1* *

to

travel,

journey
seq.
iirl,

8*.t
to setv

*t em-pdirTO) (Rec. -ppaTTTw),


^jTi-piirTCD

upon:
:

c.

acc,

Mk

22^t
hi.
;]

(Rec.
2.

-ppLTTTO), SbS

lu cL), [in
5^(1^^^),+
[in

LXX chiefly for


c.

"jjbtZ?

1.

to cast at.

to cast

or ^^^ace upoii

acc. seq.

iiri,

c.

acc,

Lk
5*

19^5; metaph.,
8^3,

t. fiipipnav, i

Pe

cTTioiiixos, -ov
I

(<o-^/ia,
II

a mark),
15^^, iii
2.

LXX Ge
:

30*^ (yjjp),

of 1. hearing ;] Metaph., (a) in good sense, notable, Mt 27^^.t illustrious: Ro 16^; (6) in bad sense, woforiows 6 (<[ cTrio-irt^o/aat, to supply with provisions), [in cTTiaiTiafids, -ov,

Mac

11^~ 14*^,

Mac

Mac

6^ *

Es a mark ;

money, stamped, coined.

LXX: Ge
food
:

42^5, al. (HTy),


9i2.t

Jth

2^8 4^;]

1.

a foraging.
[in

2. provisions,

Lk

eTri-aKCTrrofiat (late

form

of

tVio-KOTrc'o), q.v.),

LXX
in

chiefly for IpB;] 1. to inspect, examine.


723 ]^536 (cf

2.

(a)

to visit:

very freq., c. acc, Ac

jg
in

151^

especially, the sick

and

afflicted (as in

MGr. and
and

sometimes
(as

ipD

in

Mt 2536.43, Ja 1^^ (cf. Si T^^); {b) Ge 21\ Ex 43^, Ps 8^, al.), to visit with
cl.),

LXX

NT
pg

help, to care for

Lk
88

18'78 716^

Ac

151*,

(89)33, al.; cf.


iTn-(TK\jdl,o),

He 2; (c) io visit with punishment MM, Exp., xiv; Cremer, 863).t


[in

(Je 925,

LXX

for

pin

pi.,

etc;] to equip,

make ready
:

mid., to make one's preparations : Ac 21^*. *t|m-aKT]K6w, -w, to tent upon, spread a tabernacle over
seq. eV*
ifjLe

metaph.,

(RV,

rest

upon, cover),

11

Co
<35)

12^.

^Tri-crKidiw, [in

LXX: Ex
I.e.,

4029

(pc;),

Ps 90
jj

(91)*
:

139 (140)"
c.

(IJSD),

Pr 18^^*;]
c.

to

throw a shadow upion, oversJiadoiv

dat.,

Ac

5^5; of a shining (Mt,

and

ef.

Ex

402^

35
^

Mk 9^
Holy
observe,

acc,

Mt
135.+
-co,
: :

17*,
[in

Lk

93*;

metaph.

(cf.

^^c 2^) cloud, c dat., Pss, Pr, ll.c), of the


1.

Spirit,

Lk

cm-aKOTTcw,

LXX
He

examine
for

seq.
1

/j.t],

for 12^*.

IpD

ni.,

etc;]
;

to

look upon,

to visit, care

Pe
17,

5^ (R, txt.;
[in

WH

2. As cTricr/ccTrTo/xai in LXX, om. Cremer, 527).

NT,

iiiti.-crKOTrf\, -rjs,

LXX chiefly for

Hpp, Hlpg;]
;

1.

visitiiig,

as in LXX tov TraiSos, Lueian, dial, deor., 20, 6) God's visitation in mercy, or in judgment (Le 192", jjj 1012, Je 6l^ Wi 220, al.) Lk 19**, i Pe 2^2 (v. Hort, in 1.). 2. office, charge, esp. office of an iTria-Ko-n-os (q.v.) Ac 12" (lxx), i Yi 3^ (Cremer, 527 f., 864 DCG, ii, 809b).t
visitation
(cis
e.

(after Heb.), of

174

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


^iri-cTKoiTos,

-ov, 6

(<

o-KOTTos,

tt

wutcher), [in

LXX
i

for

IpD

its

parts

and

derivatives,
-22;

Nu
20''9;

d^" '31^\
iz?3i3,

Ne

119, u,

i,j<^

jb

Jg Q'-^^, iv Ki Is 60^^ Wi
;

llis.ie,
1^,

Ch 3i^'^'^\ Mac 1"*;] a


:

Ac 20^^, superintendent, guardian, overseer (cl. for exx. v. LS, s.v.) 2"'* (ICC, in I Pe as technical term for a religious office (Deiss., 1.) BS, 230 f.), in later Paul. epp. of the head of a church (Vg. episcopus), a bishop : Phi l^, i Ti 3^ Tit 1^ (v. relf. s.v. 7r7Ko;r7^).t eirt-CTiraw, -w, [in LXX: Is 5^^ ('^C7a), etc.;] to draw on: mid.,
;

xii, 5,

in peculiar sense of effacing signs of Judaism (cf. i Mac 1^^, FIJ, Ant., i v. Thayer, s.v.), to become as iincircumcised : i Co 7^^.t * cTTi-o-n-cipo), to soiv upon or besides : dva fiea-ov, Mt 132^.t
;

iriCTTa|xai

(prob.

an old mid. of

icf)LcrTr]ixi,

q.v.), [in

LXX

for JTT ;] to know, know of, U7iderstand : c. ace. pers., Ac U^% Ac 182^ i Ti &\ Ja 4:^\ Ju^"; seq. ptcp., ib. 2410; ^ ^cc. rei, 20i; ttoS, TT^pi, Ac 262; 6'n, ib. 15^ 19^5 2219 is, ib. lO^S; ttws, ib.
;

chiefly 19^^ c.

Mk

He

IP.t

SVN.

ytvuxrKd} (q.v.), vT8a.

** iiri-aTaais, -ews, rj {<C.t4>:'crTi]fxi), [in LXX: II Mac 6^*;] 1. a stopping, halting (as of soldiers) oxXov, collecting a crowd (v. Eackham, Acts, I.e.) Ac 24^2 (WH, Eec. eVicrvcrTao-is). 2. supermtendence, 11 Co ll^s (WH, attention (but v. Thayer, s.v. ; Field, Notes, 185 f.)
:
:

Eec. ut supr.).t
^TTKTTdTTjs, -OV, b

l<i>lcTT-q ixi) ,

[iu

LXX

IV
;]

5225 (-pp^),

II

Ch

31^2 (Ta3),

II

Mac

5^2, etc.

Kl 25^^ Jc 36 (29)26 a chief, commander,


336ff.).t

master:

Lk

5^ B^*'" g^^-" IT^^

(of.

Dalman, Words,

iii Ki Ne G^^ (nbcr), Jth 15*, i Mac Im-are'XXco, [in 1025 12^ 1318 (in each case with v.l. dTroo-)*;] 1. to send to. 2. to send a message by letter, to write word (MM, Exp., xiv) c. dat. pers., Ac 2125, He 1322 geq. ^ov, c. inf., Ac 152'.t

LXX:

58'22),

iTTioTTjfiwf,

-OV,

Is 521

d^n

ni.), I

Es

De gen., -ovos {liricTTafjiai), [in 8**, Si 102^ 21^5, gtc. ;] knowing, skilled :
:

LXX

1^^

4",

Ja

3i3.t
:

iTvi-(TT-t]pil(a,

[in

LXX for
a

^GD,

etc.

;]

to

make
for

stronger, confirm

c.acc, Acl422 1532>".t


cTTi-aToXT],
-i}s,

^ (< eVto-Tc'XXw), [in


2.
i.

LXX

in

Mac;]

1.
I

a message.

letter,

an
II

pi.,

Ac
;

225,

Co

163, al.;

a-va-TaTiKal,
cf.
ff.)

epistle: Co 31

ni|K etc. freq. Ac 92, i Co 5^, al.


,

(cf.

Milligan,

254 f.). (On the NT Deiss., BS, 3 ff. 85 ff.


*
em-<TTOfi,i|^o)
:

7rto-ToXai,
;

Milligan,

Th.,

121

ff.;

NTD, NTD,

St.

Paul, 8

(<^(TTd/ia), to bridle; metaph., to stop the mouth, to

silence

Tit l^i.t

liri-CTTpe'<|>(o,

[very freq. in
,

LXX,

chiefly for mis'

in its various

senses, also for n3Q

etc.

;]

1.

trans., to

hence metaph.,
li'i^ (cf.

Ma

324),

to turn, cause to 2. Ja 519.20.


c. inf.,

turn about, round or towards, return (to God, virtue, etc.) Lk Intrans., (a) to turn, turn oneself
:

around: Ac

16i^;

Ee

I12; seq. Trpds,

Ac

9*"; so also pass,

(cl.).

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

175
Notes,

Mk
216
I

530 8^3,

Jo 2120
;

metaph., of turning to

God

(v.

Field,

&.), iirl T. Kvpiov (^dv), Ac 935 1121 1415 1519 2620; Trpo? r. 6^6v, Th 19, Co 3i a^ro o-Kdroi;? cJs <^ws, Ac 2618; pass., i Pe 22^; {h) to

return (as in MGr.)


seq.
eis,

Lk

8^5,

Ac

15^6

seq.

ottio-w,

c.

inf.,

Mt

24^8

Mt

12**,

Mk
-^9,

13i,

Lk

239 IT^i;

eVi, 11

m,

Ac

Ga 49; Trpo'?, Lk 17*; of moral reform, Mt 319 2827; pass., Mt 10^3 (Cremer, 531, 881).t
4Tri-<rrpo(j>Vi,
7}

222; metaph., seq. 4^2, Lk 2232, IS^^,

Pe

Mk

{i7n<rrpi^io), [in
;

492, etc.

;]

a ttirning about
[in

47^ (mtZT) Si 1821 metaph., conversion (Field, Notes, 246)


:

LXX Ez
,

Ac

153.t

* iiri-auv-dy(i>,

LXX

for

VpS

Mk gather together : Mt 1737. (cf. Ps 101 (102)23 105 (106)*^ II Mac against (Mi 411, Za 123, i Mac 3^8, al.).t **+ ivi-(TUV-ay<i}yr\, -^9, rj (<[ iTna-vvdyw),
233" 2431,
;

Y^p etc. (Cremer, 132^, Lk 133*; pass., Mk


,

65);] 1. to
133,

Lk
*

12^

12-, al.).

2. to

gather together

[in

LXX

II

Mac
.

2"^

;]

gathering togetlver, assembly : He 102^ seq. *+ em-o-uK-Tpe'xw, to run together again :


t eiri-cruoTa(Tis,
-ca>9,
17

iiri, 11

Th 2^

(cf

u Mac, l.c.).t
l.).t

Mk
[in

92* (v.

Swete, in
:

(<^

i-7n(rvvLarTrj/xi),

LXX Nu
:

16*9 (niv)

26 (nS3

hi.),

cViWao-c?, q.v.),
(cf. -0)9, ib.

Es 5"3A*;] a gathering, a Ac 24^2, n Co 1128.t


-es

riotous throng
[in

Eec. (for
9^*

**^Tri(7<faXTis,

(<o-^aXXa),

to

cause

to fall),
2.

LXX: Wi
stronger

al.)

Ac
2.

4*)*;] 279.t
to

1.

prone
:

to fall (Plat.).

(iari^erows (Hipp., Plut.,


1.

**
I.e.).

^TT-ioxoo), [in

LXX

Si 29^,

Mac

6" *

;]

to

make

(Si,

grow stronger ; metsbiph., be more urgent : Lk 23^.t **t ^m-CTupcu'o), [in Sm. Jb 14^7, Ca 2* * ;] to heap together ; metaph.,
:

8tSao-K(iAov9, II

Ti 43.t
y)

t ^i-raYii, -^5,
118,

cVtrao-o-w), [in

LXX Da LXX 3i
:

(oanp),

Es

Wi

14i 1810 19,


7'25, II
v.

III

Mac

720*;]
li.
;

cl,

i-n-LTayfxa,

a command, Eo

Co commands,
162, I

Co

MM,
[in

88, I Ti Exp., xiv)

Tit 13 (for use in Inscr. of divine


irdarj^
i.,

fi-era

with all authority:

Tit 2i5.t
cm-Tdo-o-w,
c.

LXX
Mk

for ln^H
639,

ace. rei,

Lk

1422; g
627.t

^at. pers.,

rei,
c.

Phm 8;
SYN.
:

id. c. inf.,

ms etc. to command, cliarge Mk 127 92^, Lk 436 82^; id. c. ace. Lk 83i, Ac 232; ia. c. imperat., Mk 92^;
,
,

;]

ace. et inf.,

Mk

KeXevu).
-w,

etc. ;] to complete r\XDV 8^ 71 8*' n. Phi 1^, accomplish, execute : Eo Co 811 9"; art. inf., 11 Co of religious services (cf. Hdt., ii, 37, al.).
cTTi-TeXe'w,

[in

LXX

for

rh3

c. ace. rei,

15^*, 11

He

He

Mid., (a) to complete for oneself,


cf.
c.

Meyer, in
ace.
(cf.

1.)

Ga

33

(6)

to

pay in

Xen., Mem.,

iv, 8, 8), i

make an end (E, mg. pass., E, txt full, pay the tax, be subject to Pe 59 (pass., EV, etc. cf. Thayer, s.v.
;

ICG,

in l).t

i Ch 282, ^mxViSeios, -a, -ov, [in 2. useful, necessary : to. suitable, convenient.
:

LXX

^i
i.,

45^ j

Mac

4*^, al.

;]

necessaries,

Ja

21".

176

Manual (Jreek lexicon op the new TestamenI'


iri-Ti0T)fii,

[in

LXX
19-^
;

for

]T)3

Dltz?

etc.

;]

1.

upon: c. ace. rei, seq. im, c. ace. rei, Mt Ac 15^^ 28=5 eVt, c. gen. rei, Mt 27'^^; iv,
;

23*,
ib.
;

Lk

to lay, set or place 15^, Jo 96(WH,txt.), is^

c. dat. pers.,

23'''

(TTi4>ai'ov,

Jo

om/ma,

Mk

3l' 17

nXrjyd^,

Lk

lO^o,

aravpov, Lk Ac 1623

fTTi, c.

ace. pers.,

Ee

22^^; of the laying


9^^,

ivC, c. ace. pers.,

Mt

Mk

1&^^\

Mk
(a)

5'" 6* 732 823, Ljj 440 1313^

Ac

on of hands, r. x"pa ("5). seq. IQi^. is^ S^^ g^^ c. dat. pers., 6 S^^ 9^2 13^ 19 28^, i Ti 522. Mid.,

Ac

Mt

to provide : Ac 2S^^ (EV, _?j?f i on board ; cf. Field, Notes, 149) (6) throw oneself upon, attack : c. dat. pers., Ac IS^**. 2. to add to Ee 22^^ (v. supr., and cf. Swete, in l.).t ^m-Ti/idw, -w, [in LXX for iva, Ge ^V\ Ps 9^, Za 3^(2); Si 11^, al. ;] 1. to honour. 2. to raise in price. 3. to mete out dtce measure
;

<o

(a)

to

award;
Ju9;
Xiyu,

(b)

dat.,

Mt

826 1718 1913^

to censure, rebuke, admonish: absol., 11 Ti 42; c. 43.4i Qii 921,42,55 173 1315 43^ 822 IQi^,

Mk

Lk

1939,
X.iyiv,

seq. ha,
etc.,

Mt
1622,

12i6 I620 203i,

Mk
l^

3^2 83o lO^^,

Lk

1839; seq.

Mt
17

Mk

125

Q^-i

925^

435 23*o.t

SYN.
franchise.

eAcyxti), q.v.

mTip.ia, -as,
2.

As

(<^ eTrtTi/Aaw), [in LXX: Wi 31"*;] 1. citizenship, in Inscr. (LS, s.v.), LXX, I.e. (= el. to eiriTtfitov),
:

ptmishment, j)enalty
ciri-Tp^irw, [in

11

Co

2^.t
v.l. Ittkttp-)
:

LXX

(usually with
2.

Ge
:

39" (nTV), etc.

;]

1.
c.

to

turn

to,

commit, entrust.

to yield,

permit

Co

16",

He

6'

5^3, Jo 193S; id. e. inf. (cf. dat. pers., 832 959, 61^ Ac 213. *o 273, I Ti 212 Lk c. inf., inf., Ac 261 28I6, i Co 1434.t
;

Mk

M,

Mk

Pr., 205), Mt 821 198, 10*. Pass., c. dat. et

* ^TriTpoireuo) (<^ eTriTpoTros, a procurator), to govern: Lk 31 (WH, mg., for i7ye/xwvo'Tos, an obvious correction for precision). ** i-nL-rporrr], -}?, 17 (<^ CTrirpcTrco), [in II Mac 131**;] ^Qi^er to decide, authority : Ac 26i2.t ** 'mTpoTTos, -ov, 6 cVtrpeVco), [in II Mae lli I32 142*;] 1. an administrator, a stetvard : Mt 20^, Lk 83. % a guardian (e. gen.

LXX

LXX

pers.,

11

Mac,

11.

c.)

Ga

42.t

im-TUYx<i''w, [in

LXX: Ge

392

(^1,3^ ^i.),

Pr

1227 (:j-in)*;] 1. to
cl.).

light upon. 2. to obtain, attain to : Ja 42, c. gen. rei (as in 615 1133; c. ace. (late Gk.), Eo 11^ (Eec. rovTov).i
em-(}>aii'w,

He
2.

[in

LXX
17

for "iiN

hi.,
c.

etc.

;]

1.

to

show forth.
1^9;

(=pass.
Tit 3*
;

in cl.) to

appear: Ac 272";
(Cremer, 567).

dat. pers.,

Lk

metaph.,

e.

dat., ib. 2ii

eTTi4>cIi'eia, -a?,

7rt(^ai/rys),

[in

LXX

II

Ki

723 (x-^ij),

Es

51,

Am
and
ance

522, II

Mac

221 32* 5* I222 141^ 1527,

m Mac 2^
(v.

5^. si *;]

(in late

Gk.

Inscr., freq. of deities, v.


:

MM,

Exp.,
,

II

Th
Jl

28, I

Ti

61*, 11

Ti li"

41.

xiv), a manifestation, appearTit 2i3 (cf. M, Th., 148 f.).t

^Tri4)afiis, -S {<C. iTTLtfyaLvo)), [in

LXX
623,

Thayer,

s.v.) for N'^'lJ

etc.,

Jg

18,

211' 31,

al;

11

Mac
of

Mac

535,

^1.;]

renowned,
:

illustrious, notable:

Ac

22*' (i^^^)

(cf.

MM,

Exp., xiv).t
q.v.),

t m-<}>au<TKa> (variant

form

ctti^wo-zco),

[in

LXX

Jb 25*

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


{bni( hi.) 3126 419(10)
(1,1,-,

177
5^*

(on

v.l. -if/avcrei, V.
^Tri-<|>ep&>,

ICC,

hi.)*;] to shine forth: Westc, AE, in l.).t


;]

fig., c.

dat.,

Bph

[in
to

LXX chiefly for rhvj


impose, inflict
:

1.

to

bring upon or against

Kpidiv,

Ju

^.

2.

Eo

3^.t

**c'm-4.w>'<u, -i, [in

LXX

to call out,
Xe'yovres,

shout:
2321;

c.

ace. rei,

Es 9*"AE, ii Mac 123, Ac 21^*; c. dat. pers.,

Mac

ib.

7^3*;] 222^; seq.

Ac 1222.f 419<i<> A (Bx, ^TTK^avW-) * ;] ^m-4>i5aK(a, [in LXX for bbn hi., Jb 1. to let shine. 2. to daivn (cf. MM,Exp., xiv): Lk 23^^; seq. cis, Mt 28i.t Es 925; ^aa, II Ch cmxcipe'u, -w xetp). [in LXX for norn 20^1, al. ;] 1. to put one's hand to. 2. to take in hand, attempt c. inf., Lk 11, Ac 929 1913 f Ge 28i^, al. ;] to pour upon cTTt-xc'w, [in LXX chiefly for ps^
oj-^t. rect.,
,
,

Lk

Lk

1034. t

Tri-xopT)Y^a), -5, [in LXX: Si 2522, ^ j^^c 4^ A*;] to supply, provide : c. ace. rei, 11 Pe 1^ id. c. dat. pers., 11 Co d^^, Ga 3^ pass., Col 219, II Pe 111 (cf_ ^oprjyew, and v. MM, Exp., xiv).t *+ cm-xopTjyia, -as, 17 (<[ cVt^^opr^yeoj) a supply : Eph 41", Phi 119. t ** cm-xpiw, [in Sm. Ez 131'^ 22^* * ;] to spread on, anoint : c. ace, 911 Jo id. seq. eTrt, c. ace, Jo 9" (cf. MM, Exp., xiv).t * eTT-oiKoSofi^w, -w, in NT, always metaph., of the spiritual life regarded as a building (Cremer, 449) 1. to build upon : i Co 3i'' i2 1* pass., Eph 220. 2. to build u,p : Col T, 1 Pe 2^ (T, otVoS- WH, Eec),

**

Ju2o.t
cir-okoiidl^u, [in

LXX
2i'^.t
:

chiefly for N"lj5


93^ (IQi*)

;]

to

name,
to 2i2 32.
51,

call

by a tmme,
(in

surname

pass.,

Eo
[in
cf.

** iTT-oirr^iiu,,
as an overseer;

Sm.
Ps,
6,

Ps

32 (33)"*;]
:

watch
11

Horn.,
735^

11.

c), look

upon
(of

Pe

**
III

'TT<5TrrT)s,

-ov,
1.

[in

LXX

God):
11.

Es

Mac

3^9

Mac

221*;]

an

overseer

116 (of . as applied to God, the use of this term in the mysteries,
s.v.).t
ciros, -cos (-ovs),
etTretv (cL),

c). 2. a spectator: 11 Pe v. parallels in Inscr., Exp., xiv; of

(LXX,

MM,
11

v.

Mayor on
7^,

Pe,

I.e.

Thayer,
:

TO,
:

[in

LXX

Za

Si

44-''

*;]

a word

ws

1.

SO to speak

He

79. t
;

I.,

Syn. : Xoyos, reasoned speech ; prjfxa, mere articulated utterance the articulated expression of a thought.
eiToupdi'ios, -ov

(<; ovpavosi), [in


339, III

LXX

Ps 67

(68)i*
411

(^^),

Da th

423

(N^OBT),

II

Mac

Mac

628 76^ ly

Mae

AE,

113 j^*.j ^^

or of heaven, heavenly (in Horn., of the Gods):

and

ol i., opp. to c7rtyot KaraxOovLoi, Phi 21'^; to xotVo's, I Co 15^8,49. o-^i^ara (v. Lft., Col., 4I8; Trarpis, 111" 'UpovaaXrjfi, 376), I Co 15*0; ^aatXeia, II Ti 1222; ^x^Jo-is (cf. Lft. on Phi 314), 31 t^l i., S^ 923; opp. to cTTiyetos, Jo 312; id., of the heavenly regions, Eph 13.20 26 310 6i2-

He

He

He

He

71

Scopea

ri

c.,

He

6* (Cremer, 468).

12

178

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


iirrd, ol, al, rd, indecl.,

seven

Mt

12** 18^^

(cf. eySSo/ATjKOVTaxis),

Mk

85, al.

oI

.,

Ac

218.

^TTTdKis, adv.,

iiTTaKtCTxiXioi, -at, -a,

seven times: Mt IS^i-^^, Lk 17^t seven thoiisand : Eo 11*.

iwrairXaaluiv, -ov, gen., -ovo, [in


al.;]

LXX

for U^TST^XO

Ps 78 (79)^^
txt.,

V.

WH,

sevenfold: Lk IS^o Notes, 62). t


'Epao-Tos, -ov, 6,
ii

(WH,
;

mg., for TroXAaTrX-

WH,
16-3.t

RV;

Erastus
2.

1.

a companion of St. Paul, Ac 19^^,

and prob.

Ti

420.

The

treasurer of Corinth,

Ro
;

^paukdu, -w, late


Pr., 46), [in

form
7*^

of ipevydu)
i

(Rec,

11.

c.

cf.

Bl., 6, 1;
pi.,

M,

LXX,

ipew- (exc.

Ch

193 a), for izrsn

ipn,

etc.;]

to search, examine : 223; seq. orat. obliq.,

Jo
I

c.

ace. rei,

Jo

5^^,

Ro
bVB

8^^^, i

Co

2^",

Re

Pe

l^^.t

SYN.

V.S. i^erd^w.

cpYd^ofiai (<pyoi'), [in intrans., (a) to work, labour:

LXX

for
i

iny
Co

HiZTr,

etc.;]

1.

Ac
4*'
^

183,
I

Co 9^
29, II

II

^^epas,
;

Th

Mt Th 3i-i2 t. x^po-tV, Th 38; of working for


;

2128,

Lt
4^2, i

I31*,

Jo
4^1
;

S^^

9*^

pay,

Mt

wkt^s k. 2128; for reward, Ro

Th

at a trade or business, to trade : seq. eV (Dem.), Mt 25^". 2. Trans., (a) to worfc, work out, do, produce, perform : c. ace, II Co 710, Col 323, II Th 311, Ja 120, II Jo 8, seq. cis, iii Jo * ipyov, Ac 1341 (LXX). id. seq. 19, Mt 26i; iv, 14; Ipya, Jo 321 ; t^i L t. O^oi, ^v Jo 628 94 I ^p^'ov, I Co 1610 ; T. dya^d;/, Ro 2i, Eph 428 (v. AR, Eph.,
(&) to

work

Mk

190)

id.

ace. in

cl.),

seq. Trpo?, Ga 6^'^ kukov, seq. dat. pers. (more freq. dupl. 1133; avo/xtav, Mt 723; Ro I31O; SiKatoavyrjv, Ac 103^,
;

He

dfiapTiav,

Ja

2^

crrjiJ.c'LOV,

Jo

63**

T.

Upd,
it),

Co
18^''

913
;

T.

^dXao-crav

{wofk

the sea,

i.e.

make
:

one's living from

Re

(6) to
;

work

for, earn

by tvorking (cl.) Jo 62" (of. /car-, Trcpi-, 7rpoo--epyd^o/xai on the force of the aorist of this verb, v. M, Pr., 116).
cpyaaia,
1.
-a?,
17

Cremer, 258;
Hlhir
etc.;]

epyov),

[in

LXX

for

n^N^O

work, business: Ac 16i^'i9 192*25; 86^ i, (Lat. da operam), Lk 2. working, p)erformance : Eph 4i^.t **pYdTT)s, -OV, 6 6pyd^o/xai, q.v.), [in LXX: Wi 17^^ Si 19^ 40^8^ I Mac 3* * ;] 1. -prop., a field labourer, hiisbandman: Mt 93"' 3^ 20^' 2> 8^ Lk 102, Ja 5* (cf. Wi, I.e.). 2. Generally, a workman, labourer Mt 1010, Lk 10", Ac 192" (opp. to Tcx.iVr;?), i Ti 518; of Christian teachers, 11 Co lli3, Phi 32, 11 Ti 2i*. 3. a tvorker, doer : t. dSiKLat,
12'8.

Lk

1327

(cf. I

Mac,
-ov,

l.c.).t

epyof,

TO
,

(originally Fipyov, work),

[very freq. in
,

LXX,
;

chiefly for nt^JT

n^K^O

also for

niny

bys

etc.

;]

1.

work, task,

employment : Mk 133*, Jo 43* 17*, Ac I32, Phi I22 230, ^ tj^ 513^ al. of an enterprise or undertaking (De IS^o, "Wi 2^2), Ac 538. 2. a deed, action Tit ll^ Ja 125 listing, from Aoyos, Lk 241^, Ro IS^s, n Th 21^, I Jo 318; iy xdyots K. I., Ac 722 of acts of God, Jo 93, Ac 13*1(1'^^), He
:
.

410,

Re
;

152*

153; of Christ, Mt IP; esp. in Jo, e.g. 520.36 73 1038 I411.12 in ethical sense, of human actions (AR, Eph., 190), bad or good,

MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Mt Ga
Col
233,
6*.

179

Lk

11*8,

Jo
l^^,

320,21^

ja
; ;

2i4ff-

3^^,
t.
.

Ee

Ja

1*, i

Pe
Ti

Ee

22i2
al.

t^

|.

6fjLov,

2^ 3^; t6 I, collectively, Eo 2^5 |. d.ya06v, Eo 2\


;

Th 1^, 11 Th lH; I TTOvqpd, Col 1^\ II Jo 11 (XKapTra, Eph SH . do-e/Sctas, ve/cpa, He 6^ 91* Ju 15 T. o-zcdrovs, Eo 1312, Eph 511 I ^^^o^^ Ro 320, 28_ Ga 2i 32. s. 10. 3i^"i*; i Co 3. that which is wrought or made, a work t. x'P<^' Ac

110, II 5i, cl.),

Th

217,
I

Tit li,
5i'25^
;

Mt
;

He

koAoV, Mt 26^^, 10^*; I. Trt'o-reo;?,


;

Mk
I

14

pi. (as freq. in

7*1

of the

works
1420.
[in

of

God,

He

lio
;

y^

k.

rk iv

airrj I, 11

Pe
i

3i**
;

to

I.

T. eeov,

Eo

cpcOi^ai,
II

LXX: Da LXX

llio=25

(ma

hithp.),
:

Mac

15*",

141^ etc;] 1. to stir up, provoke (as in cl.) Col 321. 2. In good sense (cf. ipeOLa-fj.6<i, excitement, in MGr.), to stir up, stimulate
II

Mac

Co

92.t

cpciSo) (chiefly in poets and late prose for ipvyydvw), [in for "^QH (Pr 4* 5^ lli", al.), etc. ;] to prop, fix firmly : act., as mid., cpcio-awa, of a ship driving ashore (EV, struck), Ac 27*i.t
epcuyoftcii, [in
,

LXX

lli^, 3*'8, al. chiefly for iSUf, also for V22 Ps 18 (19)2, etc. ;] 1. to spit or spue out. 2. Prop., of oxen (Horn.), to bellow, roar; whence, as in LXX, to speak aloud, utter: Mt 1335 (LXX) (Yqj. other examples of softened force of words in
;

LXX

Ho

Am

late Gk., cf. crcvAAw, rpwyo), )(opTd^(j).) t

cpcucdu, -w. V.S. ipavvdu).


eprjuta, -as,
1?

e>r;/xos), [in

LXX

Is 6020,

Ez 35* (mri

ny\n),

ib.

359 (nip5)),
ness
:

Wi

1717, Si 4717,
8*, 11

Ba

4^3, iv

Mt

1533,

^k

Co

112,

Mac He IV^f
-ov,

18^*;] a solitude, wilder-

Iprifios

(in older

Gk.

iprjfio<i),

[in

LXX
al.),

chiefly for

H^ip;]

solitary, lonely, desolate, deserted : (a) of persons, yw-q, Ga (b) 13^ 632, ljj 442 912^ al.; as of places, Mt 14i3.i5 2338 (WH, om.),
42'' (i-^^);

Mk
32,

subst.,

17

Mk

13.*,

Jo

(sc. x^P"^'' *s 31*, al. ; pi., al

ill

Hdt.,
[in

ii,

the

desert,

Mt

3i'3,

I.,

desert places,

Lk

l^o 51^ 829.

cpr]p,6a),

-w (<^
:

epr]p.o<;),

LXX
lli^,

for i")n hi.,

DOST

ni., etc.

;]

to

desolate, lay waste

Mt
17

122^,

Lk
;

Ee

17i I8I6. i^.t


for DUSOr,
7^*

1 4piii|iwais, -cws,

{<^ipr)/x6<jy), [in

LXX

Le

263*'

72(73)19,

Da

92^

lisi
:

12ii, al.

nain, Je

22^

al.;]

Ps a making
35,

desolate, laying waste 15*), Mt 2415 (Lxx)^


ipllo}

Lk

212^; ySStAvy/xa
for
[in

iprjfjiwa-euis

(Da,

11.

c,

Mac
:

Mk

13i*"i''.t

(< Ipts),

[in

LXX
rj,

m)D
Sm.
:

etc.

;]

to wrangle, strive

Mt

1219

(LXX,

KKpciCeTai)A
-eia), -as,

**ipiQia, (T, cl,

Ez 23"*;]
;

(on the origin and


52";

history of the word, v. Hort, Ja., 81 ff. 262), ambition, self-seeking, rivalry : Ja
ot f
II
c.,

Ellic.
31*' i"
;

on Ga

Cremer,

Eo

28,

Phi 11^
520.+

pi. (Bl., 32,

6;

WM,

Kar Ipidtav, Phi 23 220; Swete, Mk., 153),


Is li^, al.

Co

1220,

Ga

epiov, -ov, TO, [in

LXX

for iJpX

Le 13*^

;]

wool

He

919,

Ee

li*.t

180

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


epis, -iSo?,

(on the declension, v. BL, 8, 3; App., 157), ^, [in LXX: Ps 138 (139)'''o, Si 28^ iO^'^*;] strife, wrangling, conte7ition: Ro l^^ IS^^, i Co 3^, ii Co 122o, Ga S^o, Phi 1^\ i Ti 6*, Tit 30; pi. (v.s. ipieta), Eo 13^3, mg.t mg., i Co 1^\ Ga, I.e., **t ipi^iov, -ov, TO (dim. of >(^os, q.v.), [in To 2^3 * ;] Mt 25^3,

acc,

epiv

WH,

WH,

WH,

LXX

Lk

IS-^o (></,ov,
?pi<t>os,

WH,
[in

txt.).+

-ov,

LXX

chiefly for

nj

;]

a kid

Mt

25^2,

Lk

15^9,

WH,
Ro
an

txt.t
'Epjxds, -a,

acc, -av (Doric form of

'Epfirj^:),

Hermas, a Christian

161*.+
ip\ij]Via, V.S. kpixrjVLa.
ipp.r\veKjT(]<i, -ov,

6 (<^ ipp^rivevw)

[in

LXX

for

yih

hi.,

Ge

42^3 *jj

interpreter

IpfiTjKeu'o),

explain.

2.

to

(WH, mg.).+ Co [in LXX: ii Es 4^ (Da-jl?), Es 10^ Jb interpret Lk 24^7 (WH, mg.), Jo V^^
i

14^8

42i8*;]
97^

1.

to

He

72.+

4pp,T)cia (T, cl., -ei'a), -as,

r)

(<^pfjir]vevw), [in
i Co Hermes;
:
:

LXX

(-eia). Si,

prol.

^*

471^

Da

LXX
:

51*;] interjrretation

12i
(a)

U^^A
the Greek god
:

'EpfiTis, -ov,

acc,
14^2
;

'Ep/x^u, 6,
(6)

(Lat.

Mercurius)

Ac

a Christian

Eo

IQ^'^A
11

'Epfioyenfjs, -ovs, o,
cpiTCToi', -ov,

Hermogenes, a Christian

Ti 1^^+
,

TO (<; Ipiroi, to crawl), [in creeping thing, reptile : Ac 10^2 \\^^ jjq l^^,
^pu0p6s,
-a, -ov, [in

LXX chiefly for iZTQI


Ja
;

1^X0

;]

3".+

LXX

for

DIN

Is 632

L edkaa-aa
7^^,

for ;)m"Q!

Ex

1019, al.

;]

red

i.

OdXaaaa, the
very freq. for

Bed

Sea,
,

Ac

He

1129.+

epXO)iai, [in

LXX
1.

NH

also for

^bn

ni.,

nHX
Eo

etc.,

34 words
seq.
8ta
dTTo',

in all

;]

to

come
:

(a)
S^,
Ik,

of persons, either as arriving or

returning from elsewhere

Mt
;

Mk
Lk
;

G^i,

Lk 7^ Jo
al.
;

42^,
eis,

Q^, al.
129, al.

(Cremer, 263 f., but v.s. ev), Eo 1529, i Co 421 Jo 1933, ^1. Kara, c. acc, Lk 1033 Ac 16^; Trapa, c gen., Lk 8*9; c. acc, Mt 1529, Mk 9^*, al. c dat. comm., 25.ie; with adverbs: tto'^cv, incomm. (M, Pr., 75, 245), Mt 21^ Ee Jo 38, al. dvwOiv, Jo 331 ^TTio-^cv, Mk 52^ S^^, Mt 829 i^f,^ Jq iqz with purpose expressed TTov, He 11^ seq. Iws, Lk 4*2 dxpi, Ac 11^ by inf., Mk 5^*, Lk 1^9, al. by fut. ptcp., Mt 27*9; Tva, Jo 129; ^i^ TovTo, ha, Ac 921 8ta, c acc, Jo 129; before verbs of action, epx^rat Kai, 7}X0 KaL, etc. Mk 2^^, Jo 6^\ al. epxov Kal Kt, Jo 1*^ 113* ^xOwv (redundant; Dalman, Words, 20 f.), Mt 2^ 8^ Mk 72*, Ac 1639, ^1,
;

Ittl,

Mk seq. ts, Mk V^ c acc, Mk 6^3


;

535 71,

Jo
^v

32, al.

5i7,

Jo ^^\

Mk

11^3,

similarly ipxofJievo^, Lk 152^, al. of coming into public view esp. of the Messiah (6 ipxofxevo^, Mt 113, ^1. v. Cremer, 264), Lk S^^, Jo 425 hence, of Jesus, Mt 1V\ Lk 73*, Jo 5*3, al. of the second coming, Mt 1023, Ac 1^, i Co 4^ i Th 52, al. (b) of time ipxovrai Bl., ^ 56, 8), Lk 2329, He 8(^^^); fut., Mt 91^, riiJLipat (pres. for fut.
; : ;

Mk

220, al.
;

^pxirai ^pa, ore,


rjpiepa r.

Jo
I

4-1. 23^ al.

^X^cv, iXyXvOe

r,

wpa,

1632 171

17

Kvpiov,

Th

52;

xaipot,

Ac

319; (c) of things

Jo 131 and

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


events
:

181

KaraKXva/xo^,
(v.

Lk
1.).

17^^

Xi/u.os,

Ac
t.

Mk
to

421
17

Swete, in

Metaph.,
^
cVtoXt?,

7^^ 7 dyaed,
;

I310;

TTtoTts,

Ga
;

323.25;
t.

Eo
;

6 Xvxvo^, ; WAciov, i Co eV t. 7; with prejpositions


opyrj, 1
l^**

Th
t.

Eo 3^

e\ifw<!,

Ee

71''

ts

X^^P"*'.

^k

5^6

ets iretpaa-fiov,

ib.

14"^

al.

2.

go:
;

SirCaw,

c.

gen. (Heb. nqi< ^^ri),


2**.
iir-,

Mt

162^,
81-,

Mk
CIS,

8^\

Lk

923; ^^v,
nap-eta--,
crvv-

Jo 21^

686y,
i^-,

Lk

(Cf.

dv-,

eV-av-,

ttTT-,

in-eicr-,

(rvv-Lcr-,

Sl-$-,

Kar-, nap-,

avTi-Trap-,

nept-,

npo-, npoa-,

>xo/xai.)

Syn.

TTopevofxai, xu)piw (v,

Thayer,

s.v. epxo/xai.).

cpw, V.S. Acyo), p. 496.


ipuT&u),
-u),

[in

LXX

chiefly for ^NlZr;] 1. to ask, question

(c1.)

Lk 193i 228, Jo 81'^ c. ace. pers., Jo 921 le^^.so 1821; ggq. Xcyw, Mt 1613, Lk 233, Jo 119.21 512 919 165. c. dupl. ace. (WM, 32, c. ace. pers., seq. 4a), Mt 2124, Mk 410, Lk 203, Jo 1623 (M, Pr., 66) 9*5_ Jo 1819. Gk. (Milligan, NTD, 51; not, as 2. In late irepL, Lk Cremer, 716, Thayer, s.v., a "Hebraism"), = aheoj (q.v.), to ask, 14^^. i^, Phl 4^; request: c. ace. pers., Jo 14^^; seq. imperat., Lk Xeyov, Mt 1523, Jo 1221 seq. ?va (M, Pr., 208), Mk 726, Lk 736 1627, Jo 447 1715 1931,38^ I Th 41^ II Jo 5 OTTO)?, Lk 73 1137, Ac 2320 c. inf., Lk 53 837, Jo 440^ Ac 33 lO-'s 2318, I Th 512 c. ace. pers., seq. ntpi, Lk 438, Jo 179-20, I Jo 5I6; inep, II Th 2l2; TOi (WH, txt., om. ra) Trpos flprjVTfv, Lk 1432 (cf. 81-, iTT-epwTOiw).
absol.,
;
.

SVN.
[in

V.S. atTCw.
f)

**(j-6tjs, -^tos,

LXX:
Ac
:

Es

87i.73^

{<ivwp.i, to clothe; hence, ia-Orj^, Lk, 11. c, Elz.), n Mac 83^ lis*;] clothing, raiment: Lk 23ii
[in

244,

1030 1221, Ja 22. 3.t


-w?,
Tj,

**la0Tiais,

LXX:

pi.,

11

Mae

333,

Mac

li*;]

clothing
to

pi.,

Ac

lio.t

ivQ'iu),

and

(poet,

and

eat; (a) absol.: Mt this aor. form, v. M, Pr., Ill),

late prose) eaOw, [in 63i, 1420.21, Jo 43i,

LXX
al.
;

chiefly for
ev t.

^DX ;]
(on

Mk

<t>ayely

Co
3i,

II21; gtg^^^ai

<l>ayLv, c.

dat. pers.,

Mk
Lk Lk

5*3, al.

food and
530, al.

Kal ttiWv, Mt 625. drink, i Co 9" II22 of


;

c.

Lk 107, al.; of ordinary use of partaking of food at table, Mk 2i


Lk
1,

opp. to fasting,
:

Mt
62^,
;

llis,

12*5

(5) c. ace. rei

Mt

Mk

Jo

538, al. 63i,


S..,

of revelling,

Mt

24*9

DO^ bSN), Mt
gen. pers.,
al
;

152,

Mk

320, al.

11

Th

3^; ra seq.
I i

t^ iavTov id., Lk 107;


1120
.

11

Eo Th
Co

142,
312
;

al.
5.

Siprov

(Heb
I412

seq. nap6.,

^^ j^dcrxa,

Mt
;

26i7,

Mk
(

T.

KvptaKOv SeiTTvov,

part, gen.),
728;

Jo

626.5o,5i^
to

Co Co

^^ 0v(TLa<;, I
^-^^

lOi^

seq. Ik

cl

1128;

(cf.

Heb. jQ bsx), Mt
Ja
6,

1527,

Mk

metaph.,

devour, consume:

He

1027,

5^,

Ee

I71*

(cf. /car-,

(rvv-ecrdioi)

'EaXci (Eee. 'Eo-At, v.

WH,

Notes, 155),
72, Si

Esli,

an ancestor
i

of

Jesus Lk 32 5. t ** ia-oTTxpoi', 1312, Ja 123.t


:

-ov, 6, [in

LXX: Wi

12ii*;] a mirror:

Co

eonr^pa, -as,

17

(prop. fem. of Ij-mpos), [in

LXX

chiefly for

n^y ;]

182
(a)
(sc.

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


<2.pa),

evening:
-'/,

Lk

2429,

Ac

4^ 20^5 2823; (J) (sc. x<^pa). ^^^

west.i
^(nrepik(5s,

-ov

the

more

freq. to-n-eptos, -a, -ov), [in


;]

LXX for
Lk
46^2,

n")y, IV
1238

Ki

16^*,

Ps 140
Lk,

(141)2, al.

of the evening, evening:

(WH, ^ujg ^)t


'Eapcifi ('Eo-pwv,
I.e.
;

Rec.

'Eo-p-), 6

(Heb. lllin

Ge

Nu

2621,
I.e.
;

ch
Lk

25,

al.),
;]

[in

LXX

WH,

408)

Esrom

both forms, ut supr. (cf. ICC, on Mt, (AV), Hezron (RV), an ancestor of Jesus

Mt

13,

333.t
'Ecr/Dcoyu,.

'Eapuiv, 'Ecrp-, V.S.

eoxaTos,

-q,
;

-ov,

[in

LXX
:

ehiefly

for

rfinx

]iin8;] last,

of the lowest or least honoured place, gen. part., Ac 1^ 13^"; {b) of time: Mt Lk eo-xarov, 2012.14^ 12.22, opp. to TrpiLros, Mt 208, I Co 15*^ Re 2^^, al. ra t. of the Eternal, 6 Trpwros Ka) Kal T. Trpwra, Mt 12*^ Lk ll^", II Pe 22" jj^ phrases relating to the Messianic age and the 6 ., Re 1^^ 2^ 22^3 consummation of the Kingdom of God iir iaxdrov {-wv) t. rj/jifpwv, He 12, II Pe 33 t. xpo'^^v, i Pe 12" I. wpa, i Jo 2^^ iir i. XP^^^> Ju^s. ly I rip.ipai% Ac 2^'', Ja 53, II Ti 3^; neut., laxaTov, as adv., 935, i Co 4^. 1222, I Co 158 (c) of rank *eCTxaT(iis, adv., extremely, utterly ; i. exetv (= Lat. in extremis esse), only in late writers (cf. iv eVxarots uai, FIJ, Ant., ix, 8, 6), to be 523. at the jJoint of death :

utmost, extreme
liy-i";
T.

(a) of place
c.

Mk

Mk

Mk

Mk

CTu,

Ion.

and old Att. form

of cto-w

ek), adv., [in

LXX for np^35


:

etc.

;]

1.
c.

prop., after verbs of


gen.,

motion
freq. in
^i i

{to)
cl.

within, into
el.

Mt
Co

26^^,

Mk
h
|.

145*;
rest,

Mk

15^^.

2,

As

(=

IvSov), after
4^a)),
i

verbs of
5^2;

within: Jo 202^, Ac 523;

(opp, to
for

oi

S.vOp<oTro^,

Ro
1.

722, II

Co

4i,

Eph
[in

3i6.t

eaa)0K

(< ecro)),

adv.,
:

LXX
72I' 23,
I.,

n^33,
11".
id. c.

^55^ and cognate


2.

forms

;]

2325,27,28^ II

from within Co 75, Ee 48


-a,

Mk
;

Lk
11*0;

wi^/im

Mt

7^*

51

to

Lk

gen., ib.39.t

eCTCJTcpos,

-ov

(compar. of
:

eo-w),
.j.^

[in

LXX
6i9.t

chiefly for ^p^35

and cognate forms;] inner


Iraipos, -ou,
6,
;]

Ac

162*;

^^

gg

[in

LXX

chiefly for

JT")

and cognate forms,

also

a companion, comrade: Mt 11^^ (WH, cTepois) voc, as term of address, my friend : Mt 20^3 22^2 2650.t **+ ^Tp6-YXa)<Taos (Att. -TTos), -ov, [in Aq. Ps 113 (114)\ Is 331^*;] 142^ (aliter of alien speech, of another tongue (v. Cremer, 681) i Co
Si 11^
372'^-,

al.

in
63

LXX).t
*t cTepoSiSao-KaXeu, -w, to teach other or different doctrine Milligan, NTD, 102).t (cf. CGT, in 1.
;

Ti 13

*t iTepo-ioyeu, -w, [in

LXX cf.
c.

irepoCvyo^,
11

Le

19^9 (d;'8^3)*;] to be

unequally yoked

metaph.,

dat. pers.,

Co

6i*.t

MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Zrcpos,
-a,

183

-ov,

[in

LXX
6),

chiefly for lOJ*?;] distributive pron.,

prop, dual (BL,


late
c. art.,

13,

5; 51,

denoting the second of a pair, but in

f.); 1. of number, other; the other; (a) of two, Lk 5^ Q^", al. ; opp. to 6 tt/owto?, Mt 2130; 6 cts, Mt 6", Lk 7*1, Ac 23, al. I. /xv the one the I. Se', other: i Co 15*"; the next: Lk 6^ 9^6 (sc. ^/^epa, Xen.), Ac 20^5 27^; 6 irXrjaLov, one's neighbour : Eo 2^ 13^, i Co 6^, al. (b) of more
; . .
. .

Gk. encroaching on aAAos (M, Pr., 79

than two, another


2^3;
2.

Mt

8^^ 11^,

Lk
84,

6 225,

Jo

oifih...

5AAot 8k
2*, I

... I
142i,

Mt

le^*;

Eo 8^^ al. pi., Ac nvh ... I. 8i, Lk lli.


19^7,
;

Of kind or

quality, other, another, different (Plat.,

Dem.,

al.)

Mk
ff.).

16C12],

Lk

929,

Ac

Co

Qq ^4^ q^

16^ al. (cf. Tepo-yXa,o-o-os,

-8t8acr*ca\<o, -^vycw).

Syn.

^Tcpws, adv., differently, otherwise

aAAos, q.v. (v. reff. ut supr., also Eobertson, Gr., Phi S^^.t :

748

In, adv., ^e^, as ye^, still; 1. of time; (a) of the present (adhuc) Mk 535, j Co 3^ 15i7, Ga l^o, al. (b) of the past, mostly c. impf. Mt 12*, Lk 8*9 1520, Jq 20\ Ac 9^, Eo 5^.8, ii Th 2^, He 7i 98, al. (c) of the future Lk ll^ ii Co l^o (d) with a neg. Mt 5^3, Lk 162 203, He 102, Ee 3^2 203, al. 2. Of degree, even, yet, still, further : c. compar., Phi 1^, He 7^^; of what remains, Mk 12, Jo 43^ 733, al; of what is added, Mt 18i 26*, He 1132 1226,27. of continuance apart from the idea of time, Eo 3" 62 9^^^ Qa 5^^ en 8e, Ac
:

22 (LXX)^

He

1136

In

T Ka(,

Lk

1426,

Ac

2128.

chiefly for p3 hi. (Hatch, Essays, (<^ hoLfios), [in 51 fif.) ;] to prepare, make ready ; (a) absol., of hospitable preparation 1415, Lk 9^2 1247 229.12; c. inf., Mt 26i7; Tva, 14^2; (6) c. ace. 14i6, Lk I220 178 228. 13 2356 241, Jo I42. rei Mt 22* 26^\ 3, Phm 22,
cToijAdj^u
:

LXX

Mk
Ee

Mk

Mk

God's ordaining coming events (Dalman, Words, 128) of blessing, Mt 2023 253*, Mk 10*o, Lk 2^\ I Co 29, He lli, Ee 12 of judgment, Mt 25*i of preparation for the Messiah, t. 680^ KvpLov, Mt 33, Mk 13, Lk 1^6 3* d-^) (c) c. ace. pers.
9''

16^2

seq.

ci's,

11
;

Ti 22^

of

Lk V\ Ac

2323,

Ee

19^, seq. ?va,


rj

Ee
33,

8; ek,

11

Ti

221,

^Toinao-ia, -as,

{<^ cTot/ia^w, q.v.), [in


11

LXX
wi

Ee 9^.15 212.t for p3 hi., p j]3lp


,

and cognate forms,

Es
(6)

28

Ps

Na
{a)

23(*>,

preparation (LXX e.g. 1. t. KapStas, Ps 938 (1017)) Eph &-\ EV. 2. fo^mdation, firm footing (Ps 88 (89)^*) Eph, I.e. (Hatch, Essays, 55 Exp. Times, ix, 38 but v. also Abbott, Essays, 95). cToinos, -ov, also (in cl. after Thuc.) -r} (11 Co 9^ i Pe 1^), -ov, [in
; ;
:

Za 6^\ Ez readiness (Hipp.)

43ii,

Da th

117,2o,2i_

938(10^7) 64(65)9 88 (89)^*, 13^2 *;] 1. = kToi,x6j-qs,

LXX chiefly for


(a) of
yi8-q

]'ID3

]i3!p (cf
8,

Hatch, Essays, 51
14^5, 11

ff.)

;]

prepared, ready ;

things

Mt

22*.

Mk
inf.

Co

9^ 1Q^\

Pe

1^

Ipxeade 5ti

TOifi<i

60-TIV

persons:
c.

inf.,

Mt Lk 2223;
c.

(Field, Notes, 67), Lk 14^7; 6 Kaipos, Jo 7^; (b) of 24** 25^\ Lk 12*o, Ac 232i geq. ^^^^ Tit 3^, i Pe 3i;
;

toC,

c.

(WM,

44.

4a; Eobertson, Gr., 1068),

Ac

2315; iv

Ixw

(MM, Exp.,

xiv), c. inf., 11

Co

10.+

184

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


^Toi'/xcus,

adv., [in
to be

LXX LXX
;

ii

Es

7^^-,

Da
;

LXX
MM,
:

th

3i*;] readily
:

Pe 4^ Ac 2113,
al.
I

i.

i)^o^,

ready

(Deiss.,

BS, 252

Exp., xiv)

c. inf.,

ji

Co i2Uf
for n:tS^;]

Tos, -ovs, TO, [in


;

a year

hrj 'xv, Jo 55 8" etvai, yCveadai, irwv, 5^ dat. pi. of space of time, Jo 22", Ac I32** Ti
;

Lk 3^ He 1^^ Ee 20^, Mk 5*2, Lk 2*2, Ac 422,


;

ace. in ans. to

how

long

Mt 920, Mk 52^, Lk 2^6, Ac 7^ He 39, al. preceded by a prep. dTr6, Lk 8*3, Eo 1523; ^Ld, c. gen. (v.s. Sui), Ac 241% Ga 2^; cV, Ac 24i0; cts, Lk 12^9; cTTi, c. ace, Ac IQ^"; /xerd, c. ace, Ga 1^^ S^"^ irpo, c. gen., II Co 122 ^ar Itos, yearly, Lk 2*^
?
;

SVN.
u,

cKtauTos, q.v.

cf.

LS,

S.v. cvtauTo's.

adv. (prop, neuter of old Epic i5s, good, noble), [in LXX, (v yiyyiaOai, ev irouiv (itlj^) ;] well : (.v yiv., Eph 63 (LXX) ^j; Troicrv, C. dat. 14''' (cf. Si 12^' 2), to do good, (where Nestle suggests evTroiciv, q.v.) i! TrpacraeLv, to fare well, Ac 152^; in replies (= evye), good ! well done ! Mt 2521.23^ Lk 1917 (eJye, txt.).t
j

Mk

WH,
;

Eua

(WH,

njn

Ge
:

320),

E{Ja, 408 Eec. E^a Eve, wife of Adam ii Co


:

(in
^

Ti), Eva), -as,

rj

(Heb.

113,
pi.,

rp-

qis f
;

cuayyeXiJu),

[in
;

LXX
of

for

"lizySl

hith.

for

general

Ki

31, al.

God's loving kindness, Ps 39


:

and

esp. of Messianic blessings. Is 40^ 60^, al. ;] to glad tidings ; 1. act. (only in late writers) c. ace. pers., Ee 30'''; seq. irt, c. ace. pers., Ee 14^; pass., of things, to be proclaimea as glad tidings: Lk 16^^, Ga l^^, i Pe 12^; impers., i Pe 4" of persons, to Jmve glad tidings proclaimed to one: Mt 11^, Lk 722, He 42>6. 2. Depon. mid. (cl.), to proclaim glad tidings, in NT esp. of the Christian
;

good news in (40)io 95 (96)2, bring or announce

message
4i8(LXX)^

of salvation:

absol.,

Lk

9,

Eo
c.

152",

al.

c.

dat. pers.,

Lk

ace. pers. (not el.), Lk 3^^, 19, I Pe 1^2; c. ace. rei, dpr^vrjy, Ac 103, Eo IQi^d-xx); Ac 1610, T. /Saa-iXetav t. Oeo^, Lk 8^ c. dat. pers., Lk li^ 4*3, Eph 2^7 3^; avroi T. 'It^o-ow, Ac 835 1718. Q (Jupl. ace, Ac 1332; c. ace. pers. et inf., Ac
V-^,
al.
;

Eo Ga

in

same sense
;

1415

T. Kiafia<; (TroXeis),

Ac
to,

82^' *0 I421 ^^f

Trpo-cvayyeXt^oyuai).

cuayyAioj',
1822' 25*;]
II

-ov,

[in

LXX

for

nnitZT^

HTJ;?

II

Ki

410

in q\ ^ ^^^ ^ reward for good tidings (Horn.; pi., LXX, in pi., ev. Oveiv, to make a thank-offering for good tidings (Xen., al.). 2. Later (Luc, Plut., al.), good tidings, good news
1

Ki

410)

(b)

in
al.

NT
;

of the

good tidings
:

of the

through Christ, the gospel


e.

Mk
Mt

li^,

kingdom of God and Ac 15^, Eo li^, Ga


.

of salvation
22, i
;

Th
t.

2*,

gen, obj.,
.

t. ySao-tXetas,

423

^ Xpia-Tov,

Eo

15i^, al.

KvpCov

TjfxMv 'ItjctoC, II
I

Th

1^

T. vlov T. $01),

Eo
;

1^

T.

So^r/s T. fiaKaptov Oeov,

15i, 3^5^^ ^ Xpta-Tov, II Co 4* of the author, t. Beov, Eo 2i, ii al. of the teacher, r)piC>v, Eo Co 43, i Th l^ ii Ti 28; of the taught, T. TrepiTOfXT]^, T. d/cpoySucTTias, Ga 2*^; rj dXr)6(ia tov cu., Ga 2^'!'*, 127 (y, Cremer, 31 ff.; and Col 1*; ^ cAttis (7rto-Ti9) TOV cv., Col 123,

Ti
;

111

^^

p^

on the

later eccl. use of the word,,


-ov,
6,

M,

Th., 143
(a)

f.).

*+ euayyeXianis,

an evangelist;

in

NT, a preacher

of

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


the gospel
(eccl.).t
eoapcaT'u), -S, [in
:

185

Ac

21^,

Eph

4^^, ii

Ti 4*

(b) later,

a writer of a gospel

LXX chiefly for '^bn


;]

hith.,
:

55

(56)13, al.,
".

Si 44i<'
-ov,

to be

well-pleasing
:
:

t.

Ge 522. 24^ pg 25 (26)3 ee<2 (LXX, 11. c), He


well-pleasing,
acS^",

11*'

Pass., to be well pleased


[in

c. dat.,

He
;

**t 6u-dpeoTos,
ceptable
:

LXX

Wi
Eo

4}^

IS^^.t 9^* * ;]
11

Ro

122;

dat. pers.,

12^

U^\

Co

5^,

Eph

Tit 2^ (Kvptw), Col 320 Inscr., V. Deiss., BS, 215).t


;

Phi

418

id. seq. ev,

ivuiTnov,

He

I321 (for ex. in

* u-apeaTws, adv., acceptably : r. OiS, He 1228.t Eu^ouXos, -ov, 6., Eubulus, a Christian 11 Ti 421.+ eu-yc, adv., in replies, well ! good ! tuell done ! : Lk
:

19^''

(WH for

Rec.

ev, q.v.).t

cfiyci^s, -es

{<A
:

ycvos), [in

LXX:
-eo-rcpos,

Jb

13 (biia), II
:

IV

Mac
2.

6* 913.23,27 103,15*;] 1,

^(^ell

born, of noble race

Mac 10" E, Lk 19^2, i Co

12<5.

7ioble-minded

compar.,
:

Ac

IT^^.t

Mt

**68ia, -as, rj, [in 162 (Eec, E, txt.).t

LXX
,

Si S^**;] {<^v8lo<;, calm), fair weather

for ns*l, also for

tu-8oK^&, -w (on the derivation, v. Bl., 28, 6), [in nSN yBU etc.;] 1. c. inf. (Polyb., al.),
,

LXX
to

chiefly
be well

pleased, to think it good, to give consent (so freq. in tt, in legal documents Milligan, Th., 22 f.) Lk 1232, Ro 152*5. 27, i Co I21, Ga l^*, Col l^^,
;
:

E, mg. {ICC, in
et inf. (Polyb.,

1.,
i,

but

v. infr.),

Th

2^ 31
txt.

^SAAov
(Lft., in

v., 11
1.).

Co
2.

5^

c.

ace.

8, 4),

Col,

I.e.,

E,
.

to be

well

pleased or take pleasure with or in a person or thing; (a) c. dat. i Mac 1*3, i Es 439) Th 2^2 (&) as freq. in LXX, (a) (Polyb., al.
;
;

c.

ace.
31'

Mt
175,
I

12i8,

He
111,

10'

(i-xx)

(^) geq. ly

(cf.

Heb. 3 nST Ps 149*)


,

Mt

Mk
and

Lk

322

(on the tense,

v.

M,

Pr.,

134
:

f.

DCG,
li^
i,

i,

308 b),

Co

105, II
v.

Co

1219,

He

1038 (lxx).
f.
;

(g) seq.

eh
f.
;

a-w-v8oKiD,

Cremer, 213

Field, Notes, 48

u Pe DCG,

(Cf.

355*.) +

+ u8oKia, -as,

17

cv8oKw,

q.v.), [in

LXX
1"

Ps

512, al. (jlSl), freq.

in Si; in Inscr. (I.G., 5960), LXX, and pleasure, good-will, satisfaction, approval : Eph 15.9, Phi 115 213; c. gen. obj., 11 Th
avOpwiroLs v8oKLa, Eec, E, mg., 21* txt. (v. -as, Lk, I.e., E, txt.,
;

NT =

tiSoKrja-i^
112<5,

(Diod.);] good
IO21,

Mt

Lk

Eo

IQi,

WH,

eicpyeaia, -as, ^

WH,

Milligan, in 1.); cV mg. (v. Field, Notes, 48 f.), Lk ICC, in 1. ; App., in l.).t
(v.

WH,

cvpyeV>/s), [in

LXX

Ps 77

(78)ii

(nb^by),

Wi

1611,24^ II Mac 613 926, IV Mac 8i^*;] a good deed, kindness, benefit: I Ti 62; c. gen. pers. (ei. -n-oXem, Plat., leg., 805b), Ac 4^.+
eiepyexe'w, -w
al.
;]

cicpyerr^s)
:

[in

LXX:
1038.t
8i3,

Ps 12

(13) (^DS),

Wi

S^,

to

do good, bestow benefit


6, [in

**ipY^TTis, -ov,
319

LXX:
Lk

Ac Es

Wi

19i*, 11

Mac

42, iii v.

Mac

624*;] ^ 248).+

benefactor:

222*
[in

(for

contemp. usage,

Deiss.,

LAE,

eo-ecTos, -ov

Tt^i;yLii),

LXX:

Ps 31

(32) (XYD),

Da th

186

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


6'^; seq. ti's, Lk fit: of things, c. dat., Q"'^ (for rabbinic parallels, v. Dalman, c. dat., Lk

gui5*-j ready for use,


143*; of persons,

He

Words, 119

f.).t

cOe^ws, adv.
11^2^ al.
;]

-co,

ivev<i),

[in

LXX
and

Jb
:

5^

(dSTD),

Wi

5^2, i

Mac

straightway, at once, directly


f.),

Ga

Dalman, Words, 28
evBv'i, q.v.).

Ee

4^,

freq. in

1^^, Ja 1^^, Jo ^* (cf. Mt, Lk, Jo, Ac (in Mk,

*t

eoOuSpofi^o),

of ships, to

run a straight course

(Philo)

Ac

1611 21i.t

-i {<ieWvfi.o^), [in Sm.: Ps 31 (32)ii, Pr IS^^*;] 1. trans., to make cheerful (..Esch.). 2. Intrans. (Eur., Plut. ; so mid. in Xen., Plat.), to he of good cheer: Ac 27-2.25, Ja S^^.t 11 Mac ll^"*;] 1. kind (Horn.). 2. of **u-9u^os, -ov, [in good cheer (^sch., al.) Ac 272^.t
**i9o^i^w,

LXX:
:

*o0ufjL&>s,
ciOu.'a)
I

adv., cheerfully
[in

Ac

24i'^.t

i^^v?),
:

LXX: Nu

2223,
;]

Jq 24^3

(ni^j hi.),
3*.

Jg

14^,
2.

Ki

1820.26 (-ny,)_

Pr 202^
123

Si 22.6, al.

1.

to direct: Ja

to

make
Tpifioi,
fig.,

straight
euflo's,

Jo

(LXX,

erot/Aa(TaTe).t

-cia,

-V,

[in

LXX
:

chiefly for
e,'?

1^;]

1.

straight,

direct:

Mt

33,

Mk
Pe
adv.,

13,

Lk

3* (L^x);

cu^ci'as, (sc. 68ov's),

Lk

3^
2.

Ac

ISi**, II

21^; as pr.
[in

name
(more

of a street,

sense, straightforxvard, right


euGos,
-1;^;;]

Kup^ia,

Ac

821 (cf.

Ac 9". Ps T" 31
cv^ews)

d. 680s, In moral
;

(32)ii, al.).t

LXX
Ac
IQie

freq.

than

chiefly

for

tvOem, straightxvay, directly:


1330.32 1934^
-77T0S,
17

Mt
(41)

3i 132.2i 1427 212.3 26'^,

Lk 6, Jo

cuOuTT)?,

and 42 fw^u?), [in

times in Mk.t
chiefly for

LXX
^

n^

-|iur''P

and cognate forms ;] uprightness:


*teuKaipa>, -w
cf.

He

l^<^^^).t
ii^<^

(=

cl.,

Eutuerford, NPhr., 205; MM, Exp., xiv), 63i c. inf., Mk seq. opportunity : 1 Co I612
;

v o-;(oX^? X"*'

^Y Polyb. and Philo;


io
cis,

/la-ye

to

leistire or devote one's

leisure

to,

Ac

172i.t
r]

euKatpia, -as,
s.v.)

| tvKaipo-;),
Mt
261''
:
.

[in

LXX
i jj^f_^

Ps

91" (v. Soph., Lex.,

922

(101)
:

144 (145)15 (ny), Si 382^


seq. tva,
^^-^ q_

Mac

11*2*;] fitting time,

opport2inity

l]^ 22^.
11

i(-Kaipos, -ov, [in


III

LXX

Ps 103

(104)27 (ny),

Mac

1429 1520,
:

21^

Mac
621

411
^Qj.

5** *

;]

Mk
He
1411

gmpty^ as in Byz. and

timely, seasonable, suitable (Cremer, 740) rj/Jiepa, MGr. ; v. Exp., xiv) ; fioydeLa,

MM,

4i6.t

**uKatpws, adv., [in LXX: Si 1822*;] seasonably, in season: opp. to Slk- (Kiihner3, iv, 346 d), 11 Ti 42.t **t eJ-KOTTos, -ov, [in LXX: Si 22l^ i Mac 3i8*;] with easy labour, 2^, Lk 523; q ace. et easy: compar., -utrepov ian, c. inf., Mt 9^, Mt 192*, Mk 1025, Lk 161^ 182^ (Polyb. ; the adv. -m occurs in inf., Aristoph., Fr., 615).t
.

Mk

Mk

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


euXdpeio, -as, ^

187
281*,

ciAayST^s), [in

LXX

Jo 222*

(n^iil),

Pr

Wi

17^*;]

1.

(Diod., Plut.,

al.),

2. In later Gk. caution, discretion (Soph., Plat., al.). also reverence, godly fear : He 5^ 12^8.+
<i>6fto^ (cf.

Syn.:

SciXia (q.v.),

Cremer, 387

f.,

759;

eiXap^o|iai, -oifxat, [in

LXX
;

Pr

2428 (395),
al,

Na
;]

15 different Heb. words in to beware : Ac 23io (Rec.


;

all

also Si 7^3 41^,

DB, ii, 222). 1^ (non), al., for 1. to be cautious,


to reverence
:

<f>ojSr]eL^,

WH,
:

RV).

2.

He

117

(cf.

Cremer, 388).t eJ, Xa^clv), cOXapi^s, -

[in

LXX

Mi

V AB2
1.

(Tpn)

v. yrou2v,

15^1 (1T3 hi.), Si ll''' N^ * ;] 1. cautious, circumspect. gtVaios Kai cv., Lk 22^.t religious, reverent : Ac 2^ 8^ 22^^
j

Le

2.

devout,
of,

cuXoy^u,

-to),

[in

LXX
8^\

chiefly for
al.)
:

^la

pi.;]

to

speak well

praise
T,

(cl.

LXX De
;

t.

^eoV,

Lk V^

228 2451. 53 (aJvoCi'Tes,

WH, mg.), Ja Mk 1422), Mk 6*1

3"; absol., to give praise, Mt 14^9 2626 (y, 1422 (v. Swete, in 1.), Lk 243o, i Co 14i.
(a) to bless,
c.

Swete on 2. As in

LXX
al.)
:

(=

"^13 pi.)

invoke blessings on (Ge


ace. pers.,

24*',

Nu

232,

He

absol., i Co 4^2, i Pe 39; 7i'>^ 1120,21. eiXoyT^/xcVos

Lk
Lk

23* 628 2480.",

Eo 12^^

(= ^n^;

V. Lft., Notes,

310;

DCG,

i,

189), blessed, c. ace. rei,


al.),

13^5 19^8 (lxx)^ Jo 12^3; 8^, Lk 9^\ i Co (b) with God as subject (Ps 443, to bless, prosper, bestow blessings on: c. ace. pers., Ac 32", Ga

Mt

21^ 2339 (Lxx)^

Mk

ll^.^o,

Mk

10i

39,

Eph
txt.,

E,

13 (Lft., Notes, 311), He 6^^ (v\oyr)fjiiyo^, Lk 128 (WH, txt., omit) ib.*2; iiXoyqp.ivoL T. Trarpos (cf. Is 619), Mt 253*; pagg^
v.s. alviw,

Ac

32^ (cf. Iv-, *caT-vXoye(i)).t

Syn.
(a) of
(Lft.,
al.)
:

and

cf.

DCG,

i,

189, 211

Cremer, 766.
"JJTIll;]
;

tcuXoyriTos, -oV (<vXoycto)), [in

LXX
Eu

chiefly for
220, i

blessed;

men (Ge
Lk
18,

122 A,
f.),

De

7^*,

Jg I72 B,

Ki

15i3)

(b) of

God
13

Notes, 310

Eo

as chiefly in 12^ 9^ {ICC, in

LXX
1.), 11

(Ge

92,

Ex

17^^ Ps 17 (18)*,

Co

13 113i,

Eph
v,

13, i

Pe

absol.,

6 v\oyrjT6'i

(Dalman, Words, 200; JThS,


rj

453),

Mk

U^^

(Cremer, 769).t
eoXoyia,
-as,

[in

LXX
[a)

chiefly for

n^^S ;]

1.

fair speaking,

fiaitering speech : xp^o-^oXoyias koI cu., in late Inscr. ; LS, s.v.) and Christ,

Eo Ee

16^^.

2. praise : of 5^2. i3 712, 3. i^


:

God

(as

LXX

and

NT

blessing, benediction
{b)
I

the act of blessing

Co

Ja 3";

He 6^

Pe

39

concrete, a blessing: Eo 1529, (cf. De ll^^, Si 732, al.).t

Co

95. ,

He 12^'^, Ga 3^*, Eph 13,


10^",

*t eu-|ieTd-8oTos, -ov (<; ev, fx.TaSiSwfXL), ready to impart : assoc. with KotvwvtKos (for the distinction bet. the two, v. Field, Notes, 213 GOT, in 6i8.t 1.), I Ti Eui'iKt] (Eec. -veiKt]), -tjs, Eunice, Timothy's mother: ii Ti l^.t
;

i-voiut,

LXX
Mt

2*3,

III

woos, friendly), [in LXX: Es 8^3 Bx^ Da Mac 7" * ;] to be favourable, kindly disposed c. dat.,
-w
:

52^+

188

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


coi/oia, -as,
r)

(<;ciVoos), [in

LXX

Es

2^^,

al.

;]

goodwill:
castrate:

Eph
pass.,

6^ (of slaves;

Mt

Exp., xiv).t *+eu'ooxtt (<;movxos), to make a eunuch 19^*; metaph., ci. kavrov, ib.+
cf,

MM,

of,

cucouxos, -ov, o

(i.e.

6 ry]v

iiv-qv

(bed)

x*^'')

\}^

LXX

for D^"1D

(perhaps not of necessity an actual eunuch; DB, s.v.), Ge 39\ al., 3^*, Si 20* 30^" ;] an emasculated man, a eunuch : Mt 19^2 one such holding, as was common, high office, as of chamberlain, at court, Ac 8^''' ^*' ^^' 3^' 39 metaph., of one naturally incapacitated for or voluntarily abstaining from wedlock, Mt 19^^ f EuoSi'a (Rec. -wSta), -as, r], Euodia (not as AV, Euodias), a Christian woman Phi 4^.+

Wi

eo-oSoo),

-w

68os), [in
'Pq^^'a.,

LXX
to
;

chiefly for

n^S

hi.

;]

to help
; 2,

on
1'",

fonesway (Soph.,

al.).

have a prosperous journey


iii

metaph.

(Hdt., al.), to prosper, he prospered, he successful: 1 Co 162 (on the tense, v. M, Pr., 54 ICG, in l.).t

Jo

Ro
9*),

*+ cu-irdp-cSpos, -ov {<C^v, TrapcSpos, sitting near; cf. stantly attendant or waiting on : t. Kvpim, i Co 7^* (Rec. ** eO-irci0i7s, c's c^, Trit6ofiat), [in IV Mac 12"

Wi

con-

e{i7rpoo--).+

LXX

AR *

;]

ready

to obey,

compliant

Ja

3^'^.t

*cu-iT-pi-o-TaTos,

He

12^ (on form t cu-iroieoj. Si,

and sense

-ov (<C^ TripdaTrjjjLi), of sins, readily besetting: of the word, v. Westc, in l.).t
iroieoi,

tv

to

do good (whence
v. Nestle, in

ev-rroua, q.V.)

evTToi^aai,

Mk
2.

14"

(also Is 4123

B,

al.;

Exp.

T., xxiii, 7).t

*tco-Troiia (Rec. -da), -as, r]', 1. beneficence, benefit (FIJ, Ant., ii, 11, 2, al.).t
cu-irope'w,
hi.), ib. 28 (v.l.),
eu-TT-opia,

doing good:

He

13^".

Zmn

-w (<| cwTropos, %uell provided for), [in Wi IQi"*;] to prosper, be well off:
rj

LXX: Le

252*5' *9

-as,

(< VTropo<:),
2.
rj

[in

LXX
:

for b^n, IV

Ac 1129.t Ki 25^" A (freq.


,

in Aq.) *

;]

1. facility.

plenty, wealth

Ac

192^.t

cu-TrpeTreia,

-as,

{<^VTrp7rrj<;,

comely), [in

LXX for TTTI

etc.;]

goodly appearance, comeliness : Ja l^^.t *t 6u-7rp6a-8eKTos, -ov (<^ tv, 7rpoo-8exo/i.at), more usual than ScKTOs,
q.V.,

accejHable:

Ro

15i6'3i,

n Co

62 312,

Pe 2\f
:

*t cu-irpoa-eSpos, -ov, Rec. for evirdpeSpo^, q.v. I Co T'^.t **t u-Trpoao>iTe(i>, -w (<[ tvTrpdo-wTros, /air 0/ face), [in Al.
(141)^,
IT.; v.l.

for -tt,oi*;] to look well,

make a

fair show

Ps 140 metaph. (as in


:

V. Deiss.,

96), Ga 6i2.t t Eup-aKuXwi' (Rec. evpoK\v8(Dv, q.V.), -wvos (<^ Ewpos, the

LAE,

East

tcind,
(i.e.

and Ija^i. Aquilo ; Vg., Euroaguilo), the Euraquilo, a N.E. wind between Eurus and Aquilo) Ac 27^*.
:

eupiCTKw, [in

LXX

chiefly for

NSa

also for

31273 hi., etc.

;]

to find,

with or without previous search: absol., opp. to ^jjtc'w, Mt 7"'^, Lk IP' 10 c. ace, Mt 2^, Mk l^^, Ac I322, n Ti l^^, al. pass., o{>x i., of disappearance, He 11^, Re 162", al. yrj k. ra Iv airfi ipya evpeO-jaerai (for conjectures as to the meaning of this reading, v. Mayor, ICC, in 1.),
; ;
;

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


11

189

Pe

3^**,

WH,

E, mg.
;

Metaph.,

to find,

find out by inquiry, learn,


;

Lk 19*8, Ac 421 atrtW, Jo 18^8, Ac 13-^^ al.; pass., Mt V^ Lk I718, Eo 710, I Co 4^ Ga 2^^, i Pe V, Ee 5*, al. of attaining to the knowledge of God, d. ^edv, Ac 17^' pass., Eo lO'^o (LXX). Mid., to find
discover:
;

for oneself, gain, procure, obtain : c. ace. rei, Aurpwcrtv, He 9^^ act. in same sense (so cl. poets, but not in Attic prose), Mt 10^'-' ll^^, Lk l^*^, Ac 7*, II Ti 118, al. (cf. dv-vpt(TKw). t upo-KXuSa>f (G, evpvKX-), -wvos, 6 (<^ Evpos (v.l. <;^ evpv^, broad), k\v8wv), Euroclydon (prob. a sailor's corruption of Ev/aaKv'Awv, q.v.) Ac 171s Eec.t
j

copu-xwpos, -ov, {<^vpv<i, broad

x'^P^)' \y^

LX.X
;]

for

am

ni.,

and
:

cognate forms (Is 30^3,

al.),

exc.

11

Ch

18^ (pil

spacious, broad

Mt
Pr

7i3.t
0-ae'Peia, -a?,

eio-c/Si?'?,

q.v.), [in

LXX
i

Pr
123,

1^,

Is 33^ (nST),
10^2, Si 493,

1311 (aliter in Heb.), Is II2


freq. in iv
2.

(njT

T\i<T),

Es

^i

and very
others).
II

Mac

;]

piety towards
TO T^s

piety, reverence (towards parents God, godliness : Ac 3^2, i Ti 22 4^ 8 6^'


1.

and
*> ^^,
;

StSaaKoXia, I Ti 63 pi. (v. Bl., 32, 17 aX-^Oeta rj Kar ev., Tit 1^ iJ.6p<j>(^(ris vo-ey3ct'as, II Ti 3^ 6; Mayor on Ja 2^), 11 Pe S^^ (on the use of ei. and cognates in Past. Epp., V. CGT, on i Ti 22; cf. also Cremer, 524).
13.
. 7 ;"

Pe

v. fJLvarrjpiov, I
;

Ti B^^

r)

Kar

cv.

**0-aep'u, -w cio-^7?s, q.v.), [in


9"

LXX: Da LXX Su",


:

iv

Mac

nE

11^'

8.

23

132 *

;]

to reverence, shotv
cis,

where more

freq. seq.

ttcoi,

Trpos)

oTkov, i

piety towards ; c. ace. (elseTi 5* Oeov, Ac 17^3


;

(Cremer, 525).t
c6(rpris, -s

^v,

ae(3op.m), [in

LXX

Pr

12^2, Is 24i 26^ (p^iy),


;]

Mi

72

(Tpn), Is 328

(a-^-i:),

and

freq. in Si

and iv Mac

pious, godly,

: Ac 102' \ 11 Pe 2\f Syn.: 6o<Ttf3^v, dprja-Ko^ Cremer, 524 f., 858).

devout

(v. Tr.,

Syn., xlviii;

DB,

ii,

221

f.;

**uo-pd)s, adv., II Ti 312, Tit 2i2.t


cuoTTjixos,

[in

LXX:
+

iv

Mac V^*;]
a
sign), [in

piously, religiously:

-ov

{<^ev

(TTJua,

LXX
(cf.

for
I.e.).

n53,
2.

Ps

80 (81)3 (.^5^ Da to the understanding, distinct


**
eua-irXaYX>'0S>

LXX
"Ov

2i)*;]
:

1.
i

conspicuous
14^.t
q.v.),

Ps,

clear

Co

Pr Ma^ {Camb. Mamial LXX, iii, 825) ;] 1. in Hippocr., as medical term (LS, s.v.). 2. Metaph. (cf. uo-7rAayx''a, Eurip., Bhes., 192), in NT, tenderhearted, compassionate : Eph 432, j pg 38 f
(cv,

a-n-Xdyxyov,

[in

euorxr]fio'us,

adv.

14*0; TTcpiTraTcIv,

Eo

13^3,

Th
i

V(rxvH-<^v),

decorously,

becomingly

Co

4l2.t

** cu<TXT]fio(ru'T] (<; comeliness : i Co 1223.


U(Txr\fi(av,

6uo-x>?/Awv), [in

LXX:
LXX:
ev.
to.

IV

Mac

62*;] seemliness,
1.

-ov

(ev,

(rxvM-o),
al.)

[in
:

Pr 112^*;]
to.

elegant,

graceful, comely (Eur., Plat.,

rjixw (opp. to

aa-x-

W')i

190
I

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


12-^
;

Co

in

moral sense, seemly, becoming,


I.e.
;

Gk. (v. Swete, Mk., honourable estate)


:

MM,

Exp.,
[in

xiv),

2. Also in late wealthy, influential (EV, of


i

Co

7^^.

Mk

15", Ac 13^0 IT^^.t


TVa>),

i,T6yiJs,

adv.

?,

LXX

for nilp'ltrs, JosG^'^)*.]

vigorously, vehemently : Lk 23^**, Ac IS^^.t * UTpaire\ia, -as, 17 (<[ ev, Tpirru)), 1. versatility, wit, facetiousness 2. = /3w/AoAoyta, coarse jesting, ribaldry (Hippocr., Plat., al.). (Abbott, Essays, 93) Eph 5*.t Syn. : fjLUipoXoyia, V. Tr., Syn., xxxiv. Ac 20^.t EuTuxos, -ov, 6 (cw, Tvxv), Eutychus, a young man
:

** ei<^r]iiia,
u<|>r])ios,

-a<;,

i5<^7/xos),

[in

Sm.
:

Ps 41
(63)"

(42)5

46 (47)2 99

(100)2 125 (126)2*;] good rejjort, praise


-ov (ev,
^pijfjirj),

opp. to

Sva(j>r]uia, 11

Co 6^t

primarily, titter;] ing words or sotcnds of good omen, hence, 1. avoiding ill-omened 2. fair -sounding, auspicious words, religiously silent. (R, mg., 4^.t gracious) Phi *eu-(})ope<o, -w, to be fruitful : Lk 12i.t
[in
:
:

Sm.

Ps 62

chiefly for natz? qal, pi. ;] to cheer, gladden : eoijjpatcw, [in Pass., to be hajypy, rejoice, ace. pers., opp. to kvwdv, 11 Co 22. make merry: Lk 15^2, Ac 22(Lxx)^ Rq Ib^H^^^), Ga 427 (Lxx)^ Rq ll^o
,

LXX

c.

12^2
J

geq.

tV,

Ac
420
;

7*^;
cf.

eVt,

c.

dat..

Re

182"; of
;

feast (ill 1219 1523,

Ki
24, 29

Kennedy, Sources, 155


the river Euphrates
rj :

merry-making at a Field, Notes, 69 f.), Lk


9^* 16^2_f

(LXX) (Xa/XTTpws) 16i9.t

Eu<t>pdTT)s, -ov, 6,
cu<tpo(70kT],
-Tjs,

Re

{<^ev4>p<jiv,
:

nnpi??

;]

rejoicing, gladness
-w,

Ac

cheerful), [in (L^X) 14^7.t 22^

LXX

chiefly

for

**

ixapi<rri<^,
III

[in

LXX:

Jth 825
;

^j

132, 11

Mac V^

10^

12^^ R,

writers
:

and

Ro 121, 9) 8" 1423, Lk 2217,19, Jo 611.23, 2627, 17i, Ac 2735 2815, j^ 146 164^ i Co Lk
;

7^"*;] to be thankful, give thanks (chiefly in late Inscr. ; cf. Milligan, Th., 5 Ellic. on Col 1^2 Lf^^ Notes, of giving thanks before meat, Mt 15^6 I Co 1417, I Th 5^8
i

Mac

Mk

Co

112";

c.

dat. pers.,

t.

Oew,

seq. 8ia Eph 520


rei, I

'I.
;

XpLo-Tov,

Co

11*,

Th

I2, 11 Th 13 5tl, Ro 1^, 11 Th 2^3 seq. Trept, i^rc, c. dat. 1^; iirip, i Co 103o, Eph l^* 520 5rt, Lk 18^, Jo ll*i, i Co 213, Re 1117 pass. (Deiss., BS, 122 f.), 11 Co l^^.t
; ;
;

Ro i Th
;

18 725,

U^, Phi 1^, Col 13. 12, Phm * R, WH, mg.. Col 3^^; iv ovo/xan Xp.,

Syn.:

v.s. atve'w;

1628, Si Es 8^3, Vp^^-^os), [in **c<3xapi(rria, -as, ^ 227*;] 1. thankfulness, gratitude (Polyb. Es, Si, 11 Mac, 3711, II

Mac
Ac M,

and

cf.

Cremer, 903

f.

LXX:

Wi

11.

c.)

243.

2.
f.)

Inscr.
I

Th., 41

giving of thanks, thanksgiving (so in tt. and i Co 141", 11 Co 4^5, Eph 5*, Phi 4, Col 27 42,
:

Th
;

39, I
pi., II

Ti 43.4,

Re

49 712;

c. dat. pers., 11

Co 9^

(cf. t. ^coC,

Wi,

I.e.)

Co

912, I

Ti 2^

(Cremer, 904).t
xap'^Co/Acit)'
[^"^

uxipio-Tos,
1.

-ov

{<i(.v,

LXX
(Pr,

for ]n,
I.e.).

Pr 11^**;]
2. grateful,

v;^apts,
:

thankful

winning, Col S^^.f

gracious,

agreeable

MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


eoxn, -^s, v (< evxofxai), [in

191

LXX

chiefly for l^j

;]

1.

a prayer

Ja

518.

2.

a vow
:

Ac

IS^s 2123.t
chiefly for "113 also for injr hi., etc. ;] <o 13^; c. dat. pars., t. dew, Ac 26^9; seq. irpo? t.
,

Sriv^.

V.8. ScT^o-is.

euxofxai,

[in

LXX
Co

pray

c.

ace.

rei, 11
;

^eoV, II
qixofjLTjv

Co

137 c. ace. et inf., Ac 272^, ftvai. (on impf. here, v. 7CC, in

iii
1.,

Jo

2;

seq.

i-n-ep,

Ja 5i;
9^

Lft.,

FhilemP), Eo

(Cremer, 718).
eJ-xptjoTos, -ov {el,

xpaof 0 [in

LXX

Pr
;

31^3 (^^n),
seq.
eis,

Wi

13^3 *

;]

II

useful, serviceable : c. dat. pers., 11 Ti ^^,t Ti 4^^ opp. to axp^ya-Tos,


;

2'^^

id.

c. dat.

rei,

Phm

*t
2i9.t

cu|/ux^oj, -o)

(<<

evif/vxps,

courageous), to be of good courage

Phi

cuwSi'a,

-a9,

17

(<^

evu)8ri<;,

fragrant ; <C o^w),

[in

LXX

for

nwi
freq.

cvwStas) ; Si 20^ 24^^, al. ;] fragrance : 2^* ; ocTfir] evwStas (a metaphor of sacrifice, XpicTTov cv., II Co 52, Phi 418.+ in Pent, and Ez.),
821,
3,1.

Ge

(oo-/x^

metaph.,

most

Eph

EiwSia, -as,

rj.

Phi

42,

Eec. (for EuoSia, q.v.).t

eoufujxos, -ov (cv, 6vo/xa), [in

LXX
Ki

chiefly for bKDij^;] 1. of

good
;

name

or omen.

2.

Euphemistic
:

ciwvvVwi',

on

<;ie left

Mt
Ac

for apia-Tepo?, left : Ac 21^, Re IO2 2021-23 2533.41 2738, lO^o 152'.t

i(

Mk

^4)(iXXo,jiai, [in

LXX

for

n^y

10^ 11" 16i3 *

;]

to

leap

upon

seq.

cTTt, c.

ace. pers.

IQi^.t
:

*i<^-dTTat adv., 1. once for all (Eupol.) 2. at once : i Co 15<'.t


c4)eiSoi', V.8. eTreiSov.

Eo

61",

He

727 912 IQio.

'E<^e<Tlyos,
'E(|>^(7ios,

-rj,

-a,

"E(|>o-os,

-ov,

Ephesian Ee 2i, Eec. (ev "E^eVw, WH, EV).t -ov, Ephesian : Ac 182' 1928, 34, 35 2i29;f rj, Ephesus, a city in Asia Minor Ac 18i^' 2i 2*. 27
-ov,
:
:

191,17,26 (on the gen., v. M, Pr., 73) 20i'i7, I Ti 13, II Ti 118 412, Ee in 2i.t

Co

1532 16^,

Eph

li,

*
triver

c^-cupcTii]s,
:

-OV,

{<d

etpevpLCTKU),

to

find out), an inventor, con-

KaKoiv (cf. Kaxias evpcrr;?, II


-as,
17

Mac

731), JJq ^SO f

<j>-T)/iepia,

{<Ci<f)r]fipo<;),

[in

LXX

chiefly for

mpi?7p,
2.

ripbno;]

1.

a course of daily MGr.,

services

(Ne

1330, j q\^ 25^, al.).

class or course of priests detailed for service in the


al.)
:

temple
2.

(i

Ch

23',

Lk
*
:

l^-^ (cf.

t^T^/icptos, priest).f
rjfxepa),

i<^-r\fipos,

the

day

Ja

-ov 2i*.t

{iiri,

1.

lasting for

a day.

daily, for

C({>l8,

V.S. CTTCtSoi'.

** i^-iKvio\i.ai, -ov/xaL, [in come to, to reach: seq. aypi, ii


(}>-i<rrtip,i,

LXX:
Co

Si

432".

30e
,

(^^j^.
etc.

ABn)*;]
1.

to

10i3;

tis, ib. i*.t


,

[in

LXX

for

pres., impf., fut., 1 aor., to

2X3 ni., ri'^lS' set upon or by,

]r3
set

;]

causal

in

up,

etc. (-^sch.,

Hdt.,

192

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


.

2. Intrans. in mid. and in pf and 2 aor. act. (a) to stand upon ; (b) to be set over ; (c) to stand by, be present, be at hand, come lO^o 20i, Ac 6^2 12" 22i3.2o 23^^ ii Ti 42; c. dat. on or u2)on: Lk 2^ 24*, Ac 4^ 23ii pers., Lk c. dat. loc, Ac 17'^; seq. eVi, c. ace, Ac 282 qI gyjig impending, c. dat. pers., i Th 5^ lO^'^ 11^^ of rain, Ac seq. cTTi (Wi 6), Lk 2p4; of time, ii Ti 4 (cf. kclt-, (Tvv-e<l>i(TTr]fii).f

Arist., al).

2*"''^

i^vihios, V.S.
'E<|)paifA
{-ifjL,

aicjivi'Stos.

Tr,),

Ephraim, a town near Jerusalem


ff.;

Jo 11^*.+
i,

fi^x^aQd (Aram, nnsn?*, v. Abbott, Essays, 142

DCG,

522),

ephphatha, be opened:

Mk

7^*.t

^X^^s (Rec. x^?)' ^-dv., [in


452,

LXX

for blQI?!, etc.;]

yesterday
f.).t
;]

Jo

Ac 1^, He
ex^pa, -as,
2312,

138 (on the form, v. Rutherford, NPhr., 370


7}

^x^po<;), [in

LXX for nn'^K


Ja
44.t

nsjOT

etc.

enmity

Lk

Eo

87,

Ga
1.

520,

Eph

2i5, is,

exOpos, -a,

-<^v

(<^

^x^o<s,

hatred), [in

LXX

chiefly for S^iK


aya-irrjTos,
;

also
112^.

foriy,
2.
(cl.),

etc.;]

hated, hateful (Horn.):

opp. to

Ro

Actively, hating, hostile : Ro 5^**, i Co 152^, n Th 3^^ c. gen. pers. Ja 4^; T. SiavoM, Col 1^^; i. avOpoiTro's, Mt 132^; as subst., 6 c., an enemy, i Co 152 the devil, Mt IS^^, Lk lO^^; c. gen. pers., Mt 22"*, 12^6, Lk 20, Ac 2^5, i Co 152^, He l^^ 1013(lxx). Mt 5*3.44 iqz^
;

Mk

1325, Lk l"i.74 627.35 1927,43^ Ac 13i, Phi 3i8.t

Ro

1220,

Ga

4i,

Re

11^. 12. c. gen. rei,

**lxiSm,
xu, [in

-77s,

^,

ycwi^fjiwra ixiSvwv,

Mt

[in (Aq.), Is 59^*;] 3^ 123* 2333, Lk 37.t


(e'xofiei/os),

OT

a viper: Ac 283; metaph.,


,

LXX for b?^

te

CT

etc.,

59 words in

all;]

(on the Aktionsart of the various tenses, y. M, Pr., 110, 145, 150, 183), various senses and constructions. I. Trans.; 1, to have, hold, hold fast, etc. (a) to hold, as, in the hand Re 5^ 14,
to have, as in cl., in
;
:

al.

iv T.

<f>opw,

xP') to bear,

Re
wear

1^^
:

A,

I,

6; Bl.,
e.

g 74, 2),

Mk

IO2, al. ; (b) of arms and clothing, ^e'pw, Mt %^ 22^2^ q\ qq ixe(\. pres. ptcp. (LS, s.v., 11^3, Jo 18i. Re 91^, al.; (c) of a woman,

13^7^ Eo 91"; {d) to hold be ivith child: 16^ (cf. fast, keep: Lk 192"; metaph., of the mind and conduct, Jb 21, Is 138; Deiss., BS, 293; Field, Notes, 44 f.), Jo I421, j^q 128^ 103^ (lxx)^ ja 14^ i Jq I Ti 3, II Ti 113, Re G^, al. {e) to involve : ; 41s Lat. habere (Bl., 34, 5 ; 73, 5), to hold, consider : c. ace. (/) et predic. ptcp., Lk 14^8; c. ace, seq. ws, Mt 14*; cts (Hebraism),
eV yaa-Tpl
(kolttjv e.), to

Mk

Mk

He

Mt 21; on
general,
of 812
c.

(Bl.,
:

70, 2),
I922,

wealth
;

lO^^, i Co II22, al. or poverty, absol., I^ftv (neg. ovk, ^rj), Mt 13^2 252^, 11 Co

ace. rei

Mt

Mk 1132. 2. to Mk IO22, Lk 121^,


;

have, possess;

(a) in

Jo
;

Ik t. I^civ, according to
:

association, etc.

Trartpa,

your means, 11 Co Sn (b) Jo 8*1 ywalKa (MM, xiv),

of relationship,
i

Co

72

<f)iXov,

Lk
(c)

11*; paaiXia, Jo 191*; Troifiiva, of parts or membeFs wra, Mt 91*


:

Mt
;

93

c.

fitKrj,

Ro

dupl. ace, Mt 3^ al.; 12* OffuXiovs, He lli^;


;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


(d) c.

193

acc, as periphrasis of verb:

fxvelav

ayaTTrjv,

Jo 13^^

yvwcrti', I
i,

Co
;

8^
{e)

TreiroLOrjcnv, II

etc.

(Thayer,

s.v.,

2,

f.,

g.)

7^7; vofiov,
if)

Jo 19^ iiTLTayriv, I of complaints and disputes; Kara,

of duty, Co 7^5; dywva,


c.
-n-po's,

(= fiefxvrja-OaL), i Th 3^; Co 3* OXixpiv, Jo 16^^, necessity, etc. avayK-qv, i Co


c.
;
:

Phi
;

l^o

,,pl^a, I

Ti 5^2;
ll^S;
(cl.)

gen. pers.,
24^^, al.

Mt

5^3,

Mk

id. seq. oti,

Ee

2*'

2*^;

c.

acc. seq.
:

Ac

14^ (sc. Trot^o-ai), Lk 12*, Mt 1825, to he able (Field, J^oies, 14) 41*, al; (/3) of necessity (BL, 69, 4): Lk 12^0, Ac 23i7-i9 281^. Ac II. Intrans. (BL, 53, 1), to he in a certain condition crot/xws e., c. 523 inf., Ac 2113, II Co 12^4; co-xaTw? (q.v.), ^^^^^^ to jg m^ Mt 424^ IB^^^J; KOfxif/oTcpov, Jo 4^2 al. ; KttAais, ^^^^ ^q 1536. impers., aWws
:

Mk

{g)

c. inf., (a)

Mk
j

Mk

eXt, *^ *s

otherwise,

Ti 52^
242^.
to
:

ovtws,

Ac

7^, al.

now are (To 7^^), Ac on or cling to, he next


in
T.
1.)
;

III. Mid., -o/tat, to


c.

as things hold oneself fast, hold


Ixov,

to

vw

ptcp.,

ix'^fievo';,

ixo/xivri (17/ixcpa,

gen., t. i)(6fjiva <T(OTr]pia<;, He 6^ (Kendall, l^s near, next : of place, of time, expressed or understood), Lk 13^3, Ac 20^^ 212^

Mk

(ra(3/3dTw,

Ac

13**.

(Cf. av-, Trpocr-av-, dvT-,

(xtt-,

ev-, ctt-, Kar-, /xt-, Trap-,

Trepi-, Trpo-, irpoa-,

avv-, vrrcp-, vtt-cxw.)

cus,

relative

particle
(cf.

(Lat.

donee,
flf.).

usque),
I.
:

expressing
;

the
till,

terminus ad
until
(b)
;

quem

Burton,
:

321
c.

(a) of

a fact in past time,

indie.

As conjunction 1. Mt 2^, al. (Wi 10^*,


without
S.v

al.)

em
f.
; ;

av, c. subjc. aor.

Mt

2i3 51^,

Mk

6i, al.;

(M. Pr.,

168
al.

Lft.,
c.
I

Notes, 115),
indie,
413.

Mk
II.

1432 (Burton, 325),

Lk

12^9,

n Th

<2J,

(c)

pres.
2.

2122,23^

Ti

(Burton, 328; BL, 65, 10): Mk 6*^, Jo C. indie, as long as, while (Burton, 327): Jo

9* (Plat.,
1.

Phaedo, 89 c). time, until, unto Of


:

As an adverb
c. al.
;

99)
I

T. ^<xipa<;,

Mt
;

; (a) as prep. 2629, Lk 1^\ Eo ll^,

(chiefly in late writers). gen. (BL, 40, 6 M, Pr.,


;

eSpas,

Mt
233)

27*^, al.
.

riXov^,

^^-^ ^^^ (pjeld, Notes, 49 f.), Lk 23^ t. eXdw, Ac 8*** ; before names and events, Mt 1^'^ 2^5, Lk 11^1, Ja 5'^, al. (6) seq. ov, 6tov, with the force of a conje. (Burton, 330 M, Pr., 91) ; (a) I. oC (Hdt., ii, 143 ; Plut., al.) c. br., o^ 1333, al. indie, Mt 125 c. subjc. aor., Mt I422, al. . oTov. c. subjc., Lk 138; c. indie, Mt 52^ {until), Jo 9^8; (c) c. (p) adv. {L 6ipi, Thuc, iii, 108) ^pn, Mt 11^2, Jo 2io, i Co 4^3, al. ttoVc 9^9, Jo IO2*, al. 2. Of place, as far as, (M, Pr., 107), Mt 17l^ even to, unto (Arist., al.); (a) as prep. c. gen. (v. supr.) Mt 1123, Lk 1015, al.; {h) c. adv. (BL, 40, 6): Sivio, Jo 2^; Icro,, 14^*; Kdruy, 1538; <!iS, Lk 23^; (c) e. prep.: i$w, Ac 21^; ,rp6s, Lk Mt 2751, 2450 (Field, Notes, 83). Mt I821, 3. Of quantity, measure, etc.
18, II

Co

Co

113

T.

vw,

Mt
;

2421,

Mk

1319

(I

Mac

(WH

Mk

Mk
:

Mk

Mk

623,

Lk

2251, ai^

Z,

l,

JriTa,

TO,

zeta, the sixth letter.


F,

t^Bofios (the obsol.


ZapouXcSi',
o,

<r',

As a numeral, t,' = cttto, vau, " digamma," representing U), ^^ = 7000.


,

indecl. (Heb. l^b^X

v.

Ge
78.

302^),

Zehulun, Jacob's

tenth son

the tribe of Z.,

Mt

4i3. i5,

Ee

13

194

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


ZaKxalos, -ov, 6 (Heb. i3t
,

cf.

Ne

7^*, i

Es 2^

LXX

ZaKxov),

Zaccai, Zacchaeus, a publican


Zapd,
6,

indecl. (Heb.

Lk 19^' ^> (cf. ii Mac 10^^). m7 Ge 38^"), Zerah, an ancestor


:

of

Jesus

Mt

l^.t
(cf.

];a<})0avi

Heb.
;

^:i15!3?),

zapUhanei

Mt
;

27^

(WH,

mg., for

Eec. crejSaxOavci, q.v. "probably an attempt to reproduce the Heb. as disting from Aram, forms," WH, Notes, 21 cf. also Dalman, Words, 53 f.).t
Zaxapias,
-ov,
:

(Heb. HJIST
l^. 12, 13,

ITIST)

1.

Zacharias, father of
2.

John the Baptist

Lk

is, 21, 40, 5p,

67 32^

Zechariah, the son


cf. 11

of Jehoiada (in txt. Mt 23=^^ Lk ll^i.t


j^dw, -w, [in

wrongly called son of Barachiah ;

Ch

24^^^')

LXX
Co
121
;

chiefly for n^n (most freq. ptcp., ^wv,


cl.
i,

inf.,

t,7]v,

for Tl)

;]

1-

prop., to live, be alive (v. Syn., s.v. /3ios; in

usually of
7,

animal
2012,

life,

but sometimes of plants, as


I

Arist.,

Eth. N,

12)
2'5
;

Ac
t^
S 8e
-5N

Eo

71-3,

739,

Cw
vvv

Xpto-rd?,

Phi

airQ lwfi.ev, Ac Sia 7ravT09 toC C^v (M, Pr., 215, 249),
I920, al.
;

Ee

iv

1728;

if,ol

He

^oi iv a-apKL,

Ga

2^*'
;

^^ eV

ifioX

X^tards,

Ga

22*^
;

(6)

^wv, of
;

God

(""n

and cognate phrases, Jos 3^0, Mt 16i, Jo 6", Eo 92e, i Th


^w eyw (^3N-^n
;
,

1^,

Ho 2^ (l^"), Is He 312, Ee
I
live,

37*, al.
72, al.
;
;

v.

DCG,

ii,

39*),

in juristic phrase,

Eo 14^ t,^v in aprw, Mt 4^ al. 'k, I Co 914 of coming to life, Mk 16[ii], Eo G^o 14^, 11 Co 13* opp. to veKp6<i, Ee 118 28 metaph., Lk 15^2 ^~^ ^^ viKpwv, Eo 6^^ of the spiritual life of Christians, Lk 10-8, Jq 5.35^ j^q ^17 qu ^[^ ^ alwva, Jo 6"' 58; cTvy XptarQ, I Th 510; opofxa Xts on ^^s, Ee 31. 2. As sometimes in cl., =/3ida), to live, pass one's life: Lk 2^^, Ac 26^, Eo 7^ Col 220; ,v 7ri'o-T, Ga 22"; iv t. d/xap7i'a, Eo 62; eio-c/Sw?, 11 Ti 312; do-.oTws, Lk 1513 c. dat. (cl.), iavrCi (Field, Notes, 164), Eo 14^, 11 Co 515; T. ee^, Lk 2038, Ro 610' 11, Ga 21" t. Xpto-raJ, 11 Co 51^; t. StKoioo-vvT;, I Pe 22* TTvcv/iaTi, Ga 525 Kara crdpKa, Eo 812> l^. 3. Of
1421, ^1.), as
;

Nu

inanimate things, metaph.

v8u>p ^wv (i.e. springing water, as opp. to in a spiritual sense, Jo 410.11 7^8 (DCG, ii, 39 f.): ikirU still water), IO20 (cf. dva-, o-w-^d<u; Cremer, 270, 721). iCicra, I Pe 13; 680s ^wcra, Notes, 148).t l^ivvM^i., for <7y8-, I Th 519 T (v.
:

He

WH,

ZepeSalos, -ou, 6 (Heb. iTlS?

LXX:

Za^Seid,

II

Es

88 1020;

Za^aSatas,
510,

Es

9^^

John the Apostles: Mt


Jo
212.t

Za/3Satos, ib. 21), Zebedee, father of James and 421 I02 2020 267 27^\ 11^.20 317 iqss^ lJj

Mk

Le 621 'i*'; in Al. **fUcTT6s, -V, -oV (Coj), [in Aq. 3i5'i''.t hot (Strab., al.) metaph., Ee ^euyos, -cos (-ous), to {<^ ^evyn;/jii, to yoke), [in
:

ib.

712*;] boiling
chiefly for

LXX
2.

ip^

Jg

193, al.

;]

1.

a yoke

of beasts

Lk

141^.

a pair of any-

thing,

Lk

224 (LXX),t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


*t
j^euKTTjpios,

195

t,VKTr)piov,

TO

t,vy6v,

As subst,, (a) -a -ov (<| ^evyvvfXL), fit for joining. ^cvyXr], the CTOSSd yoke ; (6) ^eVKTqpia, -a?, rj

(found nowhere else).t Zeus, gen., Aids, dat., Ad, ace, Ata (Ai'av, D, al.), Zeus (Lat. Jupiter): Ac 14^2, i3_f for nn, nm, metaph., iv Mac IS^";] to boil, be U<a, [in hot; metaph., of anger, love, zeal: -ptc]^., fervent : t. Trvevfian, Ac

bar of a double rudder

Ac

27***

LXX

1825,

Eo

i2ii.t

*iT)Xu(i>, late

and rare form

of ^rjXow, q.v.

1.

to

envy, be jealous.
9^,

2. to be zealous

Ee

3^^.t

S^Xos, -ov,

6,
,

and

in late Gk,, also -cos,


1.

to'

(ii

Co

Phi

3"), [in

LXX
3<5;

for nxj/?

Nu
Jo
:

2511, al.;]

zeal

ii

Co

T^^ 9^; KaTcl ^^Aos,


ii

Phi
in

c.

gen.

obj.,

2^7 (lxx)^

Rq
i

Oeov, II
l).
2.

Co

112; TTvpds,

He

102"

(cf.

102; seq. vWp, Is 26^1, Wi


3^, ii

Co

7^;

c.

gen. subj.,

5^8,

and
520

cf.

Westc,
txt,

jealousy

Eo

13i3,

Ja

314,10; 7rXr;o-%at C^Xov

Co Co Ac 5^7 13 pi.,
;

122o,

Ga

(WH,

EV),

^^Xoi (v. Bl., 32, 6),


1.

Ga

520,

WH,

mg.t
-w, [in

j^TjXo'w,

LXX chiefly for Hip


Wi
112);
c.

pi.

;]

jealousy, to be jealous : absol., Ac i Mayor, in 1.). 2. to seek or desire eagerly


7^ 17^,

burn with envy or Co 13*, Ja 42 (E, mg., cf.


to
:

c.

ace. rei,
II2,

Co

12^i

141.39

(cf.

Si 5018,

ace. pers.,
[in

11

Co

Ga

4i7;

pass.,

Ga

4i8.t
jTiXwTiis, -oC, o

^T/A-dco),

LXX for N3{?


i

(^tos C),

Ex

20^ 34i*,
ii

De
42
;

424 5 615;

Slip.,

an emulator, zealous admirer (Plat., al.). 2. eagerly desirous, zealous; (a) absol., as in OT, U, c. {b) c. gen. obj. (zealous to acquire or to defend),
Tov
^. $ivs,

IV

Na Mac

12 (^eds); pi,

Es

8"2; ^. tS>v vo>(ov,


;]

Mac

1312

(cf.

Nu

25ii) *

1.

in

cl.

Co

1412, Tit 21*,

Pe

31^

t. vo/xoi; (11

Ga
Lk

11*; c. gen. pers., d^ov,


615,

Ac 22^
:

of the

Jewish party so called

Mac, I.e.), Ac 2120 ,rapaSdo-a>v, In FIJ, NT, a Zealot, member as surname of the Apostle Simon,
;

3.

Ac

li3.t
-as,
17,

JtifjfAia,

[in

LXX for

WZV

ni.

and cognate forms ;] damage,

loss:

Ac

27iO'2i,

Phi

38; opp. to Kc'pSos, ib. ^.t

-w {<^^r)fxta), [in chiefly for V72V,] to damage. i^T|fii6tD, Pass., to suffer loss, forfeit, lose: absol., i Co 3i5; seq. eV, 11 Co 7*; S^e c. ace. rei (v. Bl., 34, 6), t. i/^vx^/v, Mt 162^, Jaurdv, Lk 925

LXX

Mk

T. iraVTa,

Phi

3^.+

Zi]vas, -a, ace. -av (contr.


l^tjT^u, -w, [in

from
;

ZrjvdSwpos),
pi.,

Zenas

Tit

B^'^.f

LXX
7^'
,
;

chiefly for Wp2.

also for

oni,

etc.

;]

1.

to

seek, seek
al.
;

for

Mt
Ac

id. seq. iv,

911

1", Lk 2, Jo 62*, ace. pers., c. ace. rei, Mt 13*5, Lk I910 seq. eV, Lk 13'
e.
;
'

Lk 11^ 10

Mk

ij/vxriv,

of plotting against one's life


to seek

(Ex
2.

41^, al.),

Mt

220,

Eo

ll^d-xx).

Metaph.,

by thinking, search

after,
to

Lk Mt

1228,

Jq

]^gi9

0^^^^

Ac

172'^.

inquire into : Mk lli^, seek or strive after, desire :


al.
;

12*6,

Mk

1212,

ySao-iXetav t. ^oS,

Lk 99, Jo 518, Eo 10^, Mt 6^3 (Dalman, Words,

t.
f.)

edvarov,
;

Ee

9^

t.

121

Ta

ava,,

Col 31

196
flprjyrii',

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


I
I

Pe

S^^i-^^).
122,
II

3.

to require,
.

demand

c.

ace. rei,
;

Mk
Co
ni.),

8^^,

Lk
3637

11'^^

Co

Co

133

geq. ^apd,
[in

Mk
:

8i\

al.

Iva, i

42 (cf.

ava-, fK-,

fTTi-,

truv-^T/Ttw).
-Tos,

iTJTT)fia,

A*
*

;]

aw inquiry,
-ews,
:

TO (<; ^r/Tfoy), qtcestion :

Ac
1.

^. TtOtadaL (dfll 152 igis 232a 25^^ 263.t

LXX

Ez

l^TiTTjais,

r}

(< ^rjTw).
152.
7^

a seeking, search.
;

2.

inquiry, debate I Ti 6^t

Ac

Ti 223, Yit 3

seq.

irepC,

a questioni7ig, Jo 32^, Ac 252^


tares),
(cf.

*li'(,dyioy, -ov,

to (in

Talmud
wheat:

yyil),

zizanium (EV,

a kind
s.v.

of

darnel, resembling
Zfxu'pm,
-r?s, rj,

Mt

1325-27,29,30,36,38,40

DB,

" Tares ").t

Ee

111 28 T, for 2/x-, q.v. (cf. Bl.,

3,

9; Mayser,

204).t

ZopopcipeX

(FIJ,

Zopof3d/3r]Xo<:,
:

-ov),

6,

indecl.

(Heb.

bs^lj),

ZertiUabel

(i

Ch

^^\

al.)

Mt

I12. ^^,

Lk

327.t

(akin to yvo>os, q.v.), [in Sm. : Ex IO22, Jb 283, pg 10(11)2 90(91)6, ig 599*.] in Hom. the gloom of the under-world; hence, darkness, deep gloom (poet, and late prose writers) He 12^^, iiPe2*.i7, Ju^.is.t
**to<l>os, -ov, 6
:

luy6s (in
bif
,

cl.

more
l.
so,

freq. to ^vyov), -ov, 6 (<^ ^evyvvixi), [in

LXX for
Ee
6^
(of.

niSJiin, etc.;]
:

a yoke; metaph.,

of

bondage or submission to
2.

authority

Mt

1129.

Ac

15io,

Ga

5^, i

Ti 6\

a balance

Is 4012, al.).t
l^u'iiT],

-7;s,

^, [in

LXX
Le

for ]^!0n

Ex

12^5 133 23is 3425,

-ISBT,
T.

Ex 1215.19 apTou, Mt 1612.


Ga
59;
C. r.

137,

2ii,

De

16**;] leaven:

Mt

1333,

Dq 163 l^ 1321.
:

exc. in the Parable of the


56-8,

i;u^6a),

-S

Ho

Lk I321, i Co 5^, Ga 5^.+ ^wos, alive, + aypevw), [in LXX chiefly for iTH hi. I<ayp4b), -w to catch alive, take captive: metaph., Lk 51"; pass., 11 Ti 22" (on the meaning and construction, v. Ellic, CGT, in 1.).+
7**;] to leaven
:

Metaph., of a moral influence or tendency, always, Leaven (Mt 1333, ljj 1321)^ fo^ evil i Co Mt 16"' n, Mk 81^, Lk 121 (Cremer, 723).+ ^aptaaCwv, Ex 123^.39, Le e^do) 23i7, t,vfxri), [in LXX for

^^

Mt

1333,

;]

^wT), -^9,

17

(Caw), [in

LXX

chiefly for W'^JJ

;]

life (in

Horn., Hdt.,

)8tos, q.v.

later, existence, vita

qud vivimus, as
1.
;

distinct

from

vita

quam vivimus ;
Co
15i,

opp. to

Ba.varo'i);

of natural life:

Lk
;

^ibs, 1625, Ac

833, I

Trvc^a ^oi^?, Ee lin i^vxh i<^v? I Ti 48, He 73, Ja 41* (Ge 130), lie 163; of the life of one risen from the dead, Eo 510, He 716. 2. Of the life of the kingdom of God, the present life of grace and the Westc, JEpp. life of glory which is to follow (Dalman, Words, 156 ff. 651.53, Eo 710 86.10, Phi 2i, Col 3*, Jo Jo., 214 ff.; Cremer, 272 ff.) 436 1250 173^ II Pe 13; alihyLos (reff. supr.; DCG, i, 538^ ii, 30 f.), Jo Jo 812 6 Adyos t. ^., I Jo 11 6 apros t. ^,, I Jo 12, al. T. <f)Q)<; rrjs 635. *8; giKtttWis 4<"^5, Eo 5I8; /xtTctvoia eis C-, Ac 111^; iv auToi ^. ^v, Jo
;
:

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


;

197

Jo 1*; Cv iv. X. 'I., II Ti 11 ra Trpos ^ui-qv, II Pe l^, al. (TTCi^avos TVS C, Ja V^ Ee 210; x^pts ^^5 (gen. expl.), i Pe 3^; ^. Kal lpr]vr], Eo 8; ^ Ktti d<t>dap(rLa, II Ti l^o di/ao-rao-ts ^w^s, Jo 529 ^[^Xos ^w^s, Phi 43,
;

Ee
has

3^; ivkov ^oj^?,


life
:

t. irvevfia,

Ee 2''; v8wp ^w^s, Ee Eo 8^'^ prjfiaTa, Jo 6^3


; J

22^^; meton., of that


of

one

who

gives

life,

which Jo 11^^

14, I

Jo

12

r)

ivToXrj,

Jo

1260.

Stn.
(5nfj,

v.s. /3ios.
-lys,
17

{Cwwy/xi),
1^,

[in

LXX

for tSJXlK
;

nnijn

etc.

;]

belt,

girdle

Mt

3*,

Mk

Ac 2V^, Ee

l^^ 15^

as a receptacle for

money,

Mt

109,

Mk

68.t

chiefly for nan ;] ^0 gftrd ; c. ace. ^dvyufii and ^(ovvvw, [in Mid., to gird oneself : Ac 12^ (cf. dva-, 8ia-, Trept-, un-opers., Jo 2118.
^a)i'vv//,t).t

LXX

j^uoyoi'eu,

Jg

819,

Ki
1.

-w (<; ^wo's, a^ive, ycVco-^ai), [in 26 279. 11, III Ki 21 (20)31, jy xi 7* (rrn
cl.,

LXX Ex
:

11'^' 18' 22,

pi., hi.),
life.

Le

11*^

(njn)*;]

in

to engender,

produce

alive,

endue with
;

2.
:

In

LXX
1733,

and NT,

Ac

719,

Cremer, 274) to preserve alive (DCG, ii, 606^ Ti 613 (EV, quickeneth; E, mg., preserveth).f
(u)ov, V.

Lk
for

iwoK (Eec.

LS,

S.V.), -ou,

to (<C<^os, alive), [in

LXX

iTH (chiefly) and cognate forms; freq. in Wi;]

a living creature,

an animal: Ee 4-9 5ff- 6i^- 7" 143 157 194. ^^^^ ^, ^-^^^ He 13"; 5\oya C', II Pe 212, Ju lo.t Sfn, 6-qpiov, in which the brutal, bestial element is emphasized, and which is never used of sacrificial animals. On the other hand, is the more comprehensive, as expressing the vital element common to the whole animal creation (v. Tr., Syn., Ixxxi; Cremer, 274). 21i*, iv Ki 5^ Ne 9, ^0)0-1701^0), w, [in LXX for n^n pi., hi., Jg Jb 36, Ps 7020, Ec 713(12)*;] 1. in cl. (= ^woyovtw), to produce alive. 2. In LXX and NT, to make alive, cause to live, quicken {DCG, ii,
:

t,.

606*; Cremer, 275)


Pass.,
I

Jo

521 6^3,

Eo

41^

SH,

Co

15*^, 11

Co

3,

Ga

321.

Co

1522. 36,

Pe

Bis.t

H
H,
,;'

tj,
r?,

TJTa,

TO,

indecl., eta, the

seventh

letter.

As a numeral,

= 8000. disjunctive and comparative particle (Bl., 36, 12; 77, 11); VI, 6^^, Lk 22*, Mt 5i^ 1. disjunctive, or ; (a) between single words 619, Eo 121, al. ; (b) before a sentence expressing a variation, denial Jo or refutation of a previous statement, freq. in interrog. form Mt 7*' 9, 121*, Lk 13*, Eo 329 63 921, i Co 69. i 9^, 11 Co 11^ ; ^ v, either 16i3, i Co 14 (c) in a disjunctive question (as or, Mt 62*, Lk
=
8
; :

Mk
.

Mk
. .

Lat.
fi-^,

an
I

after

utrum)
p.-f,TL,

Mt

9^,

Mk

29,
.

Lk
. .

7i9, al.

Co

98;

II

Co 1"; ^

^,

after jroTcpov, Jo 71^ 1335. 2. Com-

Mk
i

parative, than : after comparatives, Mt al.; after hepov, Ac 17^1; OeXw (KiihnerS, iv, 303),
IQi^,

Lk

9i3,

Jo

3i9,

Eo

I311,

Co

14i9;

V" i

198

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Mt
1^^

before, seq. ace. et inf.,


cf.

Mk

Robertson, Gr.,
:

661),
;

Mt

li^O; after a positive adj. (Ge 49^^; 9.45,47. 3. with other IS^. ,

Mk

particles
71",

dX\'

^, v.s.

Lk
r\

1111.12,
{ixriv),

Ro

dAAa ^ yap, 215 49, al; ^roi


7.
1.
Tyycju-wv),

v.s.
. . .

yap

17

Kai,

or even, or also,

Mt

i Ro

6i (cf.

Wi
to

lli^).

V.S.

et, iii,

i^yeiiok'cuw
.

(<^

to

lead the Way.

2.

lead in war,
.).

command (cf Ramsay, IFas Christ horn at Bethlehem ? ; 2'-^ 31. c. gen. loc, Lk 3. to be governor of a province
^ye^io.ia,
-as,

DCG, ii, 463 f

r/yc/xciv),

[in

LXX

Ge

36^0 {^^bii),

Nu

1*

2^^

(^3*;?),

Si 7* IQi, IV
-6vo%, 6

Mac

633 134*.] ^ule, sovereignty:


[in

Lk

31.+
1.

r\yf.\i.uiv,

{rj-yioixai),

LXX

for pjll^K

112^,

etc.;]

Mk

2. a commarider. 3. a governor of a province (proMt IQi^, consul, propraetor, legate, or procurator; but cf. avOvTraros) 139, Lk 2112, I Pe 21^^; of the Procurator of Judaea, Mt

leader, guide.

'.

272,11,14,15,21,27 281*,

Lk

2020,

Ac
,

232*.

26, 33
:

241.10 2630.

4.

For Heb.

iB^S (LXX,

xtA-tai)

misread "^B^X

leaders
[in

Mt

''''.t

riyeoikai.,

-ov/xai,

depon. mid.,
1.

LXX
He

(chiefly pres. ptcp.) for


(b)

T33, CTNl, icr,


rule, he leader: xiv), Mt 2 (i-^H

etc.;]

to lead; (a) to guide, go before;


7]yov/j.evos,

to

pres. ptcp.,

a ruler, leader (MM, Exp.,


13^.
i7. 24.

Lk

222,

Ac

710 1412 1522,

2.
:

to suppose,

believe, consider, think (Hdt., Soph., al. ; cf. Lat. 10^9 II11.26, Ac 262, Phi 23.6 37^ I Ti 112 61,

duco)

c.

dupl. ace,

He
;

ace. seq. ws,


inf..

c. ace., 11

Th

31^

c.

ace. seq.

n Pe li3 adv., i Th 5i3


c. inf., 11

2i3 39;

1^

c.

SiKaiov, dvayKOLov, c. inf., II Co 9^, Phi 225 Phi 3^ (cf. 81-, iK-Si-, c^-, Trpo-rjyeofJiaL).^

Pe

orav, Ja 1^ li3 ; c. ace. et

Syn.

v.s. hoKw.

Pr 32* (my), etc. ;] gladly, ^Sc'ws, adv. ri8vs, sweet), [in 620 123", jj Qq lliS; superlat., rjhioTa, very gladly with pleasure :
:

LXX

Mk
;

(Bl., 11, 3), II


t]8tj,

adv.,

Co 129-15.+ in NT, always


vvv
.

of time;

Lk

7^,

Jo

436, al.

^.,

now, already : now already, i Jo 43

Mt
rf.

3io,

Mk

437,

irore,

now

at

length,

e. fut.,

Ro
ri

li" (cf. aprt).

TjSiora, v.s. i^Sews.


flhovr], -^?,

rjSoixat, to

be glad), [in

LXX Nu
:

ll^ (nyjo),
;

Pr
81*,

171,

Wi
*
:

72 1620,

and
-ov

freq. in iv

Mac

;]

pleasure

11

Pe

2i

pi.,

Lk

Tit 33,
viint
524
I

Ja4i.3.+
{<C'r]8vs,
oa-fxr]),

iqSu-oCTfios,

sweet-smelUng ; as subst., to
Si, prol.27

^.,

Mt

2323,

Lk

1142,t

**^eos, -eos

(-0V5), TO, [in

LXX:

20^6

<25),

ly

Mac

129 27.21
pi.,

132V*
.J

^ haunt, abode.

2.

=
pf.

l6o<;,

custom,

manner:

Co

I533.+
^Kcj, [in

LXX
;

chiefly for K12

83 (late pf., impf. = plpf.), to have come, he -present : Mt 24*0, V. Swete, in 1. App., 169), Lk 12*6 x52' Jo 8*2, He 10^' 9- 3^,

;]

with pres. meaning (hence

Mk

rjKa,
i

WH,

Jo

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


520,

199
ll^*

Re

225 33, 9 154

id, seq. ek,

Jo
:

aeq. irrS, c. gen. loc, Mt 8^\ 4*^; /xaKpoOtv, 8^; eVi, c. ace,
.

Lk
Re

1329
3*.

cV,

Eo

Mk

discipleship Jo 310, Re 188; ggq.


t^iXci (Rec.
eA(i)i).t

6^"^

of time

and events

^^^1,
-^Xi',

c ace. pers.,

Mt

absol., Mt 233, Lk 19^3 (cf. dv-, Ka^-7?ca)).t


:

Metaph., of 24^*, Jo 2^, u Pe


27*
(cf.

L, ^A/; Heb.

^b^C),

Eli,

my God: Mt

'HXei (Eec. 'HXi;

RV,

'HXi),

6,

indecl., Heli,

Joseph's father:
cf.

Lk

323.t
'HXci'as

(Eec. 'HAtas;

LTr., 'HXtas; T, 'HXcias;


l^^,

WH,

App.,

155, Intr., 408), -ov {-a,


:

Lk

WH),

(Heb. njbx, nrrbs), Elijah

11^* 16^* 173,4,10-12 27*^*9^ (ill Ki 17, al.) G^' 828 94,5,11-13 19, 30, 33, 4^ 1538' 36, Lk 1^7 425.26 98, Jo 121,25^ ja 517; ly 'H., in the

Mt

Mk

portion concerning E., Ro 11^.+ iqXiKia, -as, rj (<[^Xt^, of the Same age, mature), [in

LXX:
of

Ez

I318 (npip),

Jb

2918,

Wi

49, Si 26^7, freq. in ii-iv

Mac;] always

age or maturity; "a stage of growth whether measured by age or stature"; 1. (a) age: Mt 627, Lk 12^5 (R, mg.), He ll^i; (b) full age, maturity: Jo 921.23, Eph 4". 2. stature: Lk 193 (Mt B^^, Lk 1225, AV, R, txt. but the prevailing usage in and tt. favours the former meaning in these doubtful passages cf., Ellic, ICC, AR, on Eph, I.e.; Milligan, NTD, 74 f., and esp., MM, Exp., xv; e contra.
;

LXX
;

Field, Notes, 6).t

*^XiKos,
interrog.,

-77,

what

determined by WH, txt., RV).t


qXios, -ov,

prop., as big as, as old as. 2. As indirect sized, what, how great, how small (the sense to be the context) Col 2^, Ja 35, Ga 6^^ (WH, mg. 7n;X-,
-ov,
1.
:

6,

[in

LXX

chiefly for orpg;;] the

sun

with

art. (Bl.,

132 4 132" 162, Lk 4*0, Ac 220(i-xx) 5*5 13*3 172 2429, 111, Re li 612 812 92 IQi 12i 168 1917 2123 ; ^A^eiv 2613, Ja 7i without art., Mt Tov ^., Ac 1311 ; ovSe /XT) Trea-r) tV avrous o rj., Re 15*i, Re 72 I612 225.t 13, Lk 2125 23*5, Ac 2720, I'Co

46,

5),

Mt

Mk

Eph

426,

^Xos, -ov,
i^ficis,
r\\i.ipa,

6,

[in

LXX:
[in

Is 41^

(npOO),

etc.;]

a nail: Jo

2025.t

V.S. cyw.
-as,
17,

chiefly (very freq.) for DV;] day; 1. as gen. ^^lepas, by day (WM, 30, 11), Re 2125 distinct from night ^. k. ^^>as vvKTos (v. K. ^.), Ac 92*, I Th 29, II Th 38, Re 48 (BL, 36, 13) at mid-day, Ac 26i3; ace. durat., t. ^/xepas, Lk 213^; oXrjv ttjv
:

LXX

_;

fiea-rj^,
fj.,

Ro Lk 2"
1312, I

836
;

^v rifxepa,

Jo

fj.

ytWroi,
5*.
5> 8,

Lk
Pe

11, 4*2 22^6


119. 2.

Ro
;

1313

^^ipa<; 6Sos,
912, al.
;

^XiVci,

Lk

Th

II

Of a

civil

a day's journey, metaph., Jo 9*, Ro day of 24 hours, incl. night

Mt
Wr^
al.
;

63*,

Mk
Es
Twv

621,

Lk
Co Ae

1314^

al;

rpCrr}
f/.l

^.,

Mt
Lk
day

I621;

^/xpa

k.

^.

(cf.

D'I\
rj.

3*), II

4i; 5\r]v r.

Ro

83 IO21; pi.,
131*' 1^
:

Jo
71

212,

Ac
7}.,

91^,

a^vfioiv,

123

t. a-a^fiarov,

KvpiaKT}
r.

Re

li**.

3.

In Messianic sense, of the

last

rj

rj.

{iKeLvrj,

Kvpiov,

200
etc.),

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Mt T\ Lk
623,

Pe S^", al; on that day, by meton., as compared with the avOfiuyTTivrj, of a human tribunal, I Co 4^ (EV, man's judgment). 1). M, Pr., 81), of time 4. As in Heb. (also in Gk. writers; Bl, 46, 9 in general Jo 8^^ 1420^ Qq Q-i^ ^ph Qn, Pe 318 pi.^ Ac 157, gph

Ro

13i^

Co

l^,

Th

52, ii

Th 2\

11

divine judgment

516,

He

10^-

7r5a-as ras

rj.

(cf.

U^pTl bs
Qi^,

De

4*, al.
220,
i

MM,
;

Exp., xv),
rj.,

2820; iKevaovrai ^. Srav (Sre), Mt gen. pers. (Ge 26i, al.), Mt 2\ Lk 1^,

Mt

Mk

Lk
Pe

5^' 17^2; ai
320

C.

Ac 7*^

dpxv

r]fjipwv,

He
(to

73.

%eTpos,
246 26^
vfj..,
T)

-a,
II

-ov

(ly/Acts),

poss. pron. of first pers.,


;

our
3^*.t

Ac

2^^

Ro
fi-r]v,

15*,

Rec,

WH,
rj.

Ti 415, I Jo 13 22 mg., R, txt.) ol


;

TO

^.,

Lk

16^2,

WH,
:

txt.,

R, mg.

-f).,

our (people). Tit


[in

V.S.

*n f^^iiQaur^s,
half-dead
:

-s

{<wh

half

Oi^rjaKoj),

LXX
cl.,

IV

Mac
BL,

4ii*;]

Lk

103o.t gen., -ovs (late, as in


tt.,

TJ)xiCTus, -ia, -V,

for

-eos;

8,

4;

Mayser, 294),

n. pi., rj/iiaLa

(Rec, cl,

-cia), [in

LXX

for

^sq, n^sqo;]

half; 1. as adj., agreeing in gender and number with the substantive 2. As neut. subst., to y/XLO-v, following, Ttt ri/JLiO-ia T. v-n-ap)^6vTWV, Lk 19^. gen., ^. Kaipov, Re 12^*; Iw? rjfxLorov^ the half; rj. (anarth.), a half: c. 623 after a cardinal number, r)fipa<; Tpeis k. rjixurv, T. /SacriXetas /aou, lit Re 119'

Mk

*t

i^|jiiwpo'

(Rec.

-lov),

-ov,

TO

(i7/ti,

half

wpa), /iaZ/ a7t

hour: Re

^k-iKa, rel.

adv. of time, at which time,


rj.

when;

seq. av, c. subjc,

whensoever: iiCoS^^'^^.t
Tjircp, V.S.

*Tjmos, -a, Trpos, 11 Ti 22*.

-ov,

mild, gentle:
6,

Th

(WH,

R, mg.,

vi^ttio?);

seq.

"Hp (L, "Hp),


328.t **tTipfios, -OV,
I

indecl.

(Heb. TV), Er, an ancestor of Jesus


3^^

Lk

[in

LXX: Es

A*;]

quiet, tranquil

(Luc,

al.)

Ti 22.t

Syn.

^avxi-os, q.v.

'Hpa)8T)s

(Rec.

-w8r]s), -ov, 6,

Herod;

1.

Herod
14^)
:

the Great:

Mt

2,

Ac
815,

2335.

'

2.

Herod Antipas
9^

(6 Terpadpxv^,

Mt
3.

Mt

14i.

3.

Mk

Lk

15 31, 19 83 97,

1331 23,

Ac

427 131.

Herod Agrippa I: Ac

121.

6, 11, 19, 21

(of. 'Aypt'TTTras (II)).t

'HpwSiavoi (Eec 'Hpw-), -wv, ot, Herodians, partisans of Herod Mt 22i, (cf. Tovs Ttt 'UpwSov ^povovvra^, FIJ, Ant., xiv, 15, 10) 3 12i3.t
:

Mk

'HpwSids (Rec 'Hpw-), -aSos, 17, Herodias, granddaughter of the Great Mt 143.6, Mk 6i7'i9'22, Lk 3i9.t 'HpwSiuK (Eec 'Hpo)-), -wvos, 6, Herodion : Ro 16ii.t
:

Herod

'Ho-aias (Rec. 'Ho-aias), -ov, o

(Heb. liTjnjr), Isaiah, the prophet

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Mt

201

33 41* 81- 1217 131*' 35 157, 7, Lk 3* 41^, Jo 123 1238, 39, 4i^ Ac S^s 927. 29 1016. 20 1512 2825, Ro iytyCvui<TKv T. Trpocf>y]Tr]v 'H., Ac 830 jV t.
.

Mk

H.,

Mk

P.t
o,

'Haau,

indecl.

(Heb.

it^rjr,

Ge

2525),

Esau: Eo

9^3 (Lxx)^

He

1120 i2i.t
TJco-dofiai, V.8. rjTTau).
ri(T(T<av

neut., TO

17.,
:

(Rec. i]TT-, the Attic literary form), ^a-a-ov, inferior, less adverbially, Zess ; 11 Co 12^^ ; ts to ^., /or </ie worse (opp.
I

to KpuTTov)

Co
;

ll^^.t

T^auxtiioj, [in

LXX
(b)

chiefly for IDpB? ;] to he still


live quietly
:

(a) to rest

from
:

labour
143,

Lk

23*^

to

Th

4}^

(c) to

be silent

Lk

Ac 1118 211* (cf, jb 327, Ne 58).t SYN. : (Tiydw (q.V.), cruaTrdw.


f\<Tuxta, -as,
17

(-<

Tjau'xios, q.v.), [in

LXX
:

for pXTVl

l^ffif

etc.

;]

1.

quietness

ii

Th

312.

2.

stillness, silence

Ac
:

222,

xi

2ii i2.t

iqaoxios, -a, -ov

(= the more

freq. ^crvxo^; cf.


i

Wi

I81*, Si 25^0),

[in

LXX

Is 662 (nn-n35) *;] quiet, tranquil


:

Ti

22, i

Pe

3*.t
rj.,

Syn.
within
T]Toi,

^pc)u,os,

of tranquillity arising
i

from without;

from

(v. Ellic.

on

Ti,

I.e.

but also
:

v.

CGT,

ib.).t

disjunct, part., whether


{rjrrcr-, II

Ro

Gi'^.t

i^TTdw, -w

Co
:

pass.,

1.

to

be inferior
c.

absol, iiPe220;
tr^TTtifia,

seq. dat., ib.i^.t


TO,

1213, v.s. ^(r<TU)v), [in 12i3. 11 Co


vircf),

LXX
2.

for

nnn

etc.

;]

to

be overcome

-Tos,

[in
I.e.),

LXX
i

for

DO,
(cf.

Is 31^ '8)*;]

defect,
f.,

loss,
f.

defeat : Eo II12 (cf. Is, Lft., Notes, 212).t


tJttwk, v.s ^cra-oiv.

Co

6^

Field, Notes, 160

171

f|x^w, -w

(<C ^X^'), [in

LXX

for

HDn

etc.

;]

to

sound

Co

13i

(cf. i$-, KaT-r/xcw)-'!'

Tjxos, -ov, 6 (also in late

?ian

etc.

;]

1.

noise,
:

and MGr., -cos, to, Lk 212^), [in LXX for sound : Ac 22 rj. ^aXao-o-T/s, Lk 212^ o-aATrtyyos,
;

He

121^.

2.

a report

seq. nepl,

Lk

437.t

e,

and

^,
0^

Otjra,

to,

indecl.,

theta, the eighth

letter.

As a

numeral,

^=

9,

=
6

9000.

eoSSoios,

-ov,

(Aram.

ij{"l|1

""in),

Thaddaus

Mt
:

103,

Mk

31^

(WH,
1123,

mg., AeygySaros, q.v.).t


edXaaoro, -7s,
r],

[in

LXX
II12,

chiefly for
1,

d;; ;]

the sea
;

Mt

23i5,

Mk
6.

Lk

2125,

Eo

927,

He
;

Ja

Ju
17

i3,

Ee
k.

71, al.
(

t6 Trc'Aayos t^s

(v. Tr.,

ut infr.),

Mt

IS**

6 ovpavo? k.

y^

.,

of the

whole world,

202

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


42*,
al.

Ac

(Hg

2^)

6.

iaXiv-q,

Re

4 IS^
d.,

10.32

17U.

of the
(as

Eed
Heb.
;

Sea, Ipvdpa
DJ), 6. r.

Ac

73, i

of the Mediterranean, Ao 1129; of Co lO^'^

He

an inland lake
T.

VaXiXata^,
6^
;

Mt

4^8 1529,

Mk

1" 7";
rj

TiySepiaSos,

Jo 21^

T.

r.

T. T.,

Jo

of the

same, simply

6.,

Mt

416,

Mk

213, al.

SrN. : TTcXayos, "the vast expanse of open water"; 6., "the sea as contrasted with the land " (Tr., Syn., xiii). for pD etc. ;] to heat, warm ; metaph., (a) to 6aXir(i>, [in

LXX

inflame (Trag.)

{b) to foster, cherish


7]

Eph
,

52^, i

edfiap (Tr., aixdp),


OajiPe'dj,
-u)

(Heb.
[in

IJpin

Ge

38),

Th 2\f Tamar Mt
:

l^.t
1.

(^aya/?os),

LXX
for

for

nra

ni.,

pi.,

etc.;]
:

to

be
12^

amazed.

2.

In late Gk.,
c.

to astonish, terrify (11

Ki

22*)

pass.,

Mk

1032; seq. iwC,

dat

rei,

Mk

102*.t

edfipos, -ovs, TO, [in

LXX

in

etc.

;]

amazement

Lk

4^^ 5^,

Ac

S^o.t

*0am(Tifios, -ov (<


eavaTT]-<j>(5pos,

^oti'ttTos),

Jb

3323, IV

Mac

-ov ^avaros, c^epo)), [in 818.26 1526*;] deadly, death-bringing

deadly

Mk

IGi^^lt

LXX: Nu
:

1822
38.t
,

(j^:;;;;^)^

Ja

Qdvaros, -ov, 6 (Bv^crKw), [in

LXX chiefly for


al; opp. to
3i,

ri'D

TID

sometimes

forn^l;] death;
violent:
II
e.,

1.

of the
227,

death of the body, whether natural oc


723,
^o,,?,

Jo 11", Phi

He
S^o,

Ro

838,

p^i

lao. of

the death of Christ,

Ro

Phi

He
Mt

2^;
2638,

pvi<j6ai (o-oi^av) eV 6.,

Co

110,

He
Lk

57

TTcpiAuTTOs 0)5 ^avarou,

Mk

143*

Phi
14*

28,

Re
22',

210;

ivXr^y^

Oai'drov,

a deadly wound.
Oavdrov,

ddvarov,

He
1526,

11*;

yvea-6ai

Mk
fied,

Oavdro) reXfVTav

(Ex
21*;

211^, rup-^
pi., of 7i,

Mk 91; ma), Mk 71"


perils, 11
520,
i

^i^p, {S^xpi) 133; l^elv ev'o^os Oavdrov,


;

Re

death personi1123. 2. 31* 5i, al.

Ro

69, I

Co
:

Re

spiritual death

Jo
114

52" 8*1,

Ro
;

deadly Ja li*,
f.).

Co

Of
;

Jo

of

eternal death,

Ro

132 75^ al.


ff.
;

6 6. 6 SevVcpos,
i,

Re

2ii 218 (cf.

Cremer,
,

283
to

ff.

DB,

iii,

DCG,

791

6ai'aTou, -w, [in

LXX

chiefly for

TOD

hi., ho.,

also for 2in

etc.
11

;]

put to death: c. ace, Mt IO21 26*9 Metaph. 69, I Pe 318; pass., Ro 83". to), Ro 7^t
edTTTw, 1412,
[in

271,
:

Mk
;

I312 14".

Lk

21i6,

Co

Ro 8i3
;]

pass., c. dat, (in relation

LXX
Ac

chiefly for
pass.,

inp

to

bury
229. i

c.

ace,
15*.t
:

Mt

82I' 22

Lk

9*9. 60^

5'9'i<;
6,

Lk

I622,

Ac

Co

0apd (Rec. dpa),


eoppc'w,

indecl. (Heb. mCl),

Terah (Ge 11)

Pr I21, -w (later form of Bapa-ew), [in 13ii 17"*;] to be cheer or courage, to IV Mac Da of good be confident: 11 Co 5''8, He 13"; t. TrcTrot^r^o-et, 11 Co 102; seq. cis, ev, ib. 7i.t II Co 101 SVN. : ToXpdui. " 6. has reference more to the character, t. to manifestation " (Thayer, s.v. roA/iaw). its
:

LXX

Lk 33^t Ba 421. 27,

LXX

6i<'(i7),

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Bapaiu,
-u)

203
;]

(v.s. 6appew), [in


:

LXX
28^^.

chiefly for K");

c.

neg.

to be

of good courage

imperat.,

ddptret,

-elre,

Mt

92. 22 1427^ -^^ gso io*9,

Jo

1633,

Ac

23ii.t

6(ip<ros, -ovs, TO,

courage

Ac

0au/ia, -T09, t6, [in

LXX:
2.

Jb IT^
:

IS^o 20* 216 (.,j^

^tp

.-]

^^

a wonder
absol.,

n Co

11^*.

wonder
,

Ee

17^.t

Oaujidju, [in

Mt
1.,

ICG,

in

for HJffZ etc. ;] ^0 marvel, wonder, 8i.27 933 1531 2120 2222 271*, 520 155, Lk 3 825 24*1, Jo 520 Ac but v. infr.), ib.

LXX

^u
;

Mk

wonder at pi (E, txt.;

V\

4^3 13*1,

Ee
528,

17'^'^; c. ace. pers.,

Lk

7^;

c.

ace. rei,

Lk

24^2

(WH,
;

E, mg. om.), Jo
,

Ac

731

Baip.a fiiya,
^^
;

Ee

17^

irpoVwTTov

(LXX

for D139 Nt?p


seq.
rei,
ev, c.

De

10^^

al.),

Ju
312;

seq. 8ia, c. ace,


v.

Mk
seq.

6^ Jo V^
iiri,

Lk

121 (?

E, mg., but
7re/)t,

supr.)
3^3.

c. dat.
5ri,

Lk

dat. obj., 233 422 943^

2026,

Ac
;

Lk
i

218; 6iTi<Tw,

Ee

133;

Lk
S^i)

1138,
:

Jo

3^ 427,

Ga

t,

Mk

15**,

Jo

Pass. (Si 383,

wi

seq. h, c. dat.

pers., II

Th
;]

l^o (cf. ^K-^av/^a^wj.t


-a,

Oaufido-ios,

-ov (<^^av/ia), [in


;

LXX
:

chiefly for
21i*.t
for K^gl

K^D

ni. (n. pi.

nisbp:)

wonderful
-'?,

n. pi.,

wonders

Mt

OaufAaoTcJs,

-ov (<^ ^au/xa^cj), [in al

LXX
)^

and cogn. forms


I511,
:

(Ps 117 (118)22.23 118 (119)129, Is 251,


al.),

j^^, ^i

(gx

Ps 64

(65)5,

Tl (Ps
1211
('*>),

81' 9

92

(93)*), etc.

;]

wonderful, marvellous

Mt

21*2 (lxx)^

Mk
II

Jo

930, I
ri

Pe

29,

Ee
:

15i.3.t

9<1, -as,

(fem. of

6e6<:,

q.v.),
11

a goddess

upon, contemplate, view (in early writers with a sense of wondering), in NT apparently always in literal, physical sense of " careful and deliberate vision which interprets ... its object": c. ace. rei, Mt 11^, Lk 72* 23^5, Jo li*.32
to behold, look

Mac

Qidofiai, -wfiat, [in 5*'^*;] 2* 336, III

LXX

Ch

22^ (nsi),

Ac 1927.t To 22 136. 1*, Jth

15^,

Mac

43s 11*5,

Ac

229,

Jo

11

c.

ace. pers.,
138,

Mt

22ii,

Ac

2127,

Eo

I52*,

412; c. ptep., pass., Mt 61 235,

Mk

Lk 52^, Jo Mkl6fiiU
16^*1,

Ac 1";

seq. 5ri,

Jo

65, i

i Jo Jo 41*;

SyN.
(eccl.
;

v.s. Oeiopeo}.

*t6caTpiiw {<^diaTpov), to make a spectacle of, expose to contempt pass., He 1033.t iK6-, Polyb.) *6e'aTpo', -ou, TO (<^ ^cao/u-ai), 1. a theatre (used also as a place of assembly) Ac 1929> 3i. 2. Collective for 01 Biarai, the spectators. 3. = ^ca, Biapa, a spectacle, show : metaph., i Co 4^.1
: :

Oelo^ -ov, TO, [in

LXX

Ge

I92*,

De

2923(22),
;]

Jb

18i5,
:

Ps 10

Is 3033 349^

Ez

3822 (nnsia)

m Mae 25 *
:

(11)7,

brimstone

Lk

1729 d-^),

Ee

917. 18

1419 1920 2019, 218.+

66105, -c^, -cZov

^os), [in

LXX Ex 313 3531^ jj, 273 334,

Pr 2"

(^^,

"iJ^^N'

Q"''!^*?)'

Si 635,

nMaCg, iiiMaCi, ivMacjg*;]

divine:

204

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Pe
1^; ^vo-ts (for parallel in
cl.
;

Svvafxt^, II

tt.,

v.

MM,

Exp., xv), ib>; to


IT^^.t
;]

6.^

the Deity (so in

of
r)

God, in Philo and FIJ), Ac


6eLo<:),

**t

0i<5tt]s, -rjTu^,
:

{<^

[in
v.

LXX Wi
:

18^ *

divine natiire,
Oei.

divinity

Ro
:

l^*'

(for ex.

from

tt.,

MM,

Exp., xv). t

Sfndiffering

OeoTTrj':,

deity, godhead, divine personality.

divine

nature and properties, a

summary term

for the attributes of deity,

from

^cot?/? as

quality or attribute from essence.


:

*t0iw8T]s, -s {<C6iiov), of brimstone, sulphiireous 1 6Ar]fAa,


fi'S'^
,

Re

9^'^.+
,

-Tos,

TO

(< OeXui),
I

[in

LXX
that

chiefly for j^gn


is
vt^illed
:

also for

etc.

;]

will, (a) objectively

v^hich

Mt

IS^*

12*^ Jo 630, I Co 7", Ac 221^ Ro 2i 122, gph


of precepts,
seq. Tva,
(b)
II

Lk

Mk

3^-,

6'^ ii Ti 2^^, He lO^", Re 4^ 0. t. OeoZ. 1^, Col 1 4^2, i Pe 4-'; t. Kvptov, Eph 51^; pi. WH, mg., Ac IS^^C^xx); ^o-rtv to 6., c. gen. pers.

Th

Jo
;

639. "o^ i

Qq

1612

c. inf., i

Pe
:

2^^
;

c.

ace. et inf.,

Th

4^

subjectively

Pe
43-1

121

TTotelv,

to ^e'Aeiv (cf. ^e'Xr/o-ts) Lk 2325, Jq 113^ i Pe 317 721 12^0 21^\ 3^^ (pi., Mt mg., v. supr.)

Mk

WH,
21^
;

Jo

638 7I' 931,


22^2^

Eph
211*
.

6,

He

lO^.

^>

36 1321^

Jq

y[ye<x6ai,

Mt

6i

26*2,
Beov,

Lk
Ro

Ac

^ ^ISoKta {(3ovX^) tov

6.,

Eph
i

l^-

cV

li; Bta e. e^ov,

Ro

1532,

Ti 11; Kar^ TO (Cremer, 728).t

6. r. Otov,

Co V, Ga 1*. i Pe
I

II

Co

1^ 8^,

Eph
S^*;

l^,

tQ 6. rov Col l^,

4i9,

Jo

pL,

Eph
,

23

tee'Xriais, -cojs,

^ (OeXw), [in
11*5 (^ny)

LXX:
,

II

1823 (^gn)

Da

LXX
Attic;

To 1218,

Ch W^, Pr 835 (^ix-j) Ez Wi 1625, Mac 12i, iii Mac


and
is

22*;] in colloq. and MGr. = to deXeiv, will : He2*.t QiXta (the strengthened form iOeXw is found in Horn.,

the
for

more

freq.

in
;

v.

Rutherford,
pi.,

NPhr.,

415

f.),

[in

LXX

HUN

^'Sn
freq.

c. neg.,

]XD

etc.

;]

to will,

be willing, wish, desire

(more

than
:

fiovXofxai, q.v., in

for various views as to its relation to

vernac. and late Gk., also in but /3., v. Thayer, 286


;

MGr.
v. also

BL,

Ac

Ga

absol., Ro 9^\ i 24, s.v.) 1821; c. ace. rei, Mt 202i, 51^; c. inf., Mt 5*o, 10*3^

Co
Jo

4^9 1218,

Ja

4^5

Mk

1436,

Jq

157^

Rq

; t. Oeov ^cAovtos, 715- le, 421 736, i

Co

Mk

621.67,
I

R0721,

Mk
al.
;

72*,

Lk

162,

Jo

2122,23,
2'8,

Ro

iQi9^

Co
i

145,

Ga
16^
;

ace. et inf., 6i3; oi OiXoi, Mt 183o,


c.

Ga

4^;

id. c. inf.,

Mt

Mk

626,

Jo 5,

Co

seq. Iva,

625,

Jo 1724. opp.

to

Ttoiioy, Trpda-a-fo, cVcpyeo),


;

Ro

715.19,

Mt 712, Mk n Co 81"' n, Phi

Deiss., LAE, I7924), i Co 14i9 ; eiXtov iv TaTrttvoseq. ^ {ICG, in 1. <^poarw{j {of his own mere will, by humility, R, mg), Col 2i8; in c. ace. rei, Mt 9i3 quotations, for Heb. c. ace. pers., Mt 27'*3
213
;

OT
ff.).

yBU

12^

He

105.8;

c. inf., i

Pe

310

for -iax
[in

c. inf.,

Ac 728

(v.
,

Cremer, 726
,

0jiAios, -ov

Tterifii),

LXX

for ]ia"lN

Tjia

etc.

;]

of or
llio.

for a foundation; as subst., 6


tion
:

6. (sc. Xt^os),

a foundation stone, foundapi., ol


6. (el).

Lk

6*8,49 1429 (but v. Deiss.,

BS, 123);

He

Re

211*' 19; ^eut., t6 6. (Arist., Phys., vi, 6, 10,

LXX and later writers).

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Ac
1626
.

205
Ti
2^^,

metaph.,

Ko

I520,

Co

S^o-i^,

Eph

22*,

Ti

6^9, 11

He
to

6^t
defieXiou,
c.

chiefly for TD^ ;] to lay the foundation of, -a>, [in ace, t. yrjv, He 1^** (i-xx); pass., Mt 7^^, Lk 6*^; metaph., pass., Eph 3i, Col l^^.t I Pe 510 (R, mg., settle) *t eco-StSaKTos, -ov, taught of God (of. SiSaKTol O^ov, Jo 6*5) i Th 40.+ *6co-\6yos, -ov, 6, 1. one who treats 0^ the Divine nature (applied in cl. to the old poets and philosophers). 2. In eccl., a theologian, divine : Re, tit., Rec.t ** 6eofiax^w, -w II Mac 7^^ * ;] to fight against ^o/Aaxos), [in 239 (Rec.).t God : Ac *t0ojjidxos, -ov, [in Sm. Jb 26^, Pr 9^8 21i*;] fighting against

LXX
;

found:

LXX

God: Ac539.t
*t 6e6irKuoTos, -ov (< 6e6<;, Trve'w), inspired by God : 11 Ti 3^"^ ee6s, -o9, o, rj (Ac 1937 only v. M, Pr., 60, 244), late voc, Oti
;

(Mt 27*;

cf.

De

32*, al.), [in


,

LXX

chiefly for D^ri^N, also for

b^ and

other cognate forms, mn^ etc. ;] a god or deity, God. 1. In polytheistic sense, a god or deity : Ac 28", i Co 8*, 11 Th 2*, al. pi., Ac. 14" 1926, Ga 48, al. 2. Of the one true God; (a) anarthrous Mt 62*, Lk 2038, al. esp. c. prep. (Kiihner 3, iii, 605), aTro 6., Jo 32 cV, Ac 5^\
;
:

II

I also when in gen. dependent ^eov, Ro 82^, II Co on an anarth. noun (BL, 46, 6), Mt 27*3, Lk 32, Ro 1^^ i Th 2^^; as pred., Lk 20^8, Jo 1^, and when the nature and character rather than the person of God is meant, AcS^^, Ga26, al. (M, Th., 14); (b) more
;

Co 5\ Phi Pe 2* Kara

39;

VTTO,

Ro

131

Trapa ^eoC,
7^' ^^
;

Jo 1"

-n-apa OeQ, II

Th

16,

freq., c. art.

Mt
6.,

123,

Mk

2', al.

mult.
TT.

c.

prep.,

Sltto t. 0.,

Lk

126; iK,

Jo

8*2, al.; Trapa to5 0.,

Jo 8*";

tQ

e.,

Ro

^^^,iv,

Col 33;

IttX tQ> $.,

1*7; tVl rhv pers., Mt 2232,


al.
;

Lk

Ac

1519;

ei? T. e.,

Ac

241^; ,rpos
al.
;

T. e.,

Jo

12; c. gen.
18,

Mk

1226-27^

13, Phi 42", al. 6 6. Kal irarrip k. t. \., Ro 15", c. gen. rei, Ro 155,13,33^ II Co 13, I Th 523; ^i ^. ^,ov, Mt 1623, 1217, I Co 211; ^^ 217 51 ; t. ^ei, as a superl. (LXX, Jos 33), Ac irpos Tov 6., Ro 1517,
;

Lk 203^, Jo 20^^ Eph

6 6. /xov,

Ro

Phi

13,

Mk

He

720, II

Co

10*; Hebraistically, of judges (Ps 81 (82)6), Jq iqs* (lxx),


-7

35^

eeoa^Pcia, -as,

deotre^i^s), [in

LXX
76.22

Ge 20"
1528
jj

(Q"'^b^?

H^T),

Jb

2828 (-.jiKid.), Si I2*,


:

Ba

5*, iv

Mac

j<

1715*.] f^ar of

God, godliness

eeoaeprfs, -e9
al.
;]

Ti 2i9.t
^eos, cri/Sofiai), [in

LXX

for D^nhj?

NT Ex
,

1821,

God-fearing, godly
SyI^^.
:

Jo

93i.t

cicre/ST^s (q-V.), Bprj<TKo<;.

* SeooTOYVis,
to
ib.

God
*t

Ro

-es (<^ ^eos, o-Tvyew), 1. passive, as freq. in cl., hateful 13o (R, txt., cf. Lft., Notes, 256). 2. Active, hating God

(R, mg.,

cf.

ICC,
17,

in

l.).t

de6TT]s, -7;tos,

deity,

Godhead

Col 29t
:

Syn-

'

OtLOTT]^, q.v.

ec6<^iXos, -ov (^05, <^tA.os), Tfieophilus

Lk

13,

Ac

l^.t

206

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


ecpaircia, -as,
i]

{depaTrtvui), [in

LXX for 0^2?


9^^

Ge

45i

(cf.

Es

5'),

etc.

(Field, Notes, 60), Re 222. 3^ Collective, household attendants, servants : Lk 12*^ (LXX, 11, c.).t Sepaireuw, [in for nOT etc. ;] 1. to do service, serve : c. ace. pers., pass., Ac 17^^. 2. As medical term, to treat (MM, Exp., xv),
;]

1.

service.

2.

heali7ig

Lk
,

LXX

cure, heal
al.
;

aeq.

Mt 12^0, Mk 6^, Lk a7r6, Lk 51^ 6^ V^ S^-


: :

6", al.
;

c.

ace. pers.,

e. vocrov {fxaXaKtav),
;

Mt 42*, Mk Mt 423, al.

l"*,

Syn.
servant

idofjiai (v.

Field, Notes, 60
6,

MM,

Exp.,

I.e.).

OepdiTUk',
:

-ovTos,

[in

LXX

chiefly

for

Tjy;] an attendant,

He
:

3^ (i^xx) f
V.S. Sia/covos.

Sl'J^.

eepi'^w

Jo

Ee Re
(a)

122^ Ja 5*; 14^* c. ace,


;

eipos), [in 252^-26, fig.,

LXX

Mt

t. a-apKiKd, 1

Mt 6", Lk Lk I921.22, Jo Co 9, Ga e^'S Co 9^^ <f)Oopdv, ^wrjv aiwvLov, Ga 6^ t. y^v,


chiefly for

ixp ;]

to

reap

436-38,

14i.+
ecpio-ixos, -ov,

6 (-<
;

9fpit,ui),

[in
:

LXX
Mt
:

chiefly for
1330.39,

TXi?
429

;]

harvest
the crop
ib.s'*;]

the act

43^

(6)

the time

fig.,

Mk

(c)

tig.,

Mt

937. 38,

Lk

102,

Re U^^.i

**eepi<rr^s, -oC, 6 ^6pt'^oj), [in reaper: Mt 133o.39.t


Qepiiaivu {<C0epp.6<;), [in 145*. oneself:

LXX Da LXX
chiefly for

Bel 32, th

LXX
6",
:

mid., to

warm

Mk

Jq
6^',

I8I8.25,

e^Pfi^,

-?s,

^,

[in

LXX

Jb

Dan;] to warm, heat; Ja 2^^.f Ps 18 (19)6, Be 4^1 (non and


chiefly for ]^j5;]

derivatives), Si 3828*;] heat:


Oe'pos, -ous,

Ac

283.t

TO [dipoi, to heat), [in

LXX
:

summer:
11

Mt
l^t

2432,

Mk

1328,

Lk

213o.t

eeao-aXovtKcu's, -cws, o,

a Thessalonian

Ac

20* 272,

Th 1^

Th

Thessalonica, a city of Macedonia Ac -77s, 17, Phi 4l^ iiTi4i".+ ecoSas (perh. contr. from edSwpos, but v. MM, Exp., xv), -a, 6, Theudas Ac 5^^.f Qeupiw, -a (<[ ^cwpo's, a spectator, <^OedofxaL), [in LXX chiefly for nxi mn ;] (pres. and impf. only, exc. Jo 73 (fut.), Mt 28\ Lk 23*8, Jq 85\ Re 11^2 (aor.) BL, 24) 1. (el.), to look at, gaze, behold absol., Mt 275^ Mk 15*^ Lk 2335; geq. ttws, Mk 12*1; ttoS, Mk 15*7; ^ ^cc. pers., Jo 6*0' 62 12*5 igio-io, Ac 3i 2038 252*, Re II11.12. [^^ ^ pt^p Mk 515, Lk 1018, Jo 6i 1012 2012.1*, i Jo 3^^ c. ace. rei, Mt 28i, Lk 1429 216 23*8, Jo 223 62 73, Ac 4^3 8i3 id. c. ptcp., Jo 206, Ac 7^6 10^ 2. In popular lang. (Kennedy, Sources, 155; Bl., seq. oTi, Ac 192*.
eeaaaXoKiKT],
:

171,11,13^

24, s.v. opav), in pres.


oTi,
c.

and impf.

opdio, to see, perceive,


;

discern

Mk

16*,

Jo

419 1219,

Ac

1926 2710

TroVai,

Ac

2120

7rr?Ai/cos,

He

seq. 7*

1419,

538; id. e. ptcp., Ac 17^6 286; e. ace. pers., ace. rei, Ac 9' 1722; TTviZpxi, Lk 2437; ^^ ^.^ Jq 1417. geq. Stl,

Mk

Mk
Jo
t.

311,

Jo

98; c.

ptcp.,

Lk
(cf.

2439.

3.

Hebraistically, to experience, partake of :


;

Odvarov,

Jo 8"

Ps 88

(89)*9)

r. 80'^av,

Jo I72*

(cf. dva-, 7rapa-^<opa>).t

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


eewpia, -a?, ^ (v.s. ^ewpc'o)),
15^^*, III

207
5^*

[in

LXX Da LXX
:

5^,

ii

Mac

Lk

Mac 524*;] 1. 23*^ (both senses in


e-fiK-q,

a viewing.
cl.).t

2.

Oewprj/ia,

spectacle, sight:
Qi*

-7/5,

Tt^77/it),

[in

LXX: Ex
:

252<27)

(jtjj),

Is

(n5^),
Jo
ISii.t

lb. 32^ *;]

receptacle, chest, case

of the sheath of a sword,

Qr\\dlia

OrjX-^,

breast), [in

LXX
Jb

chiefly for
2123.
2.

pr

hi.

;]

1. of

the
to

mother, to suckle : Mt 241^, Mk suck : Mt 21^6 ^ao-rov's, Lk ll^^


0TjXus,
-ia,
-V,

13^"^,

Lk

Of the young,
:

(cf.

3^2,

Ca 8\
;]

al.).t

[in
:

LXX
Eo

chiefly for
6.,

HSpJ

female

as

subst,,
328.t

0.,

a female, a
Br\pa,
-a9,

woman
17,

12.27; ^^

Mt
,

19*,

Mk
.

10,

Ga

[in

LXX

for

T5f

pj^^p

TWl

and cogn. forms ;]


3.

a hunting, chase (Hdt., Xen., al,). 2. prey, game (cl.). Ps 34 (358) ^ J-,^r^ a net : Eo 11^ (but v. Thayer, s.vj.t
1.
,

As

in

Oripeuw

(< ^?7pa),
i

[in

LXX

for

TIJT

etc.

;]

to

hunt,

ensnare,

catch : metaph., Lk ll^^.t *t 0T]piop,axc(>>, -w (<[ Orjpiov,


(Diod.,
al.)
:

fjLd)^o/xai),

to fight

with wild beasts


ii^iZd

Co

1532.t
Oi^p), [in
^^

OrjpioK, -ov,

TO (dimin. of

LXX
1^2,

chiefly for iTO;] a


I220,

ftms^, 6eas<;

Mk V\
[in
c.

Antichrist,
riches,

Ee

11 28*. 11^ 13-20.t

Ac

Tit

He
to

Ja

3^,

Ee

&^; of

Tjoraupi^w,

LXX

for ]D2?

etc.

;]

lay up,
12^*;
c.

store

up

of

Ja 5^;

id.

dat, pers.,

Lk 122\
II

11

Co

ace. rei,

Co

162; Orjo-avpovi iavriij, Mt 6^*' 20; paS8., Eo 25 (cf. Pr 118, Pss. Sol 99).t
6T]<Taup<5s, -ov,

Pe

3^; metaph., opy^v cauTW,

o (<^

TLOrjfxi),

[in

LXX
2^^
;

chiefly for

lylN ;]
.

1.

a place

(b) a treasury (i Mac 3^^ and of safe keeping ; (a) a casket : Mt freq. in cl.) (c) a storehouse (Ne 13^2, De 28^2, al.) Mt 13^2 metaph., of the soul, Mt 1235; t. Ka^Sms, Lk G**. 2. a treasure: Mt e^^-^ii 13", Lk 1233.34^ He 1126; e. iv oipayQ (v. Dalman, Words, 206 ff.), Mt I921,
;
:

Mk
221,

1021,

Lk

1822

of the

knowledge
,

of

God through

Christ,

11

Co

4^

T. (ropia<i K. yvoicrews,

Col
2.

23.

He

Qiyydvta, [in 1220 (LXX).


:

LXX
to

for V32
1128.t

Ex 19^2 * ;] 1. to touch, handle : Col injure (like Heb. yjj, and as in Eur., Iph.

Aul, 1351) Syn. :

c.

gen..

He

v.s. aTTTci).

eXipu, [in chiefly (6 dXi^wv) for lis ;] to press c. ace. pers., 3^ Metaph. 680s TeOXififievq, a narrow (compressed) way, Mt 71*. (as freq. in LXX), to oppress, afflict, distress : c. ace. pers., 11 Th 1^ pass. (Vg., tribulor, tribulationem patior), 11 Co 1' 4^ 7*, i Th 3*, 11 Th 1^, I Ti 510, He 1137 (cf. Sltto-, <rvv-e\iftw).f
:

LXX

Mk

eXii|ns

(LTr.,

eXIi/ris), -0)5,

(< 0\C(3io),

[in

LXX

for IT^y

etc.

;]

208

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


In

pressure (Arist.).

LXX
Mk

and

NT

metaph., tribulation,

distress: Mt 24^21,29^ ld^^'^\ Jo IS^i, 14.8 417 6* 7^ 82.13, Phi 41^ II Th 18, Ja 127,

Ac 7" Re 19

ll^^,

Eo

affliction, 12^2, Co

29' 22 714;

c.

ivdyKT}

(q.v.), I Th 3'^; arevoxt^pLa (which from the order of the words would appear to be the stronger term), Ro 2^ S^S; Stwyyuos, Mt I321, Mk 2io 417, II Th 1* e. cV, Jo 1633, I Co 728, Re ^px^aOai in{, Ac 7^^ eV
;

Okiyl^et, I

Th
:

pi.,

Ac
e.

710 1422 2023,


II

T. Xpia-Toi,

Col

12*

T^s KapSca^,

Ro 53, Eph 3i3, i Th 33, He Co 2* 6. iyetpeiv. Phi l^^.t


:

10^3;

Srx.
lv;
Lft.,

dvdyKr), Siwy/xos,
4:5).

(rTvo\ii>pia

(v.

supr.,

and

cf.

Tr.,

Syn,

Notes,
[in

0^'1^(rKa),

LXX
Mk
-o'v

chiefly for

mO;]

be dead:

Mt

22o,

15*^
i

Lk

7^2

to die; pf. (M, Pr., 114), to 8, Jo 11^* 1933, Ac 14^9 25^^;

metaph., of spiritual death,


e^TcJs, -V,
(n),

Ti 5^

(cf. dTro-, a-vv-aTro-6vrj(TK<D).f

eyyaKw), [in
91* 1517,

LXX

Pr

3^3 202* (qix),

Jb

3023

Is 5112 (nna),
:

death, mortal
pass.,
317

*t6opupd^u

n Mac 9^2, m Mac 329*;] subject to Ro 612 gn, i Co 15^3, 54 Co 4^ 5^t {<C66pvfto<:), = Tvpfid^w (q.v.), to disturb, trouble:

Wi

Lk

lO^i.t

-Sy ^o>/?o?), [in LXX: Na 23(4) (bjn ho.), Da LXX Jg 326, Wi 1319, Si 40"*;] 1. to make a noise or uproar: mid., of loud and ostentatious lamentation, Mt 923, -^^ 539, ^c 201". 2. Trans., to trouble, throw into confusion : t. itoX-lv, Ac 17^. OopuPos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for ]ian etc. ;] a noise, uproar, tumult,

Oopupe'w,
ni.),

(nya

as of an excited

mob: Mt

26^ 272*,

Mk

14^,

Ac
_

20^ 213* 3418;


etc.
to

of

mourners,

o;^Xos Oopvftovfjuvo^,

Mk

5^^.i
;]

0pauw, [in
pieces, shatter;

LXX

for I^SI
to

(De
;

2833, jg 434 536)

break in

metaph.,

break down:
1.

Lk

4i8(Lxx\f

0p^fi/Aa,

-Tos,

TO (rpe^o))
:

a nurseling, esp. of animals (Eur.,


chiefly for bb^ hi., also for ^'p pil.,
lli^,

Plat., al.j.

2. cattle

QpY]Via,

-w

Jo

4i2.t

Oprjvos), [in

LXX
:

etc.;] 1. intrans., to
to bewail:
c.
:

lament, wail

Mt

Lk

V^, Jo

162'^.

2.

Trans.,

ace. pers.,

Lk

2327.t

Syn.
Eec.t

KXatia, KOTrrofiaL, XviriofiaL, Trcv^eo) (v. Tr.,

Syn., Ixv).
:

Oprjfos, -ov, o, [in

LXX

chiefly for

nrp ;]

a lamentation

Mt

21^,

**tepTj(TKia (-Kta, T), -as, ^/a^cr/cos), [in ^ Si 22^ A, IV Mac 58. i3 * ;] religion in its external aspect
xv),

LXX: Wi
2i8.t

1418.27,

(MM,

Exp.,

worship
Sriv,
:

Ac

265,

j^

126, 27

^, ^-^^ dyye'Awv,

Col

v.s. 6pri<TKo%.

*0pT)aKos (-Kos,

WH),

-ov, o, religious,

careful of the
128.

outward forms

of divine service (see previous word)i:

Ja

Syn,

i(rtl3r]<:,

6ocre(3r]<:,

*t 0piafiPU(i) (< Roman triumphus), over ; so perh. Col

OpCafxPos,
1. to 2i^,

1.

8u(n8aifxu)v (v. Tr., Syn., xlviii). a festal hymn to Bacchus. 2.

The
ace.

triumph (and
v.
infr.).

rarely,
to lead

c.

ace,

to

triumph
:

but

2.

in triumph

c.

MANUAL GBBEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


pers., II Co 2^* ; hence, generally, to 2^5 (but V. supr. ; cf. Exp., xv;

209

make a
and

spectacle or

show of: Col

MM,

esp. Field, Notes, 181).t


;]

0pi|, TpLx6<;,

rj,

[in

LXX chiefly for iy^


Jo 112
123^

hair ; (a) of the head


2734,
I

Mt
(6)

3* 536 1030, of

Lk
:

738.44 127 2118^


1,

Ac

Pe

33,

Ee

1^4;

animals
Opoe'w,

Mk

Ee

Qs.t

-w {<C6p6o<;, a noise, tumult), [in Ca 54 (nDn)*^ 2. to utter aloud. to cry aloud, make an outcry. 3. In 13^, (and LXX), pass., to he troubled, as by an alarm Mt 24", Lk 2437 (WH, mg.), II Th 22 (cf. Kennedy, Sources, 126).t *0p6fiPos, -ov, 6 (<^Tpe<^a), in primary sense to thicken), a lump, a clot of blood {DCG, ii, 685b) at^aros, Lk 22*4 (WH, E. mg. omit
in
cl., 1.

LXX:
:

NT

Mk

the passage, v.

WH,

App., 64

ff.).t
,

6p<5fos, -ov, o [in

LXX chiefly for NQS Ex 11*, al.;] in Hom., a seat,


; ;

chair.

Later, a throne, chair of state, seat of authority of kings metaph., of God, Mt 534, Ac 7^H^^^), Ee 14, al.; by meton., for kingly power, sovereignty, Lk 132. 52^ Ac 23^ for an angelic hierarchy. Col 116; of Christ, Mt W-^ Ee 3^\ al.; of Satan, Ee 2^3; t. erjptov, ib. 1610 of the Apostles, Mt 1928, ljj 223o, cf. Ee 204 of Trpeo-ySvVcpot,
;

Ee

44 lli (on

e. -n}? xP'-ro5.
-tav, to. (-a?, 17,
:

He
Ee

4i,

v.

Westc,

in

1.

Deiss.,

BS, 135).

udreipa,

a city of Lydia
158), [in

Ac

16^4,
r)

Ee 1"

l^^ cf. ; 2i8.24.t

WH,
cf.

App., 156), Thyatira,


Pr., 71
11
;

QvydTr]p, -Tp6<;,

(for

use of vocat.,

M,

WH,

App,

LXX for DS
Mt

(Ge

54, al.), exc.

Jg

21^4 B,

Ch

21^7 (niJTN);]

a
4fl

daughter:
1253,

Ac He NT, as in OT, not in cl. (a) as form of friendly address (cf. Eu 22.22, ^1.) Mt 922, Mk 534, Lk848; a 6I8 (cf. Is sc. Kvptov, 11 Co (b) metaph. 43") (c) of posterity 6. 'Aap<Lv,
;
: :

9^8 1035.37 14c 1522,28^ (LXX) 721 219, 217 II24. In

Mk

53* 6^2 72.29^

Lk

236 842.

Lk

1*
:

'Afipadfi, ib. I316

(cf.

Is I62, iv

tion

e.

2i^v, 'UpovaaX^fi,

Mt

21MLXX),

Mac 1528, ^Ij (d) of habitaLk 2328, Jq 1215 (cf. ig i^ Za


;

9, al.).t

OuyciTpioi', -ov,

TO (dimin. of dvyaTrjp),

little
:

daughter, a term of
523 725^t
522
(i9>

endearment used
0o'eXXa,
-r)s,

in late

Gk.

(cf.

Bl., 27, 4)

Mk

^ {<6vo^), [in
cl.),

LXX. De 4"

(b^-T?),

Ex

1022*;] (poet, in

a hurricane, cyclone, whirlwind:

He

12i8.t

SYN.
aromatic

XatXai/r (q.v.).

**t6oij'os (usually ^ulVos, as


tree,

Eec), -rj, -ov {<^6via, Ova, an African with ornamentally veined wood of varying colour,

Lat. citrinus), [in

Sm.

iii

Ki 10" (Qiao^N)*;] thyine:

^'Xov,

Ee

1812 (Diosc.).t
6u|iia|Aa, -To<i,

TO (-< Ovfudw), [in


rj

LXX chiefly for TTpp


9.,

;]

fragrant

stuff for burning, incense:

wpa tov

Lk

li*; dva-iaxrT-qpiov rov 6.


11

(Ex

3027, al.), ib.ii; pi.,


0u|xiaTVipio^,
-ov,

Ee

58 83.4 I8i3.t
[in

TO {<i6vfj.idoi),

LXX:

Ch

26i9,

Ez 8"

14

210

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


Mac 7"*;]
:

(n-)t9(7P), IV

1.

as in

cl.

(Hdt.,

iv,
cf.

162; Thuc,

vi,

46)
2.

and
in

LXX,
I.e.

a censer

He
and
(<^

9* (but v. infr.,
cf.

and

Westc,

in

1.).

As
:

Philo., rer. div., 46, FIJ, Ant., iv, 2, 4,

al.,

the altar of incense

He,
;]

(but V. supr.
Qufxidta, -Q)

MM,

6vo)), [in

LXX

Exp., xv).t (with -a^to) chiefly for

HiSip pi., hi.

to

burn incense

Lk

l^.t

*t 0ufiop,axew, -w {6vfx6<;, /i,a;^o/xai), to fight desperately, have a hot quarrel : c. dat. pars., Ac 12^''.t
0ufi.6s,

-ov,
etc.,
Q_^

(<^^ua)),

[in

LXX
;]

most

freq.

for f)^, also


:

for

nan
112'

\\in

30 words in

all

passion, hot anger, wrath


TTiKpia k. $.,
^X^i-v,

He

^py^ ^^i
Bv/xov,

Eo
4^^,

28, of.

Col 38;
Q^

Bph

431; 7rX7;o-%ai,
T.

Tr\7]prj<;

Lk

Ac

19^8.

Ee

12^2; otvos

^u/AOV t.
^cov, ib.

,ropvtas (cf.

Je 28

(51)7),

Re

14^ 18^

(cf.

17^); oTvo?

t. 6. t.

141";
pi.,

id., T. o/>y;}s T. ^coS, ib.

16^9

19^^
:

6 0. t. ^eoO, ib.
tpi<:,

14^9 IS^'^ 16^;


ii

impulses or outbursts of anger 122, Ga 520 (Cremer, 287, 733).t

^^Xos, OvfLol, IpiOCai,

Co

SYN.

opyrj, irapopyicrp.o^.

Oufiow, -w (^v/xds), [in

LXX

(chiefly in pass.) for


;

mn,

5]N

mn,

p]3X hith., etc.

;]

(no act. in Attic.)


21".

pass, (and mid.), to he wroth or

very angry

Mt

Oiipa, -as,

rj,

[in

LXX
IQi''^;

chiefly for npgl

also for

bl

D^l
25io,

etc.

;]

a door: KXeUtv (uttok-) t^ 0., Mt 6", Lk 13^5; pass., Mt Lk 11^, Jo 2019' 26, Ac 2130; ii,0LyeLv, Ac 519; pass., Ac 1626. 27. ^povW, Ac
121^;
SlSl

t^s

0.,

Jo

Trp^s

t^

^.,

Mk

1^3

H* (WH

om.

r^v),

32; TO. TT/aos Tr;v ^., the space by the door, 22; tt/sos rrj $., Jo 1816; im rr,6 kc 5^ Trpo t^s ^., Ac 126; ^,rl T^r e., Ac 523;'^ ^. T. 15*6 163^ Metaph., of Christ, r, 6. r. irpopaToiv, fjivr)p.Lov, Mt 2760,
, ;

Ac

Mk

Mk

Jo
0.

10^'

TTto-Tccos,

ave(jjy /xifrj

of the Kingdom of Heaven, Lk 132* ; of opportunities, Ac 1427; 6. fieydXr], I Co 169; ^ ^, Xoyov, Col 43; d. (rjveioy-), II Co 212, Re 3^ 41 ; of Christ, i<TTr]KO)<; 7rt t^v d. koI
;

Ee 320 of his second coming, cVt 6vpaL<i ehai, 1329; ^p^ Ovpwv k(TTT]Kivai, Ja 59.+
Kpoviiiv,

Mt

2433,

^i^

eupeos, -ov, 6

(< dvpa),

[in

LXX

for ]3p

n|S

;]

1. in

Hom., a

door-stone. 2. In late Gk. (Polyb., Plut.), the scutum, a large oblong shield: 0. t. Trto-Tccos, Eph 6I6 (cf. Wi 52**, where oo-iott;? is likened to the do-TTts, the clypeus or small round shield of the light-armed
soldier),
flopis, -tSos,
17

(dim. of dvpa), [in

LXX chiefly for T^bry

;]

a window

Ac
711
h,

209, II

Co

1133.+
6,
17

Oupupos, -ov,
(lyiiar),

(<^ ^vpa,

-f ovpo^,

Ez

4411 (ni|75),
;

n Ki

46, i

a guardian)^ [in LXX iv Ki Esy*;] a door-keeper, porter


:

Mk

133^ Jo 103
6uaia, -as,
17

^,

Jo

1816. i7.+

(^vto), [in

LXX

chiefly for Hllja

n3J

;]

1.

actively,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


an
a
e.

211

sacrifice:
ivdyeiv,

offering, sacrifice (Hdt., al.). 9^3 12^(1'^),

2.

Mt

Mk 9" (WH,
He He
2^

Objectively, that which is offered, mg.), Eph 5^, He 10*' 26;


923 iqi. s (q. xal Trpoo-c^o/oa?) Trpoa^ipiiv, Ac 7^2^ Jjg 51 38
22^1;

pi. (as

usually in
e.)

cl.),

Mk

1233, lj^ 131^

Ac 7";

dva<j>ipetv,

72^

(SSpa Tc Kal
avToC, 13^6

10iii2 114. o-^^^


Tcts ^.
I

Lk

pass.,
lO^s.

He
;

9^; 8ia t^s d.


41^,

He
;
.

92; i<T6Uiv
^.
. .

(Le

7i5^-). i
;

Co

Metaph., Phi
^.

He

irvfvixariKaL,
T. -n-t'o-Tctos,

Pe

^. ^wo-a,

Eo

12^

aivecrews,

He

1315;

^.

Phi

2l'.t

+ OucriaoT'qpioj', -ou, to (<^ Ovaid^ai, to sacrifice), [in

LXX
an

(where
altar

the word

first

appears) very

freq.,

nearly always for nilTQ;]

(a) generally,

Ja

22^; pi.,

Eo

113 (lxx); metaph.,

He

131" (v.

Westc,

esp. his add. note on the history of the word, 455 ff.); (b) of the altar of burnt-offering in the Temple, Mt 523. 24 2318-20, 35^ l^ in
1.,

and

11", I Co 913 10^8, He 713, Ee 11^; (c) of the altar of incense in the sanctuary (Ex 30^ al.), Lk 1^^ symbolically in Heaven, Ee 6* 83> ^ 913 1418 167 (Cremer, 292).t
;

0UU, [in
1.

LXX
:

chiefly for n:i7

also for tanOT


to sacrifice
;

etc.

;]

as in

cl.

to offer first fruits to

a god.
q

2.

by slaying a victim,

d^t. pers., ib.^^ id. c. ace. rei, i Co 102*^. 3. to slay, kill: Jo lO^^, Ac 10^3 117; ^ ace. rei, Lk 1523.27,30. pagg., 14^2 Mt 22* TO TTcio-xa (Ex I221), pass., Lk 22^, i Co 5^.1
offer sacrifice

Ac

14^3

Mk

ew/ias,

-a,

(Heb. Dixri
S^\
[in

Cl

twin

of.

SlSv/jlos),

Thomas the
Ac VKf
Is 59^^

Apostle

Mt

103,
-a/co9,

Mk
6,

Lk
r.

6^\ Jo ll^o 14* 202*-28 212,


chiefly for ]rity
SiKaioo-uVi;s,

dupa^,

LXX
6.

and cogn. forms ;] a


6^*
(cf.

breastplate:

Ee

99-

^^

Eph

Wi

518<19'); e. TriVreo)?, I

Th

58.t

I,

I,

lura, TO, indecl., iota, the

ninth

letter.

As a numeral,
:

10,

I,

10,000.
Mdcipos, -ov, 6

(Heb. Iin;

Nu

32*i),

Jairus
1.

Mk 522, Lk

8".t
I2

'laKwP,
811,

6,

indecl. (Heb. apr:),


78, al.;

Jacob;
(cf.

The patriarch: Mt
:

Jo

45.6,

Ac

his descendants,

father-in-law of Mary Mt l^^- ^^ (on the form as distinct from that of the next word, v. Deiss., BS, 316i). 'idKu^os, -ov, 6 (Heb., V. previous word), James; 1. Son of

Eo

as in 1126 d-^^).

Heb.
2.

Nu

23^, Is 418, Si 23^2, al), of

The

Alphaus Mt James the little, son of Mary (v.s. Mapta, 3 KAwttSs), Mt 27^6, Mk 15*0 I61 (cf. Jo 19 "S). 3. The Lord's brother (v.s. (lSe\^o's) Mt 13^5, Mk 63, Ac 12i7, al, 29'i2, I Co 157 (probably), Ga li9 Ja li, Jui. 4. The father of the 6i, Ac li3. apostle, 'lovSas 'laKco/Sou Lk
Zebedee
103,
:

Mt

421,
;

Mk

l^^. 20,

Ac 1"

122, al.

2.

Son

of

Mk

21*, al.

commonly identified with


;
:

'I.

//.iKpos,

lofia, -Tos,

TO

iao/Atti), [in

LXX

for

S^'p

(ii

Ch

36i,

Ec

10*,

212
Je 40

MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


(33)^), etc.;]
al.;
1.

most
2.

freq. in

cl.,

(Thuc,
pi.,

Wi

11* lO*).

lacrts (q.v.),

a means of healing, remedy a healing (Plat.; Je, I.e.)


ii

iCol29.28,30,t
la^ppTJs, 6,
*\avyai,

Jambres
6,

(cf.

Ex

7^^' ^")
:

Ti

SM
6V
9^*

(Rec. -vd),

Jaunai
for

Lk
:

3''^*.t

'laci'Tis, 6,

Jannes
:

(cf. 'Iayu,/?/j%)

ii

Ti 3*.t
20^7, al.), exc. Is 302
9''<

idofiai, -Q>^ai, [in

LXX

NDI (Ge
6^^

(tzrnn)

;]

to

heal

c.

ace. pers.,

8*^ 171^, Jo 5^^; id. seq. d7r6, 1038 288; pass., Mt S^. " 1528, 5''^ Lk 617; tig., of spiritual healing, Mt 13^5, Jo 12", Ac 28^7 (lxx).

Lk 5^7 Lk 7^

n.

*2

144 22", Jo

4*',

Ac

Mk

pass.,

He

121^,
:

Ja 5^\

Pe

22*.t

SVN.
'l(pT

6epaTrevw, q.V.
,

(Eec. -peS, L, 'UpeO), 6 (Heb. TT.


:

LXX 'lapcS, FIJ, 'lapcSos),


Npno;] a healing,

Jared (Ge

S^^)

Lk

S^^f

lao-is,

-cw?,
;

^ (<;iao/Aat), [in
pi,^

LXX

chiefly for

cure

Ac 422. so SYN. V.S.


:

Lk
[in

1332.t

6epaTria,
V,

tafia, 2.

Xatrris, -iSos,

LXX

(1313),

Ez 28"

(ngiy;, V.
of that

Ex 2818 BDB, Lerc.,


:

36i8 (SQU) (D^D!),

Is 541'

s.v.)*;] jasper, apparently


s.v.)

not the

modern stone

name, but a translucent stone {DB,

Re

43 21ii'i8,i9.t
'idawK, -ovo<;, 6,

Jason

Ac

17^""';

iaTp6s, -ov, 6 {<C Idofiai), [in

LXX

perhaps the same, Ro 162i.t for K5i ;] a physician : Mt 912,

WH, R, mg.), Col 41'' (on the status Exp., xv.).t v. iSc (Attic iSc'; the "later" accentuation is also found in Hom.; 2. As interjection, Veitch, 215), 1. prop., 2 aor. imperat. of opaw, q.v. apart from the construction of the sentence, and used where one or many are addressed, see ! behold ! lo ! : Mt 2520.22,26^ Mk 22* 33* II21

Mk

217 526,

Lk

423 531, 843 (om.

of physicians,

MM,

131, 21 154, 35 156^

Jo p9,

36, 48

326 514 726 113, 36 1219 162^ 1821 19*'

1*' 26, 27^

Ga

52.t
i8ea, -a?,
1810s,
-a.,
r],

V.S. elSea,

-ov (in Attic

usually

-os, -ov),

[in

LXX
own;

chiefly for pers.


(a) of that
;

suff.,
is

also for

urh

etc.;

{to.

t) ilT'S;] 1. one's

which

private and personal (in cl. opp. to koiv6<;, 877/100-109 cf. infr. 3) in (6) of property, friends, home, country, etc. (in cl. opp. to dXAorptos late writers often, like iavTov, with weakened sense, v. M, Pr., 87 ff.
;

Deiss.,

6", Jo 1*2 5*3, Ac 2^ 2028, i Co II21, Ga 6^, Kara ras I. eVt^v/x/as, Trpdo-a-eiv ra I, I Th 411 II Ti 19, He 727, Ju^ al. II Ti 43; ol ?8tot, Jo 111 (M, Pr., 90 f.; FieU, Notes, 84) I31, Ac 423, I Ti 58; Ti rSia, one's home (Field, Notes, I.e.), Lk^l828, Jo 1^ 1632 1927. 2. peculiar, distinct, appropriate, proper : to l. crwfia, i Co 1538

BS, 123

f.)

Lk

iv T.

I.

Tay/AttTi, I

Co

1523;

^j^ ^

tottov t.

i.,

Ac

12^;

avrov

(v.

Deiss.,

ut. supr.),

Mt 22^ Jo

1*2 (cf.

Wi

lOi).

3.

Adverbially

(v. supr.,

1 (a)

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


and
cf.

213

WM,

7B%);

(a) iSia, severally, separately


:

Co

12^1; (6) kut


T^^,

fStW, apart, privately, in private

Mt

14".

23 gO^^,

Mk 43*

Lk

1023,

Ac

2319, al.

Pr 6^ (no Heb.)*;] 1. a pril8ialTT,s, -ov, 5 ?8tos), [in vate person, as opp. to the State or an official (/JacriXcls k. iStwrai, Pr, I.e. and cf. MM, Exp., xv). 2. one without professional knowledge, un:

LXX
Co

skilled,

uneducated, unlearned

14^''

23. 24

(^^ j^g^^ without gifts)

dypdfXfiaTOL k. l,
180U, [in

Ac

4^3. q ^^t.

(=

cl. c.

gen.

rei),

Adyw,

11

Co

ll'^.t

LXX
NT

chiefly for ngn,] prop, imperat. 2 aor. mid. of

opdw, used as a demonstrative particle, with frequency much greater in and than in cl. (v. M, Pr., 11), lo, behold, see : Mt lO^e 118 133, 332, Lk 2^8, I Co 15", Ja 5^, 3n^\ Ee V, al.; after gen. absol., Mt 120 21' 13 1246, al. kuI JSov', Mt 2^ (and freq.), Lk I20 1025,

LXX

Mk
;

Ac

12'', al.

in elliptical sentences, taking the place of copula or pre-

dicate (like

mn

in Heb.),
r)

Mt

3l^

Lk
[in

5^2 223i. ^\

Ac
Ki
3i

827. 36, al.

'iSoojiaia, -as,

(Heb. D^^?),
:

LXX:
:

11

8^*, al.;

elsewhere,

as

Ge

2530, 'E8w/x
i8p(is

;]

Idumaa
-(3tos,
:

Mk
[in

S^f

(Tr.

-ws),

o,

LXX

Ge
^,

{nvj), 11

Mac

22,

IV

Mac

78*;] sweat

Lk

22**

(WH,

omit).+
indecl. (Heb.
:

'Uld^eX (L, 'I^;

Tr. -/SeX; Eec. -^rjk)


(iii

b^rX;

LXX as txt.
Ee
220 (v.

FIJ, 'U^a/Stkr]), Jezebel


l.).t

Ki

IG^i, al.)

symbolically,

Swete, in

'Upa IIoXi?), -cws, 17, HierapoUs Lycus valley in the Province of Asia Col 4}^.f
'lepdiroXis
:

(WH,

a city in the

Upaxeia

(WH,
exc.

-ta), -as,

-q

(<

Uparevo)),

[In

LXX for

]n3

pi.,
:

njri?
1,

(Ex 29^

al.),

Ho

3* (liDJjl)*;] priesthood, office of priest

Lk

He75.t
+ UpciTEUfia,
-Tos,

TO

19" (D"'3n3

5yiov,

nS^pO) Pe 2^ /Sao-.
(cl.

2322, II

ySao-tXciov i., Ex (<^ leparevw), [in 2^'^ * Mac ;] a priesthood, body of priests
:

LXX

I, ib. ^

(LXX, Ex,
[in

l.c.).t

tepuTcuu

Updofiai),

LXX

chiefly for

ps

pi.;]
;

<o 6e
v.

priest, officiate as a priest : Lk 1^ (the word is freq. in Inscr. S.V.; Deiss., BS, 215; LAE, 70; Cremer, 734).t 'lepcixw (T, 'Up-; Eec. 'lepix*^; cf. Bl., 3, 4, 4;

a LS,

WH,

App.,
lO^o

155),

ri,

indecl. (Heb.

inn^

IHT), Jericho

Mt

2029,

Mk
6

10,

Lk

1835 191^

He

1130.+
(T,

'kpc^ias
nrrpT.),

Eec. 'Up-;
:

v.

WH,

408),

-ov,

(Heb. njpT.,

Jeremiah the prophet


-U)s,

Upcu's,

Mt

2^7 le^* 27^ (a ref. to

Za
;

lli3).t
I.

iepo's),

[in

LXX
^

for jns

;]

a ^ries^

t. Aio's,

Ac

1413

of

Jewish

priests,

Mt

8* 12*'

Mk

1** 22,

Lk

1^ 5^*,

Jo

l^o,

214

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


al.
;

He 8\

of Christ,
;

He

d^^) lO^i

of Christians,

Re
f.
;

5^<>

20

(Cremer, 293

on the

ace. pi., lepeZs, v.

Thack., Or., 147


:

Bl., 8, 2),

'kpiXw, V.S.
iBui\o6-)A

'lepiL^^il). i

* lepoGoTos, -oy (-< Upos, Ovw), offered in sacrifice


iepoy, -ov, TO, V.S. tepos.

Co

10^^ (Rec.

IV Mac 925 1120*;] UpoTTpeTTTis, -9 Icpos, TTpcVfi), [in suited to a sacred character, reverend (RV, reverent) Tit 2^ (cf. Tr., Syn., xcii).t tepos, -a, oV, [in Ez 28i8 (t2yi,7a) ; to I, i Ch 29* (ni3), Ez
! :

**

LXX

LXX

45^^ (niiy)

very freq. in

Es, i-iv Mac;]

1.

in Horn., marvellous,

mighty, divine. 2. (Also in Horn, and later cl.) consecrated to the deity, sacred : pi., t. ypd/x/xaTa, ii Ti 3^^. 3. As subst., (a) (so in Horn.), TO. I,, sacrifices, sacred rites, sacred things: i Co 9^^; (b) later, to L, a consecrated or sacred place, a temple : t. 'ApTc/itSo?, Ac 19^'^ cf the temple at Jerusalem, i.e. the entire precincts or some part thereof (as distinct from 6 vads, q.v., the Sanctuary proper) I Co 9^^, and freq. in Gosp. and esp. in Ac, Mt 12^, Mk 13^, Ac 4^ al. (on the use of I. in Imperial Inscr., v. Deiss., LAE, 380 f.). 'lpoo-<5\u|Jia (WH, 'le/D-, V. Intr., 408), -wv, rd (on TrSo-a 'I., Mt 23, V. WM, 79^; M, Pr., 48, 244; Thayer, s.v.), and 'UpovaaXrjfi (WH, 'Up-), fj., indecl., as always in exc. some parts of Apocr. CHeb.
;
:

LXX

Q^bchT
27^''),

obsnT)- the former always


freq. in
(exc.

in FIJ,

Mk, Jo

*^-

and Mt
Jo
rj

(exc.

and most

Lk, the latter always in He, Re, and by


:

St.
its

Ga 1^'' ^^ 2^), Jerusalem inhabitants, Mt 2^ 3^ 23", Lk 133*.


Paul
contrasted with
312 212.10.
17

Mt 2\ Mk

3^,
77

l^^,
'I.,

al.

Symbolically,

dvu>

Ga
Si

42^,

vvv

'I.,

ib.

'''*;

'I.

eVovpavios,

He
-ov,

12^2;
[in

Kaivrj 'I.,

Re

'lpocroXup.iTT]s 422.39 5027(29)^ II

(WH,
(V*

lep-

Rec.
185 *;]

-/xiTr]<;),

6,

LXX:
to

Mac

-/x-^tt;?)

an inhabitant of Jerusalem:
rob

Mk

15,

Jo

725.t

** Upo-CTuXc'w, -w (<^ lepdo-rXo?, q.v.), [in LXX: 11 Mac 92*;] a temple (commit sacrilege, R, mg.) Ro 222.t ** Upoo-uXos, -ov {<^Lep6v, (rvXaoi), [in LXX: II Mac 4*2 (cf.
:

-XrjfjLa,

136)*;] robbiiig temjdes : Ac 19".t **t lepoupyeu, -d {<^Upovpy6s, a sacrificing priest), [in LXX: iv Mac 7^ R (cf. -yta, lb. 3^'^ nR)*;] to perform sacred rites; c. ace, to minister in priestly service (minister in sacrifice, R, mg.), to euayib.39;
-Ata,

yikiov,

Ro

15l6.t

'icpouaaXi^p,, V.S. 'lepoo-dAv/xa.

Upwadt/t],

-7?s,

upds),

[in

LXX:
,

Ch

2922 (pa),

Es
:

5^8, Si

452*,

Mac
Ac

25* 3*9 79>2i, ly

Mac

535 76*.]

priesthood:

'leacrai (FIJ, -o-o-aros), 6

(Heb. iCP

Ru

4}\

al.),

He 7ii'i=''24_t Jesse Mt 15. ,

Lk

332,

1322 (Lxx)^

Bo

1512 (Lxx).t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


'l6<t>0d

215

(FIJ,

-ed';, -oD),

(Heb. nnp^), Jephthah


>

He
:

1132.t

'kxo'ias, -ov, 6
*Itjo-ous,

(Heb.

I^Djirp

Jehoiakin), Jechoniah

Mt

1^^' ^^.t

-ov,

dat.,

voc.

-ov,

ace,
ib.

-ovv
3^3,
'I.,

(Heb. yilZTin^
al.
;

yiif?iiT,

nizr.),

1.

Jesus:
;

Mk Mk
Lk
^"7
,

V,
12*, 328.

al.

Xp.
2.

Mt 1^\ al.; 5 'I., Eo 22, al.


;

'I.,

*!.

Xpio-roV,
al.
;

ib.

1\

Kvpto^

Ac 283\
3.

'It^o-ov,

voc,

al.

4.

Joshua: Ac 7*^, He 4^ Jesus, surnamed Justus : Col


-1],

Jesws, son of Eliezer:


5. v.s. Bapaftfta<;.

4^^.

iKakos,
etc.
;]

-6v

{<ClKisi,

iKcivoj,

to

reach, attain),
:

[in

LXX
Mt
;

for

1.
I

of persons, sufficient, competent, fit

c. inf.,

3^^,

Mk

V, Lk

3i,

Co

159, II
2.

Co

35, II

Ti 22

seq.
7^^

Trpo's, 11

Co

2i

seq. Tva,

Mt
1421

8^,

Lk
I

7^.

Of things, in number, quantity or


:

size, sufficient,

enough, much,
1919,

many
;

absol., iKavo'i,

Lk

Co
203'
I.

1130;

v^xos

I,

Mk

10*^,

(WH, E, omit) 8^2^ Ac 12^2 Lk 712, Ac 1124-26 1926;


Ac
20^; \6yoi,

K\avefx6s,
<^ws,
I.

Ac

Sipyvpia,

Mt

2812;

XafJLTrdSe^,

Lk

239;

Ac

22;

co-Ttv (cf.

asb

m, LXX iKaiWo-^o,
.

j Xafi^dviLv (Lat. (Lat. satisfacere ; cf. Je 31 (48)3"), ]y[]j 1515 satis accipere ; v. M, Pr., 20 f.), Ac 17^; of time, rjfiepaiL, Ac 92343 1818 27^ I. xpovos, Lk 827, Ac 8^ 143 279; pi., Lk 20^; Ik xpoVwv [., Lk 23; dTT^ I h^v, Eo 1523 (WH) t>' iKavdv (cf. 11 Mac 82^), Ac 20ii.t

TToteiv

De ^^

32),

Lk

2238; to

*iKav<JTTjs, -T?T05,
tiKai/oa),

17

(<;i/<avo5), sufficiency, ability (Plat.)

11

-w

(<^iKavds),
fit
:

[in

LXX
11

chiefly

for
c.

21;]

Co 3^.t to make
cis,

sufficient,

render

c.

dupl. ace,

Co

3"

ace.

pers. seq.

Col

112.t
iKCTiipios,
-a,

-ov (><iKT7/s,

suppUaut),
17 i.

[In

LXX
late

Jb

4022(27),

II Mac 918*;] of a suppliant; as subst., olive-branch, carried by a suppliant.

(sc. pd^Sos),

1. in cl.,

an

2.

In

Gk.

iKecri'a,

supplication

pi., SeT^o-eis

/c.

1.,

He

5^.

SyN.
iK^ds,

v.s. Serja-is.

-dSos,

17,

[in

LXX.

Je 178 (b^V), Jb 26i* (fOr)*;]

moisture

Lk

8.+
-ov,
to,

*Ik6'ioi',

Iconium, a city of the province of Galatia


rXaos

Ac

13"

141.

19' 21

162,

iiTi3ii.t

l\ap6s, -d, -6v

^0)9, q.v.), [in

LXX
Pr

Pr

I912 (yisi) 228,


:

Es
(Pr

51,

Jb

332, Si 1326 26*, iii

Mac

635*;] cheerful, joyous

11

Co

9^

228(9) (i'^)).t
tlXap<5TTis, -vTos,

iA-apo's),

[in

LXX:
La
(=

I822 (jiS-^)*;] cheer-

fulness

Eo
,

128.t

IXdaKOfiai {<JXao<; IV Ki 518 24*, for nbo

Ps 24

iXews), [in (25)ii,


ni..

LXX (cf.
3*2,

Westc, Epp.

Jo.,

8^

f.)

Da th

64(65)3 77(78)38 78(79)9; Dn3

Ex

32i*,

Es

-|D3 pi., Ps 4i7*;] 1. in cl., c. ace.


919
;

pers., to conciliate, appease, propitiate

i^iXdaKo^iai,
f.),

Ge

322",

Pr

I61*,

Ma

19,

al.).

2.

In

LXX

(Thackeray, Gr., 270

Inscr. (Deiss.,

BS,

216
224
c.
f.),

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


and NT,
to be propitious,

merciful
3.

(c.

dat, rei,

Ps 78 (79)^
a/xapTLa-;,

al.)

dat pers. (iv Ki


ff.,

5^% Lk

IS^^.

As

in Philo

(=

i^ikdaK-, in
t.

LXX
He
2^'^

Ez

43^2, al.), to expiate,

make propitiation for :

(Cremer, 301

735).t

tlXo<r^(5s, -oC

iXacr/co/xai), [in

LXX: Le
S^* (npl?;?*),

259,

Nu

5^ (nncs),
i

Ps

129

(130)*,

28'^*',

Si

Da th 9^ 1820 A, II Mac

(nn^^p),

Am

Ez

44^^ (riN^pn),
2.

Ch

3^^*;]

1.
;

an appeasing
11. c.)
:

(Plut.).
i

appeasing, propitiation (Philo Nu, Ez, &\so forgiveness (Ps, Da th, ll.c.).t
t IXaoTiipios, -a, -ov

Jo
:

2^ 4^".

3.

a means of In LXX
;

iA.ao-/<o/Aat), [in

LXX

IV

Mac
7^9

17^2

neut.,

Ex

25i6(i')ff.

317 3512 385(37)ff.,

Le

IG^-i^ff.,

Nu

(n^QS),

Ez

4314,17,20 (n-jTjr),

Am

91

(on the original here,


;

v. Deiss.,

BS, 127)*;]
:

propitiatory {fivrjfia, FIJ, Ant., xvi, 7, 1 6dvaTo<s, 11 Mac, I.e.) Eo 32^ as subst., to L (so. eirWefia, Ex 25^"' ^'^, where the
;

of Christ,

word

first

occurs in

LXX

and where
i.
;

l.

i.

P1J33
ff.
;

(q.v. in

BDB,
,

s.v.),

elsewhere

rendered simply to

cf.

Deiss., 124

iXeus, -iov (Att. for tAaos), [in


al.;
r.

LXX
Ki,

Westc, He., in 1.), He 9^.+ for b-^bu i Ki U^\ 11 Ki 20^\


;]

Lvai,

nbo, in Ki
8^2 (Je,
l.c.).t

8^*"^-,
I.e.
;

Je 38

(31)^*, al.
I.e.)
;

propitio7is, merciful:
(sc. co-tw 6 6^6%),

T. aSiK-'ais,

He
Ki,

cf. iii

?.

o-oi

Mt

1622

(cf. I

'iXXuptKcJi', -OV, TO,

Ulyricum, a region bordering on the Adriatic

Sea

Ko

IS^^.t
6,
:

t|xcts, -(ivTos,

[in

LXX
Lk

Is 527 (^niy). Si 30^5 (332"), iv

Mac 911,
2225
;

al

;]

a thong, strap

for binding prisoners


1^,

(Ma,

Si,

11.

c),

Ac

for

fastening sandals,
TT.;

Mk

3i,

Jo

127.t

5^^ Lk 8^5 (elsewhere only in ttfiaxi^o) t/i,dTtov), to clothe : ^a;j)., xv; Deiss., L.4S, 78 f.).t cf. chiefly for l\i.6.Tiov, -ov, TO (dim. of ei/xa, a garment), [in

Mk

MM,

LXX

135

also for Th'O'^

npbiZT

etc.

;]

a garment, but in usage always

an outer garment, a mantle, cloak (thrown over 9i'2o,2i^ Mk the xirwv; V. Eutherford, NPhr., 22; DCG, i, 499'*) Mt 28, 30^ 221 527, Jo 192^ Ac 128, al. opp. to x'Tciv, Mt b^\ Lk 629, Ac 9^9 27='i'35, pi., garments, clothes (i.e. the cloak and the tunic), Mt I72 2665 Mk 530 1520.24^ Jo 1923,24^ ja 52, al.
(exc. in pL, v. infr.) of
:

t l^aTi(7fi6s, -ov
al.

i/tart'^o)),

[in

LXX
%

Ge
;]

24^3,

n Ch

1829,

Ez

16^8,

(13s)

Ex

322 12^5,

Eu 3^ al.
v. Tr.,

(nbaur), etc.
I):

clothing, apparel (usually


929,

of

sumptuous

attire;

Syn.,
i

l^ V'
6/x-)

jo 1924 (Pg 2118

(2219),

LXX
t^i'po>,

for t2;n!p),
[in

Ac
:

2033,
321

Ti 29.t
;]

LXX

Jb

B^E (ABs,

Th

2^ (ReO^ ^.g,

o^eipo^at.

adverb (poet., Hom., al.), 1. of place, where, whither. 2. II. Conjunction, 1. prop., final, denoting of circumstance, when.
Xva, I.

MANUAL QEBEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


purpose or end (cl.), clause, but sometimes
that, in order that, usually the first
(cl.
;

217
in the

word

also)

preceded by an emphatic word (Ac 19*,


;

Ga 2^", al.) (a) c. optat. (so in cl. after historic tenses) Eph 1^'^ (but WH, mg., subjc. v. Burton, 225, Eem., (b) c. subjc. after a pres., Mk 421, Lk &^\ Jo 3^5, Ac 225, Rq V\ 2) al. after a pf., Mt 1^2, Jo 52^, i Co 9^2, al. after an imperat. (pres. or aor.), Mt 71, Mk 1125, Jq iqss, j Co 7^, al. after a delib. subjc, Mk 138, al. after a fut., Lk 16*, Jo 14^, i Co 152^, al. after historic tenses
Eo
11^1
(?),

after a pres.,
;

(where optat. in cl. WM, 359 f. M, Pr., 196 f.), Mk 6*1 (impf.), Jo 48 (plpf.), Mk 31* (aor.), al. (c) in late writers (M, Pr., 35 Burton, 198, 199), c. indie, fut Lk 20^0, i Pe d\ al.; (d) as often in eccl. writers (Thayer, s.v.), c. indie, pres. i Co 4", Ga 4^^, al. (?; but V. Burton, 198, Eem.) (e) ek (Sta) toSto, iva Jo IS^^, i Ti l^^, elliptical constructions al. TovTov X'^P'-^> "^^^ 1^ omission of the (/) principal verb, Jo 1^, 11 Th 3^, i Jo 2^^, al. of the final verb, Eo 4^*', II Co 8^3, al. 2. In late writers, definitive, = inf. (WM, 420 Bl,
;

'

Mt

69, 1), that ; (a) after verbs of wishing, caring, striving, etc. : ^e'Aw, 712, al. ; tvr^, I Co 42 I412 ; ^rjXow, I Co 141, al. ; (b) after verbs of

saying,

asking, exhorting:

eiTrelv,

Mt
etc.
;

4^,
(c)

al.

ipiorw,

Mk
Mt

72^,

al.

TrapaKaXu),

Mt

143^,

Co

l^**,

al.,

after
;

words expressing
8^,

expediency, etc.:

<Tvfx(f)ipi,

Mt

18",

Jo

ll^o, al.

J/cavo's,

Lk

7";

xpeiav 1x0), Jo 225, 3,1, etc. ; (d) after substantives, adding further definition: wpa, Jo 1223 13^; xpo^o?. ^^ 22i; (rvvrjOeia, Jo 183^; /xlo-Oo^, I Co 9^^. 3. In late writers, ecbatic, denoting the result, wcttc, tJiat,

so that
I

(M, Pr., 206


I

ff.

WM, 572
and also

Bl., 69, 3
;

Co

72'=',

Th

5*, al.

(but v. Thayer, s.v.)

Burton, 223) Eo 11", so with the formula referring


; :

to the fulfilment of prophecy, tva irkrjpwerj,


'loTTiTT]

Mt
t},

I22 2^* 4^*,

(FIJ, id.,

'Iottt;),

-tjs,

Jo 13^^, al. (Heb. IB^), Joppa : Ac


35,

9, 10,

ll.t
'lopSd^Tis, -ov, o
l(5s,

(Heb. ]TT), the Jordan


24.ii.i2
I.e.)
:

Mt

Mk

15, al.

-oO, 6,

[in

LXX: Ez
2.

(nX^O),

Ps 139,

(140)3 (njjn),
3.

al.

;]

1.
:

an arrow.
fig.,

rust (Ez,

Ja

53

(cf.

MM,

Exp., xv).

poison

Eo

3^3 (p^u.)^

ja

38.t

'louSa, V.S. 'lovSas.

'louSaia, -as,

17,

V.S. 'louSaios.

t'looSattca

form

(<'Iou8aros), [in to Jewish practice, to Judaize


-rj,

LXX: Es 8"
:

(ttP hith.)*;] to con-

Ga
11

2^'*.t

tMouSaiKcJs,

-ov,

[in

LXX:

Mac 8"
:

V, I321*;]

Jewish:

Tit li*.t

*t 'louSaiKws, adv.; in Jewish fashion


MouSaios,
-ata,

Ga

2^*.t
avrjp,
;

-aiov

(<['Iou8as),

Jewish:

Ac

1028

223;
.

yvi/r;, 16^ 242* av^pwTTOS, Ac ; iJ/evSoirpocfyriTrjs, 15. Substantively, (a) 'louSaios, 6, a Jew : Jo 4^ yrj, Jo 322 ; x<^pa, 73, Jo 2, al. ; 'I. tc kuI Ac 182*, Ro 228; pi., Ee 2^ 3^; ol X, Mt 22,

2139

13"

ap)(iepv^, 19^*

Mk
al.

Mk

*EA.A7;v9,
ot

Ac 14^
tdvrj 1.,

k.

Trpoa-rjXvToi,
;

Kara ra

Ac

212^

of

Jewish

TC K. 'I., Ac 145; Christians, Ga 2^3 Qf ^}^q ruling


2^^;
tOvr]
.

Ac

218
class

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


who opposed
Jesus, Jo l^^ 2^8 510 11^ IS^^,
al.
;

(b) 'lovBaia, -as,


:

;;

(sc. 77, x<^poL, cf.

Jo 3-^
-ov,

Mk

1^),

(Heb. nTl.T), Judcea


[in

Mt 2\ Lk

I**,

Jo
IV

43, al.
t'ioo8ai(7|x(5s,

6 'IovSat^co),

LXX
;

Mac
;

4'-'^*;]

'lou'Sas,

indecl.

cf.

Judaism, the observance of Jeivish dat. -a, acc. -av (so in LXX, and also rarely, 'louSa, Thack., Chr., 163), (Heb. niniT^) 1.' Judah, son of Jacob
:

Mac 2^1 8^ 1488, rites Ga l^^'^^.t


11

-a,

Mt
Lk
Jo

12.3,

Lk
3.

333; ^vkri
'I.,

'I.,

Re
2"
;

55

7^

by meton.,

of the tribe,

He

7^*;
:

of its confines, yrj


330.

Mt

ttoXis

'I.,

Lk

13^.
:

Judas
4.

Iscariot (v.s.

'lo-KapiairT??)

Judah (unknown) Mt 10*. Mk 31^, Lk 6i,


2.
:

Judas, the Lord's brother (v.s. i8e\<j>6i) Mt IS^s, Mk 63 (prob.), Ju ^ 5. Judas the Apostle, son of James (v.s. aSSaios) Lk 6i, Jo 1422, Ac 113. 6. Judas, of Damascus Ac 9^1. 7. Judas, surnamed Bapaa/3/3as (q.v.) Ac 15' '-"' 32, 8. Judas the Galilean
671 132^ al.
: :

Ac

537.

'louXia, -as,

r),

'louXios, -ov, 6,
'loot'ias,

Julia : Julius

Ro 16i^.t Ac 27i' 3.t


17,

-a, 6

(or 'lovvia, -as,

Junia ; AV, R, mg.), Junias


of,
1.

Eo
Ac
Col

167.t
'louoTos,
123.
2. -OV,
6,

Justus, the
:

surname
18^.
3.

Joseph Barsabbas

Titus, of Corinth

Ac
-ets,

Jesus, a Christian of
8,

Rome

4ii.t
iirireus,

-ws (on acc. pi.,

v. Bl.,

Thack., Gr., 148), o


2323. 32.t

r7r7ros), [in

LXX

chiefly for tZTlD;]


[in

a horseman: Ac
I

**lTrmK<5s, -V, -ov ?7r7ros),

LXX:
;

Mac

1538, iii

Mac

l^*;]

of a horse or of horsemen, equestrian


cavalry
:

as subst., to L

(sc. a-TpdreviJia),

Re
Ja

91* t

iiriT-os,

-ov, 6, [in

a horse

33,

LXX chiefly for DID sometimes for 9^ I420 18i3 1911 ^.t Re 62
,

W^B ^51
,

;]

tpis, -iSos, V, [in


is

LXX
3.

Ex

3024

{nip)*, (nw^?^

Ge

9^3,

Ez

128,

rendered by to^ov) ;] 1. bow or halo : Re 43 IQi.


MaaciK (in

Iris,

the messenger of the gods. The plant Iris (cf. Ex., l.c.).t
-o-a/<;

2.

a rain-

MSS. sometimes
910, al.
lo-os,

cf.

Deiss.,

BS, 189; Thack.,


,

Gr., 100),
al.)
:

6,

indecl. (in FIJ, "lo-aKos,

-ov),

(Heb. pnsi)

Isaac (Ge 17^^,

Mt

12,

Ro

*t i(r&yyc\os, -ov (<^

ayycXos), like or gg-MaZ ^0 angels

Lk 203''.t
-iw-njs
;

'icaCTX^P. ^o-a^dp, v.S. 'Icrcra^^ap. 'laKapicie, 6, indecl. (Mk 3^^


infr.)

U^\ Lk
nvip

6^\ elsewhere

v.

and
:

'IcrKapiwTr]<s, -ov

(Heb. prob.
11.

tT^K; v. Swete, Mk.,S^^),

Iscariot

surname

of Judas,

c.

supr., also

Mt
of

10* 261*,
his

Mk

14*3

omit), Jo 671 1326,t


laos (epic

(WH,

R,

Lk

223,

j^ 12* 132 I422;


-1;,

father

Simon,
,

lo-os,

80 sometimes Rec),

-ov,

[in

LXX

for '^

Jb

MANUAL QKEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


51* 10^0, al.
;

219
equal,

in^r

Ez

40^

ff.

11

Mac

9^^,
:

iv

Mac I320, 21, al.


;

;]

the

same

in size,
;

number,
c.

quality, etc.

Mk
ra
II
I.

1458. 59

TTotelv,

ace. et dat.,

<l7roXa/?erv,

Lk

6^*, n. pi., la-a,

Bwped, Ac 11^'' /xxtprvpiai, 20^2 iavroy T. OeQ, Jo 518 adverbially, Ee 211" t. ^e^, Phi 2.+

Mt

laoTT]?, -T^Tos,

17

(<[ lo-os), [in


17

LXX
:

Jb

36^^,
k.

Za
t^v

4J *
i,

;]

1.

equality
(for dis-

Co
*t
;

8^^' ^*.

2. equity,
8.

tinction bet. TO
laoTifios,

and

to SiKaiov L, v. JC(7, in l.).t

fairness

Col

4^

-ov,
11

(<[

lo-os,

honour : TrLOTa, 240 Mayor, in


t<7<J|;oxos

Pe

1^ (E,

Tt/i.7;), equally privileged, held in equal mg., equally precious, but v Field, Notes,

l.).t

-ov

?o-o9,

il/vxv),

[in

LXX:
2.

Ps 54

(55)13
:

(la-jyg)*;]

1.

of equal spirit (.^sch., Agam., 1470).


lapaVjX

like-minded

Phi
,

2'^'^.f

(FIJ, 'lo-paT^Xos,

-ov),

6,

indecl. (Heb. bxiijr


A.ads,

Ge

3228),

JsraeL-

o?/cos 'I.,
'I.,
;

Ac
'I.,
'!.,

7*2 (Lxx)^

al.;

Ac

410

vloc,

ib. 521, al.;

at <i>vXal Tov

Mt 1928, al.
Co

Eo
6
*I.

112, al.

6 Aao9

Jo 150; ^ iXn^ ToO


Kara crdpKa,
I

By meton., for the Israelites, Mt 2\ Lk l^*, 410 Ac y^ 'I., Mt 220,21 /ja^-iXc^s 'I., Mt 27*2, Ac 2820; 6 'I. tou deov (of Christians), Ga 6i;
;

10^8.
-XLTrjs), ov,
6,

'lapaT]XeiTTis

(Eec.
;

[in

LXX Nu
:

258

(i,j^^jjpj^

Ki 20

(21)1 (^^xy-ii-i

Luc.

'U^pa-qXiTT}?), etc.

;]

an

Israelite, the
11

name
II22;

expressive of theocratic privilege


SlXtjOw^ 1.,

Jo

1*8

d[v8pes

'I.,

Ac

(v.s. 'E/3patos): Eo 9* 11^, 222 312 5^5 1316 2128.t


'

Co

'laaaxtlp (Eec.
'Icraxa,ot?, 'lo-ao-x-)
i<rrT)|ii,

'Icra;^-,

'lo-acrx,

(Elz.), T, -o-xap),
SO^S),

6,

indecl.

(FU,

(Heb. IDt^n^P

Ge

Issachar

Ee V.f
;

and

in late writers, also icrTavw (Veitch, s.v.

Bl.,

23,

2;

M,

Pr., 55), [in


I.

LXX

chiefly for

nay,

mp

also for
1 aor.

as^

hith., etc.].

Trans, in pres., impf.,

fut.

and

nxa ni., hi., act. and in the

1. to make to stand, to place, set, set tip, establish, 7^, Ac 12^ Q^^ if^i^ 10^ id. seq. eVi', c. ace. pers., 9^\ Jo 8[3]; cVwttiov, Ac ace. loc, Mt 45, Lk 4^; iv fieaw, Mt 182, 6*'; Trap" iavrQ, Lk 9*'^; Sefiwv, Mt 25^^; mid., to place oneself, to stand : Ee 18^^ so also pass., to be made to stand, to stand : Mt 2*,

tenses of the pass.


:

appoint

c.

Mk

He

Mk

Lk
for

11^8 198,

II

Co
;

131, al.
:

2.

to set

in a balance, to weigh

(cl.

LXX
;

bpW
Mt

Is 46",

al.)

Mt
Ac

26^5,

H.

of pres.

and impf.
:

stand
ev,

still

Mt
;

M, Pr., 147 f.) 20^2 26^3, 10*^,

Intrans., in pf., plpf. (vs^ith sense and 2 aor. act., to stand, stand by,

Mk

Lk
;

8", Jo 1^5
c.

32^,

Ac

169, al.
;

seq.

65, al.

cVwttiov,

lO^o, al.

tt/jos,

dat. loc.,

Jo 181"
-,

tVt, c.

gen. loc,
K Se^iGv,

Lk 61^, Ac 523 Lk 1" Vt, e.


;

2510, al.; tp,irpo(T6iv, aec, Mt 13^, Ee 320

115; s^^^
TToppco^cv,
I

Mk
Lk

91

oTTov,

Mk

13^*; l^w,

Mt 27"; kvV-Xco, Ee 7"; Traoa, Lk 52 IkCl, Mk Mt 12*; /xa^pd^cv, Lk 18^3;


; ;

1712.

Metaph.,
611' 13,

Co

73^ 1012,

Eph

8**; ev T. xP-piTi, Eo ef-av-, dv6-, d<p-, Bl-, iv-,

Jo

to stand ready, stand firm, be steadfast u^ Col 412 t. ttiotci, Eo II20 ev t. AXrjeua, 52; ev t. euayycAiw, I Co 151 (cf. dv-, 7r-av-,
;

i$-,

ctt-

(-/i.ai),

e^-,

Kar-ecft-,

(ruv-<f>-,

Ka$-,

avTi.-Ka$-, OLTTO-Kad-, /MiO-, Trap-, Trepi-, irpo-, avv-Ca-TrjfjLi),

220
**
133,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


lo-Topeoj,

-w {<^i(TTwp, one learned or skilled in), [in


a,cc. rei, to

LXX

Ea

inquire into, learn by inquiry. 2. C. ace. pers., to inquire of or about. 3. to narrate, record. 4. In late writers, to visit, become acquainted toith : Ga 1^^ (v. Ellic, in 1., and
42*. J I
Q
cf.

MM,
;]

Exj)., xv).t

laxupos, -a, -6v


etc.

la-xvw), [in
;

LXX

for

bs

"liaa

msy

pjn

strong, mighty,

powerful
1121.22,

Mt

1229,

Mk
Ee
I

3-i',

Lk

Tro\fiio),

52 IQi 1821

IV Ki'2415), 151*;

Mk 1", Lk 1122,
e'TTio-ToXac

Co 127; 1 Co 125
;

TrapdKXr)(TL<;,
i<rx"'s,

He

(^apeiat 6^^ ttoXi?,

persons, as to body or spirit I Co He ll^* (iv 1918. oJ ttAovo-ioi k. oi l, ib. 61^ Tct L = ol t. (cf. of God (cf. De IQi^), Ee IS^; compar., Mt S", Xi/.tds, Lk (^^ do-^V? T. Oiov) 1022 (6) of things k. i.), II Co lO^" KpauyT/, He S''; </>a>V7;, Ee 182;
(a) of

4io (opp. to do-^ev^s),

Ee

IS^**

fipovrac, ib. IQ^.t

-V09, ^, [in

LXX

chiefly for

nS

also for b";n

Tir
j,

nnnSJI,
SuVa/tis,

etc.
11

;]

strength, might, power, force, ability

Ee

5^2 7^2

k.

li^ 6i; rj 86ia t^s i, 11 Th l^; 211; ^ ^p^^os T^s I. (Is 402"), 123o. 33 (lxx), Lk 1027(Lxx),t ^ L, I Pe 411 ; 1/ oAt; t. t., Syn.: Swa/i,ts (q.v., and cf. ICC, Phi 4i3) ; Kparos (cf. M,

Pe

Eph

Mk

27i.,

I,

19).

i^Xu'w io-X^'s),

[in
912,

LXX
Mk

for pin, 1123,


2.

DSy,

etc.;]

1. to be

strong in body

prevail: Ac 192", Ee 12^; seq. Kara, he able (MM, Exp., xv) Mt 82^ 264^
: ;

to be p>owerful, have power, gen. pers., Ac 191^; c. inf., to 5* 91^ (inf. understood) 143", Lk 6-ts 8*3 1324 146.29,30 153 2026, Jo 216, Ac 610 1510 25^ 27i6 c. ace. Phi 413, Ja 516 of things, to avail, be serviceable (MM, Exp., I.e.)
:

Mt

21''.

c.

Mk

Mt
al.

513,

Ga

56,

He

91" (cf.

eV-,

ef

cV-, KaT-io-xv'w).t

ICTUS {^C^la-oq), adv., [in


;]

LXX
Lk
'I.

for "b^H
20i3.t
(v.

"JJIS,

]7\,

Ge
Ac

322",

Je 5^
27i',

1.

equally. 2. perhaps: -a?, rj, Italy: 'IraXm, ^

Bl.,

46, 11),
o-Trelpa
'I.,

182

He

13i*.t
'iraXiKos, -^) -ov (<^'lTaA.i'a),

Italian:

Ac

101.

Iroupaia, V.S. Iroi^patos.


'Ixoupaios, -ata, -aiov, [in
cl.

LXX

Ch

51^

(ntt?) *

;]

Iturcean (in

always
ff.).t

6t 'I.,
ii,

the IturcBans)
16,
20),

^copa
31
(cf.

(17

'iTovpaioiv opuv-q, to.

Strabo, xvi,

Lk

Exp.
a

(1894),

ix,

twv 'I. p.iprj, 51 ff., 143 ff.,

288

^ixOuSio^

-ov,
6,

TO (dimin. of
[in

Ix^'s),

little

fish:

IxOus, -V09,
1xvo<i,

-COS

LXX for yn, nai;] a y^s/i; etc. (-ous), TO, [in LXX for P]3
,

Mt 153*, Mk Q\f Mt 71", Mk 638, al.


a track, footstep
Toi<; l., 11

;]

metaph. (as

freq. in el.), 1218; iiraKoXovOdv toIs L,


'I(i)d9a|ji

a-roix'^lv tois
I

?.,

Eo

412

irepnTaTdv

Co

Pe
6,

221 (cf.

MM,

Exp., xv).t

(WH,

-6ap),

indecl.

(Heb. UTiT), Jotham, King of

Judah

Mt

l^.t

MANUAL QEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


'lutdva

221

(TE, -vva

V.

WH,

App., 159),

-17s, Tj

(Aram. JOV), Joanna


]2nV'),

Lk

83 24io.t
'\(oavdv

(Eec. 'Iwavvas,
327.t

-a),

6,

indecl.

(Heb.

Joanan

(cf.

'Iwdvri?)

Lk

'\<.)dvr\s

WH,
Lk
al.
;

Gr., 142; Tdf., Pr., 79; App., 159; Bl., 3, 10; 10, 2), -ov, dat., -rj (but in Mt 11*.

(Eec.

-vvr;?,

q.v.

cf.

Dalman,

718.22,

Re

11, -),

ace,

-rjv,

(Heb. ]3ni\

LXX

'Iwavav,

11

Ch

23i,

-vvdv,

Je 47
1.
:

(40)^, al., Aq.),

838(41)*)^ viz.,

John the Baptist

Hellenized form of 'Iwavav, John (i Es Mt 3^, al. 2. John the Apostle,


:

son of Zebedee Mt 421, Mk l^^, Lk 510, Ac 1^3, al. 3. The father of 4. John surnamed Mark: Ac 12^2. 25 135,13 St. Peter: Jo 1" 2r5-i7. 15*''. 5. The writer of the Apocalypse, traditionally identified with 2: Eeli'4,9. Bl., 10, 2), 6, John V. MM, Exp., XV 'IwdkCTjs (D, 'Iwm^as
; ;

Ac

13^
*loSP,

Tr.,

WH,
Lk

Ee

228

(cf. 'lwdvr]<;).f
:

(Heb. nrx). Job

Ja 5^\f
I.e.
;

'iwp^S

(WH,
1^,

-/3^\,

Lk,

Eec, EV,

'fi/JiyS), 6,

indecl.,

Jobed

(Obed)

Mt

332.t

'Iu8d (Eec. 'louSa),


'IwTiX, 6,

Jbda

Lk

32.t
:

indecl. (Heb. bNi""). Joel

Ac

2i.t

'lu^ddas, V.S. 'Iwawrj<;.


*lwk(p,

(Eec. -av),
-a,

Jonam

Lk

330.1

'Iwms,

(Heb.

nai""),

/owa/i,

the prophet:

Mt
:

1239- 16*,

Lk

112a.

30, 32

'Iwpdp,, o, indecl.
'la)pei|i, 6,

(Heb. WyiW)

Joram, Jehoram
329.t

Mt

l^.t

indecl.,

Jorim

Lk

'lwcra<t)(iT, 6,

indecl. (Heb. l2EC;in"l),

Jehoshaphat

'Iwaeios (-o-tas,

Eec),

-ov, 6

(Heb.

inj'ttyx"'),

Mt l^.t Josiah: Mt l^o.^.t


:

'lucn^, V.S. 'ItDcnJs.


'luCTTJs,

-^ (Eec.
6,

-17,

Lk

329;

^.V, Jose;

v.s. 'iT^o-ors, 3),

and

-^tos

(Mk,

11.

c),

Joses;
2.

1.

brother of our Lord:

V.S. 'L..o-#). 3. V.S.

Son

of

Mary: Mt

27^ (-o-#,
6

Mk 63, WH, txt), Mk


P)5i"'),

Mt 13" (Eec,
1540.*7.

BapvdySas.t
indecl. (FIJ,
'IcicnyTros, -ov),

'lu)(ni<|>,

(Heb.

Joseph;

1.

the

Jacob: Jo 4^, Ac 79'i3,i4,i8^ He 1121.22^ Re 78. 2. In the genealogy of our Lord, (a) the son of Matthias Lk 32* (b) the son Joram ib. 30. 3. The husband of Mary, the Lord's mother Mt V^ -, Lk 127, Jo 1*^, al. 4. One of the brethren of our Lord (v.s. d8X(f>6<;) Mt 13". 5. Son of Mary Mt 27" {-a^s, WH, mg., EV). 6. Joseph 7. v.s. of Arimathsea: Mt 27^7' 5, Mk 15*3. ^^ Lk 23", Jo 1938.

Son

of

Bapvd/3as.

8. V.S.

Bapaa^ySa?.

222

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


'Iwtrrjx'

Josech

Lk

3'^*.t

'lucriaS) V.S.

Icocretas.

iwTa, TO, iota

(Heb.

"^

i.e.

the amallest letter)

Mt

5^^t

K
K, K, K<iinra, to, indecl.,
eral, K

kappa,

k,

the tenth

letter.

As a num-

=20;

20,000.

Kdyu, V.S. iyw.


KaQd, adv. (for Kaff a), [in
5811,

LXX

Ge

7^ 19^, al. (lUrj^g

5), Is
12,

Wi

3i,

al.;]
;

(cf. Bl.,

78, 1

just as, according as: Phil. Gosp., 8 f.).t


7/

Mt

27^H^^^)^

Lk

Kae-aip6CTis, -ws,

Ka^aipo>),

[in

LXX: Ex
k.

232* (Din),
11

Mac
10*;
take

3*^*;] a pulling doivn, destruction:

fig.,

oxvpwfidToyv,
etc.

Co
to

opp. to

olKoSo/jiT^, ib. ^ ISi'^.t

KaG-aip^w, -w,

[in

LXX

down

c.

Field, Notes, 44),

ace. pers. (the 153.46^

ynz yiQ T)'' technical term for removal


for
, , ,

;]

1.

after crucifixion,
to

Mk

l^
;

23^3,

Ac

1329.

2.

put down by

force, pull down, destroy : a.Tro6rJKa^, Lk 12^^ (opp- to oixoSo/iAerv) pass., Ac 192'' {diminished, Field, Swao-ras, Lk V^ ; Wvt}, Ac 1319 fig., to refute : XoyL(Tfjiov<s, 11 Co lO^.t Notes, 129 f.)
;

KaOaipo)

/ca^apds),
;]

[in
:

LXX:

Is 2827

Je 28 {5iy^

K*

to cleanse

of

pruning, Jo 152

(izrn ho.), 11 Ki 4, (cf. Ka^api^a)).t


,

KaGciTrcp (for KaO' airep

=
:

KaOd), adv., [in

LXX for n^rx?


i

Ge

12*,

Ex
II

7, al.

;]

jiist as,

even as

Ro
12

Co
**

11*, 313' 18 811, I

Th
:

211 3"'

3* 4^ 9^3 IQi^ ll^ 12*, 45, 42.t

Co

lO^o 12^2,

He

KaQ-dtTTOi, [in

Sm.

Ca
53,

1* *

;]

1.

Act. for mid. Ac 283.t


2.

(cf. Bl.,

3), to

to fasten on, put upon, c. ace. lay hold of, attack: c. gen., x"po5,

tKaSapil^w

(Hellenistic

FIJ,

Inscr.

for Attic KaOaipw, q.v.,

on

the vulgar

-p-,

Mt

8^,
;]

Mk
2<5,

1*2, v. Bl.,

6, 1; Thackeray, Gr., 74), [in


clean.
1.

LXX chiefly for inci


c.

to cleanse,

make

In physical sense
ace. pers.,
iKaeeptaOr,
t. Kap8ia<s,

Mt
Ac
II

ace. rei, fig., Mt 82.3 108 115,

232^'

Mk
v.
.

l*"-*2,

(on the spelling


.

Lk 11^9; of disease (leprosy), c. Lk 42" 512.13 722 1714,17. ^ xiirpa supr.), Mt 8^. 2. In ethical sense
:

159 (cf Si 381") ^_ ^upa%, Ja 4^ ; Xaov iavTw, Tit 21* Eph 526; c. ace. pers. (rei), seq. A-n-6 (Bl., 36,^9; Deiss.,
;

t. iKK\r,a-cav,

Co

71,

He

91*, I

Jo V'

9.

3.

In ceremonial sense

Mk
,

71^,

BS, 216 f.), Ac lOi^


,

119,

He

922. 23

102

(cf. 8ia-/ca^apt^(o).t

t Ka6apiCT(i(5s, -ov, TO (<[ Ka^api^w), [in

LXX
Pe

for incj

TYir^

etc.

;]

cleansing, purification
c.

Jo

gen. obj., of women Lk 51* c. gen. rei, t. afxapTLtav,


;

gen. subjc, t 'louSa/wv, after childbirth, Lk 222; qI lepers,


;

32*

c.

Jo 2"

Mk

1**,

He

13, 11

1^ (Cremer, 319).+

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


KaOapos,
sically
:

223
Phy-

-a, -ov, [in

LXX

chiefly for linip


(fig.^

;]

pure, clean.

1.

Mt

pruning),

He

2326 2759^ Jo 1310, 11 (fig)^ 153 10^2, Ee 156 198, u 2118.21.


;

Eg 1420,

3 Ethically (a) 6 K. Trj Kaphia {i<aOapos xapa^, Hdt., i, 35), Mt 5^; seq. (XTrd (cl. c. gen. simp.'; Bl, S 36, 11 Deiss., BS, 196 Exp., xv), Ac 2026 (b) of things KapSta, I Ti 1^, n Ti 222 ; truvctST/o-ts, I Ti 3^, 11 Ti 1^ $pr]a-Kia,
: ;

Tit 115.

as of a vine cleansed by Ceremonially: Lk 11", Jo IS^o, Ac IS^, Tit l^^ of persons


2.
;

MM,

Ja

127.t

STN.
724
.J

v.S. dyvo's.
-r?Tos,
rj

Ka0ap6TT)S,

Aca^a/)os), [in
c.

LXX: Bx

2410

(-,-,J3)^

wi
and

purity, cleanness
KaO-e'Spa, -as,
rj

gen.,

He

Q^^.t

(<^ Kara,
:
:

eSpa, 21^2,

seat), [in

LXX

for 30?iD

cogn. forms

;]

a chair, seat
[in
;

Mt
Le

Mk

ll^^

KaQ-ilofiai,

LXX
seq.

12^, al. (nCT),


2*6^

of teachers, Mt 232.+ Jb 3928 (p^^) ] ^^ 5^^

down,
cTTi, c.

sit

Jo 20^2

iv,

Mt 26", Lk
Jo
46

Jq

1120^

Ac

6^^

seq.

gen.,

Ac 20^

id. c. dat.,

(cf. -n-apa-KaOit,-, Kd6r)p,ai).f

Ka0' IS, V.S.

CIS.

Lk

*+ Ka9-|T]s (= 1^, Ac 11* 18-^


:

cl.
;

e^^s,
k.

i<f>e^<;),

adv.,

1.

successively,

in

order:
2. after-

twv

{those that succeeded him),

Ac

32*.

wards

iv

T(j)

K.

Ka0u8(i>,

xP^vw), Lk 81. [in L.;X' chiefly for nDCT,


(sc.

Ge

28i3,
,

also for ]l?r

Ca

52,

Da

LXX th

122, al.

for niZT

Ps 87 (88)5, al.; Ki 19 ;] to sleep


:

Mt 8^* 924 1325 255 26*'*3.45^ Mk 427.38 Metaph., (a) of death (as Ps, Da, I Th 57. Mk 5^^, Lk 852, and v. Swete, Mk., I.e.); insensibility Mk 13^6, Eph 5^*, i Th 56.+
:

539 1437,40,41^ lj^ g^s 22*6, i Th 51" (cf. Mt 92*, 11. c.)
:

(b)

of

moral and spiritual

SYN.
*

KOip.au).

KaQriyr]Tr]s,

-ov, 6 [<C^ KaOrjyiofiat,

to

QO before, guide),
:

1.

prop.,

a guide.

2.

a master, teacher (MGr. professor)

Mt
2.

231".+

Ka0-iiKw, [in

LXX
;]

impers.,
to

Le

510,

Ez

2127
to.

02)^ al. (ifl^cns);

ra

k.,

Ex

51^, al. (l^"!J), etc.


c.

1.

come down, come


^qq
^j^q

to befit,

proper
firj

impers.,

ace. et inf.,

Ac

2222

tense, v. Bl., 63, 4); ra in


cl.

KaBrjKOVTa,

Eo

128.

Kd0-T))yiai, [in

LXX

chiefly for

nCT ;]

(prop, pf

and

also, to sit, be seated

plpf. of KaOe^ofjiai ; cf. : Mt III6 22** d-xx),

pres. Bl., 24), in

Mk
;

26,

and impf only LXX and NT fut. Jo 6^, Ac 22, Ja 2^


.

(on the vulgar imper. klL6ov, v. Kennedy, Sources, 162), Ee 4^, al. 10 ^rapd, Mt 13i, seq. prep. c. ace, iirC, Mt 9^ Mk 2i*, Jo 12i5 332.34. ^p^^^ Lk 2256; iTr6, Ja 2^; eis, Mk 13^; /xcra, c. gen ircpt', Mk pers., Mt 2658; iK Bi^Lwv, Mt 22**; i7rdvu>, c. gen., Mt 282; dTreVavn, c

Mk

2761; tVi, c. dat., Ac 310 id. c. gen., Ac 828; ^Vcl, Mt 1529 pleonastic (M, Pr., 230, 241 Dalman, Words, 22), Mt I32, Ac 23^ Ee 187; metaph., Mt 416, Lk 179 (Lxx); of one's domicile (Ne 11, Si 5026 ; Hdt., v, 63), Lk 21^5, Ac 22, Ee 146 (gf, ^^y.^^e-qy^ai).
gen.,

Mt

224

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


-77,
:

*+ Kaer)npiv6s,
(MGr.
set,
Ka6r}fxepv6<;)

-ov

Ac 6^t
i

Q^s,

xa^' vH-^pay), [in


1.

LXX

Jth 1215*;] daily

KaG-i^w, [in

LXX
2^",

chiefly for niT^

;]

causal, to

make

to sit

appoint
:

Ac

Co

6*,

seated, sit

Ac II2, Jo c. gen., Jo ace, seq. ^9, II 14^2; airoi, Mt 2636; iv Se^id, 1221; <L8, P; Ik Se$LQ>v, Mt 2021,23. ^^ jje 321. Ka^t'o-as pleonastic (M, Pr., 14; Dalman, Words, 22), Mt 13^^ Lk 53 1431 16 ; of settling in a place {h x^P^ov, Thuc, iv,

Mt 5^, Mk Th 2*; cVi', c.

Eph l^**. Lk 7^^, Jo

2. Intrans., to sit
8^, al.
;

down, down, be

c. inf. tel., i

Mk

12i*; id.

W\

Co

10^

Mk

He

93), seq. iv,

Lk

24*^

(cf. ava-, iin-, Trapa-, ttc/ji-,


:

crw-Ka^t^w).
v.l., i

Kae-iT]fti, [in

LXX

Ex

IT^i (013 hi.),

and

Ch

2127,

Za

ll^^,

Je 39(32)1'**;] ^^ ^gj^^ or let down: seq. et's, Lk 5^^; Sid, c. gen., ib., Ac 925; ptcp^ seq. ^^^^ c. gen., Ac 10^ ck, Ac ll^.t Ka9-iaTT)|jii (and KaOia-TaLvw, Ac 1715), [in LXX for ipE, Dip mtZT, etc., 24 words in all*;] 1. (a) io set down; (b) to bringdown to a 28i5, i Ki 5^) Ac IT^s. 2. to set in 11 Ch place (Horn., Xen., al. order, appoint, make, constitute: Tit 1^, 11 Pe 1^; c. dupl. ace, Kpn-qv, Lk 1214; ^yov>vov, Ac 7^; Ipxovra, ib. 27, 35 (LXX). s.pxi^nd<;, He 728; seq. cTTi, c. gen., Mt 24*^ 2521.23, l^ 12*2^ Ac 6^; id. c. dat., Mt 24*^ Lk 12; id. c. ace. He 27(i'XX) (WH, E, mg. omit); pass. (v. Mayor, rk npos r. 6e6v, seq. cis c. inf., He 8^ Ja., 115 f.), Eo 519, Ja 3 4"
; ,

He
Ba
Jo,

51 (cf. dvTi-, a.Tro-Kadl(Trriixi).\


KaOci

(=

Kaff o), adv., [in


41*'

LXX
,

Le
:

95. is (-|^>^), i

Es
i

15o, Si I620,

1"

II

Mac

;]

as,

according as

Eo

82", 11

Co

812,

Ju

*Ka0o\iK6s, -ri, -6v {<C. xaOoXov) catholic, gejieral: tit. (Eec.) (v. Mayor, Ja., ccxc).t Ka66\ou (= Kaff oXov and SO in cl. bef. Arist.), adv., [in
'i',

Pe 4i3.t Epp. Ja, Pe,

LXX:

Ex

2211

Am

33.";

Ez

133-22 1714 (^^


:

^_

^^

^Tb^^),

Da

LXX th

350 *jj oij ^/jg whole, in general


Ka9-oTrXi!;oj, [in

firj k.,

not at

all,

LXX
to

Je 26 (46)" (iysn),
:

Ac 4i^.t Mag*;] to armfulhj:


392^, iii

pass.,
1.

Lk

112i.t

KaO-opdo), -w, [in


to look

LXX Nu
Tt),

242

(-,n-|),
:

Jb 10*
1^'^.f

Mac

311 *;]

down.

2.

discern clearly
adv., [in

Eo

KaO^Ti

{= Kae
1,

LXX: Ex

I12.17 (i^h^?),
:

To
2.

I12,

Jth
late

213, al.

;]

Gk.

according as, just as (Ex, I.e.) Ac 2*5 Sidn (To, I.e.), because : Lk 1^ 19^, Ac 22* 173i.t
in
cl.,

435.

In

KaOoJS,

(i.e.

a6' ws),

Hellenistic for KaOd, q.V.,

KaOd-Trep,

KaOo,

Ka^dri (Mayser, 485; Eutherford, NPhr., 495; Bl., 78, 1), according as, even as, just as, as : Lk I2 (v.s. Ka^a), 24^9, Jo 522, Ac 7*^, i Co 82,

Ga 3^
with

al.

seq.

o{^tw<:,

Lk

ll^o,
i

Jo

31*, 11
;

Co

15,
.

Col
. .

3i3,
k.,

Jo

2, al.
;

seq. Ka[,

Jo

159, I

Co 15,

Jo

2i8, al.

o^rws
;

Lk

242*

id.

21*, ellipsis of ovtws, constructions, Jo 658 1721,22^

Mt

Mk
Ac

16^,
158,

Eo li^, al. 2i3, j Th


262*,

with other elliptical Ti P, i Jo 32.3,12;

KaOm

yeypa'^^'^^i

(Deiss.,

BS, 249), Mt

Mk

9i3,

ducing subst. clause as object of verb

(as in Heb.),

Eo li^, al.; introMt 21*, Mk 11',

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


Lk
5^*,
al.
;

225

after

verbs of speaking,
12ii'i8, al.; of
irc/o),

Ac

15^*;
5,
Ka^cos),

of proportion
l^i),

degree,

Mk

i^s, i

Co

time (Ne
(v.s.

n Mac

*Ka0(u<nrep (Tr. /ca^cis

adv.

and Ac 1^\ even as : u Co 3'

(WH,

mg.),
KOI,

He
:

5*.t

conj.,

and.
2^^

I.

Copulative.

1.

Connecting single words;


l^, al.

Lk He Mt (a) in general 16\ before each of the terms in a series, Mt 2323,


21^,

Mk

8^^,

mult.

repeated

(b) connecting numerals (WM, 37, 4) terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole Mt 833 2659, Mk 161^ Ac 529, al. 2. Connecting clauses and sentences Mt 3^2^ Ac 521, al. mult. esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, 60, 3 M, Pr., 12 Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.) Mt I21 72^, Mk 9^, Jo 103, al. (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences Lk 3^*, Jo 4^^, in Jo ^^ (c)
: ;
:

Lk I421, Eo 7^2 9*, al. Jo 22o, Ac I320 (c) joining

consecutive,
4i,

and
al.
;

so

Mt

5^^, 2332,

gg
yet
:

319^ ^j

after imperatives,

Mt
18^
l;

Lk

77,

(d)
i

=
Co

/catVot,

and
;

Mt

3^* 626,

m^

12^2,

Lk

(Field, Notes, 72),

52, al.

(e)

beginning an apodosis (= Heb.

so sometimes 8e in cl.), then: Lk 22^ 7^2, Ac 1^*'; beginning a question 102, Lk 102^, Jo 936. (WM, 53, 3 a) 3, Epexegetic, and, and namely (WM, 53, 3 c): Lk 3^, Jo li, Ac 236, Eo 1*, i Co 3*, indeed, 5^' 21, Jo l^^, al. Mt 423, al. 4. In transition so, Hebraistically,
:

Mk
:

Kal iyevTo

(^n"!l;

also cyevcTo Se),


. . .

Mk Mk 1 (cf. Lk 5^
.

V.

Burton, 357-60;
. .

KOI, both 5. Koi and (for tc . Kai, v.s. connecting single words Mt 1028, Mk 4", Eo 1133, al. (b) clauses and sentences Mk 9^3^ Jq 728^ j Co I22, al. II. Adjunctive, still: Mt 539i40^ ;^j]j 228, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., also, even, Mt 20^ Jo 7^\ al; <Ls k., Ac IP^; KaBws k., Eo 15^ ovto^ k., Eo 6^^; 810 K., Lk 135; 5 ^. (Deiss., BS, 313 ff.), Ac 13^; pleonastically, ^erk k.

M,

Pr., 14, 16).


(a)

re)

1422,

1529; iXKk k., (Bl., 77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,). Phi 43; ti k., 1 Jo 518, al.; KaLy (M, Pr., 230; Burton, 437), Ac 172^; KotVep,
58;
K. idv, v.s. idv.

Co

Lk

He
X,

Kaiti<}>os

185)

Mt

(T, Kat-), -a o, Gaiaphas (on the 263. sr, Lk 32, Jo 11*9, 18i3,i4,24,28^
6,

name,

v.

Exp. Times,

Ac

46.t

KaiV (T, KAV),

indecl. (in FIJ, K(is,

-los),

(Heb.

W;

Ge

4^),

Gain:

He

11*,

Jo

3^2,

Ju ^i.t
6,
:

Kai'(|ji

(T, Kat-; Eec. KalVav),


5^)

indecl. (Heb.
S^^.

I'i'^p),

Cainam,

Gainan ; 1. son of Enos (Ge (Ge 1024 (i'^)) Lk 336.t


:

Lk
ll^*,

2.

Son

of

Arphaxad

Koikis,

-77,

-ov,

[in
is

LXX

(Bz

al.)

for

ann

exc. Is

65"
9^^

(inj<)

;]

of that

which

unused or unaccustomed, new in respect to


:

form or
1352,

quality, fresh, unused, novel


221.22^

opp. to

iraXaios, dpxaios,

Mt

Mk

Lk

536.38,
;

n Co

b'^\

Eph

42*;

nXrjpwfia,

Mk
Lk

221

/ivrjfielov,

Mt
II

2760,
3,

Jo 19

8iady]Kr] (T,
;

WH,

E,

txt.,

omit),

2220,

Co 1125,

Co

He 88

d-xx), is 915

oipavoC, y^, 11

Pe 3^\ Ee 21^ d^);

15

226

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Ee
t.

'UpovaaXrjfji,

3^2 21^

3.r0poiTro?,

Eph

21^ (cf.

Ez

1831)

Travra,

Ea

21*;

yii'i'rjfjia

Afxir^Xov,

Mt

26^9^

Mk

Jo 133^ I Jo (cf. Ps 143 (144)9); compar., Ac IT'^^.t


ivToXr'f,

27'8, 11

Jo
ii

5;

5,'Ofjia,

l^^^; Si8axi Ee 2^7 (lxx).


6^^;

Mk

Ac IV^; ^^^ Rg 5^ 14^


127,

^Vis,

Co 6^\ Ga

yXwo-o-at,

Mk

16^"^

SYN.
recent
in late
1.
;

:
.

vcos,
. .

" the

k.

the

new primarily in reference to time, the young, new primarily in reference to quality, the fresh,

unworn ".
Gk.
;

Cf. Tr., Syn., Ix (the distinction, however, is less marked 12^* with He, 11. c. supr., and v. cf. Exp., xv).

He

MM,

Kai.'OTris,

-7;tos,

v fcatvds), [in

LXX:

III

Ki

S*^^

Ez

47^2 *;]

(v. Lft.,

novelty (Thuc, Isocr., LS, s.v.). 2. freshness, newness : iv k. ^w^s Notes, 296), Eo 6''; iv k. TrvevVaros, Eo 7".+ KaiTrep, concessive particle, [in Pr 6^, Wi 11^, Jh l^^,

LXX
3*,

ii-iv

Mac

11*;]

although:
6, [in

c.

ptcp.,

Phi

He
,

5^ 7* 12^^,

u Pe
,

li2.t
etc.
;]

Koipo's,
1.
(cl.

-ov,

LXX
:

chiefly for

ny

also for
al.).

lyia
2.

due measure,
also)

fitness,

proportion (Eur., Xen.,

Of Time

Rq 1311^ Eph 6^8, I Pe Ee 1^, al. c. gen,, Triipaa-p-ov, Lk S^^; t. Kap-n-wv, He Mt 213* ^^^^^^ Mk 1113 pi^ Mt 21" xpovot ^ (Ka!) k., Ac 1^, i Th 5^ iOvwv, Lk 212*; of opportune or seasonable time, Ac 242^, Ga Gi**, Eph 516, Col 45; c. inf.. He ll^^; 6 k. oStos, Mk lO^o, Lk IS^"; 6 vw k. (Dalman, Words, 148), Eo 8^^; 6 k. 6 ifjL6<;, Jo 7; k. Scktio, ii Co 2 (LXX). SovXevcLV Tw K., Eo 1211, E, mg. t. o-r^yneta twv k., Mt 16^ adverbial usages: il k., Mt 24*5, iPe5 (cf. /caipaJ, Lk20i<*; to! k., Mt 122) a^pi Katpov, Lk 413 Trpos Kaipov, Lk 813, j Qq ys ^^.j-a Kaipov, Eo 5 irpo Kaipov, Mt 829.
l^^,

in the sense of a fixed (Kennedy, So^irces, 153) Mt 1125,


11^*,
l^'ii,
;

and

definite period, time, season

m^
;

Lk

218,

/SFiV^.

xpovos, time in the sense of duration.

Kalaap, -apos, 6, G(zsar : Mt 2217, Lk 2i, Jo I912, Ac 258 ff-, al. Kaiaapia (Eec. -apeia), -as, t}, GcBsarea ; 1. GcBsarea Philippi, at 827. the foot of Lebanon Mt 16i3, 2. Ccesarea of Palestine, on the sea-coast: Ac 8* 93o 10i'24 lin 12i9 I822 218' le 2323.33 ^^\,i,^,M^\ **KaiToi (= KOI Toi, and SO also written in cl.), concessive particle, ivMac26*;] and yet, although: Ac 14i7; c. ptcp.. He 43.t [in
:

Mk

LXX:

* KaiToiyc, strengthened form of KatVot, q.v. (and Lk 32 (L). Kai<j>as, for Kata^as, q.v.
:

v.s. ye)

Jo

42.t

Kaiw,
c.

[in

LXX
Mt
;

for

im

Ip""

^jltZT

etc.

;]

1.

to kindle, light

ace, Xvxvov,
45 810 1920
to

Ee
2.

51*; pass., to be lighted, to burn: ptcp., Lk 123*, 12i8, Ee 8^ 218; metaph., Lk 2432, mjpi, Jq 535,

He

and

Mk

burn, destroy by fire : pass., Jo 15", i Co 133.t KdKci (by crasis for koX ckci, and so sometimes written, v. infr.), there, there also: Mt 523 (k. l, Tr., mg.) lO^i 28io {k. l, T), 135 (^_ ^^ L) 38 (^. i^^ 1415 (,c. l, WH), Jo 115*, Ac 14^

WH)

1713 2210 252", 276.t


iKi$v),

Ac

KdKi0c (by crasis for koL iKeiOev, and so sometimes written, v.s. 93", Lk 11*3, of place, and from thence, and thence : 7* 142 1612 20^5 211 274 28is.t

Mk

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF

TETE

NEW TESTAMENT

227

Mk
Ac

KdKcTt'os, -uvrj, -tvo (by crasis for Kat e/ceivos, and so sometimes written, v.s. c/ccivos), and he, she or it ; he, she or it also : Mt 15^^ 232*,12^>5 16t">"), Lk ir.42 20" 22i2, Jo 6" 7^^ IQi'' U^^ l?^^ IQ^^,
53' 1511 1819,

Eo
rj

1123,

Co

10,

II

Ti

2^2,

He

42.t

KaKia, -as,

(<^

Ka^co's),

[in

LXX
431,

chiefly for

nJH ;]

1.

badnessin

quality (opp. to

dperi], excellence).

2. ivickedness,

Ac
3.
al.)

8-2,

Eo

129, I

Co

5s 142,

Eph

Col

S^,

In
:

Mt

late Gk., evil, trouble, affliction 63* (cf. Exp., xv).t

(Am

depravity, malignity Tit 33, Ja I21, i Pe 2^' i. 3, i Ki 6^, Ec 7l^ Si 19,

MM,

Si'-iV.

irovYjpLa.

**KaKori0eia
III

Mac

322 73

-6^), -as, rj A, IV Mac 1* 3* *


-ai

(WH,

;]

Ka/co's, 17^05),

[in

LXX: Es
:

8^^,

malignity, malevolence

Eo

12^

(Cremer, 329) .t
KaKoXoye'w,
I

Ki

313,

Pr

Ex 21^*' 222^, (<^ /caKoAdyos, slanderous), [in 2020, Ez 22^ i^bp pi., hi.), n Mac 41*;] to speak ill of,
:

LXX

revile,

abuse

c.

ace. pers.,

Mt 15*, Mk
rj

7^^ (Lxx) 939

q ^qq

^.^{^

Ac

iga.t

KaKoiraOeia

Ma
Ja

1^3

(nx^ri),

(WH, -dCa), -as, II Mac 226' 27^

(<[ KaKOTraOi]^, suffering), [in jy Mac 9^*;] distress, affliction:


4^0

LXX

5i''.t

KaKOTra0^(i), -w, [in

LXX
5i3.t

Jh

(bar) * ;]

to suffer evil,
to

endure
to

affliction
evil

11

Ti 29 4^,

Ja

KaKo-iroie'w, -w, [in


:

LXX

chiefly for

ryi

hi.

;]

do harm,

do

Mk

3*,

Lk

69,

Pe 3^^
;

iii

Jo

11

(Cremer, 329).t

KaKOTToios, -oV (<'ca/cdv, TToUio), [in

LXX:
:
,

Pr 12*
1

(tiria hi.)

24"

fyn

hi.) *;]

doing
-Tq,

evil

as susbt.,

an

evil-doer

Pe
1.

2^2,

415^

KaKo's,

-6v, [in

LXX chiefly for y^


evil,

nVT ;]

in general, opp.

to dya^ds, KaXds, in various senses, bad,

In ethical sense, base,

wicked

Ee

22;
;

8taXoyto-/Aot,

Mk
;

V^;

mean, base, worthless (cl.). 2. of persons, Mt 21*^ 24*^, Phi 3^, ofjuXiai, i Co 1533; iwievfiLa (Pr 12^2),
:

Col 35
I

Ipyov,

Eo

133

neut., Ka/cdv, to
51*, I

k.,

evil

1420 1619,

1 Co 135, Ti 610, Ja 113; ^

He

Pe
^j

3i0'ii, iii

Jo 1823, Ac 239, Eo 721 Jo "; pi., Eo 13o, i Co 10,


:

(^^^

^^

^oulv
II

(7rpao-o-6iv),

Lk Eo
I

2322,

Jo
3.

1830,

Eo

38 719 13*,

Co

29; of
39. 38,

wrongs

inflicted,

Ac

9^3,

Eo
:

Mt 2723, IS^*, 13", I Pe 3^2 ; Karcpyti^co-^ai, 12i7.2i 1310^ i Th 5^\ 11 Ti 4^*,

Mk

Pe

Ja

Ee

pernicious, harmful, evil 162 (Cremer, 325, 741).+


:

Lk

162^,

Ac

162^ 28^, Tit 1^2,

SYN.
(llNf

v.s. a^o-/AOS.

KaKoGpyos, -ov

(contr.

from epic

KaKoepyos), [in

LXX

Pr
:

21^^

byo).

Es

813, Si 1133 3035(3326)*.] a malefactor, criminal

Lk

2332,33,39^

iiTi29.+
-S>

ticaKooxea),

hith.)*;] to ill-treat, hurt, torment: pass, ptcp., He hi., nzV pi.;] 1. to chiefly for KaKou, -w KaKos), [in ill-treat, afflict, distress : c. ace. pers., Ac 7^' i9 12i I810, i Pe 3i3. 2. (not in cl.), to embitter (Ps 105 (106)32) Ac I42.+

xaKdv, Ix*^), [in

LXX:

III

Ki

226 1139 (njr pi., 113^ 133.+

LXX

jm

228

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


KaKws (<^Ka/co9), adv.,
[in

LXX Wi
:

IS^'',

iv

Mac

6^^

al.

k.

cJTT^rv,

ipelv

(TIN, bbp

pi.),

Ex

22^8(27).

Le ld^\
^

Is 82i; k.

t^v

(nbn),

Ez

34*, al.;] badly, ill; (a) in physical sense: k. Xftv, to be ill, Mt 132.34 217 Q55 L^ S^i T^ 424 QIC 912^ 1435 1715^ -Trda-xeiv, Mt 1715 mg.) SaLfjioviCicrdat, Mt 1522 KaKOvs k. diroXea-ei (as freq. in cl.,

Mk

(WH,
V.

LS,

s.v.

MM,
;

Mt
K.

21*^; [b) AaAetv, Jo 1823


KciKwo-is,

Exp., xv), evil that they are, he will evilly, in moral sense, wrongly (i Mac 7''2, iv Mac, I.e.,
dirdv, C. acc. pers.,
17

etc., al.)
:

Ac 23^

aheiadat,
,

Ja
,

d^.t
:

-ci>s,

(jcaKotij),

[in
:

LXX
Ac
:

(for ''2V

ny"1

etc.)

Ex

3'^,

Je

228,

Wi
al.
;]

32, al.

;]

ill-treatment
17

7^4 (Lxx),t

KaXdjATj,

-7/s,

(cf.

KaAa/Aos),

[in
i

LXX
Co

chiefly for

IZ?(5,

Ex

5^',

Is 52*,

a stalk

of corn, stubble
6,

3i2^t
n?|"^
,

KdXajxos, -ou,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

Is 42^,

Ez

403'-, al.

;]

a reed: Mt 11'^ 1220 (Lxx)^ jj^ 724. hence, acc. to its various uses, (a) a reed-jyipe, flute; (b) a reed-staff, staff (cf. iv Ki 182\ paygSos Mt 272''' 30. 48^ Mk ISi". 36 (c) a measuring reed or rod KaXafXLVT)) (Ez, I.e.): Ee 11^ 21i^'i^; ((i) a xvriting reed, a pen: iii Jo ^^ (cf.
:

Milligan, NTD, 9, 7).t KaX^w, -w, [in


pers.,
I

LXX
33i,

chiefly for

Nip
4i
;

;]

1.

to call,
e/c,

summon
Co
102^,

c.

acc.

Mt
Mt

208 2514^
2.

Mk

Lk

19l^ Ac
148.9,

seq.
:

Mt

2^5 (lxx);
i

metaph.,

Pe
T.

29.

io caZZ io one's house, invite

Lk

14i,

Ee

19

ya/xov9,

Mt

223.9,

Lk

Jo

22; 6 KaAeVa?,

Lk

739; oi KKXr,-

fievoi,

228; metaph., of inviting to partake of the blessings of the


of

kingdom
seq.
I

is, I

God (Dalman, Words, 118 f.) Eo 8^^ Co 19, I Th 2^2, i Ti 6i2; 6 KaXCy, (/caAeVas),
:

92^.25,

Co

7''- 18

of
3.

God,

Ga

1^ 58

Th 52*, I Pe Ga 513, Eph


call
al.
;

115, II

Pe

is.
47
;

^i ^^^x-rjixiyoi,
^A^jo-tt,

He
.

91^; seq. iv

4*,

Th

Eph

41, 11

Ti

19.

by name: pass.,
6
K.

Mt

223,

(Deiss.,
59,

BS,
135,

210),

Lk

u^ is-i^ ^j G^^ 223 2333,


223,
i

Kakov/meuo';,

Co 71* name Lk 7^^ Ac 7^8


(ctt/), i

to call,

Ac

lO^,

Ee

129, al.

c.

pred
(-/xai)

nom.,
iiTL-,

Mt

Lk

Rq

926^

J^

Jo

31.

(Cf. dvn-, iy,

da-

fXiTa-, vapa-, avv-Trapa-, irpo-, irpo<T-, avv-KaXew.) * KaXXieXaios, ov, rj, the garden olive (opp. to dypuX-) Eo 1124.t KaXXiuf, -ov, compar. of KaAos, v.s. KaAws. *t KaXo-8i8d(TKaXos, -ov, 6, a teacher of that which is good : Tit 23.t KaXol AifAcVcs, Fair Havens, a harbour in Crete Ac 278.t t KaXo-TToiew, -u), [in Le 5* F (KaAw? tt., B) * ;] to do well, act honourably : 11 Th 3^^ (cf. Ga 69 t6 koKov ir.).t
:
:

LXX

KaXo's,
1.

-17,

-ov, [in

LXX chiefly for 2113


.

nilita
.
.

also for n^

etc.

;]

dyaOo^ as the appearprimarily, of outward form ("related to beautiful : XiOol (BV, goodly), ance to the essence," Cremer, 339), fair, Lk 21*. 2, In reference to use, of that which is well adapted to its ends, good, excellent : of fish, t. KaAd (opp. to crairpd), Mt 13*8 a-Trep/xa,
j

Mt 310 71"-19 1233^ Lk 39 [WH] 6 8v8poy (opp. to aaTTpov), Mt 1233, Lk 6^3; yij, Mt 138.23, Mk 48.20, Lk 815; T. aAas, Mk 959, Lk 1434; ^^Vos, Eo V^ i Ti 18; MacTKaXCa, I Ti 4; Mt
1324.27,37,38.
^ap7r09,
;

<

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


KapSia
I K.

229

Kol ayadrj,

Lk

8^^; TrapaOrjKrj, II Ti 1^*; fxerpov,


k., I

Ti 313;
210;

^e/ie'Atos, I
TToi/AT/v,

Ti 619; to
IQii'i*;

Th
;

521
I

fiapyap^rai,

Lk 6^^; fiaOp-os, Mt 13*5; olvo^,

Jo
I

o-TpaTiwrr;?,

Ti

612. 13

Ti 4; ot/covd/xos, i Pe 4}; rp^ 2^ 11^ 47 ^fj^Xoyia, II Ti a-Tpareia, 1 Ti dywi/, I Ti 612, jj ipyov, Mt 2610, Mk 146, Jq iq^^, i Ti 31 pi., Jo 102 Ka\6v
SictKovo?,
;

Jo

eo-Tiv, c. inf.

et dat.,

Mt
933,

18^'

9,

Co

7i'26

91^

id. c. ace. et inf.,

Mt
;

17*,

9*2 1421 139; geq. d, Mt 262*, idu, I Co 7^. 3. Ethically, good, in the sense of right, fair, noble, honourable Ga 418, He 51* ; epya, Mt 5^\ 1 Ti 5io> 25 6I8, Tit 2^' 1* 3^' 1* (Field, Notes, 223 f.), He IO2*, i Pe 212 ; <lmo-rpo<^7;, Ja 3i3, i Pe 212 o-iTi8>/o-ts, He 131^ seq. ivw-n-Lov, Eo 12i^, 11 Co 8-1, i Ti 2^ to k. ttoiciv
95.

Mk

45, 47^

Lk

He

Mk

{KaTepydC^aOai), Eo 71^.21, Mt 15^6 (T^ 4'feo-riv),


6vop.a,

n Co 13^ Ga
727,

6^,

Ja 41^ KaXov
4i8;

eo-Tiv, c. inf.,

Mk
I

Eo

1421,
;

Ga

p.aprvpCa, I

Ja

2''

Kavxqp.a,
V.S. dya^o's.
-Tos, to'

Co

5^ (neg.)

Oiov prjpa.

He

6'^.

k.

Ti 37; does not

occur in Ee.t
SVA^.
:

KciXojifia,

(< koXutttw),
a covering,

[in
:

LXX
11

Nu325
pi.

48ff.

(np5a),

Ex

3433

ff.

(n^5^), etc.;]
[in
:

veil

Co

3i3-i6.t
;]

KaXu-irru,

LXX

almost always for nD3

in

cl.,

rare in
;

prose, to cover

c.

ace. pers.,

Lk

2330;

c.

ace. rei et dat.,

Lk

81^

pass.,

metaph., to veil, conceal: pf. ptep. pass., Mt 102^, 11 Co 43; of the forgiveness of sins (cf. Ps 31 (32)^ 84 (85)2 j)^^ ij^ 55b) j Pe 48^
82*;

Mt

Ja

520
;

(v.l.

for Katopevr},

WH,

mg.,
i

Lk

2432).t

KaXws, adv. (<^ KaAo's), [in fi7iely, rightly, well: Lk 6*8,


XaXelv, etc.,

LXX
Co

Mt 15^ Mk

7^ 12-^

Lk

2825; as exclamation of approval, Co 737.38^ Ja 28.1'-'; c. dat. pers. (cl. ace; 32, lyS), Lk 62'; 73^; c. ptcp., Ac 1033 (M, Pr., 131), Phi 41*, 11 Pe li, c. ace. rei, III Jo 6; TrpoLcrrdvai {-aaOaL), I Ti 3*' 12 51^ SiaKovdv, I Ti 313; Siyarpe0o-^at, He I318; ironically, 79, 11 Co 11* (but v. CGT, in 1.); k. 16[i^l to be well : Compar., KaWiov (for superl,, Bl., 44, 3), XLv, very well : Ac 25io,t
I

Mk

of SM'';] 4i7 5', Ja 23; 626 2039, Jq 417 Qis 1313 1323^ Ac 1232, Rq 1120. ^ ^q^^-^^ -^^ 12i2,
141^,

for parts

and derivatives

Ga

AeW,

WM,

Mk

Mk

Mk

Kdjuie

Kttl cfi^, V.S.


rj,

iyw.

KafiTiXos, -ov, 6,

[in

LXX for
1025,

^02

;]

camel

Mt

3*,

Mk

1^

in

proverbs, Mt 192* 3324, Notes, 151).t


Kd|xii/os, -ov,

Mk

l^

1825 (qq the

v.l.

Kdp.ikos, v.

WH,
,

KdfiiXos, V.S Kap.TjXo's,

and
:

cf.

Thayer; LS,
19-^8,

s.v.
"VIS),

[in

LXX
;]

Ge

Da

LXX TH
Ka)x|j,ua

36

ff-

(pnx)

a furnace

Ex 19i8, Is 48io, al. (]0r53 Mt 13*2. 50^ Re li5 92.t

(syncopated form of Karapvw, used by Ep. and koiv-q v^riters; Eutherford, NPhr., 426 f.), [in LXX: Is 6i (yytzr hi.) 29i9 3315 (DSr), La 3** AE*;] to shut the eyes: t. 6cj>ea\povs, Mt 131^,

Ac

2827 (is^
Kdfji.'a),

1,(5.).+

[in

LXX

Jb IQi {wp

ni.)

I72,

Wi

416 159, jy

Mac

3^

230
7^^*;]

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


1.
:

to

work; hence, from the


12^.
3.

effect of

continued work,

2.

to be

weary

He
ai

to be sick
V.8. iyu).

Ja

5^^.t

Kap,oi

=
.J

KoX
[in
f^Q

ifjioi,

KdjiTTTw,

LXX
^p,^,5

chiefly for y-|3


:

iv

Ki
to.

l^s,

n Ch
c. dat.

2929, ig

4524

(23)^

bend,

bow

BaaX,
ttSs,

Eo Eo 1411 (LXX)^ Phi


ll'*(i'^x)j

ace. rei, yoVu, ^ irarepa, Eph 3^*;


c.

y.

pers.,

ttj

by meton.,

ttSv ydi'V for

210 (cf. dva-, avy-Kdfji7rT0>).f

kSc,
c.

by crasis
1.

for kol av
if:

{=

idv;

subjunc,

and
2.

Mk

16[i8],

Lk

App., 145b; Thayer, s.v.), 1238, joSS", i Co 13^-3, Ja 51^; c.


;

WH,

Concessive, even if: Mt 212i 2635, Jo S^* lO^s 1125, He 1220. 3. As intensive of simple Kat (M, Pr., 167 730 Jannaris, Gr., 598), even, at least : Mk 528 6^^, Ac 5^^, 11 Co ll^^t Kavd (Eec. -v5), ^, indecl., Ca7ia, of Gahlee Jo 2i" 4^6 212.t
ellips.,

Lk

139.

WM,

Kacai'aros,
^TjXwTi^s)
:

-ou,

6 (late

Heb.

N3X3(?),

a Gananaan or Zealot

(cf.

Mt 10^ Mk
-77s, 17,

Kai'ai'iTTjs, V.S.

31^ (Eec. Karavaio?.

-vij-q<;)A

Kai'SdKt),

Candace

Ac

S^^.t
njf?
,

Kai'wi', -oVos,

6 (cf. KOLvva,
721

and Heb.

a reed),

[in

LXX

Mi

13, IV Mac (and in Aq., Ps 18 (19)^, Jb 38^)*;] 1. a rod or bar (Jth, I.e.). 2. a measuring rule; hence, metaph, 3. a rule or standard : Ga 6^^. 4. a limit (EV, province) 11 Co lO^^, 15, le (Pqj, the history of the word and esp. its later meanings, v. Westc, Canon, App. A ; cf. also MM, Exp., xv; Cremer, 744.)t

1\ Jth

KaiTpi/aoup., V.S. }^a(f)apvaov/x.

a huckster, cf. Is 122 (LXX)^ Si 2629), to make a trade of (EV, mg., make merchandise of), or perhaps (cf. Is, I.e.) to corrupt (EV, txt.) 11 Co 2^'^.f
KaTTTjXeu'o)

KaTrrjXo?,

Kairi'(5s,

-oS,

6, [in

LXX

for ]I2ry;]

smoke: Ee 8*

923.i7.i8 1411

158 189,18 193. ^^^l^ Kairvov,


I

Ac 2^^(^^^\i
:

Pe

KairiraSoKia, -as, li.t


KapSi'a, -as,
17,

17,

Gappadocia, a province of Asia Minor

Ac

2^,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

2^

as^ ;]

the heart, 1. the

bodily organ which is regarded as the seat of life (11 Ki 18^*, iv Ki 92^, 2. In a psychological sense, the seat of man's collective energies, al.). the focus of personal life, the seat of the rational as well as the emotional and volitional elements in human life, hence that wherein lies the moral and religious condition of the man {DB, ii, 317 f. DGG, ii, 344a) (a) of the seat of physical life (Jg 19^, Ps 101 (102)^ 103 (104)15) Ac 141^, Ja 5^ (b) of the seat of spiritual life Mt 58,
; :
;

Mk

719,

Lk

151,

Ac

53,

Eo

lO^.

10,

opp. to (TTGfxa, x^'Aea, Trp6ao)Trov, TreptTOM KapSms, Eo 229; i^ ^.^ Rq


1/ oX.r)

Eph 65, al. Mt 158, Mk


Q17^ j
J

pi.,

Pe

7^, 122-

Mt 9^ Mk 2^, al. Eo 108. 9, n Co 512 ^^^ ^-^ ^,^ Mt 18^5;


(ipevvav, SoKtpidleiv)
r. k.,

Tas

K.,

{ii oAr/s) t. k., 327^ Lk 1615,

Mt

22^''',
I

Mk 12^^ (LXX)
k.,

yt,v(^(TKtv

Ro

Th

2"; to think, etc., iv

Mt 9S Mk

2,
k.,

Lk

12^5^ Jio 10"; (Twiivai (yoCiv) ry

Mt

13^5,

Jo

12^0; eVaxw^T? V

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Mt
Eo
13'5(Lxx); -^u^povv r^v
k.,

231
3^2

Jo 12*0;

^.

^,ra,

Ac
7^,

821; ^o^p(,
;

He

a.^lTav6qTO<i, 92.

Eo
:

2^

elvai (ex^tv)

eV ttj k., II

Co

of 12* (Cremer, 343 ff.). wood, Arist.) t. y^s, Mt *t KapSio-yi'wcmis, -ov, 6 ; xapSt'a, yvwcmjs), 12* 158.t
3.

Of the central or innermost part

Phi 1'^ 68vvr] rfj k., anything (of the pith of

knower of hearts: Ao

KdpTTos, -ov, 6,

Carpus

11

Ti 4}^ A
;]

KapTTos, -ov, 6, [in

LXX
7
;

chiefly for iig

fruit

of trees,

Mt 12"
i

2119,

Mk

111*,

Lk

6** 13"'

of vines,
11

Mt
Lk
Jo

21^*,

Mk

12^,

Lk
Ja

20io,

Co

97

of fields,

Mk

(cf.

Heb.
138,

1-15

Lk n^y), Mt 310
429,

12i^

Ti

2,

Ja 5^;
3^

/SAoo-ravciv,

5i8; Troicrv

717-19 1326,

8 13^,

Ee

222; 8i8oVai,
i^o8t86vaL,

Lk (Ge 302, al.), Ac 2^\ Metaph., (a) of works, deeds Mt 38 71"' 20 21*3, Lk 38, Jo 158> 16 T. irvev/xaro';, Ga 522 ^ cfxDTO^, Eph 5^ t. SiKaioavvr}^, Phi 111; ^^payi^ecrOai tov k. (Deiss., 5S, 238 f.), Eo 15-8; ^, dya^oi', Ja 317; (6) of advantage, profit: Phi 122 41^; l^"", Eo li^ 621.22;
21*1, lie 222;
<

Mt Mt

Mk

47.8;

^e'peiv,
^_ ^_

Mt

7I8,

122*

152,4,5,8,16.
28*),

^^^Xi'as

(|W3

^5, De
.

1*2; t. ocrt^vos

a-vvdyuv,

Jo

43".

^_

^
-w,

SiKaLOcrvvr]^,

He

1211, Jg, 318- Qf praise, KapTTOv


:

XAeW (Ho

142, al.; cf.

^sch., Eum., 830)

He

13i5.t

KapTTo-<j>opea),

fruit: x">Tov,

Mk
Eo

[in 428 (cf.

LXX: Hb

3I'

(n-ID),

Wi
Je

10^*;]

to

bear
1323,

Mk

420,

Lk

815,

Wi, I.e.). Metaph., of conduct: 7*.^ Col 110; mid.. Col V.f

Mt

KapTro-<|>6pos, -ov

KapTru's, <^pw), [in


:

LXX

221 (vit),

Ps 106

(107)3* 1489 (ng)*;] fruitful


Kapxcpe'a,,
II,
-Hy,

Ac

14i7.t
hi.).

[in

LXX

Jb 29 (pm
patient
:

IV

Mac 7*;]
K(ip4)os,

to be steadfast,

He
:

Is 421* (nro), Si 22 121^, 1127 (cf. 7rpoo--KapTcpcw).t

-os (-ous) TO,

[in

stalk,

a twig ; metaph., of a Kard (bef. a vowel /car, KaO' on the freq. neglect of elision, v. Tdf., Pr., 95 WH, App., 146*), prep. c. gen., ace, dow7i, dowmvards. 1. C. gen. rei, in local sense; I. C. gen. (WM, 47, k; Bl., 42, 2). 82, Mk 5i3, Lk 833, ^ Qo 11*; (b) through(a) down, down from : Mt Bl, I.e.) k. 5\r}^ k.t.X., Lk 41* 23^, Ac 93i 1037 (c) out (late usage in a peculiar adjectival phrase rj k. ftdOovs irrtDxeia, deep or extreme poverty, 11 Co 82. 2. C. gen. pers., usually in hostile sense; (a) against (in cl. only after verbs of speaking, witnessing, etc.) opp. to
;
;

Ge 811 (Pj'lip) *;] a small dry minor fault Mt 73-^, Lk 6*i'*2.t


:

LXX

9*0; fiTd, Mt 1230; after i7ri6vfi:v, Ga 5i7; \aXelv, Ac 6i3; wep, StSao-Kfiv, Ac 2128 after verbs of accusing, etc., Mt if/cvBeaOai, Ja 31* 523, Lk 231*, Eo 833, al. ; verbs of fighting, prevailing, etc., Mt 103^,

Mk

Ac

142,

Co

46, al.

(&)

of swearing, by

ofiw/xi k. (BL, 34, 1),

He

1. Of c. ace. (WM, 49d; BL, 42, 2). : Lk 839 ge iq*, Ac 8i. 36, motion or direction ; (a) through, throtighout 2io al. ; (b) to, towards, over against : Lk 1032 (Field, Notes, 62), Ac 157, Ga 211, Phi 31*, al.; (c) in adverbial phrases, at, in, by, of: kut

613.16,

cf.

Mt

2663.

II.

232

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


home, Ac
2**^
;

oiKov, at

Kar

1422,

ja

217; c. pron. pers.,

time, at, during, about : tributive; (a) of place:


K. iKK\rj<riav,

I8iav (v.s. i8ios) kuO" iavrov, Ac 28^", Eo Ac 1728 IS^s, Eo l^^, Eph l^^, al. 2. Of Ac 826 12^ 1923, Eo 9^ He l^", al. 3. Dis;

k.

tottod?,

Mt

24^^, al.

k.
;

ttoXlv,
iopTrjv,

Ac

1423

(^) ^f
:

time

k. eVos,
i

(c)
K.

of

numbers,

etc.
;

Kaff
iiipo<i,
;

ha
(a)

iravrts,

Lk Co

2^^

Lk S^'*, Mt 27^5,
ct?, v.s.

al.

al.;

143i (on Kad'

eh)

Uarov,
I

Mk
126

6'*o

K.

He

reference, conformity, etc.


93.5,
{b)

Co

1018,

Phi

112; ^.

4 relation to, concerning : ^^^^a^ Ac 1722, Col 320.22^


9^
;

k.

wo/xa,

Jo

103.

Qf

Eo

fitness, 13> * 722

He

2^7 41^;

Lk Eph according to, after, like : Mk jo 72s Eo Col 2^, Ja 2^, al. III. In composition, k. denotes, 1. doivn, dotvn (a) victory or rule over from {Kara^aivu), etc.), hence, metaph. {KaraBovkow, -Kvpuvw, etc.); {b) "perfective" action (M, Pr., Ill ff.). 2. tinder (KaTaKoXcTTTO), etc.). 3. in succession {KaOe$rj<i). 4. after, behind {KaTaXeiirw). 5. Hostility, against (KaraXaXccu). chiefly for IT ;] to go or come down, Kara-Paifw, [in descend. Mt 316 24i7, Lk 2" 6i7 103i 173i 195-6, 1. Of persons:
7^,
22^.29^

8* 14i5,

22,

LXX

Jo

410 seq. Atvo, 1030, Jo 638, Ac 25\ i Th 416 ; cV, 179; iK T. oipavod, 282, 9^, Jo 132 313 533, 4i, 42, 50, 51, ss^ ^q iqi 181 201 ; i's, 110, Lk 1030 181*, Jo 212, Ac 71^ 838 1425 168 I822 256, 49; cTTi, c. ace. loc, Jo 6I6 c. ace. pers., Lk 322, Jo 133. 52. Eo 10^
57^
;

447.*9.8i

Ac
42,

731 815

1020 2019 23i 241.22,

Eph

Mt Mt

81 1429 2749.

Mk

322 1530,

Lk

Mt

Mk

Mk

Eph

ace pars., Ac IO21 I411, Ee 12i2. 2. Of things: crK5o9, Ac 1011 115 ^po^^^ Mt 725.27 XalXai};, Lk 823 ggq. diTrd, Lk 95*, Ac 826, Ja 117; cVt T. yijy, Lk 22** (WH, E, mg., reject); c'k t. oipavov seq. dTTo, Ee 312 212. 10 j^ ggq ^.^^ jje 13i3; ^,ri, c. ace. pers., Ee I621.
iy,

Jo 5W;

Trpd?,

c.
.

Fig., K. Icos aSov,

Mt

1123,

Lk

10^5^

^H,

txt., Tr.,

mg.

{KaTafSifSaaerjcrr],

mg., EV), (cf. <xvv-Karal3aivw).f chiefly for ^33 hi. ;] 1. to cast down, Kaxa-pdXXw, [in prostrate : metaph., pass., 11 Co 4^. 2. to put doion, lay down 6i.t metaph., mid., c. ace, OefjiiXiov, He *t KaTa-Pape', -w, to weigh down : metaph., c. ace. pers., 11 Co 12i6.+ tKara-papuVo., [in LXX: II Ki 1325 1426 (^-^3), Ji 28, Si 815*;]
T,

WH,

LXX

=
to

/cara/Sapew

pass., pres. ptcp.,

Kara-pipdio), [in

Mk 14*o_f LXX for IT (hi., etc.) De


:

21^ Ez
1123

31i6, al.

;]

(WH, E, mg.), go down, cast down : pass., Iws ai8ov, Mt Lk 1015 (WH, mg.).t ** Kara-poXi^, -^s, KaraySciXXa)), [in LXX: II Mac 229*;] 1. a ^ laying doxon : cis k. <nripfxaTo<i, He 11" (EV, to conceive seed). 2. a foundation (of a house, 11 Mac, I.e.) metaph., dTrd k. Koa-fxov, Mt 1335 (LXX) (om. K6<TfjLov WH, E, mg.), ib. 253*, Lk 1150, He 43 926, Ee 138 178 ^p^ ^, KoV/xov, Jo 172^ Eph 1*, i Pe 12o.t * Kaxa-Ppapeuu {<^l3pafiv<i, an umpire, cf. ySpaySetov), to give judgment against, condemn (v. Field, Notes, 196 Abbott, Essays, 104 f.)
cause
to

Col

2i8.t
-c'to?,
:

*t KaraYYeXcus, Deiss., LAE, 97)

6,

a proclaimer, herald

(in Inscr.,

k.

aywvojv,

c.

gen. obj.,

Ac n^\f

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


KOT-aYY^Xw,

233

[in Pr IT^ A, ii Mac S^e 9^7*;] 1. to prodeclare: c. ace. rei, Ac 3^* 16^1 17^^; t. avda-raa-iv, Ac 4^; claim, ^^y a-uiTqpla^, Ac 16^7; </>ws, Ac 2623; T. Xoyov Tov ., T. K., Ac 18* 1536 T. fj.v(XTTjpiov TOV 0., I Co 2^ ; T. ciayycAiov, 9^* t. ^avarov tov K., ll'^ pass., 3<j!)C(ris, Ac 13^8; 6 Xoyo? tov 0., ib. IT^^j ^ ,rio-Tis v/iaiv, Eo 1^;
: .

LXX

c.

ace. pers., of Christ, ov,


2. <o

Ac
;

17^,
;

Col
(for

ib. ^^.

denounce (Xen.,
I

al.)

l^*; t. Xpia-Tov, Phi 1^^; compariaon with dyycAXw,

pass.,

dvay-,

(iTray-, V.

Westc. On

Jo 1^

and
:

cf. 7r/)o-KaTayycXA.w).t
,

KOTa-YcXdu, -w, [in


to deride,

LXX

chiefly for pniZT


c.

Jb

52-,

Pr

29^, al.

;]

laugh scornfully at

gen. pers.,

icara-Yit'WCTKu (v.s. yivwo-Kw), [in

LXX

Mt 92*, Mk 5*^, Lk S^^.t De 25^ (jTCTT hi.), Pr 28^1


gen. pers.,
i

(ipn), Si 142 19^*;] to blame,


pass., Kareyvwa-fiivo^
cf.
rjv
:

condemn:

c.

Jo

32''2i;
;

Field, Notes, 188)


KOT-dY'ufii,

[in

(RV, he stood condemned, v. Ellic, in 1. but 2^\f LXX for nnj pi., etc. ;] to break : c. ace. rei,

Ga

Mt

1220 (LiX),

Jo
:

193'-33.t

chiefly for UTIS;] to trace, draw in outline Kara-Ypd^xo, [in 8^^'i (eypac^cv, Eec.).t (= Att. avayp-) Jo chiefly for "TV hi. ;] to bring down : c. ace. Kar-dYw, [in pers., Ac 223o, Eo 10^; id. seq. ets, Ac g^" 23i5.2o,28. ^g nautical term,

LXX

LXX

to

1.

bring to land : t. TrXotov i-n-l t. yrjv, Lk 5^^ pass., seq. cis, Ac 27^ 28^2^t *t KaT-aYwcil^oiJiai, depon., "perfective" compound (M, Pr., 116); 2. to conquer, overcome : He IP^.t to struggle against.
;

(cf.

KOTa-S^w, -<o, [in Si 2721), Lk 103*.t

LXX LXX
:

for l27Zin

etc.

;]

to

bind up

t. Tpavfjiara

* Kard-STjXos,

-ov (SlXos), quite

Kara-SiKdiia,, [in

Ps 93

manifest, evident : (94)21 (j^-, i^i )^

He
^^

7^^.+

336

(my

pi.),

Wi
Mt Lk
Ac

22<^,

al.
;

(ace. rei)

pass sentence upon, condemn; in el., c. gen. pers. in late writers (so LXX), c. ace. pers. {davaxw, Wi, I.e.)
;]

to

127,
637.t

ja 56; absol.
-7/s, 17,

(as Plat., Legg., 958c),


[in

Lk

637; pass.,

Mt

1237,

** KaTa-8iKT),
251s. t

LXX Wi
:

1227 *

;]

sentence,

condemnation

KaTa-SiwKO), [in

LXX
:

chiefly for OTi;] "perfective"

compound

(M, Pr., 116),

(Thuc,
I

Ki

to pursue closely, folloiv up ; (a) with hostile intent 49, Ge 3136 al.); (b) with kindly intention (Ps 22 (23)6, 136.t 3022, cf. Si 27^7)
i,

Mk

Ga

KaTa-SouXoo), -w, [in 2*.t

LXX chiefly

for

T^y ;]

to enslave

11

Co

II20,

KaTa-Sucaoreuu, [in

LXX

for n3^,

pVffJI,

etc.
22,

;]

to exercise
2^*',

power
c.

over, oppress : e. ace. pers. (Xen. ; LXX, pers., Ja 26 {ip.a<i, T) ; pass., Ac 1038 (cf.

Mi

Wi

al.)

gen.

*t Kard-Ocfia,

-tos,

to,
:

Exp., xv).t a curse ("perh. somewhat stronger than


^^f

MM,

dvd^/ia," Swete, Be., I.e.)

Ee 223 (cf_ <ivd^eyuia).t *t Kara-OejiaTiJo), to curse vehemently : Mt 267*


KaT-aioxuVu, [in

avaOip.-).i

LXX
i

put

to

shame

c.

ace. rei,

chiefly for izri2;] to disgrace, dishonour, Co 11*' ^ ; e. ace. pers., i Co 127 2122 pass.,
.

234
to

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


anhamed
24
2" (Lxx),t
:

be

Lk

13i7,

ii

Co

7^* 9^,

Pe

S^e

as in

LXX
Eo

(Ps 21
9^3 lO^,

(22)
I

(25)'^' 3, al.),

of unfulfilled

hopes:

Eo 5^

pass.,

Pe

Kara-Kaiw, [in

LXX
to

chiefly for pjlir; in

Ex
:

3^ (baS' pu.), distinc.


;

guished from

Kaid)
i

;]

burn up, burn completely

ace. rei,

Mt

13^'',

Ac

1919

13^,

Lk

Co 3l^ pass., 317 (cf. Ex 29l^


:

He
al.)
;

13^1,

ii

Pe
(De

S^",

Ee

8"
:

iv nvpC

9^1, al.)

seq. ^vpi, Mt 3^2 Ee 171" IS^.t

Kara-KaXuTTTu, [in
to cover or veil oneself

LXX
i

chiefly for

nD3

pi.;] to

cover uj)
hith.),

mid.,

Co

11;
[in
1.

t. K(.4>a\iqv, ib. ".+

t KaTa-Kauxio|jiai,
(50)11

-w/Aat,

LXX: Za

lO^^

(rj^l

Je 27

geq_ ^f^T^^ c. gen., glory in (Za., I.e., Je 2738).t


.

Eo

(T^y), ib. 111^, Ja 213

3^^

(bbn)*;]

to boast against, exult over: c. gen., Ja 31* (T, om. Kara). 2, seq. Iv, to

Kard-Keifiai,
1.

[in
2.

LXX:
Lk
529
.

Pr 6^ 233"

(^3^2;^^^

jth 13i\

Wi

17"*;]
c.

to lie

down.
933
:

to lie

sick:
5^^
;

Mk
eV,
iy^

l^"

2\ Jo 5^ Ac 28^
53.
3.

seq. ivi,

gen.,

Ac

id. c.

ace,

Jo
191""

avdKecfjiaL)

Mk
:

143,

Lk

seq.

Mk

2l^

Lk

to recline at meals (ef. 737, i Co 8io.t to

Kara-KXaw, -d, [in LXX: Ez Mk 6*1, Lk 91. break in pieces


Kara-KXeia,, [in
III

{'OfDZ
(jji,3)^

hoph.)*;]

break up,

LXX:
w,

Je 39 (32)3
c.

wi

I72.16,

Mac

Ac
I

32^*;] to shut top: 26i.t


t Kara-KXripoSoTe'a),

aco. pers., seq. iv (f>vXaKfj

iiMac I321, (-ats), Lk 32",


B), (bn3),

[in

LXX De
:

138 211^

{-vo^iio,

Mac

33

XE

(-vo^e'w.

A)*;] Ac

131^,

Eec,
,

-vo/xe'w,
,

q.v.t

for bui 12?T etc. ;] 1. to distribute 14i, al.) Ac 131^. 2. to as an inheritance (Nu 341^, Jos (De 13^, al.).+ receive by inheritance Kara-KXi^w, [in LXX: Ex 2118 (bs:), Nu 24^, Jg 52^ (y-|3), I Ki 1611 (2.2,0), Jth 121^, III Mac 13*;] to lay doivn, make to lie down, Lk c. ace. pers., Lk 91*' 1^; mid., to recline at meals esp. for meals 73 2430 seq. c^'s, Lk 14^ (cf. Jth, l.c.).t
t KaTa-KXTipoi-oiJiew, -w, [in

LXX

by

lot or

KOTa-KXi5ia>, [in

LXX
3''.t

for

^:nw

Ps 77

(78)2o,

al.

;]

to

inundate,

deluge: pass.,

n Pe

Kaxa-KXuo-jjios, -ov, 6
617, al.
;

(<^ KaraKkv^w), [in


(32), al.
;]

LXX

chiefly for
:

bllQ

Ge
^^,

also for

^m
23^^

Ps 31
[in
c.

a flood, deluge
i

Mt

2438-

Lk

1727, II

Pe
:

25.t

t KaT-aKoXouOt'o), -i, folloio after

LXX

Je 17i (nyi),
,

Mac

623, al.

;]

to

Lk

dat. pers

Ac

16i7.t

KaTa-KiSirTw, [in

pieces

(cf.

Is 27^, Je

Kara-Kptiixt'ii^w

for n33 hi., DDS pi., etc. ;] to cut up, cut in 5^t Ch 34") kavrhv Xieoa, 21s 25i2 ('jjbtzr hi.), 11 Mae II Ch Kprjfivos), [in
11
:

LXX

Mk

LXX

2215 1443^ JY

Mac

42^*;] to throw over a precijnce, cast


(-c^^

down head;

long : Lk429.t *t Kard-Kpifxa, -tos, to but ef. Deiss., BS, 264 f.


naxa-icpii'w, [in

KaTav/ni
2i

MM,
:

to), penalty (RY condemnation Exp., xv) Eo 51^-18 8i.t


, :

LXX

Es

(173 ni.),

Wi

41^,

Da

LXX

th

Su"

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


4^*,

235
;

TH Su ^^' *^'
(cl.

^2

;]

to give
8Cio,

judgment
;

against,
fr.

ace. pers.,
Oavdrio

Mk U^\
Qo
1132,

Jo

u]

disting.

condemn Eo 8^* c. Kpivety, Eo 2^, i Co ll^^ seq.


:
;

-ov Or -ov),
II

Mt
2".

2018,

Mk
Eo
Ki

1033;
83,

pass.,

Mt

273,

Mk 16M,
Co
3* 7'

Eo

14^3^ J
:

Pe

Metaph., of condemning through a good

example
(of.

Mt

1241.42,

Lk

1131.32,

He

ll^.t
II

*t Kard-Kpiais,
Deiss.,

-ws, ^ (<[

Kara/cptVaj),

condemnation:

LAE,

91

f.).t

Kara-KUTTTw, [in

LXX

IV

9^2

{^p^
(orns),

hi.)*;]

to

bend down,

stoop

Jo
al.

8[8^ (/cttTO) Kv^f/as,

Eec,

WH,
Mk

mg.).t

icaTa-Kupiu'w,

[in

LXX: Ge
:

l^s

Ps 109
;

(110)^
53.t

(rm),

Si 17*,
(b) c.

;]

to

gain or exercise dominion (over)


al.)

(a) absol.
i

(Arist.)

gen. (Arist.,

Mt

202^,

10*2,

Ac

19i6,

Pe

SYN.
of, rail

KaTe$ova-Ld^(D (v.

Swete, Mk.,

I.e.).

Kara-XaXeo), -w, [in

LXX
:

in

NT,

at: in cl., c. ace; c. gen. (M, Pr., 65)


-Ss,
:

chiefly for ')2,1 ni., pi. ;] to speak evil in LXX, (a) c. gen., (b) seq. Kara, c. gen.;

Ja ^n,
12^'*, i

Pe

2i2
;

pass.,

Pe

d^^.f

**t Kara-XaXid,
speaking, railing *t Kord-XaXos,

17

(< KaraXaAos), [in

LXX: Wi

1^*;]

evil-

pL,

11

Co

Pe

2i.t

-ov, 6,

Syn.

\l/i6vpi(TTr)<i,

railer, defamer : Eo I'^.t a whisjyerer (v. Tr., Syn.,

cvii,

15;

Lft.,

Notes, 256).
for 2tff2 hi., 13^, etc.;] 1. to lay hold of, appropriate : Mk 91^ c. ace. rei, i Co 9^*, Phi 3i^' i3. 2. to overtake: as correl. of StwKw (Field, Notes, 158 f.), Eo 93^; ri rj/xipa, I Th 54 of evils, Jo 1^ 123^ (cf. 6I'' T) hence, to surprise, discover Jo 813'*]. 3. Of mental action, to apprehend, comprehend ; so mid., in NT (M, Pr., 158): Eph 318; seq. 5ti, Ac 413 103*; c. ace. et inf., Ac 25'" (MM, Exp., xv).t Kara-X^Y*^, [in LXX: De 191" (.13^), II Mac 73" E*;] 1. to lay down; mid. (in Horn.), to lie down. 2. to narrate (LXX, 11. e.). 3. to choose out, hence, to enrol (as of soldiers, Hdt., Thuc, al., v. LS, s.v.) of widows, pass., i Ti 5^ (cf. Ellie.; CGT, in l.).t
Kara-XafiPticw, [in
seize,
; ; ;
:

LXX

t
1422),

KaTd-XeifJifia, -tos,

to (<^KaTaXt7rw), [in
:

LXX

for

IN^T

(Is

IC^^

nn^iUr
1.

etc.

;]

a remnant

Eo
c.

9", Eec. (for


,

v-n-okeLfifxa, q.v.).t

KaTa-Xciiru, [in
etc.;]
to leave

LXX chiefly for INtZT


He IP^
;

ni., hi.,

also for
4i3,

nTr
.

IT)"*

behind, leave:

ace. pers. (rei),

Mt

Mk
;

12i^2i

Lk

2031,

Ac

2427 2514,

of sailing

by a place, Ac 213

pt^p^

redundant (Dalman, Words, 21 f .), Mt 16* 211^ pass. Jo 8[9], I Th 31; metaph., eiOelav 686v, 11 Pe 2i5. 2. to forsake abandon: Mt 19^, Mk lO^d-^) 14^2, Lk 528 15*, Ac 6^, Eph 531 (lxx), ifiavrto c. ace. et inf., Lk 10***; 3. to leave remaining, reserve:
KaTaXtTTwv,

Eo

114(I'XX)j pass..

He

41 (cf. eV-KaTa-Xt7rw).t
;

*t KaTa-Xi0(ii;w ( = el. -66w cf. -do/SoXiw, Ex 17*, Nu I410), to cast stones at, to stone : Lk 20^.t Is 9^ <*', II Mac KaraXkaaao}), [in KOT-aXXay^, -77s, rj Sn ; k. Kwrfiov, Eo 11^* 52'> * 2. reconciliation : Eo 1. exchange. ,] hiaKOVta t^s k., II Co 51^; Xdyos t^s k., ib.i^.t

LXX

236

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


KaT-a\\(<T(Tw (Att. -TTO) ; cf. JAAtto-o-w), [in Je 31 (48)39 (nnn), 1^ 7^" 8^9 * jj prop., to change, exchange (esp. of money) ; hence,
:

LXX

II

Mac

of persons, to cJmnge in cL, V. Thayer,,

Notes, 288;

ICG
5^*^
;
.

Eo

5'", II

Co

from emnity to friendship, to reconcile (for exx. LS) of the reconciliation of man to God (Lft., on Ko, I.e.; DCG, ii, 474, 797), n Co Sis-iO; pass., of a woman returning to her husband, i Co 7^^ (cf.
:

aT:o-KaTaXXd(T(T(ji) t

Kard-Xonros,

-ov,

[in

LXX
Ac

for ISUT
(L^^).t
[in

Ti^yxtp

flT

etc.

;]

left re-

maining
922

oi K. T. dydpwTruii',

15^'^

+ Kaxd-Xujia, -To^, to

KaTa\vco),
Karaywytov

LXX: Ex

4^* (]ib9),

Kl

(p^tpb), etc.

;]

1.

=
I.e.,

cl.

(cf. TravSoxeiov),

an
(i

inn, lodging-

place:
1414,

Lk 2^ (so Lk 22ii.t

Ex,

and MGr.).
for ]ib
.

2.

a guest-room
;]

Ki,

I.e.)

Mk

Kara-Xua), [in

LXX
Lk
Ac
to

r\D.t2f

etc.

1. to

destroy, cast

Mt

24'^

Mk
Co
2'^-).

132,
51
;

216

^,

^^^^^

oiKiav, II

opp. to
:

oLKoSo/melv,
;

annul, abrogate
(ii

5^^' ^^

t.

Mt 26^1 27*^, Mk 14^8 1529^ Ga 2^^. Metaph., to overthrow, epyov t. 6iov, Ro 14"'* t. voixov, Mt 5^'^
;

down Ac 61*

Mac
:

travellers
al.)

(cf.

unloose, unyoke (e.g. horses), hence intrans., of KaraXvixa), to take %ip one's quarters, lodge (cl., Ge 19^,
2.

Lk

9^^ 19''.t

KaTa-^avUvi^, [in Ge 34^ (nKl), Jb 35^(5) (-ntrr), Si g^'S, al. ;] to learn thoroughly, observe well, consider carefully (on distinction
:

LXX
M,

bet.

K.

and

fiavOdvu), cf.

Pr., 117)

Mt

G^s.t

Kaxa-jxapTupew, -w, [in

LXX
for
i

Jb 15^ Pr

25^^ (nar), al.

;]

to

bear

witness againt

c.

ace. rei et gen. pers.,

Mt

26*"- 27^^,
al.),

Mk

14*'**.t

icaTa-fieVu,

[in
:

LXX
Ac 1^^

ntff^

(Nu 20\

permanently, abide

Co 16^

WH

etc.;]

to

remain

{-rrapa/jL-,

T, RV).t

KaTajiocas, Rec. for Kara /xdva?, V.S. fi6vo<;. t KaT-avd-0|Jia, Rec. for KardOefJia, q.v. t KaT-afa-06|jiaTil^w, Rec. for KaraOe/jiaTi^u), q.v. KaT-ak-aXioTKu, [in
2. to

LXX
ptcp..

consume

of

fire,
-oi

He

chiefly for bSK;] 12-^(^^^).+


to

1.

to

use up, spend.


in causal

* Kara-i'apKda),
sense, for y,T, 11^ *) Da

(<:^ vapKata,

grow numb, in
2.

LXX,
ib. 32(33)^

Ge
;

322^(26);
to

without Heb. equiv.,

jb

3319,

LXX

1.

cause to grow mimb,


to be inactive, be

Intrans., to
to

grow
ii

numb ; hence
head
c. dat.

metaph.,

burdensome

c.

gen.,

Co

219 1213,14. pass., to be qitite numb (Hippocr.).t * Kara-i'cuw, 1. to nod assent. 2. to make a sign by nodding the
:

pers.,

Lk

5''.t

for 12113 hi., HNT, etc.;] to take note of, Kara-coea), -w, [in c. ace. rei, Mt 7^, Lk 6^^ perceive, consider carefully : Ac 1^^' ^2 1224,27 2023, Ac 11^ 2739, Ro 419; c. ace. pers.. He 3^ 10^*, Ja 123.24 (on
;

LXX

the distinction bet.


to

and voew simplex, v. M, Pr., 117).t t KaT-awTda), -i, [in LXX: II Ki 329 (bin), ii Mac 421.24,44 e^*;] come to, arrive at: seq. ets, c. ace. loc, Ac I61 18^^2* 21'^ 25i3 (v.
k.

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


M,
1?,

237

Pr., 132) 27^2 28i3; seq. 6.vTiKpy, id, c. acc. pers., i Co 10^^ 14^6
;

c. c.

gen.,

Ac

20i.

Metaph., seq.
:

ace. rei, to attain to


[in
2.

Ac

26'^,

Eph

413,

Phi

3ii.t
-cow,
17

t Kard-vuit,s,

Karavvaa-o), q.v.),
l-

LXX

Ps 59

(60)'

(nbjnp), Is 2910

(ni!pT)5)*;]

a prickinj.

(Perhaps through

resembl. of Karavucrcrw to vva-Ta^o)), torpor of mind, stupefaction: 118 (LXX) (y_ jcc, in I.; Field, Notes, 157).t
t
al.
icara-.'.JaCTo,,

Eo

[in

LXX
10

(am),

Da LXX th Su
2.

prick violently.
Ttjv Kaphiav,

to stun.

Le lO^, Ps 4* 29^2, 12i2 141, al. 1. to strike or (DTI ni.), Si ;] 3. Of strong emotion, pass., to be smitten
34^ (nsjr hith.),
11

Ge

Ac

2^^^ (v.S.

KaTavv|t9).+
:

**
to

KaT-a^(Ja), -w, [in


:

LXX

Mac
for

I312,

m Mac
11

32'
;

4", iv

Mac

IS^ *

;]

deem worthy 2035, Ac 5*i.t

c.

acc. pers. et gen, rei,

Th
,

1*

pass, seq.
etc.;]

inf.,

Lk

KaTa-irareu, -w, [in

LXX

down, trampile under foot: Mt Metaph., t. vlov t. O^ov, He lO^^.t


KaTci-Traoo-is, -cws,
rj

^11, DD1 7^ Lk 12';

PjKttT

to tread

pass.,

Mt

5^3,

Lk

Q^.

(<[] KaraTravo)), [in

LXX chiefly for nniJO


cl.,
:

Ps
to

94(95)11, Is 661, al
rest,

i^^^'pa

t^?

k., ii

Mac

15i;] 1. in
rest,

a putting

causing

to cease.
3. 5. 10,

2.

In

LXX
TT12
,

and NT,

repose

Ac

7*^<^^^\

He

31I' IS 41'

ii.t

KaTo-irouw, [in
to cease, restrain to rest
:
:

LXX
Ac
-to<;,

for
;

THO

etc.;]

1.
:

trans., (a) to cause


4^.

seq. Slwo,

He

141^ (b) to cause to rest 4* (i^^)- i^.t

He
Le

2, Intrans.,

t Kara-ir^Taafia,

to

(=

cl.

irapaTrcTao-yxa), [in

LXX

chiefly for
;

npi?

(the veil of the


(the outer veil).

Holy

of Holies),

Ex

263i,

21^3, al.

also for
;]

^99
2751,

Ex

35i2,

Nu
;

32", al.

(elsewhere KdXvfXfia)

in
:

NT
Mt

always the inner

Mk
:

1538,

Lk

veil or curtain of the 6i9 93 23, fig.,

Temple
;]

(or Tabernacle)

He

^ ahp^ airov,
1. to

He

IO20.+

icaTa-iri'w, [in

LXX chiefly for vhl


2.

Mt

232*,

Ee

12i.
i

to

devour

Pe

5^.

drink down, stvallow : Metaph., to swallow up,


1129.t

consume

pass.,

Co

15^* (^^^\

11

Co

2^ 5*,

He

KOTa-iriTTTu, [in

LXX:
26i*
;

Ps 144(145)1*
c.

Ac 28

seq.

cts,

Ac
-w,

ctti,

acc,

Lk

(^33), etc.;] to fall S^.t

down:

* KOTa-irX^w,

to sail

down,
:

sail to land,
(A), iii

put in

els t. i;(a)pav,

Lk

82.t

** KaTa-TTc^o),

., [in

LXX
:

11

Mac 82
Ac

Mac
2^.t

22- is

;]

to

wear
,

down, oppress, treat hardly


Kara-TToi'Titw, [in

pass.,

72*, 11

Pe

LXX
to

for ynt3 pu.,

Ex

15* A,

ybn

54 (55)^ 68

(69)2,

9,1. ;]

throw into the


chiefly for
;

sea, sifik or

pi., f]r3t2r Ps drown therein

Mt

1430

pass., 186.t
17,

KttT-apo, -as,

[in

LXX

rhbp

;]

a curse

Ga

31*'' i3,

He

6^

II

Pe 2"

opp. to eiXoyta, Ja 310

concrete, of Christ,

Ga

3i3

(v. Lft. in l.).t

238

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


KaT-ap(io|xat, -wfj-at,

depon. (<; Karapa), [in LXX chiefly for \hp pi- ;] 12i*, Ja 3^; to curse: c. ace, Mk II21; opp. to evXoyew, Lk G^o, Eo Mt 25^i.t pass. pf. ptep., accursed, under a curse (v. M, Pr., 221)
:

4.21,23

II Es d-epyds), [in Kar-apY^o), -w (<1 /cara, causative, dpyds 56 58 (^^55)*;] to make idle or inactive (x^pas, Eur., Phoen.,
:
:

LXX

Metaph. (Inscr.), 753) of soil occupied by an unfruitful tree, Lk 13'^. to render inoperative or invalid, to abrogate, abolish : Eo 3^' ^^, i Co 128 513 1311 1524^ Ga 317, Eph 215, Th 2^, 11 Ti l^\ He 2^* pass.,
;

Eo

414 66,

Co

26 138'

10

15-6,

II

Co

37-

persons), to be separated, discharged or 31i^ II Ch KOT-api6|Ae'ci>, -w, [in

Ga SH; seq. dTrd (of loosed from, Eo T^'", Ga 5*.t


11' 13. 14,

LXX
Ac

{mv^

hith.), al.

;]

to

number
and

or count

among
;]

seq. iv,
[in

li^.t

Kax-apTil^u,
II

LXX
He

chiefly

in

Pss

(8^
;

al.

]13

etc.)

Es

(b^3)

to

render
922,

a.pTio<;,

i.e. fit,

complete

(a) to

mend, repair

Mt

421,

Mk
;

1^^; (b) to

furnish completely, complete, equip, prepare:

pass.,

11^; mid., Mt 21i6 (^xx)^ He 10^ (i-^x); (c) in ethical sense, to prepare, co77ij)lete, jyerfect : Ga 61 (BV, restore), I Pe 510 pass., i Co lio (Field, Notes, 167), 11 Co I311, He 13^1

Lk

6*0,

Eo

(cf. TTpo-KaTapTL^O)).'^

*t KOT-dpTiais, -ews, 17 (<C KarapTi^w), a strengthening, making fit in ethical sense, 11 Co 13^.t **t KaTapTiafios, -ov, 6, [in Sm. Is 381^ * ;] = KardpTio-ts (but v. ICC,
:

Eph.

I.e.)

Eph

4i2.t

T. xtpt,

**KaTa-aeiw, [in LXX: Da TH Bel 1* AE, i Mac e^s*;] 1. to shake down. 2. Of the hand, to shake or tvave as a signal t. yelpa, Ac 19^^ Ac I316 id. c. dat. pers., ib. 21*o seq. inf., ib. 12i7.t
:

Ko IV

KaTa-<TKdirTw, (LXX).!

[in

LXX

for

^nj

DIH

etc.

;]

to

dig

down

Kara-CTKcudl^u, [in llio, ready: t. 6Sdv,

Mt

LXX: Is 401''' ^s Mk I2, Lk


i

(K")S), etc.;]

to

prepare,
33.*;
k.,

make

7";

oTkov,

He

crKrjv-qv,,

He

92'

Kt/?<oTdv,

He
ev,

ll^

Pe

320
;

pass. pf. ptcp., Xadv

Lk

li^.t

KaTa-aKTjcdu, -w, [in


lodge, dwell: seq. Ac 226 (LXX) t

LXX
1332,

chiefly for ptZT;] ^0


131^;

jaite/i

one's tent,

Mt

Lk

wd,

c.

ace,

Mk
^

432; ^^'^XttiSi,

t Kara-cTK^Kcuais, ?, ^, [in

LXX
;]

Ch 282
cf.

(,,,35)

Ez

372^ (]3l?TQ),

To

1*,

Wi

9^,

II

Mac

143^ (E) *

1 prop.,

an encamping, taking up
11.

one's quarters (Polyb., al., v. LS; abode : of birds, Mt 820, Lk 9S8.t

and
c.

LXX,

c).

2.

a lodging,

* Kaxa-CTKidtw, to overshadow
Kara-aKOTve'oi, -S, [in

ace,
103,
:

He
I

95.t

LXX

II

Ki

Ch

193

(1,3-1 pi.)^ I

Mac 538

(A) *;J to view closely, inspect, spy out


Kord-aKOTTos, -ov, 6, [in
t KaTa-ao4.i^o,iai, [in

c.

ace,

Ga

2*.t

LXX
II

for ^31 pi.


lio

LXX: Ex
:

a spy : He 113i.t ;] hith.), Jth 5ii, lOi^ * (dDH


1.

;]

to

deal craftily with, outwit ** KaTa-arAXu, [in


lower.
2.

Ac
:

71^*

(LXX)_t
43i,

LXX

Mac
:

to

keep down, restrain

c.

in Mac 61 * ;] ace, Ac 1935'36.t

to let

down,

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


**t
1.

239
A) *
;]

KaT(i-aTT)fAa, -tos, to {KaOia-T-q/xi), [in


2.

LXX
:

III

Mac 5*^

(-e/Aa,

condition, of health, etc. Notes, 220).t


KaTo-oToXii, -^s,
1.
17

demeanour

Tit 2^ (for exx. v. Field,

(<[ Karao-TeAXo)), [in


2.

LXX:

Is

6P

(nKl3TO)*J]

letting

down, checking.

steadiness, quietness in

3.

LXX
:

and

NT

(cf.

Plut,,

ii,

65

-t^a>

vestire),
I921,

demeanour. a garment, dress,


20^5, al.
:

attire

Ti 2 (but

v. Ellic, in l.).t

KOTa-CTTpe^w, [in

LXX
as,

for "jjen
soil.

etc.,

Ge

Je

;]

1.

to

turn down, turn over ;

the

2. to

overturn, overthrow
:

Mt 21^^,
Pr
1^'^

Mk

1115

pass. pf. ptcp.,


to
rj

Ac

I516 (i'^).t

*t

KaTa-<rrpT]i'i((i), -w,

wax wanton
11

against
[in

c.

gen.,

Ti

5^^.

KaTa-<rrpo<|>i1,

-rj<i,

{<^KaTa(TTpi<f)<j)),
:

LXX:
2.

Jb

21^''^,

(T}<), al.

;]

1.

overthrow
[in

Pe
:

2*'

(WH,
13^")
:

om.).
11

Metaph., subver122^

sion, upsetting
II
I

(cf. KaOaipea-L^, II

Co

Ti

2^*.f

KaTa-arpojt'fUfii,

LXX Nu

14i

(tanor),

Jb
Za^/

(ntfltar),

Jth ^,

Mac ^*;]
Co
IQs.t

1.

to

strew or spread over.

2.

io

Zow, overthrow

Kora-aupo),
(5)MBy)

[in

LXX:

;]

1.

to

pull down.

Je 29 (49)io (pjirrn). Da LXX, 1110.26 2. to drag away : c. ace. pers., Lk 125^.t

KaTa-a<|>d|;u), [in

LXX

Za

11* (nn),

Ez

16*0

(prQ

pi.),

n Macg;]

io hill off, slay

c.

ace,

Lk

192^.t

Jb 9^ 37^ (ODn), KaTa-a4)paYit, [in secure with a seal : Ee S^.t t KaT(l-oxns, -ews, ^ (<C xc-Tex^)} [in

LXX:
2.

Wi

2**;] to seal up,

LXX

nearly always for


:

mnx

;]

1.

a holding back.
[in

LXX and NT, a holding fast, possession


i

Ac75.".t
21^7 (n,o^ hi.), Ps 40 (41)8 (pj^,)^ 15*^, T ; mid., to lay I Mac to lay dotvn, deposit, lay by : ;] up for oneself: xpt' (Hdt., al., v. LS, s.v.), c. dat. pers., Ac 24^^ 25^.t **t KaTa-Top.li, -rj'i, rj, [in Sm. Je 48 (31)^^ (/caTarc/Avw is used in of forbidden mutilations Le 21^, al.) ;] 1. incision. 2. excision, concision, mutilation : in sarcasm, by paranomasia, in contrast to (true) TrepLTOfi-q (v ^), of Judaizing Christians, Phi 3^ (v. Lft., in 1. Cremer, 883). KaTa-To^uci>, [in Ex 19^^ (HT), al. ;] to strike down with
KOTo-Tierjiii,
:

LXX

Ch

10^3, al.

Mk

LXX

LXX
He

an arrow,
seq.
cTTt, c.

shoot dead:
ace. pers.,
[in

KaTa-Tpe'xu), [in

LXX
Ac
:

1220(i'XX) (jjec; E, om.).t Le 26^^, Jg 1 (P)Tn). al. ;] to run 21^^ f


:

WH,

down

**t KaT-auvd^o),
Tr., mg.), to shine

LXX Wi
:

17^,
4*.+

Mac

6^^*;] (for aiyd^uy, L, mg.,

down

11

Co

KaTa-^dyiti, V.S. KarecrOiw.

Kara-^ipw, [in

LXX for Tl^


a

Ac

25'''
;

\jrrj(f>ov,

to cast

hi., etc. ;] 26i** ballot, ;

to

bring

down

ainw/iaTa,

Ac
,

pass., to be
to flee

borne
:

down
seq.
cis,

virv(o, airo r. v.,

Ac

20^.t

KaTa-<|)euY, [in

LXX

for D13
6^*.f

etc.

;]

for refuge

Ac

14*; metaph.,

c. inf.,

He

240

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


KaTa-4>0eipw,
[in

LXX

2. In destroy entirely. pass. pf. ptcp., seq. t. vow,


KaTa-<t>i\^a),
-co,

chiefly for nntZT hi., Ge 6^^ al. 1 to moral sense (as LXX), to dejyrave, corrupt
;

ii

Ti

3^.t

[in

LXX
Mk

chiefly for

pW2 ;]
"s 1520^

to

kiss fervently, kiss


^O'-^'^.f

affectionately

Mt

26,
-0),

14*5^

Lk

V^^
,

Ac
;]

KaTa-<t)poi'^u,

[in

LXX
o,

for

IJH
16i,

712

etc.
i

to

despise

c.

gen.,

Mt

&'' IS^o,

Lk

Eo 2\

Co

II22,

think little i Ti 4^2

of,

62,

He

122,

pe

2io.t
[in

t KaTa-<j)po./t]-nis, -oO,

LXX
,

for 1^2.,

Dnjil,
to

Hb

1^ 2^,

Ze

3**;] a despiser
c.

Ac 13*^t

KOTa-xco), [in

LXX
.

for ps^

ni33,

HtaJT hi.

;]

pour down upon

gen. (cl.), Mk 143 geq. cVt, c. gen., Mt 267.t * Kara-xOok'ios, -ov (<^ x^^"' ^^^ earth), subterranean, under the earth (in cl., of the infernal gods) of the departed in Hades, opp. to
:

CTOi'pavios, en-tyeios,

Phi

2^'^.t

make full

** KaTa-xpdofjiai, -/wit, [in LXX: Ep. Je28, iii Mac 4^ 522*;] to use of, use to the uttermost, use up : i Co 7^^ c. dat., ib. 9^^ (for other senses, v. LS, s,v.).t Ge 18^ {]vm ni.)*;] to cool: c. ace, KaTa-|/uxa), [in LXX:
;

Lk

1624.t

*t KarciSwXos, -ov {<^aZu>Xov), full of idols


t KaWmvTi, adv., [in

Ac

17^*.t
>

LXX
tj

chiefly for IS?!'^)

^'Pr'

>

^*-

'1

^^^^

against, opposite, before 2724 (ciTT-, mg.),

k. Kwfjir],

Lk

IQ^*^

as prep.,

WH,

Mk
11

II2 12^i

(drr-,

WH,

c. gen., Mt 21^ mg.) 13^; metaph.,

before, seq. O^ov,

Eo

4i^

Co

2^7 12i9.t

t
al.
;]

KaTecoSirtoi',

over
*

adv. (=Hom., KarevcDTra), [in LXX: against, before: c. gen., t. So^t^s, Ju2'*;
V. Lft.,

Ps 43

(44)^^,
(cf.

metaph.

KarevavTL,

and

CoL,

l.c), t. deod,

Eph

1*,
:

Col
c.

122.t

KaT-iou(jidt,<i), to

exercise authority over


I.e.).

gen. pers.,

Mt

202*,

Mk

10*2,t

Si'N.

KaTaKvpLcvo) (v. Swete, Mk.,

(emphatic form of (pyd^ofiai), [in LXX for bjTQ, etc. (9 exx., each for a different Heb. word) ;] to effect by labour, achieve, ivork out, bring about : c. ace, Eo 4^^ 5^ 7*'' ^^' ^^' ^^' 2"^, 11 Co 7^", Eph 6^3, Ja 1^; pass., 11 Co 12^2 ^ ace ^ei et dat. pers., Eo 7^^,
KaT-cpYd^ofjiai

II

Co
**

4^'^

7^^

9^^;

id.

seq.
4^.1

8td,

c.

Phi

2^2
J

Q ace. pers. seq.

cis, 11

Co

gen. pers., Eo 15^^; t. anjTrjpcav, 5* (EV, tvrought) of evil deeds,


;

Eo

127 29, I

Co 5^

Pe

KaT-c'pxoH^ai,
.]

[in

LXX

dTTo,

: seq. to come down, go 9", Ac 151 185 2110; s.7r6 et ik, Ac 1127 1219; of coming to port by ship, Ac I822 21=* 27*; seq. tt/jo's, c. ace. pers., Ac 9^2; metaph., of

1129 *

To down
:

I22

x 2\ Es 3^3, Wi II22, 11 Mac as, Lk 43i, Ac 8^ 13* 15^0 I91, T

Lk

gifts

from God, Ja
KaT-eCT6t(D

3^^.+
eo-^tw,

("perfective" comp. of

q.v.,

and

cf.

M,

Pr.,

Ill), [in

LXX
4*,

Mt

13*,

Mk

Lk

chiefly for bss ;] to eat up, devour : c. ace, of seed, 8^; Wkvov, Ee 12*; ySiySXaptSiov, Ee lO^-^"; metaph.,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


oiKt'a?,

241
pers.,

Jo

23^3, 12*0, 2^7 (Lxx), II Co 1120,


KaT-cuOofoj,
[in

Mt

Mk

Ga
:

b^\

Lk 20*^ t. piov, Lk Ee 11^ 209.t


for ]13 ni.,
t.

IS^O;
to
;

c.

ace.

LXX

hi.,
i

etc.

;]

make
Tro'Sas

or keep
ci's

straight,
elprjyrj^,

direct,
l'^^
;

guide

metaph.,

oSoV,

Th
3^.+
;]

3^^

t.

68ov

Lk

t. /capSias ts t. dyaTTT^v, II

Th

Mk

**t Kax-cuXoYew, -w, [in IQi" (v. Swete, in l.).t *t KaT-c<|>-io-TTjfAi, to rise
KaT-e'xw,

LXX
lUS
7^0
,

To
:

11^ ^^ *

to

bless fervently

up against

Ac

18^^ f
1.

[in

LXX
272.,

for

pTPI hi., etc.;]

perfective of c^'^
:

(M, Pr., 116

M,

155), (a) to possess, hold fast


i

Lk

8^5,

Jo

5[*],

Eo

118 (Lft., Notes, 251),

Co

11^

ii

Co

6io, i

Th

521,

He
;

3' i* 102^

(b) to lay hold of, get possession of: Lk 14^. 2. to hold back, detain, restrain (M, Th., 156 f.) c. ace. seq. to5 fxrj c. inf., Lk 4*2 seq. Tr/ads, c. ace, Phm^^; absol., t6 Karc^ov (6 k.), ii Th 2"'^. 3. Intrans., as nautical term, to put in, make for (LS, s.v.) Ac 27*^.+ 6^ '^', I Mac Ka-njYop^w, -co (<^ Kara, ayopevoi), [in Da 76,25^ II Mac 4*7 10^3,21^ IV jviac 9^**;] to make accusation, accuse, (a) in general absol., Eo 2^* ; c. gen. pers. (el., 254), Jo 5*^ ; irreg. c. ace. pers., Ee 12^0 absol., Ac 242 i^ c. gen. pers., (j^ before a judge 1210, 6^ ll'* (WH, txt., E, om.), 232.10, Jo 8^^\ Ac 25^ 32, Lk Mt 2819; i^ (3 ace. rei (el., but v. 153.* ; c. gen. rei (Dem.), I.e.), Ac 24s 2511 ; seq. irepi, e. gen. rei (Thuc, viii, 85), Ac 241^; e. ace. rei, seq. Kara c. gen. pers. (WM, 28, 1), Lk 23i*. Pass. (Bl., 54, 3), seq. VTTo C. gen., Mt 2712, Ac 22^0; 5 KaTrjyopovfievo^, Ac 25i.t
: :

LXX

LXX
;

WM,

Mk

WM,

Mk

* KaTt]yopia,
pers.,

-as,

rj

{<C KaTrjyopo^)
e. id., i

an accusation, charge:
c.

c.

gen.

Jo 1829; seq. Kara,


Ka-niYopos, -ov, 6, : Ac 23^0. 35 248

Ti 51^;

gen.

rei,

Tit l^.t
11

[in

LXX:

accuser

(WH,

Pr 181^ (an), E, txt. om.) 25i' i^.t

Mac
but

45*;]
v.

an

*t Ka-riiYupi o

(Aram.
-as,

Iirtpf?;

Dalman,
:

Gr., 185;

Deiss.,

LAE,
*

90

f.),

Kar-qyopos,
7}

an accuser
KaTr}(f>r]<;,

Ee

12io.t

KaTTi<|>cia,

{<^
to

downcast,

Wi

17*

*),

dejection

Ja

49.t

*t

KaT-T)X'cj,

-w,

1.

instruct, inform (v. I Co 1419 pass. c.


;

resound. 2. to teach by word of mouth, Bl., Phil. Gosp., 20, 31) Ga 6^ c. ace. pers., ace. rei, Lk 1* (iCC, in 1.), Ac 1825 2124 (^f. Lk,
:

6^; seq. , e. gen. rei, Eo 21^; Trepi, e. gen. pers., Ac 212i.t. (intensive of tda>; <tds), [in Si 12"*;] to rust over ; pass., become rusted over : Ja 5^.t chiefly for pTri;] to overpower, prevail KaT-ioxoci), [in
I.e.),

Ga

**fKar-i6(j, -d

LXX:
c.

LXX

against, prevail

absol.,

Lk

2323; q j^f^ ljj 2138;

gen.,

Kar-oiKcw, -w, [in very freq. and nearly always for aia^ ;] 1. trans., to inhabit, dwell in: e. ace., Lk 13*, Ac li^ 29'i* 41" 932,85 1910-17, Ee 172; of God, 2321. 2. Intrans., to settle, dwellAc 2212; seq. cV (el.), Ac 120(lxx) 2^ 72,4,48 922 1129 1327 1724^ 11^ 7*' Ee 1312; seq. cis (Bl., 39, 3; M, Pr., 62 f., 234 f.), Mt 223 413,

LXX

Mt

16i8,t

Mt

g^

Ac

cirl

T.

yri%

(Nu

13^3, al.),

Ee

310

610 813 llio

138.1* I78;

eVl

TTuvras

16

242

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Ac
172; oTTov,

TTpoo-wTTou T. y.,
11'"^.

Ee
;

2^3; fKct (of

demons),

Mt
;

12^^

Lk

Metaph., of divine indwelling: 6 Xpia-ro's, Ja 45 (/carw/cio-e.', T, WH, E, txt.) T. TrXrycop/ta (t.


SiKatocrvi'T; (cf.

Eph

3^'^

t.

irvev/jia,

^^cott^tos),

Col

l^^ 2^

Wi

!*), II
17

Pe

3^-^ (cf.

ei'-KaT0t^w).+

KaT-oiKTjais, -ttos,

(<^KaToiA(o), [in

LXX
18^.t

for SIZ^^

Ge
,

dwelling

Mk

lO^**, al. ;]

5^.+
-OV,

t KaT-OlKtJTTlpiOC,

TO

(<[ KaTOLKed)), [in


:

LXX for SC^ID


for

fiy^

'

^^'

'^

a habitation, dwelling-place
+ KaT-oiKia, -as, ^
al.
;]

Eph
2.

2^'^,

Ee

(<
Ac

/caTot/cew), [in

LXX chiefly
;]

I^IQ Ex
,

35^,

1.

a dwelling
TTvevfjia,

17-'^.

a settlement (Polyb.).t
etc.

KaToiKil^u, [in
C.

LXX for

212?"' hi.,

to

cause

to

dwell

metaph.,

Ja 4^ (Eec, E, mg., KaTWKrjaei^^A *t KaTOTrxptj^a) (<^ KaToirrpov, a mirror), to show as in a mirror. Mid., to see oneself mirrored (v. MM, Exp., xv) c. ace. rei (E, txt., but V. mg.), to reflect as a mirror : 11 Co 3^^ (cf. Abbott, Essays, 94).t
ace, TO
;

KaropOufxa, -to?, to, Eec. for Siop^w/xa (q.v.),


Kaxo),
1.

Ac

243.t

adv. (< KaTo), [in


(vpith

LXX
Mk

for ni3Q

rinrip

and cogn. forms;]

down, downwards
209.
2.

verbs of motion),
14^6,
t.

Mt
S^^.

4^,

Lk

4^,

Jo

St*^' ^J,

Ac

Mt

27^\

Mk

helow, beneath: Ib^^; ra k. (opp. to


I

Ac

219(lxx);

dTT^ StcToSs Kttt K. (cf.

Ch

27'"'2),

Mt

dvw), 2i.t
[in

Jo

^^,,5 ^, (Ez V^\ al.), Compar. KaTWTtpw:

KaTWTpo9,
TO.

-/3a,

-cpov

; /cttTto),
;

LXX for linnJ?

>

^rinp

;]

lower

K.

TTj? yrj<;

(v.

AE,

Ej}h., l.c

for rendering this lower earth, v.

ICC,

Eph, I.e.), the lower parts of the earth (cf. Ps 138(139)1^; cf. also MGr., ri KciTov yTj, the underivorld. Thumb, MGV, 334) Eph 49.t
:

KaXUT^pW,

V.S. KOLTO).
rj,

KauSa (TE, mg., KAaCSa; Eec. K\av8r]), island near Crete Ac 27i^.t
:

Cauda, Clauda, an
,

KaO/ia, -Tos, TO (<; Katw), [in

LXX

for

dH Hin
,

etc.

;]

heat

Ee

Ee

*t KaofiaTtl^o) (<^ Kavfia), to burn or scorch up 4" seq. Kavf.a /iya, 168. Pass., Mt 13i*,
KauCTis,

c.

-ws,

17

Mk

Ee
pi.,

ace. seq. Iv 16.t


etc.
;]

irvpC,

Katw), [in

LXX

for

lya

burning

He

68.+

*+Kaua6w, -co [ Kavcros, burning heat, fever), only in pass., 1. to 2. In NT, to burn toith great heat burn with fever (Galen., al.). II Pe 310- ^2 (v. Mayor, in 1.).+ *+ KauoTT)pi(il^(i> (Eec. KavTTjp-, and so usually in Gk. writers, v. Soph., Lex., S.V.), to mark by branding, brand (AV, scar, but v. CGT, in 1.)
metaph., pass.
pf. ptep.,
i

Ti 4^

(cf. Kavrripiov,

iv

Mac

15'^^*).+

+ Kai5au,^ -wvos, 6 Kai'o>),

[in

LXX: Ge
Je
1817,

31*N {l-p), Is 49io


l?!*^

(sn^), Jb

2721,

Ho
3'7),
ll.c.,

121

12)

1315^

jh

48^

Ez

19^2 [W^-py,

Je

28(51)1, Da TH (Ge, Is (?), Jth,

Jth

8^, Si 18^6
:

Si I8I6)

Mt

31 (34)i 4322*;] 1. ^Mnim^ heat 20^2, Lk 12*^ (Ja 1", AV). 2. a hot

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


wind from the
(v.

243
sirocco

east (Heb. C"!!?


:

v.

LXX,

ll.c),

the

modem
cf.

on Am 4^) Ja hot wind, Mt, Lk, ll.c.).t

CGT

1^^

(EV, the scorching wind;

K, mg., the

KauTTjpid^u, Rec. for Kava-TrjpLd^o), q.v.

(in

LXX,
ii,

KQuxdofxai, -(Lfiai, [in of joyous exultation,

LXX
l^)
:

for

bbn

hith., etc.

and

so in the

NT

DB,
1013,

790b;

Hort on Ja

17

(LXX) 1116,18 121,8^

Eph

absol.. i 2^, Ja 4i;

Co
c.

or glory quotations, infr. cf. piCLXX) 47 133^ Co


;]
;

to boast

seq. 0/

(LXX), Eo

Ja
cV
CIS,

19;

(t.)

de^,

Eo
3^;

2"^ 5^, i Co 3^1, 11 Co 217 511. ^v Kvpt'o). i

ace. rei, 11 Co 9" IpO; 5^2 IQi^ 1112 125,9^ Ga e^^.H,

X.

'Irjo-ov,

Phi

seq.

cVt, c. dat.,
11

Co piCLXx), n Co Eo 5^; wepi, c. gen,,

101"(lxx).
11

ib. 1";

vTrep,

c.

gen. pers.,
to

Co

7'^ 12^; evwTrtov t. Oeov,

Co 10^; Co l^^
n^HIl
2,

(cf. v-, KaTa-*cau;(ao/i,at).t

Kauxt]|xa,

-Toq,

(<^ Kav^dofiai),
:

[in

LXX

chiefly
s.v.
;

for
e.

n")N5ri

;]

l.

boast (Find.)

11

Co

5^2 93

(Thayer,

contra,

Ellic, Lft., on

Ga
i

glorying:

Eo

4^,

6*; Lft., Notes, 204, 277). 2. ground or matter of Co 5 9^5' i, 11 Co 1^*, Ga 6*, Phi 126 2i, He 3

(cf. Kav;(7;crt5).t

t Kao'xr]<ns, -ws,

17

c.

Kavxao/im), [in
:

LXX

for n"|?^5ri
ll^"' ^^ cV

(l

Ch
41"
;

2913,

Ez

16^2, al)

a boasting, glorying
;

Eo
7^*
;

32^,

n Co
k.

Ja

seq.

inrep,

n Co

7* 82*

ctti,

gen.,
I.e.,

11

Co

oTcc^avos Kavxrj(T0}^ (Ez.

al.), I

Th

Xp. '1770-., Eo 15^7 2^9; of the cause of glorying, exw r^v


^p^;. 160),
r/

a boast (= KavxvMo),

n Co

li2.t

Kacfjapj-aoofi {Kairep-,

Eec,
:

V.

WH,
4}^,

(Heb. Dinj n53

Nahum's

village),

Capernaum
[in

Mt

Mk
T^^
;]

12\ Jo

2^2, al.

Keyxpeai, V.S. Kcvx/aeat.


Kc'Spos, -ov,
17,

LXX
Ki

chiefly for

Nu

24", al.
:

xi/^a/jpous

Twv Kc'Spwv,
(as in
II

II

Ki

1523, III
11.

1513 (rnii?)
Tr.,

<J

cedar

x^^/J^appo^
;

twv K.

Ki,

iii

Ki,

c),

Jo 18^ (Eec.

WH,

mg.,

V.S. Ke8pii>v,

andcf. Westc, in
o,

1.;

WH, E, mg. WH, ^^^.,


;

toC KeSpov, T,

89

f.;

Abbott,

JG, 513

ff.).t

KcSpwt' (v.s. K^8pos),

indecl. (in FIJ, gen. -covos

Heb.

flTlp), [in
:

Ki 1523, IV Ki 23", al. ;] Cedron (OT, Kidron) x^^f^appos 181 (L, Tr., mg., E, txt. cf. BL, 10, 5 Lft., Essays, 172 ff.).t ToC K., Jo Je 24^ (liP hoph.), al. ;] used as passive of Kciiiai, [in
:

LXX

II

LXX

(LS, S.V.), to be laid, to lie ; (a) of persons an infant, Lk 2i2> is a dead body, Mt 28", Lk 235^, Jo 20^2; (b) of things, to lie, be laid or set, stand : Mt 5^*, Jo 2^ 1929 20^-7 21^, Ee 42 21i trop., ^eyne'Aios, 311 310, Lk 3^; ik, Lk 12^9; It^C, I Co seq. prep. c. ace, Trpos, Mt
Tidrjfii
:

trop., KdXvfjiixa, II
to be laid
c.

ace. (of
cTTt-,

Metaph., 6 koct/zos v t. irovrjpw K., I Jo 51^; down, appointed: of law, c. dat. pers., i Ti 1^; seq. eh purpose), Lk 2**, Phi l^", i Th 3^ (cf. dvd-, avv-avd-, dvrt-,
31^.
irepi-, 7rpd-*ci^ai).t

Co

dwo-,

Kara-, -rrapd-,

244

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Kipia, -a?,
ri,

[in

LXX
:

Pr

7^" (D'lin"! *
I.e.).

;]

a vernacular word,

1.
(cf.

a bed-cord (Aristoph., Av., 816; Pr, Field, Notes, 96 f.) Jo ll^^.t


Kipw, [in

2.

In

pi.,

swathings

LXX
i

chiefly for T73


(Is, I.e.).
;

shear

a sheep, Ac
absol.,

S^"'^

cut short the hair, Mid., to have one's hair cut off, he
,

Is

53'', al.

;]

to

shorn

Co

11*'
6,

t.

K^^aXrjv,

Ac

18^*.+

Keis (Rec. Kis),


Ke7.0(T^ia, -ros,

indecl. (Heb.

tZT^f?),

Kish

Ac

IS^i.t
call,

to /ceAuco), [in
:

LXX:

Pr 2462 (302T)*;] a

summons, shout of command ** KcXeuu), [in LXX i Es


: :

Th 4^^ (v. M, Th., in 1.).+ 9^3, To 8^^ al., and freq. in i-iv Mac to urge on, bid by word of mouth, order, command (mostly of one in 4i5 53* authority) c. ace. et. inf.aor., Mt 1419.28 is'^s 27^4, Lk IB*", Ac 25.i^ with ellipse of ace., Mt 8^^ 149 2758^ Ac 12^^ 2P3; 83S 2230 2310
i
;]

c.

ace. et. inf. pres,, Ac 1622 ptcp. aor.,


.

Ac Ac

213* 222* 233-35 25^1 27*3; with ellipse of ace,


2523.t

STN. : v.S. evreXXw. *^ KCkcp-paTeuw (not elsew., but perh. = -c'w, Plut., al.), to tread on emptiness : Iwpa. (alwpa) k. (conjee, for a i6paKv ifj^/i., Lft., in 1.), Col 2^^
also ICC, in l.).t **t K^o8o|ia, -as, Tj Wi 14i*, 11 Kvo8o^os), [in 31**;] 1. foolish fancy, vain opinion, error (LXX, 11. c). glory, groundless conceit : Phi 23.t *t Kci'oSo^os, -ov Kevo's, ho^a), vain-glorious : Ga S^^.t chiefly for p^T and cognate forms Kccos, -v> -ov, [in
(cf.

LXX

Mac
2.

2i5

vain-

LXX
Co
;

;]

empty
aTrarr],
15^'^

(Ge

372*,
;

Jg
;

71").

Metaph.,

(a)

empty, vain:
;

Xdyot,
:

Eph
rj

5";
i

Col 2^

K^pvyfxa,
-fj

TTto-Tts, I

15i*
2^
;

(b)

vain, fruitless

xapts,

Co

Kivd, tio-oSos, I Th ch no purpose (Diod., LXX cl. 8ta ^cvf/s), 11 Co 6^, Ga 22, Phi 2i, i Th 3* 20i0' ^^ vain, Ja 220.t (c) of persons, empty-handed : Mk 123, l^ 1^3 Syn. : /xaraios, of the aim or effect of an action, k. of its quality (Lft. on Cl. Eom., / Co., 7; Tr., Syn., xlix).
KOTTos, ib. 58

Ac

42^ (LXX)

kp6v, in vain, to

*t

Kci/o(|>o>i'ia,

-as,

r]
:

(<^k6vos,
pi., i

(ftoyvio)),

[cf.

KcvoXoyew (P)SS), Is 81*;]

empty

talk,
KK6a>,

babbling
-

Ti

620, 11

Ti

21".+

Je 142 159 (ij^^j^ pu.)*;] to empty. Metaph., to empty, make empty, vahi or of no effect : Kovx-qp-a., ICC, in 1, and esp. Gifford, I Co 915 kavTov, of Christ, Phi 2' (v Lft. pass., Trto-Tts, Ro 4^* 6 o-ravpds, i Co 1^^ hicarn., 54 ff.) Kavxqp-a,

Kvds,

q.v.), [in

LXX:

II

Co

93.t
Kiv-rpov, -ov,

TO

; /ccvrew,

to jwick), [in

LXX
i

Pr 26^
(iv

(3^0).

Ho
2.

131*

(nipl?),

512,

Si 3825, IV

Mac
:

14i*;]
t.

1.

a sting

Mac,

I.e.):

Re

910.
:

Metaph.

goad

pl.,

Ac

(as 26i*.t

Ho

13i*)

Oavarov,

Co

1555

(iJtx), 66.

1530,44,45 *t Kci'Tupiwv, -(Jivo-i, 6 (Lat. centurio) ; a centurion: (Mt, Lk, use iKarovTapxo^ {'V^)) q-V)-"*" v. App., 150), -wv, ai, CenchrecB, a Kci-xpeai (Rec. Keyx* port of Corinth Ac I8I8, Ro 16i.t
;

Mk

WH,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


KCfws, adv., [in

245
:

LXX

Is 49* ((Tl!?) *;] in vain, to no purpose

Ja

45.t

* Kcpai'a (WH, Kepea, V. App., 151), -as, r) (<C Kepa<;), a little horn : of the point or extremity which distinguishes some Heb. letters from others (e.g. t from 1 DCG, ii, 733), Mt 5^^ Lk IG^^.t Kepa/icu's, -ws, 6 Kpavvv/i6), [in for IS"', Ps 2^, Je 18^ al. ;] a potter : Eo 9^1 6 dypos roi k., Mt 27^' ^o (lxx) t
;

LXX

KcpapKcJs, -i -dv Kepa/xos), [in


1.
(cl.)

LXX: Da LXX 2"

(inS))*;]
Kcpa/xcot}^

(Plut.,

Acep i'/xios,

of a potter (e.g. y^). Polyb., -/Aaios,


TO

2.

In
[in

LXX
:

and NT,

cl.,

KcptijjiioK, -ou,

an earthen

vessel,

a jar or jug

Ktpajjios, -ov, 6

etc),

earthen

Ee

2^^.t
etc.
;]

KpafjLo<s),
:

LXX
Mk
:

Je 42 (35)^ {:p^),

vSaros,

14^^,
II
:

Lk Lk

22^**.t
;]

KepavvvfiL), [in

LXX
3.

Ki
^0

17^8 (i^jr 1^5) *


5^^.f

1,

potter's clay.

2.

an earthen
wine

vessel.
,

tile
;]

Kcpdfi'ufii, [in

LXX for ^D^


Ee
18^
K.

Is

5^2, al.

mix, mingle, chiefly


KKfpd(Tfitvo<s a>cparos,

of the diluting of

by oxymoron,

Ee

14io.t

implies " a mixing of two things, so that they are blended and form a compound, as in wine and water, whereas /*. " implies a mixing without such composition, as in two sorts of grain (LS, S.V. Kpaai^). Kt'pas, -aro? (pi. not irreg. as in Attic), to, [in chiefly for

Syn.

fxiyvvfju.

LXX

]1(7. ;]

a horn

Ee

5 12^ 13^'

^^

17^'
:

^' ^^' ^'^

of the projections at the

corners of the altar (Ex 29^^^ q}.) Ee 9^^. Metaph., as symbol of strength, k. awTrjpca^ (cf. Ps 17 (18)^, al.) Lk l9.t * Kepdrioy, -ov, to (dimin. of xe/sas), 1. a little horn (Arist.). 2. In pi. (the fruit of the Kfparea), carob-jwds : Lk 15^". *Kep8atVw, [in Sm. Jb 22^*;] to gain: c. ace, Mt 25i. i^. 20, 22
:
:

T.

Koa-fxov,

Mt

16'^^,

Mk
;

Ja

4}^.

Metaph.,

c.

Phi

(Field, Notes, 145) 38; pass., iPe

8^^, Lk 9^^* absol., to make profit, get gain : ace. rei, to save oneself from, avoid : Ac 27^^ c. ace. pers., to gain, win : Mt 18^5, i Co 919-22^
;

d\f

**ic^p8os, -09 (-ovs), TO, [in Aq.:

Ez

27^*;

Sm.

Ps 29

(30)io, al.;]

gain

Phi pi

3^,

Tit

VKf
1,

Kcp^a, V.S. KtpaCa.

Kip\ia, -Tos, TO

{<^ KiLpm),

slice,

hence,

2.

a small coin

pi.,

Jo

2i5.t
(*<p/i.aTi^aj,
:

*t Kcpfiario-n^s, -ov, 6 money), a money changer


K<f>dXai09,
-a,

to
[in

cut small. Coin into small

Jo

2^*.t

-ov

(<^ KCc^aXi^),

LXX

(-atov,

to)

for

tZTjil

Nu

of the head; metsb'ph., principal, chief; mostly as subst., Kc^dXaiov, to; 1. the chief point : He 8^. 2. the sum total, amount Ac 22^8 (other meaning, LS, s.v.).t
42, al.;]

KC^aXai<S(ti,

-ci>,

V.S. Kc^aXido).

246

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Ke^aKr],
-ri<s,
i),

nearly always for l^NT;] the head: Mt Mk 6 \ Re mult. fig., dydpaKt^ Im r^v k., Ro 12'^o(lxx). aloa, x\c 18^; metaph., of a husband, c. gen., I Co 11^, Eph 5^^; of Christ, I Co 118, Eph 415 5ii3^ Col l^^ 2^^>'^^; of things, k. yw.t'as,
[in

LXX

536,

l^* 9", al.

Mt

ai-^-iLxx)

** Ke4>aXi6w (Rec. -aidw, [so in Si 35 (32)^ *]), -w (< Ke<^aXtov, dimin. of Kc^ttXr;, in late writers); 1. (-aiow) to stem up (Thuc, al.). 2. (In NT, only) to wound on the head : Mk 12'*.t
:

LXX

K64)aXis, -iSos,
1.

7]

(dimin. of

K<^aXr/), [in

LXX for H^Jp


:

11

etc.

;]

little

head.

2.

Ez 2^ Ps 39
*

(40)8, II

an extremity, Es 6^) a roll

capital (of a column). 3. (As in k. /3</3,\tW, He 10" (i'XX).t


to

KTjfiow, -to

(<;

Krj/j.6^,

a muzzle),
ce7isus),

muzzle
:

Co

9^ (TTr.,

WH,
12^*

mg.) (cf. cf)Lfji6w).f *t Kfji/aos, -ov, 6 (Lat. (WH, mg., iniK(f>dXaLov)

a poll-tax
tov
k.,

Mt

IT^^ 22^'

Mk

T. v6ixL(Tixa
<f>(jpo<;.

Mt

22^'' (v.

MM,

Exp., xv).t
4^2, al.;]

Syn.
a garden:

tAos
-OV, 6,

(q.v.),

KTJTTos,

[in

LXX
(<^

for ]a,

ma,
ovpo<;,

n33,

De

ll^o,

Ca

Lk

ld^\ Jo ISi'^e i94i,t


-ov,

* Kt]7r-oup6s,

Krj7ro<;

a watcher), a

gardener

Jo

20is.t
KTjpi'oc,

-OV,

TO {<^Kr)p6^, wax), [in


Pi-

LXX

for Ilgli,
k.

f]12r

Ps 18
24^2

(19)i

117

(118)12,
txt.,

1624,

al.;]

honeycomb:

/xcXtWtov,
II

Lk

(Rec;

WH,

R,

txt.,

omit).t

Ki^puyfia,

-Tos,

TO
I

Jh

32

(nxnp), Pr 9^

{<^ Kypvaad)), [in Es 9^ * ;] in cl., that which

LXX

Ch

30^

(^ip)

is

cried by a herald,

a proclamation. In NT (v. Lft., Notes, 161), of God's heralds, proclamation, message, preaching (i.e. the substance as distinct from the act which would be expressed by t/<7/pv^is): Mt 12*1, Lk 11^2^ I Co 121, II Ti 41^, Tit 1^; c. gen. subjc, to k. [xov, i Co 2*; rjpMv, ib. 151*; c. gen. obj., 'Ir;o-oC Xp., Ro 162^t
KTJpul
{k-,]p-,

T), -vkos,

6,

[in

LXX Da LXX
:

th

3* (7113)

Ge

41, Si 20l^ IV

Mac

6**;] a herald

Ti 1\

11

Ti

l^i, 11

Pe 2^t

KTjpuCTcrw, [in

Mk
92'^,

1*5 7^6,

Lk
;

chiefly for Nip ;] to be a herald, to proclaim : 4i8.i9(Lxx) (but V. Field, Notes, 174) 8^3, Ro 221, i Co
in
:

LXX
NT,
I

Ga

511, al.

2)roclaim, jireach
16C15],
iVa,

to ivayyiXtov,
123,

chiefly of the proclamation of the Gospel, to li* I31" 14''' Mt 42^ 9^5 241* 26^^

Mk

Ga
Co

22,
.

Col

Th 2^
221
;

seq. eh,
(^.f

Mk
2i.

l^^ 13l^

Lk
92^*

4**,

Th
i

2^;
12^

Mk

612

c. inf..

Ro

k.

XpicrT6v, 'Ii;o-ow,

Ac

85

19i3,

Co

1512, II

119 11*,

Phi

115, I

T- 316

Trpo-Kr)pv<T(Tw).

KTiT09, -COS (-ovs), t6, [in

LXX
3),

Jh

(21),

Ge

I21

(|^3n), etc.

;]

a huge fish, sea-monster


KTi(}>as,

Mt Ga

12*<'(LXX)_f
6

-a (v. Bl.,

10,

(Aram,
11,

ND""?),

Cephas,

i.e.

Feter

Jo

1*3, I

Co

112 322 95 155,

118 29,

u.t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


KiPcoTos, -ov,
17,

247

[in

LXX
;

Ge

6-9 (n^Cl), elsewhere, very freq., as

Ex Lk
and

259

'10',

for

jny ;] a wooden box


I
ri,

or chest

of

Noah's ark,

Mt
Ee

2438,

172^

He

11^

Pe
[in

320

of the ark of the covenant,


,

He

9*,

ll^^.t

Kie<pa, -as,

LXX chiefly for 1133


O'lri'^p
,

freq. in

Pss (32

(33)2, al.)

in

Da

(3',

al.)

for
(cf.

itself

a transliteration of
;]

Ki^apis,

the

Homeric form
58 142l52.t

of

k.

CB, Dn.,

Iviii)

a
;]

lyre,

harp

Co

14^,

Ee

KiOapiJu, [in

LXX

Is 231" ^^j^ pi.) *

to

play upon the lyre or

harp

Co 14^ Ee

142.t

-ov, 6 {<^Ki6dpa, aoiSo's, a singer), one who plays and sings to the lyre, a harper : Ee 142 iQ-^^f KiXiKia, -as, fi, Cilicia, a province of Asia Minor Ac 6^ 1523 *> 2139 223 2334 27^ Ga 12i.t
:

* Ki0ap-a)86s,

KivAjiufiov, V.8. KivydfXiDfiov.


kikSui/co'w

to venture.

2.

(<[ KivSvvos), [in to be in danger

LXX
:

for
823,

1ffp'>

ni., etc.
*^, i

;]

1.

to be

daring,

Lk

Ac

192"'

Co

153o.t
.j

KiVSuj'os, -ov, 6, [in

LXX

Ps 114

(116)3

(-,yjjj)^

gj 326^ g^i

daiiger,

peril

Eo

835

pj^
[in

q^

i22.t

Kiviu,

-Q),

LXX

for yiJ hi., izrm, etc.;]


al.),

to set

in motion,
1529; pass,

move: Mt 23^; t. Ki<t>aXi^v (Ps 21 (22)^, (cf. Ge 721), Ac 1728. 2. to remove : Ee Ac 245 pass., 2130 (cf. fiera-, <Tvv-Kivu>).f
;

Mt

2739,
3.

Mk

2^ 6^*.

to excite, stir

up
;]

kiVtjctis,

-cws,
f3l.t

17

/ct'a)),

[in

LXX:

Jb

16'5)^

(t:),

al.

moving
and
cf.

Jo 5

Kivvd^Kji^Lov

(Eec.

Kivafx-), -ov,
:

Heb.

fiaip),

cinnamon

Ee

TO (from the Phoenician, v. 18i3.t

LS,

s.v.,

Kis, v.s. Kcis.


Kixprjfii, v.s.

XPaw.

KXdSos, -ov, 6

KXau)),

[in

LXX
;

for

Tch^

p]3
:

etc.

;]

a young
40i*),

tender shoot broken off for grafting

then, a branch
of

Mt
(cf.

1332 21^ 2432,

Mk

432

1328,

Lk

13^9;

metaph.,

descendants
of

Si

Eo

1116-19, 21 f
KXat'o), [in

LXX chiefly for nD2


Phi
;

;]

any loud expression


:

of pain
538.39

or sorrow, esp. for the dead, to weep, lament ; (a) intrans. 1472 (M, Pr., 131) 16[io], Lk 7i3. 32, 38 352, Jo 113i, 33 1520 2011.

Mk
Lk

i3, is^

Ac

939

(WH, mg.) Trt^pSs, Mt 26^5, Lk 222; opp. to 19*i 2328, Rq 189; c. acc, Lk Xat'pca, Eo 1215; seq. Mt 2i8.t pers., to weep or lament\for, bewail
ctti',
:

2113, I Ac 82*

Co

730,

318,

Ja 49

51,

Ee

5^ 18i5.i9; ^roXv,

Ee

5*; TroXXd,
621.25;

yeXdw,

jj^ t^ans., c. ace.

STN,

v.s. Sa/cpvw.
rj

*KX(l<ns, -ews,
KX(iCT|xa, -Tos,

(<KXao>), a breaking

Lk

2435,
,

Ac
612.

2*2.t

TO (<^ K\do)), [in

LXX
i9.

for Jl^

nbg);]

a broken piece,
".t

fragment

Mt

I420 153^,

Mk

6*3 88'

20,

Lk

9l^ Jo

248

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


KXauSa, V.S. KauSa. KXauSia, -as, rj, Claudia
KXau'Sios, -ov,
6,
:

ii

Ti
1.

i^'^.f

Claudius ; military tribune, C. Lysias Ac


KXau0fi<5s, -ov, 6

the

Emperor

Ac
"^32,

11^^ 18^.

2.

232".

(<^ KXatw), [in

LXX chiefly for

;]

crying, weep-

ing, Ac ^. ^ai sSvp^os, 22i 24*1 2530, Lk


.

203"

Mt

218 (LXX)

^ ^. ^^, ^ /3pvyfi6^,

Mt 8^2

13*2. bo

K\d(o, [in

W^f LXX Je
:

16''

bread,
I

Mt

14^^ IS^e

26'^

Mk

(DHD), al. ;] to break, break in pieces : of 8 I422, Lk 22i9 M^\ Ac 2*6 20^- 1^ 2735,

Co
[in

8^^ (cf. Ik-, /<aTa-cXaw).t 1016 ]^X24. ggq ^i^^ Q a,cc. pers., kXcis, -86s, Att. ace, KXetv, later -ctSa, pi., kXciScs, -as, contr.,

Mk

-cis,

^7,

LXX for np50


^.

Is 2222,

^1.

;]

key.

Fig., t. ySacrtXecas t. oipavwv,


(cf.

Mt

1619;

yvwo-0)s,

Lk

1152;

of

David

LXX,
^^
:

I.e.),

Ee 3^

t.

Oavdrov

k. r.

a8ov.
[in

Re

11^; t. a/Svaa-ov,
25i,

Re
;]

201;
^0

(^piaros t^s a., ib. Ql.t

kXciw,

LXX
.

chiefly for "130

sMit

dvpav,

Mt

SlPwuov,

Re
.^

203

8f.(Tp.(jiTrjpiov,

Ac
8.

Lk 11^ (pi.), pass., Ovpa, Mt 523; ^i;Xi,/f5^ j{e 2125. Metaph.,


I

Jo

20i9>26,

6^ t. Ac 2130;
;

Re
T.

116;

o-;rXayx^'a,

Jo

31^; t. ySao-iXtiW,

Mt

t. oupavdv, Lk 42^, 231*; id. absol., Re 3^

dvpav, ib.

(Cf.

(XTTO-,

K-, Kara-, orii'-KXeio).) +

KX^^^ia, -Tos,

TO KXe7rra)),

[in

LXX: Ge
LXX).
:

3139,
2.

Ex

223.*

(2.

3)

(n3|, nnsa*;]
(Plato, al.)
:

l.

a thing stolen

(Arist.,

kXottt?,

theft

pi..

Re
rd,

92i.t
6,

KXediras, -a (v. Bl., 7, 2),


kX^os,
-ovs,

Cleopas

Lk

24i8.t

[in

LXX:

Jb 2822
:

(jr^^^r)

30^ *

;]

1.

a rumour,

report.

2.

good report, fame, glory


-or,
10

Pe

22o.t

kX^ttttis,

6,

[in
I

LXX
;

for n^a;]

a ^/w/:
Fig., is
;

Mt
k.

619- 20 24*3,
1

l^
52.*

1233.39^

Jo

101'

126,

Co

6i, I

Pe

41^.

eV wktC,

Th

(/cXeVras,
II

WH,
Re
:
;

Pe

310,

Syn.

violence k. Syn., xliv).


1019,

R, mg. V. Lft., Notes, 73 but cf. also M, Th., I.e.), Metaph., of false teachers, Jo lO^.t Xrj(TTi]<i, a robber, a brigand who plunders, openly, with is a thief who steals in secret, by fraud and cunning (Tr.,
txt.,

33 1615.

Mt 619.20 1918^ Mk Lk 1820, Jo 1010, Ro 221 139, Eph 428; c. ace, Mt 27"* 28i3.t n^bl, Ez icXiJiJia, -TOS, TO KXaw), [in LXX chiefly for n'iim
KXe'iTTw,

[in

LXX

for 133;]

to steal:

absol.,

152 176,

7^

al.

;]

vine-tiuig,

vine-branch
:

Jo

I52. *"6.t

KXi^fiTjs, -cvTos, 6,

Clement

Phi

43.t

KXripok'op.^w,

-w {<C^KXrjpov6/j.o<;), [in

LXX

chiefly for

lah"'

also for

bn3
rei)

etc.

;]

1.

absol.,

Ga

2. to inherit (in cl., usually c. gen. to receive by lot. 430 (lxx)j jn general, to possess oneself of, receive as
.

q ace. rei (as one's own, obtain (as De i^, al., cf. Ps 24 (25)3, jg 6i7^ generally in late Gk., v. M, Pr., 65), of the Messianic Kingdom (cf. Ps 36 (37)11, gi 413 3726^ and v. Dalman, Words, 125 fif.) and its blessings and privileges, t. y^v, Mt 5^ (cf- lxx) ^^ ygao-iXetW, ^. deov, Mt 253*,
j

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


I

249

Co

(TU)Tr]pLav,

e*.!" 15', 1^*

Ga

521

^^v

al^vcov,

Mt
6^2
j

1929,

Mk

lO^^,

Lk

1025 IS^*;
;

Heil*

; T. CTrayyeXias, 12^^, I Pe 3^ T. iiXoyCav,

He

He
;

a(f>Oap(TLav, I

Co

IS***

ovofia,

He

ravra,

Re 2V

(cf. Kara-KXrjpovofieoij.f

K\i]povoyiia, -as,

rj

(<^

KXr]pov6/xo<i), [in

LXX chiefly for

n^nj
:

also
21^8,
7^,

for nijpn^

etc.

;]

prop.,

an inherited property, an inheritance


;

Mt
:

Mk 12'', Lk 12^^ 20^* in general, a possession, inheritance He 11^ of the Messianic Kingdom and its blessings, Ac 20^2^
;

Ac

(Ja 3^^,

Col 32^

Bph
Ki

11*. 18 55, -ov,

He
6
115,

915, I

Pe

l^.t
vi/io/xai,

k\t]po- folios,

{<C

K\rjpo<s,

to posscss),
1.

[in

LXX
cl.)

Jg

187, II

147,

Mi

je

810

(mir), Si 2322*;]

(as in

an

12', Lk heir : Mt 21^8, Ga 41 ; of those who as sons of God inherit the privileges of the Messianic Kingdom ; of Christ himself, He 12 ; of Abraham, Eo 4i3, i* of Christians, Eo 81^, Ga 329, Tit 3^, Ja 25. 2. (As in Jg, Mi, Je, 11. c.) a possessor : He 61^ 11^
;

Mk

20i*,

LXX

(Cremer, 359

f.).t

KXripos, -ov, 6, [in

LXX
:

chiefly for

rhui

blia

;]

lot ; (a) that

which

is
;

Ac

12

152*, cast or drawn Mt 27^5, (6) that which is obtained by casting

Mk

Lk
Ac

23^*,
li' 821

Jo 192*
;

(lxx),

the Kingdom of God (cf. Wi 55), of a presbyter, i Pe 5^ (v. ICG, in


K\T,p(5a),

Ac

26i8,

Col 1^2;

pi. of

of a part in the "cure"


ni.),

l.).t

-S,

[in

LXX

Ki

2. to Is 1711*;] 1. to cast lots. portion : pass., iv w <ai kKXiqpdiO-qixev, assign a interpretations, v. ICC ; AE; Ellic, in l.).t

(iD^ ni.), choose by lot.

14*i

Es 4" A (Kip
3.

to assign

by

lot,

Eph in

(on the various

kX^is,
III

Mac
Ti
19,

Je 38 (31) (Nip), Jth 12io A, 51**;] a calling, call; in NT, always of the Divine call to
-ws,
17

{KaXioi), [in

LXX

salvation
II

Eo

112^,

Co

1^6

72,

Eph

lis

41.

\ Phi
,

31*,

11

Th

1",

He

31, II

Pe

li

KXt]T6s, -q, -ov

(Cremer, 332).t

Kokioi), [in

LXX for Nip

called, invited (as to a banquet, ^sch., i Ki l*i, always of the Divine call ; {a) to some ofi&ce
:

XIpD Ex 121*5, ^1. ;] iii Mac 51*) in NT, k. dTroo-roXo?, Eo 1*,


,

to salvation Eo 82^, i Co I2*, Ju 1 k. koX iKkeKTol k. TTLO-TOL, Ee 171*; in gosp. (not in pi., v.s. KaXcw) disting. fr. ckXkto?, Mt 20i (WH, txt., E, omit), 22i*; k. 'Irja-oi Xp., Eo 1; k. ayioi,
I

Co

11

{b)

saints by calling,
for 1131?,

Eo

1^, i

Co

12.t
ii,

KXiPacos, -ov, 6 (Att., KpC^-, but k\- in Ion., Hdt.,

92), [in

LXX

Ge

151',

Ho

7*'^, al.;]

1.

in

cl.,

a clibanus, cribanus, an

earthen vessel for baking bread. 2. In (cf. MM, Exp., xv), an oven : Mt B^o, Lk 1228.t
KXi'fAa, -Tos,

LXX

and NT, a furnace

TO

kXiVw),
:

[in

LXX

Jg 202

(n3B)*;] 1.

an

in-

clination, slope, esp. the slope


2.

from the equator to the pole (Arist). a region (Polyb., al.) pi., Eo 1523, n Co lli", Ga 12i.t * tCKivApiov, -ov, TO, dimin. of kXivt], a couch Ac 5i5 (cf. KXivtSiov).t
:

250

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


kXiVt], -rys,
r;

(<;

kXiVo)), [in

LXX

chiefly for HKia;] abed, couch:

Mt

9-,
*

Mk

4-^1

74.30,

Lk

518 816 1734^


kXlvy),

Re

222 (cf.
:

MM,

Exp., xv).t
(cf.

kXh'iSioi', -ov, to,

dimin. of

a couch

Lk S^^' 2*

KXtvaptov).t

chiefly for ni33 ;] 1. to make to bend, to bow T. Kcf)a\ijv (of one dying), Jo 19^*^; t. Trpoa-wirov (of terrified persons), Lk 24*. 2. ^0 maA;e to lean, to rest : r. KecftaXrjv (in sleep), Mt 82^,
KXikco,

[in

LXX

Lk

9*^.

3.

As
i^

in Horn., of soldiers, to
jg^te

turn
^0

(to flight),
:

TrapeixftoXds,
17

He
Lk

113*.

Q]j

(ag jjii^ in ci

)^

decline

intrans.,

rj/xipa,

912 2429.t

**

KXiai'a,

-as,
;

for reclining
2.

a company
kXott^,
722.t

G^i A*;] 1. a place ^ KXtVa)), [in LXX: III Mac hence, (a) a hut ; (b) an easy chair ; (c) a couch. reclining : pi., Lk 9^* (cf. Fl.T, Ant., xii, 2, 12).t
17

--^s,

(<cX7rTco), [in
o (kXv^w,

LXX
:

for 133;] theft: pi.,


to

Mt

15^^,

Mk
Jh

kXuSwi',
1*- 12

-w: OS,
;]

of the sea,

wash
Ja
l.t

over),

[in

LXX

(-lyo), al.
;

a billow, surge
tuave.

Lk
:

82",

SFi\r.

KVfia,

+ KXuSwf i^ofiai

by waves

Is 572 {miS) * ;] to be tossed metaph., to be tossed like waves (cf. FIJ, Ant., ix, 11, 3):

kXvSwv), [in

LXX

Bph
*
itch
:

4i*.t

Glopas

KXwiras, -a, 6 (Aram.; : Ja 1925.t


(late

on the

original,

v.

Lft.,

Gal.,

267

f.),

Kvf\Qu)
II

form

of Kvdu)), 1. to scratch.

2.

to

tickle; pass,, to

Ti 43.t

Kk-iSos, -ov, V,

Cnidus, a city (and peninsula) on S.W. coast of

Asia Minor

Ac

27".t
-ov, 6

*t KoSpdfTTjs,

quadrans (AV,

(Lat. quadrans, the fourth part of 12*2.t farthing) Mt 526,


rj

an
,

as),

KoiXta, -as,

Mk

koiXos, hollow), [in

LXX chiefly
3^

for ^l$2

D'^yO

nif?

De
1.

713,

II

Ki

712,

Ge

412i, al.

also (Jb

lO^s 311* 38^) for


:

n"| ;]

the

belly

(stomach or intestines or both)


I

Mt
2.

12*0 1517^
(As often
k.
fjLrjrpo^

Mk
in
(cf.

719,

Lk

I516,

LXX)

the

Eo 1618, womb: Lk
Jb 121, Heb. ]03
,

Co

613,

py
221

319^

Re
lis,

10^'

10.

1*1.42, 44

1127 2329,

Jo 3*;

3.

Ps 21 Metaph.
738.t

(22)11,

al),
cf.

Mt

I912,

Lk

Ac

32 14^,

Ga

li^.

(as

Jb

1535,

Pr

202^, Si I912), of the heart

Jo

coifidw,

-w,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

MOT;]

to

lull to sleeky,
;

put

to

Mid sleep. 2813, Lk Ac 7o 1336,

Mt

pass., to fall asleep (M, Pr., 162 22, Jo 1112, Ac 12. Metaph., of death I Co 739 1130 156. 18, 20, 51^ j Th 413-15, II
12*5).t
KaOevSu).
rj,

and

M,
:

Th., 1, 4, 13) Mt 27*2, Jo lin, Pe 3* (cf. Is 148,

431^
**

II

Mac
:

SYN.
Jo
lli3.t

KoijiTjats, -ws,

[in

LXX:
:

Si 46i^ 48i3*;]
li* (in^t)

a reclining, resting:
(-,3,^)^

KoiK<5s, -V, -6v, [in

LXX

Pr

21^ 252*

^i

73^ ^1.;]

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


1.

251
Tit 1*;

common

(general;
2.
al.)

Lat.

communis)
(ordinary;

Ac

2** 4^2.

^_ Trto-Tts,

o-wTTjpia,
(i

Ju^.
1*''',

common
Ro

vulgaris);
(cl.,

hence in
ySe^j/Xos,

LXX
q.v.)

Mac
72.5,

and NT, unhallowed, unclean


141*,

Mk

Ac
2.

101*' 28 118,
-w,

He

lO^^,

Koifow,

[in

LXX:

iv

Mac
:

7^

In LXX, I.e., and NT (as Mt 1511-18,20^ Mk 715.18,20,23^ unclean, to profane (= cl., /Sekr^Xoco) Ac 2. to count unclean (cf. 8icaiow) Ac 21^8 pass.. He Qi^.

common.

Ee 2127.t xR*;] 1. in cl., to make koivos, 2), to make ceremonially


:

1015 119.t

Thayer (s.v. k.) mentions that Winer notes Syn. : ^e$r)X6(j}. the accuracy whereby the Jews are said to use k. in addressing Jews, Ac 2P8^ and /?. when speaking to Felix, 24^ (Cremer, 362). 11 Ch 20^5, Jb 348, Ec 9* ("Qn), Pr in, Koivwviio, -w, [in

LXX
:

Wi

6^3, Si 131, al.

;]

to

have a share
c.

(some one), take part in

go shares in (something) with gen. rei (as usually in cl., so Pr, I.e.),
of,
i

He

21*; c. dat. rei, Ro 121^ 15^7, i Ti 5^2, pers., seq. els, Pnl 41^; iv, Ga 6*' (cf. o-w-kou
Koivoivia, -as,
rj

Pe

4i3, 11

Jo";
(T
;

c. dat.

(oi/eoj).t

koivcu;/os), [in
1.

LXX: Le
Phi

6^ (521)

nOllZrri),

Wi
Phi

818, III
1-5;

Mac
;

4**;]

fellowship,

T. vlov, I

Co

1^;

T. ai/j.aTo<;,

communion: Ac 2*^^ n Qq 514^ iraOr/fxaTiav crw/xaTos Xp., I Co IQl"


21; Sefias Kotviovias,

avToi,
ib.
2 7.

Phi
2.

310

T. TTvevfxaTos, II

Co
:

131^,

Ga
Co

2^

T. TTto-Tcais crov,

Phm ^
Art.
-rj,

seq.

fxera.

t. TraTpo's, I

Jo
ff.
;

1^'
:

"^

rjfi^v, aXXrjkuiv,
15^*", 11

contribution (as outcome of fellowship)


(cf.

Ro

8*

913,

He

136

Communion, DB,
-6v
,

i,

460

MM,

2. {<^ Koivuivia) 1. sociable. municate or imjyart (R, mg., ready to sympathize, v. Field, Notes, 213 f.) I Ti 6i8.t
*ikoi'wi'ik6s,
:

Exp., xv).t ready to com-

Ko,viov6s, -q, -6v

KOLvos),

[m

LXX
Co

Pr 28^\ Is
2.

1^3 {-Qn),
6,
17

Ma
k.,

2i*

(rrinq),

Es

Si^,

al.

;]

l.

as adj.,
11
ev,

koivo's.

As
i''
;

subst.,
c.

(a)

partner, associate, companion : id. seq. c. gen. pers.. He 10^^ 10i8,2o^ h Co 1^, i gen. rei, i Co
KotTT), -i^s,
rj

8^^,

Phm
;

dat. pers.,

Lk

5i*>

Mt

23=*''

(b)

Pe

51, 11

Pe

1*

a partaker, sharer : c. (v. Deiss., BS, 368 n2).+


,

(in

Hom.,

koItos), [in

LXX

chiefly for 33l?ra


k.

also

forniaiy,
;

etc.;]

a bed: Lk 11^; esp. the marriage-bed:

d/xtavros,

He 13* k. exetv, of a woman conceiving, Ro 91" (cf. peculiar of illicit intercourse, pi, Ro 13i3.t in LXX, Le I518, al.) = Att., SoifxaTiov, V. Kennedy, KoiTwi', -wvos, 6 (<[ KOLTq n Ki 4^, Jl 2i, i Es 3^, al. 40), [in LXX chiefly for -|-|p
;
',

phrases
Sources,
;]

a bed-

chamber;

7ri

Tov
-rj,

K.,

a chamberlain

Ac

12^'*'.t

tKOKKii'os,

-ov (<[:o'k/cos,

as used of the "berry" of the


for ny^lFI,
91^,

i7ea;

coccifera, y.

DB,

iv,

416), [in

LXX

rbim,

^ZUf

Ex

25*,

Ge 3828, ig 118^ al. ;] scarlet : Mt 27^8, He substantive, of clothing. Re 17* I812, le.t

Re

17^

neut., without

252

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


k(5kkos, -ov, 6, [in

LXX
Lk

La

4^

BKR
1224,
:

(yblD), Si 45^1 *;]


i

a grain

Mt
8^*,
2.

1331 1720^

KoXd^u

Wi

Mk

431,

1319 17,

Jo

K0X09, docked),
freq.), i

[in
T^,

LXX Da
al.;]
:

3'*

(and

Mac

IS^^.t 6^2 (i3) (qq Heb.), i Es 1. to curtail, dock, prune.

Co

3. to chastise, correct, punish : pass., 11 Pe 2^ to check, restrain. mid., cause to be punished (in Mac 7^) Ac 42i.t ^KoXaKia (Rec. -fta), -as, rj (<^ KoXaKevw, to flatter), flattery: I Th 25 (v. Lft., Notes, 23).t

K<5Xaats, -ews,

v KoXa^o)), [in
K.

LXX
Wi

Ez
11^3

143-7 1830 4412 (Ijiiy^p)

4311,
ii-iv

Xaix/3dvLv

Mac 5*;]
Syn.
:

194^ je 1320^ correction, penalty, punishment : Mt 25*^, i Jo 4^^.+ TL/jioipLa, requital. Arist. distinguishes between k. as that

T^v

(Dbs

ni.);

162. 24

which, being discipHnary, has reference to the sufferer, and t. as that which, being penal, has reference to the satisfaction of him who inflicts (v. Thayer, s.v. k., and cf. Tr., Syti., vii). But in late Gk. especially, the distinction is not always maintained (v. reff. in Thayer), KoXao-aaeus (Eec. KoAoo--), -ews, 6, a Golossian : pi., Col., tit. (and
subscr.,

Eec,

Tr.).t
V.S. KoXoo-o-at.
(<:^ KoA.a<^os

KoXaaaai,

*t
pass.,

KoXa<}>i^b)

Att.,

kovSvXol,

the
26^7,

fist), to
I

strike with the fist, to buffet:

Mt

knuckles, the closed 145, 11 Co 12^;

Mk

Co

411, I

Pe

22o.t

KoXXdw, -w (<^KoXXa, glue), [in

LXX chiefly for pSl;]


;

1.

to

glue

or cement together. 2. Generally, to unite, to join firmly. Pass., to cleave to, join (oneself to): c. dat. pers., Mt 195(lxx)^ l]j iq^^ IS^^, Ac 513 (but V. Field, Notes, 118) 926 IO28 (v. Field, I.e.) 173* t. Tropvr], c. dat. rei, ap/xan, Ac 829 t. Aya6w, Ro 12^ I Co 616 ^, Kvpiuy, ib. 17 of sins joining together, dxpt t. oipavov, Re 18^, of dust, Lk IQH (cf.
.

Trpotr-KoWano) .t
KoXXoupioi' (TTr., KoWv-, the more usual form), -ov, to (dimin. of KoXXvpa = k6XXi$, a coarse bread roll), [in LXX: in Ki 122* B*;] 1. a small bread roll (LXX, 11. c). 2. (Usually in pi., LS, s.v.) an eye salve shaped like a roll Re 31^. t *t KoXXoPiCTTiis, -ov, 6 {<^k6XXv(3o<;, a small coin, a rate of exchange),

a money-changer
KoXoj36u, -w
to

Mt

2I12,

Mk

lli-^,

Jo

21^ (cf. Kp/AaTrTrjs).t

KoXXupiOl', V.S. KoXXovpLOV.

KoXo/36';,

docked), [in
to

LXX

11

Ki

412

{ysp

pi.)

;]

cut

off,

ampiitate (LXX), hence,

curtail,

shorten:

Mt

2422,

Mk

132o.t
KoXocro-acus. V.S. KoXao-o-acvs.
KoXocro-ai (so in cl.
;

-ao-crat,

Rec, LTr.),

-wv, al, ColosscB,

a city on

the Lycus in Phrygia

Col

12.t

koXttos, -ov, 6, [in

LXX

chiefly for jTn

pin

pU ;]

1.

prop., the

bosom

Lk

1622. 23

bosom

of close association, iv (cis tov) toTs k. 'A^padfi, 13i6) 6 Hov cis t6i/ k. t. Trarpos, Jo lis. (cf. IV Mac 2. The or fold of a loose garment falling over a girdle, used as a
;

Jo 1323

fig.,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


:

253

pocket, hence fig., ek tov k. (Is 65, Je 39 (32)i8) Lk G^s. 3. A bosom27^^.t like hollow, as a hay or gulf : Ac ** Ko\up.p(iw, -w, [in Al. Is 25^^*;] to dive, plunge into the sea:
:

Ac
al.

27^^

(of. e/c-KoXv/x^aiu).t
tj

Ko\ufipri8pa, -a?,
;]

to

AoXv/>t/3a<o), [in
:

LXX

for nD"|5L

IV

Ki

18^7,

a stvimming-pool, pool

Jo
17

5^

W'

'^

9^.t

*tKo\w>'ia, (Eec. -ajvta), -as, (v. Lft., Phi., 50 f.).t

(<] Lat. colonia), a colony:


:

Ac

16^^

* KOjidw,
KdfiTj,
I

-to
-775,

(<;
rj,

KOfirj),

wear long hair


6^,

Co

11^*' ^^.t

[in

LXX: Nu
NtZTJ
,

Ez
1.

4420 (^-55), al.;]

the hair:

Co

llis.t
KOfiij^a),

off safe.

Mid.,
I

to

to take care of. 2. carry off as booty. 4. to bear or carr;?/ ; hear for oneself, hence, (a) to receive : He 10^"
[in
etc.
;]

LXX for
;

to

carry
7^'^.

3.

to

Lk

11^^' ^^,

Pe

1^ 5*,

II

Pe

2^^

{h)

to receive

hack, recover (in


11

Mt 2527, He 11^9; metaph., of requital, Eph 6^ (cf. e*c-, arvv-KOp.lt,(Ji).^

Co

510,

so also act.) Col 325; ^^^ Kvpiov,


cl.

*K0)x\j/6s, -77, -6v {<^ KOfx.(i), to take care of), well-dressed, elegant, fine; compar. neut., Ko/xij/oTepov e^eiv (cf. ko^jj^ws fx""' Epict., and eolloq. Eng., "to he doing finely") Jo 4^2 f
:

Koi/Kia), -ui

Kovia, dust,

lime),

[in

LXX

21^*;] to plaster or whiten hypocrite, Ac 23^.t


KOfiopTos,
-ou, 6
,

over:

of

tombs,

De 272' * Mt 232^^;

(TBT),
fig.,

Pr

of a

LXX

for

pnx
:

etc.

;]

{<C KovLs ov Kovia, dust, opvvfjLi, to stir up), [in in cl., dust stirred up (Ex 9^, Is 52*) ; in NT,

simply
al.

d^ist

Mt

IQi*,

Lk

9^ IQi^,

Ac
to

135i 2223.t

KOTTd^o)

(<K07ro9), [in
111' 12

LXX: Ge
;]
:

(bxi),
I.e.),

Jh

(pniy), al.

8\ Es 2^ 7i (ptZT), Eu V^, grow weary; of the wind (Hdt.,

Jh.,

to ahate, cease

raging

Mt

14^2,

Mk

4^9, G^i.t
;]

Ko-ircTiSs, -ov,

o {<C KOTTTO), mid.), [in

LXX chiefly for T5pp


lamentation
:

=
c.

cl.

KOfifios,

a heating of the head and


82,t
-^s,

hreast,

seq.

i-n-i,

dat.
hi.,

pers.,

Ac

KoirVi,

KOTTTO)),

[in

LXX: Ge U^^
in
cl.,

Jos IO20 (n33

nso),

De

2825

(p|33),

Jth

15'''*;]

1.

a
:

stroke,

a pounding

(as in

a mortar).
to

He 7^ (i'X^).t 2. In LXX, a smiting in battle Komdw, -u) (<K07ros), [in LXX chiefly for ya^;] 1. (as in cl.) grow weary : Mt 1128, Jq 46^ ^q 2^ (cf. Is 403i). 2. Hence, in
NT,
2035,
to
I

LXX and
Jo
438,

Ac

work ivith effort, to toil : Co 412, Eph 428, u Ti 2";


:

absol.,

Mt
411,

628,

Lk
2i,

5^ 1227,

Paul. Epp., of ministerial labour I Th 512 (v. M, Th., in 1.), i Ti 5^7;


I

Co

c. ace. rei, Jo 4^8; freq. in IS^o 16^^ ; seq. Iv, Eo I612,

cis,

Eo

16,

Ga

Phi

Col

129,

Ti

4io.t
KOTTos,
-OV,

(kC^ko'tttw),

[in

LXX

chiefly

for

bt^

also for

254

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


a striking, beating
:

J]X, etc.;] 1.

{in

Je 51^^ (45^)
i

/<o7reTos).

2.

labo1^

rious toil, trouble epya koI k., Re 2^


II

Jo

4^8,

Co

3^ 15^8,

Th
i

3^

k. t. iydTrrj^, i

Th

K. Kal /xox^os, II

Co
;

ll^^,

Th

29, II

Th

38

pi., iv k.,

Co

6^ 10^*
tt.

freq.

kottovs {-ov) Trapex^Lv (in cl. 2610, MJj i^e^ l]^ Trpdyfiara, ttovov), C. dat. pars.,
;

11^"*

K T.

K.,

Re

14^^

more
ig^,

Mt

^7
in

Ga
"tt.

6i7.t

Syn. : fioxOos, lahoiir ; ttovos (q.v.), ioz7, painful effort; gives prominence to the eifort (work as requiring I'orce), k.
p..

cl.,

to the

fatigue,

(chiefly poetic) to the


17,

hardship " (Thayer,


;]

s.v. k.).

Koirpi'a, -as,

[in

LXX
1435.t
[in

chiefly for nbiyj;?

a dung

hill (i

Ki

28,

Ps 112

(113)"

al.)

Lk
TO,

K6-apiov,
I

-ov,

LXX
:

(pi.):

Je 82 (25)33

(^^r^),

gi 222,

Mac
to

2^2*;]
Ko'-n-TO),

=
[in
c.

Kon-pos,

dung

pi.,
,

Lk
,

138

(WH,
Mt

mg., ko^ivov

Koirpi(x}v).f

LXX for
iiri,

2.

cut off:

n")3 IDD 1133 hi., etc. ;] 1. to strike, smite. ace. rei, seq. Atto, Mt 218; ^^^ ^\^ Mid., to beat

us

one's breast

with
seq.

grief, to
C.

mourn,

beivail
l*"

11^'' 243*^

c.

ace. pers.,

Lk

8^'^ 23^'^;

ace,

Re

18^

(cf. ava-, diro-, -, iv-, Kara-,

irpo-, 7rpocr-Kd7rTco).t

Syn.

Oprjveta, q.v.
-ttKos, o, [in

Kopal,

LXX
8^ for

for l"]j;

;]

a ra-uew

Lk

122*.t

KopdcTLov, -ov, TO,


28, al.
;

(dimin. of

Koprj), [in
;]

LXX

chiefly for

n^ys

Ru

in Jl 3 (4)3,

Za

nTt^^l

a colloquial word which survives


girl,

in

MGr. (Kennedy,
5"'*^
622.28.t

Sources,

154),

maiden:

Mt

9-*'25

1411,

Mk

*tKopP(i'

(Rec, T,
:

-/3av),
(cf.

indecl. (Heb. I^lj?),

aw

offering,

gift

offered to

God

Mk
-5,

V^

Kop^av5s).t
^a"!)"?),

*tKoppavas,
(cf. Kopfidv).'^

6 (Heb.

the

Temple

treastiry

Mt

27"

Kope, indecl. (in FIJ, -eou), 6 (Heb. TTp),

Korah

Ju ^^.t

Ps 21 (22)^7, Al, 102 (</copos, mr/eii), [in Sm. Ac 2738; metaph., of spiritual (103)^*;] to satisfy: pass., Tpo(f>rj<;, things, I Co 48.t KopiVOios, -a, -ov, Corinthian ; as subst., 6 K., a Corhithian : Ac 188, 27 (WH, txt., R, omit), 11 Co 611 ; i Co, 11 Co, ^i^.t
Kopivvuiii
:

**

K6pi^0os, -ov, ^,
II

Corinth: Kq

18^' 27 191,

Co

I2,

11

Co

11.23^

Ti

42o.t

KopcTiXtos, -ov, 6 (Lat.),

Cornelius

Ac
a

10^

^-.t

K6pos, -ov, 6

(Heb. 13),

[in

LXX
;]

Le

27^6,

Nu

1132,

Bz 4513 (xh)

more

freq., 11
:

Ch

27*, al. (l3)

cor,

Hebrew measure (AV, RV,

measure)

Lk

16'^.t

Kocr\i.4u),

-w (<^ KoV/xos), [in

LXX

for

my,

]pT\, etc.;] 1. io order,


:

arrange, prepare (in Horn. esp. of marshalling armies)

Mt

25"

(cf.

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Si 50^,
al.).

255
ll^s
3*;

2.

to adorn,

furnish

oTkov,

pass.,
c.

Mt

12**,

Lk

fivtjfMia, Mt 2328; TO Upov, pass., pass., Ee 21^; lavras, seq. cv, i Ti c. ace. rei. Tit 2^\f

Lk
2^

21^;

OefifXioi,

Ee

21^^;

vnjfi<f>r}Vf

Metaph.,

ace. pers., i

Pe

*
2.

Ko<rfiiK6s,

-1?,

-ov (koo-^os), 1.

of this world,
Tit 2i2.t

earthly

He

9^

pertaining to the world or universe. 3. In ethical sense, worldly


koot/aos), [in

CTTi^u/xiai,

K^o-fiios, -OV (in el. -o, -ov),

orderly, decent, modest

Ti 2^

(WH,

LXX

Ee
B^A

12^ (]pri)*

;]

mg.,

-iws, q.v.)

al.

* Kocr(ii9, adv (<; Koo-fio^), decently, fittingly : i Ti 2^ (WH, mg.).+ *t KoafjioKpdTup, -opos, o (<^ K6(Tfxo<;, Kparew), 1. in Orphic hymns, (v. AE, ^^/i.. I.e.), a ruler of the whole world (and so in Eabbinic
:

writings
Kpdrwp)
:

liaipiaTlp).

2.

a ruler of
:

this

world

(in contrast to Travro-

ol K. T. (TKOTovi TovTov, the


-ov,

K<5(rfios,

b [in

LXX

ruUrs of
2^,

Ge

De

this dark world, 4i9 IV, Is 242i 40^6

Eph 6^^.+
(xnx),

Ex
and

335.

Je

232 430^

Ez
1.

720 1611 23*0 ('1^), Is 6I10 (^^3), al,

Wi

22*

freq.. Si 6'"^ al;]

order (Horn., Plat.,


al.)
:

al.).

2.

ornament, adorn-

ment, esp. of
universe, as

women (Hom.,
43,
al.

Pe

3^.
:

3.

Later, the world or


17^*,

an ordered system
4.

(Plat., al.)

Ac

Eo

d^^,

Co

3^2,

In late writers only, the world, i.e. the earth with Lk 45) Mt 48, Mk 16^^^\ Col 220, i Ti 6^, hence by meton., (a) of the human inhabitants of the world Mt al. 51* 1338, Mk 149, Jo 110 4*2 12*7, Eo 3(5^ I Co 4^3, II Co 5^\ 11 Pe 25, al. Mt 162", j^k S^", Lk 92^, (6) of worldly affairs or possessions 2ie, al. I Co 731, 1 Jo (c) in ethical sense, of the ungodly Jo 7^ 141'","^ I Co 121, Ja 127, J Jo 4.4^ al. (d) metaph. 6 /c. r^s d8t/ctas, Ja 3*. SVN. : alwv, q.v. (cf also Dalman, Words, 162 ff. ; Tr., Syn., lix Westc., additional note on Jo l^O; DB, iv, 938 ff.). Kouapxos, -ov, 6 (Lat.), Quartus : Eo 1623.t Koo/i (Tr., txt., Kovfi, Eec. kov/xi) (Heb. imperat. masc, used as an interjection, Dip), koum (arise) Mk 5*i.t *t KouoTwSia, -as, 17, (Lat. custodia), a guard Mt 27^^> *' 28ii.t

Phi

2^*,

He

(=

o'lKovfiivri, cf.

Mt

48

Koo<t.ita)

/covc^os, light), [in

LXX Ex I822, Jh
:

l^, al.

(bbp

hi.),

Es

51, al.
:

;]

1. intrans., fo

6e

ii^/i^

(poetic chiefly).

2.

to lighten,

make

light

c.

ace,

Ac

2738.t

K^<|>i^os, -ov, 6, [in

LXX
Lk

Jg

6^^ (bo),

Ps 80

(81) (Til) *;]

a basket,

probably of wicker-work, such as were carried by Jews for food

Mt

1420 169,

Mk
Jo
[in

6*3 819,

9^7 138,

Jo 6"
6 (a

(cf. o-<^vpt's).t

**t Kp^Parros (Eec. KpdyS/Saros), grabatus, el. or/ci/tTrovs), [in Aq.


:

ov,

Am

24.9,11.12 655^
Kpdioi,

58-11,

Ac

515 933 (v.


,

Macedonian word, = Lat. a camp bed, pallet: Mk Swete, Mk., 2*, and cf. KXLvr,).f
3^2*;]
,

LXX

for py7

pyS

Kip
:

etc.

;]

in

el.

chiefly poet.,

1. prop, onomatop., of the raven, to croak, hence generally, of inartic. Mk 5* 92" 1539 (Eec, E, mg.), cries, to scream, cry out (-^sch., al.) Lk 939, al. ; of crying for vengeance (cf. Ge i^), Ja 5*. 2. to cry, call

256

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


:

out with a loud voice


1839, al.
;

c.

ace. rei,

(cV)

<f>m"rj

fJnydXy,

Mk

Ac 19^2 geq. 5^ Ee U^^ al.

orat. dir.,
;

Mk
.

10*^,
;

Lk
of

ktywv,

Mt
;

8^^ al.

public teaching, Jo 1^^, Eo 9^''', al. of importunate prayer (cf Jb 35^2^ Ps 3^ al), Eo 8l^ Ga 4^ pf. with pres. sense (vernac. M, Pr., 147),
; ;

Jo

v.
SYN.
:

V.S. /Soao).
(cf.
:

* KpanrdXt] {KpurdXr), WH), ->??, rj 29**), dru7iken nausea (EV, surfeiting)


:

KpanraXdw for
21^*.+
;

IDtZ?

Is 24^0

Lk

SVN. /cw/Aos, revelling ; fxiOrj, driinlceness TTOTos, a drinking bout (v. Tr., Syn., Ixi).
Kpai'toi',

otvo^Xvyta, a

debauch ;
9^5

-ov,

TO (<Ka(oa, the head), [in


:

LXX

Jg 9^^ iv Ki

(n^ab?) *;] a skull


Kpdairehov,

Mt
in

27^3,

-ov,
1,

to,
cl.,
:

Mk Lk 2333, Jq 1917,+ 1538.39 (ns^s), De [in LXX: Nu


Id'^'-,

22^2,

Za

8^3 (fj33)*;]

an

edge, border.

2.

In

LXX
Pe
5^.1

(v.

supr.)

and

NT, a

tassel or corner

Mt

920 1436 23^,


cl.

Mk

KpaTaios, -a, -6u (<^ KpctTo?), (in

poet.

6^\ Lk form of
:

S^^.t

Kparepoi), [in

LXX

chiefly for pjn

and cognates ;]
form

strong,

mighty

txpaTaiocj, -w (late

of ^paTwco; <^KpaTos), [in

LXX
i

for pin;]
TTViVfiaTi,

to

strengthen;
1^^
;

pass., ^0

ivax strong:

Lk
3^^."!'

2*",

Co

chiefly 16^3

Lk

Svvd/xeL k. 8ia t. Trvv/xaTO<;,

Bph

Kparew, -w (<^ Kpdros), [in


etc.;]
1.

LXX
1^,
i

chiefly for p7n

hi.,

also for

THN

<o be strong,
cl.
;

mighty, hence,

chiefly in

in

LXX: Es

Es

to rule, be master, prevail (so 438, U^\ al.). 2. to get

Wi

possession
Pr., 65), Mt 1211;
14i,44ff.^

of,

Ac
e

Ac

obtain, take hold of (Hdt., Thuc, al.) c. gen. rei (M, 13i 5" 9^7, Lk 8^^; c. ace. rei, 2713; t. x^vos, Mt 9^5, 321 61^ I212 ^cc. pers., Mt 143 1328 21 22^ 26*'''8ff-, 311 246, He 202 (cf. 11 Ki G^). hold, holdfast 3. to
:

Mk

Mk

Metaph. c. ace. ,., K<f)aX-jv (i.e. Christ), pers., pass., Ac 22*; c. ace. rei, Ee ; 73'''' 8 910, II Th 2l^ Col 219; t. TrapdSocnv (-cts), Xoyov, SiSaxjv, 6I8 ; of sins, to retain, Jo 2023 ; of re41* Ee 21*' 1^ ; c. gen. rei, straint, seq. iva fn;, Ee 71 ; pass., seq. tou fiy, Lk 24i6.t
(^sch., Polyb.,
al.)
:

c.

ace.

rei, iv t. Sc^ta,

Ee

2i.

2i3>25 311

Mk

He

KpdTioTos,

-r],

-ov,

(Horn.).
al.)
:

2. noblest, best
KpaTi(TT,

superl. of Kparvs (Hom.), 1. strongest, mightiest (cf. /cpctVo-wv), most excellent (Pind., Soph.,
title of

voc,

as

honour and respect (DCG,

ii,

727'*),

Lk P, Ac
(90)11,

2326 243 2625.t

Kpdros, -os (-ous), TO, [in chiefly for TJT Jb 12i6, Ps 89 Q^i I strength, esp. as in Hom., of bodily strength. 2. power, .J 2i* ; to k. might : t^s io-xuos a^ToG, Eph li9 610 (Is 4026, Da th 42^) T. S6$rj<; avTov, Col ln Kara Kpdros, mightily, Ac 192** a mighty
,

LXX

He

deed, Ju25,

an

act of power,
5i3.t

Lk

l^i

in doxologies,

Ti

6I6, i

Pe

411 511,

Eel6

KpaoYdJo) K/DavyT?). [in


1. of

LXX:

II

Es

313 (y,-, hi.)*;] to

Kpd^w,

animals, to bay, to croak, etc.

2.

Of men,

cry out, shout

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


.

257

Mt 1219, Jo 1213 1915^ Ac 2223 geq. \iy^y^ Jo 18*o 19' 12 ^^l \iyu>v, Lk 4" (WH, Kpdi-) cf^wvfi fj^eydXr,, Jo 11*^ (cf. Abbott, JV, 269 f.).+
;
;

Kpauyii,

-j}s,

^, [in
:

LXX for nf^rv


Lk
1*2^

njrnp

nrilSr

etc.

;]

crying,
214.t

outcry,

clamour

Mt

25^,

Ac

239,

Eph

^^\

He

5^ Ee

Kp^as, -ws, pi., Kpea,

[in

LXX

for lim^ (freq.);] flesh,

meat:

Eo

1421, I

Co

8i3.t

Kpei(r<TO)v (Epic and old Att.) and KpciTTwv (later Att.), prop, comparat. of KpaTv<;, strong, but in sense often (as in cl., v. LS, s.v.) as comparat. of aya66<s, [in LXX chiefly for aitO ;] better ; (a) as to advantage or usefulness: i Co 11^^, He 11*'^ 12^*; 7roXX<3 fxaXXov k.,

Phi
{h)

123

Kpcro-o-ov TToulv, I
:

Co

738

^o-^,^^

as to excellence

He

1* B^ 7^'

i^. 22

seq. inf., I Co 1\ 11 Pe 221 36 923 iqs* nic, 35 ^. ^o-rt, seq.


.

inf., I

Pe

317.+

Kp^p.a|Jiai, V.S. xpe/Ltawv/oit.


Kpp,(ift/u|xi

(also Kpe/jiawvo), Kpe/xdu)

the pres.

is

not found in

(where also ^pc/aa^w, Jb 26^) chiefly for nbn ;] trans., to hang, suspend: c. ace. pers., seq. eVi $v\ov, Ac 53'' 1039; pass., Lk

NT),

[in

LXX

2339; geq, Trcpi, Mt 18^. Mid., Kpi/xafxai, intrans., to hang: 3^3 (Lxx); metaph., seq. kv, Mt 22*o.t Ac 284; ,vl ^kov, Ga
KpcTrdlXr], V.8.

seq. Ik,

KpanrdXr].
{<CKpixd.vvvfiC), [In

KpTjfivos, -ou, 6

LXX:

11

Ch

25^2 {vh'Q)*;]

steep

hank

Mt

832,

Mk
Crefe

5^3,

Lk

833.t
:

Kpris, 6, pi.,

Kp^rcs, a Cretan
;

Ac 2^,

Tit 1^2 .t

KprjaKTjs, -ci/Tos (Bl., 10, 4), 6 (Lat.),

Crescens

11

Ti

4i.t

Kp^TT),

-77s,

Ac

27^>

12. i3, 31^

Tit l^.t
:

Kpt0TJ, -^9,

17,

[in

LXX for rriyt^;]


{<^Kpi6rj),
[in

barley

pi. (as

usually in

cl.),

Ee
Jo

6.t
KpiGivos,
69. 13.
-r),

-ov

LXX

for

TTpXffil

0/ barley:
chiefly
for

Kpifia
t35)l??li;]

(Bl.,

27,

2),

-Tos,

TO

/cp(:vw),

[in

LXX
1.

the issue of a judicial process,


:

hence,
;

judgment, the

decision passed on the faults of others Mt 72 in forensic sense, c. 5i 113* {ICC, gen. pun., Lk 2420; esp. of the judgment of God, Eo 22 12*9, in 1.), II Pe 23, Ju^ k. Xa/x/Sdi a$ai, Mt 2313 (Eec, E, mg.),

Mk

Lk
I

20*",

Eo
38,

132,

Ja

31

Ix""'

Ti
;

512

fSaard^eiv,

Ga

519

ia-dUiv iavrw,

Co

1129;

els K. a-vvepxea-Oat, ib. 3*


I

ctvai iv

avTw

k.,

Lk

23*9;

c.

gen.

obj.,

Eo
62
;

Jo

939;

He
Ee

20*.

Ee I7I; of God's judgment through Christ, K. apxerai, I Pe 41'^; t. k. t. fxeXXov, Ac 242^; k. aliaviov. TO of the right of judgment, eKpivev 6 0os t. k. vfjLUiv, Ee 1829 i Co 6'^.t 2. a matter for judgment, a law-suit, a case
Ti 3^
;

Kpii'oi', -ov,

TO [in

LXX

chiefly for ]5ni2r

n|l2?inr;]

lily

Mt 628,
;]

Lk

1227.t
Kplvm, [in

LXX

chiefly for DBirr

also for ]^1

nn

etc.

1.

to

17

258

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


(cl.
;

separate, select, choose

in

LXX

ii

Mac

13^^).
:

2.

to

approve,

esteem:

Eo

14^.

3.

to be
;

of opinion, judge, think


c.

Lk
c.

7*^, i

Co

11^*;
14^^,

c. ace. et inf., Ac seq. TovTo oTL, II Co 51* 13'^^ 26^. 4. to decide, determine, decree : Ac

IS^^;

ace. et pred.,

ace, Ac 16*,

Eo

20i 2525, i Co 22 5^, I Co II Co 21; c. inf. (Field, Notes, 167), Ac 312 (cf. I Mae 11^3, Wi 8^, al.) 5. to Tit c. ace. et inf., Ac 2125 271. judge, adjtidge, pronounce judgment : absol., Jo 8^^' 2^ ; seq. Kara, c. ace, Jo 72* 815; ^p^Vi>' K., Jo 72*; T. hUaiov, Lk 1257 (Deiss., LAE,

V,

in forensic sense, Jo im, judgment, Jo 53o S^o, Eo 21^ 3^,

118)

Ac
11

23^, al.

pass.,

Eo 3Mlxx).
6.

of

God's
"s^

Ti

41,

Pe

45, al.

Kara/cptVo),

to

condemn
212,
I

(cl.)

V, Eo
I

Co

132^ of God's judgment, Jo 3^8 522 12*^. 1132, He 1030 (Lxx)^ ja 5^, Ee I92, al. 7. As in
: ;
:

Ac

Ac

LXX
223o,

(for rsDlZ?),

Co

(?3.
;

Mt

5*0

govern (iv Ki 155, Ps 2io, al.) mid., to go to 8. to bring to trial (cl.) pers. (of the opponent), seq. /xera, c. gen.
to rule,
;

Mt
laic
:

1928,
c.

Lk

dat. pers.,

eVi, c.

gen. (of the

judge),

Co
:

61'" (cf. dva-,


v.s. SiKao-n^s.

OLTTO-,

avT-airo- (-/tai), 8ta-, iv-, kin-, Kara-,

aw-,

VTTo- (-/Ltai), a-vv-xnro- (-/xai)).

Syjv.

Kpioris,

-cws,
1.
:

T)

{<^Kpivw), [in

LXX

chiefly for laDtjrp, also foi


al.).
k.

^"'l

etc.

;]

a separating,
Jo 8^^
i

selection
52*, 11

(Arist.,

2.

decision,

judgment
ment, Jo

(cl.)

Ti

Pe 2^\ Ju^;
;

KpiVciv,

Jo

72*; in

forensic sense,

8^^ (lxx) (y Page, in 1.) 31^ 524.27,29.30 1231 igs, ii_ Th 15,

Ac

esp. of the Divine judg1027,

He

Ja

213 512^

II

Pe

2\ Ee 1810; pi, Ee 16^ 192; of the last judgment, Mt 10" 1122,21 1236,41,42^ Lk 101* 1131,32^ 927, Pe 29 37, I Jo 417, Ju'15; ^ K.
T^s
yeevvr)<;,

Mt

2333.

He ^y meton.
.

(as in

LXX

for laDtJTD
:

Is 57,

al.

NTT, Da

710), of

the standard of judgment, right, justice

(LXX,

Is 42*3) 2323^

Lk

11*2

of the tribunal (a local court),


:

Mt Mt

121^' 20
52i.22.t

Kpio-iros, -ov, 6,

Crispus

KpiT^pioi', -ov,

TO

Ac
21,
:

18*,

Co
I

l^*.t
III

KptTrjs), [lu

LXX
62' *,

Kl
1.

7^ (M^CTp),

Da LXX

TH
test,

710,

th26

(^iti),

Su*9,

Ex

Jg 510*;]
Ja

a means of judging,

criterion.

2.

a tribunal

Co
18
;

2''.t

KpiTTJs, -ov, 6 (^/cptVco), [in

LXX
;

chiefly for MUiS';]


c.

a judge
18i5,

Mt
4ii

525,

Lk

121*' 58 182

r.

dStKtV,
,

Lk

gen. rei

(obj.),

Ac

Ja

(qual.), SiaXoyicr/Atov irovqpSiv

of

Ja of God, He 1223, jg, 412; Christ, Ac 10*2, Ti whose conduct is made a standard for judging, Mt
2*

a Eoman procurator, Ac
4^,

241''

1227,

OT

sense (Jg

216,

r^
-ov

11^ al),

of a ruler in Israel,

Ac

5^; of those lli^ ; in the 132o.t

Ja

Lk

SYN.
*
gen. obj..

8iKda-Tr]<i,
-17,

KpiTiK(5s,

He

q.v.

KpLvw), critical, able to discern or

judge
c.

c.

412,

Kpou'u,
T.

[in

LXX
*.j

seq.

eVi,

avXatav, Jth 141*

^q strike,

Jg knock

I922,
:

Ca

5^

(psi)

;]

ace,

at a door (kotttciv, in Att.),

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Mt
Ac
77.8,

259

Lk

119.10 123,

Ac

12i,

Re

320

c.

ace,

t.

evpav,

Lk

W\

12i3.t
KpujSu, V.S. KpVTVTili.

*tKpuiTTr]

(WH, R;
-J/,

KpvTTTrj,

LT, Tr.;

-ov,

Rec),
,

-ns,

a crvp^,
;]

cellar

Lk

1133.t
-oV (/cpvn-To)), [in

KpuirT<5s,

LXX for
.

DUX

"iriDQ

etc.

hidden,

secret

Mt
K. T.

neut.,
pi.,

v Tc3 K.,

Ta

422, Lk 8^^ 122 6 x. ^^5 ^apStas cEv^pcoTro?, i Pe 3* 6*'; eV /c., Jo 7*'i 18'-0; 6 cv k. 'lovSalos, Ro 22^; Mt o-ko'tous, I Co 45 ; T. avdpoiTTOiv, Ro 2^ ; T. KapSias, I Co 1425

lO^e,

Mk
42.

r. aio-;;(w;s, II

Co

KpoTTTw, [in

LXX
13"^*
I
;

for
;

N2n
seq.
2^'

pt3
;

IflD

]DY

etc,

;]

to hide,
3=^)
;

con-

ceal

c.

ace,

Mt

25^^

eV, ib. 25 (pass.,

Mt

13^*,

Col

pass.,

(on the tense and its formation, V. M, Pr., 161 Bl, 19, 3) k. c^A^ev, Jo 8^9 ; seq. ek, Lk I321, Re 6^^; a-nro (in cl. more freq. dupl. ace), Re 6^^; pass., Jo 12^^, (Bl., 34, 4). Metaph.: Mt 1125 1335^ l^ 1152^ mg., IS^* 19*2, 19^8 (of. OLTTO-, ev-, irpL-KpvTrT(D)A Jo *t KpuoraXXi^u [ Kpuo-raXXos), to shine like crystal, be crystal-clear Ee 2111 (5^_ xy.).f
51*,

Mt

He

1123,

T- 525^

Re

Kpvj3r}

WH,

KpuoraXXos,

-ov, 6
;]

Ez

122

(nif?), etc.

{<CKpvo<:Jrost), [in crystal : Ee 4 22i.t

LXX
[in

Jb3829, Ps 147(")^

Kpu<|>ai09, -ai'a, -atov

(<^

Kpvcfia

2324, al.

;]

Kpu(|)rj

hidden, secret : kv tw k., (prop, -ri, Rec. later spelling


;

= Kpv(firj), Mt 6i.t
is

LXX

for

HHQD

Je

due

to assimilation to

dat.

cf.

dKrj),

adv.,

[in

LXX

chiefly for IIID;] secretly,


chiefly for

in secret:

Eph

5i2.t

nip ;] in pres., impf., fut. and aor., to procure for oneself, get, gain, acquire (the pf. and plpf., to have acquired, hence to possess, do not occur in NT) c. ace. rei,
KTdofiai,
-u)fiai,

[in

LXX

^ gen. pret., Ac lis; T. tjrvxo-'i v/Awv (MM, xvi), Lk 2119 iavToii cr/ccvos KTaaOai, I Th 4* t. (where if o-. = body, k. must = pf., KeKT-rj/xat; v. MM, xvi M, TJi., in 1. Field, Notes, 72 f. But or. is most freq. taken as = wife ; v. Thayer, 8.V. ; Lft., Notes, 53 ff. ICC, in l.).t
109,
1812,

Mt

Lk

Ac

820; ^ ge^, pret.,


;

Ac

2228;

,'^

KTrip-a, -Tos,

TO (<^ KTao/xai), [in

LXX for
also for

D^J

etc.

;]

possession,

property

Mt

I922,
-0U9,

Mk
,

IO22,

Ac 2 5\f
hence primarily a possession),
[in

K-n\voi,

TO

{<^KTa.op.ai,

LXX chiefly for


(in late

npn^
;

Ge

12^, al.,

njpa
10^*
;

N^S

etc.

;]

a beast,

Ac 232*, Re I Co 1539.t
**t

Gk, esp.) a beast of burden : Lk 1813 of quadrupeds, as opp. to


:

pi. (as chiefly in cl.),

fishes

and birds

(cf

Ge,

I.e.),

KTiiTCjp, -opo^, o (KTaofxai), [in

rap,

Ge

KTitw, 1419,

[in

LXX
Pr

chiefly for

822; -j^,^ jg

Sm, Jl in *;] a possessor Ac 43*. N-Q, Ps 50 (51)1", al; also for 22" 46ii; Wi 223, gi l^.s (and freq.),
:

260
I

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


4^^, al.
;]

Es

1.

in

cl.,

to

people or
to

2.

In

LXX
3,
I

and NT,

of

God,

found a region or city (i Bs, I.e.). Mk 13i, i Co ll^, Col li 3i, create
:

Ti 4^ Ee 4" 10; o KTiVas, Mt 19* (WH, E, mg.), Eo P^; of the divine operation on the soul, Eph 2^"> ^^ 4^* (cf, Ps., i.c.).t

Eph

KTiVts,

-(05,

i]

{<KTiCio),

[in

LXX:

Ps 103
22, al.

(104)'';''

(j;?!?)

Pr

V^ A

(]in)

To

85,

Wi
(cl.).

2,

Si IG^^,
2.

Mac

;]

1.

a founding,
of creating,

settling,

foundation

In
1.),

LXX and
131^,

NT,

(a) i/ie aci

creation: Mk 10 (Swete, in has been created, creation :

Eo
I

l^o, ii

Pe
;
;

3*; (6) that


Kaivrj
k.,

which
5"',

Eo

1^^ 8^^,

He
Pe

4^2

ii

Co

Ga G^* sum of

Trdarj dvdpwiru'r)

k.

Mk ISfi^], Col V^>^\ He 9^^, created things (Wi Ee 3^* of the irrational creation, Eo 8^^'^^A ** KTiafiia, -Tos, TO Wi 9^ 13^ I411, Si 362o d?), KTi^ui), [in 38^*, III Mac 5^^*;] 1. (cl.) a colony. 2. a created thing, creature: I Ti 4*, Ja 1^8, Ee 51^, Q^.f 11 Ki 22^2 (Heb., al.), Jth 912, KTiaTTis, -ov, 6 {<:ktl(u>), [in 2. a creator: of God, Si 24^, II, IV Mac 5*;] 1. (cl.) a founder.
;

(Hort., in 1.), 196, jth 161*),

2^^

collectively, of the

LXX
:

LXX

Pe

4i9.t
Ku|3ia, V.S. Kv^ia.

Ku^^pfTjais,

-ews,

17

(<^ Kv/iepvaw,
(nib3.ni?)*;]
:

Lat. guhemare, to guide), [in


1.

LXX:
2.

Pr

1^

ll^*

24

steering,

pilotage

(Plat.).

Metaph., government

pi., i

Co

1228.t

KU^pyr\Ti]<s, -ov, 6 (v.S. Kvfipvr](rL<;), [in

LXX for

b^jh
27^^,

Ez278'27|28^

Pr 232^

IV

Mac
g^iide,

7^*;]

1.

a steersman, pilot: Ac

Ee

IS^^.

2.

governor (Eur., Plat.).t * Ku^ia (Att. -(a, and so Eec), -as, 17 (<; kv/3o?, a cube, a die), diceplaying ; metaph., trickery, sleight: Eph 4^*.+ KoicXciJo) kvkXos), [in LXX: iv Ki 32^ B (nSD)*;] 1. to make a circle, go round. 2. to encircle, surround: c. ace. pers., Jo IO2* c. ace. rei, Ee 209.t (Tr., WH, mg.)

Metaph., a

KUKX6961',

adv.,

Ku/<Xos),
:

[in
4^'

LXX
*>

chiefly for i'ln^D, ^''Sp;]

from

all sides,

round about
6,

Ee

^.t

kokXos, -ov,

[in

LXX

chiefly for Zl^2p;]


:

a ring,
^e,

circle.
9^2^

Dat.,
1519

KVKkoi, as adverb., round c. gen., Ee 4 5^^ 7^\f


circle, revolve.
txt., cf. -va)),

about, around

Mk

3^* 6"'

Lk

^q

chiefly for 23D ;] 1. to move in kukX6<d, -w (<^ kvkXos), [in 2. to surrottnd, encircle : c. ace. pers., Jo IO2*

LXX

(WH,

Ac

1420

pass.,

Lk

2120,
[in

He

ll^o
:

(cf. 7rpt-cvKAo(o).t

**tKuXiCTfAa,
2.

-TOS,

to'

{<^kvXlo)),

Sm.

Ez

=
**t

kdAio-/x,o's (q-v.),

a
:

rolling,
11

wallowing
[in

(or,

10^**;] 1. a roll. as KvXiarpa, Xen., Eq.,


2^8 *jj

V. 3,

a rolling-place)
KuXiafios,
-ov,
:

Pe

222 (Eec.).t

6
11

(^KuXiw),

Th.

Pr

d^

kuXio-is,

rolling,

icoXiu,

wallowing Pe late form of kv\lv8w,

222 (cf. KvXio-/na).t


[in

LXX:

Jos

10^8, i

Ki

1433, ^1.

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

261

Pass., to be rolled; (bbz), IV Ki 933 (taaiaf), al.;] to roll, roll along. of persons (in Horn, as sign of grief), to roll or wallow : 92'^.t * KuX\6s, -r?, -ov, 1. crooked, crippled : Mt 153o ^i (WH, txt. om.)

Mk

2.

maimed
;]

Mt
:

188,

KOfia, -Tos,

TO

for bs

a wave
:

Kuw, ^0 Bc preguaut, to swell), [in 437 ^. ^oAio-oT/s, fig., pL, Mt 82* I42*,

Mk

9*3.t

LXX
Ju

chiefly
i^.t

Mk

Syn.
a cymbal
*

KkvSoiv, q.v.

Ku'/iPoXoK, -ov, TO
:

(< Kvfifty],

tt

cw^), [in

LXX

chiefly for n^5fO

j]

Co 13^t

Ku>iKo^, -ov, TO, [in


KUfdpiok', -ov,
27^

LXX:

Is 2825.27 (pg)*;]

cummin: Mt
a
little

2323.t

TO (in Att. also KwiSiov, dim. of kvwv),

dog

Mt

1526'

Mk

727.28.t

Kuirpios, -a, -ov,


Ku'irpos, -ov, ^,

Kuirrw, [in

LXX
Jo

of Cyprus, Cyprian : Ac 4^* II20 21^''.t Cyprus : Ac IV^ 13* 15^^ 21^ 27*.t chiefly for *np ;] to bow the head, stoop
8'^'^! (cf. dva-, irapa-, a-vv-KVTTTiJij.f

down
27^2,

Mk

1''^;

seq.

koltu),

Mk
-ov,

KupTjKaios, -a, -ov (< Ku/st^vt;), o/ 1521, Lk 232, Ac 6^ Ipo 13i.t


Kupiinfj, -775,
17,

Gyrene, a Cyrencean
:

Mt

Cyrene, a city in Libya Ac 2^.t -Ivos L, -elvos, Tr., Kuprivtos (prop. -iVios, V. BL, 13 6, Quirinus, prop. Quirinius : Lk 22.
;

WH,

mg.),

Kupia (Kvpia, T,

WH,

mg.),

-as,

17,

[in

LXX
k.

chiefly for
ff.).+

ni^

;]

a lady

11

Jo ^>

(on the interpretation, v. ICC, 167


-ov (<^ Kvpios),

(^vpiaK^ (f)., R), (LS, s.v.; Deiss., BS, 217 f.), 0/ A*;] 1. as freq. in Inscr. II Mac 2. of the Lord (i.e. Christ) Scl-n-vov, the lord or master, imperial. (Cf. Adym k., Papias, Bus., HE, iu, 39, 1; I Co 1120; ^^^pa^ Ee l^". ypa<f)cu K., Clem. Alex., etc; for eccl. usage, cf. Soph., Lex., s.v.)t
-?>

**t KupiaKos,
1536

[in

LXX

<l>(i)vrj

chiefly for bCTD;] to be lord or Kupieuu (<^cvptos), [in c. gen. obj., Lk 22^^, Eo 14^, 11 Co I2* to rule (over) of, absol., I Ti 6^^; metaph., 6 ddvaros, Ro 6^; 17 afiaprta, ib. ^*; 6 vo/xos,

LXX

master

ib. 7^ (cf. KaTa-KVpLVO}).f

Kupios, -a, -ov (also -09, -ov), [in

LXX
(/cvpos)
rei,

(subst.) chiefly for JTSV

also for
o
K.,

]nK b?3
,

etc.

;]

having power
:

or authority

as subst.,

Lk
etc.,
al.
;

lord, master; 1. in general 1933; ^. aaftftdrov, Mt 128,

c.

gen.
228,

Mt
65;

938 208,
c.

Mk

129 1335,
65.
,

Mk
;

Lk

gen. pers., Sov\ov,


SoSXoi,

Mt

102*,

of the

Lk 1421, Ac 16i, al. absol, opp. to ol Emperor (Deiss., LAE, 161), Ac 252"

Eph

q^q\ ,roAAot

/cat k.

Co 85 of a husband, i Pe 3 in voc, as a title of respect to masters, teachers, magistrates, etc., Mt 132^ I622 273, Mk 728, Lk 5^2, Jo 411, Ac 95, al. 2. As a divine title (freq. in tt. Deiss., LAE, 353 ff.) b^\ Lk 1, Ac 733, He 82, Ja 4^5, in NT, (a) of God 6 k., Mt 533, 219, al.; anarth. (Bl., 46, 6), Mt I320, Lk ll^ He 721, i Pe 12*, t. Kvpuvovrtov, I Ti S^^ k. 6 ^cds, al. ; K. T. oupavou KOI T. y^s, Mt 1125
TToXKoi, I
;

Mk Mk
;

262

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


4"'!*',

Mt
{b)

al.

id.

seq. 6 TravTOKparwp,
l^'*

Ee
;

4^;

k.

<Taf3a(^6,

Eo
4.^^,

9^9;

(6)
8'*

dyyeXos Kvpiov,

Mt
:

2^^
21^,

Lk

l^,
ll^,

al.

-TTviifia

Kvpiov,
;

Lk

Ac

Lk l*^ 20**, al. of Jesus after his resurrection (Dalman, Words, 330), Ac lO^e, Eo 148, ^ Co V\ Eph 4^, al; 6 K. p.ov, Jo 20-8; 5 ^_ 'It/o-oSs, Ac I'^i, i Co ll^s, al.; id. seq.
of the Christ

Mt

Mk

Xp'o-Tos,
I
I.

Eph

1'-,

al.

k.

rj/xSyv,

Ti
2,

l^*.

He
'I.

7^*, al.

id. seq. 'Irja-ovs,


i

Th
Pe

311,

He
'I.)

132^
'I.

al.;

Xpio-ro's,

Eo

I6I8;

X.,

Co P,
;

Th P,

al.;

X. (X.
IQ^**
;

K. {vH.S>v),

Eo

1*,
;

Col

Eph
i

3^,

al.

6 k.

^cat

6 a-wr^p,

II

32; id. seq.


c.
."

X., ib.

^^

anarth.,
criii/,

Co

722.25,

j^

54^ al.; k. Kvpiwv,

Ee

prep.,

ciTro

(Kara, irpos,

etc.) K.,

Col

32*, al.

Sriv^.

v.s. Seo-ttotj^s.
-77T0S,
17

*t
II
i,

KupioTTis,
210,
f.).t

(<

Ku'pios),
(cf,

Pe
616

Ju8;

pi.,

Col 116
1.

lordship, dominion : Eph Lft^ CoZ.; Mayor, Ju., in 11.;


2. validity), [in

l^i,

DB,

Kupow, -w (^Kupos,
<o confirm, ratify,
Ku'tov',

authority.
:

LXX

for Dip;]

make valid
17

11

Co

2^; pass.,
[in

Ga

3^* (cf. Trpo-Kvp6o)).f

KUfos, 6,

(in

NT

masc. only),

LXX for

2^3;] a dog

Lk Ee

1621,

n Pe

222;

metaph., as a word of reproach,

Mt 7^ Phi

3^,

22i5.t
KuXoi',
-ov,

TO,

2630,

Nu

1429,32,33^

a limb, member of a body, [but in LXX (Le hence, carcase: j Ki 17*^ Is 6624*) for -i^g.]
[in

KwXuoj

(< KoXos),

LXX
c.

for

N^S

strain, forbid, 2423, I Th 216,

withhold:

ace. et

inf.,

He
III

723;

i^f.
10
J

om.,

Mk
i

etc. ;] to hinder, re jrjD 19i*, Lk232, Ac S^e 16 Q^s.^a iQi*, Lk 9*^.50 1152 igie
,

Mt

Ac Ac

111'^,

Eo
c.

113,

Jo
i

ace. om.,

Ti 4^;
;

c.

ace. pers. et gen. rei


;

27*3

ace. rei,

seq. dTT^ (like


Ko5|i.ti,

Heb.
7],

p
[in

Co 1439, pe 216 id. seq. toC /at?, Ac 10*^ N^3 Ge 23^, al.), Lk 62^ (cf. Sia-KwXvi^).f
,

id,

-rj<;,

LXX
;

for

ns

lyn

TV
:

etc.

;]

a village or

country town, prop, as opp. to a walled city Mt 141^, Mk 6", al. 93s, al. with the name added, Br^dXdp., Jo 7*2; TToXcis cai K., Mt TffiiYi the name of the district, ras k. Kaicrapias, Mk Br]6avia, ib. Ill
.

827; :$afjiapuTwv,

Lk

9^2,

Ac

825.

13^ (v. Swete, in l.).t *t Kw^cJivoXis, -ews, 17, a country totvn : ** KwfAos, -ov, 6, [in Wi 1423, n ]y[ac 6* * ;] a revel, carousal

Mk

LXX

Eo

1313,

Ga
:

521, I

Pe

43.t

SVN.

v.s. KpaLirdXr].
-wTTos, 6,

* Kc5i'w|/,

a gnat
^,

Mt

232*.t

Kws, gen. Kw, 211 (Kwv, Eec.).t


Kwcrdji, 6,
K(o<|>6s, -77,

Cos, an island in the


:

^gean

Sea

ace.

Kw, Ac

Cosam
218;]

Lk

328.t

-ov (<]Kd7rTw), [in


liiuyit,

LXX
l^

chiefly

(Ex

411, al.) for

Q^X;
{a) of

for iar")n,

Hb
:

dull.

Metaph., of the senses, esp.


I22

speech,

dumb

Mt

932. 33 i<^t2 1530, 31^

Hi*

(6) of

hearing, dea/;

Mt IP, Mk

732.3T 925^

Lk

722,t

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT

263

A, X, Xdfi^Sa, TO, indecl.,

lambda,

I,

numeral,

A'

30

14*7 (^^i,^ y, Th., Gr., 38), Wi 8^^, III Mac 6^*;] 1. to obtain by lot, to obtain (in cl., c. gen.) c. inf. art. (BL, 36, 3; 71, 3), Lk l^; c. ace. rei, Ac l^^, n Pe 1\ 2. to draw
\ayxdvu,, [in
:

\=

the eleventh letter.

As a

30,000.
I

LXX

Ki

lots

seq.

irepi,

Jo

19^*.t

Ad^apos,

-ov, 6,

Lazarus ;
parable:

1.

of Bethany
162o.23-25_t
;

colloquial abbreviation of 'EXea^dp (-a^apos), q.v.), Jo 11^ ^- 12i' 2, 9, 10, 17^ 2. The beggar in the
:

Lk

XtiOpa (Att.

in Horn.,

-prQ,

Eec.
5^3

-pa), adv., [in

LXX
ll^s,

chiefly for
1637.t

-1^53;] secretly:

Mt

1^9

T,

Mk
:

(WH,

mg.), Jo

Ac

XotXavJ/, -a7ro5, ^, [in

LXX

Jb 2118 2720 X (n&ID)

381,

Je 32 (25)32

(n^yp, lyo),
427,

Wi

5"23, Si 48^' 12*;]

a hurricane, whirlwind:

Mk

Lk

823,

Pe
:

2n.t

OvfXXa, q.v., and cf. avc/Aos. XaK^u, Dor. for XrjKio} = Xoo-kw, q.v. *XoKTi^a Xa|, with the foot), to kick: Ac 26i*.t XaXc'u, -w, [in chiefly for pi., also for "lax etc. ;] 1. to utter : of inanimate things, Ee 4^ 10* metaph.. He 11* 122*. 2. to 535, lj^ 8*9; seq. is, i Co talk, speak, say: absol., Mt 933 12*6, Ipa, 1311, Ee 1311 ; 15, 1 Co 14^; iK, Mt 123*; c. ace. rei, Mt lO^*,

Syn.

LXX

im
;

Mk

Mk

Jo

830, al.

c.

dat. pers.,

Mt
;

12*",

Lk

246, jjq 7^, al.

c.

ace. rei et dat.


6^0,

pars.,

Mt

918,

Jo

10^, al.

e.

prep.,

233, al.;

eV, ^, dTTo',

Mt

133,

Jo 12*^
143i,

Trpo's, fxerd, wepi, 14io, al.; X. t. Xoyov,

Mk

Lk

l^'

Mk

832, al.;

seq. orat. dir. (not

cl.),

Mk

He

5^ ll'^; Hebraistically

(Dalman,

Words, 25

f.),
:

cXaXr^o-e Xe'ycov,

Mt

1427,

Jq

312,

Ac

826, al.

SVN.
2.

V.S. Xcyco.
-a?,
r],

XaXia,

[in

LXX
:

chiefly for

1^1,

HllS'T;]

1.

loquacity.

talk, speech, conversation

Xafid

(Heb. nij^
TTr.,

v.l.

Mt 26^3 (cf. Ca 43), Jo Xf/wi = Aram. ND^), why


L),

4*2 8*3.t
:

Mt
,

27*6

(WH,
Eec.).t

mg.,

Xc/ota

WH,
[in

txt., Xc/xd

Mk

153* q^^^^
,

lt^

Xaixp.a,

XajA^dvu,
etc.;] 1.

LXX

chiefly for

npb

also for iimz

ID^, 7nx,

Mt 2626, Mk 1422; c. ace. rei, Mt Mt 2135, m^ 123, ^1.; pleonastic Xa^civ (M, Pr., 230; Bl., 74, 2), Mt 133i 14i9, al.; so also indie, Mk 727, Jo 19i *o, Ee 8^, al. metaph., c. ace. rei, dcfiopfirjv, Eo 7^' 11 vTToSeiy/Aa, Ja 5^^ id. c. ace. pers., ^d/3o9, Lk 7^6 Trvevfia, Lk 939
to take, lay hold of: absol., 5*0 2652, al. mult.; c. ace. pers.,
; ;
;

iripao-/xds, I

Co 10"

aoristic pf. (M, Pr., 145,


:

238

BL,
;

59, 4),

Ee
Jo

5^

8^, al.

2. to receive
c.

absol.,

opp. to

atreiv,

Mt

7^, al.

StSdvai,

Mt

Ac

2035;

ace. rei,

Mt

276,
132,

Mk
Mk

103o, al. mult.; c. ace. pers.,


3),
;

10^, 621

1320 1927,

n
t.

Joio; pamcrfiaaiv (a vulgarism; Bl., 38,


Xoyov,

Mk
T.

1465;

metaph.,

Mt

4^6; T. pxLpTvpiav,

Jo

S^^

prjixara,

264

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


TrpoaoiTTov
^0)^;^

Jo 12*8;

(Heb.

D"*:?)

Sr^y,

Dalman, Words,
124
f.),

30),
(cf.

Lk

202^,
olvtl-,

Ga

alwvtov
d-rro-,

(Dalman,
iiri.-,

oj). cit.,

Mk
52^)

lO^o

dm-,

(Tvv-avTi-

(-/xat),

Kara-,

jutcra-,

irapa-, avv-Trapa-, irpo',

Trpocr-,

crvv-, avv-irepi-,

VTro-Xap.Pa.vui).

Adfxex,

6,

indecl. (Heb. Tjo^),

Lantech (Ge

Lk
;]

S^o.t

Xap,fia, V.S. \ap.d.

Xafiirds,

-d8os,

17

{<^Xdp.-iro)),
:

[in

LXX

for

TD^

a torch

(freq.

fed, like a

lamp, with oil) Mt 251^-, Jo IS^, Ac 208, Re 4^ g^^.t SvN. : kyxvos, lamp, q.v. ^aids, torch or lantern; cf. Eutherford's NPhr., 131 f.; Tr., Syn., xlvi; DCG, s.v. lamp; DB, iii, 43 f.
;

To 1S^\ Wi 612 1720^ Si **Xa^nrp6s, -a, -ov Ad/x7r(o), [in 2922 331^ (3025) 34 (31)23^ Ep. Jeo*;] bright, brilliant: Trora/zd?, Ee 22^ (EV, clear) da-Trjp, ib. ^^ of clothing, brilliant, splendid : Lk 23^^ Ac 1030, Ja 22. 3, Ee 15 18^* 198.t

LXX:

XafiirpoTT)?, -7]To<;,

rj,

[in

LXX

Ps 109

(110)^ (TTTl),

al.

;]

bright-

ness, brilliancy

t. tjXlov,

Ac

26^^ t
;

cf. splendidly : of sumptuous fare (as freq. iSecrpxiTa XapLirpd, Si 2922), ^jj IglQf 5i5.i6 172, Lk 172*, X(^nru, [in for nOJ etc.;] to shine : Mt

Xafiirpois,

adv.,

LXX

Ac

12^", II

Co

(cf. Ik-, 7rpt-Xa/[X7ru)).t

\av6dvb), [in

(from):

Mk
cl.

common

for obiT ni., etc.;] to escape notice, be hidden 72^ Lk S*^. g ace. pers., Ac 2626, n Pe S^'^; as in idiom, seq. ptcp., tXaOov ^evia-avre^, entertained unawares,
i7n-Xavedpio).f
-rj,

LXX

He

132

(cf. CK-,

tXalcuTos,

dv {<^ Xaievta

<^Xd^, a stone,

$eo),

to scrape),

[in

LXX: De
stone)
;

4*9 (n3ps);

in Aq.

Nu

2120;

Th.

Jg T^*;] hewn

(in

Lk

23^^ (elsewhere

kolvtj

writers use XaTop-ryro^y iv

Ki

12^2^ ^1.

cf. Xarop.iiii).'^

AaoSiKcia, V.S. AaoStxta.

AaoSiKus, -ws, AaoSiKia (Eec.

6,

a Laodicean
-a?,
t],

-ia),

Col 4^^.+ Laodicea, a city on the Lycus in


:

Phrygia

Col To,

4i3. is, le^

Re 1^
a

3i*.t
,

Xaos, -ov,

[in

LXX very freq. for D?


;]

Ge

14^6, al.

occasionally
;

for niib

(Ge
pi.

2523, al.), etc.

word rarely found

in Att. prose
:

1.

the
l^i

people at large (Hom.,


315 al.
;

al.),
;

esp. of people assembled


v.

Mt

272^,

Lk

(Hom.,
:

al., rr.

MM,

xvi),

Ac

42'^.
:

2.

a people, those of
;

the

Ex
Lk

race and language (Pind., .^sch., al. in LXX, Ge 26ii, 9i, al.) joined with yXwaaa, 4>vXri, Wvo<;, Ee 5^ 7^ ll^, al. pi, 1511 231, jio egp as almost always in LXX, of Israel, Mt 423, j^j^

same

1\ Lk

2i,

Jo

1150,

He
2^,

21^, al.;

opp. to

t. lOv-q.

Trpeo-f^vrepoL [irpCiTOi, etc.) tov X.,

Mt

2123, LJj

Ac 2617.23, Eo 15i0; ol \^.\ Ac 4^, al. 6 X. p.ov


;

(avTQv, T. deov),

Mt

Lk
(i

1^^

He
lio,

1125, al.; of the

people disting. from


26*,

the rulers and priests

Es

Jth

8^, al.),

Mt

Lk

201*,

He

5^,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


al.; of Christians, as TrepiovVios, Tit 2^* ; cis

265

the people of God,


7rcpi7roij;c7-iv, I

Ac

IS^*,

Eo

Q^s.ss^

He
Ps

4^;

Pe

2^(^^^).

Srif.

v.s. Svy/ios.

Upvyt
(]i1|)
;]

-yyos,

6,

[in
:

LXX
r),

chiefly for

!jri,

Jb

S^o,

al.;

the larynx, throat

metaph., of speech

(cf.

Si 6^),

Eo

313(Lxx) f

known

Aao-^a (Eec. -aia), -as, Ac 27^.t


:

Lasea, a city of Crete, otherwise un-

*Xd<rKw, 1. (in cl., poet.) to clang, crash, crack; in late prose, to crack or btirst noisily : Ac 1^^ {iXaK-rjcrev, perh., however, from XaKw, Bl., in 1.). q.v. 2. (in cl., prose) to scream, shout.\ .<;;Aas, tXoTOfjieu, -w (<;AaTd/Aos, a stonecutter, iv Ki 12^2^ ^j 2II8 T>a); cf. Aa|urds), [in i Ch 22^, al. (nsn); Ex 2133,
;

LXX:
jog

Nu

(ma)

;]

to

hew, hetv out stones


-as,
17

Mt
i

27^

Mk
[in

15*.t

Xarpcia,

(<^ Aarpero),
2227,

q.v.),

LXX

(always of divine
i

service):
III

Ex
Jo

1225.26 135^
1.

Ch

28^"-

(nih^),

Mac 1

2^^>^\

Mac

41**;]
:

hired service, service.

2. (in cl. also)

divine service,

worship

162,

Rq

94 121,

He

Q^'^.t

a hired servant), [in LXX (always, as Xarpeta, of the service of God or of heathen divinities) chiefly for ^23f, Ex 3^2^
Xarpeuo* (<^AaTpis,
al.
;

in
;

Da LXX th
in
cl.,

(3^2^

^1.)

for

nbp ;]

1.

to

work for

hire.

2.

to

serve

NT:
Ee
/act'

c.

dat. pers., t. idol

also of divine service, to serve, worship, and so always in 24^4 2723, He 91*, 6iS>, Mt 410, Lk 48 C^^), Ac

71* 223; of
evAayScias
26''

worship
/;iou,

(cf.

Ex 20^ Ez
;

2032),

Ac

7*2,
II

Eo Lk
;

125;
1^*

T. ^u> A. V T.

irvu/xaTi
k.

Eo

1^

id. V

KaOapS.
k.

cruj/ctST/aci,

Ti 13
absol.,

Scovs,

He

122^;

cv

octlottjtl
;

StKatocrvvT/,

(without

^<p) vr](TTtLaL^ K.

StTJa-eart.,

Lk

23^

tti

v/xaTi ^eov.
.

Phi

33

Ac

6 Xarpevwy, the tvorshipper,

He

9 102

Qf ministerial service,

0. dat. rei,

He
:

8^ IS^^.f TO (AaxatVw, to dig), [in


^

SYN.

KcLTovpytw, q.v.

Xdxai'oi', -ou,

LXX

Ge

Ps 36

(37)2,

Pr

1517 (p-,^

p-y^)*;]
432,

a garden herb,
142.t

Ki 20 (21)2, vegetable: Lkll*2;


93, iii

usually in

pi.,
:

Mt

1332,

Mk

Rq

SVN.
Mk.,

poTo-vT], q.v.

AejSpaios, -ov, 6 (on the derivation, v. 3^8 I.e.), LebbcBUs: Mt 103,

Mk

WH,
Mk

txt.,

EV,

cf.

WH,
-eciv),

App., 11,
-iovos,
rj,

Dalman, Words, 50 Swete, (WH, mg.; aSSalo^, q.v., Eec, In Lk 6", Ac 1^3, he is called 24.
;

^Lfxwv 6

ZrjXwTrj's.)'^

*tXeYiwt' (Eec.
58' 15,

(Lat.

legio),

a legion:
;

Mt
DX;

26^3,

Lk

83o.t

\4y<a,

[in
1. in

LXX
to

very

freq., chiefly for

nax

Ac'yei

for

Ge

2. In to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. say, speak, affirm, declare : absol., Ac 13^5 241" 3ii, Jo 129, al. 321, Lk I2*, seq. 5ti recit., seq. orat. dir., Mt 93*, 61*, al.; ace. at. inf., Lk lli^, Jo 122^, al.; after another verb Jo

22^',

al.

;]

Horn.,

Hdt. and

Att.,

Mk

Mk

266
of
al.
II

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Trporrf^wi'civ
;

speaking,
;

K.

Xeyeiv,

Mt

11^'^,

al.

oLTreKpiOrj

(eXdXr)(Tev)

Xeycov {Kal Ae'yci

Dalman, Words, 24
;

ff.),

unspokrn thought, X, iv iavrw, Phi 4^\ al. Xeya rj ypa(f>rj, Lk 8^ 9^3, Jo 5^*, al. a-u Aeyets (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27^\ Mk 15^, Lk 23^, Jo IS^^; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. id. seq. on, Mt 3^ al. c. prep., Trpos, dir., Mt 8-^ Mk 2^\ al. mult. fierd, Trepi. etc., Mk 4*1, Jo 1156, He 95. al.; to mean (cl.), Mk Jo 6"i, I Co 1029, al.; to call, name, Mk lO^S; pass., Mt 9^, Mk 15^ al (cf. dm-, 8;a- (-/xat), Trpo-, avX-Xeyw). Si'.v. A.aA.w, which refers to the utterance, as Xeyw to the meaning of what is said, its coiTespondence with thought (Tr., Syn.,
of
;

Co

8^,

Mt 259, Mk 3^3 T^s, Lk 24. \ Mt 3^, Lk 3^, al. of writing, Eo 4^, Ja 2^3, al. c. ace. rei,
;

W\

Ixxvi

Thayer,
XeifAfia

s.v. AoAe'to).
Xifx/Jia,

LXX:

IV

(WH, Ki 19* A

V. their
;]

.^^^^'-j

154), -ros, to (<^

XetTito),

[in

(nn^s'Ur) *
[in

a remnant: Eo 11^+
:

Xelos, -eta,

-eZoi/,

LXX
Pr

Ge

2711,

Ki 17*o

(pbu

p^bn)

',

680s X., Is 40*

(nJTf^a);

22 12i3 2623*;]

smooth: opp. to rpa^v^,


al.

Lk

35 (i'^x).t
Xeiirw, [in

LXX:
;

Jb

4^1,

Pr

19i(*)

(lis),

;]

1. trans., to leave,

leave behind; pass., to be left behind, to lack: seq. prep, (as more usual in cl.), cv, Ja 1* c. gen. rei, ib ^ 2^^. 2. Intrans., to be gone, to ,-0, XeiTrovra, Tit 1^ (cf diro-, be wanting : c. dat. pers., Lk I822, Tit 3^^
j
.

Sia-, K-, eTTi-, Kara-, iv-Kara-, irtpi-, viro-XeLTrwj.f

also for 12,V N;a]?, etc.;] 1. in cl., at Athens, to S2ip2}ly public offices at one's own cost, render public service to the State, hence, generally, 2. to serve the State, do a service, serve (of service to the Gods, Diod., of the official service of priests and Levites (Ex 293", ]^^ iqq^ i, 21) 41*, I Mac 10*2, al. cf. Deiss., BS, 140 f.), He lO^i of Christians Si 1527 (cf. Si 102^) 132.t t. Kvpi^, Ac c. dat. pers. seq. iv, Eo
XeiToupyco),
,

-ai

(<^XtTovpyds), [in

LXX

chiefly for

mCT

pi.,

(as someSyn. : XaTpivu) (q.v.), prop., to serve for hire, times in cl.), always of service to the deity on the part of both priests and people (Ex 43, De 10^2^ and similarly in NT). Xttrovpyew " is the fulfilment of an office it has a definite representative character, and corresponds with a function to be discharged ". It is therefore used of always of priests and serving in an office or ministry in Levites, in NT, with its cognates (Eo 13^ 152^, are not really exceptions), of services rendered either to God or man by apostles, prophets, teachers, and other officers of the church (cf. Tr., Syn., xxxv; ICG
: :

LXX

LXX

onEo P; Westc,

He., 232
rj

ff.).

XetTOupyta, -as,

(-^XeiTOD/ayew), [in

LXX

chiefly for

Hlhy,

Nu

42*, I Ch 9^3^ al. ;] 1. in cl. (chiefly of Athens), the discharge of a public office at one's oivn expense (v. LS, s.v.), hence, 2. a service, (though here also of ministry ; in ir. (Deiss., BS, 140 f .) and in and iii Ki 1*, al.), of religious service or ministration secular service,

LXX

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

267

of priestly ministrations, Lk 1^3^ He 8 Q^^ ; fig., dva-ia koL \. SO in rq% ma-Tw^ V^v, Phi 2^^ ; of Christian beneficence, ii Co 9^2, Phi 23o.t
:

NT

t XciToupYiK(5s,
(TToXai,

-rj,

-6v,

[in

LXX
Nu
He

for

nia^,

nittr; epya,

Nu

75

Ex

319(10) 3913(1);
:

o-KcvT^,

412.28,

n Ch

24i**;]

of or for

service, ministering

Trvevfiara,

li*.t

XeiToupyiSs, -ov, o (<^ Aaos, epyov), [in

LXX

chiefly for n^BTlO

Jos

11 A, III Ki 105, Ps 102 (103)21, Si 7^\ al. ;] 1. in cl., one who discharges a public office at his own expense, then, generally, 2. a public servant, a minister, servant : t. dyiwv X., He 82 (cf. Ne 10^^, Si, I.e.) 'Irja-ov
;

Xpto-Tov,

Eo
:

151"
;

pi., T, deov,

Eo

13",

He

I^CLXX)

x..

ifiwv t. xpetas

fjLOv,

Phi

225.t

SYN.

V.S. SieiKOVos, XciTovpyeo).

Xc|id, V.S. Xafjid.


*tX^i'Tioi', -OV,
XcTTi's,

TO (Lat. linteum),
17

-180s,

tcale

Ac

9i^.t
17

X^irpa, -a?,

Mkl*2, Lk5i2.i3.t
Xeirpos, -a, -oV

a linen

cloth, towel

Jo

13*' ^.t

XcTTw, to peel), [in

LXX
for

chiefly for

T\\Slp!C0p. ;]

Xeirpos),

[in

LXX LXX

n?l^ ;]
,

leprosy

Mt

S^,

AeTrts),

[in

for

yn^ yjSO

;]

1-

(in cl.)

scaly, rough.

2.

115,

Mk
143.t

1*0,

Lk
-rf,

427 722 1712;

leprous; chiefly as subst., 6 X., a leper : Mt 82 10^ of Simon, formerly a leper, Mt 26,

Mk

2. fine, thin, small, -6v (XcTTw, to peel), 1. peeled. in late Gk., as subst. to X., a small coin (one-eighth of light ; hence, 12*2, -Lt 12^9 212.t an as, AV, mite) Aeui (indecl.) and Aevets (Eec. -vt, -vU), gen. Atvct, ace. -uv, 6

*XirTos,

Mk
]. 3.

(Heb.

il^),
:

Levi;
32*.

the son of Jacob:

He

1^^'^,

Ee T.

2.

Son

of

Melchi

Lk
:

Son

of

Simeon
6,

Ma^^atos)

Mk
Ac

21*

(WH,

mg.,

Lk 32^. 4. Son 'IaKco/3ov), Lk 527. 29.t


:

of Alphaeus (cf.

Aeueinis (Eec. Acvitt/s), -ov,


1032,

[in

LXX

for ^)b

;]

a Levitt

Lk

Jo

119,

43.t
-TQ,

AcociTtKos (Eec. AcvtT-),

-OV, [lu

LXX:

Le, tit.*i] Levitical

He
to

7ii.t

XcoKaiKu, XrKo's), [in

LXX

Ps 50

whiten, make white : c. ace. rei, Mk *t XeuKo-Pu'ao-ii'os, -ov (cf XcvkoXivt;?, a robe of white flax, C.I., 155, 19i* (WH, mg.).t 17), white linen : Ee
.

(51)^, Is lis 93, Ee 71*.+

(pb

hi.), etc.;]

XeuK<5s,

-q,

-ov, [in

LXX

chiefly for ]1^

;]

1.

bright, brilliant
7^' i3

of

clothing,

Mt

I72,

Mk

9^ 16^,

Lk

92^,

Ac

li,

Ee

Ee
Ee

98) ; 0)5 xi<i>v, 2011. 2. white :

Mt 283; ^^ x. (sc. IfiaTtots), Jo Mt 536, Ee li* 21^ 4* 62 I41* 19"


43*.+

191* (cf. 3^ 4* Gn 20i2, Ee 3*; ^povos, Ee


;

fig.,

of garments,

318; of

ripened grain, Jo

268

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


\iuiv, -ovTos, o,

[in
i

LXX

chiefly for
4^
Q^- ^^

i")}^

rT!"ll<
;

also for
ii

TB5
Ti

etc.

;J

a lion
X^Qx],

He
r)

ll^^,

Pe 5\ Ee

10^ 132

metaph.,

41^,

Ee

55.t
-r?s,

{<mei^ =

XavOdvi^y),
:

[in

LXX: Le

S^^ (byo),
v.

Wi

16^^ Si 14',
1.)
:

al.

;]

forgetfulness
AayLi<,

A..

XafSelv (on
27'"'.t
17

the phrase,

Mayor, in

II

Pe

l.t

Xtifid,

T, for

q.v., in

Mt

\T)p,<j/i,9

(Eec.

X^i/'is,

so in

cl.), -cws,

(<^

Xafji/Sdvut), [in

LXX (A^i/^-)
42^*;] re-

Pr

1529 (16S); A. SiLpi^v,


:

Pr

15^7 (n:no)

^- '<al 800-19, Si 41^9

ceiviiig

Sdo-i? /<ai A., -oO,


y]

Phi

4^5.t

Xti'<5s,

(in

some MSS.,

LXX and NT, 6), [in LXX chiefly for


(Ge
SO^s."!),

n|T,

Nu

1827,

al; also for

Mm

n3 (Ne

a trough or
19^^; rr}v A.

^Ja^;
.

esp. for the treading of grapes: Tov fjieyav (a solecism perhaps inadvertent),
[in

U^\ al.), etc.;] Mt 21^^, Ee 142*'


Ee
14^'
talk,

(cf. VTToXrjvtov) .f

Lk

**Xt]pos, -ov, 24ii.t


Xr](TTris, -ov,

6,

LXX:
XrjLs

iv

Mac

5^"*;]

silly

nonsense:
etc.;]

(<;Ep.

Xeta, booty), [in

LXX for Tn^,


ll^^

a robber, brigand : Mt 21i3 (lxx) 26^5 2738. ", 1030, 36 1946 22^2^ Jo IQl, 8 IgiO^ Qo 112.t Syn. KAeTT-n/?, q.v.
:

Mk

14

15^^,

Lk

Xt](|/is,

V.S.

X7J/xvf/i<;.

Xiav, adv., [in


II

LXX
9=*

chiefly for

ikp Ge
,

l^i 4^,

Je 243,

al.

To 9*,
G^i

Mac 11\

al.

;]

very, exceedingly
16^,

Mt n
Ti

2^^ 4^ 828 2?!*,


4^5, ii

Mk V^
(cf.

(Eec.

X. K Trepiacroi)

Lk

238,

Jo

*, iii

Jo

wep[in

Xi'av).t

Xl^avos, -ov, 6 (rarely

17),

(from the Semitic

cf.

the Heb. equiv.),

LXX
Mt

for

npb, Ex
2.

303*, Is 60; Si 24i5, al.;]


cl.)

1. in cl., the
;

frankin-

cense-tree.
2^1,

(Occas. in

frankincense (so Le 2^
[in

cf.

Xi^avcords)

Ee
in

18i3.t

Xipai/uTds, -oS, 6

A.t^avos),

LXX:

52*;]
2.

1.

cl.

(and
xvi).t
-ov,

Late Gk.,
;

XiySavwrpis,

LXX), frankincense, a censer Ee 83'^


:

Ch 929 (njhV), m Mac the gum of the libanus.


i

(the

same form appears


: -q

in Inscr.
Xeyofievr}

MM,

AiPpTit'os,

AcySeprivcDv,

Ac

(Lat. libertinus), 6 (Bl. thinks

a freedman
the

a-vvaytDyq

-q

original

reading was

Ai/3ucrTivwv, Phil. Gosp.,


AtPuTj,

XiOdiw
1.

cf.

-r;s,

V,

69 f.).t Libya : Ac 2^^.f

Ai^os), [in

LXX (seq. iv At'^ois)


2.

11

Ki

16>

^3

(i,pQ

pi.)

;]

throw stones pelt with stones,


to

(Arist., Polyb., al.).


to

stone:
1125,

c.

pass.,

Ac

526, II

Co

He

ace. pers., Jo 1137 (v. DB, Art.,

XidofioXeio (LXX, NT), to 8 ^^J iQsi-as ns^ Ac 14^9;

"Crimes and punish-

ments," and

KaTa-A6^a^o>).t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


XiOiros,
33,
-r],

269

-ov (Xidos),

[in

LXX

for

p^

;]

of stone

Jo

2, ii

Co

Re

920.t
'S>

tXteo-poX^u,

A.t^os, /SaUo)),

[in

LXX for bpD


14^
;

Q31

Ex

19i3,

Le 20^,
c.

al.

;]

to pelt

with

stones, to kill

by stoning,
T^s- 59

to stone (cf.

Xt^a^w)
for

ace. pers.,

Mt

2135 23^7,

Lk

IS^*,

Ac

pass.,

He 12^'0(Lxx).f
[in

Xidos, -ov, 6 (and,

in Att., of precious stones,

17.),

LXX

Ge 113, al.; stone: Mt 4", al.


75N,
2760,66 282,

x. rt/xios,
;

fori?, Ps 18(19)10 20(21)3, p^


al.
;

8i, al.;]

at the entrance of a tomb, Mt Jo 1138, 39,41 20^; X. /xvXikos, Lk 12io I31.2, 172, cf. Re 1821; of building stones, Mt 21^2 [4, 24''', 18 215. Lk 19** 20^7' metaph., of Christ, X. d/<poya)vaIo9, 6^ Ac 4", i Pe 2^ Trpoa-KOfi/jiaTos, ib. 8, Ro ckXcktos, tvTifio^, I Pe 2" (i-^^) X. ^wv, ib. * 933 of Christians, X. ^wvtcs, i Pe 25 of precious stones, X. ti/xlo<;. Re 174 1812,16 2111.19; tacTTTi?, Re 43; v8e8v/xeVoi X. KaOapov, Re 15 (\lvov,
pi.,

Mk

154 163.4,

Mt 3^ Lk

24^,

Mk

Rec, R, mg.,

v.

Swete, in

1.)

metaph.,

X. rifiLOL, i

Co
73,

312

of the

tables of the law,


Xie(5-<rrp&)Tos,

n Co
-ov

3^

of idols,

Ac

1729.

o-Tpwwu/ii),

[in

LXX:

II

Ch

31"
I.e.)

(npVl, P)S^)*;] paved with


;

stones, esp. of tessallated

Es I"', Ca work (Ca,

as subst., t6 X., a tessallated pavement : Jo 19i3 (cf. Tafifiadaj.f chiefly XiKfidu, -w (<^XiKfi6<i Xlkvov, a winnowing -fan), [in 14i5, Is 17i3, Je 38 (31)io, Da 2", al. for n-17 ni., pi., Ru 32, iii Ki ;] 2. In 1. in cl., to winnow (so Ru, I.e.). (11. c., exe. Ru), to Lk 201^ (RV, scatter as dust, Deiss., BS, scatter (as chaff or dust) which suggests the meaning ruin, destroy ; cf. 225 f., quotes ex. in tt. Vg. comminuet, AV, gririd to powder; cf. also Kennedy, Sources, 126), Mt 21** [WH], R, txt.t

LXX

LXX

Xijid,

'7,

for Xa/i,a, q.v.


6,

Xi^riK,
I,

-evos,
;]

[in

LXX:

Ps 106
:

(107)30 (Tina), ib.35,


27^'
12 (cf.

Es

555,

II,

IV

Mac 7 *

a harbour, haven
77,

Ac

KaXol

Ai/LiVs).t

XifAfjia, V.S. Xci/AjLia.

\llivr],

-77s,

[in

LXX:
n Mac

Ps 106

(107)35 113
:

(114)8 (qjj^)^

Ca
51;

7*'5>

(npi3),

Mae

1135,

121^*;] a lake

of the

Sea of Galilee

(Mt,

Mk,

V.S.

X. T. TTvpo's,

Re

OdXafraa), Lk 52 822-23,33. X. Tevyr)(TapeT (q.v.), 1920 2010. 1*. 15 ; Kaiofievrj TTvpi, Re 218.t

Lk

Xijios, -ov, 6 (so

in Att.

in Dor.
15i*,
:

17,

and so sometimes
cf.

in

LXX,

v.

Th., Gr., 146; in

NT: Lk

Ac IpS;

chiefly for sri;] hunger,


835,

famine

Lk

425

M, Pr., 60), [in LXX 1514,17^ Ac 7^ULS.x) ips^ Rq

Ee

68 188; x. Kal St^o?,

n Co

1127; pi.,
:

Mt

24^,

Mk

13^,
al.;]

Lk
1.

21ii.t

\ivov (Tr. klvov), -ov, TO, [in

LXX Ex 93i
11

(n^-i^TS),

flax:

Mt

1220 (LXX).
Aii'os

2.

linen
-ov

Re
6,

15^ (R, mg.,

v.s. Xt^os).t

(Rec. Atvos), ov,


-a,

Linus:
fat),

Ti 42i.t

Xnrap<5s,

(< XtVos,

[in

LXX

Jg

329,

Ne

935,

jg

270

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


:

30^^ (])5^)*;] oily, fatty; metaph., of living, rich, dainty


T. kafjLTrpd,

ra X. koX

Re

18^''.t
7]

*t\iTpa,
as.
2.

-as,

(cf.

In weight, a pound
Ai/?os, 6,

Lat. libra), 1. a Sicilian coin : Jo 12^ IQ^'^.t

= Rom.
,

libra or

Xii|/,

[in

LXX
Ch

chiefly for 233


;]

also for ]pT)


:

n;il?0
Kara
X.,

etc.,

Ge

1314,

Nu

2io, ii
1.
;

323o, al.

^/le

STF. wind

fikiirovTa

Ac

2712 (v. Page, in

Deiss.,
V.

BS, 141).t
{<^\oyev(D, to collect, a
70, 103;

Xoyeia, V.S. Xoyia.

*tXoYia (prop.,

-ei'a,

word found
collection:
i

in

tt.,

v.

Deiss.,

BS, 142 ff.), -as, 7; BS, I.e.; LAE,

MM,

xvi),

Co

IG^'^.t

Xoyi^ofiai (<;Xoyos), [in LXX chiefly for SCTn ;] 1. prop., of numerical calculation, to count, reckon: c. ace. seq. /xera, Mk 15^8 (LXX) (Rec, R, mg.), Lk 22^". 2. Metaph., without reference to numbers, by a reckoning of characteristics or reasons (a) to reckon, take into account : c. ace. rei, i Co 13* id. seq. dat. pars., Ro 4^ (lxx), 4, 6, 8 (lxx)^
;
;

II

Co 519,

II

Ti 4i

seq. cts (cf.

Heb. ^ nCTHJ

Bl,

33, 3),

Ac 19^^ Ro
;

226 43,5,9-11,22-24 98^


c.

Ga
;

3MLXX)^ ja

ace. rei.

Phi 4^

seq. otl,

Jo

11*",

He

2^3 (lxx). (J) iq consider, calctdate: 11^^ tovto, on, 11 Co 10^^ e. ace.
;

pers., c. inf., Ro I Co 13^1 ; ws, I


eis, II

6^^

seq. ws,
5^^
j

Ro

8^^(^^^);
;

(c)

to suppose, judge,
;

deem

Pe

Co 12; 6ti, Ro 11*; ace. et inf., Ro 32^ 14^\ Phi S^^; c. ace. pers. seq. ws, u Co 10^; (d) to purpose, decide: c. inf. (Eur., Or., 555), 11 Co 10"' (ef. dva-, 8ta-,
*XoyiK<Ss,
-rj,

id. seq. c. ace. rei, 11 Co 3* qutws, i Co 4^ 8^^; roiro, on, Ro 2^ 11 Co 10'; c. inf., 11 Co

irapa-, cn;X-Xoyt^oyu.ai).t

-oV (<^Adyos, reason), reasonable,


;

rational: karpeia,
i

Ro

spiritual) yaXa (v. Hort, in 1. xvi), support of AV, milk of the word, v. ICC, in l.).t \6yiov, -OV, TO (dimin. of Xoyos, v. ICC, Bo., 70), [in
.

121

^^

(i

e.

MM,

Pe

2^ (in

LXX chiefly
Is 28^3,

forn-ipx,
al.;
(cf.

-Dps*,

Ps 17

(18)30
,

18

(19)i*, al.; also for

ini.

Xoyciov

(-lov),

for ]C7n

the oracular breastplate of the H.P.,

281*, al.) ;] an oracle : Ac 7^8, Ro 3^, He 512, i Pe 411 (on the eecl., Xoyia T. Kvptov, v. Lft., Essay on Sup. Bel., 172 ff.).t 2. In *X6yios, -OV Xdyos), 1. in el., learned (Ac, I.e., R, txt.). 1824 (v. Page, in 1. 129).t Field, Notes, late Gk., eloquent : Ac Ps 32 (33)10-11, p^ 1921^ Xoyia^ds, -OV, 6 Xoytto/tat), [in

Ex

LXX

Is 66IS, al. (njtzrna)

;]

a reasoning, thought

Ro

2i*, 11

Co

10*.t

*t XoyoiJiax^w, -w (<iXdyos, jxaxoixai), to strive ivith words : II Ti 2i*.+ *t Xoyofiaxia, -as, 7; Aoyo,^aY'w), a strife of loords : pi., I Ti 6*.t

Xoyos,
'TpM'
.

-OV,

6
;]

(^Acyco),
I.

[in

LXX

chiefly

for

^^1,

also
is

for

n^p

etc.

Of that by which the inward thought


sermo,
vox,

ex-

pressed,

Lat.

oratio,

verbum.

1.

a word, not in the


but a word as

grammatical sense

of a

mere name

(cttos, ovofia, prjfjia),

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


:

271

embodying a conception or idea Mt 8^, Lk V, i Co 14^' ^, He 12'", al. 2. a saying, statement, declaration: Mt 19^2 (T om.), Mk 5'* V\ Lk 129, Jo 222 660, Ac 729, al.; c. gen. attrib., Ac 1Z^\ Eo 99, He 72s, al. of the sayings, commands, promises, etc., of teachers, Mt 72*
;

101*.

Mk

838,

Lk
;

9**,

Jo

1424, al.; a. kcvoI,

Eph

5; ^\r,eLvoi,

Ee

199;

TTia-TOL,

Ee

22"

esp. of the precepts, decrees


:

and promises

A. T. 6(ov, the
11*, 3.

word of God

Mk

7^^,

Jo

lO^s,

al.; absol., 6 \.,

Mt

I321.22,

Mk

16[20],

Eo 139, i Lk P, Ac 6*, He

God, o Co 1436, Phi


of
412, al.

speech, discourse: Ac 14^2, n Co lOi", Ja 32; opp. to iirKTrokr], II Th 215 listing, from <7o<f>La, i Co 2' avaa~rpo<f>-q, i Ti 412 ; 8wa/iis, I Co 419, I Th 1^; epyov, Eo IS'^; ouSevos A. Ti/iiov {not worthy of mention), Ac 202* ; of the faculty of speech, Lk 24^9, n Co 11" ; of the
.

style of speech,
pers.,

Mt

5^'', i

Co
Ja

1^

Jo

524 8*2,

Ac
Col

2*1,
1*,
i

al.;

aX-q6ua<;, II
I

Co

6'',

of instruction, Col 4^, i Pe 3' ; c. gen. A., o >os, Jo S^i; c. gen. obj. (t.) 1^^ ; T. KaraAAay^s, Co 5^9 t. aravpov,
;

Co

118; of naere talk,

Co

4i9.2o^
:

subject-matter, hence, teaching, doctrine : Ac 181^, 11 Ti 2i^, al. ; esp. of Christian doctrine 4i*-2o 832, Lk 12, Ac 8*, Mt 1320-23, Ga 6, i Th 1, al. ; c. gen. pers., T. eeov, Lk 51, Jo 17, Ac 429, I Co 1436, i Jo lio, Ee 69, al. ; t. KvpCov, Ac 825, I Th 18, al. t. X/dio-toG, Col 3^6, Ee 38; c. gen. appos., Ac 15^; 5i3. c. gen. attrib., He 5. a story, tale, narrative : Mt 281^, Jo 2123, Ac 11 1122 seq. irepi, Lk 51^. 6. That which is spoken of (Plat., al.
4^

one occasions, hence, repute

Col 223, Col 223.

Jo

318; of the talk

which

Mk

V.

Kennedy, Sources,

1129,

Lk

203,

Ac
(i

821
.

Ac

1938; pi. Lat. ratio.

Mac
.

124), matter, affair, thing: Mt 212*, j^jj in Qf a matter in dispute, as a case or suit at law, 733, al), Lk 1*. II. Of the inward thought itself,

1.

Kara Xoyov,

Ac
;

reason, (a) of the mental faculty (Hdt., Plat., al.) 181* Q^^ ^ reason, caxise : rivi Ao'yw, Ac 10^9 ; Trapcxros

Xo'yov TTopvcta?,

Mt
(6)

532 jga,

WH,
:

mg., E, mg.
41^. i7
;

2.

account, (a) regard

Ac
seq.

202*,
;

Eec.

reckoning

Phi

2519

in forensic sense,
TTcpt,

Eo

I412,
i

He
31^.

13i^
3.

o-vvai>v (q.v.) X., i Pe 4^ ; c. gen. rei,

Mt Lk

1823

162

Mt
Jo

1236,

Ac
f.).

19*0,
III.

Pe

(Field, Notes,
T.

193

5 A.,

proportion, analogy : Phi 2i6 the Divine Word or Logos : Jo li' 1*

^w^s.

11; T. $ov,

in Artt., Logos,
X<5yxti,

Ee DB, DCG).
y,

19i3 (v.

Westc, Swete, CGT,


,

in

11.;

refif.

-q's,

[in

LXX

for

nOT

etc.

;]

1.

a spear-head.

2.

lance, spear:

Mt
-u)

27*9 (|[WH]|, E, mg.), Jo 193*.t

XoiSop^u,
revile
:

(<^ Xot8opo9), [in

LXX
;

chiefly for
i

S"""!;]

to

abuse,
^^,^|^_

c.

ace. pers.,

Jo

928, j^q

23*

pass.,

Co

412, i

Pe

223 (^i

XotSopea)).t

XoiSopia, -as,

17

(<[XoiSopa)),
5'*, i

[in

LXX

chiefly for 3''T,

n^"'ip;]

abuse, railing
Xo{8opos,

Ti

Pe

39.t

-ov,
;

[in

LXX:
X.,

Pr

252*
:

2621
i
,

27^^ (]^Tp), Si
511 Bio.t
,

238*;]

railing, abusive

as subst., o
[in

a railer
Y^b
,

Co

Xoi|i<Js, -ov, 6,

LXX for

r^iy

b^b^

etc.

;]

pestilence

272
pi.,
al.),

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Lk
2111
.

of persons,

metaph. a pest
-o'v

(as in cl.
:

LXX

Ps

l^,

Pr

212*,

i i

Ac 24^

(also as adj., av8pt<; Xoi/xoi,

Mac Mac
,

15^\
lO'i,

al.).t
Xoi-iros,
-i;,

(< XciVw),

[in

LXX
Mk
al.

chiefly for
:

inn

also for

^t<V

6tc.

;]

the remaining, the rest, 1. pi., ol X.


113,
al.
;

c.

subst.,

Mt
;

25ii,
A.,

Ac

237,

Ro

absol.,
i

Mt

(Bl., 47, 8),


init.),

Ac

289,

Th

4i3,
4i9,

IGfi^J, Lk 24io, al. 22, Re 2^^; ol \. t. dv^pwjrov (LS,

ol

ot

s.v.,

ad.

Re

9^0; ra X.,
;

Mk

Re
;

3^,

2.

Neut. sing. (ace.

ref.),

14*i, i Co 7^' (a) for the future, henceforth : adverbially, to \. IQi^ anarth. (Deiss., LAE, 176i6, I885, 20), (Lft., Notes, 232 f.). He Ac 272^ II Ti 48 ToO A. (sc. xpovov LS, s.v. M, Pr., 73 Bl., 36, 13), Ga 61'^, Eph 61** (6) besides, moreover, for the rest : Phi 31 4^ Lft., Notes, 51). anarth., i Co li 42, i Th 41 (M, Th., in 1. (prob. an abbreviation of AovKavo's; v. Lft., Col., AouKas, -a, 6 240; ICC, Lk., xviii; Bl., 29; ace. to Ramsay, Exp., Dec, 1912, pp. 502 ff., a by-form of Aovkios, from Lat. Lucius), Luke : Lk, tit., C0I41*, iiTi4ii, Phm24.t 13i, Ro IG^i.t AouKios, -ov, 6 (Lat. Lucius), Lucius : Ac
;

Mk

XouTp6i',

-od,

t6 Xov'w),
:

[in
t.

LXX: Ca
Eph
(freq. of

42,

G^.W
;

{n^n%

Si

31 (34)25 *

Tit 35 (v. Xouw, [in

a washing, bath AR, Eph., l.c.).t


;]

vSaro?,

52^

t.

iroXiyycvco-tas,

LXX
;
.

chiefly for
to bathe,

]^m

ceremonial washing;
:

wash the body c. ace. pers., Ac 9^7 cf. Deiss., BS, 226 pass. ptcp. id. seq. dTro' (Deiss., BS, I.e.), Ac 16^3 (of a dead body) 1022 mid., to wash oneself (Mayor, in 1. M. Pr., pf., Jo I3K', He 155 f., 238 f.), II Pe 222 metaph.. Re l^ Rec, R, mg. (cf. d7ro-Xovw).t Syn. viTTTw, used of parts of the body hands, feet, face 15ii cf. Tr., Syn., xlv). ttXvvu), of things, as garments, etc. (v. Le 93^, -r?s Rec), 7; and Ai;'S8a, -wv, TO. (ib.^2,35. At588a, -as (Ac Ac, 11. e.t -av, Rec), (Heb. ib), Lydda (modern Ludd) woman of Thyatira Ac I61*' *^.f AuSia, -as, ?7, Lydia, a Lycaonia, a region in Asia Minor Ac 14 .t huKaovla, -as, Ac 14ii.t AuKaok'iCTTi, adv., in Lycaonian (speech) Ac 27^.t AuKia, -as, 77, Lycia, a region of Asia Minor
f .) ;]
;

7;,

Xu'kos,

-ov,

6,

[in

LXX
Ze
to 3^,

for

nXT

;]

a wolf:

Mt
Ac

10i,

Lk

ID',

Jo

1012;

fig.

(as

Ez

222^,

Je

5, al.),

Mt

71*,

2029.t
pi., hi.,

XufiaiKoixai {<^\vnT], outrage), [in

LXX

chiefly for T\nt2i

also for

D013,

etc.;]

1.

outrage, maltreat:

ace,

Ac

8'.

2.

to

corrupt, defile (Ez 1625, p^ 288, jy Mac IS^, al.).+ for mn, etc;] to distress, grieve, XuWd), -w {<:^XvTrr]), [in c ace pers., 11 Co 225 78; pass., Mt 14^ 17^^ ca^ise pain or grief:

LXX
.

1831 1922 2622,


I
;

Mk

1022 1419,

Jo 1620
2637

2117,

Ro

141^,

n Co
Co

2*,
;

Th

41^,

II

opp tQ Pe 1^ X. KoX a^rjfjLoveiv, Mt Co 79* ^1 T. TTveufJia T. ayiov, Eph 43" (cf. Syn. : v.s. 6pnr)vi(o.
;

^^aiptiv, II

61"

Kara ^eoV,

<TW-XviTi(i>).f

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


XuTTT),
-T/s, 77,

273
of

[in

LXX
Lk
;

for
:

ay^ and
16^, 11
11

cogn. forms, etc.


2^"
;

;]

pain

body or mind,

grief,

sorrow
X.

Jo
;

He
q

1211; ^^^ ^-^ x.,

22^5

iK X.,
ecrrtv,

Co opp. to x^pa. Jo IS^**, Co 9^ rj Kara B^ov A., opp. to


9^
;

T. Koa/JLOV X., II

Co
eirl
;

710

/-tot

Eo

X. Ix<^.

Jo

IG^l' 22

j^. seq.

aTTo, II

Co

23

X.

X. Ix<^,
pi. (cf.

Phi

2^7
S^e,

eV X. eX^elv, II

and cause sadness)


Auaaf las,
Aoffias, -ou,
Xu'cris, -<os,

Ge

Pr

15^^, al.),

Co 2^ (to come sad Pe 2^^.f

-ov, 6,

-7'

Lysanias : Lk S^.t o, Lysias {Claudius L., Ac 232), Ac 24f],22_-|Xvto), [in LXX Ec V^ (8I) (-|^rg), Da
:

LXX LXX
:

12^,

Wi

8^ *

;]

a loosing

of divorce,

Co

72^.t

** XuCTiTeX^cj, -w (<[ XucriTeXr^s, useful, prop., ra TeXrj Xvwv), [in To 3", Si 201*^-1* 2911*;] 1. prop., to indemnify, pay expenses. 2. to be usefid, to profit ; usually impers., Xuo-iTeXci, it profits : c. dat. pers.,
seq.
t
.
. .

-7,

Lk
-a?,

IT^.f
17,

Ao'o-Tpa,

and

(in
:

Lystra, a city of Lycaonia


XuTpoi', -ov,
to'

Ac 14^ 16^, 11 Ti, I.e.) -wv, Ac 14"' ^> 21 16^' ^, 11 Ti S^^.t

rd

(cf.

AvSSa),

(<; Xuw), [in


,

LXX
;]

(Pent,

jg,

Pr

j,

Is

j)

for
life,

]rTB and

cogn. forms,
for slaves,

n^N5
I920

15)3
;

THO

a ransom
:

(as for

captives. Is 45i3) SlvtI ttoXXwv, 2028, 10*^ (v. Sv^ete, in 1., and for discussion of X. and its cognates, Westc, He., 295 f.; Deiss., LAE, 331 f.; cf. also dvTi-XvTpov).t

Le

for

Ex Mt

218o

Mk

XuTpou, -w {<C\vTpov, q.v.), [in chiefly for niB, bss;] to on receipt of ransom ; mid., to release by paying ransom, to redeem : in spiritual sense, Tit 2^* ; pass., i Pe l^^ ; in general sense, to deliver (cf. Ex 6, Ps 68 (69)i8, al.) Lk 242i.t
release
:

LXX

tXiJTpaxns, -m,

r}

Xvt/3o'o), [in

LXX

Le

2529.

*^,

Is 63* (D"'bw5,

n^N5),

Nu

18i.

Ps 48(49)8 110 (111)^ 129


9^2

(130)^ {n-^,

f^,

miQ),
:

Jg l^^*;] a ransoming, redemption the mediatorial work of Christ, He (cf. Ps 48, I.e.) Lk 18 238.+
:

(aix/ixaXwTwj', Plut., Arat.,


;

of 11) in general sense, deliverance

XuTpu-nis, -ov, 6

Xvrpo'w), [in
:

LXX
Ac

of

(78)3^ (b^Ja) *

;]

a redeemer, deliverer
-q

7^*

God, Ps 18 (19)1* 77 (not found elsewhere).


Xv^voCxosJ v. Kennedy,
al.)
;]

Xuxfta, -as,

(vulgar form of Xv^vt'ov


for

Sources, 40), [in


515,

LXX

niljp (Ex 25^1 40*,

a lampstand

Mt

Mk

421,

Lk

8i 1133;

of that in the Tabernacle,


;

He

92; metaph.,

of the two witnesses, Ee 11* of the seven churches of Asia, Ee I12. '3, 20 2^ ; of the removal of a church from its position, Ktvctv t. Xv^vtav k.t.X.,
ib. 5.+
Xo'xi'os, -ov, 6, [in

LXX for 13
Xv^ita)

(Ex 253"
:

(37)^

al.)

;]

a lamp (portable,
.

and usually
421
;

set

on a stand,

X. S.7rTiv,
ib.

Lk

8i 1133 158.

17X10V,

225;

metaph., of the

Lk 113' ^p^fju 6 X., Mk ^-5 Xv'xvov, Ee 1823; id. opp. to <^. eye, Mt 622, Lk 113*; of John the

Mt

5^^,

18

274

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


; ;

Baptist, Jo 535 of the Lamb, Ee 2128 of prophecy, 11 Pe l^^ ; of spiritual readiness, pi., kvxyoi (as always in LXX; freq. in Att. \vxva), Lk 1235.t

SVN.

Xa/X7rd<;, q.V.

Xuu, [in release : of things,

LXX
Ac

for

nriQ
;

Mk l^, Lk
22^*'

persons, Jo
tie, I

ll'*^,
;

103 hi,, etc. ;] 1. to loose, unbind, 3^\ al. of beasts, Mt 21^, Lk 13l^ al. of of Satan, Re 20^' metaph., of the marriage
,

""

one diseased, Lk 13^^ of release from sin, Ee 1^, WH, E, txt. (v.s. \ov<x)). 2. To resolve a whole into its parts, loosen, dissolve, break up, destroy Jo 2^^, Ac 27*\ Ee 5^ metaph., 11 Pe 3^^ of an

Co

T^'^

of

assembly,
(TTOi)^ia, II

to

dismiss
3^**
;

Ac

13^^

t,
;

[xeaoroixov
t. efyya t.

t.

cfypayfAov,
I

Eph
3^
;

2^*

t.

T.

davaTov,

Pe Ac
5^^

ovpavoi, ib.

^^

Sta^dAou,

Jo

T.

(iSivas

2^*
;

evToXrjv,

Mt

T.

of laws, etc., to break, annul, cancel (MM, xvi) vofjLoy, Jo 7^^ ; T. adfi^arov, Jo 5^^ ; t. ypa^-qv, Jo
(.ttl-,

10^*.

(Cf.

di'tt-,

dno-, Sia-, ck-,


Aojis), -tSos,
laib),
rj,

Kara-, Trapa-Xvu}."^
:

Awis (Eec.
A(iT,
II

Lois

ii

Ti l^.t
1127,
al.)
:

(Heb.

indecl.,

Lot (Ge

Lk

1728.29.32,

Pe 2^t

M
M,
fi,
fji^

(iu,

TO,

indecl.,

mu, m, the twelfth


:

letter.

As a numeral,

/=

40,

=
6,

40,000.
indecl.,

Made,
:

Maath

Lk

32.t

Magadan, an unidentified place on the coast of the Sea of Galilee Mt 15^9 (Eec. MaySaAd cf Mk 8^^, where for AaA/xavov^d, * has McA-cyaSa, D ^ MayaiSd, some cursives MayaSd, and Euseb. D
MayaSdi',
;
.

Onomast. McyatSdv; cf. DB, iii, s.v.).t MaySaXd (Aram. N^XO = Heb. bi^n, which in Jos IS^^B
rendered MayaSa), Magdala : Mt 15^9 (Eec. for MayaSdv, q.v.).t MaySaXifjcos, -d, 6v, Magdalene, of Magdala : Mapia (q.v.)

is

7;

M.,

Mt

27^''i 281,

Mk

15*0.47 I61
:

[9],

Lk

8^ 24io,

Jo

19^5 20i'i8.t
'ApfiayeSuiv, q,v.).t

MayeSwc,

Magedon

Ee

16^

(WH,

"Ap M. for

fiayeia, V.S. /xay/a.

lore.

*fiayeua) (Eur., Plut., al.), 1. to be 2. to practise magic : Ac 89.t


*)jiayia (Eec. -eta),
-a?,
77

a Magus, or skilled in Magian


1.
:

(<^/Adyos),

i/ie

Zore of the

Magians

(Plat.).

2.

magic:

ipl.,

magic

arts, sorceries
,

Ac S^^t
22. 10, al. (cf.

fidyos, -ov, 6, [in

LXX

for fjlSTN

Da

LXX th

a^'m

1. one of the Mdyoi, a Median tribe (Hdt.). a Magian, one of a sacred caste, originally Median, who seem to have conformed to the Persian religion, while retaining some of Mt 21- 7. le. 3. a their old beliefs (v. DB, i vol., 665 f. DB, iii, 203 ff.)

chief magian, Je 39^.^3);]


2.

wizard, sorcerer:
MayoJy,
o,

Ac

13".

^ (cf.

Wi

17'',
,

indecl.

(Heb.
20^
(v.

Z'lJQ

Ac Ge

89'^^).t

IO2,
l.).t

Ez

382,

^1.),

Magog,

associated with

Gog

Ee

Swete, in

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


MaSidfi,
6,

275

indecl.

(Heb. J^ID), Midian


36^5,

1.

son of

Abraham
3. yTj

(Ge

252).

2.

An

Arabian tribe (Ge

Ps 82
:

(83)9, al).

M.

(Heb. ]^Tp }n^), the land of Midian (Ex


*fiot<5s, -ov, o, the

2^5, al.)

Ac V^.f

breast

Ee

1^^

(L for

/xaa-ro^, q.v).t

intrans. (as prop. vb. in -cww, and so Plut., mor. 837 c. and elsew.), to he a discijjle : c. dat., Mt 27^*" (Rec, 2. Trans., to make a disciple : c. ace, Mt 28^9, Ac 14P^ mg.). t. ^ao-iAeta, Mt 1352.t pass., seq. dat., t. 'l-qaov, Mt 27" (WH, E) only as v.l. (A) in Je I321 20^^ -ov, 6 (fxavOdvo)), [in liaeTj-nis, 26 (46)9 *;] a disciple : opp. to SlUo-koXos, Mt lO^*, Lk 6*0 ; 'Iwavvov,
|ia6T)TeD'w

*t

{<C fJ^a-0-qTri<;),

1.

WH,

LXX

218, Lk 533 ^aptmjio^v, Mt 22^6, Mojvo-ccus, Jo 928; 'It/o-oC, Lk 617 711 193^ Jo 666 73 1938. esp. the twelve, Mt 10^ 71^ Lk 39, Jo 22, al. ; later, of Christians generally, Ac 6i2,7 111,

Mt

91*,

Lk

7I8,

Jo

325

T.

Mk

Mk
;

Qio, al.

T.

Kvpiov,

Ac

9^.
v'

*+ /iadi^Tpia,
disciple
:

-as,

fio-OriTpis,

fem. of

fiaOrj-n^s,

q.v.),

a female

Ac

9^" f

MaOOaOias, V.S. MaTTa^ias. MaeOalos (Eec. Mard-, V.

WH,

.4j9;).,

159; Bl.,
-ov,

3,

11; on the
:

Semitic form,
^ii.,

v.

99 103,

Mk

Dalman, Words, 51; 318, Lk 615, Ac li^ (cf.

Gr., 142),
Aci^c^.t
o,

6,

Matthew

Mt

MaeOdj' (Eec. Mar^-, V.S. Ma^^aios),

indecl. (Heb. ]]10),

Matthan:

Mt

lis.t

Ma00dT (T, -a^; Eec. MaT^-,

V.S.

Ma^^aros),

6,

indecl. (Heb. niJO),

Matthat

Lk

32^ (cf.

MaT^aT).t
V.S.

MaOeios (Eec. Mar^-,

Ma^^aio?),

-a,

(Heb. iTriO), Matthias

Ac

123,26_t

Ma0ou<r(i\a
Ma'ivdv, V.S.

(WH,

-a\d), 6

(Heb. nb^Tinp), Methuselah

Lk

S^^.t

Mcwd.

^aiVofiai,

[in
1.

LXX

Je 32 (25)1^ (bbn hith.) 36


2. to rave, be

(29)26 (yj^r pu.),


:

Wi

14-8, al.

;]

to rage, be furious'.

mad

Jo
;]

lO^'',

Ac

1215 262*25^

Co

1423

(cf. ifi-fxaCyofiaL).f

fiaKapi'l^w

{<CixaKdpio<i),

[in
c.

LXX

for

ICTN
1*^,

pi.,

pu.

to

bless,

proTWunce blessed or
fiaKcipios,
-a,

happy

ace. pers.,

Lk

Ja

5ii.t

chiefly of

form of and the departed), the gods


-ov (collat.
i,
:

poet, p-dnap,
[in

in Horn.,

Hes.,

LXX

for "'IIJ'K;] blessed,

6i5; iXn^s, Tit 2i3; ^o's (8w<o-t7?s), i Ti in 177, 213) esp. in congratulations, usually with the omission of the copula (M, 620 ff-, Jo 20^9, Ee V, al.; Pr., 180; Bl., 30, 3), fi. 6, Mt 53 ff-, Lk seq. ptcp., Lk 145, al.. ^5^ Mt 11, Lk 723, Eo 4^^; Sn, Mt I316, al.; edv, Jo 131'^, I Co 7**'; compar., fi. . . . fxakkov, Ac 20'*; .(LTepo<i,

happy {DCG,

Co

7*0.

Syn.
''*'

cvXoyT/To's, q.v.

fiaKapiafios,

felicitation

Eo

-ov, 46, 9^

(fiaKapi^o))

declaration

of

blessedness,

Qa

41^ (Plat., Arist.).t

276

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


MaKcSo^ia,
;

Phi 4l^

(v.

Macedonia: Ac IG^.i^ i Co 16^, ii Co l^', M. Kal 'Axa(a, Ac 19-^i, Eo 15^\ i Th V' . al. MaKcSciK, -Ji'o?, 5, a Macedonian : Ac 169 1929 272, 11 Co 92. *.t i Co lO^' *t fidKcXXoi', -ov, TO (Lat. macellttm), a meat-market MM, xvi).t Deiss., LAE, 274
-as,
-q,
:
;

/xaKpdv (prop. fern. ace. of fmKp6<i, sc. 68w), adv., [in

LXX

for

pm
S'"'",

hi., prir^

etc.

;]

a long way, far

Lk

IS'^",

Ac

22^1
ol

seq. airo,
/*.,

Mt

Lk 1\ Jo
;

218,

Ac

172"; id. metaph.,


ju,.

Mk

12^4;

d%
;

Ac
/a.,

239 (cf.
ib.
^'^.t

Is 22)

metaph.,

ol ttotI ovrts

(opp. to lyyv%),
(chiefly

Eph
[in
--^^

21^

oi

fiaKpoOei'

(^/xafcpds),

adv.
:

late),
.

LXX
^.

for piriT

pinno
II

etc.

;]

from

afar, afar

Lk

IS^^ 225"

(pg 137 (138)6,

Es

313, al),
IS' 17.+

Mt

26^8 27",
-w

Mk

S" 8^ lli3 14^* 15*",

Lk
v.s.

1623 23",
-la),

Ee

1810'

t |iaKpo0ufie'u,

{<^

fiaKpo-dvfj.o?,
(rj-^x
,

long-tcmjjered

[in
al.;]

LXX: Ec
1.

812

^2^

pr

1911

^K ^nNH), Jb

?!,

Si

2\

2. Passively, actively = Kaprtpio), to persevere (Plut., 2, 593 F). to be patient, long-suffering : absol., i Co 13*, He 61^, Ja 5^; seq. Iws,
c.

gen., ib.

cVt,

c.

dat., ib.
cis, 11

(Si 2*)

Trpo's,

c.

ace,

Th

51*

im,

c.

dat.,

Mt

1826.29,
:

Lk 18^
q.v.
7?

Pe

S^.f

SfN.
Je 1515
suffering

VTrofiV(j),

t ^aKpoOufiia, -as,
{rr^ti. "^j^N),
:

{<ip.aKp6-evfjio<;), [in

LXX

Pr 2515
;]

(n";5?< IJIN),

Is

57l^ Si 5i\
in

Mac

8* *

patience,

long-

Col
6,

experiencing troubles and difficulties. of God's forbearance, Eo 2* 922, 11 Co 522, Eph 42, Col 312, i Ti lie, 11 Ti 42, i Pe 320, 11 Pe 3i*.t Ga Syn. : v^o/xovy (cf. Lft., Col., 138 Tr., Syn., liii). *t fiaKpo9u)xu)s, adv., with forbearance, patiently : Ac 26^.+
of

men,

esp.

111, II

Ti

310,

He

612, Ja, 510

IxQKpos, -a, -oV, [in


1.

LXX for "JJ^X,


(/ia/cpo's,

plPIT

and cognate forms,


12*'',

etc.;]
20*'^.

2.

space and time, long : yuaKpa Trpoa-evxto-Oai, Mk Of distance, far, far distant : x^P"^' ^^ ^^^^ 19i2,+
of
fiaKpo-xpo'ios,

Lk

-ov

;(po':os),

[in

LXX

p..

yLyveaOai, ttvat

{W'lyi '?l"'"ixn).

Ex

2012,

De

4**'

516

172*'*;]

of long

duration, long-

lived: Eph63(Lx^).+
,id\a,

adv.,

[in

LXX
in

for
9,1
.

b^S,
I.

m
17

Ki 1, Da
(^a),

LXX

lO^i, al.;

compar. for ^a,


II

Nu

13^2(31)^

^axXov
place

Ge

19^, al.; superlat.,

Mac
;

8'',

IV

Mac

4^^
;

12^ 15*;]

Pos., very, very


is

much, exceedingly

taken by \iav, o-0o8pa, etc.). 1. Of increase, more; with qualifying words: II. Compar., jxaWoi'. 5i5' i^, Phi 212, al. ttoVo), Lk 122*, Eo 7roX\(2, Mk 10*8, Lk 18=59, Eo 102s. 1112, a,i oo-o), He 2. Of comparison, the more: Too-ovrw Lk 5l^ Jo 518, Ac 51*, I Th 41'!'', 11 Pe V^; hi ,1. Kal p.. Phi 19; c. compar., Mk 7^*, 11 Co 71^; iroWw fi. Kpelaa-ov, Phi 12^; ft, ha<f>ipiLV,
(cl.

LXX
.

ut supr.

NT

its

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


c,

277

gen.,

Mt

6^^;

ft.

^,

Mt
9^5,

18^^;

c.

gen.,
8i

Co

14^^; as periphr. for

compar., Ac 20^5,
3.

(EV, yea rather), Eo S^*. fi. Of preference, rather, the rather, sooner : with qualifying words,
i

Co

Ga 4^^
122^;

TToXAa),

Mt
Co
;

6^0,

al.

ttoXv,

He

iroa-w,

Mt

7^\

al.

in a question,
fx.,
;

ov
II

IX.I I

9^2. after

a neg..
;

Co

5^

^-qXu), I

Co

14^

c.

10, al; eiXm {^vhoKOi) subst., t. (tk6to<; ^ r. ^ws, Jo 3^^

Mt

Co

14*,

/*.

84,

III. Super!., fjidXurro, most, most of all, Phi 422, I Ti 410 58. 17, II Ti 413, Tit 110,

above all

Phm i,

11

Ac 20^ 25^^, Pe 2iO; /x. yv^crrrj^,

Ga 4. Ga 6^^, De

Ac

263.
(laXaKi'a
-a?,
17

/xaXaKos),

[in

LXX

chiefly for br[,

7^*

28", Is 38^ 533, al. ;] 1. prop., softness, effeminacy (Hdt., Thuc, al.). 2, In NT, as in LXX, = aa-devtLa, weakness, sickness : voo-os nal fx.,

Mt

423 935 IQi.t


/SFiV.
;

V.S. d<r6Via.

ftaXaic^s,

-i

-oV,

[in

LXX:

Pr

25^^^

(Q^p-ji^ppg) * (^n) 2622


:

.j

of clothing, pi., Mt 11^ soft; 1. prop., to the touch (opp. to a-KXrjpos) Lk 72*. 2. Of persons and their mode of living; (a) mild, gentle; (b) soft, effeminate : i Co 6^ (prob, in obscene sense, cf. Deiss.,

LAE,

150 4;

MM,

xvi; Zorell, s.v.).t


:

MaXeXeVjX (T, MeA-), 6 (Heb. ^UJ^^qo), Mahalaleel


fidXiora, V.S. fidXa.
(iaXXoc, V.S. fidXa.

Lk

S^^.t

MdXxos,

-ov, 6
?7

(Hellenistic

form

of

Heb.

"Ij^p),

Malchus

Jo

IS^^.t

(onomatop.), [in LXX: iv Mac 16^*;] 1. in cl., a 2. In late Gk. (= cl., TrjBTJ), a grandmother child's name for mother. (LXX, I.e.), II Ti l^.t
**fi(ifi|jiT], -r/s,

tjittfiums (Rec.
riches
:

fiafjifx-),

-a (Bl., 7, 4), 6

(Aram. S3ina),

mammon,

Mt

62*,

Lk
-rj>

169. u, i3,t
:

tAayariv, 6
Mat'OCTOTis,

(Heb. DUZp), Manaen


o (Heb. HWiO),

Ac

13i.t
1.
:

Manasseh ;

(a)

the first-born
7".
2.

son of Joseph
of

Judah
I

Mt
Phi

(6) l^^.t

the tribe which bore his

name

Ee

King

ftavQdvQ>, [in

LXX chiefly for


; ;

absol,
I

Co

1431,

Co

1435,
420

49, II

iTi 2^\ ii Ti 3' Ti 3l^ Ee 14^; seq. quaes,


seq.
i-n-o, c.

to learn, esp. by c. ace. rei, Jo 7^^ (sc. aird),


1.

mb;]

inquiry

Eo

le^^,

indir.,

Mt

9^^; XptcrroV,

I328; diro, c. gen. gen. rei, Mt 2432, gen. pers., 11 Ti 31*; cv, c. dat. pers., pers., I Co 4''; "point" aorist (M, Pr., 117), to ascertain, seq. on, Ac 232^; 2. to learn by use and practice, acquire the c. ace. seq. (xtto, Ga 32, habit of, be accustomed to : e. inf. (Bl., 69, 4), i Ti 5*, Tit 3^*; id. c. nom. in pred. (Bl., 72, 1), Phi 4}^; c. ace. rei seq. ctTro', He 5^; dpyal fiav6dvov(Tiv (EV, they learn to be idle ; Bl., 73, 5 ; Field, Notes, 210),

Eph

{ICC, in 1.) Mt 1129, Col

Mk

V;

-n-apd, c.

Ti 5i3.t

278

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


H-afia, -as,

/i,atVo/xai),
:

[in

LXX Ho
:

9^' n?^;?!^^).

Wi

5*,

al.

;]

frenzy, madness
T. /xavva,
;

Ac

26^*.t
ry),

fidkm, TO, (in FIJ, also

indecl. [in

LXX

to
;]

fxav.

where

Nu
Ee

lisff-, al.

(]p,

Aram. N$0)

Ex 16^^*, elsemanna: Jo 63i'*,


for

He
al.

9*

symb.,

2^7.+

^ain-euojuiai
;]

to

(<[ /xavri's, a seer, diviner), [in divine, practise divination : Ac IG^^.t


:

LXX

DDp

De

IS^**,

q.v., in distinction from which fx. is used in only of false prophets and those who practise the heathen arts of divination and soothsaying (cf. i Ki 28^, and v. Tr.,
7rpo(firjTev(D,

LXX

Syn. and
vi).

NT

Syn.,

fjiapai^oj, [in

LXX:

Jb

IS^o {a;y^

pi.), 242*,

wi

2^ I921*;] in cl,

1. prop., to quench fire; pass., of fire, to die atoay, go out. 2. In various relations, to quench, waste, wear out (cf. Wi 19^^) pass., to waste aivay; in later writers (Plut., Luc, al.), of the withering of flowers and herbage (act., Jb 15^0 pass., ib 24^*, Wi 2^) Ja 1^^
;
. :

(cf. a/i,apai'TOv).t

add (Kec. fiapavaQa. on the original form v. Aram. Gr., % 4:1,1; 74, 3; Words, 328). Maran atha, i.e. the Lord Cometh (but v. Dalman, 11. c. Field, Notes, 180 ICC, in 1.) i Co 1622.t *fiapYapiTT]s, -ov, 6, a pearl: Mt 13*^.46, i Ti 2^ Ee 17* IS^^.ie 2121 (.-^^_ proverbially, Mt 7.t
jiapdv
;
:

Dalman,

WH)

MdpGa, -as (BL, 7,

2),

7;

(Aram.

Urt-]^),

Martha: Lk
indecl.,

lO^s.

*o, 41^

Jo

lli.s.iaff. 122.+

Mapia,

-as

(Hellenized form),
Q^-ia),

and

Mapiafx,
1.

-q

(Aram.

d;1; Heb. (MT)

Mary.

In

NT;

the mother of Jesus:

Mt

116

ff.

211

i355_

Mk
:

63,

Lk

P^ff. 25.16,19,34^

Ac

li*.

2.

ilf.

dalene (q.v.). 3. The wife of Clopas (Jo 19^5) and mother of the little, and Joses Mt 275'6i 28i, Mk 15*>*7 I61, Lk 24io.
sister of
ff.
:

Martha and Lazarus Lk 10^9. 42, Jo HL 2, 19 123. mother of John Mark Ac 12'2. 6. A Christian greeted by St. Paul Eo 16^ (on the signification of the name, v. Zorell, s.v. on the use of the alternative forms in NT, DB, iii, 278 b).+ MdpKos, -ov, 6, Mark Mk., tit., Ac 12i2.-^5 1537, 39^ Col 4i, 11 Ti 411, Phm24, I Pe 5'3 (v. Swete, Mk., Intr., xiiiff.; DB, iii, 245ff).t ** fidpfiapos, -ov, 6 {<^ij.apixatpui, to glisten), [in LXX: Ep. Je"2*;] 1. any crystalline stone (Hom., Eur., al.). 2. In later writers, marble :
: ;

MagJames 4. The 5 The

Ee

18i2.t
p.dpTup, V.S. p-dpTVi.
fiapTupe'w, -w

{<^

p.dpTv<s) , [in

LXX
xvi),

chiefly for 137


353");]
al.),
;

(Ge

31*"*^, al.),

also for Tiy hi. (Ge 43^,

La
;

2^^),

njy (Nu
11

(a)

witness, bear witness, testify: parenthetical (Bl., 79, 7


at

absol.
22,

(Pind.,

a Jo 15", Ac 26^;
prop., to be

MM,
Ac

incomm.;

Bl.,

37,

2),

He

Co 8^ c. dat. pers. (coram, IQi*; id. seq. on, Mt 233i,

MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Eo
seq.
oTi,
I

279

102, al.; ace. et inf.,


Trcpt,

Ac

lO*^;
i

c.

ace. rei
;

(cl.),

Jo 3", Ee

22^6.20;
14^, al.
id.

c. ace. eogn., seq.


TTcpt,

Jo

5^^,

c.

gen. (pers. et

rei),

Jo 5^<> Jo V'
al.;

c. dat. rei, Jo 5^^, 8- is 2^^ IS^s 212*,

Ac
al.
;

seq.

Jo

536

7^

5x1,

Jo P* 4"

5ti recit.,

Jo

439;

Kara seq. on,

Co 151*; pass., He 78; ptcp., Eo 3^1; impers.. He 7^7; (b) in late Gk., to witness favourably, give a good report, approve (Bl., 54, 3 MM, xvi Deiss., BS, 265) c. dat. pers., Lk 4^2 seq. Ittl, e. dat. rei, He 11* pass., Ac 6^ ; seq. iv, i Ti 510, He IP 8id, c. gen. rei, He ll^^ vTTo, c. gen. pers., Ac IO22, al. impers., in Jo^ (cf. i-m-, o-w-ctti-,
;
:

Kara-, (rw-/xapTvp(i)).
fkaprvpia,
-a<s,
ij

(<^/xa/)ru/3a)),

[in

LXX

Ge

31*^

(Nlinnifr),
12i9,

Ex
34

20i,

De
Jo

520(17),

Pr

25i8,

Ps 18

(19)^

(ly,

nny),

Pr

Si

(31)23.24^

jv

Mac

6^2*;] witness, testimony, evidence:

Lk

53* 1935 212*, I Ti 37, Tit li3, Jo 12, Ee 117; q, gen. 1459, Jo 817 (i-xx auter)^ I jo 59. geq. ^a^a'^ c. gen. pers., subj., 14*^ ; esp. of witness concerning Christ and divine things, Jo 17 311,32,33 532,36^ Re 69; c. gen. subj., Jo li^ 53i 8i3.i*, Ac 22i8, i Jo 59-ii,
2271,

Mk

14**',

Mk
.

Mk
Ee

1211

c gen. obj.,

Ee P-

12i7 1910, 20*

/x.

Ix"".

Re

6" 12i7 igio.t

fiaprupioK, -ov, to (<^ /xdprvp), [in


,

LXX

chiefly for

nyiD

also for

rnv Uny and cogn. forms;] a testimony, witness, proof (Hdt., Thuc, al.): c. gen. subj., 11 Co I12, 11 Th li; c. gen. obj., Ac 433, I Co 1 21 (WH, txt., E, txt., ^.vcTTrjpiov) 11 Ti 1^; ek fi., Mt 8* lOis
;

241*,

Mk

1** 611 139^


I

Lk
;

51* 95 2113,
<rK7]v^

{GGT,

in I),

Ti 2

17

toC

p..

He 3^, Ja 53 (LXX for

to ^. Katpok

iS'o s

iria

br}ii),

Ac

7**,

Ee

156.t
**fjiapTo'po/itu

{<CpdpTvp), [in LXX: Jth 728, i Mac 2^^ N)*;] to summon as witness (M, Th., 25 f Hort., / Pe., 53 f. Lft., Notes, 29 Ga 203), hence, (a) to protest, affirm solemnly : seq. on, Ac 202*, Ga 53; (b) to adjure, beseech: c. dat. pers., Ac 2622; q ^00. et inf.,
.

Eph

417; seq. eh,

Th
Ti

212 (cf. 8ta-, 7rpo-/xapTvpo/xai).t


-vpos,

fidpTus (-^olic pdpTvp),

(also

77),

[in

LXX
;

for IJT;]

witness

Ac

10*i,

612, 11

sense, Mt c. gen. obj., Ac 18 1331,


31*
;

18i 26^5,

Mk

of

Lk 24*8, Ac Ee 113; ^ dat. pers., Lk 11*8, Ac 22i5; of Christ, Ee 1* God, Eo 1^, 11 Co 123, p^i is^ i tj^ 2*. i of those who have
;

in forensic 1.) 1463, Ac 1028; n Co 13i, i Ti 5^\ I22 232 315 532 iqsq 26I6, i Pe 51 ; c. gen. poss.,
6i3 7^,

Ti 22,

He

12i (Westc, in

He

witnessed for Christ by their death


Ap., 35),

(in later

Xn. and

lit.,

martyr

Swete,

Ac

2220,

Rg

2i3 176.t
p-acrcr-), -wyuai

p,aa(iofi,ai

(Eec.

(Aristoph.

late writers, but not


to

in Trag. or in good Att. prose), [in


bite,

LXX

Jb 30* (dD^), Si 19^ A*;]

chew

Ee

16io.t

fiaaO^S, V.8. p.acrT6<:.


lia<TTiy6oi, -0}

(<^ p.auTi^), [in

LXX chiefly for 7\2Z

hi.

;]

to

scourge

280
c.

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON CF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Mt
312,

acc,

1017 2019

233^
8^7).t

Mk

103*,

Lk

IS^s,

Jo 19i

metaph.,
:

He

12
22^*

(cf.

Pr

Je

53,

Jth

fiaaTiJu (Ep.

and

late prose

Att. /lao-Ttyow), [in


c.

LXX Nu

acc, Ac 2225.t etc. ;] a whip, scourge : Ac for 13112? fido-Til, -tyos, 17, [in 22^*, He 11^* metaph., of disease or suffering as a divine chastisement (cf. Ps 88(89)33, Pr 312^ Mac 9'i), Mk 310 529.3*, Lk 7^\i
(na:
hi.),

Wi

511,

n Mac

2^1*;] to whip, scourge:

LXX

fiaoTos, -ov, 6, [in

LXX
;

chiefly for Its';] the breast: pi.,

Lk

ll^^^

2329,

Ee

113 (T^ f^acreol^

WH,

App., 149

L,

fjiaCol^).f

*+ fiaxaioXoyia, -as, rj (<^ /xaraioAdyos), idle OX foolish talk : I Ti l^.t *t fiaraioXoyos, -ov (<^ /xaratos, Acyw), talking idly : Tit ll9.t jjidTaios, -ov (as in Att., but -aia, -aiov, I Co 151'^, I Pe 11^;
<^ixdTr)v), [in
K.
;

LXX
Ac

for N1C7
I

b^H 3T3
, ;

etc.;] vain, useless: dvox^cX'^9


;

ttiVtis, fi., Tit 39 3uo(Lxx)j ayacrTpo(f>-q, I

Co 151^^ Pe 11^; of

Oprja-KeM,

idols

Ja 1^* SiaXoywr/xoi', I Co and heathen gods, ra [x. (Je 2*,

IV

Ki 17l^ Syn.

al.)
:

14i5.

cevos,

q.v.
rj

t fiaTai<5TT|s,

-rjTO'i,
g,].,

(<^ yaaratos), [in

LXX
in
:

for
;

b^H

Ps 30 Ps
2i^

(31)*

38 (39)* 61
P'f\
,

(62)9,

and nearly 40 times

Ec

for K"!2r
Q^^, ii

25*, al.
;

etc.
4I''

;]

vanity, emptiness, frailty, folly

Eo

Pe

t. voos,

Eph

(elsewhere only in Pollux, 6, 134, and Eccl.).t t^axaiou), -w /AdTaios), [in IV Ki 17l^ Je 2^, etc. ;] to make vain, foolish : Eo l^i.t ]i.&Ti]v (prop. acc. of /AaV?;, a fault, folly), adv., [in

LXX:

al.

(bnn),
for

LXX

ban

NlCr

etc.

;]

in vain,

to

no purpose

Mt

159,

mjj 77 {LXX)_t

MaxOaios, -av,

MaredT

(v.s.
6,

-las, V.S. Ma^^-. Maeedr), Matthat

Lk

3^* (T,

Maeede).f
:

MaxTaed,

indecl. (Heb.
-ov, 6,

nnpO), Mattatha
(cf.
: .

MaxxaOias,
fidxaipa,

Mattathias
;

-Tjs
;

(Att. -a?

V.

WH,
,

Ma^^tas) Aj)p., 156a Bl.,


(in

Lk 33i.+ Lk 3".26.t
7, 1), al.)
7;,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

niO

also for

n^SKO

etc.;] 1.
i'',

Horn.,

a large knife

Jg 19^9 A). 2. a short sword or dirk, for sacrificial purposes (Ge 22^' or dagger (as disting. from pofxcftaia, a large broad sword and ^i'</)os, a 1448,47,48^ Lk 2236 -, j^ straight sword for thrusting) Mt 26*7ff-, 18i' 11, Ac 1627, He 1137, Ee 6* 13io. 1* o-To>a fiaxaipr]<: (as in Heb.
:

Mk

nin

^B

Ge

3426, al.), the edge of the


412
;

sword
122
;
.

Lk

212*,

He

113*

^.

SLO-TOfxa,

He
Mt

dvaipeiv

p.a-)(aipr},

Ac
83^

Metaph.,

103* (^^^ ^q tlpwv),

Ro

p..

^^^ ^ (f)opetv, Eo 13*. tov 7rvivpxiTo<i, Eph 6i7.t


;]

jxdxt],

-r}<;, -q

{<^

fjLa.xop.at),

[in

LXX

chiefly for n*"!


;

1.

a fight.

2.

strife,

contention, qiiarrel : 11 Co 7^, 11 Ti 223, jg, 41 pj^ Tit 39.+ chiefly for 3^1 also for nSTS ni., etc. ;] 1. to fidxofiai, [in

LXX

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


fight
:

281

Ac

7^^.

2.

to

quarrel, dispute

ii

Ti

2^*,

Ja
:

4^

Trpos

dXX^Xovs,
al.

Jo

6*2 (cf. 8ia-/i,axo/Aai).t

fiCYaX-auxeu, -w
to boast

(=

fieydka avxeoi), [in

LXX
:

Ez

IG^O (nns),
(bll|),

;]

great things

^J.ya\los,

Ja 3* (Eec. for fjnydXa aixet, WH).t -da, -tlov /tyas), [in LXX Ps 70(71)19
:

al.,

freq. in Si

;]

magnificent, splendid (Xen., Plut,,


tj

al.)
:

/jicYa^6i<5Tris, -qros,

;]

Ac
:

2ii.t

/xeyoXcros), [in

LXX

Je 40 (33)9 (ni^fpn),

Da
II

LXX
1^*5

727, I

Es

1* 4*o*

splendour, magnificence
title,

Lk

9*^

Ac

1927,

Pe

(freq. in

tt.

as a ceremonial
cs

MM,

xvi).t

fieyaXoTTpcinis,
II

{=

fieydXta TrpeVwv), [in

LXX: De

332" (nij^a),

Mac

8^*
:

15^3, III

Mac
1*^.

2^*;]

befitting

a great man, magnificent,


hi.;]
1.
:

majestic
great
:

11

Pe

l^^ (cf.

MM,
2.

xvi).t

^i.ya\6v(,}

/x,yas), [in

LXX chiefly for blS pi.,


to
cV,

to

make
1*",

Mt

23*,

Lk

declare great, exHol, magnify

Lk

Ac

51^ 10* 1917, II

Co

1015; pass., seq.

Phi
;]

12o.t
:

IxcyaXus, adv., [in


tfieyaXwo-oinrj,
-r)<s, r;

LXX for blia


(<^/xyas), [in
al.
;]

etc.

greatly

Phi

^^^.t

LXX chiefly for n^HJ


:

and COgn.
1^ 8^,

forms, II Ki 72^, Ps 144 (145)^, (elsewhere Eccl. only).t


(i^yas, fieydXr], /xe'ya, [in

greatness, majesty

He

Ju 25

LXX chiefly for ^113


great;
1. of
;

also for

DT],

n^^O

(incl. /Act^wv),

ST
:

(/i.yto-Tos)

;]

external form, bodily size,


;

measure, extent

\i6os,

Mt

27*'*>;

Re 2. 433 (^o'ygos, Mk 4" Kpavy^, Ac 23^ <^ws, aya.7rq, Jo 15^^ ave/ios, ib. 6^8 242i. (a) of persons 3. Of rank Mt 416 TTvpcTo's, Lk 438 ^Xt./.is, Mt ^eo's (MM, xvi), Tit 2^3; "Apre^t^, Ac 1927; compar. (v. infr.), Mt 18^

Re

11^

fjLOLxaLpa,

6*, al.

SpdKw, Re 12^ lx6Zs, Jo 21^^ tto'Xis, Of intensity and degree Swaynis, Ac


:

Dalman, Words, 113 f.) neut. for masc. (Bl., of things dfiapTta, Jo 19^1 fxvanjpLov, Eph 532 and cf. Field, Notes, 16 f.), Mt 223 compar. for
(cf.
;
:

32, 1),
.

Mt

12

(b)

_
;

fi^y^a-j-rj

(v. infr.,

Co

1313.

4.

contr.
III

ixL^(i),

Jo

(a) 151

Compar., /xci'^w double compar.,

Mt

superl. (M, Pr., 78), ll^i 23^7, al. neut. pi., /^ei^ova,

fiei^orepo^

(M, Pr., 236


11

Bl., 11, 4),

Jo*;

(b)

superl,

/ttyio-Tos (Deiss.,

BS,

365),

Pe

1*.

fi^yeOos, -ous, to

(</iyas), [in

LXX

chiefly for

npip

;]

greatness

Eph
al.;
ol

119 (cf,

MM,

xvi, S.V. yLiyas).t

t ficyiordc, -avos, 6

/Acyto-Tos), [in

LXX
al.)

chiefly for ijy

Je 24^,

plST, Da
the chief

LXX th

523, al.; freq. in

Si (sing., 4^);] usually pi.,


:

PL.,

men, nobles (Manetho, FIJ,

Mk

621,

Re

6i5 1823.t

/ic'yioTOS, V.S. /txeyas.

**t(i60epji.Tii'euu, [in
123,

LXX
pi

Mk

5*1 1522.34,
-t;s,
:

Jo
[in

138,42^

Siprol. 23*;] Ac 436 I38 (cf.


chiefly for

to translate, interpret
ippir]VVw) .f

Mt

\iiQi\,

^,

LXX
.

"ipgr

and cognate forms;]

drunkenness

Lk

213*

jjo 1313, Qa, 52i.t

SYN.

V.S. Kuiyxos.

282

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


p,9-to-rr)/xi
;]

IID

(late form, i Co 13^) /jLeOia-Tavu}, [in for trans, in pres., impf., fut. and aor. 1, to change, remove c. ace. rei, oprj, i Co 13^ (cf. Is 54^^) c. ace. pers. seq. ets. Col 1^^ seq. CK, pass., Lk 16* of causing death (cf. similar intrans. sense,
hi., etc.
;
:

and

LXX

Eur., Ale, 21, al.), Ac 13'-^2_ Metaph. (cf. t. KapStW /x., Jos 148), c. ace. pers., to pervert : Ac 19-^.t *tjie0-o8ta (Eec. -ta; cf. Bl., 3, 5), -as, 17 t /At^oScvw, 1, to treat by rule. 2. to employ craft : iv Ki 19'^^ *), craft, deceit : Eph 4^* 6^^ (not found elsewhere v. AE, in l.).t Jos 19^^ liQ-6piov, -ov, TO (neut. of /xe^optos, -a, -ov), [in

LXX

A"*;] Eec. for npiov (q.v.), a border,


tic0o'(rKa>,

boundary

Mk

7'^*.t
;]

[in

LXX

Ps 22

of fie&voi, to

Eph

518, I

make drunk, Th 5<.f

(23) (mi), Pr 4^7 (nntzr), etc. intoxicate; pass., to get drunk:

causal
12**,

Lk

|x^0u(7os, -a, -ov

(also -OS, -ov

prop., only of
[in

writers

also

/xc^vo-Wko's,

of
2'

men),

LXX
1

women, but in late Pr 23^' (xno) 26^

(-1132?), Si

191 268, jv

Mac

*;]

drunken:
i

Co

5^^ 6io.t

be

drunken: Mt

ficGow {<^fxi6v, wine, cf. fxidrj), [in 24*9, Jq 210, Ac 2l^

LXX

Co Ipi,

chiefly forlStZT, mi;] to i Th 5^; metaph.,

Eel72.6.t
|i.ciYfia, -Tos,

TO, v.s. /Aty/xa,

and

cf. Bl., 3, 5.

fxciyk'ufii, v.s. /xtyvu/xi,

and

cf. Bl., 3, 5.

(ieij^OTepos, V.S. /xc'yas.


|Xil^(i)',

v.s. /xeyas.

ficXav, TO, V.S. /ieXas.


p,Xas, -aiva, -av, gen., -avos, -atVv^s, -avos, [in

LXX
b^^;

Ca

1',

Za

6*
/x.,

(ih^), etc.;] black:


4wA;
;

Ee

6^. i2;
i^.t

opp. to

A-cwkos,

Mt

neut., to

II

Co

3^, 11

Jo

12,

m Jo

MeXcd (Eec.

-5s, gen., -S),

indecl, 6 (Heb. nx^p), Melea

Lk

S^i.t

flAci, v.s. fieXo).

MeXeXeYJX, V.s. MaX-.

-w (<^/xe\eT>/, care), [in chiefly for HTI;] 1. c. care for (Hes.). 2. C. ace, to attend to, practise : i Ti 4^* gen., to (EV, be diligent in; cf. Souter in Exp., viii, vi, 429, but v. infr.). 3. to study, ponder : Ac 42^ (lxx)^ i Ti 41* (AV, meditate on ; cf. CGT, cf. 7rpo-/AeXT(xa)).t in 1., but V. supr.
fjieXcTdw,
;

LXX

fiAi, -To^, TO, [in

LXX
24*'-

freq.

(Ge

43^1, al.) for


3*,

^y[;

for ng)i,

Pr
cf.

53;]

honey: Ee lO^'^O; dypiov


jjicXio-aios,

(q.v.),

Mt

Mk

l.t
<^ /xc'Xto-o-a,

*t
/xc'Xi),

-a,

-ov
:

(elsewhere t-aios,

-cios;

bee,

made by
MeXiTT],

bees

Lk

(Eec,

(Eec, E,
[in

txt.),

E, mg.).t MeXiT-qvr] (WH, E, mg., v.


:

WH,
Ac

WH,

App.,
fut.,

160), Melita, Melitene (mod. Malta)


fAc'XXa),

28i.t

LXX

Jb

3*

(Tny)
(a) of

192*

{frm)

',

elsewhere for
;

and
62,

freq. in

4; 68,

Wi, 11, iv Mac ;] 2; M, Pr., 114)

to be
;

about to be or do 1. c. inf. (Bl., intending or being about to do of

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


one's

283

own
112
(b) of

free will
(j^ield,

c. inf.

praes.,

Mt

2^3,

Lk 10\ Ac
:

3^ 5^^,

He

8*,

n Pe
3^*
;

Notes, 240), al.;


42*,

c. inf. aor. (Bl.,

compulsion, necessity or certainty


671^

Lk

931,

Jo

Ro
;

al.;

c.

inf.
i

aor.,

Eo
322;

58, 3), Ac 12, Ee praes., Mt 16^'', S^s, Ga 323, Ee 32 12*.


c. inf.
fi.,
fi.
;

2. Ptcp., 6

fxk\mv: absol.,
c.

(Field, Notes, 65)


2425, 1 Ti 48,

Eo 838, subst., Mt 3^

Co

ra

Col 2^^

ti's

to

fi.

1232

^Iwy 6

LXX

for ly),

Ac

He

25, al.

fieXos, -ovs, TO, [in

LXX
;

chiefly for

np3 ;] a member, limb

of the

body:

gph 41" (WH, mg.), Ja 3^; pi. (as always in cl.), rh Mt 529.30, Eo 613.19 75.23 124^ i Co 1212^-, Col 3^, Ja 3 41. Metaph., iropvrj^, i Co 6i5 of Christians, dXAi^Awv, Eo 12^, Eph 42^ Xpio-ToC, I Co 615 o-tii^aros Xpio-ToC, I Co 122^, Eph 53o.t McXxci (Eec. -xO, indecl., 6 (Heb. '3^), Melchi: Lk 324.28t
i

Go
:

12i*'i9.2e^

IX.

/*.

MeXxio-eStK, indscl., 6
520 71, 10
11, 15,

(Heb. pT5f

"^3^0),

Mekhizedek
12i3, i

He
14*2.

S^'i"

17_f

^ic'Xoi,

[in

LXX

Jb 223

(1^50),

To

105,

wi

Mac

;]

pers.

to be an object of care, be a care; commonly in third dat. pers., Ac ISi'^ ; very freq. impers., i Co 7*i ; seq. oti, 438, Lk 10*0; c. gen. rei (as freq. in Att.), i Co 99; seq. Trtpt, Mt 22i, 121*, Jo 1013 126^ i Pe 5^. 2. Trans., in act. and mid., to
1. intrans.,
:

c.

Mk

Mk

care for (not in *t ficjippdi^a,

LXX or
-as,
17

NT).t (Lat. membrana), parchment


c.

**(i^^4)o^ai, [in

fault:

mg.

Si 11^ 41^, 11 Mac ace, avrovs (WH, txt. avrois, Eec, on rendering with avroh v. Westc, in 1.), He 88.t
absol.,

LXX:

Ti 4i3.t 2^*;] to blame, find


:

11

Eo

9i9;

WH,

* jicji|/ifi,oipos,
one' s fate,
fi^c,

-ov (<[
:

/A6yu.<^o/xat,

fxoLpa, fate, lot),

complaining of

querulous

Jui^.t

conjunctive particle (originally a form of /at/v), usually related to a following Be or other adversative conjunction, and distinguishing the word or clause with which it stands from that which follows. It is generally untranslatable and is not nearly so frequent in NT as in cl. Like 8e, it never stands first in a clause. /xev 1. Answered by Se or some other particle Se, indeed with pronouns, os i^ev but, Mt 311, Lk 31", al. os Se, one . . pi., Phi li". i^ o 8c, S /xcv o 8c another, Mt 2135, al. tovto 8c, partly some some, Mt 138; toSto /xcv some KOL, Lk 85. circira, Jo 11*; fiev partly. He 1033; ^^ . irpwrov fxiv 2. /xev solitarium, answered by no other particle
:

(Bl., I.e.),

Eo

18 32, I

Co

1118; /xv ovv in narrative,

summing up what

precedes or introducing something further nay rather : Lk 1128 (WH, fievovv), Ac 1

(Bl,, 78, 5), so then, rather, 93i, al. fih oZv yc (Phi 38, ;

WH)

V.S. /Acvowyc.

Mei''<,

(L,

Mcwas,
fjiev

-a.

Eec. MatVav)

6,

Menna

Lk

3'!.+

ficc-ouf

ovv, V.S. /lev.

fLv-ovv-y

fjLfv

ovv fc,

nay rather

Eo

920 IOI8,

Phi

S^.t

284

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


fieV-Toi
liivb},

=
[in
(i)

fiiv TOL, yet,

however
TiQjr
,

Jo
,

4^^, al.
;]
;

el /x.,

Ja 2^

LXX

for
:

mp
Lk

etc.

to

stay,

(if indeed). abide, remain.

1.

Intrans.
<Tvv,

of place
kuO'

seq.

iv,

8^7, al.

Trapd, c. dat. pers.,

Jo

1*,

kavrov, Ac 28i; c. adv., eKil, Mt lO^i; diSe, Mt 26=*8; metaph., i Jo 2i8; of the Holy Spirit, Jo l^^.^a 1417. of Christ, Jo 6^^ 15*, al. 6 ^os, i Jo 4^" conversely, of Christians, 6''" 15*, I Jo 415, al.; 6 Aoyos t. ^eoC, i Jo 2^*; rj a^deia, 11 Jo Jo 2, al.

al;

Lk

1''*';

seq. et? t. aiwva Jo 12^*, He 7^*, Jo 217; ^Xt'yov, Ee IT^O; ews Ipxof^ai, Jo 2122.23; (^^ of things, lasting or enduring: cities, Mt ll^^. He 13^*; Adyos deov, 1 Pe l^^; afiapTta, Jo 9*^ (iii) Of condition c. pred., ytidvo?, Jo 12^* ayaywos, i Co 7^^
(ii)

Of time

(a) of

persons

Phi

l^s

TTio-Tos, II

Ti

2^=^;

Upiv's,

He

7^;

c.

adv., owtws,
34,
;

Co

7***;

ws

<dyw, ib. ^i
:

seq.

ev,

ib. 20. 24.

2.
(cf.

pers.,

Ac

20^' ^^

Field, ^o^es, 132) c. ace. 1 dia-, 8ta-, iv, l-m-, Kara-, irapa-, avv-Trapa-, nepi-,
(Bl.,

Trans.

irpocr-, VTvo-p-ivui).

chiefly for pbu;] to divide; (a) to divide into parts: metaph., pass., i Co 73* (wh, b, mg.), 34 (Rec, r, txt.) (on
ficpij^o)

{<^ixipos),

[in

LXX

9), Ka6^ 32*-26 ^^' iavTov, ib. 26, (b) to distribute : c. ace. ; 6*^ rei et dat. pers., as in later usage (cf. Polyb., xi, 28, 9), to

reading and punctuation, v. IGG, in 1.) /xep-epia-TaL 6 Xpi(rT6<;, i as in late authors, of factional division (cf. Polyb., viii, 23,
;

Co

1^^

eavTov,

Mt

1225

Mk

Mk

bestow

Eo
(cf.

12^,

Co
-f,,

7^'',

11

Co
:

10^^,

He

72; mid.,

c.

ace. rei seq. p.Td,

Lk
al
c.

1213

8m-,

o-u/x-//cpt'^o)).t

liipuxva,
;]

-t;?,

[in

LXX

Ps 54

(55)22 (nr^),
:

Jb
pi.,

ll^s,

Si 302*,
81*,

(in cl. chiefly poet.)

gen. obj.,
to be

Mt
Lk

I322,

Mk
.

care, anxiety 4i9, 11 Co 1128.t


62"- 3i,

Pe

5'^
;

Lk

21^*

fiepip-^dw,
1.

-w /^>/Ava), [in
absol., Mt 1222 geq. ^^pi^
avpiov,

LXX:
Lk
628, to

Ps 37

(38)i8

anxious:
62^,
TT^v

122^;

p.rjhlv p..,

Phi 4";
;

(lUl), etc.;] c. dat.

rei,

Mt

Mt
2.
;

l^

10*i 1226
:

ttw?,

Mt

10^^

Lk 1211; 15 1 Co 722-34 I Co 122'^; c.


.

Mt

6^*,

care for

c.

ace,

to, t.
;

Kvpov,

TCI e.

Eec.

^^ ^_ K6(rp.ov, ib. 3* ra irepC vp.wv. Phi 220 seq. virep, gen. (a construction otherwise unknown), caur^s (WH; V. Bl., 35, 7), Mt 6^* (cf. n-po-p.epipiva.ui).^
rj,

(xcpts, -t'Sos,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

pbn

nf^l^n;]

1. 2.
:

(as in cl.)

part, 2)ortion:
(v.

Lk

MM,

xvi), as

10*2, Ac 821, 11 Co 61^, Col I12. geographical term, a division, district

In later

Gk

Ac

16i2.t
,

fiepior|ji6s,

-oD, 6

(< fiepi^oi),

[in

LXX for

n|?bqO
1.),

Hi^^no Jos
(i.e.

1123,

II

Es

618*";]

1.

a dividing, division:
;

if/vxrj^ k.

TrvvpaTo<;

them or
*+

of the things themselves, v. Westc, in tribution, bestowal (cf. p-epc^oi, 2) pi.. He 2*.t
ficpiorris, -ov, 6 (<^/x,pt^w),

He

412.

2.

between a dis-

a divider:

Lk

12i*.t
;]

\iipos, -ous,

TO (<^p.tipopai), [in

LXX

chiefly for JTSp

1.

a part,

lot,

share, portion: Jo 13^, Ac 192^ (Page, in 1.)^ Re 206 22i9; hence (cl.), destiny, Mt 24^1, Lk 12*6, Rg 21*. 2. a part as opp. to the whole 1136, Jo 1923, Ac 52 23, Eph 416, Ee 161^; c. gen. (of the whole), Lk

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Lk
15^2 24*2;
r.

285

^apLo-aiw, Ac 239; pi,^ Jq 21; of the divisions of a province, Mt Ac 2^** 19^ 20^; of the regions belonging to a city, 81'' Mt 1521 16^3^ c. gen. appos., Eph 4^ ; in adverbial phrases, duo. (/cara) fxepos, I Co 142^, He 9^ /xepos ti, aTro fi., in part, Eo 112' 1515.24^ I Co IP^ II Co 11*25; iK fi., 1 Co 1227, 139,12. T^ ^^ ^.^ ib.io. iv fi., in 3. A class or category (in cl. usually iv fi. ridevai, XayScIv, etc.)
2^'\

Mk

respect of, Col

2^^

iv r.

/*.

toutw, in this respect,

11

Co

S^^ 92.t

\Le(Tav6KT{.ov, V.S.
fieoTifijSpia,

fieaovvKTw;.
17

-as,

(/^ecros,

vfiepa),
8*9,

[in

LXX
1.

chiefly for

inX

Ge

3i,

al;

also for na5,

Da LXX

al.;]

noon: Ac 226.

2. the

South: Ac826.t
*fiaiTo' (<^ ^(rtTr;s), to interpose,
ii,

mediate: opKw,

He

6^'''

(MM,

iii).t

tfieaiTTj?, -ov, 6

/xo-os), [in
c.

LXX:
6 St
tt.,
/i.

Jb

9^3 (7^5)*;]
k.

an arbitrator,
i

mediator
gen.
in
1.
;

Ga

S^^

dupl. gen. pers., Oeov


8^ 9^^ 122*
;

dvOpoiiroiv,

Ti 2^

c.

rei, SLaO-^K-qs,

He

evbs ovk Io-tiv,

Ga

320 (v. Lft.,

and

for exx. of this

word

ia

v.

MM,
6,

xvi).t
-ov
;

fxeao-vuKTios (on V.l. /Accra-, V. Bl.,

2),

{<C^fxf.(TO<i,

vv^), [in

LXX chiefly
fjL.,

for n^"^^!!
(Arist.

^Sn;] of or at midnight
:

as subst., neut., to

midnight

Karci T^

and late writers) gen., Lk 11^; ftc'^pt fi., Ac 20^; 1335.t 1625; ^cc. (Eec, gen. v. Bl, 34, 8), fi., (sc. x'^P"). Mesopotamia : Ac 2^ 72.t MeaoTTOTapia, -as, 17

Ac

Mk

jjieo-os,

-f],

-ov, [in

LXX
:

chiefly for ^iri

;]

middle, in the middle or

midst; 1. prop., as an adj. Lk 23*^, Jo 19^^ Ac l^^; c. gen. pi., Lk 22^5, Jo 126; gen. temp, (BL, 36, 13), piearjs wktos, Mt 256; ^, rjp.ipa'i, Ac 26^^. 2, In adverbial phrases, neut., fxeaov, to /x., as
subst.
:

dftt

fiicrov,

c.

gen.,

between
6^
;

(cl.

in

LXX

Ge

1*,

al.),

cV p.., among, M, Pr., 99), i Co Jos 19^, Si 272), Mt 132^, of (Bl, 39, 2; 40, 8; cf. in Ee 717; hih. fjiiaov, c. gen., Lk 4^0; 8ta /icVov (Eec. -ov, v. Bl, 42, 1), 3^, Lk 4^5 51^ 6^ between, Lk 17^1 {ICC, in 1.) ek to fi. (v.s. ek), 1460 ^v T(S ya., Mt 146 2019.26 iv p.., Jos 813. 9J, Ac 47 ; c. Jo ,j5 ^., 6*7, Lk 2121 22",' Ac 17-2, He 2^2 (lxx)^ Ee 46 56 222; c. gen. loc, 1016 182.20, 9^6, Lk 2*6 qi iqs 2227 24^6, Ac li^ 22a gen. pi, Mt 2721, I Th 27, Ee 113 21 56 66 caTa piaov T. vvKTos, Ac 2727 (Bl, 47,

elliptically (but v.

in the

midst

LXX
;

Mk V\

Mk

Mk

Mk
pi.

Mk

6) iK Tov
;

iK ToD
p..,

(Lft., in

c.

gen.,

Mt

Deiss., BS, 252 13, Ac 17^3 23i,


1.
;

f.).

Col

2i*
;

iK

p.., 11

Th

27

Co

52, 11

Co

6i7.

3.

piaov, adverbially,

142* txt., c. gen., in the midst of, 21^ (8ta p^iaovY. supr. also Jo 8*9, E, mg.).t aliter). Phi *t p.eaoToixoi', -ov, to {<:^pi<xos, toixos), a partition ivall :

Mt

(WH,

Neut., E, mg.,
2i*

Eph

(not elsewhere, but v. LS, s.v. /to-oToixos).+ be in mid-heaven, of the *+ fiecroopdLi'Tjfia, -tos, to (<^ /txccrovpaveo), to mid-heaven : Ee 81^ 146 igivf sun at the meridian), the zenith,
fieaow,
-o) (<^/i,'cros),

[in

LXX:

p.crovar]<; t.

kvktos,

Ex

122^ (^3fO)

286
etc.
;]

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


to

middle

he in the middle, of the feast, Jo 7^*.t


-ov,

esp. of time

t.

koprrfi /aco-ovo-tjs,

in the
q.v.),

Meao-ias,

(Aram. Nn''B'p

==

Heb. ITB'p

Xpiorov,

Messiah

Jo

1*^

4".t
-6v, [in

Hie<TT6s,

-i
rei,

LXX: Na
;

1^',

Ez

37^ (N^!p),

Es 5\ Pr

G^**;]

/w/i

c.

gen.

Mt
c.

23-^s_

Ro

P^ 15l^
2^^.t

Jo 192^ 2V^, Ja 3^ metaph., of thoughts and II Pe 2'\ Ja d^^ (cf. Pr, l.c.).t

feelings, pass.,

**(ie(rroa),

-w yao-Tos), [in

LXX:
c.

III

Mac

5^'^**;] to fill

gen.

rei,

Ac

ficT<

(before

vowel
,

/act
b),
,

on the neglect of

cases, V.

WH,
nx
,

App., 146

prep.

elision in certain gen., ace. (in poet, also c. dat.), [in

LXX
with

for
I.

Dy

inx

etc.].

C. gen.,

1.

amo7ig,

amid

Mk

l^^,

Lk

22^7

(LXX,

cv) 24^,

Jo

18^, al.; Siwy/Awv,


(in

Mk

10^".

which sense it much more freq. in NT cf. Mk 129 3^ Lk 530, Jo 3^2, Ga


;

2. Of association and companionship, gradually superseded avv, than which it is

Bl., 42, 3) : c. gen. pers., 2i, al. mult.; elvai fxerd,


3^,

Mt
5^^,

8^^

20^\
3^*,

Mt
7^,

Mk

al.

metaph., of divine help and guidance, Jo


elvai Kara,

Ac

Phi

4^, al.

opp. to
(so

Mt

12^0^

Lk
Ki

1123

j^ Hellenistic usage (but v.


tt.,

M,

Pr., 106,

246
for

f.),

TroXe/xeiv /xerd
,

cl.

c. dat.,

to
c.

wage war

against

LXX
Mk

Qy nnb?
;

1733),
al.

Ee

2i, al.

gen. rei, x^pas,

Mt

1320,

416, al.

opy^s,
1.

Mk

3^,

II. C.

ace,

of place, behind, after

He 93.

2.

Of tim^, after:

n\ Mk 141, Lk 14, Ac l^ Ga l^^, al.; /tcra toOto, Jo 2^2, al.; TaZra, Mk 16112], Lk 527, Jo 322, al; c. inf. artic. (BL, 71, 5; 72, 3), Mt 2632, Mk 114, al.
Mt
III.

In composition,
2.
fxerafiiXofjiai.

1.

of association or
:

community

/xcTaSt'Sw/i,!,

fiTxw, etc.
3.

Exchange or transference

fieTaWdaao),

/jiCTOLKL^a), etc.

after

**

ii^ra-^aivu,, [in

LXX Wi
:
:

72^ 19i9, 11

Mac

Mt I720, Lk IC to another point of departure only, to tvithdraw, depart : 73, Ac 18^ of removal from this life, ck t. koct/jlov Trpos t. Jlarepa, Jo 131 metaph., c*c t. Bavdrov tis t. ^wt/v, Jo 52*, i Jo 3i4.t chiefly for "SJBn;] to turn about, change. (lexa-PaWw, [in Pass, and mid., to turn oneself about ; metaph., to change one's mind
from one place
; ;

pass over reference to the with ; Mt 83* 11^ 12^ 152^, Jo

6i'9'24*.-| to

LXX

Ac

28.t
ill Ki 8*7. ^eT-dyo), [in 1*5 210 b^\ Bs 817, Si prol. i lO^,

637 (nnizr) 363 (-,,5 ^i.)^ 133*;] i_ i^ Xen., Plut., n Mac I Es and later writers, to transfer, transport (so LXX). 2. In sense otherwise unknown (v. Hort, in 1.), to turn about, direct : Ja 33 *.t Pr 1126 (-QlZr hi.), Wi 7", al. ;] to give a ficTa-S(8a,|ii, [in share of, impart : c. dat. pers. et ace. rei (in cl. more freq., c. gen. part., but ace. of that which is imparted, whether part or whole, so

LXX:

n Ch

LXX

here, v. Bl., 36, 1), Ro l", i Th 2, and (with ellipse of ace.) absol., o /xcraSiSous, Ro 12* + c. dat. pers., Eph 42^
;

Lk

311

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


**
1. fiCT(i-6cais,
-OJS,
17

287
ll^**;]

{<^/JLeTaTt6r]fj.L),

[in

LXX

II

Mac

change of position, removal : He 11^. 2. change, as of that which has been established He 7^^ 12^'^.t iv Ki IG^^ 25^\ Ps 79 (80)8, pj. 2228 (y^ hi., ftcT-aipu), [in 2. (not cl.) to n^a hi., etc.)*;] 1. trans., to remove (LXX, 11. c). depart : Mt IS^s I91 (cf. Aq. Ge 12).t
:

LXX

ficTa-KaX^u,

-5i,

[in

LXX: Ho

ll^'^

(j^-,p)^
:

gg

/rom one place


2017 2425.t

to

another.

Mid., to send for


IQi^ (31D

c.

150*.] ^^ ^aZZ ace, Ac 7^* 10^^

Iira-Kiv4(a, -w, [in

LXX: De
{opia,

hi.),

Is 54io (raiD), etc.;]


to

trans., io

move away, remove


diro t.

remove, shift : metaph., ** (xeTa-Xa|xP(vw, [in


or get a share
of,

De, I.e.). Mid., cAttiSos, Col l^^.t

remove
;]

oneself,
to

LXX

Es 5\ Wi 18^
gen.
rei, 11

ii-iv

Mac ^^ *

have

partake of:
xvi).t

Ac

2*

2733.34; c.

Ti 2", He 6^ 12^"; rpo<^ri<;, ace. rei (of the whole), to get: xaipoV, Ac 2426
c.
T)

(v. Bl., 36,

MM,
:

fjicTd-Xt]fjn|is

taking, receiving
fJlCT(-Xlf]\J>lS,

(Rec. -Xrjif/i^), -ws, of food, i Ti 43.t

(<^

fjiTaXafjL(3dvijj),

participation,

V.S. fJiTdkr]fnl/L<S.

jACT-aXXdcraw, [in
1.

LXX
.

Es
.

2^ (mD), ib.20,
ev t. if/evSei,

Es

13', 11

Mac 9*;]
to

to

exchange

t.

dK-qdeiav
to

the truth for a

lie (v. Bl.,

36, 8),

Ro

P^.

2.

change

ficTa-p,Ao/iai,

[in

LXX

c. ace. seq. tis, Eo P^ (dAXao-o-w).t chiefly for Dn3 ni. ;] depon., pass.,

regret, repent

one

Mt

2130.32 273^

n Co

Syn.
8.V.
;

/AETavoecu, to

tion, difficult to

change one's the distincmaintain by usage, between these words, v. Thayer,


:

He V^(^^)A mind, repent. On


7^,

Tr., Syn., % Ixix.

Ps 33 (34)^*;] to transform, transfi,eTa-fAop<})6(D, -w [in Sm. 9^ (cf. Lk 92^) figure : pass., of Christ's transfiguration, Mt IV, of Christians, Eo 122, 11 Co S^^.t Syn. : iJ.Ta<JxriixaTitfii, to change in fashion or appearance, v.s.
**t

Mk

fxopitrj,

and

cf. Lft.,

Phi, 125
[in

If.

for Dm ni., i Ki IS^^, Je 4^8, al.;] to change one's mind or purpose, hence, to repent ; in NT (exc. Lk 173 *), of repentance from sin, involving amendment seq. diro, Ac 8^2 1^,
ILiTa-voiui,

-w,

LXX

Ee Ee

221.22

920,21

1611

(cf.

IP may);
1132 133,
5

em',

11

Co

I221; absol.,

Mt

32 41"

1120 1241^

Mk 116 612^ Lk
inf^
:

157, 10 1630 173,4^


k. o-ttoSuJ,

Ac

25.16,21 33,19. c

Re

16^; Iv o-dKKO)

238 319 173 2620, Mt Ipi, Lk IQis.t

Syn.
1210,
19^

jXiTafxiXofxaL, q.v.
-otas,
.-]

Pr 1415, /ATavoea)), [in -thought, change of mind, repentance : after of repentance from sin, Mt 38>ii, Lk 3^ 15^ 24*^ Ac 262o, n 1*, Lk 33, Ac 132^ 19*; ^ fJs jSaTTTLo-fia (q.v.) /xcravotas,
ficTd^oio,
7)

LXX:

gj 44.1c *

Wi 1123 He 12i'^
Co
id.
7'i'';
fi.,

Mk
;

e^bv

Ac

2021
2*
;

fi.

diro

vtKpwv epycov.

He
/a.

61

ts /A.

KaXciv,
II

Lk
39
;

532
{x.

dyctv,

Eo

dva*cavt'^tv.
5^25.t

He

6"

cts

xuiprjaai,

Pe

hovvat,
527,

Ac

531 1118^ ij Yl
IL^raii

^eTd +

|vV

ctvv),

[in

LXX

Ge

31*o,

Jg

m Ki

288
158,32^
(a)

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Wi4io
:

16^9 1823*;] 1. adv. of place


Iv

and time
'

(in

NT time only)

fx. (^) ^^ ^^* writers (FIJ, Plut., al.), like /actoi (adv.), after, afterwards : to /a. o-a/^ySarov, Ac 13^^ 2'. Prep. c. gen., between: of place, Mt2336, (cf. CI., i?o., / Co., 44, 2). 12'^; of persons, as to mutual relation, Mt IS^^, Lk 11" 1626, Ac

between

tw

(s.c.

XP^^^)^ Jo

^^^

Ac
II

159,

Ro

2i^t
[in

ftcTa-rr^^nro,,

LXX

Mac

15^\

III

Mac

5^^ j^^ ly

pass.,

Ac

102y^

Chiefly in
[in 22o (l^'^),

Ge 27*^ (npb), Nu 23^ (nn3 hi.), Mac 123. c * ^q gg^ ^j^igj. or /or 10522,29b mid., to send for, summon: Ac
(mid.)
:

.j

1113 201 2424.26 253.t


(jicTa-(jTp<t>w,

LXX
(cf.

chiefly for
4^

"JJDn;]

io

^zi-rw

about, turn,
;

(WH, txt., ixeraTpe-n-w, q.y.) in evil Ja primary sense reverse) Ga l^.t ** )jLTa-o-xTi|xaTitw, [in LXX IV Mac 92'^ * ;] to change in fashion or i*; appearance c. ace. rei, t. o-w^a, Phi 321 mid., seq. ck, 11 Co ll^^. seq. (1)5, ib. 1^ of a rhetorical device, to transfer by a fiction (Field,
change
pass. Ac : sense, to pervert, corrupt
, : :

Notes, in

1.),
:

seq. tU,

Co

46.t
q.v.
:

Syn.
II

fjiTafiop(f>6(i},

,jieTa-T{0T,fii, [in

LXX

Ge 52*

{npb),

De

271^, al. (310 hi.). Si 44i,


c.

Mac

72*, al;]

1. to

transfer to another place:

ace, pass..

He
1"

X15(LXX)j seq.
ei?, fig., i.e.

to

Ac 71. 2. to change: c. ace, pass.. He 7^2; seq. make one thing a pretext for another, xapiv els da-eXyeiav,
t^?,

Ju*.
(cf. II

Mid.,

to

change

oneself,

pass over:

seq.

airo

et

ets,

Ga

Mac,

l.c.).t

jxcTa-Tp^Tro), [in

LXX

IV

Mac
Jth

6^ 7^'
:

12

turn (Horn.,

al.,

but not found in Att.)

IS", is * ;] to turn about, c. ace, Ja 4^ (WH, txt.;


31^, iii

cf. ucTa(rTpe^a)).t

**^cT-e'TreiTa, adv., [in

LXX:
Pr
irr

95,

Es
i

Mac

32**;] after-

wards

He

12i7.t

^T-^X". [in
to
I
I

LXX
:

51^ (n?<), lis,


cXttiSi

Es
i

5* 8^0, Si 5128, al.

;]

partake

of,

share in

tov ^erix'^iv,

Co
;

91"

c.

gen.

rei,

Co Co

912 102i3o,

IQi^

(cf.

He 21*; MM, xvi)


; ;

sacramental sense, metaph., yaXoKTos, He


in
(a) in

Ik t. iv6<s aprov p.., 5i3 of belonging to

a tribe.

He
;

7i3.t

fiieT-cwpi^w

(< /Lterewpos,
in
ir.

mid

air
v.

(b)

buoyed up
s.v.)
:

(c)

in

suspense
1*

Thuc.

opp. to

aiiipip.vos,

Zorell,

[in

LXX
;

Ob (nna hi.), Mi 41 (xizr: II Mac 51^ 73*, III Mac 6^*;]


Mi, Ez,
11.

ni.),

Ps 130

(I3i)i,

Ez

iQi^'i^.i^ (nn),
al.

c).
al.,

up

(Polyb.,

Ob, Metaph., (a) to buoy up ; pass., to be elated, puffed {b) to be anxious, in suspense Ps, ii, iii Mac, 11. c.)
to raise
;

on high (Thuc, Xen.,

(Polyb., V. 70, 10; FIJ,


p,eToiKcaia, -as,
rj

BJ,

iv, 2, 5)

Lk

1229.t
;

{=

cl. fieroiKLa, -kt/o-is

<^ /tcTOt/ce'w,

to

change one's

abode), [in
al.
;]

LXX

chiefly for

nbh and cogn. forms,


:

Ez

12ii,

Qb
fi.

1^\

change of abode, migration

of the

Babylonian

exile,

Ba^u-

ASvos, Mt'lii.i2.i^t

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


jjiT-oiKit

289
for

nba

hi.

;]

(-< /MToi/cos, flw emigrant), [in to remove to a new abode, cause to migrate
[in

LXX
:

chiefly

Ac

7<. ^8 (i'^^).t

y-erox-f], -^s, v Ai"xa>), {iSn pu.)*;] sharing, fellowship :

LXX:
6^*.t

Pa

121
;]

(122)8

NE
2.

n Co

/icToxos, -ov (^ci^/iCTcxw),

[in

LXX
:

chiefly for "TJin

1.
3^*.

sharing

in,

partaking of: c. gen. rei, He 3^ 6* 12^; t. Xpwrrov, He Lk 5'', He l^d-xx^ subst., o fi., a partner, associate Ex IS^s, Nu 355, r^ fieTp^u), -w /xeTpov), [in LXX
:

As

315^

jg 4912,

(TTQ),

Da TH

52*5

(n30),

Wi

48*;]

1.

fo

measure, of space, number,


^at. instr.,
to

value, etc.: c. ace. rei, Ee 11^ 21i*'i7. q Metaph., iavrov iv eavrw, II Co 10^^. 2. measure : prov., cv S> //cVpo) k.t.X., Mt 7^,
cf. dvTi-fiTpe(j)).f

Ee

11^ 21i.

measure
4^*,

Mk
III

Lk

out, give by 6^^ (WH, mg.,

(icTpTjT^s, -oS, 6 /[iTp<o), [iu

LXX
2.

Ki

18^2 (nxp).

n Ch

4^,

(TQ), etc.

;]

1.

a measurer

(Plat.).

d/ic^opcus,
:

an Attic measure,

1^

Eoman amphora

or about 9 Eng. gallons

*t fieTpioiraO^w, -w (k^ fieTpioiraO-^, to hold one's passions or emotions in restraint; hence, to hear gently with, feel gently towards : He S^.t ** fierpius, adv. {fjuirpios, moderate), [in LXX: n Mac 15^^*;] moderately : litotes, oi fi., exceedingly, Ac 20^2.t
(i^Tpoi', -ov, TO,

Jo 2'.t moderating one's passions),

[in

LXX

chiefly for

HTO

also for riB^JJ

etc.

;]

1.

that which
2332,
fig.,

is

Lk

638;

rei,

Mt 72, Eo 12^,
:

used for measuring, a measure; (a) a vessel: fig., Mt Ee 21i5.i7; /i., hy measure, Jo 3^4; (&) a rod or rule Mk 424. 2. That which is measured, measure: c. gen.
'*c
:

11

Co

10^3,

Eph

4^.

i3,

i,t

(ieTWTToi', -ov,

TO (yucTa

wi/',

an Bye),

[in

LXX for nyp

;]

the fore-

head

Ee

73 9* 13i 14i. 17^ 20* 22*.t


(bef.

consonants, exc. Lk 16^", p.i'xpi. 'Iwavov) and /acxP'^ v. BL, 5, 4), 1. as prep., c. (bef. vowels, Mk, Ga, 11. c. He 12* Eo 15^^ {h) of time Mt gen., as far as, even to, until ; (a) of place 16i, Ac 1030 20^ Eo 51*, i Ti 6^*, He 3^. i* 910 1123 1330 2815, Lk Phi 28> 30^ n Ti 2^, He 12* (/i. at/taTos, cf (c) of measure or degree 13^*). 2. As conjunct, {as long as), until: Eph 4^3 II Mac ^ q* Mk 1330, Ga 4i9 (Thuc, iii, 28, but more freq. /x. av, v. Bl., 65, 10), LS, s.v.,' and (/A. is prop, an adv., cf Lat. usque, seq. prep, or adv.
jjL^XPi'
;
:

cf. a^pi)."^
(iTJ, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from ov, which denies absolutely, fir} is used where one thinks a thing is As a general rule, ov not, as distinct from an absolute negation. [In LXX for negatives the indie, /at; the other moods, incl, ptcp.

19

290

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Tit

318,

Mk
63^
135,
1

As a neg. adv., not; 1. with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo II Pe 19. 2. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185) 12^*, Eo 3^. 3. In conditional and final sentences, after el, idv,
I.

V\

av, Iva,
inf. (v.

cSttcus

M,

Mk Mk
4*'
;

9^ Jo G^^^ Eo 11", al. 4. C. Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), (a) after verbs of saying, etc. Mt 2^2 1218, Ac 15^8, Eo 2^1, al. {b) c. artic. inf. after a prep., Mt 45, Ac 719, I Co 10, al. without a prep., Eo 14i3, 11 Co 2i. i3,
:

Mt

1Q^\

Mk

611

l2l^

Lk

Th

(c)
I

in sentences expressing consequence, after Siare


II

Mt

8^^,

C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description Mt 10^8 1230, Lk 6*9, Jo 318, Eo 4^ i Co 7^8, i Jo 310, al. where the
320,
37, al.

Mk

Co V,

Co

5.

person or thing being


6''*,
I

definite, the denial is a


521,
al.
;

Co

1^8 4^'

18,

II

Co

matter of opinion Jo where the ptcp. has a concessive,


:

causal or conditional force,

if,

though, because not


31*,

Mt

18^^,

Lk

2*^,

Jo
48,

7*9,

Ac

926,

Eo

21* 513,

II

Co

Ga

6^,

a descriptive force {being such as),

tiot:

Ju ^ where the ptcp. has Ac 9^, Eo 128, j Qq 10^^, Ga


;

He
M,

122''^,

al.
:

praes., 1 pers. pi.


(cf.

6. ^rj prohibitive, in 52" 6^, i 5*, i

Ga
is
:

usually where one


Pr.,

indep. sentences, (a) c. subjc. Jo 318; [b) c. imperat. praes., bidden to desist from what has already begun

Th

122

ff.) 5'-,

Mt
;

71,

1118, ja^ 21,

Ee

al.

(c)

&^\ Jo 2ie 5, Ac IQi*, Ec forbidding that which is still future: c.


5^6,

Mk

Lk

imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24i8, Mk 13i^, Lk 17^1, al. c. subjc. aor., 2 pers., Mt 3^ 1026, Mk 5' Lk 629, Jo 3^, Eo 10^, al. {d) c. optat., in wishes: 11 Ti 4.^H^^^); ^^^ yeVoiro (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., 66, 1), Lk
;
,

20i,

Eo
II.

33, al.

ix^ rts,

Mk
:

13^

al.

As

a conj., 1, after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest,


;
;

perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.) c. subjc. praes., He 12i^ c. subjc. aor., Mt 24*, Mk 13^ Lk 218, Ac 13*0, Ga 51^, al. 5pa ^^ (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Ee I910 22^; c. indie, fut. (M, Pr., I.e.), Col 28. 2. in order
that not
:

c.

subjc. aor.,
is

Mk

133^,

n Co
Mt

820 12^.

III. Interrogative, in hesitant questions

(M, Pr., 170), or where


2i9,

a negative answer
I

expected

79. 10,

Mk

Jo

3*,

Eo

3^ IOI8.

i9,

Co

113, al.

fx.-q
;

Tts,

an

affirm, ans.

oi

fxrj,

Lk 22**, al seq. oi (Eo Lk 18^^, Jo I8I1.


;

lOi'', al.

in PI.), expecting

/xy as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff. Bl, not at all, by no means : c. indie, fut., Mt I622, Jo 6^^, He 64, 5), IQi^ al. ; c. subjc. aor., Mt 242, I32, Lk e^^, J 138, i Co 8i3, al.

IV. ov

Mk

fi-qye, V.S. ye.


.

fJiT]Safj,u9

(=
,

^
firjBafjirj,

-Safid,

adv.

fr.

firjSafio^

=
:

/iT^Scis),

[in
(sc.

LXX
tovto
.

chiefly for

nbbn

nb'hn ;] by no means, not at

all

fi.,

Kvpu

y^oiTo),

Ac

IQi* 118.t

negative particle, related to oiSe as fx-q to oi, 1. as conjc, continuing a negation or prohibition, biit not, and not, nor : preceded
(jiT|8^,

by

M, Mt
firjSk

625 2229,
. . .

Mk
-Sev

122*,

Lk
. .

I412, al.
.

neither nor, adv., strengthening a negation, not even


firiSe,

162;

Mt
:

Tva fxyj, Jo 41^ ; 57r(s fiv, lOio, i Co 108.9. 2.


22, i

Lk
As

Mk

Co

5ii, al.

(iTjScis, -Sc/ita,

(and

-dev,

Ac

2733, a Hellenistic

form

v. Bl.,

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

291

6, 7; Thackeray, Gr., 58), related to oiSct's a8 /at/ to ov, no, none, no one; neut., nothing: Mt 1&\ Mk 5 6^, Lk S^*, Ac &\ Eo 13, al.; c. gen., Ac 4^" 24^^; neut. ace, /xrjSev, adverbially, in no respect, Ac lO^**

5^*; as ace. obj. after verb, ^XaTrreiv, Lk 4^^; ux^eXdadai, in double negation, strengthening vj-Tipelv, II Co 11*; fjLtpLfivav, Phi 4" 11^*, Ac 4:^'^ the denial, /jltjkcti fj.., fjirjSiv {jx-qhiva, fxrjStfiiav), fir}

11^^;

Mk

Mk
Pe

II

Co

137, II

Th

23, I

3.

fiTjSeTTorc

(/^.T/Se,

Trore),

adv., never
:

II

Ti

3'',t

p,T]8ira) {fjirjSe, ttw),

adv., 710^ yet


:

He
pi.,

ll".t
2^.t

MrjSos, -ov, 6,

a Mede, Median

Ac

ftTjOei;, V.S. )U.r/8cts.

fiTjKCTi

Mk

92*

ov

(<C/*^. Tt), adv., wo more, no longer: c. 2 aor, subjc, 141^ ; c. praes. imperat., Lk fi., Mt 21^^; c. praes. subjc, Eo

8", Jo 51*

8111],

Eph

428, I

Ti 523; Q optat.,

Mk

ll^*;

ha

,x.,

Eph

414; c. inf.,

Mk

1** 2^,
I

Ac

4^7 25^*,

Eo

6,

Eph

4^7, i

Co 5^\ Pe 42; c.
11

ptcp.,

Ac

133*,

Eo

1523,

Th

3I' 5.t

jxTJKos, -COS (-ovs), TO, [in

LXX

chiefly for IJIK;] length:

Eph

3^,

Ee

21i6.t
fiTiKoVw

/x^/cos), [in LXX: Is 441* (blZ pi.), Ez 1225.28 ("tTJD ni.)*;] ^0 lengthen, extend: of causing plants to grow, Is, I.e.;
pass, (mid., Swete, in
fjiT)XwTii,
1.),

to

grow
28'

Mk

42".t

-^s,

7]

{<^ixrjXov,

nilN
in

III

Ki

1913.

19,

IV

Ki

or goat), [in LXX a 13, !**;] sheepskin : He ll^^.t

sheep

for

\ir\v,

LXX

and

a particle of assurance, verily, truly ; el (el) tt.), now verily, ftdl surely : He 6i4<i^^).t
gen.,
fx-qvos, o,

/a. (

cl.,

rj

fi.

y.y\v,

[in

LXX
Lk

very

freq. for

B7in

Ge
720

Tn,

al.

few times form?.;] a month:


2811,

124,26,36,56 426^

Ac

IS" 198 203

g^.io.is II2 135 222; pj,^ of 4io.t moon (cf. Is 6623), 3^ 611 1437, 11 **,iY].'u(a, [in

ja

517^

Ee

the festival of the


328,
;

new

q^

LXX
:

Mac
j

m Mac
Co
1028

iv

Mac

43*;] to

disclose, declare,
to

make knotun
Jo ll*^
III.
firj,

Lk

20^7,
c.

in forensic sense,
233*^.t

inform, report
fAT)

pass.,

dat. pers., in
1.

Ac

OUK, V.S.

^L^f]^ro^

{=

fi^q

ttotc,

and SO written
firj

WH, exc. Mt
As neg.

25^),

negative
:

particle, related to ovirore as


91" (E,
;

to ov.

particle, never

He

mg., but V. infr. WH, txt., fn? roVe). 2. As conjc, lest ever, lest haply (the idea of chance rather than of time seems to prevail in NT) Mt 4(i'^) 525 78 l3iMLxx),29 1532 2764^ Mk 412(^x2:) 142^ Lk 411
:

2827; after verbs of fearing or taking heed, Lk 213*, with ellipse of the verb or ptcp., Lk 148, Ac 53^; in later writers (v. M, Pr., 192 i.), perhaps, Mt 25^. 3. As interrogative; (a) expecting a negative answer Jo 72", He in direct questions, like firj, 917 (E, txt., cf. Westc, in 1. but v. supr.) {b) in indirect questions, whether haply, if haply : Lk 3l^ 11 Ti 225.t fii^Trou (WH, ixrj irov), lest anywhere, lest haply : Ac 272.t
1258 1412,29^

Ac
;

He

21 312 41

292

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


^fiTJirw
{fjLTi

TTw,

LTr., in Eo,

I.e.),

adv., not yet: c. ptcp.,

Ro

9^^;

c.

ace. et inf.,
/iTJTTws
:

He

9^.t

or ixq n-(M<i (so WH), negative particle, 1. as eonje., lest haply in final sentences, i Co 9^", ii Co 2^" 9* after verbs of fearing or taking heed, i Co S^, ii Co 11^ 12-o, Ga 4" with an ellipse of ptcp. (sc. <^o;8ov>vos cf. BL, 65, 3; Burton, 225), i Th 3^ (but v.
;

infr.).

2.
1.,

As
but

Th., in

interrogative, whether haply v. supr.).t

Ga

2-,

Th
:

3^

(cf.

M,

fiTjpos, -ov, 6, [in


fiTi-T6,

LXX
.
.

chiefly for "JJT

;]

the thigh

Ee

Id^^.f

nor:
2720,

fx^re

negative particle, differing from ovtc as /at; from ou, neither, nor, Mt 11^^ Lk 7^3 9^, Ac 2312.21 fjuyn, neither
. .
. . .

He
22,

73
I

fi.^ (fjirjSk)

fiTJre

ix-qT,

Mt

534-a,

Mk 320 T,
:

Ac

23^,

n Th

Ti

17,

Ja

512,

Ee
rj,

7i> ^.t

fiilTT]p,

gen,,

fj.rjTpo'i,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

DN ;] mother
-fj

Mt

1^^

2^1, al.

12"

(cf. ib. 50,


;

fjlJiHtv,

takes the place of a mother, iSov fi. fj,ov, Mt 1927, Eo 16i3, i Ti 52) of a city, ^ns ia-rlv fi. Ga 42^ symbolically of Babylon, rj /a. t. Tropvwv, Ee 17^. interrog. particle, expecting a negative answer p,T)-Ti, Mt 7^^
;

fig.,

of

one

who

Mk

335,

Jo

2622.26,

Mk

421 1419,

Lk

639,

Jo

822 1835,
/i,.

Ac

10*",

II

Co

1218,

Ja

311

in

hesitant questions

(v.

M,

Jo

429; ^^ ^p^^ II
fiTj-Ti-ye

Co

117;

(/Ai/Ti
:

ye,

oStos ianv, can Mt on el fiiJTL (Lk 9i3, cf. BL, 65, 6), v.s. d.f Eec, L; fjirj rt yc, Tr.), strengthened form
Pr., 170^),
this be,
;

1223,

of

fXT^Tt,

let
:

alone

i.e.

according to context
/xi^

(a)

much
cf.

less

{b)

much
>

more

Co

63.t

|i.il-Tis,

Eec. for
-as,
rj

ns

(v.s.

/x-^,

1,

iii,

and

Thayer,

s.v. /atttis).

fi-f]Tpa,

{<C^fxrirr]p), [in

LXX

chiefly for 0111;] the

womb:

Lk

223 (LXX)^

^Q

419,t
;

*jiT)TpoXwas (Eec. -aAwas, in el., -aXot'as, V. BL, 3, 3 6, 2), -ov, 6 dAotaw, to smite) (a) a matricide : i Ti 1^ (AV, E, txt., (<^ fi-JT-qp but V. infr.) ; (b) a smiter of his mother : 1 Ti 19 (E, mg., cf. Ex 211^, and V. Ellic, CGT, in l.).t

fir]Tp6-iroXis, -tos,

17,

[in

LXX

for

UN

etc.

;]

a metropolis, chief

city

Ti, subscr. (Eec.).t

fiia, V.S. els.

luaiva, [in

LXX

chiefly for

NO^

;]

1.

to

dye or stain.

2.

to

moral sense: Tit li*. Jo 1828.t Syn. : fxoXvvo), to besmear, which also differs from /a. in that it is never used, as /a. in its primary meaning, in an honourable sense
stain, defile, soil; (a) in physical sense; (b) in 1215, Ju 8 (c) in ritual sense (cf. La 22^, al.)

He

(cf. Tr.,

fAiaafjia,

Syn., xxxi). -tos, to

(<;]/AiatVa)),

chiefly in trag.
(32)3*
(|^ipt?),
:

and

[in

LXX:
I

Le

7^(^^) (b^-B),

Je 39

Ez
11

late 333i
22o.t
i

writers;

(yy^), Jth
4*3 *.j

92.* 13i,

Mac

1350*;] a stain, defilement


-oC,

pL,

Pe

**t

|iiaan<5s,

/AtaiVa)),

[in

LXX: Wi

1426^

Mac

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


1.

293

prop., the act of defiling.


**|jiiYp.a

2.

fxCaa-fia (q.v.)

ii

Pe

2^ (cf. Plut.,

Mor., 393c).t

(LT,

cl., fjuyixa;

/xiyvu/xi), [in E, mg.).t


fiiyfofxi

LXX:

Si 388*;]

on the orthogr., v. BL, a mixture: Jo IQ^^


/iety-,

3,

5),

-tos,

to

(iXiy/ia,

WH,

(on the spelUng


to

v.

BL,

3, 5),

[in
;

LXX
c.

for

ny

hith., etc.

;]

mix, mingle

Ee 8^

seq.
:

/.ieT<,

Mt
-dv,

273*,

Lk

ace. et dat., 13i.t


c.

Ee

15^

ace. seq. iv,

SyN.
1.

KepdvvvfXL, q.v.
-a,

(xiKpos,

[in

LXX

chiefly for ]b(?


:

tsrp
iii,

;]

small,

little

of persons; (a)
is

lit.,

that age

meant,

Mt
Ee

IB^'i'^'iS

Mk
:

xvi; on the view the little ones, 9*2; (b) hence metaph., of rank or influence (cf.
of stature
15**^

Mk

(MM,
19^
;

v. Deiss.,

BS,

144),

Lk

ol

/x.,

Dalman, Words, 113

f.)

Mt

10*^,

Lk

17^,

Ac

S^"

2622,

He
:

S^i d-^x),

1118 1316 195.18 2012; compar., -oVcpos, Mt 11^, Lk 72^ 9*8. 2. Of 13^2, 4^1, Ja 3^; (b) of quantity things; (a) of size Mt Lk 12^2, 7^3 12^5, Ee Gn 20^. I Co 5, Ga 5, Ee 3^; (c) of time Jo 3. Neut.,

Mk

fiiKpov,

used adverbially;
:

(a)

quantity

11

Co

lli> i

(c)

of

time

of distance: Mt 26^9, Jo 13^3 1419 16i-i9,


:

Mk
:

14^^;
;

(6)

of
/x.,

He lO^^

/xcra

Mt
II

26^3^

Mk

i47o,f
-ov,
rj,

Ti

MiXrjTos, 42o.t

Miletus, a maritime city of Caria

Ac

20i^'

i'^,

*t

jxtXtoi', -ov,
fxip,Ofjiai,

TO,

Boman
(<]

-ov/xaL

yu-i/xo?,

30
III

(31)6,

wi,42

159, IV
6

Mac

mile (1680 yds.) Mt 5*i.t a mimic, an actor), [in LXX: Ps 923 139 *.j ^^ imitate: 11 Th 3''9, He 13',
:

Jo
*

ii.t
fitfiTiTiis,

-ov,

(<^fxLfjieo/j.aL),
:

good sense, an imitator


fii/xf^o-Ku (Bl.,
;

Co

in 4i lli,

NT
Eph

always
51,

(like

the verb) in

Th

1 21*,

He

612.+

chiefly for 13T;] to remind: mid. and pass. (a) reflexive, to remind oneself of, hence, to remember : c. gen. rei, Mt 26'^ Lk 1^*' ^2 24^, Ac lli^, 11 Pe 32, Ju i' c. neg., of 812 lOi'd'XX). q gen. pers., Lk 23*2; seq. oti, sins, to forgive. Mt 523 2763, Lk 1625, Jo 21^.22 1216; ^5^ Lk 246; pf.^ ^c>v77/ii, in pres.
-rj-,

3, 3), [in

LXX

He

(cl.), c. gen. pers. (rei), i Co II2, 11 Ti 1* pres., fiifiv^a-KOfxat (only in late writers), c. gen, pers., in sense of caring for, He 26 (i-xx) 133 (b) in passive sense, to be remembered, aor., i/jLv^aOrjv seq. iyminov, 103i, Ee 161^ (cf. dva-, ^7r-ava-, vttoc. gen. pers. (cf. Ez I822), Ac The tenses of this verb are from the older /ivaoyLiat).t IxifjLv^a-KOi.

sense

fiiCT^w,

-w,

[in

LXX
5!T^

chiefly for N3C7

;]

to

hate

c.

ace. pers.

Mt
Jo

5*3

241^

Lk

171 622,

19U_ Jo 77

1518,19,23-25

lyu^ Tit

33, I
c.

Jo

29.11

313,15 420^
320,

Re

I716; pass.,

Mt

IO22 24^,

Mk

13i3,

Lk

211^;

ace. rei,

Eo 715, Eph 5'-9, He 1^, Ju23, Re 26; pass., Ee 182. As the Heb. K3^ is sometimes found with the modified sense of indifference
one thing
in

to or relative disregard for


(cf.

comparison with another


fi.

Ge

29?",

31^

De

2I15.

le,

Ma

13)

so prob.

in the

foil.

Mt

62*,

Lk

1426 1613^

Jo 122\ Eo

9i3

(L-^x).t

294

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


;
,

*t p,ia6airo8oaia, -as, 17 (<^ /aict^os, uTroSiSw/xi cl. jJUfrOohoa-'ia) pdy10^^ 11^"; vient of wages, recomperise ; meton., (a) of reward: He
(b) of

punishment
:

He

2^.f
(v. supr.),

*t

fi,ia0-aTro-8<5TT]s, -ov, 6,

one
[in

who pays wages ; meton., a


:

rewarder
(TDt;r),

He

11*.
-a,

t^iOxetos,

-ov (also

-OS,

-ov),

LXX

Le IQ^^A
5

255o,
fi.,

Jb

7'

To

511, Si 710

31 (34)22 3711*;] hired; as subst.,

a hired
hire:

servant:

Lk

IS^^, 19.21 (Anth., Plut.).t

fiiCT06s, -ou, o,

[in

LXX

chiefly for "IS^T,"] 1. prop., wages,


;

Lk 107, Ro 4*, I Ti 518, Ja 5*, Ju 11 fx. dSiKi'as, Ac l^^, n Pe 2^3 (but V. Mayor and ICC, in 1.), ib. ^^. 2. Generally, reward Jo 4^^, I Co 918; esp. of divine rewards, Mt 5^2 6i'2.5,i6 I04i,42^ Mk 9*^, Lk 623.35^ I Co 38.1*, II Jo 8, Ee 1118 2212; -^,^^ ^_^ Mt 5*^, i Co Qi^.t

Mt

208,

-w ;/i,ia6'os), [in Mid., to hire : c. ace, otitfor hire. -Tos, to /Aio-^dto), fii(r0(u,ia,
|xiCT06a),

LXX
|"T3),

(mid.) chiefly for IDtzr;] to


201'''.+

let

Mt
[in

LXX: De

23i8(i9),
I.

Mi

1',

Ez
(cl.,

1631.34,41 (^zjy^), ib33

(n-j3,

ib.32,

Pr 1913*;]

price, hire

and LXX).
2830.+

2.

In sense not found elsewhere, a hired dwelling


/xio-^oa)),
[in

Ac

/xi<r0a)T<5s, ->?, ov,

LXX

for

TDK?, Ex 12,

al.;]

a hired servant, hireling : Mk P", Jo 1012. i3.t Strab., Plut. (late form of cl. MunA-), MiTuXTiKT), -T/s, 17 Mytilene, Mitylene, chief city of Lesbos Ac 20i*.+
hired; as subst., 6
/x.,

MixariX,

6,

indecl. (Heb. bN3"'P


12i)
:

who

like

God

?),

Michael, the

Archangel
[iva,

(cf.

Da
17

-as,

(a

Ju ^ Re 12^.+ Semitic word cf. Heb. nja


;

Aram. X3p

a weight

and a sum of money = 100 shekels, cf. iii Ki IQi''), a mina (Lat.), mna, in Attic a weight and sum of money = 100 Spax/xat (q.v.) Lk
:

2913,

16, 18,20, 24, 25_f

\iv6.oy.ai, V.S. ixLfiVTja-Kw.

Mcdo-wf, -wvos,
ficcia, -as,
r}

6,

Mnason

Ac

21i.+

{<^ixifx.vri(TK(M), [in

LXX for IDT


:

its

parts

and deriva;

tives;]
pers.,

remembrance, mention (=

fLvrj^ri)

Phi

13; ^. TroulaOai, c. gen.

Eo

l^,

gen. pers., i Notes, 163).+


'

Eph V\ i Th 1^, Phm * (cf. Ps 110 (111)*) /x. ^x^tv, c. Th 3^ 11 Ti 13 (on the v.l. in Eo 12i3, v. ICG, in 1.; Field,
-TOS,

p,ffjfia,

TO

(<^

ju,vao/i.ai)

[in

LXX
Ac

for

ISp.

rrniSp
:

;]

1.

memorial.
1546 102

2.

a sepulchral monument, a
^vr^fxfiov),

septilchre,
229 7i,

(WH,
:

Lk

827 2353 241,

tomb Ee 1P.+

Mk

53> ^

SYN.

jxvrjfjiiLov.

fii'TjfjLetoi',

-ov, TO, [in

LXX

for l^p.

HlOp
Lk

;]

1.
;

a memorial, record a r^pulchre, tomb

(cl., cf.

Wi

10^).

2. (a) (cl.)

a monument

11*^

{b)

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


(Ge
23.
9,

295
freq. in

Is 22i,
1329.
fivrjfjLa.
-17s,

al.)

Mt

2329,

Mk
[in

52,

Lk

11**,

Jo

528,

and

Gospels,

Ac SYN. :
(inijiT),

(-c^/xvaofiai),
/jl.

LXX
c.

for 15|, fn3T;]

memory,
11

remembrance, mention:
(but in
cl., IT., fx. TT.
1. ;
:

troi.La-dai,

gen., to

remember,

Pe

1^*
cf.

more freq.
for ex.

to

make mention, and


v. Zorell, 8.v.).t

so perh. here,

Mayor, in

and

from

tt.,

SYN.

/Avcta, q.v.

fii'T))xoi'uw

(<^

/i.vi7/i.a)v,

mindful),

[in

LXX

for 1D7;]

1.

to call to

mind, remember:
I

absol.,

Mk

8^^;
;

gen. pers.,

Lk
22o

Th
Th

13,

He
^Q

111' (but V. infr.) 13^

t. Trre^x^",

Ga

1520 154,21^
28;
II

20^^;

c.

ace. obj. (as

He
15T

of things, Mt 16^, i Th 29, 2"; iroOev, Ee 2^; Trws, ib. 1116 (but V. supr., and cf. M, Th.,
jxnfjixoorui'ov,

more freq. in cl.), Ee IS^; seq. ^rt, Ac 20^1, Eph 2>i, 3^. 2. to make mention of c. gen..
:

CqI 4^^ c. gen. rei, Jo of persons, 11 Ti


17^2^
;

i,

l^)

seq. inpi.
[in

He

1122.t
freq.

-ov,

to

(<^ /xv^/acov,

mindful),
:

LXX
Mk

for

]n37 and cogn. forms ;] a memorial


cf.

Mt

26^3,

14^,

Ac

10*

(where
2.

Le

29.16 512^

^u

526, Si 45i6, al.).t

to

fii'TjoTeuw, [in LXX for iyix pi., pu. ;] 1. to tvoo and win, espouse. promise in marriage, betroth; pass., of the woman, to be be:

trothed

c.

dat. pers.,

Mt

lis,

Lk

127 2*.t

fioyyi-XaXos, V.S. /ioyiXaXos.

t^oYi-X(Xos,

-ov

(<MoVs,
:

XaXos),
7^2
(Tr.,

[in
txt.,

LXX:

Is

35

(Q^N)*;]

speaking with difficulty V. Swete, in l.).t


**ii6yLs, III Mac 76 *

Mk

/loyytXaXos, thick-voiced,

adv. Atoyos, toil), [in LXX: ivith toil or difficulty, hardly : ;]


-t'Sos,
17

Wi Qi^nA
Lk
9^^
(/xo'Xi?,
/i.ot;(os),

(^xo'Xis,

B),

WH).t

tjAoixaXis,

(=

Att. fxoix"-^, fern, of

1822 2455(3020),

Ez
;

1638 23*5,

Ho

31,

Ma

3^
2i*.

(ng^Ji,

Pr ng)N3p)*;] an
[in

LXX:

adulteress
to

Eo 7^ meton., for ^loix'^La, 11 Pe Metaph., of infidelity Ez 1615 ', 23*=^ ^, al.), Ja 4* as an adj., Mt 12^9 16*, Mk 88.t jioixaw, -w (= cl. ixoLxivoi), [in LXX (mid., absol. and c. ace, with party of either sex as subj.) Je 38 5^ 79 92 d' 23i* 36 (29)23, Ez 16^2
:

God

(cf.

2337. 43 (qx3) *

;]

to

commit adultery with


:

c.

ace. fem.

In

NT

always
E, mg.,
42

mid. in same sense; of the man absol., Mt om.); seq. ctt' auTJ?v, Mk lOH; of the woman
fioixcta,
(P1N3),
-as,
17

;iotxeiJw),

[in

Mk LXX: Ho
:

532 3^99 10i2.t


22'*'

(WH, txt.,

(Q-'eiSXJ),
(v.

Je 1327

(D^SS*:),

Wi

142*;] adultery: Jo 8 [3]; pi.


72i.t

WM,

220; Bl,

32, 6),

Mt

15i9,

^oixeiJw (</>iotxos), [in

commit adultery
139,

absol.,

Mk LXX: Ex 2018, Le 20io, al. (^jXa);] to Mt 527 1918, Mk 10i9, Lk I6I8 182", Eo 222
Mt
528.

Ja
ii.iT

211

c.

ace. fern.,

Pass., of the

woman, Mt
and
cf.

532 199
39, al.),

WH,
seq.

mg.), Jo
aur^s,

8t*^.

Metaph., of idolatry
222.+

(v.s. uoixaXi's,

Je

Ee

296

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


fioi,x<5s,

-ov, 6, [in

LXX for nxj


toil),
;]

;]

an adulterer

Lk

18^^

Co 6^

He

13^t
fioXis,

adv. (<^/Ao\os,

LXX

Pr

ll^i,

Wi

9^\

al.

with
57^ I

post-Horn, alternative for /xdyis, [in Q^o difficulty, hardly, scarcely : Lk

(T, y^oyis),

Ac

148 27^8,16^
6,

Ro

Pe
,

418(LXX).t
"JJ^lp
,

MoXox,

indecl. (Heb. '^[^b


.

prop.
iii,

King, but vocalized to


f.),

read nCTS
the
ni.), I

shame, cf BaaX, and


:

v.

DB,

415

Moloch, the god of

Ammonites

Ac

7'*^
:

(i^x) f

Co

)Lo\6vu>, [in Ge ^V^ (bnia), Is 593 f^^^ ni.)^ ^a 142 ^^^^XO Si 21^8, al.;] to stoiw, soil, defile; in always symb. and fig. 8^ Ee 3* 144.t

LXX

NT

SYN.
II

fxtaivoi,

q.v.

t^oXua^ios, -oS, 6

/ioXwa>),
:

[in

LXX:

Je 23i5 (nSjq),

Es

883,

Mac
*
:

527*;] defilement
^s,
17

(ioficj)!],

gen. obj., 11 Co 7^ (Plut., FlJ).t (<^yu./u,^o/Aai), poet, form of /Ae/xt/^is, blame, comc.

plaint

Col

3i3.t
-^s,
77

**|xo^i^,

/xevo)), [in

LXX:
;

Mac
I.e.).

738*;] i
2.

[^ cl, (a)

staying, abiding ; (b) continuance (LXX, station (Paus.) ; (b) an abode : Jo 14^' 2=^ xvi; so in MGr.).t
/io^oYe'iis,

(c)

In late Gk., (a) a a monastery (cf. MM, iii,

-s

/>ioVos, ycVos), [in

LXX:
Wi
722,
:

Jg

1134,

pg 21(22)2

24(25)16 34 (35)17 (th;).

To

31^ SiO'i* 8i7,

begotten {DCG, ii, 281), of sons of Christ, Jo 316'18, l Jo 4^; fi. napa. Trarpos, Jo 11*;
p.dfOC, V.S. fJLOVO?.
jiocos,
-rj,

Ba 416*;] only, only and daughters Lk 712 8*2 938, He lli^;


fi.

Oeos, ib. i8.t

-ov, [in

LXX
1423,

chiefly for 13^;] 1. adj., alone, solitary,


jyfjj

forsaken

pron., Mt 18i5, 98, Lk 48, al.; pleonast., ovk . 92, al. ct /ai) /x., c. subst., Mt Lk 6\ al. attrib., only, (6) fx.. 6^6^, Jo 5*4 173, Eo 162^, i Ti li7, Ju 25. 2. As adv., (a) neut., (xovov, alone, only : referring to verb or 536, ja 122^ al. (v. Bl., 44, 2) predic, Mt 921, ov (fi^) /x., Ga 418,
:

c.

verb.,

Mt

547^

Lk

936^

^1.

c.

Mk

Mk

U\
122
;

Mk
.

Ja

ov

fi.

aWd

(Bl,

Kat (Bl., 81, I2),


44, 1),

Mk
18^,

410,

Eo Lk 918.

53 910, II

77, 133), 819, al.

Ac
;

192^,
(b)

Jo

5^, al.

id.

seq.
(Bl.,

Co

Kara /Awas, alone

*
eye
:

|jiof-6<J)0a\fx.os,

Mt

Mk

-ov {<C 9*7.1

fJ'Ovo'i),

Ionic and koiv^, one-eyed, having one


:

Ge 49 ;] to leave alone, forsake |jio>'6u, -w (-< /xdvos), [in Aq. childless widow, pf. ptcp. pass., i Ti 5^.f of a
^op<t>Ti, -^s, ^,

**

[in

LXX:

Jg 8I8A

(ijcn),

Jb

416
(^,^)^

(n:nar)), Is

4413
I81,

{rr2^).

Da

LXX
:

319 (D^y),

Da TH

433 56.9.10 728

To

113,

Wi

IV Mac 15**;] form, shape, appearance (Horn., Eur., ^sch., al. ); in philos. lang. the specific character or essential /orm (Arist., v. Gifford,
Inc.,

26

if.)

Mk

16ti23,

Phi

26' ^.t

Sfn.

fx6p<f>(a(Ti<;,

the outline,

delineation,

semblance of the

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


;

297

a-xrjfjia., shape, fiop(f>i^, as distinct from the /u. itself (Lft., Notes, 262) fashion, disting. from fiopffnij as the outward and accidental from the inward and essential (cf. Tr., Syn., lxx; Lft., Phi., 125 ff.; Gifford.,

Inc., I.e.).

**t (iop|><5ti, -w
*+
2.

{<C.iJLop<fiTi),

[in

Aq.

Is 44^3 *;] to

form

fig.,

Ga

4^^

(cf. fiera-, <TVfx-fJiOpcf>6(i}).f


fi<5p<(>w(ns, -0)5,
7}

i
to

form, outline, semblance

fwp4>6<D), 1. a forming, shaping (Theophr.). 2^^ ; opp. to Swa/its, Ti 3*.t :

Eo

u
:

Syn.
*t

p.op<firj

(q.V.),

(TxrjfJLa.

(Aocrxo-Troi^w,

-w,

make a

calf (as an image)


also for

Ac
,

7*^

(LXX,
,

fx(i(rxos, -ov, 6,

[in

LXX chiefly for "ip


2.
5,
17,

11127

bjT

etc.
{b)
:

;]

1.

a young shoot or twig. Ee4^.t

p..,

offspring; (a) of

men;

of

animals; most freq. (as always in


1523,27,30^ HeQi'-i'i^,
^ouaiKiJs,
-7;,

LXX), a

calf, bullock, heifer

Lk
th

-w, [in
al.
;]

LXX
:

Ge SV\ Ez 26i3

(i^bt),

Da

LXX
LXX
Th

36
6

ff.

(i^pi),
p..,

Si 22",

skilled in the arts, esp. in

music; as

subst.,

a minstrel, musician Ee IS-^.t fiox^os, -ov, 6 (= Horn. /Aoyos), in


,

cl.

chiefly poet., [in


:

for
2^,

nxbpi
II

bnv
.'

etc.

;]

toil, laborer,

hardship, distress

11

Co

ll^^, i

Th

38.t

Syn.

KOTTOS (q.V.), TTOfOS.


-o5,
6,

^U6X(59,

[in

LXX: Ge

45i8 (n>n),

Jb 212* (na) 332**;]

marrow

He

4^2 f

iii Mac 2^*'*;] -w (< uv(o, ^0 shut the mouth), [in LXX, I.e.) hence, to initiate into the mysteries (so chiefly in cl. to instruct : pass.. Phi 4^2 (RV, I have learned the secret).^ Wi 17^ A, Si 20^9 *;] 1. speech, con**|uioeos, -ov, 6, [in 2. (a) a story, narrative (Hom.) {b) later, opp. to Xoyos versation. narrative) = Lat. fabula, a myth, fable, fiction : i Ti 1* 4^^, {a true

**(iu^<i>,

LXX:
;

LXX:

II

Ti

4*, Tit 114, II

pe

iie^t

Syn.
**

Xdyos, q.V.
-dp-ai,

p,uic(io(jiai,

in

cl.

chiefly poet., [in


;

Sm.

Jb
:

6^ *

;]

prop., of

oxen (onomatop.),

to low,

bellow

of a lion, to roar

Ee
Ki

lO^.t
I921,
;]

fAUKTT]pit {<^p.vKTrjp,

Ps 79 (80), al. {2sh), Pr l^" up the nose or sneer at, mock


*+
2.
/iuXiK<5s,
-T/,

the uose), [in (|^X3) IS^o (nTH),


:

LXX:
i

iv

Jb
to

22^9,

Mac

7^*, al.

turn

pass.,

Ga

&^

(cf. iK-p.vKTrjpLCw).f

*tfiuXn/os,

-rj,
:

/tuXiKo's

-ov (<[ pivXr], a mill), of a mill : \l6o<; p.., Lk I72.+ -ov {<C.pvXo<;), 1. made of mill-stone {C.I. 3371). Ee IS^i (jivkov, T).t

t^jJXos, -ov, b, [in

LXX for D^H!:) Nu


,

ll^,

De
(v.

24", al.
2.

;]

1.

=
Mt

pLvXy,

a mill
(Anth.)
:

(Strab.,

Plut.,
;

Ee

I821 (T)
-tovos,

LXX): Mt 24", Ee 9*2 p,. ovlkos, Mt 18, Mk


[in

I822.

a mill-stone
l.).t

fiuXwj',

6,

LXX

Swete, in Je 52^1 *;] a mill-house :

24*^

(Eec.; fivXoi,

WH,

E).t

298

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Mu'pa,

Mvppa (LT,
-aSos,
17

Tr.,

WH),

-wv, rd,

Myra, a

city of Lvcia:

Ac 27^+
fiupids,

/-iv/3tos),

[in

LXX

chiefly for n;!^"!;]

ten

thousand, a myriad: pi., Ac 19^^, Ee 5^^ 9^^; hyperb., of vast numbers, Lk 12\ Ac 21^^ He 12^2, Ju i^.t *iLvpit,(a {<^fx,vpov), Ionic and poet, (comic), to anoint : Mk 14^.t
Syy^.
2.
:

v.s.

dAci^w,

and

cf. fivpov.
:

(iupios, -a, -ov, 1.

numberless, countless, infinite


in pi., p.vpioi,
-ai, -a,

Co
:

4^^

14^^
18'^*.+

As a

definite

numeral,

ten thousand
,

Mt

liu'po*',

-ov, TO, [in

al.;]

ointment:
SVJSr.
:

LXX chiefly for ]p2r Pr Mt 267.12, Mk 143-5, l^ T^^.ss.ie

27,

Ps 132
Jo

(133)2,

23^6,

IP

123.

Ee

18i3.t
iXaiov, q.v.

Mu'ppa, V.s.

Muaia,

-as,

Mvpa. r/, Mysia, a province of Asia Minor


to {<p.vioi), [in
:

^ocrrViptov', -ov,

LXX Da LXX
(initiated), a

Ac 16^' ^.t th 2^^^- (T^), To

127'
1.

11,

jth

22,

Wi
is

222 6-2 1415,23, Si 318 2222 27i.i7.2i, II

Mac

I321*;]
secret

tliat

which

known

to

the

p.va-Tr]<;

mystery or

2. In later vrriters doctrine, mostly in pi., Ta p,. (^sch., Hdt., al.). Incert., 168), that which may not be revealed (not, however, (Menand., as in the modern sense, intrinsically difficult to understand), a secret 3. In NT, of the or mystery of any kind (To, Jth, 11 Mac, 11. c). counsels of God (cf. Th. Jb 15^ Ps 24 (25)1^ for TiD), once hidden but
:

revealed in the Gospel or some fact thereof (a) of the Christian revelation generally Eo 162^, i Co 2\ Col 126.27, Eph 33. 9 t. ^ao-tWas t. Xpiarod, t. 6., Xpia-Tod, Col 22 T. e^ov, I Co 21, Ee 10" T. Beov, Mk 411

now
Col
T.

43,

Eph

3*

t.

BcXripxiTos airoi,

Eph

t.

emyycXt'or,

Eph

61^

(b) of particular truths, or TTto-Tcws, I Ti 3^ ; T. cuo-e^eiaq, ; 532, Th Eo 1125, i Co 155i, details, of the Christian revelation Ee 120 175.7; pi., Ta /x., I Co 132 142; eeoi, I Co 41 ; r. Paatkua-i 2\
ib. 16
:

Eph
fif.;

T.

ovpav^v
;

(deoi),

Mt

13",
f.
;

Lk

S'^ (cf.

Westc,

Ej^h.,
;

180
iii,

AE, Eph.,
ff.
;

234 ff. ii, 213

Lft., Col.,
ff.).t

165

Hatch, Essays, 57

f.

DB,

465

DOG,
wi/^),

MuTiXr^nfj, V.S. MiTvX-^vr].


jiu-wirdj^w

(<^
:

/i.ucDi/',

closi7ig the

eyes, short-sighted; <^/xva),


;

to be short-sighted
p,w\a)\|,

11 6,
:

Pe

-wTTos,

P (E, mg., closing his eyes v. ICC, [in LXX for rnmo, Ex 2125, q\.-j
Pe
2^*^^^^'> (Arist., Plut., al.).+

in

1.).+

q,

bruise,

wound from a
Pr
II

stripe

|iw(j.clo|jiai,

-u)p.aL

(<^/xwju,os),

Co

97 (maj, Si 31 82" pass., ib. 63.t fAu|ios, -OV, 6, [in LXX, of physical blemishes
;
;

Wi

IQi*,

poet. (34)i8*;]

and

prose, [in to find fault with,


late
:

LXX:
blame:

Le

21^7

ff-,

De

I521,

mental defect, Si 202*, ^1. ;] 1. in cl. poets and late (mD) 2. In LXX, perh. because of resemblance to prose, blame, disgrace. DID, a physical blemish (cf. a/Awptos, i Pe 1^^, and v. Hort., in 1.)

Ca

47, al.

of

metaph., of licentious persons,

11

Pe

2i3.t

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


liuipaivui yLta.po's), [in
II

'299

LXX

Is 19^\ Je

10" 28

(51)i7

(-lya ni.),

Ki 241^ Is 4425
2.

(^DD
;

fool.
less

LXX
:

and NT,

become foolish
:

Mt

513,

Ro 1^^ Lk 143*.t
rj

ni., pi.)*;] 1- cl., to be foolish, play the causal, to make foolish: i Co l^*'; pass., to of salt that has lost its flavour, become taste-

**fApia,
I

-as,

{<^ix(Dp6<s),

[in

LXX:
:

Si
5*.t

20^^*;] foolishness:

Co

118,21,23 214 319,t

* /icjpoXoyia,
|i,(i>p6s,

-as,

17,

foolish talking

Eph
etc.
;

-a,

-dv, [in

LXX
;

for ^23

freq. in Si.

;]

1.

prop., of

the nerves,

dull,
:

stupid, foolish
:

Mt S^^

om.) 252.3.8, I Co om.) ^>/TT?o-cis, II


ib.27.t

sluggish (Hipp., Arist.). 2. Of the mind, dull, 23i7. i9 (T, txt., R, (v. Field, Notes, 3 ff.) V^ 318 410 7^^ (T, of things, TrapdSoai^, txt., E, Ti 22^, Tit 3 ; t6 /x. t. Oeov, i Co 1^^ ; ra fx. r. Koa-fiov,

Mk

WH, WH,
:

M<i)uo-r]s (Ma)i3o-^s,

T
;

Mwcr^s, Eec),

-c'ws,

dat.

-rj

(as

LXX Ex

S^'^,

al.),

and
.-

-el,

ace. -^v {r
*,

LXX) and
vd/xos

-ea

(Lk

16^^ only), (Heb. nizra),


222

ifoses
2427,

Mt
I

8* 173.
99,

al.

Moouo-cV,

Lk

155 28^3,

Co

He

1028;

by meton.,

of the

24*^ Jo 72^, Ac 1339 books of Moses, Lk 1629

Ac

1521, II

Co 31^

N
N,
V,
V,

No,

Nu,
6,

n, the thirteenth letter.

As a numeral,
:

50,

50,000.
NaaaacSc,
indecl. (Heb. |ir2rn3),

Naasson

Mt

1*,

Lk

332.+

Nayyai,

6,

indecl.,

Naggai
;

Lk

32^.+

Naiapd (Mt 413 L, -a^Lk 4l), Na^ape'^ (Mt 21", Ac 1038), Na^apcT (so always Eec. WH, in foil, instances, where -id, T), >/,
indecl. (Semitic
24,39,51^

form uncertain), Nazareth

Mt

223,

Mk

1^,

Lk

1^^

Jq

145, 46 +

Na^aprji'ds, -ov, o, (on the Semitic form, v. 434 2419.+ 12* 10*^ 147 166, Nazarene :

Dalman,

Gr., 141 n.),


223 (i^X) 26^1^

Mk

l^

Lk

1837,

Na^wpaios, -ov, 6 Jo 185.7 1919,

(= Ac

-prjv6<s,

q.v.),
41*^

a Nazarene:
]ri3),

Mt
:

222 3
o,

61^ 228 24^ 26^.+

HaQdfi (Eec. Na^av),


Na0ai'aTi\, 6, indecl.

indecl. (Heb.
^Njrij),

Nathan

Lk

33i.+

(Heb.
:

Nathanael, prob. to be identi-

fied

with Bartholomew
:

(q.v.)

Jo

l*^-*^ 212.+

mt, particle of affirmation, yea, verily, even so ; in answer to a question Mt 928 13^1 172^ 21i6, Jo IF^ 21i5, le, Ac 58 2227, Eo S^s seq. Aeyo) vfuv, Mt 11, Lk 72^ repeated for emphasis, vol vol (opp
;

to ov ov)
tva
^
.
.

Mt
.

537

rp-bi vfiiav
;

Mt Mt
Ee

TO vai vat, ib. ^7 ib. in assent to an assertion 728, Ee 14^3 157. jq confirmation of a previous assertion 112, Lk 1021 1151 125, Pill 43^ Phm20; in solemn asseveration 17 2220.+
''"*
;

to val to v.,

vol,

Ja

512

^^^^ q^

jj

Qq

]^18, 19

1527,

Mk

300

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


Naifidf (Eec.
l>it/xdv), 6,

indecl. (Heb.

^V;),

Naaman

Lk

4".t

NaiV (Eec. NaiV),

^,

indecl. (Heb.

I'^iii),

Nain, a village of Galilee


inhabit),
[in

Lk

7".t
meJs,
-ov,
al.)
6,

(Att.

i/ws;

<^

vat'w,

to

LXX
;

(vtoi?,

u Mac
2.

62,

chiefly

for

^yn
;

;]

1.

a temple (Horn., Find.,

al.).

The inmost part


generally
;
:

(a)

pi.,

Ac

of a temple, the shrine (Hdt., Xen., al.) in NT, 17^^ of silver models of a heathen shrine,

Ac

19^^ (b) of the temple building proper, or sanctiiary, at Jerusalem, as distinct from t. lepov (q.v.), the whole temple enclosure Mt 2316,17,35 275, 4o_ 14^8 1529, Jo 21^,20^ Ee IP; {rov) 6eoi, Mt 26i
:

Mk

27^1,

Mk

1538,

Lk
Jo

19.21,22

23,

Co 3^\

ii

Co 6^\

ii

Th
Ee

2*,
^^

Ee

ll^;

of the temple in the Apocal. visions, Ee 312 71^ ll^^ U^^' 161,17 2122a Metaph., of Christians, i Co 31" Q^\ 11 Co 6^\

Eph

IS^. - s 2^1;

of Christ's body,

2^1 (cf. ib.

i^)
;

6 ^cos

v.

aur^? ^o-nv,

21^2^.+

Srjv.

Upov.
indecl. (Heb. Qin3),
17

Naou'/x, 6,

Nahum,

Lk
(a)

S^^.t
v.

KupSos, -ou,
S.V.), [in

(Heb.
1^2 413,

"TIJ

both from Sanscrit tiarda,

Boisacq,

LXX: Ca
;

(rng)*;]

nard;

an Indian plant, the

Nardostachys nardus jatamansi, used for the preparation of a fragrant ointment (b) ointment of nard : Mk 14^, Jo 123.t NdpKtCTCTos, -ov, 6, Narcissus : Eo 16^^. *yauaye(a, -w {<:^vav<s, + ayvvfii, to break), to suffer shipwreck: II Co 112^ metaph., seq. irepl t. ttlo-tlv, i Ti l^^.t * mu'-KXifjpos, -ov, 6 (<^vai}s, KXrjpos), a shipowner, shipmaster:
;

Ac

27ii.t
Kaus, veto?, acc. vaDv,
7,

[in

LXX
;

for

"'Jh?

iV2ii
f.
;

;]

a ship

Ac

27*^

(elsewhere in

NT
o,

always

t. TrXorov

v.
:

M,

Pr., 25

Bl., Gosp.,
ib. 2^ *;]

** muTTjs,
sailor
:

-ou, 6
^o,

Ac

272"'

(<^ vaDs), [in Ee IS^^.t

Aq.

Ez

27^

Sm.

186 f.).t a seaman,

Naxoip,

indecl.

(Heb. IITO), Nahor

Lk

S^^.t
,

I'cacias, -ou, 6

(<^ vedv

vc'os),

[in

LXX

for "lyj

^IPI^

;]

a yoking

man
for

Ac

7^8 20^ 231^. i8.t

keai'icTKos, -ov, 6

(dimin. of veavtas), [in


:

LXX

chiefly for "lyj

also
7'*,

mnn, etc
21-

;]

a yoimg man, youth


I

Mt

1920-22,

Mk
(cf.

14^^

16^ Lk

Ac Ac

(LXX) 2318,22^

Jo

213.14;

of

an attendant

Ge 142^

al.)

Sio.t
Ned-jToXis, -W9,
17, Eec. for Nc'a ndXts (WH), the more freq. form a maritime city of Macedonia Ac 16ii.t
:

(LS,

S.V.), Neajjolis,
NcEfJidf, V.S.

Nai/xav.
-ov,

KCKpos,

-a,

[in

LXX

chiefly for nO;j dead,


(btriL

I.

as adj., 1.
92,

prop.

Ac

510 209,

Ja

226, jje lis, al.;

v.,

Mt

28*,

Mk

Ee

l^^;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


of that

301
:

which

is

subject to death,

Eo

S^*'.

2.

Metaph.,

(a) of
8^^,

persons

Lk

15^*'^^;

of those

immersed

in worldly cares,

Mt

Lk
;

9"; of

spiritual death,
2^' ^,
;

Jo

5^^,

Eo

6^^,

Eph

5^*,

Ee

3^;

t. jrapairTiofiaa-iv,

Eph
of
7^
al.),

Col 2^^ of the opposite condition, v. t^ dfiapTia, Eo 6^^ afxaprCa, things regarded as inoperative, devoid of power
:

(b)

Eo

TTto-Tis,

Ja

217.26; ipya.
{pi) v.,

He

6i Qi".
:

II.

As

chiefly in pi.
1227,

the

dead

Mt
Ac

11^,

Mk
;

subst., vcKpo's, 6 122, Lk 20", i


V.
v.,
.

(Hom.,

Co

IS^s, al.
22^2,

di/tto-Tao-ts (t.) vc/cp^v,

Mt

2231,

1732, al.

^Svtcs,

Mt
v.,

Mk
121,

Ac

10*2, al.

dir^ vKpwy,

Lk

IG^o

iK
v.,

Mk
to

6",

Lk

24*6,

Jq

Ac

133*,

Eo

107, al.; TrpcoroVoKos iK

Twv

Col

118;

^ojr]

ck

Eo
Eo
a

1115;
^0 be 41^.

constr. praegn., eV v. ^wvtcs, Eo 6'3. *t>'eKp6(D, w (<;vKpos), io wafee (iead, dead: hyperbolically, of impotent age, Trop., of carnal impulses, to. fii\rj, Col 3^.+

put

death; pass.,
aw/xa,
2.

He

lli^;

dmi/i, death

*t feKpoKTiSt -ews, r) (<^ i/eKpow), 1. a putting to death. : Eo 4l^ 11 Co 410 (v. Deiss., LAE, 94).
fcofiTjcia (Att. contr.,
vov/x-,
:

stofe 0/

Eec),

-as,

17

{<C^^os,

p-'rjv),

[in

LXX

chiefly for l&"in

;]

new moon
compar.

of the

Jewish
372,

festival,

Col

2i6.t

vio^, -a, -ov, [in

LXX for ir3


Mt

(Ge

Ex
,

33ii, al.),

min (Le 23i,


;]

Nu

2826, al.), etc.


:

-oirepos for

]b(?

TITS

etc.

1.

young,
:

youthful

Tit 2*.

2.

?iew (prop., in respect of time; v.s. xaivos)


917,

otvos

(cf. oT. /caivds.

Mt

262*-'),

Mk

haOriKT) (cf. KdLvr]

8.,

He
3.

91^),

He

^{.papa 122*; metaph., dv^pwTro?


-uyrepo<;,

222,

Lk 5^^-m
-a,

(fig.), I

Co 57;

(cf. <caivos d.,

Eph
222,

215),

Col

31*^.

Compar.,

-ov,

Jo 2118;

pi., ol v.,

vpea-^vTepoi, I Ti 51, I Ac 1611 (Jtec, NcaTToXts, q.v.).

Ac 5^ (Eackham, in 1.), Pe 5^; at v., I Ti 52' i*. 4. Nca

younger: Lk 15i2'i3 iTi 511, Tit 2^; opp. to


HoXts,

NeapoUs :

Srw.

Katvds, q.v.

V0(T(t6s, v.s. vocrcros.


i/co-njs,

-ijTos,

17

(<^vos), [in
26*,
i

LXX
[In
*;]

chiefly for D^"liy3;]

youth:

Mk

1020,

Lk

1821,

Ac

Ti

4i2.t

v6(5-4.uTos,

-ov

v'os,

^vu>),

Is 57 (yius),

Ps 127

(128)3 (^^r\}S)

pg 143(144)12^ newly-planted (LXX). Metaph.,


Jb
149,
:

LXX:

as subst., o v.,a
viuu, [in

new
:

convert, neophyte, novice


:

Ti 3.t
:

N^pwi', -wvo<;, 6,

LXX
I32*,
T)

Nero 11 Ti subscr. (Eec.).t Pr 4^ 21i * ;] to nod or beckon, as a sign

c. dat.

pers. et inf.,
fctlt^XT),

Jo

Ac

24io

(cf. 8ta-, ck-,

iv, kin-, KaTa-vua>).t


chiefly for ]:y, also

-T/s,

v'<^os), [in

LXX

forny,

etc.

;]

a cloud

(single
:

mass
2137,

of vapour)

Mt
(Ex

Ac

19, 1

Th 417,

specific as opp. to vee^os, a great indefinite 17^ 243" 26^*, Mk 97 I326 14^2, Lk 93*. as 1354 Ju 12, Ee 17 IQi II12 14i*-i6 of the pillar of cloud
;

and

in the wilderness
N4)0aXifi

14i'2o,

Pg
in

1043^, al.)

Co

10i'2.t

(-Xtp.,

WH
Ee

Ee,

I.e.),

6,

indecl.

(Heb.

'^briB3),

Naphtali:

Mt

4i3. i^ (LXi),

76.t

302

MANUAL GEEBK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


vii^os,

-OV9,

TO,
;

[in

LXX

for

ny

pOt?

15^

;]

o,

mass of clouds,
dense throng
7,

a cloud

(cf. v(f)\T])

metaph.
[in

(as in Horn., Hdt., al.), of a

He

12i.t
v^p6s, -oi,
6,

LXX
1",
al.

for
;]

n^^S

Ex
:

29^^^ al.

metaph., Ps

25(26)2, metaph., of the

15(16)''

Wi
will

a kidney;
v.

pi,

and

affections
;

the kidneys, reins; koI KapStai (thoughts),


title

Ee
(v.

223.t

v(a-K6pos, -ov,
i,

a temple-keeper
ig^^.t

as honorary

given to a city

DB,

722

b)

Ac

**t 'cuTcpiKOS, -rj, -6v (<] vecorepos), [in III Mac 4^*;] 2^^ (Polyb.).t youthful, esp. of qualities: iiridvfMLaL, ii Ti
:

LXX

veaviKo's,

CCUTCpoS, V.S. V0?.


vr\,

particle of affirmation
4215'
i

employed
ace,
i

in oaths,
153i.t

[in

LXX
;]

v.

t.

vyUiav,

Ge
Lk

(^n)*;] by:
for niip
,

c.

Co

v^Q<o, [in

LXX

"ITIZT

hoph.,

Ex

26^1 3525, al.

to

spin

Mt
I

628,

1227.t

vr]iri6.l(a

(< vi^ttios),
-a,

(Hippocr.,

vrjviaxevtiy,

Hom.),

to be

a babe:
etc.;]
(v.
l^ii',

Co

142o.t
I'^TTios,

-ov,

[in

LXX

chiefly for bbiy, also for


2116(Lxx)^

''lys,

i Co 13^\ Ga 4^ infant; of children and minors: Mt Lft., in 1.). Metaph., childish, unskilled, simple (Ps 18 (19)^, Pr

al.)

Mt
;

ijiTLOt.)

Lk m^\ Eo 22o, Ga 4^, Eph 4:^\ i Th 2^ (WH, opp. to reXetos, He 5^^ V. iv XpicTTW, I Co 3^.t NTjpei (Eec. -pC), 6, indecl. (Heb. i13), Neri Lk 327.+ Ntjpeus, -e'cos, o, Nereus Eo 16^5.+
112 5,
;

for

*+

yy]<Tiov,
:

-ov,

to (dimin. of vrjaos),
27i*.t

vr/crts

(Hdt.,

Thuc,

al.),

a
'

small island naos,

Ac

-ov, 6, [in

LXX for ^K

;]

an island

Ac

13 2726 28^'

7'

^S

Ee

P 614

1620.+
-as,
17

i'T]crT6ia,

(< vi^orevw), [in

LXX
:

(a) of voluntary abstinence 929 txt., E, txt.,

from food
om.),

Mk

(WH,
:

Lk

for n\'2 fasting a fast I721 (WH, E, txt., om.), 2^7, Ac 1423; of the Day of
'i\
,

Mt

Atonement, Ac 27^

{b) of

involuntary abstinence

11

Co

6^ 1127.+

Syn.
al.)
:

do-LTia, q.v.

Mt

vt](TTiuu (<^v7}crTis), [lu 218-20, 42 616-18 914, 15^

LXX

for UI'S

^^

Lk

to fast (Arist., ',] S^^-ss 1312, Ac 132' 3,+

Aristoph.,

I'TJoTis, -los, 6,

17

(<[ vr]-,

neg. prefix,

iadiui), in cl., chiefly poet.,

[in

LXX: Da LXX
83.+

6i8<i'

(DIK))*;] not eating, fasting:

Mt

15^2,

Mk
1.
al.),

*
in

i'r]<|>dXios

(-Xcos,

cl.,

of drink, not

Eec, in i Ti, 11. c), mixed with wine.


i

-ov (in cl., -a, -ov), ;v7;<^w),


2.

In later writers
of

(Plut.,

of persons, sober, temperate:

Ti

32'

n, Tit 22.+

vi\^<ji,

to be sober,

abstain

from wine ; metaph.,

moral

alert-

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

303

ness, to be sober, calm, circumspect : i Th 5^' s, u Ti 4* (v. Ellic, in xvii).t l), I Pe V^ 4^ 5* (cf. dva-, iK-urjcfxD, and v.

MM,

SyN'
vi'^di,

'

iypyrrveu), yp-qyopita,

Niyep, 6 (Lat. niger),


V.S.
vi'tttcj.

Niger
:

Ac

13^.t

NiKcii'wp, -0/30S, 6,

Nicanor

Ac

6*.t

LXX: Ps 50 (51)* (nD7), Pr 625 (y^^y^ conquer, prevail: absol., of Christ, Ee 3^^ 6^; c. 27.ii.i7,26 35,12,21 217; inf., ib. 55; of Christians, Be ggq. ^^ (Ry, come Ee 15^; as law-term (cl.), Eo S^CL^X). q a,cc. pars., victorious from), Lk 1122, Re 117 137 ([WH], E, mg., om.); of Christ, Jo IG^s (t. koct^ov), Ee 17^* of Christians, i Jo 4* t. -n-oinqpov, i Jo 2^^' ^* ; avrov (ref to 6
wiKdo), -w

vi'k7?), [in
to

freq. in iv

Mac;]

Karriyoip, ib.

^<^),

Ee
17,

12^^;

c.
fxr]

ace. rei, tov Koo-ynov,

Jo

16^^, i

Jo 5*'5;

TO KUKoy,

Eo

122^; pass.,
[in

vlkS) vtto t. KaKOv, ib. (cf. V7rp-vi/caa)).t


i

KiKt], -7?,

LXX:

Ch 29"

(nyjj.freq. ini-ivMac;] victory:

Jo

5*.t
NiK68T)|ios, -ov, 6,

NiKoXaiTTis, -ov,
Niic<5\aos, -ov, 6,

Nicodemus : Jo S^' * 7^0 ig^a.t 6, a Nicolaitan : pi., Ee 2' ^^.t


Nicolaus
:

Ac

6^.1

NiK<5Tro\is, -cws, ^,

Nicopolis, prob. the city of that

name

in

Epirus

{CGT,
II

in

1.)

Tit S^^.t

t KKos,

-ovs, TO, late

form

of
v.

vikt],

[in

LXX
cts

La

3^^ (nV3). i

Es

3^,

Mac
36^,

1088, IV

Mac
87,

17^2; ci?

(instead of
520

tcAo?,
'3

Jb

I420),

n Ki

22,

Jb

Am
:

1"

Je

3^,

La

(nyj^, as
i

in Syr.,

victory)*;]

victory

Mt

122o (Is 423,

lxX

dX^^cia),

Co
6,

15^* (Is 258, Aq., Th.),

ib. " (Ho

13",

LXX

8i'/cr?),

ib. s^.t

Lk

NiKcuciTTis (Eec. -cutVijs, 1180. 32.t


Nn'cut,
7]

L,

-tTiys),

-ov,

a Ninevite: Mt 12*\
Eec.t

(Heb. nir:), Nineveh


6 (vhttio),

Lk

11^2,

*t'nrT^p,
KiTTTW,

-rjpo<:,

a basin: Jo 135.t
[in

late

form
;

of

vt^co,

LXX
;

chiefly for TTIT;]


t.

to

wash,

usually of a part of the body: c. ace. pers., Jo 13^; 136, 6. 8, 12, u I Ti 510 mid., reflexive, to wash oneself:
t.

iroSas,

Jo

Jo

97.11,15.

Xtpas.

Mt
:

152,

Mk

73;

T. TToSa?,

Jo 1310
;

t. TrpoauiTTOv,

Mt

6^7 (in cl.

Att. prose,

Syn.
voia,

used only in compounds Aovw (q.v.), ttXvvu).


-w (<vovs), [in

cf. d7ro-vt7rT<u).t

LXX
:

chiefly for ]^3, also for b^iff hi.,

to perceive with the mind, understand (for the phrase vowv k. 8^7 ; c. ace, Eph 3*, xvii) absol., Mt 16^, in wills, V. 4>povwv, Kap8ia, Jo 12*^ ; pass., Eo I20 seq. oTt, Mt 15^7 I Ti 17 c. dat. instr., t. 7^8; c. ace. et inf.. IP. 2. to think, consider : absol., 16", 131*, Eph 320 ; c. ace. rei, 11 Ti 27 (cf. ev-, Kara-, /xcTa-, Mt 24^5^

etc

;]

1.

MM,

Mk

Mk

He

Mk

TTOO-, viro-vo(o).f

**v6rnLa, -Tos, to (voew), [in

LXX:

Si 21",

Ba

28, iii

Mac

S^^*;] a

304

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


:

thought, purjwse, design

ii

Co
:

2^^

10^ 11^, Phi


;]

4'^.

Meton., of the
i.e.

mind, **

ii

Co

^^^ 4*.t
-r],

v6Qo<i,

-Of, [in

LXX Wi
:

4^ *

a bastard, base born,

born

of a slave or concubine
yo}i.r\,

He
to

12*^.

-rj^,

T)

(<^

ve/x,(o,

pasture), [in
:

LXX chiefly
fig.,

for Piy^D, also


2.

for ni3

etc.

;]

1.

a pasture, pasturage

Jo

10^.

a grazing,

feeding

(Polyb.).t metaph., of a spreading sore, ii Ti vo/ios), [in LXX: Wi 132 IT^, Si 29*, ii Mac 4, IV Mac 8*;] 1. to practise, hold by custom: Ac 16^^ (Eec, but v. 20io, Lk 2"* S^^, infr.). 2. to deem, consider, suppose: Mt S^^ lO^* 7" 8^0 1419 1613. 1729 2129^ I Co T^^.^e, i Ti G^.t Ac
;

2^'^

^^coixiiu)

--iT

SyN.
law :
fjLOixai,

r)yOfj.aL,
-rj,

q.V.

**'ofiiK6s,

Tit

Mt

2235,

Lk
:

LXX: iv Mac 5**;] 1. relating to learned in the law ; as subst., 6 v. (EV, lawyer) 10'-^ Tit 313; pi^ lj^ 730 1145,46,52 143 j^f mM, xvii).t
-6v (^vdyMos), [in
2.
3-'.
:

SyN.

ypa/iynaTev's, q.V.

** cofii'ii.ojs, adv. (<] vo/ii/Aos, conformable 618 * ;] rtghtly, lawfully : i Ti l^, 11 Ti 2^.f
v6}ii(Tiia,

to law), [in

LXX:
S^s

iv

Mac

-Tos,
I

TO

voju,itw),

[in

LXX:
is
:

11

Es

(nil),

Ne
a

7^1

(lilDSll),
2.

Mac

15^*;]

1.

that

which

established by usage,

custom.
I

The current coin


-ov,
6,
;

of a state

Mt

22i9.t
:

*t i/ofio-SiSdo-KaXos,

a teacher of the law

Lk

51^,

Ac

5^*,

Ti

1'^

(NT and
:

eccl.

only

cf. vo/aoSci'ktt;?, -8i8a/cT7;s,

Plut.).t

Syn.
**
535 1716 *
]

ypafjLfxaTv<:, q.v.

i'Ofjio9ecTia,

-as,

7)

(< vo/aos,

Ti6r)fj.i),
:

[in

LXX:
2.

II

Mac
to

6^3,

iv

Mac

legislation,
-w,

lawgiving

Ro

9*.t

KOfioOcTe'cj,

[in

LXX

for riT hi.;] 1. intrans.,


:

make laws;

pass., to be furnished 8^.t enact : pass.,

with laws

He

711.

Trans., to ordain by law,

He

cop.o-9e'TT)s, -ov,

6 (<^vo/Aos,

Ti6r]iJLi),

[in

LXX:

Ps

Q^*^*;]

laiv-

giver

Ja

4i2.t

v6\io%, -ov, 6 {<CyiiJnii, to

deal out, distribute), [in that


vsrhich
is

LXX

chiefly for

min
He

also for

npn

etc.

;]

assigned, hence, usage,

custom, then law ; in NT (only in Mt, Jo, Ja, and the Lucan and Pauline bks.) 1. of law^ in general: Ro 3^" 513''; pj^ qI (jjvine laws.
;

Ga 6^ (t.) ikev6epia<i, Ja l^^ 212 /3ao-iXiKos LAE, 8673), Ja 2^. 2. Of a force or influence (Hort., in 1.; Deiss., 8^. 3. Of the Mosaic law Mt 5i8, impelling to action Ro 7-i' 23*. 2l^ i Co 9^, i Ti l^ He V\ al. v. Mojvo-ews, Lk 2^7, Jo 11^ Ac 613, Ro Ac 22i2, He 7^ Lk 222, Jo 723, Ac 15*, al.; Kvplov, Lk 239; ^^^^^ ^^^ 2i2.i3), 922. 3. Anarthrous (Bl, 46, 8; ICC on Ro y^fios, (a) of
;

8i 10i

v. t.

Xpio-rov,

-is

j,.^

Ro 2i2' i'"' 320- 21 41^, al. (b) of the Mosaic law in its quality as law Ro 21'"^ 520 10*, Ga 2l^ al. oi cV v., Ro 4" iiro vofiov, 4^ Of Christian I Co 920, Ga 45 v. Trpda-aav (7rA.7?pow), Ro 225 138, 32'^ 5. By meton., of the t. Xptarov, Ga B^. teaching v. ttiottcws, Ro
law
in general
:

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


books which contain the law
al.
;
;

305
Jo
1**,

(a)

of the

Pentateuch
;

Mt

12^,

V.
.

Kal ol

TTpoffirJTaL,

Mt

5^^,

Lk

16^, al.

v.

koI Trpo^'^rat K. ij/aXfiot,


:

Lk

244*

(J) of the
I

OT

Scriptures in general (as Heb. nnin)

Jo lO^*

1234 1525,

Co

1421, al.

I'OOS, V.S.

vovs.

voo-os), [in metaph., of mental ailment, seq.


**vo(jiui, -w
*'6<TTjfia, -Tos,

LXX
,

Trepi, i

(metaph.) Wi IT^*;] to be sick: Ti 6* (cf. Plat., Mor., 546d).t


:
.'

TO (<^voo-oj), sicJcjiess

Jo 5W.t
disease, sickness
19i2.t
:

f<Sao9, -ov, 6, [in

LXX
(<^

for "bri

etc,;]

Mt

423>24

817 (Aq.) 935 iQi^

Mk V\ Lk
17

440 61" 721 91,

Ac

SYN.
chiefly for

V.S. aaOevcLa.
-a5,
;]

I'oo-crid,

vocro-o?),

late
2.

1.

nes^ of birds.

form of cl., vcocrtria, a 6rood of young birds


[in

[in
:

LXX
13^4.

Lk

voaviov,
(nne^Jt) *;]

-ov,

TO,

dimin. of
:

vocraos, q.v,,

LXX

Ps 83

(84)3

a young bird
(vcocrcros,

Mt

23^'^.

koo-cros

Eec, as

in

cl.

Att. -ttos;

Phryn. rejects the

dissyl. form), -ov, 6 (^veos), [in

LXX

chiefly for

p;] a young bird:


Jos
7^
(i^pb), 11

Lk

224 (LXX),t

voa4>ilo {<iv6(r(jii, ajyart, aside),

[in

LXX:

Mac

432*;] 1, in Horn., as depon., to ttirn axoay {from), abandon. 2. After Hom., in act., to set apart, remove. Mid., to set apart for oneself, peculate, purloin : absol.. Tit 2i*^ (for ex. in tt., v. xvii) seq. dTro,

MM,

Ac

52. 3.t

f^Tos,

-OV,
1.

6,

[in

LXX
the

chiefly

for 233

also

for

UHl
2.
:

]P"'P

and

D^li?
1329,

;]

prop., the south


2113.
3.

wind

Lk 12^^ Ac
as a region

271^ 28i3.
(cf.

South
12*2,

Lk Lk

Ee

South,

n3|)

Mt
:

Ipi.t ** vouBevla,
fouOcTco),

-a9

r)

(^^ vovOeriw),
i

cl.

vov6Tr)a-i<s

',

[in

LXX Wi
Diod.,
[in
al.).t

16*;] admonition:
-w

Co

10",

Eph
]^3),

6*, Tit 310 (Aristoph.,

(<! vov<;,

Tid-qfjn,

hence, put in mind),

LXX
512. i4,

Ki

313
:

(nns
c.

pi.),

Jbg

(ID"' pi.,

Wi
i

llio 122-26*;] to
4i4,

admonish,

exhort

ace. pers.,

Ac

203i,

Ro

151*.

Co

Col

128 31", i

Th

n Th

3i5.t
i'ou|JiY]i'ia,

V.S. vOfir]VLa.

*vouvxC)<i,

adv. (<[vov?,

x<^)'
6,

sensibly, discreetly:

Mk

12^4.+

coOs
vov, v(3
;

(contr.

from

voos),

gen., dat., voo?, vot (late forms,

el,

Bl., 9, 3),

ace, vow,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

n^

Ss!?;] 1. prop.

of the ruling faculty,

mind, understanding, reason


:

(v. Lft.,

Notes, 88

f.

Vaughan on Eo
II

72=*)

Lk
38,

2445,

Th

22, I
.

Col

218

Ti 65, opp. to

II

Ti

Tit
725

a-dpi,

Eo

Rq 128 723 122 145, Eph 4i'.23, Phl Al 115, Re I318 179; v. t. o-a^Kos (ICC, in 1.) to TTvevfjia, I Co 1414- 15 to yXSxraa, ib. l^
;

20

306
2.

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


meton.,
1

IP^*

By =

of

an act of mind, a mind,


I

tho^ight,

purpose

Eo

Co
:

21"

(LXX),

Co

li".t

SVN.
Col 4l^
R,

V.S. TTViVfjia.

Nufi(}>a

WH,

(Eec, R, txt., R, mg.t


-a,

'Nv/x<^d<s, q.v.),

-rj<;, tj,

Nympha

(v.

M,

Pr., 48)
4^^,

Nu|x4>as,

(WH,
[in

R, mg., Nvfi^a,

q.v.),

Nymphas: Col
cl.,

txt. (cf.
fu'iJK})!!,

ICC,
-7;s,

Lft., in l.).t
17,

LXX

chiefly for n^"?;] 1.

a bride, young
IS^^
; :

wife,
2.

young woman: Mt As freq. in LXX (Ge

25^,

WH,
vv<i>-q),

mg., Jo
for

S^",

Re
bride

2P,^

22^7.

38ii, al.,

n^3

(a)

(&)

daughter10^^,

in-law)

and

in

MGr.
6

{vvfjxjir],

a da^cghter-in-law

Mt

Lk

cu|i4>ios,

-ou,

(<^

vvfKfir)),

[in

LXX
Jq

for ]rin

;]

a bridegroom :
^/te
:

Mt

915 251.

S' 6. 10,

Mk
6

219.20, ljj 534,35,


{<^y^fjicf>7]),

2^, 329,

Re

IS'^^.t

**t

M0|x4.ol',

-W./OS,

[in

LXX: To
Ps 18
cl.

ei^.ie*;]
Jl
2i)

chamber (Heb. nsn,

LXX,
01

Trao-Tos,

(19)5,

brideMt 22io

(WH
Mt
i.e. II

ya/AO?,

RV)

viol

tov

v.

(cf.

vu/A</)aya)yos, vvfi(fiVT7]<i),

the

bridegroom's friends
915,

who have

charge of the nuptial arrangements


1.

Mk

219,

Lk
[in

534.t

yuv,

adv.,

LXX
al.;

chiefly for HFiy;]

prop.,
41^,

of time,
7^2,

now,
ISn,
art.,

at the present time: as opp. to past,

Jo

Ac

Ro
c.

Co
(rj,

79,
v.
V.

Col

to)

opp. to et subst., the present:


1^4,

fut.,

Jo
S^^,

12^7,

Ro
i
;

ll^i,

al.;

Ro

Ga

4^5,

Ti 6i^ Tit
toD
v.,

212,

al;
822,

dTT^ ToC

Phi

(LXX for nny), Lk l^s, Ac 18, al. <Jxp' V; eV ToS V. (LXX for nj?y ly), Mt 2421, Mk

Ro
v.,

13i9;

rb.

as

regards the present, Ac 5^^^; c. pret., just now, b^it notv, Jo 11^ 2110; c. fut., noiv, presently, Jo 12^i, Ac 2022; so presently, forthwith, Jo 12^i 17i=* ml v., Jo II22 17^, al.
;

Mt
c.
;

26**,

praes.,
v.,

hXXa

Lk
I

22=^;

hi
V.

v.,

Jo 4^;

to disting.

ovv, al. 2. Of logical sequence (often difficult from the temporal sense; cf. Lft., Notes, 113 f.), now,

Co 32; Ac 10^^,

T6re (ttotc)

...

v.

(8c'),

Eo

621 ll^O; y, ^Sr),

therefore, fiow, hoivever, as it is: Lk ll^^j ^^t v., Ac 31", 11 I Jo 2-8; id. seq. Sevpo, Ac 7^4; y. 8i, Jo 8^0 941 152^.24, igse, i 71^ 1220, al. (cf. 579,,).

Th

2",

Co 5"

WM,

vuvi,

an Attic strengthened form of vvv


.

(in cl.

always of time,

and most often strictly of the pres.), [in LXX Jb 5, Pss 2, 11, iv Mac 4, Ep. Je*;] now; 1. of time: c. praes., Ac 241^, Ro 1523.26, i Co 131^, II Co 811.22, Phm9.ii; c. pf., Ro 321 c. pret., Ro 622 Ipo (WH, mg.) 121 38 7, Eph 21^ Col ^ V. diroXoyia, Ac 221 2. Of logical sequence
; ;

(not so in He 8 (vCv,
v6i,

cl.)

Ro

71", i

Co

511 (vw.

WH)

121^ (vw,

WH,
night
:

txt.) I520,

WH,

txt.), ib. 926 (cf.


rj,

WM,

24, 579n).+
;]

gen. wKTo^,
1330, al.
;

[in

LXX

chiefly for n^^^

Mt

12*o,

Mk

6*^,

Jo

gen. temp, (of the time within

which something

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


happens; M, I Th 5^ al.
;

307
32,

Pr., 73;
v. k.
v.,

Bl,

36, 13),

wktos, hy night,
2^, al.
;

Mt

2", Jo

^/xeW,

Mk
;

5^

Th

^/xepas

k. v.,

Lk
;

IS^,

Ke

25^ dat., wktI, in ans. to the question, Soph.), rav-rrj t. v., Lk 12^'*^, al. Ikuviq, "when?" (rare in cl. Hdt., Ac 126 fViouo-r/, Ac 23ii ace. durat. (BL, 34, 8 Kiihner 3, m, 314 b), 8ia vuktos ( = cl. vvKTos t. vvKTa^, Lk 21^" V. K. rifiipav, Lk 2^", Ac 20^^
4^,
al.
;

/xcVt/s

Mt
; ;

233i ; hC oXr,^ v., Lk 5^ Kara fieaov Bl., 42, 1 46, 7), Ac b^^ 16^ I710 55. Metaph. Jo d\ Eo 13i^ i T^s V. (Bl., 47, 6), Ac 27^'. ** vuaabi (Att. -TTO)), [in 5^* * ;] to pierce : Si 22^9,
; ;
:

LXX

m Mac

Th

T.

irX^vp^v X6yxv,
vuarrilb)

Jo

19^^,

[Mt
[in

27*9],

WH.+
for n\2
,

etc ;] to nod in sleep, fall Metaph., of negligence or delay, 17 ctTrcoXcta avTwi' ov asleep : Mt 25^. 11 Pe 23.+ vvardCei (cf. Ps 120 (121)*, Is 5^7) *+ cuxOV^Po?' -^' -o" '^'^. VP V. Bl., 28, 4), lasting a night
(cf.

vevw),

LXX
:

and a day ; as
8, 203).+

subst., (to)

v.,

a night and a day

11

Co IP^

(pi., Ch'. Sib.,

Nw (as
(Heb.
ni),

LXX, Noah: Mt

FIJ,

2437.38^

who Lk

also gives Nwcos,


d^^ 17^6."^

T^(l!>xo<s),

o,
11

indecl.

He
v.

11",

Pe

3-^o,

Pe 2^+

KwOp^s, -a, -oV, [in

LXX:

Pr

2229 (^trn), gi 429 11^2*;] shiggish,


tt.,

slothful

He
:

5^^ 6^2 (for similar

usage in

MM,

xvii).

SVN.
[in

dpyo's (q.v.), /3pa8v<;.

j-wTos, -ov, 6,

in Att.

LXX,

v., pi., 01

most vwTot and

freq. to vwtov,
to.

and

in pi.

always
,

to.

vwra,

vwto, chiefly for 5|]n3

also for p|^jr

n^Srip;] the back:

Eo

llio(i'^).+

=, I,

f =

60,

$,

^, TO, indecl., Xi, 60,000.

tc,

the fourteenth

letter.

As a numeral,

Si 292" B^*;] Jwspitality, enter**Uy^a, -as, ^ ^Vos), [in 22 (cf. ICC, in 1., but v. infr.). By meton., a place of tainment : Phm entertainment, a lodging-place : Ac 282^, and so perh. Phm 22 (Lft., in 1., Phi., p. 9; but V. supr., and cf. MM, xvii).+
:

LXX

**Uvll^ ^Vos),
73*;]

[in

LXX: Es

3i3, Si 2925,

Mac

9^, iii

Mac

1. to receive as a guest, entertain: c. ace. pers., Ac 102^ 28'', 2. In late writers (Polyb., al. 132; pass., Ac lO^.is.sa 2II6. 11 Mac, I.e.), to surprise, astonish by strangeness: Ac I72"; pass.,

He

iPe44,i2t
*$6'o8ox^w,
late
5^**.+

Gk. for

-ceto

(<^^vos,

8exo/i.at),

to

entertain

strangers

Ti
-t],

|eVos,
Saifjiovta,

-ov,
;

[in

LXX
He
;

chiefly for "'ipj;]

(a)

foreign,
to,

alien:

Ac

17^^

SiSaxai,

139

(b)

c.

gen.

rei,
:

strange
i

estranged

from, ignorant of: Eph 2^2 (c) strange, unusual 6 t, {a) a foreigner, stranger: Mt 2535.38.43,44
^ivoL K. TrdpoiKOi (opp. to (rvfnroXtTat^ oiKCtot),

Pe 4^2_ ^.s subst., 27", Ac I721, iii Jo 5;


2^9
j

Eph

^,

^qiX

Traptiri-

308
Srjfioiy

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

He

11^^; (b)

one of the parties bound by

ties of hospitality; (a)


:

Horn., B., xv, 532) Eo IG^^.t the guest ; (/S) the host **t|ecrTr]9, -ov, 6 (a SlciHan corruption of Lat. sextarius), [in Al. 2. In kotvXt))*;] 1. a sextarius (about a pint). Le 14^*^ (jb, NT, a jritcher of wood or stone Mk 7*.t

^ci/oSokos,

LXX

^TjpaiVw {<C,irjp6<:), [in

LXX
1^^
;

chiefly for CT^J;] to dry up, parch,

wither

c.

ace,

t. xPto',

Ja

of plants,

Mt

IS^ 21i9.2o,
;

ripened crops, Ee 14^'' body, to waste away, Mk


Irjpos,
-a,

pass., to become or be dry or withered: 4^ 1120,21^ ljj 8^, Jo 15^, i Pe P*; of 5'^^, Ee 16^^ of liquids, of members of the

Mk

Mk

31 (cf.

in Ki 13*)

Q^^.t

-or,
,

[in
etc.

LXX
;]

chiefly for tZTJ^, its parts


:

and
$.,

deriva-

tives, also for ns.'in

dry

metaph.

(of

a sinner), ^vkov

Lk
;

23^^

of

members

of the

body shrunken by
3^,

hand,
19' i,

Mt

121^
al.)

Mk
:

Lk

of the disease, withered : Jo 5^ G^.S; of the dry land, r} ^pa (sc. y^, cf. Ge

Jh P,

Mt

2315; 7^,

He

IP^.t
chiefly for
j^JT;]

luXu/os,
220,

-y],

-ov {^vXov),

[in

LXX

wooden:

11

Ti

Ee920(cf. Ep.
luXoi',

Je4ff-)-+
[in

-ov, TO,

LXX

chiefly for |^y;] 1.

wood:

Co

3^2,

Re

of wood, hence, anything made of wood, as, [a) a 14*3. Lk 22^2; {b) stocks, for concudgel, staff: pi., Mt 26*"-",
18'^.
2.

])iece

Mk

fining the feet (Jb 33i\ 10)

Ac

16^*

(c)

beam

to

which malefactors

were bound
Cross
xvii),
:

Ac
tree

(late Gk.), in S^o 10^9 132^,

(Ge

129,

is

LXX, of a gibbet (De 2122.23)^ in NT, of the Ga 31^, i Pe 22*. 3. In late writers (v. MM, 148^ al.) Lk 23^1 ^. rij^ ^wijs, Ee 2^ 222- 1*. i^.t
:

^updu, -w, late

form

of ^upew (q.v.)

Co

11**

{$vpaa-6ai,

Eec. and

Edd., but
pi.,

v.s.

^vpw)A

(also -dw) chiefly for nbn -w (< $vp6v, a razor), [in (no ex. of pres. -iw), to shave: pass, and mid., to shave ;] oneself, have oneself shaved, aor., Ac 212*; pf^ (Att.), i Co ll^.t
iupibi,

LXX

pu.

^u'po),

rare form of fupco) (Veitch,


s.v., etc.)

s.v.),

aor. mid., ^vpaa-Oat (Bl., 24,


:

S.V.;

Zorell,

for

-ao-6'ai

(Eec, Edd.)

Co ll^t

O
numeral, o
omlcron, short 0, the fifteenth letter. As a 70,000. 6, r), TO, the prepositive article [apOpov irpoTaKTiKov), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the
0,
o,

/jiiKpok',

70,

o,

Eng. definite article. 1. As demonstr. pron.


his (etc.)
6 /Av 1732,
.
:

1.

As

freq. in

Hom.,
7^,

absol., he {she,
2.

it),

Ac
.

172^ (quoted
.
.

from the poet Aratus).


.

6 8e, the one


ol fikv

the other
oEAXot 8e,

Co

Ga

Distributive, 422 pi., Ac 14*


;

Phi

lie, al.;

Mt

I61*,

Jo

7^^; ol

fih

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


8e,

309

He
21*,

7^^'^^.

3.

Mt

Mk

1,

Lk
;

In narration (without o 821, Jo 938, al. mult.

fiev

preceding), 6

84,

but he:
:

II.

As prepositive
etc.

article, the, prefixed, 1. to

nouns unmodified

to abstract nouns, r/ o-o<^ta, etc., to pi. nouns which <f>Q)<;, indicate a class, ol dXwTrcKcs, foxes, Mt S^*^, al. to an individual as representing a class, 6 ifyyaTrjs, Lk lO'^ c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt ll^', Jo 19^, Ja 51, al. ; to things which pertain to one, r] x^^P> ^i^ 3^ ; to names of persons well known or already mentioned hand, usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), 17 'louSata, etc. 2. To modified nouns c. poss. c. pers. pron. gen., /jlov, arov, etc. pron., /xo'?, o-ds, etc. ; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, 6 dya^os avOpwTTO'i, Mt 12^^; the noun foil, by adj., both c. art., 6 iroLfjbrjv 6 /caXds, Jo 10" (on 6 oxA-os ttoAvs, Jo 12^ v. M, Pr., 84) before adjectival phrases, 17 Kar iKXoyi^v Trpd^ecrts, Ro d^^. 3. To Other parts of speech used as substantives (a) neuter adjectives t. dyaOov, etc. (b) cardinal numerals 6 cts, 01 8vo, etc. participles 6 BaTrrt^wv ( = o (c) 61'* BaTTTio-TT^s, Mt 142), ttSs 6, c. ptcp., every one loho, etc. ; {d) adverbs to vipav, to. vw, 6 lo-w avOpuyiros (e) infinitives nom., to OiXiiv, Ro 718, al.; gen., tov, after adjectives, a^iov tov Tropeveadai, 1 Co 16* verbs, lAa^cv tov Ovpnacrai, Lk 1^ and freq. in a final sense, i^XOev 6 aireipwy tov (nreLpeiv, Mt 13^ (on the artic. inf., V. Bl., 71). 4. In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a 9^3 ; to cti a-n-a^, He 12^7 ; t6 dvcySr?, Eph 4^, al. quotation to 'Ei Sv^, 5. To prepositional phrases 01 dTro 'iTaXtas, He 13^* 01 eV vofiov, Ro
6 ^eos, TO
; ;

Mk

Mk

Mk

neut. ace. absol., in adverbial phrases, to kuO' rj/xepav, daily, Lk 11^; TO /cttTa adpKa, as regards the flesh, Ro 9^. 6. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc. 6 tov, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10^, al. Ta tou 6eov, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16^3 Ta t^s dprjvq^, Ro 14i^ (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, 46, 47). oySoiiKovTa, eighty : Lk 2^^ IB^.t SySoos, -yj, -ov, the eighth: Lk 1^9, Ac l^C^^^), Re I711 21^0; one
41*
;
:

of eight, tvith seven others (usually, in this sense, with avrds added, but cf. Plat., Legg., iii, 695 c; Plut., Pelop., 13; 11 Mac 5^7):
II

Pe

25.t
-ov, 6,

metaph., an encumbrance: He 12i.t Syn.: ySdpos, a weight ; (f>opTiov, a burden, that which is borne. 88c, ^8e, ToSc (the old demonstr. pron., 6 + the enclitic 8c), = Lat. hicce, this {here), referring prop, to what is present, can be seen or pointed out: of a person just named, rfih^ (= javTrj), Lk 10^^; neut. pi., TttSc (Acyct), referring to words which follow (so in Att., and v.
*oYKos,
bulk, mass
;

MM,
T^ Kox

xvii):

Ac

21ii,

Re
[in

2i'8'i2.i8 Si'^.u.

,j^

^jg^

^.

^o'Xiv

(=
To

Att.

Ty, Plat., Legg., iv,


68cu'(a

721

b),
:

such and such a


iii
:

city,

Ja

41^.+
G^,

68ds),

LXX

Ki

612

(metaph., Ijbn),

Wi
^bn

57 (fig.)*;] to travel, journey oStjY^w, -w r,8r?yds), [in


hi., etc.
;]

Lk

lO^^

(cf. 81-, a-vv-o8cv(ii).f

LXX chiefly
to

for

nn3
c.

also for Till

hi.,

to

lead on one's way,

guide :

ace. pers.,

Mt

I51*,

310

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


6=^^;

Lk
831
.

id. seq. eVt,


^i^

Re V.
68os,

Metaph.,

geq

^ rlX7;^etav (eV

t. d.,

WH,

to guide, instruct, teach: Ac mg.), Jo 1613 (cf. Ps 24 (25)5).t

**t68TiYos, -oC, 6

y^yio^iat),

[in

LXX:

ii

Es

8i,

Wi

71* IS^,

5i^*;] a leader on the way, I Mac 4-, II Mac a guide: Ac li^. Fig., 6. Tv^XQ^v, Ro 21^ pi., Mt Ib^^ 23i'-4.t * oSonropew, -to (<^ o8oi:rd/3o?, a traveller, Ge 37^^, al.), to travel, joiirney : Ac lO^.t **68onropi'a, -as, 77 (v. supr.), [in Wi 1318 133 195^ i Mac 6*1*;] a journey : Jo 4", 11 Co ll^'^.t

LXX:
to

68o-iroi'co,

-w,

[in

LXX:

Jb

30i2,
;]

(obD

pi.)

(WH,

(80)9, Is 6210 (n3Q pi.) * mg.).t

79

Ps 67 (68)* (b^D) 77 (78)^" make a road or path : Mk 2^^


a way,
;

686s, -ov,

yj,

[in

LXX

chiefly (very freq.) for 1. 1J11;]


;

lO^e, Lk 3^ al. path, road: Mt 212, Kara t^v 6., Lk lOS al. 7rap T^v o., Mt 13*, al. c. gen. pers, (subj.), t-^v o. eroi/xa^ctv (fig.), Mt S'^, 13, al. c. gen. term, (obj.), WvC^v, Mt 10^ t. dytW (fig.). He 9"^
;

Mk

Mk Mk
^0

ace,

o^ov,

with force of prep,

(like

Heb.

^"I'l

Bl., 34, 8

35, 5),

d.

Oa\d(T(rr}<i,

Mt
Lk

4i5(Lxx)_
e'f o.,

8^", al.;

Lk

traveller's way, journey : iv r. 6., Mt 5-^, 11"; d^ ., Mt IQlO; T. dSov irap,vadai, Ac 833;
g.

6. -^/Aepas,

2**; 0801/ Troiciv

(=

cl., 6. TToteto-^ai;

V. Field, Notes,

25),

2^3. mal'e one's wa?/, i.e. proceed on one's journey, 3. Metaph. (cl. but esp. freq. in Heb. v. Cremer, 442 ff.), of a course of conduct, a way of thinking or acting Ac 141", i Co 4i^ 123i, Ja 1^ 5^" ^^j} KatV, Juii; r. BaXadfjL, II Pe 21^ dp^vr]^, Ro 3I'; C^s, Ac 228; ^ 6. -^
;

Mk

aTrdyovaa ek t. ^wryv (Dalman, Words, 160), Mt 71* t. StKaioo-vvv/s, Mt 2132; o-oiTT/pias, Ac 1617; at 6. t. O^oi (Kvptov), Ac 1310, Ro 1133, i^e 153
;

(cf. Ho 14^ Ps 94 by God), Mt 22i,

Mk

approved (95)1", Si 39^4, al.) ; >) 6. t. e^oi (the 202i 12i*, id., of the Christian religion, Ac

way

Lk
4.

1826; so,
c/ciV77s,

absol,
19*

t}

6.,

Ac
14".

92 19''23 2422; of Christ as the

means

approach to God, Jo
ib.

Ellipsis of
;

6.

Trotas (sc. oSoC),

Lk

of 51^

(v. Bl., 36,


6,

13

44, 1).
for ]ar
t.
;]

68ou's,

-dvTos,

[in

LXX
[in
;]

a tooth

Mt

538,

Mk

918,

Ac

754

pi..

Re

98

6 ySpvy/x^s (q.v.)

686vTiov,

Mt

812 13*2. 50 22i3 24^i

2530,

Lk

1328.t

6hvydui,

-w

dSuVv),
142*,
al.

LXX: Za

9^

(b^n),

12io

(Tia
pass,

hi.),

La

113 (nn),

Wi

to

cause pain or suffering;

and
-''

mid., to suffer pain, be tormented or greatly distressed: (dSwaaai, v. M, Pr., 53 f.) seq. eVt', Ac 2038.t
;

Lk

2*8 162^.

68u.'Tj,

-q<;,

77,

[in

LXX
mind

for ]ir
:

"10, etc.

(26

words

in all);]

pain, distress, of body or


d8upp,ds,
-ov,

Ro

92, i

Ti

61**.+

(<^ oSvpofiai,

to

lament),

[in

LXX
Mt

Je

38

(31)1^
II

(anno:?),

n Mac

11"*;] lamentatiori, mourning:

218(Lxx),

Co

VA

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


'Ojcias (Eec. 'O^i'as), -ov, 6 (Heb. njTJT),
*0(ias, V.S. '0^tas.

311

Uzziah

Mt

l^'^.t

Jo

o;, [in 1138.t

LXX: Ex
whence ;

8i^('o)

(tZTXa)*;] to smell

(i.e.

emit a smell):
12**,
i,

O0CK, adv.,

(a) of direction
Sttov,

or source
(cf.

Mt
:

Lk
Ac
;

ll^*,
5.

Ac

1426

2813;

=i^^ie^
2^^

Mt

2524.26

Thuc,

89,

3);

yivfoa-Ko/xev, I

He

(6) of cause, whence, wherefore ; 217 31 725 83 918 iii9,t

Jo

Mt
,

14'',

26^^,

* 6B6vr\,
linen (Hom.,

-r]<i,

rj

(of
2,,

Semitic origin,

cf.

Heb. ]iMX
:

yarn)

1,

fine

al,).

Later, a sheet or sail

Ac

lO^i ll^.t

60OKIOC, -ov, TO (dimin. of oOovrj, q.v.), [in

LXX

Jg

141^

{]'^'in),

Ho

2*<7). 9(11)

^j^jg^p,^*.!

pip,ce of fine linen,

a linen cloth: Lk

24^2

of:

E, mg., om.), Jo 19*o 205''7.t oi8a, (from same root as cThov, q.v.), [in chiefly for yr ;] pf. with pres. meaning (plpf. as impf. on irregular tense-forms, V. App.), to have seen or perceived, hence, to know, have knowledge 25l^ Mk lO^^, Jo 10*, Eo V, al. c. ace. pers., c. ace. rei, Mt

(WH,

LXX

Lk Mt Jo Eo IP, al.; seq. quaest. Eph l^^, al.; c. inf., to know how (cl), Mt 7^\ Lk 1113, Phi 412, I Th 4*, al. in unique sense of respect, appreciate: I Th 512 (but V. also ICC on i Th 4*).
4",
al.; seq.

Mt Lk

26^2,

Jo

131,

Ac
Jo

316, al.

t. ^eov, i

Th

4^, Tit
32,

V\
22

al.

c. ace. et inf.,

on,

9^,

2021,

indir.,

Mt

26^0,

921,

SVN.

V.S. yivwtrKw.
oi/cta/cos.

OiKCiaK^s, V.S.

oiKcios, -a, -ov (<; oiKos), [in


ol.

LXX for

Til

liitp

etc.

in Is 58^,

Tov <nripixaTo<; for 11^2

;]

in or of the house (opp. to ^eVos, dXAorpios)


;

(a) of

things

to. 01.,

household affairs or goods


01 oL,
t.

(&)
i

same family or kin; as subst.,


of the family of: metaph.,

kinsmen:

of persons, of the Ti 5^; c. gen. pers.,


in
1.),

diov,

Eph

2^^;

t. ttio-tcws (Lft.,

Ga

6io.t

Syn.

(Tvyjivri^, tStos (v.


rj

*+oiKCTia, -as,
oiK^TTjs,
-ov,
;

(<^oiceT77s),

Cremer, 446 Deiss., BS, 123). a household (of servants) Mt 24**.t


;
:

(<^oiK'w),

[in

LXX

for 1337;]

a house-servant:

14* pi., Ac 10^ i Pe 21*. (In Plat., Hdt., Si 43o en, the pi. includes all the inmates of the house, the familia, ot/<Tcta.)t

Lk

1613,

Ro

Syn. :
oiK^w,
c.

V.S. Sia*coi'OS.

("^oiKos), [in chiefly for nCT"';] (a) trans., to i Ti 61^; (b) intrans., to dwell: seq. yu,era (of married dyaOov, Eo 71^; d/xapTta, ib.20; life), I Co 712' 13; metaph., seq. v 8^ H, I Co 31^ (cf. iv-, kut-, fv-Kar-, Trap-, Trepi-, crw-otK(j)).i Try^vfia deov, Eo

-w

LXX

inhabit:

ace,

otKT),ia,

-Tos,

TO

oiK'a)),

[in

LXX: Ez

162*

(nj),

To 2^

Wi
(e.g.

131^*;]
brothel 127.t

a dwelling. As a euphemism for other definite terms Hdt., ii, 121 cf. Ez, I.e.), a prison (Thuc, iv, 47 f.)
;

Ac

312

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

**oiKT]Tiipioi', -ov, TO {<:^olKr)Tr)p


II

oiKrjTUip,

an
^
;

inhabita^it), [in
trop.,
ii

LXX
a

Mac 11^

III

Mac
-q

2^^*;] a habitation:

Ju
al;

Co

5'-^.t

oiKia, -as,

(-^oi/cos), [in

LXX
Mk

chiefly (very freq.) for IT'S;]


iv

house, divelling:
at home,

Mt
ci's

2^1

Lk

8-^;

ol, ii Jo^'*; ol, c. gen. pers.,


;

(Mt 8^^ al., but Jo 14^. Metaph.,


(b)

cf.

(a)

oUia (= cl. kut olKcav), usually has the art. olKOi and v. Bl, 46, 9) ^ ol. t. Trarpos fjiov, of the body as the dwelling of the soul ii Co 5^
7'^"^-^',

l^^,

of property
or/cos)

(as JTIS,
:

Ge

i5^^,
12'',
c.

LXX,
Lk
204^

t.

hrdpxovTa;
(c)

in Ki 13^,

LXX,

oTkos (q.v.)

Mk

of the
4^^^

inmates of the
j

dwelling, the household:

Mt

12'";

gen. pers., Jo

Qq

iqi5^

Syn. : oIkos, which in Attic law denoted the whole estate, oiKia, the dwelling only. In cl. poets oIkos has also the latter sense, but not in prose, except in metaph. usage, where it signifies both property and household. The foregoing distinction is not, however, consistently
maintained
to the

in late

Greek

cf.

MM,

ii,
77,
;

xvii,

and

v.

Thayer,

s.v. olKia.

*toiKi.aK6s (in Plut.,

al., -eia/cos),

6v (<^oiKia),

oi/ceios,

belonging
I

opp. to oikoSco-ttott^s, *+ oiKo-SeoTroTew, -w (<^ otKo8eo-7roTT;s), to rule a household


"OV, 6

household, one's

own : Mt

10^^

ib. ^^.t
:

Ti

5^'*.t

*t oiKo-SeoTTOTTjs,

(<^ oTk OS, Seo-TTOTTjs), the Tiiaster of

a house, a

householder:
av^pwTTos ol,
81, 4).t

Mt 10^^ 13" 20" 24*3, Mk 14i*, Lk 1239 13^5 14^1; Mt 13^2 201 21'*3 pleonast., oL t. oiVtas, Lk 22" (v. Bl.,
;

oiKo8op,ea>, -w (<;otKo8o/x,os), [in chiefly for HJS;] to build a house, to build: absol., Lk 11^^ 143<^ 17^^; ol ot/coSo/Aowres, the builders 12io, Lk 201^, i Pe 27(l^x) (as Ps 117 (118)2^ D^Jinn), Mt 21^2^

LXX
Mk

aWorpLov O^ixiXtov ol., proverb., Eo 152"; c. ace. rei, Ga 2^^; mpyov Mt 2133, mij 121, Lk 1428; ^^o6r,Ka<;, Lk 1218; ^^^^^ Mk 1458; pass. Jo 220; oiKta, Lk 6^8; c. ace. rei seq. dat. pers. (cf. Ge 820, Ez 162*)
er'

Lk 7^ Ac 7*''4''; ace. seq. Ini, Mt 724.26, Lk 6; iroXiv cV opovs Lk 429; of rebuilding, or restoring, Mt 2329 26i 27*", Mk 1529, Lk 11*^ Metaph., t. ckkAt^o-iW, Mt 16^8 of the growth of Christian character
;

to build up (AV, edify) absol Ac 2032, I Co &i 1023 c. ace. pers., i Co 14*, i Th 5" pass., Ac 9^^ I Co 1417, I Pe 2^ of blameworthy action (AV, embolden), i Co 8 10
(cf.

nan, in Ps 27

(28)^,
;

Je 24^al.),

(cf. dv-, 7r-, (TVV-OLKoSofXew).'^

t oiKoSofjLii,

-rj<s,

7]

(^otKos,

Sc/Aoj, to

buHd),

[in

LXX
;]

Ch

29^

(n^a),
(q.v.),

Ez

1717 402

(nsa

n5:;p),
1.
:

Si

2216 4019,

al.

cl.

oiKo8o,jUa

-Sd/xijo-is

(Thuc,
i

Plat.),

the act of building; in


.

NT Mk

always

metaph., building up, edifyi?ig

Eph
ot.,

429
I

c.

gen. obj.,
2.

Co
5^,

14^2,

Eo 14^9 152, i Co 142^, n Co 108 I31**, n Co 12^9, Eph 412. le XaXtlv, Xa/Selv,
a building:
,

Co
i

143.5.

=
17

olKoSofjirjtJ^a,

Mt

24^,

13^.2;

metaph.,
I

Co

39, 11
-as,

Co

Eph

22i.t

*otKo8o(iia,

(<^ otVoSo/xco))

the act of building: metaph.,


to

Ti 1*

(BE

for oiKovoyam, q.v.).t

a builder

oiKo-Sofios, -ov, 6 (-cc^orxos : Ac 4ii.t

Sc'/Aco,

buHd),

[in

LXX for n32l

etc.

;]

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


oiKot/ojxeu, -u>
II

313

(<^

oLKovofjio^) , [in

LXX

Mac
16^
;

3^**;]

to

manage

as

house-steward,
olKovojxia), to

Lk

(cl, II

Mac,

hence, generally (v.s. I.e., Ill Mac 32E).t


rj

Ps 111 (112)^ (bl3 pilp.), be a steward: absol., manage, regulate, arrange

oiKoi'Ofiia, -as, 1.

(<<

oiKovoixeu>)

[in

LXX

Is 22^^' ^i

(nSQ

nbUfpl^)*;]

prop. (Plat., Arist.), the office of olKov6fi.o<i, stewardship : Lk 16^'*. 2. In later writers (Plut., al. v. AR on Eph V^^; MM, xviii), generally, administration, dispensation : i Co 9^'^, Eph l^" 3^' ^, Col l^^, i Ti l*.t
;

oiKOfofios, -ov, o (-eC^oiKos

ve/xo), to

manage),

[in

LXX

chiefly for

JT^.Sn'i'y;]

1.

prop., the

manager of a household or
:

estate,

a house- or

land-stetvard (usually a slave or freedman) Lk 12*^ igi, s, s^ j Qq 42^ Ga 42 ; 6 oi. t. TrdXeojs (RV, treasurer; cf. i Es 4*9), Ro 1623. 2. Metaph. (in wider sense; cf. oIkovoixlo), an administrator a steward: of Christian ministers, i Co 4^, Tit of Christians generally, i Pe 4i*'.t
,

oiKos, -ov, 6, [in


1.

V LXX chiefly
;
:

for n"]3

also for bs^H

bns

etc.

;]

2^^, prop., a house, dwelling: Ac 2^ 19^^; c. gen. poss., Mt 9^''', Lk 123, 3,1.; c. gen. attrib., ifxiropiov, Jo 2^"; Trpoo-evx^s, Mt 21^^^ a,l; of a sanctuary (Hdt., Eur.) 61. t. Oeov, of the tabernacle, Mt 12*, al. the temple, Mt 21i3, al. metaph. of a city Mt 2338, Lk 1335 ; of the
;
:

Mk

body, Mt 12**, at home, Mk 2^,


v.s. ts) T. 01.,
is

from house to house, Ac 83, Lk 14i, Ro 16^, al. gen. (Bl., 46, 9), 2. By meton., a hotise, household, family : Lk 10*, Ac 7^**, i Co 1^", i Ti 3*'*, al. of the Church, 6 61. t. 6eov, i Ti 3^^^ jje 32, i Pe 4^'' of descendants,
;

Lk II2*; i Co 113* Lk T^*' 15^


c.

of Christians, i Pe 2^; iv ol. 1435. go Kar oIkov, Ac 2* 5*2;


^ar' oikovs,

(M, Pr., 81 d ds (= ol

f.),

o^;

83 202'^

(Kar) oTkov,

Mk

oT.

'Icrpa^X (AavetS,
61*, I

'Ia<c(;;/?;

Bl, 47,

9),

Mt

10,

Lk

P''

33,

al.

(cf.

Ex

Ki 230, al.). SYN. : v.s. otKia.


-77s,
17

oiKouiieVtj,

(fern.
,

pres.

pass. ptcp.

of

oi/cecj;

sc.

yrj),

[in

LXX

chiefly

for

b^

^1^',]

the

inhabited earth;

(a) in cl.,

the

countries occupied by Greeks, as disting. from barbarian lands (Hdt., Dem., al.) (b) in later writers, the Roman world Lk 2^, Ac 112^ 24^ by meton., of its inhabitants: Ac 17 192"; (c) in (Ps 22 (23)i 70 (71)8, al.) and NT, also of the whole inhabited world Mt 24^*,
;
:

LXX
=
6

Lk Re

45 2126,

Ro

1018,

He

1,

Re

310 16^*;
17

by meton.
rj

(ut supr.),

Ac

173i,
:

12^
25.t

(d) of

the Messianic age,

ol.

/xcAXovo-a

atw

6 fiiXXtav

He

*t oiKoupyos, -ov (<^ oTkos + root of Ipyov), working at home : Tit 2* (Rec. otKoupos, q.v.).t *oiK-oup6s, -ov (<^oTkos 4- ovpo^, a keeper); 1. watching or keeping the house; as subst., 17 ol., a housekeeper (Soph., Eur.; v. LS, s.v.). 2. keeping at home : Tit 2^, Rec. (v. Field, Notes, 220 ff. CGT, in 1.,
;

and

cf.

oiKorpyds).+

oiicTeipu

have compassion on :

(<; otKTos, pity), [in c. ace pers.,

LXX for Dm
Ro
9^^ (L^^).t

pi.,

]:n

etc.

;]

to pity,

Syn.:

eXec'w, q.v.

314

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


oiKTipfios,
-liv,

6 {<^oiKTupM), [lu
:

LXX,

usually in

pi.,

chiefly for

Dm
Col

;]

compassion, pity

(nrXay^va olKTipfxov,
for

a heart of compassion,
deov,

312; in pi_ (as


ol., II
:

LXX

Heb. D^aqi).
k.

ol. r.

Eo 12\ He W^;

6 waTTjp'rwv

Co

1^; a-7rXdy)(ya

oL,

Phi

21.

SYN.
chiefly for

acos, q.v.
[ill

otKTipfiUK, -ov {<^oiKTip(x)), lu cl. poct. for l\(.rjfxoiv (q.v.),

LXX

mm;]

merciful:
6

Lk

Q^^,

Ja

5ii.+

otfxai, V.8. OLOfiai.

oico-iroTT]?,

-ov,
:

(< oivos
(]^^

TTOTry?,
*',]

prose, [in

LXX
734.+

Pr

232*^

N^D)

a drinker), poet, and late a wine-drinker, wine-bibber :

Mt

1119,

Lk

otcos, -ov, o, [in

LXX chiefly for


;

l"]^

also for CTiTri


i
;

etc.

;]

ivine

Mt

Lk 115, Jo 23, al. otvw irpoaix^tv, Ti 3^ SouAoDo-^at, Tit 2^. Metaph., Be 14' 10 l&^ IV 18=^ IQi^ By meton. for .I/ATreXos, Be 6e.
91",

oiko<j)XuYia,
;

-as,

17

(<^

<^Xi;o),
:

to
1

bubble up, overflow),

cf.

-yeo>,

De 2P^

drunkenness, debauchery
.

Pe

d^.t

5riV.

V.S. KpaiirdXr].

oiofiai, olfxa', [in

LXX

for n|n

Ge

37'', al.
li'';

;]

to

suppose, expect,

imagine:

c.
.

ace. et inf.,

Jo 21^5;

c. inf.,

Phi

seq, on,

Ja

l''.t

SriV.
^Mt),

V.S. r]yeop.ai.

oios, -a, -ov, relat. pron., qualitative (related

to os as qualis to

w/^ai sori or
:

correl. Toioiros

Mt
Co
;

seq. TotovTos,
otov. Phi , (BV), Eo 9^t
.

l^*^

usually without its 11 Ti 311, Be I6I8; 15^^, II Co IQH; id. redundant, Mk 131^; t. airov ovx olov 8k oTt, elliptically, biot it is not as though
of,

manner

such

as,

in

NT

24^1,

Mk

9^, 11

Co

12-,

Th l^

oicro),

V.S. <^epw, p.

oKf^w,

499. -w (<^oKvos, shrinking,

hesitation),

[in

LXX: Nu

221"

(y:a ni.), Jg 18^ (bsy ni.), To 12*5' 13, Jth 121^, Si V^, iv Mac 14* * ;] to shrink from doing, hesitate to do (Horn., Thuc, al.) hence, to delay:
;

c. inf.,

Ac

9^8 (cf.
-a,

Nu,
-ov

I.e.,

and

v.

MM,
[in

xviii).t

dKKTjpos,

6KVaj),
:

LXX

for iJSJT,
2),

Pr

6^'^
;

al.;]

shrinking, hesitating, timid

c.

dat.

dothful

Mt

252".

Of

things, that

Bo hence, shrinking, irksome which causes


(Bl,, 38,

12ii

Phi
c.

3i.t

dat. ref., irepiTo/ArJ

*t oKTarifxepos, -ov (<[ oktw, rj/jitpa), of the eighth day, eight days old: 6., Phi 3^ (words of this class denote duration,
6ktcS, ol,
0.1,

cf. TCTapTaios:).'^
TO.,

indecl., eight

Lk

2-i,

Jo

5^, al.

oXeOpeuo), V.S. oXoOpexna,


oXe'Gpios,

-ov (also -a,

-ov,

as in Wi,

I.e.),
:

[in

LXX
11

iii

Ki 21
L, txt.

(20)*2 (Dnn),

Wi

1815 *

;]

destructive, deadly

SUrjv,

Th

l^,

(for oAe^pos, q.v.).t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


o\e9pos, -ov (<[oXA.u/Ai, to destroy), [in

315
,

LXX

for IXHf

TW

etc.

;]

ruin, destruction, death: i Th 5^, i Ti 6^; aiwvfos, ii Th ct? 6. t^s crapKos, for physical discipline, to destroy oAc^ptos, q.v.) carnal lusts, i Co 5^.t *t dXiyomaria, -as, 17, little faith OV trust: Mt IT^^.t *t6\iY6-maTos, -ov, of little faith or trust: Mt G^o S^e li^i 16^,
1^ (L, txt.,
;

Lk

1228.+

oXiyos,

-7],

-ov

(on ovx
size,

o\., V. infr.), [in

LXX

chiefly for 13^0


9^^ 15^*,

j]

of
8'',

Mk 6^ few, little, small, slight : Mt opp. to TroXXas), I Ti 5^^ He 1210, Ee 3* 12^2; ovK 6. (in the best uncials written oix 6. M, Pr., v. WH, Apj)., 143 Gr., 126 f.), Ac 12i8 14^8 15-' (c. gen. part.) 17*' 12 44; Thackeray, 1923,24 2720 pi., absol., Mt 71* 20i (WH, txt., EV, om.) 22^\ Lk 13-3, I Pe 320. Neut. sing, (to) 6. Lk 7*^ 11 Co 81^ irpos oXCyov, i Ti 48, Ja 41* iv 6., Ac 26'-8.29 (with little effort v. Page, in 1.) id., in brief, Eph 33; adverbially, oXiyov, of time, Mk 6^\ i Pe 1^ 5i, Ee 17^^; of space, Mk 1^^ Lk 5=* pi, 6Xiya, Lk 10*^ Ee 2i* Itt' 6X{ya, Mt 2521.23 Bl oXiywv, in few words, briefly, i Pe 5^2 (cf. Plat., Legg., vi, 778 c).+ + oXtyoiJ/uxos, -ov [in LXX: Is 35'* (ina ni.), etc.;] faint-hearted.
number, quantity,

Lk

10'^

12^8

(sc. TrXrjyds,

Th

5i4.t
dXiYwpe'cj,

-w

(<oXtyos

wpa, care),

[in

LXX:

Pr

311

(DXa)*;]

<o esteem lightly, think little of: c. gen..

He

12^

(^^^^^.t
little,

^^oXiyws, adv. (<;6Aiyos), [in Aq.

Is

IC*;] a

almost, all
i

but

II

Pe

2is.t
-ov, 6

*t oXoGpcuTTis (Eec. oX-),


(not else where).
toXoOpeu'cj (<^oX^pos),
ioXoOptviJi),

; 6Ao^pvo>),
(Alex.)

a destroyer:

Co

10^^

late
,

form of oXc^pevw
etc.;]
to

[in

LXX

for

m3

TPXO

hi.,

MGr., destroy: He IPS


(cf.

(cf. e^-oXo^peiJCo).t

1 6XoKauTW|i,a, -Tos, to (<^ oXos,

Kat'to),

[in
^

LXX
_

chiefly for

n?y

;]

whole burnt offering:


113f.).t

Mk

12^^,

He

10

(lxx) (cf

Kennedy, Sources,

Srx.

V.S. Ova-La.
Tj

toXoKXifjpia, -a?,

(-^oXoKXrjpo'i), [in

LXX:

Is 1 (Dlho)*;] cow-

pleteness, soundness
6X6-kXt]pos,
lot),

Ac

3i^.t
(cX^pos, i.e.

-ov (<^ oXos,

with all that has fallen by


(obCT),

[in

LXX

Le 23l^

Za
in

NT

111^ (nS3 ni.), in ethical

Ez 15* (D^pn), De 27, Jos 92 (S^i) Wi 15^ i Mac 4*^, iv Mac 15^^*;] complete, sense (as Wi, iv Mac, 11. c), i Th 52^; 6. koI

entire;
reXeioi,

Ja

l*.t

Syn.:
oXoXuJ^cj

oXotcXt;? (q.v.), Te'Xeios (Tr., Sy7i., xxii),

women
Ja
5i.t

chiefly for i^iji hi.;] (onomatop.), [in crying to the gods in prayer or thanksgiving),

LXX

(in
to

Hom.,

of

cry aloud:

316

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


oXos,
-r},

-ov,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

bs

;]

of

persons and things,


:

whole, entire, complete; 1. of indefinite ideas, c. subst. anarth. Lk 5^, Ac 1126 2830, Tit 111; ^Xov avOpoiiTov {an entire man; v. Field, Notes,

Mt 2^ V. Bl., 47, 9), Ac 2131. 12i^ 2. Definite, c. art.; (a) preceding subst.: Mt 423,24^ l^ 8^^, i Co l^s^ Ac 213o, al. (c) Mk l^^, Lk 925, Jo al. (b) following subst.
93),

Jo

723

-Xri 'Iepov(Ta\rjfji{= 7r5cra 'I.,

between art. and subst., where subst. is an abstract noun (Plat., al.). 3. Attached to adj. or verb: Mt 1333, Lk I321, Jo 93*, al.; adverbially, 8t' 5\ov (MM, xviii), Jo 1923.
*t6XoTeXTJs, -is oAos, reXo?), complete, perfect: i Th 523.t Syn. : oXokXtjpos (q-v.), TcXeios. " As regards meaning, oXoKXr/pos can hardly be distinguished from oXotcXt/s though, in accordance with its derivation, it draws more special attention to the several parts to

which the wholeness spoken

of extends,

no part being wanting or

lacking in completeness" (M, Th., 78). 'oXufiiras (perh. contr. fr. 'OXu/ATrio'Swpos, Bl., 29), -a, 16i5.t Eo
oXuk-Oos, -ov, b,

Ohjmpas:
fig,

[in

LXX

Ca

2i3 (nag)*

;]

an unripe
:

which

grows
all)
:

the spring Re 6i3.t oXws, adv. (<[oXos), altogether, assuredly, actually (c. neg., at Mt 53^ I Co 51 6^ 1529.t
in winter

and usually

falls off in

ojiPpos, -ov, 6, [in

LXX

De

322

(-i^y^;),

Wi

16^^, al.

;]

a storm of

rain, a shotver : Lk 125*.t Ajip., 151), = cl. l/xeipofxai (but prob. 1 6)iipo)j.ai (Eec. 6fx-, v. Jb 321 with different derivation, v. Bl., 6,4; Zorell, s.v.), [in (nDn pi.)* ;] io desire earnestly, yearn after : i Th 2^.+ Pr 51^ (mi pi.), al. ;] to be in ofxiXe'w, -C) o;atXos), [in company with, consort ivith ; hence, to converse with: Ac 20^i; c. dat.,

WH,

LXX

LXX:

Ac

2426

seq. Trpds,
7}

Lk

24i4. is.t

ofiiXia, -as,

(<<o^iXos), [in

LXX

Ex

21i*'

(njjr), al.

;]

company,

association

Co
-ov,

1533.
6,

**ofiiXos,

[inAq.
[in

Ki I920*;] a crowd, throng: Re IBi^


,

Eec.t
ofii'xXT), -rjs,
rj,

LXX
cl.

for bp')V

etc.;]
o.

a mist:

11

Pe

2i''.t

Syn.:
IV

vi<f}os, v(j>4Xrj,

both thicker than


[in

ofAfia, -Tos, TO,

in

chiefly poet.;

LXX

for yi^ (Pi's.

Wig,

Mac 3)*

;]

an eye :
(so

pi.,

Mt

203*,

Mk

823.t

Hdt. and some Att. writers) and o/xw/xi (so generally in Mk 14^i, -vvai), [in LXX chiefly for Att. prose and always in Trag. rnur ni. ;] to swear, affirm by oath : Mt '2&''*, Mk 14'''i, He 721 seq. el
6|j,vu'oj
;

(q.v),

He
^

311 43;

c.

dat. pers.,
c.

Mk

623; [^ q inf,^
(cl.),

He
c.

3i8; seq.

Ac

230;

opKov

irpos,

acc. pers.

Lk
;

1'''3
;

ace. (of that

V*?. by

which one swears;

cl., v.
.

MM,

xviii),

Ja

512

seq. Kara, c. gen.

Bl., 34, 1), 2316. 18, 20-22^ Re 10 (Bl., 70, 3).t

He

613. le

geq. eV (cts),

as in Heb. (Bl.,

39, 4),

(LXX; Mt 53*.3

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


6/xo0ujxa8ow

317

o/xo?,

^v/xo's),

[in

LXX

for

in\ HH:

(freq. in Jb),

with one mind, ivith one accord : Ac 1^* 2*" 4^* Ro 15 (Hatch, Essays, 63 f., argues that the un-cl. sense together, which is found in Jb 3^^ 38^^, Nu 24^4^ Wi 18^' 12 (but not lO^O), al., should be attached to the NT instances, but MM, xviii).t V. Abbott, Essays, 96 *t 6^014^0. o^otos), to be like: Mt 23^7 (L, Tr., txt., WH, mg.) 2673 (WH, mg.) (not found elsewhere. Cf. 7rap-oyu.oia^a>.) t Wi 7\ iv Mac U^^ *;] **6^ioioTra0Vis, - Sfjioio?, 7r<o-x<o), [in LXX of like feelings or affections: c. dat., Ac 14^^, Ja 5^'^.f
10^"^

Wi

18^'

^2, al. ;]

512 757 86 1220 1525 1812 1929^

op,oios, -Ota,

-oiov,

[in

LXX

for

IDS

etc.

;]

like,

resembling, such

as, the

E, but

same as : c. dat., of form or appearance, Jo 9^, l^^ V. infr.) ib. ^^ 2^ 4. ^ 97, 10 (bi., 37, 63) ib. i^ ll^ I32.

Ee

(WH, mg.,
^
;

6pda-i,

22^9, Ac IT^^, 521, Ee43; of nature, condition, ability, etc., 1818 2111' 18; of comparison in parables, 13^1 20i, I Jo 32, Ee 13^ lli^ 13^2, Lk 6*7-49731,32 Lk 1318.19.21; of thinking, acting, etc.,

Mt

Ga

Mt

Mt

(T, c. gen.

BL,

36, 11) 123,


1.)

Jo

8'^,

Ju

c.

ace,

Ee

li^

(WH, txt.;

Swete, Hort, in

14i*.t

6H010TTJS, -?Tos,

V 5;bLoios),

[in

LXX: Ge

lii>i2

(y^D),

Wi
;

14^^
id. c.

Mac 15* * likeness : Kaff ofjLoioTrjra, in like manner, He gen. (MM, xviii), after the likeness (of). He 7^^.+
IV
;]

41^

chiefly for HDl;] 1. to make like, ofjioiocj, -w (<^o/Aotos), [in gen. et dat.; pass., to be made or become like: Mt 6^ 13^* 18^3 22^ 251, Ac 1411, He 217; seq. u)? (cf. Ez 32^, Heb.), Eo 9^9. 2. to liken,
c.

LXX
Lk

compare:
pass.,

c. dat.,

ace,

Mt

lli^,

7^^ I318.20;

^^5
for

6/Aotwo-w/iev,

Mk

480;

Mt

72*' 26 (cf. d(f>-ofjiot6w).f

ofioiwfia, -T09,

TO {<Cofj.oi6w), [in

LXX
;
:

niDl,

ri''351?,

n31Dri,
like-

etc.

;]

that ivhich is

made

like
I

something

(a) concrete,

an image,
123.t

ness (Ps 105(106)20, Ez 15, ness, resemblance : Eo 51* 6^

Mac

3*8, al.)

Ee

9^; {b) abstract, like-

8^,

Phi 2^;

Iv 6. cIkovos,

Eo

SVN.

eiKijav

(q.V.),

6fjiOL0i(Ti^.

ofjioiojs (<!! o/Aotos),

Mk

4i,
;

1531, al.

Lk 10", al 6. Ka^ws, Lk
rj

adv., likeioise, in like manner, equally : Mt 222", c. dat., Mt 2239, l^ e^i 6. Mt 2226,
;

W,

Mk
.

I728

Ka^a)s

...

6.,

Lk

e^i

b. fxivToi Kai,

Ju

ofioiwcris, -ws,
al.
;]

{6/j.ol6w), [in

LXX chiefly for TOaTI,


Da
.j

Ps 57(58)*,

1.

a making like, becoming like (Plat.). 2. likeness: Ja39(i'XX).t Syn. : v.s. ofjiOLio/jba, and cf. Tr., Syn., xv.
ofioXoy^ci),
:

LXX

Jb

6/xoXoyos, of one mind : 409(1*' (-,-p ^i.), Je 51 (44)25 (-,-,3)^ ^j

-w

LXX
^^

Su

"^

*),

[in

1^

speak the same


;

2. to agree with (Hdt., Plat., al.). language (Hdt.). 3. to agree, absol., Jo 12" 12*2; pass., Eo lOi** seq. confess, acknowledge (Plat., al.) oTi, ib.. He 1113; c, ace. rei, Ac 23^, i Jo 19, Ee 3^; id. c. dat. pers., Ac 241*; c. ace. cogn., i Ti 6i2; c. ace. pers., i Jo 223 43. j^ ggq pj-ed. ace. (Bl., 34, 5 73, 5), Jo 922, Eo 109, j Jq 42, 15^ n Jo 7 c. inf. (M,
:

Pr., 229), Tit li; c. dat. pers. seq. on,

Mt

723; seq. ^v, c. dat. pers.

318

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


41,
;

(M, Pr., 104; Bl.,


T.

2),

Mt
obj.

10^2,

Lk
1.).

128.
3),

t^ ^gree,

promise:

iirayyeXiav,
to

Ac
:

T^^

c. inf.

(Bl, 61,
in
[in
i

Mt
De

14^.

5.

Uo/xoi$-

Aoyt'w,

praise
+

He
7]

13^^

(Westc,

(Cf. avB-o^oXoyio^ai,
12''>i',

o/xoAoye'co.)

6fio\oYta, -as,

6/ioXoy'w),

LXX
Es

Am
an
Ti

4^,

Ez

4612 (nnij),

Le 221^ Je 51

(44)"^ (n-j^),

9^*;]

1.

in

cl.,

agree2. 6i-^^,

(in tt., of a contract; Deis^.., BS, confession (prob. always in an objective sense): 11 Co 9^^,

ment, assent, compact

249).
i

He

31 414 1023.+

** oixoXoyoufi^j'ws, adv. 6)MoAoya)), [in LXX: iv Mac 6^^ 7^ 16^*;] 1. as agreed, conformably with. 2. confessedly, by common consent : i Ti S^^.t ^ofioTcxcos, -ov (<^6,uds, Txvri), practising the same craft, of the same trade : Ac 18^. ofioo, adv. (<^6/xds), together ; (a) prop., of place: Jo 21^, Ac 2^; Jo 4^*^ 20-'.t (b) vrithout idea of place
:

ofjido),

V.S. Sfxvvw.

*
I

6fi6<^pu)v,

-ov

(<^6/x.ds,

<^p>/f),

6/xdvoos,

agreeing, of one

mind:

Pe

3^.t
ofAws,

adv. (<^6/tds), yet:


of its

by hyperbaton, out Bl, 77, 14).t

5. /xevroi, but proper position,

yet, nevertheless, Jo 12*2 3^^ (but v. i Co 14",

Ga

indecl, used only in nom. and ace. sing, (the other cases are supplied by dvetpos), a dream: Kar 6. (in later writers only), in a

*omp,

TO,

dream,

Mt

12 212.13,19,22 27i9.t

*6i'(ipioi', -ov,

TO (dimin. of ovos),

a young ass: Jo

12i*.+

dceiSiI^w (<^oi'iSos), [in

LXX

chiefly for p]nn pi.;] to reproach,

upbraid: absol, Ja 1^; c. ace. pers. (in cl. more freq. c. dat. pers. Bl, 34, 2; WM, 278), Mt 5", Mk 1532.34^ WH, mg., Lk 6^2, Eo 153 (LXX). ^, ^^Xets, Mt 1P>; pass., i Ti 410, WH, mg., i Pe 41* c.
;

ace. rei,

Mk
He

16

H*!;

c.

dupl ace,

Mt

27**.t
;]

1 6cei8i<7p,o'9, -ov, 6 (dvetSi'^tu), [in

LXX chiefly for npin


;

a reproach:
1126 1313 f
,

Ro
1.

153,

10^3

eJs o. ifiireaelv, I

Ti 3^

6.

toS Xptcrrod,
,

He

oj'ciSos, -ous, to', [in

LXX chiefly
2.
(i.e.

for

nQIO

also for nisb?

etc.

;]

reproach, censure, blame.


'Oci^CTi/xos,

matter of reproach, disgrace:


<^6vr]a-i<;,

Lk

125.t

-ov,

6 6

profitable,

profit),

Onesimus
xviii).t
:

Col

4^,

Phm

!*

(a

common name among


-ov,
(i.e.

slaves; v.

MM,
6.,

iii,

'0>'Tiai(j)opos,

bringing advantage), Onesiphorus


/xuXos

11

Ti
9*2

\\6 419.t
*t6viKo's, -n, -ov

6vos), of or for an ass:


tt.
;

Mt

18,

Mk

(elsewhere only in
**6^iVti^i, [in

v. MM, xviii).t LXX: To 3, Si 302*;]

to profit, benefit,
c.

help; mid.,

to have profit, derive benefit: optat. (M, Pr., 195),


ovofia, -Tos, TO, [in

gen., Phm2*>.t

LXX
is

chiefly for Dl?;] 1. in general, the

name
I810,

by which a person or thing

called

Mt

IO2,

Mk 3i, Lk

V^, Jo

MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


al.
;

319

avOpum-o^ (etc.),
126,27.

<?

(ov) 5. (t. o.), sc.

^v or cWiV (BL,

30, 3),

Mk 1432,
1*, al.

Lk

^th same ellipsis,


nom.
prop.,

ovo/AttTt,

seq.

Mt
Lk
316

Kal t. o. avroC (o. aurw), 27^2^ -^-^ 522^ Ljj ;][5^ ^^ 51^

Lk
g^j

1*,
.

Jo
q^^q
;

absol.

(Bl., 34, 7), Tovvofjia

(=
(cf.

T, ovofLo),

Mt 27^^;
l^^iv
5.,

o. /Aot (sc. icTTLv

cf.

Horn.,
5.

Od., ix, 366), (Bl, 33, 1),


121),

Mk
Mt
Ee

5^

S^o)
;

Ee
;

911

Kokuv {iTnneivai)

121,

Mk
(Lft.,

Phi
121,

43,

138, cf.

Lk

^t^\<o ^a)i}s (cf. Deiss., iv^^, IO20 (^t. oipavoh) o. /3Xaa<f>r]fua^, Ee 131
T. 6. iv (t.)

the
ref.

name
to

as opp. to the reality,

Ee

3^ (cf. Hdt., vii, 138)

Eph

Phi

29' 10

in

1.).

2.
f.),

By

as a title a usage similar to that with


;

Heb.

UW

(Lft.,

Notes, 106

but also

common

in Hellenistic

(M, Pr., 100; Bl., 39, 4; Deiss, S, 146 f., 196 f.; LAE, 123J,ofall that the name implies, of rank, authority, character, etc. of acting on one's authority or in his behalf, v (eis) 6., c. gen. pers. (v. reff. supr.), 119, Lk 13^5, Jo 5*^, Ac 81^, i Co l^^ ; of the Mt 10^1 219 2819,
:

Mk

Christian, i Pe 4^* esp. of the name of God as expressing the divine attributes dyia^ctv (ayiov) to o. (t. TIaTp6<s, Kvpiov), Mt 69, Lk 1*9 112; ij/dWfiy (oyuoXoyciv) tw 6., Eo 159, He 13^^; So^d^eiv {(l>avepovv, <jiofieladai) to 5., Jo 1228 176' 2, Ee ll^^ 15*; p\a<Tci>7)p.fiv, Eo 22*, I Ti 6^,

name

Ee

13''

similarly, of the
;

name
o.,
i

of Christ
32^
;

t.

koXov

o.,

Ja 2"

(Deiss.,

LAE,
223 318.

276)

7rto-Tcvv tJ)

^yofxAi^iiv

ivT.

6.

(v. reff.

to o., supr.),
52,
Sici

II

Mk
Pe
5.,

39, 4), Jo 1^2 Ti 2^9; xpaTcIv, Ee 213; o^^ ApvilaOaL, Ee 3s 9^^ 16[>7], Lk lO^', Jo 14^3 1623,24 203i,
tt.

Jo

cis t. 6. (Bl.,

Ac
rod

3 412,
6.,

Eph
1929;

4^*, al.

ci's

t. 5.

avydyeadai,

Mt
;

1820
i

^^^^^

Mt

TO

Mt

1022,
;

Mk

13i3,

al.; Sck toC

6.,

Co V>;

Ac

Ac 91^, Eo 1^, al. id. absol., Ac 5*^, iii Jo ^ Trpos t6 o., 3 cause, ground, reason (in cl., usually in bad sense, pretext) Mk (Swete, in 1.; Dalman, Words, 305 f.). 4. In late Greek (Deiss., BS., 196 f.), an individual, a person: Ac 1", Ee 3* 11^3. for 137, np3 ovoitdiui ;ovo/xa), [in Nip;] 1. to name,
virkp Tov o.,

269. 9*1

LXX
Ac

mention, or address by name:


of the use of the Divine

19^3; pass.,

Eo

I520,
11

Eph

I21

53;

name

in praise

and worship,

Ti 2^9

(LXX,

Nu
(T,

162**

cf.

E,

txt.

31* 610). Is 5211, 2. to name, call, give a name to : om.), Lk 6i3'i*; pass., i Co 5"; seq. ^ (cl.), Eph 31*

Am
[in

Mk

(cf. 7r-ovo/Aa^a)).t
ot'os,

-ov,

6,

7],

LXX

chiefly for

lian
5^

also for ]inN


131^; ^,

etc.

;]

an ass: Mt
Je
323

212.Mlxx)^

Lk

14^, Jo 1215(lxx).

Lk

Mt

217.t
(qj^jj^),

orrus, adv. {<C^v, ptcp. of ei/u, sum), [in

LXX: Nu
321
;

223"

(px), 1019

Cjjx), III

Ki
Jo

122*,
83,
I

wi
Co

17U*.]
1425,

really, actually, truly:

Mk
17

1132,

Lk

23*7 243*,
53'
5>

Ga

5. ^wij,

Ti 6i9;
(69)2i,

o.

xvp"^) it). S^os, -os (-ous), TO

i6.t

0^'s), [in

LXX Nu
:

63,

Eu

2i*,

Ps 68
Jo

Pr

2520 (j^iph) *

;]

sour wine (posca, vin-de-pays), the ordinary drink of


soldiers
:

labourers and
6|u's,

common
-v',

Mt

27*^,

Mk 1536, Lk 2336,
al.

I929. 3o,t

-da,

[in

LXX

Ps 56

(57)*,

(Tn),

Am

2i5

(bj?),

320

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


;]

Is 52s {puf), etc.

1.

sharp

Ee
for
(cf.

li" 2^^ 141*.

i^, is

1915.

2.

Of motion,
hole:

swift:

Eo
6ini,

315

(LXX
17,

Taxivos).t

~^s,

[in

LXX
ll^s

in, 13n

etc.;]

an opening, a

Ja

311 (cf.

Ex
9^o,

3322),

He
5^7,

Ob 3).t

oirnrfleK,

adv. of place, [in

LXX
Ee

chiefly for ICIX

HnNQ
gen.:

;]

behind,

after:

Mt

Mk

Lk

8^*,

4 51.

As prep.

c.

Mt
,

1S^\

Lk

23^6,

Ee

110

(WH,

mg.).t

oTTiau,

adv. of place

and time,

[in

LXX

chiefly for "'lOX

inx

1. prop., as in cl., adv., (a) of time (not in NT); of place, back, behind, after: Mt 24i8, LkT^S; ra 6., PhlS^^; c^s (6) TO. 6., I316, Lk 92 1731, Jo 6^6 IS^ 20i*. 2. By a usage not found in cl.,

and cogn. forms;]

Mk

and
c.

in

LXX representing the Heb. prep.


f.),
;

iiniS}

(Bl, 40, 8

Thackeray,

time, after : Mt 3^1, Jo l^^- 27 ^o (5) of pjace, li'.^o m^^\ Lk 92^ I427 191* 21^, behind, after: Mt4i9 lO^s 16^3.24^ II Pe 21", Ju'7, Ee li** 121^; in constr. praegn. (v. Swete on Ee, I.e.),
(a) of
.

Gr., 46 gen.

but also prob. general in vernacular (M, Pr., 99), as prep.

Mk V Mk

Jo

1219,

Ac

517 2030,

Ti
to

515,

Ee
:

133.t

**

oirXij^w (<^o7rXov), [in

Sm.

Je 522^*;]
fig.,

to

soldiers, to

arm. Mid., Soph., Elec, 995), (cf.


ottXoc, -ov, to, [in

arm oneself ;
]3Q
,

hvoiav

make ready, equip; of i Pe 4^ (cf. Bpaao^ 6.,


:

Ka^-07rAi'^w).t

LXX for
183,
11

n32

etc.

;]

1.

tool,

implement,
2.

instrtiment
pi.,

o-n-Xa dSiKtas

(opp. to

o. StKaiocrvVr;?)

Eo

613.
t.

arvis,

weapons: Jo

Co
:

lO"*;

metaph.,

c/xutos,

Freq., in Eo 1312;
sort:

T. 8LKaio(Tvvr]<;, II

Co

67.t

oiroios, -Ota, -otov, [in


I

Co

313,

Ga

dTTOTc,
oiroo,

LXX Ca 510, 11 Mac 1137*;] of what Th 1^, Ja I2*; toioSto? 6., such as, Ac 2629.t when: Lk 63, Eec. (WH, E, 5Te).f
2, I
;

adv. of place, correlat. of irov (q.v.), where. I. Prop., of place, 1. where; (a) in relative sentences, c. indie: Mt 252*'2'', Mk 2* 45, 15 540 1314^ Jo 38 662 734, 36 1132 143 1724 2019, Eo 152", Ee 213 after nouns of place, for relat. prepositional phrase (iv cS, etc.), Mt 6i9'20 135 26" 28, Mk 6" 9*^, Lk 1233, Jo V 42.*e 623 742 io4o ipo 121 181.20
1918,20,41 2012,

Ac

171,

Ee
(

213

us
;

2010
.

seq. e^r,
.

Mt

621,

Lk
.

123* 1737,
.

Jo 122

id.
5.
. .

pleonast.
.

= Heb.
i* 2.

DIT
.
.

lerx

Aram. IQp
;

cf

in aiVSv, ib. 17^ 5. av, wherever c. pres. subjc, Mt 2428; 5. liv, ib. 2613, Mk 610 91^ 149. i4a Mk (^) ^^ quaest. indir., c. aor. subjc. 141*1', L]j 2211. 2. In late writers (sometimes also in cl. Bl, 25, 2), with verbs of motion, = ottoi, whither : c. indie, Jo 82I' 22 1333, 36 144 2118^ He 620, Ja 3'i o. av, whithersoever, c. pres. ind., Ee 14'* subjc, Lk 9^" o. lav, Mt 819. n. Without strict local sense, 1. of time or condition Col 311, He 9i 1018, Ja 3i, 11 Pe 2ii. 2. Of cause or reason (AV, whereas) i Co 33.t
133),
iKl,
.

Ge

Ee

12^.

(M, Pr., 168),

c.

impf. indie,
.

Mk

6^6-

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

321

+ dTrT(ika), [in LXX: iii Ki 8^ (nXI ni.), To 12"*;] late present as from w<j>6y]v (= op lay); mid., oTrravo/Aai, to alloxo oneself to he seen, to appear : c. dat., Ac P. (For exx. from tr., v. Deiss., LAE, 79, 2525;

MM,
of

ii,

xviii.) t
rj

toTTraaia, -as,
6xpis,

(<^ OTrra^oyxai,
3^

Nu 14^* * =
Da th
1.
:

OTrravoyiuxt),

later

form

[in

LXX Ma
:

(nxi
2.

ni.).

9^3 10i.7,8,i6 (n^-jo,

nXIO;

LXX,
viexu

opafjia, -o-is),

Es
11.

4J, Si

43^'^^*;]

an appearing, coming
1^2, 2423,

(Ma, Es,
11.

Si,

c).

a vision

Lk
128-9

Ac

261^, ii

Co

into 12i

(Da,

c, also in MGr.).t
-V,

Sttto's,

-ov,

[in

LXX: Ex

(""bv)*;]

roasted,

boiled:

Lk

24^2,t
OTTTCJ, V.S. opatii.

6Tro5pa, -as,

[in

LXX

Je 31

(48)32

47

(40)io

12

(|r;,5)

;]

l.

Ute

summer, early autumn


Arcturus,
i.e.

(the time

late July, all

between the risings of Sirius and August and early September). 2. By

meton.

(as

being fruit-time), ripe fruits:


I.

Ee

18^*

(cf.

<^divoir<apiva,

Ju

i2).t

oirus.

Eelat. adv. of manner, as,


:

how :
so in

c.

indie,
26^^,

Lk
LT,
:

242''.

II. Conj., c. subjc. (in cl. also c. opt., indie.

Mt

Tr.),

in order that, to the end that, that; 1. final, denoting purpose or design (in which the original idea of modality has been merged) after pres., Mt 62, al.; pf., Ac 91^, al; impf., Ac 9^*; aor., Ac 92, al. plpf., Jo 11"; fut., Mt 2335; imperat., Mt 28, al.; 5. ix-q (M, Pr., 185), Mt
;

618,

Lk
59'',

1626,

Ac

20^6,

Co

1^9

o.

TrAr^pcu^^,

Mt

223 817 1335.

5,

s_^

(BL,

65,
I

WM,

42, 5),

Lk

235,

Ac

3i'

15^\

Eo

3*

(cf.

Ge

12^3,

Ps

Mt

938,

Mac 1032, al.). 2. After verbs of Lk 73, Ja 51*, al. (in late writers its
ttws, q.v.). -Tos,
;

asking, exhorting, etc. place is often taken by


etc.;]

the correl.

opajia,

TO 6paa)), [in

LXX
:

for ]i7n, n?<10


17^,

that

which

is

seen

ance, vision:

Ac

(a) a sight, spectacle 9i9.i2(Rec.) iQs.ir.ig

Mt

Ac

7*^

^s

{h)

an appear-

129 igg.io 139 (cf. oTn-ao-iaJ.t


for nj<{"ip
,

opao-is,-<^Si

(opddi), [in

LXX chiefly
eyes.

]i7n

and cognate

forms
sight,

;]

1. in Arist. and later and by meton., pi., the


:

writers, the act of seeing, the sense of 2. appearance (Nu 24*, Ez 1*,

Si 4120, al.) opaTos,


opdoj,

Ee
-7,

43.

3.

opa/xa,

a vision: Ac
6.,

2^7 (lxx)^

Ee
,

9i7.t

-ov (6paa>), visible: to.


[in

Col
,

l^^.t

also for n7n etc. ;] "durative" sense (hence aor. act., elSov, pass., w<j>dyjv, fut., oi^ofiai, from different roots; v. M, Pr., 110 f.), to see (in colloq. even the pres. is rare, its place being generally taken by ySAeVo), Oewpeca, v. BL, 24). ep^^ov 1. Of bodily vision, to see, perceive, behold: absol., Mk 638, g,!. c. ace, Mt 22, Mk l^o 16^, seq. on, Mk 2^\ al. Kal tSe, Jo 1*6, al. Ga 1^9, al. Oeov, Jo 1^8^ i jo 420, al. 2. to see with the mini, perceive, discern: absol, Eo I521; c. ace. rei., Mt 92 275*. Ac 823, Col 2^8, al.
-w,
; ;
; ;

LXX

chiefly for

nxi

21

322
3.
I

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


take heed, beware
;

to see,

opa

fvq, c.

Th 51s id., sc. ^^ Mt 9o 16, Mk 81^


^wT^v,

ttoit^ot??,

Re

1**, aor. subjc, Mt 8* 18^*', 19i 22^ (Bl., 81, 1); seq. imperat.
t.

Mk
Lk

4. \o

experience:

edvarov,
:

Lk

2^\

He
:

ll^;
8^^,

Jo

3'*^

T.

SLa(f>6opdv,

Ac

2^''.

5.

to visit 6.

c.

ace. pers.,

Jo 12-\ Ro 1^\
27*,

al.;

c.

ace. loc,

Ac

19^^

to see to,

care for

Mt

Ac 18^* SYN. :

(cf. acf)-,

Kad-, irpo-, crvv-opaw).

V.S. /SXeVo).

opYT), -^s, ^, [in


1.

LXX chiefly for ^ii


disposition.

also for

]nn

nJpn
;

^'Sl>.

etc.

;]
:

imjiulse, propensity,

2.
;

anger, wrath
;

(a)

of

men

Col 3s, I Ti 2*, Ja l^^-ao (j) of God (a) that reaction of the divine nature against sin which in anthropomorphic language is called anger: Ro l^^ 9^^ 12i9 [ICC, in 1.), i Th li 2i6, He 3" 43(lxx)^ Re 1410 1613 191^ OS) of the effect of God's anger Mt 3^ Lk 3^ 2123, Jo 336, ijo 25,8 35 415 59 134,5 Eph 56, Col 3, I Th 5^ Ja P^, Re e^^.^^
4^1,
;
:

Mk

3^ Eph

11^^;

a-K^vr} opyrj^,

Ro

9^^; Tc/cva 6py^s,

Eph

23.t

SyN.:

V.S. ^r/AOS.

opYil^u {<iopyrj), [in

LXX

chiefly for

mn

also for P]Sp

etc.;]

to make angry, provoke to anger ; in cl. most freq. in pass., and so always absol., Mt 18^* 22'', Lk 14^1 in NT, to be provoked to anger, be angry 42MLXX)^ Re ll^S; c. dat., Mt 5^2; seq. liri, c. dat. (iii Ki liy, 15-8, Eph al.), Re 12^^ (cf. 7rap-opyt{w).t 6pYtXos, -V, -ov {<opyri), [in LXX: Pr 22^4 2922 (p,pn)_ ^tc.;]
:

inclined to anger, passionate : Tit l''.t *6pYuid, -as, 17 6peyoj), the length of the outstretched arms, a

fathom: Ac
** opeyw,

2728.t
[in

to reach, stretch out ; pass, ;] mid., to stretch oneself out, reach forth ; metaph., to reach after, <^tAapyvptas (v. Ellic. grasj) at, aspire to : c. gen. rei, i Ti 3\ He 11^* and GGT, in 1.), i Ti 6".t Syn. : eVt^v/Acto, to desire (q.v.).
:

Sm.

Jb

82o,

Ez

16*^ *

and

opeivo's

(WH,

opcv-; V.

MM,

xviii,) -7, -6v

{<^opo?), mountainous,

hilly;

rj

6. (sc.

x^pa), the hill-country

**opCis, -im, v opyo/xat), [in 23^, IV Mac 133 35 * jj the most general longing, appetite : of lust, Ro 12'',

(LXX for in): Lk 139, csf LXX: Wi 14^ 15^ 162.3, gj


word

igso

for all kinds of desire,

Syn.

v.s. n-ddo's.

*t opOoTToSco), -w (<^ op^o-TTous, goiug straight), walk straight: metaph., Ga 2^* (not elsewhere).t
6p0os, -^, -oV, [in

cl.

eidviropiu),

to

LXX

chiefly for
(b)

'\'l2r ;]

straight

(a)

in height,
fig.,

straight, upright: 1213 (LXX) f


+ 6p0oTo,ji'a., -w

Ac

141";

in line,

straight,

direct:

He

to
T.

{<6p06^, T>a>), [in LXX: Pr S^ 11^ (it:^ pi.)*;] Metaph., t. Xoyov C7U straight, as a road (t. 68ovs, fig., Pr, 11. c). aX-qOia%, II Ti 2^5 (v. Ellic. and GGT, in 1. not found elsewhere) .+ t6p0piia) 5p^pos), [in LXX chiefly for DSCr hi., Ge I92, al.; also
;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


for

323

in27

pi.,

Ps 62^

(63), al., etc.

;]

cl.

poet., opOpivw, to rise early


(v.
:

TTpo's, c.

ace. pers. (as Ps,

I.e., al.),

Lk

2P'*

Thumb,

Hg o>^pos), [in LXX Ho 215(H), Wi ll'^2*.j late form of SpOpLos (q.v.), early.- Lk 24PA op8pios, -a, -ov 3/j^pos), [in LXX: i Ki 2S^\ Jb 29", -i Mac 510, 23* early, in the early morning : Lk 24-^, Eec. (v.s. 6p6pn6<i)A -J
topepi.'o's, -V, -Of

: seq. 123).t Hellen., 6^4) 133 (^2^ hi.),

opOpos, -ov,

o,

[in

LXX

for inO)'

Ipi

etc.

;]

daybreak,

dawn

opOpov yga^eojs (M, Pr., 73), at early daum, Lk 24^; opOpov, Jo St^]; iTrb rhv 6., Ac 5^1 (cf. MM, xviii).t 7^^ Lk 7^^ 1028 go^i.t dpOois, adv. 6p^o9), ri^/iiZy.-

Mk

for IDS, ^33, etc.;] 1. to optjw opos, a boundary), [in 2. to determine, separate, mark off by boundaries (so Nu 34^, Jo 13""). 4''; c. ace. pers., Ac apjwint, designate: of time, c. ace, Ac 17'^'', 1731 ; c. inf., Ac 1129; pass., Lk 22^^^ Ac 2^3 10*'^ Ro 1* (cf. d<f>-, airo-

LXX

He

8l-, 7r/oo-op6^aj).t

6piv6s, V.S. opetvos.


opioi', -ou,

TO

opos, a boundary),
pi.,

[in

LXX
in

chiefly for b=isa;]

boundary, bo^cnd ; chiefly in


1522,39 191^
opKil^w

and so always
135o.t
243", al.

NT Mt
:

2^" 4^^ 8^*

Mk

51" 7=^^-31

10\ Ac
al.).

opAcos),

[in

LXX: Ge
2. to

(mOT
c.

hi.);]

1.

to

make
5'',

one swear (Xen., Polyb.,


1913
(cf. iv-, 'f0pKl^C0).t

adjure:

dupl. ace,

Mk

Ac
;]

opKos, -OV,

6, [in

LXX

chiefly for
1^3,

an oath: Mt 14^ 26^^ Lk


533 (LXX) 149^

V^W nyStZT and Ac 2^\ He 6^^''^\ Ja


,

cogn. forms
5^2;
pi.,

Mt
Es

Mk

62.t
-as,
17

6pK(i)p.oaia,

(<^ opK09, o/xw/xi] by metapl. for

to.
^^

opKWfiocna,
i

asseverations on oath; v.
993 *
;]

MM, xviii),
an oath
:

[in

LXX Ez
:

IT^'

(nbii),

affirmation on oath,
6p)x<i(i>,

He

72*^' 21.

^s^f
;]

-aj

(<;

opp.ri),

[in

LXX
:

for

'yi'OJ

etc.

1.

causal, to set in
cis,

motion, ^irge on.


513,

2.

Intrans., to hasten on, rush: seq.


i-rrl,

Mt

832,

Mk

Lk

833,

Ac
-^s,

1929;
r),

c.

ace, Ac 7".t

6p|x^,

[in

LXX
{b)

Pr
[in

32^ (nxiS'), etc.

;]

1.

violent move-

ment, impulse: Ja 3*;


opfAT]pia, -Tos,

hostile

movement,

onset, assault:

Ac

145.t
etc.;]

TO

(opfjiduy),

LXX: Ho

S^",

Am

1" (nn^?),

a rush

Re

182i.t

opi/coK, -ou, TO,

opvL's,

[in

LXX chiefly

for

liQS ;] a bird : Re 182


opvtx', v.

1917.21 (Horn., al.).t

''topKi^ (cf.

Doric gen.,

opvi^os,

and MGr.,
6.

M,
3^

Pr., 45),
423
(53)

6pri^:

Lk

1334 (T;
-t^os,
6,

WH,
^,

2pm).t

Sp.is,

[in

LXX:
a

iKXcKTai,

iii

Ki

(n;i-!3)*;] a bird;
*t opoGeffia, boundaries; in
-as, pi.,

specif.,
r/

a cock, a hen:
172^.t

Mt

2337,

Lk

133*

(WH).t
0/

(-< opos,

boundary,

tlOtjpll),

setting

bounds: Ac

324

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


opos,
-ovs,
:

TO,

[in

LXX
9^ Jo
211 24,

chiefly,
4'-*',

and very

freq.,

for

in;] a

viountain
36 (LXX)
J

opp. to /?ovvos, Lk ^uLv (2., prob. in gen. appos.), He 12'^\ Ee U^; 6. 5.iva, Ac T^o-^s, Ga 4^4' 25; to o., of the hill district as distinct from the lowlands, esp. the hills above the Sea of Galilee, Mt 5^ 8^, Mk 3^^ 6*6, al. ra 6., Mt IS^^, Mk 55, He ll^s, Re 6^*, al. proverbially (cf. Rabbinic, "in Ipy), of overcoming difficulties,

Mt

4^

17\

Mk

ii

Pe

l^^^ ^1.
6.

3, ^. iXaiCiv,

Mt

al. (v.s.

L);

accomplishing marvels,

opr]

/xe^io-ravtiv,

Co

13^,

cf.

Mt
etc.

IT^*^

21^^,

Mk
c.

1123.
opoCTo-o),

[in

LXX
-oV,

ace,

A.7?vdv,

Mt
-v,

chiefly for IDn 2133; i^oXrjviov,

Mk

also for 12^; y^v,

ms

;]

to
(cf.

dig
8i-,

Mt

25^8

i^-opvcr(T<a).f
6p<|)ai'ds,

[in

LXX
V''^.

for Din^

;]

1.

prop., orphan, father-

less V.

Mk

12**^,
;

WH, mg,
cf.

Ja

LS,

s.v.

and
732.t
o,

MM,

xviii),

2. In a general sense (as also in cl. her eft, friendless, desolate: Jo 14i^t

opx^ofjiai, -ovfiai, [in

LXX

for

ipi

etc.

;]

to

dance ;

Mt

11^^

14*',

Mk

622,
OS,

Lk
rj,

the postpositive article {ap6pov vTroraKTiKov). I. As demonstr. pron. = oStos, dSe, this, that, also for aurds, os 8c, but he (cf. ^ Se d?, freq. in Plat.), Mk 152^, Jo chiefly in nom. 511 the other, Mt 21^5 22^ 25^5, Lk 2333, S? 8e, the one 8? /tev
: ; .

Ac 27*\ Ro
one
I
. . .

145,

Co
.

1121, II
. . .

Co

2i8,

Ju

22;

neut., 8 /;i^

8 8i, the
.
. .

the other,
.

some
. .

(5Uos

Co

(aAAo)) 1228 S5
;

^^

Mt 13^' 23^ Ro 92^; Tpos (-0), Mk 4.\ Lk 8^, i Co 128-io 6 8i, Ro 142.
some,

os (o) /xev
;

oSs/xcV, absol.,

who, which, what, that ; 1. agreeing in gender antecedent, but differently governed as to case Mt 2^*, Lk 9, Ac 20^8, Ro 22^, al. mult. 2. In variation from the common construction (a) in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the 15^", Ga 3^", Eph 6^^, al. constr. ad sensum Jo 6^, antecedent Col 2^^, I Ti 3^6, Re 13^*, al. (b) in number, constr. ad sensum Ac 153", II Pe 31 (c) in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent
II. relat. pron.,

As

with

its

Mk
; :

Jo 418, Ac 321, Ro 15i8, i Co 6^9, Eph l^, al. 3. The neut. d with nouns of other gender and wdth phrases, which thing, which term : Mk 3^7 12*2, Jq 139^ Col 3^*, al. with a sentence, Ac 232, Ga 21*^, I Jo 28, al. 4. With ellipse of a demonstrative (oSros or cxctvos),
(Bl.,
50,

2)

before or after: before,

Mt

202 3,
5.

Lk

7*3,

Ro

lO^*, al.;

after,

Mt

1038,
:

Mk

9***,

Jo

1922,

Ro 2\
/jg
:

al.

Expressing purpose, end or cause


I2,

Mt

C. prep, as periwv ( = dvri TovTOiv wv), because, Lk I2*, al. phrasis for conjc. avff wherefore, Lk 123 e<^' w, since, for that, Ro 5^2 d^' ov, since (temetc. 7. With particles poral), Lk 1325 l^ oZ, whence, Phi 320 8s av
ij^df^

1110 (^/j,o

may),

Mk

He 12^

al.

6.

{lav), v.s.
27^'^.

S.V,

lav

OS Kai,

Mk

3^9,

Jo

2120, JJq 52^ al.

8s Kal airo^,

Mt
Co

Gen., ov, absol., as adv. (v.s. 01!). oCTdKis ]dcros), relat. adv., as often as:
8.

seq. idv (q.v.), i

1125,26,

Relie.t

MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


3<rye

325

os ye, V.S. ye.

oaios, -ov (so

sometimes

in
,

cl.,

but most freq.


,

-a,

-ov),

[in

LXX

chiefly for

TDn

also for lini^

"IBP

D'^ari

;]

religiously right, right-

eous, pious, holy


(cf.

Ac

: of men, Tit 1^. He 7^^ ; by meton., 6. x^P^?. i Ti 2' 32*); of God, Ee 15* IG^; as subst., 6 5., of the Messiah, 227 1335 (LXX); rk 5. AavelS t. Tnard (Field, Notes, 121), Ac

De

1334 {LXX)_t

SVN. :
6<noTT]s,
III

V.S. ayios (cf. also


-r/Tos,
17

DB,

ii,

399^

iv, 352'',

and

ref. s.v. -ii^).


,

oo-to?),

[in

LXX: De

9^ (l^T')

Ki 14",

Ki

9* (on, D^aPl),

Pr

1432,

Wi

222 S^^ 93

1430*.] ^^^^^^ holiness:

asSOC. with hiKaioa-uvq,

Lk

V^,

Eph

42*.t

SYN.
oCTi'us

V.S. aytos.
00-109),

adv., [in

LXX:
2io.t

iii

Ki 8^^

Wi

6^"*;] piously,

holily

6.

koI StKattos k. d/AeyaTrTws (on the distinction


v.

here between these

synonyms,

M,

Th.,

24

f.), i

Th

6aft.r\, -rj<s, rj

(^o^to), [in

LXX
11

chiefly for

H"^"!;]

a smell, odour

Jo 123; metaph. (EV, savour),


(cf.

Co

2^*'^"; of the effect of sacrifice

ryrisy 0"'T
OCToi',

Ge

821, al., V.S. fitoSta), o. i;a)Sias,

Eph

52,

Phi

4i8.t

V.S. ocros.

great,

-t], -ov, correlat. of too-oiitos, how much, how many, how how far, how long, as much as, etc. (= Lat. quantus); (a) of number and quantity: m. pi, Mt 1436, Mk 3^^ Eo 2^2, al.; n. pi.

oaos,

Mt

1712,

seq. ovTot (ravTa),

Mk Mk
Kaff
as,

328,

38,

Lk 118, al. 7ran-es (Travra) o., Mt 13*6, Lk 4*, al. Eo 8^*, Phi 48; c. indie, Mk Q^^, Ee 3^^; c. subjc. al. 5. 6.v, Mt 1&^, Jo II22, al. {h) of measure and degree Lk 839, Ac 9^3; in compar. sent., oo-ov seq. fxaKKov, Mk V^
1021,
; ;
;

Mk

ocrov,

c.

compar..

He

33; seq. to(tovto,

roaovTia, c.

compar.

Mt

25*>*^

Eo

seq. oa-m, c. compar., 11^3; (c) of space and time:

He T^^; He 1*;
k<i>

ovtws,
ocrov,

He

92^

inasmuch

long as,

Mt

9^5, 11

fUKpov oa-ov oaov, yet


OOTTCp, V.S. OS.

Pe li3; ^</,' 5. xpoVov, how very short a time,

Ee 21^^; >' oo-ov, as Eo 7^ i Co 739, Ga 4^; In

He

103^

(^^^^).

ooT^oi' (Att. contr. oo-ToCr, -ov,

and so Jo,
Sarovv
(v.

I.e.),

-ov,

to,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

Oyy;] a bone:
^TLs,

contr.,
oo-rea,

supr.),

Jo

1936(Lxx)j

uncontr. (as in Horn., Hdt.),


oCTTis,

Lk

2439; Sareiov,

Mt
v.

232^,

He 1122.t
;

LS, s.v. WH, 411 Tdf., Pr., Ill), in NT scarcely ever except in nom. (M, Pr., 91), the only instance of the oblique cases being found in Iws otov (v.s. Iws), relative of indef. reference (related to simple os as Lat. quisquis to qui), whoever, anyone who ; (a) of an indef. person or thing in
o Ti
(also written o, ti

and

oTt

general statements, relative sentences,

Mt Mt

539. *i 13^2, 72^,

and

freq.,
3^,

Lk

142^,

Ga
o.,

5*. al.
c.

in

Lk

157,

Phi

al.; ttSs

indie,

Mt
al.;

72* 1032
(6)

subjc, Mt 1250 1312^ Jo 1413^ I Co 162, Ga 51'', of a definite person or thing, indicating quality, "either
.

S.V

(eav), c.

326

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

generic, ivhich, as other like things, or essential, ivhich by its very nature " (Hort on i Pe 2^^), who is such as : Mt 2^ 7^^^ Lk 2i 7" Jo 8^3, Ac 7'\ Ro 62, I Co 3^^ Ga 42^, Eph P^, al. (c) where the relative sentence expresses a reason, consequence, etc. (M, Pr., 92), seeing that he {it, therj), and he {it, they) Lk 8^ 10*2, Ac lO^^ 1128, Phi 4^ al.; {d) as in Ionic and late Greek (Bl., 50, 1 M, Pr., I.e.), differing but little from o"s Lk 2^ 9=*^ Ac 17i, Re 121^. -01/ (<^ odTpaKov, an earthen vessel or potsherd), -r), oo-TpdKii'os
;
:

[in

LXX
*
:

chiefly for izriH


-OJs,
rj

;]

made

of clay, earthen

ii

Co

4J, ii

Ti

22o.t

ocr(f)pT)(ns,

(ocr<^paiVo/i,at, to

smell), the sense of smell, smell-

ing

Co

121' .t
-vos,
7],

6(t4>us,

[in

LXX
1^;

chiefly for D'^JIID

also for ]^bn

etc.

;]

metaph., Trepi^wvwa-dai (dva^-) t. oo-^vas, 6^^, I Pe 1^^; regarded, as by the Hebrews, as the seat 12^^, Lk of generative power. He 7^'!"; metaph., Kapiro'i t. 6o-<^vos, Ac 2^''. oxai' (for 6t av = ore av), temporal particle, with a conditional sense, usually of things expected to occur in an indefinite future
the

loin:

Mt Eph

3*,

Mk

1.

prop., xvhenever
727,

(a)

c.
;

subjc. praes.

Mt

62'^,
?,.,

Mk
:

14''',

Lk

11^^,

Jo

Mt 2629, Mk 1425; 53 Mt 5", Mk 4l^ seq. TOTc, I Th {h) c. subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 185) 622, Jo 210 828 (Field, Notes, 94), 10*, al. Lk 2. As in Hom. (LS, s.v.),
Ac
2335,
I

Co
;

34, al.

eV

r. 77/xepas c'/cciVt,?,

but not in
c.

el.

prose,
(cf.

c.

indie,
38, al.)
ll^^,

when (M,
;

impf., (Swete, in
0T6,

Mk

3"

Ge

c.

praes.,

Pr., 167 f. 112^

Bl.,
e.

Mk

fut..

65, 9) Re 4^

1.);

c. aor.,

Mk

Re

8^ (Swete, in 11.;

M,

Pr., 168, 248;

Field, Notes, 35).

temporal particle (correlat. of TroVe, roVe), when; c. indie, LS, s.v.), most freq. cl., but also c. optat., subjc. c. aor., Mt 925, Mk 132, l^ 4^5, Jo V^, Ac l^^, Ro 13", Ga li^, Ee l^', al. c. impf., Mk 14^2, Jo 211^, Ro 620, i Th 3*, al. c. pf., si7ice, now that, I Co 13" (B, kyiv^ijirjv); c. praes., Mk ll^, Jo 9*, He 9^^ c. fut.
(so generally in
;

(Hom.
Jo

421, 23

of a def. fut. as opp. to the indef. fut. of orav c. subjc), Lk I722, 525 1625^ Eo 2i (T, txt., mg.), 11 Ti 4^ (in all which

WH,

instances, equiv. to a
oTi,
I.

and
rel.

c.

pres.,
eV

Jo,

I.e.,
17).

o.

follows a subst. of time, and

is

phrase,

w or

OTOU, V.S. OCTTIS.

conjc. (prop. neut. of ocms). objective clause, that; 1. after verbs 328, of seeing, knowing, thinking, saying, feeling Mt S'^ 6^2 1125,

As conjc, introducing an
222,

Mk

Lk
6*,

2*9,

Jo

Ac
2.

413,

Eo
9^,

113 838 109,


c'l/at
i

Phi
:

415,

Ja

22*, al.

elliptically,

Jo

Phi

312, al.

After

{yivio-Oai)
al.
;

defining a demonstr. or pers.


c.

pron., Jo 319 1619,


4*1,

Ro

Jo S^\
id.

pron.'interrog.,

Mt
9,

82^,

Mk
3.

Lk

436,

Jo

422^

al.;

elliptically,

Lk

2*9,

Ac
:

5*.

al.;

Untranslatable, before direct discourse (on recitantis) Mt 723, mJj 216, Lk l^i, Jo 12", Ac 151, He lli*, al. (on the pleonastic ws oVt, v.s. 0)9). II. As causal particle, /or that, becatise : Mt 5*- 12, Lk 620.21, Jq iso 527, Ac 15, I Jo 4i, Re 3i, al. mult.; 8ta tovto Sn, Jo 8*' IQi^ al.;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


answering a question
626 126.
(8ta ti),

327
Jo

Bo

9^2,

al.

ovy

on

dAA' on,

oS (prop, gen, of os), adv. of place, where, whither ; (a) in answer to the question "where?" (= ubi) Mt 2^ 182, Lk 4i,i7 2353^ Ac V^ 22 729 1212 1613 206.8 2510 281*, Ro 926 (Lxx)^ Col S\ He Sm^^^\ Ee 171^ of condition, Eo 4^^ 52**, 11 Co 3^^ ; (b) in answer to the question
:

"whither?" (=quo): 1 Co 166.t

Mt

28i6,

Lk

lO^ 2428;

geq.

idv,

c.

subic,

oil, before a vowel with smooth breathing ovk, before one with rough breathing ovx (but improperly ovx l8ov, Ac 2"^, WH, mg. cf.
;

WH,
1.

Intr.,

409; M, Pr., 44, 244),

[in

LXX

for ify

J^ii

ps;] neg.
.

used generally c. indie, and for a denial of fact (cf /xr/) oiJ, no : Mt IS^^ Jo l^i 2V; oi oZ, Mt 5=^^ Ja 5^2. 2. Most freq. negativing a verb or other word, Mt l^^ 1026. ^^, Mk 32* 937, Jo 829, Ac 75, Eo 1^6, Phi 33, al. in litotes, o^k 6\iyoL (i.e. very many), Ac 17*, al. ovk aar)iJio<;, Ac 21^^; ttus ov, c. verb, (like
particle, not, no,

absol. (accented),

Heb. xb b2), no, none, disjunctive statements, ovk


. . .

Mt
.
.

2422,
.

Mk

132,

Lk

1^7,

Eph

5^, al.; in
;

2 pers.

fut.

(like

Heb.
3.

iib

c.

Jq 133^ jjq g2o^ ^d. impf.), as emphatic prohibition, Mt


aX\d,
8^2^
;

Lk

c.

4J,

With another negative, (a) strengthening the 8^^ 12^9, Ac 839, al. negation Mk 5^\ Jo (b) making an affirmative Ac 420, I Co 12^^. 4. With other particles oi /xr} (v.s. ov fi-qKin, Mt 21^9 with ix-q interrog., Eo W^, i Co 9*' ^ 11^2. 5. Interrogative,
4}^,

Lk

Eo
:

77, al.

/jirj)

expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne)

Mt
:

626,

Mk

421,

Lk

11*",

Jo

43s,

Eo
woe

921, al.

*tou(, interj. of

wonder or

irony,

ah

ha

Mk
(cf.

1529.t

+ ouai, interj. of grief or denunciation, [in

LXX

alas

most
al.
;

freq. c. dat. pers.,

Mt
18i'

II21 23^*,
16, i9

for ^in ^iX etc. ;] 13^^ 1421^ Uj, ,

Mk

62*-26,

Ju

11,

c.

vocat. (nom.),

Ee

Is 12*,

al.)

c.

ace,

1212, seq. U, 8^3; c. dat. seq. diro (v. M, Pr., 246), 18^. As 9i (cf. Je 9^2 11^; pi., 9^2; oi., oi., oi., subst., I Co 6*); ^ oi., Ee

Ee Ee

Mt

Ee

813.

ii-iv MaCg*;] **ou8afAa)s ouSa/ics, not even one), adv., [in in no wise, by no means : Mt 26 (OT).t ouSe, negative particle, related to ijnqhi as oi to ix-rj. 6i^, Lk 163i, I. As conjc, and not, also not, neither, nor : Mt Eo 51^ IO2*, Mk 422, Lk 6*3,44^ Jq 62*, Ac 227, Eo 415, a\.; oi ov8l Mt
: .

LXX

228, al. (v. Bl., 77, 10).

II.

As

adv., not even:

Mt

629,

Mk
Co

63i,

Lk

79,

Co

5^; oiSk

cTs,

Ac

432,

Eo

310 (i-^x).

-94v,

Lk

ouSeis, -Sefita, -Sev (also in 2235 2314, Ac 159 1927 2626,

WH,
j

txt.,

the Hellenistic forms

-^cis,

132, 11

Co IP;

cf.

BL,

6,

7;

Pr., 56a', Thackeray, Gr., 58), related to fx-qBei's as oi to /xy, no, 8i, al. ; absol., Mt 62*, one, none : with nouns, Lk 424, Jq io41^ Eo
327,

M,

no

Mk

Lk

161,

Jo

118^

Ac

18i,

Eo

147, al. mult.

c.

gen. partit.,

Jo

1328, al.; neut., oi8/,

Mt

IO26, al.; id. c. gen. partit.,

Lk

936,

Lk 426, Ac 18i7,

328
al.
;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


ot'Stv el
fxrj,

Mt
Lk

5^^,

Mk

Mk

15*.

5,

Lk
212,

42,

Jo

327, al.

9-^ al. c. neg., strengthening the negation, adverbially, Ac 251", Ga 4^2, al.
;
:

ouSc'-TTojc,

adv., [in
"2,

LXX
2'-''.f
:

Ex
Ac

2G^

Mk

152^ Jo

7^,

10 (sh), etc.;] never: IQi* 11 148, i Co 138,

Mt

T^^

Q^s

He
23^3^

lO^' ^\

Interrog.,

Mt

211^'

Mk

oiSe'TTw,

adv., [in

LXX Ex

9^^

(D^W) *

;]

not yet

Lk

Jo

7^9

19*1

20'-,

Ac

816.

OU061S, V.S. oiSeis.

ouKCTt, neg. adv. of time, [in


710

LXX chiefly for Tiy c. neg., iib


lO^,

etc.

;]

longer, no

more

Mt
;

19,

Mk

Lk

lb'^\

Jo

Eph

21^

He

10^8, al.

c.

neg. (to strengthen the

Eo 6^ Ga 32^ negation), Mt 22*,


4*2,

Mk

53,

Ac

839, al.

ouKouf, adv. {<^ovKovv, not therefore), vrith the negative


lost, therefore, so theti
:

element

Jo

18^'^.

ouy, particle

standing

first

expressing consequence or simple sequence (never in a sentence), wherefore, therefore, then : Mt S^*^, Lk 3^,

Lk ll^s, Ac 31^, Eo &\ al. conin questions, Eo tinuing a narrative or resuming it after a digression, Mt l^^, Lk 3^8, Jo 122 218 (and very freq. in this Gospel), Ac 2622, al. apa ovv (v.s. apa) 7ri ovv, He 21*; ovv c. ptcp. (= eWi ovv), Ac 230, Eo 51, al.; iav ovv (where ovv rather in sense belongs to the apodosis), Mt 523, Lk 4'', oZv, Jo 41, al. Jo 62, Eo 226, al. Mt 24, Mk 13^ Jo 2* 32* 6I', al. ouTTu, neg. adv. of time, not yet 4*o 8i''2i. c. neg., Mk II2, Lk 23^3; interrog., Mt 16, Mk a tail Ee 91O' i^ 12*.t o6pd, -as, V, [in LXX for 137 De 28i2 A (Q-lOCr), etc. ;] oipdyio<5, -ov (cl. usually -a, -ov), [in LXX 5*8 61*' 20, 32 1513 1835 239, Lk 2i3, Ac 26i9.t of or in heaven, heavenly Mt ** oupaco'eeK oupavos), adv., [in LXX IV Mac 4"* * ;] from heaven 26i3.t Ac 1417
Jo
838,

Ac

121,

Eo

59,

al.

in exhortations,
13-8,

Mt

S^,

612, al.

Mt

Mk

I512,

Jo 8

1^],

<l,s

;]

oupai/o's, -ov, 6,

[in
1.

LXX

chiefly for U^iytS (hence, often pi., 61

ov.,

v.

infr.);]

heaven;
i.e.

of the vault or

firmament
opp. to
rj

of heaven,

the sky

and

Lk IO21, the world, the universe, Mt 518, Mk (on the absence of art. aft. Ac 42*, Ee lO", al. oltt a/cpwv ov. Iws a. avrwv 243i; virh t6v ov., Ac 2^, Col 123; ^^e^ivai prep., V. BL, 46, 5), Mt
133i,

the aerial regions


Kttl

above the earth

yrj.

He

li**, 11

Pe

3^ i^

6 ov.

^ y^,

C'WS

ToD

ov., fig.,

at vc<^iXai ToO ov.,


ol

6.cTripes
132,
II

ToS

Mt 1123, Lk 1015 O-T^/Xelov C TOV OV., Mt 161, Mk 811, Mt 2430, al. ra TreTfiva tov ol., Mt 626, Mk 432, 3i6, Mk oh., Ee 613, al.; pi. {ol) ov. (Bl., 32, 5), Mt
; ;

al.
al.
lio,

Jo

Pe

37,13^

al.

2.

Of the abode of God and other blessed


18,
al.
;

beings: of angels,
glorified,
al.; 6

Mk

16n9],
o Iv

Mt 2436, Mk 1225, Ga Lk 245i, Ac 321, Eo 106,


roh
62,
ou.

Ee
of

IQi, al.; of

Christ

God,
ff.),

HarV

(Dalman, Words, 184


1021, al.
3.

Mt Eo lis, 516 61, al. Mt


53*,

e-qa-avpos iv ov.,

Mt
:

Mk

By

meton.,

(a) of

ants of

heaven

Ee

I820

(cf. ib. I212,

Jb

ISi^, Is 4423)

the inhabitas an evasive (j)

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

329

reference to God, characteristic of later Judaism (Dalman, Words, 204 ff.) Mt 2125, 1V\ Lk IS^^, Jo 3^7 al. ^ ySoo-iActa riv oi. (= tov
:

Mk

0o); V.S. ySacriXcta),

OopPofo's, -ov, 6 (Lat.

Urhanus), Urban
;

Eo
;]

16^.+

Oupias, -ou, 6 (Heb. nj'TIX), fJrm/i


ous, gen.,
tiro's,

Mt

l^.t

TO, [in

LXX
;

chiefly for ]|N

the ear

Mt

13^*',

Mk

2250, I Co 29 12^\ i Pe 3^2 ; t. <io-i', Lk 421 eh t. S>Ta 7^^ ycvecrOai, Lk 1*^ aKovecrOai, Ac eicrip^^ta-Bat, Ja 5* ts t. ov<i Olkovuv, Mt 102"; Trpos T. oJs XaAe^v, Lk 12^; ra w. o-we'xciv (MM, xviii), Ac 7"'.
733,
; ; ;

Lk

Metaph., of understanding, perceiving, knowing:


(et

Tts Ix*') ^^ iiKOva-arui,

Re

2^

^^ ^"'

29 3' ^3> 22 ^^39

Ixct) olira

(dKOuW)
(i.

d/coveVco,

Mt

11^5 139' ^^

Mk

Mt 13^^; 6 Ix^v ^ It^^v (os x^'> " ''"'^


Lk
S^
;

49-23 7I6 (Jj^ jj^g)^

1435

Tols

ySapcws <lKoutv,
8^^; w.

Mt

1315,

Ac

282^

(LXX)
ts

5. Ixoi'tcs ovk
w,,

ttKOuctv,

Mk

TOV

fxr]

oiKomLV,

Eo
Lk
;

11^; BiaOf.
/i,t),

to,

Lk

9"**;

iTrepLTfjLr]TO<i

rots w.,
-as,
17

Ac

75^.+

**ouaia,
II

{<^ova-a,

fem. part, of
:

[in

LXX: To
and
q^t^
^
_

14^^^

Mac
Jo

32s*;] substance, property

15^2, 13 f

ouTe,

negative particle, related to fjb^e as ov to ^^,


:

not,
, , ,

neither,
Ktti,

nor
.

ov8tls

ovre,

Ee

5*

oiSk
421,

ovre,

Ga

1^2

4^1; after
. .

a question with

//.r;

interrog.,

neii/ier

nor,

Mt

620,

Mk

1225,

Jo

Ac

3^2; o{;^j S^s.^s, 15^0,

Ja

o*^^^

Eo

Ga

5, al.

oijTos, avTT;, tovto,

gen., TOirrou, ravrr^s, toi^ou, [in


iKetvo's

LXX chiefly for


to
ille),

nj, nxt;] demonstr. pron. (related to


1.
:

as

/lie

this;

as subst., this one, he ; (a) absol. Mt ^^\ 9^ Lk 7^*> "5, Jo 1^5, 1355.56^ 62.3, Jq 6*2, al.; Ac 215, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt V^^, Eo 149; /i,Ta tovto (Tavra eis TOVTO, V. Westc. on Jo S^), al. Jo 2^2 Mt 5^9, (6) epanaleptic (referring to what precedes) 335, Lk 9*8, Jo 6*, Eo 710, al.; (c) proleptic (referring to what follows) seq. ha (Bl., 69, 6), Lk 1*3, Jo 3^9 (and freq.) 15, Eo 149, al. seq. Sti, Lk 10", Jo 93o, Ac 241*, Rq 23, al. otto)?, Eo 9^7 liv, Jo 1335 (d) special idioms tovto /xev t. Se (cl), partly partly. He 103^; kol tovto (tovtov, TavTa), and that (him) too, Eo 13ii, I Co 22, He 1112 ^o5^' ^^^^^ ^J^(^l ^g ^^ ^^^^ Mt 27*^. 2. As adj., c. 92 9, Lk 7*^ Jo 4i5, 1232, art. (a) before the art. subst.; {a) c. Mt 12i, Lk 113i, Eo 112*, Re 199, al. (y8) after the noun Mt 39, po^ Re 22*, al. {b) c. subst. anarth. (with Jo 413, Ac 613, Ro 1528^ I Co predicative force Bl., 49, 4) Lk 136 22 2421, Jo 2" 45* 21i*, 11 Co 13i. ouTws, rarely (Bl., 5, 4; App., 146 f.) ovTuy, adv. olto9),

Mk
;

Mk

Mk

W,
:

Mk
;

Mk

Mk

WH,

[in

LXX

chiefly for ]5;]

in this

way,

so,

thus;

1.

referring

to

what precedes: Mt 516 63o, Mk 10*3 1459, l^ 125 2^8 157, Jq 38, Eo 115, I Co 812, al. o{;tu)s /cat, Mt 1712, Mk 1329, al. pleonastically, resuming a ptcp. (cl. v. Bl., 74, 6), Ac 20" 271^. 2. Eeferring to what follows Mt lis 69, Lk 193i, Jo 21i, i Pe 2i5 bef. quotations from OT, Mt 25, Ac 7, i Co 15*5, He 4*. 3. C. adj. (marking intensity): He 122i, Ee 16i^; similarly c. adv., Ga 1 (cl.). 4. As nredicate (Bl., 76, 1): Mt lis 933, Mk 2i2 4?\ Eo 418 920, i Pe
;

330

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Ac 7\
4^.
al.
;

2^*; ov. )^Lv (Lat. sic or ita se habere),

eKaOi^tro ov. (as

he was, without delay or preparation), Jo 5. In comparison, with correlative adv. ov., Eo 12*' ^, al. Ka6w<; KaOd-rrep ov., Lk 113, al. ov., Eo S^^, al. ov. KaOm, Lk 24^*, al. is ov. ov., Mt 1240, al.; ov. ov., Mk 42, al; wcnrep u)s,
:

Co

77.

oox, V.S. ov.

strengthened form of ov, not ; (a) in neg. sentences, not, Lk l*"" 12''\ Jo 13^", al. {h) more freq. in questions where an affirm, ans. is expected (Lat. nonne) Mt S***'*^, Lk 6^^, Jo 11^, al. * 6(|)ei\e'Tiis, -ov, 6 6<^6tAw), a debtor : c. gen. (of the amount), Mt 18''*. Metaph., of obligation or duty in general, with reference to favours received or injury done, etc. Mt 6^^, Eo l^'* 8^^ 15^"^, Ga 5^ of
ooxi,

not at all

sinners, in relation to
*t6<}>iXTi, -rjs,
7]

God (= Heb.

2.-TI;

cf.

Si

(Heb)

B^^^ Lk

IS^.t

(<;o<^tA.a>),

a debt:
;

Mt

18^^; metaph., one's

due:
i

Eo
S^**,

13',

Co

73 (found also in

6<t)eiXTj/ia, -Tos,
I

t6

tt.

v. Deiss.,
[in

BS, 221
:

MM,
;

xviii).t

6<^etA.a)),

LXX
B^^.t
,

Mac
,

15^ *

;]

that which

is

owed,

De 24i a debt Eo 4*
:

(nxizro),

Es
(as

metaph.

Aram, nin

Xnin), of sin as a debt,

Mt
c.

6<j)ca, [in 1215.20^ al.;] to owe,

LXX De
:

152, ig 242 (ntzr:


18^^,

X2?3),

Ez

18' (mn),

Wi

be

a debtor:

Phm^^j
due:
V. to be
T.

i^_

^at. pers.,

Mt

Lk

ace. rei, Mt 1828, Lk 7"! 16^, 16^. Pass., to be owed, to be

oe^eiXo/i-evov,
1.),

Mt

1830-34.
c.

Metaph.: absol. (= Eabbinic n^n;


ace. rei et dat. pers.,

McNeile, in

Mt

23i*''i8;

bound or obliged to do 19^ Ac 1729, Eo 15i'27, I Co


13 2^3,
to

(cf.

Westc, Epp.
10,

510 736 9i 11-'

Jo., 50), 11 Co 121*,

Eo Lk

13*; c. inf., IT^, Jo 13^*


528, 11

Eph

Th

12, I Jo He Jo Imve been commended, 11 Co 12". having wronged one (v.s. 6(j}eLXr)ixa but

2^7 53.

2" S^e 4i\ in

(u<^iAov o-Wcrrao-^at, I ought In peculiar Aram, sense of

cf.

also Inscr. afiapriav oi^etAw,

Deiss.,

BS,

225),

c.

dat. pers.,

Lk
;

ll'* (cf. 7rpoa--o^etAto).+

2 aor. of o^ciAw, without the augment (v. M, Pr., 201), (with aor. indie.) Ex 163 used to express a fruitless wish [in
o<j>cXok',

LXX

(]ri^-^p),

Nu

143(2) 203 (,^)^

pg 118

(119)^ ('i?nx), etc.;]

in

cl.

with an
;

(chiefly poet.), would that: with indie, aor., i Co 4^ Co 11\ Ee 31^ fut., Ga 5^2 (a practicable wish, v. Bl., 206 The construction with indie, is only found in late writers. )+
infin.
II

impf.,
f.,

220.

Jb 15^ (<^ o^e'AAw, to increase), [in 1532, Ja 2^^' i.+ (bm hi.)* ;] advantage, help : i Co *t 64>0aX(io-8ooXio (Eec. -eia), -a?, r/ {<^6(p6a\iJ.6<;, SovAos), eye-service Eph 6, Col 322 (not found elsewhere).
o(^eXos,
-ovs,

to

LXX

640aX(j,o's,
:

-ov,

6,

[in

LXX

chiefly for
al.

yv
;

;]

the eye
6.

(as in

cl.,

9*^ Lk 6^\ Jo 9, Mt 538, chiefly pi.) 4^^; eVdpai, Lk 62", Jo 6^; droi^a-, Ac Ga

Mk

tous
id.,
.

i^opvaa-eiv (fig.),

9'*0;

of restoring sight,

Mt

2033,

Jo

91*', al.

iw pLirfi 6(f>6akfiov,

Co

15*2

^y anthropom., of

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


God,

331

He

413, I

Pe

3^2

pleonastically
cl.

(cf.

OL 6. iwv,

Lk
(as

230 (similarly, ib. 42 lO^^,

Thackeray, Gr., 42 f.), etSoi/ Jo i Co 2^, i Jo 1^ Ee 1^).


12*0,
;

Metaph.
o.

otherwise in

v.
cf.

LS,

s.v.)

(a) of ethical
]"]5r,

qualities
cf.

7rov7?/jos

(meton., for envy;


622.23,

Heb.
i

n
2^6
;

Pr
622,

28^2;

Si Id^"
^Tri^v/ti'a

34"),

Mt

Mk
(cf.
;

722,

Lk
:

114; dTrAors,

Mt
Lk

Lk
Jo

113*;
12*,

(q.v.) 6(f>daXfiS>v

Ec

4^,

Si 149),

Jq

6. /xeo-rot

fxoLxaXiSo?, II

Pe

214; (6) of

mental vision
1^^, al,

Mt

13i5,

Mk

8^^,

19*2,

Eo

ll^,
art.,

Ga 3\ Eph
v.Bl,
o<}>is,

if o^^aA/Aois seq.

46, 9;

M,

Pr., 81),

Mt

gen. (on the absence of the 21*2, 12^\

Mk

-0js, 6,

[in

LXX chiefly for UfUl


Ee
129.14.1^ 202.t
:

;]

a serpent, symke
of Satan

Mt
Ge

7^",

Mk
Wi

1618,

Lk
IV

and cunning, Mt
223.24,
6<|>pus,

1019 1111, Jo 314, I Co 10^, Ee IQi^ 23^3, 11 Co ll^ (cf. Ge 3i)


18^),
ri,

Qi^; as typical of
;

wisdom
31,

(cf.

Mac
-W9,
:

[in

LXX

Le

14" {j^V na) *

;]

an eyebrow, the

brow of a hill Lk 429.t **6x"os, -o5, 6 (<6xo>, to carry), [in Sm. Jb 222*, Ps 64 (65)10, al. ;] 1. a water-pipe, channel. 2. the intestinal canal : Mk 71, d<^68/3wv).t WH, mg. (for Mac 5*;] to move, **6xXe', -w 5x'^os), [in LXX: To 6^,
:

disturb

= MM,

hence, generally, to trouble, vex pass., to be in a tumult, iii Mac, I.e.


;
;

pass.,

Ac

51"

(act.

absoL,

cf. iv-, -irap-ev-oxXiu),

and

v.

xviii).t

*t oxXo-iroicu, -S, to gather a crowd,

make a

riot

Ac

17^ (not elsebnp^,


923,
;

where)

.t

oxXos, -ov,
etc.
;]

6,

[in

LXX
;

for ]inn (chiefly in

Da
Lk

th),

b''j:i,

1.

a moving crowd or multitude of persons, a throng


51,

Mt

Mk

2\ Lk

Jo

513, al.

pi.,

ifcavos,

Mk
Lk
;

10*,
;

al.; roo-oiVros,

Mt 51, Mk Mt 1533; ov

IQi,
/xer
;

3^,

ox^ov,

and freq. 5. Ac 241^; ^rep

SxXov,

22
;

ttSs 6 o.,

Mt
tt.),

I32,

Mk

2i3, al.

6. ttoAv's

(tt. o.),

Mt

2029,

Mk

521, al.

6 ttoAvs 6. {6.

the popiilace, the

common people,

Mk

123^

(Swete, in 1. Field, Notes, 37), Jo 129 (Westc, in 1.). 2. (As also cl, opp. to S^/xos, q.v., and cf. Tr., Syn., xcviii), the populace, the common people (cf. 6 iroXU 6., supr.), Mt 14^ 2126, Mk I212, Jo 712*'; so with contempt (cl.), Jo 7*9^ Jn ^ more general sense, a multitude
c.

gen., ovo/ActTwj' (v.s.

o.),

Ac

li^
;

p,ady]Twv,

oxopwfia, -Tos, TO {<C6xvp6<a,

Lk 6i^, al. to fortify, make firm),


(89)*o,

[in

LXX
al.)
;

for
in

"IS^a

etc.

;]

a strongJwld, fortress (Ps 88


al.)

Na

312. i*

LXX

and NT,

(Pr 1029 2122,

also metaph. of that in 11 Co 10*.t


:

which confidence

is

placed

cooked meat; (2) a relish or dainty, esp. fish, cf. MGr. to ij/dpL, fish ; in comic poets and late prose writers only), [in LXX: To 22 x (B, 2i/.o./)*;] fish: Jo 69." 219.io.i.+
**6^6.piov, -ov, TO (dimin. of
oif/ov,

(1)

Q^fi,

adv. of time, [in


^.^

LXX

Ge

24ii,

Ex

30^ (niy

n^S")yn

]^5),

Je223; T^

ig

511

(pj^3)*;] 1. long after, late.

2. late

in the day,

332

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


;

at evening (opp. to TrpwC)


:

in late writers used almost as an indecl. ll^.i^ 13=*^ 3. C. gen., late in or on; and, noun (v. MM, xviii) in late writers also after (M, Pr., 72 f.), a sense which seems to be

Mk

required in ** 6\|/ia,

Mt
-as,

28i.t
7],

v.s.

6ij/io<s.

54/ipos, -ov

6ipi),

[in

LXX: De 1V\

Pr

W,
and

Ho

6M3), Jl 2^3,
o./.ios,

Za

IQi,

Je

524 (ryipi?)^),
o.,

Zaie; vt6s
{-6T0S (v.

i/ie

Zaiier

Ex 9^2 (b^EX)*;] ram (v. DB, s.v.

poet,

late for

"rain"), with ellipsis of

WM,

740), Ja S^.t
-oy

Ipi (Eec, o.//), Za^e ; ^ alpa, In late writers, 17 dij/M (sc. wpa), as subst., evening [in 1^2 4^5 6*' 141^ 15*2, Jo Mt 816 1415. 23 162 208 2620 27",
**o|/ios,
-a,

Mk

WH,
:

mg.).
*]

LXX
1^^.

Jth 13^

Mk

G^^, 20i9.t

o\|/is,

-ws,

7],

[in

LXX
MM,

chiefly for n?flO;]

1.

the act of seeing,


3. apjjear-

2. face, countenance : Jo 11**, the sense of sight. xviii), Jo 72*.t ance : Kar 6. KpLvav (v.

Ee

**t
I

oi)/(oi'ioi',

-ov,

TO
32*^

(<^oi//ov

v.s.

ovi/dptov

and

(iieo/i-ai),

[in

LXX:

Es 4^6, pay: Lk

provisions, provision-money, soldiers' 3^*, i Co 9". 2. Generally, wages, hire: 11 Co 11*; o. t^s d/iapr/as, Eo 623 (y. Deigg, S, 148, 266) .t
I

Mac

14^2 *j] i

n
n,
TT
TT,

m,

pi, p, the sixteenth letter.

As a numeral,

tt'

80,

80,000. tTraviSeuw
pu.) *
;]

7rayt's),
to

[in

LXX:
c.

Ki 28^
ace,
Iv

(tZTiT

ensnare: metaph.,

(iyp3 hith.), Ec 912 \6y(j^, Mt 22^^ (not

elsewhere)

.t
rj

Trayis, -tSos,

70771/^/11)

[in

LXX
Ti

for TVO

'a:0'Ci

IWl,

etc.;]

poet. (Aristoph., al.) Lk 21^5, also in cl.)


:

and

Eo

late for lisd-xx)^

Tray?/,
i

a trap, snare;
Ti 226.t

metaph.

(as

3' 6^, 11

flayos, V.S. "Apetos.

* Tra'9T)|jia,

-tos,

to {^iracrx*^), like
8i, 11

ird.6o<i,

1.

a
I

1032,

Co ", suffering, affliction : pi., Eo I Pe 5; of Christ's sufferings: ra cts X., i Pe l^^; t. Xpto-roC, Pe 51; id. as shared by Christians, 11 Co 1^, Phi 310, i Pe 412. 2. a
: :

1'

that which befalls one, Col I2*, 11 Ti 3", He 2io

passive emotion, affection, passion Trdo-xciv, aw enduring or suffering

Ga
c.

52*

t. dp.apriaJi',

Eo 7^.

3.

to

gen. obj.,

He

2^.t

SJW.

.-

v.s. TTtt^OS.
->?,

*Tra0riTo's,

-ov (-^Trdo-xw), 1.

to suffering (E,

mg.,

v.

M,

one w/io has suffered. 2. subject Pr., 222) or destined to suffer (AV, E, txt.)

Ac

2623.t
TTaOos, -ov?, Td 7r({o-xa)), [in

LXX:

Jb

30^1 (b^X),
1.

Pr

252o,

and

very

freq. in iv

Mac

(1^^-, al.)*;]

one, that

which one

suffers.

that which befalls 2. a passive emotion or affection (esp. of


like TrdOrjixa;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


violent emotion), a passion, passionate desire; in

333

NT
i^.t

always in bad

sense

Col 3^
:

tt.

dn/xtas,
irdOrj/jia,

Eo

12

tt. lTrLdvfxia<;,

Th

the more concrete and particular. In NT usage, tt. represents the passive, ungoverned aspect of evil desire, as opp. to iTnOvfj-ta, which is the active and also the more comprehensive term (v. Tr., Syn., Ixxxvii) cf. also 6pe$is. * iraiSaywyo's, -ov, 6 (-eC^Trats, ayw), a guide, guardian, trainer of boys, a tutor (disting. from BiSdaKaXos, Xen., Lac, 3, 1), usually a trusty slave opp. to iraTrjp, I Co 4}^ ; fig., of the Law, tt. eis Xpurrov, Ga324.25_t
TT.

Syn,

exc, that

irddrj/jia is

iraiSa'pioi', -ov, to,

dimin. of
colloq.
G^.t

Trais, [in

LXX chiefly for "1^3


;

;]

little

boy, a lad (in late

and
:

Gk. the word seems to be used with


its

greater latitude and even to lose

dimin. force entirely

cf.

To

6'^' *,

and

V.

MM,
:

xviii)

Jo

Syn.

v.S. Trats.
(-tct,

iraiScia
1.

T), -as,

rj

{<^TraiSvo}),
2.

[in

LXX

chiefly for 1D1D;]

the rearing of
:

a child (^sch.).
ii

(Plat., al.)

Eph 6^
:

Ti S^\

ing, discipline

He
-ov,

12^ (i^x),

3. As 7, s, n f

in

training, learning, instruction (Pr 3^1 15^, al.), chasten-

LXX

iraiScoTiis,

6 7rai8ei;'w),
1.

[in

LXX: Ho
:

52

(iKa), Si 37^^

IV

Mac

5^* 9*;]

prop.,

a teacher,
(cf.

instructor:

Eo

2^'^.

2.

corrector,

one who disciplines

Ho,

I.e.)

He

12^.t

TTaiScuu {<^7raLs), [in

children, hence, Tit 212. 2. As in

chiefly for ID"^;] 1. as in cl., to train generally, to teach, instruct : Ac 7^^, 22^, i Ti 1^*,

LXX
62,

LXX
xviii),

(Ps

Pr 1^,
i

Wi
Co

3^, al.,

and

for prob. ex.

from
225,

TT.,

V.

MM,
:

to chasten, correct,

chastise:
11=^2^

He
3i9.t

127>i0;

of divine chastening,

Lk 23^^' 2^, 11 Ti ^ Co 6^ He 12,

Ee

Syn,

StSda-KO), q.v.

iraiSia, V.S. TraiSet'a.


iraiSioOei'
iraiSiov,

(<^ TraiSiW), adv., [in


:

LXX

Ge

47^*;]

cl. ck irai86s,

from childhood
etc., freq. in

Mk

92^,t
Trais, [in

TraiSioc, -ou, to,

dimin. of

LXX

chiefly for lb;;

also for
child,

i;?3

To

in ref. to full-grown

youth
Jq

;]

a young

little

one:

Mt

28-

^'^^^

Lk

159,66,76,80 217,27,40^

I621,

He

IpS;

of

older children, Mt 182- "- s, Mk S^a-^i 730 924, 36^ Lk 9*^' * IS^^, Jo 4*9 72^ IQi^^-, Lk 722 11^ is^e, in pi., Mt lli 1421 1538 183 1913,14^ 213' 1*. i Co I420. He Metaph., Colloq. in familiar address (as Eng. colloq., "lads" V. M, Pr., 170^ and Irish use of "boys") Jo 21^,

Mk

Jo

2^3. 18 37,t

Syn.
a young

v.S. rrais.
-r/s, r},

iraiSiaKT],

dimin. of
(pn'StZ

Trais, [in
,

LXX

for nUSit^

nipK

etc.

;]

1.

girl,

a maiden
(v.

Eu

4^2).

2. Colloq., a
f.
;

young female

slave,

a maid-servant

Kennedy, Sources, 40

Deiss.,

LAE,

186,

334
3322)
:

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Mt
2669,

Mk

146' ^\
la.,

Lk

12*^ 22^6,
ib.

Jo

IS^^,

Ac

12^3 igie

of

Hagar,

Ga

i^^--^''
:

30(LXX).

metaph.,
:

^Kf

SVN.
TTai^o)

V.S. Trais.

7rar?),
16",

[in

LXX

Ge 2P
pi.
;]

268,

Ex

32^ (pnx pi.);

and

more

freq. (Jg

al.)

for

pnuf

generally, to play (as with singing


^-7rai^o)).t
irois,

and dancing)

prop., to play as a child, hence, (lxx) ^^f^ i Co 10''


:

gen., iraiSos,

6,

rj,

[in

LXX chiefly for 1337


:

also for lyj

n'iy3

etc.;]

1.

a
TT.,

child, boy, youth, viaiden

ir.,

Mt

17^^,

Lk

2'**

9*'^,

Ac

2012

Lk

8^1' 5*
;

(on the artic.

nom.
;

235 Bl., 33, 4) pi., Mt 2^*^ 2V^ Like Heb. 13^, Lat. puer, Fr. gargon, Eng. boy (.^sch., Aristoph.,
;

of address, v. M, Pr., 70 f., of parentage, c. gen., Jo 4^1, 2.

Xen.,

al.),

servant, slave, attendant: (Diod.,

Mt

S^'^'^*,

Lk

7" 12*^ 1526.

j^

late writers

LXX
so
(

Ge

dl^*",

al.),

of a king's attendant or
tt.

minister
Is 418,

Mt
213,

14^

Heb. njT; l^y)

t.

e^oi

(Ps 68 (69)^^

wi

al.),

of Israel,

Lk

Jesus (but V.

Dalman, Words, 277


1.

f.),

l^*; of David, Lk l^^, Ac 4'"; of Mt 1218(Lxx)^ Ac 312.26 427,30.t

emphasis on parentage and the consequent community of nature mos, son, with emphasis on the privileged position of heirship ir. refers both to age and parentage, but with emphasis on the former. Cf. also iraiSapLoi', TraiStW, irai^Lo-K-q, and V. Westc. on i Jo 31. 2. v.s. Oepd-n-wv, and cf. Thackeray, Gr., 7 f.

Syn.

TKvoy,

child, with
;

iraiw, [in

LXX
:

hand or

fist,

Mt

chiefly for HDJ hi. ;] to strike, smite : with the 26^\ Lk 22"*; with a sword, 14*^ Jo 18i; of a

Mk

reptile, to sting

Re

9^.t

naxaTiai'ii, -rj<;, 17, Pacatiana, the western part of the Province of Phrygia, as constituted in iv/A.D. i Ti subscr. (Eec.).t
:

nrdXai, adv. of time,

[in

LXX:

Is 48^''' (7S10), etc.;] long ago,

of old,
of

in time past

relatively):

Mt 1P\ Lk

time just past,

Mk

(denoting past time absolutely, as -n-poTepov lOi^, He 1^, Ju^; as adj., cart., ii Pe l^; 6*7 (WH, mg.), IS-^* (WH, mg., E, txt.); c.

durat. praes. (RV, all this time), 11 TTa\o.i6s, -a, -oV 7rc{Xat), [in

Co
old,

12i^.+

LXX:
I

Le
Jo

2522 261",

Ca

7i3(i4)

(72^),

Jos

9*'*,

Je 45(38)11 (nba),
539
;

etc.;]
3^*
;

ancient; opp. to

vcos,

xaivo?:
;

oTvos,

Lk
;

BLaOTJKr),

II

Co

evToXrj,

2^

Cvfir], I

Co
6",

5^- 8

TT.

av6po)iros (for similar

phrases,

v.

Westc,

E'ph., 68),

Eo

Eph

4.^'\

Col 39 neut. pi., Katva koI it., Mt 13^^; of things not merely old, but worn by use (as Jo, I.e., LXX), Mt 916.17, Mk 2^1.22, Lk 5^6.37 t

Syn.

v.s. a.p^aio<;.
-rjro'i,
rj

*iraXat6TT]S,

(<^7raXatos), oldneSS
,

.'

ypa/x/Aaros,

Ro

7*'.t

-iraXaiou, -w

'2 qal.

,]

to

make

(<[ TraXaids) [in or declare old

LXX
:

chiefly for
81^
;

rhi

pi.,

in pass, for
:

He
(cf.

pass., to
91^,

become old
al.,

of
v.s.

things worn out by time and use


TraXaio's),

Jo

Is 50^,

and

Lk

12*^,

He

111 (LXX)
J

^^ -n-akaiovfievov,

He

81^

(where this

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


and the
s.v.).t

335

act., v. supr.,

may have

the sense of abrogate, v. LS, Zorell,

SYN.
*irdXt],

yijpdcrKO).

-77s,

^ (<^iraX\a),

to

contest

fig.,

of the spiritual

combat

sway), wrestling, hence, g&xxQXdXly, fight, of Christians, Eph 6^.t


etc.
;]

iraXiYyevco'ia, V.S. irakivyev^a-ia.

voXiv, adv., [in

LXX for 31127,

1. of place, hack,

backwards

(LS,

S.V.).

2.

Of time, again, once more:

Ga 1^, CK Ga l^'^ CIS TO TT., II Co 13^; rpirov (Bl., 81, 4), Mt 26*4; U htvripov, Mt 26^^ Ac 1015; TT. 8iVTpov, Jo 45* 2116; TT. dvw^t,/ (Wi 19), Ga 4^. 3. Ehetorically, again; (a) Mt 5**, Lk 13^*^, Jo 12^^, al. (b) in turn, on the further, moreover
Jo
135

(and

freq.),

Ac IV^, Eo

ll^^,

Mt 4.^, Mk 2^3, Lk 232o, He l^, al; pleonastically,


TT.

TT.

dvaKa/XTTTCtl',

Ac

18^^; VTrO(TTpe(f>lV,

other

hand (Soph.;
Jo
28.

LXX Wi
:

138 1523^ ^i)

ljj 6,

Co

122i, 11

Co

10^

*+ iraXiryei'eo'ia (Rec. TroAtyy-), -as, rj (<^7rdXtv, ycv(ns), new birth, renewal, restoration, regeneration ; (a) of persons (Plut., Phil., al.), of spiritual regeneration, 8ta Xovrpov TraXiKvevccrtas (gen. attr., v. Ellic, in Tit 35 {b) of the world, as in Stoics, Jewish Apocal., al. (v. 1.),
;

Dalman, Words, 177


** irdfiTToXus,
(40)
TToAtv 7roXXoi)).t

ff.),

Mt

IQ^s.t

ira(i,irXi]0ei, V.S. iravirX-qOeC.

-iroXXr), -ttoXv

(<[

Tras, ttoXus), [in

Sm.
81,

Jb

36^1,

Ps 39

88 (89)51*;] ^^^y ^^ch, very great:


nafi<|)uXia, -as, y,

Mk

Rec. (RV, Edd.,


:

Paniphylia, a province of Asia Minor

Ac

21"

1313 1424 1538 275.t


iracSoKcus, V.S.
TravSo)(^ev<s,

irafSoKiof, V.S. TravSoxeiov.

Trai/SoKeiov,

* irak'-8o)(eio' (Soklov, T), -ov, to (<^7ra'So;(Vs), late form of Att. an inn {khdn, caravanserai) Lk lO^^.t * ira'-8oxUS, -c'ws, 6 (<^7ras, Sc^^oyttai), late form of the Att. TravSoKcvs
:

(T, in

1.),

an

innkeeper, host
17

Lk

lO^^.t

iraKiiYupis, -a)s,

(<^

ttSs

dyupas

ayopd), [in

LXX:
:

Ho211(*3)

95,

Ez 46"
honour

(nyia).
of a
tt.,
:

Am
;

5^1 (n";!2ry) *;] prop.,

a national festal assembly

in

god
v.

hence, generally, any festal assembly


xviii).t

He

12^^

(for exx. in

MM,

SyN.

iKKX-qaria. (q.V.),

o-waywy>;.

TracotKei (Rec, LTr.,

-*ci),

adv. (<[7ras,

oT/cos),

a word rejected by

strict Atticists,

though found once in

Plat. [Eryx.,

392

c)

[in

LXX

Ex

11 (rr^S), III
cf.

Mac
rj

3^^

(where

in each case reads

-/cia,

the Attic

form,

Ge

50^, al.)*;]

with

all the

household: Ac IS^^.t

irai'OTrXia, -as,

(<7r5s,

ottXov), [in

LXX:

II

Ki

2^1 (n^f^q),

Jb

Jth 143, Wi 517, Si 46, I, II, IV Macg*;] full armour: Lk II22; metaph. (cf. Wi, I.e.), t. O^ov, Eph G"' i^.t irat'oupyia, -as, rj (<^ Travoupyos), [in LXX J08 9*, Pr 1* 8^ (nip-ir), Nu 2422, Si 1925 2122 31 (34)10 (in all cases in good or
3920,
:

336

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


;]

indifferent sense) *
craftiness, cunning,
nij-iy), II

cleverness, in
:

cl.

nearly always in bad sense,


i

knavery

Lk

20"^,

Co

3^^

(LXX,
to

<j>p6vr]cn^,

for

Co

42 113,

Eph

4}\f
chiefly for

iraf oupyos, -ov, [in

LXX

DTir ;] ready
:

do anything ;
12^^
;

(a) in cl.,

chiefly in

bad sense, knavish, crafty


28''^).+

11

Co

(b)

in

good sense,
*t

skilful, clever (Pr 13^

TTa'ir\Y)0ei

(Eec.

TrafiirX-, V.

WH,

App., 150), adv. (^Tras,


all together
:

irXrjdos:),

=
II

cl. irafjiTrXrjOi';,

with the whole multitude,

Lk

23^*.t

ira.'Taxfi

(Eec. -x^), adv., [in

LXX
Mac

Is 24" (niSinS),

Wi

29,

Mac

8" *

;]

everywhere

Ac

212^.t

irai'TaxoOe*', adv., [in

LXX:

IV

13^ 15^2*;]

from

all sides:

Mk

145,

Rec.t

iracTaxou, adv., [in


16[20],

LXX:
i

Is 42^^ (d^3)*;] everywhere:

Mk
Lk

p8
all-

Lk

96,

Ac

1730 243 2822,

Co

4i7.t

**Tra^TXVis, -?

7rSs,

rcAos),

[in

LXX:

III

Mac

T^^

A*;]

; ek : (where perhaps in temp, sense, finally ; v. MM, xviii).t Mac 4^*;] **TT(^TT) (Eec. -T-q), adv. 7r5s), [in LXX: Si 5022, every way, entirely : Ac 243.t (48)3i TTdyroQiv, adv. 7ras), [in LXX: Je 31 (n^^), al.;] from

complete, entire, perfect

t. TravreAe's,

completely, utterly

13^^,

He

72^

all sides

Mk

l*^

Lk

19^3,

He
,

9^.1
Kparcto),

t Trata"OKpdTa)p,
58.17,
al.,

-o/aos,

(<[[7ras,

[in

LXX:

freq.

in

Jb
5^^,

al.

(''H3;),

and

for

DlXny

in the phrase

^co's (ku/dios) it., ii

Ki

and

freq. in
II, III

Am,

Za,

Ma

also in
:

Wi
G^s,

72^,

in Jth, 2122.t

Mac;] almighty

11

Co

Ee
:

Si 42^7 50^^' i^, and freq. l^ 4^ 11^7 153 iq7,u 96,15

II21 19^^*;] in late **TTd^TOT, adv. of time 7r5s), [in writers (once in Arist.) for StaTravrds, iKdarore, at all times, always :

LXX Wi

Mt
47),

26^1,

Mk
14^,
:

147,

ndvT(as,

To
423,

Jo 63*, Eo li, and freq. in Paul. Epp. adv. 7r5s), [in LXX: iv Ki 5" (v. Thackeray, Gr., al. ;] altogether, by all means; (a) without neg. (from

Lk

IS^i,

Hdt. on)

Co

16^2

Lk

Ac

2122 28*,

esp. in strong affirmations, surely, at all events : I Co 9^^; (b) c. neg. (so always in Hom.), in a

complete negation: iCo5io.t


irapd,
I.

Eo

3^;

in

a partial negation

(Bl.,

75,

7),

prep.

c.

gen., dat., ace,

C. gen. pers.,
[in

from
al
62

the side of,


,

with radical sense, beside. from beside, from, indicating


,

source or origin,

LXX for ''Jplpp Tp


;

by^fft

;]

after verbs of motion,

Mk
etc.,
ol

14*3, L]j 8*9,

Mk

811

Jo 152", 122^ Jo 49'

after verbs of seeking, receiving, hearing,

lOis,

Phi i^\

11

Ti

l^s,

Ja

1^,

passive verbs, of the agent (like vw6),


Trap

Mt

21*2,

Mk 12", Lk

al.; after 137; absol.,

avTov,

his family,
f.
;

his kinsfolk,
1.)
;

Mk

Field, Notes, 25 means, wealth,

Swete, in

ra
418.

Trap'

321 (cf. M, Pr., 106 f. avr^s (avrwv, v/awv), one's

Mk

52^,

Lk

107,

phi

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


II.

337

C. dat. pers. (exc.


[in
;

Jo

19^^,

tt,

t. a-ravpiS),

by the side

of, beside,

by, with,

LXX

for

Ac
Col

28^*, al.
416, al.
;

Trap' iavrtZ,

b^^, T^, ^ry3;] Lk ll^^ 197, Jo 1* 4*o, at home, i Co 16^ c. dat. pi., among, Mt 22^^,
;

metaph.,

Mt

192,

Mk
of,

lO^^,

Lk

l^o,

Eo
:

2i3,

Ja

127, al.

III. C. ace, of

motion by or towards,

[in

LXX for
Ac
;

b'S^
10^^^

^7
ll^^j

"13^3;] 1. of place, by the side


after verbs of motion,

beside, by,

along

He
;

Mt 4^^ Mk 4^, Lk 8^, Ac 4'*, al. after verbs of (a) be2. beside, beyond, metaph. rest, Mt 13^ Mk 5^\ Lk 8^5, al. Ac 18^^, Ro 1^^ 4^^ 11^^, al. except, yond, against, contrary to Lk 3^^, Eo 12^ 14^, II Co 11^* (b) beyond, above, in comparison with
:
; ; :

12i5'". He (c) on account of: 1 Co IV. In composition beside, to {trapaXaixjBdviii, irapayw), at hand {Trdpeifxi), from (Trapappim) amiss (Trapa/covw), past {irapipxopxj.i), compared with {irapopxnaS^oi) above measure {n-apopyLL.w). napa-^alvw, [in for IID "inr, "nO hi., JTOizr, etc.;] 1. in Hom. (twice), to go by the side of, stand beside. 2. In iEsch., Herod., Thuc, al., to go past or pass over, chiefly metaph., to overstep, violate,
1*'9 33, al.;
:

LXX

transgress (Jos 7",


ib. ^;

Ez

16^9, Si 40^*, al.)

t. TrapdSoaiv,

Mt 15^

t. cvtoXtJv,

seq. avo (as ]p 1TD,


Gael.,
[in

De
i,

17'^**,

al.), to

turn aside, fall away {cLtt.


22^7
hi.),

T^s

a\ri6eLa<s, Arist.,

5, 2)

Trapa-P(iX\(u,

LXX:

Pr

Ac l^^.t 2^ 420 5^'^^

(.1133

Eu

2^6

14^^ (elsewhere as v.l.J*;] 1. to throw to or beside, as (^buf), 11 fodder to horses (Horn., al.). 2. to lay beside, compare (Hdt., Plat., al.) i^^, Eec. 3. Eeflexive, to betake oneself, come near ; of seamen, to cross over : cis Sa/tov, Ac 20^^. 4. In mid. = Trapa:

Mac

Mk

/SoXcwo/xat, q.v.t

irapd-paffis,

-ews,

17

7rapa^aivu)),

[in
1.

LXX:

Ps 100

(lOl)^

(D^Bp), IV

Ki

224 A,

Wi

143i, 11

Mac

IS^"*;]

a going aside, a devia-

tion (Arist.). 2. In later writers, aii overstepping ; metaph., transgression (Plut., al.): Eo 41^ 51*, He 22 Q^^; t. vo/xov, Eo 2^3; Iv tt.,
I

Ti 2^*

T. 7rapa/3d(Twv x^ptv,
:

Ga

319.

SYN.
je628*;]
charioteer

v.S. dfiapria.

**^rapa-^dTTls, -ov, 6 7rapa/?a/va)), [in


1,

Sm.

one
tt.

who stands
vd/xov,

beside,

the warrior

Ps 16 (17)* 138 (139)19, who stands by the


irapfta.Tr]<;)

(cf.

7rapa/3aiVw,

Ga

218,

Ja 29;

Eo

2. 1). 225.27^

a transgressor (.^sch., ja 2^\f


199,

f napa-pidioy.ai,
(117 hi.), I

[in

LXX: Ge

iv

Ki

217

(^31^9),

De

1*3

Ki

2823 ^r^ yiS), V.I.4*;] 1. prop., to force against nature

or law. 2. to compel by force (Polyb.). 3. to constrain by entreaty Lk 2429, Ac IG^^.t (Ge, I Ki, 11. c.) *t irapo-PoXeuojiai = cl. 7rapay8aAAop,at (ii Mac 14^8), to expose oneself danger, hazard one's life : c. dat. ref., t. ^vxxi (v. M, Pr., 64), to Phi 230 (Rec. irapa/SovA.-). Cited by Deiss., LAE, 84, 120.t
:

22

338

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


irapaPoXi^, -^s,
-7

TrapaySaXXw), [in
1,

LXX

(cf.

Nu
al.

23",

De

2837,

Ps 43 {Uy^, Pr

Ez

I222, al.

McNeile, Mt., 185) (b^p), Si 47^7 (nyn),

mult, in

2.

Si, Wi 5^;] 1. a placing beside, juxtaposition (Polyb., al.). a comparing, comparison (Plat., Arist., al.). 3. a comparison,
:

illustration, amilogy, figure (Arist., al.)


specif, of the pictures
life

Mt

M^'\

Mk

3^3,

He

9" ll^^;

and narratives drawn from nature and human

which are

a parable:
4.

Mt

133.i",
(i

characteristic of the synoptic teaching of our Lord, 42.10, ljj g^.s-u^ al.; c. gen. ref., Mt 13i8'36.

Mk

Like Heb. bmr>


:

Ki

10^2,

Pr

l^, Si 32^, al.),

Trapoifiia,

a proverb

or gnomic saying

Lk

42^ 5^^ 6^9.

Abbott, Essays, 82 ff.). *+ Trapa-PooXcoo/jiai, to consult amiss, or perh.


:

SVN.

n-apoLfjLia (v.

(v.

LS,

s.v.),

a vulg.

form

of irapa-fSoX- (q.v.) Phi 23o, Rec.t * Trap-ayyeXia, -a?, rj {<^ irapayyeXXoi)


:

mand

Ac

528 1624,

Th

42, i

Ti

l^- is.

an instruction, charge, com(In Xen., Polyb., of a military

order.) t

irap-ayyeXXw (<^7rapa, dyye'AAw), [in


1. to

LXX

for JTlQCr pi., hi., etc.;]

transmit a message (^sch., Eur.). 2. to order, command (Hdt., Xen., al.) c. inf., Ac 15^ c. ace. rei, i Co ll^^, 11 Th 3^ i Ti 411, 5^ seq. Iva (M, Pr., 207; Bl., 69, 4), Mk 6s, 11 Th 3^2; c. dat. pers., Ac 1730 E, txt., I Th 411 seq. kiyo^v, Mt 10^ c. inf. aor., Mt lb^\ Mk 8,
: ; ;
;

Lk Lk
/X77,

829,

Ac

10*2 1618 (aoristic pres.


I

51* 856,

Ac 2322, Lk 921, Ac 1*
3), II

Co

710

c. inf.
I

M, Pr., 119) id. pres., Ac 1623, Th 3^


;

v.

c.
;

neg.,

/-i^,

id. c.

neg.,

418 528.40,

Ti 13 617;

c.

70,

Th
:

310

c.

ace. et

inf.,

Ac

233o,

n Th

ace, toDto, seq. Ztl (Bl., 3, i Ti 6i3 (Bl., 72, 5).t

SYN.
1. to be

V.S. iirekXio.

irapa-yii'op.ai (Ion.

and
:

late for -yt'yv-), [in


al.),

beside or at

hand

(Horn., Hdt.,

port (^sch., Thuc, al.) c. dat. pers., 11 arrive (Hdt., Xen., al., and freq. in later writers; v. MM, xviii; Thackeray, Gr., 267.2): absoL, Lk I421 1916, Jo 323, Ac 521.22,25 939 1032.33 1123 142- 1710 1827 2118 231*'' 35 2417.24 25^ 2821, I Co 163; geq. J5, Jo 82, Ac 926 154 ^TTi', c. ace, Lk 22^2 7rpo9, c. ace, Lk 7*' 20 319, Ac 20i8
; ;

chiefly for Ni3;] hence, to stand by, supTi 41^. 2. to come, come up,

LXX

id. seq. CK,


a,7ro
.
. .

Lk IP
. .

Trapa, c. gen.,
Trpo's,

Mk 14*3

dTro

iirl

Mt

313

of a teacher

Ac 131*; coming forward in public


. . .

cts,

Mt

2i,

Mt

31,

Lk

1251,

He

911.+

Trap-ayo), [in chiefly for Hliy;] 1. trans., to lead by, lead aside, lead into, lead foricard, etc. 2. Intrans., {a) to pass by : Mt 99, 27 2030, 214 1521^ Jo 859 E, txt., 91 seq. irapd, c. ace, li^ (b) to

LXX

Mk

Mk

go away, depart

metaph.,

to

pass away
4i7,

Co

73i

tirapa-Sciy^aril^a, 8i'/<.'v/it), [in

LXX: Nu

mid., i Jo 28>i7.t 25* (y,T hi.), Je 1322


;

(Dan
al.).t

ni.),

Ez

2817 (mh?"5),
to

Es

Da

LXX

25*;]

to set

forth as

an

example; in bad sense,


-irapdSciaos, -ov, 6

put

to

open shame:
first

He

6^ (Polyb., Plut.,

(an Oriental word,


[in

used by Xen. of the

parks of Persian kings and nobles),

LXX

chiefly for ]3,

Ge

l^"-,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


al.;

339

also for ]iy, Is 51^;

D^IS, Ne

2^,

Ec

2^;] 1.

a park, pleasure;

ground, garden (LXX), an orchard (in tt., v. MM, ii, xviii Deiss., BS, 2. Paradise, the abode of the blessed dead 148). Lk 23*3 ii Co 12*.
:

Ee
HI

27.t

irapo-S^XOF^ai. \}^ 712 * j] to receive, admit 2218, I xi 519 ; (6) of persons


:

LXX Ex
;
:

23^ {HVJZ),
(a)

Pr

3^2 (nsi), ii
:

Mac

422

E,

Mac

of things
(i'XX),t
:

Mk

42",

Ac

15* I621

He

12^

*tiTapa-8ia-TpiPii,

-tJs, 17,

useless

wrangling
;]

v.l.

in Eec. for SiaTra-

parpi^Tf (q.v.),

Ti B^.t

irapa-SiSwfii, [in
<o ^ive
;

LXX

chiefly for ]n3


:

correl. to irapa^ixpixai, 1.

or hand over to another c. ace. et dat., Mt II2" 25^*, Lk 4, up to a course of teaching, pass. seq. eis, Eo 6^''. 2. to commit, commend : Ac 142^ IS^o^ j Pe 223. 3. to give or deliver up to prison or judgment c. ace. pers., Mt 4^2^ ]y[]j ^h^ jjq 425^ jj pg 2*
al.

of being delivered

id. seq. iwip,

Eo
;
;

8^2; c. dat.,
c. inf.,

Mt

525,

Mk

15\ Lk

1258, Jq ign^

^1.; id.

12*; seq. ci's, Mt lO^^ 1722 24^, Lk 21^2, Ac 83, II Co 411, al. t. Saram, I Ti 120; j^ ggq ^.^ oXiOpov aapKOS, I Co 5* with the coUat. idea of treachery (= irpo8t8w/xt), c. ace. pers., Mt 26^^,
seq. Iva,

Jo I916

Ac

Mk

1411,

Jo

66*, al.

id. c. dat.,

Mt
4.

26i5, al.
to

pres. ptcp., 6 TrapaSiSovs

deliver verbally (traditions, commands, etc.) 7^3, Lk I2, Ac 6^*, i Co 11^ 15* pass., 11 Pe 221, Ju ^. 5. to permit (for exx. in cl., v. LS, s.v.) '
:

avTov,

Mt

2625,

Mk

14*2,

Jq

2311.

hand down, hand on or

Mk

Mk

429.

**Trap<i8o|os, -ov 7rapd, 86$a), [in 52 16^7 195, Jth 13^3^ Si 4325, ii-iv Mac 3 * ;] contrary to received opinion, incredible, marvellous : pi., Lk 526.t

LXX:

Wi

Syn.

v.s. Swa/iis.
17

-irapd-Soo-is, -ccos,

(<

irapaStSto/At), [in

LXX

II

Es

7^* (T-1D^?),

Je

39(32)* (]n3 transmission

ni.),

41(34)2*;]

1,

a handing down or

over,

transfer,
152'
a, c^

Mk
Eo

Polyb., al., LXX). 2. tradition (Plat., Epict., al.) by meton., of the doctrine itself V-, I Co 112, Ga lu, Col 28, 11 Th 2^5 3.t
(Arist.,
; :

of doctrine

Mt

+ irapa-);T,X6u, -w, [in


pi., hi.),

LXX

De

322i, iii

Ki

I422,

Ps 77

(78)58 (K:p

36(37)1-7.8 (-,-, hith.). Si 30^*;] to provoke to jealousy: 1019(I^X) 11"'!*, I Co 1022.t


irapa-OaXdaaios, -a, -ov (<^7rapa, OaXacrcra), [in

Ps

LXX:

Je 29(47)^

(D^n J^in)

etc.

;]

by the sea
-5, 1.

Mt

4i3.t

* irapa-Ocup^o),
look, neglect
:

to

examine side by

side,

compare.

2. to over-

pass.,

Ac
r/

6^.f

irapo-GiiicTj, -T/s,

(<7rapaTt^77/xt), [in
3^'^' ^5,

LXX

Le

62'* (52^'

23) (j^^j5B)^

and

in

To
I

10^',

n Mac
11

v.l.

for wapaKarad-^Kr] (q.v.) *;]

a deposit or
Exp.,
712*;]
iii,

trust:
xviii) .+

Ti

520,

Ti
[in

112,14

(for exx. of this

form,

v.

MM,
S^^

**Trop-oii'^, -5,

LXX:

11

Mac

725.26,

Mac

to

340

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


c.

exhort, advise:

ace. pers. et inf.

(v.

Bl., 72, 5;

M,
;]

Pr., 205),
to

Ac

27-;

absol., seq.

Aeyw, Ac 279.t

irap-aiWofjiai, -ov/tai, [in

LXX

for CTpS pi., etc.

1.

beg of or

from another
deprecate
;

2. to ov-rrep tjtovvto, v. Field, Notes, 43). 12^*; neg., to entreat that not (Thuc, al.) 3'o, (b) to refuse, declme, avoid : c. ace, i Ti 4^ S^i, ii Ti 2^3, Tit 12" (EV but V. Field, Notes, 234). 3. to beg off, ask to be excused, excuse (Polyb., al.) Lk 14i8.i9 (He 122^, Field, l.c.).t *t Trapa-KaOe'i^onai, to sit down beside : seq. irpos, Lk 10^^ (Plut.),t
:

Mk

15^ (Rec.
c.

(a)

prop.,

He

He

irapa-Kaeilu, [in

LXX
:

Jb

2'=^

(ntzr) *

;]

to

set

beside
1.
;

act. for

mid., to sit

down

beside

Lk

10^^,

Rec. (for
;

-i^ofjiai,

q.v.).t
;]

irapa-KaXeo), -w,

[in

LXX

chiefly for 0113

ni., pi.

to call

to

one, call for, summon : Ac 28^*^ (R, mg. R, txt., entreat) hence (of Dem., Xen., al.), to invoke, call on, beseech, e^itreat : t. the gods n-aripa pxtv, Mt 26^^; t. Kvpiov, II Co 12^; in late writers (Polyb., in tt., v. Deiss., LAE, I7614), also of men Diod., al. rarely in 5^7, Lk l^o, Ac 16^ al.; e. inf., absol., Phm^; c. ace, Mt 8^, 8", Ac 831, al.; seq. Iva (v. M, Pr., 205, 208), Mt 1^^\ Mk 5^8, Lk m, c. al. 2. to admonish, exhort : absol., Lk 3^^, Ro 12^, 11 Ti 4^, al. 1532, 1 Th 2^1, He 3", al. Phi 42, inf., Ac IF^, Ro id. seq. ace, Ac 4i, al.; I Th seq. Iva (v. M, Pr., I.e.), i Co T", 11 Co 8^ i Th 4^, a-l. Jb 4^, Is 35^, Si 432*, 3. to cheer, encourage, comfort (Plut.,
:

LXX

Mk
;

Mk

U\

LXX
al.;

al.)
II

c.

ace,
;

11

Co

1, 5*,

Co

1*

pass.,
:

Mt

Eph 622, Col 22, Lk 162^, Ac 20^2.


(cf.

id. seq. Iv, i

Th

4^8;

8i<,

SYN.

irapaixveiw
[in

M,

Trapa-KaXoTTTw,

LXX:

Th., 25). Is 44^ (ins),


:

Ez

cover by hanging something beside, to hide

222 (nbr hi.) * metaph. (as Plat.,

;]

to

al.),

Lk

9*^.t liapa-Kara-eiiKTi,
-7??, rj

v.l.

TrapaKararL6-np.i), [in

LXX Ex 2280. "(10)


:

(npN^5)),

and elsewhere as
[in

for irapaOyKT}, q.v.

;]

more usual than


1^*,

its

variant in Gk. writers for a


**Trap(i-Ki|jLai,

trtist

LXX:
tj

or deposit : i Ti 620, 11 Ti Jth S^'\ Si dO^^ 34 (31)1^,

Rec.t

Da LXX
212,

BeP*,
93

II, III

Mac 5*;]
131*,

to lie beside,

Trap<i-K\T]o-ts,

-0)5,

(94)19,

Ho

Na
to

3^,

be near, be present : {<^TrapaKaXew), [in Is 5V 66^\ Je 16^ {um


i

Ro
,

7i^'2i.t

LXX:

Jb
its
11

pg
72*

parts and

derivatives), ib.

38 (31)^ d^zm). Is 282^ 30^


;

Mac

IO2* 12^,

Mac

1511*;]

1.

a calling

ones aid, summons (Thuc), hence, appeal,


:

entreaty (Strab., Plut., al, i Mac 102* cf. Lft., Notes, 20) 11 Co 8*. &~ 2. exhortation, encouragement : Ac 15^1, Ro 12^, i Co 14^, 11 Co Phi 21, I Th 23, I Ti 413, He 12^ A.o'yos (tt tt., Ac 131*, He 1322; vlh^ TT., Ac 436. 3. consolation, comfort (Phalar., LXX) Lk &\ Ac 9^1, 7'''7i3, II Th 2i, Phm"; t. ypac^wv, Ro 15*; ^cos -n)s tt., II Co l*-7
;
:

Ro

155,

11

Co

13;

TT.

ToC 'lapa-qX

** TTapd-KXrjTos, -ov TrapaKaXew) [in Aq., Th. Jb 162*;] called to ones aid in a judicial cause (Dion. Cass.) hence, most freq. as subst., 6 TT., an advocate, pleader, intercessor (Dem., al. ; so in Rabbinic
,

(v.

Dalman, Words, 109


: ;

f.),

Lk

225.t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


lit.,

341

KlJI^bp^B), " a friend of the

accused person, called to speak to his

character, or otherwise enlist sympathy in his favour" (Field, Notes, In NT, specif., 6 ir., (a) of Christ, i Jo 2^ (v. ICC, Jo. Epp., 102). 23 fif.); (b) of the Holy Spirit (AV, comforter; but v. opp. c), Jo 1416,26 1526 167 (cf. also Abbott, Essays, 86, 97; Deiss., LAE, 339 f.;

MM,

xviii;

Westc,
-^s,

Jo.,
rj,

ii,

188ff.).t

2. Later, a hearing amiss (Plat.). following inattention, disobedience : Eo 5^, ii Co 10, He 2^ TrapaKovd), and V. Tr., Syn., lxvi).t

*irap-aKoii,

1.

as
(cf.

**Trap-aKoXouec'w,

-S),

[in

LXX

ii

Mae 8"

9^7

E*;]

c.

dat.,

to

follow closely, accompany. Metaph., in various senses, (a) to result Mk 16t''J (b) to follow up, trace, investigate : Lk 1^ (so freq. in cl.) (For exx. (c) to follow as a standard of conduct: i Ti 4", ii Ti 3^*^.
;

from

TT.,

V.

MM,

xviii.)

irap-aKou'u,

[in

LXX: Es

33.8
i

(^^j;
4^1,

ntrr,
3**;]

c.

neg.)

4^*

7*

(WTl
2. to

hi.). Is 65^2 (yacr, c. neg.),

Es

To

1.

hear amiss or imperfectly. also in ir., v. MM, xviii), to hear


53; c. gen.,

3.

Later (as in

LXX,

to overhear. Polyb., Plut.


:

ivitho^it heeding, take

no heed

Mk

Mt

18i7.t

chiefly for C]pt2? ni., hi.;] 1. to stoop sideways. 2. to stoop to look: Lk 24^2 (E, txt.), Jo 20^'". Metaph. (v. Hort, Ja., in 1.), to look into : seq. eis, Ja 1^**, i Pe 1^.+
irapa-KOTTTw, [in

LXX

napa-Xaii^dvoi, [in
1. c. ace.
rei,

LXX

chiefly for

Upb

also for

tPT

etc.

;]

like irapahixopxii,
41^,

correl. to TrapaStSw/At, to receive

another: Col
49;
T.
c.

inf.,

Mk

1228; of the mind, i Co ll^^ IS^.s, Ga 7*; seq. Trapd, c. gen., Ga P^, i Th 2^^ 4t\ ii
2.

He

from 1^, Phi

Xpto-ToV (Lft., in 1.), Col 2*. oneself: Mt 2^3,u,2o,2i 171 2637,

Th 3; C. ace. pers., to take to or with

Mk

Jo

19l,

Ac

1433; seq.

153 23I8; yvvalKa, Mt jj5^ Mt 45.8 27^7; kut iScav,

43 5^0 9^ lO^^, Lk 9i0'28 1126 igsi^ l^o.^*; fj,iff iavrov, 12*5 181,

Mt

Mk

Mt

20^7; mid., seq.Trpos

ifJiavrov,

Jo 143;

pass.,

Mt
^^

24^"' ^^

Lk

1734-36. ptcp., prefixed to

other verbs
(b) later,

(Bl, 74, 2),

Ac

1633 2p4,26,32. metaph.,

Jo l".t
lie

* irapa-X^Y"'
of sailors, to

lay beside ; mid., (a) to sail past : c. ace, Ac 278' ^3 f

beside (Horn.)

irap-dXios, -ov (in cl., chiefly -a, -ov), [in


etc., c.

prep.

;]

by the sea ;

rj tt.
:

Jos 9^ Jth

17, al.),

the sea coast


17

Trap-aX\aYi, -^s,

(sc. x<^P> i^^ 6^7_t

LXX for D^ D^H ?)in LXX irapaXia, De 1^,


, i ,

7]

Lk
:

TrapaXXdaraw) [in
,

LXX
2*,

IV

Ki

92 (]iy|B7)*;]

in various senses (LS,


2. to

s.v.),

change

Ja
:

1^7
pi.;]
1. to 122.t

irapa-Xoyi^onai, [in

LXX chiefly for noi


to

miscalculate.
^

reason falsely, hence,

mislead

Col

Ja
:

*tirapa-XuTiK<5s, ->], -ov {<^irapakvw), paralytic 23-5,9,10^ Lk 524 (Eec, mg.).t

Mt

42* 8 921

Mk

WH,

irapa-Xu'u,

[in

LXX:

Je

62* 27*3^

Ez

21'(12) (nfil), etc.;] 1. to

2. to weaken, enfeeble ; pass., to be enthe side, set free. 12i2(LXX).t esp. by a paralytic stroke Lk 518.24, Ac 87 933, feebled,

loose

from

He

342

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


TTapa-ii4v(a, [in

LXX
7'-^,

Pr

12^,
;

Da TH

11^^ (TJSy), etc.


i

;]

to

remain

beside or near
Kara-),

He
2.

Ja

l^^

of remaining alive,
ii
:

Co

16'
1.
i

(WH,

Phi

1^* (cf. crvfj.-Trapafjiy<i})A

** Trapa-/iu0^ofiai, -ov/xm, [in


cotirage, exhort.
51'';

LXX

Mac
c.

15**

(Sm.g)*;]

to

comfort, console

ace, pers.,

Jo 1V\

Th

to en2^^

id. seq.

Trcpt',

Jo IV^.f

SyN.
1.

TTapaKaAeo).

v {<-rrapa,i.veiois.ai), [in LXX: Es S^^, Wi 19^2*;] encouragement, exhortation. 2. comfort, consolation : i Co 14^.t
**Trapafjiu0i'a, -as,

SyN.

irapaK\r](TL<;.

3^^*;] 1. an to (<^7rapa/i,r^0/x.at), [in exhortation, -persuasion, eiicouragement : Phi 2^ (cf. Plat., Legg., vi, 773 E, al. v. Lft. and ICC, Phi., I.e.). 2. assuagement, abatement, hence, consolation (Wi, I.e., and freq. in cl.).t

** Trapafiu'Oiof,
;

-ov,

LXX: Wi

Trapa-j'ofieoj, -w, [in

LXX
2^^.f

for

bbu

etc., chiefly in
:

Pss and
;]

ii

Mac;]

to be a Trapai'ofjLo<;, to transgress the law


irapakofiia, -as,
17,

Ac

23^.t
(n?57p)i etc.

[in

LXX

Ps 36

(37)'^

law-break-

ing, transgression

11

Pe

t TTapa-TTiKpaiVw, [in

LXX

chiefly for

niD
:

qal., hi.,

i^p

most

freq.

in

Pss and

Ps 105

(106)7,

Ez ;] Ez

to

25-8, al.,

embitter, provoke and with t6v


-ov,

absol.

(yet so. t.
5*,

6e6y,

cf

0.

added, Ps

Ez

20-^\ al.),

He

31' (cf. TrapaTrLKpa(r/x6<s) .f

t irapa-iriKpacrp.os,

6 (-C^TrapainKpaivw), [in

LXX:

(n2^"ip, elsewhere rendered AoiSdpT/o-is,


koiSopLa, 38, 15 (LXX) t

Ex
t<3

17^; dvTiXoyta,
tt.

Ps 94 (95)^ De338, al.;

Nu

20^*)*;] provocation: iv

(Heb. at Meribah),

He

Es

Trapa-rriTTTw, [in 6i hi.),

LXX
07ie's

Ez
11

14^3 158 1324 2027 (l,y;a), 22* (nUrX),

(^d:

Wi
6.

69 12^,
I.e.).

Mae

10* A*;]

Thuc., Polyb.
e.

al.), to
;

fall in

way,

befall.

2. to fall into

e. dat., 11
:

Mac,

3. to

gen.)

absol..

He

4. to

fall away fail (Aoyos, Es,

freq. (Hdt., or in (seq. is, (Ez, Wi, 11. c. in Polyb.,


1.
;

most

I.e.

cf. i

Ki

3^^).f

* Trapa-irX^w, to sail by or past : c ace, Ac 20i^.t * irapa-irXiiatos, -a, -ov (Hdt., Plat., al. also -OS, -ov, Thuc., Polyb.), coming near, nearly resembling. Neut. -ov, adverbially, = I'ws, in a way nearly resembling : c. dat., Phi 227.t **Trapa-irXT)o-iws, adv. (<[7rapa7rA.?;orios), [in Quint.: Ho 8"*;] in
;

like

manner

He

2i*.t

irapa-TTopeuofxai, [in

LXX chiefly
by
:

for "ISIT;]

pa7iy.

Mk
etc.

2. to go past, pass 223 930 mg.).t

Mt

27^^,

Mk
,

1. to go beside, accom15-3; geq. gt({^ c. gen., IV'^^

(WH,

t Trapd-TTToifjia,
;]

-tos,

to (<^ TrapaTrtTTTw)
1125.26^

[in
2.

LXX

for ^JHS

^5^0,
5^^,

1.

a false
:

step,

a blunder

(Polyb.).

Ethically, a misdeed,
12,

(LXX) Mt 6^*'^^ Mk Ga6i, EphF2i.5, Col2i3.t


trespass

Rq

42^ 5^^^- 11"'

n Co

Sy^.

V.8. ajxapria.

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


irapa-pp^o),
[in
:

343

LXX
2i.t

Is

U^

(^n''),

Pr

321*;] to flow by, drift


:

away,
cl.,

slip

away

He

iii Mac 2^9*;] 1. in ** TrapaaTjiios, -ov (<[ cr^/xa, a mark), [in marked amiss, spurious, counterfeit. Later, 2. marked at the side, annotated (Plut.). 3. marked with a sign (LXX) as subst., a figure;

LXX

head

Ac

2811 (v.

MM,
[in

xix).t

irapa-oTKeodl^w,
:

LXX

Je 27 (50)^^

("^^3^))

etc.

;]

to
11

prepare,

make ready absol. (sc. t. SetTrvov, etc.; cf. Hdt., ix, Ac IQ)^^; mid., to jJ^^pare, make preparations i Co pass., II Co 9-'^.t
:

82,

Mac

2'-"),

14^

(cf. Je, I.e.);

Trapa-<7Keoii, -^s, ^, [in


airoiTK-, KaraxTK-),
2^'^

LXX: Ex
,

3524 3922(42) {rrpis, with

v.l.,

4^, I Mac 9^^ J< II Mac I521 * ;] 1. preparation. Jth equipment (Jth, 11. c). 3. In Jewish usage, the day of preparation for a Sabbath or a feast (= rpoo-a/Jy^arov, q.v.) Mt 27*52, Mk 15*2, 23^4^ Jo 1931 Lk c. gen., rod 7rd<rxa, Jo 19^*; t. 'lovSaiW, ib.*2 (it is the name for Friday in MGr.).t
2.
:

irapa-Teii'(i),

[in

LXX: Nu
LXX:
1^ iq

232^

(fjplZ? ni.), etc.;]

to extend,

pro-

long

T.

Xoyov,
('2)^

Ac

20'^.+

(QD7), 129 (130) (inm), q^atch closely, observe narrowly: so 32, Lk 202o (absol., v. Field, mid., T. TTuAas, Ac 92* with evil intent, Notes, 74) so mid., Lk 6'^ 14^. 2. to observe scrupulously (of days and seasons cf. Ex 12*2, Sm.) mid., Ga 4i''.t Ex 12*2 (v.s, TrapaTT^pew) * ;] obser**tirapa-T>ipi](Tis, -cws, 17, [in Aq.
irapa-TTjp^w, -w, [in
6^1

Ps 36

(37)i-

Da TH

g^ji2,i5, i6*.j
;

Mk

vation

Lk

17-^ (Polyb., Plut., al.).t

iTapa-Ti0T)|j.i, [in

LXX
:

chiefly for Dli&;]

I.

Act., to place beside,

set before, c. ace. et dat.

of food,
10^,
i

Mk
Co

6*1 8>7,
102'';

Lk

9^6 11^; rparrc^av,

metaph., of teaching, ^i. II. Mid., 1. to have set before one (Horn., Thuc, irapaftoXrjv, Mt 132*' Xen., al.). 2. to deposit with another, give in charge or commit to (Hdt., Xen., Polyb., al.) c. acj. et dat., Lk 12*8 23*^, Ac 142^ 20^2, I Ti 1^8, II Ti 22, I Pe ^^^. 3. to bring forward, quote as evidence : seq. OTL, Ac 17^ (v. Page, in l.).t * irapa-TUYX'i>'<. ^0 happen to be near or present : Ac 17i'^.t
16^*;

Ac

pass,

ptcp.,

Lk

adv. (<^ irapairra = Trap' avra, SC. to. Trpay/xara), [in Ps 69 (70)^ To 4^* * ;] 1. immediately. 2. C. subst., to express brief duration (cf. 17 tt. Xa/ATrpdn^s, Thuc, ii, 64), momentary, for a
irap-auTiKa,
:

LXX

vioment

11

Co

4i''.t

21i3(n) (bb.l hithpo.), and as v.l..^*;] 1. to bring to, set before, esp. of food (Hdt., al.). 2. to take or carry 14^", Lk 22*2; pass., seq. viro, Jui2; away : c. ace. rei, seq. arro, 13^.t metaph., pass., c. dat..
Trapa-(t>e'pa>,

[in

LXX

Ki

Mk
11

He

iTapa-<}>pot'^u

(<[ rrapd,
:

(fyprjv),

[in

LXX
:

Za

7^^

(TID)
II

*
',]

to be

beside oneself, be deranged


^tirapa-i^poi'ia, -as,
17,

Co

1123.t

=
Tit

cl. 7rapa(f>pocrvvr],

madneSS
cts,

Pe
;

2l^.t

* TTapa-xifx(iiw,
Trpos v/iSs,
I

to tointer at a place
;

seq.

Ac

27^2

iv, ib.

28ii

Co

166

3i2.t

344

MANUAL GRKEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


-09,
r]

*'t"Trapa-xip,aCTia,

(^

Trapa-^^ct/Ao^o))

a Wintering: Ac 27^
:

(Polyb., al.).+
irapaxpilfAa,

adv.

(=

irapa to xPVt^)> [i^

LXX Nu
:

6^ 12*, Is 29^

30"

(DxriB), etc.;]

on the
v.

spot, forthtvith, instantly

Mt 21^^'^\ Lk 1*,
13U
1626,33 (qu the

439 525 844,47,65 1313 1843

usage in Mt, Lk,


irdpSaXis,

IQU 22o, Ac Dalman, Words, 28


f),

3^ 510 12^3
f.).t
,

-eo)s,
:

[in

LXX
:

for

103
*

Ca

48,

Ho

13^

Is 11, al.

;]

a panther, leopard
constantly
(a)
(cf.

Ee
xix)

IS'^.i

irap-eSpeuw, [in

LXX
:

Pr

1-^ 8^

;]

to sit

MM,
0.

t. Ova-iaa-Trjpiw, i
,

Co

constantly beside, attend 9".t

irdp-cifAi, [in

LXX

of

persons: Ee
seq.
iTTL,

13^'

1^

for XIjI etc. ;] 1. to be by, at hand or present; 17^; irapwv (opp. to dTrw), i Co 5^, 11 Co 10^'^^ gen., Ac 24i0; iv^Tnov, Ac 10^3; ivda^e, Ac 17";
11

Trpds, c.

acc. pers., Ac 12^'^, 6 Kaip6<;, Jo 7" T. Trapov,


;

Co

11^,
;

Ga
r)

He

12^^

^^^ q( dXr^^cia, II Pe

4}^>^o-^

things
1^'^
;

of time, ravra, ib. ^


:

T. Trapovra,

He

13'''.
:

2.

to

Field, Notes, 65) c. acc. rei, Mt 26*"

Lk 13^ Jo

have come or arrived (Hdt., Thuc, al. ll^s, Ac lO^i; seq. cis, Col 1; seq.

v.

tVi',

(cf. oT;v-7rdpiyxi).t

*
2.

irap-eicr-dyu), 1.

In late writers,
*+ irap-iCT-aKTos,
:

to

to lead in by ones side, bring forward, introduce. introduce or bring in secretly : 11 Pe 2^t -ov {<^7rapeL(Tdyoi), brought in secretly (as spies or

traitors)

Ga

2*.t

* Trap-eia-8uw (also -Suj'O)), to slip in secretly, steal in : nrapua-f&vrifTav (vulgar aor. ; pass, for act., Bl., 19, 2), Ju * (cf. also MM, xix).t * Trap-cio--pxo)jiai, 1. to come in beside or by the way : Eo 5^. 2.
to

come in
cl.
cr.

secretly, steal in
to
cf.

Ga

2*.t
:

* irap-eio--4)^p(i),
for
TTOLeta-OaL
;

bring in or supply besides


Deiss.,

ctttouS^v

tt.

(late

Gk.

BS, 361),
[in

11

Pe

l^.t
;

**t irap-cKT^s,
c.

cl. TrapiK,

-e'^,

Aq.

De

l^e

Al.,

Le

23^8*;]
2.

adv., besides, in addition:

to. it.

(sc. yivo/xcva), 11

Co

ll^^^

As

1. as prep.

gen., except

Mt

5^2 19^

(WH,

mg., E, mg.),

Ac

26'^^.f

chiefly for HZH ;] 1. to put in n-ap-)j.-p(lXX(i), [in freq. beside or between, interpose. 2. In late writers (Polyb., al., LXX) as technical military term (a) of soldiers, to draw up in line (freq. in
;

LXX

and

Mac o-oi, Lk
I
:

2*2, al.)

(b)

of siege works, to cast

up

c.

acc. et dat., p^dpa/cd

19*3.t
r}

irap-cfi-PoXr), -^s,
1.

{<^Trapix/3aiXXw), [in

LXX

chiefly for njnO;]

(^schin.). 2. In the Macedonian dialect (Eutherford, NPhr., 473), as a military term; (a) an army in (b) battle array : He 11^4 (cf. Ex 141^.20, Jg 416, al.; freq. in Polyb.) He IS^i'i^, Ee 20^; (c) barracks, soldiers' a camp (Ex 29^*, al.) quarters: Ac 2134.37 22^4 231' iS'^^ 28i (WH, txt., E, om.).+

an

insertion, interpolation

irap-cf-oxXeu,
to

-oi (cf.

eVoxA-tw), [in
{irapn)
:

LXX
c.

annoy concerning a matter


tirap-eiri-STjfios, -ov

dat. pers.,

(v.s. cvriOv/xcw), [in

nxb hi. (Mi 6^), etc.;] Ac 15^^.+ LXX: Ge 23*, Ps 38(39)"


for

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


(aofin) *
;]

345

sojourning in a strange place ; as subst., 6


i

it.,

a sojourner
i

of Christians,

Pe

1^

iivoc /cat

tt.,

He

11^^

trdpoiKOL koI

it.,

Pe
;

2^^ (v.

Deiss.,

BS, 149).t

Ttap-ipyp^oLi,, [in

LXX chiefly for 13^;]


18^^;
;
:

1. to pass,

pass by

(a) of

Lk c. ace. pers., Mk 6*^; c. ace. loc, Ac 16^; S^s (b) of things t. 7roT>]piov, Mt 2639 (dir' ifxov), ib. *2 seq. Bta, c. gen., Mt of time, Mt 14^5, Mk 143^ Ac 27^ i Pe 4^. Metaph., (a) to pass away, perish: Mt 5^^ 2i^^'^^ Mk 133o.i, Lk IG^^ 2132.33, Qq 517, ja 110, c. ace. rei, Lk ll*^ 1529^ II Pe 3^*^ (b) to pass by, neglect, disregard 123'' 17^, Ac 24'^, E, mg. (cf. dvri-TrapepxofiaLJ.f Lk 2. to come to, arrive
persons: absol.,
;

SYN.

irapa^aLVd}.
-ecus,
17

*'irdpe<ris,

(<^irapir)fu),

1.

a
:

letting

go,

dismissal.

2.

pratermission, passing by (of debt or sin)

Eo

S^^.t

Syn.

a</)(ns,

q.v.

irap-e'xu),

[in

LXX:
;

Ps 29(30)7 (lay
with
ref.

hi.),

etc.;]

I.

Act., 1. to

furnish, provide, supply

Mk show, give, cause : c. ace, Ac 22^, i 14, Lk 117 185, Ac 16i 1731 282, q^ giv^ i Ti &\ 2. to present, offer: c. pron. reflex, et ace. pred., to show or present 0. aec. et dat., Lk 62^ II. Mid., 1. to supply, furnish oneself (v. infr., and cf, Bl., 55, 1). or display of ones own part : c. ace. et dat., Lk 7*, Ac I92**, Col 4^. 2. In late writers, c. pron. reflex, et aec. pred. (= act. ut supr.), to show or present oneself (Xen., FIJ, al. cf. M, Pr., 248; Deiss., BS, 254) Tit 2^.1 ** irapTjYopio, -as, 17 {<^iTaprjyopeo), to address, exhort, console), [in IV Mac 5^2 6^*;] 1. an address, exhortation (LXX, 11. c). 2. comfort, consolation : Col 4^^.t
; ;
:

to incorporeal things, to afford, Ti 1*; c. ace. et dat., Mt 26^'',

LXX
IV

irapOe.'ia, -as,

v 7rap^Vos),
:

[in

LXX

Je 3* (Dniyj), Si 152 4210,

Mae

18^ *

;]

virginity

Lk

236.t

Tvap0Vo9, -ov, ^, [in

LXX
,

chiefly for
,

nbin^,
i' ^s

Ex

22>6(i5),

Jb
,

31i,

Is 23*,

al.

also for lyj

niTJ

24, Is
I

71*;]
ff-,

a maiden, virgin:
II

Ge Mt
Ac

24i*>

343,

and

for na!?:?

Ge

Co 725 Ee 144.t.

Co

112;

masc,
:

psiLxx) gs^'^.u, Lk F^, Ac 21^, of chaste persons {CIG, 8784 b):


2^.t

ndpOos,
let

-ov, 6,

a Parthian
:

irap-iTifit,

[in

LXX
:

alone,

disregard

Lk

Je 43^ (izriD pi.), etc.;] 1. to pass by or over, 11*2. pass., to be 2. to relax, loosen ;
:

relaxed,
dl/l/X,-).t

weakened,

exhausted

Trapetfiei/as

x^P'^',

He

12^2

(LXX

irap-Krrdj'u, V.S. TrapCaTrjfLi.


irap-ioTTjiii,

[in
to

LXX
place

for

mv
2.

etc.

;]

fut.,

1 aor.

1.

beside,

present,

Trans, in pres., impf., provide : c. ace., Ac 9*^


I.

232*, II

Co

41*,

Col

8^; seq. aec. pred.,


112,

222, Ac 13 2333, i 128; c. aec. et dat., 26*3^ 6^3,16 ^jate pres., Trapto-Taverc), ib. ^^ 12^, 11

Mt

Lt

Eo

Co Co
by

Eph

527,

argument,

to

Col 122, II Ti 215. prove (Xen., FIJ,

to

present to the

mind
II.

(cl.)

al.), c. ace.,

Ac

24^3.

Intrans. in

346

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


2 aor.
;

or beside one: c. dat. pers., Ac 1^' gay 23- 27-=^; ptcp., Mk '" 153'2^ Jo 18-^ 1926. 2. to appear: li^^. so fut. mid. pers., Ac 27"'^ c. nom. pred., seq. ivwmov, Ac 4^^ c. dat. (cf. LS, S.V., B, ii, 2), Eo 14^**. 2. to be at hand, be jyresent, have 4'-** (LXX) come : Ac qI servants in attendance, evwTrtov t. 6iov, Lk 1^^ 42^. of time, absol., ot Trapeo-Twres, Lk 19^4 seq. aL'Tw, Ac 232> ^ c. dat. 3. to stand by for help or defence (Hom., Dem., Xen., al.)
pf., plpf.,
1.

to

stand

/"/

''''

Mk

pers.,

Ko

162, ii Ti 4i7.t

riapp.ej'as, -a, 6,

Parmeyias
[in

Ac
:

6*.t

Trdp-oSos,

-ov,

r},

LXX
i

Ge

38^*
("^I")"!!).

etc.;]

a passing or

passage

iv

ir.,

in passing,
-w,

Co

16^.

irap-oiKeco,
1. in cl., to 2.

[in

LXX
(c.

chiefly for

113, also for ni2;\ ptZT;]

dwell beside
ll^.t
-a<;,
t]

In late writers,
2418,

to divell in

ace), among (c. dat.) or near by (absol.). a place as a TrdpoiKos (q.v.) or stranger ;
q.v.), [in

Lk

He

tirap-oiKia,

7rapoiKw,
(lig)^*

LXX:

II

Es

S^^ (nb-l),

Ps

33 (34)4 54 (55)15

ng

119 (120)5, La

2^2

(liaa

and cogn.

forms), Hb 3i, i Es b\ Jth 5^, Wi 630 719 * .] ^ sojourning : Ac 13i^ i


irdp-oiKos, -ov, [in

19io, Si prol.26 IG^

41^ 446,
in

^ Mac
Attic,

Pe

l^^.t
,

LXX

chiefly for IS

nsrin

;]

1.

cl.

dwelling near, neighbotiring

2. In late ; as subst., a neighbour. writers (LXX, Philo) and in Inscr. (Deiss., BS, 227 1; Kennedy, Sources, 102), foreign, alien; as subst., an alien, a sojourner: Ac 76 (LXX), 29. metaph., ^e'loi kcu tt. (opp. to cru/ATroXtTT^s), Eph 2^^; tt. koI

irapeTn8rjiJ.ov<i (q.v.), I

Pe

2^^ (v. Lft.


;rdpoi/i,os,

on Clem. Bom.,
[in

Co., l).t
.

irapotjiia, -as,

rj

(<[

by the tvay),

LXX
222.

Pr
2.

tit 1^

25\

(birn), subscr., Si 6^^ 8^ 182^ 39^ 47^"*;]


V.

a wayside saying (Hesych.;


:

LS,

S.V.),

a byword, maxim, proverb


,

11

Pe

In NT, of
:

figurative discourse (as bCTD


16-25,29 (v_

Is 14*,
ff.).t

al.),

a parable, allegory

Jo 10"

Abbott, Essays, 82

SVN. : napafioXy, q.v. *t irdp-on'os, -ov, = cl., irapotvtKos (irapd, oii'os), given to wine, drunken : i Ti 3^ Tit l^t * irap-oixofiai, to have passed by ; of time, to be gone by : iv t.
Trapw)(r]fjivat<;

ycveai?,

Ac

141".
c. dat.,

*t

irap-ojioidij^u, to

be like:
-r;

Mt

232^.t

*Trap-6juioios, -ov (also

(Hdt.), -a (Arist.), -ov), m^ich like, like.

Mk

71=^.

irap-o^uKu, [in

LXX

for |^K3

iqsp

731

etc.

;]

1.

primarily, but

never so in cl., to sliarpen {ixaxaipav, De 32*^, ]3B7). 2. Metaph., a3 (b) to always in cl., (a) to spur on, stimulate (Arist., Xen., al.) 9'' 1^, Ps al.) pass., Ac l?!", 105 (106)2^, provoke, rouse to anger (De
; :

Co

135.t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


TTopoloo-fios,
-ov,

347
Je 39
10^*.

7rapo^'v(ij), [in

LXX
:

De

29<28)27,

{B2y
2.

(5]y|5)

*
:

;]

1.

stimulation, provocation

tt.

ayd-n-qs,

He

irritation

Ac

15^^.t
[in
:

irap-opYiJiu,

LXX
Eo

to

provoke

to

anger

chiefly for 0^3 hi.;] (in 10^^ fLXX)^ Eph 6*.t

cl.,

passive only),

t irap-opyiap.os,
2326 (Dy3)
;

-ov, 6

(<^ Trapopyt^w)
918.26

[in

LXX:
a

III

Ki

15^'',

IV

Ki

IV

Ki

193,

Ne

(nyx?)

Je 215
less

(f)S|?.)

*;] irritation

(" distinguished

from

opyrj as

implying a
:

permanent
426.t

state "

ICC,

Eph., 140; and v. Tr., Syn., xxxvii) * irap-oTpoVu, to urge on, stir up: Hipp., and late writers) .t
III
II

Eph
c.

ace. pers.,

Ac
II

13^ (Pind.,

cl., a being present, presence : i Co 16^'', opp. to aTTova-M, Phi 2^2 (cf. 11 Mac I521). 2. a coming, arrival, advent (Soph., Eur., Thuc, al., v. LS, s.v. so Jth, I.e.,

Trap-ouam, -as, 17, [in Mac 31^*;] 1. usually in


10^*^;

LXX

Ne

2 A, Jth 1018,

Mac

812 1521,

Co

II

Mac

8^2)

11

Co

',

Phi

126,

n Th

2^; in late writers (v.

M,

Th.,

145 ff.; MM, xix; LAE, 372 ff.) as technical term for the visit of a king; hence, in NT, specif, of the Advent or Parowsia of Christ Mt 243.27,37,39^ I Co 1523, 1 Th 219 313 415 523, II Th 21.8, Ja 5^.8, n Pe 116 3*. 12, 1 Jo 228.t V.S. oi/^aptoj'), 1. a side-dish of *irap-o\|/is, -tSos, rj (<[7rapa, oif/ov 2. In Comic poets and late prose, the dish itself dainties (Xen., al.).
]

on which the dainties are served Mt 232^. 26. (In this sense condemned by the Atticists v. Rutherford, NPhr., 265 f.)t
:
;

it

is

TrappT]o-ia, -as,
IT.,

r)

(<^7ras

p^cris,
;]

speech), [in
1.

LXX
:

Le

2612

(/i.Ta

npn^hp), Pr

1^*^ lOi'*,

Wi

51, al.

freedom of speech, plainness,


al.)

openness, freedom in speaking (Eur., Plat., TrapprjaLa, adverbially, freely, openly, plainly,
1629 1820; opp. to
429, 31 2831.
ei'

Ac

4i3,

n Co
tt.,

312

Mk

832,

Jq

713,26 1024 ll^*

Trapot/xiais,
(i

Jo 162^;
4i8,

iy

tt.,

Eph
Eph

61^; /tera

Ac

22^

2.

In

LXX

Mac

Wi 51,

al), FIJ,

and NT,
312,

also (from
8,

the absence of fear which accompanies freedom of speech), confidence,


boldness
1019.35,
:

7*, Phi po, i Ti 3i3; 228321 417 51*; ftera TT., Jo


11

Co

cVv

tt.,

Phm

He
j^.

3
(as

He
Jo.,

4I6;
i,

ivTr.,

Col 215;

N^OrnDS
(without

in

Eabbinic

lit.;

v.

Westc,

262), in public, Jo 7*

and

iv) 1154.t

irappr)aidiio|xai

{<^irapprj(rLa),

Ps 11(12)5 93(94)1, Pr
boldly, be bold in speech:

20^,

Ca

Ac

Jb 2226 (jjy hithp.), Si 6"*;] to speak freely or 927.28 1346 143 1326 igs 2526, Eph 620,
[in
810,
7rda"r]<i,

LXX:

iTh22.t
irds, TTaao, iroi',

gen., Travros,
c.

TravTOS,

[in

LXX
Re

chiefly for

bs;]

0,11,

every.

I.

As

adj.,

1.

subst.
437

anarth.,
2io,
;

all,

every,

of every
18i7, al.
ir.

kind
mult.
i^oviria

Mt

310 423,

Mk

9*9,

Lk
2818,

Jo

Ac

2720,

Ro
;

78,

pi., all,

Ac

2215, -^Q 512^

2e
Ac

je, al.

of the highest degree,


229, al.

{irpodvpLia,

xapa),

Mt

1711,

Phi

also the whole (though


236,

in this sense

more

freq. c. art.),

Mt

23,

Ac

Ro

112.

2.

C. art.

348

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


all,

(before the art., after the noun, or, denoting totality, between the

and noun),

whole

Ga

51*,

Eph
As

416, al.; pi.,

Mt Mt

8=*^

1S\

Mk
4i3,

5^\

Lk

li,

Ac 7^\ Eo
9^^,

art. 3i9,

2*,

Mk
art.),

Ro

l^, al.

II.

He
Mt Ro
Jo
I

2^;
13>9,

pron., 1. masc. and fem., every one : seq. rel. pron., Mt 7^\ Ac 2-\ Ga S^o, al.;

Mk
c.

Lk
Lk Ro

16^*^,

ptcp. (anarth.),

Lk
;

114;

c,

ptcp.
ol
it.

(c.

Mt
Mt

5^2,

Mk Mk
c.

7^,

Lk

6*^,

Jo S^
2038,
11^^,
2.

116, al.

pi., TraVrt?, absol., all, all


;

men,

Mt

10^2,

Mk

IS^^,

I Co 8^ al. Co 10^^ Eph 413,

1" 326,

(collectively, as a definite whole),


01
(5crot),

al.;

tt.

42*,

1^2,

Lk

4*o, al.

Neut., (a) sing.,

irav,

everything, all: irav to,


(sc. ov)

Eph

Jo 216 5* persons (Westc, in


513, I

1.),

Jo
al.

ttSv 5, Jo I72, Ro ; 63"39; c. prep., in adverbial phrases, ha.


.

ptcp., i Co 102^.27^ 1423 collectively, of

TravTos,
II

always,

Mt
;

181*^,

Travrt,

Co
;

4^,

Phi
;

46, al.

(6)

pi., Traira, all

in everything, in every way, things : absol., Jo 13, i Co 21,

He
al.

28, al.

of certain specified things,

Mk

43*,

Lk

13,

Ro

828, i

t^^ 521^

ace, navra, adverbially, wholly, in all things, in all respects, 2035, I Co 925, al. Ac c. art., ra tt., all things (a totality, as distinct from anarth. Travra, all things severally; cf. Westc, Eph., 186 f.),
;

absol.
172^,
IT.),

Ro 1136, j Co 86, Eph 3, He 13, al. relatively, Mk 4^, Ac Ro 832, al TfdvTa ra, C. ptcp., Mt 1831, q\ ,ravTa Tavra [ravra Mt 632' 33^ al. Trai'Ttt, c. prep, in adverbial phrases, 7rp6 Trai/Twv,
:

above all
311, I

things, Ja
411,
;

Pe

n-as ov

{firi)

in all things, in all ivays, i Ti Kara Travra, in all respects, Ac I722, al. 3. C. neg., al. ouSct?, v.s. ov and jxri, and cf. M, Pr., 245 f.
512, i

Pe

4*

Iv

tt.,

t-n-do-xa,

to,

indecl.
:

(Aram. NFips),

[in

LXX
22i,

for nOg);]

1.

the

festival of the

Passover

Mt

262, yi^ ^41^


^opTr;

l^
tt.,

1839 191*,

meton.,
228'
13
.

Lk ^ the pascJial supper : Toiyu,a^iv to tt., Mt 261^, (a) ^0^^-^ .ro TT., Mt 2618 (b) the paschal lamb : Ovetv to
II28;

Ac 12S He

tov

Jo 213.23 6* ll^s 121 2*1, Jo 13i. 2.

Mk
tt.

I416,

By Lk

(Ex

12^1),

Mk
Mt

1412,

Lk

22"; of Christ,
1412.1*,

Co

S'';

c^ayeiv to
(cf. 11

it.

(lamb or supper),

261^

Mk

Lk

2211'

15,

ni.), Wi 122", gj 3316^ al. ;] to Trdaxw, [in suffer, be acted on, as opp. to acting, often limited by a word expressive

LXX: Am

Jo 1828 66 (nbn

Ch

30i').t

of

good or evil (a) of misfortunes (most word) absol., Lk 221^ 24*6, Ac 13 318 173,
; :

freq.
i

without any limiting


1226,

Co

He
Ac

2i8 926 1312,


916,

Pe

219' 20, 23 317 415,19.

seq. ^,^0, c. gen.,


i

Mt

17i2; imep,

Phi V^\

II

Th 1\
912,

31*; oXiyov {a little rvhile), i Pe 51; c. ace, Mt 271^, Lk 132 2426, Ac 285, Yi I12, He 58, Re 2io iraO-^fx.ara, 11 Co 16 TavTa, Ga 3* (EV cf. Lft., in 1., but v. infr.) ace. seq. a^rd, Mt I621, Lk 922 1725 ino, Mk 526, I Th 21* {b) of pleasant experiences (but always with qualifying word, eu or ace. rei) Ga 3* (cf. Grimm-Thayer,
hid, c.

Pe ace, I Pe
I

221

c.

dat. ref.,

Pe

41

Trcpi, c.

gen. (seq.
;

virip), 1

Pe

318

Mk

but v. supr.) (cf. irpo-, avv-7raax<^)-'^ ndrapa, -coi/, to, Patara, a maritime city of Lycia Ac 21i.t iraTcio-au, [in chiefly and very freq. for nD3 hi., also for f)33 2. Trans. = irX-qcrao}, etc. ;] 1. in Horn., intrans., to beat (of the heart). c. ace. pers., Mt 26^1, to strike, smite : absol., ci' fxay^aipa, Lk 22*^
s.v.
;

Interp. Com., in

1.,

LXX

MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Lk
Ac
2250;
72*.
c.

349

ace. rei,

Ac

12^;
:

of

Metaph., of disease

Ac

1223,

a deadly blow, Mt 2&^\ Re 11 IQi^.t

Mk W^,

iraWcj, -w, [in

LXX

seq. cTraVo) Scfiewv

k.tX

for !JT7, etc.;] 1. intrans., to tread, walk: 2. Tians., to (fig.), Lk 10^9 (cf. Ps 90 (91)13).
;

tread on, trample : t. Xr/vdv, Ee Id^o 1915 (cf. Jg 927^ La l^^, al.) of the desecration of Jerusalem by its enemies, Lk 212*, Ee 11^ (cf. Kara-,
TrepL-, ev-7rept-7raT(o).t

iraTTJp, irarpos, -rpi, -ripa, [in

LXX
;

chiefly

and very

freq. for

ON ;]

a father ;
anarth.,
01
TT.

1.

He
I

prop., (a) of the male parent: Mt 2^2, Lk 1^^, Jo 4^3. 12^ (M, Pr., 82 f.) pi., of both parents (cl.), He 1123;

T. a-apKos,

He

12^

(b)

of a forefather or ancestor (in

cl.

usually in

pi.; Horn., al.):

Mt

3^,

Lk V^ Jo

8^^
(a)

al.; pi.,

Mt

233.32^

Lk

623.26,

Jo

an author, originator, or Pind., Plat., al.) Jo 8*^"*^, Eo 4n, 12, 16 (j^ a,s a title of respect or honour, used of seniors, teachers and others in a position of responsible authority (Jg IT^**, n Ki 2^2, Pr 18, al.) Mt 23^ Ac 72 22i, i Jo 2^3. 3. Of God (as in cl. of Zeus) as Father (a) of created things t. c^wtwv, Ja 1^" (b) of all sentient beings Eph S^^'^*, He 12^ (c) of men, esp. those in covenant relation with Him (freq in OT and later Jewish lit. v. Dalman, Words, 184 ff.) Mt 6\ Lk 636, Jo 42i_ Ja 39^ al. 6 tt. 6 cv (t.) oipavoU, Mt 5^\ Mk 1125
420,

Co 10^ al. 2. Metaph., archetype (= airtos, dpxriy6<i, etc.;


.

of

TT.

6 ovpdvLo<;,

618,

Ga

4",

Mt 61* 1513 Eph 2^8 4, i


11'
:

Jo

esp. in the Epp., of Christians 2^; c. gen. qual., t. oiKTipp^wv,


:

Eo
11
;

8^5, 11

Co

Co

13; t.

(Dalman, Words, 190 ff.) (a) by our Lord himself 6 tt., Mt Lk IO21.22, Jo 520-23, al. 6 w. p.ov, Mt 1127, al. blvr. ovpavoh, Mt 7", al. 6 oipdvio^, Mt 15i3 vocat., Jo ll*i 1227. 28 171,5,11,20,25 (cf Abbott, JG., 96 f.) (ft) by Apostles: Jo T* (anarth.;
So^s,
;
;

Eph

{d)

of Christ
1125-27,

v.

M,

Pr.,

I.e.),

Eo

15,

11

Co

13 113i,

Eph

13,

Col

l^.

He
:

15, i

Pe

l^,

Ee

1 (cf.

Westc, Epp.
-fj,

Jo., 27-34).

ndxfios, -ov,

Patmos, an island in the


{<^-naT-^p),
615,
II

^gean Sea Ee
a^, Ex
al.
;]

1^.+

irarpaXuas, V.S. TrarpoXwas.


iraTpid, -as,
17

[in

LXX
14^,

chiefly for
(22)27,

61*,

al.,

also for

nmvn

ancestry (Hdt.).
(so

irdrpa (more common in cl.), a family or tribe sometimes in Hdt., in LXX of related people, in a sense narrower than (^vX-q and wider than otKos v. Ex 123, ^u 3228) Lk 2* in a wider sense (i Ch 1628, pg 21 (22)27), Ac 325 (lxx), Eph 3i5.t
;
:

Ex 2. =

Ki

Ps 21

1. lineage,

tiraTpitipxilS,
II

-ov,

6 {<^TTaTpid,

ap;^co),

[in

LXX:
Ch
7*.t

Ch

2431 (3X),

Ch 198 2612 (ninxn crxi), i Ch 2712 IV Mae 719 1625*;] a patriarch Ac 229
:

(-iy), 11

2320 (niNi^Tie?),

78.9,

He

irarpiKos,

-77,

-ov
: rj

{<^7raTrjp),
li^.t
,

[in

LXX

for

3^, Ge

508,

al. ;]

paternal, ancestral
irarpis,
-i8os,

Ga

{<^iraTrip)

[in

LXX
;

chiefly for Dl^iD;] prop,

poet.

fern,

of

ndrpLos,

of one's fathers

as

subst.,

v.

Trdrpa,

350

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

mg., He 11^*; fatherland, country, home, native place: Ac 18^^ of one's own town, Mt IS'**' ", Mk SL ^ Lk 4:^^'^\ Jo 4".t HarpoPas, -u, 6, Patrohas : Ko 16^*. * irarpoXwas (-oAwa?, Rec. in cl. -aXotas, V. Bl., 3, 3 6, 2, and -ov, 6 (<^ Trar^p + aXouiw, to smite), (a) a parricide: cf. yaryrpoAwas) I Ti 1 (AV, R, txt.) (6) a smiter of his father : ib. (R, mg.).+ *t TraTpo-irapd-SoTOS, -ov {<^iTarr)p, 7rapa8i8a)^i), handed down from ones fathers, inherited: i Pe 1^* (Diod., al.).t
;

WH,

irarpwos,
ii-iv

-a,

-ov

7raTi?p),

[in

LXX

Pr

27^0 (nx),

II
:

Es
Ac

7^,

Mac 12*;]

of ones fathers, received

from

one' s fathers

22^

2414 28i7.t
riauXos, -ov, 6 (Lat.

Paulus),
:

1.

Sergius Paulus
freq.

Ac

13'^.

2. the

Apostle Paul
I

(cf.

SaOAos)
315.

Ac

13^,

and

throughout Ac,

Ro

1^

Co

11, al., II
iravo),

Pe

[in

LXX
I

for

Mid., to cease, leave off: 138; c. ptcp., Lk 5*, Ac 5*^ 61^ 13i 20^1 2132, Eph 116, Col 1^ He 102; c. gen., d/xapnas, i Pe 4i (WH, mg., R, txt.) c. dat., ib. (WH, txt., R, mg.).t

hinder

c.

ace. rei, seq.

nbs pi., etc.;] 3i''('^^^). a-n-o, i Pe

to

make

to cease, restrain,

Lk

82* 111,

Ac

201,

Co

n(i<|>os, -ov,

rj,

Paphos, a city in Cyprus


thick), [in

Ac
to

IS^'i^.t

Traxoi'aj

7raxv?,
;

LXX: De
:

321^,

Is 6io (por), al.;]

to thicken,
(t. ij/vxds,

fatten
;

pass., to groiv fat.

Metaph.,
rj

viakedull or stupid

Plut.)
-r}<;,

pass., to
rj

ire'ST),

wax gross

KapSia,
[in

Mt

131^,

Ac

28^''

(LXX).t
,

Trc'^a,

the instep),

LXX LXX

for TXffn^

etc,;]

a fetter:

Mk
level,

5*,
-rj,

Lk
-ov

S^^.t

ireSifos,
{t} it.) ;]

(< TreSiov,
Lk
6i''.t

a plain),

[in

chiefly for

rh^Wi

plain

*iTiu'w (<[7r^os), to travel


irej^TJ,

on foot or by land: Ac

20i^.t

V.S. Trends.

Tvei^s,

-i

-ov

7rovs),

[in

LXX

for ^^31;] 1.

on foot:
:

14i^ (WH, mg., R, txt.). 2. 0pp. to going by sea, hy land (WH, mg., R, mg.). 3. As adv., ttc^^ (sc. 6S<5), on foot or hy land: Mt 1413 (WH, txt.), Mk 633.+ TTCiGapxew, -w (< 7rt^op,ai, apxfj), [in LXX: Da LXX 72'' (jrJDl?)'),

Mt Mt

14i3

Si 3038 (3328), I c. dat., Ac 2721


I

Es
.

89* *

;]

to

obey one in authority, he obedient

Tit 3i

3-!.+ Q^^^ Ac *+iTcie6s (Triads, WH), -Yf, -ov (-<7ret^co), Co 2* (not found else where).

529.

cl. TTi^avds,

persuasive

riciOoS,
:

suasion
TriB6<i,

2. perPeitlw, Persuasion (as a goddess). h> TTudoi (so Orig., Eus. and some cursives in i Co 2* for
-ovs,
17,

1.

q.v.).+

iri0w,
(i)

[in

LXX

chiefly for nt32, its parts

and

derivatives;]
;

Active;
147),

1, trans., 10

Pr.,

to

apply persuasion ("conative" in pres. v. M, prevail upon or win over, persuade: absol., Mt 28i*,

MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Ac 1928; seq. II Co 5", Ga
c.
Trept, c.
l^*'
;

351

gen.

rei,

Ac

19*;
I

c.

ace. pers.,
;

Ac
;

t.

Ka/aSta?

TjfiCJv,

Jo

3^^

c.

ace. seq.
ff.)

Trtpi,

12^^ 14^^ ig*, Ac 28^^


ace. seq. Lva

ace. et

inf.,

Ac 13
2.

^ 26^*

(v.

Field, Notes, 141

c.

Pr.,

Intrans., 2 pf. TrcVot^a with pres. sense (v. M, to trust, be confident, have confidence: Phi I''. " c. dat., c. ace. et inf., Eo 2^9 c. ace. ref. (v. Ellic, in I) Phi ll^ Phm2i; lauTw, c. inf., ii Co 10"; seq. iv. Phi 33.*; iu Kvpioy 10^* (T, E, mg.', 6ti, Phi 2^4. ,vi', c. dat., Mt 27 (WH, mg.),
(Plut.),

Mt 2T\

147,

154; BL, 59, 2):


;

Mk

WH,
;

om.),
;

Lk

1122 189^ II

3* (v. Lft., Notes, 127) ek, c. ace. mg.) id. seq. on, ii (ii) Pass, and mid. 1. to be persuaded, believe pers. seq. on, Ga 5^^. 13^8 c. dat., Ac 282* absol., Lk IS^i, Ac 17* 211*, (v. M, Pr., 158) c. acc. C. ace. et inf., Ac 262^; so also pf., iriiraa-ixai, 7rc7retcr/Aevo? ei/Lit
;
:

Co He Co 2\ ii Th
19,

2^3; cVi, e.

ace,

Mt

27*3

(e. dat.,

WH,

He

206; -^^^ Rq &^, ii Ti 1^.12; c. acc. et inf., ref. seq. n^pi. He n-epi, c. gen. seq. on, Eo 15^*. 2. to listen to, id. 0. Iv KvpLu), Eo 53^.37,40 2321 27^1, Eo 2^, Ga 5^, He 13^^ Ja 33 obey: e. dat pers., Ac
6^; 14^*

Lk

(cf. dva-7ri^(o).t

neiXaxos (Eec. ntAaVos, Tr., -Stos, V. 15^, Lk B\ Jo 1829, Pontius Pilate : Mt 272,

WH,
Ac
to

Mk

App., 155), -ov, 3^3, i Ti 6^3, al.

6,

irClK

=
3

TTieiV, V.S. TTtVCU.


-co,

TTcimw,

[in

LXX
Ee

chiefly for 2^"^

;]

hunger, be hungry

Mt
I

42 121'

2118 2535.

37, 42, 44^

Mk

Co

411 1121.34,
TTCipa,

Phi
17
,

412,

7i;

-as,

(<C] Trctpao)),

nD3

pi.)

33* (HDa)
;
tt.

Wi

1820.25,

Lk 1*3 42 63, Eo 1220 (LXX)^ metaph., Mt 5, Lk 621.25, Jo 635.+ [in LXX De 285" ^^ Xafx-fiav^tv, n Mac 89, iv Mac 81*;] a trial, ex225 1112^
:

yeriment

Xafx.fia.vfiv, to

make

trial,

have experience of:


of ireLpdw, q.v., [in
to try, attemjit

He

1129|36

(for exx., V. Field, Notes,


-ireipdj^u,

232

f.).+

poet,

and

late prose

form
2.

LXX

for

(Luc, Polyb., ;] Ac 92 16" 246. 3, j^ LXX al.) inf. (v. c. 4), and NT, like Heb. nD3 c. acc. pers., to test, try, prove; (a) in a good sense: Jo 6", 11 Co 13*, He lli^, Ee 22; esp. of trials and afflictions sent or permitted by God (Ge 22i, Ex 2020, Wi 35, al.), i Co 10i3, He 218 415 1117. 37, Re 310 (&) in a bad sense (Apoll. Ehod., 3, 10) of the attempts made to ensnare Jesus in his speech, Mt I61 193 2218, 35, Mk 811 102 1215, Lk llie, Jo 8^6] of temptation to sin, to temjJt, Ja 113.14 ^y Hort, in 1.), Ga 61, Ee 2io esp. of temptations of the
nD3
pi.
1.

to

make proof of (Hom.). M, Pr., 205 Bl., 69,


;
,

Mt 41.3, Mk tempter, Mt 43, i Th


devil,

li3,

Lk
(c)

42,

Co

75,

Th

35;

6 ir^ipa^wv, the

35;

in

bad sense also (Ex

172.^,
:

Nu

I422, al.),

Ac I510, i Co 109 of distrustful testing, trying or challenging of God 39; T. TTvevfxa Kvpiov, Ac 59 (cf. K-7rtpa^<o).+ (WH, mg., c^cTTctpao-av),

He

Syn.
+
=a TTcipa,

8oKLfjLd^(i),

q.v.

TTCipao-fios,

-ov,

{^^iretpd^di),

[in

LXX

for

n^O

]t^5^j]

effect,

an experiment (Diosc). 2. a trial, of ethical purpose and {a) in good or good or evil (v. Hort on Ja li3) neutral sense Ga 41*, Ja I12, i Pe 412 esp. of afflictions sent by God
vsrhether
:

352
(De
1*
;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


719, Si

2\

al.)

11

Pe

2^,

Re

3i
;

pi.,

Lk

2228,

Ac

20^^,

Ja

l^, i

Pe

of trial regarded as leading to sin, temptation : Lk 8^^, i Co 10^3, 1 Ti 6^; of the temptation of Jesus by the diivil, Lk 4^^; ctV^cpeiv 1438, Lk 11* 2240.46- (c) of {ipX(rdai, elcripx-) t? ir., Mt G^^ 26*1,
(b)

Mk

the testing or challenge of

God by man
t.

(v.s. Treipd^w, 3, c.)

He
,

38 as

(LXX
the

Ps 94

(95)^,

where Kara

rjfiepav irupaa-pLOV

= H^O UV^

day of Massah).f SYN. : SoKLfJilOV. TTcipdw, more commonly as depon.,


attempt
:

veipdofxat, [in

LXX

for nD3;]

to try,

Ac

26'^^.f

*tir6ia|xoi'Ti, -V'>>

V
:

{<C-^etO(i>),

persuasion
11
tt.

Ga
iv

58.t

ir^ayos,
SVN.
behead
:

-ovs, to, [in

LXX:
;

Mac
t^s

521,

sea, the deep, the sea


:

Ac 27^
;

t6

Oa\(i(rarj<;,

Mac 7^*;] Mt 18*.


an

the deep

daXdcTcra (q.v.)
ttcA-ckv?,

and

cf. d/3vcrao<;.

*t ireXeKij^a) (<<
c.

a battle-axe),
al.).t

to

cut off ivith

axe, esp. to

ace,

Ee

20* (Polyb.,

TTc'/iTTTos, -rj,

-ov, [In

LXX
7^^,

for ^CT'^pn

and cognate forms ;]


to

fifth

Re
c.

69 91 1610 212o.t
Tr^fiTTu,

[in

LXX

chiefly for nbtZT;]

send;
9^, al.
;

(a)

of persons:

ace, absol,
1410,
(cf

Mt 22^ Lk
;

Jo

l^^^

n Co

ptcp. seq. verb.,

Mt
112

Ac

1931, al.; ptcp. seq. Sid

(= Heb.

11^5,

Ki

I620, al.),
;

Mt

Re V) of teachers sent by God, Jo l^^ i^\ Eo 8^, al. c. ace. seq. tt/oo's, c. ace, Lk 42*, Jo 16'^, al. seq. et dat., I Co 4^'^, Phi 2^9 Xeytjv (cf. Heb. -lbs!? nbm, Ge 382*, al.), Lk 7'i9; seq. ets, c. ace. loc, Mt 28, Lk 1515, al. seq. eis (of purpose), Eph 622, Col 48, i Pe 2^* 22i Ee ll^o seq. tk, Ee c. inf., Jo 133, I Co 163, lie (b) of things 111; id., of purpose, Ac IF^, Phi 41^; c. dat. pers., 11 Th 2"; tt. t.
;
;

hpiiravov aov (cf.


141^'
18

^a7roo-Ttt'A.aT

Spenava

7S0 ^Tl?^

>

Jl

(4)13),

j^q

(gf

ava-, K-, fxera-, trpo-,


:

(rvv7rt/JLTro)).

SvN.
Wi'Tjs,

dirocTTeXXw, q.v.
-rjTo<;,

6
"^2^

(< TTcVo/Aat,
,

to

work for

one's

daily bread), [in


his
living,

LXX

for ]V^tf,

bl,
11

etc.;]

one

who works for

labourer, a poor
:

man

Co

9^.f

Sya\ TTTwxos, properly a beggar and implying deeper poverty than TT. (v. Tr., Syn., xxxvi Abbott, Essays, 78).
;

TtivOepd, -as,

rj

(fem. of irevOepos), [in

LXX
,

for

nian ;] a mother38i3, al.

in-law

Mt

81* 1036,

Mk V\ Lk

438 i263.t

-rrecOep^s, -ov, 6, [in


]i:in,

LXX

chiefly for DPI


:

Ge

also for

Jgli^A;] a father-in-laiv
TT'0ea), -to,

Jo

18i3.t

[in

LXX
i

chiefly for
;

blN;]

to

modern

(for),

lament;
122i.t

Ee

(a) intrans. 18i5> 13 ; seq.


:

Mt

5* (5) 91^,
iiri,

c.

Co 52 tt. ace, Ee 18"


;

Kal KXaUiv,

Mt

I610,

Lk
Co

625, jg, 49^

(b) trans., c.

ace,

11

STJf.

v.s. 6pr]V(D.

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


ir^fSos, -ovs, TO,

353
Ja
4',

[in

LXX

chiefly for

b^\] mourning:

Eel87.8

21*.t
-ov (<! ""O'o/tai, V.S. irevrj^), [in
;]

ir>'ixp<5s, -a,

LXX: Ex
tt.,

22^**

0?^)

Pr

28^5

29'^

(b?) *

chiefly in

Comic poets and


:

late prose (but Plato,


v.

Bep., 578 A),


ircvo-dKis,

needy, poor adv., five times : u


TreV?/?,

Lk 2P
ll^^.t
:

(for ex. in

MM,

xix).t

Co

Lk

irckTOKKT-xiXioi, -ai, -a, /ive 91*, Jo 6io.t


Trci'TaK<5<noi, -ai, -o,

thousand
:

Mt
7*^, i
al.

I421 16,

Mk

6** 8i,

five

hundred
:

Lk
14^^

Co

15'.+

irivT, indecl., 01, at, rd,

irKTc-Kai-8cKaTos,

-rj,

-ov,

five the fifteenth


:

Mt

1320

TrerrriKon-a, indecl., ol, al, rd, fifty 6*0.+ 91*; Karh IT., dva TT.,

Lk 3^.+ Lk 7" 16, Jo 8"


:

21", Ac

Lk

Mk

irevTr]KO(TTf\,
ir6i'TT]Ko<rr6s,

-rj<s,

^, V.S. ttcvtt/koo-tos.
-ov,

-^,

[in

LXX

for

CCroq, Le

25^"'", iv

Ki

14*; ^ ir., To 2^, 11 Mac 12^2*;] fiftieth. As (a) (sc. fnpk), at Athens, a tax of two per cent. subst., 17 TT. {h) (sc. rjfiepa, i.e. the fiftieth day after the Passover), Pentecost, the second of the three great Jewish feasts (To, 11 Mac, 11. c. ; kofyrr} i^SofidSwv,
1523.27; I
II
; ;

Mac 4,

Mac

De

1610, al.)

Ac

2^ 20^^, 1

Co

168.+
[in

ir6iroi0r]<ns, -cws,
:

v 7rt'^a>),

LXX:

IV

Ki

18^9 (fintsn) *

;]

confidence

word

is

11 Co Eph 3^2; seq. cis, n Co 822; ^^ py 34 condemned by the Atticists, v. Eutherford, NPhr., 355).+

l^^ 3* 10^,

(the

nip (akin to
to the

Trepi),

enclitic particle,
:

adding force or positiveness

word which precedes it indeed, by far, etc. In the NT, it is always affixed to the word to which it relates, v.s. SioTrcp, idvirep, eiirep,
iirfLTTtp, eTreiSiQTrep, y}TTp,

KaOdirep, Katrrep, oanrep, wcnrtp.

*iTpaiTip<a

L, Tr.,

WH

(<[7rpa,

beyond),
-rrcpl

compar. adv., beyond: Ac

19'*,

(T,

Eec, E,

iT4pu>v).f

ircpac, adv., [in

LXX for
:

l^jr

and cognate forms ;] on


;

the other

side, across (usually

the older poets, as prep.

Mt

415 (LXX). 26 191^


(b)

with the idea of water lying between) (a) as in 221 25 c. gen. t. 6a\dc<rr]^, Jo 6^' ^ 'lopSdvov, 128 32 10*0; t. x^^t^^ppov r. Ke'Sptov, Mk 38 IQi, Jo
^'^>

Jo 181;

TO

TT.,

the region beyond, the other side:


.r.

Mt

818-28 1422 iqs^

Mk

435 521 6*5 813;


-ir^pas, -ttTos,

6a\d(T<n]s,

Mk

51

T. \Lp.v7Yi,

Lk

822.t

TO (^TTcpa, beyond), [in

LXX

chiefly for
:

y^, nyp

and cognate forms ;] an end,


pi., T^i
TT.

T.

y^s,

Mt
'

12*2,

Lk

limit, boundary ; (a) of space chiefly in 1131; .r. oJkoi^/a^t^s, Eo IQiSd^); (b) (opp.

to dpxv) i^^ ^^^

C- g6Il., dvTtXoytas,
rj

He

61'.+

ncpyafjios, -ov,

(so Xen., Paus., al.,


;

but

-ov,

and most

writers, also in Inscr.

in

NT the termination
2 12.+
:

to in Strabo, Polyb., is uncertain),


13i3' ^* 142*.t

Fergamum, a
n^PYT],

city of

Mysia

Ee 1"
23

-175, 17,

Perga, a city of Pamphylia

Ac

354

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


irepi,
;

prep. c. gen., acc (in cl. also c. dat. cf. M, Pr., 105 f.), with radical sense round about (as distinct from dyu^i, on both sides). about (poet.). 2. Causal, about, on I. C. gen., 1. of place, 1^*, Lk 4^^, Jo 16^^, accoxmt of, concerning, in reference to : Mt 2^, Ac 28^^ al. mult. ra ircpi, c. gen., the thiiigs concerning one, one's 5-^", Ac 28^^, Eph 6^^, al. at the beginning of a state or case: 7^, al. ; in the sense on account of sentence, Trepi, regarding, as to, i Co (Mt 26^8, I Co 1^3, al.), often with iirip as variant (cf. M, Pr., 105). 1^, Lk IS^, II. C. acc, 1. of place, about, around : Mt S\ Ac 22", al. ; oi TrepC, c. acc. pers., of one's associates, friends, etc., 410, Lk 22*9, Jo 1119^ Ac IS^^ ; 01 Trepl r. ToiaCra ipydrai, Ac 19^5 metaph., about, as to, concerning: i Ti l^^ 6\ 11 Ti 2^^ 3^, Tit 41^. 2. Of time, in j ^^pi ^, Xonra iTnOvfilai, TO. Trepl ifi(, Phi 223

Mk
;

Mk

Mk

Mk

Mk

a loose reckoning, about, near : Mt 20^' s. e, 9 2746, Mk 6*8, Ac lO^. 22. III. In composition roundabout {TrcpLfidWo}, irepiKtifxat), beyond, and above (Trepnroieu), Trc/atXctVw), to excess (Trepupydi^ofjiai, Treptcrcrivw). over Am 2i ("Sjbn hi.) Is 28^^ Ez 47^ (nnO irepi-dyo., [in
:

LXX
i

hi.,

ho.)
:

Ez
c.
;

37^ 462i (-Qy

hi),
9^.

11

Mac

4^8 G^o*;]

1.

to
:

lead about or

around
v,

acc. pers.,
c.

Co

2.

Intrans., to go about

Ac 13";

seq.

acc. loc. (governed by the Trcpi-, not so in cl., v. Bl., 23l^ 6.t 53, 1), Mt 95 34, 1 chiefly for liD hi. ;] to take away that -w, [in ircpi-aipe'w, which surrounds, take away, take off (rei'x^, Hdt., Thuc. x'^'i'i'a, t. Ka\v/x,/i,a, pass., BaKTvXLov, Ge 41*^, cf. a(j>pr]yi8a, Hdt., ii, 151) Plat.
423
;

Mt

Mk

LXX

II

Co

to cast loose

3^"; as nautical : ib. 28^^.

term (RV,
Metaph.,
lO^i.t
ill

to

cast off), dy/cvpas, Ac 27***; absol., take away entirely : eXTrt's, pass.,

Ac

27^0; afxapria<i,
**ivepi-dirTw,

He

3^*;] 1. to tie about, attach. 2. In late writers, to light a fire around, kindle : irvp, Lk 22^*.t iv Mac 4^** * ;] to flash around : c. acc, **t irepi-aCTTpdirrw, [in Ac 93; seq. TTtpt, Ac 22^ (Eccl. and Byzant.).t chiefly for nOS pi., also for Wlh TmSt irepi-pdWw, [in throw aroujid or over, put on or over ; (a) of siege or defenetc. ;] to
[in

LXX:

Mac

LXX

LXX

sive works xpa'<a ctol, (b) of clothing, to put on,


:

Lk

19*^

(WH, mg.

-n-apefifi-,

WH,
Mk

txt.)

acc rei, Lk 23" wrap about, clothe with : 2536.38,43- c. dupl. acc. (notch; Bl., 34, 4), Jo 19^; 14^^ 16^, acc. rei (cl.), pf. pass., to have wrapped round one 79.13 iQi 113 121 174 1816 1913. c. dat. rei. Re 4* (WH, txt.; seq. e^, Re
acc. pers.,

Mt

WH,

mg.)

fut., seq. Iv (cf.

De

22^2,

Ps 44

(45)9. i3)^

Re

3^.
6^9,

Mid.,

to

clothe oneself, wrap round or p^it on oneself : absol., Ee 318; c acc. rei, Mt 63i, Ac. 128, Re 198.t
ircpi-pXe-irw, [in

Mt

Lk

12^'',

LXX
:

to look about 3*' 3*,

one
610
.

{at)

for ntir etc ;] to look 98 10^3 ; c. inf., absol.,


,

around
53^
;

(at).

Mid.,
pers.,

Mk

Mk

c acc.

Mk

Lk

^^y^^,

Mk

ll".t
Trepi/SdWd)),
is

ircpi-poXaiot', -ov, to

[in

LXX

chiefly for IZTQ^

mD5

and cognate forms ;] that which

thrown around, a covering

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


in

855
a

NT,
:

(a)

a mantle (Ps 101


ll^^ (but v.
:

(102)27, ig 5917^ al.)


l.).t

He

112(Lxx); (h)

veil

Co

irepi-S^w,
c. ace. et dat.,

ICG, in [in LXX Jb 12^^ (^DX) * ;] pass., Jo 11**.+

to tie

round, hind round

1. to waste one's labour about a thing, 2. to he a busybody : 11 Th 3^^ (cf. Plat,, ApoL, 19 B).+ * TTcpicpyos, -ov, I. of persons 1. over careful. 2. curious, meddlifig, a busybody : 1 Ti 5^^. II. Of things 1. over-wrought. 2, super3. curious, uncanny ; to. it., curious arts, magic : Ac 19^* fluous.

**Tr6pi-cpYceSofiai, [in

LXX: Wi
;

8^

K^

Si 3^3 *;]

(v. Deiss.,

BS,
:

3235.).+
[in

ircpt-c'pxojjiai,

LXX
Ti
5^
:

itinerant)

Ac
to

19^3 28^3 (-jrepieXovTe^,

chiefly for aSD;] to go about (as an E, mg.), He 11^7; t. oi/ct'a??

WH,

from house

house
[in
:

5^^.f

irepi-cxw,

LXX
Lk
;

for
(cf.

^DK

f]p3 hi.,

rJDX

pi.,

etc.

;]

1.

to

sur-

round, encompass

contain, esp. of books intrans. (Bl., 53, I3


rrepi-j^cSi'cuiii
,

c,

MM,
(c,

MM, xix). 2. to comprehend, include, ace, Ac 23^^, Eec. ace. to a late usage, xix; Hort, in 1.), it stands written, i Pe 2*.+
;

for

Veitch, s,v.), [in chiefly for "Tjn also dupl, ace, as 6 Trepi^wwvwv /xe hvva^Lv, Ps 17 (18)32) pass., at oo-^vcs 7rept^(ocr/i.vai, Lk 123^ tt. ^wvrjv xpvcnjv, Re 1^3 15 (but V. infr.). Mid., to gird oneself: Lk 123^ n& (and so perh. Ee, 11. c. supr., cf. i Ki 2*) ; c, ace. rei (fig.), t. 6(r(f>vv, Eph 6^*
-xna (v.
,

and

LXX

17X

etc.
:

;]

to

gird

(seq. ev, cf.

Ch

152').+
-eto?,
r,

**+Trcpi-0c<ns,

Trcptri^r^yai),
i

[in

Sm.

Ps 31

(32)^*;]

putting around, putting on


ircpi-ioTTj/ii

Pe

33.+

(Eec. -ta"rr]fu), [in LXX: Jos 63 (220), u Ki 13^^ Ki 416, Ep. Je37, Jth 522, 11 Mac 14^*;] 1. to place around. 2. to stand around : Jo 11*2 q ^cc. pers., Ac 25^. Mid. (in late writers), to turn oneself about to avoid, to shun : c. ace. rei, 11 Ti 2^*,

(ar:

ni.), I

Tit 39.+

+ "irepi-KdOapfio,
completely,
I.

De

to (<[ Trcpt/ca^atpw, to purify on all sides or IS^o, Jos 5*, iv Mac 129*), [in Pr 21i8 ("1513)*;]
-tos,

LXX
;]

a victim, expiation (Pr, ICC, in 1.).+


TTcpi-KaO-itw, [in

l.c).

2. refuse,

rubbish

pi., i

Co

4^3 ty

LXX

(Diod., IV

Ki

62*, i

Mac
[in

for ll^i, al.).

mu

DPlb ni., etc.


to sit
pi.,

1. to invest, besiege

2.

irepi-tcaXuirru),

LXX
:
:

for
c.

nOS

around : Lk 22", L, txt.+ yztD pu., etc.;] to cover

iround, cover up or over


](pvaL(a,

ace.,

Mk

14^^,

Lk

22^*

pass.,

seq.

He

9*,+

**'Trepi'-Keifiai, [in

ibout
fig.,

/ii;A,os,

XiBos
12^.

uaprvpuiy,

He

Ep. Je 2*. 58, IV Mac 123 * .] 1^ ^^ n^ ^ound (EV, were hanged about), Mk 9*2, Lk 172; ve^os 2. to have around one, be clothed with : Ac 282'^
-as,
rj,

LXX

daOevetav,

He

52.+

+ 'ir6pi-Kj>aXaia,
I

[in

LXX

for

JQIS JOIp
,

;]

a helmet

fig.,

Th

5^;

c.

gen. explic,

tt.

t. a-tarrjpLov,

Eph

6^^ (cf. Is 59^^^.+

356

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


-e's,

**t ircpi-KpaxTis,
of:

[in

LXX Da th Su ^^ A *
:

;]

having full command

Ac

27i''.t

*t TTCpi-KpuPu, V.S. TrepLKpVTTTO}. *t Trepi-KpuTT-Tw, to conceal entirely, keep hidden: late 2 aor., Kpvjiov (but V. Bl., 17; Soph., Lex., s.v. TrepiKpvfSca), Lk P*.t
of a besieged city,
TTcpi-KOKXow, -w, [in Lk 19*^.t
Trpi-Xeiiro|xai,

Trcpte-

LXX chiefly for 330


:

;]

to encircle,

encompass

*t irepi-Xa/xTTw, to shine arou7id

c.

ace,

Lk

2'^,

Ac

26^3.t
ll

depon. mid. and pass.,


l^^ 8^*,
:

[in

LXX:
Es

Ch

34^^

{law

ni.),

II

Mac
Mt
[in

iv

Mac
:

12'*

13^^*;]

to be left

remaining,
very sad,

remain

over, survive

Th

4^^' ^".t

irepi-XuTTos, -ov, [in

LXX
Mk
Le

Ps 41

(42)5.ii, j

89, al.;]

deeply grieved

2638,

6^6

U^\ Lk
(mp

IB^s.t

Trepi-fi^'a.,

LXX: Ge
:

49i8

pi.),

Wi

812*;] to wait for: c.

ace, Ac l*.t ** irc'pil, adv., * irepi-oiKcw,


irepi-oiKos,

[in Al.

-w, to dioell
-ov,

[in
:

13^3 * ;] round about : al ir. TroXet?, Ac S^^.t round about : c. ace, Lk l^^.t LXX for 133 etc. ;] dwelling around ; as
,

subst., 6

TT.,

a neighbour

Lk

1'^ (cf. 7rXi7o-tov).t

t irepiou'atos, -ov {<^TripUip.i, to be over

and
;]

above), [in

LXX: Ex

195 2322,
possession

De
:

142 26^8 (n^?q


tt.

'D

ny) *

one's

own, of one's own

Xaos

(cf.
rj

LXX,
2.

11.

c), Tit 2^*.t

irepi-oxVi, -^s,

7r6pixa)), [in

LXX

for

HTl^p
pi.,

IISD

etc.;]

1.

compass, circumference.
irepi-iraTeu,
-w, [in

a portion circumscribed, a section: Ac


chiefly for
l^e
;

8^2.

LXX
52^,
;

"JJ^H

hith.

;]

to
;

loalk

absol.,

Mt
;

95,

Mk

5*^,

Lk
Iv

ll*-*
T.

hid, c.
fig.,

gen.,

Jo Lk Ee ^V"^ eV,
1235,
6^6,
I

o-Korm,

Jo

812

Jo

^n-avo c. pred., yv/zvo's, Ee IG^^ 11^7 123^, Jo 7^ ll^S Ee 2^, al. 16,7 211; ^^,; c. gen., Mt 142^; id. c.

Mk

dat., ib.25;29. ^,^^^

living, passing one's

Plut.,
41,

draKTcus, II

LXX, TT.; Th 3>ii;


110, I

3^; napd, c. ace, Mt 4^8. Metaph., of conducting oneself (like dvaarpecfiufxaL in Xen., M, Pr., 11; Deiss., BS, 194): dKpLJ3w<;, Eph 51^;

Jo

Ee

life,

twxT/ftovojs,

Col

Th

212

KaOw^

((S?),

Eo 1313, Eph 417


S^
;

Th

4^2; d^t'ws,
317, I

58'

l^ Phi

(Ss, I

Co

717

seq.
4'

nom.

qual..
6*, 11

Phi

e
;

dat.,

Ac

2121,

e gen., Eph Th 41 o^tw^ Eo 13^3, n Co


;

1218,

Ga

516

seq. ev,
, al.
;

Eo
iv

Co

42 5^ 103,

He
I

139, II
33, II

Jo

XpiarQ, Col 2

Kara,

Eph 22. 10 4^7 52, Col 3- 4^, e ace, Mk 7^ Eo 8* 141^,


to

Co
.

Co

102, II
to

*+
.
.

Trepi-ireipw,

Jo (cf. iv-Trepnrareoj). put on a spit, hence,

pierce: metaph., iavrov

08m at9, iTi6i.t


-ircpi-Tri'TTTo,,

[in

LXX: Eu
10* *
:

23,
1.

11

Ki

1^

(mp), Pr 11^
2.
;

{bS2),

Da
I2

LXX
seq.

29, II

Mac

6i3 97'2i

;]

to fall

around.

to fall

in with,

light upon,
is,

come across

c. dat., ATyo-xats,

Lk

103**

ireipaafxoL'i,

Ja

Ac 27^\f

ircpi-iroiew, -w, [in

LXX
to

for ivn pi., hi., etc.

;]

to

make
:

to

remain
(cf.

over, preserve.

Mid., (a)

keep or save for oneself

t.

^vxtjv

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Xen., Cyr., iv, 4, 10; Arist., Pol, v, 11, 30), Lk IT^S; (b) gain for oneself, get possession of (Thuc, Xen., al.) Ac 20^^,
:

357
or

to get
i

Ti

3^^.t

t ircpi-iroiTjo-is,

-ecus,

rj

(<^

TreptTroiew), [in
1.

LXX
He

II

Ch
(11

4^3(11!) ^-j.,|-|p^^

Ma
Pe

31"

(n^^P),

Hg

210(9)*;]
:

preservation:
2^*

10^9

Ch,

I.e.).

2.

acquisition, obtaining
intr.).
I

3.

a possession:

Th 5^, 11 Th Eph 1^* (but v.

(and so perh.

Eph
ICG,

1^*, v.

supr.,

and

cf.

in

1.),

29 (Lxx)f
nepi-paivui {-ppaivw,

nT3

hi.
txt.
;

E,

Eec, V. WH, Ajjp., 139 f.), [in to sprinkle around : Ee 19^^ T {pepavna-ixevov, ;] fte/3afji.fjivov, Eec, E, mg.).t

WH

LXX
;

for
pe-,

** Trepi-pVjyi'u/jii (Eec. -pp-, V. supr.), [in LXX: 11 Mac 438 *;j Iq break or tear off all around : freq. of garments, t. IfidTia, Ac IS^-.t irepi-aTrdw, -w, [in chiefly for HJiT;] to draw around, draw Metaph., to distract : pass., Lk 10*^.+ off or away.

LXX

tirepicracia, -as,

17

(<C] TTcpto-crevto), [in

LXX
(a)

Ec jj

(]i'ir^1

^^*^ COgn.

forms,

1^,

al.)

;]

1.

abundance, superfluity

Eo

5^'^,

11

Co

8^ 10^^,

Ja

1^1 (so

also Inscr., v.
-ro'i,

LAE,
to

80).

2.

superiority (Ec, v. supr.)


[in

(b) profit (ib.).t

t irepiao-eufjia,

(<^-n-c/3to-o-evo)),

LXX: Ec
:

2^^*'^
123*,

that

which
(cf.

is

over

and

(q.v.), II

Co
I.e.
;

813.

above, superfluity,
pi_^

abundance
tt.

opp. to

va-Teprjixa

Mk

88

metaph.,
[in

t.

KapStas,

Mt

Lk 6
ib. 3,

Ec,

Plut., al.).t

irepio-CTCuu

Trcptcro-os),

LXX:

Ki

2^3

(rT'niO),
i

Ec
I.

319 {-ITT ni., -inr).

To

416, Si 10^^ ll^^ 19^*

3038 (3329),

Mac33o*;]

Prop., intrans., 1. of things, to be over and above the number (Hes.), hence, (a) to be or remain over : Mt 14^" 153% l^ 917^ Jq 512, 13 ^^^ ^^ abound, be in abundance : Mk 12", Lk 12^5 21*, Ac IG^, Eo 3" 5^^ 2. Of persons, (a) to abound in, have in abundII Co 1^ 8^ 912, Phil ^*. ance: I Co 1412 1558, Phi 412. 18; c. gen., Lk 15^7 T; (b) to be superior or better, to excel : absol., i Co 3^ 8^; c. dat. ref., 11 Co 3^; seq. eV, Eo 1513, 1 Co 15^8, II Co 39 87, Col /a5A.Xov, i Th 41. 10 fx. koX fx.. Phi 19 520. II. In late writers (Lft., Notes, 48 f.), trans., (a) to irXdov, Mt
.

make
252''
;

to
c.

abotmd
gen.
:

c.

ace. seq.

rei,

Lk

15P,

WH

eis,
;

11

(&)

Co 4^^ 9^, Eph to make to excel

1^
:

pass.,

Mt

I312

c,

ace. pers., dat.

rei, I

Th

3^2 (ef. v7rcp-7rpto-o-vw).t

SYN.

TrXcom^o).
-17,

irepio-aos,

-O'',

[in

LXX

for iriH

and cogn. forms;]


lO^**, 11

1.

viore

than sufficient, over and above, abundant: Jo (a popular substitute for ttAciwv, B1., 11, 3^), gen., ib. ^^ (EV, more than others ; but v. infr.)

Co

9^; c. gen.
c.

Mt
;

53'';

id.

ellips.
6^1,
:

ck Trepto-o-oC,

Mk

Eec, T. (on

VTrkp ck

it.,

V.S. VTrepeKTrepLO-a-ov).
123=*;

Compar.
irepLo-orm),
1

neut., -oTfpov

Lk

12*' *8; e. gen.,


II

Mk
6^''

adverbially
c.

(cf.

more abund;

antly,
fiaXXov

Co

108,

He
73".

71^

gen.,

tt.

TravTwv,

Co

IS^''

pleonast.,
stiperior

IT.,

Mk

2. oiit

of the

common, pre-eminent,

358

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


(Thayer,
s.v.,

Mt

5*'^

but

v. supr.)

to

tt.,

as subst.,

Eo

3^;
i

compar.,
1223.24^

-6Tepos, c. gen., II Co 2^.+

Mt

ll^,

Lk

T^o

c. subst.,

Mk 12*o, Lk 20*^
Ps 30

Co

irepio-a(5Tepoi', -cos, v.S. Trcpitro-tos.

ircpiaauis,

adv.

(Trcpicrao's), [in
"ID."!),

LXX
Mk

(31)23 (-ip^-by),

Da
ex-

TH T'^^

8^ (n^ri!,

II

Mac
27"''3,
;

S^^ 12**

A*;] beyond meamre,


15^*,
;

ceedingly,

abundantly:
1^*,

(a) TTcpto-croTepoi'

Ga

II*,
II

Phi

Ac 26ii. Compar., II Co 1^^ 2* 7^^ 11^^^ (v.S. Trcptcro-os) {b) irepiao-OT^pois I Th 217, He 2^ 13^9 tt. /a5XAov, ii Co T^ opp. to

Mt

lO^^

^TTov,

Co

12i5.t
rj,

ircpiorepti, -5s,

[in

LXX
Jo

chiefly for
132 21*. 16.t

nzv

;]

a dove

Mt

3i<'

lO^''

2112,

Mk

110 1115^

Lk

224 322^

chiefly for blD;] (Ion., Epic, and late irepi-Te'fit'a), [in writers), to ctit around (Hdt.), hence, to circumcise (tt. to. alSola, Hdt.) Lk 1* 221, Jo 722^ Ac 78 155 163 2121. Pass, and mid., to be circumcised,

LXX

receive circumcision
(cf.

Ac 15\
Col 2"

Co
,

7^^,

Ga

23 5">
f.

3
;

612. i3_

Metaph.
xix).+

De

1016,

Je

4*, al.).

(v. Deiss.,
,

BS, 151

MM,

for ]n3 DliZT etc. ;] to place ovput around : 2133 27*8^ 12^ 1536, Jo 19^9; of garments, etc., c. ace. et dat., Mt 15^7 (Si 63i). to put on: Mt 27^8 Metaph., like Trept/SdWw, to
Trepi-Ti0T]|jii,

[in

LXX
Mk

Mk

bestow, confer (Thuc, al,


ftrepi-TOii-fi,
-ijs,

Es

l^o)

Co

1223.t

(b=ia ni.,

17l^ V 7rptTe>a)), [in LXX: Ge nbllD), Je ll^* * ;] circumcision ; (a) of the rite itself

Ex
:

425.26
722 23^

Jo

Ac

Eo

78, 411, 225-28 31, I

Eo

Ga
719,

Co

5", Phi 3^; {b) of the state of tt. ^v, Eo 410 Ga 5^ &\ Col 311
;

circumcision: (c) by meton.,

rj tr.

61

TreptTiJiy]9ivTi<i,

Eph 211; qI j'^ Ga 212, Tit 110 Eo 229, Col 2", Phi
;

circumcised : Eo d^^ 4^' 12 158^ Qa 2"-9, ^5 ^^ of Jews, Eo 4^^; of Jewish Christians, Ac II2, ol Ik tt. -n-to-roi, Ac 10*^ ot 0VT6S Ik tt., Col 411. Metaph.,
the
;

33.t

** TTcpi-Tpe'iTw,
dat.,

Ac

523*;] to turn about, [in 262* (^f piJ, Ant., ix, 4, 4).t 8^2, Je 5^ (ranizr pil.) * irepi-Tp^X*^, [in
:

LXX Wi
:

turn:
;]

c.

ace. et

LXX Am
LXX: Ec

to

run about

c.

ace. loc,
655, II

Mk

65\t
[in
7^(')
:

Trepi-<f)e'p(i),

(b^H

po.),

al.

;]

to

carry about:

Eph 4^*.+ ** Trpi-(|)poi'^w, -w, [in LXX iv Mac 6^ 14^ * 1. to examine on all sides, consider car ef^dly (Aristoph.). 2. = virepfftpoveo), to have thoughts
Co
4}\
Pass.,

Mk

metaph.
:

;]

'beyond, to despise

(Thuc,
[in

Plut., al.
:

iv

Mac,
(17

11.

c.)

Tit 2i5.t
aboiit,
rj

ircpi-)(<opos, -ov,

LXX

chiefly

tt.)

for

133 ;] round
128,

neighbouring (Dem., Plut., al.). In (sc. yrj), the region round about: Mt

LXX
1435,

and NT, as

subst.,

w.

Mk

Lk

41*' 37 71" 837,

Ac 14* 17 IT. Tov 'lopSdvov, Lk same region, Mt 35,


;

33

by meton.
wipe

for the people of the

**t

irpl-^y]]ia, -tos,

to (<^

Trepti/^aw, to

off all Tound), [In

LXX

MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


To
5^^

359

;]

that

which
I

is

wiped
4^^

off,

offscouring

metaph. (assoc. with


;

(and so prob., To, I.e., as EV; but v. Thayer, s.v., for the meaning expiation, ransom, in To and cf. LS, s.v. Kd6apfia; hit., Notes, 200 f., and on Ign., Eph., 8).t *t irepircpeoofiai (<^ Tre/DTrcpos, vainglorious), to boast or vaunt oneself: I Co 13* (elsewh. only in Antonin. v. Abbott, Essays, 87).t ricpCTi's, -iSos, 7), Persis : Eo 16^.t *t Wpoai, adv. (^ire/jas), last year, a year ago : airo tt. (as in ir., v Deiss., BS, 221 LAE, 70), ii Co S^o 9\f ireTdo/jiai, [in De 4^^ * ;] false form of Trordofiai, poet., frequentat. of irerofiai (Aristoph., al.), Eec. for ircVo/xai (q.v., cf. Veitch,
n-epiKaOapixa,
q.v.),

Co

LXX

S.V.).

jreTLv6s, -T], -01/ (<[ TTCTo/Aat), [in chiefly for Jljijr;] in trag.. Ion. and late writers, winged, flying ; as subst., to tt., a winged fowl, 4*' ^2, Lk 8^ Q^s 122* 13i9, Ac lO^^, a bird : pi., Mt &^ S^o 13*- ^2,

LXX

Mk

lie,

Eo

123, ja,

37

WTojiai, [in chiefly for 19^^ (Eec. Trerdofjiai, q.V.).t


ir^Tpo, -as,
17,

LXX
[in

qw;]

to

fly:

Ee

4^

8" 12" 14
i.e.

LXX

chiefly for yl^p

ns

;]

a rock,

a mass
:

of live rock as distinct


724, 25 2751, 60^

from TrcVpos, a detached stone or boulder Mt 15, Lk 6*8 8' 13 of a hollow rock, a cave, Ee 6^^' i (cf. Is 2^0, al.). Metaph., Mt 16^8 (on the meaning, v. Hort, EccL, 16 ff., but cf. also ICG, in 1.), i Co 10*; = TreVpos, Eo 9^^ i Pe 28

Mk

(LXX).t
ricTpos,
:

-ov,

(i.e.

stone, v.s. TreVpa,

Kr]<f)a.s),

Simon

Peter, the
to, to.
tt.,

Apostle Mt 4^8 102, Mk 3i, Lk 58, Jo 1*^' *3, al. * irTpc58T)s, -? (<[7reTpa, etSos), roch-lihe, rocky, stony: of shallow soil with underlying rock, Mt 13^' 20, Mk 4^' ^^.t
* TnY<fa,vov, -ov, to,
TTTjYT],

rue

Lk
Pe

11*2.+

-^s,

rj,

[in

LXX
;

chiefly for ]^y, also for


2^7
;

llpD,
;

etc.;]

spring, foimtain : Ja fed by a spring, Jo

311, 11
4*5

t. vhd.TiMv,

Ee

810 14^ 16*

of a well

tt.

tot)

ai/xaro?,

of a flow of blood,

Mk

52^

metaph., Jo

4^*,

Ee

T^^ 216.t
,
,

chiefly for nt33 also for ypn etc. ;] to make 82 (cf. 7rpoo--7r7/yvu/Ai).t fast, to fix; of tents, to pitch : * TrqSdXioK, -ov, to {<^Trr]86^, the blade of an oar), a rudder : Ja 3*; pi., Ac 27*o.t
TTTiYi'oixi,

[in

LXX

He

miXiKos,

-rj,

-ov,

[in

LXX: Za
? rjXiKo^

22(6)

(n^g),

iv

Mac Ga

I522*;]
'7r6a-o<s

interrog., how large, how great quantity): in exclamations, = personal greatness. He 7*.t
irr\\6s, ov, 6, [in

(prop., of magnitude, as
(v.

of of

Bl.,

51,
;]

4),

6";

LXX chiefly for Iph WM


,

1. clay,

as used

by

a potter

Eo

9^^ (cf. Is 29^*, al.).

2.

fi6p/3opos,

wet

clay,

mud

Jo

96, n, 14, 16

**Tnipa, -as,

^,

[in

LXX:

Jth lO^ IS^o.^s*;] a Zeai/ierw ^owc/i for

360

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


a
ivallet
IQio,

victuals, etc.,

Mt

Mk

68,

Lk

(Deiss. thinks 9^ 10* 2235. ^e.t

an alms-bag,

v.

LAE,

108

ff.)

Tn)x"s> -fws, gen. pi., -Siv (for Att. -cwv, v. WH, App., 157 Thackeray, Gr., 151; Deiss., BS, 153), [in chiefly and freq. for 2. As a measure of length, a cubit m^lliJ;] 1. the forearm (Horn.),

LXX

Mt

627,

Lk

1225,

Jo

218,

Re

21i7.t

TTid^w (cf.

MGr.

TTiavw; v.

Kennedy, Sources, 155), Doric and


;

late Att. for TrieXw in its later senses

[in

LXX

Ca
to
11

2^5

(^nx),

2321*;]
(v.

1.

to

lay hold of:

Ac

3'^

(Theocr.).

2.

take,
1132,

Si capture,

apprehend: Jo

730.32,44 820 iQsg 1157 213,

w Ac 12^
1.

Co

Ee

I920
to-

MM,

xx).t
[in

TTi^j^cj,

LXX

Mi

6^5

(rjTi)

;]

to press,

press

down or

gether : Lk 638 (^^Yj 2. Later, to seize (v.s. 7ria^w).t * mOai'oXoYia, -as, 17 {<Cm0av6<;, persuasive, plausible), in cl. (Plat), the use of probable arguments, as opp. to demonstration (dTToScifis) hence, persuasive speech : Col 2* (v. ICG, in l.).t
;

Tri66s, v.s. Trei^os.

iriKpaiVo)

bitter:

Ee

for l^D ?)Sp etc. ;] to make (<[ TTtKpos), [in 10^; pass., ib. S^^ lO^O; metaph., to embitter (LXX):
, ,

LXX
[in

pass., seq.

tt/jo's.

Col
T]

3^^.t

TTiKpia,

-as,

{<^TnKp6<;),

LXX

chiefly for "(Q,

Wlip
;

and

cognate forms ;] bitterness ; (a) of taste (Arist., Je 15^^, al.) (6) metaph., of temper, character, etc. Eo 3^'*<i^^\ Eph43i; pt^a 7rt/c/)tas, He 12^5 ^(pXt] it., a malignant disposition, Ac 823.t
:

niKp6s,

-a, -6v

(poet, in

cl.),

[in

LXX
for

chiefly for

IQ

;]

1.

sharp,

pointed.

Ja

3^^

2. sharp to the senses; of taste, bitter: metaph., harsh, bitter : ib. ^*.

opp. to yXvKv,
pi.;]

-iriKpcis,

adv. (<;7riKpos), [in


iriKpov SaKpvov,

LXX

ia
TT.,

na
Mt

bitterly:

metaph.,

(cf.

Horn.), IxXaucre

26'^5^

Uj

22^2 ^y_

MM,

xviii, S.V. n-apaKoXovOeoi).f


riiXciTOS, v.s. IletXaTOS.
Tn'fnr\Ti/ii,

[in

LXX

chiefly for
c.

and impf. the other tense forms; to


in pres.
pass.,

of ttX-^Ow (intrans. in
fill
:

also for V2iO ;] trans, form these tenses), which supplies ace, Lk 5*"; c. ace. et gen., Mt 27*8 j
,

N^D

Mt

22^*^,

Ac

192^; of that

which
:

fills

or takes possession of the

mind:
139*5.

pass.,

c.

gen.,

Lk

lis. 41, 67

428 526 511,

Ac

2* 310 48.

3i

51^ 91^

Metaph.

(as in

LXX

fulfil: pass., of prophecy,


lfi-irLp.ir\-qpiL) .t

K^a Ge 292^ Jb 2122; of time, Lk Lk


for

1532), to complete,

123,6726,21,22

(gf

SyN.
521,22,27

TrXrjpoipopiw, irXrjpota.

the simple form), [in LXX: Nu burn. 2. Later, to cause to swell; mid., Ac 28" (cf. ip.TrL-7rpr}fx.i).f of parts of the body, to become swollen (LXX) ** mmKiSioi', -ov, TO (dimin. of TrtmKis, q.v.), [in Sm. Ez 92*;] a writing tablet : Lk l''3.t
irifiTTpriiit

(in cl. prose, rare in


1.

(nax)*;

to blow,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


**'irn'OKis, -iSos,
17,

361

[in

Sm.

Ez
:

9^^*;]

TrtvaKiov,

tablet

Lk

l'^,

Tr.,

mg.

(v.S. 7rivaKtStov).+

**irlvai,

-oKos,

o,

[in

LXX

iv

Mac IT E*;]
(a)

plank; hence, of various flat wooden articles; disc, a dish : Mt li*-", Mk 625.28, Lk ll.t
Ttivu, [in al.
;

prop., a board, a tablet; {b) a

LXX
Mt

chiefly for nntsr


625.
31,

;]

to
;

drink
;

absol.,

c.

ace. rei,
;

Mk

14",

al.

of habitual

Lk 2^9, Jo 4^, use, Lk l^s, Eo

of the earth absorbing to Trorypiov, i Co 102\ al. 6^ rain (Hdt., al.). spiritually, of the blood of Christ, Jo 653, 54, 56 seq. (of the vessel), Mt 2627, al. ; id. (of the drink; Bl., 36, 1), Mt 2629, Jo 413.14, Ee 1410, al.; AttS, Lk 22i8 (cf. Atto-, (tw-ttiVw; on the
142^, al.

by melon.,

He

form

irUa-ai,
f.,

Pr., 44

Lk 17^, v. BL, 21, Thackeray, Gr., 63 f.).


rj

8,

and on the

contr. aor.

-n-elv,

M,

ttkJttjs, -77TOS,

{<^TrL<Dv,fat), [in

LXX

chiefly for

IST"!!;]

fatness:

Eo

lli^t
irnrptl(TKw, [in

LXX
I

134" (on this

pf., v. Bl.,

Mk
Eo
fall

145,

71* (cf. IV
iriTTTOj,

Jo 12^; c. Ki 1717,
[in

chiefly for "TSD ni. ;] to sell : c. ace. rei, Mt c. gen. (of price), Mt 269, 59, 5), Ac 2*5 434 54 ace. pers. (of slavery), Mt 182^; hence metaph.,

Mae

l^^, al.).t
;]

LXX
:

chiefly for bS3


Trapa
t.

to fall ;

1. of
;

descent, to fall,
15i*, al.
;

down

or

from

seq. cVt, e. ace. loe.,


8'^
;

V ficVw, c. gen., 1527, al. ; iK,

Lk

o86v,

Mt 102^, al. tk, Mt Mt 13*, Mk 4*, Lk 8*


810 9^.
;

seq. airo,

Mt
Ja

Mk
K.

132^,

Lk

lO^s,

Ee
1311

Metaph.

6 ^Xtos, seq.
;

cTTt,

Ee

71^
2.

d^A-v?

(TKOTos,

Ac

kA.^/3os,

Ac

I2

vtto Kpiariv,

Of prostration, (a) of persons, to fall prostrate, prostrate oneself: xa^ai, Jo 18"; seq. liri, e. acc, Mt 17", Ac 9*; id. e. gen., Mk 920 Trpos T. T^as, Ac 510, Ee l^^; 7ro-<ijv l^^v^i, Ac 5^; of
512.
;

522, supplication, homage or w^orship Trpos {Trapa, irrl) t. Tro'Sas, 5^^ 19'* 8*1, Ac 102 5, al. Lk tt. kol TrpoaKivelv, Ee ptep. e. TrpoaKwelv,
:

Mk

Mt

211, al.

iviLiTLov,

Ee

410 5^; iwl 7rpoo-(o;rov,

Mt

26''9, al.

(b) of

things,

to fall, fall

down
15i,

Mt

21**,
;

Lk

233*>; of falling to

ruin and destruction,

Mt

725,

Ac

He
;

Metaph.: Eo 11";
to (TTTQKuv,

Eo

14*

(timeless aorist; M, Pr., 134), Ee 182. Ee 2^; opp. to to-raVai, I Co 1012; of virtues, i Co 13^ ; of precepts, Lk 161^. (Cf.
ll^o
Ittco-c

TroO^v ireVTajKas,

dj'a-, dvTi-, airo-, iK-, i-m-, riio-iSia, -as,


17,

Kara-, Trapa-,

irepL-, Trpocr-, o-vv-TriTTTO).)

Pisidia, a region of Asia

Minor
:

Ac

142*.t

DiaiSios, -a, -ov,


iriCTTcow, [in

Uio-iSi/cos,

LXX

of Pisidia

Ac
1.

132*.t

chiefly for

]ax

hi.

;]

intrans., to have faith

(in), to believe; in el., e. ace., dat., in significance of the various constructions, v. Eo 45 ; Ellic. on i Ti li ; Abbott, JV, 19-80)

NT
:

M,
;

also c, prep, (on the Pr., 67 f. ; Vau. on


absol.,

Mt

2423. 26^

Mk
.

1321, I

Co

1118

c.

ace. rei,
freq.

Ac

13*i,

Co

13^

e. dat.

pers. (to believe


. .

what one
Jo

says),

Mk

16Ci3.i*], i

918; esp.
813,

and most

Jq 41; t. yf^ivSei, 11 Th 2"; -rrepl with reference to religious belief:


;

5tl,

absol.,

Mt
II

supr.,

Mk 53, Lk 850, Jo ll*o, al. seq. 6ti, Mt and cL DB, i, 829a), Jo 312 52* G^o 83i, Ac Ti 112, I Jo 5^^, al. c. prep, (expressing personal
;

928, al.

c.

16^*,

Ga

dat. (v. S^i^^^),

trust

and reliance

362

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


;

as distinct from mere credence or belief v. to believe in or on : iv (Ps 77 (78)22, al.),

Mt
Phi
cVt,

18,
129,
c.

Jo 211 (v^ Westc, in 1.), and freq., I Jo 510, I Pe 18 CIS T. Srofjia (v.s. ovofia), Jo
;

M, Pr., I.e. DB, i, 829 b), Mk 1" (v. Swete, in 1.) cis, Ac lO*^ 194^ Rq iqu^ Ga 2^\
;

1^2 223 318^ j

ace,

Mt

27*2,
I

Ac
116,
;

9*2
I

un

Jq

513

igsj

22i9,

Ro
;

4^;

cVi,
ol

c.

dat.,

Ro

as subst., IGfis], Ac 42 Ac 2*^ Ro 322, 1 Co 121, al. aor., Ac I918 212" (on pf.^ Johannine use of the tenses of tt., v. Westc, Epp. Jo., 120). 2. Trans., to entrust: c. ace. etdat., Lk IGU, Jo 22*; pass., to be entrusted with: c. ace, Ro 32, I Co 917, Ga 2^, i Th 2* (v. Lft., Notes, 21 f.), i Ti 1",
tt.,

933 (Lxx) iQiMib.)^

Ti

Pe 2MLXX);

ptcp. pres.,

Mk

Tit

13.

haviiig the gift of persuasion (Plat,, 455 A). 2. (a) of persons, /ai^/i/?^Z, irws^^ (Plut.) {b) of things, 14^, Jo 123.t trustworthy, genuine : vapSos it.,
-q, -6v (ttio-tis), 1.

*t moTiKos,

Gorgf.,

Mk

TTiaTis, -60)5,

17

[7ri^w), [in

LXX
:

chicfly for njIDJK;] 1. in active

God

always of religious faith in ^erme, faith, belief, trust, confidence, in or Christ or spiritual things Mt 8i, Lk 520, Ac 14'', Ro 1^, i Co
25, II

NT

Co
312,

12*, I

Ti

l\
;

al.
c.
II
;

c.

gen. obj.,
Iv,
;

Mk
32^,
;

II22,

Ac

31^,

Ro
li^.

322,

Ga
1*,

21^,
i

Eph
Co

Ja
Ti
1^,

21, al.

prep.,

11* 313, II
Trpos, I
I

113 315^

Th
312

Phm

1613, I
;

Co
is

135,

2021 242* 26I8, Col 2^, i Pe I21 6I Ittl, C. ace. ev ttj tt. arrjK^iv (civat, /AcVeiv), Ti 215 i^aKor^ ^^5 ^., Eo 15 162 6 ck tt., Ro 32

Pe

11

^5,

Ro Ac

Ga

326,

Eph

Col

Ti

He

4i,

Ga

hih. (rijs) TT.,

Ro

330,

Ga

21^,

Phi

3^.

By meton., objectively,

the object or content of belief, the faith : Ac 6'^ I422, Ga Phi 126,27, Ju3.20, and perh. also Ac 13^ IG^, Ro l^ and 1626 (v. supr.), I Co 1613, Col 123, t^ 32 (Lf^^ ;^qi^^^ i^b), i Ti li^ 3^ 41,6 58 610.12^ II Ti 38 4^ Tit l*'i3 315, I Pe 5^. 2. In passive sense, (a) Mt 23^3, Ga 522; ^ tt. toO e^oi, Ro 33; {b) fidelity, faithfulness: objectively, plighted faith, a pledge of fidelity i Ti 512. (On the various shades of meaning in which the word is used in NT, v. esp. ICG on Ro 117, pp. 31 ff. Lft., Ga., 154 ff. Stevens, Th. NT, 422,
that

which

123 323 610,

515

ff.

DB,

i,

830

ff.

Cremer,

s.v.)

iri<rr<5s, -v?,

-ov {<CTri$(o), [in


;

LXX
li 621,

chiefly for ]lpN3;]


:

I-

Pass., to
252I'
23,

be trusted or believed

1.

of persons, trusty, faithful

Mt 24*^
i

Lk

12*2,

Ac

1615,

He
II

217 32.
33,

5, 1

Pe

512,

Co Re
c.

42. 17 725,

Eph
;

Col

I2. ^

4^.

Ti

I12, 11
i

Ti

22,

2i3
II

19"
Ti

of

419 213, seq. Iv, 2523; ^^pi davarov. Re 210; 5 ^^^^^^ ^ ^^ Re 1*; id. koI aXrjOivo^, Re 31*. 2. Of things, trustworthy, reliable, 133*, i t^ -^n 31 49^ Ti 2", Tit 1" 3^, Re 215 226. stcre : Ac H. Act.,
;

Th

He
;

1023 11",

God, i Co 1^ i Jq 19, i pe

10i3, 11

Co

lis,

Th 52*, Lk 16i"-i2

1917,

Ti

311

l-iri,

ace,

Mt

believing, trusting, relying : Ac I61, 11 Co 6i5, Ga 3^, i Ti 41" 51* 62, Tit 1, Re 171*; pi., Ac 10*5, I Ti 43.12; opp. to ^Trto-ros, Jo 2027; ^. tts Oiov, I Pe 121 TT. TTouLv, III Jo 5. (On the difficulty of choosing in
;

some cases between the


157.) +
iriCTTow,

active

and the passive meaning,

v. Lft., Gal.,

-w (<^7rto-ros), [in

LXX

chiefly for

]DX

ni.

;]

to

make

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


and
trustworthy (Thuc, iii Ki mid., to be assured of :
1^),
c.

363

Ch 17^*). Pass, Ti 3^^.t irXacdtu), -to (<^ TrXaVr;), [in chiefly for T\ST\'i\ to cause to wander, lead astray. Pass., to go astray, tvander : Mt 18^2, i3^ jjg jl^^, I Pe 2^5 (cf. Is 53"). Metaph., to lead astray, deceive: c. ace. pers., 135' , Jo 712, II Ti 3^\ i Jo l^ 2^6 3^ Ee 220 129 1314 Mt 24^' 5' "'24, 122^' 27, Lk 1920 208' 8' 10; pass., to be led astray, to err : Mt 2229,
hence,
to establish (i

ace. rei,

ii

LXX

Mk

Mk

218,
i-rrb

Jo
T.

747^

Ti

313,

Tit 33,
5^9;
fJL^

He

52, 11

Pe
I

2^5,

Ee

1823

^^ ^^^g,'^^

He B^^

dXr/^ei'a?,

Ja
rj,

TrXavaaOe,

Co

69 IS^^,

Ga

6^,

Ja

l^" (cf.

diro-TrXavaw) .t

nUvj],

-r)^,

[in

LXX:
:

Pr 148 (nnip),
127,

Wi

1^2,

al;]

a wa/n-

dering. Metaph., a going astray, an error respect to morals or religion) Mt 274, Eo II Th 211, Ja 520, II Pe 2i8 3^7, i Jo 4, Ju^i.t
*TrXdi'T)s, -rjTO<;, 6, V.S. TrXavr/XT;?.
irXakiiTTjs,
-n-XdiT^s,

(in

NT
Eph

always with
4^*,
i

Th

23,

-ov,

(-e^TrXavdw),
tt.

[in

LXX: Ho

a wanderer:
mg., -r).t

do-Tepcs

(cl.

-planets),

(TIS)*;] = ivandering stars, 3n^^


9^'^

(WH,
2.

irXdi'os, -ov, [in

LXX
:

Jb 19*
:

(nailffO),
tt.,

Je 2332*;]
i

1.

wandering.
subst., 6
tt.,

leading astray, deceiving


deceiver, impostor
irXd^,
-a/co?,

-n-vev/xaTa

Ti
'^.t

4^.

As

Mt
[in

27''3,

n Co

6, 11
l]

Jo

rj,

LXX

for jyh

anything fiat and broad.


al.),

1.
II

a plain

(poet.).

2.

In late writers (Luc,


[in

a fiat

stone,

tablet

Co

33,

He

9*.t
-ros,

irXdo-fia,

to (<^ TrXaVo-w)
:

LXX
to

chiefly for iy||;] that

which
I

is

moulded or formed

Eo

92<'(i'XX)f
"IS"" ;]

irXdaaw, [in

LXX chiefly for

form, mould

Eo 920 (Lxx),

Ti

2i3.t

2.

irXaWw), 1. formed, moiilded (Hes., Plat., al.). Metaph., made up, fabricated, feigned (Hdt., Xen., al.) 11 Pe 23.t
-v> -ov
:

* irXaoTos,

irXarcia, -as,

r],

V.S. TrXaTVS.

irXdros,

-ous, to, [in

LXX
1,

chiefly for

nni ;] breadth

Eph

3^8^

Ee

2116

T. TT.

T^s y^s

(Hb

nnip), Ee 209.t

irXarui'a)

(<[7rXarus),

[in

LXX
;

broad, enlarge, extend : c. ace. rei, (119)32, al.), pass., ij KapSU, 11 Co 6"
irXoTu's, -eia, -v,
71 -K.

Mt
;]

chiefly for hi.;] to make 23^. Metaph. (cf. Ps 118


ib. ^^.+
:

sm

V"?.

[in

LXX

for ailT

broad

Mt

7^3.

As

subst.,

(sc. 680s), in

[LXX
Lk

chiefly for nh-j;] a street:

Mt

6^ U^^fJ^xx)^

Mk

65,

WH,
:

mg.,
-Tos,

lO^o 132" I421,

Ac

5l^

Ee
;

118 2121, 222.t


:

Th. Is 28**;] what is woven or twisted (as basket-work, nets, etc.) a braiding (sc, Tpix,C>v, pi., I Ti 29.t cf. I Pe 33)
**irX^Y|xa,

to irXc/cw),

[in

Aq.,

irXcroTos, -irXeiuK, V.S. ttoXus.

364

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


ttX^kco,

[in
:

twist,

weave

LXX: Ex 28" (nh^), Mt 27^^ Mk IS^^, Jo IQlt

Is 285

(n^By)*;]

to

plait,

irX^oj', v.s. TToXv^.

n\eovdlu)
1.
;

ttAeov),

[in

LXX

for qijr
;

mi
:

etc.

;]

I.

Intrans.
:

Of persons (a) to abound in (Arist.) (b) to superabound ii Co 3i5(Lxx)_ Eo 5'^*^ 6\ ii Co 4^*, 2. Of things, to abound, sicperabomid 41", II Th 1^ II Pe 18. 265-', Ps 70 (71)2i Phi II. Trans. (Nu not cl., V. Lft., Notes, 48 f.), to make to abound : i Th 3^^ (cf. ii7r/3-7rAova'^u)).t
;

SY-N.

Trepiara-evu),

irXcorcKWu),

-w

1.

q.v.
7rXovKT7;s,

q.v.),

[in

LXX: Hb
(v.

(rSH), Jg
(cl., c.

411

B*;]
c.
;

intrans., to have more, to have

2^ Ez 22^7 an advantage

gen. pers.).

2.

Trans., in late writers


11

M,
v.

reach, defraud: (v. M, Th., in 1.)

ace. pers.,
pass.,
11

Co

7"'

12i'^'i^;
cl.

iv t. Trpay/xan,
;

Pr., 65), to overi Th 4^


s.v.).t
;]

Co

2^1 (as

also in

LS,

**
ttXc'ov
I

irXeo>''KTT]S, -ov,

Xiv

(v.

MM,
17

6 (<[ irXiov, ^X^)' P'^ XX), one desirous

LXX

Si 14^ *

=6

Oekoiv

of having more, covetous


the character

Co

510' 11 610,

Eph

55.t

irXeoi/elia, -a9,

(-^ttXcovcktt^s), [in

LXX for TSSi


2.

;]

and

1. advantage. conditct of a TrXeoveKTrjs. grasping, aggression, cttpidity, covetousness :

desire for advantage,


12i^,
;

Lk

Eo

1^^, 11

Co

9*,

Eph 419

(v.

ICC,
:

in

1.)

53,

Col 3^
avarice

Th

2^, 11

Pe

23. 1*

pi. (v. Bl., 32, 6),

Mk

722.t

SYN.

<f>iXapYvpLa,
17,

(v. Tr.,

Syn.,

xxiv).

irXeupd, -as,

[in

LXX

(freq. pi.

as in Horn.) chiefly for sby,]


19=** 2020.25,27^
i

the side

Mt
c.

27^^ ([[WH]] E, mg.), Jo

Ac

127.t
;

ttX^o), [in

IV

sail
K-,

Mac Lk
:

73;

geq. i^r!, ace. (poet.), Si 432*, i Mac 132^ (cf. Ac 272, Eec.)*;] to 82^, Ac 272* iirl, Ee IS^^ (cf. SL7r6-, 8ta-, seq. ek, Ac 21^ 272.
;

LXX,

seq. ek,

Jh

l^ (Nin),

Es

423, ig 4310

Kara-, irapa-, vTro-TrXim) .^

T^Y^'
nD30
II
,

"^'.

^ (^TrXr^o-o-w),
stripe,

[in

LXX
:

chiefly for

nSS,

also

for
33^

etc.

;]

a blow,
.r.

wound

pi.,

Lk

10^"

12'*8,

Ac

1623

Co 6^ Ee 131*.
18*.8

1123; ^ ^,
2.

OavaTOv (EV, death- stroke), Ee 133. 12; r./xaxatpas, Metaph., a calamity, plague: Ee 918.20 11^ ISL^.s 16'2i
-ovs, to,

2P22i8.t
ttXtJOos,

[in

LXX
2122

chiefly for n*!


:

also for ]ian


IxOvuiv,

etc.

;]

1. a great number, a multitude; (a) of things cftpvyauoiv, Ac 283; ^fxapTLuiv, Ja b'^, I Pe 4^;

Lk

5'',

Jo 21"

t, irXyjOei,
;

in multitude.

He
Ac
2.

1112; (5) of persons 51*; X. TToXv [iToXv IT.),


:

Ac

(WH,

E, om.)

c. gen.,

Mk

37.8; id. c. gen.,

Lk

6I" 2327,

Lk 2i3, Jo 53, Ac I41 17^


(in

Of persons,
:

c.

art.,

the whole

Xen., al., = 8^/aos, the populace) Ac 2" 153o 19'-' 23^

Thuc,

number, the multitude commons, or opp. to

t.

wav TO

TT.,

Ac

1512

c.

gen.,

Lk po

the XaoS, Ac 2136 ^. ^^ccus, Ac 14* 83^ 193^ 23i, Ac 432 516 qi, 5 252*.t
8^/i,os

Plat.,

'IrX1f)0u^'fc)

(causal of

TrXiqOvoi, to

be full, <^irXr]6v^, Ion. for ttX^^os),

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


[in
;q^q

365

LXX chiefly for rar\ hi.


Qu (Lxx)
-^

;]

1. trans., to increase,

multiply

pass., to be increased, to

multiply:
:

Mt
Pe

24^^^

931 122*; Q dat. pers.


2.

(Da

LXX th

3"(98), al), 1

I2, 11

ii Co 9^^, ^c G'' 7^'^ Pe I2, Ju^.


:

Intrans., to be increased, to multiply


irXi^flo),

Ac
:

6^.t

V.S.

TTtfJLTrkrjfjLi.

**
t
TT.

TrXi]KTT)s, -ov,
:

6 {<^TrXr](r(r(D), [in

Sm.

Ps 34

(35)^5 *;]

striker,

brawler

Ti 3^ Tit 1^

(Arist., Plut., al.).t

irXii/jL/xopa, ->?s

yevea-Oai,
n-Xrif,

Jb

(for Att. -as, V. Bl., 7, 1) 7rA.77^a)), [in 4018(23) (-,,-,3 j5l2?y) * ;] ayZood (of sea or river) Lk G^^.t
:

LXX:

adv., [in

LXX

for

pT, 13^,

IJif,

etc.;]

1.

introducing

a clause (= dAAa, Si; "it is obvious that ttXtjv was the regular word in the vulgar language": Bl., 77, 13), yet, howbeit, only: Mt 1122,24 187 2639.6* (M, Pr., 86), Lk 624-35 1011,14,20 1141 1231 1333 171 188 1927 2221.22,42 (WH, mg. om.) 2328, j Co 11", Eph 533, p^i 316 414^

Ee
2.

225

^,

As prep., 1528 2722.t


153'';

(Hdt., Plat., al.), except that, save that, Ac 2023, Phi II8. 1232, Jq gi*^, Ac 8^ c. gen., except, save (cl.)
:

Mk

irXiipTis, -s, [in

LXX
Ac

chiefly for

c.

gen.

rei,

Mk
4^,

8^^;

TTvcu/xaTOS aytov,
Ktti

Lk

XeVpas, 63 7^^ 112*


;

N^p Lk 5^2

;]

1. full, filled

Mt

1420

metaph., of the soul:

Tj-torews,

Ac

6"

)(apLTO<;, ib. 8

^.

aXrjdeM'i
reff.

(where

with

in

v. is indecl. v. each), Jo 1^*; 86Xov,


2. full,

M, Ac

Pr., 50 ; Milligan, NTD, 65, 13i; dvfioi, Ac 1928; Ipywv


11

ayadcjv,

Ac

93^.

complete

fxia-66'i,

Jo

o-itos

(tt.

prob. in-

decl. here; v.

on Jo

1^*, supr.),

Mk

428.t
811

tTTXT)po<|>op^u, -w, [in

LXX: Ec

(kI?!^)*;]

1.

to

bring in full

measure, hence, to fulfil, accomplish: Lk 1^, 11 Ti 4^.^^. 2. to persuade, assure or satisfy fully (so in tt. v. Deiss., LAE, 82 f. M, Th., 9) pass., Eo 421 14^, Col 4^2 (v. Lft., in 1.). 3. to fill : Eo 15^3, L, mg. (Cl. Eo., I Co 54) metaph., pass., to be filled with, hence,
; ;
:

f^illy bent on (Ec, *t irXT|po4opia,


I

l.c.).t

-as,

17

(<^7r\r/po<^o/)(o),
;

full assurance, confidence:

Th

I'*

T.

(TuvcVcws,
I.e.
;

Col 22

t. eA-Trt'eios,

He
;J

6"
1.

ttiVtcws,

He

IO22 (cf.

Lft.

on

Col.,

M,

Th., 9).t

irXTipou, -w, [in


to the full, c.

LXX
;

chiefly for K^jQ

to fill,

make
:

full, fill

things: pass, {a-ayrjvq, <f>apayi), Mt 13*8, l^ but chiefly of immaterial things xao-av xp^tav, Phi 4^^; TJxo'i irrXripoia-f. t. oTkov, Ac 22; c. gen. rei (cl.), Ac 528; pagg,^ seq. CK, Jo 123 ^^f gj^ g 35^ 4^ ^_ ^ KapSiaw, Jo 16", Ac 53 metaph., of the all-pervading activity of Christ, Eph 4^'> mid., Eph 123 ^^^ qJ persons to fill with, cause to abound in c. gen. rei (cl.), Ac 228 (ixx), Eo 1513; pass., to be filled with, abound in Eph 31^, Phi 4^8 q^ ggQ^ rei (cl.), Ac 13^2, Eo 15^*, 11 Ti 1*; c. dat. (^sch., al.), Lk 2*o (c. gen., T), Eo 129, II Co 7*; c. ace. (so in tt., v. MM, xx). Phi 1", Col l^; seq. iv, Eph 5i8, Col 21**. 2. to complete ; (a) to complete, fulfil of number, Ee 611, WH, txt. of time (MM, xx), Mk V^, Lk 212*, Jq 78^

ace;

(a) of

35 (LXX)

fig^ ;Mt 2332

366

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


2427; ivSoKiav, II 162* 1713^ I Jo 14^ II Jo 12
9-23

Ac

723.30

Th 1";
;

T.

15"
315,

^.

^pya,

Ee

xapav, Phi 22; pass., Jo 329 32 ^ iTraKO^, II Co 10 T.


; ;

Trdo-xa.,

Lk

22^"

(b) to execute,

Lk
:

71 931,

Ac

accomplish, carry out to the full : 1225 13^5 1426 1921^ Ro 8* 138 1519^ Ga 5^\ Col 12^
;

Mt
417,

Ee

6", T,

WH,
txt.

E, mg,
17, 23

(c)

fulfil

Mt
E,

122 215.

414 517 817 1217 1335 214 265*. 56 27,


421 24:*\

of sayings, prophecies, etc., to bring to pass, 14*9 1528

Mk

(WH,
Ac

om.),

Lk po
TO (<^

li 318 1327,

Ja

223 (cf

Lffc^

Jo 1238 I318 152^ CqI^ 255 ff.).t


,

I712 189.32 1924.36^

TrXi^pujjia, -Tos,

ttXt/poco)

[in

LXX

for

xbo
;

;]

the result of

the action involved in irXrjpow (Lft., Col., 255 ff. AE, Eph., 255 ff.), hence, 1. in passive sense, that which has been completed, complement, ple7iit7ide, fullness (in Xen., Luc, Polyb., al., of a ship's crew or cargo, and by meton. of the ship itself) Jo 1^^, Eo lli'-.^s 1529^ i Qq 1026 (LXX) Eph 123 (AE, 42 ff.) 319 (ib. 87 ff.) 4^3, Col li^ 2^; of time,
:

Ga
2.

4*,

Eph V^
and

ko<^iVwj/ (o-^uptSwv)
(

TrXr/pw/mra, basketfuls,

Mk

6*3 820.

In active sense
v.
9i,

cf. KTto-is,

Mt
As
425,

Mk

as freq. in words of these formations, tvhich fills up (but v. Lft., I.e.) 221; (j) a filling up, completing, fulfilment : Eo IS^^.t
TrXr/pwo-is,

MM,
-ov

xx)

(a) that

irXirjCTioi',

V.S.
-a,

7rkr)(rio<;.

ttXtjotios,

adv.,
[in

TrXr](TLov

ireXas,

(<^ TreXas, 7iear), near, close by, neighbouring. near : c. gen., Jo 4^ c. art., 6 tt., one's neigh;
:

bour
2239,

LXX

chiefly for jri]

Lk
(Ls

1029. 36^

Ac

727,

Ja
TT.

Mk

412; dyaTi^o-cis Tov tt. 1231. 33, Lk 1027,

aov

o-cavroV

Eo
iii,

139,

of 5

in

OT, NT,

v.

DB,
rj

511

Ga 51*, DCC,
[in
:

(Le IQ^^, Ja 2^ (on the various senses


ii,

Ro 131" 152, gph LXX), Mt 5 W^

240f.).t
chiefly for

n\r\<T}i.ovr\,

-rj<;,

{<:^TrLfx7rXr]/xi),

LXX

rjIT and

cognate forms;] a filling up, satiety indulgence of the flesh; but ICG, in flesh, op. cit., 276 ff.), Col 223.t
irXiiacrw,

irpo<s it. a-apK6<i

1.,

(EV, against the for the full satisfaction of the


hi.,

[in

LXX

chiefly for T\2Z

ho.

;]

to

strike,

smite

pass.,

Ee
txt.,

812 (cf. k-, e7ri-7rA.7;o-o-w).t


-ov,

* TrXoidpioi',

WH,
(= Ee
voo's

E), Jo

622.23 ^^xola,

TO (dimin. of ttXolov), a boat 2* 218.t

Mk

39,

Lk

52 (TrXoIa,

WH)

ttXoioi', -ov,

TO (<^7rXw), [in

LXX
and

chiefly for ^J3^?;J a boat, also


freq. in

obsol. vavs) 89 1819.

a ship: Mt

421.22,

Gosp. and Ac, Ja


irXo6<:,

3*,

**TrXoos, irXoos, gen., -60V, -OV (and in late writers also

like

from

vovs), 6 (<[7rA(u), [in

LXX: Wi

14i*;] a voyage:

Ac

217

279,io.t
irXou'aios, -a, -ov

(<^ ttXoutos), [in


i9

LXX

chiefly for TC^y;] rich,

1823 191 27", Lk 121^ I412 I61. Substantively, 6 tt., 110, n. ^j ^^ Lk 62* 21i, i Ti 6i7. Ja 2 51, Ee 61^ I316; Ja anarth., a rich man, Mt 1923.2*, Mk 102^ 12", Lk 182^. Metaph., of God, v iXiei (= cl., c. gen., dat.), Eph 2"; of Christ, 11 Co 89; of Christians, Ee 29 3i7 iv irtVrci, Ja 25.t

wealthy

Mt

Lk

1621.22,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


*ir\ouffiws,
II

367
S",

adv., richly,
-w, [in
1^3,
i

abundantly: Col
chiefly for

3^^^

xi 6", Tit

Pe

lii.t
irXouTc'd),

LXX
;

^WV

hi.

;]

to

he rich, aor,, to
;

become rich
cv

(= cl., c. Lk 12^^; of God, cis Travras, Ro 10^2; aor., I became II Co 8^, Re 3^^ pf I have become rich, Ee 3^^,t
;

Ti 6^ seq. Sltto (Si ll^s), Re IS^s eV, Ee IS^. i9 gen., dat., ace, cf. 7rA.ouo-tos), i Ti 6^^ Metaph., tt. cis 6c6v,
rich, i

Lk

Co

4^,

.,

irXouTi^u)

{<^TrkovTos),
c. ii

[in

rich, enrich

ace. pers., pass., ii

riches,

c.

ace. pers.,

Co

6^'';

ttXootos, -ov, 6

and

(in ii

chiefly for 12?^ hi. ;] to make 9^^. Metaph., of spiritual seq. cv, pass., i Co l*.t Co 82, Eph l^^ 2^ 38' i. Phi 4^9, Col l^^

LXX

Co

22; V.
riches,

WH,
Re
82,

App., 158;
:
;

M,

Pr., 60)

to',

[in

LXX

chiefly for

-il^ry;]
6^'^,

wealth
18^^

of external possessions,

Mt

I322,

Mk 4^^, Lk 8^*, i Ti

Ja
II

52,

Co

Eph

17.18 27 38.16,

irXuj'ft),

[in
:

33^ moral and spiritual conceptions, Ro Phi 419, Col 127 2\ He 112, Re 512.+ LXX chiefly for pi. ;] to wash (inanimate objects,

of

2* 92^ ll^^,

DM

esp. clothing)

t.

BiKrva,

Lk

52.

Fig., t. o-ToXa9,

Re

7^* 22i*

(cf.

Ps

50

(51)*'

and V.S. d7ro-7r\uva)).t Syn. : V.S. Xovoy.


9

TTj'cG/ia,

-Tos,

TO (<^m/(o), [in

LXX

chiefly
3^;

and very

freq.

for
(j)

nn;]
breath

1.
:

of air in

motion;
;

(a)

wind: Jo

pi.,

He

17(i-xx)j

tt. toC aro^aTo^, fig., n Th 28 (cf. Ps 32 (33)6). w. C^s, Re 11" the vital principle, the spirit (Arist., Polyb., al.) Lk 8**, 2. Of 14^8, i Co 5^, al. Jo 1930, Ac 759, al. opp. to <rdp$, Mt 26*i, 617 73*, I Pe 4 to ifnjxv, Phi 1^^ He 412 t^ tt. to (TC>fia, Ro 810, I Co Kol Tj i(r. Kol T. (rS)fJM, I Th 523 (M, Th., in 1.) dat., tc3 tt., in spirit, Mk 28 812, Jo 1133 1321^ Ac 1825, Ro 1211, j Co 7^\ i Pe 3is, al. of the human spirit of Christ, Ro 1*, i Ti 31". 3. spirit, i.e. frame of mind, disposition, influence Lk li7, Ro 8i5, i Co 421, Gal 61, Eph 22, 11 Ti 17, I Jo 46, al. 4. An incorporeal being, a spirit: Lk 24^7,39^ ^.c 23*; TT. 6 6e6<;, God is spirit, Jo 4-'*; vaTrjp twv tt., He 12; of disembodied human beings. He 1223, i Pe d^^ {ICC, in 1. DB, iii, 795) of angels. 920, Lk 9^9, al. He li'' of demons or .evil spirits, Mt 8i, 161* tt. SaifiovLov aKaOdpTov, 161" TTvevfiaTa 8aLfiovLU)v, Re TT. TTvOoiva, Ac Lk 433; TT. do-^tvcms (Bl., g 35, 5), Lk I311 tt. dKddapTov, Mt lOi, Mk ps,
:

Mk
;

Mk

Lk
al.

43c, 5.

Ac 5i

tt.

dfXaAov (koI kox^oV),

Mk 917. 25

^oi/>?poV,

Lk 721, Ac I912,

Of the Holy Spirit, tt. ayiov, to a. tt., to tt. to a., TO TT., TT. (the article rule being used when the Spirit is regarded as a Person or a as a Divine Power, and omitted when the reference is to an operation,
influence or gift of the Spirit; v. 18 (Swete, in Mt 118 311.16 41,

WM,
1.), 32,

I5I5; Bl., 46, 7): anarth.,

Mk
;

ib.i",

Lk
Co

li^,

Jo

7^9,

Ro 55, Ac 431
al.
;

Co

2*, al.
816,

c. art.,
;

Mt
tt.
;

41 123i.

Mk

lio 329,

Lk
;

226,

Jo

Ac I92, 7^9 I426,


Jo
42,

53,
TT.

Ro

a,l.

(to)

(toO) 6eov,
TT.

Mt 316, Ro 89, Eph


II

316, i

TO
4I8,

T. irarpo's,

Mt

102**

deov ^dvTOS,

3^

(to)
;

tt.

toS Kvpiov,
XptcrTov,

Lk
Phi

Ac

59 8^9
tt.

TO

TT. 'Ir;o-oii,

Ac

167

XpicTTov,

Ro

89

'Irjcrov

119; t6

t. dAr?^ias,

{Todycov),

Ac

2111 2825,

Jo 1526 1613, I Jo 46; Ae'yct {^aprvpit) t^ tt. Ti 41^ He 37 IQi^, Re 14i3; seq. t. c/cKX^o-t'aw,

3G8

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

Re
Kttt

2''"'17'2 3>".22;
TT.,

^
tt.,

^.

^.^

Lk

227; ^a^^^

^^e^a, Ro
*
;

8*' 5;

e'l

{JSaros

Jo S^
I
;

',

8ia TTveu/Aaros aiojvtbu,


12
;

He

ev
;

dy tacr/Aw

Trvcu/xaros,
tt.

11

Th

2i,

Pe

cV

Co

1213,

Eph

2^8 4*

6 8e ku>ios t6
Spirit,

cVrir,

n Co

3^7

of

that which

is

effected or

governed by the

opp. to

ypdfjLfia,

Ro
:

229 7, II
vovs,

Co

36.

contrasted with tt. as " the action of the understanding in man with that of the spiritual or ecstatic impulse " {DB, iv, 612) i/^u^^ the usual term in cl. psychology in NT, "expresses man as apart from God, a separate individual, tt. expresses man as drawing his life from God " (DB, 1-vol., 872). * TTfcu/xaTiKos, -7/, -ov {<^ TTvev fxo) 1. o/ or caused by the wind, air (a) of or breath (Arist., al.). 2. spiritual (opp. to crw/xartKos, Plut.) created beings to. tt. (RV, the spiritual hosts), Eph 6^2 of that which *^ (b) of is related to the human spirit, opp. to i/^u^t'cos, i Co 15*** that which belongs to or is actuated by the Divine Spirit; (a) of persons: i Co 2^^ 3^ 14^7, Ga G^; oTkos tt., fig., i Pe 2^; (/?) of things: Ro 111 71*, I Co 213 103. 4 121 141, Eph 1^ 51^, Col ! 3^^ i Pe 2^ opp. to

Syn.

which
;

in

NT

is

T.

aapKLKd,

Ro
:

1527,

Co

gii.t

SVN.

ifrvxi.KO';,

*t-jr>'ufi,aTiKws,

Holy

Spirit

Co

q.v., and cf. DB, ii, 410, iv, 612. adv. (<^Trvv/xa), spiritually ; (a) by the aid of the 213(WH. mg.), u (i) jn a spiritual sense Re ll^.t
; :

w', [in

LXX:

Ps

1477(i8)

(ntzr: hi.),

Is

402-^

(fjCTJ),

Si 43i.2o,

Ep. Je^i,
V7ro-Trvi(i)).f

II

Mac

9^*;]

Lk 12", Jo
irviyoi,

38 6l^
[in

Re
:

to breathe, blow: of the wind, Mt 72^.27, 7I; T^ TWiovcrri (sc. avVa), Ac 27*0 (cf. Ik-, iv,

LXX
;

Ki

161*'

"

(nrs

pi.)

;]

to

Mt

137

(WH,

mg.)

impf. (conative),

Mt

182^; of

choke : c. ace, drowning, pass.,


152.29

Mk

513 (cf.

ciTro-,

*TrKiKT<Js,

im-, (Tvy-irviyw) .f 7rvt7a>), -Of -V,


(-^Tri'tw), [in
22.

strangled:

Ac

212^

(cf.

Lel7i3.i*).t
TrvoY\, -rjs,
rj

LXX

chiefly for nDffi^J;] 1.


:

a blowing,

blast,

wind

Ac

2.

a breathing, breath
[in

Ac

172^

(Ge

2^, al.).t

tto8t^PT]s,

-s

7rovs),

LXX: Ex
(^5)^

25" P) 35^ (pn), 28* 29^

(b^yp), 2827(31) (tiDK),


Si 27^ 45^ *
11.
;]

Ez

92.3,11

2a

3^4) (nii'^qo),

Wi
.

182^

reaching

c; Xen., SVN. :

al.).

Re

to the feet : of a garment (sc. x'twi', cf li3 (for -77, LT^ read -rjy; v. M, Pr., 49).t

Ex, Ez,

(TToXri, V. Tr.,

Syn.,

1.

1533, Lk 132^.27^ Jq 38 6* (a) of place: Tr(506i', adv., whence; 814 929,30 199^ Re 713; metaph., of condition, Re (6) of origin: 62, Lk 207, Jo 2^ Ja 41 Mt 1327. 54, 66 2125, of parentage, Jo 727. 28 8* 1237, Lk 1*3, Jq 1*9 ^n.t (c) of cause

Mt

2^

Mk

Mk
17,

TToia, -as,

Dor. for

irda, [in

LXX
s.v.).

(with

v.l.

v6a)

Pr

272^ {iitg%
;]

and
Ja

of a

kind of soap (Soph., Lex.,

Ma

32,

Je

222 (JT'^ia) *

grass

41* (where,

however,

it is

usually taken to be fern, of

ttoios

but

v.

MM,

xx).t

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


iroi^w,
-u),

369

[in

LXX
al.
;

niyy;]

l.

to

make, produce,

for a great variety of words, but chiefly for create, cause: c. ace. rei, Mt 17*, 9^,

Mk

Jo

911,

Ac

9=*^

19*,

Mk

10,

Eo Lk

9-^

of
20^2

God
42*,
(cf.

as Creator
1^,

(c.

ace. pers. also),

Mb
3^8;
1^^,

11*0,

Ac

He
Eu Eo

al.;
;

like

Heb.

niZTV,

absol.

=
Ac

ipydCofxai, to
V.

work,

Mt

2^^

so

AV, but

v. infr.),

Ee 13^
Ja

E, mg. (but
cVtcTTao-tv,
;

infr.);

a-KuvSaXa,

Ac

24^2;

crv(TTpocf>-rjv,

Ac

IB^^; dpyjvrjv, Eph 2^^, 23^2; c. ace. rei et dat. pers.,

Lk

15^ with nouns expressing action or its accomplishment, forming a periphr. for the cogn. verb: 68dv tt. (cl. o. Troieio-^ai), to go on, 2^^; -n-oXefjLov, Ee 11^, al.; cVStKT^o-tv, Lk IS^.S; iviSpav, Ac advance, 253 ; Kpiaiv, Jo 52^, Ju ^* /3ya, Jo 5^", al. (rrjixtla {repara koI a:), Jo 2^^

Mk

and

freq.,

Ac
;

2^2,

al.

Lk

1322

KOLvoivCav,

Mk

621, al.

Eo 80XW, Lk

so also mid. Troicto-^ai /xoioyv, Jo 14^3; Tropeiav, IS^** of food, to make ready, prepare : Bilirvov, 52" 14^3 .y^^ovs, Mt 222 ; of time, to spend (cl.)
: ;
.

wpav,

(but V. supr. and cf. McN, in 1.) ; /t^vas, Ee 13^, E, txt. (cf. Swete, in 1. but v. supr.) iviavrov, Ja 4^^ c. ace. seq. , 1^ 3^2, Jo 5^^, al. Jo 215, al. c. ace. et ace. pred., Mt 3^ 12i, c.
20^2^
; ; ;
;

Mt

EY

Mk

adv., KttXws, T^^; ioprrjv tt. (Dem., Ex 23^6, al.), Ac I821, Eec; Mt 26^^; to make or offer a sacrifice (Plat., Xen., al. ; Jb 42^, TraVxa, III Ki 11^3; so some understand tovto ttouItc, Lk 22^^, but v. Abbott,

Mk
;

Essays, 110

ff.)

seq. lya

(WM,
;

422

f.

M,

Pr., 228),
:
;

Jo

Ee

3^.

2. to do,

perform, carry out, execute


id. seq.

absol., c.
v.

Col 4i, adv., KaAws tt.,


11^7,

Mt
Phi
I

1212, I
41*,

Co 737. 38, Ja 219 II Pe 119, III Jo


;

ptcp.

(el.

o^Tcos,

1^* 21*, al.

6/xottos,

Lk
:

311

wo-arTtos,

Ti 113
;

c.

ace. rei

rC interrog.,

Mt Mt 20^ Mt 123, Mk
24*,

Lk
;

9l^

C.

Pr., 228), Ac 10^3, al. i? (KaOik), Mt ptcp., dyvowv liroC-qa-a,


;

M,

225,

^k

62, al.

toOto,

Mt

1328,

Mk

532,

Lk

2219

(WH
;

om.;

v. supr., ref. to

with nouns expressing command 7i9, cl., to make a law), Jo Ga 53 (cf. in LXX, Jos 22^, i Ch 22i2, 5i9 similarly with other nouns expressing al.) T. evToXa's, Mt conduct T. SiKaLoaijvrjv Mt 61, al. t. dXr-^eiai/, Jo 321, g^l., etc. c. dupl. ace, Mt 2722, Mk 1512 e. ace. rei et dat. pers. (commod., incomm. rare in cl.), Mt 712, Mk 519.20, Lk 1*9, Jo 926, al. Syn. : irpdaa-oi, q.v. The general distinction between the two words is that between particular action and its habitual performance (cf. Tr., Syn., xevi; Westc. on Jo 321 ICC on Eo 132).
72, al.
:

Abbott, Essays), Eo or regulation t. vo/xov (not

as in
;

iroiTjiia,

-Tos, TO
is

(<^7rota)),

[in

LXX
:

chiefly for

n^ryo
2i*'.t

(freq. in

Ec)

;]

that

which

made
r]

or done, a work
[in

Eo
2.

12",

Eph

iroiTjcTis,

-cojs,

(ttoico)),

LXX
al.).

chiefly for

HJff^ and cognate


(Si IQi^ 51i9)

forms;]

1.

a making (Hdt., Thuc,


-ov,

a doing

Ja

125.t
**'iroiTjTiis,

6 (-<Trou{D),

[in

LXX:
172^.

Mac

2*"*;] in
:

cl.,

1.

maker, author. 2. Esp., a poet : Ac Eo 213, Ja 411 (i Mac, I.e.); ipyov, Ja


TToiKiXos,
-r],

Later, 3. a doer 125; x6yov, ib.22.23.t

t. vofxov,

-ov, [in

LXX

for

npj

napT

etc.

;]

many-coloured,

24

370

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


3,

variegated. II Ti 3, Tit

Metaph., va/rious, manifold : Mt He 2* 13, Ja 1\ i Pe 1 4io.t


(<;
TTOLfjiriv),
;

4"-^*,

Mk
to act

1^*,

Lk

4*',

TToifiaiVoj
:

[in

LXX chiefly for njn


9'^.

;]

Lk 17^ c. ace, jro'fi.vtjv, i Co tend flocks shepherd, govern: c. ace, Mt 28(1'^), Jo 2V\ Re 2^7 717 126 i9i5,t
SVN.
2631 (Lxx)^
:

Metaph.,
20^8,
i

as shepherd, to tend,

Ac

Pe 5\ Ju^^

p6(TK0i, q.v.
-eVos,
6,

Trot|iTi',

[in

LXX
Pe
Xau)v)A

for nyi;]

a shepherd:
pastors,

Mt

93

25*2

Mk
i,

634 1427,

Lk
I

28- 15,18,20^

Jq

102,12,

Metaph., of Christ;

Jo

IQii' !*'!,

He
263,

1320,

2^5;

of Christian
32i'i7)
9^.

Eph

4^1

(cf.

Horn., H.,

Troifiiva

Tzoiiivr], -7?s,

^, [in

LXX: Ge
Lk
28, i

(liy),

Za

13^ A*;] a flock,

prop., of sheep

Mt

26^1,

Co

Metaph., of Christ's followers,

Jo

10i.t
TToijivioK, -ov, TO,

TTOLfxin),

q.v., [In

LXX
adj.

chiefly for ]N3r

also for

"Try, etc.;] a flock, prop., of sheep.

Metaph., of Christians:
(corresponding
',]

Lk
to

12^^^

Ac

20^8,29^ I
TT-oios,

Pe
-a,

53

t. deoi, ib. ^.t

-oy,

interrog.

pronom.

the

demonstr. toio? and the


quality or sort questions Mt
:

relat. otos), [in

LXX chiefly for HT^ii


;

of what

absol., n. pi.,
41*

Lk

24^;

W^
:

2123 223 24^^

Mk

c. subst. (a) prop., in direct 11^ 12^8, Lk 632-34^ Jq iQsa, Ac 4^

Lk 123^ 202.8, Jo 1233 1832 2119, Ac 2334, 1 Pe 111, Re 33; Troi'as (sc. oSoO), Lk S^^.t to make TToXefAcw, -co (<; TrdAc/Aos) [in LXX chiefly for DUb ni. Ee 12'b 19^ seq. fiera (11 Ki 2V^ and v. M, Pr., 106, 247), war, fight Re 218 12'^^ 134 IV* hyperb., of private quarrels, Ja 42.t 1. tvar Mt 24", TToXcfios, -ov, u, [in LXX chiefly for nan^p Mk 13'^, Lk 1431 21^, He 1134 tt. ttouIv, seq. fierd, c. gen. (cf. TroXffxiui), Re 117 1217 137 1919, 2. = fxdxT), a fight, battle i Co 148, Re 9". 12^
67roros

7*^ Ro 3'", questions =

Co 153^ Ja

(but v.s.

Trota), i

Pe

2^0
;

(b)

in indirect

Mt

2124.27

24,

Mk

11^9.33^

;]

;]

16^4 208; hyperb., of private quarrels


TToXis, -ews,
7),

(cf. TrtXe/xew),

Ja 4^t

[in

LXX
Jo

chiefly

and very
;

freq. for

TV

;]

a city

Mt Mt

223,

Mk

145,

Lk
6^,

429,

48, al.

mult.

935 10^1,
c. id.

Mk
.

Lk

8^ I322; c.

nom. propr.

16^4;

region,

193*, II Q gen. pers., of one's residence or native place, Mt 22", 24.11 42 10^1, Jo 145, Ac 1620, Re 16^; of Jerusalem i, ayia tt., Mt Lk 45 2753, Re 112 ^ ^yan-qyiiv-q, Re 20^9; TT. Tov fjieydXov (SaaiXem, Mt 535
:

Lk F^ Co 1132

in gen. appos. (BL, 35, 5), 43i, Jo 4^ of the inhabitants,


;

opp. to Kw^tat {k. koI aypoi), in appos. (cl.), Ac ll'* Ac 8^, 11 Pe 2 gen., of the
;

Mt

10^^.23,

Lk

23^1,

Ac

(cf.

Ps 47

312 212,

10, 14

of the (48)2) ff. 2214, 19,


;

By

heavenly city in the Apocalyptic visions. Re meton., of the inhabitants of a city Mt 8**
:

1225 2110,

Mk

133,

Ac

1421 2130.

*tiro\iTdpxT)s, -ov, 6, apolitarch: Ac 17"' 8 (v.

MM,

TToXtap^os (Pind., Eur.), the ruler of xx).t

city,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

371

m
11.

iroXiTeto,

-as,

Mac

321.23,

IV

Mac

ttoXitcvo))

[in
1.

LXX
2i2^t

II

Mac 4"
Ac

623 S^^ I31*,


(iii

320 8^
2.

17^*;]
:

citizenship:

2228

Mac,

c, Hdt., Xen,,
al.).

al.).

government, administration

(Aristoph.,
1.

Dem.,

3.

a commonwealth

Eph

**iroXiTup,a, -Tos, TO ;7roAiTci;a)),

[in

LXX:

II

Mac

12''*;]

an

act of administration. 2. a form of government. 3. = TroAiTcta, (a) citizenship : Phi 32'^ (E, txt.) (b) community, commonwealth : Phi, I.e. xx).t (E, mg. for exx. v. ** TToXiTeuu), more freq. as depon., -ofxai, and so in and 8i3, 11 Mac 6^ 1125, i Mac 3*, iv Mac 7roAtT7?s), [in Es 4*;]
;

MM,
:

LXX

NT

LXX

a citizen, live as a citizen : metaph., heavenly citizenship, Ac 23\ Phi F^.t


to be
iroXiTTjs, -ov, 6 (<[7rdAis), [in
c.

of

conduct as based on

LXX
2.

chiefly

for^;]
:

1,
c.

a citizen:
gen. pers.,

gen. loc,
191*,

Lk

15^^^

Ac

213^.

a fellow-citizen

Lk

He
Lk

8" (LXX)!

adv. (<[ TToAus), often : Mt 17^^, al. *t TToXXaTrXaaiuc, -ov (<^7roAv9), = 7roAAa7rXao-ios,
TToXXciKis,

many

times more:

Mt

192",

183o.t

iroXo-uo"iTXaYX>'OS, V.S. iroXvaTrXayxyo^.

iroXuXoYia, -as,

^7,

[in

LXX

Pr

lO^^

(cn^l nn)

;]

much

speak-

ing, loquacity

Mt

6''.t

*t iroXo/xcpws, adv.

{<^-nokv<i, fxepos),

in

many

parts or portions:
greatly
differing

He r

(Plut., al.).t

*TroXu-irotKiXos,

colours (Eur.).

2.

much manifold Eph


-ov,

1.

variegated,
Z^^.i

of

iroXo's, TToXXii, iroXu, [in

LXX
Mk
Jo

chiefly for

ST and cognate forms ;]


;

1.

as adj., much,
:

many,
II21
;

great, of

etc.

dptVs, Ac

6xXos,

52^

number, space, degree, value, time, Oepiafjio^, Mt 9" xopros, Jo G^o


;

Xpovos,
o-iyr/,

Mt

251^;
722,

yoyyvo-fio-i,

7^2;

^^y,,^^

Col 4^3. ^^^^^

Mt

2430;
134;
:

Ac

21*0;

pi., wpuffi^Tat,

Mt

13^^

oxXoi,

Mt

425; BaLijSi^La,

Mk

masc, ttoAAoi, many (persons) Mt Mt 3^ Lk V\ al.; seq. eV, Jo r^\ Ac 1712; c. art., ol TT., the many, Mt 24^2, Eo 12^, i Co lO^^'Ss^ Co 2^^ opp. to 6 15 (Lft., Notes, 291), Eo 5^5. is neut. pi., TroXXa: Mt 133, Mk 526, al.; ace. with adverbial force, Mk 1, Eo 16 (Deiss., LAE, 317), I Co 1612, ja 32^ al.; neut. sing., v,oXu: Lk 12*8; adverbially, Mk 1227, al.; ^oXAoC (gen. pret.), Mt 26^; c. compar. (Bl., 44, 5),
8wa'/x6s,
722,

Mt

2.

As

subst., pi.

Mk

22, al.;

c.

gen. partit.,

TT.

(TTTOvBaiOTipOV, II

Co

822

TToXXtO TtXciOVS,

Jo

4*1.
(v.

App., 151), Mayser, 69), more, greater 1. as adj. Jo 152, Ac 182o, He 33; seq. Trapd, He 11* (cf. Westc, in 1. Was ITAIONA here a primitive error for HAIONA?); pi., Ac 133i, al. c. gen. compar., Mt 21^6; c. num. (^ of comp. omitted), Ac 422
irXeiwc,
TrXe'ov

Compar.,
:

neut., TrXelov

and

WH,

pi., TrXe/oves, -as, -a, contr., TrXetors, -o) (cf.

2411, al.

2. As subst., ol tt., the greater number : Ac 1032 2712, i Co lO^ also (Bl., 44, 3) others, more, the more : 11 Co 2'' 41^, Phi li* TrXetova, Lk 11^3; -n-Xi'ov, irXeov, Mt 201^, II Ti 3^; c. geu. comp.,

15^

Mk

372
12*3,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Lt
3.

213

^_

'i^^2

r^^^
:

j^t
17,

12"

cVl
;

tt.,

24*.
c.

As

adv., TrAetov
26^3.

seq.

Lk

9^*

c.

adverbially, Ac 4^7 20^ gen. comp., Mt 5^ TrXcto)


; ;

num.,

Mt

Superl., irXeiaTos, -r], -ov, (a) prop., most : Mt ll^o 21^ adverbially, TO TT., I Co 142"; (b) elative (M, Pr., 79), very great: oxAos
TT.,

Mk

41.
,

*+ iroXo<nT-\aYX>'os, -ov (^C^ttoAvs, cnrXdyxvov) very pitiful


TToXoTcXris,
-s
{<C. iroXv's,

Ja

5^^.t
;]

Tc'Aos),

[in

LXX

for 1|T
;

etc.

very

very precious, of great value : Mk 14^, i Ti 2^ metaph., i Pe 3*.+ * iroXuTifios, -ov (<^7roAiJs, ti/a?;), 1. much revered (Menand.). 2. very costly, very precious: Mt 13*^ 26'^ (/3apvTifw<s, WH), Jo 12^; comparat., i Pe I'^.t **iroXuTp6irws, adv. (<^7roAvTpo7ros, 1. much turning. 2. manifold), [in iv Mac 3^^ A * ;] i7i many ways or manners : He 1^ (Philo).t
costly,

LXX

TTOfia, -Tos,

TO

(-<; TTtVw)

late
i

form of
10*,

Att.

irS)fxa,

[in

LXX

Ps 101

(102)9 i^^pm), a^.^*,] drink:


irokTjpio, -as,
17

Co

He

9io.t

(<^7rov77po's), [in

LXX

cbiefly for

H^^ ;]
tt.,

iniquity,

wickedness: Mt Lk 1P9, Eo 1^\ Eph WM, 220; Swete, Mk., 153), Mk V\ Ac 326; mKt'a Kal iSriv. ; v.s. kukm.
22i8,
TTov-qpos, -a, -ov

6i2; pi. (v. Bl.,


i

32, 6;
S^.t

Co

(-^Trovew, io toii), [in


;

LXX

chiefly for

n;]

1. (a)

of persons, oppressed by toils (Hes.)


{KaLp6i,

of things, toilsome, painful 2. 6arf, worthless ; (a) in physical sense KapTrds, Mt 71''' ^^ (b) in ethical sense, bad, evil, wicked; (a) of persons: Mt 7" 123*. ^5 i832 252", Lk 6*^ 11^3 1922^ Ac 175, II Th 32, II Ti 313 yevca, Mt 1239. 45 16*, Lk 1129 ; TTvc^a, Mt
(b)

Si 5112)
:

Eph

5i

613,

Re 16^
;

12*6,

Lk

721 82 1126,

Ac

1912.13.15,16;
;

aS SUbst.,

Ol
TT.,

TT.,

Opp. to
.

81/caiOl,

Lk 635 ging_^ 5 ^^ 539, I Co 513 id. esp. of Satan, the evil one, Mt 537 513 (y^ Lt_^ 125 ff. but cf. McN, in 1.) 13i9. 38, Lk 11* (WH, E, om.), Jo 17i5, Notes, Eph 6i, II Th 33 (Lft., Notes, I.e.), i Jo 2i3.i* 312 Si^.i"; (jS) of things Mt 511 1235 1519, Lk 622. 45^ Jo 319 77^ Ac 181* 251^, Ga 1*, Col I21, i Ti
13*9; to ayaOoL,
;

Mt Mt

Mt

5*5 2210

ol dxapio-Toi Kal

6*, II
(q.v.),
I

Ti
522;

418,

He

312 1022,

Ja 2*
722,

416, i

Jo

312, 11

Jo

n, iii

Jo

i"
;

Mt
Syn.

623 2015,

Mk
[in

Lk
6*5,

113*; as subst., neut., t^

tt.,

64>eaXix6<: 282i,

Ac

Th

opp. to dya^oV,
:

Lk

Eo

129;

pi.,

Mt
1.

9*,

Mk

723,

Lk
Col

3i9.t

v.s. a(9o-/Aos. -ov, 6

irovos,

LXX

for ^QiT

etc.

;]

labour, toil

4i3.

2.

The consequence
1610.
11

of toil, distress, suffering,

pain (Xen.,

al.,

LXX)

Ee

21*.+
:

Syjv.

v.s. kottos.
-Tj,

Mt

Pontic, of Pontus : Ac 182. riorrios, -ov, 6, Pontius, the praenomen of Pilate (v.s. IIciAaTos), 272 (Eec, mg.), Lk 31, Ac 42^, i Ti 6i3.+ Hoi'Tos, -ov, 6, Pontus, a region of Asia Minor, bordering on the
riorriKos,
-ov.

WH,
:

TTovTos Ev^eivos

Ac

29,

Pe

I1.+

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


niJirXtos, -ov, 6

373

(Latin),

Publius

Ac

28''' ^.t

iropeia, -as,

rj

(<^TropV(o), [in

LXX

chiefly for np^brj

and cogn,

forms;] 1. ajozirney: Lk 13^2. 2. a going : metaph. (" the rich perishes while he is still on the move," Hort., in 1.), Ja l^^t
TTopeu'w,

man

chiefly for lbr\',] (<^ 770/009, a fofd, fl passttge), [in (the act. becomes obsolete in late Gk. v. M, Pr., 162), to cause Mid. (always in and NT), -o/^ai, to go, to go over, carry, convey. proceed, go on one's way : c. ace, 6S6v, Ac 8^^ seq. iKCidev, Mt 19^^ ivTive^v, Lk 1331; dTTo', Mt 25", Lk 4*^; d^, Mt 22o, IG^^, Lk V^', 735, al; k (Ipyjvijv (cf. I Ki l^^). Lk 7^0; iv ^Iprjvr}, Ac 1636; iTTi, Jo

LXX
;

in

cl.

LXX

Mk

al; Iws, Ac 2323; ^^^ l^ 242^, i Co 16"; Trpds, Lk 11^, al. Kara t. 686v, Ac 8^6 Std, c. gen., Mt 121, Mk 930 c. inf., Lk 23, Jo 142; o-w, Lk 7, al.; Tva, Jo 11"; ptcp., Tropv6eL<i (on the pass, absol., Mt 2^ Lk 7^, Jo 4^^ Ac 520, al. form of the aor., v. M, Pr., 161 f.), redundant (as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 21), Mt 28, Lk 722, al. Metaph. V. M, Pr., 231
c. c.

ace,

Mt

229,

Ac
;

25^2,

ace. pers.,

Mt

25^,

(cf.

Soph., O.T., 884

Xen., Cyr.,

2, 2, 24, al), (a) like olxofiaL in cl,

as

euphemism

for 6vt](rK(o (so "Jjbn in

Ge

I52)

Lk

2222

^^^ perh.

also

1333 (v. Field, Notes, 66) ; (b) in ethical sense (De 199, Ps I42, al cf. M, Pr., II2; Kennedy, Sources, 107): seq. ev, Lk 1^, i Pe 43, 93i II Pe 219; Kara, c. ace, 11 Pe 33, Jui^'iS; c. dat. (Bl, 38, 3), Ac
14i,

Ju 11
oTTt'o-o),

(c)

of disciples or partisans (Jg 2i2, iii

seq.

C.

gen. pers.,
collat.

Lk

21^

(cf. Sia-,

ek-

(-/tat),

Ki lli, - (-fiai),

Si 461")
cv- {-p-ai),

tTTi- (-/Aat),

irapa- (-/tai), Trpo-, irpoa-- (-/tat), (rvv-

(-/i,ai)).

**
IV
1.

TtopQlii),

form

(in cl. chiefly poet.) of rrepOw, [in

LXX

Mac

423

11**;]
2. -ov,

to destroy,

ravage

Ac

921,

Ga

li3>23_f
:

**t iropiornos, a providing.


ricJpKios,
:

-ov, 6 {<^iropL^o), to

procure), [in Wi 13i9 142*;] a means of gain : i Ti 6*' ^ (Polyb., al.).t Fastus (v.s. 6, Porcius, praenomen of Porcius
(<^7ro/3Vi;w), [in

LXX

I>^o-Tos)

Ac

2427.f
17

TTopj'cia, -a?,

LXX
Co Ee 921
i

for ^3131, rnJTP


51 6i3.i8, 11
;

and cogn.

forms;] fornication: Ac I520.29 2125, Eph 53, Col 3^ I Th 43 (Lf c. Notes, 53),
I

Co

122i,
;

Ga

5i9,

pi. (v.
721
;

WM, 220
=
232,

Bl,
:

Co 72; disting. from p.oix'^La, Mt 15i9, 6), 232, al), Mt 532 199. Metaph. (of idolatry Si
(Westc, in
I),

Mk
:

yu-otxeta

(Am

32, 81^

De
;

Ho

I2)

Jo 8
11),

and so perh. (Thayer-Grimm,


183 192.t
[in

s.v.

but

v.

Swete, in

Re

221 I418 172.4


iropi/cuw,

for njT ;] 1. to prostitute the body for hire. 10i9 (WH, mg.), i Co 61^ 10^, Re 2". 20. 2. to commit fornication 52^, Je 3, 91, al), of idolatry (but v. i Ch Metaph. (as in Swete, Ap., 180 f.), Re I72 183.9 (cf. eK-7ropvvto).t
:

LXX
;

Mk

LXX
rj,

Ho

iropkTj,

-rjs,

[in

LXX
(i.e.

chiefly for njIT

;]

a prostitute, harlot Metaph.


(v.

Mt

2131.32,
f.),

Lk
of

1539, I

Co

615.16,

He
:

113i,

Ja

225.

Swete,

Ap., 180

Babylon

Rome)
:

**ir<5pi'os, -ov, 6, [in

LXX

17i'5.i5.i6 i92.t Si 23i^'i^*;] 1. a male prostitute (Xen.,

Re

374
al).

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


:

Be
off:

2. a fornicator 218 22i5.t

Co

S^-ii

6^,

Eph

5^,

Ti po,

He
,

12i* 13*,

TT^ppw, adv. (in older Attic, Trpdo-w), [in

LXX

for p^W^

etc.

;]

far
T),

Mt
2428.t

168,

Mk

TOd-^),

Lk

14^2; comparat.,

TroppoiTepov

(-pco,

Lk

Tr<5ppa>0ci',

adv. {<^7r6ppoi, q.v.), [in


:

LXX
,

for pIFT^O

and cogn.

forms;]

from afar
-a?,

Lk

17^^^

He

ll^^.t
]']^lii
;]

Trop(()upa,
(cf. I

17,

[in

LXX
Ee
COntr.,
192' *;

for ]1^^1i<
3.

1-

the purple-fish

Mac
:

423).

ment

Mk

2. 1517. 20^

purple dye.
1619,
-ov,

Later,
-a,

Tropc^upcs,

a purple gar,

Lk

18i2.t
-oCs,

-n'op<f>upeo9,

-a,

-ow (<^ Trop^vpa)


irop^^vpovv

[in

LXX

for jaai^?;]

purple:

Jo

as

subst.,

(sc.

i/xartov),

Ee

17* 186.t *t -irop<}>up6Trw\is,


-iroadKis,

-1809,

17,

interrog.
^

num.

seller of purple fabrics : Ac IG^^.t 182^ 23^''', Lk 13^*.t adv., how often :

Mt

7r6ai9, -ews,
1.

7rtVo>),

[in

LXX:

Da,
;

LXX
ICC,

th po (npura)*;]
in
1.).

prop., drinking : Eo 14^^ Col 2i (v. Lft. drink : Jo 6^^ (cf. y8pSo-ts).+
TToo-os, -r;, -ov,

2.

7ro>a,

number, magnitude, degree, etc., how much, how great, how many : Mt 62^, 11 Co 7" of time, Mk 921 neut., absol., Lk 16^''^; dat., ttoo-w, adverbially, how much, Mt 12^2; id. seq.
adj. of
;
;

IxaXkov,

Mt

711

1025,

Lk

1113 1224.28^

Rq

1112.24,
lo

Xiipovo^ Ti/xwptas, Lk 1517, Ac 212o.t

He

1029; pi.,

Mt

15^* 169.

271^,

Phm He 91*; Mk e^s 8^.19.20 15*,


1,

TT.

iroTa/ji6s, -o9, 6, [in

LXX
1^,

chiefly for inj

lk"];]

a river, stream,

torrent

1215, 16 164,

, Ac IBi^, 11 Co 1126, Ee 810 91* Fig., pi., ^. {;Sa^o5 ^^^05, Jo 738.t 2. *t iroraiio-cfxipTiTos, -ov, carried away by a stream : Ee 121^ (for two
:

Mt

3 72^.27,
211,

Mk

Lk

648.

12

exx. in

tt.,

v.

MM,

xxi).t

**TroTaiT6s

(late

form
:

of

cl.

ttoS-),

-rj,

-ov,

[in

LXX: Da LXX
writers,
i

Su^**;]

1.

=
Jo

TToros,

of

(= TToSaTTos) from what country? 2. In late what sort ? Mt 82^, Mk I31, Lk 129 7^9, n Pe 311,
interrog. adv.
2537-39,44,

Jo

3i.t

Tr6T6,

625

|^^5 ^.,

ho^ long

indir. questions,
25, 4).t

6ir6r(,

of time, when?: Mt lJj 21^, Mt 17l^ Mk 9i9, Lk 9*i, Jo IO2*, Ee 610. In Mt 243, Mk 13* 33,35, l^ i236 1720 (y^ bI,

iroTi, enclitic particle, 1.

Jo
I

913,

Eo

79, 1130,

Ga

Th
Co

25,

Tit 33,

Phm
2232;

113.23 26 (Lft., in 1.), ", i Pe 2i 35.20 ; ^g^ ^roTi,

once, formerly, sometime : of the past, Eph 22. 3. ".13 58, Col I21

3^

of the fut.,
2. ever:
I

Lk

ttcos ^87] itotc,

at length, Phi 410 sometime soon at length, Eo li". if


110,21.
[j^

now

after

a neg.,
-a,

Eph

529,

^ pg

^ question, ns

tt.,

97,

He
:

15' i3.t
-ov,

ir<5Tpos,

which of two.

Neut.,

adverbially,

irorepov,

whether

Jo

7i^.t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


iroTT^pioi', -ov, TO,

375

dimin. of
2325.
26

ttottJp

Dta;]

a wine cup:
E, mg., om.),
rei,

Mt
i

2627,

(<[7rtVw), [in 7* 1423,

LXX

chiefly for

Mk
i

(WH,
c.

Co
9*^

1125,
;

Re

17*;

TriVctv

cV
;

by meton., of the E, mg., om.), i Co 1125,26 f.. gen. pers., I Co 1021, 1127. Metaph., of experience of divine providence; of prosperity (Ps 15 (16)6, al.) of adversity (Ps 10 (11), Is 51^7, al.) of the sufferings of Christ, Mt 2022. 23 2639, Mk 1038. s^ 1436, Lk 22*2,
t.

gen.

Mt

10*2,

Mk
Lk

Lk IP^ 22i7'20 toO tt., i Co 1128;


.

cuAoyias,

Co

lO^"

contents of the cup,

222''

(WH,
;

Jo
c.

18^1

of divine

punishment, Ee 14io 16^9 18.t


[in

iroTiiu

7rdTos),

LXX
2748^
i

chiefly for nplZT hi.


32;

;]

to give to
;

drink

ace. pers.,
10*2,

Mt

2535.

37, 42

Mk 153, Lk IS^s, Eo I220


Co

Mt

Mk

9*1;

fig.,

ydXa,
;

t. otvov,

Ee

water (Xen., Strab.,

al.
i

Si 153), of the Spirit,


rioTioXoi, -wv, ol,

Ge I310), Co 12i3.t

fig., i

Co

3-8.

c. dupl. ace 148; of plants, to Metaph. (cf. Is 29^,


,

Puteoli (mod. Pozzuoli), a city on the

Bay

of

Naples

Ac
i
:

2813.+

iroTos, -ov, 6 7rtVa)), [in

LXX chiefly for n]pt?ra


n:X ;]
139

;]

a drinking bout,

carousal

Pe

43.t

SVJV.
iroC,

V.S. KpanraX-q.

interrog. adv., [in

LXX for

'{i}

n^lSI

1.

prop., where
8[ioJ'i9 9^2

Mt
Lk
I

22 2617,

Mk
327,

1412. H,

Lk

171^' 37 22.ii,

Jo
4i5,
:

7"
is

1134

TTov (ia-Tiv),
825,
418.

indicating that the subject in question


I

not to be found
3*
;

Eo
2.

Co

120 1217. 19 1555,


;

Ga

n Pe

ttov <i>avuTai 2*,


3.

Pe

oTTov
13. 15,

(WM, 640
Ee
213
.

Bl,

50, 5)

c.

indie,

Mt

Mk

15*7

Jo

1*0 1157 202.

c.

subjc,

Mt

320,

Lk

958 12i7.

In colloq

(as in

Eng.)

ttoZ,

in indir. quest.,
irou,

Jo

tvhither : in direct questions, Jo 73* 912 133" 165 38 81* 1235 145, 118, j j^ 2ii.t

He

: He 2' 4*. 2. in some degree, perJmps, about : Ac 2729 (T, fi-^ov), Eo 4i9 ; 87; ttou (T, Srprov), surely : He 2i".t riouSTjs (in TT,, gen. -vtos, v. Zorell, s.v.), 6 (Latin), Piidens

enclitic particle,

1.

anywhere, sometohere

II

Ti

42i.t
TToos, TToSos, 6, [in

LXX

chiefly for bjl

;]

afoot, both of
;

men and

Mk 9*5, Lk 179, Jq ii44^ Ac 75, al. i-irh roh^ yr., Co 1525.27^ Eph 122, He 28; inoKdrio Twv IT., Mt 22** (lxx); 153o, Lk 1039, Ac 52, 7rp6s (TTo/ja) Tok TT., Mk 522, Lk 8*1, al. fig., Mt al. e/jiTTpoa-Oev twv it., Ee 39 1910, al. i-nrl Tous IT., Ac 1025. By meton., (119)ioi) of a person in motion (Ps 118 Lk 179, Ac 59, Eo 31* IQi^,
beasts
:

Mt
I

4" d-^x)^

Eo

1620,

He

1213.
-irpdyixa, -T09,

to {<^ Trpdacrw)

[in
:

LXX
Lk
li,

chiefly for "1^1;] 1. that

which has been done, a deed, 2. That which is being done


affair : Mt 18i9, Eo 162, i forensic sense (as freq. in

act

Ac
1.),

5*,

11

Co

711,

He
316
i

6I8.

(like Lat. res),

hence, a thing, matter,

Th
tt.,

4^ (v.

M,

Th., in

He

lOi lli,
:

Ja

in

v. Deiss.,

BS, 233), a law-suit

Co

6i.t

irpayfiaTeia, V.8. TrpayfutTia.

376

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


irpayfiaTeu'ofiai

7rp5y/ia),
*
',]

[in

LXX

III

Ki

10^2 B, 9^^
2. to

(pmU),

Da

LXX

8^''

(njNbpTIN ^\py)
to

1- io biisy oneself.

be engaged

in business, esp.
for piyo
tion
:

trade:

Lk

19^^

(cf. 8ia-7rpay/i,aTi;o;u,at).t
t)

irpayfxaTia (Rec. -cia,


.

as in

cl.), -as,

(<^7rpay/i.aTcvo/xai), [in
2. b^isiness,

LXX

6tc.

;]

1.

careful application, hard work.

occupa-

pi., II

Ti 2*.t

(L&t. prcstorium), 1. headquarters in a Eoman 2. The palace or official residence of the Governor of a camp. t. tt. t. IS^" (v. Swete, in 1.), Jo IS'^s- ^3 IQ^ province Mt 'IV\ Phi l^^ (v. Lft., in 1.; 'Hpoj'Sov, Ac 2336. 3. the Pratorian Guard:

*t

n-paiTcjpio*', -ov, to,

Mk

ICC, 51
one

f.).t

irpdKTup, -opo9, 6

Trpao-o-o)), [in

LXX

Is 312

(irr;!3)

;]

1. (poet.)

2. In Athens, owe i^^/i-o exacts payment, does or accomplishes. a collector ; hence, generally (freq. in tt., v. Deiss., BS, 154), a court

who
:

ofpx^er

Lk

U^^.f
,^

irpalis, -0)9,

7rptio-o-(o), [in
1313,
;

LXX
1.

II

Ch

13^2 27" 282^ (r^y^),

Jb 245
pi.,

(byts),

Pr

Wi
:

9", al.;]

a doing, deed, act:

Mt

1627;

in late writers especially of wicked deeds or TT. aTToo-ToXwi', Ac, ^jf. Lk 23^1; pi., Eo 8^^ Col 3; with ref. to practices (freq. in Polyb.) magic (v. BS, 3285), Ac 19^^. 2. an acting, action, business, function

Eo

12*.t
irpfios, irpdos, V.S. npav'i.
irpa(5TT)S, irpaoTTjs, V.S. TrpavT-r]^.

**

irpa<Ti(i,

-as,

17,

[in

LXX
bjTS
;]
:

Si 24^^ *
:

',]

a garden-bed ; metaph., of
cf.

ranks or orderly groups of persons


irpdao-w,

Mk

G^^.t

(Att. -ttcd,

and SO Ac 17^ Eec;

M,
;

Pr., 25, 45), [in


to

LXX
one's

chiefly for

TWV
{tcl

= Lat
Ac

agere, as Trotew (q.v.) =facere, 1.


i

to do, practise, be

engaged in

19^^' *^,

Co
i

9^"

t. tSia

tt.,

mind

own Ac 17'^. 2. to II Co 510, Phi


usually

business

eavrov, Soph., Plat.),

Th

TToie'o)

achieve, effect, accomplish, perform : 49; vofiov {ICC, in 1.), Eo 22& of unworthy acts (for wh. in cl.), to commit, do : Lk 2223 23*1, Jo 320 529, Ac 3^7
;

4^^; intrans., to act, Ac 262o 26^ Rq 7^* 9^^,

535 1628 25". 26 269'

31^

Eo

132 (^jcC, in

1.),

2^'^ 7^9 13*, i

Co

52, 11

Co

122i,

Ga Lk

52^.

3.

to

transact,
621

manage, hence,
(v.

of

payment,
to

3^3 1923^
al.)
:

Eeflexively, of state or condition,


;

to exact (cl.) or fare (^sch., do

Hdt.,

Eph
:

eS

tt.

M,

Pr.,

228

f.),

Ac

1529.t

SYN.

V.S. TTOu'w.
TrdcTX"^),

*t irpauiraOia (Eec. -iraOua), -as, 17 {<Cirpai<i, meekness, gentleness : i Ti 6" (Philo.).t


irpaus, -cia, -i,

""/oairn/s,

and

Trpaos (or Trpaos, V.


-vs,

BL,

Thayer,
Gr.,
I

s.v.), [in
f.)

LXX

(always

exc.

11

Mac

3, 3), -a, -ov (v. LS, 15^2^ .^^^^ y^ Thackeray,

180

for Ijy, rjJT, ^3^;] gentle,

meek: Mt
11.

5^

II29 21* (^x^),

Pe 3^t
TrpauTTjs (Rec. -ottjv, exC. Ja, I Pe,

C, where

irpairrji), -t/tos,

17,

MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


late

377

form

of ^pcuii^s, [in

LXX
1.),

Ps 44

(45)*
:

89

(90)io
4^1, ii

131 (132)^

(nw,
5'^^

ni3^),

Es 5^
Col
:

Si 8*;] gentleness, meekness


312 (v. Lft., in
cirieiKta, q.v.

Co

Co 10\ Ga
pe

6S

Eph

4,

Ti

225, tj^ 32^ ja_ 121 313^ i

3i5.t

SYJV.

pj)^ etc.;] 1. to he clearly 2. to resemble. seen. 3. to be fitting or becotning, to suit : c. dat., He 72, I Ti 210, Tit 2^; impers., c. dat., Eph 5^; id. seq. inf., He 2i0; irpinov co-rtv, c. dat. pers. et inf., Mt 3^^ c_ ^^qq et ji^f^^ i Co 11^^ (v.
Trpe'irw,

[in

LXX:

Ps 92(93)5

(-jj^j

Bl., 72, 5).t

** irpeaPeia,
seniority.

-a?,

^ (-< tt/j zo-/8cv w)

[in

LXX:

II

Mac 4"*;]

1. o^e,

2. ranfc, dignity. 3. aw embassy; by meton., of the ambassadors, embassy : Lk 14^^ igi^.f 2. *Trpc<Tpcooj (^TrpeV/^vs), 1. to be the elder, to take precedence. to he an ambassador (v.s. irpio-^v-nj^) 11 Co 5^^, Eph G^^.t
:

irpcaPcuniS,
irp^o-pus, wpfa-^VT-n<:,
I

V.S. 7rpeo-/9uTr;s.
6,

-ew9,

poet,
:

form

of Trpeo-^uVr/s
^l.

(q.v.),

[in

LXX =
(

an ambassador)
al.
;]

Nu
:

2120(2i),

(^jK^a), Is 13^ 57^ (TS),

Mac

9^**,

an old man.

Compar.,

irpcCTPoTcpos, -a, -ov, [in


ir.,

LXX

chiefly for ]pj;] 1. of age, elder

6 vios 6
5^' 2
;

Lk

1525;

3,3

subst., opp.

to veavia-Koi, Ac 2^^ to vewrepo?, 73.5, He II2 past, Mt 152, rank or office (as found in tt.
;

Ti

of the religious leaders of the

(= ol Traript^, He 1^). 2. Of dignity, and Inscr. of civil and religious offices, including priesthood, in Asia Minor and in Egypt v. Deiss., BS, 154 ff., 233 ff. LAE, 373) (a) among Jews Mt I621 26*7. 57 273. 12, 20, 2812, Mk 8=^1 1127 14. 53 151^ Lk 73 922 201 2252, Jq sm, Ac 45. . 23 512 231* 24^
;
;

Mk

T. 'lovSaidiy,

Ac
I

Ac 2515 t. Xaov, Mt 2123 263 271 (b) among Christiana 1130 1423 152.4,6,22,23 164 2118, I Ti 5^7,19^ Tit 15, II Joi, Jo^,
; ;

Pe

51'

5;

T.

KK\ria-ia<s,

Ac

20^^^ jg,

51*

(c)

Ee 4*'io 55.e.8.n,i4 711,13 nio use of this word and its relation to cTrio-KOTros 93 ff., 189 ff. CGT, Past. Epp., Ivi ff) t
Apocalypse:
;

the visions of the 143 194 (Qn the


in
(q.v.),
cf.

NT

Lft.,

Phi.,

**t irpcaPuWpiot', -ov, to TrpecrySvTcpos) [in LXX: Da TH Su 50 A * ;] a 6orft/ of elders, presbytery : of the Sanhedrin (cf. (rwiSpiov), Lk 22"^, Ac 225 of Christian presbyters, i Ti 4^*.t
,
.

irpecT^uTcpos, V.S. Trpea-ftvi.

irpcaPuTTjs, -ov,
|j?T
,

prose form of

-irpea-pv;, q.v., [in

LXX

chiefly for

Ge

258, al.

also

(=

irp^ajSivT^^), 11
1.

al.

(v.

Thackeray, Gr., 97);]


2.

Ch 323iBi (f b^), i Mac I422 S, an old man: Lk l^^, Tit 22, Phm

(E, txt., but V. infr.).

As

in

LXX,

also

Trpea-fievr^^,

an am16^* *
;]

bassador : Phm ** -n-pcaPuTts,

(E, mg., v. Lft. and ICC, in l.).t -180s, 17, fem. of irpa/3vTr)s, [in

LXX
:

IV

Mac
in

an aged woman
**irpr]v^s,

Tit 23.
(in Att. also Trpavr^s), [in

LXX Wi

4^9,

Mac

5.

so

623
.J

iioadlong,

prone

Ac

1^^+

378

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


irpil^w

=
tt.

Trpio),
Si'x**,

[in

LXX Am
:

1^,

Da th Su ^ *

;]

to

saw, saw
5^^ 6*'^^).

asunder (=
2.

Thuc,

iv,

100)

pass,

He

ll^*" (cf. 8ia-7rp6co).t

npiv, 1. as adv. of time, before,

formerly

(cl.;

iii

Mac
c.

As

conjc.
75^

(cl.),

before; (a) after a positive sentence,

ace. et inf.:

Mt
TT.

263*'

Mk

14^2,
c.

Lk 22\ Jo
;

4*^ S^s

(where D. om. Wo-^at and

gen. v. Bl, Ac 220(i'Xx5, irplv ri (not such good Attic in this construction; v. BL, I.e.), 14^**, Ac 22<*, mg., 7^ (b) after a negative sentence,

becomes prep.

69, 7) 14^9,

WH,

txt.
1^^,

Mt
irplv

Mk

WH,
M,
^7

c.

subjc. (seq. av,


ripiCTKa, -as,
II

Pr., 169),

Lk

2^6

c.

optat.,
-775,
.

Ac

25i8.t
:

(Lat.),

and Upia-KtWa,
:

17,

Prisca

Eo

16^,

Co
v.s.

1619,

Ti 1419

Priscilla

Ac

182.

is,

26

the wife

of Aquila,

'A/cvAas.t

ripiCTKiWa, V.S. TlpiaKa.


irpicj,

v.s. irpi^u).

irpo,

prep.
12"'
1*

c.

gen., [in

LXX
tt.

chiefly for ^J?!?;]

before;
,

(a)

of

place
al.
;

Ac

14^3,

Ja 5^;

irpocrwirov

(= Heb.
9^2 IQi,

""jeb

De
;

3^8,

Ma

S\

Mt
1*,

ll^o, Bl., 40, 9), 829 2438, Lk 1138 2112,

Mt

Mk

I2,

Lk V^ V^

Ac

14^3
I

(6) of

time

Jo 1155 IS^ 172\ Ac


;

536 2138,

Co
;

T 45,

Eph

Ti 19 421, Tit 12, He 115, I Pe I20, Ju 25 ^. ^Vw Se/caTeaa-dpwv, fourteen years ago, 11 Co 122 tt. irpoawTrov (v. supr.), Ac I32* c. gen. pers., Mt 5^2, Jq 57 IQS, Eo 16^, Ga 1^'^; c. gen. art. inf. (= TrptV;

Col ll^

II

M,

Ga

Pr., 100; Bl., 69, 7), Mt 6^, Lk 221 22^5, Jq 1*9 1319 175, Ac 2315, 2^2 323 as in late writers (resembling a Latin idiom but indepen

1^, 11 Mac 153, and dent of it; Bl., 40, 5; M, Pr., 100 f.; cf. for other exx.. Soph., Lex., s.v.), irpo ef rj/juipa^ tuv 7ra(j;(a, on the sixth day bef. the Passover, Jo 12^ (c) of preference tt. Travrwv, Ja 5^2, i Pe
;
:

Am

irpoavXLov, Trp6in compos., (a) c. subst., of position before Spofxos', priority of rank or order, TrpoTraTwp; anticipation, Trpoyvtocns, TTpovoia; (fi) c. adj., intensity, 7rpo8r;Xos; (y) c. verb., of place, Trpoayw,

48

(d)

wpo/Saivu}', of

preference, Trpoatpeoyoai.t
[in

Trpo-dyw,

LXX:
trial,

Ki

171"

(12:22),
:

Wi

19ii,

al.

;]

1.

prop,

trans., to lead on, lead forth or

forward

c.

ace. pers.,
;

Ac

163" 175; of

Ac 12'' (WH, txt., -rrpoa-ay-) seq. eVt, c. gen. Intrans. (Plat., Polyb., and later writers; v. Bl., MM, xxi) (a) to lead the way, i Ti 1^^ ^jj, mg.), hence, to go 53, 1 11^; seq. ets, Mt I422, before, precede : Lk 183; opp. to aKoXovOiai, 1032 6, I Ti 52^ He 7^8 c. ace. pers., Mt 2^ 219, geq, .j^, I428 16^ n Jo 9.t Mt 2131 2632 287, (6) to go on, advance (Si 202^)
bringing forth to
pers.,

Ac
;

252^.

2.

Mk

Mk

Mk

Mk

irpo-aipe'ca,

-w,

[in

LXX
mid.,

for
to

forward.
II

Most

freq.

in

pt&n etc. ;] to bring forth or take by choice, prefer, propose:


,

Co

97.t
-w/Aai, to

*t irpo-aiTidofiai,

accuse or charge beforehand

Ro

39 (not

elsewhere) .t
* irpo-aKouw, to hear beforehand : Col 15 (v. Lft., in l.).t *t irpo-ap-apTif w, to sin before : 11 Co 122 ^ i32_t * TTpo-aoXioK, -ov, TO {<C7rp6, avXrj), a porch, vestibule: Mk 14'*.+

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


irpo-^aivo),

379

[in

LXX
l^^.
I''.

advance

Mt

421,

Mk
Lk
:

chiefly for Ki2;] to go forwards, go on, Metaph., of age (Ge IS^i, al, Lys.. Diod..
for Tin

al.), CV T. ;7/u>ats,

18

236.t
,

irpo-pdXXu, [in
2. to

LXX
c.

p^D

etc.

;]

put forward

ace,

Ac

19^^

of trees, to
[in

throw before. put forth, produce


1.

to

(sc. <pvX\a),

Lk

213o.t
-yj,

irpoPaTiKcJs,

-6v (<^7r/3o/?aTov),

LXX

(tt.

TrvXrj)

Ne

3^' ^^

12^9 (|X2?)*;] of sheep : rj w. (sc. TrvXr}, v. supr.), the sheep-gate, Jo S'^.t * TT-popciTioc, -ov, TO, dimin. of irpo/SaTov (used as a term of endearment, V. Bl., 27, mg.).t a little sheep : Jo 21i6.i7 (Trpo/Sara,

4),

WH,
,

TrpoPaToc, -or, to (<^ Trpo^aivw)

[in

LXX
12.

chiefly for ]X2?

also for
ca^^Ze,

ngr,

more

rarely for tzr^g

(^5^?),

^n^;]
T^^,

in

Hom., Hdt.,
;

esp. of small cattle, sheep

and

goats.
:

In NT, as in Attic writers

generally

(cf.

MM,

xxi),

a sheep

Mt

Mk

6^*, al.

irpojiara o-(^ay^s,

Eo

8^^(^^^).

Metaph.

(in cl. of timidity, stupidity

followers of a leader or master, esp. of those who care of the Good Shepherd: Mt 10^ 152* 2631(lxx),
107,8,15,16,26,2- 2116,17

or idleness), of the are subject to the

Mk
;

1427(i'XX),

Jq

(^H,

txt., Trpo/Sdrux),

He
:

IS^O

opp. to

ipi<f>ia,

Mt
6''

2533.
Trpo-pipdj^o),
{I2t2f
:

causal of Trpo^atW, [in

LXX

Ex

35^*

(nT

hi.),

De

pi.)

;]

to

lead forward, lead on ; metaph., to induce, incite,

urge

Mt

148.t
[in

tirpo-pX^TTu,

LXX:
:

Ps 36

(37)^3

(nsi)*;]
II

to

foresee: mid.,

He

11*0

(v. Bl.,

24, 55, l).t

**irpo-Yi'onai, [in

LXX Wi IQ^^ xA,


Eo
c.

Mac
*
;

143 158*.] ^^ happen


to

before

pf. pass, ptcp., [in


3i'^
;

325.t
:

**

Trpo-yii'WCTKw,

LXX Wi
ace.
120

6^^ 8^ 18"'

;]

know beforehand,
the

foreknow : n Pe knowledge, Eo 829


**+

pars.,

Ac
,

26^

of

Divine

fore-

112, I
r}

Pe
I'^.t

TTpo-yi'wais, -Ois,
2^3, i

(<^ Trpoyivcio-Kw) [in

LXX
:

Jth 9^ lli^*;]/ore;]

knowledge : Ac ** irpo-yoi'os,
before.
2.

Pe

-ov {<CTrpoyLvofiaL), [in

LXX

Es

41^, Si 8*, al.

1.

born

subst., in pi., 01 tt., ancestors, forefathers : 11 Ti 1^; of living parents (so Plat.), i Ti 5*.t 3^ cod., i Mac lO^e * ;] to write Trpo-Yp(i<j)w, [in

As

LXX Da LXX
:

before

Eo

15*,

(Dem., Plut.,

Eph Ju *. 2. to tvrite in public, placard, proclaim 31 (Lft., in 1.). al.) 3. = ^uypa^ew, to pourtray, Ga
3^,
:

depict: Ga, I.e. (Syr. Pesh., Chrys.; Field, Notes, 189; CGT, in l.).t Jth 8^^, 11 Mac 31^ 14^9*;] 1. evideiit ** Trp<5-8Ti\os, -oy, [in 2. clearly evident : i Ti 524,25^ He 7^*.t beforelmnd. Ez IB^* A (jn:), iv Mac 41, al. ;] 1. to give Trpo-8i8u/ii, [in

LXX:
:

LXX

before, (iv

give first:
l.c.).t

Eo IP^ Lk

(Jb

412(ii),

LXX,
:

al).

2.

to

betray

Mac,
**

irpo-86TT)s, -ov, 6 {irpoSiSoip.i), [in


:

LXX
7^2^

11

Mac 5"
3*.t

10^3,22^

32**;] a betrayer, traitor


Trp<5-8pofios, -ov

6l^

m Mac

Ac

n
:

Ti

7rpoTpxco), [in

LXX Nu 132i(20), Is

28* (133),

380

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


As
subst., 6
ir.,

12^*;] running forward, going in advance. advance guard, forerunner : He G^^.t


irpo-ciSoj',

Wi

an

aor.

without pres. in use

(v.s. Trpoopdoi), [in


:

LXX

Ge

3718 (ns-i),
irpoiSwy),

Ps 138
3^.t

(139)3

(pD

hi.) *;] to

foresee

Ac

2^1 (xpoiSoiv;

WH,

Ga

**
(hi
before

Trpo-eiTTov',

Mac
:

2 aor. from unused pres. (v.s. c'ttov), and pf., -eiprjKa 6^^*), pass., -etpTj/xai (11 Mac 2^^, iii Mac l^s, al.), 1. to say
i

Ga 1^
II II

Th

4<'

(on the form


5^1; of
2.

-ap.v, v.

WH,
i

App., 164),
13'^^

He 4^
but

seq. 5ti,

Eo

929,

Co Pe
:

73 132,
32,

Ga

Ju^'^.

to

Mk Ac l^^, prophecy, Mt proclaim publicly, declare openly or


242^,
13^,

plainly
V. supr.,

(cl.)

and

cf.

so E, mg., in 11 M, Th., 38) .t


-ci'pT^/xat,

Co

Ga

5^^

Th

(cf. TrpoXeyo);

irpo-eipTjKa,

V.S. Trpoelirov.

*t irpo-e\irii, to hope before : seq. iv, Eph l^^f *t n-po-ci'(ipxo)iai, to begin before : 11 Co 8^ c. ace, to OeXnv, ib. ^^ (not elsewhere). Mid., to promise before: *+ irpo-cTT-aYYeXXw, to annx)unce before. 1'^ 11 Co 9^ (Dio. Cass.).t c. ace. rei, Eo Ge 333. 1* irpo-%o|xai, [in (-,^)^ jth ^^\ Si 35 (32)io, 14^5 al ;] 1. to go forward, go on, advance : seq. p,iKp6v, Mt 26^^ and 12i". (WH, mg., Trpoo-eX^wv) pvii-qv fuav (cf. Plat., Bep., i, 328e), Ac Jth, I.e.) 2. Of relative position, to go before, precede : c. gen. (cl. seq. evwrnov, Lk 1^^ pers. (not cl.), Lk 22*'' (c. gen., Eec.) c. ace. i3 (WH, 3. Of time, to go before or in advance : Ac 205. (cf. Ge 333). G^^.t mg., E, mg.), II Co 9^; c. ace. pers. (= cl. ^ddvui),
;

LXX
:

Mk

Mk

npo-epio), -w, V.S. Trpoenrov.


irpo-eToifidi^u,
c. ace. rei,

Eo

[in 9^3 (ots for

LXX
:

*t irpo-eoaYYcXij^ofxai,
irpo-^X", [in

LXX

Is 282* B, Wi 9^ * ;] to prepare before : a by attraction), Eph 2^''.t to announce glad tidings beforehand : Ga 3^.t Jb 276 A (p7n hi.) * ;] 1. Trans., to hold before
:

mid., to hold something before oneself (Hdt.), hence, metaph., to excuse Lft., Notes, 266 f. oneself: Eo 3^, E, mg. (but v. Field, Notes, 152 f. JCC and Vau., in 1.). 2. Intrans. (a) to project; (b) in running, to have the start, hence, metaph., to excel : pass., Eo, I.e., E, txt. (v. reflf.
;

8upr.).t
Trpo-TjYe'o^ai, [in
al.
;]

LXX

De

20^ (127X15), Pr 17^* (^3pb),


:

11

Mac 4*,

go before as leader (in el., c. gen., dat.) Eo 12^" (Chrys., 2. In a sense not elsewhere found, dXX?7Xow9 Vg., al. V. ICG, in 1.). Eo, I.e. {ICG, cf. I Th 5 TTporjyovfJievoi = d. yf^ovp,evoi V7rpe;^ovTas
1.

to

Phi 23 and

EV
Ch

''preferring").^
-9,

Trp6-eais,

[in
i

LXX: Ex
Mac
122, II

40*.

23

(rj-^y),

Ch

932,

al.

(nsnyo),
(Plat.,
ivwTTioi,
^7 TT.

II

419 (D"':q),
:

Plut., al.)

Ex

ol dproi t^s tt. 2529; 01 a. ToC Trpoo-wTTov,

Mac 3^, al. 1. a setting forth (cf. LXX, 11. c., elsewhere aproi Ne 1033), Mt 12*, Mk 226, Lk 6*;
;]
;

Ac

92. 2. a purpose (Arist., Polyb., al. Twv dpTwv, 1123 2713, Eo 828 9", Eph l^i ^^\ 11 Ti 1^ 3i.t

He

11

Mac,

I.e.)

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


:

381

** -irpo-O^ajiios, -a, -ov, [in Sm. Jb 28^, Da 9- * ;] appointed beforehand. In Attic law, as subst. (so always in cl.), 17 tt. (sc. rifiepa), a day appointed beforehand, a previously appointed time : Ga d^.t ** TrpodufAia, -as, 17 (<^ Trpo^u/xos) [in Si 45'^^*;] eagerness,
,

LXX
Ch

willingness, readiness
Trp<i0u^ios, -ov, [in

Ac

17^^
:

11

Co

8^^' ^^' ^^ Q^.t

LXX
Mt

Ch

28^1, 11

29^1 (y-jj),

Hb
=
17

l^

(izrin),

al.;]

willing, ready: (Thuc, al, III Mac (but V. ICC, in 1.).+


Trpo0u>a)s, [in

26*^

Mk
29^*

14^^;
c/xe

neut.,

to

-tt.

irpoOvfjita

52),

ovtws to Kar

(=

cl.

to >ov) v.,

Eo

1^5

LXX
-ov,

11

Ch

(nn^ n.CP), To

?, al.

;]

mgrerZ^/,

readily, with a ready mind : 1 Pe 5^.t irpoifjios (Eec. Trpco-, of which vrpo- is a late

form

v. Bl., 6,

WH,

App., 152),

[in

LXX: De
:
:

ll^^ (nii^),

etc.;]

the more

most freq. in LXX), Ja 5''.t Pr 23^ 261^, Is 432^ Am B^o II Ki irpo-t(rrr],ii, [in LXX (no proper Heb. equiv.), Da LXX BeF, i Mac 5^9, iv Mac IP^*;] 1. trans, in fut., 1 aor., and mid. 1 aor., to put before, set over (Plat., al.). 2. Intrans., in pf., plpf., 2 aor. and mid. pres. and impf,

common

-n-pwios (q.v.),

early

of rain (as
1317,

(a)
I

to
3*'

preside, rule, govern


^' 1^

Eo

12^,

Ti

5^''

c.

gen.,

Th

5^^,

Ti (b) to direct, maintain : c. gen. rei, KaXwv epywv. Tit ; (on E, mg., profess honest occupations, v. CGT, in 1. Field, Notes,
;

3^* 1*

223

f.).t

** irpo-KaXeu,
freq.

-w, [in to

LXX

II
;

Mac 8" A *
hence,
to

;]

to call forth.
:

Most
;

in mid.,
(11

(a)

challenge
to

provoke
:

Ga

5^^

(b)

to

invite
seq.

Mac,

l.c.).+

*t irpo-KaT-ayYeXXu,
TTcpi,

announce beforeJiand

c.

ace. et inf.,

Ac

3^*

Ac

7^''.+

* irpo-KaT-apTi^w,
irp6-Ki,iai,

to

make ready beforehand


39^8
(36),

11

Co

9^.+

[in

LXX: Ex
1. to

Nu

4^ (d^:D), etc.;]

used as

be set before one, to be set forth : He G^^ 12^>^, 2. to present oneself, be present : 11 Co 8^^ (v. Mey., in 1.).+ Ju'^. * -n-po-KTjpu'aau, 1. to proclaim by herald. 2. Of one who acts as a
pass, of
TrpoTtOrjixi;

herald, to proclaim
**tTrpo-KOTni, -^s,

Ac

13^*.
[in

T)

progress (prop., on

Si 5V^ II Mac 8^*;] a journey, then generally): Phi 112,25^ j iji 4^*
7rpoKo'7rTa)),

LXX:

(condemned by
**

Atticists, v. Eutherford,

irpo-Koirrw, [in

Sm.

Ps 44 (45)^*;]

NPhr., 158) .t to cut forward a way, for-

ivard, advance, in

cl. trans, with neut. adj., as ovSev tt., to TroAAa tt. In late writers (Polyb., al.), wholly intrans., to advance, progress : of time, Eo 1312. Metaph., Lk 2^^ Ga T*, 11 Ti 2i 39'i3.t *t Trp6-Kpi|ia, -Tos, TO (<[ cl. TrpoKpiveiv, 1. to prefer. 2. to judge beforehand), pre-judging, prejudice : i Ti 5^1 (v. Cremer, 378).+ *t Trpo-Kupoo), -w, to establish or confirm beforehand : Ga 3^''.+ **iTpo-\aiL^dyw, [in LXX: Wi n^\ii\ ib.^^x^B*;] 1. to take 2. to be beforeJiand, beforehand : c. ace, i Co ll^^ (but v. infr.).

382

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMEN'T


cl.,

anticipate (in
;

c.

ace, gen. or dat.)

c.

inf.

(=

cl.

(f>6dvu),

v. Bl.,

surprise : pass., Ga Swete, in 1.), 69, 4 6^ (on the virtual disappearance of the temporal force of the preposition in this compound here and perhaps also in i Co, I.e., v. MM,
14^.
3.

Mk

to overtake,

xxi).t
irpo-X^Y^,

[in

LXX
:

hand

II

Co

132,

Ga

521, i

Th

Is 4126 (133 hi.)*;] 1. to tell or say before3* (E, txt. cf. TrpoaTrov, but v. infr.). 2.
;

to declare,

tell

plainly

11

Co, Ga,

Th,

11.

c.

(E,

mg.

v.

MM,
v.

xxi,

and
in

cf. Is, l.c.).t

*tirpo-fj.apTupofiai, to protest
:

heforehand
in

(cf. fxaprvpoixai,

and

Hort,

Theod. Met., xiv/AD.).t 1.) * irpo-ficXcTdiw, -w, to premeditate : Lk 21^*.t *t TT-po-fAeptfju'du), -w, to be anxious beforehand : Mk 13^Kt Da LXX 11*^ irpo-Ko^u, -oi, and depon. -eo/xat, ov/xaL, [in LXX 2. to provide (EV, take thought for) (]^Sl), Wi 6'^, al.;] 1. to foresee.
I
:

Pe 1" (elsewhere only

c.

ace. rei, KaXd,


Trcpi,

Eo
I.e.)
rj

12^^ (-ov/xvoi),
:

11
i

Co

821 (-ov/tev),
(-ei,

3.

to

provide
6^^<^9),

for (seq.

Wi,
-a?,

e.

gen. pers.,

Ti 5^

WH,

mg.,
;

-rTai).t

TTp6voi.a,

(< TrpoVoos,

careftil), [in

LXX: Da LXX
24^
:

Wi
c.

14^ 172, n-iv Mae g* ;] foresight, forethought : Ac gen. (Dem., 546, 6), viake provision for show care for
,

tt.

iroLtlcrdai,

irpo-opcia,, -w, [in

LXX
:

Ps 15
c.

(16)8 (mizr pi.),

Eo 13^*.t Bs 5" A*;] to see


ace, seq. evoWidv
;

before (as to place or time)

ace,

Ac

212^,

Mid.,
c.

c.

/lOV, Ac225(LXX).t *t Trpo-opi^u, to predetermine, foreordain

Ac

428;
lii.t

id.

seq.

ets,

Co 2\ Eph 1^

c.

ace, Eo 8^^ id. et inf., dupl. ace, Eo 82^; pass.,

Eph

suffer before : i Th 22.t ** Trpo-irdTup, -opo<;, 6 (<7raTi;/3), [in

irpo-irdorxoj, to

LXX:
IQi^,
2.

ui

Mac
19^,

221

A*;] a
12*,

forefather
II

Eo

A^.f
[in
to

**-irpo-ir^ftTra,,

LXX:

Es 4*^ Jth

Wi

Mae

Mac

623*;]

2.

send before, send forth.

to set

journey, escort: e ace pers., i Co 16^^ Tit 2>^^, iii 2038; oS, I Co 16 ; Im, Ac 21^; pass., Ac 15^, Eo 152*,
TrpoTreTVjs, -s

forward on a Jo^; seq. ci?, Ac

Co

l^^.t

7rpo7rt'7rT(o), [in

LXX:

Pr

10^* (^-ilN) 13^ (piTD),

less

Si 9^8*;] falling forwards, headlong. of things, : of persons, 11 Ti 3*


;

Metaph., precipitate, rash, reckfor "isy , etc. ;] to Ac 740(Lxx)_f

irpo-n-opeuo), [in

LXX chiefly

Ac 1936.t for '^n also


,

make

Pass, and go before. irpcSs, prep, e gen., dat., ace I. C. gen., of motion from a place, from the side metaph., in the interests of, Ac 1V^ (cf. Page, in 1.). II. C. dat., of local proximity, hard by, near, at : 19", Jo 18i 20iii2^Eeli3.
to

mid., to go before

Lk

l^^,

of,

hence
5^^,

Mk

Lk

ace, of motion or direction towards a place or object, 1. Of place, (a) after verbs of motion or of speaking and to, towards. other words with the idea of direction ep^^ofiai, dvaySatW, Tropevofuu,
III. C.
:

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Xf/oi,
iTTta-ToX^,

383

6^\ Lk lie, Jo 23, Ac 9^, al. mult. Mt 31*, direction, hostile or otherwise, Lk 23^, Jo 6*^, metaph., of mental II Co 7*, Bph 6^2, Col 313, al. ; of the issue or end, Lk 1432, Jo 11^ al.
etc.,

Mk
i

of purpose,

Mt
M,

26i2,

Eo

32",

Co 6^

al.

tt/jos

to,

c. inf.,

denoting

purpose

I322, Eph Pr., 218, 220; Lft., Notes, 131), Mt S^s, 6l^ I Th 29, al. {b) of close proximity, at, by, with : Mt S^o, 11*. ; 63, Jo l^ al. 2. Of time, Lk 411, Ac 32, al. after ^TvaL, Mt IS^e, Ge S^\ al.) Lk 2429 ; (b) for : -n-p^s (a) towards (Plat., Xen.,
(cf.

Mk

Mk

Mk

LXX

Kaipov,

Lk

8^3^ I

Co

7^

xpos wpav, Jo

53^, al.

Trpos oXtyov,

Ja

4^*.

3.

Of relation (a) toward, with : Eo 5^, 11 Co 1^2^ Col 4^, i Th 4^2, al. (c) pertaining to, to : (b) with regard to : Mt 19^, Mk 12^2^ jjq 331, al. Mt 27*, Jo 2122, Eo 1517, He 2^7 51 (d) according to : Lk 12*7, Co 5^9, Ga 2^*, Bph 3* 4^* (e) in comparison with : Eo 8^^.
;
; ;

IV. In composition
(Trpoo-KOTTTO)) ,

towards

(Trpoa-epxofjLai), to

(irpoadyw), against

besidcs (TTpocrSaTravdo))

tirpo-arippaTo.', -ov, to, [in

LXX

Ps 91

(92)

tit.

(na^T) 92 (93)

tit.,

Jth 8*;] the day before the Sabbath: Mk 15*2 (L, Tr., txt., -n-phs o-.).t De 23 (7) (uhl), 11 Es lO^Bi (HT hith.), Trpo<r-aYop.5a,, [in

LXX

Wi

1422,

Mac

14*0,

n Mac

136 4^ 10^ 143^*;]


:

hence,

to call

by name, address, style


[in

c.

to address, greet, salute; dupl. ace, pass., He 5^^


,

irpoa-dyo},

LXX

chiefly for

; trans., to bring or lead : c. ace. et 3^8; seq. <oSc, Lk 9*^; pass., c. dat., Mt 182* (Trpoa-rjvexOr], T)

Sip hi., also for W22 dat., Ac 162'' metaph., t.


;

etc.

;]

1.

Oew, i Pe in forensic

to

sense, to summon: Ac 12^ (rn-poayayeLv, T, draw near, approach (Jos 3^, Je 26 (46)3,

WH,
al.)
:

mg., E).
c. dat.,

2. Intrans.,

Ac
2.

272^

(WH,

wpocra^^eiv) .t

* trpocT-ayoiyri,

-rj<s,

rj,
;

(<^7rpo(Tayo)), 1.

a bringing
52,

to.

approach,

access (v. Lft., Notes,

284
[in

MM,
:

xxi)

Eo

Eph

2^^ 3^2 (but v. Ellic,

Eph., 59

f.,

where the
-w,

irpoCT-airea),

transitive sense "introduction" is advocated).t Jb 27^* * ;] 1. to ask besides. 2. to

LXX

importune, beg, ask alms : Jo 9^.t continue asking ; *t -rrpoo-aiTYjs, -ov, 6, a beggar : Mk 10*", Jo 9^t Ex 1923, al. (rhv) ;] 1. to go up irpoa-ai'a-paii', [in 2. to go up higher : Lk 14^''.t besides. * n-poor-ai'aXiaK&), to spend besides : Lk 8*3 (WH, E, mg., om.).t ** Trpoo--amir\T]p6<i), -w, [in Wi 19* * ;] to fill up by adding 11 Co 9^2 ns.t to, to supply fully : * irpoo'-ava-TiOTjfjii, to lay on ox offer besides; mid., (a) to lay on oneself in addition, undertake besides ; (b) c. gen. pers., of giving or obtaining information, to consult, communicate : Ga 1^" 2" (Lft., in 1.
hence,
to

LXX

LXX

cf. ava-TL6T]fli).

* iTpoa-ay-ix'^> ^0 approach : v.l. for Trpoaraxiw, Ac 2727 L.t ** irpoCT-aireiX^u, -u>, [in LXX: Si 133 N*;] to threaten further

Ac

42i.t

*t

irpo(r-ax^o), -w,

Doric for

irpocr-qxita, to

resound

of land perceived

by the roar

of the surf,

Ao

272 ^

(WH,

mg.,

cf. 7rpoo-ayo)).t

384

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


:

*t irpoa-Sairai'dw, -w, to spend besides

c.

ace,

Lk

10^^.+

SYN.

Trpo(Tavaki(TKiii.

irpoo-S^ojjiai,

[in

LXX
17^^.t

Pr 12^ (lOn), Sig*;]

to

want further,

need in addition

Ac
\}^

irpo(T-8^XO|J^'^i'

LXX

chiefly for
:

nSI ;]

1.

to receive to oneself,

receive favourably, admit, accept


2^9
;

c.

ace. pers.,

Lk
2.

15^,

Eo

16^,
^s

Phi
2S^\

c. ace. rei,
:

wait for

c.

24^* (E, mg.), ace. pers., Lk 12^6 ;

Ac

He
c.

lO^* ll^s.
ace. rei,

to expect,

look for,

Mk

15,

Lk

2"'

Ac

2321, Tit 213,

ju2i

(of. 8^o/xai).t

irpoa-SoKdo), -w (the

simple verb exists only in the forms Sokcw,


(104)'^7 (-Qizr pi.), etc.;]
c. ace. pers.,
;

-M,
24s,

[in

LXX:
12*6^
c.

Ps 103

to

await, expect:

Mt

Lk 3"
.

Ac

27^3 28^;

Mt IP, Lk pi
Ac
286
q^

Ti^/^o 8*,

Ac
118

1024

ace. rei,

ii
rj

Pe

S^^-i*

c.

ace. et inf.,

{^i^ p^Q 35_t


(nnj?":),

irpoaSoKia, -as,

7rpoo-8o/caw), [in
1713,

LXX: Ge

49"
c.

Ps

(119)ii

(n?t?r),

Wi

Si 402,

al.;]

expectation:

gen. obj.,

Lk

2126

c.

gen. subje.,

Ac

12".t

*t irpoo-edo), -w, to permit further : Ae 27 '^.t chiefly for Vf22 t TTpocT-iyyiio), [in 2. Intrans., to approach: c. near (Luc).

LXX

np

;]

1. trans., to

bring

dat.,

Mk
i

2*

(WH,

Trpoa-eviyKai) .T

1.

** irpoaeSpeuo) (-< Trpdo-eSpos, sitting near), [in LXX: 2. to attend regularly : e. dat., i Co to sit near. * iTpoo-pYitofiai,

Mae

Q^^,

11*"*;] Eee. (v.s.

7rape8pua)).t
1. to work or do service besides (Hdt., Plut.). gain besides, by working or trading Lk Id^^ (Xen.).t for aip ETM etc. ;] to approach, draw irpoa-^pxofjiai, [in
:

2.

to

LXX

near

He
c.

^^\ absol., : 1218-22; (jat. pers.,

Mt

Lk 9^2^ al. Mt 5^, and

c.

infin.,

Mt 24\
;

al.

c.

dat. loc,
indie.,

freq.,

Jo

I221, al.; ptep., TrpoaeXOi^v,


tt.

indie,

Mt
6^5,

82,
al.

and

freq.,

Mk
(a)

l^i,

Lk

T^*, al.

air^,
:

e.

Mt

43,

Mk

Metaph.,
;

of approaching

God

absol. (Le

211'',

De

215, al.),

He
I

Trpos Xpto-Tov,

41^; 72^ 11^ 101-2^; t. 6^^, t. Opovw t. x>tos. Pe 2* (b) in sense not found elsewhere (Field, Notes,
;

He

He

211), to consent to

vyiaivova-i Xdyois, I
r]

Ti
,

S^.

tTrpoa-euxil, -^?,

prayer to

I721 (WH, E, txt., om.) 2122, Mk 929, Lk 22, Ac God 1i, Bph li. 31 6* 1031, Eo 1212, I Co 75, Col 42 pi., Ae 2*2 104, Rq 83.*; oIkos irpoaevxv^, Mt Col 412, I Th 12, Phm*22^ I Pe 37 47^ jje 5^ 6I8, Phi 4 pi., 21", Mk 1117, Lk 19* (LXX) tt. koI Birjcns, Eph 6i2; -r-pos t. 21 5^; (ef. Wi 162^), Lk TT. Tov $ov, prayer to God I Ti ee6v, seq. i^ip, Ac 12^; pi., Eo IS^O; Hebraistically (Bl., 38, 3),
:

(<]

7rpocrv;(0/Aai)

[in

LXX

chiefly for n?Dri

;]

1.

7]

Trpoa-evxij irpoa-evxea-OaL,

prayer: 173 for other


;

Ja of a synagogue
exx., v.

Si''

(BV, prayed fervently).

2.

a place of

(iii

Mae

72*^,

v.l.

v.
;

Charles,

APOT,

i,

Kennedy, Sources, 114)

of a place in the

open

(FIJ, Ant., xiv, 10, 23),

Ae

16i3'i.t

SYN.

v.s. Serja-LS.

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


irpoa-euxofiai, [in 2638.39,41,44^

385
of

LXX
cl.,

chiefly for

b^D

hith.

;]

to

pray (always
G^-^.s

prayer to God, or in

to

gods):

absol.,

Mt
txt.,

1423

1913

Mk

V^

6*

IP*' 25 1333

Lk

110 321 5i 6i 918.28,29 111,2

181,10 224*

(WH, E, (WH, (WH,


;

Om.) 1432.38,39^ E, mg., om.), Ac I2*

66 911,40 109,30 116 1212 133 1483 1625 2036 215 22^7 288, I Co 11*. 6 141* I Th 517, I Ti 28, Ja 51*. 18; seq. Xe'yov, Mt 2639. *2, Lk 22*^; c. dat 12*o instr., I Co 11^ 14i*.i5; Mt 23i* E, txt., om.),

f^^p^^

Mk

Lk
v.s.

20*^

ev Trvruix-aTL {ayifa),

Eph Mt

6^8,

Ju

2'*

irpoa-evxfj

tt.

(a

Hebraism

Trpoa-ivxrj),

Ja

5^^

c.

ace. rei,
6", i

pers., Ja S^*; c. dat. pers., Col 13 43, I Th 525, II Th 1" 31,

Lk Co

IS^^,

seq, hri, c. ace ll^^; seq. irepl, c. gen., Ac 8'*


82''
;

Eo

Ja 516 Phi 19;


;

seq. Iva,
c. inf.,

Mt 2420, Mk Lk 22"; seq.

I318; wp, Mt 5**, Lk 628, Col l^ I318 14^5, Lk 22*6, i Co 14^3 tovto ha
;

He

ror, c. inf.

(Bl,

irpo<T-^X"'

expressed or understood, to bring to seq. dat., to turn one's mind to, attend to; in Xen. and later writers with vow omitted (Bl., 53, 1 81, 1) Ac 8^ 16^*, He 2\ II Pe l^^ in sense of caring or providing for, Ac 20^8 cf. Ge 24, Ex 1028, al.) TT. ain-(3, to give heed to oneself (M, Pr., 157 173 213*, Ac 535 id. seq. dTrd (M, Pr., 102 Bl., 34, 1^ 40, 3 v.s. Lk 6i3, /?A.Va)), Lk 121; (without dat.) Mt 1^^ lO^^ 166.11,12^ Lk 20*" (cf. Si al.) seq. firj, c. inf. (M, Pr., 193 Bl., 69, 4), Mt GK 3. to attach or devote oneself to : c. dat. pers., Ac 8^"' n, i Ti 41 c. dat. rei, i Ti 1* 3^
bring Hdt.,
to
al.).

\y^ (freq. vavv,

LXX

71, 3),
ni., etc.

Ja
;]

S^^.t

for D.tSp hi.,

idtD

1.

turn to, port, land


to
:

2. T. vovv,

413 63

** irpoo-TiXoo),
fig.,

(-px-.

WH,
-u),

E), Tit
[in

11*,
:

He

7i3.t

LXX

iii

Mac

4^ *

;]

to

nail to

c.

ace. et dat.,

Col

2i*.t
(<^7r/oocr\avva)),

t irpocrriXuTos, -ov

[in

LXX
to
152'

for "T5J]

One

who

has arrived,
(v.

DB,

s.v.)

a stranger. Mt 23", Ac

2.

Of converts

Judaism, a proselyte
8.

2io 6^ 13*3.t

iv **irp6o-Kaipos, -ov, [in 2. for a season, temporary, transient


short-lived
:

LXX:

Mac
:

23*.]

11

Co

418,

He

1 112^

^^ season. of plants,
Mid., to

Mt

I321,

Mk

4i7.t

n-poor-KaX^w, -w, [in

LXX
:

chiefly for
c.

K^p

;]

to call

to.

call to oneself (v.

M,
al.

Pr., 157)

ace. pers.,

Mt

lOi,

Mk

3i3 6^,

Lk
e.

71^, inf.,

Ac Ac

5**,

Ja

51*,

Metaph., of the Divine call: Ae 23^;


;

1610 (v. Bl., 69, 4)


-irpoa-KapTcp^b),
-to

seq. ek,

Ae

132.t

Nu I321 (<^ Kaprepos, strong, stedfast), [in th Su"*;] to attend constantly, continue (pin hith.). To X, Da 3^, Ac 8i3 10^ ; c. dat. stedfastly, adhere to, wait on : c. dat. pers.,
:

LXX

58

Mk

rei,

Ac
:

li* 2*2 6*,

Eo

I212,

Col 42
rj

seq.

ev,

Ae

2*

's,

Eo

136.t

*t irpoa-KapTe'pTjCTis, -ews,

{<^Trpo(TKapfTpi<ji),

stedfastness, persever-

ance

Eph

6i8.t
to',

irpo(T-Ke4.(lXaio^, -ov,

[in

LXX: Ez

1318.20 (ng^),

Es

38*;]

a pillow, cushion
mid.,

Mk

438.t

*t irpoa-KXifjpow, -w, to allot to, assign to by lot; pass, (but perh. as EV, consorted with, so Syr.) Ac 17* (for exx., v. Cramer, 749).
:

25

386

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


irpoa-KXrjais, -ecus,
rj,

LTr., mg., for


:

7rpocrK\tcrt9, q.V.
;]

** irpocT-Kkiyd),
2.

[in

LXX

ii

to

make the

scale incline

Mac 14^'' * one way or

1. to

make
;

another

to lean against. hence, metaph., of

persons, to inclirie (sc. iavrov) towards: pass., Ac S^^.t *t irp(5a-KAi<j-is, -ccjs, rj ] Trpoa-KXivoi), inclination, partiality : i Ti S^^.t chiefly for p2l;] to glue to; pass., -irpoa-KoXXdo), -w, [in

LXX

reflexive, to stick to, cleave to (Plat.)

metaph.
,

(c. dat.,

Jos 23*, Si 6'*


23^^
34^^

al), seq. Trpds, t irpcJcT-KOfJifia,

Mk

10^ (R,
-Tos,

txt.),

Eph

53i(LXX),t
[in (a)

to

(<^ Trpoo-KOTrrw)
;]

LXX: Ex
932.33^ i

(urplt), Is 8^* (p]a), Jth 8'^^ Si 17^^ al.

a stumble, stumbling:

Xi^OS
(b)

7rporrK6fifJiaTO^
irpoa-KOTrrj,
I
:

(=

?)33 pftt

Is, l.c), fig.,

Ro

p^
:

c^SfLXX).

RoUi^'-'^o,
Svjv.

an occasion of stumbling, a stumbling-block 89 (Plut.).t Co a-Kav^aXov (cf. Cremer, 752 f.).


-i}^,
fj

metaph.,

**TrpoaKOTn^,

{<i-n-pocrK67rTw), [in

Gr. Yen.
6^.+
ni., etc.
fig.,

Pr

16^8 (I'bl^^)*;]

an occasion of stumbling,
irpoCT-KOTTTw, [in
(e.g.

offence

ii
,

Co

LXX

for P]J3
:

bw'3

;]

1. trans., to strike

hand

or foot) against

c.

ace. seq.

7rp6<;,

Mt

4^,

Lk

4^^ (LXX)^

2. Intrans., to stumble: absol. (To 11^, Pr 3^3), Jo IP-^O; of wind, to rush against, beat upon : c. dat, Mt T^''. Metaph., in late writers, (a) {b) to take offence at, stumble at : seq. ev, Eo 14''^^ to offend (Polyb.)
;

C. dat., T. \6yi^, I

Pe

2^

t. Xt^o) t. Trpoa-Kop.fxaTO'S,
:

Ro

9'^2.t

* irpoa-KuXiw, to roll up, roll to


eV/,

c.

ace. et dat.,

Mt

27*"'

ace. seq.

Mk
:

15*.t

jrpoo-Kui'cw, -w
to

make
:

(<; Kvveu}, to kiss), [in obeisance, do reverence to, worship

LXX
;

(a)

chiefly for nnnr hith. ;] prop, (as in cl., of the

gods Hdt., ^sch.. Plat., al.), of God, Christ and supra-mundane beings absol, Jo 420 U^, Ac 8" 24", He Ipi (Westc, in 1.), Re ll^;
TTLTTTuv KOL
IT.,

Rc

5^*

c.

dat. (on the significance of this constr. as

com-

pared with the usual cl., c. ace, v. Abbott, JG, 78 f.; JV, 133 ff.), Jo 421.23, Ac 7*3, 1 Co 1425, He 1, Re 410 7" lli 13*' ^^ 14^ 162, 19*' 10. 20 228' 9 c. ace. (v. supr.), Mt 4i, Lk 4^ 24^2 (wh, R, mg., om.), Jo 422.24,
;

Re 920 13*' 8. 12 149.11 20*; seq. cttcI^iov, Lk 4^, Re 15*; (b) as in cl, of homage to human superiors (cf. MM, xxi) absol, Mt 202", Ac 102^;
:

c.

dat. (v. supr.),

Mt

22. 82. 918,


T. TToSwv,

1433 152 5 182 28^,

TT.,

Mt 2"
*+

49; iv^mov
-u>,
.

Ro

3^

c.
,

irpoCT-Koctj-nis, -ov, 6

(<^

Trpocr/cvvew)

ace, a worshipper

Mk 15i9, Jo 9^ Mk 5 (dat. T).t


:

7re(ri)v

Jo

423.+

irpoa-XaX^w, speak to : Ac 282"


etc.;]
1. to

[in

LXX: Ex
:

4i

AB2 (-Q1

pi),

Wi

131^*;] to

q ^j^t. pers., Ac Ps 17 (18)16 (nara hi), 72 (73)2* (npb), Trpoa-Xa^pd^w, [in


13*3.t

LXX

2. to take to oneself, take, receive; in take in addition. always mid., -o/j-ai (a) of things of food, c. ace, Ac 27^3 ; c. gen. 832 (y_ Swete, in l), part., ib.36; (b) of persons: c. ace, Mt I622, i^.t I4I' 3 15", Ac 175 182 282, Ro * irpoa-X-qfiil/is (Rec. -Xi/i/'is, as in Att.), -cws, rj {<!^irpoakap./3avw)i

NT

Mk

Phm

1.

an assumption

(Plat.).

2.

a receiving

(cf. irpoa-Xa/jb/Sdvo})

Ro

lli^.t

Manual gebek lexicon


TTpoa-fxiyoi,
III

or*

the new testament


(bin
hi.),

387
3^,

[in

LXX

Jg

325

To

2^

n,

Wi

wait longer, continue, remain still : Ac 18^^; seq. I Ti 13. iv, 2. C. dat., to remain with : Mt 15^2, Mk 832. Metaph., to remain attached to, cleave unto, abide in : t. Kvpito, Ac 1123 (E, txt. cv T. K., E, mg., V. supr.) t. xaV'T' t. 6tov, Ac 13*3 t. Se^a-ea-iv, I Ti 5\f * 7rpoa-op|jLil^(i) (<[ opfio^, an anchorage), to bring a ship to anchor at usually in mid., to come to anchor near, and so pass, in late writers (Ael., Dio Cass.) Mk 6'\f * irpoa-o^ieiXw, to owe besides : Phm^^ (v. Field, Notes, 225).t
7^^*;]
1. to
;
;
:

Mac

tTrpoa-oxei^o), [in

LXX

Le W^,
al.

al.

(bra)

ib. 182^,

al. (Nip),

Ps
;]

94

(95)10,

Ez

3631 (j^ip). Si 62^,


:

(other writers use oxOiw, rarely -i^w)


7'^

to be

angry

ivith

c. dat..

He

310 (LXX), i7_f

irpoCT-iraicj

irpocnrLTrro},

Mt
:

(v.S. irpoa-iriirTUi) .^
:

*t

irpcJo-ireii'os,

-ov (<;7rrva,

hunger), hungry
V22
hi.,

Ac

lO^^.t

npo(T-nr]yvvii.i, to

fasten

to

absol., to crucify, Ac223.t


,

irpoa-miTTu, [in

LXX

for bS3

ns;]
c.

1.

to

strike against

c.

dat., of

wind,

Mt

72^.

2.

to fall

down

fall upon, at one's feet,

fall prostrate before: absol., seq. 533, Lk 828.47, Ac 1629; ^, ^oVao-tv,


Trpoa-iroi^o),

Trpos,

Mk

72^;

dat. pers.,

Mk

3^1

Lk
I

S^.t

-w,

[in

LXX:
2428.t

Si 34 (31)30, Da Su " * ;] to to take to oneself, claim ; hence, to pretend


3, 20), to

LXX

Ki 2113(H) (^^.1 hithpo.), Jb 19i*, make over to, add or attach to. Mid.,
;

c. inf. (cf.

Xen., Anab.,
to

iv,

make
:

as if:

Lk
[in

irpo<j-iTopeuop,ai,

LXX
:

approach

c.

dat. pers.,

Mk

for 1035.t

mp

OTJJ,

etc.;]

come near,

**t -n-poa-pTJyi/ufii, [in Aq. Ps 2^ * ;] to break against, dash against (a) trans. (TraiSta TreVpais, FIJ, Ant., ix, 4, 6) Lk (&) intrans., c. dat.
648.

(cf. 7rpoa-7rt7rTa)).t

irpoa-Tdaaw,
'place at, to
c.

[in
to.
;

LXX
2.
c.

attach

dat. pers.,

Mt

12*

chiefly for mST pi. ;] 1. c. ace. pers., to command, enjoin, appoint : Lk 51* I** ace. rei, Mt 84, c. ace. et inf., Ac 10*8;
to

give a

Mk

pass.,

Ac

1033 I726.t
-iSos,
17

* TTpoardTis,

(fem. of

Trpoa-Tar-qi),

a patroness, protectress:
also for
:

Eo
1.

162.+
irpoa-Ti0T)p,i, [in

LXX

chiefly for ^'^


to,

hi.,

ODN

ni., etc.
ctti,

;]

to

put

to.

2.
;

to

add, join

give in addition
2*^
;

c.

ace. seq.

Mt

627,

Lk

320 1225

eVt T^ avTo,

Ac
24i,

MM,
Ac

xxi) ; pass., absol., Ac 514 1124; ^poatTWr] tt/dos t. TraWpas (cf.

Ga

c. ace. et dat., Lk 17^, 3i9; e. dat., 633, 42*,

He

12i9 (v.

Mt

Mk

Lk
Ac

123i,

Ge

268,

jg

210, al.),

133;

of repeating or continuing the action signified by the following verb, as in Heb. idiom (Ge 42 812, al. cf. Lft. on Clem., 54, 5 / Co., xii but v. also M, Pr., 67, 233 Deiss., BS, 67^ xxi), Lk
c. inf.,
;

WM,
to
:

MM,

20",

Ac

123

similarly ptcp.,

Trpoo-^cis, c.
;]

indie.

(Ge

38^, al.),
91^

Lk

ign.t
83o.t

irpoa-Tp^X. [i

LXX

for |^n

to

run

Mk

lOi^ Ac

to {<^(f>ayuv), Hellenistic for o\j/ov (v.S. relish or dainty (esp. cooked fish), to be eaten with bread

*+

irpoa<^dYioi', -ov,

6{f/o.piov),
:

Jo 21*

388

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


;

M,

{have ye taken any fish, Field, Notes, 109 Abbott, Essays, 105 cf. Pr., 170 MM, Exp., xxi).t irp6CT<t)aTos, -ov (on the derivation, v. Boisacq, s.v. and cf. -ws), [in
;
;

LXX: Nu
1.

63 (nb),

De

32i7,

Ec

1" (izr^n),

Ps 80(81)9
;

(^,7)^

gi 9i*;]

originally, freshly
:

fresh, recent

6809,

He

slain. 2. lO^o (v.

MM,

Generally (from ^sch. on), Tiew, Exp., xxi Kutherford, NPhr.,


[in

471
43.5,

f.).+
Trpoo-(|>(lTW9,

adv.

(v.s. Trpoo-^aTos),
:

LXX
18^
(v.
;]

De

24^

(iZl'in),

Jth

Ez

113, ji

Mac

1436*;] recently

npo<j-<^ipio, [in
c.

LXX
Mt
c.

chiefly for
3^

Ac 2np

MM,

hi.

1.

ace. et dat. pers.,


1013,

4^* S^e 92.

1435 1716^

Mk

^x^., xxi).t to bring to, lead to : 2^ (WH, E, txt.; sc.


18^*
22i9,

af^Tov)

Lk

18l^
19^3;

231*;

pass.,

{irpod-qxe-q,

WH)
T.

acc. rei,

Mt 12''2 (act., WH, txt.) Mt 2520; id. c. dat. pers., Mt


c.

Lk
12"

2336;
(cl.).
iii,

(TTOfjiaTi,

Jo 19^9; metaph.,
:

dat pers.,

to

deal with,
;

He

2.

Ant.,

9,

(iwip),

Mk

Ac &^ esp. (as freq. in LXX cf. FIJ, sacrifices, gifts and prayers to God: absol., seq. irepi 3) 1**, Lk 51s He 5^'^ 9^ lO^^; pass., Ac 21^6; c. acc. rei
to offer

Mt

2",

(Swpov, Ovcriav, Xarpeiav, Trpocrcfiopdv) 5^ 83247) 8S Jo 162, Ac 7*^ 21^6,


,

Mt
*

5^3,24

lKTT]pia<s,

of Christ,

He 5'^; He

c.

acc.

He pers., He

97.9 iQi.

(aoristic pres. ; M, Pr., 2, s, n, 12 g^^^^^ ^^ ^.


.

11^^ (conative impf.

M,

Pr., 129);

(dvevcyKas,

**irpoa<|>i\ris,

-k

WH, txt.) 9i4'25,28.t M4w), [in LXX: Es 51,


(LXX,
[in
1.
11.

Si 4^2013*;] (a) of
;

persons, in both act. and pass, sense Phi 4^.t ing, agreeable (EV, lovely)
:

c.)

(6) of things,

pleas-

iTpoa-4)opd, -as,

17

(< Trpoo-^cpw),
14",
al.;]
cl.),

LXX:
;

III

Ki

7*^ (D''39),

Ps

39(40) (nnjn),
al.).

Es

552, Si

a bringing
^ripl

to,

offering (Plat.,
of sacrificial

2.

(Less freq. in

a present, an offering
52,

in

NT,

offerings: Ac c. gen. obj., Eo

2126 241^,
-w,
[in

W^ He lO^^.t
LXX:
:

Eph

He
i

lO^-^.U;
22i

ifiaprla^.

He

lO^^;
1.

Trpo<T-4)(oi''(u,

Es

66.22,

^ac W^*;]
summon
c.

to

address, call to; in cl., c. acc. pers., c. dupl. acc. (cf. 11 Mac, I.e.); Ac 21***. In late writers, c. dat. pers. absol. (Horn., Od., v, 159, al.)

Mt

1116,

(as in

Lk 732 1312 cl.), Lk 6i3.t

2320,

Ac

222.

2.

to call

by name,

acc.

*t Trp6a-xu<ri9, -tws, rj, a pouring or sprinkling upon: He IF^.t * irpotr-v)/au<i, in poet, and late writers, to toiwh : c. dat., Lk ll*6.t *t TrpoCTWiroXTjfnrT^w (Eec. respect of persons : Ja 29.t *t irpo(j-<i>Tro-Xr]|nm|S (Eec.
Xa/A^aviv, v.s. TrpocTiinrov),
-Xtjttt-),

-w

{<^-k^fnm]^,

q.V.),

to

have

-Xi^Trrr;?, V.

Bl., 6, 8), -ov, 6 (<[] TrpocrwTrov

of cognate forms, v.

a respecter of persons : Ac 103^ (on this group Mayor, Ja., 78 f. and cf. Thackeray, Gr., 44).t
;

*t

Trpo<T(i)TroXT]p,|/ia

(Eec.
69,

-Xrjil/la),

-as,

rj

(<^7rpoo-(a7roA.7;/x7m;s), respect

of persons:
D^S^i;]
1.

Eo

2",

Eph
TO

Col

325,

j^

2^ (v.

Mayor,
cl.)

in

l.).t

TTp6v(j)iTov, -OV,

("C^ TTpos, wi/^), [in

LXX chlefly and Very freq. foi


;

prop.,

of

persons (so always in

(a) the face,

counte-

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


nance:
ycveVecDs

389
t^s
5^^,

Mt
;

6i.i^

Mk

1465,
,

Lk

929,

ii

(EV, natural face) Ja Ee 7^, al. dyvoou/Acvos tw tt.,

l^^; irtTrrciv

Co 3^, Ee 4J, al.; t6 v. im (to.) tt., Mt 17^, Lk


ov KapSt'a,
I

Ga

l^^;

TT.,

Th

2^^;

Kara

Trpoa-urTTov

face, Ac the presence of (not

(in front, facing: Thuc, Xen., al.), when present, face to 25^"^ jj Qq iq^, t^ Qg, 2^^ ; id. c. gen., as compound prep., in
cl.
;
;

v. Bl., 40,

9;

M,

Pr., 99
;

f.

Thackeray, Gr.,

43

f.),

Lk

231,

Ac

3^3

similarly

i-n-o tt.

(Heb. ^jq^n

v.

Dalman, Words,
12i*

29), from the presence

of Ac
ll^o,

3^9

5"
12,

7^^, ii

Th

l^,

Ee

20";

Trpo

tt.

(Heb. 'jeb), before,


iSeiv)
I

Mt

Mk
i.e.

Lk
him
TT.

727(i'XX), al.; in

other phrases
(opSv,

resembling Heb. idiom (Thackeray, Gr., 42), ^XcVctv


TO
TT.,

to see one's face,

see
TU)

in person,

Mt

IS^",

Ac

^cwpetv, 202^' ^^^

Th
Co

31^,
2^**

Ee
4"
;

22*

ifji<f)avL(T6rjvat
tt.

II

fiera tov

o-ou,

wi^^

^%
tt.

Tov Oeov, presence,

He
Ac

92* ; v TT. XpioToS, 22^ (lxx) j ^j^ ^^ ^^^


:

ckkAt/o-iwv, II

Co

82*

a-njpL^eiv to

(Heb.

D"!:!) D''ir

Je
9^^

211", al.
;

v.

Dalman, Words,
TO
I
TT.

30), c. inf., to set one's face towards,


;

Lk

similarly,
iiTL,

avTOU ^v
J

TTopevo/JLevov (op. cit., 31), ib. ^^

to

tt.

tou Kvplov

Pe

312 (LXX)

(5^
;

Ki

16''')

/orm, person : Kavxaa-Oai cv tt. Kai ixrj ev KapSia, II Co metaph., as in Heb. idiom, of judgment according to
5^2 (cf.

appearance, external condition or circumstances (0^39 ^^3;

v.

Dalman,

Words, 30
ySAcTTCiv
19

Thackeray, Gr., 43
TT.,

f.)

Xa/^/Javeiv

tt.,

Lk

2021,

Ga
2.
:

Mt

22^6,
;

Mk
Lk
:

121*;

davpACitv

n-p6<x<.ma,

Ju

16.

Of

things (cf. Dalman, I.e.) 163 (WH, E, mg., om.),


2135,

(a) face,

appearance (Ps 103 (104)^*') 12^^^ jg, lu. (j) surface (Ge 2^)
8^6

Mt Lk

Ac

1726.
[in

** irpo-rdaCTw,
front.
2. to

LXX

II

Mac
:

(A, Trpoo-T-)*;]

arrange beforehand
[in

Ac

1726,
iii

**Trpo-Teiv(a,

LXX:
TrpwTos,

II

Mac 7,

1. to place in Eec. (for Trpoo-T., Edd.).t Mac 2i*;] to stretch out,

stretch forth Ac 2225.t

of preparations for scourging (v. Field, Notes,

136

f.),

-irpcJTepos,

and

compar. and superl. from


-a, -ov, [in

Trpo,

opp. to
etc.

varepos, vcrTaTO<;.

A. Compar., TrpoVcpo?,
before, of

LXX
NT

for D^3D^

jiOTN"!

;]

former Jo 750,
413, I

time, place, rank, etc. ; in always of Time, before, 422. Adverbially, irporepov, before, aforetime, formerly : II Co 115, He 46; opp. to iTTciTtt, He 72^; t^ tt., Jo 662 98, Ga Ti 113 ^^ ^,j,ipai. He 1032 ; al TT. i7n$viJLLai, I Pe ll*.t
:

Eph
.

B. Superl.,

TrpoM-os,

-r;,

-ov, [in

LXX

chiefly for liUyXT

also for
tt.,

IQHt, etc.;] first, 1. of


I418,

Time
;

or Place; (a) absol., as subst., 6


li^ 28 22i3
;

Lk

Jo

1932, I

Co

143"

opp. to T. Sivrepov, II Pe 220 ; anarth.,

(EV,

Mk
Jo

first of all), 16C9] ; cftvXaKr],

6 TT. Kol 5 co-^aTos, Ee neut.. t^ tt., 10^ Ta tt., Opp. to t. lo-xaTa, Mt 12*5, jj^ n^^ Mt IO2 pi., Mt 193o, Mk 103i, Lk 133o ^rpoiTois i Co 153; (b) as adj.: TrpwTr; (sc. 17/x.cpa) o-a^/SaTov, opp. to SerTcpa, Ac 121" equiv. to adv. in English,
;

He

30*'

^ Ac

27*3,

Eo

10^9, 1

Ti

li6, i

Jo

4i9
;

TrpoVepos (v. infr.

cf.

390

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Pr., 79;
1412,

M,
(my

Bl, 11, 5; Thackeray, Gr., 183 f.) c. gen., tt. fiov Tjv but cf. M, Pr., 245), Jo l^*' ^o c. art., chief: Abbott, Jg., 509 flf.
:

Mk
c.

Eank

seq. 6 Scvrcpo?, etc., Mt 222^, or Dignity, chief, principal : Mt 20^" 2238,

Ac

11, al.

Mk I220, al. Mk 9^5, Eph


;
:

2.

Of
;

62, al.

gen., 1522 19*'^',


:

Mk

12-8.29, al.

of
I

Ac 13^^ al. Time Mt 821, Mk Co 1118, al.


Trpo-Ti0T]^ii,

Notes, 124), Ac 16^2 c. art., Lk 3. Neut., irpCrrov, as adv., ^rs^, at the first ; (a) 428, al. (b) of Order Eo 32, to tt., Jo 10^^, al.
;

vroAts (Field,

[in

LXX: Ex
set

40*.

23,

Le

248 (^-,y), pg 53

(54)3

forth publicly; so also in mid.: c. ace. pers., Eo 32^ (for a suggested alt. rend., v. MM, xxii), 2. Mid., inf., Eo 1^^; ace. rei, to set before oneself, propose, purpose: c. c.
(Dltr),

etc.;]

1.

to set before,

Eph

19.t

**Trpo-Tp^Tra),

[in

LXX: Wi
LXX:
;

14^8,

n Mac 11^

iv

Mac

12^ 15^2
(as

16" * ;]
also in

to iirge
cl.)
:

forwards, exhort, persuade.


1827.t
i

Mid., in

same sense

Ac

Trpo-Tpe'xu, [in

Ki 8^

(^jpb }^-|),

Jb

4113(1*)
2.

A
to

(]IT),

To
on,
to

11^ (seq. e/xTrpoaOev), I Mac 1621*;] 1. to run forward. run in advance : Jo 20* seq. th to efjLTrpocrOev, Lk 19*.t
**irpo-uTr-dpxw, [in be before or previously
n-p6-<j)a(7is,
6)

run

LXX
:

Jb42i8*;]

1.

to be

beforehand

in.

2.

c. jDtcp.,

Lk

23i2,

-e(o?,

rj

{<^4>-qp.i),

[in

Ac 8^t LXX: Ps 140


;]

(141)* {rb-hv),
:

Da TH 6*. 5(5. (n^y), Pr 181, Ho 10* * a pretence, pretext Mt (WM, E, txt., om.), Mk 12*o, Lk 20*', Jo I522, Ac ^V\ Phi I Th 2*.+
irpo-<t>epw,

231"
lis,

[in

LXX:
Ik,
17

Pr

10i

(xsa

ni.).

To 9^
for

al.;]

to

bring
the

forth

c.

ace. rei, seq.

Lk

6*^.t

t Trpo4)TiTta, -as,

(<^

irpo^?;Tuct)), [in

LXX

nW23

]^Tn

;]

gift (and its exercise) of interpreting the Divine will and purpose, prophecy, prophesying : of OT prophecy, Mt I31*, 11 Pe I20. 21 of NT prophecy, Eo 12^, i Co 12io I32 14-22, i Ti 41*, Ee 11" 22i9; pi., i Co i' I8 138, I Th 52", I Ti 118 ot X6yot T^s TT., Ee 1^ 22^' t. Trvevfixt T^s TT.,
; ;
;

Ee
a
I

1910

(Luc, FIJ,

LXX,
Mt

tt.

v. Deiss.,

BS, 235

f.

MM,

xxii).t
;]

n-po<})TjTuu

(<; 7rpo07^s), [in

LXX chiefly for N23 ni., hith.


113;

to be

irpocf)T^r)? (q-V-)i ^0

prophesy

the

Divine counsels,
11*'
5

in the 722 268,


:

primary sense of telling forth Mk 14^ Lk 1" 22"*, Ac 19,

^ith the idea of foretelling future events (an idea merely incidental, not essential; v. Lft., Notes, 83 f.), Mt 1113, Ac 21". 18 (LXX) 219; geq. rrepi, Mt 15^ 7", iPe li;

Co

139 141.3-5.24,31,39^

Re

Mk

iTTi, c.

dat.,

Ee 10"
:

Xe'ywv,

Ju

1*

oti,

Jo

ll^i.t

SyN.
N^13
will
;]

fiavTVO/jLaL, q.V.

Trpo<J)i7Trjs, -ov,

6 {<Cirp64>rjfj.L, to sjJeak forth), [in

LXX
;

chiefly for

one who acts as an interpreter or


Lft., Notes, Hdt., Plat.,

forth-teller of the

Divine
in
cl.

(v.

83
al.),

f.;

Tr.,

Sy7i.,

vi),

a prophet

1.

(.SIsch.,

of the interpreters of oracles.

2.

In NT,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


(a) of
(b)

391

the

OT

prophets

Mt
:
:

5^2,

Mk

6^^

Lk

P'',

Jo 8^\ Eo
6*.

ll^, al.;
IS^^, al.
:

6^\ Lk V^ (d) of Christ Mt (c) 21", Jo 61*, Ac 322.23 737 (LXX); (e) of Christian prophets in the apostolic age Ac 15^2, i Co 122s, Eph 22o, al.; (/) by meton., of the Tit 1^2 (on writings of prophets Lk 242^, Ac 8-^, al. {g) of a poet MM, xxii). the use of the term in tt. and Inscr., v. Deiss., BS, 235 f. *t 'irpo(|>r]TiK(5s, -a, -ov (-< Tr/ao^v^Ti^s) of prophecy, prophetic : Eo 1626,
;
:

of prophets in general Mt 10" of John the Baptist Mt 2126,

13"

21*,

Mk

Lk

Mk

n Pe
IV

li9.t
irpo<|>TJTis,

-tSo?,

7],

fern, of

Trpotjirj-rr}?,

[in

LXX
c.
:

Ki

221*, II

ch

3422, Is 8^

(nx^n?) *;]

a prophetess:
pi.
;]

Ex 152", Jg 4*, Lk 236, Re 22o.t


cl.,

irpo-<j>0(ifw, [in

LXX

chiefly for
q.v.), to

Dip

ptcp. (as in

but

more
Jos

freq. the

simple

<f)6dv(i),

anticipate
[in

Mt

1725.t
4^^ (rhxtj),

irpo-x6ipi^o>
312 {npb),

Trpoxtpos,

at

hand),

LXX: Ex
A *;]
1. to

Da

LXX
:

322, II

Mac

3^ 8^ 14^2

put

into the

hand,
c. inf.,

deliver

to take into

2. More freq. as depon., -o/wii, pass., Ac 32*'. up one's hand; hence, metaph., to propose, determine, choose:

Ac

221*; q q^qq pers., ib. 26i6.t


-ui

* irpo-xcipo-Tof ^w,

(v. xipoTova)), to

choose or appoint beforehand

Ac

10*1 (Plat., al.).t


np<Sxopos, -ov, 6,

Prochorus

Ac
:

6*.
irpu/ivo?,
rj,

*irp6nva,

-rj'i,

rj,

prop. fem. of adj.

-ov,
;

(sc. vavs),

the

hindmost part of a ship, the stern ib.t


irpwi (Rec. TTpwt), adv.

Mk
[in

4^^,

Ac

27^*

opp. to

irptopa,

7rpo),

LXX
21i8,

chiefly for '\p%, 1(?.23;]

in the morning, early Joil828 201; Xtavir.,

Mt

Mk

16^ (R, 162; 5/iia

txt.)
tt.,

Mk 1^5

Ipo
tt.

1335 151 lera,

Mt

201; dTro

(cf. airb TrpiMBev,

Ex

1813),

Ac

2823.t

-irpuia, V.8. irpwios.


-irpui|X09, V.8. Trp6'ifxo<;.

+ irpuii'cJs (Eec.
chiefly for
228 22i6.t

-iVos, V.
cl.

WH, App.,
at

152), -^, -ov {<^Trp(j)[), [in

LXX
Re

IpS ;] =

irpmos,

early

morn, early

aar-qp,

irpuios (Rec. -los), -a, -ov (<[7rpu)t),

[in

LXX
cf.

for lp.2, '5, '3;]

at early

morn, early ; as subst., rj early morning : Mt 27i, Jo 21*.t


;

tt.

(sc.

wpa,

<5. 17 tt.,

hi

Mac

52*),

*Trpwpa (Rec. incorrectly irptapa, v. Bl., 3, 3; LS, s.v.), -77s (for BL, 7, 1 Mayser, 12), 17, the forward part of a ship, the prow : Ac 27^^ opp. to irpvfiva, ib. *i.t
Att. -as, V.
;

irpwTeu'u (<7rpiiTos),
first,

[in

LXX: Es
:

511,

u Mac

618

13"*;]

to be

Mk
Mt

pre-eminent, have the first place *t irpuTOKaeeSpia, -as, 17 (<irpwTos, KaOiSpa), the chief seat: 1239 (v. Swete, in 1.), Lk 11*3 20*6.t
-as,

Col

li8.t

Mt

23',
I.e.):

*+ TrpwTo-KXiaia,
23,

Mk

1239,

Lk

17, the chief place at table (v. Swete, Mk., 14^.8 20*6.+

392

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


irpuTOf, irpclTOS, V.S. irporepos.

irpwTOordTTjs, -ov, 6 (<^7rpwTOS,

lOTrjfJbi),

prop., of soldiers, one

Xen.)

who stands hence, metaph., a leader :


Ttt
i

first,

Jb 15^* AB*;] one in the front rank (Thuc,


[in
:

LXX

Ac

24^.t

t Trp&)T0T<5Kia, -wv,

(<^irpwTOTOKOv), [in

LXX
LXX

(with

V.l. -tia, -ei'a)

Ge

2531"- 2736,

De
c\.

21i7,

Ch
:

5^ (n-JS?)*;] the rights of the first-born,

birthright

{=

Trpeafi^la)

He

12i.t
,

irpuT^TOKos,

-ov
;

{<^ TT/jwTo?, TiKTw)

[in

chicfly for "1135

)]

pi.. He ll^^. first-born : Lk 1 (originally perh. a Messianic title, cf. Ps 88 (89)28, v. ICC Col 1^^) He 1" ; tt. iracn;? KTiVews, Col 1^^ cv ttoAAois dScXiots,

2^

Metaph., of the priority of Christ

He

on

',

Eo

8^

IT.

(ck)

TOKcov,

He

vfKpwv, Col 1^8^ jje ja 1223.t


t,

pj^ of

t}ie elect, ckkXi/o-io

irpwro-

*irpuTa)s, adv., yirsi;


irroiw, [in
(i

Ac

ll^^.t
;]

LXX
Ja
rj,

chiefly for f]33 ni.


2.

1. trans., to

Ki

43, cf. Deiss.,

BS, 681).
2io 3^, 11 [in

Intrans., <o stumble.


l^o.t

cause to stumble Metaph., in moral


hraipuv T^v

sense,

Eo

ll^i,

Pe

irripya,
^TTi',

-t/s,

LXX

for D^Jf

;]

the heel

fig.,

IT.

Joiais^i-^^^t
irTcpoyioj', -ou,

to (dimin. of

-irrepv^), [in

LXX chiefly for PJJp,]


:

1.

little

wing.
49.t

2.

Anything
17

like a wing, as

turret, battlement

r.

Upov,

Mt 4^ Lk
of birds, 48 99.t

irWpol, -170s,

(<;7rTo/Aai), [in

LXX

chiefly for P)53;]

a wing

Mt

23*'^,

Lk

IS^*,

Ee

12^*

of creatures seen in a vision,

Ee

**irTTji'<5s,

-rj,

-ov (<[7rToyu,ai), [in

Aq.

Jb 5^*;] winged; as
ni.
;]

subst.,

Ti

TT.,

6tVds

Co

1539.t

irro^w, -w, [in

LXX

chiefly for

T\T\T\

to terrify.

Pass., <o 6e

t&rrified

Lk

219 2437
-cw5,

(WH,

mg., ^por/^Ws).t

irr^Tiais,
I

^ (<7rT0'a>), [in

LXX:

Pr

S^s

(ing). Si 50* Ni,

Mac 325 E *
fear,

by

a fluttering, excitement, caused by any emotion, but esp. ;] hence, terror : <f>o^L(r$ai Tn-orjo-iv, to be afraid with (cogn. ace.)
(v.

or of any terror
riToXcjjiois,

ICC,
rj,

in

1.)

Pe

S^.t
:

-iSos,

Ptolemais, a maritime city of Phoenicea

Ac

217.t
**irruo',
-ov,

to,

[in

Sm.

Is 30^**;] a

winnowing shovel or fan:

Mt

312,

Lk

3i^t

* irropofiai, depon., to be startled, frightened : Phi l^s. (The active TTTvpoi is also found in some late writers.) t *irTu<Tfia, -Tos, TO, (<;7rTva)), spittle: Jo 9" (Hipp., Polyb., al.).+

* TTTuaCTu,
dva-iTTUo-o-o}) .t
TTTiJu,

to

fold ;

of a scroll, to

roll

wp

ySiySXi'ov,

Lk

420

(cf

[in

LXX: Nu

12^* (pT), Si 28^2*.] ^^

5^^.

^k

T^' 823,

Jo

9'

(cf. *c-, /x-7rn;(i>).t

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


iTTuifjio,

393
(u)

-To<:,

t6 7rt7rTw), [in

LXX:
;]

Jg 148
1.

(n^gjj),

Jb 16"

(1^15)),

Is 51i (Tir), Jth 8i,

Wi

4^8, al.

fall,

metaph., a mis-

fortune, calamity (Trag., Plat., Polyb., al. ; LXX). 2. That which has fallen (a) of buildings, a ruin (Polyb.) {b) of living creatures, in cl. (poet, only) usually c. gen., vcKpwv, etc., but also absol., as in late writers and NT, a fallen body, a carcase, corjjse : Mt 14^2 2428^ ^\^ 1545
; ;

X. avToi,

Mk

629; airCiv,
17

Ee

118'

9 (cf.

Rutherford, NPhr., 472


chiefly for
al.)
:

f.).t

TTTwcrts, -0)s,

(<^7rt7rTw), [in

LXX

}:]33,

n!?50, and

cogn. forms;]

a falling, fall
-as,
rj

(Plat.,

Plut.,

Mt

T^';

metaph.,
beggary,

Lk

234.t

tnux^la,
destitution
:

(<^7rTcoxeua)), [in
9,

LXX
421*;]

chiefly for

^3Jr;]

11

TTTuxeuo)

Co

S^.

Re

29.t

TTTcoxos), [in

LXX

Jg 66, Ps 78

(79)8

^^n) Jg

1415 A,

Pr 2321 (rrv); (so chiefly in


Opp. to
'^SSf

Ps 33
cl.).

(34)i
to

2.

1. to be a beggar, to beg (ani), To be poor as a beggar, to be destitute, poor

TrXoi'crios wv, II

Co

S^.t
to

TTTwxos,
,

-v>
.

'ov
;]

(<! TTfajo-o-a),

crouck, cowev),

[in
1.
:

LXX

for

bl

t&T
:

etc.

of

one who crouches and cowers, hence,

as subst.,

Lk 14^^' 21 162"' 22. 2. As adj., (a) prop., beggarly metaph., (b) in broader sense (opp. to TrXovcrios), a-TOLXfioi, Ga 49 (v. Lft., in 1.) Mt 11^ I921 269> ", Mk IO21 12*2, 145, 7^ l^ 418 722 1322 198 21^, jaoor Jo 125. 6, 8 1329^ Ro 152, II Co 6i, Ga 2io, Ja 22- 6, Re 13i tt. t. KoV/>to>, Ja 25 metaph., Lk 620, Re 3^7 tt. t. Trvev/xaTi, Mt S^.t
a beggar
;
;

3.

TTOYfiVi, -^s,

7]>

[in

LXX Ex
:

21^8, Is 58*

(Plil^l^)

;]

the fist

irvyfjiy

viipaadai

t.

xetpas (T, irvKva.

Vg., Goth., Copt., crebro), to


;

wash the
;

Mk l^A 1.) Python, a serpent slain by Apollo, who is hence surnamed the Pythian. 2. In Plut. (ii, 414 E), a name given to ventriloquist soothsayers (eyyao-rpt/Au^oi cf. Le 19^^ 206'2'', i Ki 28"), and perhaps in this sense Trvevfia irvdwva, a python-sjnrit : Ac 16^".
;
:

hands with the fist {diligently, R, txt. exact meaning is doubtful v. Swete, in
*Tro6a)c, -wvos, 6, 1. in cl.,

up

to the

elbow, R, mg.

the

TruKv6s,

-{],

-ov, [in

LXX

Ez

31^

(orin),

iii
i

Mac
Ti

128 410, iv

Mac

compact, solid. 2. frequent : jTVKvd, as adv., rmich, often : Mk 7^ T (v.s. Trvy/xi]), TTVKvoTcpov, Very often or so much the oftener (v. Bl., *iruKTeo {<C7rvKTr]<;, a pugilist), to box : I Co
1.

12^2*;]

close,

52^.

Lk
926.

5^^.
:

Neut.pl., Comparat.,

44, 3n)

Ac

2426.t

ttuXt], -r^s,

rj,

[in

LXX
:

chiefly

and very

freq. for

"M^, sometimes
;

for r\bl

nw
310.

Upov,

Ac

cf. kXcIs oSov,


Kvikdiv,

Lk 7^2, Ac 92* 12io 16i3, He 13^2 ^ 'QpaU U. t. Metaph., Mt 7^^' " nvkaL dSov (Wi 16", iii Mac 5^\ and Re 118) Mt 16i8.t
;]

gate

-(3vo9,

o {<^TnjXrj), [in

LXX

chiefly for nOSl,

1!^

;]

1.

the

394

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


:

forch or vestibule of a house or palace Mt 26'''^, Lk IG^", Ac 10*' 2213. 1*^ Ac 14^', 2. The gate-way or gate-tower of a walled town
:

Re Ac
by

21^2,

13, 15, 21, 25

22i4.t

Tt\)v%dvo^a.[., [in

LXX for tZTIl

;]

1.

to

inquire

dir.,

seq. qusest. indir., Mt 2*, Lk 4^ lO^^ 23i9 seq. irapd, c. gen. pers., inquiry seq. on, Ac 2334.t

232

152 IS^e,

Ac

c. ace. rei, Jo 4*^, lO^s 2133 quaest.


.

Ac

Mt

2*,

Jo

4^2.

2.

to

learn

irup,

gen,, TTupos, TO, [in


15,

LXX
Ac
13*0,

chiefly

and very
.

freq. for 12?^


;

;]

fire

Mt Lk
Re

310,

Mk 922, Lk 39, Jo
;

21^, i

1729

KaraKaUiv
.

(eV) tt.,

Mt
Re
I

88 218

^x6$
;

7rvp6^,

Ac

T^o, 11

Ja 3^, Re S^, al tt. kcX Oelov, Co I7I6 188 KatW^ai Trvpi', He 1218, Re Th 18, He 1^, Re 1^* 2^8 19^2 Xa/t7ra8es
; ;

3i3,

TTvpos,

Re

4^

o-tvXol irvpos,

10^

av^pa/<es

TTD/Do's,

Ro

122**
I

(LXX)
.

yXwo-o-at

wo-ei
(I)s

TTvpds,

Ac
:

2^

8oKip.d^iv (-n-vpovadai) 8ia Trvpos,

Pe

1^,

Re

3^8

St^i TT.

(Lft.,

^otes, 193),

Co

3i'\
.^o

Of the

fire of

Words, 161)
ao-ySecTTOv,

Mk 9*8 d-xx)
9**
;

^^ ^,

aiwnov,

Mt

hell (cf. Dalman, 188 25*i (cf. iv Mac 12^2)


;

Mk

189; Ka>vos
TrjpeLo-daL, II

522 tou tt. Trupos atwi/tou 8iki;v virif^eiv, Ju ^ yee 13*2. 50. ^ Ai>v7? ToC TT., Re 192 20i> i*'i5; irvpl ToS TT.,
,

wa
:

Mt

Mt

Pe
31"
;

3^

/3a(ravi(r6rjvai iv

tt.,

Re
;

li}*^.

Metaph.

^aTTTL^eiv irvpi,

Mt

311,

Lk

of the tongue,
;

Ja

3^

xupi dXifco-^ai, CK (LXX), TT. KaravaAio-KOv, He 1229


TT.

iprrdleLV, Ju 23

Mk

of strife and discord, 102" 9*^ ^^Xos Trvpds,


;

Lk
;

12*9;

He

of

God,

**Trvpd, -as, -^7rCp), [in

LXX:

Jth

75,

Wi

17, al.;]

afire:
;

Ac

282. 3,t
irupyos, -ov, o, [in

LXX chiefly for bl^lQ


:

;]

a tower

Lk

13*

of a

watch-tower in a vineyard (Is 52) Mt 213^, *TrupeWw 7rip), to be ill of a fever

12\ and prob., Lk 1428.t Mt 8^*, Mk po.t TTupcTos, -ov, 6 7r{;p), [in LXX: De 2822 ^j^^^p)*.] a fever Mt 8^5, Mk 131, Lk 439, Jo 452, Ac 288 ^_ ^^y^^ ^ /^^-^^ y^^g^ Lk 438
:

Mk

(on the technical phrase here, v.


irupi^'os.

MM,

xxii).t

-V.

-ov,

[in

LXX: Ez

28i*.i

(tzr^),

Si 489*;] fi^^y

Re
up.

9i7.t

TTopow, -S (<;7rvp), [in

LXX chiefly for P)1S;]

to set

on

fire,

burn

on fire, to burn : Eph 61", ii Pe Metaph., of grief or indignation, ii Co 312; ptcp., glowing, 2. Of metals (cf. Jo 222^, Ps 11 (12)^, Za 139), 1129; of lust, I Co 79. Re 3i8 (and so in RV, ib. 1", but v. to be refined or purified by fire In

NT

always

pass., 1. to be set

Re

li^.

8upr.).+
tirupptlta)

7n;ppo's),
be fiery red:

[in

LXX,

Tr^ppt'^tu

Le

1319.

*2ff.

1437

(D^plSt)*;]

i'O

Mt
[in
:

16i[2.3]i.t

irupp<5s, -a, -dv

7n)p),

LXX
[in
18.

for

Dl^

;]

fiery red

Re

6* 123.t

rioppos, -ov, 6,

Pyrrhus
-f,

Ac

20*.t

inJpwais,

-0)9,

7n)pdw),
:

LXX:
2.

Pr

2721 (113),
trial

Am

49

* (liB^C?)

;]

1.

a burning
4i2.t

Re

189-

a refining or

by fire

metaph.,

Pe

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


TTwiKia, -w, [in
2.

395

irw, enclit. part., yet, V.S. /xtJ-vu), jx-qhi-Troi, ov-ttod, ovBi-irw, TTW-TTOTc.

to sell
c. 21*. i,
.

19^5

chiefly for "1DD;] 1. to exchange or barter. 13^^ ol 7ru)XoJ)vrcs, Mt 21i2 259, 11", Lk Ee 13** 19^1 21^2, lO^i ll^s, Lk 1233 1322 223, ace. rei, Mt
:

LXX

Lk

IT^s,

Mk

Mk

Jo

Ac

51 (sc. aird, air6v), ib. 43*.

37.

Pass.,

Co

1025;

c.

gen.
colt,

pretii,

Mt

1029,

Lk

12.t
17),

iruXos, -ov, 6 (in cl. also

[in

LXX chiefly for T?

;]

a foal,

prop., of a horse, then the young of other animals; in of the colt 212. 5 (lxx), 7^ II2. *. 5, 7^ Lk 193o. 33, 35^ Jq 12^5 (Lxx).t of an ass Mt
:

NT

Mk
:

Jo l^^ 537 635 833, j Jq 412.1 Jb IT'^B TT(i}p6(a, -a> (-^TTw/aos, 1. a stone. 2. a callus), [in LXX Metaph., it. t. (nna), Pr 102** A*;] to petrify, harden, form a callus. Kap8iav, Jo 12*". Pass., Eo 11^ t. vo^fxara, II Co 3^* 17 KapSia, Mk
Tr(i-TroTe,

adv., ever yet

Lk

193o,

652 817.t

* iroSpuo-is,
metaph.,

-ws,

7]

(<^7rwpoa)),

a covering with a

callus,

a hardening

Mk

3*,

Eo

1125,

Eph
;

i^^.t
v.g. ctTrws, /xt^ttws.

TTws, enclit. part., at all

TTws, interrog. adv., correl. of ottws, 1.

prop., in direct questions,

how?:

c.

indie,
TT.

Lk Eo

20**;
10^*.
15

Mt oi^v, Mt

1229,

Mk

323,

Lk

ll^s,
16^1,

Jo

3*, al.;

Kal

tt.,

Mk
;

4",
Be,

questions

(cf. Bl.,

more geq freq. and increasingly so in late writers (v. 57, 2 Bl., 70, 2 Thumb, MGr., 192; Jannaris, Crr., App., yi, 13 f.), = ottws, ws; (a) in indirect discourse c. indie, Mt 628, Mk 12*^, Lk 83, Jo 9^5, Ac 92^, al. 212o, Mk 1023.2*, c. subjc, Mk 1118, Lk 12"; (&) in exclamations: Mt

1226; tt. oi, Mt Lk ^. ^^^ Rq 10^* 64, 6), c. subjc, Mt 2333 2654 ^^ g optat., Ac 8^^. 2. As sometimes in cl. but

1256; i^ deliberative
tt.

WM,

Lk

1250 182*, Jo 1136,

as initial always p (on the use of the Tdf., ProL, App., 163 breathing and the reduplication of p, v. 105 f. Veitch, s.v. pawTOi, etc.), the seventeenth letter. As a numeral, p' = 100, p, = 100,000. 'Padp (and Paxo/3, Mt 15; Fax^ftv -^s. ^^ ^U). V> indecl. (Heb.
P, p, pw, TO, indecl.,

rho,

r,

WH,

nm), Bahab (LXX, Jos 2\


*tpa|3pei (Eec. -^l, v.

al.)

He

113i,

Ja

225.t

WH,

App., 155) (Heb. and Aram. iST,

my

master ; v. Dalman, Words, 327, 331 ff.), a title of respectful address to Jewish teachers, Babbi : Mt 23^.8; of John, Jo 326; of Christ, Mt 2625. , Mk 95 IPI 14*5, Jo 139.50 32 ^31 025 92 US; kV>C p., Mk 1051

(WH,

mg.,

V.S. pa/SfSovveCj.f
-/3ovi, V.S. paft/Sei)

*t pa^fiouvei (Eec.

(Aram. ^3131

later, ^313"!

my

master; on the Greek vocalization and the relation of the word to pap^d, V. Dalman, Words, 324, 340; Gr., 140^; DB, iv, 190); Babboni: Mk 105i (WH, mg., ki;> paySySet'), Jo20i6.t

396

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


6^^

papSi^w pc[/3Sos), [in LXX: Jg with a rod : Ac 16", ii Go ll^.t


pd^hos,
bed), also for
-ov,
rj,

Ru

2^7 (tann)*;]

to beat

[in
,

LXX
,

chiefly for

nWO

(e.g.

Ge

dT^S

MT,

n^pD

^j5.10

ticular, (a) a staff, 11^1 (LXX); (6) 9^

:22W etc.;] a staff, rod: He 9*, Re 11^; in parsuch as is used on a journey Mt lO^**, Mk 6^, Lk
:

He
;

a ruler's

staff,

a sceptre:
:

He V(^^), Re 22U25

i Co 42i.t a rod for chastisement (cf. pa^Bi^w) p. (v.s. cv) -OD, 6 {<Cpu(38o<i, lx<^)' o^e who carries a rod or staff *pap8ouxos, of office (a) an umpire or judge (Plat.) {b) in late writers, a Roman

1915

(c)

lictor

Ac

IG^^- ^s.t

'Payau' (Rec. -aO), 6,

indecl.

(LXX

for

Heb.

Wj Ge
,

ll^*, al),

Ben
1.

Lk

S^s.t

* pa8iou'pYT])xa,

reckless act.

to (<^ paSiovpyiw, to act rechlessly or wrongly), 2. crime, villany : Ac IS^^.t


-Tos,

*pa8ioupYia, -a?, 17 (v.s. pa8Lovpyr]p.a), 1. ease doing, facility (Xen.). 2. easiness, laziness (Xen.). 3. recklessness, wickedness (of lewdness, Xen. ; fraud, Plut. in it., of theft, MM, xxii) Ac IS^^.t
;
:

*paK(i (T,

pa;)(a),

usually taken to represent the Aram. N(T"1,


,

shortened form of

Jp''T

" empty," as vocalized in the Galilaean dialect;


:

an expression

of contempt, raca

Mt

5-^ (cf.

DB,

iv,

191
(38)ii

f.

and

for

other explanations,

v. Zorell, s.v.).t

^dKos, -ovs, TO, [in


4^''^*;]

LXX

Is 64

(s)

(133),

Je 45

(nnnq),

Ea

1.

a ragged garment (^ova).


22i.t
-a),
Ti,

2.

a ra^, remnant, piece oi cloth:

Mt

9i,

Mk

'Pa^d (Rec.
t^ai'Til^w,

indecl. (Heb. npn),

Bamah: Mt

2i8(i'^^).t

Le 627 (20), ly Ki 933 (nT3), Ps 50 (51)^ 9^3, patvw, to sprinkle, besprinkle: c. ace. Wj 21 19^^^ pass., Re id. et dat., ib. of cleansing by sprinkling, 1022 (v. M, Gr., ii, 100) 7* (WH, txt., R, mg.).t mid.,
[in

LXX:

(Ntsripi.)*;]

cl.,
;

WH
Mk

He

He

pa'Tio-|ji<5s,

-ov, 6

(<^ pavri^w), [in

LXX
:

for rnjJ

;]

sprinkling

of
1^

the ceremonial sprinkling of blood for purification,


(v.

He
11*,

12^^,

Pe

Hort, Pe., 23

ff.).t

^amiw
1.

(<pa;ris, a rod), [in


2.

LXX

Jg

1625,

Ho

Es

4^1 *;]

prop., to strike with a rod.

In late writers,

to strike

(the face)

^vith the palm of the ha^id : Mt 26''7; c. ace. pers., seq. t. cnayova, Mt 539 (cf. Field, Notes, 40, 105).
*^a<j)is, -l8o<s,
ftckovf}).'^
t)

{pd-n-Tw,

to sew),

a needle:

Mt

I92*,

Mk W^

(cf.

pa)(d, V.S. pa/ca.

'Paxdp, V.S. Tad/3.


'Pax-fiK V, indecl.

(Heb. bm), Bachel

Mt

2i8(Lxx),t

'PePcKKa, -as (v. Bl., 7, 2), ^ (Heb. n)?5-j, Bebecca:

Ro

9i.t

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


*+^'8t]
(v.

397

Ee

m\f
U(a, [in
Pi]Yioi',

WH,

App., 151),

-175,

fj

(a Gallic

word), a chariot:

chiefly for ITT;] to flow : Jo 7^^ (cf. jrapap/3ew).t -ov, TO, Bhegium, a town in Sicily Ac 28^^.
:

LXX

pTJYfia, -TO'i,

TO {<^priyvvixi), [in

LXX
cl.

III

Ki

1130,31 222*, IV

Ki

LXX), a fracture; then by meton., that tvhich is torn. 2. In NT, ruin Lk 6*^.t also for ptiycufii and (Mk 9^^) pT/o-o-w, [in LXX chiefly for ypa jnp etc, ;] 1. to rend, break asunder Mt 7", Mk 2^2, Lk 5^^ pass., Mt 9^^. 2. Of the voice, c. ace, (fnavrjv, etc. (Hdt., al.), to break forth into speech absol., Ga i^^f^^^), 3. = pda-a-w (Dem., al.), to throw or dash down Mk 9^^, Lk 9*^ (cf. 8ia-, wept-, 7rpoo--p7?yvvyu,t).t
212 (D''in|7),
612(11)
(y^,-55)

Am

*;] 1.

(and so in

SyN.

Opavii), KaTayvvfii.

prjfia, -Tos, TO, [in

LXX

chiefly for "ini

also for

ng

and Aram.

D3I1B, etc.;]

1.

prop., of that

which

is

said or spoken, (a) a

word:

Mt
2^*,

271*, II

Co

12"

pi., Toi p.,


;

of speech, discourse,

Pe 32, al. (b) opp. to ovofia (a word of prophecy, instruction or command (in cl., phrase) Mt 26-5, Mk 932, Lk l^s 2^\ Ac lli, E0.IO8, He 11^; ^. Oeoi Uvpiov), Lk 32, Ac lli, Eph 6", He 6^ 113, j pe 125 (lxx). ^^ ^. ^. q^^-^ Jo 334 8*7 2. Like Heb. -i;il (but ^. Apyov, Mt 1236 p. dppTjTa, II Co 12*.
10^8, II

Eo

Jo S^o, Ac single word), a saying,


7^,

Lk

statement,

perh. also a Gk. colloquialism, v. Kennedy, Sources, 124 Thackeray, Gr., 41), of that which is the subject of speech, a thing, matter (Ge
;

151,

De

178, al.)

Lk

1^7 21*,

Ac

10^7

pi.,
:

Lk V^
3^7.+

2^^'

^\

Ac

5^^ 13*^.

'Pr]<rd

(L,

-a-a), 6,

indecl.,

Bhesa

Lk

^r\(T<TU>,

V.S. pTjyVVfJLL.
o,

*pi]Tup, -opos,
I

a public speaker, an orator

Ac

24^.t

*tpTjTus, adv. (<^p?7Tos, stated, specified), in stated terms, expressly

Ti

4i.t

plia,

-q<;,

rj,

[in
.

LXX

chiefly for

iK 'pit^v,
1321,

Mk
4^7^

1120

^, 1^^^^^

Mt

13,

^^m Mk 4

;]

a root

Mt

3^0,

Lk

3^

id. seq. ^v lavroJ, fig.,

Mt
610

Mk

Lk
:

8^^.

Metaph.

(as in various senses in cl.), of cause,


i

origin, source, etc.; (a) of things, p. trdvTwv r. KaKwv (Eur.), 12^^. of ancestors, Eo lli^-is j ^_ 7ri*<ptas, {b) of persons

Ti

He
of

Of that

Is 402*, je 122 (0^-12^), Si 328 24^2* j] to cause to take root. Metaph., to plant, fix firmly, establish pass. (BV, rooted), Iv dydnrj, Eph 3'8(i7); iv XpiarQ, Col 27 (cf. iK[in

which springs from a 1512 (Lxx)^ Ee5*22i.t ^Ctfii^, -w ptCa),

root,

a shoot;

metaph.,

offspring,

Eo

LXX:

pi^dw).t

*pnni, -^s, rj (<^piirTw), poet, in cl., any rapid movement such as the throw or flight of a javelin, the rush of wind or flame, the flapping of wings, the twinkling of lights; p. 6cf>da\fj.ov, the twinkling of an eye i Co 15^2 (l^ mg., poin], q.v.).t
:

398

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


pimtw
pt7ris,

a fan),

[in

LXX
to
to

Da

LXX

2^5

(Ktfyj)*;]
al.).

primarily,

to

fan a

fire,

In pass.
:

(cf.

Philo, de incer.

hence generally, vumd., 24),

make a

breeze (Plut.,

be tossed or blown by the

wind of waves, dvc/xt^o/xcVo) wind (Hort, in 1.), Ja l^.t


piTTTeO), V.S. ptTTTOy.

kol ptTrt^o/xeVo),

blown and raised with the

piTTTw

and (Ac

22'^^) ptTrrew

(strengthened form;
1.

v.

Veitch,

s.v.
c.

piTTTw, fin.), [in

LXX

chiefly for ^bo? hi.;]


;

to

throw, cast, hurl:

ace. rei, Mt 27=, Ac 27^^' -'' c. ace. pers., Mt IS^o, Lk 435 17" ptcp., ipLfjifjivoi, cast doivn, prostrate (Polyb., al.)
;
:

garments,

EV
T.

to throiv off (for flight,

Eur., Xen.,

al.

oTrXa,

Mt Mac

pass., 9^^

Lk
;

of 5*^; so

Ac 22^^, but v. infr.). 2. = piTrrd^w, to shake, toss, throw about Field, Notes, 136 but IfidTLa, Ac 2223 (^EGT, Page, Eackham, in 1.
in
;

V. supr.).t

'Popodfi, 6, indecl.
'P68t,,
-r??,
17,

(Heb. nv^ni), Behoboam


:

Mt l^t

Bhoda

Ac

12^\f

'PoSos, -ov, 6, the island of

Rhodes

Ac

21^.t

sound
[in

* poil,-(\h6v, adv. {<ipolt,o<i, the whistling of an arrow), with rtishing (as of roaring flames) ii Pe 3^".t 'Pe/x<^dv, Eec. 'PoiK^d {-dv, T 'Pe<i>dv, LTr. v. WH, App., 92),
:

LXX: Am

5^6 ('Pat<^dv 6r 'F^jidv,

Heb. ]r3)*;] Romjyha, Bephan


:

(EV), one of the names of Seb, the Egyptian Saturn


t pofj,4>aia, -as,
rj,

Ac

7-*3

(LXX) f

[in

LXX

chiefly for
iv,
;

^lO

;]

a large broad sword,

used by the Thracians (v. DB, interchangeably with /xdxatpa, metaph., Lk 235.t
poTTTJ, --^s,
17

q.v.),

used 634) then generally (in a sword : Ee l^*" 2^-' ^*' 6* 19^^' ^i

LXX

(<[p7rw, to incline), [in

LXX:
:

Is 40^^ (PHIS'), etc.;]

inclination downwards, as the turn of the scale


I

L, mg., for

piirri,

q.v.,

Co

1552

(v. Tdf.,

in

l.).t

'PouPric, 6, indecl.,

(Heb. piN")), Beuben

Ee 7^t
iqu
f
1318^ gi gTj^i*.]

'Pou0,

^7,

indecl. (Heb.

nn), Bjcth
:

Mt
Pr

l^.t

'PoG<|)os, -ov, 6 (Lat.),


pv^ir], -7?s, V,

Bufiis
:

Mk

15-1, jjq

[in

LXX

Is 153 (nn-!),

3123

k, To

the force, rush, sioing, of a moving body; esp. of a charge of soldiers. 2. In late Greek (as in Macedonian, v. Kennedy, Sources, 15), a narrow road, lane, street : in Polyb., of a road in camp in
1.

in

cl.,

LXX

and

NT

(tt.

also) of streets in a
[in

town,

Mt

62,

Lk

I421

Ac

911 12i (cf.

Eutherford, NPhr., 488).+


also for ^KS, ta^ES pi., etc,;] to draiv to oneself, hence, to rescue, deliver: c. ace. pers., Mt 27*^, II Pe 27 id. seq. diTro, Mt 6^\ Lk ll^^ (Eec, E, mg.), 11 Ti i^^; seq. eV, Eo 72*, II Co 11", Col 113, I Th 110, II Ti 311, II Pe 2^ absol, 6 ^vd/^cvos, the deliverer, Eo 1126. Passive: seq. dwo, Eo 153i, 11 Th 32; seq. ix,
pu'ofjiai,

LXX

chiefly for

bS3

hi.,

Lk

l'\

II

Ti

417.+

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


*puiTai'(i>

399

filthy, defile:

Ee

2211

LT,

and later writers, to make pass., in ethical sense (on the tense, v. Swete, in 1.), Tr., txt.t
(<^pu7ros), in Arist., Xen.,

WH,
=
rj

*t poTrapeuo|jiai

pinraivo/xaL, q.v.

Ee

221^,
:

WH, mg. (nowhere else).t


metaph., of moral
defile34'
s. (3,4)

*puTrapia, -as,

(pvTrapos), filthiness

ment, Ja

12i.t

^uTrap<59, -a, -ov

pwos),

[in

LXX

Za

(j^^jj)

fiuhy^

dirty: of old, shabby clothing (Za, defilement, Ee 22".t


poTTos, -ov, 6, [in

I.e.),

Ja 2^; metaph., Jb 14*

of

moral
;]

LXX

Is 4* (nxJT),

(KI^B), etc.

dirt,

filth

Pe

32i.t
-Si

*puirooj,

(^puTTos), to

make

filthy:

Ee

22^1 Eec.

(AV,

tr.

as

pxnrdu),

to be filthy)
17

A
[in

poCTis, -W9,
T. ar/xaros,

(^pew),

LXX
Eph
:

chiefly for niT


52'^.t
:

;]

a flowing, issue

Mk

525,

* pun's,

-tSos,

Lk8*3,44.t 17, a wrinkle


-ov,

'Pw/xaiKos,
'P(i))iaios,

-rj,

Boman, Latin

Lk

23^^ Eec.+

-a,

-ov,

Boman

Jo

11*^,

Ac

2^^

(EV, /rom Borne),

1621,

87,

38 2225-27, 29

23^7 251^

2&1 ^
28i*. ^^,

'PojfjiaioTi,

adv., in

'PcJfitj, ->79, 17,

Latin : Jo IQ^'^.t -Rome ; Ac IS^ 1921 23^1


:

strengthen most freq. in pf., eppto/xai, to put forth strength, be strong, hence, often in imperat., eppmcro, eppwcrOe, farewell (Lat. vale) Ac 152^ 23^'^ Eec,
^(Sv-Ku^ti,

[in

LXX

II

Mac

92 II21.

28, 33^

^ Mac
:

Eo
g

l^.
;]

i^

11

Ti

l^^.t

to

E, mg.+

I, a, final s, aiy\i.a, to, indecl.,

sigma, the eighteenth

letter.

Aa

a numeral,
''3Dp3l5r),

a'

=200,

<r,

=200,000.
-vC;

taaPaxOai'ci (Eec.

^acpOavei,

Mt,

l.c,

"WH,
:

mg.),
27*^,

(Aram.

sabachthani,

i.e.

thou hast forsaken

me

Mt

Mk

15^*

(Ps 21

(22)2,

Heb.

^31?5TJf).+

t aaPawO, indecl., [in


places, the phrase
""S

LXX for Dixny


is

chiefly in Isaiah (in other


k.

mrp
S^.t

also rendered by Kvpios TravTOKpartop,


f .)
;]

Twv

Svvdfieoiv V. 92 (LXX), l.c.)


; :

DB,
Ja

iii,

137

Sabaoth,

i.e.

hosts or armies (v.

DB,

Eo

*t (raPPaTi(Tp.6s, -ov, 6 {<^ crayS^ari^w, to keep the sabbath, Ex 16^*^, al.), keeping sabbath, a sabbath rest : metaph., as in Mishna (Zorell, s.v.),
49.t

He

t o-dppaToi', -ov, TO

(Aram.
pi.,

KriStJT, transliterated o-d^jSaTa,


a-d ft/Barov
,

and
it),

this

being mistaken for a

the sing,

was formed from


1.
:

and

ad^^ara,

-wv, rd, [in

LXX for n^tj?

]in28r
-ov,

;]

the seventh

day
22''',

of the

week, the sabbath ;

(a)

the sing, form

to a.

Mt

12^,

Mk

Lk

G',

400
al.
;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF ^HE NEW TESTAMENT


r]

usually twv o-., v. infr.), Lk 13^' dat., of time (t<5) a-., Lk 6^ U^ 14* 686s a-af^fSdrov, ace, of duration, to a., Lk 236 V (t(5) a-., Mt 12", Lk 67, Jo 5^^, al. '<aTk^7rav a:, Ac 13^7 15^^ 18*; pi., o". Tpta, Ac l?-^ E, txt. (but V. infr.) Thackeray, Gr., 35) the (v. Swete, Mk., 17 (b) as most freq. in form. There is also an analogy pi. form, TO. a. (v. supr. on the Aram. in the names of other festivals, t. cyKaiVta, at,vfxa, etc.) Mt 28^, Col 2^^
rj/xipa

tov

(t.

(in

LXX, Ex 20*, al., Ac 11^ (cf. Mt 24^'^


;
;

LXX

Lk 4i, Ac 131* 16i3; dat. pi. (in LXX -Tots, but I Mac 2^^ as in NT) by metaplasmus (Bl, 9, 3), o-aySySao-i, 2. seven days, a week ; (a) the I^t 121' 5, 10-12^ ]yk 121 223 32, 4_ Lk 431 6^.
r^fxipa T,I>v
0-.

(Ex

20S, al.),

sing, form trpwrr] o-a^^Sarou, Lk 1812 Kara //.lav aa^^aTov,


: ;

Mk
I
rj

16^ Co 16^
;

V. supr.);

(6)

the

pi.

form:
28i,
[in

fiia

TOV (T. (BL, 35, 4 36, 13), or. rpta, Ac 17^ E, mg. (but pi, twv a. (where the gen. = fiera rd;
8is
; ;

Soph., Lex., 43a),


CTaytivT],
-;s,

Mt
17,

Mk

16^,

Lk

24i,

Jo

201-

1^,

Ac

20^.

LXX

chiefly for WJO;] a drag-net,

seine:

Mt

13^'.t

SyJV.

afiffycftX-qcTTpov (q.V.), Slktvov.

ZaSSouKaios, -ov, 6

Heb. p'ns,

II

Ki

15^*, al.),

a Sadducee

(cf.

Swete, Mk., 277): 5l^ 236-8.t


laSwK,
6,

Mt

3^ 16i..ii'i2 2223.3*,

Mk

12i8,

Lk

202^

Ac

4^

indecl. (Heb.

pTT^

v.

supr., s.v. SaSSouKatos), Sadoc,

Zadok

Mt

li*.t
1.

prop. (Hom., al.), of dogs, to loag the tail, fawn. 2. Metaph., of persons, c. ace, to faiun upon, flatter, beguile : pass., I Th 33 (for conjectural emendations of the text, v. ICC, and M, Th.,
*aaicw,
in
l.).t

ctcIkkos,

also written o-aKos, -ov, 6

(cf.

Heb.

p^

which
422*,

it

renders

in
2.

LXX),
10l^

1.

a coarse

cloth, sackcloth, usually


;

made

of hair:

Ee

612.

(a) a sack (Ge ^j^ Anything made of sackcloth ^j^ g, garment of sackcloth, expressive of mourning or penitence Mt II21,
:

Lk

Ee

ll^.t
6,

laXd,

indecl.

(Heb. nb^), Sala, Shalah

Lk
:

3^2

(E, txt.,

2aX/i,wv, q.V.), ib. ^^.t

ZaXaOiiiX, 6, indecl.
laXa/xis, -tvos,
laXci/A,
TO,
17,

(Heb.

bft{^ri^l<r),

Salathiel

Mt
:

I12,

Lk

327.t

Salamis, the chief city of Cyprus

Ac
1.
;

13*.t

indecl.,

Salim

Jo

323

(v.

Westc,
etc.
;]

in

DB,

iii,

354).+
CTaXeu'o)

o-aXos), [in

LXX for Mia


He
:

yi3

prop., of the action


;

of wind, storm, etc., to agitate, shake : of a reed, Mt 11'^, Lk 72* a house, 1226 the heavenly bodies, Mt 2429, Lk 6*8, Ac 431 162 ; the earth. - of a vessel shaken in filling, Lk 638. Metaph., (a) 132*, Lk 2126
;

Mk

to

shake,

i.e.

to render insecure

to.

oraXevo/icva,

ra

fir)

a-.,

He

122*^

(b) c. ace. pers., to cast

down from a sense

of security

and happiness

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Ac
II

401
voos,

2^^ (L^^^)

(c)

to

unsettle or drive

away
IT^^.t
:

pass., seq.

oltto

t.

Th

22

(d) to stir

up

t.

oxXovs,

Ac

laXtifi,

^ (Heb.

ub^, Ge

14i8),

SaZm

He

7i'2(i'XX).t
l^-s,

IaX|jio5k', 6,

indecl. (Heb.

fxhW), Salmon: Mt

Lk
Ac

3^2 {taXd,

WH,
a

E, mg.).t
XaX/iwi'r],
-7^9, 17,

Salmone, a promontory of Crete

27^^.+

opdXos, -ov,

6,

[in

LXX
rj,

for
;

Iflia

etc.

;]

in poets

and

late prose,

tossing, as of
:

an earthquake
-lyyos,
[in

esp. the tossing, the rolling swell of

the sea

Lk

2125.t

adkiTiyi,

LXX

chiefly

for
:

IBiD, niysq;]
i
:

trumpet, used in

war and
91*.
I

in religious ceremonies

Co

14^,

He

12^^,

Ee

1^^ 4^

S'^' "> 13

Mt
86
I
ff.

2431

iv

a-,

deov,
[in
.

By meton., a trumpet blast fieTo. Th 416 ev T. fVxdTT; o-., I Co 1552.t


;

a. /AcyaAv;?,

o-aXirij^w,
gi, 13

LXX

chiefly for yj^ri

;]

to

sound a trumpet

Ee

20^ 1115

metaph.,

Mt

62.

Impers., the trumpet sotinds


o-aXTrtyKTi^'s), -ov, 6,

Co

1552.t

* aaXirioTiis (so Inscr. and late writers for Att.

a trumpeter

Ee

1822.t
-7

ZaX(i|jiT,, -7^5,

Heb.

Dib^), Salome

Mk

15*o IG^.t

ZaXoJixuc, V.S. ^o\ofj.(i)v.

Zafxdpeia, V.S. Sa/^apta.


{-lttj^, T; V. WH, Ajjp., 154; Bl., 3, 4), -ov, 6, ct Samaritan, i.e. an inhabitant of the city or the region of Samaria, in NT always the latter (v.s. 2ayLtap/a) Mt 10^, Lk 9^2 lO^s 17i, Jo 4[9],39,40^ Ac 825; ^g an opprobrious epithet, Jo 8-*.+ laixapeiTis (-ms, T, V. supr.), -tSo?, 17, 1. in FIJ (5./., I, 21, 2, al.), the region of Samaria. 2. a Samaritan woman : Jo 4^.t

lafiapeiTTjs

lafxapia

(Eec.

-dpeta),
:

-as,

17

(Heb.

'|nniS';
;

Aram.

I^ipsr),

Samaria ;

(a)
44.

the city
5.

Ac

Lk

1711,

Jo

7,

Ac

18 81

Iafio9paKT]

{-OpaKY],

8^ (and perhaps also ^' 1*) {h) the region (and perhaps also ^-i*), 93i IS^.t BE), -77s, 17, Samothrace, an island in the

^gean: Ac

IG^.t
17,

IdfAos, -ov,
lap-ouiiX,
(i

Samos, an island in the


32* I320,

^gean

Ac

20^^.+

6,

indecl. (in FIJ, Sa/xovT/Xos;

Heb.
(Jg 13

b?<naip),

Samuel
1132.t

Ki

120, al.)

Ac

He

ll^a.t

lafi^ifwc, 6,

indecl. (Heb. ]il2rpK?),

Samson

ff.)

He

aacSdXiov, -ov, to (dimin. of cravSaXov, prob. Persian), [in

LXX

Jos

95, Is
:

202 (bys, elsewhere rendered

v7ro8>;/xa, q.v.),

Jth 10* IG^*;!

a sandal

Mk

S^,

Ac

128.t

aoi'is, -180s, ^, [in

LXX

Ca

S^,

Ez

27^

(iTib) *;]

a board, plank

Ac

27**.

26

402

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


loouX,
6,

indecl. (in FIJ, :S,dovko^;


:

Heb. bwtfO, Saul;

(a)

the

King of Israel Ac 13^^ (b) the Jewish used in the indecl. form only in address
;

name
(cf.

of the Apostle Paul,


:

SavAos)

Ac

9*' ^^ 22'"' ^*

26i*.t

**
less
:

o-airp<5s, -a, -6v,

[in

Sm.

Le

27-^' ^' *

;]

of trees

and
it
-t^s

fruit (opp. to dya^o?, KaAds),

rotten, corrupt, bad, worthMt T^'-^^ 1233, lJj 643.


a-.,

of fish,

Mt

13*^.

Metaph., in moral sense: Aoyos

Eph

4'^^

"In
xxii.t

Hellenistic

...

became a synonym
(v,

for alcrxpo'; or /caxos,"

MM,

Iair<j>ipa,

B1.,

3,

4),

rj

Aram.

NTElSr), Sapphira

Ac 5^t
t
CTtlTr4>eipos,

-ov,

rj,

[in

LXX

for

TDQ;] sapphire (perh.


2.

lapis

lazuli)

Ee 2V^.f
-i;s, rj,
:

*aapYcit'T],

1.

a plaited rope (Msch.).

a hamper, a basket
:

made

of ropes
IdpSeis,

ii

Co
at, 6,

ll^^.t

-(jiv,

adpSicos, -ov,

Sardis, the chief city of Lydia = aapBiov (q.v.), Ee 4^, Eec.t

Ee 1"
;

3^* *.t

odpZiQv, -ov, TO, [in

LXX

for

DIK

Ex

28^\

al.

also for
:

01112?

;]

the sardian stone, sard (of which carnelian is one variety) Ee 4^ 21"'^''.+ *aap86fu^ (L, aapSiovv^), -u^^os, 6 {<C^crdpSLov, ovv$), sardonyx, a stone marked by the red of the sard and the white of the onyx Ee 21^''.t
:

SdpcTTTa, -wv

(Ob
-ov

20), TO.

(Heb. nui^), Sarepta, a city of Sidon:

Lk

426.t

(v.l. for (rapKivo?, Arist., H.A., X, 2, 7), associated with or pertaining to the flesh, (6) in a more ethical sense, of the fleshly, cartml : Eo 15^^, i Co 9^^ nature of the flesh, under the control of its appetites, fleshly, carnal, cf. Hort, / Pe., sensual (but including more than mere sensuality I Co 33, II Co 112 lOS i Pe 2".t 133)

*CTapKiK6s,

-ij,

(<^crdp^)

Lat. caritalis,

i.e.

(a)

Syn.:
Notes, 184
f.
;

cra.pKLvo<i

(q.v.),

i/'vxiko's;

cf. Tr.,

Syn., Ixxi, Ixxii; Lft.,


II

Vau. on
-q,

Eo

7^*.

adpKi^'os,
(lijra),

-ov

{<(rdp^), [in
(29*^^)

LXX:

Ch

328,

Ez

ll^^ 362

Es

41^,

Pr

2423

;]

Lat. carneus (the termination -tvos

denoting the substance or material of a thing; v. Tr., Syn., Ixxii; Lft., Notes, 184; and for illustrations from tt., v. MM, xxii), of the Eo 7^*, i Co S\ 11 Co 33, flesh, of flesh, fleshy (Plat., Arist., Plut., al.) 7^*. (Eec. has -iko's in all these passages except 11 Co, I.e., but the He evidence is decisive against it.)+
:

Syn.

o-ap/<iKos, q.v.

adp^, <rapK<5s, Vt [^^

LXX

chiefly for lif^S;] flesh;

1.

as in
:

el.

generally, (a) prop., of the soft substance of the animal body i Co 1539 II Co 127, Ga 6^3, al.; o-. Kal aV, i Co IS^O; a. Kal ^o-rea, Lk 243y;
pi., of

the flesh of many or parts of the flesh of one (cl.), Ee 17^^ 19^8j <i>aylv, Ee, 11. c. (cf. KaT(r$iLv, IV Ki 9^^, al., and ^i^pwo-Kciv, freq. in metaph., Ja 53; mystically, <f>. (rpwyciv) t^v <t. tov vlov t. avOpoynov, 1.)
;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Jo
6*2-58
.

403
:

(j^

Qf

ijjie

whole substance of the body,


4^*,
;

a-wfia
<t.

Ac

Eph 5^9; fiia a., Mk lO^; tk tilav (Ge n Co 12^ Ga 6^6^ Eph 5^1 hence, of the material as opp. 2"), Mt 195, Mk 108, I Co opp. to rrvevfxa, to the immaterial part of man (of. Lft., Notes, 88)
226(LXX),3i^
:

Co

55, II

Co 7\ Col

25,

Pe
22o,

3^^ 4^

present
body,

life, iv o-.,

Eo 7^ Ga

Phi

to ./.vxi Ac 2^\ Rec. of the I22.24, i Pe 42; of Christ's life on


; ;

earth, at

rjixipai T.
o-.,

iv (jfj)

(xapKos avTov, Ga 612.", Phi S^-*.

He

5'';

of things pertaining to the

2.

As

in

Heb. idiom,

(a) of

living creature
1320,
1

vda-a a: (Heb. "11^2-^3;

cf.

Bl., 47, 9),

Mt

2422,

j^^

Jo

esp. of man and his mortality (Ps 55 (56)5, gj 28^, al.), (v. supr.), Lk 3^, Jo I72, Ac 2^^ cvo-., i Jo 42, i Ti 31" (b) of natural origin and relationship (Ge 22*, Is 58^, al.) Tc/cva-r^so-., 3. lO^s, Ga 423.29; ^ g.. ^^v, Ro IP* (cf. Ro 98; Kar^ (TdpKa, ib. 5, i Co

Pe

12*

11*

7r5o-a

o".

Jg 92, II Ki 5^ al.). 3. Of the physical nature as subject to sensation and desire (Plut.), (a) without any ethical disparagement Eo 7^* 13^*; opp. to TrvVfj.a, Mt 26*\ Mk 14^^ t. dlkrjfxa r>5s cr., Jo 1^^ rj (iriOvfiia Trj<i a., I Jo 2^^; pi., II Pe 2^^; iraOeiv o-apKL, I Pe 4^ (b) in ethical sense, esp. in Pauline Epp., of the flesh as the seat and vehicle of sinful
:

desires

opp. to voCs,
f.;

Eo
f.;

72^

to irvevfia,

Eo

8*-9>

^2. is,

Ga

5^^' i^-

"

6^

(cf.

DB,

ii,

14

iv,

165

Cremer, 844

ff.).

Zapoux> v.s. Scpov;^. *aap6a), -w, late form of craipw, to sweep: c. ace,

Lk

15^; pass.,

Mt
I

12**,

Lk

Ips.t
17

Idppa, -as,

(Heb.

n-jijr,

Ge
o

17^5),

Sarah: Eo

4i9 9^,

He IPS

Pe

38.t

IdpwK,

-uivo<i

(acc.

-wa,

WH),

(Heb. ]n^), the plain of Sharon


but in
III

Ac

935.+

larams,

-a (so also Si 21^",


,

Heb.

]tpi{^;

Aram. KJMD

whence the
:

inflected

Ki 11^*, o-arav indecl. Gk. form), 6, Satan (i.e.

l^^ 323. 26 4^5, Lk Mt 410 1226, the adversary, as in LXX, 11. c.) 10^8 1118 1316 223.31, Jo 1327^ Ac 53 2618, Eo I620, i Co55 7\ 11 Co 2" 111*, I tij 218, II Th 29, I Ti po 51^, Ee 2^.13.2* 3^ 12^ 202. 7; addressed 833 in person of Peter, Mt 1623. ^yy^Xo^ SaravS, 11 Co 12' .+

Mk

Mk

fadrov,

-ov,

to (Aram.

NnNp = Heb.

nxp),

[in
:

LXX Hg 2i7(i6)*;]
:

a peck and a half) Mt 1333, Lk 132i.t lauXos, -ov, 6 (Hellenized form of ^aovX, q.v.), Saul, the Jewish name of the Apostle Paul Ac 7^8 81- 3 9I' 8- n. 22, 24 1125, 30 1225 131. 2, 7, 9^t chiefly for n33 ;] of fire or things on fire, to (T^ivvufii, [in quench : c. acc, Mt 122, Eph 6I6, He 113* pagg., Mt 258, Mk 9 1**- *]- *.

Hebrew measure (= about


:

LXX
iv

Metaph.

to Trveifia, i Th 5i9.t not contracted, aavrov, as in Att.), reflex. acauToC, -^s, -ov (in pron. of 2nd pers. sing., used only in gen., dat. and acc. {of, to) thyself Mt 4", Jo 813, I Tj 416^ a,l. (In Hellenistic, the pi. is eavTwv (q.v.), not
(cf.

Ca 8^

Mac

16*)

NT

i/i(ov

avTuv as in Attic,

v.

BL,

13, 1.) t

404

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


:

1. to "^aepdiofiai (<:^o-t/?as, reverential awe), [in Aq. Ho 10"'*;] fear (Horn). 2. In later writers, = o-e/Jo/xai, to zvorship : Eo 1^*^. o-e/ga^o/^at) [in Wi 142-^ 15^^ Da TH **a^paa|uia, -tos, to
;

Bel'-!"

* ;] *aPaaT6s,

an

LXX
Th

object of
->7,

worship

Ac

17"-^ ii
1.

24.+

-6v {are^at^o^ai),

reverend,

august.

2.

In late

writers,
a~rreipa

with reference to the Eoman Imperial name; (a) 6 2., Augustus, i.e. the Eoman Emperor: Ac 25''^^'2^; (6) Augxistan
cr.,

Ac

271.

(See further, Deiss., BS, 218.) +


(chiefly for
5'-*
;]

a(3<u, [in

LXX
Mac

XT
Ac

Jos

4^4, al.)

a-efiofiai,

exc. IV
19"^'^
;

to

worship

Ac
a-.

18^^

a-e/Sofievo^ t. 6e6v,

c. ace. : 16^4 137 o-fySo/xei/oi


.

NT always mid., pers., Mt 15^, Mk


and
(cr.

7'',

irpoo-^XvToi,

"EXXrjvi's),

devout,

Ac
[in

IS*^' ^o 17*'

^^ (cf. 7rpoo-7?Xvros) .+

aeipd, -5s, ^,
1.

LXX:

Jg

IGi^.

i*. 19

(nisbTO), Pr
11

5^2

(b^O) *
2*,

;]

(a)

0.

cor<i;

(Z>)

E, mg.

(v.s. o-/)6s).
(cri/Do's,

*aeip6s

a chain (cf. Pr., I.e.) crcipai ^d^ou, 2. a ZocA; of hair (Jg, 11. c.).+ T), -ov, 6 (Eec, E, mg., creipd, q.v.), =
: :

Pe

Eec,
a pit

cl.

aipos,

for the storage of grain

o-cipot Coi^ov,

11

Pe

2*,

WH,

E., txt. (but v.

Mayor,

in

1.;

Field, Notes, 241).+


-ov, 6 (<^(TL<a), [in
:

(Tcio-fios,

LXX
8^*
;

chiefly for Byyi;] esp.

a shaking,
:

commotion, as a tempest at sea


2754 282,
T.

Mt

an earthquake

Mt

24^^

Mk

138,

Lk
.

2111,

Ac
^

162,

Ee

612 8^ llis.io iQis.t

aeib),

[in

LXX

yqv,

He

1226 (LXX)

chiefly for tz^yi ;] to shake, move to <i^^x) yij, Mt 27^1 o-vk^, Ee 6^K pass.,
;

and fro
Metaph.,
28*
(cf.

to agitate, stir

up, with fear or

some other emotion

Mt

21i**

ova-, hia-, Kara-o-ftu)) .+

ItKoufSos (Eec. 2Kow8os), -ou, 6 (Lat.), Secimdus : Ac 20^.+ ZeXeuKia (Eec. -ev/ceia), Seleucia, a city of Syria Ac 134.+
:

o-eXrii'il, -7S,

^, [in

LXX
3026);]

chiefly for n"i;


i/ie

(Ge 37^
2429,

al.),

also for n:!^

(Ca

69('),

Is 2423
I

X,
1541,

moon: Mt

Mk

132*,

Lk

2125,

Ac

220 (Lxx)^

Co

*+o-e\r]i'id^w

Ee

612 8^2 12^ 212-^+

creAT^vr/),

act. in

Manetho {Carm., 4, 81), in

NT depon.

-ofiai, to be moonstruck, influenced by the moon)


ZcfjicetV

i.e.
:

epilej}tic

(epilepsy being supposed to be


32^.+
;]

Mt

42* 171^.+

(Eec.

^ifjut), o, indecl.,
r],

Semein: Lk

a|jii8aXi9, -cws,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

nbc
Pr

fine wheaten flour

Ee
II

1813.+
acfii/^s,

-i

-dv,

o-^;8o/.at), [in

LXX:

G^ 8^ 1526 (T33,n2r3),

in cl. of

i reverend, august, venerable, 2. grave, serious ; of the gods and also of human beings. persons: i Ti 3^. n, Tit 22; of things: Phi 4^ (v. Tr., Syn., xcii Cremer, 37; MM, xxii).+ ** <Te;iv6Ti]<5, -rjTo^, rj o-/>ivds), [in LXX: II Mac 312*;] gravity:

Mac

611' 28 81*,

IV

Mac 5^6

715 3^75

.]

Ti 22 34 (Vg.

castitas, cf. Soph., Lex.,

Ze'pyios, -ov, 6, Sergitis,

and Zorell, s.v.). Tit surnamed Paulus Ac 13"".+


:

2^.+

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Zcpou'x (Eec. 2a/3-), 6, indecl.
Ii^e, 6
iTlfi, 6,

405

(Heb.

Jliur),
42^)
:

Serug

Lk

S^^.t

(Heb. nr), indecl., Seth (Ge


indecl. (Heb. Dgr),

Lk

S^s.t

Shem

Lk
for

S^^.t
,

oTjjuiaiVa)

(<^

(ji7fta,

sigfw), [in

LXX

sign, signify, indicate : c. ace. rei, ace. et inf., Ac ll^S; seq. quaest. indir.,
(a)

ym hi., ypn etc. to give Ac 25^'', Ee 1^ (cf. MM, xxii) c.


;]
;
:

Jo 1233 1332 gP^.t aKijxeioi', -ov, to, [in LXX chiefly for JlIX ;] a sign, mark, token of that which distinguishes a person or thing from others Mt 26*^
; ;

Th 317 (cf. Deiss., LAE, ISSg) seq. gen. epexeg., Eo 411 c. gen. obj., Mt 243. 30^ Qq 1212; c. gen. subj., Mt 163; ^^ ^ gign of warning or admonition Mt 1239 16* Lk 23'* 1129, 30^ i Co 14^2 (c) a sign portending future events (Soph., Plat, al.) Mk 13*, Lk 21^' ^i' ", Ac 2^9^ j{e 12^' 3 15^ {d) of miracles and wonders (MM, xxii), regarded as signs of a divine authority Mt 1238- 39 IGL ^, Mk S^i' 12, Lk ll^e. 29
212, II
:

Lk

Ac 4i. 22; pi., Mk 16n7.20]^ Jo 211.23 Ac 8^, I Co 122 (Lf^.^ j^Iqi^s, 162) the same ascribed to false teachers and demons Mt 242*, Mk I322, 11 Th 29, Ee 1313. 1* 161* 1920 o-. ml ripara (r. kcCl o". cf. Tr., Syn., xci), Mt 242*, Mk 1322, Jo 4*8, Ac 219. * 430 512 68 73" 143 I512, Eo 15i9, 11 Th 29; id. seq. koX Swaynct?, ii Co 12i2, He 2*; o-. koX SvvdiJ.eis, Ac 8i3 8. Kttl T. Kal a-., Ac 222; ^ gtSoVai, Mt 242*, Mk 1322.t oTTjfieiou, -w {<^(rf}/j.iLov), [in LXX Ps 4^ (Nizr3) *;] to mark, note Mid., to note for oneself: 11 Th 31* (freq. in tt. v. ICC, M, TJi.
Jo 2"'
14, 26

23s,

18.23 454 630

io

12^8,

32 62,

731 916 1147 1237 2030,

in

l.).t (rfi}ipov (Att. Trj/jLpov),

adv., [in
ai5ptov,

LXX
63o,

for Dl'n

;]

to-day
412

Mt

611

Lk
Eo
TO in

421,

Ac

49, al.

opp. to

Mt

Lk
202*'

1228,
;

/cat ts

Tous aici'as,

He

138

^ ^

17/Ae^a,
<r.

Ac

0)5 (a-xpi)

118, II
a-..

Co
313
;

31*;
id.

fjiixpi-

(ews) i^s

(sc. rjfjiepas),

Mt
4''

; x^e? ^al o-, T^s cr. fj/xepa'; 1123 278; as subst.

Ja

He

in appos.,

opt'^ei Vf^^pov, a-..

He

E, mg.,

(v.

Westc.

1.).

(ppa ni.), Jb 332i (nbs) 40^ Si 14i9 al. ;] to make corrupt: 2 pf. act. with mid. sense (v. M, Pr., 154) aia-qirev, has perished, become corrupted, Ja 52.t
cniTro, [in
:

LXX

Ps 37

(38) ^

<rr|piK<5s, V.S. (Tt/atKos.

<r^s,

(njTos

(late gen. for cl. o-cds),

o, [in

LXX
LXX

Jb Jb

4i9,

Is 509

(lZ?y),

Is 518 (QQ)^ al.;] a mo^/i, clothes


-OV
:

moth: Mt
[in

619.20,
I

Lk

1233.t

t o-TjTcJ-PpwTos,

(^o-'??, ySi/S/owo-Kw),
52,t

1328 (ib^N

WV) * ;] moth-eaten
*ta0ei'6&),

Ja

-w (<:^o-^Vos, strength), to strengthen:

c.

ace,

Pe
:

51'

(Hesych.).t
aiaywi', -ovos,
539,
t},

[in

LXX
[ii^

for ''0^

;]

^/le

jawbone, jaw, cheek

Mt

Lk

629 (cf.

MM,

xxii).t

o-iydu, -w (<Co-i7"7),

LXX

for

Win,

nzSTl

etc.;]

1. intrans.,

406

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


keep silence: Lk Q^o IS^^ 2028, Ac 1227 1512,13^ i Co Tr&nB., to keep secret ; Tp&sa., to be kept secret : Eo 16^^.+
7j(rv)(d^o), a-iunrdw.
[ill

to be silent, 1428,30,34 2.

SVN.

**<Tiy^, -^?, v>

LXX Wi
:

18", in
(<^

Mac

3^3*;] silence
[in

Ac

21*o,

Re 8\f
aiSi^pcos, -a, -ov (-ovs, -a

-ovv)

cn'Sv^pos),

LXX
:

chiefly for

^nS

;]

of iron

Ac

W\ Re
38 7^*'

227 9^ 12^ IQi^.t

oriSripos, -ov, 6, [in


IiScSi',

LXX
31,

chiefly for

bns
Ac

;]

iron

Re

18^^ t

-aVos,

^ (Heb. ]iT^), Sidon, a maritime city of Phoenicia

Mt

1121.22 1521,

Mk
;

Lk

617 IQi^'i*,

273.t

(<;2i8a)v), o/ Sidon, Sidonian; (a) the region: IiSwt'tos, 42 Ac 122o.t sc. x<^pa, Lk (6) the people *t CTiKdpios, -OV, 6 (Lat. <i sica, a dagger carried under their cloth-a, -ov
:

ing by the Sicarii), a bandit, assassin, one of the Sicarii (FIJ, B.J., Ac 2P8.t ii, 17, 6, al.)
:

taiKepa,

to,

indecl.

(Aram. KISOT),

[in
;]

LXX
74,

for

ISt?

(also

rendered fxi6v<Tfia, Jg 13*, drink : Lk l^^.t


IiXas,
-a
(acc.

Mi

2^^),

Le

10, al.

fermented liquor, strong


-09, -a),

to Bl., 29,
Gr.,
!5, 29

W-Schm.,

(Aram.
q.v.)

Nb^NlZ?;

V.

Dalman,
(in

I575), Si^^^s

(called also SiXouavos,

Ac

1522,27,32,34,40 IglS,

174,10,14,15 185^+

IiXouaj'os

MSS

also StXySavds,
of

Silvanus,
I

latinized

name

Silas

ii

a form freq. in ir.), Co 1^^, I Th 1^ ii


ii,

-ov,

6,

Th

1^

Pe

5i2.t

IiXwdfi (indecl., but in FIJ, gen., -S, B.J.,

16, 2), 6 (Heb.

nbtr), Siloam

(v.

DB,

iii,

515

f.)

Lk

13*,

Jo

97.

".t

*taip,iKiV0ioi' (also written a-qfii-), -ov, to (Lat. man's apron : Ac 19i2.t


IijAWK, -WV09, 6,

semicinctium), a work-

a Greek

name

(transliterated ]iD^p in Heb.) used

as a substitute for 2v/xwv (q.v.), Simon; 1. Simon Peter: Mt I72*, 129, al. Mt 10*, 2. /Simon the Zealot (v.s. Cv^wt^^, Kavavatos) 318, Lk 615, Ac li^. 3. One of the Brethren of our Lord (v.s. 63. 4. The father of Judas Iscariot, himself Mt 13", aSfXi^ds) surnamed 'lo-KapiwTT^s (q.v.): Jo 67i 12* (Rec.) I32.26. 5. Simon the 6. Simon the Pharisee Lk I521, Lk 2326. Cyrenian Mt 2732,

Mk Mk

Mk
of

Mk

740,43,44^
8.

Bethany, surnamed 6 XeTrpds Magus, a Samaritan sorcerer Ac 8' i3. i^Simon


7.

Simon
:

Mt

26^,
9.

Mk

143.

2*.

Simon the

tanner, of
livd

Joppa
(-a,

Ac

9*3 10". 17.32.

^Lvalov 5pos,

Rec), indecl. (but to Stvaiov, FIJ, Ant., iii, 5, 1; to Ac 73o. 38, ib. ii, 12, 1), to (Heb. TP), Sinai (Ex I911, al.)
:

Ga42*.25.t

Mt

*taifaiTi, 1331 172,

-a)5,

to

Mk

431,

Lk

(prob. Egyptian), 1319 17.t

Attic to vSttu,

mustard:

MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


<T^vUv, -oVo5, ^,
[in

407
i

LXX:

Jg

14^2.13^,

Pr SP*

(i^i^),

Mac

fine linen cloth ; (a) as used for swathing dead bodies (cf. 15*^, Lk 23"; (b) a garment or wrap of Hdt., ii, 86) Mt 275, 145i. 52.t this material (cf. ICC, Jg, I.e.) *t o-ividj^oi (<[o-tViov, a sieve), = a-ijOco, to sift, winnow: fig., Lk
;

10'*

A*

Mk

Mk

2231. t

* aipiKos (by assimilation of vowels, for arjpiKo^ v. Mayser, 150 o\ Sijpcs, a people of India from whom the 151), --q, -ov ancients got the first silk), silk, silken; as subst., to a-., silken fabric, silk : Ee IS^^ (cf. FIJ, B.J., vii, 5, 4).t

WH, Notes,
<Ti.p6s,

V.S. o-cipds.
-j;,

aiT0T<5s,

-6v

(<Ci o-iTevu),
:

to feed, fatten), [in

LXX:

iii

Ki

4^^

(Onx), etc.

;]

fattened

Lk

15'^3, 27, 3o,t

aiTi'o^, -ov,

t6 (dimin. of
7^2

o-itos), [in

LXX

Pr

24^7 (30^2) (DO^) *;]


pi., o-m'a,

1. corn,

grain: Ac

bread, food, provisions

(LXX,

(but v. Bl., 9, 1). 2. Mostly in I.e., Hdt., al.).+


:

**tamaT6s, -rj, -ov (nTi^w, to fatten), [in Sm. 46 (26)21*;] = o-iTcvTos, fattened; as subst., pi., to.
22*.t

Ps 21
a-.,

(22)i3,

Je

fallings:

Mt

*t aiTOfi^TpiOK,
fiTpe(o),

-ov,

TO (<^

CriTOfJLTpe(0,
:

a meastired portion of food BS, 158; LAE, 103j).t


(TITOS,

Ge 4712 1* *, = Attic TOV aiTOV Lk 12*2 (Jqj. g^x. in tt., v. Deiss.,


"f^
;]

-OV,

6,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

wheat, corn

Mt
Co

3i'

1325,29,30^

Mk

428,

Lk

317 1218 16^ 223i,

Jo

122*.

Ac

2738,

15^7,

Ee

6" 18i3.t IiX^p, V.S. "Sivx^plidv, indeel., in

NT

anarth., but in
]i'2?),

LXX when
1.

of Jerusalem, ^

2. (Heb.

Zion;

used of the city the mountain: in typical

sense, of the Church,


;

He

1222; of heaven,
;

Ee

I41.
:

2.

The

city, i.e.

Jerusalem in poetical sense {a) of the inhabitants dvydnjp 2., Mt 21^ Jo 121MLXX); (J) in wider sense, of Israel: Eo IP"; (c) fig.:
Tt6rifXL eV

2. klOov,
-S)

Eo

933, I

Pe
:

2 d-xx).!

o-iwTrdw,

(<^o-tw7rr;, silence), [in

LXX
IOI8)

for ncrn,

U!''!!!

hi., etc.;]

to be silent

or

still,

keep silence

Mt

20^1 26^3,

Mk 3* 93* 10*8 1461, Lk 19*,


;

Ac

18** ; of to the sea,

one dumb,
a-iw-n-a,
:

Lk
43^.t

I20 (cf . iv

Mac

addressed rhetorically

Mk

SYN.

r](rv)(d^<D, o-iyao) (q.V.).

stumbling-block in the way; in NT always metaph. of that which hinders right conduct or thought, to cause to stumble : c. ace. pers., Mt 529. 30 1727 186, 8, 9^ Mk 9*2. 43. 45, 47^ Lk 172, Jo 6^\ I Co 813. Pass., to be made to stumble, to stumble : Mt 11^ I321. " 1512 2410 263i, ss^ m^ 41758 1427,29^ Lk 723, Jo 161, Ro 1421 (WH, E, txt., om.), 11 Co 1129.t

taKa'8oXit (<o-Kav8aXov), [in Da ll" (bOTS ni.), 9* 35 (32)15 (j2r,T ho.) ib. 238 (also in Aq., Sm., Th., and in Ps Sol 16^; Si not elsewhere, except and eccl.) * ;] prop., to put a snare or

LXX:

LXX

NT

408
t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


cTKdk'SaXoi',

-ov,

TO (late

form

of the rare
,

word
fig.,

a-KavSdXrjOpov, v.

LS,

S.V.), [in

LXX

chiefly for

W0n
(a)

bltlTSp;] prop., the bait-stick oi a


19^*,

trap,

a snare, stumbling-block (Le


;

Jth
:

5^)

Eo

9=^^

Pe

2^

Metaph., of that Mt 13^^ 16'^^ ; Xpto-ros of persons which Mt IS^, Ko 119(LXX) 1413^ j Jq 210, (b) of thin ?s iaravpwfi^voi, I Co l^^ Eo 16i'.t Ee 214; to o-. toS crravpov, Ga 5"; pi, Mt 187, Lk
(Is 8^*

aliter in

LXX
;

a-repeov o-KavSdXov in Aq.).


;

causes error or sin

n\

SYN.

Trpoa-KOfxfxa.

aKciTTTO), [in

LXX
V

**aKdi,r],

-r]s,

Is 5" {llV ni.) *;]

to

dig

Lk 6
Bel
32, 3"' 32.t

138 IG^.t

^xa^ruy), [in

LXX
by^

Da
etc.

LXX
Ac
;]

TH

ib.

33*;]

anything

scooped out, esp. alight boat, skiff:


-ovs,

27^^'

<tkKo%,

to,

[in

LXX

for

the leg

from the hip

downwards
*
I

Jo

193i'33.t

aKeiracTfia, -tos, to

(< o-/c7ra^a),
Ac
19^4.t

to cover),

a covering, esp. clothing

Ti

6.t

ZKcuas, -a, Sceva : **aKeuT), -^s, 17, [in

LXX:

in

Mac 5*^E*;]
v5J]

equipment, tackle:
'^

Ac

27i.t
CTKciios,

-ofs,

TO,

[in

LXX
v.

chiefly for

vessel,

implement
192",

(for exx. in

various senses,
921,

MM,

xxii)

Mk
Ti

lll^

Lk

8^^ Jo
ri

Ac
1731

10"'

ll^ Eo

Ee
TcL

18^2;
o-.,

pi.,

22,

Eo

22^;

o-.

t^s

XfiTovpyta?,
;

He
Ac

921

pi.,

utensils, goods,

Mt

1229,

Mk
;

32^,
;

Lk

the tackle or gear of a ship (Xen., Polyb., al.) so in 27^'^. Metaph., of persons: o-. tVXoy^s, Ac 9^^; 6py^?, Eo 922; eAcovs, ib.23; o". is Tt/x^v (cf. Eo 9-^), n Ti 221 of woman, do-^evc'o-Tepov cr., I Pe 3'^; SO perh. t. kavrov a., I Th 4* (but V. infr.) of the body, 11 Co 4"; so perh. i Th 4* (but v. supr., and v.s.
id.

of

sing., TO a.,

KTao/Aai).t
<TKr\vr],
-77s,
17,

[in

LXX

chiefly for S'lX

also for ISUTD

n;pp

tabenmcle : Mt 17^ 9^ Lk 933, He ll^; al 169; of the Mosaic tabernacle, He 8^ 92,3,6,8,21. ^ ^^ of its heavenly prototype, He 82 9", Ee 13" 15^ 213 fiaprvpiov, Ac 7** of the temple. He 13^^; 17 a-, tov MoAo'x, Ac 7*3 (lxx)- metaph., rj a. AareiS, Ac 151" (i^^).t
etc.;]

tent,

booth,

Mk

alwvtoi

a-.,

Lk

crKT)'oiTr)Yia, -as,

rj

{<^a-KT]vrj, irriyvvp.i), [in

LXX
Mac

for

DISD
rj

De
rj

161"

311",

Za

14i.i8'i9;

Es

5^1,

Mac

lO^i,
;

11

p. is*;] prop., the


a.,

setting
Trj<; cr.

up of

(called also eopT^

in tents or dtvellings (Arist.) crKr]v(2v, Le 2334, al.


:

LXX
;

and NT,

eopri]
f.),

V. Deiss.,

LAE,

116

the feast of Tabernacles

Jo

7^.f

*t o-xtikottokSs, -ov tent-maker : Ac 183.t


{C.I., 3071).
II

{<^o-Ky]vrj, TroUui),

making

tents

as subst., 6

cr.,

**aKTi'os, -ovs, TO, [in

LXX Wi
:

9^^*;]

o-kt/vi?,

tent, tabernacle

Metaph., of the body as the tabernacle of the soul.

Co

51- *.t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


o-KTji'ou,

409

-w {<Ca-Ki]VT^), [in

LXX

chiefly for pttT;] to have one's

temporary dwelling, v. Exp., xxii) ace. pers., Ee 7^^; seq. iv, c. dat. pers., Jo 1^*; id. c. seq, c. dat. loc, Ee 121^ 13 seq. /xcra, c. gen. pers., Ee 21^ (cf. cVi-, Karatabernacle, to dwell (in w. of
eVi,
;

MM,

(TKT^l'OCo) .t
aKr\vii}ii.a,

-tos, to

(<^

crKr/vow)
:

[in

LXX
:

chiefly for bnX;]

tent,

tabernacle

(cf. a-n-qviQ, aKrjvos)

(132)5, al.),

Ac

7*.

of the temple as God's dwelling (Ps 131 Metaph., of the body ii Pe l^^. i^.t

aKid, -as, v> [in

LXX

chiefly for

by

iv

Ki 20^ -, Ps 56
,

(57)i, al.

but
Is

0-.

and
(v.

o-.

OaraTov are also used for niCibx


in
1.), al. ;]

Jb 3^ Ps 22

(23)*,

shadow, shade, caused by interception of Mk Ac metaph., <t. Oavdrov, of ignorance and error, light Mt 4}^, Lk 1"^ (LXX). 2. a shadow, the image or outline cast by an object: fig., v7ro8eiyyu,a koI a-., He 8^; opp. to (jwfjixj., Col 2^^; opp. to ciKoiv, He lO^t aKiprdw, -!L, [in LXX: Ge 2522 (vjn hithpo.), Ps 113 (114)*.
9'^''^^
:

IGC,
4^^,

1.

5^^

(ip-l), etc.

;]

to

leap

Lk

1.

^*

6^\f
KapSia), [in

t aKXtipo-KapSia, -os,

^ (<^

<TK\r]p6<;,

LXX
.j

De 10^",

Je 4*

(nn^

n^iy), Si lei"

(cf.

Kap8ia

<TK\r]pd, ib. 326. 27)

hardness of heart

Mt

198,

Mk

10* let'^^.t

o-kXtiposi -a, -ov

(-^ o-KcAAo), to

f^r?/),

[in

LXX
; ;

chiefly for JVffp;]

hard to the touch, rough, harsh, (opp. to p-aXaKo^) metaph., in various (b) of things, hard, uses (a) of men, hard, stern, severe : Mt 252* rough, violent : a-KXrjpov aoi (ecm), Ac 26^*; Aoyos, Jo 6""; avc/xos, Ja 3*;
;

CTKXrjpa.

XaXeiv,
:

Ju ^^.t
7]

SYN.

auo-Ti;/3os, q.V.

aKXTipoTTjs, ->;tos,

o-kA77pos), [lu

LXX: De
25.t
[in

92^ ('^O^p). etc.;]

hardness; metaph., of stubbornness:


t aKXripo-TpdxTlXos,
-ov
(o-kAt;po9,
:

Eo

Tpd)^r}\oi),

LXX: Ex
hi.,

33^

(Pjlimn?!?), etc.
<TKkr\p6vbi

;]

stiff-necked

metaph., Ac

7^'^.f

{<C

(TKXr}p6s), [in

LXX chiefly for ni&p

also for pin

;]

to
T.

Metaph., to harden, viake stubborn: c. ace. pers., harden. (Ps 94 (95)8), He W' i* 4^. Pass., to 6ecowfi hardened : KapSt'as
3i3.t

Eo
Ac

9^8;
19^,

He

aKoXi6s, -a, -ov, [in


for D^.S^"^ ^P??)'
op^ds, v^ws)
:

LXX

De 32*

(m^V), Pr 28i8 (o-. 6Sors TropcuW^ai,


curved, bent, winding (opp. to
2**',

''^^

^^^ i'^P?)' ^^^-

!]

Lk
2i8.t

3*(^^^).

Metaph., crooked, perverse, unjust: Ac

Phi

215, I

Pe

(TK^Xo^/, -ottos, 6, [in


(j'lbp),

LXX Nu
:

33"

(rj^r),

Ho
:

(S)

(-|^p)^

Ez
Co

282*

Si 431^*;]

anything pointed, esp.


(cf.

1.
11.

in
c.)

cl.,
a-,

stake.

2.

In
12*^

Hellenistic vernacular, a thorn

LXX,

ry

orapKi, 11

410
(cf.

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

MM,

i,

xxiii

DB,

iii,

700

f.

Deiss., St.

Paul, 62

f.

Field, Notes,
to

187).t
**aKOTr'u,, -w o-K07r(is), [in

LXX

Es

813, II

Mac
;

c. ace. rei, behold, watch, contemplate. Metaph., to look to, Phi S^^ seq. fi-q, Lk ll^^ II Co 4^8, Phi 2* c. ace. pers., Ro o-cavTov, seq. fxr] (v. M, Pr., 192), Ga 6^ (cf. eVt-, KaTa-o-K07reto).t
;

W\

45*;] consider :

look at,

SYN.

ySAcTTO), 6e(Dpi(D, bptiw.

ffKoiros, -ov, 6, [in

LXX

chiefly for

npS ;]
fix

1.

a watcher, watchman
5^2, 21^
al.).

(Ez 3^^ al). 2. a mark on which to Metaph., of an aim or object Phi S^^.t oTKopTTiJiw, [in LXX for |^D hi., etc.
:

the eye (Wi

;]

in vernac.

and

in Ion.

and
12^,

late writers for o-KcSavw/ii (v. 6 to scatter : 6 Xvkos, Jo 10^^


;

MM,
fir]

xxiii;

Rutherford, NPhr., 295),


/act' ifiov a-KopirL^ei,

a-wdywv

Mt

Lk IP*;
blessings,

pass., seq.
11

cis,

ace. loc,

Jo 16^^;
;]

of

one who dispenses


:

Co

9^(^^^^

(cf. 8ia-o-Kop7ri'^o/xai).t

o-icopirios, -ov, 6,

[in

LXX
-17,
:

for 2'l|"?y

a scorpion
[in

Lk

10^ 11^^,

Re

93'

5'

10.+

ffKOTciKos

(WH.
^,

-Tivos),

-OV

(TKOTos),

LXX

chlefly for

^jjrn

and cogn. forms ;] dark


taicoTi'a,

opp. to
:

</)<otivos,

-,

[in

LXX
Mt
I

Jb 283
:

(ij^j^)^

Mt 6^^, Lk ll^*' ^".t Mi 3 (npvn). Is IS^*;]


Metaph.,
of
(a) of secrecy

in late writers

o-koto?,
:

darkness
10^7,

Jo
9.

6^^ 20^.
(b)

(opp.

to iv

T.

<f)(i}Ti)

Lk
28.

Mt

41,

Jo

V 812
to &e

1235. 46^

Jo 15
:

12^ ; H.t

spiritual

darkness

tcTKOTil^w (<;o-KdTos), [lu

LXX
of the

for IJttTn

j]

fo

darken; in

pass.,

-o/i,at,

darkened

Lk 23"
Rec.t

(Rec,

WH,

mg.).

Re

8^2.

heavenly bodies, Mt Metaph., of the mind,


24^^,

NT always Mk 13^*,
Ro pi
:

1110(LXX)(cf. o-KOTO(o).t
aK<5Tos, -ov, o,

the more usual


to',

cl.

form

(cf.o-., to),

darkness

He 12^*,
LXX,
Ac
;

aK(5Tos, -ovs,

a form rare in

cl. (cf.

6 a.)

but freq. in
22^3 23**,
623,

[chiefly for ^jljrn;] darkness:


II

Mt

27*5,
;

Ta KpvTTTa Tod a-., I Co 4^ of meton., of a dark place, Mt 8^2 22^3 253o,

Co

4"

Lk blindness, Mt
1533,
ii

Mk

22o,

Ac 13"

by

Pe

21^,

Jui3.

Metaph.,

moral and spiritual darkness Lk 1135, Jq 319^ Ac 26i8, 11 Co 6I*, Eph 6^2, Col 1^3, 1 Pe 2^ by meton., of those who are in spiritual darkness,
of
:

Eph

58;
*

T.
;

Ipya ToO
ol

o-.,

Ro

13^2,

Eph
;

5^1; o-kotovs elvat,

Jvai, ib.

^
',

o-.,

Lk V^ Ro 2^9
TrpL7raTiv, I

Aa^s o Kae^fievos iv
1*.+

Th 5^ iv (I^X) o-., Mt 416


I
;

o-.

(WH.
Re
ii,

(TKOTia)

iv

(T.

Jo
:

aKOT<S, -w

92 161".

o-KdTos), Metaph., of the mind


[in
-ov,
to',

LXX
:

for -sjlTn,

Tip,

mm;]

to

darken

**f aKu^aXov,
iii,

[in

LXX

pass., Eph 4^8 (cf. aKOTiCo>).f Si 27**;] refuse, esp. dung (v.

MM,

xxiii)

Phi

38.t

Scythian, an inhabitant of Scythia, i.e. Russia and Siberia, a synonym with the Greeks for the wildest of barbarians:
Ik59tis, -ov, o,

Col

3ii.t

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


aKuGpuTTos, -ov (also
-77,

411

-ov) {<^(rKv0p6s, sullen,


:

wxp), [in

LXX
2.

Ge

40'^ (jrn), etc.;]

of a gloomy countenance
cl.,

Mt
c.

6^*,

Lk

24^^.t

*o-KuXX(D,

1.

in

to skin, flay,

rend (^sch., AnthoL).


:

In

Hellenistic writers, to vex, trouble,


8*^
;

annoy
9^"
ii,
;

ace. pers.,

Mk

5^^,

Lk

pass.,

la-KvXfiivoi, distressed,
;

Mt

a-KvWov, Lk 7^ (freq. in tt. v. MM, i, Essays, 87; Kennedy, Sources, 82) .t


<rKv\ov (Eec. a-KvXov), -ov, to, [in

and

mid., to trouble oneself, firj cf. M, Pr., 89 ; Abbott,


chiefly for b^Or;] mostly
:

LXX

in

pi., a-KvXa,

arms stripped from a foe,


99,

spoils

Lk

ll^^.t

*aK&)XT)K6-PpwTos, -ov {<^arKU)Xr]$,


1223
(cf. II

fii/SpiiHTKU)),

eaten of

worms: Ac
;]

Mac

and

v.

MM,

xxiii).t

o-kgJXt]|, -rjKos, 6, [in

LXX

chiefly for jrbin

and cogn. forms

worm

kind which preys upon dead bodies, metaph., of fut. 9*8 (LXX, Is 662* cf. Si 7^\ Jth 1610-+ punishment, *t afiapciySii'os (< o-/ipay8os, q.v.), 1. of emerald (Luc, V.H., Ee 4^ (for the ii, 11). 2. As in tt. (Deiss., BS, 267), emerald-green
:

of the

Mk

construction, v. Swete, in
afidpaySos, -ov,
rj

1.

Zorell, s.v.).+
6), [in

(and in late writers also

LXX

Ex

28*

(anizr) 36^^ (3910) (nj^in),

Ez
s.v.

28^3 (obq!), etc.;]


;

emerald or other transSwete, Ap., 67, 288)


-t/s, 17,

parent green stone (LS,

DB,

iv,

620

Re

21i9.t

o-iiupm (in
,

some MSS,

^fi-;

v. Bl., 3, 9),

[in

LXX
city

for

"lb liD ;] myrrh, a resinous balming Mt 211, Jo 1939.t Zfiupj-a (T, Z/A-; BL, 3, the ^gean Re 1" 28.t
:
:

gum

used as an unguent and for emrj,

9), -av,

Smyrna, an Ionian
Rec.t

on

I/xupmios, -a, -ov, of

Smyrna

Re

2^,

*t

(T/jiupi'itw

{<i<Tiivpva), 1. intrans., to be like


:

2. Trans., to mingle or drug with

loSopa, -wv, ri
1123.24,

myrrh (Diosc, i, myrrh pass., Mk IS^^.t (Heb. DTP), Sodom (Ge 13^<>''^^, al.) Mt
:

79).

lO^s

Lk

10^2 172,

Ro

929ii'XX)^

n Pe

2,

Ju \ Re

ll^.t

WH
BL,

IoXop,wv, -wvos (so prop., but Rec. has freq. -Qv, -wtos, as also has S.aXuj/xwv, as freq., indecl. in Ac 311 512 in Ac 7*^ v.
.

LXX

10,
;

1; Tdf., ProL, 104, 119;

WH,

App., 158), 6 (Heb. nbb?),

SoZowon

Mt
;

1' ^ 62* 12*2,


ri,

aop(5s, -ov,

urn (Hom.)

(6)

a<5s, -rj, -ov,

l^ ll^i 122^, Jo 1023, Ac 3^1 5^2 7*^+ Ge 502 (]nN), Jb 21^2 A*;] (a) a cinerary [in LXX a coj^n (Hdt., i, 68, 3, al.) Lk 7^\i Mt 7^, al. possess, pron. of second pers., thy, thine
: :

thy kinsfolk, friends, Mk 5^^ to a-ov, what is thine, as 201* 2525 ra ad, thy goods, Lk Q^^. Mt *t aouSdpioi', -ov, TO (Lat.), handkerchief, kerchief: Lk 192", Ac 19^2 used as a head covering for the dead, Jo 11** 20^^ (cf. Deiss.,
subst., ol arot,
;

BS, 223).+

412

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


louadvva,
(To^'ia,
-7/s (cf.

Da

LXX

TH Su,

inscr.,

2. 7, ai.^_

^^

Susanna

Lk

-as,

rj,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

npsri;]

skill,

intelligence,

wisdom, ranging from knowledge of the arts and matters of daily life (a) of human to mental excellence in its highest and fullest sense 2l'4^ Ja 3l^ Ee 13^^ 17^ a. SoA-o/i-wros, Mt 12^^ Lk wisdom: i Co 11^^; AtyuTTTiW, Ac 7"2; "EXAryvc? o-. (rjTova-LV, I Co 1; cr. Xoyov, I Co
;

11"; T.

(Tocf>;k',

ib. 19

(LXX);

^.

K6afjiov, ib.2'^'21

S^^; ^.^OpcoirLvrj,
:

Co Co

213;

o-ap/Ki
I

II

Co

1^2

of

wisdom

in spiritual things

Lk
;

21l^ Ac

G^. 10 710^

128 223 316 45^ Ja 15 313, 17^ II pe 315 1^" cr. kol (fip6vr)(TL<;, TTiiv/xa (ro(f>La<;, ;

Co

2,

Col

x6yos
1^
cr.

o-o0<,'as, i

128

Eph

Eph
i

kol avv(Ti<;,

Col
712
l^*,

V; (b) of divine wisdom: of 62, TToXvW/ciXo?, Eph 310 of Christ, Mt 13^^ Col 2\ Ee 512 of wisdom personified, Mt ll^^, Lk 7^^ IV^.i
ll^^^^

God, Eo

Co

Mk

2^ Ee 2*0. 52, i Co Lk
l^i'^*

Syn.

o-wccris,

intelligence
i,

cftpovrja-i?,

prudence, which with

o-.

cr. is 13) the three intellectual dperai. in distinction from which <^. is practical, wisdom primary and absolute (Tvvea-is critical, both being applications of a-, in detail (cf. Lft., and ICC on Col 19 Lft., Notes, 317 f. Tr., Stj^i., Ixxv Cremer, 870 ff.). chiefly for DDFI;] to make wise, [in <To^it,<a {<^aocf}6<i),

make up

(Arist.,

N. Eth.,

LXX

instruct:

c.

ace.

pers.,

11

Ti

depon.,

-ofxai,;

(a) intrans., to

3^' (cf. Ps 18 (19)8 118 (119)98). As become wise (in Ki 42" (5"), Ec 2^^, and
:

freq. in Si, 7^, al.) ; (b) trans., to invent, devise cleverly 1^* (cf. KaTa-o'0(/>i^o/i.ai).t
ao<|)6s,
-yj,

pass.,

11

Pe

-6v,

[in

LXX
Lk

chiefly for UDU;] skilled, clever, wise,


:

whether
1619,
I

Co

Eo in handicraft, the affairs of life, the sciences or learning 3i; of the learned, Eo 11^-22, i Co 119,20,26,27 318-20. of

Jewish teachers,

Mt

1125,

IO21
i

Christian,
6*,

Mt
51^,

23^4

of those en-

dowed with
162'^;

practical
t.

wisdom,
t.

Co

Eph
I

Ja

3^^; of

God, Eo

COmpar.,

fi^pw
rj

Oeov o-o^wrepov,
'EcrTrepi'a
(i

Co

125.t

Syn.
the

(TweTos, ^p6vLp.o<i (v.s. o-o^i'a, Syn.).


-as,

iTra^ia,

(=

cl.

or

'IfirjpLa;
8-^)

late writers

adopted
Siyain

Eoman name,
152*. 28.t

'lo-Travi'a

Mac

or 2.

as

here),

Eo

cnrapciaaw,

[in

LXX

II

Ki 228
4''*;]
1.)
9'-'*',

g
1.

(CT^a hith.),
to

Je

4^9

(n^n).
2.

Da LXX
convulse
:

8" (^bcr hi.), in

Mac

tear, rend,

mangle.
[in

to

Mk

12^ (v.
-<3

Swete, in
to

Lk

9^9 ^^f a-w-a-n-apaa-aM) .'^

aTrapyafocj,

{<^cnrapya\ox',
;]

a sivathing-band),

LXX:
:

Jb

389, ;e2 16*


2^.12

(bnn pu.) *

swathe,

wrap

in sic addling -clothes

Lk

(Hipp., Arist., Plut.).t


t (nraTaXdo),

LXX: Ez
(Tirdu,

16*9

-w {<C^cnraTa\iq, wantonness, hixury. Si 27^**), [in to live riotously: 1 Ti 5^ (iflpty hi.). Si 211^*;]
Tpv(fid(ji (v.

Ja 55 (Polyb.).t Syn. : aTprjviann,


[in

Tr., Syn., liv).


',]

LXX
M,

chiefly for ^12^

in

cl.

poet, for eX/cw

used

in mid.

(cf.

Pr., 157), to

draw

p.'lx'^ipav,

Mk

mostly 14*^ Ac IG^'.t


;

MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT

413

**aTrTpa, -779 (on this form of gen., v. M, Pr., 38, 48; Bl., 7, 1 Mayser, 12; Deiss., BS, 186), [in Jth 14^1, 11 Mac 8^3 1220,22*.] 1. (= Lat. spira) anything wound or rolled up, a coil. 2. As a military term used (by Polyb. and later writers) of a body of soldiers, a maniiole (third part of a cohort) or cohort (v. Swete, Mk., 375; Westc, Jo., 251 f.) Mt 272^, Mk 16^\ Jo 18^. 12, Ac 10^ 213i 27i.t CTTTcipo), [in chiefly for nt ;] to sow (seed) absol., Mt 6^* 133,4,18 25^4,26^ Mk 43.*, Lk 8^ 122^, Jo 436, Qq 910. ^ ^cc. rei, Mt

LXX

LXX

1324,27,37,39^

Mk
,Vt',

4^2,
c.

Lk

8^, I

Co

Mt

1324.31;

gen.,

Mk

1536-37; seq. .'S, 43i; kiri, c. ace,


:

acc, Mt 1319. Metaph. i Co Q^i proverbial sayings, Mt 2524.26^ Lk I921.22, interpretation of parables, Mt 1319-23, Mk 414-29 +
Trapa, c.

Mt 1322, Mk 4I8; V, Mt 1320.23^ Mk 4^6' 20 15*2-44, Ga 6^.8, Ja 3^8; in Jo 437, n Co 9^, Ga 67; in
1.

*t o-ireKouXdTup, -o/oos (Rec. -wpos), 6 (Lat. speculator), 627 (v. Swete, in l.).t spy or sco^it. 2. An executioner :

prop., a

Mk

pour out as a drinkoffering, make a libation; pass., fig., a-n-evSoixai, I am poured out or Phi 2^7 (v. offered as a libation (in the shedding of my life-blood) Lft., in 1.), II Ti 4* (for exx. from tt., v. Milligan, Selections, 114 f.
oTreVSo),

[in

LXX

chiefly for TJDJ hi.

;]

to

MM,

xxiii).t
<nre'pfi,a,

-T09,

to {<^

a-ireipw) ,

[in

LXX

chiefly for r^7

;]

seed; (a)
i

of plants:

Mt

1324,27,37,38^

n Co
5,

Q^"; pi.,

Mt
(b)

1332,

Mk
cf.

43i,

Co

1538

metaph., of an escaping remnant (TlttT, Is 1^;


Tim., 23 c;
FIJ, Ant.,
in
xi,
;

Wi

14^; Plat.

3),

Ro

92^;

of

men
:

(as yov^;
;

semen genitale ; so

cl.

cf.
i

in

LXX, Le

15^6, al.)

He ll^^
Ga

Lat metaph.

of the divine influence,

Jo 3^; by meton.

offspring, posterity:
8-^3, 37^

Mt

2224.25,

Mk
8

1219-22,

(as freq. in poets), seed Lk 1^5 2028(lxx)^ Jq 742


1122,
3i6' i^, 11

Ac

325 75,

1323^ j^o 13 413, 18 97,

111^

n Co

Ti

28,

He
105

216 1118; pi
I.e.,

(pij^ j^^t., viii, 7, 6; Plat., Leg., ix,

853 c; iv

181; iQ Qa,,
f.),

contrasted with sing.,


-ov {<^(nrpfjia,
al.)
;

Ga

316; of spiritual offspring,

Eo

v. Lft., in 1.; Milligan, 416.18 98, 12i7.t 329,

Mac NTD,

Ga

Ee

*o-Trep/jioX6Yos,

birds (Arist., Aristoph,

(b)

a seed-picker ; (a) prop., of in Attic slang, of an idler who lives on


Aeyco),
cr.,

scraps picked

up

in the agora; hence, as subst., 6

an

idle babbler

Ac
1.

17i8.t

ina pi., also for bn2 pi., hi., etc. ;] freq. intrans., to hasten : c. inf. (as freq. in cl.), Ac 20i6; ptcp. 2i6; c. imperat., Lk 19^^-6; aTrtCo-ov k. i^eXde, Ac 22i8. c. indie, Lk 2.
oTTcuSu, [in

LXX

chiefly for

most

(a) to hasten, urge on, accelerate (as Hom., Od., xix, Trans., c. acc. 137 Eur., Med., 152 Si 33 (36)8) Pe 312^ r^ ^g. (cf. Mayor and ICC, in 1., but V. infr.) (6) to desire eagerly (Pind., Pyth., iii, 110; 11 Pe, I.e., E, txt. (but v. supr.).t Eur., SuppL, 161 ; Is 16^)
; ;
;
.

criTTiXaioi', -ov, to, [in

LXX

chiefly for HiyiO


Xrjarihy (Je

;]

a cave, cavern

Jo

1138,

He

1138,

Re

615; ^^

(eV, den)

711),

Mt

21i3,

Mk

lli7,

Lk

1946.t

414

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


*<nrtX(is, -q'Sos,
tj

(on the gender in Ju, I.e., v. Mayor, Ju., 41), 1. cl., a rock or reef aw ev which the sea dashes (Polyb., FIJ, al.). Metaph., of men whose conduct causes danger to others, Ju^'^, E, txt. (but V. infr.). 2. In late writers = o-ttiAo? (q.v.), a spot, stain ; metaph., Ju, I.e., R, mg. (cf. Mayor, 41, but v. supr.).+ *{nriXos (Bee. o-rnXos), -ov, 6, 1. a rock, cliff (Arist., al.). 2. In late writers = Att. KrjXl^ (v. Rutherford, NPhr., 87 f.), a sj)ot, stain; metaph., (a) of moral blemish Eph 5-"; [h) of riotous and lascivious persons (cf. Dion. Hal., quoted by Mayor, in 1.) ii Pe 2i^.t **t(nriX6w, [in Wi 15**;] to stain, spot, defile : c. ace., Ja 3", Ju23.t Pr 17^ A, (act., -t'^w) [^^ <nrXaYX>'iSoH'**'' (<C ^^^<=^7X^o*') 6^ (= -evw) *;] to be moved as to the a-irkdyxyoi (q.v.), hence, to II Mae feel pity or compassion: absol., Lk 10^* 15^*^; ptcp., <nrXay)(vi(TOe!.?, c.
poet, in
: :

LXX

>

LXX

Mk l*i; seq. cVi, c. dat. pers., Mt 14^*, Lk V^; (The word is elseim, c. ace., Mt 15^2, Mk 6* 8^ 9^2 ^^^^^ Mt 9^6. where found only in Sm Ki 232i, Ez 242i, Test. Zeb., 4". y. Thayer, S.V.; MM, xxiii quote Thumb, Hellen., 123 as practically confirming Lft.
indie.,

Mt

IS^^ 20^\

on Phi 1^, in the suggestion that the verb dispersion.) t


(TirXdyyvov, -ov, to,
Ttt,

was a coinage
pi.,

of the

Jewish
-(DV,

mostly

(in
.

NT

always) in

a-irXdyxya,
oIktlpixoI,

[in

LXX
9^' ^,
:

Pr

12^"

(D^DDl

elsewhere rendered by

Ps

24(25) 39 (40)12 and by


II

IXcos, Is 47),

Pr

2622 (^^5)^

^i

iqs^ gj 397^
;

Mae

al.
1^^.

;]

the

inward parts

(heart, liver,

lungs, etc.

Lat.

viscera)

Metaph., of the seat of the feelings and of the feelings themselves (in Gk. poets, of anger, anxiety, etc.), the heart,

Ac

affections (the characteristic


xxiii

LXX
2};
(J.

feelings of kindness, benevolence


;

and NT reference and pity, is found

of the in
;

word
v.

to

tt.
o-.

MM,

cf.
J

Lft.
o-_

on Phi

l^)

11

Co

612 7^5,

Phm

7. 12, 20^ i

Jq

317

olKTtpfxod,

Col

312

^al
l^.t

o'lKTipfJiOL,

Phi

iXeov<; Oeov

rjfjiuyv,

Lk

1'^;

cr.

XptcrTOV

'I770-OU,

Phi

*aTz6yyos, -ov,

6,

a sponge

Mt

27*8,

Mk

153,
;]

Jo
:

1929.t
;

airoSos, -ov, 6, [in

KoX

a-.

(Is 585,

Jo

3<5^

airopd, -a9, V
1.

LXX chiefly for Hg^ ashes He 9^^ iv (rdKK<a Da LXX 93, al), Mt II21, Lk lO^^.t iv Ki 1929 (y-|7), Mae lO^" * o-Tc/po,), [in LXX
:

;]

a sowing.
420)

2. seedtime.
:

3.

seed
[in

sown
and
:

(of

human
129,

offspring, Soph.,

Tr., 316,

Pe F*

(cf. aTripfia,

v.

Milligan,

NTD,
:

105

f.).t

(nr6pi^ios, -ov o-7rt>a,)

LXX
[in

Ge

Le

11^7 (jn^). Si 4022

X^*;]

fit for solving, soivn; as subst., ra

a., corn-fields

Mt

12\

Mk 22^,
a-n-opd,

Lk
1.

6i.t

<nr6pos, -ov, 6 (-(^o-Trftpa)),

LXX

chiefly for y^J;]


:

sowing or seedtime.
85.
11,

2.

seed
;

sown

(so usually in late Gk.)


11

Mk 42"- 27^

Lk

II

Co

910" (LTr.)

metaph., of almsgiving,
to give diligence
:

Co
;]

d^'^^.f

<nrou8<tw

(<

o-ttovStJ), [in

LXX chiefly for bnS ni.

hence,

to he

zealous or eager,

c. inf. (v.

make haste M, Pr., 205 f.).


to

MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


Ga
Ti ^^\ 11 Ti 2^5 43. 21, Tit 312, c. ace. et inf. (on this construction v. Mayor in 1. (for other constructions v. LS, s.v.).t
43,
I
,

415

2i,

Eph

He 4i\ 11 Pe l^o 3^* MM, xxiii), ii Pe 1^*

[in Ez 41^5*;] in haste; CTTTouSaios, -a, -ov (<^ (tttouStt) hence, zealous, eager, diligent, earnest : seq. cv, 11 Co 8^2 compar., ^" (here in superl. sense, v. Bl., 44, 3) ^^.t -ore/jos, ib. ** airouBaius, adv. [o-7rou8aros), [in Wi 2^*;] 1. with Jiaste or zeal, i.e. earnestly, zealously, diligently : Lk 7*, ii Ti 1^'^, Tit 3^^ compar., -oripin';, Phi 2^ (RV, Lft., Weymouth, al., but v. infr.). 2. ICG, hastily, speedily : compar., -orcptos, Phi 2^^ (Thayer, Zorell, s.v.
:

LXX

LXX

in

1.,

al.,

but

v. supr.).t
17

CTirouSi], -7s,

(<^o-7rv8a)), [in

LXX

chiefly for

bnS

its

parts and
l^^.

derivatives;]
(v.

1.

haste, speed: fxera

zeal, diligence, earnestness:

M, Pr, 104)
II

7rapei(T(f>epiv,

Pe

seq. 1^

v-n-ep,
;

a-. (Wi 19^), 12^^, 11 Co 7^^'^^ 8''''^; cv 8l 11 Co a-n-ovSrjv kvhdKwaBai, ;

Mk

6^5,

Lk
o-.,

2.

Eo

Eo
;

12^
0-.

He 6"
;

iraa-av a. TTOutarOai,

Ju ^

(v.

MM,

xxiii

M,

Pr.,

214; Deiss., 5S, 361, 364).t


OTTupis, V.S.
(r<f>vpl<;.

ordSioc, -ov, TO, pi., oraSia (Jo 6^^, T),


9, 1), [in
i.e.

and metapl,,
11^ 129
5-

oraSiot (v. Bl.,

a stadium, a measure of length = 600 Greek feet or -^ of a Eoman mile Mt 1424 (Eec, WH, txt., E, mg.), Lk 1^^\ Jo &^ ll^^, Ee 142 21i6, and, this being the length of the Olympic course, 2. a race-course
:

LXX Da LXX

49,

Su^\

11

Mac

*;]

1.

Co

924.t
(TTci^.'os,

-ov (6 and),

if,

[in

LXX
prop.,
9*.t

Ex

16^3

(njyjV). "i

^i

122*

14^ (pSpS),

Da

LXX

BeP2*j]
:

an earthen jar
Jth

for racking off

wine, hence, generally, a jar


*t CTTaaiaonis

= Att.

He

orao-ta^w, to stir iip sedition,


rebel,

7^*, II

Mac 4^*'
up
its

14* *)

o-Tao-iwrr;?,

revolutionist, one
[in

who

stirs

sedition:

Mk

157 (FIJ, al.).t


ordais,
-ioyi,

V (<^

l(TT-qp.i),

LXX chiefly for HOSf,


etc. (v. Deiss.,
;

parts and
f.) ;]

derivatives, also for

nn

(Pr

17^*),

BS, 158

1.

standing, place, status : a-, cxciv (Polyb., v, 5, 3 and cf. Lat. locum 2. insurrection, sedition : 15^ Lk 2S^^> 25_ Ac 19*o habere). He 9^. 24^. 3. In poets and late prose, strife, dissension (cf. MM, xxiii) Ac 152 237. i.t

Mk

CTTaTT)p, -ripos, 6, [in

Aq., Sm., for

bp.lff;]

a stater;

(a)

a weight;
:

(b)

a coin (used by late writers of the Greek nTpaZpaxpjov)

Mt

172'^

26i,

WH,

mg.t
6,

stake (Horn., Hdt., Thuc, 2. In late writers (Diod., Plut., al.) of the Eoman instrument al.). of crucifixion, the Cross : of the Cross on which Christ suffered, 1521. 30, 32^ Lk 2326, Jo 1917. 19. 25, 31^ Qol 2", He 122 Mt 2732. 40, 42^ 6dvaTo<; (rravpov, Phi 2^ t. alfia tov a., Col 1^**. Metaph., in proverbial 83* 1021 (Aa/x/3aviv, ^ao-rc^etv) tov o"., Mt 10^8 162*. sayings alptw
*<rraup69, -ov,
1.

an upright pale or

Mk

Mk

416
15^^,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Lk
9^^ 14^'^ (for

an interesting ex. of metaph. use in tt., v. MM, meton., for Christ's death on the Cross i Co 1^'^, Ga 5^^ 2i, Phi 3^8 6i2> l^ 5 xdyos 6 toO a., i Co l^s.t Es 7^ (rhn), 8^3*;] 1. to <rraup^, -(5 (7Tai;pds), [in 2. In late writers (Polyb., FIJ; fence with pales, impalisade (Thuc). but dvaa-ravpooi is more common) to crucify : c. ace. pers., Mt 20^^ 23^* 262 2722 ff. 28^ Mk 1513 ff. 166, l^ 2321. 23, 33 247, 2o_ Jq 196 ff.^ Ac 2^6 410, I Co l^'''^^ 22. 8, II Co 13^ Ga 31, Ee ll^; metaph., Ga 52* G^^.t
xxiii).

By Bph

LXX

orTa4u\T,

-i}?, Tj,

[in

LXX
;

for

nay

;]

a bunch of grapes

Mt

7^^,

Lk

6**,

o/A(^a^,

Ee 14^8_ "o-. jg properly the ripe grape-cluster as opp. to as contrasted with ftoTpv:, it describes the cf. Ge 40^^ Jb 15^^
"

grapes rather than the cluster on which they grow 187 f.).t
ardixus, -vos, 6,
[in

(Swete, Apoc,
of corn:

LXX
:

chiefly for

ribiatzr;]

an ear
;

Mt

121,

Mk

223 428^
6,

Lk

61.+

Irdxus, -vos,
ariyr],
-r]<;,
r/

Stachys

Eo

16^

(v. Lft.,

Phi, 174
t^v

MM,
Lk

xxiii).+

o-Teya,), [in

LXX: Ge
i-n-b

81^

(n55p). etc.;] a roof:


o-.,

Mk

2*

of entering a house, ela-epx^frOaL

Mt

8^,

T"

(cf.

MM,

xxiii).+

**<rr4y(a (cf.
closely,
to

Plat., al.).

Si 8^'''*;] 1. prop., to cover Lat. tego), [in protect by covering, esp. to keep water in or out (Soph., i Co 13'^, 2. to cover, keep secret, co7iceal (Si, I.e., Polyb., al.)
:

LXX:

E, mg.

3.

By
40
;

covering

to

ward
:

off',

bear up tinder, endure (for exx.,


i

v.,

Lft., Notes,

M,

Th., 36)

Co

9^2 13^,

Th

31. ^.t
,

(rreipos, -ov,

also

-a, -ov, [in

LXX
2^

for

Tr\\).V[

H^j^y

;]

barren

of

a woman, Lk
trre'XXa),

1^. 36 23^9,

Ga

427 (Lxx),t
:

[in

LXX (mid.) Ma
1^^ 4^1*;]
1.

(nnn

ni.),
set,

Pr

312^26),

Wi

7^* 14^,

place, arrange, fit out; 2. to pirepare (Wi, 11 Mac, 11. c). hence, mid., to set oneself for, bring together, gather up (in Hom. of furling sails), hence to restrain,
II

Mac

51, III

Mac

prop., to

check

mid., to restrain or withdraw oneself, hold aloof, avoid

11

Co

82*; seq. aTTO, 11

Th

(cf. airo-, l^-airo-, (Tvv-aTro-, 8ia-, Ittl-,

Kara-, crv(v)-,

viro-aTeWoi) T
.

* (j-T|ji)i,a,

-Tos, TO (<^o-T<^a), to piit

arouud, enivreath), a wreath,

garland

as used in sacrifices,

Ac
,

14i3.+
[in

CTTcmyiids, -ov, 6 (< o-rcva^w)


etc.
;]

LXX
Eo
,

for ^^:^f, nf?:?^


82^.+
;]

nf^NJ,

a groaning
arecdl^w, [in

Ac

7^*

(LXX
n3K

Kpavyq),
ni.,

LXX
is

for

p3N

etc.

to

groayi (" the

word

denotes feeling which

internal
1317,

Mk

73*, II

Co
:

52. *,

He

and unexpressed," Mayor, Ja., 162) Ja 5^ (EV, murmur) eV kavroh, Eo 823


;

(cf. dva-, o-u(v)-o-Tva^(o).t

Syn.

V.S.
-Yj,

/cAat'o).

aTci'69,

-ov, [in

LXX for

ny

etc.

;]

narrow

fig. (v.

MM,

xxiii),

Mt

7"'

1*,

Lk

I324.+

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


oTci'o-xwp^w,
-<i3

417

(-^o-Tcvos
pi.),

(px), Jg 1616 {Ybii


1.

x^po?, space), [in Is 2819(20) (-isp) 4919 (-1-12), IV


;

LXX

Jos 17^^
ll^i*;]

Mac

to be straitened

(cf.

Is 49^9)

2.

In late writers,
xxiii)
:

trans., to straiten,

metaph., to be anxious (Hipp., al.). compress (LXX, Diod., al. tt. ap.
;

MM,

pass., trop,, 11
17

Co

4^, G^^.t

oTccoxupia, -as,

(v.

supr,), [in
al.).

LXX
220),
8^

for nj512, etc.

;]

narrowness
28^',

of space, want of room (Thuc,

Metaph. (Xen., Polyb., De


(^) a.,

Wi

53,

al.),
;

difficulty,

distress:
;

OXlfc^ Kal
11

Eo

29 8^5

(EV,

anguish)

pi. (cf.
:

BL,

32, 6

WM,
:

Co
;

6^ 12io.t

Syjv.

Oklif/Ls,

q.v.

<rrpc<5s, -a, -6v, [in

LXX Nu
Pe
59.+

(nmpn)
;

a-.

TTETpa, Is 528 (IS),


fig.,

etc.

hard, firm, solid : rpot^r), He 5^2. i* Metaph., (a) in bad sense, hard, cruel (Horn.,
;]

^cyne'Xtos,

11

Ti

2^9.

al.)

{b)

in

good sense,

steadfast,

firm

t. Trio-ret, i

(TTcpeow,
etc.
;]

-Q)

o-Tpos), [In
or solid
;

LXX
(b) to
^.

Is 425 (yp-i)^ Je 5"

(pm
;

pi.),

(a) to

make firm
;

strengthen,

make
Je,

strong
I.e.)
:

c.

ace.

pers.,

pass.,

Ac Ac

S^

t.

/Sda-eis,

pass., ib.

Metaph.

(cf.

t. ttio-tci,

16^.+

OTcpe'cuiia, -tos,

t6 o-Tpeoa)), [in

LXX
(82),

Ge

lff-,

Ps 18
91*

(19)1,

1501,

Ez

122-26

iQi 135,

Da LXX, th
Es
929, I

3(56)

123 (jrpn),
Si 431;

Ps 17
solid

(18)2

70 (71)3

(yijp)^

Es

8^8

De i Mac

332 (pntzr),

;]

body ; (a) a support, foundation (Arist., al.) metaph., strength (Ps 17 70, I Mac, 11. c.) steadfastness, firmness : r. iria-Ten)';, Col 2^ (b) the dome of heaven (believed to be a solid canopy), the firmament
;

(LXX).+
lTe<|>ams, -a,
lW<t>aKos, -ov,
<rr^<j)ai'os, -ov,

6,

Stephanas : i Co li^ 161^' i^.t 6, Stephen : Ac 6^. > 9 7^9 82 lli9 2229.+

o {<^aT<f>o), to encircle), [in

LXX chiefly for ni^^;]


:

that which surrounds or encompasses (as a wall, a crowd Horn., 2. a crown, i.e. the wi-eath, garland or chaplet given as a prize for victory, as a festal ornament, or as a public honour for distinguished service or personal worth (so to sovereigns, especially on the occasion of a Trapovata, q.v. cf. Deiss., LAE, 372 ff. on its use in for the golden crown of royalty (prop., ^laZrjpxL, q.v., cf. Hort and
1.
al.).
; ;

LXX
312),

Mayor on Ja
121 i4u_
II T. ^cj^9

I12)

Mt
:

2729,
41,

Mk
Ee
5*
;

15i^ Jo 192-5,
311
;

Co
2i9

92^,
(cf.

Ee

44.io 62 9^

Metaph.
;

Phi

r.

SiKaiocTv'vT??

Deiss.,

LAE,
1.)

Ti 48

T. So'^T^s, i

Pe
I12,

/cavxiyo-cws, i
21*".+
,

Th

(v.

M,
c.

Th., in

(gen. appos.),
-tu

Ja
11

Ee

orTe<}>a'6a),

(< o-rec^avos)

[in

LXX
80^

for 11337;]
k. Tifxfj,

acc. pers., to
2'''

crown

of a victor,

Ti

2*.
:

Metaph.,

He

(LXX).+

a-rtjeos, -ovs, to, [in

LXX Ex

2823. 2e (29, 30) (-^^)^ etc.

;]

the breast
a-.,

Jo 1325
23*8.+

2119,

Ee

156

as a sign of penitence, rvTrrav (eh) to

Lk

18i3

27

418
+

MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


(rrr|Ku,
;

formed from perf., ecrrrjKa (v. BL, 17 WH, Afp., 169 Kennedy, Sources, 158 M, Pr., 238 MM, xxiii), [in LXX Ex 1413 A, Jg 1628 B, III Ki S^i B * ;] = ?o-Tr?/At, to stand Mk S^i 112*, Jo 12*, Ee 12* (ta-TrjKev, T). Metaph., to stand firm, standfast : absol., Ga 51 (but V. Field, Notes, 189 f.), n Th 21* seq. ii', Jo 8** (Io-tt/kcv, T, E, mg.), I Co 1613, Pill 127 41 c. dat., Eo 14^+ ** oTTipiYfios, -ov, 6 {<CaTT]pLt,w), [in Sm. Is 3^*;] 1. a setting
late pres.,
; ; ; :

firmly, supporting.
CTTTipi^o),

2.

[in
;

LXX
to
13,

fixedness, firmness, steadfastness : 11 Pe S^'^.f for TJOD aitZT (crvf), etc. ;] to fix, set fast, make
,

fast

Lk
I

162

t. Trpdo-wTro*'

(Ez
3^,

62

m\
:

al.

v.

Dalman, Words, 30

f.),

Lk
in

9".
1625^

Metaph.,

confirm, establish
II

c, ace,
5i,

Lk

22^2,

Ac

18^3,
11

Th
li2.t

32'

Th

Ja

58,

Pe

Ee
*
;]

32; id. seq. cv,

Eo Th

217, II

Pe

** (rnpds, -aSos,
rushes
:

ri>

[i^

^q.

Ez

4623

(j-ii-iija)

litter

of leaves or

pi.,

Mk

11^ (Eec. (rTot^-).t


to

(TTiYfia, -ros,

o-tiCw,
:

to prick), [in

LXX: Ca
61^^

1"

(n"!T|?3)*;]
1.
;

tattoed

mark
;

or brand

to.

a. tov 'Ii7crou, xxiii).t


o prick), [in

Ga

(v. Lft.,

in

Deiss.,

BS, 349
911*;]

LAE,

303
^

(TTiYfATi, -^s,

MM,
o-Ti'^o),

LXX

Is 29^ (yri),
4^.t

n Mac
93.+

a prick, a point ; metaph.,


<rriXP(i,

a. xpovov,

a moment: Lk

[in

LXX: Na

33 (nnb), etc.;] to shine, glisten:

Mk
:

oTod, -a?, 7, [in

LXX

Ez

401^ (nciyi), etc.

;]

a portico

Jo 52;
1023,

used

of the covered

colonnade in the Temple (EV, porch), Jo

Ac

311 512.+

aroipds, V.S.

<TTt/3ds.

Itoikos, V.S. Stwikos.

12i3*;] prop., one of a row (o-toixos) or series, hence, 1. the shadow-line of a dial 2. an elementary sound or letter of the alphabet (Anth., (Aristoph.).
**aroLxeioy, -ov, to, [in

LXX: Wi

71^ 1918, IV

Mac

Plut.,

TT.).
;

He

512

the elements or rudivients of knowledge (Arist., al.) TTTwxa o"-. Ga 4^; o-. tov Koa-fxav, ib. 3, Col 28'20 (but v. infr.).
3.

or tutelary spirits of nature (Enoch., Test., Sol., al. for this sense in Ga, Col, 11. c, V. ICG on Col 2*; Enc. Bibl., s.v. " Elements ").+
6.
;

4. 310,12

The material elements 5_ The heavenly

of the universe (Plat. bodies (Diog. Laert.).

LXX,

11.

c.)

11

Pe

The demons

aToixe'w, -w (-c^o-Toixos,

a row),

[in

LXX
.

Ec

11" (1573)*;]

to

be

in rows (of waves, plants,


of

etc.,

as well as of men), to walk in line (esp.


:

marching

in file to battle; Xen.,

in late writers, to (as a rule of life),


crTOi^ew).+
otoXti,
-^s, 1.

walk by rule

Ac

Metaph., Cyr., vi, 3, 34, al.). 212* g ^a,t., to walk by or in

Eo

412 (cf.

MM,
[in

xxiii),

Ga

52^ 6i,

Phi

3i (cf.

aw-

v o-tA.Xco),

LXX

chiefly for IJJ, also for


(.^sch.).
2.

O^

etc.

;]

an equipment, an armament

Equipment

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


8^5,

419

in clothes, apparel, esp. floiuing raiment, a festal robe : (cf. Jh 3", 12^8 16^ Lk 15^2 20*6, Ee 6" T^. i3, u 22^\f I Mac 615)
:

Es

Mk
Ac

CTT<5|xa,

-T09, TO,

[in

LXX
;

chiefly for ng)

;]

the
11

mouth
Ti

of

man,

Mt
TO

1511,

Jo

1929,
;

lis, al.

of animals,

Mt n^\
(Trora/Aoi),
,

4^7 (fig.),

He
17

11^2,
o-.,

Ja

3^, al.

fig.,
0-.

of inanimate things

Horn.), ^vot^cv
al.),

yij

Ee

12^6

fiaxalpas (Heb.
;

aiq~'B

Ge

34^^

the edge of the

sword, Lk 21^*, He 11^* esp. of the mouth as the organ of speech opp. to KapSta, Mt 12^*, Eo 10^' I*' in various phrases (some cl., some resembling Hebrew; cf. Bl., 40, 9): dvoi'yctv t. cr. (v.s. avotyw) <t.
;
;

Trpos
II

0-.

(nS)"^^ ng),
III

Nu
Toi)

12^;
o-.

cl.,

Kara

o".,

Hdt., al), face

to

face,
al.

Jo

12,

Jo

14

St^t

(of

the

Holy

Spirit),

Lk

l^o,

Ac V^,

ttTTo

(k)

tov
r)

0-.

(cf. ctTTo

o".
;

eiTrciv,

Plat.,

al.),

of speaking

by word

mouth, Lk
metaph.,

22^1,

Ac

22'^

86X0^

(if^eiSo^) ev t. o-., i

Pe

222,

Ee

of 146(i'XX)

pofi.(f)aLa

Mt

1816 (Lxx)^

Lk

tov cr., Ee 2^^. 1922 2115, 11 Co 13^.


{<C_ (rrofjia) ,

By

meton., for speech (Soph.)

*<rT6fjiaxos,

-ov, 6

early

Gk.
;

writers,

the throat; (b)

prop., a mouth, an opening; (a) in of the opening of the stomach

(Arist.)

(c) in later writers (Plut., al.), the stomach : i Ti 523.t orparcia (on the orthogr., v. Deiss., BS, 1811), -as, ^ {-Carpa-

Tvw), [in

LXX

chiefly for

xnx ;] an

expedition,

a campaign, warfare
I

metaph., 11 Co 10* (-Tia, T), i Ti l^^.t ** oTpdreofia, -tos, to (<^(7TpaTvw), [in LXX: 524 821 1238 1313. pi.^ jth 118, IV Mac 51*;] 1. =
2.

Mac

93*,

II

Mac
al.).

o-TpaTci'a

(Hdt.,

an army, a host: pi., Mt 22'', Ee 91'' 19i*'i9; = soldiers, company 23i.27; pi., Lk 23".t of soldiers, Ac arpareuw, and depon., -ofiat, so always in NT (<^orTpaTos, an encamped army), [in LXX for nnD hith., NX'', NSS; metaph., iv Mac 92^ ;] used of the general, to make %var, do battle, and (chiefly) of the soldiers serving under him, to serve as a soldier Lk 31*, i Co 9^^, 11 Ti 2*. Metaph. (cf. MM, ii, xxiii), of spiritual conflict, to war, make war 11 Co 10^, i Ti lis, Ja 41, i Pe 2ii.t
: :

<rrpaTif]Y<5s, -ov,

6 (<^ orpaTos, ayw), [in

LXX chiefly for |3Q


(Hdt.,

(always
2.
:

in pi.), liy;] 1. a military


civic

commander, a general

al.).

commander, a
3
6
<t.

Ig'jo, 22, 35, 86, 38

Temple,

t.

magistrate (Hdt., Xen., al.) Ac of the Levitical guard of the Upov (EV, cajitain of the Temple) Ac 41 52* 26 pi_^
governor,

The commander

Lk22*'52.t
Svj^.
:

apx^ov

(cf.

orparidi, -as,

17,

EGT on Ac I620 Eamsay, St. Paul, 217). [in LXX chiefly for K^S 1. = o-TpaTos, an army,
;

;]

a host:
82,
II
II

of angels (ni
333),

Ki

221^, al.),
2.

Lk

21^; of the stars of

heaven (Je

Ch
10*,

Ac

7*2.

As sometimes
:

in Bi,

cl.

(poet.),

orpaTcia

Co

T (WH, EV,

<rTpaTla.).f

<rrpaTi(iTT)s, -ov, o, [in

LXX

II

Ki 23^

11

Mac

512 1439,

m Mao

420
3^2,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


IV

Mac 3*;] a
a. XpLrrrov

soldier:
'lijo-.,

Mt

8^,

Mk

15i,

Jo a

IQ^,

Ac

10^,

al.

metaph.,
II

II

Ti 2^.t
Ae'yw), to levy

*t (TTpaToXoYew, -w Ti 2* (Diod., Plut.,

(< crrpaTos,
al.).t

troop, enlist soldiers

aTpaTOTreSdpxTiSi V.S. a-TpaToirihap^o^.

*t axpaTOTre'S-apxos (Eec. -779), -ov, 6 (<[ (rTpaT6Trf.hov, apx<j>), CI military commander, esp. the Pretorian prefect : Ac 28^^ (WH, om.).t Je orpaTO-ireSoi', -ov, to (crrpaTOs + TrtSov, a plain), [in

LXX

41

(34)^ (^10),

II

Mac

S^^, al.

;]

(a)

a military camp;

(b)

an army:
hithp.),
(cf,

Lk
III II

212o.t

Mac
Ki,

arpcpXoa,, -S o-Tpe<^co), [in 414, IV Mac 9^7 12^>ii IS^"*;]


I.e.), to

LXX: II Ki 2227 ^ fmsi, toriwe.


:

(ijj^g

Metaph.
etc.
;]

twist or pervert

language

11
,

Pe

3^^.+

<rrp^<t)w, [in

LXX
Mt

chiefly for "^JDH


5^^
;

also for

21D

to

turn

c.

ace. rei dat. pers.,

a-n-oa--,

to

bring back,

Mt

27^

(cf.

Is 38^)

reflexively

38, 1), to turn oneself, Ac 7*^; c. ace. seq. cis, Pass., reflexive, to turn oneself: seq. /xeraa-, to change. Re 11". 739 13* ptcp., o-rpa</)/9, c. indie, Mt 7 92-' IG^s, Lk 7^ et?, Jo 201S Ac 955 1425 2261, Jo 138 2016 id. seq. Trpos, Lk 7" 10^2 (WH, R, om.),

(WM,

ib. 23

2328

metaph.,

to

change

absol.,

Mt

18^,

Jo 12*0

(cf. dva-, Sltto-,

8ta-, eK, iiTL-, Kara-, yxera-, o-v(i')-, VTro-aTp(j>(j>).f

** (npr]vidui, -w (-<o-Tp^vos, q.v.), [in Sm. Is 61* (^DX)*;] a word which first appears in the middle comedy (Rutherford, NPhr., 475 f.), to run riot, wax ivanton : Re 18"' ^ (cf. KaTa-a-Tprjvidwj.f
:

Sv.V.

(nraraXdo) (q.V.),

Tpvcjidtt),

arpTjKos, -or?, TO (cf. Lat. strenuus), [in

LXX

iv

Ki

192^ (pjJtj?*;]

insolent luxiiry, wantonness : Re 18' (a late word, first found in a Comic poet, b.c. 300, v. Kennedy, Sources, 41, cf. o-Tp77V(aa)).t
orpouOiof
,

-ov, TO, [in

LXX
12"'
'

chiefly for

liSS ;] dimin. of arpovOos,


Veitch,
s.v.), [in

a sparrow
JTX"'
;

Mt

1029.

3i,

Lk

.t
;

o-rpui'kua)

or

arpcSi/i'upii (v.

Bl., 23, 1
IfxdTia iv r.

LXX
21^, 9^*
;

for

hoph., etc.;]

to

spread:

68w

(ets t. 6S6v),

Mt

Mk

of 11^ of making a bed, a-rpwa-ov (sc. t. kXlvtjv) o-eavnZ, Ac with carpets or carpeted couches furnishing a room, ia-Tpw/xivov, spread
(cf.

Ez

23*1),

Mk

14l^

Lk

22i2.t
:

*o-tuyt]t6s, -ov {<^(TTvyeui, to hate), hated, hatejul

Tit 3^.t
5^",

i a-Tiiyvdlfa (<]o-Tvyvos,

sombre, gloomy,
27'', 28i

stillen.
32i'>

Is

Wi
to

17^,

Da LXX

212*),

[in

LXX: Ez
:

(Dtr)*;]

Jmve a

of the human countenance (RV, his sombre, gloomy appearance co^mtenance fell), Mk IO22 of the sky (so o-Tvyj'o'rT/s, Polyb., iv, 21, 1), Mt 16=* (1[WH]|, R, mg., om.).t
;

axuXos (T, o-TvXos, as in cL),


for
XD'\\>
]
,

-ov, 6, [in

LXX
Ga
2^

chiefly for Tiai?

also

etc.

;]

pillar, regarded especially as a

support

<t.

7rvp6<;,

Re

Qi
;

0-.

ev T. vao), fig.,

Re

312.

Metaph.,

r. dXrjOelai, 1

Ti

S^^.t

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


iTwiKos (Rec.
o-o,

421

-iKos, T, StoiVos), -7, -6v, Stoic : Ac IT^^.t pron. of 2nd pers., thou, you, gen., crov, dat., croi, ace, o-e, pi,, {i/Acts, -wv, -iv, -as (enclitic in oblique cases sing., except after prep. Nom. for emphasis (BL, 48, 3), though Trpos o- occurs in Mt 25^^). or contrast Jo l^o. 410 533, 39, 44^ Ac 4^ Eph 5^2 so also perhaps crv before voc, Mt 2^, Lk V^, Jo 17^, al. ; elTras, Mt 26^*, al. (M, Pr., 86) sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85 f.), as also in cl., but esp. as
:

rendering of Heb. phrase,

e.g. rlos

fwv

cT

av

(nriN"''35l

Ps
:

2^"),

Ac

13^^.
12^*^,

The
al.
;

gen. (a-ov, v/awv) is sometimes placed bef. the noun Lk 7*^ on ti ifxol k. a-oi, v.s. tyw. so also the enclitic a-ov, Mt 9^
(TUYYcVcia, -as,
17

6
;]

o-iTy^"^')

'

[^^

LXX
:

chiefly for nriBtjrp;]

1.

kinship.

2.

By
I.e.
,

meton., kinsfolk, kindred

Lk

1^\

Ac

7^' ^*.t

**t

(Tuyyej'eus, V.S. avyyevrj'i.

vuyyeini^, -es (dat. pi., -evaLv,

Swete, Mk.,
for "Vl
,

Bl., 8,

cf. i

Mk 6*, Lk 2**, Mac lO^^ A a'^*;)


l^s 2^* 14i2

as though from

-t's,

V.

o-Jv, yeVos), [in

LXX
to
;

iTTn

nnsjiiyp

1.

congenital, natural, innate.

2.

akin
10^*

as subst., a kinsman : tribal kinship, Eo 9^ 16^'


Svjv.
:

Mk

6*,

Lk
t

2V\

Jo

1826,

Ac

of

ii>2i

tSios, oiKcios (q.v.).


-t'Sos, 17,

*t o-uyyecis,

late fem.

form of

o-uyycv^s, q.v.,

a kinswoman

Lk

isc.t
CTuyyi'wp.Tj
,

V.S. axjvyvu)fir],

o-uyK-, V.

passim
-as,
rj

ovvk-.

** auyKupia,

(<; avyKvpiw, to happen), [in

Sm.

Ki

6^ (iTIpP) *
:

;]

(more
a-,

(v.

MM,

freq. in late writers, o-uy/cv/pr;cns, -i^/^a), chance, coincidence xxiii), Lk lO^i (Hippocr., Eccl.).t

Kara

(Tuyx-, v.
o-uyxu<Tis,

passim
-ws,
17

crvv)^-.

(<(rvyx'<^)'
.J

[i'^

LXX: Ge

11^ (^IJS).

Ki

56,12(11) 1420 ^-,^,-,p^


(Tut,-,

confusion

of a

popular uproar, Ac

1929.t

v.

passim
-ou,

trrv^-.
17,

ffUKtifiii'os,

[in

LXX
;

for nOpttT (pi.)

;]

the

mulberry

tree

morus ; cf. /nopoi', i Mac 6^* *), the sycamine : Lk 17^. (In LXX, appears to represent the a-vKOfj.opo'i (v.s. a-vKOfjiopia), but St. Luke (T. distinguishes between the two v. ICG, in 1. DB, iv, 634.) t
(Lat.
;

auKTJ

(contr.

fr. o-u/ce'a),

-^s,

17

(<]

o-Ckoi/), [in

LXX

for

njNP

j]

0,

jig-tree:
312,

Mt

21i9-2i 24^2,

Mk

1113,20,21 1328^

l^

136,7 2129^

Jo l.5i, Ja

Re
*+

6i3.t

CTUKo-fiope'a

Aq., Sm., Ps 77 mulberry), a fig -mulberry, a sycamore


(78)-^',

(Rec. -p.wpaLa, L, -fjLOipea), -as, 17, more commonly (so Is 91^9)) avKOfiopos .a-iKov + p.6pov, the black
:

Lk

19"* (cf. (TVKdfiivos).f


:

auKo^, -ov, t6, [in

LXX

for

n;m

']

a fig

Mt

7i,

Mk 11^3, Lk 6",

Ja

3i2.t

422

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


avK0<^>avr4iji, -ai

(<^(tvkov, <^atV(o), [in

LXX

Ge

Le 19" {ipm
(ptry) *
;]

pi.),

Jb

359,

pg

us

(119)122,

Pr

43^^ {bbsi hithpo.), 1431 22^6 283, Ec 4^

to act the (TVKo<f>dvTr)^

(on conjectures as to the origin of the


:

term, v. LS, s.v.), to accuse falsely (Aristoph., Xen., al.) 19^ (RV, exact lorongfully ; but cf. Hatch, Essays, 89
;

Lk
v.

3^* (R,

mg.)

ff.,

also Field,

xxiv).t Notes, 56 f. *t CTuXaywyeo), -w (<^ (tvXt;, hooty + ayw), to carry off as spoil, lead metaph., Col 2^.t captive {dvyaTipa, Heliod., Aeth., 10, 35)
:

MM,

**CTuXd{D, -w, [in

LXX

Bp. Je^^*;]

c.

ace. pars., to strip, plunder,

spoil

II

Co

ll^.t

<ToXX-, V.

passim a-wX-.

ace, to bring prisoner, Mt 26^*, together, collect. 2. to seize, take : c. ace. pers., as a 1448, Lk 225^ Jo 18^2, Ac l^^ 12^ mid., in sense of pass., Ac 23^" 2621 act., Ac ^ aypav IxOvwv, Lk 5^. 3. C. dat. pers., to take part with,
auX-XajxPaww, [in
for izTDn
,

LXX

H'fn

etc.

;]

1. c.

Mk
to

assist,

succour
:

mid., in

same sense
12'*
;

Lk

5*^,

Phi

4^*.
;

4.
c.

Of a woman,

conceive

absol.,

Lk
22i
;

seq.

ii'

yaa-Tpi,

Lk
;]

l^i

ace,

Lk

1^^

ib.

seq. cv T. KoiXia,

Lk
[in

metaph.,
1328-30
;

of lust

producing
to
;

sin,

Ja

l^^.t
collect,

auX-Xe'yw,

LXX
Mt Lk 6^*

chiefly for lapb


seq.

bring together,
c.

gather

up

c.

ace. rei,
13*i,

pass., ib. ^^
eis,

ace, seq.
;]

otto,

Mt

T^"

id. seq. eV,

Mt
Lk

Mt

13.t
1.

auX-Xoyij^ofiai,, [in

LXX
a-wfS-.

chiefly for SlS^n pi.

to

compute.

2.

to

reason

20^.

aup-P", V.

passim
2. to
:

trufi-^aiyu), [in

LXX
e.

for

ntZTST

K^p Hip
,

etc.

;]

1.
3.

to

stand with
to
i

the feet together.

come
to.

together,

come

to terms.

Of events,

come
I

to jyass,

happen
222
;

dat. pers.,

Mk

10^2,

Ac

31*'

20i^,

Co
;

IQn,
ace.

Pe

412, II

Pe

absol.,

avfi^ef^rjKora,

Lk

241*

(gf^ j

Mac 426)

c.

et inf.,

Ac 2V\f
[in
;

o-ufi-pouXeoo),
c.

LXX

chiefly for 'pjr

;]

1.

to advise,

counsel

dat. pers.,
:

Jo

I81*

id. seq. inf..

Re

31^.

2.

Mid., to take coimsel,


v.

consult

seq. Iva,

Mt

26* (" reciprocal middle,"

M,
:

Pr., 157)

c. inf.,

Ac

923.t
aufiPouXiov', -ov, TO

IV Mae 1?!^ N *;] a Lat. consilium, and v. Deiss., word BS, 238) = el. o-r/x^ovXia (Arist., Xen.), 1. counsel : a. Xafi^avtiv, Mt 12i* 2215 27I' 7 2812 3 {ttouIv, Rec.) 151 (iroifjidCeiv, SiSovai, irouli',

**t

(n;>/3ovAos),

[in

LXX
;

of the

Graeco-Roman period
.

(cf.

Mk

Mk
;

WH,
Ac

mg.).

2.

By

meton., a council (iv Mae,


6

I.e.

(rvveSpiov,

AR)

2512 (v.

MM, xxiv).t
ot;V,
:

CTufiPouXos, -ov,

ftovXrj),

[in

LXX
(so

for yxrv

and cogn.
in

forms

;]

a cowisellor, adviser
(Heb,

Ro

11^*

(i'XX)_t

Zojxeui', 6, indeel.,

^lypi??),

Simeon

always

AV; RV

Lk
of

22^' ^^

was

only), also used


;
:

1.

our Lord

Symeon, a Heb. name for which the Gk. '^ifnav, q.v., the son of Jacob (Ge 29^^) Re V. 2. An ancestor Lk 2)^^. 3. An aged worshipper in the Temple
:

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Lk
2^5. 34
II

423

One surnamed Niger


11 (E, txt.,

Ac 151^
*t
3i

Pe
V.

WH,

txt.,

: Ac, 13^. 2t>wv).t

5.

The

apostle Peter

CTUfifi-,

passim

crvv/x-.

(ru(j.-fAop<|>it(>

(T, (Tvv-),

; (rvfj.fjLop(f)o<s),

to

conform

to

pass, ptcp.,

Phi

(v. Lft.,

Phi, 128).t
-ov (<^cn;v, fiop^rj), 1. absol., Phi 321 ; c. gen., Eo 829 (v.

*t<nlp,-|jiop<j>os,

/omed

to

c.

dat.,

sim 7ar (Luc). 2. coBl, 36, 11 37, 6).t


;

au|ji-fiop4)6(i, -Si,
orujxir-,

Eec. for -i^w

(q.v.).

Phi
:

3i''.t

passim crwTr-. CTojiTraeiis, -s ot;V, 7rao-xw),


V.

[in

LXX

Jb 292^ A (bss), IV
:

Mac

525

1323 15* *

;]

1.

affected by like feelings, sympathetic


(Jb,
i.e.
;

Pe 3^

2. exciting

sympathy
-ov,

Dion. H.).t

<rup,-7rapa-fxeVu,
CTUfjnroo-iot',

Eec, for
to

Trapa-fJievw (q.V.),

Phi
:

l^^.f

(< o-v/>nrtvw),

[in

LXX
;

Es

(yiTl niptjra)

4^'',

Mac

16i, II
1.
;

Mac

22^,

m Mac
2.
;

4}^ 5^^ S^a

491 * ;]
(Plut.)

a drinking -party. pi, cr. 0-. (coUoq.


v.

v.

34 (31)3i 35 (32)5' By meton., of the party itself, the guests M, Pr., 97), in parties or companies :
o-.

otvov, Si

Mk

639.t
o-ufi<|-,

passim o-w0-.
[in

aufi-.|>^pa>,

LXX

Je 33 (26)i*
:

(aita),

Pr

19io

(niNj), Si 30^9,

2. Intrans., and expedient, profitable or an advantage : I Co 612 1023^ II Co 810; c. inf. (M, Pr., 210), Mt I910, Jo IS^* c. dat., seq. Iva (Bl, 69, 5), Mt 529. 3 18, Jo ll^o 16^. Ptcp., <rvfjL<f>ipuiv, profitable: i Co 12"; pi, Ac 202"; {ov a. sc. co-rtv; = mi av/x<^/3t; cf. Thuc, iii, 44, 2), 11 Co 12^ as subst., to a., profit, He 12i.t
al.
;]

1.

trans, to bring together


(rvfi(j>ipu, it

c.

ace. rei,

Ac

19^^

mostly impers.,

is

[in 11 Mac 4^*;] profitable, useful, expedient. As subst., to a-, (in cl usually pi, Ta a-.), advantage, profit : c. gen. pers., i Co 7^^ lO^^.t *+ o-ufA-<^uX^TT|s, -OV, 6 (<^ avv, <f}vX.i^ ; cf. a-vfj.<f>vXo<i, Aq. Za 13" and

** au/i-(j>opos, -ov

{<^(TVfji(fip(i)),

LXX:

V.
I

Eutherford, NPhr., 255


21* (v.

Th

M,

Th.,

CTUfA-4)UTos, -OV

a fellow-tribesman, felloiv -countryman: in l, and Intr. liii). Not found elsewhere.t {<C<Tvu.<i>v(o, to make to grow together), [in LXX:
f.),

Za
T.

112 (-153)^
;

Es
(v.

7^' 8 K^,
I.e.).

Am

91^, iii

(Plat., al.

iii

Mac,
-w,

2.

grown
:

322*;] 1. congenital, innate along with, united with : r. ofioLtj/xan


f.),

Mac

Oavdrov avTov
IV

Field, Notes, 155


[in

Eo 6^t
Ki 1280) (niK nl), agree in sound, be in harmony
:

<ru(i-<|>o>'^a),

LXX
1.

Ge

14^ (-qH), iv

Is 72

{jyi2),

Mac
;

14*;]

prop., to

(Plat., Arist.).

Metaph.,
seq.
to
;

(a) to agree with, agree together

Lk

5^'; c.
pers.,

dat. rei,
vfxlv,

Ac
59
;

151^
(b)

irepl,

Mt
.

181^

pass., c. dat. pers., a-w^pwvrjdrj


:

Ac

agree as to a price (Polyb., Diod.)


.
.

c. dat.

gen. pret., Mt 20i^ seq. /ACTa ck, ib. 2.t *t (Tujx-4)wi'T](ns, -cojs, 17 {<Co~vp.<f><j)ve<i}), concord, agreement
tj.

seq. Trpo?,

ace. pers.,

11

Co

6i^.t
rj

o-u)i<{>ui'ia,

-as,

(<^

crv/xifxavos),

[in

LXX Da LXX
:

TH

3^ 1*,

424
TH
2.
ib.

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


''''^*'

(n^JGQID), IV

Mac

14^ A*;]
al.;

1.

symphony, music:
11.
:

Lk

15^5.

a musical instrument (Polyb.,


au/Ktxofos, -ov {<i(Tvv,

Da,

c.

v.

MM,
(^*)

xxiv).t

<i>i>yvrj),

[in

LXX

Ec

7^5

(ruay^), IV

Mac
Ik

77

147*
.J

agreeing in sound.

Metaph., harmonious, agreeing:


i

avfji4>wvov (for exx.

from tt., v. Deiss., BS, 255), by agreement, aufivj/-, V. passim avvij/-. [in LXX: au/jL-|Y)<|)ij;a), Je 29 (49)2" A*;] to reckon
:

Co

7^.t

together,

count up

Ac

19^^.

auV (old Att. ^v), prep. c. dat., expressing association, fellowship and inclusion. It gradually gave way to fxerd, c. gen. (cf. LS, s.v. Bl., 41, 3), and is therefore comparatively infrequent in NT, being 1^^) only in rare in Mt ^, g, Jo 3, and elsewhere (exx. Ja 1^\ 11 Pe Lk (Gosp. and Ac) and Paul. With, together with : of companionship and association, Lk 2^^, Jo 21^, Ac 10'-^, al. ehai a-vv nvt, Lk 7^^, Ac 4^^, Phi 1^^, al. ; 01 a-vv tlvl (ovtcs), of of partisanship, Ac 4^^ 2^^, Lk 5^, Ac 5^''^, al. attendants, companions or colleagues, of assistance, rj x^P'''^ '^- ^^^^ ^^^ ^/^''> ^ ^ ^^^^ ^^ ^^^ ^^ more things avv together, almost = /cat, Lk 23ii, Ac 3* 10^ 14^ 23^5, Eph 3^8

Mk

Mk

XpicrToJ t,^v, II

Co

13*

besides (FIJ,
:

LXX),

<tvv ttSo-i tov'tow,


(crv>/w8iVo>),

Lk

24^1.

In composition
aoc-dyu),
612,13.

with (o-wxatpw), together


chiefly
;]

altogether
etc.
(cf.

[in

LXX
312,

for

f]DN
12^8

also for |^np


:

Kennedy, Sources, 128)


geq.
^5^

to
;

gather or bring together


eKel,

of things,

Jo

(rvmyaywv Travra (sc. is apyvpiov] V. Field, Notes, 68, MM, xxiv), having sold off all: Lk IS^^; of persons, Jo 11"; esp. of assemblies, Mt 2*, Jo 11*^ Ac 142'', al. Pass., to be gathered or come together : Mt 22*^, Mk 2^,
al.
;

Mt

Lk

ttoO,

Lk 12^^

Lk Ee
Jo

226, al. 1917 ^,


;

521, Ac 4^7 seq. iiri, 1126 ^,^^^ Mt 28^2 ; oS, Ac


; ;
.

Mk

tt^o's,

Mt
;

I32,

Mk

4^,

al.
;

cis,
e/cc?,

Mt

I820

Bnov,

182, al.

In

late writers (v.

Kennedy,

to receive hospitably,

entertain:
rj,

Mt

So^irces, 128 ; 25^^'^^'*^ (cf. iTn-crvvdyw).

Mt 26" cf. De 222,


bnp
,

q^\^^

auv-ayoiyvi,

-rj<;,

[in

LXX
1.

chiefly for

niy

also for

etc.;]

a gathering in of harvest; a collecting, assembling Ee 2" (Polyb.); {b) an assembly (MM, xxiv; Deiss., LAE, 101 ff.) 3^ esp. of a Jewish religious assembly, a synagogtie : Lk 12", Ac 92, By meton., of the building in al. of a Christian assembly, Ja 22. which the assembly is held, a synagogue : Mt 10^^, Mk P^, al. (cf. Cremer, s.v. iKKXrjcria).
prop.,
(6)

collection of

a bringing together ; money.

of things, (a)

2.

Of persons,

(a)

Sy'AT.

iKKXrja-ia (q.v.).
to strive together

* <T\}v-a.yiav'i\,o\i.ai,
in a contest)
pars., seq.
kv.
:

with, to help (prop., of sharing


c.

c.

dat. pers. et rei,

Eo
:

IS^^.t

* aoi'-a0\e'a, -w,

(Tvvaywvit,oix.ai

dat.

commod., Phi
to

1^^

c.

dat.

Phi

i^.t
[in

(Tuc-aOpoiJiu,

LXX
Ac

chiefly
;

for

|^2p;]
12i2,t

gather

together,

assemble

c.

ace. pers.,

192^

pass.,

Ac

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


auv-aipo),

425

23^ (STy) * ;] to take up together : a. Xoyov (of which there are several exx. in tt. v. Deiss., LAE, 118 f. MM, i, xxiv; M, Pr., 160), to settle accounts, Mt 1823.2*; seq. /tera, c, gen. pers., Mt 25i.t *+ <Tu'-aixfniXwTos, -ov, o, a fellow -prisoner (prop., of a captive in war, V. Lft., Col., 234) Eo 16^ Col 4io, Phm ^\f II Mac 2*'<'*;] to folloiv along with, **cru>'-aKoXou0^oj, -li}, [in 14^\ Lk 23*^ seq. /aetci, c. gen. pers., accompany : c. dat. pers.,
[in
: ;
:

LXX

Ex

LXX

Mk

Mk

537.t

** <Tin'-a\it<a,

[in

Al: Ps 140 (141)**;]

to

assemble with:

Ac

1*

(EV, mg., eating with, but on this pres. ptcp. here, v. Field, Notes, 110).
* (TUK-aXXdworu,
to

rendering and on the force


v.

of the

reconcile:

impf. (conative,

M,

Pr.,

129),

Ac

726.t

aoi'-am-PaiVw, [in 15*^ seq. ek, c. ace. loc,

LXX
:

for nbv,] to go

up with:

c. dat. pers.,

Mk

Ac

IS^^t

**t

(Tuc-avd-Keifiai, [in
:

LXX
622,

iii

Mac 5^^ *
;

;]

to recline tvith

at table

Mt

149,

Mk

Lk 7 U^^

c.

dat. pers.,
[in

Mt

910,

or together 2l^

Mk

Lk

14io.t

(TUf-ai'a-fiiYi'ufi.i

(acc. to Bl.,

8, -fieiyw/xi),

LXX: Ho
Th

7*

(bba hithpo.), Ez 20^^ A*;] to mix up together; pass., metaph., to associate with (Plut., Ath., al.) i Co 5^' ^\ u
:

reflex, and 3^* (v.

M,

Th., 117) .t
auj'-aca-irauop.ai,

[in

LXX

Is

IV

(}^n) *
to be

;]

c.

dat. pers., to lie

down

Eo

to rest with, sleep with. 1532 (L, om.).t

Metaph.,

refreshed in spirit with

auv-avrdo), -w, [in

LXX
rj,

for JTJD, UJJB,

Nip,

mp
7i'i.

etc.;]

with:

c.

dat. pers.,

Lk

9i8'37

22^^

Ac

102^,
al.)
:

He
Ac

meet Metaph., of
to

events, to happen, befall (Diog. L., Plut.,


(TVV-dvTr\(Ti.<i,

2022.+

-ews,

Eec. for
[in

VTravrqcri^ (^-V-))

^*

S^^.t

taoi'-a.^i-Xa^pd.o^ai,
(Nizya),

LXX: Ge
to

Ps 88(89)21 (yo

ni.)*;]

30E(t), Ex I822, Nu ll^^ take hold with at the side for

assistance ; hence, to take a share in, help in bearing, and generally, help (with various constructions, v. LXX, 11. c, DeioS., LAE, 83 f.)
c. dat.,

Lk

10*",

Eo

826.t

o-uK-air-ciYw,

[in

LXX
:

Ex Ga

14^ (npb) *
2^^^ 11

;]

to

lead

away with or
LS,
s.v.), to

together (Ex, be carried


self to

I.e.).

Pass.,
to)

metaph.

(as avix7rpL(i>pofx.ai, v.

away with

c. dat.,

(EV, condescend

accommodating onethings or persons (on the meaning, v. ICC,


3^^
;

Pe

of

in

1.

Field, Notes, 163),


[in

Eo

12i6.t

**CTui'-aTro-6^CTK0),

LXX:

Si 19^"*;]

to

die with or together:

Mk

1431, II

Co

73 (v.

Meyer, in
[in

1.), 11

Ti 2".+
:

o-uf-aiT-cSXXojxi,

LXX

together.

Pass., to perish together (with)

chiefly for riDD ;] to destroy with or c. dat. pers.. He ll^^.t


332'

auf-aiTo-aWXXw, [in

along with: c. acc, *t auK-apfioXoycu,

11
-to

LXX: Ex Co 12^* (cf. MM,


(<^dp/ids, Aeyw),

(rhlT), xxiv).t

12

Es

52*;]

to

send

cl. cruvap/AO^w, to fit

Or

frame

426

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


:

together

body,

Eph

of the parts of a building, 4^6 (Eccl.).t

Eph

2'^^

of the
3^7

members

of the 5* *

au^-apTrdto,, [in

LXX
:

"perfective" of amd^oi
(so most 192o.t

(v.

Pr M,
;

6^5 (upb),

n Mac

4*\ iv

Mac

;]

Pr., 113), (a) to seize


{b)

commonly)
[in

Ac

27^^

to seize

and carry away and hold Lk 8^^, Ac 6^'^


:

** (Tuv-avi&i'o),
al.).t

LXX:
(rv/Lt-),

ii

Mac 4^

iv

Mac

13^7*;]

to

increase or grow together.


au^-pdXXo) (Eec.

Pass., to groiv together:


[in

Mt

13^*'

cause to (Xen.,

LXX

ii

Ch

251"

(ma

hith.), Is

46^

(blT), Je 50 (43)* (mo hi.), Wi 5^, al. ;] to throw together, hence, (a) of speech (seq. Adyous, Eur., al.), to discuss, confer (sc. \6yov<i) c. dat. pers., Lk 11^^ WH, mg., Ac IT^^; seq. Trpo? 6.\\rfXov<;, Ac 4^5; (6) to
:

reflect, consider,

ponder

iv t. KapSla,

Lk

2^^
;

(c)

to vieet

with

Ac
;

20^*

in hostile sense,

ets -noX^fiov, c.
;

dat. {ds

14^1 {d) mid., to contriMite (Polyb., al. cf. MM, **t aot'-paaiXeo'u (Rec. o-v/i,-), [in I Es 8^^ A * ;] or with : metaph., of sharing the glories of the Kingdom of God, I Co 48, II Ti 2i2.t autz-pipci^a) (Rec. o-v/i-), [in LXX: Ex 4i-M5_ Le lO^S Jg 13^

Lk

LXX

with, fall in t*-d.xnv, Polyb.), xxiv) Ac 1827.t to reign together


:

join or knit together, unite : Eph 4^^, to compare, consider, conclude (Plat.) Col 16^". Ac 3. to dedtice, prove, demonstrate (Arist.) Ac 9^2. 4. As in ("translation Greek," = /A^i)8a^w, metaph.), to teach, instruct: I Co 2^^ Ac 19*^ R, mg. (also in Vg., Col 2^, instructi, but v. supr.).t ** (rui'-yvcSfiTj (Rec. o-uyy-), -t;?, 17 (<^ avyytyvoio-Kto, (a) to agree with; Si jaroZ.i* (B^a^ om.) 31^, n Mac 142*;] 1. (b) tojmrdon), [in 2. fellow-feeling; hence, concession, allowance: i Co 7^ cojifession.
hi.)

Ps 31 (32)s (nT Da TH 9^2 (^312^

hi.)

Ex
;]

IBi^,
to

De

49, Is 40i3

{W
:

hi.), ib.i* (]^a hi.),

1.

2^ (but V. infr.), ib.

^^.

2.

LXX

LXX

(v.

ICC,

in

1.).

3. pardon.-^

CToV-ScafAos, -ov, 6 (<^o-vv8ea)), [in

LXX

for "HBfp

IMp,

etc.;]

that

which binds Metaph., a.


(v. Lft., Col.,
o-oK-S^o),

together,
dStKtas,
11.

a bond

Ac

8^^; t.

of the ligaments of the body. Col 2^^. TeXeioTT/Tos, Col 3^*; t. flpr)V7]<;, Eph 4^
(a)
to

c.).t

[in

LXX
:

for |^ni2r, etc.;]

bind together;
2.

(b)

to

bind together

rvith

pass..
to

He

13^.+

*CTui'-8o|d^u,

1.

join in approving (Arist.).

In

NT

only,

to

glorify together

pass.,

Ro

8^''.+

auV-8ouXos, -ov,

6, [in

LXX:
;

11

Es

47.?. 17,23 53,6 66,13

(nj^)*;] a

fellow-servant

Mt
;

1828-33 2449

Col 17

47,

Re 6"

so of angels.

**auK8po^V], -^s, ^ (n;^T/)'xa>), [in concourse, esp. of a riotous gathering:


aok-eYcipo.,

Re

of servants of the 19i 22^.i

same divine Lord,


10^8, III

LXX:
Ac

Jth

Mac

38*;]

[in

LXX

Ex 23^6^
;

21^^ (Arist., Polyb., al.).t (nTy), Is 14^ (ny pil.), iv Mac

2^* *;]

to raise together : metaph., of the Christian's mystical resurrection with Christ, Eph 2 pass., Col 2^2 S\f

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


auvi^piov, -ov, TO

427

(Tvv

+
;]

ISpa,

seat), [in
(]^ri)

LXX

Je 1517 (-nc),
3123,

P8 25

(26)* (no),
17^^ *

Pr
1.

22io

262 (bnf^)
(Plat.,

Pr IV^ I522, Pr 24^ 272a


al.
;

Mac

145, IV

Mac

a council
:

Xen.,

LXX

BS, 156) of a local Jewish tribunal, 10^^, Mk 13**. 2. The supreme ecclesiastical court of the Jews, the Mt Sanhedrin (i.e. Talmudic ]''")TI30 = o-weSpiov) Mt 5^^ 26*^, Mk 14"
in
TT., cr. T.

Trpea-fivrepuyv,

Deiss.,

15\ Lk 22^6, Ac of a meeting of the Sanhedrin, Jo 11*"


521.27, 34, 41 612, 15

22^0 23i>
;

> is, 20, 28

(WH,E,mg.,om.) 2420

auv-eihr](ns, -s,

^7

of the place of meeting,

Ac

4}^.f

o-wetSov), [in

LXX

Ec

lO^" (jH),

Wi

W\

consciousness: c. gen. obj.. He IO2, i Pe 2^^. 2. In ethical sense, innate discernment, self -judging consciousness, conscience (Stoics and late writers) Eo 2^^ 9\ i Co 102^ 11 Co 1^2 42 511, i Ti 42, He 91* 0-. dya^T?, Ac 23^, i Ti l^. i9, i Pe 31^' 21 do-^o^s, i Co 8"- 10 aa-devovo-a, ib. ^2 aTrpoV/coTros, Ac 24^^ KaOapd, I Ti 3*^, II Ti 1^ KaXij, He I318; TTOvrjpd, He 1022; 6 voC? Kal ri <t., Tit 115; g^^ ^^^ ^^^ Rq 13^, 28 I Co 1025. 2 7, ^a^^, o-., He 99 iwh (r^s) o-., Jo 8 [9] (Eec), i Co 102^ (cf.
Si 42i^x*;]
1; ; ; ; ;
.

Cremer, 233
421

ff.

ICC on Eo
R
(Arist.,

21^

DB,

i,

468
(v.s.

fif.).t

** o-ui'-eiSoi', irreg. aor. of awopdu)

cTSov),

[in
;

LXX:
to see

Mac

II

Mac

22* 4*- *i

51^ 7*- 20 8^, iii

Mac
2.

2^

A*

;]

1.

together

or at the

in one view, hence, of mental vision, to comprehend, understand (LXX, Polyb., Plut., al.) Ac 1212 14" (on the related arvvoiSa, v. 8.v.).t * <rui'-ifii {<C eV' ^ 9^)' ^^ come together : Lk 8*.+
to see

same time

Xen.).

auV-ciiii

;t/ti', to he), [in

LXX

Je

32**

(y^), al.

;]

to

he with

Lk
c.

918

(WH,

mg.,

(rvv^VTYicrav),

Ac
:

22ii.t
(DJT Ni2), etc.
;]

(Tuiz-cia-^pxo/iai, [in

LXX
(<^

Jb 22*
Jo

to

enter together

dat. pers., seq.

cis, c.

ace. loc,
6
-ov,

622 18^^ f

*t

o-ui'-eKSTjfjios,

-ov,

IkS7;/u.os,

ahroad), a fellow-traveller
:
17

Ac

1929, II

Co

8i9.t
-7?,

^taut'-cK-XeKTos,
o-uvckXcktt;

chosen together with, co-elect


v.
II

ev

Ba^vAwvi

(on the meaning,

ICC,

in

1.),

Pe
;]

5i3.t

**aov-eXaut'w, [in
together
:

LXX
Ac

ets elprjvrjv,

72,

Mac 42". *2 5^* to drive together, force Eec. (WH, EV, o-w^AAa<T(rcv).t

* auv-cTTi-fjiapTupcw, -w, to join in attesting, hear witness together with : He 2* (Arist., Polyb., al.).t
auv-Tn-riQr][i.i,

[in

LXX
:

for
:

IT'tZT,

etc.

;]

to

help in putting on.

Mid.,
with,

to

join in attacking (Thuc.)


[in
:

Ac

** (Tiiv-itroiKai,

LXX

11

Mac
I

I52, iii

24^ {B.Y, joined in the charge), f Mac 5*8E 621*;] to follow

accompany
:

c.

dat^ers., Ac 20*.

** auvepyita,
together {with)
dat.

-w, [in

LXX
Mk

Es

72, I

Mac

12^*;]

1. prop., to
;

absol.,

16[20], i

Co

16i, 11

Co

6^

c. dat.,

work Ja 222
:

commod., Eo 82^, T, E, txt. (but v. infr.). 2. In Hellenistic writers (M, Pr., 65), trans., to cause to work together (cf. ICG, in 1.) c. ace. rei, Eo 82^ [WH] E, mg. (but v. supr.).t

428
**

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


CTuccpvcJs,

-6v,

[in

gen. pers., Eo IB^Notes, 41, 188), i Co 3^ on the original reading,


9. 21,

Mac 8'' 14' *;] a fellow -worker c. Phl 2^5 4^, i Th 32, Rec, Phm L 24 e^oi (cf. Lft., (pi.), i Th 32 [WH] R, mg. (R, txt., ScdKovov rod 6.
:

LXX
v.
II

ii

ICC,

in

1.)

t.

x^pa?

ifiStv, 11

Co

1^^

t.

aXrjOita, III

Jo^; seq.

ci's,

Co
for

823,
,

Col ^^\f
,

auc-^PXOfiai, [in

LXX

^bn N13

P)DK

ni., etc.

;J

1, (cl.) to

come
19^2
i

320 14^^ T, txt., together, assemble : 2122 22=* 2817, I Co 1426 ; seq. eis, c. ace. loc, 1120 1423 14^^^ mg., c dat. pers.,
.

Mk

WH,
Co
95

Ac l^ Ac 5^^

2 10^^
;

W^

iyrl

t.

aiT6,

Co

Mk

WH,
I

R
I

{irph^

airov,

v. Field,

Notes, 40), Jo 1133;

^
(cf.
I
;

i^^Xrjcr[a,

ll^^
ff.)

evdaSe,
Sttov,

Ac
Jo

251^;
I820;
3*; of

avToi,
c.

Mk
Lk

633,

WH,

mg.

WH,

Intr.,

inf.,

51^; CIST, (^ayav,

Co

1133;

^i^ ^_ rj(T<rov,

Co

11^'^'

intercourse (Xen., al. ywatfcior absol.), Mt V^. 2. exx. in Milligan, Selections, 64, 105), to accompany

sexual In later sense (v.


:

c.

dat.
1538. t

pers.,

Lk 23", Ac Pi
100 (101)5*;]

939 1023. 45 1112; geq.

g-^^v,

Ac

21i6
;

ek,

Ac

<ro^-ea0ia,, [in

LXX
17

Ge
:

4332,
2^2

to

eat with one

18^2 (^DN), 11 c. dat. pers., Lk 15^,

Ex

Ki

12^7

(mn), Ps
j

Ac

10*^ 113,

Co

5^1; seq. /nera, c. gen. pers.,


aoVeo-is, -ws,

Ga
l.

o-wi7//At) , [in
;]

LXX

for

n3"'2L

and cogn. forms,

b'^ptyo
2.

nyi niQ5n
,

etc.

a running or floioing together (Horn.).


11

(a)

(6)

understanding : Lk 2*^ i Co 1^9 (lxx), Eph 3S Col 19 2\ the understanding, the mind or intelligence : Mk 1233.t
Sk/v.
;

Ti 2^;

V.S. o-o0i'a.
^7,

(Tui'cTos,

-ov {<^crvvLrjfiL), [in


:

LXX
11^^,

for

pnj

MFI,

etc.;] intelli-

gent, sagacious,
to

understanding

Mt
i

**CTUK-eu-8oK^a>, -w, [in

LXX:

Lk 10^\ Ac 13^, i Co li9(LXX)_f Mac 1" 428 x\ n Mac 1124,35*.]


Ac
222**
;

join in approving, consent, agree to or ivith : absol., pers., Ro 132 q ^^t j.gi^ l^ 1148^ Ac 8^; c. inf., i Co
.

c.

dat.

7^2, is

(chiefly in

late writers).

Pass., to fare sumptuously (Tui'-euwxew, "W, to entertain together. or feast together or with : Ju ^2 c. dat. pers., 11 Pe 2^3 (Arist., Luc,
;

al.).t

* oru'-e<j>-io-TT]|jii,
2.
to rise together
Qytv-iyjit,
:

to

place over.
c.
,

Pass., 1. to stand over (Thuc).

seq. Kara,

gen. pers. {against),


,

Ac

I622. t

[in

LXX
:

(Tviixov

T. iravra,

Wi

to hem in, press on prisoner, to hold in charge (Luc; cf. exx. in Deiss., BS, 160; xxiv) Lk 22^3; [b) to constrain: 11 Co 5^*; pass., Lk 12^", Ac 18^
:

for isry isn etc. ;] 1. to hold together (t. 1") of closing the ears, Ac 7^"^ (t. (TT6f/.a, Is 52^^) every side : Lk 8*^ 19*3_ 2. to hold fast ; (a) of a

MM,
(t.

Field, Notes, 128), Phi 123; j^ pass., of ills, to be seized or afflicted by, suffering from : Mt 424, Lk 438 337^ Ac 288.t * o-uf-j^do) (Rec. a-vt,-), to live with : opp. to a-wa7ro6aviv, II Co 73 of life in union with Christ, here and hereafter, Ro 6*, 11 Ti 2".t ffor-^u'y^'u^l (Rec ov^), [in Ez 1"'23 (-Qn)*;] to yoke toAoya>;
cf.
;

LXX:

gether

metaph., of union in wedlock,

Mt

19',

Mk

109.t

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


<Tuv-lr]Tioi

429

(Rec.

<rv^-),

-S>,

[in

LXX

Ne

2*

AB^ (orpn
(and
to discuss,
c.

pi.)*;] 1.
v.

search or examine together (Plat.). 2. In xxiii; also in MGr., v. Kennedy, Sources, 155),
to

NT
;

tt.,

MM,

Mk
Ac

127 12^8,

Lk

2415

seq. quaest. indir.,

Mk

9^0

dispute: 8", dat. pers.,

Mk

6^;

seq. Trpds,

c.

ace. pers.,

Mk
rj,

Q^^'^^,

Ac

9^9;

id.

seq. quaest. 28^9

indir.,

Lk

2223.t

*^

<Tuv-ir]Tr\<n^

(Rec.

crvt,-),

-cws,

disputation:

Ac

(WH,

E,
I

txt.,

om.).t
(Tv^-), -ov, 6 {<C(rvvt,r]Tiw),

*t aoi'-^t]TY]T^s (Rec,

a disputer,

disjnitant

Co

l2o.t

** auv-t^uyoii (Rec.
^ci^Ku/At), [in Aq.,

2. yvrjate,
Lft., in
1.
;

mg., Sw^vyos, -ov (^[(rwProb., as proper name, ;] Synzygus, S. properly so-called, Phi 4^ (v. ICC, gemiinely
(rut,-),

or as
a.

WH,

Ez

232^ *

yoke-fellow.

MM,

xxiii).

*+

o-ui'-j^wo-iroiew

(Rec.

(tv^-),

-w, to
life:

make
t.

with; metaph., of the spiritual Col 213.+


* aui'-TJSofiat,
vo'/xo.)

Xpia-rw,

alive or quicken together Eph 2^; avv t. X.,

T. ^tov,

Ro
2.

to rejoice together; c. dat., to rejoice tvith 7-2 (v. Lft., ^otos, 304).t

or in:

t.

**au.rie6ia, -as, ^ {<vOo<:), [in

LXX:
IS^'*,
i

IV

Mac

2^2 G^^ 1322.27*;]


;

1,

intimacy.

/lafttY,

custom
v.

^schin., 23, 37, and

MM,

gen. obj. (cf. xxiv), habitual use, force of habit with


c.

Jo

Co

11^^

respect to, i Co S^.t "+ au>'-t]\iKioSTT]s (<CT7A.iKia), = crw^Xt^ (^sch.), one of the same age, an equal in age : Ga l^^.t * o-of-OdiiTw, to bury together with : in symbolical sense, of baptism,
auT<2 {with Christ),

Ro

6*,

Col

2i2.t
,

aui'-GXdw, -w, [in

Mt

214*

([WH],
;]

for l^na etc. 20i8.t R, mg., om.), Lk


[in

LXX

;]

to

crush together, crush


Si

auf-eXipo),

LXX: Ec
6?'eafc

12^

sA

(|^S1),
:

34 {Sl)^\
^^t
t.

Mac

15^4

A*

to

^ress together, press on all sides


to

Mk

52*'

*t

auj'-Gpu'irTw,

pieces,

crush:

metaph.,

KapStav,
hi,,

Ac

21i3,t
aoK-iTjiit

and

aurio) (v. Bl., 23, 7), [in

LXX

chiefly for

j'^a

b^W

hi.

;]

1.

stand:

Lk Mt 1323.51, Lk 25" IS^* n Co Ro 24"; seq. on, Mt I612 171^; seq. quaest. indir., Eph 5^7; ^m t. a/rrois, Mk 6*2 as subst., o-wiW (o a-., WH, mg.), a man of understanding, i.e. in moral and religious sense, Ro 3^ (i-^^J.t

Mt

2. Metaph., to perceive, underto bring or se^ together. 49(WH.mg.).12 714 817,21^ 1313-15 (LXX), 19 1510^ 8^^, Ac

Mk

725 282.27^

1521 (Lxx)^

1012;

c. ace. rei,

(Tuvicndvu}

and
[in

o-ufiorda), V.S. (rvvL(XTr)ixi.

CTuc-i<rrTi|jii,

LXX

for

ms

pi.,

bnp

ni., etc.

Mac

12*3,

m^c

recommend:

(and freq. in these books) ;] 1. trans., (a) to commoiA, 10i2'i8; id, c. dat., Ro 16^ (as ace. pers., 11 Co 3^ 6* freq. at the beginning of a letter; Deiss., LAE, 226), 11 Co 5^2; seq. {b) to show, prove, establish pass., seq. un-d,, 11 Co 12" iTp6<;, II Co 42 3^ 5^ 11 Co 6* dupl. ace, Ga 2i8 ; ace. et inf., 11 Co 1^^. c. ace., Ro
42*, III

Mac

V-^
c.

430
2.

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


;

(a) to stand with Intrans., pf., a-vvia-TtjKa (as also 2 aor. and plpf.) : Lk 9^'^; (b) to be composed of, consist, cohere : Col 1^'^ (v. Lft., or near in 1.), II Pe 35.t Ps 100 (101)6 (niz;"')*;] to <ruv-K<ier]fiai (Eec. (rvy/c-), [in 14^*.t seq. /xera, c. gen., sit together or with : c. dat., Ac 26^

LXX
;

Mk

truy-KaQiiu)

(Eec. (rvyK-), [in

LXX
iv,

for

22?^ ^^m
2*^.

;]

1.

trans.,

to

make
to sit

to sit

together
:

together

Lk

: c. ace. pers., seq. 22*^.t

Eph

2.

Intrans.

mid.,

*+ auK-KaKOTraOe'o) (Eec. crvyK-), -w, take one's share of ill-treatment :


euayyfXio), ib. l^.t

to
ii

bear evil treatment along with, Ti 2^ c. dat. commod., t.


;

*t <TUf-KaKoux^o)i.ai (Eec. crvyK-),

-ovfiai,

pass., to

endure adversity

with:

c.

dat. pers.,

He

11^^.

Not elsewhere.

(Eec. <rvyK-), -w, [in for Kip;] to call together: 156,9 (^.i. .^2^^,^ y. bi._ g 55^ 1)_ Ac 5'^K 1516, Lk Mid., to c. ace, call together to oneself: Lk 9^ (and v.l. in 15^' 9, v. supr.) 23i3, Ac 10^*
<Tuy-Ka\i(a

LXX

Mk

2817.+

auk'-KaXuTTTu (Eec.

o-iry/c-),

[in

LXX
12'^.
!

chiefly for

HDS

pi.

;]

to veil

or

cover completely

c.

ace, pass.,

Lk

(Ebc. (TvyK-), [in Ps 68^^'^^ (irD hi.), etc. ;] to bend completely, bend together : t. vCjtov, fig., Eo llio(Lxx)_t avv-KaTa-^aivoi (Eec. crvyK-), [in Ps 48 (49)^7 (tT'), Wi 10^^, Da TH 3 (*) * ;] to go down with : Ac 25^. In late writers also
(Tur-Kd/ATTTU)

LXX

LXX

LXX
:

metaph. (Wi,
agreement
ii

I.e.), to

*t auK-Karci-Oeo-is

condescend, on wh. v. Eutherford, NPhr., 485 f.t (Eec crvyK-), -ecus, rj [<C^a-vvKaTaTLdr)fjLi), COncord,
consent to:

Co

6^^ (Polyb., Plut., al.).t


to agree,

*f auv-Kara-veuQ),
aoc-KaTa-TieTjfii

Ac

IS^'',

WH,

mg.

(Polyb.).+
JT^Or),

(Eec. crvyK-), [in

LXX: Ex

23^ {T.

ib.

Mid., to deposit one s vote Su^***;] to deposit together. with, hence, to agree with, assent to : c. dat., Lk 23^i.t *t ao'-KaTa-4'T]4)iiw (Eec. criryK-), 1. to condemn with or together

(ms),

Da TH

(Plut., T/iewis^., 21).

2. to vote

one a place among


:

pass.,

Ac

1^*^

Not

else where.
<T\)v-Kp6.vv\j^[.

(Eec. crvyK-), [in

LXX Da LXX
;

2*^ (3'5? ithpa.),

or hlend together, compound : c. ace, i Co 12''*; mg., E, mg. id., of persons, c. dat. ptcp. pf. pass., He 4^, T, txt., E, txt. (v. Westc, instr., to be united with, agree tvith, ib.,
II
;]

Mac

15^^*

to

mix

WH,

WH,

in

l.).t

(Tuv-Kivim (Eec. crvyK-), -w, to move together. stir up : t. \a6v, Ac 6^^ (Arist., Polyb., al.).t
(tuv-kKsIo)

Metaph.,

to excite,

(Eec. crvyK-), [in

LXX

enclose, shut in

on

all sides

of a catch of fish,

chiefly for 130;] to shut together, Lk 5^ ; metaph. (Ps

30

(31)9, al.),

Eo
36
;

1P2,
c.

Ga

322.23.t

*t

(ruc-KXripo-i'Ofios

Eo
88

81^
f.).t

Eph

(Eec. crvyK-), -ov, 6, a co-iuheritor, fellow-heir: gen. rei, He 11^, i Pe 3^ (for exx., v. Deiss., LAE,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


* <Tuv-Koivu)v4(j) (Rec. gen. rei, dat. pers.)
4i*.t
o-vyK-), -w, to
:

431
(in
cl.,

have fellowship with or in


5^\

c.

c.

dat. rei,

Eph

Ee

18*

id. c.

gen. pars.,
rei,

Phi

1117, I

*t CTui'-KoiKui'os (Rec. (TvyK-), -6v, partaking jointly of: Co 9^3; id. c. gen. pers.. Phi 1^; 8eq. cv, Re l.t
ffui'-KoniJw

c.

gen.

Eo

Jb 5"^ (nby)*;] 1. to bring (Rec. o-vyx-), [in 2. to take up a body for burial (Hdt., Xen., al.). (Soph., Aj., 1048) Ac 8^ (v. Field, Notes, 116).t chiefly for ins ;] 1. to compound, <i\iv-Kf>lvia (Rec. O-vyK-), [in combine : i Co 2^^, R, mg.^ (Lft., Notes, 180 f.). 2. In Arist. and later writers (Wi 7^^, al.) = 7ra/oay8aAAw, to compare : i Co, I.e., E, txt. (Field,
:

LXX

together,

collect

LXX

Notes, 168),
al.)
:

II

Co

lO^l

3.

In

LXX,

of dreams, to interpret

(Ge

40^,

Co,

I.e.,

R, mg.

(ro^-KiiTTTo.

(but v. reff. ^ (Rec. avyK-), [in


{Arist., al.).

supr.).t

LXX
2. to

1.

to

bend forwards

Jb 9^7 (n7y). Si 12^1 192"*;] be bowed down : Lk 13".t


:

(rvv-\a\i<a (Rec. avXk-), -w, [in

LXX for 131 pi., n^iz?


9^**

;]

to talk

with
17*,

or together

c.

dat. pers.,

Mk

9*,

Lk

22*

seq.

fx-erd, c.

gen.,

Mt

Ac
to

25^2

^p^5^ c ace,

Lk

4'^^t

aoK-Xuire'o)

(Eec.

crvAA.-), -5, [in

LXX

make

to

grieve with (Arist.).


dat.,

Pass., to be

Ps 68 (69)2o, Is 5V^ (TIJ) *;] moved to grief by sympathy


Jo ll^" (on the : Eutherford, NPhr., 255 f.).t

seq.

cTTi, c.

Mk

S^.t
a-vfifx-), -ov, o,

*o-ui'-|ia9TjTTis

(Eec.

a fellow-disciple
to

use of avv- in such


dat.,

compounds

as

this, v.

* aoi'-fiapTop^o) (Eec.

crvfjifx-),

-w,

bear witness with:

Eo

2^^; c.

Eo
f

8i
;

seq. 5ti,

Eo 9^t
(TVfjifi-),

avv-iipiX,ij

(Eec.

[in

LXX

Pr 292*n2 (p^n)*;]

to distri-

bute in shares.
6

o-.,

Mid., to have a share in : i Co * <7o'-fi^Toxos (Eec. aviJLfjL-), -ov, partaking together tvith; as subst., a joint partaker (c. dat. pers. et gen. rei, FIJ, BJ, i, 24, 6) c. gen.
9^^ (Diod., al.).+
:

rei,

Eph

3^;

c.

gen. pers.,
in
[in

ib.

5^ (Arist.).t
-ov,
6,

*t auK-|xifAT)Tiis (Eec.

a-v/xfji.-),

a fellow -imitator

e.

gen. obj.,

Phi

3^7 (v.

ICC,

1.).

Not elsewhere.t
crufjifjiopffii^u}.

o'Ui'-fi.op(|>i1^(i),

V.S.

favy-oheuio,

LXX: Za
Ac
[in

S^iNV^^n), To
9''
:

5i

K
;]

Wi

628*;]

^^

journey with
aofoSia,

c.

dat. pers.,
rj,

(Plut., al.).+

-as,

LXX
2.

Ne

7^' "*

(izrn"')

1.

company
caravan
:

(Plut., al.). 2**.+

By
4^1

meton.,

company
olSa),

of

a journey in travellers, a

Lk

CTuc-oiSa,

pf.

with pres. meaning

(v.s.

[in

LXX
:

Le

5^

iii Mac 28E*;] 1. to A, ii Mac (JTT), Jb 276; ptcp., i Mac ptcp., Ac 52. share the knowledge of, be privy to (Hdt., Thuc, al.) 2. C. pron. reflex., to be conscious of (Eur., Plat., al.), esp. of guilty consciousness: oiSey yap ifj-avrw a:, for I know nothing against myself,

4*iA,

Co

4*.t
oruf-oiK^u,
-co,

[in

LXX

for

and wife (Hdt.,

al.), c.

dat. pers.,

bra etc. ;] i Pe S^.t


,

to

dwell together

of

man

432
**
(c.

MANUAL GREEK LEXIOON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


aui'-oiKoSofjieu, -w, [in
i
I Es 5^^ * ;] to build together or with Es, I.e.). 2. Of various materials, to build up together metaph., of Christians, Eph 2^'^.f
:

LXX

dat. pers.,
al.)
:

(Thuc,
IxtTo.,

* (Tuv-o^n\iiJ),
Cebes, 13)
:

-w, to
c.

converse ivith (absol., FIJ, BJ, v, 13, 1; seq.

dat. pers.,
to

Ac

10^''.t
c. dat.,

*t CTuf-ofiopeu, -w,
<ruv-opd(3j, V.S.

border on:

Ac

18^ (Byz.).t

(TWt8ov.

<Tuy-oxn,
ib.

-v^,

V {<(Twix^), [in
(4^*),

LXX:
1.
al.).

Jg
a

2^

(?),

Jb 30^

(nxiizr),

3828

A; Mi
2.
.

5^

Je 52^ (liSD)*;]
2*.t

Mding

or being held

together. Lk 2125

a narrow place (Horn.,

Metaph.,
iv

straits, distress

KaoSt'a?, II

Co

**<Tvv-TTaQ4(o (Rec. a-vfiTT-), -w, [in

LXX:

Mac
Ps 82

5^5

AR
:

1323*;]
c,

to

have a fellow-feeling for or

ivith,

symjyathize with or in

dat. rei,

He
1.

415; dat. pers., ib. 10^* (Arist., Plut., al.).t


auv-irapa-Yit'Ofjiai

to

(Rec. aviJiir-), [in to come up or be present together : seq. eVi, ii Ti 4^^ Rec.).t assist (Thuc, al.
;

LXX

(83)s
2.

(mb
to

ni.)*;]

Lk

23*^.

come up

*aui'-irapa-KaX'u (Rec.
(Plat.).

Pass.,

to

be

to call upon or exhort together strengthened or comforted tuith and among:


q-v/att-), -w,

Ro

112.+

o-oc-irapa-XafiPdt'w (Rec. av/xTr-), [in


III

LXX

Ge

19^" (nSD ni.),

Jb

1*

1^*;] to take along with: as a companion, c. ace, Ac (rh^), 12-5 1537, 38 (on the tenses, v. M, Pr., 130), Ga 2i.t To I212AB, Pr 827(?), Wi aui'-TTcipei^i (Rec. o-v/ATT-), [in 9^'* * to be present together or loith : c. dat. pers., Ac 252^. ;] ** CTut'-irciCTxw (Rec. avfiTT-), [in Al. i Ki 22^ * ;] 1. to suffer together or

Mac

LXX:
:

tvith:

Ro
.

8^^

Co

12'-'^.

2.

to

*
II

Co

auv-Tri\nt(a (Rec. ctu/att-), 822 i(j_ ggq^ /xTa, c. gen., ib. ^^.t
aui'-iT-epi-XafiPtii'w

sympathize tvith to send together


1. to

(Plat., Arist.).

ivith

c.

ace. et dat.,

(Rec.

<rvfXTr-),

enclose

(Ez

53 ipns) *).

2. to

embrace

c.

ace. pers.,

Ac

20i'^.t

auK-TTiVu (Rec.
c.

avfjiir-),

[in

LXX

Es

7^

(uy

nniZT)

;]

to

drink with

dat. pers.,

Ac lO^^t
(Rec.
(tv/xtt-),

o-uc-iriirTw

[in

LXX
xxiv),
[in

for bS2, etc.;] to fall together,

fall in, etc.

of a

house

(cf.

MM,

Lk

^^^A

auK-irXripou (Rec.
fill

o-u/xtt-),

-w,

LXX:
:

Je 25^2 (xba)*;]

1.

to

up completely (Thuc, of manning ships) of a ship filling with water, and by meton., of those on board, Lk 8^3. 2. to complete, fulfil of time (Je, I.e., and v. MM, xxiv), Lk 9^1, Ac 2^ (on the " durative inf.," v. M, Pr., 233).t * CToc-iTKiYu (Rec. a-vfiTT-), to choke: of thronging by a crowd, Lk
Fig., of seed, t. Xdyov,

8.

Mt

I322,

Mk
f.).t

4". i^,

Lk

S^^t
pi.,
<t.

* <TUK-TroXiTT)s (Rec.

(TV/XTT-), -ov, o, tt

fellow-citizen:
;

t.

dytW,

opp. to

leVot

K.

irdpoLKOL,

Eph

2^^

(Eur.

G.I.,

6446; condemned by

Atticists; v. Rutherford,

NPhr., 255

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


o-uk-iropeuo/xai

433
1.

(Rec.

o-v/jltt-),
:

[in

LXX
Lk
6,

chiefly for
7^^ 14^5 24^^.

IJ^H;]
2.

to

journey together
together
(Eccl.).t
o-ui'cr-,
:

(Plat., al.)

c.

dat. pers.,
-ov,

to

come
5^

Mk
V.

lO^ (Plut., al.).t

*tauk'-irpeo-puTcpos

(Rec.
ava-a--.

avjjiir-),

a fellow-elder

Pe

passim

*t

CTui/-o-a)p,o9

(Rec. crvaa-), -ov


crvo--),

(<^cra>yu,a),

of the same body

Eph

3^

(Eccl.).t

* auy-<rravp6(i} (Rec.
dat.,

-co,

to

cTucify together with: pass.,


1532.

c.

Jo 1932; id. seq. a^v, Mt 27**, Mk mystical death of the Christian with Christ
:

Metaph., of the

Ro

6^,

Ga

2^^ (Eccl.).+

(Rec. (Tva-), [in Jg 828 11^3 (^33 ni.), Si 4^ al. ;] 1. to draw together, contract, shorten : of time, i Co 72^. 2. to wrap up : of enshrouding a body for burial (Eur.), c. ace, Ac 5^.t *aoi'-crT6>'d^oj (Rec. cnxr-), to groan together or with : Ro 822 (c. dat. pers., Eur., Ion., 935).+ *+ o-ui'-crToix^u (Rec. (Tva--), -w, to stand in the same rank or line (Polyb). Metaph., to correspond to : Ga 4^^ (v. Lft., in 1.).+ * aoc-oTpaTicSTTis (Rec. crvo--), -ov, 6, a fellow -soldier (Plat., Xen., al.). 2.t Metaph., of fellowship in Christian service Phi 22^, * (Toi'-oxiip.aTij^w (Rec. crva-), (<^ crx-^/Aa) to conform to (Arist.). Pass., to be conformed to, conform oneself to : Ro 122, j pg ^uf <ruv-rd<T<T(>i, [in chiefly for pi. ;] to prescribe, ordain, : dat. pers, Mt 21^ 26^9 27^0 (lxx) t arrange c.
iTvv-(TTi\\oj
:
:

LXX

Phm

LXX
cl.,

ms

o-on-Acia, -a?,

rj

(<^avvTeXe(D), [in

LXX

chiefly for

nbs and

(in

Da)

for Yp_

;]

1.

in

a joint payment or contribution

for public

service; (Polyb.,

al.),

LXX
etc.
to
;]

TH

hence, generally, joint action (Plat.). 2. In consummation, completion : a-, r. aiwvos, 1213, al.), Mt 1339' *0' 49 243 2320, He 926.+
[in

late
-cov

writers
(cf.

Da

orut'-xeX^u, -w,

LXX

"perfective" of tcAcw
:

(cf.

chiefly for n!33 pi., also for niriT DDH M, Pr., 118), 1. to complete, fifiish, bring
,

an end

Lk

4^3

pass., ib.

2,

Jo
(cf.

23,

WH,
;]

mg.,
:

Ac

2127.

2.

to effect,

accomplish, bring to fulfilment


aui'-Tc'fii'w,

MM,
^^in

xxiv)

Mk

13*,

Ro 92^, He
2. to

8^.+

[in
:

LXX chiefly for


[in

1. to

cut in pieces.

cut

down, cut short

metaph., Xoyov,

Ro
;]

928(i-^-X)

(Hdt., Plat., Eur.,

al.).+

(ru^-Ttipe'o), -a,

LXX

Ez

18^9 (-IDIT),

Da th V^K
:

(nrj;),

Si 13^2

and
c.

freq.,

To
1.

1",

11

Mac

12*2, al.

"perfective" of
c.

-rqpiiji (v.

M,

Pr.,

118, 116),
ace. rei,

to preserve,

keep safe, keep close


KapSta,

ace. pers.,

Mk
;

&^
cf.

Mt

9^^

^^

Lk

2^^ (Arist.

and
to

later writers

MM,

xxiv).+
<rui'-Tteif]fi.i,

[in

LXX
inf.,

Ki

22^3
to

("itZTp), etc.

;]

place ov put together,


(b)

in various senses.
agree, covenant
:

Mid., (a)

observe, perceive;
;

to

determine,
.

c.

Lk

22^

seq. tov, c. inf.,

Ac

232*

ggq^ i^^^
232,

Jo

922.+
aiiv-r6y.u^,

adv. {<^

crvvTifxvoy) , [in

LXX

Pr

1323

(WDiya xbj)

28

434
III

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


5^^

Mac

;]

concisely, briefly

Ac 24*
(Djr
;

(for

a similar
ii

ex.,

v.

MM,
to

xxiv).t
auj'-Tpe'xw, [in

LXX
:

Ps 49 {60f^

n^n),

Mac 3,
Ac

Jth
;

^*;\

rim together or I Pe 4^t

loith

seq. cVet,

Mk

6^^

rrpos, c.

ace,

3^^

metaph,,

(Tuy-rpi^o), [in

LXX

chiefly for

^'2t2f

Mt

12^0 (L^x)^

Mk

54 143,

Jo 193(i^x)^ Ke
;

to shatter, break in pieces 2^7; of persons and parts of


',]

the body,
for 13tjr

to break,

CTuV-Tpiji,p,a, -To<;,
;

crush, bruise : Lk 9^^ TO {<^arvvTpi/3(D), [in


its' (Is
59''), etc.
;J

fig.,

Eo

162**.t

LXX
3^, al.)

(Le

21^^, al.) chiefly


;

also for

a fracture

(Arist.
:

Le,

I.e., al.).

Metaph., calamity, destruction


cruV-Tpo<f)os, -ov,

LXX

III

Ki

12-*,

Mac

(Is, I.e.,

Wi

Eo

3^" (Lx;x)_t

(rvvrp(f)Ofi.cu, to

1 E,

11

Mac
:

or bro2ight up with, a foster-brother usage, as a court term, an intimate friend of a king (v. Deiss., BS, Ac 13^ (cf. also MM, xxiv).t 305, 310 f.) ** (Tuv-Tuyxdvu), [in 11 Mac 8^* * ;] to meet with, fall in with:
:

be brought up together), [in 9^^*;] 1. prop., one nourished Ac 13^ EV. 2. In Hellenistic

LXX
to

c.

dat. pers.,

Lk

8^'-*.t

luvTuxx] (T, -Tvxyf),

->?s,

Ga
II

*tauc-uiro-KpiVofiai, 2i (Polyb.).t

Phi i^.f T], Syrityche : play a part with, dissemble with:


help together, join in serving
:

c.

dat.,

orui'-uTroupY^w,
lii.t
o-oV-<j>T)fAi

-w,

to

c.

dat. instr.,

Co
*

(Eec. KTVfjL-), to consent, confess : c. dat., seq. on, Eo 7^^.t (Eec. crvfj.-), [in Wi 13'^*;] to cause to groto Lk B^'.t together. Pass., to groxu together or tvith (Plat, al.) 21 (pns), o-vy-), [in Ge Mac l^E*;] auk'-xaipu) (Eec.
**(TUf-<^6oi

LXX:

LXX

m
:

1.
I

to rejoice

with
2.

c.

Co
1.
;

12^6 i36_
cf.

to

dat pers., Lk 1^^ 15"' ^, Phi 2^~' ^^, congratulate (^schin., Polyb., al.)

EV
to

c.

dat. rei,

Phi,

i.e. (Lft.,

in

MM,
Ac

xxiv).t

o-uc-x^w (Eec. avy-), [in

LXX

for bb2.

121

etc.

;]

pour

together,
stir %ip,

commingle, confuse
trouble
:

metaph., confound, throiv into confusion,


o-vv-xiWw).t
:

21''^"

(cf.

**tau>'-xpao|jiai (Eec. avy-), -wfxai, [in Al.

Ki 30^^*;]

to

use together

with. Metaph., c. dat. pers., to associate ivith : Jo 4^ (Polyb., al.).t *t CToi'-xu'vi'w (Eec. (jvy- and in Ac 9^^ with LTr., as in late writers Ac 2 9^^ 1932 2l3i.t generally, -xi^W), Hellenistic form of -xew (q.v.)
;
:

*t o-uV-ij/uxos (Eec. a-vfx-), -ov (<C >/'^A'*?)' of one mind: Phi 22.t * aui'-wSifw, to be in travail together (Arist.) metaph. (Eur.), Eo B^-.t Ez 22-^*;] a **aui'&>fioCTia, -as, r) {awo/xvvfjii, to conspire), [in Sm.
:

conspiracy

Ac
-a?,

23^^.
at, Syracuse : Ac 28^2.t Syria: Mt 42*, Lk 2^, Ac

XopdKouo-ai, -wv,

Zupio,

if,

1523. *i

iQia 20^

21\

Ga

pl.t
72, mg.+ Ivpa, a Syrian : Lk 42^, Zupo(t>oikiKio'aa (Eec. -^otVicro-a) -t/s, r/, a Syropo&nician woman 7^, txt., (cf. v ^oivUrj ^vpia, Diod., 19, 93).t

lo'pos, -ov, 6, fern.

Mk

WH,

Mk

WH,

EV

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


lopTis (L, (Tvprts), -cws, acc.
-IV,
rj,

435

Syrtis, the

name

of

two large

sand-banks on the Libyan coast


o-o'pti),

Ac

27^^.t

17^^ (300), iv Mac 6\ al. ;] to draw, drag c. acc. rei, Jo 21^, Ee ; c. acc. pers., of taking to trial or punishment, Ac 8^ ; 1^0) T. TToXeb)^, Ac 14^* ; iirl t. TroXirapxas (cf. IV Mac, I.e.),
[in
:

LXX

ii

Ki

12*

Ac

17" (cf, KaTa-crvpu)).f *t ao-oTrapdao-w, to convulse completely


t <T6<T-<n]iiov (T, (TVV-), -ov, TO

c.

acc. pers.,

Mk

Q^",

Lk 9*^

(cf. cnrapaorcraj).t

o^/Lttt),

[In

LXX
:

Jg 2038.

>

(niy),

Is 526 4922 6210 (D3) *


al.
;

;J

a fixed sign or signal

Mk

14**.

(Strab., Plut.,

condemned by Atticists, v. Rutherford, NPhr., 492 f .) t 15''^, Eec.t *t au-oraaiao-nis, -ov, 6, a fellow-rioter : * au-oTUTiKos (Tr. crw-), -rj, -ov (<^ o-uvio-T7;/xt) 1. for pzitting together, constructive. 2. for bringing together, introductory commendatory

Mk

iTTKTToXrf (Arist.,

Diog. L.,

al.

and

v.

MM,
;]

xxiv),

11

Co 3Kt
together
:

o-u-oTpe'4>w, [in
rei,

LXX chiefly for "IB'p


^ o-voTpe0(o),
:

1. to twist

c.
:

acc.

Ac

28*.

2. Pass.,

of persons, to gather themselves together


[in

Mt

1722

(WH,

R, mg.).t
-^?,

au-oTpo<|>ii,
<r.

LXX: Ho
;

419 13^2 (-nsr);

Am l^'' (^tZTp), etc. ;] 1. a twisting together (Plat.). 2. a a riotous gathering (Polyb.) Ac 19*'' a-. TroLelaOcu (Am, I.e.), concourse, to make a compact (RV, banded themselves together) Ac 23^2 luxdp (B, 2ixp)> indecl., rj, Sychar, a town of Samaria Jo 4^.t Zox^p., indecl. (Heb. QJljr), Shechem ; 1. the son of Hamor (Ge
TTOLelaOai,
: :

3319)

Ac

716b

Rec.
(<^

2.

city of

Samaria (AV, Sychem


:

in

LXX
:

also

sometimes
(T^ayri,

^iKifia, -wv,

as in FIJ)
[in

Ac

7i6a,b.t
,

-rjs, 17

(rtfxi^u)),

LXX for njK)


8^" (LXX)
j
:

H^IlI

etc.;]

slaughter
5^.t

Ac

8*2 (LXX)
J

'jrp6ftara (T<f>ayrjs,

Ro

-fjfiepa

atjiay^s,

Ja

a<|><YioK, -ov,

t6 {<i<T<f>ayrj), [in

LXX Am
:

525 (n37),

Ez

21i'''i5.28

(n3W),

Le

2223 (n^lj) *;]


[in

a victim

for slaughter
to

Ac

l^^i^^^lf
(esp. of

(T^dla,
54,

LXX
:

victims for sacrifice)


9

dpvt'ov,
cis

chiefly for tanC!';] Re 5^' ^2 138

slay, slaughter
i

q( persons,

Jo

3^2^

^q

59

182*

ia-<f)ayfjiVT]

^avarov (RV, smitten unto death),


o-</)o8po5,

Re

13*

(cf.

KaTa-(r<^a^u)).+
a<}>6Spa,

adv. (prop, neut, of


J]

excessive, violent), [in


:

LXX

chiefly for

ikO

very, very

much, exceedingly
with adjectives,
:

with verbs,
2^^

1831 1925 2622 275*,

Ac

6^

Mt

Mt 17"' 23 Mk 16*, Lk 1823,

Re im.f
a<(>o8pws, adv.,
(Ti>payii(a,

exceedingly

Ac

27i8.t

Qnn (De 32**, al.), also for DDD Mt 2766, Re 20* t. KapTrov (Da TH ^0 ggai^ (a) for security toCtov, fig. (cf. Deiss., BS, 238 MM, xxiv; DB, iv, 427a), Eo 1528; (b) for concealment, hence, metaph., to hide (Da th 92*, Jo 14^'^)
[in

LXX

chiefly for

826)

.]

f.

436

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


.

Ee 10* 2210 II Co 1^^ (d)


;

(c)

for distinction,

Ee
(Es
:

T^-s

for authentication

8^)

metaph., Eph l^^ 420 mid., Jo 3^^ 6'^'' (cf. KaTa-CT<^payt^w).t


;

<T<t>paYis, -rSos, ^, [in

LXX

Ex

28^\

al.

(Dl^h) 352- (nn), Si 17^\

a seal, signet : Ee 7^. 2. The impression of a seal or signet, a seal (on its various purposes, v.s. (rcf>payL^<o) on a book or roll, Ee 51,2, 5, 9 61, 3, 6, 7, 9, 12 Qi metaph., Eo 4", i Co 9^, 11 Ti 2^9, Ee 9*.t 3''' (v. Bl., 6, 8).+ *tCT4>u8p6i', -ov, TO, = a(f)vp6v, the ankle : Ac *<T<^vpis (T, Eec. <T7rvpLs, V. WH, App., 148; Bl., 6, 7), -1809, f,, a flexible mat-&as^e^ for carrying provisions Mt 15^'^ 16^, Mk 8^* ^',
al.
;]

1.

Ac

9^^ (v.s. Ko>tvos).t

a^vp6v,

-oi, t6, [in

LXX

Jb

4120(2')

(nnin)*;] the ankle:

Ac 3^

Eec. (T, WH, o-c^vSpov; v. Bl., **(7xe8o^ adv. lx), [in


1.

6, 8).t

LXX:

11

Mac
:

5^,

of place, near.
o-XrifAa, -Tos,

2.

Of degree, almost, nearly


[in

Ac

to

xw),

LXX
rps ;]

Is 3^^ (riB)

S^*-"*;] He 9^^A fashion *;] figure,


13**
19'^,

Mac

Co

7=^1,

Phi
:

28.t
v.s. ixop4>iq.

SVJV.

(Txilw, [in

LXX

chiefly for
2111;

to cleave,

rend

Mt

27",

Mk l^o
2^1.

1538, L]j 536 23*5,

Jo 1924

metaph., in pass.,
al.)

to be

divided into
91c,

factions,

Ac

14* 237.t
:

TO o-xt^a)), a rent (Arist., Metaph., a dissension, division : Jo 7*^ 9i lO^^, i


*<Txi<r^La, -TOS,

Mt

Mk

Co

l^^ ll^s 122s.t

Sy/v.

v.s. aipeo-ts.

ayoiviov, -ov, TO (dimin. of o-xoivos,

^50
hi.)

*
*

'I'ope

(prop.,

one made
[in

of

a rush), [in rushes) Jo 2^^, Ac


:

LXX
27*^.t
(46)io

chiefly for

axoXdj^u) {<:a-xoXv)>
to be at leisure,

LXX: Ex
;

S^-i^,

Ps 45

(nBI

ni.,

hence, to have time or opportunity for, to devote ;] be occupied in : i Co 7^ of things, to be ^inoccupied, empty oneself to, oTkos, Mt 12**, Lk 1125 (t [WH], E, om.).t (Plut., Eur., al.)
:

ffXoXV],

-^s,

Tf,

[in

LXX

Ge

33^*

{Karh

o-.,

^ISn!?),

Pr

28i9,

Si

382* *
is

.j 2. Later (from Plato on), (a) that for which leisure 1 leisure. employed, a disputation, lecture; (b) the place where lectures are delivered, a school : Ac 19^ (for the later sense of employment, v. MM,

xxiv).t
CTcS^w

(on the

more accurate
hi.,
:

o-w'^w, v.

WH,
132*^,
*
;

hitr.,

410
;

Bl., 3,
;]

1-3), [in

LXX chiefly for rtzr


;

also for tabo


8^^^
5^,

ni.,

from

peril,

injury or suffering
seq. ex,

Mt

Mk
Ju

b'SZ Lk 23^*^ al.

ni., etc.

to

save

t.

^I/vxw,

Mt

1625, al.
:

Jo

122^,

He

of healing, restoring to

health Mt 922, Mk 5^*, al. In NT, esp. of salvation from spiritual disease and death, in which sense it is "spoken of in Scripture as either (1) past, (2) present, or (3) future, according as redemption, grace, or glory is the point in view. Thus (1) Eo 82*, Eph 25 8^ 11 Ti 1^, Tit 35 (3) Mt IO22, Eo 13^ Phi 2^ (2) Ac 2*^ i Co l^^ I52, 11 Co 2^5 928" (Vau. on Eo 5). He Seq. d.7r6, Mt I21, Ac 2*o, Eo 5; iK, Ja 520,
; ;

Ju

23 (cf.

Cremer, 532

ff.).

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


cFUfia,

437
Aram.

-TO?,

TO,
1.

[in

LXX

for lH^^, HJIJ,

etc.,

and

for

n^JJ?

ij/.,

human body, (a) as always in Hom. (opp. to Se>a9), of the dead body Mt 27^^' ^^ Mk 15*3, ^1. (b) of the living body Lk ll^*, i Co 6^^ al. ev a. etvat, He 13^ as the instrument of the soul, Ta Sta rov a:, II Co 5^" opp. to TTvevfjLa, Eo 8^**, I Co 5' 7^ Ja 226 to ^vxv. Mt 6" 1028, Lk 12^2 (cf. Wi 1*, al.) to t^ tt. Kal ^ I Th 52^; Trvtv^jLaTLKOv, I Co 15**; 6 vao9 rov a. {J/v)(i.k6v, opp. to
;]

0,

body.

Prop., of the

(7.

0-.

(gen. epexeg.), Jo 22^; to cr. t. TaTretvwo-eojs Tj/j-wv (Hebraistic "gen. of definition " M, Pr., 73 f. ; Bl., 35, 5), opp. to to a. t. So^^s airod,
aifToi)
;

similarly, to cr. t. crap/cds, Col 1^2 a. rov Oavdrov (subject to death), Eo 72*; a. t. afx.apTia<;, Eo 6^; (c) periphr., avOpdnrov a-., then
;

Phi

321

Xen., al.), a 'person, and in later writers (Polyb., a slave: Ee 18'3 (cf. MM, i, ii, xxiv; Deiss., BS, 160). 2. Of the bodies of animals: living, Ja 3^; dead, He 13ii (Ex 29^*, al.). 3. Of inanimate objects (cf. Eng. "heavenly bodies") i Co 1537,35,40 (Diod., al.). 4. Of any corporeal substance (Plat., al.) opp. to o-Kia, Col 2^^. Metaph., of a number of persons united by a common bond in NT, of the Church as the spiritual body of Christ: Eo 12^ i Co lO^^'^^ 1213, 27_ Eph 123 216 4*. 12, 16 523.30, Col li'2* 2^9 S^^ h (T. K. tv TTVev^a,
absol., (Twjxa (Soph.,
al.),
:

Eph

4*.

**aw,iaTiK<5s, -rj, -ov o-S/ta), [in LXX: IV Mac 132 31*;] (a) of or for the body, bodily: yvfj-vama, i Ti 4^; (b) (opp. to do-w/iaTos) bodily, corporeal : cTSos, Lk 322.t *o-wfiaTiKws, adv., bodily, corporeally : Col 2^ (v. ICG, Lft., in l.).t Iwirarpos, -ov, 6, Sopater : Ac 20*.t awpeiJo), [in LXX: Pr 2522 (nnn), Jth 15"* ;J (a) to heap on: c. ace. seq. eVt c. ace, Eo 122" (lxx) (Arist., al.) {b) to heap with: c. ace. et dat., metaph., a^apriai^, 11 Ti 36 {overwhelmed with. Field, Notes, 217)
;

(Polyb.).t
loia6iv(]s,
-ov,
6,

Sosthenes;
6,

(a)

a Jewish ruler:
162i.t

Ac

18^;

(b)

Christian

Co V.f
Sosipater
:

IwaiTrarpos, -ov,
<T<iiTf)p,

Eo

-rjpoi,

6 (<^o-(ij^w), [in

LXX
;

for jnZT

and cognate forms

;]

saviour, deliverer, preserver, a freq. epithet of kings in the Ptolemaic and Eom. periods (Deiss., BS, 83 LAE, 368 f. MM, xxiv), in NT, Ps 23 (24)^, Is 122, ^l.) Lk 1*^, i Ti 1^ 23 410, (a) of God (as Lk 2", Ac 53i I323, Phi 320 t. Tit 13 210 3*, Ju 25 (b) of Christ
;

LXX
;

Koa-fjLov,

Jo

4*2,
II

Jo

41*

(for the
;

general use of the word,


Oeo^ (Kvpto^) Kal
220 32.18;
o-.
a-,

v.

Westc,

in

1.)

rjixwv,

Ti

li.

Tit 1* 36

(v.

Deiss.,

LAE,
of the

3484;

M, Church
;

Pr., 84), Tit 2i3,


v.s. a-w/xa, 5),

<rwTt]pia,

-as,

17

n Pe IL" Eph 523.t


o-om^p),

tov

o-ci/taTos (i.e.

[in

LXX

for VU''.,

H^mi,

n^tZ?!^,

m^'^^9, etc.;] deliverance, preservation, salvation, safety (La,t. salus)

Ac

725 278*,

He IV

i$ ixOpS>v,

spiritual salvation (v.s. o-w^w)

Lk l'^. In NT esp. Lk 19^, Jo 422, Ac

of Messianic
4^2 13*7,

and
ll^i,

Ko

438
II

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


213, II
cr.,

Th

Ti

315,

He

23 G^,

11

Pe 3^^ Ju

opp. to
cr.,

.iTrtiXeia,

Phi
l^^
;

128;

aluivKK

He
Ac

5"; 6 Xoyos {to euayyt'Atov) t^s


;

Ac

13^",

Eph
Co
;

o8os

<r(iirt]pLa<;,

IG^''^

Kc'pas (TWTT]pta<;,

Lk
;

l*"*

rjfiepa (Twrrqpia<i, II

S^^^-*^)

KaTepyd^faOai
Trjs a-.,

ttjv

eain^u
o-.,

o-.,

Phi

2^^

KXrjpovo/xelv a.,

He
pe

1^*

o apxTf^'*

He

2^*; cis

1", II realized in the future


(v.s.
o-wCo)),

Lk

Eo l^" lO^'i*', i Pe 2^; a. Co ! 7i, Phi li, ii Eo 13ii, i Th 58.9, He


:

as a present possession Ti 2^^; as more fully


928, j

is.a.io^

Rq

T^*

1210 igi.t
auTi^pioi', V.s. crtoTT^ptos.

awTi^pios, -ov (^[o-wTi/p), [in

LXX
o-.,

for nyilS^

D^ty,

etc.;] saving,
:

bringing salvation, in 2^^17 X"P'^ ^ '^v ^i*


T.
cr.

NT

always in spiritual sense


as subst,
;

(v.s. crw^w, a-umqpia)

Neut., TO
2828
(TU)(f>pwv)
;

(cl.),
cr.,

salvation:
G^'^.t

Lk

2^0

T. ^oi},

Lk
51^,

3,
-S)

Ac

irepiKetjiaXaLav tov
,

Eph

* (Tu^poviiti,

{<^

(a) to

be of sound mind or in
5^^ (Hdt.)

one's right
;

mind
Pe

Lk : opp. to ^Kcrr^vai, 11 Co (6) to be temperate, discreet, self-controlled (opp. to fjiaivtadat, v^pt^civ, etc. iEsch., Thuc, al.) Tit 2^; opp. to vTre p(}>povlv, Eo 12^; a-. Kal vq<f>tiv,
8^5
:

Mk

47.t
:

** CTw4)poi'ij^a, [in Aq.


senses, control

Is 38i *
:

;]

to

make

cruxftptov,

recall one to his

(EV,

trai7i)

c. ace. pers., Tit 2*.t

*t
al.)
;

(rw<}>po'iCT)i6s, -ov,

{<^<T(ji(^povit,(ji), (a)
:

an admonishing

(FIJ, Plut.,

{b)

self-control, self-discipline
l.).t

11

Ti 1^ (on the reflexive meaning

here, v. Ellic, in

** aa)<|)p<5'a>s, adv., [in soberly: Tit 2^2. ** iTu>^po<T6vy], -779, ^, [in


(a)
(b)

LXX Wi 911*;]
:

with sound mind, prudently

LXX
Ti 2^

Es

3i3,

Wi 8^,

11

Mac ^^\

iv
:

Mac^*;]

Ac 2G25 Syn., xx), ib. i^.t iv Mac 9*;] (a) of sound mind, sane, **o-c5<|>p(i>j', -ov, [in sensible; (b) self-controlled, sober-minded : i Ti 32, Tit 18 22' ^ (Arist.).t
soundness of mind, good
:

sense, sanity (opp. to /tavta,


(v. Tr.,

Xen.)

self-control, sobriety

LXX:

T, T, TaC, TO, indecl., tau, T

t,

the nineteenth letter.

As a numeral,
TabitJia

300, T

300,000.
(Eec. Ha^iOd),
rj

Tapped

(Aram. Nn"!5W or

Nn-'nip),

Ac

936.40 (cf. AopK(is).t

^traP^pi'Ti (Lat. taberna), v.s. Tpcls Tafttpvai.

TapiOd,
rdyiia,

v.s.
-tos,

Ta^aOd.
to {^^rda-croi),
[in

LXX

chiefly for bj^, also for

n^n

"hy^

;]

that

which has been arranged or placed in order ; esp. as

military term, a company/, troop, division, rank: metaph.,


(v.

Co

I52*

ICC,

in

l.).t

TaKT<5s,

-i
:

-o'v

Tci(ro-w), [in

LXX:

Jb 12*

(]58B^)*;] ordered,

fixed, stated

r^xipa,

Ac

122i.t

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


TaXaiirupiu, -S (<^ ToXcuTrajpos)
,

439
;]

[in

LXX chiefly for misr pu.


2.

to

do hard labour, suffer hardship or distress : Ja 4, trans., to weary, distress (so Ps 16(17)*, Is 33^).+
TaXaiirupia, -as,
tj

In

cl.

occasionally

[<^raXaLiro)po<i),

[in

LXX

chiefly for "TO;] 1.

hard work (Hippocr.). 2. hardship, suffering, distress: Eo 3^(^^^); (Hdt., Thuc, pi, Ja 51 (v. Bl., 32, 6; WM, 220; Swete, Mk., 153).
al.
;

and

cf.

MM,

xxiv.)t

TaXoiTTupos, -ov, [in

LXX:
al.;]

Ps 136

(137)^ (nTll^r), Is 33^

(ttoiciv t.,

TTO'),

To

13^,

Wi
Ee

3^,

distressed, miserable, ivretched:

Eo
(b)

7^*,

Ee

3i7.t

*TaXai'Tiaios, -a, -ov


talent's

{<^TdXavTov),

(a)

worth a talent;

of a
2.

weight

16^^.t

rdXavrov, -ov, to, [in

LXX

for 133;] 1.
(a)

a balance (Horn.).
(in

that xvhich

is

money, whether gold or silver, equivalent to a talent in weight (v. DB, iii, 418 ff.) Mt IS^* 25^5 ^-t TaXi0d (Eec. ToXiBa), (Aram. Xri'^bftJ, v. Dalman, Gr., 150), talitha,
;
:

always of gold)

weighed, a talent; (b) a sum of

a talent in weight

Horn,

i.e.

maiden

Mk

5*^t
;

6,

syncopated form of cl. Ta/jLteiov 5; Thackeray, Gr., 63 ff.; Deiss., BS, 182
Tttficioi'

(late

v.
f.),

M,

Pr.,

44

f.

Bl,

-ov, t6, [in

LXX
4,

chiefly for TTO;] 1. a treasury

(Thuc,

al).

2.

a store-chamber

(Arist.,

Xen.

De
al.)

28^):
:

Lk

12^*.

3.

an inner chamber
[in

(Xen., Hell., v,

5;

Is 2620,

Mt

6 2426,

l^
1.

123.t

T<Cis, -etas,

V Tao-o-a>),
91^,

LXX

Jb

3812 (nipn),

Ps 109

(110)*

(nn^"^). II

Mac
al.)

al

;]

an arranging, hence,

in military sense,
2.

disposition of

an army,
:

battle
3.

order (Plat.,
I

Lk

1^.

array (Thuc, al). due order : Col 2^ (ICC,

arrangement,
;

Co

711, 17

14*0. 4_ oj^ce, order (for exx., v. (LXX)_+


TaireiviSs,
->/,

MM,
,

xxiv)

He
,

in I) KaTard^iv, 5(Lxx),io 520

-ov,

[in

LXX

for b^f^

''3^

""jy

etc.

;]

low-lying

lowly, of low degree, broiight low : Ja 1^, 11 Co 7^ (cf. opp. to SvvdarTai, Lk 1^'^ ; t. TaTrttvois (neut., E, txt. masc, E, mg. v. ICC, in l), Eo 12^6; (b) lowly in spirit, humble, in cl usually in a slighting sense (v. Tr., Syn., xlii but v. also Abbott, in an honourable sense : 11 Co 10^ seq. t. KopSta, Essays, 81), in Mt 1129 (cf. Ps 33 (34)i) opp. to vTrp7]<f>avo<:, Ja 4^, i Pe 55(Lxx).t

metaph.,

(a)

Si 252^); oi

T.,
;

NT

*tTOTT6ii'o<t>poo'uni,

-/7s, rf

{<^TaTriv6<ppo}v), lowliness of mind,


3^2, i

humility
2
;

Ac

20^9,

Eph

42,

Phi

23,

Col

Pe

5^

of a false humility, Col 2i8'23 in FIJ,

(rare outside of NT, but found in Epictet., v. Tr., Syn., xlii).t

bad sense
i>pw), [in

BJ,

iv, 9,

also in

TaTr6ii'<5<t)pi',
:

-ov

TttTTeivo?,

LXX

Pr 2923 (^n
cf.

!35Br)*

;]

humble-minded
72,).t

Pe

3^ (in

bad sense,

Plut., 2,

336 E,

Deiss.,

LAE,

440

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Ta-n-eicow,

-S (<^

raTreivo's)
:

[in

LXX chiefly for


3* (l^x).
4^0, i

nzV also
,

for bsttr,

r33

etc.

;]

to

abase:

Mt

IS^ 2312,

make low opos {/3ovv6v), Lk Lk U^^ IS^S 11 Co 11^


412; id.

Metaph.,

to

humble,

12^\ Phi 2^; pass.,

Mt

23^2,

Lk

1411 181*,

Phi

with mid. sense, Ja


,

Pe

5^.f
"^3^;]

Taireifucris, -cws, ^

(<[ TaTrcivoco)
:

[in

LXX

chiefly for
321,

abase(Plat.,

ment, humiliation, low estate


Arist.,

Lk
,

1*8,

Ac 8^^(^^\ Phi
,

Ja V^

and

later writers) .t

IJl etc., forty-six words in all ;] to disturb, trouble, stir up : primarily in physical sense (Horn., Eur.) T. v8wp, Jo 5'*!''''. Metaph., of the mind (.^sch.. Plat., al.), to trouble, disquiet, perplex: Ac I52*, Ga 1'' S^** iavrov {troubled himself ; Westc, in 1.), Jo IP*; of a crowd, to stir up, Ac 17^' 1*; pass., Mt 2* 142", Mk 659, Lk 112 2438, Jo 1227 (Ps 5 (6)*) 14i'27, I Pe 31MLXX) ^. 7rvcv>aTi,
TapdaCTw, [in for bnsi
; j

LXX

Jo

1321 (cf. 8ia-, iK-Tapda(r(ti).

TapaxT,

-rj<s,

rj

(<[ Tapao-crco)
:

[in

LXX
In

for nbn?ri
pi.

HQinO
cl.),

>

tc.

;]

trouble, disturbance

r.

vSaros,

Jo 5 f*l

(as in

tumults
later

Mk

138, Eec.t

rdpaxos,

-ov, 6 (<^Tapda-(r(i>), [in


al.
;

LXX
:

for rHQinp
:

etc.

;]

form

Thackeray, Gr., 159) Ac 12i8 1923.t Tapaeu's, -e'os, 6 Tapo-os), of Tarsus : Ac 911 2139.t Ac 9*0 II25 22lt Tap<T6s, -oi, Tarsus, a city of CiHcia *t Taprapou, -w (<[ Taprapos, a Greek name for the under-world, esp. the abode of the damned), to cast into hell : 11 Pe 2* (v. Mayor,
of Tapaxv (Xen.,
v.

in

l.).t
Tla(T(D,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

DW
;

also for

ms

pi.,

]T)3

etc.

;]

primarily, in military sense, then generally, to draw up in order, arrayige in place, assign, appoint, order: c. dat. (ace.) et inf. (Bl., 22io kavro^<i, I Co 16^5 pass., Mt 8^ 72, 5), Ac 152 182 (Star-, (T [WH], E, txt., om.), Lk 7, Eo 131; 00-m ^a-av TiTayfxivoL cU ^o>7> and Page, in 1,), Ac 13*^; mid., aiwvtov (perh. in mid. sense; v. to appoint for oneself or by one's own authority, Mt 28^", Ac 2823.t
i^

WH)

EGT

TaGpos, -ov,

6,

[in

LXX

chiefly for liizr

;]

a bull

Mt 22^ Ac

14i3,

He

913 lO^.t
ra^-f],
-rj<;,

rj

(<[^a7rrw), [in

LXX
;

chiefly for n^j!!

and cognate
v.

forms;] burial:
Deiss.,

Mt

27^ (Hdt.,

al.

for other

meanings,

LS,

s.v.,

BS, 355

f.,

MM xxiv).t
(<;^a7rTw), [in

T(<|>os,

-ov, 6

LXX

chiefly for "13p.


al.)
:

;]

1.

a burial
27"">6

(Hom., 28^ Eo

al.).

2.

a grave, tomb (Res., Hdt.,


:

Mt

232'.29

313 (i'^).t

**T(ixa Taxvs), adv., [in quickly, presently ; (b) perhaps Td)(tiov, V.S. Ta^u.

LXX Wi 136 1419*;]


:

(a)

(chiefly poet.),

Eo

5'',

Phm ^^.t
chiefly for

TaxEws

{<C.Taxv<:),

adv., [in

LXX

HinO and cognate

MANUAL QEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

441

forms;] quickly, hastily: Lk U^^ 166, Jo ll^i, i Co 4i9, Phi 2^^'^^, II Ti 4; with suggestion of rashness, Ga 1^, ii Th 2^, i Ti S^^.t Pr li, Hb 1^, Is 59^ (inn), Wi 13^, Taxifos, -V, -ov, [in

LXX

Si
II

11^"'^

18^'^*;]

poet,

and

late for raxvs, swift:

of swift approach,

Pe

11* 2i.t
T6,)^l<rra, v.S.

raxy.

rdxos, swiftness, speed.

-0U9, TO, [in

LXX
Eo

Adverbially, cv

Lk
111*

188,

Ac

127 2218 25*,

of iriD ;] quickly, speedily, soon: t. (= raxews), IG^o, i Ti S^\ Ee 1^ 22.t

chiefly for parts

and derivatives

Tttxu (neut. of raxvs), adv., [in 5^^ 28^' , speedily, forthwith :

LXX
Mk

chiefly for iriD pi.

;]

quickly,
2i S^i

Mt

9^9,

Lk

15^^ Jo 1129,

Re

22'712. 20

(Att.),

(v. Bl., 44,

Compar., Ta^^ov (T, Eec. Ta^tov), = cl. Oaa-aov, 6aTT0v 3): Jo 13^^ 20^ i Ti 31* (T, Eec), He 1319.23.

T., as quickly as possible (Bl., 11, 3), Ac IT^^.t chiefly for lilD pi. ;] quick, swift, speedy : Taxus, -cia, -w, [in opp. to ^pa8v<s, Ja li9.t e^, ac, atque), Tc, enclitic copulative particle (= Lat. -que as kcu in NT, more than two-thirds of the occurrences being in not very freq.

Superl., Taxto-ra: ws

LXX

solitarium, and, denoting a closer affinity than Kai between it connects (BL, 77, 8) Mt 28^2, Jo 4*^, Ac 2^^>^7'*'' 10^2 1121, a^i 2. Denoting a closer connection than simple ttS . Kttl, T Kttt, T T (Ac 261 JJq I48), ctS Zf^fiZZ Kai, T

Ac.

1. TC

words and sentences which


.

aZso,

60^/1
.
.

and

and,

and: Lk 12*^, Ac T 15^, 21^0, Ac 19^; tI yap 6yu,otws 8e Kai, Eo


.
. .

al.;

tc

Se,

126,27.

Tcixos, -ous, to, [in


:

LXX

chiefly for nain;]


21i2-i9.t

a wall,

esp. that about

a town Ac 9^5, 11 Co ll^^, He ll^o, Ee ** TCK|xripioi', -ov, TO (<^T/c/xap, a mark, sign), [in Wi 5* 19i', III Mac 32**;] a sure sign, a positive proof : Ac 1^ (for exx., v. MM,

LXX

xxiv).t

Syn:

eySeiyfxa, q.V.
-ov,

*+TeKi'ioi',

TO

(dimin. of
13^3,

endearment, in voc. pi, Jo


*f T^Kvoyovioi,
-to,

Ga

reicvov), 4i9,

a little child: as a term of Jo 2i. 12.28 3'. is 4* 52i.t

to beget

*TKi'OYoi'ia, -as, ^,
T^Kvoi', -ov,

or bear children : i Ti 51* (Anthol.).t child-bearing: i Ti 2i* (Arist.).t

TO {<^TiKTw), [lu
is

LXX
(cf.

cMefly for ]a, also for

1^11,

etc.

;]
:

that which

begotten, born
;

Scottish bairn), a child of either


;

Lk 1^, Ac 7^ pi., Mt 711, Mk 72^ Lk li^, Eph 61, al. Trayyi\ia<;, Eo 9^ t. t^9 a-apKos, ib. in a wider sense (as Heb. TCKva 2i8, Lk 38, al.; specif., of a male child, Mt 2128, Cr23.), of posterity, Mt
sex
I312,
;

Mk

a,l. ; in voc. as a form of kindly address from an elder to a junior or from a teacher to a disciple, Mt 92 2128, -^^ 2^, Lk 2*8 r.

Ac

2121,

liov

(=

cl.

T.

/Aoi;

v. Bl., 37, 5),

Ga

4i9 {r^Kvia,

WH,
.

txt.), 11
:

Ti

2i.

Metaph., (a) of disciples (apart from direct address, v. supr.) Phm 1**, I Ti 12, Tit 1*, III Jo * (&) with reference to the Fatherhood of God (v.S. Tra-rfip, yiwdw), reKva t. Oeov (cf. Is 301, ^i 1521^ jJq gl, Eph 51,
;

Phi

21*;

and

esp. in

Johannine bks.

(cf.

Westc, Epp.

Jo., 94, 120),

442
Jo V^,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


I

al. (c) of those who imitate others and are therefore the spiritual offspring of their exemplars Mt 3^, Lk 3^ regarded as Jo 839, Eo 9^ I Pe 3^ t. Sta^dAov, i Jo 3io {d) as in Heb. (LXX, Jl 2-3, Ps 1492, 1 Mac 138), of the inhabitants of a city Mt 23", Lk 133* 19*^, Ga 42^ (e) with an adjectival gen., freq. rendering a Heb. exor formed on the analogy of its language, pression, adopted from but sometimes with parallels in Gk. writers (v. Deiss., BS, 161 ff.)

Jo 3\

LXX

TEKva

(fxnTOs,

Eph

58

T.

{iTTaKO^s,

Pe

1^*

Karapas,

II

Pe

2^*

opyrj^,

Eph

23.

Srjv.

v.s. Trats.
-w,

* TCK'o-Tpo4>'u),

to rear

young

(of bees,

Arist.),

to

bring

up

children:

Ti 5i.t
6, [in

TeKTwc, -ovos,

LXX

chiefly for CT^n


(v.

;]

an
:

artificer in

wood>
Q^.f

stone or metal, but esp. a carpenter


WXeio9,
-a,

MM,

xxiv)

Mt

13^^,

Mk

-ov (<; reXos),

[in

LXX
:

chiefly for D^KT, Q'^an

and

cogn. forms ;] having reached its end, finished, mature, complete, perfect; 1. of persons, primarily of physical development, [a) fullPhi 3^^ opp. to vrpno<i (-a^civ), grown, mature : He 5^* ; ethically
;

Col 4^^ t. iv Xptcrrw, (J) complete, perfect (expressing the simple idea of complete Col goodness, without reference either to maturity or to the philosophical Mt 5*8 19^1, Ja 1* 3^ of God, idea of a WAos v. Hort on Ja 1^)
I
;

Co

2" 14^*,
;

Eph

4^3

^^

^o^

Tre7rXr]pocf)Opr}fjLevOL,

1^8

Of things, complete, perfect : Eo 12^ epyov, Ja 1* vo/aos, ib. ^s dydin], I Jo 4^8 ^^ ^_^ j Qq I310 compar., TfAciOTc'pa Su^fyrjfia, ib. 9^^. reference in St. Paul's usage to (aricqvj), He (There is probably no the'use of this term in the ancient mysteries cf. ICC on Col 1^8 j^uIj V. also Lft., in 1., and Notes, 173 f.) t Syjv. : v.s. oAokAt^pos (and cf. Eendall, He., 158 ff.). Jg 9i'i9 (Q^pri), Pr 11 Te\ci(5Ttis, -^Tos, ^ TeAetos), [in LXX

Mt 5*8.

2.

^"^

(TOPl),

Wi

615 1217,

Je 2^*;] perfection, completeness


[in

Col 3",
4*, al.

He

6\f

TcXeiow, -w

TeXetos),

LXX: Ex
:

29^,

Le

(t.

x"pas,

abn
bring

pi.),

II

Ki

22^6, al. (nan),

Wi

413, al. (cf.

to

an

end, finish, accomplish, fulfil


;

Westc, He., 64);] 1. to Jo 43*, Ac 20^* of time,


;

Lk

2*3,

Jo

536 17*

pass.,

17

ypa(f>rj,

Jo

19^8^

2.

to
:

bring
:

to

completeness, to complete, perfect ; (a) of things He 71, 412, 17 He 21" 9^ IQi' 1* gy^ of persons, in ethical and spiritual sense pass., Lk 1332, Jo 1723, Phi 312, He 5^ 7^8 ll*o 1223, i Jo 418 (for a

maturity or Ja 2^^, i Jo 2^
;

different
326 722^

view of the meaning in

He
:

21**, al.,
:

v.

Eendall, in
11

l.).t

**TeXeia)s

Taos),
17

adv., [in

LXX
1

Jth 11,

Mac

12*2,

Mac
2922,

R*.j completely, perfectly

Pe

li3.t

TeXciWis, -cws,
al.
;]

TXidw),

[in

LXX chiefly for D^N^D,


:

Ex

fulfilment, completion, perfection : Lk 1*^, He 7".+ *t TcXeiojTiis, -ov, 6 (<^TA.ida)), a consummator, finisher
else).t

He

12'

(nowhere

**TcXea<|)op^, -w

TcAos,

<l>ipio),

[in

LXX:

iv

Mac

I320*;] (a) of

MANUAL GEBEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Lk 8^* plants, to bring fruit to perfection (Theophr.) iv Mac, l.c.).t to hear perfect offspring (Artemid.
:

443

(6)

of females,

TeXeoTciw,

-ai ;

tcXvt7;),
esp.

[in

LXX

complete, finish

t. t. alCJva, t. /Slov, to

chiefly for niD;] 1. trans., to complete life, to die (.^sch.,

Hdt.,

al.).

2.

Intrans., to

Mt

219 918 2225,

Mk 9*8,
7]

come to an end, hence, to die (Hdt., al.) Lk 7^, Jo ll^^, Ac 229 7^5, He II22 Hebraistically,
;

Oavdrw

TcAevTcCTo, (nipr

niD

Ex

2117),
[in

Mt 15S Mk
al.)
:

^^H-LXX^f

TcXcoTTi, -^s,

Tc\a)),
:

LXX
2i5.t

chicfly for n.lD,

ma;]
the

1.

finishing.

2.

an end

t. (3tov
:

(Hdt.,

also without

(3lov,

end

of

life,

death (Hdt.,

Plat., al.)

Mt

for nbs pi., etc. ;] 1. to bring to an TcXe'u, -w (-<Te'Aos), [in end, complete, finish: t. Spofjiov, 11 Ti 4^; t. Xdyous, Mt 72^ 19^ 26^; T. wapafSoXa^, Mt IS^^ t. TrdXas, Mt 1023; pass., Ee 15^ 203.5.7; c. ptcp., Mt IV. 2. to execute, perform, complete, fulfil : Lk 2^9, Ac 1329, Eo 227, II Co 129, Ga 5i, Ja 28, Ee 11^ pass., Lk 125o IS^' 22^7, Jo 1928.30, Ee 107 151 1717. Mt 172*, Eo 13 3. to pay (freq. in cl.)
,

LXX

(of.

ano-, 8ta-, ^k-,

Ittl-,

crvv-TX(o).t

T^os,

-ous, TO, [in

LXX

for

Y\^_,

etc.;

ds t6

t.,

chiefly for

nSJ^

and cognate forms ;] 1. end : most freq. of the termination or limit of an act or state (in NT also of the end of a period of time, cl. reXevrrj), Lk 133, J Qq 20", 11 Co 313, I Pe 47 by meton., of one who makes an
;

Co 1^3, He 3^* 6^, Ee Lk 18^, Jo 13^ (or here, 223" adverbially, to 8c t. ^x^tv, Lk to the uttermost, v. Westc, in 1.) of the last in a series, Ee 21^ 22^3 of the issue, TcXos, finally, i Pe 38 fate or destiny, Mt 26^8 c. gen. rei, Eo 621, al. c. gen. pers., 11 Co
end,
226
.

Eo
^,'5

10*

2<us {S-xpi, fiexpi) rc'Xovs, I

Co

18, 11

^.^ to

or at the end,
;

Mt

IO22,
;

Mk

13i3,

aim or purpose, i Ti 1*. 2. toll, custom, revenue as most usually, Mt 172^. *TeXwnf)s, -ov, 6 (<^TeXos, (Lveofxai), 1. a farmer of taxes (Lat, publicanus). 2. A subordinate of the former, who collected taxes or Mt 5** tolls in a particular district, a tax-gatherer (EV, publican)
11^3,
al.
; ;

of the

Eo

137

pi.,

Lk 312 527.29 729 1810,11,13. pi.^ K. dfjiapTiokoL, Mt 9i.ii 1119, Mk 215.16, Lk 530 734 151 T. K. 7r6pvai, Mt 2131.32; ^ ,.^^^^^5 ^_ ^,^ Mt 1817 MM, xxiv).t (cf. DB, iv, 172 ext., 394 f.
103,
.r.
.
; ;
;

*t TcXoiv'ioi',

-ov,
:

TO (<^ TcXoivr;?)

a custom house

(so in

MGr.),

toll-

house, place of toll

Mt
[in

99,

Mk

2i*,

Lk

527.t

Tc'pas, -aT09, TO,

LXX

chiefly for

nSIQ

;]

a wotider, marvel

in

NT

always

pi., t. k. a-qfjula,

Mt

242*, al. (v.s.

o-rjixecov).

Tertius : Eo 1622.t T^pTuXXos, -ov, 6, Tertullus : Ac 24i. 2.t T^ao-apes (and lon. and late -epes, and late ace. -s; v.
TipTio<s, -ov, 6,

150; M, Pr., 36, 45

f.), ol,

al,

-apa,

tol,

gen., -wv,four:

Mt
M,

243i,

WH, App., Mk 23,


Pr.,

Lk

237,

Jo

1117 1923,

Ac

1011,

Ee

4*-

, al.
:

xeao-apeo-Kai-ScKaros, -q, -ov, fourteenth


TCO-aepdKoi'Ta

Ac

2727. 33_t
;

(Eec.

Tecro-ap-,

v.

WH,

App., 150

45

f.

444

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


f.),

Thackeray, Gr., 62 f., 73 Lk 42, Jo 220, Ac 13, al.


* TcaaepaKorraenis
years, forty years old
:

ol,

al, rd,

indecl, forty
reara-ap-,

Mt

4^,

Mk

1",

(T,

-c'tt/s

Eec.

V.

SUpr.),

-e's,

of forty

Ac

7^^ IS^'^.t

TCTapraios, -a, -ov (^TerapTos), [in

LXX

II

Ki

3*

(^JPai) *

;]

of or on thefo^crth day

t. elvax

(Hdt.,

t.

yevcV^ai), to be four

days dead,
1425,

Jo

ll^o.t

Wrapros,
6*8,

-V, -ov, [in

LXX chiefly
16^ 21i9.+
',

for ^^2.1

;]

fourth

Mt

Mk

Ac

103,

Ee
:

47 6".

8^2

to 6e tetrarch

145), -w (^Terpaapx^?), 10, 7).t *+ TtTpadpxTis (Eec. TiTpd.pxq<i, v. supr.), -ou, 6 (<^TT/3a- in comp. ap^w). tetrarch, i.e. (a) prop., the TETopa, Doric for Tea-crapa,

*t Terpaapxeo) (Eec. rerpapX'


c.

V.

WH,

A])]).,

gen.,

Lk

3^ (FIJ,

BJ,

iii,

(b) any petty ruler governor of a fourth part of a region (Strab.) in NT, of Herod Antipas Mt 14^, Lk S^^ 9\ Ac 13i.t (Plut.)
; ;
:

TCTpdyuvos, -ov (<^TeTpa-, V. Supr.,

ywvia),

[in

LXX
:

for

yiST

and cogn. forms;] square: Ee 21^^ (Hdt., Plat., al.).t *t TerpdSioj', ov, to, a qiiarternion, a group of four
12* (Philo).
TCTpaKia-xiXioi, -ax, -a, 2138.t
TTpaK(5<noi, -at, -a,
TTpcifiT]i'os,

o-TpartwTwv,

Ac

four thousand:

Mt

15^8 igio^

Mk

S^'^*,

Ac

four hundred: Ac

S^^ 7''(i^) I320,

-ov,

[in

LXX

(neut.)

Jg 19^
;

20*^
t.

Ga S^^.t A (nvsiy
wpa, but

D'^CTin) *

;]

of four months, four months

as subst.,

(sc.

neut. in Eec), Jo 4^5 (Thuc, al.).t * TCTpa-irXoos, -r], -ov (-ov?, -17, -ovv) fourfold
,

TCTpd-TT-ous,

-ovv,

[lu

LXX
Eo

beasts, neut. pi.,

Ac

lO^^ 11^,

chicfly for

Lk 19^t HQn^ ;] four-footed


:

of

TCTpapxc'w, -apxv^, V.S. Terpaapx^w, -ap^^?'


*Te<|>p6w,
II

Tcuxw. V.S. TDyxavw. -w {<^T44>pa,

ashes;
for

Wi
nn^U
,

2^,

al.),

to

6%rn

to

ashes:

Pe

2''.t
T'x'T),
-77s,
-iy,

[in

LXX
18^2

njyyo, n^jiny;]
etc.

arf, craft,

trade

Ac

17^9 18^,

Ee

(WH,
and
ni.,

TexfiTY]?, -ov, 6 (^Texv-?/), [in 18^^; of artificer: Ac ig^^-^s^

E, mg., om.).t for CTin

LXX

;]

a craftsman,

Ee

God (Wi
cf. Tr.,
ni.,
:

13i),

He

ll^^.t

Svjv.

Srjixiovpy6<;, q.v.,

TTiKw, [in

LXX

for

DDD

melt dotvn

pass., to melt,

ppD melt away

Syn., cv. JIQ ni., etc.

;]

trans., to melt,

11

Pe

3^2_f

*TT]XauYais, adv. (-^t^Ac, afar, + aiyrj, radiance), poet, and in late 82^ (WH, mg., 87;Xavya)?).t prose, at a distance clearly : **TT)XiKouTos, -avrrj, -ovto (altern. of TTjXiKocrSe, -rj8e, -dvSc, strength11 Mac 12^ in Mac 3^ iv Mac 16**;] ened form of Tr]XUo<;), [in

Mk
:

LXX

MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


1.

445
things,

of persons, (a) of such


:

an

so great

ii

Co V^,
-u),
:

He

2^,

age, so old; (b) so young. Ja S\ Ee IG^^.t


,

2.

Of

TTjp^w,

[in

LXX
27^^,

for nntZ?

1S3
;

etc.

;]

1.
ii

to

watch

over, guard,

Co ll^, i Ti 5^2, Ja F^ Ju ^M seq. ek, Jo 127, Ac 25^\ i Pe 1*, ii Pe 2*.^ 3^ Ju ; iv, Jo 17">i2, Ju 21; iK, Jo 1715, Re 3i; t. mWiv, ii Ti 4^, Re 14^2;
keep, preserve

Mt

Ac

IS^^, al.

iavrov,

T.

cvoTT^ra T. 7rvij/x.aTos,

Eph
;

4^.

2.

to

watch, give heed

to,

observe

9i; T. cvT-oX^v (-as), Mt IQ^^, Jo 1415 1510^ I Ti 6^\ T. adfS^aTov, Jo 52, 55 1423.24 1520 17c 322.24 53^ Ee 1217 1412 2^I Jo T. Aoyov (-ovs), Jo 8". 2i0; t. TrapdSoaLv, Ac 155, Ja 7; I Jo 25, Re 38.10, 22't.
-^

v6fiov,

Mk

T. Ipya,

Re

22"
:

t. yeypa/jifieva,

Re
"

1^

(cf. 8ta-, irapa-, a~vv-Tr]pe(x)).


:

Syjv.

(f>v\d(r(rw,

implying custody and protection

t.

expresses
<^.

the idea of watchful care the means" (Thayer s.v.).


**Ti^pTiais,
518,
II
-ecos,

and

may mark
:

the result of which


Si 35 (32)23,
j

is

^ -n7p'co),

[in
1.

LXX Wi 6^\
Co
7i9.t

Mac

Mac
(v.

3*0,

III

Mac

ward
Wi,

Deiss.,
v.

BS,

5***;] 267) Ac 4^
:

a watching, hence, imprisonment, 51*. 2. a keeping : t. ivroXuiv (cf. Si,


:

11.

c, and

Westc. on
Tj

Jo

23.), i

TtPcpids, -aSos,
ddXacra-a rrj? T.,

Tt/3eptos), Tiberias, a city of Galilee


Tewr)(Tap4T, raXtXata).t

Jo

6^^;

Jo

61 211 ^^f
6,

TiP^pios, -ov,
Ti0Tj(jii,

the

Emperor
for
:

Tiberius
]T)2,

Lk
,

3i.t
1.

[in

LXX
2355,

miZT,

JTW
al.
;

etc.;]
;

causative

of

Ket/Atti,

(a) to place, lay, set

Lk

rest,

Mk

15*^

Lk

Jo

ll^*,

place for oneself: of putting in 4*, 51^' 2^, al. of giving counsel, fiovkrjv, Ac 271^ prison, Ac of laying up in one's heart, Lk I*'" 21i* (i Ki 21i2) (6) to put down, lay down of bending the knees, t. yovara, to kneel, Mk 15i^ Ac 7"", al. of
to
;

1919, al.; id. c. ace, 435,37^ Mid., to have

Mk

421, 11

Ac Co

6*^, 7i,

Ro

9^3, al.

of laying the
cVc', c.

seq.

gen.,

Lk

dead to 8i, Jo

31^, al.;

wo, Mt

5i5,

al.; -n-apd,

Ac

put or placed,

putting off garments, Jo

laying down life, t. t/oix^v, Jo 1011,15,17,18 1337, 38 1513 1 Jo 316 of laying by money. Trap iavrw, 1 Co 162; of setting on food, Jo 2i0; metaph., of setting forth an idea in
13*;
;

of

symbolism, Mk 4^0. 2. to set, fix, establish : vTroSciy/xa, 11 Pe 2". 3. to make, appoint : Mt 22**, Mk 12^6, Lk 20*3, Ac 2^5, Ro 41^, al. Mid., to make, set or appoint for oneself : Ac 202^, i Co 1228, i Th 5^, i Ti V^, al. seq. iva, Jo 15l (cf dva-, irpoa-ava-, aTTO-, Sta-, avn-Sia-, eK-, ctti-,
;
.

crvv-eTTL-,
TiOrjfjLt).

Kara-,

crw-Kara-,

ft-fra-,

irapa-,

irepi-,

rrpo-,

Trpoa-,

(tuv-,

vtto-

chiefly for lb'' ;] prop., of parents, to beget, bring TiKTu, [in absol., Lk 157 2", Jo forth, but esp. the latter, and so always in 1621, Ga 427 (LXX) (v. M, Pr., 127), Re 122. * vl6v, Mt 121. 23, 25^ ik 13i 27, Re 125. 13 pass., Mt 22, Lk 2". Metaph., of the earth, ySorai^v, 57 (.^sch., al.) ; of lust, dp-aprtav, Ja 115.t

LXX

NT

He
to

11 Es 93, Is 187, Da T^Xa), [in 223, Lk 6i.t pluck, pluck off: o-rax^as, Mt 121,

LXX:

LXX
tpsr

7*

(t31D)*;]

Mk

Tifiaios, -ov, 6
Tifidw,
-S}

(Aram.

'0''a(?), v.

Zorell, s.v.), Timceus:

Mk

10*^t
1. to

Ti/i,i7),

[in

LXX

for

ly^

pi.,

hi.,

etc.;]

446

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


c.

fix the value, price:

Mt c. ace. pers., 1820 (LXX)^ Jo 523 8


Ac
28i.t
Tijxii,
-ri<i, 7],

ISMLxje),
122",

ace. pers., of Christ, Mt 27^ (I'^^^l 2. to honour: 6, 8(Lxx) 1919 (lxx)^ T^'^o lO^^, Lk

Mk

Bph m'^^^\

Ti

53, I

Pe

2^7

TroXXals n/xar?,

[in

LXX

for ^13?,

Ij^"!,
:

etc.;]

a valuing, hence,

objectively;
rei,

^Wce paid or received e. gen. pers., Mt 27^; e. gen. Ac 4^* 19^9 ^_ ai>aTOS, Mt 27^ riyopda-erjTe TL/x^^, 2. esteem, honour: Eo I Co 6^^ 72^; covcio-^at TifX7j<; apyvptov, Ac 7^". 12^0 13^ I Co 1223, I Ti 517 61, He 5*, i Pe 2^ (R, txt., preciousness, cf. Hort, in 1.), 3^ r. 8i86vai, 1 Co 122*; ^x^lv, Jo 4:*\ He 3^; t. KalSo'fa (8. ^^lxx), 9^ i Pe 17^ Pe ii:^ Re 49- 11 512. i3 K. T.), Eo 2"' 10, I Ti 11^ He
1.

Ac

5'^'^;

pi.,

712 2126;
I

T. Kai Kpotros, I

Ti 61

is t.,

Eo

921, II

Ti

220. 21;

iy r.,

Col

223,

Th

4*;

by meton.,

of

marks

of

honour, Ac

28i*'.t
"Ij?^;]

Tifxios, -a, -ov {<^TLfjLT^), [in

LXX

chiefly for

valued, hence,

(a) precious, costly, highly valued : primarily, of money value, Xi^os, Ee 17"^ 1812. 16 2119 ; pi., I Co 3^2 ; compar., -wrcpos, i Pe 1^ Eec. ; superl, jn extended sense, xapTrds, Ja 6'^ ; al/xa, i Pe li** -wTaros, Ee 1812 2111
.

hrayyeXfiaTa, II Pe 1* ; (b) held in honour, honoured, esteemed worthy 13* ijnjxv, Ac 202* (v^here t. is pleonastic, 6 ydfxos, c. dat., Ac 534 l.).t v. Page, in Ee I81 (cf. *tijai<5tt)s, -i?to9, 17 (<^Ttyu,tos), preciousness, worth:
;

He

Hort on

ti/at?, i

Pe

27).t

Ti|i(506os, -ov, 6,
Ti'fiwj',

Timothy: Ac

17i*' i^ IS^,

Eo

I621, al.

-wvos, 6,

Timon

Ac
1. to

6^.t

Tifiwpew, -w {<^TLfx^
(blDCT pi),

+
;]

ovpo<;,

Wi

1220 18^, al.

a guardian), [in LXX: Ez 51^ I41* help. 2. to avenge; mid., to ave^ige


al.)
:

oneself on,, punish (Hdt., Eur., xxiv).t (v.

act. in this sense,

Ac

22^ 26ii

MM,

Tipiwpta,
1.

-a?,

7}

(<;Ti/^twpew),

[in

LXX:
:

Pr

2422
102^.t

(TB),

etc.;]

help, assistance.

2.

vengeance, punishment
cf.

He

Syn.
TiVu,
T.

KoXacTL^, q.v.,

[in

LXX:
I.e.),

SUrjv

(cf.

Pr,

and xxiv. Pr 2712 (t. ^r;p,iW, for W2V to pay penalty, 11 Th 1^ (v. M,
?;

MM,

ni.), etc.;]

to

pay:
;]

Th., in

l.).t
^

Tis,

neut.,

Ti,

gen., tivo?, interrog. pron., [in

LXX
;

for ^p
.?,

np
:

in

mase. and fem., who, which, what

in direct and in indirect questions. who, what ?, Mt 3^ 26<'8, Mk II28, Lk

He

15,

al; seq.

Ik

what used both masc, fem. rts; 9^, al. mult. c. gen. partit., Ac 7*2, (= gen. partit.), Mt 627, Lk 1428, Jo 8 = ttoIo^,
in neut., which,
I.

As

subst., 1.

Mk
Lk
Ac
I

4*1 62,
2227, al.

Lk
;

193,
5s

Ac 171^
or
:

al.

Trdrepos
cl.
;

=
TL,

5(ttls (rare in

cf.

(M, Pr., 77), Mt 213i 271^, Bl., 50, 5 M, Pr., 93),


;
; ;

1325.
312
;

2.

Neut.

tC;

whit
;
;

Jo

yevrjraL),

Mt 911, al. why, Mt 9^, al.


Sii
;

?, Mt 5*^ 117, Mk 103, al. x^P^v tlvo^, 143i, al. elliptically, im tl (sc. eis n', Mt tl ydp, TioSv, Eo 39 61' 15, I Co 1415, al.
;

Phi 118 what? which?,


33,

Eo

Tl

c/xol

(v/juv)

Mt

5*,

Lk

Koi 143i,

crot,

v.s.
2i8,

eyw.
al.

II.

Jo

III.

As adj. who ? As adv.: =8ta t*


:

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


(ti'

447

4*o, Lk 6*, on), why, Mt 628, a negation, Mt 27*, Jo 2122. 23^ i

Mk

Jo

Co
al.),

1823, al. 5^2 716^

in rhet. questions,

q\. i^ exclamations

Gike Heb.
as
:

nij),

how (n Ki

620,

Ps 3^

Lk
As

12*9.

Tis, neut., Ti, gen.,


Ti's

nvos, enclitic indefinite pron., related to interrog.


TTOJ?, TTOTc.

TTov,

TTCtfs,

TTOTc to TTov,

I.

subst., 1. onc,
:

a Certain

one

Lk 9*, Jo 11\ Ac 52^,


2.

al.

pi.,

nVes, certain, some

Eo Lk

someone, anyone, something, anything : Ac 1725, Eo 5^, al. = indef., one (French on), Mk 8*. 225, Eo 82*, al. pi., nves, some, 14*, al. Jo II. As adj., 1. a certain : Mt 18^2, Lk 15 82^, Ac 32, al. with proper names, Mk 152\ 16^8], Jo 5^*, Lk 2326, al. c. gen. partit., Lk 7^^ al. 2. some :
3^, al.

Lk 13^, Ac 15^ Mt 122^, Mk Q^",

8*6,

Jo

225,

Mk
;

Mk

Ac

1721 242*,

He

11*0, al.

TiTios, -ov, 6, Titius,

surnamed Justus

Ac

18^,

T,

WH

(EV.,

Titos) .t

**tTiTXos, -ov, 6, (Lat. titulus), [in Aq., Sm., Th. Je 21**;] a title, inscription : Jo 19^^' 20 (in Christian Inscr., epitaph, v. xxiv).t
:

MM.

II

Co

Titos, -ov, 6, Titus ; 1. 2^3 76. 13, 14 86. 16, 23 1218^


2.

St.

Qa
:

Paul's disciple and companion 21' 3, n Ti 410, Ti 1*, suhscr., Eec.

(TtTos).

One surnamed Justus


an

Ac 18^
i

EV
Th

(T,
:

WH,
Jb

TtTtos).t

Toi-yap-oOi',

inferential particle, [in


:

LXX
:

22i*'

2422 ^p-ij^^^

Si 4116,
al.).t

al.

;]

wherefore then, so therefore

48,

He

12^ (Hdt., Plat.,

Is 310 5^^ 27*, Wi l^i accordingly, therefore : as in cl., after the first word in a ;] sentence, i Co 926 ; ace. to later usage, at the beginning, Lk 2025,
Toi'-.'u^

an

inferential particle, [in

LXX

8*, al.

He I313.+
-oioaSe, -dSe, -ovSe,

such

II

Pe

l^^.t

roiouTos, -avTT}, -ovto (as

usually in Att. prose.

Ep. and Ion. neut.

-ovTov in Al., Ac 2125, ^qq^ only), correlat. of oTos, ottoios, m, etc., sitch 433 52 713 937 (t, Tot^rtuv), 98 185, as this, of such a kind, such :

Mt

Mk

Co 51 1116, II Co 3*. 12 123, He 726 81 123 1316, Ja 416 olos ... T., I Co 15*8, II Co IQU id. pleonast. (v. Bl., 50, 4), Mk 1319 seq. ottoios, Ac 262^ ,59, Phm ^. As subst., anarth. pi., Lk 99 c. art., 6 t., such a one (Bl., 47, 9 Ellic. on Ga 521) Ac 2222, pi., Mt I91*, Mk lOi*, al. neut. pi., Ac 1925, Eo 132, ^l. I Co 55, al.
Jo
916,

Ac
;

162*,

Toixos, -OV, 6, [in


fig.,

LXX

chiefly for

Tp

;]

wall, esp. of a house

Ac

233

(cf.

Trxos).t

t6kos, -ov, 6

TiKTa)),
(b)

[in

LXX

for

1J873,

etc.;]

(a)

a bring-

ing forth, birth;


lent out, interest,

offspring.
(cf.

usury

Metaph., of the produce of money Merch. of Venice, I, iii, " a breed of barren
:

metal

")

Mt
II

2527,
-G>,

Lk
[in

1923 (Soph., Plat., al.).t

ToXfido),

LXX
:

Jb

I512

{npb),

Es
to

II8

75 (n^

N^p),
to

Jth

1413,

Mac

42,

m Mac

321

E, iv

Mac
II21
;

8I8*;]

have courage,
11

venture, dare, be bold

absol., 11

Co

seq. eVi,

Co

IO2

c. inf.

448
(Bl,
I
55

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


69, 4),
II

Mt
10^2,

22*6,

Mk
1^*,

123*,

Lk
;

20*o,

Jo 21^\ Ac
to (in cl.

5^^

V\ Eo

15^8,

Co 6\

Co
5^^

Phi

Ju

^; to

submit

sense),

went in

roA/xi^o-as (v. Field, Notes, 155) 15*^ (cf. d7ro-ToA/xaa)).t Field, op. cit., 44), *ToXfiif)pa)s, adv., (<[ ToX/xT^pds, bold, daring), boldly:
(v.

Ro

usually absol. in this darfXOiv, took courage and

Mk

compar.,
ii

-oTpu)s (T,

Rec. -oTepov),
-ov,
6,

Ro

15i^t

ToXfATj-rris,

(<^ToA/Aao>),

bold,

daring

m%n

Pe

2^**

(Thuc.).+
*T0|i6s,
-rj,

-ov

T/xvw),

sharp:

compar.,

-cirepos,

metaph.,

He

4i2.t
To^oi', -OV, TO, [in

LXX

chiefly for lywp.


6), [in

',]

a bow
:

Ee

G^.t

troTrdl^iG.', -ov,

TO (and TOTra^o?,

LXX

Ex

28^7 361^ (391"),

Jb

2819,

Ez

2813 (ni^G),

Ps 118

(119)1^7 (7S)*;]

topaz:

Ee

212" (v.

Swete, in

l.).t

TOTTos, -ov, 6,

[in

LXX
Gi^
;

chiefly for
;

DIpQ
(cf.

;]

place

Lk
;

4^^ lO^'

^^,

Mt 241^; ^prjfxo^, Lk dwSpo? (pi), Mt 12*3, l^ 11^* Karh tottous (BV, in divers places), Mt 24^, Mk 13^ rpaxils t., Ac 27^9 t. St^dAao-o-os *i eToi/xd^av t., Jo 142. 3 i^^cv. Re 126 Si86vaL, Lk 149 c. (q.v.), ib. t. KaTa7rat'o-(os, Ac 7*^ defin., t. fiaa-avov, Lk 1G2^ KpavLov, Mt 2733, gen. Mk 1522, Jo 1917 seq. oS, Ro 92^ Sttov, Mt 28^, Mk 1G, Jo 420 623 1940
Jo

513 6i,

Ac
;

1217, I

Co

12, al.

t.

5ytos

Is GQi^),

Mt

1413, al.

TTfStvo's,

of a place which a person or thing occupies, Re 2^ Gi* 128 ^^ /^axaipas, Mt 26^2 ^ -g^^^ ^^ Ac 12^ Metaph., of of a place in a book, Lk 41^ (cf. Clem. Rom. / Co., 8, 4). station, occasion, opportunity or power Ac 251^, Ro 12'^ condition,
.

1130 1941

^y ^^

Jo 116

^^'

,5^

Ac

733

1523,

Eph

427 (cf. Si 3812).

Sv^r. : x<^P" (extensive), region; x'^P^^^ (enclosed), a jnece of ground, t. is "a portion of space viewed in reference to its occupancy, or as appropriated to a thing " (Grimm-Thayer, s.v.). ToaouTos, -av-rq, -ovto (He 732) g^^d (elsewhere, as usually in Attic)
-oBtov, correlat.
pi.,

of 00-09, of quantity, size,

number,
;

so great, so

nmch,

so

many
Jo
1533

Xpovo?,
wo-Te,

149,
;

Mt

Mt 8i Lk 7^ He 12i, Re 18^. le of time, so long, He 47; pi., Lk 1529 (T77), Jo 1237 2I11, i Co I410; seq. of price, too-otjtov, Ac 5^ dat., absol. pi., Jo 6^, Ga 3*
: ;

Too-ovTw KpciTTOJV,
T.,

He

1*

',

T.

fiaWov

ocTii),

He

102*

KaO' oaov

Kara

He

722.t

demonstr. adv. of time, correlat. of ot, then, at that time; concurrent events: Mt 2i7 3* and freq., Ro 621 seq. ptcp., Mt 2i, Ga 48; opp. to vw, Ga 42^, He 1226 6 t. Kdo-/tos, 11 Pe 36 (b) of consequent events, then, thereupon : Mt 27 3* 41 and freq., Lk 1126
Tore,
(a) of
;
; ;

t. o^v,

t., Mt 1326 211, Jo 111* 191,16 208; iieiws t., Ac 171*; ot 417 1621 2616, Lk I6I6 1216 of things future Mt Jo dffo T., Mt (c) 2428,40 25i'3ifl.; opp. to Sipn, I Co 1312; Kal r., Mt 723, 1321, Lk
. .
. ;

Mk

2127,

Co

45,

al.

Zrav

T.,

Mt

9l^

Mk

22o,

Lk

535, i

Th

53, al.

(more

freq. in

Mt

than in the rest of the NT).

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

449
on

ToiivavTLov, by crasis for to evavriov, neut. ace. used adverbially, the contrary, contrariwise : ii Co 2^, Ga 2'', i Pe 3^.t

Toufofio,

by crasis for to

ovofia, ace. absol.,

by

name

Mt

27*^.t

TOUT^OTt

tout' loTt.
6,

rpdyos, -ov,

[in

LXX
iQi.t

chiefly for Tin;?

also for

TSS

izr";]? ;]

a he-goat
a

He

912. i3, 19
-t^s,
17,

rpdirc^a,
1.

[in
:

LXX
Mt

chiefly for ^Flbur

also for

00^,
;

etc.

;]

table, dining-tahle

IS^^,

Mk

728,

Lk

IG^i 19^3

2221. 3o

of the

table of shewbread, He 9^. By meton., of food provided (v. DB, iv, 670 a): Ac IG^*, Eo 119(lxx)^ i Co lO^i; ^iaKovfiv rah r., Ac 62 (cf. Page, in 1., but v. infr.). 2. A money-chai ger's table, a bank (Dem.,
Arist., al.)
:

Mt
Ac

21^2,

{Notes, 113),

ll^^, Lk 192^, 6^ (but v. supr.).t


-^(.'r>;s,

Mk

Jo

2^5

so also ace. to Dr. Field


6 (<^ TpaTrc^a)

* Tpairej^iTr]s (Rec.
changer, banker
Tpaufia,
:

as in

cl.), -ov,

a money-

Mt

252''

(Dem.,

Plut., al.).t

-Tos,

TO,

[in

LXX

for

rsgl

bbu

etc.

;]

a wound

Lk

103*.t

20^2,

Ac

TpaufittTi^w {<^Tpavfjia), [in 19i.t

LXX

chiefly for

bbn

;]

to

wound: Lk

*t TpaxtjXij^w {'C^Tpa.xrjXo'i), prop., of wrestlers, to take by the throat, hence (Philo), to prostrate, overthrow. Metaph., but in what sense and from what age it is doubtful (v. Weste., Kendall, on He, I.e. DB, iii, 625 n), Tpax-qXiafiiva, laid open (EV, Weste. doivticast, Eendall):
;

He

4i3.t

xpdxTjXos, -ov, 6, [in

LXX

chiefly for
;

INjy

also for pj^JT

etc.

;]

the neck

(Ge 4629), phrase in

tt.,

Mt 18, Mk 9*2, Lk I72 iTmreaeiv hrl t6v t., to embrace Lk 1520, Ac 203^. Metaph., vTro^elvai tov iavroi T. (for similar v. Zorell, s.v.), Eo le'* iTnOfivai tyyov im tov t., Ac IS^'^.t
;

Tpaxus,
I.e.),

-ila,

-V,

[in

LXX

Is 40* (D^'i), etc

;]

ro^lgh

68ol (Is,

Lk

35 (LXX); ^0^0^'

(i.e.

rocky),

Ac

2729.t

Tpaxui'iTis, -180S,

Damascus

Lk

{<C,Tpaxv<;), Trachonitis, a rough region S. of 17 (in FIJ, sometimes rj T., sometimes 6 Tpdxoiv) rj T. x^P"-i
:

3^.t

Tpeis, ol,
rpirrj ^.,

at,

Tpi'a,

rd,

three

Mt

12*'',

al.

fi^ra T. fjp.lpa'i

TTJ

11 ff.). Tpeis TaPc'pcai (v.s. rapipvrj), Three Tavems (Lat. Tres Tabernae), a halting place on the Appian Way Ac 29^* (v. DB, iv, 690) .t Mk 5^^, Lk 8^"^ c. ptep. (in cl. xp^fAw, to tremble, esp. with fear
lO^*, al. (cf. Field, Notes,
:

Mk

more

freq.

c. inf.), 11

Pe
(cl.
;

2^'*.t

Tpi^ta, [in

LXX

for iT^n hi.,


i

bl3

pi.,
:

b^H

hi., etc.

;]

1. to

make

to

grow, bring up, rear 2. to nourish, feed :

Mac

S^'^ ll^'^)

mother, to give sv,ck, Ja 5*^ (cf. dva-, K-, iv-rpecfiU}) A

Mt Lk

62 25^7,

Lk 4^ (T, WH, mg., avar-). Lk 122*, Ac I220, Ee 12'i*; of a


fig.,

232^; of animals, to fatten (Je 26 (46)2^),

29

450

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Tp^X". [in

LXX

924,26. c. inf.,

Mt

5, chiefly for "pi ;] to run : Lk 24^2 [T |[WH]| K, 288; geq. i^^^


c.

Mk

Jo

20^^

*,

i
;

Co

mg,

15^\ Lk 15^\ indie, Mt 27*8, from runners in a race, of swiftness or of effort to attain an end Eo 9i, Ga 22 57, Phi 218 t. dyC^va (Hdt., Eur., al). He 12^ 6 Uyos r.

Ee

99

ptcp., Spayativ,

Mk

om.] ek. Metaph.,


:

KvpLov

(cf.

Ps 147*
-Tos,

(146^^), ca TOixoxs SpafjieiTox 6 X. avrov), II

Th

3^ (cf.

eh-, Kara-, irept-, irpo-, Trpocr-,

aw-,

iiTL-a-vv-,
:

VTVO-Tpex^)-^
pa(f>t8os,

Tpfjfia,

TO,

a perforation, hole

Mt

19^*,

"WH,

txt.

/3k6vr]^,

Lk 18"
:

(Aristoph., Plat., al.).t


ol, al, to.,
-at.,

SyjV.

TpvfxaXid, TpvTnjfxa.

TpidtKorra,
TpiaKoo-ioi,

indecl.

-a,
6,

three
[in

Tpcrs), thirty : Mt 138, hundred : Mk 14^, Jo 12^.t


:

al.

Tpi'poXos,

-ov,

LXX
:

(pnn), Pr 225

(j5f)*;]
rj

thistle

Ge 3^8, Ho 10^ (ITO), n Ki Mt 7^\ He 68.t

12'i

Tpipos, -ov,

Tpt^a)),
3^,

[in

LXX
:

for

n^po,

y^rt^, etc.;]

a beaten

track,

a path

Mt
17

Mk

l^,

Lk

3* (i'XX).t

*TpicTia, -as,

(^rpeis,
:

eTo<;),

a period of three years

Ac 20^^+

2^3; Sm. Is 38^**;] 1. prop., of sounds by **Tpilu>, [in Aq. animals, to cry, chirp, etc. 2. Of other sounds, e.g., trans., t. oSovras, 9i8.t to gnash or grind the teeth :

Am

Mk

Tpifiricos, -ov

Tpers,

p.-qv),

[in

LXX (neut.)
;

Ge

382*, iv

Ki 233iB
112*.+

248, II

Ch
T7

3629

(D'^orii;!

(n^wbt^)*;] of three months; as subst., tot.

(=
Jo

el.

T.),

Tpi's

a space of three months (Polyb., al. Tpcrs), adv., thrice: Mt 263*. 75^
1125 128; i^x
^.^

LXX) He
:

Mk

143o.72^

Lk

223*.

i,

13^8, II

Co

Ac

1016 1110.+
:

Ge 617(16), Ez 42^*;] of **+TpiaTCYOS, -ov {rpek, a-Teyr}), [in Sm. three stories : to t. (sc. oIkij/jlo), the third story, Ac 20^ (Dion., FIJ,
al.).+

rpia-xiXioi, -ai, -a, three


rpiTos, -V, -ov, the third
al.
;

thousand
:

Ac

2*i.t

Mt

222e,

Mk

I221 152^,
;

Lk

242i,

Ac 2l^

Xen., al. v. Field, Notes, : substantively, ace. masc, rpirov, a third to t., c. gen., the third part of: Ee 87"i2 915. is 14*i, Jo 21i7 12*. anarth., rptTov, As adv., TO T., the third time : 21i*, n Co 12i* 13^ ; in enumerations, thirdly, a third time, Lk 2322, Jo I Co 1228; iK T., a third time, Mt 26**.
TJ7 T. rjij-epa
(i.e.

the next
al.

day but one

11

Mt 1621, Lk 24*", (servant), Lk 20i2; neut.,


ff.),

Mk

Tpixfos,

-V, -ov

{<Opti),

[in

LXX: Za
al.).+

13*

(ISTBt),

Ex

26^*;] of

hair:

aa.KKO's,

Ee

612

(Xen., Plat.,

Tp6fios, -ov,

6 (^^Tpe/AO)),

[in

LXX
: :

for
;

niTT

TJTT,

T05, etc;]

trembling, quaking, esp. from fear Mk 168 <f)6fio<; k. t. (as in Ge 92, Ex I516, De 225, ig 1916^ al.), i Co 23, 11 Co 71^, Eph 6^, Phi 212.+ xpoin^, -^s, V Tpe7ra)), [in De 331*, Jb 3833, ^i 718^ al.;] a turning: esp. of the revolution of heavenly bodies, fig., Ja li^ (v.s.

LXX

aTToaKtacr/ta) .+

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Tp6iros,
-ov,

45l

6 {<iTpe7ru)),
:

[in

LXX
;

chiefly (ov t.) forltyjJS;] 1,

a way, manner, fashion Mt 2337, Lk 13^*, Ac 1" 7^8, ii Ti 3, Ju ^ Ka6' ov T., Ac 151^ 2725 (cf. MM, XXV) Kara Trai^a t., Eo 3^ Kara fxrjSiva T. (iv Mac 42*, al), n Th 2^ Travrl T., Phi l^e, n Th 3i. 2. Of (ev) 135.t persons, manner of life, character (Hdt,, ^sch., al.) He
;

tTpoTro-<|)opa),

-w,

[in

LXX: De
iTpo<f>o-,

another's

manners

(R, txt.,
;

B^ (Sir:)*;] suffered he their manners)


l^i
:

1.
c.

to

bear

ace. pers.,

Ac
(v.

I318 (Eec,

WH,
i,

Kuhner3,
Tpo(t>ri,

R, txt. 276) Ac,


:

T, R, mg.).

2.

=
,

Tpo^o<t>op4u> (q.v.),

l.c.t

-^s,

^
:

T/)c<^a)),

[in

LXX
512. i4.t

for

DO^
Jo

]i70,
48,

bpx,

etc.;]

nourishment, food
2733,
34, 36, 38^

Mt

3^ B^^ IQio 24*5,


:

Lk

1223,

Ac

2*" 9^9 14^7

Metaph. He Trophimus : Ac 20* 2129, 11 Ti 420.t Tpo<|>6s, -od, ^ Tpe>a)), [in LXX Ge 358, jy Ki IP, Is 4923 (ni^ro) *;] a nurse : i Th 27.t
ja
215.
Tp6<|)i,jios, -ov, 6,
:

11

Ch

2211,

tTpo<|)o-4>op'a),

-w,

[in

LXX: De

l^i

(siz?:),

11

Mac

72^*;]

to

nourish (Hesych.), bear like a nurse (R, mg., bare he them as a nursingfather) c. ace. pers., Ac 131^, T, Tr., R, mg. (WH, R, txt.,
:

Tpo7ro(f}opw, q.V.).+

Tpoxi<i, -5s,

V Tpoxos), [in

LXX

Pr

21^ 411.26,27 56,21 (^argj),

Ez

2719 A*;] 1213 (LXX) t

the track of

a wheel, hence, a

track,

path:

fig.,

He

Tpox<5s, -ov,

TO (<^Tp;(a)), [in
in
l.).t

LXX
[In

chiefly for ]5iN;]

a wheel:

Ja 3

(v.

Mayor, Hort,

TpupXioi' (Rec. Tpv^Xiov),

-ov, TO,

LXX
etc.
;]

chiefly for niyj?;]

bowl, dish : Mt 2623, Tpuydw, -w, [in


(a) of

Mk

I420 (Hippocr., Aristoph., Plut., al.).t

LXX
Re

for
141^

iSp 1X3
,

to

gather in
it is

c.

ace,

the

fruit,

Lk

6**,

(b)

of that

from which

gathered,

Re
a

14i9.t

Tpuywc, -ovos, Tf ; rpv^o), to turtle-dove : Lk 22*.t


trpu/iaXid, -as,
17

murmur,
Wear

coo), [in

LXX
:

for

nin

iri

;]

(<Tpu(o, to
:

aioay), [in

LXX
Mk

Je 13*

{p'^pi),

etc.

;]

rpvpyj,
:

a hole

t. pa<^t8os,

eye of a needle,

IQ^^.i

Syn.
needle,

rprjfjia, TpvTrrjfjia

*Tpoinj(ia, -Tos, TO (<^Tpu7raa), to bore),

a hole:

T. pa<f)i8o<s,

eye of a

Mt

192*

(WH,
-775,
7,

txt., Tp^fia).f

Svit/". :

rp^fia, Tpv/jLoXtd,

TpJ4.an'a,

Tryphana

Ro

I612 (v. Lft.,

Phi, 175

f.

MM,

xxv).t

rpv^du,
(ajy
hithp.).
:

-G>

Tpv<^r^), [in LXX: Ne 925 (^^ hithp.). Is 6611 Si 14* * ;] to daintily, live luxuriously, to fare

sumptuously
SvJV.
:

Ja 55

(cf.

iv-Tpv(f)d(D).f

OTraTaXdw

(q.V.), arp-qvidui.

452

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Tpu<|>Ti,

-^9,
:

17

[in
7-^, 11
},,

LXX
Pe
-aSos,

chiefly

for

]iy;] softness, daintiness,

luxurio^isness

Lk
-7?s,

2^^.t

Tpu4)(iaa,

Tryphosa:
rj,

Ko

IG^^ (v. Lft.,

Tpwds (Rec. Tpw-),

Troas, a city

Phi, 175 f.).t near the Hellespont;

Ac

Ti 4^\f TpwyoWioj' (also written -yvXtov, -yt'Xiov, -ia, V. Bl., 6, 3), -ov, to, Trogyllium, a city of Ionia Ac 20^^ (WH, txt., R, txt., om.).t *TpwYu, 1. prop., of animals, tognaio, munch, crvnch (Horn., al.). Of men, to eat raw food, as vegetables, nuts, etc. (Hdt., al.). 3. In 2. Mt 24^8, Jo G^*. 56, 57, 58 1318 late vernacular, simply to eat (= iaO^w)
, II
21-', II
: :

168. "' 20^'

Co

(LXX
I.

iaOiwy) (v.

Kennedy,

Sources, 82, 155

MM,

xxv).t

De 19^ (NSn), Jb 3^1 17\ TUYxa^'w, [in 15^^ i Mac 11*2, (without definite Heb. equiv.),
:

LXX

Wi

Pr

24^8 (30^3)

]y[ac

3^

al.

;]

Trans.
:

al.).

ivith

(opp. to ap.apTa.vw, to miss the mark: Hom., Xen., 2. to hit upon, light upon ; (a) of persons, to meet with, fall in absol., ptcp., 6 tv^wv, a chance person, anyone (Lat. quivis),
1. to hit

Tvx^v, not common or ordinary, Ac 19^^ 28^; (b) of things, to reach, get, obtain: c. gen. rei. Lk 20^5, Ac 24^ 26^2 27^, 11 Ti 2^\ He 8 11^^. II. Intrans., to happen; of things, to happen, chance, 15^''' so ptcp., befall : impers., ti tv^oi, it may be, perhaps, i Co 14^*' 16 (cf. iv, vTrep-ev-, em-, v. M, Pr., 74), i Co T^xov (old ace. absol.
ov
; ;

Trapa-, a'vv-Tvy)(avo)).T
TUfA-n-afij^w

(< ru/ATravov, a kettle-drum), [in


to

LXX:

Ki

21^3(i4)
to

(nw
death

pi?)*;]
(cf.

1-

beat

a drum.
:

2.

to

torture by beating, beat


ll^^.t

Westc. on He, I.e.) *tTumKws, adv. {<^TVT!-o<i), example i Co lO^^.t TUTTos, -ov, 6 TwrT(o),
:

pass..

He

(a) typically

(Greg. Naz.)

(b)

byway

of

[In

LXX Ex
I

2539(40) (n^j^p),

Am

52

(D^y),

III

Jo 20^5. a figure, image

Mac 8^**, IV Mac 6^^*^] i 2. An impression, impress,


:

the

mark
:

of a

blow: twv ^Xwv,

the stamp
(Plat.)

Ac

7*^ (LXX)^

S.form

made by a die; hence, Ro 6^'^ the sense or sub;

stance of a letter (iii Mac, I.e.), Ac 23^5. 4. an example, pattern Ac 7*^ He 85 (LXX); in ethical sense. Phi 3^^ i Th 17, 11 Th 3^, i Ti 4^2, Tit T, I Pe 5^ in doctrinal sense, type (v. ICC, in 1.), Ro 5^*.f
;

SyJV.

V.S. VTrorvTrwcri?.

chiefly for HDJ hi.;] to strike, smite, beat: c Tuirru, [in ace, Mt 2449, Mk 1519, Lk 12*5, Ac IS^^ 21^2 232.3; ^f mourners ra (TT-^erj, Lk 1813 23*8; eVt t. (riayova, Lk 629; cj? t. Ke<^aAi^v, Mt 2730 Metaph., of God inflicting evil Ac 233 (cf. Ex 82, Ez 79, al.) of
:

LXX

disquieting conscience,
Topai'j'os, -ov, 6,

Co

8i2_t
:

Tyrannus

Ac

199.t
pass.,
122o.t
:

*Tup^di<a,
6opv/3a^o)).t

to

disturb,

troiMe:
:

Lk

10*\ Rec.

(WH,
7^^

R,

Tu'pios, -ov, 6,

ri,

a Tyrian

Ac

Tupos, -ov, rj. Tyre, a maritime city of Phoenicia 38 724, Lk 6^7 IQis.^ t 2P'^ T. K. 2t8(iiv, Mt 1121.22 1521^

Mk

Ac

Mk

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Tu4)X<5s,
-y],

453
Q^^,

-6v, [in

LXX for
53^ al.

luy

;]

blind
:

as subst., o

t.,

Mt

Mk

822,

Lt

418 (Lxx)^

Jo

Metaph.
[in

Mt

15i* 23"-26,

Jo

Q^S"",

Eo

219, II

Pe

18,

Ee

S^^.

Tu<})X<5w,

-5 ru<^Xos),

LXX:

Is 42i9

(l-ir),

To 7^K,

Wi

N*;] to 6^i?Mi, make blind: metaph., Jo 12*" (LXX, Ka/xiMvo)), 11 Co 4*, I Jo 2ii.t *Tu<|>oa), -w (<;-n)<^o?, smoke; metaph., conceit), prop., to wrap in smoke; used only metaph., to puff up, becloud with pride: pass.,
221
I

Ti 3

6*, II

*Tu4>(i>

Ti 3* (Dem., Arist., al.).t (<Ct{;(^os, smoke), to raise a smoke; pass.,


Ka7rvtCoVvov).t
-7^,

to

smoke:

Mt

1220

(LXX,

*t

Tucfxji'iKo?,

-ov (<;tv<^o)v,

fl

kurricans, typhoon), tempestuous:


6,

Ac

27i4.t

TuxiKos (T,
47, II

Eec,

TvxtKo^), -ov,

Tychicus: Ac 20*,

Eph

621,

Col

Ti

412,

Tit 3i2.f

TuxoK, adv., V.S. ruy;(av<D.

Y,

u,

|/iX6i',

TO,
v,

indecl., upsllon, u, the twentieth letter.

As a
is

numeral, v'= 400, always aspirated.


vaKivQivo<i,
-7],

400,000.
(<^

At the beginning
[in

of a

word, v

-ov

va.KtvOo'i),

LXX
:

for

lynp
9^'^

n^^P ;]

of

hyacinth, hyacinthine (v.s. vaKivOoi), "doubtless blue smoke of a sulphurous flame " (Swete)
al.).t

meant

to describe the

Ee
;]

(Hom., Eur.,
(a) in

udKifeos,
cl.,

-ov,

6,

[in

LXX

chiefly for 11^511

hyacinth ;

a flower, prob. the dark blue iris; (b) in late writers, a precious Ee 212'' (phil,, stone of the same colour, perhaps the sapphire FIJ, al.).t * ud\iyo<i, -7), -ov (<^vaAo?), of glass, glassy: Ee 4'' 152.t
:

SaXos, -ov,

6,

[in

LXX:

Jb 28^7

(n^D-iD7)*;]

1.

(Hdt.) a clear

transparent stone. 2. (from Plat, on) glass: for riNS, uPpi^u vy3/3ts), [in

Ee

21^^'^^.f
1.

LXX

etc.;J

intrans., to

wax
c.

wanton, run
ace. pers.,

riot.

2.

Mt

22^,

Lk
17,

Trans., to outrage, insult, treat insolently: 11*^ 1832, Ac 14^, i Th 22.t

uPpis,

-cws,

[in

LXX
2.

chiefly for ]iKa

and cogn. forms;]


wanton
violence,

1.

wantonness, insolence, outrage, injury: 11 Co


2710,
21 (v_

vf^pLa-fia,

an

act of

an

12^'';

metaph., of a loss by sea (Pind.),


[in

Ac

MM,
:

xxv).t

uPpioTTis, -ov, 6

(^v^pi^w),
Ti
l^^

LXX chiefly
injurious)."^

for n^J+l;]

violent,

insolent

man
:

Eo

12", i

(eV,

Byn.

oAa^div, v7rpi]<pavos, V. Tr., Syn., xxix.

454

MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


uyiaiVw {<^vynj<;), [in

LXX

chiefly for Dibtty,

and

freq. in

To;]

sound, healthy, in good health : Lk 5^^ 7^" IS^^, Jo "K In Past. 1^^ t. TrCa-Tei, t. ayaTrrj, Epp. (as also in cl.) metaph,, i. iv t. tticttci, Tit T. VTTOfjLOvfj, Tit 22 ^ ijLaLVOva-a 8t8acr/ca\ia, I Ti l^O, II Ti 4, Tit 1 2^ Xoyoi vyiaLvovTe<:, I Ti 6"*, II Ti l^'^.t
to be
; ;

oyiris,

-e's,

acc,

vyirj

(Attic usually
12i3 lb^\

-6a),

[in

LXX
i*- ^^

for

"^n.

etc.;]

soioid, ivhole,
dTTo,

Mk

5^*;

healthy : Mt Jo 5W. of words, opinions, etc. (as in


> 9'

"'

7^3,

Ac

4i0; seq.

cl.),

metaph., Xoyos,
S^^

Tit 28.t
iypos,
-a,

-ov,

[in

LXX:
[in

Jg

167.8

(jh),

Jb

(nbn),

Si

39^^

NA*;]

wet, moist, opp. to irjpo?: of


17

wood, sappy, green:

Lk

23^^.t

uSpia, -as,

v8a)p),

LXX

for 13;] 1. prop.,

a water-pot or

jar

Jo 2'' ^ 4^^. 2. More freq. any kind, as for holding wine,


:

in Attic

ayyos, a pot,

urn or jar

of

coins, etc. (v. Eutherford,

NPhr., 23
1^^

MM,

xxv).t
uSpoTTOTc'cj,

-w

{<^vS<ap,

vLvu)),
otvo)

[in

LXX: Da LXX
'

(HJIB'
i,

D^) *

;]

to

drink water, opp. to

xpw^"^'-

Ti

5^^ (Hdt.,

71

Plat., Rep.,

561

c, al.).t
-1],

* uSpwiriKos, dropsy : Lk 142.t

-6v

(vSpwi/f,

dropsy),

dropsical,

suffering

from
3^^

u8up, gen., vSaTos, TO, [in

LXX
Re

chiefly for D";0


;

;]

water

Mt
323,

Mk

110,
;

Lk

7**,

Jo

47,

Ja

312,

8i, al.

pi.,

Mt

1428.29^

Jq

Re

115, al.

Eph Mt 1715 Mk

l^, PairrCi^iv (iv) vSari, Mt 3", 526; opp. to ou'os, Jo 2 4; a^a, Jo

Mk

Jo

126, al. ; T. Xovrpov ToS v., 9i, i Jo 5". 8; ,rCp, 19^^

He

^^.-^^ ^^ ^^^ Mt 311, Lk 3i ^vedixa, Jo 126. ^L 33 metaph., of divine truth and grace i$ V. K. TTvevfx.aTO'; yiwrjOyjvai, Jo 3^ 4i-ii i^-i^) (cf. ib. (t.) v. (t.) ^wv, Jo t. v. t. ^oj'^s, of spiritual refresh922
;
;

ment, Re 21^ 22i.".


uTos,
-OV,

6 {<ivo),

to

rain), [in
518,

LXX
;

chiefly for

IMp,

QIS^3;]

rain

Re 11^ S^l/ifio^ (q.v.), sc. v., Ja 5'.t phrases, vl6v TiOicrdai, 6eTo<; vios), freq. metaph., in Inscr. (v. Deiss., BS, 239), adoption of a son (or daughter) Ro 9* (6) with Christof God's relation established (a) with Israel ians Ro 315, Ga 4^, Eph 1^ of its consummation, Ro 823.t
:

Ac

141^ 282,

He

6^,

Ja

*t

ulo9eo-ia, -as,

rj

(cf.

the

cl.

ulos, -ov, 6, [in

al.

for

13,

LXX very freq. and nearly always for ]3 Ge Da LXX th 71^, al. etc.;], a son; 1. in the ordinary
41^^,
,

sense:
origin c. gen.

Mt lO^^, Mk (WM, 30, 3


anarth.

91^
;

Lk

li^,

Bl., 35, 2), tov toC 'Uaaat, (cl.), SwTrarpos IIvppov Bc/roiaios,
;

n-pcoTOTOKos,

Lk

2^

fwvoyvt]<i,
:

Lk

sense, of posterity

vl.
f.),

Aauffi,

mult.; omitted with the art. of Ac 1322(i'XX); also Ac 20* c. adj., 712 opp. to voOos, He 128 in a wider of the Messiah (cf. Dalman, Words,
al.
; ;
;

316

ff.;

DCG,

ii,

653

Mt

22*2,45^

Mk

1235,37^

Lk

20*1- ''^ al.; viol

MANUAL GEEBK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


'IcrparjX
2.
(cf.

455

Hom., II., i, 162, al), Mt 279, Ac 9", al. as belonging to, being connected with or having the quality of that which follows (a usage mainly due to translation from a Semitic original Dalman, Words, 115 f. cf. Deiss., BS, 161 ff.
vies 'AxatSv,

Metaph.

(a)

DCG,
123,
II
I

ii,

652
55;
T. T.

f.): t. Trovr/pov

(8ia/?oXor),
;

Mt

1338,

Ac

1310

t.

vviJ.<f>:;iVO<i

(v.s. vvfjL<t>iov),

Mt

915,

Mk

2^9, ai.
;

Th
;

T. ip^'j/r;s,

Th

23
;

aiwvos TovTov,

Mk

3^^

dvaoracrcws,
;

Lk 10" Lk 16^ Lk 203


;

c^wrds (Lft., Notes, 74), Lk 168, Jq yce'vi^s, Mt 2315 ; r. <l7ra>Xeias, Jo 17^2,


t.

203*

t. dTrci^eias,

Eph
;

22 5

/Spoils,

TrapaKXrytrcw?,

8ta^7;K77s,

BS, 166
al.
;

Ac 325 f. DB,
;

(&)
iv,

vios T. ^ov (cf.


ff.
;

Ac 43" t. Trpo^r/roiiv k. t. Dalman, Words, 268 ff. Deiss.,


;

570

DCG,
life

ii,

654

ff.),
:

of
6^8

men, as partakers

of

the Divine nature and of the


of Jesus,
T.

to

come

Mt

5^,

Lk
{j^
;

203,

Eo

S^* 926,

viol (k. OvyaTpe<;) t. vi//tcrTov,

Mt

43 829 2819,
(t.

Mk 3*,
,

Lk 6^^, II Co Lk 4", Jo 935

^n unique sense
6 Xpiar^s o vl

1127^ ^1.

Ocov ^wvTO^

ivXoyrjTOv)

Mt
,

16^^,

Mk

14"^;

(c) (6) vtos


;
.

tov avOpwTrov

Heb. DIN Aram, mzs "Q Dalman, Words, cf 234 ff. DB, iv, 579 ff. DCG, ii, 659 ff. Westc, St. John, i, 74 ff. other reff. in Swete, Mk, 2}^), based on the Aram, of Da 7^3^ where the phrase, like the corresponding Heb. (as in Ps 8*), means a man, one of the species, and indicates the human appearance of the person in question. It is used of the Messiah in Enoch, c. 46, 1-4, also in 133 12, ai._ II Es Our Lord first makes the phrase a title, using the def. art. It seems to combine the ideas of his true humanity and representative character. Exc. in Ac 7^* and (anarth.) Ee 1^3 1414^ it ig ^ged of Jesus only by himself Mt 820, Mk 2^0, Lk 52*, Jo 1^2, al. S^^l, -v:. V, [in LXX: Jb 1929 (t) 38*9 (n?^), Ps 68 (69)2 B'
(in

LXX
;

for

(^), Is 10^7 (Tp^),


I.

Wi
:

1117 1513, Si 2810,

11

Mac

22*,

iv

Mac

129*;]

wood, forest, woodland (Thuc, Xen., al.). 2. wood, timber, fuel (Horn., Hdt., Thuc, al.) Ja 3^ (v. Hort, Ja., 70, 104 f.). 3. = Lat. materia, esp. in Philosophy, matter (Arist. and later writers; Wi,
II.

c.).t

'YjieVaios, -ov, 6,

HymencBus

Ti

I20, 11

Ti

2i'^.t

gen.,

poss. pron. of second pers. pi. (= emphasized your, yours : Jo 7" 8^7 1520, Ac 273*, Eo 113i, i Co 161^, V^v), to v., as subst., opp. to t. dAAdrptov, II Co 88, Ga 613; ag pred., Lk 629 1612 (WH, txt., E, mg., ^/xercpov) objectively, v. Kaux^o-is, my gloryLk
ufAtTcpos, -a, -ov,
; ;

ing in you,
1.

Co

153i.t

for bbn pi., TtZT, hi., etc.;] unviut, -S> v/ivos), [in trans., c. ace. pers. (in cl. also c. ace. rei), to sing to, laud, sing to 2i2. and NT, 2. Intrans., to sing : in the praise of : Ac 162^,

LXX

HT

He

LXX
Mt

of singing hymns 142 (v. Swete, in


ojiKos,

and praises
l.).t

to

God (Ps 64

(65)i3, al.),

2630,

Mk

-ov, 6,

[in

LXX

for n^ni?,

HJ'^aj,

TCT,
;

etc.;]

a hymn;

a festal song in praise of gods or heroes song of praise addressed to God Eph 5i9, Col a
(a) in cl.
:

(b) in
di^^.f

LXX and NT

456

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Syj\r. : if/aX/xo^, that which is sung to a musical accompaniment the generic term for song (cf. Tr., Sy7i., Ixxviii; Lft, on

wSrj,

Col
al.

3'6).

iir-dYw, [in
;]

LXX

Ex

14^1 (-^^n hi.), elsewhere only as v.l.,To82i,

of the vulgar language, in pres. and impf. only (Bl., 53, Trans. 1. to lead or bri7ig under, subdue (Hom., Hdt., al. Ex, I.e.). II. Intrans., to go slowly 2. to lead on slotvly (Hdt., Xen., al.). away, xoithdraw oneself, depart (so less freq. in cl. Thuc, Eur., al.) absol, Mt 832 1344^ Mk 63, Lk 8^2 Jo 67 82 11^* U^> 28 188;

word

1).

I.

W\

01

ip\6ixevoL K.
k.

OL VTrdyovT<;,
<fiiprjT,

Mk
Jo

6^^

VTrrjyov k.
;

eTrt'orevov,

V7ray7}T

Kapirov

15^^

Opp.

imperat., vnaye,

Mt
id.

d^o

&^ 20^\

Mk

2^1,

to 729 10^2.

Jo 12^^ epx^adai, Jo 3*
^i^

iva 8^* ;

dprivriv

{iv el),

prefixed to another imperat. (BL, 79, 4), Mt 53* 1** IO21 16^, Jo 4i 9^, Ee lO^; with KaC 84 1815 1921 2128 2765 281", inserted, Ee 16^ euphemistically, of death, Mt 262*, -^^ 1421 q ^(Jv. 1235 145 165^ I Jo 211; -^^^ TTod (q.v.), Jo (q^^^ Jq 821.22 1333,36 144^ Ee 14* iKel, Jo ll^ c. prep. Trpo's, Jo V^ 133 16^. i". i7 ; ds, Mt 9^ 211 112 1413^ Lk 1930^ Jo 621 73 9n usi^ Re I310 178. 20*' 7, "

Mk

5^^ Ja

216

Mk

Mk

19

Trpo'?,

Mt
.

2618,

Mk

519;

7ri',

Lk

1258;

^^^^^

Mt

5*i;

^TrtVo,,

Mt
ib.

1623,

Mk
;]

833

c inf^
rj

tfiTraKOTi, -^s,

Jo 2l3.t
[in

irrraKOvo)),

LXX
;

II

Ki

2236

(-jjjy)

jq ^q.

obedience (opp. to TrapaKorj) 1. in general, absol., cis v., Eo c. gen. subjc, 11 Co 71^ 106, Phm 21 c. gen. obj., Eo 1* (Lft, Notes, 246) 1626, j Pe I22 r. Xpiarod, 11 Co 10^. 2. Of obedience to
616
; ; ;

2323 *

God's
absol..

commands
iPe
11*
;
;

absol.,

Pe

I2

opp. to afxapria,

Eo

6I6
;

re/cva

{iTra/co^s,

c.

He 58 c. LXX, NT and eccl.).t


uiraKou'w, [in

gen. subj., Eo I518 161^. 3. Of Christ's obedience gen. subj.,Eo 51^. (The word is not found except in

LXX

chiefly for

yaBT

;]

to

listen,
al.)
:

(a)

to

answer a knock at a door


to,
. ;

(Plat.,

Xen.,
:

Ac

attend, hence, 12i3; (b) to


;

stibmit to, obey (Hdt., Thuc, al.) absol., Phi 212 c. inf., 12^ Q aat. pers. (Plat., al. but more freq. c. gen.), Mt 82^, 4*1, Lk 825 176^ Eo 616, Eph 61' 5, Col 320. 22, 5^, i Pe 36 c. dat. rei, Ac 6^ Eo 612 1016, II Th 18 31* seq. ts (by attraction, for dat. v. ICG,

attend He 118

Mk

He

in

1.),

Eo

6i7.t

tfiiravSpos, -ov, [in

LXX Nu 520. 29
:

(i^tn
:

non), Pr
ywrj,

62*. 29^

Si 99,

4121 *
.J

under or subject
-S,,

to

a vian, married
:

Eo

7^ (Polyb.,

Diod.,
to

al.).+

inr-avrduy,

[in

LXX Da LXX

101* (n-ip), Si 93, al.;] to go

meet, meet
(dTT-,

c.

1712

WH,

txt.),

dat. pers. (v. M, Pr., 64), Mt 828 289, 52, Lk 82^ Jo 4" 1120, 30 1218^ Ac I6I6; of meeting in battle,

Mk

Lk
etc.

143i.t

t oTT-dcTTjo-is, -ews,
;]

7/

{<^ vTravTOLO}) , [in

LXX LXX

Jgll3*,

ets v.

{T)Slpb),

a going
uiraplis,

to

meet
rj

-ecus,

ek

v. (v.

M,

Pr., 14),
[in

Mt

83* 25i,

Jo

12i3.t

vTra/ap^w),

for tZTJDT, Jin, etc.;] 1.

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


subsistence, existence (Arist., al.). 2. In late writers, 10^* ; pi., Ac 2*^.t substance, property :

457

=
t.

to.

{nrdpxovra,

He

uirdpxw,

[in

LXX
1.

for

rm

IZ??.

'|'^^

etc.

vTrdpxovra for
al.).

n^i^p,

^D"],
.

etc.;]

to begin,

make a beginning

(Horn., Hdt.,
:

Ac ready, be at hand (Hdt., Thuc, al.) 3. to be, prop, expressing continuance of an antecedent state or condition (cf. Gifford, Incarnation, 11 ff. XXV) c. nom. pred., Lk 8*^ 9*8, Ac 43* 7" 8^6 163 1936 2120^ i Co V^ 12^2
2. to be in existence, be 2712, 21 28^^. ggq_ ^^

19***

^Q

MM
320

Ja
I

215, II

Pe
II
;

311

ptcp.

c.

pred.,

Lk

II

Co IV, Pe 219

Co

8^7 1216,

seq.

cv, c.

dat. rei,

Ga T* Lk V^

I61* 235o, Ac 23o 3^ I72* 22^, Eo 4i9 2^*; pi., Lk 1V\ Ac 1620.37,1729
16^3,

Ac

5* IO12,

Co
;

lli^,

Phi

mg., being originally). Phi 2^ cv, c. dat. pers. (among), i Co lli^; fiaKpav diro, Ac 17^^; -n-pos t. awrrjpia^, Ac 273* 4. to belong to (Thuc, Xen., al.) c. dat. pers., Ac. 3 43^ 28^ 11 Pe 1^ 12i* TO. virdpxovra, one's belongings, possessions : c. dat. pers., Lk 83 44 1433 iqi 198 Ac 432 c. gen. pers., Mt I921 24*^ 251*, Lk II21 1233.
v p-op^rj Otov vTrdpxoiv (E,
:

Co

133,

He

103*

(cf. Trpo-vTrdpx<^).+

**
yield,

u-ir-eiKu, [in

LXX

iv

Mac

63^ *

;]

1.

to retire,

withdraw.
set

2.

to

submit

metaph..

He

13i'^.t

uir-emcTios, -a, -ov, [in


opposite.
pers.,

LXX for n^N


a.\.),

nS

etc.
to,

;]

over against,
c.

Metaph.
21*
;

(Plat., Arist.,

opposed
102^

contrary to:
Is 26ii).t

dat.

Col
uire'p

absol., as subst., 6 i.,

He

(cf.

(when following

subst.

poet.

virep; so

as adv.,

11

Co

11^3)^

prep.

c.

gen., ace.

C. gen., primarily of place (rest or motion), over, above, across, beyond, hence, metaph., l./or, on behalf of : of prayer, Mt 5**, Ac 82*, Eo IQi, Ja 516, al. of laying down life, Jo IQn, Eo 93, al. esp. of 142*, Jq IQU^ Ac 21i3, Christ giving his life for man's redemption, 9*o, Lk 9*o, Eo 83i. 2. Causal, for, Eo 5-8, al. opp. to Kara, 5*i, Eo 1^, Phi 129, because of, for the sake of : c. gen. pers., Ac 12i, al. II Co c. gen. rei, Jo 11* Eo 15^, 11 Co 1^, al. 3. = dvrt (v. M,Pr., 105), for, instead of, in the name of: i Co 15^9, 11 Co 51^' 21, Ga 313, Col V, Phmi3 (cf. Pield, Notes, 225). 4. In more colourless sense, = TrepC (M, Pr., I.e.), for, coticerning, with regard to : Eo 92'',
I.
; ;

Mk

Mk

II

Co

1 823 128^
II. C.

Phi

17^

n Th

2i,

al.

ace, primarily of place, over, beyond, across, hence, metaph., of measure or degree in excess, above, beyond, over, more than

Mt

102*.

after

m compounds,
(vTrepvtKao))
,

Ac 2613, I Co 10i3, 11 Co 1^, Eph I22 320, Phm le, al. comparatives =than (Jg 112^, al.), Lk 16^, He 412. III. As adv. (v. supr. ad init.), more virep iyot, I more, 11 Co 11^3
37,

Lk

6*0,

V.S. iir^pdvoi, virepXiav, v7repTrpicr(T(i}<;.


:

IV. In composition over (vTrepaipw), beyond (un-cpySaAAw), more on behalf of (vTrepevTvyxdvw). ii Ch 3223 (jjjj^j ^j^^ etc. ;] oirep-aipw, [in to lift or Mid., to uplift oneself: 11 Co 12'''; seq. hri, c. ace. pers., raise over.

LXX

II

Th

2*

(cf. II

Mac

523).

458

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


bloom of youth
:

*+6TT^paKfios, -ov,past the


uTTcp-dfoj,

compound

adv., [in

LXX

for

Co 7^ (Eu8tath.).+ by byo tc. ;] above


,

>

as prep.

c.

gen.,

Eph
to

l^i 4^0,

He

Q^.t

*6iTp-au^d>'w,

increase

beyond measure:
,

ii

Th

1'

(v.

Lft.,

Notes, 98).+
uircp-^aii'a), [in for nny etc. ;] 1. trans., to step over, trans2. Intrans., to transgress : metaph., gress (E, overreach : i Th 4"). I Th 4 (E, txt. V. M, Th., in 1.).+ Jb 15^^ ^e (+) * ;] above measure uTTcpPaXXofTws, [in
;

LXX

LXX
:

II

Co

1123.+
fiirep-pciXXw, [in

LXX

Jb IS^^A

(+),

Si 5^ 25", al.;]

1.

trans., to

In both senses, throw over or beyond. 2. Intrans., to run beyond. metaph., to exceed, surpass, transcend : ii Co S^*' 9^*, Eph 1^^ 1'' c.
;

gen. obj.,

Eph

S^^.t
yj

**(5T76p-poXi^, -^s,

{<:vTrep(3dXXw), [in

LXX

Kaff

v.,

IV

Mac

S^^*;]

a throwing beyond.
12'''
;

II

Metaph., excess, superiority, excellence : ii Co 4'^ Kad' vTTepfioXriv, beyond measure, exceediyigly Eo 7^^, i Co 12^^, Co 1^, Ga 1^^ k. v. d<; v., beyond all measure, ii Co 4^'^.+
,

uirep-cISoi', aor., [in

LXX

for D^JT hi., bjTQ

etc,

;]

to

overlook

c.

ace. rei,

Ac

17^".
;

*+ uTTcp-^Kcii/a, comp. adv. (v. Bl., 28, 2 M, Pr., 99), beyond: as prep. c. gen., ra i. v/xS)v, ii Co 10^^ (Byz. and eccl.).+ *+ uirep-cK-Trcpio-CToO, comp. adv. (v. supr.), superabundantly, exceeding abundantly : i Th 3^" 5^^ ; seq. xm-ep, Eph 3^" (not elsewhere).+ *t oTrep-cK-TrepiaCTws, comp. adv. (v. supr.), beyond measure, exceedmg. (cf. iK7rpi(rcrS)?).f ingly : I Th 5^^, *+ uTTcp-cK-TciKu, to stretch out overmuch : metaph., eaurovs, ii Co 10^*.+ *t|uirp-eK-xuV'a) (Eec. -ww), late form of -xe. io pour out over. Pass., to overflow, run over : Lk 6^^ (not elsewhere). *+ {nrep-ev-Tuyxdvw, to intercede or make petition for (v. Deiss., BS,

WH,

121

f.)

seq. imip,

Eo

826.+
:

6Trep-^X [in

LXX

Ge

2523 ^y^^)^

Ex

26^3 (pjiy), Si

36^

al.

;]

1. trans., to hold over or above. 2. Intrans. (when a noun follows, the case is governed by the prep. v. Bl., 34, 1 36, 8), to rise above, overtop; metaph., (a) to be superior in rank, etc. Eo 13^, i Pe 2^^ (cf_ Wi 6^); ib) to be superior, excel, surpass: c. gen. (cl. v. supr.). Phi 23 c. ace. (cl. v. supr.), Phi 4'' as subst., t. vTrepixov, the excellency, the surpassing worth, Phi 3^.+
;
; :

u-irpT)<()ai'ta, -as, tj

{<C

virprf<f>avo<i,

q.V.),

[in

LXX
:

chiefly for ^'iN^

and cogn. forms ;] haughtiness, arrogance, disdain


Xen.).+
uiTepiq<j>a>'os,

Mk

722

(Plat.,

-ov (<^ vvep,


T7.
,

(ftaivofiai,
,

c,

7/

pleonast., V. Kiihner

3, I,

189), [in
in

LXX for

n^fj

y^b

etc.

showing oneself above others;

(a)

sense,

good sense (Plat., al.), pre-eminent, splendid; (b) more freq. in bad and so always in Scr., arrogant, haughty, disdainful (v. Westc,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Epp.
Jo.,

459

65b):
in
:

Eo
3^^),

l^",

Ti 32; Siavota

/capSias,

Lk 1";
Bl,

opp. to

TaTTcivo's (as

Pr

Ja

4, i

Pe

5^ (i'X^).t

dXa^wv, v/3pL(TTri<;, V. Tr., Syn., xxix. tfiTTcpXia^ (Eec. vTrep Atav, V. 50, 7^ exceedingly, pre-eminently : ii Co 11^ 12^^.t **f {,iTep-vLKd(^, -w, [in Da th 6^ in Sm.
Svjv.

WM,

4, 1),

adv.,

LXX

Ps 42

(43)i*;] to be

more than conqtieror : Eo


uir^p-oyKos, -ov,
[in

8^" (eccl.).t

LXX

De

30^^

(nN^5:), etc.

;]

of excessive

weight or size; metaph., excessive, immoderate, in late writers, of arrogant speech (v. Mayor on Ju, I.e.) n. pi., ii Pe 2^^, Ju ^".t
:

UTTcp-opdu, V.S. VTrepelSov.


inrepoxn, -^s,
al.
;]
rj

wepex'"), [in

LXX

Je 52^2 (naip),

II

Mac

3",

Metaph. as the peak of a mountain. (Arist.), excellence, pre-eminence : koyov ^ (rot^ia^, i Co 2^ 61 Iv i. (for a parallel to this phrase, v. Deiss., BS, 255, and cf. ii Mac, I.e.), i Ti 22.t *t uirep-irepiao-euw, to abound more exceedingly : Eo 52^. Mid., iu same sense (EV, overflow) c. dat. rei, 11 Co 7*.t *t uTrep-Trcpio-CTws, adv., beyond measure, exceedingly : 7^'^.f *t uTTcp-irXeoi'diw, to abotind exceedingly : i Ti 1^* (Ps Sol 5^^ Herm.,

projection, eminence,

Mk

Mand.,
1

v, 2, 5).t
-w,

6Trp-u|/6a),

[in

Da TH

43* 1112 (Q,-,)^ ib.


[in
:

LXX Ps 36 (37)^5 LXX TH 352''.*;] 1.


:

(p-)y) 96 (97)^ {rh7


to

ni.).

exalt beyond measure,

exalt to the highest place

Phi 2^
:

2.

** uircp-<|>po'^(D,
in
1.),

-u),

LXX

iv

Mac 13^ 14ii

high-minded (.^sch.)

/xr]

v. Trap' 6 Sel

(Da, 11. c.).t 162 * ;] 1. to be overproud, ^povlv (on the paranom., v. Vau.,
to extol

Eo

u-irepuof,

ivb^ and

think slightly of (Thuc, Plat.).t to (neut. of VTrpt2o<;, above, <^vTrep), [in cogn. forms ;] 1. in cl., the upper story or upper rooms
2.

12^.

to overlook,

-ov,

LXX
DB,

for

where

the women resided (Hom., al.). chamber, roof-chamber, built on the


674")
II
:

2.

In

LXX
La

and NT, an upper


(v.
iii,

flat

roof of the house


{i(m2),

Ac

l^^ 937.39 [in


to

20^

(cf.
:

iv

Ki

2322).t

uTT-^X^,

LXX

Mac

4***;]
7

Ps 88 (89)6o hold or put under.


al.).t

5^
to

(bno),

Wi
Pr

122i,

Metaph.,

undergo, suffer:
(Dob),
c.

Slktjv,

Ju

(Soph., Eur.,
-ov

fiTn^Koos,

^a/cov'w),

[in

LXX:

Jo

1713
2^;

2128

(V^W),

etc.;]

giving ear, obedient, subject:

Phi

dat. pers.,

Ac

739; hirdvTa,

IlCo29.t
,

Wi I621. 24, 25 ige^ gi 394*.] *6Tn]peT^w, -oi {<^lirqpiT7]%) [in In cl. always metaph., prop., to serve as rower on a ship (Diod., al.). to minister to, serve: c. dat. pers., Ac 13*^ 20^* 2423.t
:

LXX

u-mjp^Ttjs,

-ov,

(T^),

Wi

6*, al.;]

a rower), [in LXX: Pr 14^* prop., an under rower ; hence, generally, a servant,
o

{i7ro

-f ipeTr)^,

attendant, minister : of a magistrate's attendant, Mt 52^; of officers U^i,^^ Lk 420, Jo of the Synagogue or Sanhedrin, Mt 26^^^

Mk

460

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Ac
;

732,45,46 183,12,25! 106^


iixoi,

Jo 18^^

of Christian
I

Lk

V^; XpL<TTov,

Co
6,

41

of the attendants of kings, oi v. ol ministers, Ac 13* 26^^ vTnqpiTaL \6yov, 8o9Aoi k. v., Jo ISi^.t
S^"!' ^6
;
;

Syjv.: v.s. Staxovos.


JiTkos,
-ov,

[in

LXX

for

n^'0

Dlbq,

etc.;]

sleep:

Mt

l^*.

Lk

932,

Jo 11", Ac 209; metaph., Eo


(before

IS^i.t

smooth breathing vtt, Mt 8^^^ Lk 7^^; before rough breathing v<^', Eo 3^; on the neglect of elision in Mt, Lk, 11. c.a, Ga 3^^, V. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., iv), prep. c. gen., dat. (not in NT), ace.
uTTiS

C. gen., primarily of place, under, hence, metaph., of the 1*, efficient cause, by : after passive verbs, c. gen. pers., Mt 1^2, Lk 218, Jo 1421, Ac 411, I Co 1", He 3*, al.; c. gen. rei, Mt 82*, Lk 7^*, Eo 3^^ al. with neut. verbs and verbs with pass, meaning, Mt 17^^^
I.

Mk

Mk

526,

Co

109.10,

iTh2i*,

al.

ace, under; 1. of motion: Mt hence, metaph., of subjection, Eo 7l^ i Co 2. Of position: Jo 1^^^ Ac 4^2, Eo 31^, i Co
II. C.

5^5

Q\

Mk
3.

421,

Lk
Pe

13^*;
5, al.

1527,

Ga

322, i

10^, al.;

hence, metaph.,

under, subject

to,

Mt

B^,

Eo

3^,

Co

92,

Ga

4*, al.

Of time,

abotit:

Ac

521.

III.
(vTroTacro-w),
(vTroTTveco).

In

composition: under (vttoSc'w), hence, of subjection compliance (vn-aKouw), secrecy {viro/SaXXo)), diminution

**6-iro-3<i\Xa>, [in

LXX: Da
to

th

3^ A,

i
;

Es
,

2^8*;]
to

to

throw or put
whisper,
:

Metaph., (a) prompt; (c) to suborn


under.

subject,

submit

(b)

suggest,
c.

(v.

Field, Notes, IIS)


to

instigate

ace. pers.,

Ac &Kf
**t uTroYpa)j,p.6s,
letters
2.
-ov, 6

{<^ viroypdcjxi}, (a)

for copying),
:

[in

LXX:

11

Mac

22^*;] 1,
[in

Write Under; (b) to trace a writing-copy, hencBy

an example

Pe

2^1 (Philo).t

used by later writers (Xen. onwards) for irapaSetyiJia (v. Eutherford, NPhr., 62), (a) a figure, copy : He 8^, 92^; 13i*, Ja 51" for warning, He 4", {b) an example : for imitation, Jo
II
;]
;

Mac

6Tr6-86iYfia, -tos, to 628> 31, IV 172^

Mac

u7roSetVia)/it),

LXX: Bz

421*, Si 44i,

II

Pe

26.t

DB, iii. 696^). 133 hi., etc. ;] 1. to show secretly. 2. to show by tracing out ; hence, generally, to teach, make knotvn : c. dat. pers., Lk 6*7 125, Ac 9^^; id. c. inf., Mt 3^, Lk 3^; seq., on, Ac 2035.t ** To 1^'^ Jth 13^3 A, i Mac 161*, iv Mac [in
Sy"N.
:

op-OLdyfia, TViro<s, vTroTUTrtocns (v.

uiro-SciKt'up.i,

[in

LXX

for

1317*;]

6170-8^X0^^1, to receive

LXX:
Lk
11

under

hospitably : xxv).t (v.

c. ace. pers.,

one's roof, receive as 19^, Ac 17^, Ja 22*

guest,

eis t. oTkov,

entertain Lk 10^*

MM,

6tto-8^w, [in

LXX
:

Ch 28l^ Ez
:

I610 {bV2) *

;]

to

esp. of foot gear.


is put on, <Tav8d\ta

Most

freq. in mid.

and

pass.
61*

c.
;

ace.
{b) of

bind under, (a) of the


;

foot, vTroS-qa-dfjuevoL T. TToSas,

your feet shod

Eph

that which

Mk

6^,

Ac

12^.t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


uTr(58if]fia,

461

-T09,

TO {<^viro8(a), [in

LXX
Mk
1^,

for

by?;] a sole bound


3i

under the

foot, a sandal : Mt 3^^ lO^o, 127; T, ^oSwv, Ac 738(^3^) 1325.t

Lk

10* I522 2236, Jo

Sftt.

.'

o-avSaXtov, q.V.

*uTr68iKos, -ov, brought to trial,

answerable
lilOO

to

c.

dat. pers., t. ^cw,

Eo 3"
TO
1),
^.

(v.

MM,
al.),

xxv).t

uiro-^u'yios, -a, -ov, [in

LXX for
and
11
;
:

;]

under the yoke ; as

subst.,

(Hdt.,

a beast of burden;
in

colloq.,

and so always

LXX

NT Mt
Mac

an ass (v. Deiss., BS, 160 2V(^^^\ 11 Pe 2i.t


to

** uiro-|^wi'i'0)j,i, [in
vTTo T. fiaa-Tov;, II
(v.

LXX:
l.c.)

3^^*;]

undergird (Hdt.,

al.

Mac,

of a ship, to undergird or

frap

Ac

27^^

DB,

ext. 367a).t

uTTo-KdTO),

comp. adv.

(v.

M,

Pr., 99), [in

LXX

chiefly for nnni;]

i'TTOTToSiov,

&^ 7^ 12^6 (Rec, R, txt., below, under : as prep. c. gen., Mt 22**, as in LXX), Lk 8i, Jo 1^\ He 2^(^^), Re 53. i3 e^ 12i.+ uTTo-Kp^Ko^ai, [in Jb 3932 (40^) N^ (ABn2 ^tto-, n3ir), Si

Mk

LXX:

129

35

(32)15 36(33)2, 11

Mac

5^5

Q-^^'^i,

iv

Mac

S^^.it*;]

l.

Att.

airoKpLvofiat (q.V.), to

answer, reply (Horn., Hdt., al.). 2. to answer on the stage, play apart (Arist., al). Metaph., to feign, pretend (Demos., Polyb.) c. ace. et inf., Lk 2020 (cf. Ps Sol 422). ** uiro-KpiCTis, -ws, r} (<] VTro/cptvo/xai, q.V.), [in LXX: n Mac 625*;] 1. a reply, answer (Hdt.). (Arist., 2. play-acting Polyb., al.). Metaph., pretence, hypocrisy : Mt 2328, Mk 12^5, Lk 12\ Ga 2^3, i Ti 42, 1 Pe 21 (Polyb., Pss Sol 47).t
:

uiro-KpiTTJs,

-ov,

(<;] hroKpLvo/jMi,

q.V.),

[in

LXX

36^3 (C)3n)*;] 1. one

who

anstvers,

an

interpreter (Plat.).
(in

2.

Jb 34*'* a stage-

player, actor (Plut., Xen,, al.). tender, dissembler, hypocrite : Mt Lk 6*2 125 13i5.t
i,TTo-\afi^dv<^,

Metaph.
62.
s. le

LXX

and NT), a pre-

75 157 22^8 23i3-i5 2451,

Mk

7,

[in

LXX:
172, III
:

Jb 2*

4^

and
;]

freq. (nzv),
1. to

Ps 47

(48)'

(nni

pi.).

To

61^

Wi

Mac
:

38'", al.

take or bear

up

(by supporting from beneath) c. ace. pers., Ac 1^. 2. to receive, welcome, entertain (Xen.) iii Jo 8. 3. to catch up in speech (Hdt., al. Lk 103". 4. Of mental action, to assume, suppose Jb, 11. c.) (Xen., al. To, Wi, in Mac, 11. c.) Ac 21^ seq. on (v. Bl., 70, 2),
;
:

Lk

7*3.t

*+

uiroXafiTTcis,

-d8o<s,

fj,

a wiudow

Ac 208

D
;

(for

Xa/iTras

v.

MM,

xxv).t
uTTo-Xeififia

(WH,

-Kififia, V.
:

their App., 154), -to^, to, [in

LXX
leave
(i),

chiefly for D'^^MfiP';] a


iro-XeiTTw, [in

remnant
al.)

Ro

92^ (Arist., al.

cf. KaTaXctft/xa).t

LXX chiefly
:

(pass.) for IIT' ni.,

'MiV

ni.

;]

to

remaining (Horn., Thuc,


f&TToX'fiviov, -ov,

pass., of survivors,
Xr?vos), [in

Ro

113.t

TO

v7rd,

LXX

Jl 3 (4)13,

Hg

217

Za

141",

Is 161" (^pn) *;] a vessel or trough beneath a winepress to

462

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


:

receive the juice (BV, a pit for the winepress)

Mk

12^

(v.

Swete, in

1.,

and

cf. Xrjvos).'^

{i-a6-\nma, V.S. VTroAci/x/Aa.

*t

uiTo-\i)jnrdi'u, collat.
uTTo-p.^j'u),

form

of vTroAeiVw, to leave behind

Pe
;]

2^Kt
in-

[in

LXX

chiefly for

mp
;

also for bvP


17^*.

hi., etc.

1.

trans., to stay

eVet, Ac 2. Trans., (a) c. behind : seq. iv, Lk ace, to await, tvaitfor : Eo 8'^* (Horn., Hdt., Xen., al.); (b) of things, to bear patiently, endure : absol., Mt 10^2 2i^\ Mk IS^^, n Ti 2^2, Ja 5", seq. cis, He 12^ T. OXiif/t (dat. of circumstance), Eo 12^2 I Pe 22^> 2^^ He 10^2 122-3, j^ ii2,t c. ace. rei, i Co 13^ ii Ti

2*^

SvN'.

fJiaKpo6vfxew (v.S. VTrofiovij).

i,TTo-tJ.iiJ.y^iXKw,

[in

LXX:
one
Ti
to
2^*,
iii
irepi, ii

iii

Ki 4^3

(137

hi.),

Wi
;

12^ 1822,

IV

Mac
;

18^* *
c.

;]

to caiise
ii

one of:
1426
c. c.

ace. rei,
rei,

ace. pers., seq.

remember, put one in mind or remind Jo ^*'; c. dupl. ace. (Thuc, al.), Jo Pe 1^2 i^ geq. 2ti, Ju ^ c. inf., Ti 3^
j ,

pass.,

gen.

Lk
II

22^^t
17

6Tr6-jjicT]cris,

-ews,

(vTrofxifxv^a-Kd)),

[in

LXX:
:

Ps 70
ev v., 11

(71)

(nl^nil),

Wi

16",

Mac
7j

6^''*;]

a reminding, reminder

Pe

1^^

3^; c. gen., II Ti l^.t


uTTo-fAoi'ri,
-rj<i,

(vTTo/AeVoj),

[in

LXX
&,

for

njpp and eogn. forms;


2.

freq. in iv

Mac;]
:

1.

a remaining behind
21i'-',

(Arist.).

patient enduring,
11

endurance I Ti 611, II T1412;

Lk

8^'

Eo

5=^' ^

IS^-

11

Co

6* 12^2, Col 1",


11

Th

1*,

310^

rp-j.

22^

He

10^6^

Ja

l^.*

5^
;

Pe

1,

Ee

22.3.19 1310
1.),

8c' i7rofiovij<;,
;

Ee

310

e.

gen.
:

Eo 82^, He 121; rei, Eo 2^ 11 Co 1^,


and
:

^ gen. pers., 11 Th 3^ {ICC, in i Th 13 seq. iv, Ee l^.t

SvN.
2321 *
;]

v.S. fjLaKpoOvfjLia,

cf.

**iiro-voi<o,

-S,

[in

LXX: Da
Ac
^Trovoe'o)),

Hort on Ja 1^. th 72^ (ino), To


;

8i,

Jth

I41*,

Si

to suspect,

conjecture

25i^

6Tr6.oia, -as,

c.

ace. et inf.,

Ac

132^ 272^.+
(|ipy-3)^

[in

LXX: Da LXX
to

416.32 56

Si 33* *

;]

a suspicion
later

Ti 6*.t
viroirielo),

^ uTT-o-irid^w,

form of

press slightly

metaph.,

to

repress : i Co 92'' T'' for vTrwTrta^w, q.v.t *t uTTo-TrXeu, to sail under, i.e. under the lee of: c. ace, Ac 27^' ''.t 2. to blow gently: Ac * uTTo-TTviia, 1. to blow ^cnderneath (Arist.).
27i3.t
tfiiroTT^SioK, -ov,

TO

^o,
from

TOv's), [In
(

LXX
cl.

Ps 98
:

(99)^
;

109 (110)\
metaph.,

Is 661,

La

21

(Din) * ;] a footstool

Opavos)

Ja 23

Mt

535,

Mk

1236 (^ok(tco,

WH,

E, mg.),

Lk

1013 (all, except


Deiss.,

Mt,

I.e.,

LXX, Ps

109

li^ 20, Ac 235 749^ (llO)i, Is 66I) (for exx., v.

He

BS, 223).t
17

uTTo-CTTaais, -ews,

[in

LXX
1621
:]

for
1.

ns
al.
;

(i

Ki

(<| v<^C(mqiJn, to set under, stand under, support), 1323 14* B), nii^n (Eu I12, Ez 19^), etc., also in
(in

Wi

a support, base or foundation


opp. to

various senses).
:

2.

sub-

stance (Arist.,

<^ai/Tao-ta, f.ft<^a(Tt<i)

He

13.

3.

steadiness,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

463

firmness (Polyb., al.), hence, assurance, confidence : ii Co 9^ 11^*^, He 3^* 11^ (here perhaps title-deed, as that which gives reality or guarantee
V.

MM,

xxv).t
[in

fiiro-crre'XXu,

LXX
Ex

De

l^^

(113),
67,

Jb IS^ (N^j

q^jq),

Hb

2*
in,

(bsy
let

pu.),

down

2321, (j<^3)^ (Iotlov, oipdv, etc.). 2. to


al.
;

Hg

110

wi

m
1.
:

Mac

520*;] 1. to

draw
:

draw

back,

withdraw

iavrov,

Ga

212 (Polyb.,

v.

Lft., in
c. inf.,

1.).

1038 (LXX); geq. roi,

Ac

Mid., to shrink or 202^; ov8^, ib.2o.t

draw hack

He

*t uiro-oToXi^, -7J<s, rj (<[ vTroo-reAAw), (Plut,). 2. a shrinking hack (Hesych.)


gen., V.

letting
ia-fjikv

down, lowering

ovk

vTroaroX^^ (on the

BL,

35, 2),

He

lO^^.t

uTro-oTpe'4)w, [in

about (Horn.).

2.

chiefly for SllZ?], 1. trans., to turn back or Intrans., to turn hack, rettorn : Lk 220' *3 837, 40 910
c. inf.,
52^

LXX

1017 1715 1912 23^8,06^ Ac 828; Lk 156 2^5 414 710 839 1124 2433,

Ga

117

dTTo',

Lk

41 249,
[in

He

71

Lk I718; seq. Std, Ac Ac 112 825 I313, 34 1^21 216 , Ac 1225, n Pe 22i.t
Is 585
^j^i,
c.

20=*;

ek,

2217 2332,

uTro-oTpa)>'i'u&),

LXX

j^j^^

g^^

.-]

jg^^^g

form of
11

wro-aTopewv/xL, to spread or strew

under

ace. rei,

Lk

193''.t

** inro-Tayfi,

-^s,

17,

[in

LXX: Wi

1816

A*;]

subjection:

Co

9i,

Ga

25

Ti

211 3*.t

for ini hi., Dai, IT'tZr, etc.;] 1. as a military term, to place or rank under (Polyb.). 2. to subject, put in subjection: i Co 1527, Phi 321, He 25.8; p^sg., Eo 820, i Co 1527.28^ I Pe 322, Bph 122. Mid., to subject oneself, obey: absol., Eo 13^, 143*; c. dat. pers., Lk 25i 10i7.2o^ Rq 8^ 103 I31, i Co 1432 1528 I Co
uiro-Tclaaw, [in
,

LXX

Wm

(i7roTayr/o-Tai

om.),

ib. 24,

Pr., 163), ib. 16i, Col 318, Tit 25.9 31^ 12^,
;

cf.

M,

Eph
i

521.22 (T,
2i8, 31. 5

WH,

txt.,

E,

He
,

Pe

55; imperat.,

Ja

47, I

Pe

213 55_t

uiTo-Ti0T)|jii,

[in

LXX
:

Metaph.,

t. r/aap^T/Aov inroOelvai, to

Eo
c.

16*; mid.,

to

suggest

for Dli27 etc. ;] to place under, lay down. risk one's life (v. Deiss., LAE, 119 f.) Ti 46.t

*uiTo-Tpt'xw, to

run in
-cos,
t)

U7ider ; of navigators, to

run in

the lee of:

ace. (v.

M,

Pr., 65), Ac. 27i.t

*t uTTo-TUTTuais,
Syjv.
:

[<^
:

vTroTVTroui , to delineate),
i

an

outline, sketch.

Metaph., a pattern, example


urro-i^ipu,

Ti

li^, 11

Ti

li3.t
iii,

o/xotw/Att, TVTTOs, mroSeiy/JLa (v.

DB,

696^).

[in
:

LXX
c.

for

Metaph.,

to

endure
:

ace. rei,
:

SWZ i Co
2037

etc.;] 10i3, 11
),

to

bear by being under,


311, i 11

Ti

Pe

2i9,t

Oiro-xwpe'ca, [in

LXX
Lk

Jg
;

B (
Lk

Si 13^,

Mac

12i2*;] to go

hack, retire

seq.

ev,

51"

seq.

eis,

9io.t

* uTTUTTiatu (<^ vTToymov, (a) the part of the face below the eyes ; (b) a blow on the face), to strike under the eye, give a black eye : metaph.,

annoyance (EV, wear out), Lk 185; (h) of severe selfdiscipline (E, txt. buffet, mg. bruise), i Co 927 (v. Field, Notes, 71, 174).t
(a) of persistent
OS, u<5s, 6,
17,

[in

LXX for TTq

;]

swine

fem. (sow),

11

Pe

222.t

*t 6aa6$,

-ov, 6,

a javelin

(v. ref. s.v. vo-o-wttos).

464

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


t ocrawiros, -ov,
rj,

[in

LXX
:

for

SiTftf
;

;]

hyssop, of

which a bunch
(?)

was used
here).t
late, be

in ritual sprinklings
V. Field, Notes,

He 9^"
ff.,

of a

branch or rod

of hyssop,

Jo 19-^ (but

106

for suggestion to substitute vaaio

for "OU bin, etc.;] to come 6oTcp^w, -w (<;wTcpos), [in behind (opp. to Trporepcw, cf)6dv(o; c. gen. rei, /or; c. gen. pers., Metaph., 1. of persons, (a) absol., to come short, fail : later than). He 4}; seq. Atto, 19}^.; (b) c. gen. pers., to come short of, be inferior
,

LXX

11^ ovZiv (in nothing, in no respect), ib. 12^^ (c) with reference to things, to come short {of), be in want (of): c. ace. rei, Mt 19^* (Si 5124); c. gen. rei, Lk 22^5; so mid. (Diod., FIJ), Eo 323; ^bsol., to be in xvant, suffer want, Lk 15l^ i Co S^, ii Co 11^, He ll^^ (Si 11") opp. to Trpicr(r(.viv, Phi 4^2 ggq ^^ j Qq \7^ 2. Of things, (a) to fail, be lacking: Jo 2^; c. ace. pers. (v. Swete, in 1.; Mozley, Ps., 42), 1021; {b) to be inferior: mid., i Co 122* (cf, d<^-i;orTe/3ew).t Jg 18l 1919.20^ Pg 33 1 6(rTe'pr)fJia, -tos, to vo-Tpeco), [in
to
:

II

Co

Mk

LXX:

(34)9 (itoHQ),
is

Ec

115

{yrm),

11

Es

6^

{v. eTvai,

ntjrq)*;] (a) that

which

lacking, deficiency, shortcoming : c. gen. poss, (pron. poss.), i Co 16^'^, Phi 230 c. gen. rei. Col I2*, i Th 310 {b) need, ivant, poverty (Ps 33 (34)10, JglSio.al.): Lk 21^ 11 Co 9^2 119; opp. to TrcpiWev/^a, iiCoSi^'i*
;
;

(eccl.).t

**t uoT^prjo-is, -ws, opp. to TO TTcpio-o-cCov,


oCTxepos,
-a,
-ov,
i

rj

Mk

wt/)w), [in Aq. Jb303*;] need, want: 12" Kaffv., Phi 411 (eccl.).t [in LXX for ]il05J and cogn. forms;] latter,
:

V.

later: ev i. Katpois, App., in 1.).

WH,

Ti 4^ (on the reading 6 v., for 6 irpCrros, Neut., to v., used adverbially instead of vo-re'pws,
82. 37

WH,

afterivards, later 12" c. gen.,

He

Mt 42 2129. Mt 22'^lf

25"

26o,

Mk 16

[i^J,

Lk

2032,

Jo

1336,

Ix^aivu,

[in

LXX
-ov

for riK, etc.;]


[in

to

weave: Lk

122^, T,

WH,

mg.t
u4)aia6s,
->7,

v<^aivw),
[in

LXX
21io
;

chiefly for niZTn

;]

tvoven

Jo

1923.t
u|/T)X6s, -v, -ov,

LXX chiefly for nan,


Mk
;

high, lofty
v., fig.,

opos,

Mt
]

48 171,
:

Ac
13

1317
;

(cf.

66, al)

also for ni33, DT), etc.;] 92, Ee fj^era ySpaxtWos tc^xos, ib. 12 pi., ^riXd, of heaven (Ps 92 (93)*, Is 33^,
;

al.).

He
*t

compar.,

vil/-q\6Tpo<i t. ovpavuiv,
i

He 726. Metaph Lk 1&^


:

v^T)Xa. (fipovelv,

Eo
61''
-rj,

1120 1216,
-w,

Ti

61^

(WH,

txt., v^-q\ocj>povfiv).\

uij/T]\o-4)pofea>,
I

fxeyaXoffipoveLv

(Xen., Plat.,

al.), to

be highchiefly

minded:

Ti

(WH,
-ov,

mg.,
[in

vij/rjXa </)pov6tv).t

u(|/ioTos,

superlat., without positive in use, in


al.),

cl.

poet, (^sch.. Soph.,


etc.;]

LXX

chiefly for
(of
;

'f]'<b^

also for

nni^
219,

highest,

Mk

1119,

Lk

21*

most high: of place, Ta v. 1938 (cf. Jos 16i9, Is 571^)

the heavens),

Mt
;

of

God

(in cl., of

Zeus

Pind., ^sch.,
7*8; 6 ^eis 6

al.), ^.,

^.,

Lk 132,35,76 Mk 5', Lk 828, Ac

635
161^,

(as freq. in Si 410, al.)

6 ^.,

Ac

He

71 (cf.

Ge

14i8).t

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


tp|os,

465

-ovs, TO, [in

LXX

for njpip

Dnp

etc.

;]

height
24^9;

Ja

19,

Ee

21i; of
-o)

heaven (EV, on

high), i$

i.,

Lk V^

Eph 3^', eJs i., Eph

48 (LXX) f
u<|/6ci),

etc.

;]

to lift

pass.,
117,

Mt

chiefly for Dn, also for nna, Xi2^3, ui/^os), [in or raise up : c. ace, Jo 3^* S^^ 12^2,34. ^(^,5 ^_ ovpavov, fig., 1123, Lk 10^^ Metaph., to exalt, uplift : Ac 2^3 53\ 11 Co

LXX

Ja

410^ I

Pe

opp. to
TO,

Ta-n-eivw,

Lk l'^'

eavroV,

Mt 2312, Lk 1411 181*


(a)

(cf. v7rp-ui/^oa)).t

u>Hia,

-To^,
;

[in

LXX:

Jb 2*24

(t),

Jth 10^ 13* 15*;]


:

height

Eo

S^^

(6) ^/lai w/iic/i is lifted

up, a barrier

11

Co

lO^.t

numeral,

TO, indecl., phi, ph, the twenty-first letter. As a 500, <^, = 500,000. (fxlyofJiai, Hellenistic for cl. ISoyxat, V.S. iaOioi. *f^dyos, -ov, 6 <^ayerv, V.S. icrdCuy), a glutton : Mt 11^9, Lk 73*.+
<|),

<^r,

4>'

(|>aiX(Scif]s,

V.S. 4>eX6vr]<;.

hi., ilNT ni., etc. ;] I. Act., 1. to bring appear (so most freq. in cl.). 2. Absol., to give light, shine (Hom., Plat., al.) Jo 1^ 5^^, 11 Pe 1^9, i Jo 28, Ee li 8^2 1823 2123. jj_ Pass., to come to light, appear, be manifest : Mt 2'^ 132*5 2427,30^ Lk 98, Phi 2l^ He 113, ^ pe 418(lxx); opp. to icf>avcC^adai, Ja

^aiyu), [in

LXX for mx
:

to light,

cause

to

Mt

41*; c. dat. pers. (Bl. 54, 4), Mt I20 2^^''^\ 2327.^8^ Eo 7^3^ Co 13^; id. c. dat. pers.,

Mk

16^;
;

c.

nom.

pred.,

ptcp., but not as in

cl.

v. Bl., 73, 4)

and judgment (=
Syjv.
:

Bok^I, q.v.),

Mk

14^*

Mt 65.i.i8 (geq. nom. impers., Mt 933 of the mind 22i), (cf. i Es Lk 24".+
6,

V.S. Sokcw.

<t>(XEK

(T, Eec. $aAcK, L, mg., ^aXey),


:

indecl. (Heb.

J^p

Ge
Pr

lli),

Peleg

Lk
;]

335.+

^a^6p6s, 14*, Si 622, al.


119, I

-a, -oV

</.a6vo/^at), [in

LXX: De
3^3 1426;
</).

2929(28)

(n^a

ni.),

open to sight,
dat. pers.,

Jo

310

c.

Ac

visible, 41^ 7^3, i

manifest : Ga geq. ^^ Rq Ti 41^; </,. ytV^o-^at (in for


5^9

LXX
Co

im
Phi
422,

ni.,

Ge
81'^;
:

421^),

Mk
Mt
4>.

6^\

Lk

8i^

Co

id. seq. cv, i


(cf.

11^9,

113; ^^ ^o^g-^^

12i,

Mk
:

312;

^5

iXOelv

Bl,

47, 2),

Mk

Lk

cv to)

(opp. to v

T. KrpvTTTw),

Eo

228.+

Syjv.

V.S. 8rj\o<s.
-Q>,

^avepooi,

[in

LXX

Je 40 (33) (nbz

pi.) *;]

to

make

visible,

clear, manifest or known : c. ace. rei, Jo 2" 17", Eo li9, i Co 4^, 11 Co 21* 11, Col 4*, Tit 13; pass., 422, Jo 321 93, Eo 321 162", 11 Co 410.11 513, Col 126, 110, 98, i Jo 32 49, Ee 318 15* ; c. ace. pers., Ti 21i; pass., of Christ, Jo 7* Co 33 5"' u, i Jo 2i9; of Christ,

Mk
u
Ti

Eph
V.

He

16[i2.i*],

Jo
:

131

21U, Col

3*, I

3ie,

He

926, i

Pe

I20 5*,

Jo I2

Westc,
SyJV.

in

1.)

22832.5.8.+

h ^^;

Mk

V.S.

dTroKoAwTCo.

30

4G6
**
(II

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


4>a>'pois,
:

openly
t

Mk
328).

I'ts

adv. (<; <^ttve/3os), [in ii Mac 3^^* ;] (a) manifestly, ; opp. to ev k^vitt^,, Jo 7^"* {h) clearly : Ac 10^
:

LXX

Mac

<j>avpojo-is,

-ecus,

rj

(<^cf)avep6(j)),

[in

LXX

as

v.l.

for
i

Sr/Xwo-ts

(DniN), Le 8^ Cod. Ven. (Thayer, s.v.)*;] manifestation:


II

Co 12^

Co

42.t
-ov,
:

*<f>ai'6s,

(<[^atVaj),

a torch or lantern

(v.

Eutherford,

NPhr., 131 f.) Jo 18=*.t SVN. : V.S. Aa/XTras.


acouiiX,
**,^avTdtoj
visible.
6,

indecl. (Heb. b?<135l),

Phanuel

Lk

2^^.f
to

In
:

cl.

</,a,W), [in LXX: Wi 6^\ Si 31 (34)^*;] used in pass, only, = ^atVo/xai, to become

make

visible,

appear

ptcp..

He
1. 2.

12-^t v <^avTa^a)), [in

<|>a./Ta<Tia, -as,

LXX
[in

Za

10^ (vm),

Hb
Ac

218' ^^

3^",

Wi

IS^""*;]

(Plat., Arist.).
<j)drraap,a,
28'^

as philos. term, (a) imagination; {b) = In later writers (Polyb., al.), show, display :
to

(ftavTao-jxa
25''^^.t

-tos,

i,

c^avra^w)

LXX:

Jb 20^ A

{]V}n), Is

A,

Wi

17^^*;]
(v.

Mt

1426,

Mk 6
:

= (^ao-/Aa, an appearance, DCG, lllb).t


17,

apparition {Msch., al.):


also for
etc.

<j>dpaY, -ayyos,

[in

LXX

chiefly for bui

N?|l

;]

a chasm, ravine

apaw,

6,

3^ (Lxx) ^y. DB, iv, 845 f.).t indecl. (in FIJ, Ant., viii, 6, 2, <E>apawv, -wvos), (Heb.

Lk

nyig), Pharaoh, the general

title of

the kings of Egypt:

Ac

7^^'^^

Eo

917,

He

1124
o,

4,

paa-LXevs Alyvirrov,

Ac
v.

7l0.t

ape's,

indecl. (Heb.
-ov, 6
:

pa, Ge
Nt2?"i"13;
;

3829),

p^^es

Mt

l^,

Lk

333.+

<t>apiCTaTos,

(Aram.

Dalman,

Gr., 157n,

Words,

Mt 23-6, Phi 3^ usually in pi., Mt 9", Mk 2^8, al. ^. K. ypafxfxarel^, Mt S"\ Mk 2^^, Lk 521, ^1. $. k. SaSSotiKaroi, Mt 1Q\ Ac 236' al. apxi^pfi^ . $., Mt 21^\ Jo 7^2, al. (v. DB, iii, 826b).
2n),

a Pharisee
7^
;

<{>app,aKeia, V.S. (papfjuiKLa.

* 4)apfxaKeos, -e'ws, 6 (<] cjidpp.aKov), a sorcerer : <t>ap|xaKia (Eec. -et'a), -as, rj (<^ <jbap/Aa/cet)Oj, poet, and late prose form of 0ap/xaKeta, [in
(tab,

Ee
to

21^, Eec.t administer drugs),

LXX: Ex
1.

7"' 22 g^'i^cs,!*)

D^tpn^), Is 47^'

12

(?|^^3),

Wi

12* 1813*;]

generally, the use of

2. (a) poisoning (Plut., Polyb.); medicine, drugs or spells (Xen.). {b) sorcery, witchcraft : Ga 52'' (v. Lft., in 1.), Ee 921 (WH, txt.,
<l>apfidK(ov)

1823

(cf.

LXX,
TO,
:

11.

c.).+

(jxipiiaKOk,

-ov,

[in

LXX

for

PJIZTSI;]

(a)

a drug; (EV,

(b)

an

in-

cantation, enchantment

Ee

921, Tr.,

mg.,

WH,
,

txt.
;]

sorceries).^
to

<f>ap|jiaK6s, -q, -ov, [in

LXX

for ?]ZS^3P

etc.

devoted
:

magical

arts.

As

subst., 6 ^.

<j>apfm.Ke.vs,

a magician, sorcerer

Ee

21^ 22i^.+

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


}>(<7is,

467

-0)5,

^aiva)),

[in

LXX

ii

Es

4}"^,

Da th Su ^s,

IV

Mac

15^5 x^ * ;]
[in
;]

information, esp. against fraud or other crime

Ac 2V\f
<t)d(7K,

in

nom.,

Mac 3^ * Eo 1^2,1
<j>dTinf],

262o (iQK), Da to affirm, assert : c. ace. et inf.,


[in
a,

LXX: Ge

LXX

Bel^, ii Mac 1427.82^ Ac 24^ 25^^ c. inf. et


;

-77s, 17,
iii,
-77,

LXX

for

D11K,

etc.;]

a manger:

Lk
;]

2'^2,ic

1315 (v.

DB,

234

DCG,

ii,
:

llla).t

4.ao\os,

-ov, [in

LXX

Pr 228

(^^^y) 29^ (b^njf), etc.

sZigr/ii,

worthless, of no account, both of persons and things in various shades of meaning (v. LS, s.v.), in NT, as freq. in cl., always with distinct

moral reference

(v.

Ellic, Past.

EjJj^.,

203

Ixxxiv), worthless,

bad

Jo

21^^,

Tit 2*, Ja 3^^

Hort, Ja., 85 Tr., Syn., opp. to dya^os (q.v.),


;

Jo

529,

Eo

911, II
:

Co

5i.t

Syn.
usually
2420,

v.s. a0ea-ij.o<s.
-ovs,

<j)e'YYos,

TO,

[in

LXX

chiefly for

n3J;]
:

light,

brightness,

c.

Mk
c.

gen. of something that shines or reflects 1324; of a lamp, Lk 1133 (WH, EV, 0is).t
:

of the

moon, Mt

Svjv.

avyrj, q.v.

<})ei8ofi.ai,

[in

LXX

for

ban, Din,
832 II21,
i

'^is^, etc.;] to spare: 11

Co

132;

gen. pers.,
forbear,

c. inf., to

Ac 2029, Eo 11 Co 12''.t
adv.

Co

728, 11

Co

123,

^ p^
:

24.6;

*t

<j>i8ofiVws,

from ptcp.

(v. Bl., 25, 1),

sparingly

n Co

9"

(Plut.).t

*t <j)6Xoi'T)s (Eec. (fiaiX-), -ov, 6, by metath. for ^aivoAr;s (also (f)ev6\7]?, ^atvoAiov; hdut. pcBnula), a cloak (v. DCG, i, 338; on the idea that the meaning here is book-cover, v. CGT, in 1. Milligan, NTD, 20 Field, Notes, 217 f., where the view that the </>. here is an eccl. vestment is
;

discussed)
1.
to bear,

11

Ti
:

4^3_t

<J)epu, [in

LXX chiefly
c.

carry

pass.,

Ac

22 2715.17^
rei.

for Ni2 hi., also for XiZTJ, etc.;] to bear; ace, Lk 2326 24^, Jo 193^, He 1* (v. Westc, in 1.) He 6^ 11 Pe V'^^; of the mind, ib. 21. 2. to bear,

c. ace. pers., Eo 922. 3. to bring, 132 qs 917,19,205^^; id. seq. Trpos, c. ace. pers., Ac 7*2 822; c. ace. rei, 62^ II2 12^5, Lk 1523, liri, Lk 518; c. dat., 434.37 52^ 11^; d^, Ee 2124.26; ^^^; Mt Ti 413; id. seq. tt/do's, Ac 628; dTrd, Jo 21i0; c. dat., 12^5, Jo 28; id. seq. .SSe, Mt 14",

endure : c. ace. bring forward :

He

122'^

13^3

Mk

Mk

Mk

Mk

Mk Mk

Jo 433; T. haKTvXov {xfipa), Jo 2027; pass., 17 xap'5. I PQ hhaxqv, II Jo '^^; Odvarov (cf. Field, Notes, 230), He 91*; Kpicnv, II Pe 2^1; Karqyopiav, Jo 18^9; amW, Ac 25^8; amco/tara, Eec. 4. to bear, prodiice, bring forth : Kafnrov, Mt 7^8^ Mk 48, Jo ib. 1224 152. 4, 5, 8, 16. 5. to },ring, lead : Mk I522, Jo 2118, Ac 14^3 metaph.,
geq, (^ayetv (sc.
1^^;
Ti),
'^,
;

1418 1717.

of a gate (680s,
Sviv^.
:

cl.),

seq.

ets,

Ac

12^'' (cf.

dva-, airo-, Sea-,

tier-, Trap-i(T-,

Ik-, CTTt-, Kara-, irapa-, irepL-, irpo-, irpocr-, airv-, v7ro-</>epco) .t


(fiopio),

which expresses habitual and continuous bearing

468

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


which
is

as distinct from (<^pw) that


11^, al., s.v.
<|)euYO),
ifiopio),

accidental and temporary


also for

(cf.

Mt

and
:

v. Tr.,

Syn.,

Iviii).
,

[in

LXX chiefly for D12


2416

mi

etc.

;]

to flee

from

or away, take flight

Ac
cVt,

729
c.

seq. h, Mt ace. loc, Mt

absol., Mt 8=^=^ 26'', 2^3 10^=^ 24i txt.),

Mk

S^*

U'\ Lk
13^\
;

8^\ Jo
c.

W\

(WH,
mg.)

Mk
Ac

Lk 2P\ Ee
6.7r6,

(WH,

ck,

273o

12^ gen. loc.

Metaph. gen. pers. (as in Heb.), Jo 10^, Ja 4^. opp. to c. ace. rei, i Co 6^^ He IP* (v. M, Pr., 116) absol., Ee 162" airo t. 8i(0Kiv, I Ti 6^^ II Ti 222; geq. ^^^6, c. gen. pers., Ee 9 Trpoao'mov, Ee 20"; c. gen. rei, Mt 3^ (M, Pr., I.e.) 23^3, Lk 3^, i Co 10^*
(cl.),
.

Mk

168

ia^ c.
;

(cf. diro-, Sia-,

*<-,

KaTa-(fivyo)) .f
-iKos, o,

tjXiC (L, <^^-), 243,22,24,25,27 2514.t


,|^ftT,,

Felix, procurator of Judaea:

Ac

232^>26

-T?s,

439, III

Mac

32,

^ {<<f>vi^c)' [iii LXX: Pr 162 (1530) IV Mac 422 * ;] a saying or report : Mt


chiefly for

(njriaBir), 11

Mac

92^,

Lk

A^Kf

<})T|fii,

[in

LXX

DN3

also for

say : freq. in quoting the words 22^^ Jo 12=^, al. interjected into the recorded words (cl.), Mt 14^ Lk Ac 2335, al. cl>r](TL, impersonal (BL, 30, 4), i Co 61^ (Lft., Notes, 217 but cf. Bl., I.e.), II Co 10i (WH, mg., <^ao-tv). He 8^; joined with synon. verb (cf. LS, s.v., 11, 2), aTroKptdeh avriL ifftrj, Lk 23^ seq. Trpds,
to declare,
7***
; ;
;

freq. in ii-iv Mac ;] of another, Mt 132" 26''\

lax

Lk

22"o, al.
I

c.

70, 3),

Co

^r]iiii<a

ace. rei, i Co lO^^.i" 10^9 1550 (cf. avv-^Tjfxi).

ace. et inf.,

Eo

3^; seq.

on

(Bl.,

4>vm),

io S2}read

a report

Mt

28l^ T,

WH,
:

mg.

(v.

t>Tj(TTos, -ov,

6 (Porcius), Festus, procurator of


etc.
1. to

Judsea

Ac 242'^

25^

*^-

2624, 25

32 _t

<|>0(ivoj,

[in

LXX for V2Z hi., SDQ,


e.

;]

anticipate
(v.

(cl.)

ace. pers.,

Th
;

4^^.

2.

come before another, In late writers and MGr.

Kennedy, Sources, 156; Lft., Notes, 35), to come, arrive: Eo 9^^; eVi (cf. Da th 421, and v. Dalman, seq. ek. Phi 316 3.xpL, II Co lO^*
;

Words, 107),

Mt

1228,

Lk
*

II20,

Th

2^6 (cf. 7rpo-cf,0dpw) .f


:

^eapT6s,

-v, -ov {c{>Oeip<o), [in

LXX
i

Le

222^

(nnpD), Is 5417An,

Wi

9^^ 148, II

Mac
;

to a(jiOapTO<; 6e6<;) (opp. to dcfiO.) ; neut., to


<|>9YY0fiai, [in

perishable, corruptible : av(9pw7ros, Eo 12^ (opp. (nropd, I Pe 12^ (rT(f>avo's, I Co 92^ (opp. to a^^apros)
7^^
;]
;

(/..

toDto,

Co
yi3
4^^

15'"' ^^

pi., i
;]

Pe

l^^.t

LXX for
:

riDiT,

hi., etc.
|

of

men

or animals,
2^^
;

to

tetter

a sound or voice
<|>9eipw, [in

absol.,

Ac

geq,

^wviy, ii

Pe

c. ace.,

VTripoyKa, ib. ^^.t

LXX
;

chiefly for nntZr

hi., pi.,

destroy, corrupt, spoil (on the varied

the word,

Mayor on ii 72; seq. ATr6, u Co 11* ^, Sia-, KaTa-(l>0tpu)) A


v.

usage and Pe, App., 175 ff.) c. ace,


:

also for -Jin etc. ;] to distinctive meaning of


,

Co

3^^ 1523, ii

Co

ii

Pe

212,

Ju

10,

Ee

192; Kard,

Bph

422 (cf.

* J>0ii'-oTro)pii/6s,

-77,

-ov

(<;

SevSpa ^., atituvm trees (said

autumn), autumnal: to be without fruit therefore at a time


(^^ti/oVojpov,

late

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


when
might be expected; 55-59, and reflf. there) Ju 12.+
fruit
v.

469

Mayor's elaborate note, Ep. Ju.,


[in

4>66yyos,

-ov,

<^^'yyo/*at),
i

LXX
4^. le
cl.,

Ps 18(19)*
to

op),

Wi
dat.

I918*;] a sound: ** 4.90^60), -w (L, txt., Tr., mg.,

WH,
[in
521,
;

Eo

lOi^d-xi),

(^^di/os), [in

LXX

Co W.f To
:

AB *
5'^^.t
;

;]

envy

c.

mg., ace), as in

**4.e<5.'os, -or, 6,

LXX: Wi
Ti
6*,

2'^*

623,
i

Ga ^ Mac
2^
irvevfjia

8^^

iii

envy

Eo

129,

Ga

Tit 3^,

Pe

8ik <i>66vov,

Mac 6^*;] Mt 27^8,

Mk
E,

15^**,

txt.,

Phi 1^^ Trpo? cftOovov limroOd r. mg. 1,2; Hort, Ja., 93 f.), Ja 45.t
17

(on the meaning, v.

4)0opti, -a?,

(pOeLpw), [in

LXX for
Ga
;

nrSJff

tion, corruption, decay (v. Mayor on 11 Pe, Aj)p., 6^ ; Col 222, Pe 2^2 j opp. to ^wry aiwvios,

bin etc. ;] destruc175 ff.) Eo 82^, i Co 15*2,


,
, :

by meton., of that which

is

subject to corruption,
1412).
<|>idXif],

Co

15^'^

of

moral decay,

n Pe

1* 2^2,

19 (gf^

Wi

-r/s, fj,

[in

LXX

chiefly for p^Ta;] a shallow hotul


:

(=

Lat.

patera), used for pouring libations, etc. Ee 5^ IS'' 16^"^'' 17^ 21^+ ** 4>i^-aYa6oS) -ov, [in Wi 722*;] loving that ivhich is good, loving goodness : Tit 1^ (Arist., Polyb., al.).t <l>iXa8e\<(>ia (Eec. -eX<^eia), -as, 17, Philadelphia, a city of Lydia

LXX:

Ee

111 37.t
<|)iXaSe\<}):a, -as,

iv Mac 1323.26 141*;] <^tXaSA/>os), [in ^ the love of brothers, brotherly love : of Christians' mutual love as brethren (v.s. d8X</)o's), Eo 12io, i Th 49, He 13i, i Pe 12^ 11 Pe l^.t
:

LXX

**<j>iX-ti8cX<|)os, -ov, [in

LXX

11

Mac

15^*, iv

Mac
:

I321 15i *;] lovi7ig

one's brother, loving like a brother (Soph., Xen., al.) for one another (EV, loving as brethren), i Pe 3^.t
*<|>iXai'8po9, -ov, 1.

of Christians' love

loving
rj

men
LS,

(.3Esch.).
s.v.,

2.

husband

(freq. in epitaphs, v.
-as,

Deiss.,

Of a wife, loving her BS, 255) Tit 2*.t


:

humane), [in LXX Es 8^3, II Mac 622 149, III Mac S^^' ^^ * ;] humanity, kindness (v. Field, Notes, 147 f.) Ac 282, rj-^. 34 (^.f ^^^^ j^qq^ ii^ 356 ^ ) + Mac 320 * ;] humanely, **<|>iXai'ep(iTra)s, adv., [in LXX 11 Mac 92^,
'**<j)iXa'0pwin'a,

(<^ <^iAdv^pw7ros,

kindly
love of

Ac

273,t
-7

**<|>iXapYupi'a, -as,

money, avarice : 1 Ti 6i*^.t Syn. : irXeove^ia, covetotisness

^iXdpyrpos), [in
(v. Tr.,

LXX

IV

Mac

126 2^5

x^*;]

**

<(>iX-(lpYupo9, -ov, [in

LXX

iv

Mac 2^ *
',

Syn., xxiv). ;] loving money, avaricious


in

Lk
II

1614, II

Ti 32.t
loving oneself {kxi^i.)

<t>iX-auTos, -ov,

bad sense

{\h.), selfish

Ti

32.t

Syn.
(ptrra),

av$d8r]<; (v. Tr.,


-G>

^Ckiia,

Syn., xciii).

^t'Xos),

[in

LXX
1.

Ge
:

27*-

al.

(nnx),

ib. 27,

al.

La

12 (yi)),

Wi

82, al.;]

to love
c.

(with the love of emotion


ace. pers.,

and

friendship, Lat.

amare ;

v.

Syn.)

Mt

10*'^,

Jo

52"

470

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


j

113, 36 1519 1627 20-^ 2115-17,


rei,

Co

16"'\

Eg
;

319; cv TTiorei, Tit 315; c. ace.

Mt
65.

23,
2.

Lk
to

204,

Jo
c.

12^5^

Ee

22^5

c. inf. (Is

Mt

kiss:

ace.

pers.,

Mt

26*,

Mk

56i0; cf. Bl., 69, 4), 14**, Lk 22*^ (cf.

/caTa-<?^t/\u>).t

Syjv.
4)i\r],

:
r),

dyaTTctco (q.v.),

the love of duty and respect.


loving pleasttre
:

V.S. <^t'Aos,

*t

<f>iXii8oKos,

-ov (^t'Aos, rjSov^),

ii

Ti 3*

(Polyb.,

Plut., al.).t
4.i\r)fjia,

-To^,

t6

(^tXe'w), [in

LXX
0.

Pr

27^,

Ca

1^ (np^^m^) *

;]

kiss
I

Lk

7*^ 22*; as a

token of Christian brotherhood, ^.


52
;

Co 1620, II Co 1312, I Th dQ;DB,DCA,s.y."Kiss").f


1616,
i.XYJp.wi', -ovos, o,
<*>t\YiTos

dyc^TTT??, i

Pe

ayiov, Eo 51* (v. Lft., Notes,

Philemon
6,

Phm

i.t
:

(T, ^iX-qros), -ov,


-f)

Philetus

ii

Ti

2i'^.t

<t)iXia, -as,

(<C

<;^tAos),

[in

LXX

chiefly for

H^HX
v.

;]

friendship

c.

gen. obj., Ja 4*.t


<t>iXnrTrric-ios,
-oi;,

(for other
pi., V.

forms in use,

Lft.,

in

1.),

Philippian : Phi. iXnnrot, -wv,


206,
617.

4i5.t
ol

(on the

WM,

27, 3), Philippi

Ac

I612

Phi
2.

11, I

Th

22.t

<t>iXnnros, -ov, 6,

The
318,

tetrarch

Philip ; 1. the husband of Herodias Mt 14^, Mt 16l^ Mk 8^7, Lk 31. 3. The apostle
: :

Mk
Mt

103,

Mk
*

Lk
:

61*,

Jo
65

l**-*9 65.
85-*<'

1221, 22 148,

9^

Ac VK

4.

The deacon

and evangelist

Ac

218.t
:

4)iX6-e6os, -ov,

iXoXoyos,
**

-ov, 6,
rj

loving God (Arist.) 11 Ti 3*.t Philologus : Eo 16i5.t

<|)iXoceiKia, -as,

8^*;] love of strife, rivalry, emulation (Plat., sense (Thuc., al.), contentiousness, contention: Notes, 75
f.).t

^lAovctKos), [in

LXX

II

Mac

4*, iv

Mac

1^^

al.),

but mostly in bad


222* ^j^^^ y^ Field,
3^ (n5n"p7n)*J]

Lk

<j)i\6-'iKos, -ov

17

veiKos,
:

strife),

[in

LXX: Bz

fo7id of strife, contentiotis

Co

lli^.t

<}>iXo-|ei'ia,

-as,

{<C

<^iAd^vos),

love

of strangers, hospitality
1

Eo
I

121s,

He

132.t
-ov,

<j>iX6-|evos,

loving

strangers,

hospitable:
al.),

Ti

32,

Tit

1^,

Pe

49.t
<|>iXo-Trpa)Tua>
^

*t
III

(<^ (^iXott/dwtos,
[in

Plut.,

to

strive

to

he first:

Jo

(eecl.).+

<})iXos, --q, -ov,

LXX
2.

chiefly for

yi

nnx

;]

1.
cl.

pass., beloved,

dear (Horn., Eur., al.). only in poets) Ac 19^1.


:

115 1410 156 169 2116


<^.

less freq. and As subst., a friend ; (a) masc, 6 ^. Lk 7" 2312, Ac 273, III Jo 15; opp. to SoCAos, Jo 15i5;
Act., loving, friendly (in
:

dvay^aroi,

Ac
;

102*
6<f>.

c.

gen. sub].,
vvficjiiov,

Mt

lli9,

Lk
1.),

7^* 11'

12* I412 1529,

Jo 11"

1513. 1*

Toi

Jo

329; T. Kai'o-apos (v. Deiss.,

BS
gen.

167
rei,

LAE, 382
T, Koo-fxov,

f.),

Jo

1912;

Oeoi
17

(v.

Hort, in
159.t

Ja

22^;

c.

Ja 4*;

{b) fern.,

<^.,

Lk

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


**<j>i\o-(To<j)ia,

471
5^^'^^

-as,

rj

.^t/\oo-o<^os),

[in

LXX

IV

Mac

1^

79,

21*. J

ijj^Q

iQ,yg^

and

"pursicit
:

gation of truth and nature of the teachers, Col 28 (v. Lft., ICG, in l.).t
4)i\6-ao4>os, -ov, 6, [in
7'''
:

of wisdom; hence, philosopJiy, investiso-called philosophy of false


I20

LXX Da LXX

(qS7K), iv

Mac
iv

1^ 5^5

* ;] a philosopher : Ac 17^^^ ** 4)i\6o-TopYos, -ov {<^<7Topyj, family affectio7i), [in 15^^*;] tenderly loving, affectionate (Xen., Plut., al.)

LXX:
:

Mac

of Christians,

Eo

I210.+

**

<|)iX<STeKi'os,

-ov

<^iAos,

t4kvov),

[in

LXX:
:

iv

Mac

15''-*;]

loving one's children (Hdt., Arist., Plut., ^tAav8po, q.v., Tit 2*.t

al.)

of

women,
:

joined with

IV Mac 1^^ A;] to (<^ ^t'Ao?, rt/x?/), [in love or seek after honour, hence, to be a7?i,bitious, emulous (Plat., Plut.,
<J>iXoTifjLeojxai, -ovfjLai

**

LXX

Co 59, i Th 4ii.t ** <j>iXo<(>p6i/a>s ^(Ao^pwv), adv., [in 8^*;] kindly, luith friendliness Ac 28''.t
al.)
:

c. inf.,

Eo

IS'^^, 11

LXX:
kind
:

11

Mac

3^,

iv

Mac

1 Pe 3^, Eec.t : 25* (DDn), Da Su i, IV Mac 1=^^ K E * ;] to muzzle : i Co 9^, i Ti 5^8 (i-^^) metaph., to put to silence : c. ace. pers., Mt 22^*, i Pe 2^* pass., to be silenced,
<j>iX64)p(oi/,
<j)ip,6<o,

-ov (< <^tAos, 4>Pw)j f'riendly, -w (-< (^tyuo's, a muzzle), [in

LXX

De
;

LXX

silent

Mt

22^2,

Mk

1-^ 4^9,
6,

Lk
:

4=^^.t

i+Xeywc, -ovTos,
^\oyilu>

Phleqon
[in

Eo
:

16^*.+

cf>X6i),

LXX
:

Ex
Ja

9""

{npb

hith.),

Nu

21^*

(t),

Ps 96(97)3

{lonb

pi.).

Da th

8^7(94)
fig.,

(rj-jq

ithp.), Si S^o, i

Mac

3^*;]

to set on fire, burn, burn tip sentence, v. Hort, in l.).t

S**

(on the

meaning

of

the

^\6i, gen., c^Xoyos, [in

LXX
Th
l^.

chiefly for

nnb

nnn^;] a flame:
rjfjias

Lk

1624

cj>

TTupds,

Ac

V\
Jo

11

He

17(Lxx)^
:

Rq
c.

1^* 2^8 19i2.t

*4>Xoapeu, -w (<^ (^Xuapos), to talk nonsense

ace. pers.,

(BV,

prating against
garruloiis
:

ics), iii

^'*.+

**4)Xuapos, -ov {<^


1

cfiXvo), to babble), [in iv Mac 5^''*;] babbling, Ti 5^^ (LV, tattlers; of things, ^iXocro^ta, iv Mac, l.c.).t
:

LXX

<|>oPp6s,

-a,

-ov (<^0oySew),

[in

LXX
pass.;
2.

chiefly for K^i3, also for


1.

bni,

D''N;] fearful,

whether
:

act. or

act.,

Savo's,

causing

fear, terrible timid (cl. in

(LXX)

He

lO^^.si 1221.

Pass.,

BeiXos,

feeling fear,

1. in Hom., to ;] Pass., to be jyut to flight, to flee affrighted. 2. to terrify, frighten (Wi 17^ Hdt. and Att.). Pass, (so always in cf. M, Pr., 5^3 6'-\ 162), to be seized with fear, be affrighted, fear Mt 10i 14^7,

both senses). </)o/?os), io(3ew, w

[in

LXX

chiefly for XT'

piit to flight.

NT

al; opp. to ^-qXacf^povelv, Eo II20; o-0dSpa, Mt 176 275* c. cogn. ace, 4>6^ov ixiyav, Mk 4*\ Lk 29 (i Mac 108); ^o/3ov airaJv (obj. gen., but cf. ICC, in 1.), I Pe 31*; -n-TO-qaiv, I Pe 36; c. ace. pers., Mt 10^^ Mk 11^8, Lk 19^1, Jo 922, Ac 920,
113 850_

Lk

Jo

619

m\
;

Mk

Ac

1638,

472

MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


133, al,
;

Eo

seq. diro (like

Heb. ] NIJ

Je

1^, al.

cf.

M,

Pr., 102,

104), Mt 1028, Ac 23i 27^7.


c. inf.

12*; seq. /^.^ (cl.; Bl., 65, 3; M, Pr., 184 f.), ^^^^5^ Ac 27^^ 11 Co 11^ 122", Ga 4" /tT^Trorc, He 4^; 932, al. (Bl., 69, 4 M, Pr., 205), Mt I20, of reverential
;

Lk

Mk

fear:
T.

Mk

620,

Eph
322,

5^3; t. ee6v,

Lk

l^o,

Ac

IO2,

Pe

2^^,

15*; r. ovofia T. 6eov (v.S. ovofxa), ffio^ovfxevoi T. Oeov, of proselytes, Ac 13^^' 2^ (c^ e/c-^o/Jew). 4>c5(3TjTpor (LTr., -Opov), -ov, to (< <^o^a)), [in
Kvplov,

Col

Ee

Ee Ee

14^, al.;

11^^

,,[

WH,

LXX

Is 19^7

(Kan)*;] that which causes fright, a terror:


I.e.),

pi.

(as always, exc. Is,

Lk

2111 (Hipp., Plat.).t


[in

(><5pos, -ov, 6,

LXX

chiefly for nX")";

also for iriD

niQ"'^

etc.

;]

2. That which causes flight, fear, dread, terror Ti 520, I Jo 418, al. cogn. ace, c^o^tladai cj>., Mk 4, 29; c. gen. obj., Jo 7^3 1938 20^9, He 2^, i Pe 31* (but cf. ICG, in 1.) dTTO (rod) ci>., Mt 1426, Lk 2126; e?s cf,., Eo S^^ /xera c^d/3ov, Mt 288; ^, 1.

in Horn., flight.
112,

Lk Lk

Ac

55,

Kal Tpdyitos (Lft., Notes, 172),


I

Co

23,

ii

Co r\ Eph 6^ Phi
;

2^2;

by
13^^,

meton., of that which causes fear,

Eo

133

of reverential fear,
(^

Eo

Pe

117 218 32.15;

^,

^^pi^^^

Ac

931,

Qq qu
71.

pjeld. Notes, 183);

XpioToC,

Eph
:

521

Oeod,

Eo

318, 11

Co

(and cf. DCG, i, 381). Phcebe, a deaconess of Cenchraea Eo 16i.t oiki'kt,, -775, ^, Phoenicia : Ac lli^ 153 212 (y, x>S, iii, 856^ 857\).t oiKiKio-CTa (on the ending, v. Bl., 27, 4, and cf. ^olvi^), a Phoenician 72'', "WH, mg., for %vpo4>oLviKi(ja-a, q.v.t woman : 2vpa $., oifi|, -iKos, o, rj, (a) a Phceniciari (also with fern., <E>otVtcro-a, Horn., al.) ; (b) Phoenix, a city of Crete Ac 27i2.t <|>ori'i^ (on the accent, v. Bl., 6, Ic), -iko?, 6, [in 4, 2
Syjv.
v.S. SctXia
^,

oi'Pri,

-?;s,

Mk

WM,
11

LXX
Jo

for

lan

nigri

n^bri

;]

the date-palm,
(as Arist.,
:

palm

to.

fiata tS>v

<f>.,

1213; of palna branches,

cliOLVLKe<;

Mac

lO'^, al.),
:

Ee

l^.f

Ac

**4)0kus, -ws, 6 (c^oVos), [in 752 28*, I Pe 415, Ee 218 2215

LXX Wi
;

12^*;] a murderer
3i*.t

Mt 22^

dv^p

<^.,

Ac

SvJV.
absol.,

av9punroKT6vo<;.

i^ovevd}

{<C

4>ovv<;),
;

[in
fi^

LXX
(ot,)

chiefly for
(-19),
;

nsi ;]

to kill,

murder

Mt 521, Ja 42 Lk 1820, Eo 139, Ja 211


<^6vo<s, -ov, 6,

cf^ovevarj^

Mt
ace,

521

(all

from
for

Ex
cf,.

20i3.i*)

c.

Mt

1918^ 233i.35^

Mk
Ja

10".
5.+

[in

LXX
:

Dl, ng,

etc.;]

murder, slaughter:

Mk

157,
pi.,

Lk 2319.25, Ac 91, Eo 129; Mt 1519, Mk 721, Ee 92i.t


<|>ope'a), -S>,

fj^axaipv^ (cf.

Ex

1713, al.),

He

1137;
^pa>,

[in

LXX

Pr

1623 {^u^ hi.), Si 11^, al.

;]

frequent, of

denoting repeated or habitual action

used

(cf. Tr.,S2/^J.,lviii), most commonly weapons, etc., to bear constantly, tvear : Mt 118, Jq 295^ Eo 13*, I Co 15*9, Ja 23.t *t (jt^pof, -ov, TO (Lat. forum) 'Ainriov <!>., v.s. "Attttios.

of clothing,

j>6pos,

-ov,

{<^(j>p(x)),

[in

LXX

chiefly for D!3, also for IT^p,

MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


etc.
(i
;]
:

473

Mac

tribute paid by a subject nation (cf. i Mac 10^^) ^. hovvai 8^.7), Lk 20^^ 23^; dTroSowai, Eo 13^^ TcAelv, Eo 13" (Hdt., al.).t
:

Syiv.

Krjv(To<;,

TcAos (q.v.).

(<<^opT09), [in Ez 16^3 (-mis')*;] to load: c. dupl. ace, Lk 11*^; pass., to be laden: metaph. (EV, heavy laden),
<(>opTia)

LXX:

Mt

1128.t
<t>opTioi', -ov,

TO (dimin. of

(jiofyro?),

[in

LXX
al.),

chiefly for
27^**;

SifO

',]

burden, load: of the cargo of a ship (Hdt.,

Ac

metaph.,

Mt

Ipo

234,

Lk
:

1146^

Ga
6

S^.t

Syj\r.

ftdpos
-ov,

(<l-v.), oy/cos.

* <(>6pTos,

; ^epw),
V.

a load

esp. of a ship's cargo (Horn.,

Hdt., and late prose writers),

Ac

27^**,

Eec.+
-ov, 6 (Lat.),

opTouVaros (Eec. ^ovp-,


I

Mayser, 116 f.),

Fortunatus:

Co

1617 (v. Lft., CI. Bo., I Co., 59).t

*'^

Mk
for

<^payek\iov, -ov, to (Lat. flag ellum), a scourge : Jo 2i^.t *t <^payeK\6(i), -w (<; ^paye'AAtov, q.v.), to scourge : c. ace,

Mt
,

2V^,
also

15^5 (eccl.).t
<()paYfJ.6s, -ov,

6 (<^ ^pao-o-w), [in

LXX

chiefly for "113

11^13

yjQ

etc.

;]

1.

prop., a fencing in (Soph.,

OT, 1387).

2.

<^pa.yp.a,

a fence:

Mt

21^3,

Mk

12\

Lk

1423.

Metaph.,

/.leo-oTotxov (q.v.)

to9

<^.,

gen. epexeg.,
4>pd(o,

Eph
[in

2^4 (v. Ellic, in l.).t

LXX:

Jb

62*
tell,

(]i3 hi.)

128 (-jT

(niq pa.)*;] to show forth,


Stacrdfjirjaov) IS^^.t
<j>p(iaau,

declare, explain:

Da LXX 2* Mt 133" (WH, EV,


hi.),

[in
to

LXX:

Jb 388

(-j-jq
:

hj

j^

Hq
1X3

2(8)

(rpcy),

Pr
.

21^3

(DMX), etc.

;]

fence in, stop, close


[in

a-To/xaTa Acovtwv,

He
:

1133

o-to/xo,

metaph.,

Eo

3^^; pass., Kavxyja-c^,

n Co

ll^^.t
;]

<|>peap, -ttTos, TO,

LXX

chiefly for

a well

Lk

14^,

Jo

4"' 12; ^_ ^^5 Sl/3vo-(tov, Ee 9i2.t *t ^(pec-aTraTtiw, -to (<^ ^pevaTraT?;?), to deceive one's mind (Lft., deceive by fancies, v. Ga., I.e.) c. ace. pers., Ga 63.t *t <|>pi'airdTT)s, -ov, 6 (<^ ffipw, dwdTT]), a deceiver (Bl., deceiver of his
:

own mind,
^(>r\v,

% 28,

5.2,

where
iii

v. ref. to

tt.)

Tit

l^''

(eccl.).t

gen.,

<j()p6vo's,

rj,

[in

LXX
;]

most

freq. in

chiefly for

nb

also

Mac

4^" 5*^
;

chiefly in

Pr (632, g,!.) and Horn, and Trag., but also

both sing, and pi. 1. in physical sense, the parts about the 2. heart, mind, thought : pi., i Co 14''^<* (v. Edwards, heart, midriff.
in Plat.,
al.,

Eng.-Crr. Lex., App., l).t


4,pi'acrw

(Att. -TTco,
;]

and SO IV Mac 14^


2.

17^),

[in

LXX

Jb

4^5

(l!QD pi.), etc.

1.

to be

from fear

Ja

2^^ (v.

^poyioi, -w

rough, bristle. Hort, in l.).t

to shiver,

sMidder, tremble,

<i>pyv), [in

LXX
8^3,

De

3229,

Za

92 (DDn),

Ps 93

(94)8
9^2

{bDm

hi.),

Is 4418 d-in)

ib. 28,

Es

Wi

1^ 143o, i

Mac

IO20,

u Mac

474
]^4.8,

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT


26
*

.J

2_

^Q

have understanding (Horn.,

al.).
;

2.

to

think, to be

minded
adj.,
Ti.

in a certain

way

ws

vr^Trtos, i

Co

13^^

c.

or pron., as freq. in cl), o Se?, Eo 12=*; S., Ac T. al'To (j). (Deiss., BSy 256), to be of the ovSkv a\Xo, Ga 5^" Phi 22 42; id. seq. ek (ev) a\Xy^Xovs{ots), Eo 12i same mind, ii Co 1S^\ 3. to have in mind, 15* ; T. v (f>., Phi 22 (Lft., in 1.) seq. vTvep, Phi V. ra t. Bcov, be mindf'ul of, think of (Hdt., Xen., al. Es, i Mac, 11. c.) 8^^; ra T. a-apKO's, opp. to t. t. opp. to T. T. av6pu)7r(i)v, Mt 162^*, t. eVtyeia, Phi 3^" ; ra avw, opp. to t. iirl r. yrj^, Col Tn/eu/Aaros, Eo 8* (EV, /iave this mind in you). Phi 2* vij/rjXa., Eo 12^^ 32 TOVTO (ftpovtLTe seq. wep. Phi 4^*^ (cf. Kara-, -rrapa-, </). rjixepav (to observe a day), Eo 14^
erepois, ib.
; ;
; ; :

ace. (usually neut,, 2822; tovto, Phi 3^^;

Mk
;

TrepL-, vTrep-<f)povOi).T

**4)p6^Ti|jia, -Tos,

TO <^/Dova)),

[in

LXX:

11

Mac

721

which

is

in the

mind
-ews,
17

(the content of

(ftpovciv,

ICC, Bo.,
for
:

8^), the

13^*;] that thought

Eo
etc.

8'7.27.t
<j)p{S^'rl(Tls,

c^povew), [in

LXX

;]

understanding, practical wisdom, ])rvdence

nr^ Lk

nsnri,
1^'^,

na^n,
l^.t

Eph

Syn.

v.s. a-o(f>La,

and

cf. Lft.,

Notes, 317.

<|>p6i'i(ios,

-ov (<; (^povew),


:

[in

LXX

for ]i23,

D3n

etc.;] practi-

cally wise, sensible, prudent


yacopos,

Mt V* Lk
Sr^.

252.4.8.9, I

(EV, wise in one's own


-wrepos,

Lk 12^2^ i Co 10^^; opp. to to a(^pa)v, II Co 11^9; ^. Trap iavTiS conceit), Eo 112* 12^^ (cf. Pr 3"); compar.,
lO^" 24*5,

Mt

Co

410

le^.t
:

v.s. croc^os.

4)po>'ifjicjs,

adv., sensibly,

prudently

Lk

16^,t

i Ki 9* (3XT), Ps 39 <^poi/Tts, thotight), [in (40)^'' (itZ^n), al. ;] to give heed, take thought (in cl. usually absol., c. ace, c. gen.), c. inf.. Tit S^ (v. Bl., 69, 4 M, Pr., 206 f.).t ** <{)poupa), -w (< 4>povp6^, a guard), [in i Es 4*", Jth 3^, Wi 17^^, I Mac 11^*;] to guard, keep under guard, protect or keep by

<|)po'Ti!;w

LXX:
;

LXX
4^, i

guarding
+
-TT-),

11

Co
:

11=*2

metaph.,

Ga
;

32^,

Phi

Pe

l^.t

4>pu(io-(r(i)

[in

LXX

(so Ps, I.e., Ps 2^ (rrai),

horses,

to

7ieigh,
:

elsewhere depon., ^pmo-o-o/xat, Att, n Mac 7^* E, iii Mac 22 * ;] prop., of Metaph., to be whinny and prance (Plut., al.).
42*
'''o

NT

wanton, insolent
<}>puYa>'o>'.
127(5
)

Ac
,

(ixxjf
{<C4>P^y'^^
io
:

-OW)

parch),
pi.,

[in

LXX
:

chiefly
28^.t

for

also for

bnn

etc.

;]

a dry

stick

brushwood

Ac
;

puyia, -as, rj (prop., the adj., ^pvyios, -a, -ov sc. yrj, X^JP^), Phrygia, a region of Asia Minor Ac 2^*^ <^. koI TaXaTiKrj x'^P^ (r. x16 1823 (on these phrases v. DB,\, 89 f. CGT, Gal., K. <!>.), Ac
: ;

xxii f.).t

uyeXos (Eec.
^ityr\,
-rj<;,

17

-XXos), -ov,

6,

Phygelus

11

Ti

1^*.+

c^evyw),

[in

LXX
[in

chiefly

for DIJD

and cogn.
and

forms

;]

flight

Mt
rj

242<'.t

<t>uXaKVi,

-ij<;,

{<^

(fivXaaa-uj) ,

LXX

chiefly for nilptjriQ

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


cogn. forms, also for

475

N^J

etc.
:

;]

(a)

actively,

a guarding, guard,
to

watch (Horn.,
watch,

Plat.,

Xen.,

al.)

cogn. ace,
:

<f>vXdacreLv (f)v\aKa.<s,

keep

Lk

2^; (b) of those

who keep watch


Co
Pe

guard ; pi., sentinels, a guard (Horn., al.) where persons are kept under guard, a prison (Hdt., Thuc,
;

(as also Lat. custodia), a Ac 12^^ (c) of the place


al.)
:

Mt
the

1410,

Mk

61^

Lk

320,

Ac

5^9, 11

6^, i

3^9,

Ee

IS^, al.; {d) of

time during which guard was kept by night (Lat. vigilia; Anthol.), a watch : Mt 14^5 24, Mk 6*8, Lk 1238. **t <j,u\aKia., [in LXX Wi 18**;] to imprison: Ac 22i9.t * <}>uXaKTiipioK, -ov, TO, 1. an outi^ost, fortification (Thuc, al.). 2. a safeguard (Plat.). 3. an amulet (Plut., al.) in NT for the Talmudic y^^DO, a prayer-fillet, a phylactery, a small strip of parchment on
:

which portions
next the heart

of the
(cf.

law were written and worn on the forehead and


13^6)
:

Ex

Mt

235.t

4)uXa^, -ttKos, 6 {<C<fivXa(r(r(o), [in

LXX

for

not?,

"T-IS;]

a guard,

keeper
etc.;]

Ac

5^3 12^' ^^.t

and very freq. for "iQlZr also for "1S3 guard or ivatch : c. cogn. ace, (f>vX.aKd<s, Lk 28; c. ace. pers., Ac 12* 28^^ pass., Lk 829, Ac 23^5; c. ace. rei, Ac 2220; (b) to guard or protect: c. ace, Lk II21, Jo 122^ n^, II Th 33, I Ti 620, n Ti 1^2. i*, 11 Pe 2^ iavr^v d7r6, i Jo 521 (Westc, in metaph. of law, precept, etc., to keep, preserve, observe : Mt I920, 1.) Lk 1128 1821, Jo 12*7, Ac 753 16* 212*, Eo 22, Ga 6^^, i Ti 521. Mid., to be on one's guard (against), keep oneself from, beware of: c. ace,
4>uX(iaaa), [in
to giiard,

LXX

chiefly
to

watch;

(a)

Ac

2125, II
1217,

Ti

415

seq. dTro, of

Lk

121^

iVa

firj,

11

Pe

3^^
:

(Ex

Le
:

18*, al.),

laws,

etc., to

keep,

observe

as in ravra iravra,

LXX

Mk

1020

(cf. 8ia-<f>vXda(roy).f

Svjv.
<|)u\Ti,

TTjpew, q.v.
-^s,
rj,

[in

LXX

chiefly for n^po, also for IS^V?, nnptjrp,

etc.

a body of men united by kinship or habitation, a clan or tribe ;] of the tribes of Israel, Mt 1928, Lk 2^6 22^0, Ac I321, Eo 11^, Phi 35, He 713. 1*, Ja 11, Ee 5^ 7*-8 2I12 of the tribes of the earth, the peoples and nations, Mt 24^0, Ee 1' 5^ 7^ 11^ 13^ 14.t
;

<})u\Xoi', -ov, TO,

[in

LXX chiefly for


cj>vpd<o, to

n^r;] a leaf:

Mt

21i9 24^2,

Mk

1113 1328,

Ee

222.t

<|)upafjia, -T09,

TO
21

(n^^^^rD),

Nu

mix), [in

LXX
is

Ex
Eo

S^ (728) 123*

1520.

(nony)*;] that which


lli,
i

mixed or kneaded, a
92i.t

lump

of

dough,

Eo

Co

5^'

\ Ga

5^; of clay,

-rj, -ov {<C(f>v(rL<s), natural; (a) produced by nature, innate (Xen., Arist., al.) (b) according to nature (Arist., Diod., al.) opp. to irapa (ftvaiv, Eo 12^' 27 ^^^ governed by mere natural instinct (cf. Plut., Mor., 706a): ^(2a yeyewrjfieva (f). (RY, bom mere animals; Mayor, born creatures of instinct; ICG, animals born of mere nature),

* <})uoriK6s,

II

Pe

2i2.t

476
*

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


4)U(7iKws, adv.,
<j)o<Ti6w,

to puff or blow up, Metaph., to puff up, make 2)roud : i Co 8^ Pass., to be puffed inflate. Kara, up with pride i Co 4^^' ^^ S'-^ 13"*; seq. vtto, Col 2^^ seq. i-n-ep I Co 4" (on the form of the subjc, v. M, Pr., 54; Bl, 22, 3).t ** <j)i5ais, -0)9, Wi 7^o IS^ IQ^" a A, iii Mac S^s, <^^'(o), [in v IV Mac 1^*' 57,8,25 23'27 1513,25 163*;] iiature, i.e., (a) the nature (natural powers or constitution) of a person or thing: Ja S'^, 11 Pe 1*^; Eo 2-'', TtKva 4,v(TtL 6pyrj<;, Eph 2^ (6) origin, birth (Soph., Xen., al.) 2^^ Ga (c) nature, i.e. the regular order or law of nature: i Co 11^*; Trapa (fiva-iv, against dat., (f)V(ri adverbially, by nature, Eo 2^'^, Ga 4^

*t

-w

naturally, by nature
<f>v(ra,

Ju ^<'.t
(f>vcra.oj,

bellows),

cl.

LXX

nature,

Eo

1^" 11^*;

Kara
17

<^.,

according

*t
pL,
II

<()U(7ia)(ns,

-W9,

(<!

</)vo-toa)),

nature, naturally, Eo ll'-i'^^.t a jmffing up, swelling with pride


to

Co

12^'\t
-as,
;J

4.oTia,

^
l.

</.rTi;w),

[in

LXX
:

IV
;

Ki

1923 (yia:).
2.

Mi l\

Ez

17'

(riaa) *

a planting (Xen.,

al.

LXX).

</>uTew/Aa,

^/la^

which

is 2^lanted,

(t>uTU(a

{<Cif^vT6v,

apilant (Inscr.) Mt 15^^.t a plant, <^<f)vo)), [in


:

LXX

chiefly for

37133,

also

Lk 17^^ i Co S'^'S; c. ace, cf^vreiav, Mt IS^^*; Mt 2133, Mk 12\ Lk 20^, i Co 9' pass., seq. ev, Lk 13" 17.t d/^7rASva, [in LXX Pr 26'-', Ez 37 {rbv), etc. 1. trans., to bring produce (of men, to beget) pass., to spring up, groiv Lk S*^' ^. forth,
for br\W, etc.;] to plant
;

<j)u'<j,

;]

2. Intrans., in 2 aor., pf., plpf., to

and rarely

in pres. (v.

LS,

s.v.,

A,

11.),

spring

up

He

12i^.t

*4)a)Xeos, -ov, 6,

hole, den, lair:

Mt
for

8-,

Lk

958.t
;]

iw^'cw, -S

(<

^oivri),

[in
to

LXX
;

Nip

(Je 17^\ al), etc.

I.

Intrans.
(fiOivfj

cry out, speak aloud: Lk 8^; [(fxoi'rj fjieydXr]) Xiymv, Lk S***, Ee 14^^; ^covT^o-avres IttvOovto, Ac 10^^. 2. Of the cries of animals (rarely in cl. Is 381*, jg^ i_c.) of a cock, to croiv, Mt 263, 14^, Lk 22,3,
1.

Of persons,

call out,

pLtyaXy,

Mk

1'^^,

Ac

16'^

i(f)Oii'T](r

Mk

Jo

13^^

18'^".

II.

Trans, (in
20^2 2747^

cl.

summon,
Jo
13^^

invite:

Mt
[in

Mk
10'

chiefly poet.), c. ace. pers., to call, g^^ 10^^ 15s^ Lk I412 16^ 19^5^ Jo 1^^
;

29 416 103 1128 1217 1833^

Ac 9"

to

address, call
freq. for

by name (Soph.),
bip
;]

(cf. dva-, kiri-, irpoa--, (rvv-(bioveo))A


-rj<;, 7],

<|>wi/V),

LXX
t.

chiefly
;

and very
<^.

a voice;
17i^

(a)
21*,
^1.

prop., of persons,
al.
;

Mt
e/c

2^8 (lxx)^ al.


(Ae'yetj',

alpcLv (cTratpctv),

Lk
7^",
322,

Ac

4>-

f^^y^^V
ii,

f'TTctv
(f).

(ftm'eiv, etc.),

Lk
f.)
;

8^^,

Ac

Ee
Jq

5^2^

yiveraL {epx^Tat)
(of.

ovpavwv (i^ ovpavov),


ySo^vros,

Mk

1^^
1^,

Lk

1228^ al.
;

DCG,
Ac
Jo
(y8)

810*;
al.;

Dalman, Words, 204


<^.

aKoveiv cfiwvyy

(-77s

v.s,

dKoi^'co),

9*.',

Mt

3=*,

Mk
Mac
2,

Lk S\ Jo
:

123(Lxx);
(f>.,

T, $ov,

5^'',

He 37,

al.

By

meton.,
38,

(a) of

the speaker,
12', al.)

fSXeireiv tyjv
i

Ee
of

1^2;

speech, la^iguage

inanimate things:
Ixxxix).
4><os

Mt

(Ge 243i, Jo
<^dos;

11^, iv

Co

14io
;

(b)

Ac

Ee

l^'" 9^ I42, al.

(cf. Tr.,

Syn.,

(Att. contr.

from

fC^^dw), gen., 0wtos, to, [in


:

LXX
^\

Mt chiefly for "I'lX ;] light (opp. to to o-kotos, r] o-KoWa) II Co 4; TjXiov, Ee 22^; of a lamp, Lk S^e ll^s, Jo 5^5,

172-

^,

Jo IP-

Ee

1823; of a

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


supernatural heavenly
(^wTos, II

477

light,

Co
;

11^^

6 kAt^/dos t.

Ac 9^ dytW ev

12^ 22^'
t. <^.,

9.

"
:

26^3

Col

1^^; of

hence, ayvcAos the divine glory,


.

145*, Lk light of fire, 2256 (el. I Mac 1229 of. DCG, i, 695) pi., of a lamp or torch, Ac 1&^^ ; of heavenly bodies, Ja l^^ Metaph., (a) of God i Jo 1^. ^ ; ,^^5 ot/cwv oLTTpoa-iTov, I Ti 6^6 Qf spiritual truth and its effects on the (j^ lives of men Mt 4^6 5^\ Jo 1*- ^ 319-21, Ac 26^8. 23^ n Co 6^\ Eph 5^3, I Pe 29, I Jo 28 ; t. </>. r. C^^s, Jo 8^2 ^_ -^Xa rod cf>., Eo 13^2 Ka^Tros Tov <fi., Eph 59; fv T. </>. TrepcTraTeiv (etvat, /Aeveiv), I Jo 1^ 29' 1** uioi (reWa) to9 <^., Lk IS^, Jo 1236, Eph 58, I Th 5^ by meton., of one from whom truth shines forth Ac 13*'' d^^), Eo 2^9 ; esp. of Christ, Lk 2^2^ Jo V' 8 1235. 36, 46 ^, ^_ ^, KoVyltOV, Jo 8^2 9^ t. cf>. T. Ak-qOlVOV, Jo 19; of Christians, Mt 5^*, Eph 58; (c) of the spiritual understanding T. </). TO ev a-oi, Mt 623, Lk 1135 (^) adverbially, of that
.

Ee

212*

by meton., of that which gives


.

Mk

which

is

open
:

to

view (opp. to
6

ev t. o-kotio.)

ev t.

</>.,

Mt

102^,

Lk

123.t

SvJV.

V.S. ^eyyos.
-:^/Dos,

<J)a>(7TTip,

<^ws),

[in

LXX: Ge

l^^.^e

(nixn).

Da

LXX
2^5,

123

(-IHT),

Es

8^9^

Wi

132,

Si 43^*;]

a luminary, light: Phi

Ee

21ii.t

Svjv.

<^eyyo9, ^tos.

*
II

morning

Pe

(<[<^ws, (fiipoi), light-bringing ; as subst., 6 ^., ^/le star (Plat., al. cf. ku>(r4>6po^. Is 14^2, Jb 39, Ps 1103) metaph., 1^9 (v. Mayor, in l.).t **4.a)Tir<5s (WH, i/xuTtvos), -ov <^Ss), [in Si 173i
<}>ua-<j>6pos, -ov
;
:

-n,

LXX:

23^9*;]

&rz(/A^,

light:

vec^cAr/,

Mt

175;

opp.

to

o-Koreivos,

Mt

622,

Lk
to to

113*.36,t

for liK hi., riT hi., etc. ;] 1. intrans., (<< <^ws), [in shine, give light (Arist., PiUt., al.) seq. eVi, Ee 225. 2_ Trans, (a) illumine, enlighten (Diod., Plut., al.) c. ace, Lk 1136, j^g 2123;
<f>a)Tii;&)
: :

LXX

pass.,

Ee 18^
al.)
:

Metaph., of spiritual enlightenment (Ps 118


19,

(119)i3o,
to light,

Si 4517,

Jo
f.).t

Eph
:

1^8 39,

E,

txt..
39,

He

6* 1032
ii

{h) to

bring

make known
Sources, 107

(Polyb.)
-ov,

Co

45,

Eph
[in

E, mg.,
:

Ti
39,

li" (cf.

Kennedy,
(27)S

<|)WTi(T,ji6s,

(c/xoW^to),

LXX

Jb

Ps 26

43

(44)3,

77
i

(78)1*,

138 (i39)u

(^^j^)^

898 (nixD)*;] illuminatwn, light:

metaph,,

Co

4*>''.t

X
X, x> X^'
"^^^

indecl., chi,

ch,
;

numeral,
inf.,

x'

600, x.

600,000

the twenty-second letter. but in Inscr., X = 1000.


45i6, al),
i

As

xai'po,, [in

LXX

for

nnw

(Ge

b^n (Pr 2^*,

al.), etc.

as greeting

(v. infr.).

Is 4822 5721 (qi^e^),

Mac

10^8,

freq. in these books ;] 1. to rejoice, be glad : 225 238, Jo 436 856 2020, Ac 5*1 839 1123 1348^

Mk
Qo

14ii,

n Mac 1^ and Lk 155 ^2 196,37


Phi
217.28^

610 77 139,

478
Col
25,

MANUAL GEEBK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


I

Th

5l^

Pe
;

4}^, III

Jo

=*

dyaXAiSo-^ai, x- 'i'
i

Mt

5^2

k. a-Kiprav,

Lk

6-=*;

opp. to KXaUiv,
-^ ^x'^iv, ib.

Eo

121^,

Co
f.),

7^0; to /cAaiW k
/AeyaXr^i/j
rj

Bp-qvtlv,

Jo IG^O;
;

to XvTTTjv
(Bl., 38,
c.

c.

cogn. ace, x- X-P^^

Mt
Mt
;

2^**

Dalman, Words, 34
38, 2),

Jo

3^9

xapa ^

x^^^pop-^y, i

x-P^ XTh 3^

prep. (Bl.,

im,
I
;

c.

1317,
I

Ac 15^ Eo
39
;

1619,
118

Co

dat. (simple dat. in cl), 13 ii Co 7^^ Ee llio

18i3,

W,

8id,

Jo
;

l^* 3^9 ll^s,

Lk

Th

iv,

Phi

a.7r6,

II
;

Co

2^

c.

ace. (Dem.),
;

Phi

2i8

seq. Srt,
;

Jo 4 ^ Toi^To, oTt, Lk 10'^ c. dat., Eo 121^ ^ 41*^. Kvpiui, Phi 2. In salutations, imperat., x^'P^j X""'p^^^' (^) ^* meeting, /laiZ ; Mt 26^9 27^^ Mk I518, Lk 1^8, Jo 19^ pi., Mt 289 so n in letters, Xa.ipf.iv Xe'yw, to give greeting, 11 Jo x'^^P^'-^ (sc. Xcyci Bl, 81, 1), greeting: Ac 15^3 23'"" Ja 1^; (b) at parting, farewell: II Co 1311 (c) on other occasions, be of good cheer : ev Kvpcta, Phi 3^

Jo

1428^ II

Co

79' 16, II

4*

(cf.

crw-xatpco).t

XaXal^a,

-tjs, tj

[in

pi.), etc. ;] (a) to slacken, XaXdoj, -w, [in loosen; (b) to let loose, let go; (c) to lower, let down: c. ace. rei, 2\ Lk 54. ^ Ac 9-5 27i7> =^0; c. ace. pers. (cf. Je, I.e.), pass., 11 Co ll^^t
:

LXX chiefly for ina LXX Je 45 (38)6 (nblZT


a ChaldcBan
[in
:

;]

hail

Ee

8^ lli9 IG^i.t

Mk

XaXSaios,

-ov, 6,
-oV,

yrj

XoXSatW, Ac
(N^iJ),

7*.t
3^9,

XaXcTrds, -q,

LXX:

Is 18^

Wi

Si

3^

al.;]

hard ; {a) hard to do or deal ivith, difficult ; (b) hard to bear, painful, grievous : Kaipoi, 11 Ti 3^ (c) of persons, hard to deal with, harsh, fierce, savage : Mt 8^8_f *t xaXicaywycw, -w (<[ x'^"'05' o-y*^)y ^0 lead tvith a bridle; metaph., aw/xa, 3^.t to bridle, restrain : c. ace, yXwcro-av, Ja 1^"
; ;

XaXii/os,

-ov,

6,

[in

LXX
-^,
:

chiefly for

2T)J^

;]

a bridle

Ja 3^

Ee

142o.t
XiXKeos, -ea, -ov
{-ov<s,

-ovv), {<C,x<^^ko';), [in

LXX

chiefly for

rnjrnj

;]

brazen

(i.e.

of copper)

Ee

9'^'^.f

XaXKeus, -ws, 6 x'^^'^o5)>

[i.

LXX

for CTin, etc.;]

a worker

in metal, esp. a copper-smith : 11 Ti 4i*.t *t xaXKTiSoii', -oVos, 6, chalcedony, "supposed to denote a green silicate of copper found in the mines near Chalcedon " (Swete)

Ee

2119.+
xaXKio.', -ov, TO

xaXKo'5),
:

[in

LXX:

Jb

4122(23)

(-,,p)^

etc.;]

brazen (copper) vessel

Mk
:

7*.+

*t xaXKo-Xipai'oc, -ov, to, chalcolibamis, probably " a mixed metal of Ee li^ 21^ (EV, burnished brass).f great brilliance " (Swete)
XaXKos,
-ov,
6,

[in

LXX
to

chiefly for Dgl'n:;]

cop)p)er

Co 13\

Ee 11812; by

meton., of copper coin,

Mt
:

109,

xajiai, adv.,

on or

the

ground
]jr33),
:

Jo

G^ 124i.t 9" IS^'.t


X.,

Mk

Xacadf,

7j,

indecl. (Heb.
-a, -ov,

Canaan: Ac 7"; y^
ywij,

Ac

13i'.t

Xami'aros,

Canoanite

Mt

1522.t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Xapd,
delight
:

479
joy,

-as,

rj

xat>w),
;

[in

LXX

for

nnptr,

]ii2r^, etc.;]

Col

111, Pill 22, I

\. Trjs

Jo IS^i 1622.2* 1718, Ac Q\ 11 Co I2* T^^ 82, Ga 522, Jo 1*, II Jo 12 opp. to Ka-ny^eia, Ja 4^ to Xxnrq, Jo 1620; TTtWews, Pbl 125; ayaXXiaa-OaL {-xaipeLV, q.V.), x^P?^) Jo ^2^, I Pe l^J

Lk

1^^ 15'- ",

X- eX"''' Ptina
X.
fjiyd\.r]v,

"
;

trX-qpovv (-ovcrdai) \apas,


;

Ac

13*2^ J^q 151^, II


24^^!,

Ti 1*
2^29^

TTOULV

Ac

153

dTTo

T^s

)Ltera

xapS.s,
;

Mt

132 288,

Mk
:

x-,

Mt
4^6,

13^S

Lk

Ac
""

121*

^ x-. Eo 1532
He
x-

I31"
II

id.

Co

seq. Trvev/Aaros dytov, I 7* ; Blol, I Th 39 on, Jo I621


;

Lk 813 Th I*';
;

1017 24^2^ Pill 14


Xli^,

lO^^
^""'i

"'

-^^ 141^;

tva,

iii

Jo

^.

By
txt.,

cause or occasion of joy Lk I Th 219.20, He 122, ja 12 ^ ^.


;

21**, 11

Co

WH,

meton., of the E, mg. Phi 41,

^. ^yp[ov,

Mt

2521. ^^t

*XfipaYp.a, -ros, to {<^x^P'^'^^^' ^^ engrave), (a) a stafnj), impress, mark : Ee ISi*^' i^ 14.ii 162 I920 20* (v. Deiss., BS, 240 ff.) (b) a thing graven : Ac 172^.+
;

xapaKTrjp,

-yjpos,

o {<^x"-P^^^^>

^^

engrave), [in
1.
;

LXX: Le

132^
2.

(nniS),

II

Mac

41",
:

IV

Mac

15*

nE*;]

tool

for graving.

stam}) or impress

as on a coin or seal
6 (<;xa/3acrcrco), [in

metaph.,
for

He

x- t. vTroo-Tao-ews,

l^.t
X<ipa|,
-a/v-os,

LXX
:

nbbb
19*3^t

^1^0,

etc.;]

1.

a pointed
ii-iv

stake.

2.

a palisade or rampart
[in

Lk
:

Xapi^oiaai

xa/3'?),
1. to
:

LXX:
Lk
In
late

Es
721,

8^ (p:),
c.

Ca 1*K,

Si 123,

Macg*
212,

;]

show favour or kindness


c.

give freely, bestow


I

ace. et dat.,
22.
:

Ac

dat. pers., Ga 31^. 2. to 31* 25ii.i 272*, Eo 832,

Co Co

Phi

12

2^

Phm
432,

3.

Gk.

forgiveness, forgive freely


II

of debt,

Lk
Ac

27, 10 1213,
Xcipii', V.S.

Eph

Col

213 313 (cf^

Lat. condo7iare), to grant (^EGT, in 1.) ; of sin, j)B, ii, 57a).t


(

7*2 ^s

xapi?-

Xapis,
[in

-tTos,

acc, xaptv
1.

ix'^ptra in

LXX chiefly for ]n;]


:

objectively,

Ju * v. WH, App., 157), that which causes favourable


242'',
;

regard, gracefulness, grace, loveliness of form, graciousness of speech (cl. Ec 1012, Si 2116, al.) Col 4^; X6yoi r. x<^p<-ro<; (gen. qual.), Lk 422. 2. Subjectively, (a) on the part of the giver, grace, graciousness, kindness, of the divine favour, goodwill, favour : Lk 2^2^ Ac 71**, al. esp. in Lk 13", Ac 142^, grace, with emphasis on its freeness and universality 4*.i^ 1'', I Co 13, al. Eo opp. to o</)etA77^a, Eo to cpya, Eo 11^ [b] on the part of the receiver, a sense of favour received, thanks, gratitude Eo 617 72^ al. x- ^X"''. ^0 ^^ thankful, Lk 17^, i Ti I12, al. 3. Objectively, of the effect of grace, (a) a state of grace : Eo 52, 11 Ti 2i, i Pe 512, II Pe 318 {b) a proof or gift of grace (cl., a favour) Jo li^, Ac 6^, 310, II Co 98, Ga 2^, Eph 32, i Pe b^^^\ al. (For fuller Eo 1\ I Co usage, v. AE, Eph., 221 ff. DB, ii, 254 ff. ; DCG, treatment of the
;

NT
;

NT

i,

686

ff.

Cremer,

s.v.).

Si 733 x ^^g^ X^^P'^) **t xdpio-fjia, -Tos, TO (-^x^/^'Co/AttO. [ii^ 3Q30 gi ^j^ AB2E, xp^a-jxa) * ;] a gift of grace, a free gift, esp. of extraordinary operations of the Spirit in the Apostolic Church, but including

LXX:

480

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


graces and endowments (Lf t., Notes, 148 12*' 9. 28. 30, 31, Co 1", I Ti 41*, Co
f .)
:

all spiritual

Eo

1^^ 5^^ ^'

623 1139 125, I

VV

II

Ti

1, i

Pe
;

410.+

**t x^P'-Tow.
justificato
7?iai;e
;

-<^

(^Cx*^/"'), [in
\\

LXX

Si

18^'''

(dvSpt K;(apiTw/xcva)
x^P*-"^
(<1-"^-)'

Vg.,
(^) ^^

Syr., saintly)*

to

endow with

^^-

-'-

2. In Hellenistic graceful; (b) to make gracious (Si, I.e.). writings (for exx., v. AE, Eph., 227; Lft., Notes, 315), (a) to cause to find favour; {b) to endue with grace (i.e. divine favour): Lk l^^,

Eph

l.t

Xappdc, indecl. (in FIJ., Ant.,


-5s; so

i,

16, 1, Kappa, -as, ib. 6, 5, Xappd,

LXX: Ge
-ov,

29* E,

Ez

27-=*
:

B, elsewhere -av Heb. ]nn), Harav,


T^'^.t

a town in

N.W. Mesopotamia
6,

Ac

xaprtis,

[in

LXX:

Is 8IA, Je 43(36)2.6.23 (rhzo)*;]

papyrus strips (v. Kennedy, Sources, 42; Milligan, NTD, 10-12; DB, iv, 945 f.) 11 Jo^'- (Plat., Inscr.).t 11 Ki 18^'^ (nnsi) * ;] xicrfia, -Tos, TO (<[ ;(ao-Ka), to yawn), [in LXX
sheet of paper,
of
:

made

a chasm, wide space


151), [in

Lk

IG^^.t

XeiXos, -ovs, TO, gen. pi., -eu)v (v.

BL,

8,

Thackeray, Gr.,
lip as

1,

LXX chiefly for nSKT


lli2.t

;]

lip

(as in

Heb., of the

the

organ of speech): Mt 158, Mk 7^, Eo 3^^ i Co I421, He Metaph., of things, an edge, brhik, etc. (Horn., Hdt.,
shore,

W^
al.)

i
:

Pe

310 d-^^).

of the sea-

He
to

xetfid^u

expose

pass., to

[in LXX: Pr 26^" (t)*;] 1. to {<^x'^^f^-' winter cold), winter cold, go into xvhiter quarters. 2. to drive with storm be driven with storm, tempest-tossed : Ac 27^8,t

Xeifi/^apos

(shortened form of the more usual

-00s,

Attic contr.,
;

-ous), -ov (<;x"/*'^> P^^)> \y^

LXX

chiefly for bnj;] winter-flowing


:

as

subst., o X- (sc. TTOTa/Ao's),


Xeip.oSi',

torreyit

Jo 18^t

-civos,

6,

[in

LXX

for

UW^,

T'riP

;]

1.

winter: Jo

IO22,

II Ti 421 ; gen., x"A^wvos, in winter, Mt 242", lointer storm, hence, generally, a storm, tempest E, mg., om.), Ac 272o.t
Xei'p,

Mk
:
rj,

13^8,

Mt

2. Prop., a 16^ (T,

WH,

gen.,
:

xi.Lpo<;

(ace, x^P"''.

Be
g^i_

5^ T),

[in
x->

LXX

chiefly for

;]

the
2221;

hand
pi_^

Mt

3^2^ ]\iij 31^ l]^ ge^


i

mult.

^^ acting subject,
;

Jo 1^; t. Ipya tSv x- Ac 1^\ Ee 920 6 prepositional phrases, do-TTao-p-os T. e/x>7 x-> ^ Co 162^, Col 4^8^ II Th S^"" esp. those without art., similar to Heb. constructions (Bl., 32, 4 40,

Lk

Ac

172^ 203*,

9; 46,
(twv)

9), tv

X;

gen. (Lft., in

1.),

x"pwv

(Sia xpos),

Mk

62,
;

Ac

3^9; avv x- ayye'A-ov, Ac 7^^ 8ia 512 726, al. iirl x^ip^v, Mt 4, Lk 4"
;

Ga

6^, al. Bl., 44, 1), ellipse of x- {v Sc^m, apLcrrepa 9^1, the power or activity of an individual, Mt I722,

Ac
Jo

12^1, al.

metaph., of the activity or

By meton., for Mk Lk 9**, Jo 10^9, power of God Lk 1^^ 23*^


Mt
:

1029,

Ac

1121

i3n

al.

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


X<eipay<i>yi<t), -St

481

(<[ xc^aycoyos), [in

LXX

Jg

16^^

(T^IJ p'^TOO),

To 11" N*;]

to

lead by the hand:

Ac

98 22^\f

*Xip-aYYos> o'' {"^X^^P' ^-y^)' l&cbding by the hand. one to lead by the head, a guide : Ac IS^^t Xv
**txip6Ypa<}>os, -ov written with the hand.
al.)
:

As
5^

subst., 6
Q^-

x">.
As

ypac^w),

[in

LXX:

To

s*;]

subst., to x-j

a handivriting

(Inscr., Polyb.,

metaph., Col 2i^t


Xi.po-TroiT]TOS, -ov {<^xf.ip, iroiioi), [in

LXX

(of idols) for by^?;]

made by hand
172*,

(i.e.
;

He
II

91I' 2"

of

human handiwork) circumcision, Eph 2ii.t


of
:

of temples,

Mk

14^^,

Ac

7*^

* Xeipo-Toi'<i),

-a

(<^x^'P'

Tc^vui),

1.

to vote

hand
vote,

in the

Co

8^^

Athenian iKKXrja-La (Luc, Plut.). (b) without vote, Ac 14^^ (v. Eackham, in
;

by stretching out the 2. to appoint : (a) by


1.)

(cf Trpo.

XipOTOVw).+
xeipwi', -ov,
III

compar. of
:

Mac

520*;] worse

Mt
{irrl)

/ca/co's, [in 9i 12*^ 27"*,

LXX

Ki

l?''^

B,

Wi

IS^^
i

17^
5^,

He
Ex

1029, II

Pe

220

d^

t6 x^'pov,

Mk 221, Lk Ips, Jo Mk 526, n Ti S^^.t

5^\

Ti
9^

tXcpoupeiV (Eec. -^t, ra (Heb. a'^nns). Cherubim:


2517(18), al.; v.

He

(cf.

DB,
[in

i,

377

ff.).t

X^Wi v.s, x^^wXrjpa,


-as,
rj,

LXX
Lk
Ja
1.),

chiefly for

nsa^K;] a widow:

Mt

23i3

(Eec, E, mg.), I Co 78, I Ti

Mk

12*o-*3,

53-5.11.16^

2^7 425 712 IS^- ^ 20*^ 212.3, Ac 6^ 939.", 127; yvv^ 426; of one of an ordo X-. Lk
i

viduarum

(v.

CGT,

in

Ti 5^;

metaph., of a city forsaken,

Ee

187.t
X^^S, v.s. ixOes.

XiXiapxos (in Hdt.,


chiefly for p]b^{ ^iffl]

al.,

-r/?),

-ov,

(<^x'^^'oi,

apx<^)>

[in

LXX

a chiliarch,
the
6^^

the

commander

of a thousand, esp. a
:

Eoman
307
a) .t

military tribune,

2131-33,37 2224-29 2310,15,17-19,22 247,22 2523;

similar rank,

Mk
-aSos,

621,

Ee

commander of a cohort Jo I812, Ac ^ore generally, of ofi&cers of DB, i, 352 ^ DCG, i, 271% m^ (v.
[in

XiXids,

rj

{<Cx^^''^')>

LXX
Co

for p)b^;] the


lO^,

number one

thousand, a thousand:
21i6.t
Xt'Xioi, -ai, -a,

Lk

143i,

Ac

4*, i

Ee 5"

7^-^ 11^3 I41.3

a thousand : 11 Pe S^(^^^\ Ee ll^ 126 1420 202-7.t Ac 20i5.t Xios, -ov, Y], Chios, an island in ^gean Sea XiTOJK, -wvos, 6, [in LXX chiefly for T)^in^ :] the garment worn
:

next the skin (though two tunics were sometimes worn, v. Swete, Mk., 117) a tunic: Mt lO^o, Mk 69 1463, Lk 311 93, Ju 23; disting. from
Ifidnov (q.v.),

Mt

5*0,

Lk

629,

Jo

1923,

Ac

939 (v.

DCG,

i,

338', 340 ,

499").

31

482

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Xiojv, -ovos,
17,

[in
l^^.t
Vi

LXX

chiefly for

^XP

also (in

Da)

for Zlbp

;]

snoiv

Mt

28,

Ee

**
cloak

x^f^"3'

-^'So?

[i>^

LXX
Ac

II

Mac
:

12^^ *

',]

a chlamys, or short

worn over the


to jest,

xitwv (q.v.)
:

Mt

**X^e"it-

{<X^^yv>
mock, jeer
:

o,jest), [in

LXX Wi

27^^'^^ (v. Tr., Syn., l).t ll^*, 11 T^^ iv

Mac

Mac

5"*;]

17^^.t

*x\iap6<i, -a, -6v {<^x^'^*^' ^0

become warm), warm, tepid; metaph.,


:

of persons,
XXoT),

luke-warm
-r?s, r] (i.e.

Ee

3^**.+
i

tender foliage), Chloe


xAo't;),

Co
,

1^^+
;]

xXwpos,
xopros,

-a, -ov

(<
;

[in

LXX for py,


9^
;

etc.

(a) ^jaZe

green

Mk

639,

Ee
r,

8^

ttuv x-,

Ee

(b)

pale

Tttttos,

Ee

G^.t
e^,

xis

(on

v.s.

Z), in T, Tr., Eec. for efaKoo-tot e^T^Kovra

six

hundred and sixty-six (L, mg., E, mg,, sia? hundred and sixteen), the mystical number of the Beast Ee 13^^ (on the interpretation, v. Swete, Ap., 172 f.).t 15*'''^^ {v. *txoiK69, -q, -6v, x'^5)' &(^'>"ihy, made of dust: i Co
:

Field, Notes, 179 XOLcii

f.).t
7},

-iKos,

[in

LXX
:

Ez
:

45^*^' ^^

(ns) *

;]

a chcenix, a dry
7 830-32,

measure

of rather less
-ov,
6,

than a quart

Ee

6^

**Xolpos,

[in

Sm.
[ill

Is 65*

66=*;]

(EV, measure)A a sivine pi., Mt


:

Mk
mad

511-13. 10^
yifiKoL(a,

Lk

**

-w (Aristoph.).
XoXri,
-vs,

832, 33 1515, i6,t

xo-^^)'
"I.

LXX
Mk
r],

III

Mac

31

E*
:

;]

1.

to be

xoAoC/xat, to be

angry

c.
,

dat. pers.,
;]

melancholy Jo 7-3.t

rj,

[in

LXX
cf.

for ITNT,
IS^s, v.

n:y^

n^ip
1.

gall:

Mt
i,

273*

(here prob.

metaph.,

= myrrh, Ac &^A

Swete, in

DCG,

634^)

Xoos^ v.s. xo^5-

Xopa^eic (Eec.

-t,iv),

Chorazin, a town of Galilee:


vy^o/jLaL),

Mt
j]

Ipi,
! ^0

Lk

10i3.t
XopT]Yc),

-w

(<Cxopo5'

[in

LXX

for ^13 pilp-

Zea^i

LS, s.v.). 2. to defray the cost of a xopo?- 3. In late writers, metaph., c. ace. (v. M, Pr., 65), to supply, furnish abundantly

a x^po^
910, I

(v.

II

Co

Pe

411 (Polyb., al.).t


6,

xopos, -ov,

[in

LXX
[in

chiefly for binip,

nbhO;]

o,

dance:

pi.,

Lk

15'".t
XopToLto),

xVos).

LXX

for yatZT,

Ps 16

(17)i*, al.;]
;

(a)

(b) in prop., of animals (v. Lft. on Phi 41^), to feed, fatten : Ee 19-i late Gk. (Kennedy, Sources, 82, 156), of persons, to fill or satisfy with 6*2 7^^ 88, Lk 91^, 15*7, food c. ace. pers., Mt 1533; pass., Mt
:

W^

Jo
iK,

626,

Lk

opp. to Treimv, Phi 412; ^ gen. rei, WH, txt., metaph., Mt 5^, Lk 62i.t I516,

ja

216;

Mk Mk

8*; diro,

Lk

I621;

t x^pxaajxa, -ros, to

xopTaC'^),

[in

LXX: Ge
^-

2425.32 422^ 432*,


.J

Jg

1919 (Nispa),
:

De

1115 (^^yy)^ Si 3033 (3324) 3826

fo^^^^ (Polyb..

Plut., al.)

pi.,

Ac 7" (EV,

sustenance).

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


XopTos, -ov,
1.
6,

483

[in

LXX

chiefly for 2.i^y, also for TSFI, etc.;]


2.
i

an
9*

Mt
Ee

enclosure, 1326 1419,


;

a feeding place (Horn.).

x-

Mk 428 639, Lk 1228, Jq qio^ x^^^po?, Mk &^, Ee S^.t


-5, 6,

Co

food, esp. for cattle, grass: 3^2, Ja 1". ^\ i Pe 12^

0^^

Xou^as,

Xous, -oos, acc, ovv,

Chuzas (EV, Chuza) Lk S^.t 6, (contr. from xo?)) [^^


:

LXX

chiefly for
Kovtopros,

ISiT;]

1.

earth, soil.

2.

In later writers

(Plut.,

LXX), =
etc.;]

dust

Mk
c.

6",

Ee

IS^^.t

Xpdofiai, xpwfiai

(<CxP^)' P'^
Pr., 64,
;

LXX
;

for

1112737,

to use,

make
523.

use of:

dat.

(cf.

M,
(cf.

158),

/xaXXov XPW-'of feelings,

(i-6- ^^16

times in late writers


etc., to
11

opportunity M, Pr., 64
sheiv
:
;

Ac 21^', i Co 912.15, j v. M, Pr., 247), i Co. 721


;

t-

^,^8

as some-

exercise,

7^i Lft., Notes, 233), c. acc, i Co 11 Co li^ 312 ; c. adv., d7roTo/xws, to


(cl.), to treat,

deal sharjjly,
\Xp(!ico,

Co
7],

131"
[in

c.

dat. pers.

deal with,

Ac

273.t

Ki'xpTifjii,

xpeia, -a?,
freq.

[in

LXX LXX

for
:

mb,

II

Ch

etc. ;] to lend : 21^ (i^) (ij-^s), 11

Lk
Es

ll^.t
720

(mnrn)

Ac 281", Tit 31*; Trpos 1. need, necessity: /or edifying as the need may be; but v. Field, Notes, 192), Eph 429; Jo-n x- Lk 10*^ He 7"; x- ^X"^. c. gen., Mt 68 213, Mk 113, Lk 911 15" 1931. 34 22'i, Jo 1329, I Co I221. ^\ i Th 412, He 103, Ee 2123 225 geq. rod, c. inf. (Bl, 71, 3), He 512 absol. (sc gen.), Ac 2*5 435; c. gen. pers., Mt 912 2665,'Mk 2" 14^3, Lk 53i; c. inf (Bl, 69, 5), Mt 31^ 14l^ Jo 1310, I Th 18 49; seq. Tva, Jo 225 1530
in
Si,
i-ii

Mac;]

oiKoSofjiy]v Trj<; x-

(EV,

txt.,

^i' 225, 428, i Jo 31^; ovSev ; x- ^X""' ^^ ^ x 12i3. 225 4.16,19. pi_^ ^.c 203*, c. gen. subjc. Phi 2. matter, business 12*5^ ai_) (so esp. in late writers, Polyb., al. Ac 63.t i
I

Jo

227; absol.,

Mk

Eph

Eo

Mac

txpeo(f)eiXTT)s (Eec. xp^di-,


-ov,
6,

WH,
LS,
:

xp^o4>lX-; v.
[in

xpeos, a
:

debt,

oc^ciAerv^s),

WH, App., 152, 154), LXX: Jb 3137, Pr29i3*;]


I718
31
.

a debtor

Lk

7*i 165.t
v.
s.v.), it is iiecessary
i

*XpT, impers. (<|xp<^'".


xprf^o)

XP7),
gen.
rei,

[in

LXX
Lk

Jg 11%
118
\<^M)^

Ki

Ja 31* (cf. 8r.).+ A*;] to need, have


:

need of

c.

Mt

632,

jj

Qq
:

^ gg^^ pars, seq.

ev,

Eo
Jb

162.t
Xprj^ia. --^05,

TO x/jao/xai), [in
(5i'
8,

LXX
al.), 11

Jo

228, II

Ch in.

12

(Q^DDJ),
tJiat

2717 (f]03), etc.; freq. in Si

and

iv

Mac;] a thing
;

one uses or needs (and generally, a matter, event, business) hence in pi, (a) wealth, riches : ol ra x- ^xovres, Mk 10^3, 24^ j^^ i82't (b) money : Ac 318' 20 2426 sing, (rare in cl) of a special sum of money, Ac 437. XpriftaTii^a, xp^/xa), [in LXX: Je 33 (26)2 36 (29)23 37 (30)2 43 (36)2.4 A (-Q1 pi.), 3216 (2530) (jxt:?), iii Ki 1827, Jb 403(8)*;] 1. to transact business, hence, to consult, deliberate (Thuc, Dem., al.)
; ;

hence in later writers, 2. to make anstuer (esp. of official pronouncements by magistrates, etc. in tt. of the royal reply to an cvtcv^i?, q.v. cf. Deiss., BS, 122) of an answer by an oracle (Diod., Plut., al.) in FIJ, LXX and NT, of divine communications, to instruct, admonish,
; ;

484
warn:

MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

pass. (Bl., 54, 3), Mt 2^2, He 8^ ll^ 1225; c. inf. (Bl., 69,4; 3. to assume a na/me (as in 70, 3 ; 72, 5), Mt 2^2, Lk 22^, Ac IO22. business), be called (Polyb., al.) Ac 112^, Eo 7^ (gnomic fut. cf.
:

Burton,
(Ni|^0),

69).

XpT|fAaTi<T)jL6s, -ov,
II

6 (-<

;)(/377/xaTi^co,

q.v.), [in

LXX
:

Pr 24^

(31^)

Mac

2^ ll^'^*;] a divine response,

an

oracle

Eo

11* (Xen.,

Plat., al.).t
Xpri<Ti|xos,
-r],

-ov x/3ao/xat),

[in

LXX: Ge
:

372^

(yS^), etc.;]

tisefiil

II

Ti

2i*.t

I Ki 128 (bscr), Si IS^, XP^ais, -(09, ^ xpaoyitat), [in al.;] use: in a sexual sense, Eo 12"; c. gen. obj., ^T^Xeias, ib. 2^ (for exx., V. Thayer, s.v.).t

LXX

*t xpT)(TToofiai (<C!xP'?<^5), to be kind : 1 Co 13* (eccl.).t *+ Xpil<^ToXoYia, -as, 7] {xpr]crT6<i, Aeyw), fair speaking : in

bad sense,
(freq. of
221

Eo

16^^ (in

good sense
-rj,

also, eccl.).t
[in

XpTjoTos,

-ov (<;;^pao/x.ai),

LXX
:

chiefly for

2iM
(Pr

God
oTvos,

Ps 24

(25)8, al.), also for -),T


;

(Ez

2722 28i3), i^r^

K A) ;]

serviceable, good

(a) of things, good,


]y[t

pleasant
;

Lk
(b)

5=^9

^^^5^

1130

(EV, easy)

of food (as often in cl.), in ethical sense, ^Or], i Co

15^^
I

of persons, good, kind, gracious


T. -xft-qa-Tov

Pe

2^

{=

rj
t]

)(pr](rT6Tr]s)

Tov 6eov,
,

Eph 4^2 Eo 2*.t


Eo
Col
3^2,

of

God, Lk

6^^^

Xpt]o-t6tt)s,

-r]To<;,

(<C XF?''"'''^^)

[in

LXX
:

forms;]

1.

goodness, excellence, tiprightness


:

for 3113 and cogn. 3^2(lxx)_ 2. goodness

of heart, kindness
ace. pers.,

Eo
id.,

2*, 11

Co

6^,

Ga

522,

Tit 3*; seq. hrC,

c.

Eph
:

2'';

opp. to aworoixia,
as in
cl.
;

Eo

II22.

SvN.

V.S. ayaOdifrvvq.

xpio-fxa (T, xp^Lo-jxa,

v. Tdf., Pr.,

102

Bl., 4, 2), -tos, to

{<Cxpi^), later form of

xP^fJia

{MbcK,

al.), [in

LXX

for

nniyp and

cogn. forms (Ex 29'', al.) ;] an anointing, unction (the result of the action xP^f.iv; ICG, in 1.; but cf. Westc, in 1., for the view that the i Jo 22^' 27.t oil, not the act, is meant) XpioTiai'os (D, Xpeto--; on the form Xprja-, v. Bl., 3, 6; 27, 4; on the ending, -aj/os, v. Bl., 11. c. Deiss., LAE, 382), -ov, 6, a Christian, the name first given to the disciples by pagan gentiles at
:

Antioch
384).t

Ac IP"

2628,

Pe

41"

(v. reff. in

Thayer,
for

s.v.

also

DB,

i,

Xpicrr<5s

(X/3-),

-r/,

-ov (<^xpitu),

[in

LXX
;

TV^XSl^

and cogn.

forms;] 1. as (^sch., Eur.,


(6 tcpevs 6 x->
(i

adj.,
al.
;

(a)

of things, atwwiting, to be used as ointment

t.

eXaiov to x->
>
'^''-

Le 2V^)
II

(b)
:

'-'6

^^

X'

i*p'5>

Mac

l^*')

of persons, anointed 6 x- '''^^ Kvpiov or Oeov


cf.

Ki

210,

Ps

22,

al.),

of the

Messiah (Aram., nrvi^p;


2^^ 426, al.
82^,
;

Dalman,

Words, 289

ff.),

Lk

211.26,

Jo 1, Ac

2.

As

the Messiah, the Christ : 1^, Jo al. ; 'Vo9s X.,

Mt
l^^,

2*,

Mk

Lk
X.

2^, Jo

I20,

subst., 5 Xpto-Tos, Ac 2^1, Eo 7*


l^s,

Mk

Ac

2^8, al.

'Ii^o-oCs,

Mt

WH,

mg.

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


Ac 5*2, Eo Eo 1^ al.
63,

486
152,

al.;

X.

Kvpios,

Lk

2ii;

"Irja-ovs

X. 6

Kvptos,

Ac

[in chiefly for ntZTO, of xpt'w, to anoint (Horn., al.); consecration to a sacred office: priest, Ex 28*^; prophet, in Ki IQ^**; king, I Ki 10^; of things. Ex 409, Le S^o, al.]. In NT, metaph., of God's anointing, (a) Christ: Ac 4^'^; c. inf., Lk 4^s(i'^^); c. dupl. ace. (b) Christians: (v. Bl., 34, 4), He 19 (i^); Trvcvftan dyio), Ac lO^s
;

LXX

II

Co

121 (cf_

Westc, Epp.
v.s. aXuffiU).

Jo.,

73)

(cf. ev-,'^i-xpta)).+

Svjv.

XpoKij^o)

{<CxP^vo<;),

[in

LXX
:

take time, to tarry, linger, delay loc, Lkl2i; c. inf., Lk 12.t


xpofos,
-ov,
6,

Mt

chiefly for iriK pi.;] to spend or 10^'' ; seq. iv, c. dat. 24*^ 25^,

He
,

[in

LXX
;

chiefly for

nv
;

also for

ny,

etc.;]
:

time (a space of time, whether long or short cf. Lft., Notes, 70) Mt 27, Mk 921, Lk 1", Ac 321 71-' 23 1318 1730 279, He ll^^, i Pe l^^ 4^, Ee 10^ (JTLyfXT] )(p6vov, Lk 4^ trXrjpiOfxa tov ;(., Ga 4* TTOtetv ;(., Ac 15^^
;

1823; /8iwo-at,

Pe
;

42; StSoVat,
i<7xo-Tov

Ee

22^; pi.,

;^.

koX (^) Kaipot (Lft.,


^ 1*6 1^"

I.e.),

Ac V, I Th axpi, Ac 321 Ac 1820; cV


;

51

7r'

8ta rov

x-

He

Twv X-

(xP^'^o^)'

Ju^^;

c.

prep.,
18*,

5^2;

x-.

Ac

121;

^1

(TrAciova) x-,

Lk

00-ov x-,

TToXvv (Toa-oirov) x-, instr. dat. of extension of

Ro 7\ 1 Co 739, Ga Mt 25^9, He 4^ irpo


;

4^; Kara tov x-,


x-

Mt

2^6; ^cra

atwvtW,

II

Ti

1^,

Tit 12

time

Lk Lk

82-. 29,

209,

Jo Jo 56
:

149, Ac 8^\ 73 1235 149,

Eo
Ac

Pr., 75, 148; Deiss., LAE, 206), (v. 1626; ace, of duration of time, 2}^, 143.28 1922 2018, I Co 167, Ee 6ii.t

M,

Mk

Svjv.

v.s. Katpo?.
-S)

* XpoyoTpi^ioi,
gen.
Grr.,

{<C.XP^^^^>

'^P'-l^^)> io
',

spend time
Pr.,

Ac
cf.

20i^.t

Xpuo-eos, -ea, -eov (-oiis, -rj, -ovv 2i, pl. LTr.,

on
v.

acc. sing, fem,, -av,

Ee

l^'

and
or

uncontr., -ewv,
f.)

Ee

M,

48 and
;]

Thackeray,
i.e.

1,

172

(<;

xpwo-o's),
11

[in LXX chiefly for sni


22",

golden,

made

overlaid with gold: 15' 7 17* 21i5.t


Xpuo-iof,
-ov,

Ti

He
Co

9*,

Ee

112.13,20 21

4* 5^ 83 913.20 1414

TO

(dimin. of xp^^o?>
:

^^)}

[in
1^,

LXX
Ee

chiefly for
21
;

nrn;] apiece of gold, gold

312,

He

9*, i

Pe

318 21i8.

of

golden ornaments, i Ti 29 (WH, txt., EV), i Pe 33, Ee 17* I8I6 txt., E) of gold coin, money, Ac 3 2033, i Pe lis.t *t xpu<To-8aKTu\ios, -ov, with a gold ring : Ja 22.t
;

(WH,
28i3
f.

Xpu(T(5-Xieos,
(t&'^Cyil?) *;]

-ov,

6,

[in

LXX: Ex

282o

3620

(39i3),

Ez

a
:

chrysolite (on its identification, v. Swete, Ap.,

288

DB,

iv,

620)

Ee

212o.t
-ov, 6,

Ee 2120,t (v. Swete, Ap., 289) chiefly for nnt ;] gold : Mt 2ii, Ee 9^ of golden ornaments, Mt 231". i^, i Ti 29 (Eec, mg.), Ja 53, Ee 17^ I812.16 (Rec wh. mg.); of images, Ac 1729; of gold coin, (Eec, mg.) Mt 109.t
*t xpoo-o-irpao-os,
xpuaos, -oi,

a chrysoprase

6, [in

LXX

WH,

WH,

Xpuaous, V.S. xp^o'fo?'

48(3

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


,

[in chiefly for nSS pi.;] to gild, Xpuo-oo), -<j {<^ xP^o-os:) cover with gold: pass., c. dat., xp^o'^<^ (pleonast., cf. Ex 26^^, Ee 17^

LXX

Xpws, gen.,

_i(/owros, 6,

[in

LXX
:

chiefly for ntjT^

;]

in

cl.

rare in

prose, the surface of the body, skin


XwXos,
1530,
31
-rj,

Ac 19^^^
;]

-6v, [in

LXX
Lk

for nipS

lame, halt,

maimed

Mt

11^

188 2114,
-as,

Mk
rj,

945,

722 1413.21,

Jo

Xwpa,
cl.,

[in

LXX
31
;

for

]''"1N,

Ac Hri^
53^
,

3^ 8^ 148,
etc.;]
1.

He

12i3.t
freq. in

most

a space, place.
51" 655,
.

Mk
1823
pi.,

Lk

2. land, i.e. (a) a land, country, region : Mt 12-, 28 1513-15 1912, Jo 1154, Ac IS^^ 27^^ TaAar^T^, Ac 16^

x-

TpaxwvmSos,

Lk

T. 'lovSatas,

Ac

262"

^_

'louSaicov,

Ac

10=^^

T^s 'loi^Satas
828,

K. ^a/xapLa<s,

Ac
^

Mt
2121,

Mk
:

51,

Lk
;

826;
(c)

81; Tepyecrrjvwv (Tepaa-rjvwv, TaSapyjvCyv) ^^i ^-kiS davdrov, Mt 416; (b) land,

jyroperty

Lk

12i^

the country, opp. to the


(cf.

town

so in

pi.,

Lk

Jo 435^ ja 54,t SvN. : aypo<;, toVos


xcupe'cu, -S,

DCG,
13

i,

591

LS,

s.v. x<^P,

ad

init.).

Xwpal^iv, V.S. Xopa^etV.


[in

LXX: Ge
;]

(Niz?:), iii

45 (pTn
retire,
3^.

hi.),
:

Wi

723>24, al.

I.

Intrans., 1.

Ki 726.38 (i3 to make room,


:

hi.),

n Ch

give way,

metaph. (EV, come), ek /xeTavoiav, 11 Pe go forward, advance, progress (Plat., Polyb., al.) 6 Aoyos 6 vfjilv, Jo 837 (E, txt., lucth not free course ; E, mg., hath i/xb's ov x<^P" no place, for wh. cf. Field, Notes, 94 f.). II. Trans., to have space for 22 (cf. Ge, I.e.), Jo 2125 of measures (iii Ki, holding, to hold : Metaph., of having or making room in mind or II Ch, 11. c), Jo 2^. heart: Mt 19ii>i2 (EV, receive), 11 Co 72 (E, txt., open your hearts; mg., make room) (cf. dva-, aTro-, Ik-, VTro-xwpiiiy).^
pass
to

seq. eh,

Mt

151*";

2.

Mk

Xcopilo), [in

LXX
c.

11

Ch

128, al.

(^12
:

ni., etc.),

Wi

13, 11

Mac

521,

al.

;]

1.

to sejjarate,

divide,

Mt

19,

Mk

109;
2.
:

ace. rei, opp. to a~vt,evyvviJii, ace. pers., seq. airo (Wi 13), Eo 835,39; pf. pass,
c.

put asunder

ptcp.,

He

726.

In

late writers,
i5
;

mid. and 1 aor pass.,

oneself,

depart
I

Phm

seq.
(cf_

dTro,

Ac

1*,

Ik,

Ac

I8I'

separate of divorce
to
272''

(Polyb., al),

Co

7i'ii'^5

^^^.^ 8ia-xcopt^o)).t
x<i^pa,

Xwpt'oi', -ov,

TO (dimin. of

x^pos), [in

LXX

Ch

("13))

2. an estate, II Mac 115 12^,21, jy ]y[ac 1520*;] 1. a pflace, region. 1432, jo 45^ Ac lis. i9 43* 53. 8, 28".t property, piece of land : Mt 2636, 2. As prep., c. gen., Xwpis, adv., 1. separately, ap)art : Jo 20'^. (a) separate from, apart from, luithout (practically equiv. to weu v. 43*, Lk 6*9, jo is 155, Rq 321.28 4^ 78. Mt 133*, Field, Notes, 103) IQi*, I Co 48 1111, II Co 123, Eph 212, Phi 21*, I Ti 2^ 521, Phm 1*, He

Mk

Mk

415

77,20

97,18,22,28

1028 116,40

218,20,26.

(^) ijesides:
-ov, 6

Mt

I421 1538,

128,14 (^S ^Copt's 11 Co 1128.t

V.

Bl.,

82,

3),

Ja

*txwpos,

(Lat. corns), the

N.W. wind: Ac

2712 .t

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT

487

^, ^,
xlf'

\\ii,

TO, indecl.j^si, ps,

the twenty-third letter.

As a numeral,

700,

i/.,

700,000.

(Jg 5^, Ps 7^^ al.), also for twang (as a bowstring, etc. ;] jEsch., Eur., al.), hence, 2. absol., (a) to play a stringed instrument with the fingers (Hdt., Plat., al.) (b) later, to sing to a harp, sing psalms (LXX) in NT, to sing a hymn, sing praise : Ja 5^^ c. dat.
>|;d\Xa>,

[in

LXX
al.)

chiefly for
1.

IDT

pi.

122 pi. (i

Ki

16^^

*,

to pull, twitch,

pers.,

Eo

15^ (l^),
-ov,

Eph
6

5^^; dat. instr.,


[in

Co

U^^.f
chiefly for liaTP;]
1.
o.

ij/aXfji6s,

i/'aAAw),

LXX

with the fingers (Eur., al.), hence, a striking of (^sch., al.), and hence in later writers, 2. a i Co sacred song sung to musical accompaniment, a psalm (LXX) 1426, Eph 519, Col 316 psalms, Lk 24^4, Ac IS^^ yg/ySAos .AaA/>twv, of OT
striking, twitching

musical

strings

Lk

2042,

Ac
:

12o.t
v.s.
vfj.vo<s.

Syn.
II

*t ij/eu8-d8eX<j)os,

-ov,

6,

a false brother

of professing Christians,
11

Co
*t

1126,

Ga

2*.t

j/eu8-airoorToXos, -ov, 6,
^\ivhr\s,

a false apostle:
[in

Co

ll^^.t

-s

{<^xJ/vSofjiaL),

LXX

for If^??,
:

Ninr, 173; etc.;]


;

lying, false, untrtie (of

persons and things)

Ee

22

/xdfyrvpes,

Ac

6^^

as subst., 6

if/.,

liar

Ee

21^.t
:

a false teacher 11 Pe 2^.t * <j/u8o-X6yos, -ov {<Cif/cv8y]s, Aeyw), speaking falsely, lying (Aristoph., Polyb., al.).t
*t ij/eu8o-8i8(i(7KaXos,
-ov, 6,
i|/6u8op,ai, V.S. {f/ev8(D,

Ti 4^

|/eu8o-fiapTupe'(a,

-w,

[in

LXX: Ex
:

20^6,

De

520
:

(i^)

(njy),

Da th

Su6iAB2E (v. i(/ev8ofidpTvs)*;] to bear false tvitness Mt IQ^s, Mk 10i, Lk 1820(LS^); seq. /card, c. gen. pers., Mk 1456.57 (Xen., Plat., al.).t * \j/eu8o-fj.apTupia, -a?, Mt 15^^ 2659.t false loitness **t^6u8o-^(ipTus, -vpos, 6, [in LXX: Da LXX Su 60, th ib. c^Bi*;] a false witness Mt 266o c. gen. obj. (v. WM, 30, 1*), i Co IS^^.t t|/u8o-7Tpo<|)riTT,s, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Za I32, Jeg (6^3, al.) (X^n:)*;] a false prophet = cl. i/^cvSoVavn?) Mt 7^5 24ii' 2*, Mk I322 (v. Swete, in 1.), Lk 626, Ac 136, 11 Pe 2\ i Jo 4\ Ee IG^^ 1920 20io.t
r],
:
;

\|/eu8os, -os (-ovs), TO,

[in
lie
I

LXX
:

chiefly for IpVJ


14^^
j

also for tZTHS

373

;]

a falsehood, untruth,

Ee

Qpp_ ^q

rj

aXijOeLa,

Jo
i/^.,

8*^,

Eo
M,
in

125,

Eph
;

425,

II

Th

211,

Jo

221;

^ to dAT^^e?,

ib.27; TTotcTv

Ee

212^ 22^5

ev Trdarrj Swd/Aet k.

(rr]fjLeLOi<;

k. ripacTLv {f/evSov;

Th., 104;
1.), II

and on the meaning and


6,

(gen. qual., V. construction, v. also ICC,

Th

29.t

*t jcu86-xpi<rros, -ov

a false Christ or Messiah, "a pretender to the

488

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


of.

Messianic office" (Swete, Mk., 309;

also Tr., Syn., xxx)

Mt

242*,

Mk

1322 (cf. dvTtxpto-ros).+


\{>6u'8w,

deceive by lies; more freq. in the depon. mid. form always in NT), [in LXX chiefly for izrn3 pi. ;] 1. absol., to lie: He 6^8, i Jo 1^, Ee 3^ oi if^evSofiai, Eo 9^, 11 Co ll^i, Ga l^o, I Ti 27; c. dat. pers. (Ps 17(18), Je 5^^ al.), Ac 5* seq. ek, Col 3; Kara, Ja 3^* (Hort, in 1.). 2. Like act., c. ace, to deceive by lies
to
ij/evSofxat

(so

(Msch., al.) Ac S^.t * 4/eu8w>'Ufios, -ov (<[ i/'eii8>??, ovo/xa), Under a false name, falsely called: i Ti 6-" (^sch., Plut., al.).+ **v|/GafjLa. -Tos, to {^i{,ev8oj), [in Aq., Th. Jb 346, Pr 23^; in Sm. Jb 13*, al.;] a lie, falsehood : Eo 3^ (Plat., Plut. al.).t
:
:

|/eo'<rrT)S,

-ov,

i/^ei^Sco)

[in

LXX:

Ps

IW
mm

(116") (n73), Pr Ti
l^o.

1922
I

A N^

(172), Si 158 252*;] a liar:

Jo 8**."^ Rq

3*, i

Tit

1^2,

Jo

l^O 24.22 4ti0 510 t


<|/T)Xa4)d(i>,

1.

to feel

for -w i/^da>, to touch), [in IZrirD pi., etc. ;] or grope about ; c. ace, to feel abotit for, search after : metaph.,
,

LXX

of seeking
24^^,
I

God, Ac
;

172^.

2.

to feel,

to2ich,

handle

Jo

1^

7rpo(T\.-r]\v6aTe iJ/rjXacfxofxevii) {opet'^),

He
3^

: c. ace. pers., Lk 12^* (^^ txt., a mount

that viight be touched; in l.).t


j/ri4)i!;(o

mg., a 'palpable
[in

and kindled
Ki

fire; v.

Westc,

(<i//^</)os),

LXX:
;

m
[in

count (prop., with pebbles), reckon, calculate: apiOfxov (i.e. calculate the number's meaning), mid., to vote by casting a pebble cf. dvy-Kara-,
|/^4)os,

B^A (ISO ni.)*;] to Lk 142^; t. Ee 13^* (in cl. chiefly


t. ha-Trav-qv,

crvfx-<f)r](f)Lt,wi).f

-ov,

Tj

i//da),

to

rub),
(5)

LXX: Ex
(for

42^

(is),

La

3i

(Y^U),

Ec

726(25)

(paiyo), IV

Ki 124
if/.

A, Si 18i, iv

Mac

1526*;]

1.

small smooth stone, a pebble : meaning, v. Swete, in 1.), Ee voting, a vote : Ac 26^".+
t (J;t6upi<Tfi6s,
(izrnb) *;]
-ov,

XevKrj
2.

2^'^.

From

suggestions as to the the use of pebbles in


[in

6 (<^

ij/iOvpL^oi,

to

tvhisper),

LXX

Ec 10"
;

a whispering ;
6

(a) of secret slander, ii

Co

12^'^

(Plut.)

(b) of

murmured enchantment,
*
(|/i0uptoTiis, -ov,

Ec,

l.c.+

(v. supr.),

a whisperer (as epithet of Hermes,


l^o.t

Dem., 1358, SvN. :


*t ^ixiov,
|/oxii,

6)

in

bad sense, Eo
dimin. of
[in
i/'i^,

KaraAdA-os, q.v.
-ov, TO,
--^s,
rj,

a crumb

Mt

152^
iyS3
,

Mk

72s.t

LXX
Phi
230,

very freq. for

sometimes for
(Hom.,
(a) as
al.

3^

SSb

etc.

;]

1.

breath (Lat. anima), breath of


:

life, life

in Arist., of the vital principle)

Ac

20i' 24,

II

Co

123,

Mt xh
;

625,

Mk
al.

3" lO^s,
2.

Lk

1222,

Jo 10",
the
:

28,
:

the soul,

seat of the will, desires

and

affections
ck

Mt

2638,

^^

i230 (LX^) 143*,

Lk 1*6, Jo 1024, Ac Eph 6", Col 323;

142,
^jy^

Phi

127^ al.

foxn^from

the heart, heartily

as a periphrasis for person or self (freq. in

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


translation
;

489

from Semitic
freq.

originals, v.

M,

Pr.,
s.v.

87
ii,

Eobinson, Gospels,
2
;

but also 113 ff. App. A.) Mt 1129,


:

in

cl.,

v.

LS,

Edwards, Lex.,
;

Mk

S^e,

Ac

2",

Eo
:

2^, i

^. ^Sxra (^o)^s), I Co 15*5, 13^7, divine grace and eternal salvation

323 (LXX)^

Eo
2.

131

Pe 320, al. Ee 163; (g)


Ja pi

TrSo-a

i/..,

Ac

2*^

as the object of

He

520, i

Pe

19'22 211

419,

ni Jo

Syjv. : v.s. vovs, Notes, 88 f.


**^uxik6s,
-ri,

7rvevfx.a,

ifrvxi-Kos,

and
:

cf.

ICC on

Th

52^,

Lft.,

iv Mac 1^2*;] of the ifn^xn il/vxj), [in of the immaterial in man), EV, natural : opp. to (as the lower part irvevixaTtKos, I Co 2^^ 15**'*^; Trvevfia firj ex'^vra (EV, senstbol ; E, mg,, natural or animal ; better perhaps, of the mind ; v. infr.), Ju ^^ ; with cTTtyctos, Sai/AOviwSTjs, opp. to avwOev KaTepxofJiivr} (cro</)ta), of the mind
-6v

LXX

(Hort, in

1.),

Ja

S^^.t
ijjv-,

|/uxos

(LT,

as in

cl.),

-cos (-ous),
(n-||5),

to (<

i/^vx^),

[in

LXX
Mac

Ge

822 (ip)^
:

jb

379^

pg

1476(17)

Za

14^,

Da

LXX

th 3". 69*;]

cold

Jo

1818,

Ac

282, 11

Co

1127.t
[in

|/uxp6s, -a, -ov

/'vxw),

LXX

Pr

252^

(-|p).

Si 4320, iv

112*;] cold: sc. iSwp (cf. Theogn., 263; Hdt., ii, 37), Mt 10*2; metaph., of indifferent persons, Ee 3^^' ^^.t for Tip riMUT ;] to breathe, blow ; hence, to make \(fux(), [in Pass., to grow cool : metaph., Mt 24^2^ cool. chiefly for ^DX hi. ;] to <|u)xi^w (<^ if/ui/jios, a morsel), [in with morsels (as children or the sick Hippocr.), hence, generally, feed in late writers, to feed, nourish : c. ace. pers., Eo 122" (lxx) q ace. rei, to give out for food, i Co 13^ (cf WM, 32, 4an for dupl. ace,

LXX

LXX
;

cf.

Nu

11*, Si 153, al.).t


132<'27i

*t \|i))xioi', -ov, TO, dimin. of ij/o}fi6<s, a fragment, morsel : Jo *t ^(Hyjia (<^ i^wci), collat. form of il/dw, to rub), to rub : Lk

sof

6^.f

a
12,
o>,

id \i-^yo-

(cf.

o fiiKpov), omega, 6, the twenty-fourth


w'

letter.

As a numeral,
TO T^os),

800,

w^ 5,

last

(= M,

To'O (Eec. O, L,

and last As a symbol of the 800,000. T, w), the Omega Ee l^ 21 22^^


:

(cf. 'AA.(^a).t

&, inter j., c. vocat.,


cl.
;

71) reproof, Ja 22" (b) in exclamations of surprise, etc.


;
;

Pr.,

Ac

0; (a) in 1^ I81* 2721,


3^;
c.

simple address

(less freq.

than in

Eo

2i. 3

920^ j

Ti 620
:

expressing

Ac

13i,

Eo

11^3,

Ga

nom. (Bl,

33,

4),

Mt 152^, Lk 242^, Mt 17^7, Mk 9^^,

Lk

9".t
'flp^S, v.s.
fiSe,
'IiDl37j8.

adv.,

[in

LXX
2.
:

for

n|n,

nb, dbri,

etc.;]

1.

prop., of

manner,
(a)

so (Horn., al.). hither (BL, 25, 2)

Mt

In poets (rarely) and late writers, of place, 829, Mk ll^, Lk 9^\ Jo 62, al. ?a)s 58e,
;

490

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


; ;

Lk 235 (b) here : Mt 126, Mk 9\ Lk 9^^, Jo 6^, al. t^i diSe, Col 4^ 24^3, Mk I321 ^ JiSc (eVeZ), Mt opp. to iK:, He 78 JiSe metaph., here (i.e. in this circumstance or connection), i Co 4^, Ee 13^"' ^^ 14^^
; . . .
;

179.
uZ-f],
-7j<s,
rj,

[in

LXX
and
of

chiefly for

TW

;]

a song,

ode,

whether sad
:

or joyful 14 153
;

in

LXX

NT
Eph

oJ.

TTvevixaTLKai,

always in praise of God or Christ 5^9, Col 3l0.t


-ivos,
fj,

Ee

5^

wSiV (late

form
I.e.),

(iSt's),

[in

LXX
,

for

bjn (and wrongly


:

for

b^n,

cf.

Ac,

b^n, etc.;] a hirth-pang travail-pain

Th

5^'

metaph., of extreme suffering,

Mt

24^,

Mk

13^

ciStves

Oavdrov (Ps

17 (18)*

np

-b^U),
[in
to

Ac

2^*.t
,

ciSii'w,

LXX
6,

birth-pangs,
cruv-cj8t'va)).+
wfjios,

travail:
[in

chiefly for bin also for b2n pi., etc. ;] to have Ga 4"^(^^^), Ee 12^; metaph., Ga 4^^ (cf.

-ov,

LXX
buy
:

chiefly for DDIJT

pjns

;]

^/le

shoulder

Mt

23*,

Lk

155.t
-ov/xai,
;

uvdoixaL,
ff.

to

uivqcraTo

cl.

lirpiaTo
1^^.\
;]

V.

Eutherford,

NPhr., 210
(001/

Veitch,

s.v.), c.

gen. pret.,

Ac

(Eec.
-as,

(ioV), -ov, TO, [in

LXX

for nS'^S

aw egg

Lk

ll^.t
1.

wpa,

r],

[in

LXX

chiefly for ns.

and

in

Da

for n^C!';]

any

^ime or period fixed by nature, esp. a season (Hom., Hdt., Plat., al.). A part of the day, and esp. a twelfth part of day or night, an accus. in ans. to " when " ? (M, Jwiir : Mt 2436, Mk 13^2, Ac lO^, al. Bl., ^ 34, 8), Jo 4^''^, Ac lO". ^o, i Co IS^o, Ee 3^; ace. of Pr., 63, 215; duration, Mt 20^^ 26***, Mk 143"; inexactly, 7rp6s wpav, /or a season, for a time, Jo 5^^, 11 Co 7^, Ga 2^ Trpos Katpov Mpa<i,for a short season [ICG, 3. A definite point of time, time, hour : Mt 26*^ in 1.), I Th 21^. c. gen. rei, Lk V^ U^', Ee 3i, al.; c. gen. pers., Lk 22^3, Jo 2* 7^\ al.;
2.
; ; ;

rj

dtprt {^pa, I

Co
c.

4ii;

iaxdrr] w.,

Jo
[in

218; seq. Sre,


(cf.

Jo

1223, al.

ace. et inf.,
-ov,

Eo 13"

DB,

ext.,

Jo 421.23 525 475^ 476'').


,

1625. ^^^

wpaios,

-a,

(<< wpa),

LXX
;

for

nN3

^IID

HSP

etc.

;]

seasonable, timely, esp. of ripe fruits hence, blooming, beautiful (both Mt 232^, Ac 32. 10, Eo IQi^ (LXX, ^pa).f of things and persons) for 3NIS' ;] of animals (also of men, wpuo/iai, depon., [in Pe 5^ Hdt., al.), to roar, Jwiol : Xewv, i (Js, adverbial form of the relative pron. 09, ^, o. I. As relat. adv. of manner, as, like as, jttst as, even as ; 1. with
:

LXX

a demonstrative, like

owtcos,
528,

expressed or understood
212, al.
;

oiJt<d9

ws,

Mk
al.
;

42,

Co
;

315,

Eph

Ja

a,s

oi^rco?,
;

Ac
c.

832,

Co

1^\

elliptically
1231, al.
c.

(sc. ovVws, ovtio), c.

nom.,
14*8,
;

Mk
Mt

prep.,

Mt

26*^^^

Mk
it

Mt 62^, al. l^ 22^2, Jo

ace.,
;

Mt
c.

19i^,

7i, al.

verb.,

Jo 156, II Co 31, Eph 23, I Th having the special force wh.


V^,

5*5, al.

c.

ptcp. (the ptep.

however not

Mk

122,

He

131^, al.; frea

has in el.; v. Bl., 73, 5; 74, 6), 'mplying opinion or belief, Eo 932;

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT


80 esp,
c.

491

gen. absol., i Co 4^^, ii Co 5^", i Pe 4^^, ii Pe 1*. 2. Before 5^^, Jo l'*^, Ac 5^, al. Bumerals, about, nearly : 3. Before adjectives and adverbs, hoiv : Eo 10^^ 11^^, i Th 2^*^ ; c. superl., ws Taxto-ra, as quickly as possible, Ac 17^^. 9^' II. As conjunction; 1. temporal, (a) as, when, since: 1472, L]j 1^3^ Jo 29, al. tvhile, when, as long as : Lk 12^8, Jo 12^\ (6) Ga 610 (Field, Notes, 191) a>s av (M, Pr., 167, and v.s. Siv), Eo 15^*, I Co 1V\ Phi 223. 2. Final, in order that; c. inf., in order to (M, Pr.,

Mk

Mk

204),

Lk

9^2,

Ac
:

2024,

He

7".

^tiaai/^d (T,
249), hosanna

cio--),

(Heb. NJnznn;

v.

Dalman, Words, 220


;

ff.

Gr.,

Mt

21^,

Mk
8'

11^.

lo,

Jo

12^3

t.

viq

AaW8, Mt

219. i5_t

Horn, at the beginning of a clause, in the form ws aurws, later in one word), in like manner, just so, likewise : Mt 20^ 2V^' ^e 2517, Mk 14^1, Lk 13^ 20^1, Eo 826, I Ti 525, Tit 26; with verb to be supplied from context, Mk 122i,
(oo-auTws, adv.,

strengthened for ws

(in

Lk
615,

2220,

Co

1125,

Ti 29
as
if,

38.

11,

Tit 2^.+

oxrei,

adv.,

(a)

as

it

were, like as, like

Eo

613,

He

112; ytVeo-^at ((^atWa^ai) wcra',


;

Mk

926,

Mt 3^6 9^6, Ac 2^ Lk 22*4 (|[WH]1

E, mg., om.), 2411

Mtl42i,

Lk

in calculation, and with numbers, abotit 323 9i4>28 22*1.59 23*^ Ac 2*1 103 197. i,a-d )^6ov fioX^v,
(b)

Lk

22*i.t
'Slarii

W^n), Hosea Eo 925.t Mt 62 2028, Ac 31^, i Co 8^, i Th 53<3a-Trep, adv., just as, even as al. in protasis, with ovtws (Kai) in apodosis Mt 12*0^ l]j 1724^ Jq 521, Eo 519, Ga 429, Ja 226, al.
(TTr.,
'fio-), o,

(Heb.

* wo-n-ep-ei, adv., as, as it were : i Co 158.t wCT-re, consecutive particle, 1. c. infin., expressing result, so as to : 127, Lk 57, Ac 119, Eo 76, I Co 17, 824, 1222, 136, al. Mt of a designed result, Mt lOi, Lk 429, al.; preceded by ovrois, Ac 14i; by

Mk

He

Too-oin-09,

Mt
{b)

1533.

2.

C. indie, (a) so that


:

Ga
228,
c.

2i3,

preceded by
7*, i

ovtcos,

Jo
al.

316
3.

so then, therefore

Mt

I212,

Mk

Eo

Co
i

37,

Ga

39,

therefore: c. subjc, i Co 58; 212, I Th 418, 1 Pe 419, al. Phi *t d)TdpLov, -ov, TO, = ciriov (q.v.), the ear :
so then,
twTioi/, -ou, TO,

imperat.,
14*7,

Co

321 4*,

Mk

dimin. of

ovs, [in

LXX

for ]7l<;]

Jo ISio.t an ear : Mt

26^1,

Lk

2251,

Jo

I826.t

w<|)^\ia

(WH,

-Xia),

-a5,

yj,

[in

LXX

for

bm

hi.,

3rS5,etc.;]l.

assistance, help
Plat., al.):
<o<j>Xew,

(Thuc, Plat., Eo3i, Juis.t

al.).

2. profit,

advantage, benefit (Hdt.,

benefit,

-w (<^ oc^eXo?), [in do good, profit : absol.,

LXX
Eo
;

225

Notes, 21),

Mt
Co

272*,

Jo
52

663
;

1219

c.

chiefly for biT hi. ;] to help, ovSeV {do no good ; v. Field, 42 ; c. dupl. ace, ace. pers..
;

He

Mk
711,

836,

Co

146,

Ga

pass.,

He

139

c.

ace,

Mt

155 1626,

Mk
c.

526

Lk

925, I

133.t

* u(j>\i|xos, -OV

commod., Tit

38

seq. Trpos,

{<C (i^eXeco), ussful, serviceable, profitable c. ace, i Ti 48, 11 Ti 3i6.t

dat.

ADDENDUM
(See p. 135)
^K, before a vowel i^, prep. c. gen., of motion outwards, separafrom (opp. to ts; = Lat. e, ex), from out of, from among, from. I. Of Place, 1. of motion, out of, forth from, off from : Jo 6^^ Ac 9^, Ga 18, al. esp. after verbs of motion, Mt &^ IV, Mk 125 728^ Jq i38 201, Ac 12'' 17 2730, al. constr. prseg., o-w^etv (Stao-.) ck, Ju \ Ac 28*.

tion

Metaph., Mt 7". 5, i Pe 2^ Ik t. x"pos (-wv), seq. gen. pers., Lk 1^*, Jo 10-^8' 29, 39^ Ac 12* 24^ Ee 192; mVtiv (q.v.) eK; of tbe place from which an action proceeds, Lk 5^ (cf. 12^6, Jo 13S 11 Co 2*). 2. Of change from one place or condition to another Jo 8*2, Eo G^^ 13", Ee T\ al. c. ellips. of verb of motion, 11 Ti 226, ^ pe 221, Ee 221, al. 3. Of separation or distinction from a number, before collective or pi. nouns Mt 13*^, 49^ Jq 121^ Ac 31^, i Pe P, al. after ds, Mt 1029 Lk 1715, al. ouSct's, Jo 1^\ al. ttoAAoi', Jo ll^^, al. rt?, Lk ll^^, al. Ti's, Mt 62'', al. in partitive phrase as subject of sentence, Jo I6I'''
;

Hebraistically, ex /acVov seq.


4.

gen.,

=
=
;

Ik

(Heb.
:

'!jina),

Mt

13*^
;

al.

Of position or direction

eVavTi'as,

Mk

(so in cl. IS^^ (metaph., Tit 28)


1. of
cf.

l^w)

Ik Sc^twv (v.s. St^ios)


(i.e.,

c^

pi^wv

utterly),

Mt

II20.

yVTr>,

the point of time from which, from, since : ck 1020, Lk 238, Ac 24}\ al. 2. Of succession in time: ck Bivrepov, a second time, Mk 14"2, al., cf. Mt 26**; rffiepav ii r]iJ.pa<s, from day to day, 11 Pe 2^. III. Of Origin, 1. of nativity, lineage, race kolttjv (ev yaarpi) c'xetv *c, Eo 919, Mt l^^ yevvai/ K, Mt 13 ycvrSo-^at (yivecrOai) , Jo 3^ 8*1, Ga 4* iK in/i;>aTos {Oeoi),
II.

Of Time, Jo 91,

Mk

ff-

Jo
al.

113 35
;

ff.^

al

ip-^^a-dai, Civat, etc., ck

T. TToXews,

Jo

1**

0^X779,
2.

Lk

236,

T.

i^ovcTLa? 'Hpw'Sov,

Lk
:

23^^

wv

ck t. yrjs,
21^,

Jo Jo
I

331.

Of the
5^, al.

author, occasion or source


CK (t.) Oeov,
icTTiv,
I

Mt
Jo

53^,
4''';

Jo
e/c

Eo

229, i

Co

8^,

Ga
;
;

Co

T^, II
;

Co

51, I

T. Trarpos,

6^5, al.

K T. 77s
iK il^vxv^, Ee 2012.
22, al.

XaX7,
66,

Jo

331

iK KapStas,

Eo

61^

cf.

Mk

1230,
eK,

Ti 15
711,
11

Eph
3.

Col 323; ^v marem, Eo 1423; Kptvetv Of the agent, after passive verbs Mt 15^,
:

Lk

1922,

Mk
; ;

Co

freq. in

Ee
:

after dSiKeio-OaL

(2ii),

etc.
;

4.

Of cause, dependence, source

of supply T. TTovov {-(iiv), Ee I61O' n t. (^wvwv, Ee 8i3 eV tovtov, Jo 6*6 1912 (but V. Meyer, in 11.) eV Oeod XaXe'iv, 11 Co 21^ eV t. dXi7(9etas elvai, Jo 1837, I Jo 319 6 iK TTto-recos, Eo 326 4I6 01 (oirts) e'/c TrepiTOfjiij':, Ac 112,
; ; ;

Eo Ga
II

412,

Ga

212,

Col 4"

Tr/veiv iK,

Mt

2629,
l

Mk

I425,
;

Jo

4i3, al.

eep^^eiv,

6^;

/Acrexetv ck
5.
;

(=

partit. gen.),

Co

10i3

c.

inf.,

ck tov ^xav,

Co

811.

Ee
T.

1812, al.

Of material: Mt 2729, Jo 2i5 I92, Eo 921, i Co II12, allied to which is its use of price (= cl. gen.) Mt 27^,
:

cf. ib.

202,

Ac

118.

IV.

By attraction =
:

iv (cl.)
;

ra iK

t. oiKtas,

i^ avTov BvvafLiv,

Mk

V. Adverbial phrases
II
I

530 ^y Field, in 1.) i^ dvayKrys, 11

6 Trarrjp 6 i^ ovpavov,
9^,

Mt 241'' Lk 1113.
io-otj/tos,

Co

He
Jo

712

i^

Co Co

813
7^.

iK fjiipov;, I

Co

1227 139-12

i^ fj^irpov,

3'*

iK avfjicfiwvov,

ec/3aiVto,

VXw.

VI. in composition, iK signifies, 1. procession, removal eySdXA.(o. cKreiVw; metaph., e^ay2. Opening out, unfolding i^airopioi (v. M, Pr., 3. Origin 4. Completeness l/ryovos.
: : :

237), iKirkrjpow, cktcXcw.

(492)

APPENDIX A
THE lEREGULAR VERBS OF THE GREEK NEW TESTAMENT
The student is referred to the grammars for the tenses of the regular verbs. The following list comprises those verbs which do not conform to the regular types, with their principal parts and other tenses which occur in the NT, including some which are of regular formation. The list is confined, as a
rule (but
cf. dvolyco, olyco), to simple verbs, from which the form of the compound may usually be determined without difficulty. When a tense occurs only in a compound, the simple form is preceded by a hyphen. Compare a similar list, with helpful notes, which has appeared since this was sent to press, in Moulton's Grammar, Vol. 11, pt. ii, pp. 225 ff.

(a.

active

m.

middle

p.

= passive. Alternative forms are enclosed in brackets.)

ayyeXXo), fut. -dyye\co, pf. rjyyiKKa, p. -rJyyfXfjiai, 1 aor. ^yyeiXa, m. -dfiijv, 2 aor. ip. {Bh, ^1^, 3) r^yyeXrjv. -ayvvfii, fut. -ea^o), 1 aor. -fa^a, 2 aor. p. -edyrju, with irreg. use of augment (Bl., 16, 2) in fut. Karfd^a and 2 aor. subjc. p. naTeaya. aya, fut. a^a, pf. p. ^yfiai, 2 aor. fjyayov, 1 aor. a. -rj^a, p. {jx^rfv, 1 fut. p.
d)(6T)(rofiai,

impf. m.

Tjyofirjv.

n Co IV, aor. subjc. ?), 1 aor. jjvea-a. (the simple verb m. only, -opai, in NT), cXw (late Gk., LXX), p. -alpfdrjaofiai, pf. rjprjKa, jjpijpai, 2 aor. (IXov (and -Xa, a hybrid form with ending of 1 aor., Bl., 5^ 21, 1 inf. iXelv), 1 aor. p. Tjpfdrjv, 2 aor. p. f'lXofirjv. atpa), fut. dpS>, pf. rjpKa, TJpp.ai, 1 aor. a. ^pa (inf. dpai), p. rfpffrfv, 1 fut. p.
alveo), fut. alvfo-a (-atveVco,
alpT]cro)

alpew, fut.

dpOTjaopai.
alirddvopai, 2 aor. rjadoprjv.

alavvvopai

(p.), f. alcrxwdrjaofiai, 1 aor. rjcrxwdriv {-ai(Tx^v6rjv).

aKovat, fut. aKOXiao), -opai (Bl., 18, 3), pf. dKTjKoa, 1 aor. a. rJKOvaa, p. tjkoxxtOtjv, 1 fut. p. dKOVO'drfcropMi.
a\ei<p(i), fut. dXei\//'CB,

1 aor.

a. ^Xeii/^a, p. inf.

dXKpdrjvai.
p. -rjXkaypai,

-aXXdccrci),

fut. dXXd^co, 1 aor. a.

-^Wa^a,

pf.

2 aor. rfWdyriv,

2 fut. p. dWayqaofjLai. dWofiai, 2 aor. -rjXoprjv, a form

-T)\dp.r]v (v.S.

aipem).

dpaprdvo), fut. dpaprrjcra}, pf. fjpdpTTjKa, 2 aor. rjpaprov, 1 aor. rjpdpTT]<Ta.


dp(f)ievvvni (-e't'^' "''C'^)) P^- rjpcpiiapai. dvaXicTKO) (-00)), fut. dvaXwao), 1 aor. a. dvrjXaxra, p. dvrjXoydrjv. dvoiya (v. Bl., 24, s.v. o'iyco), fut. dvoi^o}, pf. dveaya (M, Pr., 154), -ypai., T]viayp,ai, rjvoLypai (M, Pr., I.e.), 2 aor. rjvoiyr^v (M, Pr., 66), 1 aor. a.
rjvoi^a, dpfoi^a,
r]vea)^a, p. rjvoixdtjv,
dvot.-)(6r}(Topai,

dvecoxdl^, rjVfci^drjv (inf. dveoi^^dfjpai,

Lk

3^^),

1 fut. p.

dvoiyrjcropai.

d7ro-Ka6-l(rrr]p.i (v.S. toTTjfii),

1 aor.

p. dTreKarfOTddrjv

(double augment).

dp((TKa>, fut. dptfro), 1 aor. a. fjpecra.

(493)

494

APPENDIX A
fufc.

apKfdi, fut. apKeaco, 1 aor. a. rjpKfcra, 1

p. apKfcrdrjaofjLai.

apird^a, fut. dpirda-o) (M, Pr., 165), pf. rjpTraKa, 2 aor. p. Tjpirdyrjv (Bl., 19, 3), 1 aor. a. TJpTraaa, p. fjpTrdadriv, 2 fut. p. dpirayTjcrofxai,, plpf- inf. -qpirdKeiv. al^dvat (av^u), v. Bl., 24), fut. av^rjcru), 1 aor. a. rju^rjcra, p. Tjv^rjdriv. d(pir]pi {-iea>, -iw, -eco ; V.8. iT]p.i), impf. ^(piov, pf. p. 3 pi. d(fiia)VTaL (cf. M, Pr.,
38, 119).
d<f)opda> (v.s.

opdw), 2 aor. subjc.

d(f)i8(i>.

-fiaiva, fut. -^rja-opai, pf. -^e^T]Ka,

^dXXo), fut. /3aXa), pf.

[ii^'krjKa, -pai,

2 aor. -e/Sr;!/ (M, Pr., 110). 2 aor. ej3a\ov (a form -av,

Ac

16^''),

1 aor. p.

f^\rj6j]v, 1 fut. p. j3\T]6i]aopai, plpf. p. efie^Xi'jprjv.

^8f\vaaupai, pf. e/3SeXuy/iat.


j3i/3pa)(r/ca), pf.

^e^pcoKu.
*

/SXaordi'Q) (-do)), 1 aor. a. e^Xda-rrja-a (Bl., 19, 1 ^ovXofiai, 1 aor. p. depon. e^ovXrjdrjv (v.l. ^^-).

24).

ya/Lteo)

(BL, 24),

pf. -yeyd/ixr/Ka, 1 aor. a. iydp-rjcra, eyrip.a, p. fyafirjdrjv.

yeXdcu, fut. yeXdcro).

yqpdaKO), 1 aor.
yivop.ai (cl.

a. iyrjpaaa.

yt'yi'-),

fut. yevT)(Top,ai, pf. yeyova, yfyevqpai,

2 aor. eyevoptjv, 1 aor.


2 aor. eyvtov (subjc.

p. eyevTjdrjv. yivaxTKOo (cl. -yfyi/-), fut. yvaxrop-ai, pf.


yi/w,
-yi/oi
;

eyvaKO, p.

fyva>(Tp,ai,

BL,

23j

M,

Pr., 55, 196), 1 aor. p. iyvdxrdrjv, 1 fut. p.

yi/oJC^T/o-o/Liat.

yvcopl^co, fut. yv(opLcra, -i5>,


ypd(j)ci),

1 aor. a. eyvapura, p. eyvcopia-drjv. fut. ypd^//a), pf. yeypacjia, yfypapp.ai, 1 aor. a. eypayj^a,

2 aor. p.

ypd(f)7]v.

SeT (impers.), subjc. Sei;, inf. Seli', ptcp.

neut.

Seoi/ (pi.

Seoira), impf. eSet.

8fiKvvp.i {-vo)), fut. Set'^oj, pf. deSeiyfiai, 1 aor. a. eSei^a, p. ibei-xQrjv.

beopai, 1 aor. p. edeTjdrjp. Sepco, 1 aor. a. eSetpa, 2 fut. p. 8apT]aop.ai. dfxopah fut. 84^opai, pf. Se'Sfy/xai, 1 aor.
84(0, fut. 8r](Tco, pf.

m. e8^dp.r)v, p. -e8ex6r}v. 1 aor. a. 8T)aa, p. f8edr]v. B'MKovea, impf. StTyKOfovv, fut. StaKovjjo-o), 1 aor. birjKovrfcra, p. (inf.) StaKovn8i8fKa,
fie'Sejuai,

SiSdtTKQ), fut. StSd|co, 1 aor. a. ehiba^a, p. e8L8dx6riu.

8i8copi (-00)

BL, 23, 3, 4 2 aor. a. (pi.) e8opev, m. 1 fut. p. 8o6r](Topai.


;

Pr., 55, 196), fut. Smo-co, pf. Se'ScoKa, 8f8opai, -edofirjv, 1 aor. a. eSwKa (subjc. 3 8. 8a>crr]), p. eSodrjv,

M,

8oKea>

{-a>),

1 aor.

a.

e8o^a.

Spap.el.p, v.s. Tpex<^-

8vvafi.at, fut. bvvrjaopai,

SwQ)

(Sua)

BL,

24), pf. -8i8vp.ai,

1 aor. p. i8vvi]dr)v, rjbvvdfyBr^v (BL, 24). 2 aor. eSur, 1 aor. e8vaa, m. -(bvcrdp-qv.

(d^co (fut.), etc., v.s. ayvvfJLi.


6(10),

fut.

e'do-o),

1 aor.

eyyt^co, fut. eyyi'trco


eyeipoi, fut.

el'ao-a, impf. (Ja 4^ A), -toj,

et'coi'.

pf. ijyyiKa, 1 aor. a. rjyyKra.


rjyipdtjv,

6r)(Topai,

fyepa, pf. fyrjyeppai, 1 aor. a. rjyfipa. p. impf. unaugmented Steyeipero, Jo 6'^.

1 fut. p.

f'yfp-

f'Sa^/^o), fut. f8a<pia).


eBi^u), pf. t^io"/iat.
e^co, pf. el'cu^a,
ciSoi', V.S.

q.v.

opdo).

APPENDIX A
t/xt

495
'ia-di,

(to be), fut. ea-ofiai,


{rJTa>),

impf.

^'firjv (cl. rjv),

imperat.

pi. eo-re,

3 pers. earc*

pi. <rra)(rav, subjc. pres. S, optat. ftr}v, inf. (i/at, eaetrdai, ptcp. &v,

('(rofjLfvos-

fim

(to

go

in

NT, compound

only), pres. 3 pi. -ia(n{v), impf.

-^'ftv, pi. -jjeo-av,

inf. -levai, ptcp. -lav.


flirov (2 aor.), e'lprjua, etx;., v.s. Xe'-ym.

pres. obsolete), plpf. 3 pi. ela>6ecrav. eXavvu), pf. eXijXoKa, 1 aor. -^'Aacra. eXetv, v.s. aipeo).
ftayda (pf.
;

iXrjXvda (pf-) eXddv (2 aor.), v.s. epxofiai.


cXkoo), pf. iX<a)fiai.

tXKvoa (eXKQ)), fut. eXKvtro), 1 aor. etXKvcra, impf. iXkoi/.


e'XXoyao) (-eo)), impf. p. unaugmented. eXTTi'^o), fut. eXTTio), pf. ^'Xtvikq, 1 aor. a. ^'XTTwra.
ejjLfco,

1 aor.

TjfKcra.

eveyKf7v, v.s. (pepo).


evvvfii, V.S. dfj.(f)ievvvni.

eoiKo (pf.
-enofuiL,

pres. obsolete).
-el7r6/x?;v.

impf.

ipyd^op.ai, pf. e'ipyaafxai, 1 aor. p. -elpydardrjv,


ipprivtvu},

m.

rjpyaa-afjLTjv (flpy-).

not augmented.
eXr)Xvda,

epxofiaL, fut. eXevaofxai, pf.

2 aor. ^X^ov (a form, 1 pL,

-afiev

inf.

eX^eZv),

(M, Pr., 154


;

Bl., 24, s.v.).

ep

(fut.), v.s. Xeyco.

eo-^tw (ecr^Q)

Bl., 24, s.v.

M,

Pr., 54, 111, 155), fut. ^ayo/xat (2 sing, -ecrat

in NT), 2 aor. ecpayov.


evayyeXi^co,

augmented

evrjy-.

fvapfOTeci), pf. fvapearrjKa (evrjp-), 1 aor. inf. evapecTTTjcrai,.

evboKeo), 1 aor. eidoKijcra


evpia-Ko), fut. vpr]ao), pf.

{rjii-).

evprjKa,

2 aor.

1 aor. p. evpidrjv (ptcp. evpafxevoi.


drjcropai.
e(f>L(rTT]fii

He

cvpoi' (and -a, v.s. alpe'co), m. vp6p.r]v, 9^^ ; Pr., 51n), 1 fut. p. eipea-

M,

(v.s. 7aTr)p.i),

((f>opd(o (v.s. opao)),

eX'^^ ^^^- ^^""j

3 sing. m. erriaraTd. 2 aor. imperat. (f)i8. pf- ^^X'?"'') 2 *or. f(Txov (inf.
;

trxeti'),

impf. erxov (a forms in


e^/^i',

pi.).

^ao) (Bl., 24, 8.V.


(fo),

M,

Pr., 54), fut. ^jjo-w {-op.ai), impf.


-ecu, -eo-.

1 aor. f^rjaa.

does not contract,

^(oypico, pf. e^wyprjfMai.

^oivvvfii {-vo)), fut. ^coorco, pf. p. -efcocr/iat, 1 aor. -e^axra,

m.

i^axrdnrjv,

TjTTdm

{r](T(rd<o

BL,

24, S.V.), pf. rJTrrjpai, 1 aor. p. fj(r(rwdT]u.

ddTTTco, 1 aor. i'da-^a,

2 aor. p.

erdffiTjv.

6eXm
6r](ra>,

(cl.

also edeX(o), fut.

deXrjcroi,

1 aor.

a. TidfXrjcra,

impf. rjOeXov,

v.S. ri6rjp.u

6iyydva), 2 aor. ediyov. dXd(o, 1 fut. p. -BXaadrjaofiai.


-drrjo-Kco {dv^<TKco), fut. -Bavovfiai, pf. Tf6vT]Ka,

2 aor. -edavov,

6pavai, pf. riOpavcrpai.


Bpeyjrco, etc., V.s. Tpe(pa>.

6v(o, pf. Tedvfiai,

1 aor. e^ucra, p. iTvOtjv.

ttelv, V.S. levai, V.S.

6/)aci>.

et/it.

>>

APPENDIX A
Xeyo) (to gather, in

497

NT

only in comp.),
''co,

fut. -Xe'^w, pf. Xekty^ai, 1 aor. -eXe^a,

m.
XetVo)

-iXe^afirjv.

(Xifjiirdvco),

fut.

Xe/

pf.

XeXet/i/iot,

XeXi^fiat,

2 aor.

-eXtTroi/,

1 aor.

eXef\|/a, p. eXeicfydijv.

Xouo), pf. XfXov/Mii, XeXo"o-/Liat, 1 aor. a. eXoucra,

m.

eXovadfjLTjv.

fxaKapi^oi, fut. fjiaKapia.

2 aor. efiaOov. 1 fut. p. fiapavOrjaofiac. fJMpTvpopai, 1 aor. m. epaprvpdprjv. fiedvo) {-vcTKOpai), 1 aor. p. ipedvcrGrjv. /ie'XXco, fut. peXXrjaco, impf. epeXXov (^p-). fieXco, fut. -peXrjaopaL, 1 aor. p. -epeXrjdrjv, 1 fut. p. -piXridrjcropai. piv(o, fut. pevQ), pf. ptpfvrjKa, 1 aor. e'pdva. piaiva, pf. pepiappai (cl. usually -aapai), 1 aor. p. ipidvOrjv. -piyvvpi, pf. pipiypai, 1 aor. a. epi^a. pipvTjO-Kco, fut. -pvT](Tco, pf. pipvYjuai, 1 aor. a. -epvijaa, p. fpvT](Tdr}v, 1 fut. p.
fjLavddvoi, pf. fifuddrjKa,

liapaivoi,

/x)/;cr^7^(ro/j,at.

pvrjoTfVQ), pf. fpvTioTevpai (v.l.


pcopaivco, 1 aor.

fte/x-

BL,

15, 6), 1 aor. p. ipvq<TTeiidr)v.

ipapava,

p. ipoipdvdrjv.

-vepo), 1 aor. p. -evfprjdrjv.

vvard^co, 1 aor.

a.

evvcrTa^a.

^rjpaivo), pf. e^rjpappai, 1 aor. a. e^rjpava, p. f^rjpdvdrjv.

^vpd(o (cl.

-ea>), fut. ^vpr]cropai, pf. e^vprjpai.

-oiyo), V.8. di/oiyo),

nSa

(pf.

an irregular compound. pres. obsolete), alternative form of 2nd pers. pi. lore (cl.) and of 3rd pi. i(racri(i'), fut. eiSijcro), plpf. .V^et", imperat. icr^i, utto), mttc, taraxrav, subjc. fiSw, inf. etSe'vai, ptcp. eiScos.
;

oiKTelpa), fut. olKTfiprjcra.

oiopai, contr. oipai.


ouroo,
V..S. cf)fp(j}.

-oixopai, pf. -cpxv/iat-oKfXXw, 1 aor. -wKeiXa. -oXXk/hi (-vco), fut. -oXecroj, -oXo), -ovpai, pf. -oXcoXa, 2 aor. -mXoprjv, 1 aor. a. -wXetra. opvvpi (-vw), 1 aor. wpocra.

ovivqpi,

6pd<i) (Bl.,

V.S. aipia>), aivdprjv (opt. ovaiprjv). (a form inf. 24), fut. oyj^opai, pf. ioipaKa (J6p-), 2 aor. et'Soi' (iSov in R tSeif), impf. fa>pa)v (but cf. 7Tpo-opa>pT)v), 1 aor. m. a>y\rdpriv, p. a>(f)6r]v,

2 aor.

1 fut. p. o^6f](Topai.
apiapai, 1 aor. a. copicra, p. a>pi(r6r)v. &pv^a, p. -wpvx^fiv. o0etXco, 2 aor. 6(f)eXov (used as a particle cl. oi^-), 1 aor. axjyeiXa.
opi^U), fut. -opia, -optVo), pf.
-opvcrcra),

2 aor.

-i>pvyr)v, 1 aor. a.

1 aor. -enai^a, p. -fTraix^rjv, 1 fut. p. -'iraix6r](roixau Treirovda, 2 aor. enadov. iravto, fut. -Travcro), navaopat, pf. Trfnavpai, 1 aor. a. eTratitra, m. erravcrapTjVj
irai^o), fut. -Trai^o),
Trd(TX(i>, pf-

2
ireldco,

fut. p. -nar]<Topai.

fut. TTeiau), pf. ireiroida, rrfTrfia-pai, 1 aor. eireia^a, p. fTreiadijv, 1 fut. p.

7ricr^;]a"o/:iat.

jTfti'da), fut. Treii'dcTa),

1 aor. eVeiVatrn.

Tnyyvuui, 1 aor. a. enri^a.

32

498
TTiKpaivu), int. TTiKjiavai, 1 aor.
-TTtp.n\r)p.i, pf. TreTrXTja-fim,
TrlfiTTprjixi {niirprjfii,

APPENDIX A
eirUpava, p. fnLKpdvdrjv.
i'TrXrjaa, p. eTrXrjcrQrjv,

1 aor. a.
1 aor.

1 fut. p.

rT\r](T6r)(TOfiai.

irprjdco),

-i'lrpTjcra.

TTLva, fut. TTiop.ai, pf. TTfTTcoKa,

2 aor. 7riov (inf. TTiflv, nelv ; Bl., 6, 5), 1 aor. p. iTToOrjV. 7rnrpda-Ka>, pf. irenpaKa, -afiai, 1 aor. p. iTrpdBrjv. irinTa, fut. TTfaovpai, pf. neTTTcoKa, 2 aor. i'Trecrov (on a forms, V.S. atpeo)). TrXao-o-o), 1 aor. a. ivXaa-a, p. fTrXaadtji'.
TrXarvvcc, pf. ncrrXdTvpfjLai, 1 aor. p. fTrXarvvdrfv. nXeKco, 2 aor. p. -enXdKTjv, 1 aor. eVXe^a.
TrXe'o)

(does not contract eo or

eto),

1 aor. enXfva-a.

-TrXrjaa-co,

2 aor.

p. iirXr^y-qv (in COUip. (^-fTrXdyrjv), 1 aor. a. -enXri^a.

TTvea (does not contract o, tea, 6?;), 1 aor. eVi/eiyo-a. 2 aor. p. -invlyrjv, 1 aor. k'nvi^a. npib) (npiCa)), 1 aor. p. eTrpi(r6i]v, TTVvddvopai, 2 aor. iirvdoprjv.
n-viyco,

-paivco, pf. -pepap,pai.

pavTiCco, pf. pepdvTi(Tp.ai (v.l. e'pppe'o),

Bl., 15, 6), 1 aor. a.


'

ippavrma

(epav-).

fut. pevcro), 2 aor. p. (ppvrjv (epv-).

prjdeis, V.S. Xe'-yto.


pr]a(T(o {pijyvvpi
;

BL,

i^

ftLTTTco (-e'w), pf. p. f'ppcpai (i'p-),

24), fut. prj^co, 1 aor. epr;^a {(pp-)1 aor. epi\f/a.

pvnpai, fut. pv(ropai, 1 aor. m. fpva-dprjv (epp-), p. ipvfrdr^v (Jpp-). pavvvfii, pf. i'ppwpai (in imper. eppaxro, farewell).

a^evvvpi
(Tflo),

{-v(o), fut. (T^e(T(i),

1 aor. a. fo-^eaa.

fut. tre/crco, 1 aor. a. eaficra, p. ecreiadriv. (TTjirco, 2 pf. aiarjna.

(TKvXXo), pf. ecTKvXpai.


cnrda), fut. -(TTrdtrco, pf. -eairaapai, 1 aor. a. -tcnraaa,
(TTTeipco, pf.

m.

f(rrra(Tdpr]v, p. -((TirdaQrjv.

ta-nappai, 2 aor. p. ia-irdprfv, 1 aor. ea-neipa. -<TT(XXa>, fut. -(TTeXo), pf. -ea-raXKa, -pai, 2 aor. p. -f'crrdXrjv, 1 aor. -ecrretXa.
a-TTjKQ),

impf.

i'(TTr]Kov (late pre.s.

and impf. =

la-TTjpi).

aTrjpL^co, fut. arTjpi^co, -iaai, pf. ecrTijpiypai, 1 aor. a. earijpL^a {-laa), p. icrr-qpixd-qv.
(TTp(pa>, fut. -(TTpeyp-O), pf. etTTpappat, {-tppai),

2 aor.

f(TTpd(f)r]v,

1 aor. f(TTpf<\ra,

2 fut. p. -(TTpa<pr](Topai.
a(pd[(i), fut. (r(f)d^oo, pf. eacfyayp-ai,
a-oy^co

(TTpoovvvpi {-vo)), pf. earpcopai, 1 aor. a. eoTpaxra, p. -ecTTpcodrjv. 2 aor. facpdyrjv, 1 aor. ((T(f)a^a.
(crw^o)
;

Bl., 3, 3), fut. aa>a(o, pf. (riaaxa,

-<rpat.,

1 aor. a.

f(rco(ra,

p.

icraiBrjv,

1 fut. p. crwdrjaopai.
a.

Td(r(T(o, fut.

-rd^opai, pf. r'ro;^a, -ypai, 2 aor. -trdyrjv, 1 aor.

era^a, p. fTd)(6r]v,

2 fut. p. -rayrjaopai.. -Teivco, fut. -revco, 1 aor. -eVetva. TeXeco, fut. -reXeVco, pf. TfreXeKa, -ecrpai, 1 aor.
era^dpr]!',

m.

a. eVeXeo-a, p. eTfXeadrjv, 1 fut. p.

reXeo-^ijo-opat.

-rfXXco, fut. -TfXoCpat, pf. -reVaXKa, -pat, 1 aor. a. -eVfiXa, in. -ereiXdpijv.
Ti]Ka>,

-Tepvo), pf. -Trp.r)pai, 2 aor. -erepov, 1 aor. p. -eTprjdriv. 2 fut. p. TaKTjaopai.


fut.
Ot](T(d,

Ti$i]pi (-fo)),

pf.

rddeiKa,

-p.ai,

2 aor. m.

edfp,r]v,

1 aor.

a.

edrjKa,

p. fT(6T)v, 1 fut. p. T0r](TOpai. TiKTco, fut. Tf^opai, 2 aor. ereKOv, 1 aor. p. eTf)(6T)v. TlVOOj fut. t'kTCjO.

APPENDIX A
-rpeTTO), pf. -TfTpafifiai,

499
m.
erpeylrdfirjv,

2 aor.

p. -erpaTTTjv, 1 aor. a. -erpexj/^a,

2 fut.

p. -TpairijcroixaL.

Tp<pa) (root 6pf(f)), pf. Tedpap-p-ai, 2 aor. -eTpd(j)riv, Tpex(o, 2 aor. e8pafj.ov.
-TpilBo), fut. -Tpi-^o), pf. -TiTpip.p,ai,

laor.

a. edpeyl^a,

m.

-i6pc^d}iT]v.

Tvy)((ivco, pf. rervx^a (-6v;(a),

1 aor. -erpiilra, 2 2 aor. TV)(ov.

fut. p. -rpi^rjaonai,

(payetv, V.s. (<j6ia).


(f)aivco, fut.

(pavovfiai,

2 aor. p.

e(f>avriv,

1 aor. <^ava, 2 fut. p.

(f)avr]aop.ai,

(^avcTKU)

{(f)(i3(TKa>),

fut. -(paiKToo.

M, Pr., 1, 10), fut. oi'o-o), pf. -evr]vo)^a, 2 aor. rjveyKov (inf. ; iveyKelv), 1 aor. a. -qveyaa, p. t]v()(6j]v. (peiryo), fut. cftev^ofjiai, pf. Tre(pevya, 2 aor. e({)vyov.
(^epu> (defective
(f>r)p.l,

impf.

(f)T]v.

(f)6dv(o, pf. '4<l)dnKa,


(f)dfipa), fut.

1 aor. a. ((pdaaa. 0^ep(M, pf. -(pdapijuii, 2 aor. e(f)ddpr]v, 1 aor. a. ?(f)d(ipa, 2 fut. p.

0^ap;jo"o/xa.
(f)opi(i),

fut. (popecro), 1 aor. ((popecra.


(f)payr](rop.ai.

(ppdcraco,
(pvco,

2 aor. p. tcfypdyrjv, 1 aor. (ppa^a, 2 fut. p. 2 aor. p. e(f)vr)v.


(^toricrci)

(f)d>aK(i), v.s. (f)av(rKui.

(poyri^a, fut.

(-tw), pf. 7re(^&)ri<r/xat,

1 aor.

a. e(f)d}Ti(Ta,

p.

i(f>coTicr6r]v.

Xalpa, 2 aor.

fx^dprjv,

2 fut. p.

\apr](roiJ.ai.

X^aXdco, fut. ;^aXa(r(), 1 aor. a. e';(dXa(ra, p. exa^dadijv.


-;^<a (-;^vt'i'a), -;^i;i/a)),
-;(u^;7(ro/Liat.

fut. -X*'^> pf- -'^^'x^M^'i '

'*''^^"-

* ''^X^'^j P*

'^Xy^l^t 1 ^^^' P*

XpdofiaL

{-TjOfxai), pf. K6;^p77/xai,

1 aor.

m.

expi]crdij.rjv.

Xpao}, V.S. Kixprjpi.


Xpi-^i fut. xpi-^^i 1 *or- * ^XP'""") ^^* Xpovi^u), fut. xpo^''^ (v.l. -iaco).
yj/dXXo), fut. i/^aXm.
-\|/'u;^a},

fXP^^^M^'

1 aor.

-f-ij/v^a,

fut. p. ^vyrjcropai.

-wdfu), 1 aor. a. -cbo-a (-eoxra), 1 aor.


u>viop.aif aor. o)vr}(Tdp.i]v

m.

-wcrdfiTjv.

(Attic in pidfxrjv).

APPENDIX B
ALPHABETICAL LIST OF VERBAL FORMS
includes only such forms as might reasonably cause the beginner Where several such forms belonging to the same verb occur, The others will be recognized by their similarity a selection only is given. Those which can be to those in the list and can be found in Appendix A. traced by the cross references in the previous list and in the body of the Lexicon are, as a rule, omitted here. The present tense, enclosed in brackets, is that to which, in the Lexicon, a given form belongs.)

(The

list

some

difficulty.

ayayerf

{(iyco),

2 aor. impv.

a.

dyayrj (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a. ayviadrjTi. (ayvi^o)), 1 aor. impv. p. a1.(r6(ovTai {alfrddvofiai), 2 aor. subjc. aiTfiTOi (atreo)), pres. impv.
diirjKoa (aKOVQ)),

dveyvmre {dvayivaxTKco), 2 aor. a. dveddXere (dj/a^dXXo)), 2 aor. a. dvedtp.r]v {dvaridrjpi), 2 aor. m.


dvid-q (dvirifii), 1 aor. p.

dvfSpeyjraTO {dvaTp((f)co), 1 aor.

m.
a.
(v.s.

pf. a.

aWayrjcTOfjiai, (dXXatrcra)),

2 fut. p.

dXXa^ai

1 aor. inf. a. afj,apTr]<T7] [d^apTavco), 1 aor. subjc. a. aor. ptcp. a., djiTjcravTeov (d/xdco), 1
(id.),

avflXaro {dvaipeoo), 2 aor. m. dvetXarf, -f'lXav (id.), 2 aor. alpeo), App. A). dvfix^6p.T]v (dv(x(i>), impf. m.
di/eXet (dfatpeo)), fut. a.

gen. pi. dvd^a, -Tjdi {dvajBaipco), 2 aor. impv. dva^e^i]Ka (id.), pf. a. dvayayf7v (di'dyco), 2 aor. inf. a. dvayvovs (dvayti'axrKo)), 2 aor. ptcp. dvayvwvai (id.), 2 aor. inf. a.
^

dvfXflv (id.), 2 aor. inf. a. dvfveyKGi {dvacbipa)), 1 aor. inf. a. dvfvfyKf'iv (id.), 2 aor. inf. a. dvfvres (dvirjyiL), 2 aor. ptcp. a.
a.

dvi^opai

(di'e';^co),

fut.

m.

dvTT((Tiv {dvairiTTTU)), 2 aor. a.


dpitreicra (dvaa-fia)), 1 aor. a.

dvayvcoadfj (id.), 1 aor. subjc. p. dvaKeKiiXioTai {dvaicvXiai), pf. p. dvaXoi {dvaXiaiici)), pres. ind. a. dvaXcodtiTe (id.), 1 aor. subjc. p.
dvafivr](ra) {dvapiyiVTjcrKa)), fut.

dvearpdipTjfiev {dvaarptcfioy), 2 aor. p. dv<Txop.riv {dvx<>>), 2 aor. m.

dveTdXa
dvevpav

(dvareXXci)), I aor. a.

dvfrpd^rj (dvarpecfxii), 2 aor. p.


(di/evpi'cr/cw),

dvaTrar](rofiai (dva7rava>\ fut.

dvdirecraL {dvairiirTO)), 1 aor.

m. impv. m.

2 aor.

a.

dvdvea-e (id.), 2 aor. impv. a. dvdara, -crrrjdi {dvla-TTjui), 2 aor. impv.


a.

dvaredpafifievos (dvaTpe(f)(o), pf. ptcp. p. dvaTfiXr] {dvariWa)), 1 aor. subjc. a,

dvicoya (dvoiyco), 2 pf. a. dvtal^a (id.), 1 aor. a. dve<px6rjvai (id.), 1 aor. inf. p. dvTjyayov {dvdyo)), 2 aor. a. dvTjyyfiXa {dvayyeXXco), 1 aor. a.
dvTjyyfXrjv (id.), 2 aor. p.
{dva(f)p(i)), 1 (2) aor. act. dvfjpidrjv {dvaipid)), 1 aor. p.

dvaTfToXKfv (id.), pf. a. dva<pdvavTfs {dva(f)aiva>), 1 aor. ptcp.


dvacfiavevTfs (id.), 2 aor. ptcp. p. dvax^fvTfs {dvdyio), 1 aor. ptcp. p.

dvTjvy<(u
a.

dvd\l^avTfs {dvdiTTco), 1 aor. ptcp. a.

dvTjffidr] (avdnTOi), 1 aor. p. dvTjX^rjv (dvdy<o), 1 aor. p. dvdf^trai (di/re;^), fut. m.

(500)

APPENDIX B
dvdfOTTjKe (avdiimjfii), pf. ind. a. avdiaravTcu (id.), pres. m. avUvTfs {dviTjLu), pres. ptcp. a. dvoiyrjcreTai (avoiya), 2 fut. p. dvoiyaxTiv (id.), 2 aor. subjc. p. dvol^ai (id.), 1 aor. int. a.
dvoiaco (dvacfiepio), fut. a.
dvoi^6r](TfTai. {dvoiyca),

501

dno^dvTfs {diTo^aivto), 2 aor. ptcp. a. dno^j)(Terat, (id.), fut. 3 8. dwobibdypevov {dTroBeiKvyfu), pf. ptcp.
,

P-

diro8ei<vvvTa (id.), pres. ptcp. a. aTTodel^ai (id.), 1 aor. inf. a. dnodidovat (aTroSi'Sw/xt), pres. inf.
aor.

a.

1 fut. p.

dTToBiBoiip (id.), pr. ptcp. a. neut. a.

dvra-nobovvai
inf. a.

(dvraTroStScu/ii),

dnobodfjvai (id.), 1 aor. inf. p.

dnohoi
2 aor.
a.

(id.), v.s. -St3.

avTanobcocTiii (id.), fut. a.


dvT(<jTr)v {dvdiaTrjfj.1),

dTToSoy, -Sore (id.),


dTToSovi/at,

-5ouy

(id.),

2 aor. impv. a. 2 aor,

inf.

2 aor. inf. a. dz^co (dviTjfjLi), 2 aor. subjc. a. aTraXXd^Tj {dnaWdcra-a)), 1 aor. SubjC. a. dirapBT] {diraipu)), 1 aor. subjc. p. aTrapvTjadcrdoo (anapviofiai), 1 aor.
(id.),

dvTKTT^vai

(ptcp.) a.
dTToSo) (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a. 3 s. aTTodaveiv {diroOvrja-Kai), 2 aor. inf.
a.

d7ro(ca^tcrrdi'6t (dTroKa^tordi'ci)), pres. a.

awoAcan^XXdyTTTe
aor. p.

(d7ro*caraXXd(7a'a>)

impv. m.
dnaprrjar) (id.), fut. 2 8. aTrardro) (aTrardo)), pres. impv. act. dTTarrjdela-a (id.), 1 aor. ptcp. p.
d-jre^rjaav {dno^aiva)). 2 aor. .
dTrf'Sei^ev {aTro8fiicvVfj,c) , 1

aTTOKdrio-rdi/et = diroKadicrravfi. dTTOKpidfis (dnoKpivai), 1 aor. ptcp. p. aTTOKTavdeis (diroKTuva), 1 aor. ptcp. p.

drroKTfVvvvrfs {dTronreivco), pres. ptcp.


a.

aor. a.

dTreSero {dTro8i8wp.i), 2 aor.


aTreStSovi' (id.), iuij.f. a.

m. m.

dnoKTevai

(id.), fut. a.

drredoro, -do<r6f (id.), 2 aor.


aTreSoxcei' (id.), 1 aor. a.

dntOavev

(dnodvrjarKa)), 2 aor. a. dweiTrdpeda (dwelTrov), 1 aor. m. dTTftp^oi' (d7re;(a)), impf. a. d7r6Kar(rrd^i;v {dnoKa6icm]pi), 1 aor.
,

P-

1 aor. inf. a. dnoXoiipui (id.), fut. m. dnoXa) (id.), fut. a. dTToXcoXa (id.), 2 pf. a. dnopiyj/avTas {dnopinrci), 1 aor. ptcp. a. diTo<TTaXa> (aTTooTeXXm), 2 aor. subjc. p. d-noareiXas (id.), 1 aor. ptcp. a. dnooTji {d<piaTr]pi), 2 aor. subjc. a.
d.ToXf'o-at (d7rdXXv/:),

dntKariiTTr^v (id.), 2 aor. a. dnfKpidrjv (^dnoKpivui), 1 aor. p. aTTeKTdv6r]v {dTroKTflvo)), 1 aor. p.


d7rfX?/Xi;^et{rai' {dTrep)(opai), plpf.

dnoa-TrjTf, -ottjto) (id.),

dno(TTpa(f)fjs {diro<rrp((f>a>),

2 aor. impv. a. 2 aor. subjc.

dneXdav

(id.),

2 aor. ptcp.

a.

dirfveyKelv {diTo(f)pa)), 2 aor. inf. a. dTTfVfxdrjvai (id.), 1 aor. inf. p. aTreirvlyr) (dnonviyo)), 2 aor. p. dTriirvi^av (id.), 1 aor. a.

dntOTaKriv (dTrooreXXo)), 2 aor. p.


djreoT-aXKa (id.), pf. a. direoTeiXa (id.), 1 aor. a.
dn((TTr}, -ijcrav (dcplarripi),

impv. a. dnora^dpevoi (dTrordcraw), 1 aor. ptcp. m. dTrrov (aTrrw), pres. impv. m. anuXfcra (dTToXXu/it), 1 aor. a. dnaiXopTjv {dTroXXvpi), 2 aor. m. dnccxrdpfvos {dw(odfoi), 1 aor. ptcp. m.
dTToaTpf^lrov (id.), 1 aor.
cipai (a'ip(o), 1 aor. inf. a.

upas
(iprj

(id.),

1 aor. ptcp. a.

d7reaTpd(l)r)(rav

2 aor. a. (aTrocrrpe^a)), 2 aor. p.

dpi(T(i (dpeo-Ko)), fut. a.


(cupoo), 1 aor. subjc. a. dpd^, -daxTiv (id.), 1 aor. subjc. p. (ipOryri (id.), 1 aor. impv. p. dpKfcrrj (dpKe'ci)), 1 aor. subjc. a. apov (aipco), 1 aor. impv. a. apnayevra (Apnd^m), 2 aor. ptcp. p. dpirayrjcropfBa (id.), 2 fut. p.

dTTfTa^aro {dirordacra)), 1 aor. m. dTTT^ea-ai/ (oTret/xt), impf.


aTTT^Xacrei' (drreXavfca), 1 aor. a.

d7r;Xy7;KOTef {dirdXyeco), pf. ptcp. a.

dirffKdav {dirip\opaC), 2 aor. a.


d7r7jXXd;^;^at (aTraXXdcrcrci)), pf. inf. p.
dirripvrja-dp-qv (dirapviopai),
dTTTja-7ra(rdpi]v {diracrird^opai),

1 aor. 1 aor.

dpco, -ov(Tiv (alpa)), fut. a.


ai^r}6fi (av^dvo)),

1 aor. subjc. p.

502
d(f)f6r]v {d(f>ir]^i),

APPENDIX B
1 aor. p. 2 aor. a.
inf. a.
8.

daprjaopai (Sepco), 2 fut. p.

d(f)lXev {d(f)aipfO}),
d(j)e7vai {d(j>ir]fii),
dcfifls (id.),

SfSeKTm (Sexopai),
SfSeKWf
(5f'<i>),

pf.

2 adr.

pf.

ptcp.

a.

pres. ind. a. 2

dffxis (id.), 2 iwT. ptcp. a.


d(f)f\el (dc^aipeoj), fut. a.

Sedepai (id.), pf. p. 8f8i(oypfvos (8ta>KCo), pf. ptcp. p.


8e8oTai. {8i8o}pi), pf. p.
SeSctfKeicraj/ (id.),

dipeXflv (id.), 2 aor. inf. a.


a(f>fs (dcpirjixi),

plpf. a.

2 aor. impv.
a.

a.

Set;

(Sew), pres. subjc.

dcpecdi'TOL (id.), pf. pass.


d(f)^ (id.),

2 aor. subjc.

8fdfivaL {8((o), 1 aor. inf. p. SfipavTfs (Sf'po)), 1 aor. ptcp. a.


8^T]Tai,,

d(f)fjKa (id.),

dcfiUvrai

and

1 aor. a. -ovrai (id.), pres. p.

d(j)iK(TO (d^iKj/eo/xai),

2 aor.

dcf)i(TTaao {d(pi(m]fu), pres.


dcjiia-TaTO (id.),

impv. m.

8(^ai (Se^o/Liat), 1 aor. impv. -avrai (id.), 1 aor. subjC. Sija-ai (Setu), 1 aor. inf. 8r]<TTj (id.), 1 aor. subjc. 3 s.

impf. m.

acfiopiel, -ovaiv (cKpopi^o)), fut. a. dc^ayp-ev {d(j)ir]fjii), 2 aor. subjc. a.

d(f>a>fj.oiconevos

(dc^o/xotoco),

pf.

ptcp.

pass.
d;^<Jjvat {(iyco),

1 aor. inf. p.
a.

dx^'7(r60-^e (id.), 1 fut. pass.


ci'^as {anTco), 1 aor.
a\lrrj

8ia^ds {8ia^aiva>), 2 aor. ptcp. a. dia^rivai (id.), 2 aor. inf. a. StdSos {8ia8i8(opi), 2 aor. impv. a. 8iaKa6dpai {8iaKaddipa>), 1 aor. inf. a. 8iaXXdy7]di {8iaXXda(Ta), 2aor. impv. p. 8iapfLVTj (8iapeva)), 1 aor. subjc. a. 8iapfpevr}K6Ts (id.), pf. ptcp. a.
8Lapfvfis (id.), pres. ind. a. Siapevds (id.), fut. ind. a.
8iavoi-)(6-qTi (piavoiyot),

(id.),

ptcp. 1 aor. subjc.


fut. a.

/3a\<M
/3dXa),

OdXXo)),
-7]

8iaaT]^as (Stapjjcra-o)),
a.

1 aor. impv. p. aor. ptcp. a.

(id.),

2 aor. subjc.

^apeia-Bco {^apeco), pres. impv. p. lid-^T] (jSaTTTO)), 1 aor. subjc. a.

(also -pp-)8i,a<TnapivTS (8ia(nreipco),


8ia(T7ra(r6f} (StatTTrdo)),
8ia(TTd(Tris {8u(TTr)pi),

2 aor. ptcp.

^e^app.vov (id.), pf. ptcp. p. ^e^rjKO {^aivoi), pf. a. ^e^XrjKfv (jSdXXo)), pf. a. ^e^pcoKa {l3LJ3pd>(TKO)), pf. a. ^Xr)6(ls (/SdXXo)), 1 aor. ptcp. p.
^XfjdrjTi (id.), 1 aor.

1 aor. subjc. p.
a.

2 aor. ptcp.

8iaarpe\lrai, (5tacrrpe0a)), 1 aor. inf. a.

8iaTayis (SiaTacrcrco), 2 aor. ptcp. p. 8LaTax6fVTa (id.), 1 aor. ptcp. p.

impv.

p.

8taTfTaypfvo5 (id.), pf. ptcp. p. 8LaTeTaxevai (id.), pf. inf. a.

yap-rja-dTcaiTav (ya/if'o)), 1 aor.

impv.

a.

fitSdao-ti/ {8i8(opi),

pres. a.

ycyevrjpai. {yivopai), pf. pass.

yeyevvTjpai {yevvdoi), pf. pass. yiyovav (yivopai), 2 pf. a.

8U^T](rav (Sta/SaiVco), 2 aor. a. 8ifyfipeTo {8iyeipo)), impf. p. (unaug-

mented).
StelXoj/ (Statpe'o)),
8i.evfyKr] (Sia0e/jco), 1

yeyovei

(id.), plpf. a. (id.),

s.

2 aor. ptcp. m. yevea-do) (id.), 2 aor. impv. 3 s. yevrjadf (id.), 2 aor. subjc. m. yevciivrat. (id.), 2 aor. subjc. m.

yevdpfvos

2 aor. a. or 2 aor. subjc.


1
aor.
a.

a.

8iep7]^v
-p/)-).

{8capT]a-(Tcci),

(also

8upT](T(rfTo (id.),

yyjpas (yaptoi), 1 aor. ptcp. a. yqprjs (id.), 1 aor. subjc. a.

impf. p. 8L((Td<priaav (8ia(Ta(f)ea>), 1 aor. a.


8ifcnrdpr)(Tav (8ia(nrfipco),

yva. yvoi yvovs (yivaa-na), 2 aor. ptcp. a. yvoi, yv<o (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a. 1 and 3
yvw^t (id.), 2 aor. impv.
a.

2 aor. p. 8u(Tird(T6aL (SiacTTrdo)), pf. inf. p. 8icrTiXd/ij;j' (SiaoTe'XXw), 1 aor. m.


8t.e(m] {8ucrTrjpi),

s,

2 aor.

a.

yvcopioiaiv (yvcopi^co), fut. yvwa-drj (yii/tocricci)), 1 aor. subjc. p. yvaxrdrjafTai (id.), 1 fut. p.

8if(rTpapu.ivos (Staorpe'^o)), pf. ptcp. p. SieVa^a (Siardo-o-co), 1 aor. a.

yvaxTopai

(id.), fut. a.

2 aor. p. 8ie(f)6appevos (id.\ pf. ptcp. p. SiTjKOvouv (SiaKOveo)), impf. a.


8i((f)ddpr]v {8ia(f)deipo)),

yvoiTco (id.),

2 aor. impv.

a.

8iT)voiyev {8iavoiya>), impf. a.

APPENDIX B
8ir]voi^(v (id.), 1 aor. a.
8ir]voix0r]a'av (id.),
e^Tja-a
f'Cijrf,

503
(fao), 1 aor. a.
e^wi' (id.),

1 aor. p.

impf.

a.

diopvyfjvat {BiopiKraa), 2 aor. inf. p. tiopvxOrjvai (id.), 1 aor. inf. p.

e6fpr]v (Ttdrjpi), 2 aor.


e'drjKa (id.),

m,

1 aor. a.
a.

impf. a. Siw^arw (Skbkco), 1 aor. impv. a. 8ia^r]Te (id.), 1 aor. subjc. a. 8i(i)xQwovTai (id.)j 1 fut. p. doddaav (8tSa)/it), 1 aor. ptcp. p. 8odfj (id.), 1 aor. subjc. p.
8i(i)8ev (SioSfvco),

fdov (id.), 2 aor. m. ZQpei^a (rpe^co), 1 aor. ela (edco), impf. a.


f'laa-a (id.),

1 aor. a.

el8a

fi8ov (opda, q.V.), 2 aor.

2 aor. subjc. a. Self, BoTc, SoTO) (id.), 2 aor. impv. 8ovvai (id.), 2 aor. inf. a. 80VS (id.), 2 aor. ptcp. a.
807 (id.),
Si'i'^j;

fWicrpivov (edi^oy), pf. ptcp. p. eiXaro (aipeo)), 2 aor. m.


a.

fiXrjTTTM (Xa/i/3ai/Q)), pf. p.


f'iXT](pa (id.), pf. a.

{8vvanai), pres. ind. Sw, Scot; (StSco/xt), 2 aor. subjc. a.


8S)Tf (id.),

(lXkov (e'XKQ)), impf. a. fiXKvae, -av (fXKvo)), 1 aor. a. e'lXKcopevos (eX/cdco), pf. ptcp. p.
f'i^apfi' (eiKo)), 1 aor. a.

8coT) (id.),
8ci)p,v,

2 aor. opt. a. 2 aor. subjc.

a.

fia8papovaa

(etcrrpe^i^co),

2 aor. ptcp.

a.

8co(rr}, -(TCDfjiev (id.),

1 aor. subjc. a.
a.
a.
.

elcTfXriXvda {elcrepxopai), pf.


i(TTjL {ela-fipi),

impf.
plpf- *

f^oKav (/SaXXw), 2 aor.

(ItTiaaiv (id.), pres. ind.

(^da-Kave {^acTKaivco), 1 aor.

fla-TTjKfiaav

(JarrjjjLi),

e^8fXvyiJivos (/3SeXvcr(ra)), pf ptcp. p. f^i^\r)TO (/3aXX(u), plpf. p.


e^Xrjdrjv (id.), 1 aor. p. e^yttrai/ {eyyi^oi), 1 aor. a.
e'yeydi/fi (ylvofiai),

elxav, -ocrav (e^w), impf. emv (eaw), impf.

fKaddpiaev, -tp- (Kadapl^o),


act.
ra.

-ep-),

1 aor.

plpf. a.

tyeipai (eyeipco), 1 aor.

impv.

iyeipai (id.), 1 aor. inf. a. iyfipov (id.), pres. impv. p. fyevrjflrjv (yivopat), 1 aor. p.
fyepvr/drjv (yevvda)), 1 aor. p. iytpel (eyeipco), fut. a.

eKaQapicrOrj, -ep- (id.), 1 aor. p. eKSaxrerai {fK8i8u.>pi), fut. m. (KeKpa^a, ficpa^a {Kpd^a)), 1 aor. (Kfpacra (Kepdvvvpi), 1 aor. a. Kep8rj(Ta {Kp8aiv(o), 1 aor. a.

a.

(KKaOdpan

{eKicadaipa)), 1 aor.

impv.

eyf pdeis
iy4p6r}Ti.

(id.),

1 aor. ptcp. p.
p.

y(pdr](TfTai (id.), 1 fut

(id), 1 aor. impv. p. jyvyeppai (id.), pf. p. eyTjfjii (yapeo)), 1 aor. a.


(yivaxTKO)), pf. a.

eyvuxav
eyvwv

iyvKjiKtvai (id.), pf. inf. a.


(id.), 2 aor. a. fyxpicai {eyxpiio), 1 aor. impv. m.

tyXpla-ai (id.), 1 aor. inf. a. yxpi.(Tov (id.), 1 aor. impv. a.


e8a(f)iov<Ti.v {{8a(pi^co), fut. a.

(KKaddpjj (id.), 1 aor. subjc. a. eK.Kxvp,vos {eKXffo), pf. ptcp. p. eKKOTTTjar] (fKKonra)), 2 fut. p. eKKo\j/ov (id.), 1 aor. impv. a. KXa(ra (AjXao)), 1 aor. a. KXav(Ta {KXaico), 1 aor. a. KXfXi]a6 {eKXav6dv<o), pf. m. (kXtjOtiv (KaXfco), 1 aor. p. fKoyfracrBe (kotttco), 1 aor. m. fKTrXf vcrai (ec7rXeco), 1 aor. inf. a. fKpa^a ((cpafo)), 1 aor. a.

(Kpv^q

(/cpvTrTw), 2 aor. p. (KO-axTai (e/cCTco^o)), 1 aor. inf. a.


(e'/cretVco),

eStero, -elro (Seopai), impf.


e8er]dr)v (id.),

fKrevels

fut. a.

1 aor.
Set),

eKTrjcrdprjv {urdopai), 1 aor.

eSft

(impers.

impf.

e8fipav (Sepo)), 1 aor. a. fdrjcra (8eco), 1 aor. a. eSico^a (StwKO)), 1 aor. a.


f8oXiov(Tav (SoXtdo)), late impf. 8pap.ov {rpexco), 2 aor. a. ?Su, e8v(Tfv {8vva>), 2 and 1 aor. a. 3

eKTia-rai (kti'^co), pf. p. fKTpanri (fKTpeVco), 2 aor. subjc. p. (<(j)VT] (encfiCa), pres. or 2 aor. subjc. a.

fKx^ai

(eK;^a)),

eK_)(e'Te (id.),

1 aor. inf. a. pres. or 2 aor. impv. a.


a.

s.

eXd^ere {Xap^dva), 2 aor. a. eXoKT^CTfi' (XatTKW or Xaice'a)), 1 aor.

504
eXa^^e (Xayxdvco), 2 aor. a. fKirjaov (eXte'co), 1 aor. inipv. a.
fKevcrofiai {(px^ofiai), fut.

APPENDIX B
e'^fSero (fKSiSco/it),

f^f iXaro

(f ^atpeco),

2 aor. m. 2 aor. m.

fXrjXaKoTfs {fXavvo)), pf. ptcp. a. fXrjXvOa {fp^ofjLai), pf. (\i6a(Tdr)aav (Xt^a^co), 1 aor. p.
eXdcvtrai (JkKva), 1 aor. inf. a. eXd/ievos (aipew), 2 aor. ptcp.

f^fKavOrjcrav {enicaico), 1 aor. p. e^exXirai' (eKKXt'i/co), 1 aor. a.


i^eKOTTTjs ((KKOTrrw),

2 aor. p.

m.

i\7Ti.ovcnv (eXTTi'^o)), fut.

pi.

fjxaBov (jiavdavat), 2 aor. a. efxacravTO {fiaadofiai), impf. e/xjSds (e/x/3aiVa)), 2 aor. ptcp. a.
efji^dyjras

e^fXf {e^aipeo)), 2 aor. impr. a. e^eXf^co {(KXeyco), 1 aor. m. 2 s. f^fXrjTM (e^aipim), 2 aor. subjc. m. f^fveyKUVTfs {eK(f)ip(o)y 1 aor. ptcp. i^eveyKtiv (id.), 2 aor. inf. a. e^fvevcrev {eKVfvto), 1 aor. a.
e^ejre'ratra (eKTreravi'ii/Ai), 1 aor. a.
a.

a.

{ep^anTas), 1 aor. ptcp.

e^fTrXdyqcrav (eKTrX^crcro)), 2 aor. p.


e'leVXei (e/cTrXeo)), impf. a. e^earaKevai {e^lcmjpi), pf. inf. a. i^ecrTpanrai {eKaTpeCpco), pf. p.
i^fTpaTT-qcrav (f KxpeTTco),

ffx^r)vai (efifdaivco),

2 aor.

inf. a.

efii^f {jiiyvvixi), 1 aor. a.

ffnrTrXr](rnvos {ffiirifiTrXrjixi), pf. ptcp.


,

P-

ifnr\ri<r6o} (id.), 1 aor. subjc. p.

ffiapava

{fiu)paiv(o),

1 aor.

a.

e^frdcrai (J^erafco), 1 aor. inf. a. 2 aor. p. e^exff (/c;^0)), 1 aor. a.

eveSvvapovTO

(eVSvi'a/ioa)),

impf. p.

f^f)(y6r)(Tav (id.), 1 aor. p.

fveiKrjaa (eVetXfw), 1 aor. a.

e^eaxrev = e^atrev. f^^fo'av (e^et/xi), impf.

fvevevov

(eVz/evco),

impf.

a.

veir\r](Tev (e'/iTrt/XTrXr^yut), 1 aor. a.

i^rjpappivos {^rjpaivco), pf. ptcp. p. i^T]pava, -pdv6j]v (id.), 1 aor. a. and p.


f^rjpavrai (id.), pf. p. 3 8. f^ripavi'Tjaa {e^fpavvdco), 1 aor. a. f^rjpTiapevos {e^apTi^o}), pf. ptcp. p. e}^X^TaiJ^^t]X^o)), pf. pass.

evfTTprjaf (JpTT'nrprjpi^ epTTprjOco), 1 aor.


a.

fVfiTTvov,

-crav

(efMirrvo)),

impf.

and

1 aor. a. evfarrjKora (eVt'oTJ/^ii), pf. ptcp. a. fvearoira, -Sxrav, -(otos (id.), pf. ptcp.
a.

i^iivai (e^et^t), pres. inf.

i^KTrdvatv {(^ia-rrjpi, q.V.), preS. ptcp.


e^oia-ovai {(Kipepco), fut. a.

fvereiKdprjv (eVreXXw), 1 aor.

m.

fvervXi^a {(vrvKiacrco), 1 aor. a. evfCpdvicrav (euLCpavi^cci), 1 aor. a. fV{(f)va'T]aei' (e/i0vaaa)), 1 aor. a. fve\6eis {(pepco), 1 aor. ptcp. p.
PT)pyijKa {evepyeco), pf. a.

i^aaai {i^wOiio), 1 aor. inf. a. f^aaev (id.), 1 aor. a. iopaKa (opdca), pf. a. enayayelv (eVdyo)), 2 aor. inf. (nadev {iTdcrx<^), 2 aor. a.

a.

ivKp'ivai (fVKpivco), 1 aor. inf. a.

evoiKovv {evoiKeo)), pres. ptcp.

a.

eVreXelrai (eVrfXXo)), fut. m. fvTeTaXrai (id.), pf. m. ivrpanf} {evTperra)), 2 aor. subjc. p. ivrpanrjcrovTai (id.), 2 fut. p. evv^e {vvaao)), 1 aor. a. evvara^av (j/ucrafa)), 1 aor. a.
ivtdK-qcrev {evoLKfco), 1 aor. a.

fTraicrxvvdrjv (e7rato";^vvo/iat), 1 aor. enavanaTjcreTai {iiravairavdi), fut. m. (Trd^as (eVd-yo)), 1 aor. ptcp. a. fTvdpas (eVaipo)), 1 aor. ptcp. a.
fTTeldev (eVfiSoj'),

8.

erreipdcrci) {ireipd^co),

fTTfiparo,

-pmvTO

{jretpdco),

1 aor. m. impf. m.

eTTdcra (Trelda), 1 aor. a.


eTreicrdrjaav (id.), 1 aor. p. eTTelx^^ (^'''f'X'")' ii^pf- *

(^aXfi(j)drjvai,
inf. p.

-Xi(p- {e^aXeiffxo),

1 aor.

eireKfiXav (fTrtKeXXo)), 1 aor. a. eTreKeKXrfTO {eiriKoXeco), plpf. p.

f^avacrTTjCTT] {f^avicrTr]p,i),
a.

1 aor. SubjC.

(^aviCTTrjcrav (id.).,

2 aor. a. i^dpare {e^alpco), 1 aor. impv. a.


e^ape'iTf (id.), fut. a.

f$apBfi (id.), 1 aor. subjc. p.

eVeXd^fro, -ovto (tmXavddvopai), 2aor. eweXfix^^ (e7rtXet;^co), impf. a. eTTfrroidei {neidco), 2 plpf. a. ejrecra (TTiTrrw), 2 aor. a. fnecTTtjcrav {e(f)i(TTT}pi), 2 aor. a. 7r(TX(v {enexci)), 2 aor. a.

APPENDIX B
inerlfia {iiririfiaai), impf. iirerpaTTT) {inirpeTvo}), 2 aor. p. fnecfidvr] {eirKpaivco), 2 aor. p. iirf^pia-ev {eirix^pio)), 1 aor. a.
fTTTjKpooivTo {fTTaKpodopai), impf.
iivfjv(rev (eTratveo)),

505

eppi^oipevoi (pi^oco), pf. ptcp. p.

ipippivoi (piTTTOi), pf. ptcp. p. eppnrrai (id.), pf. p. epiy^av (id.), 1 aor. a.
fppuxTo, -o)cr6e (paivvvpi), pf. impv. p. ipvcraro (pvopai), 1 aor. m. (epp-). epvadr^v (id.), 1 aor. p. eVaXTTtcre {a-aXni^d)), 1 aor. a.
f(rj3(rav {(rlSevvvpt),

1 aor. a.

7rfjpa {fTraipco),
iirr]p6r) (id.),

enrj^ev (irTjyvvpi), 1 aor. a. 1 aor. a.

1 aor. p.
1 aor.
a.

1 aor.

a.

iirfjpKfv (id.), pf. a.

inia(Ta

{nt.a^<i)),

iaeiaQrjv (afico), 1 aor. p. fOTjpavfv (crrjpaLvoi), 1 aor. a.

7ri(iXe'^ai {i'm.^Xiirci)), 1 aor.

impv. m.

firi^Xf-^ai (id.), 1 aor. inf. a.

enibe (eVeiSov), impv.


iiriGes {eTTiTiOripL), 2 aor.
e7ri<eKXr]crai (eTrt/caXe'co), pf.

fo-KvXpevoL ((TKvXXo)), pf. ptcp. p. ecTTrappevos {(nreipco), pf. ptcp. p. itrrdd-qv (j.(TTr]pi), 1 aor. p.

impv. m.

a.

eardvai

(id.), pf. inf. a.

fCTTrjKacriv (jLO-TTfpi), pf. a.


e(TTT]iiv {(TTrjKoy),

eiriKeKXrjTO (id.), plpf. p. fTTiKXrjdfVTa (eTTtKaXeo)), 1 aor. ptcp. p. eTTiKpavBrjcrav (niKpaivat), 1 aor. p.

impf.
a.

forrfKOis {la-TTjpi), pf. ptcp. a.

farrjv (id.),

2 aor.

inCXeXrfcrptvos

{eniXavddvopai),

pf.

iarrjpiypivos

{(rrrjpi^oi), pf.

ptcp. p.

ptcp. p.
(TripfXrjdrjTi {inipeXeopai), 1 aor.

ecrrrjpiKTai (id.), pf. p.

impv.

f<TTT](Tav (JcrrqpC),

1 or 2 aor.

pi.

. PeiTiov {ttIvw),

2 aor.

a.

fcrrpcopevov {(TTpavvvpc), pf. ptcp. p. earpwaav (id.), 1 aor. a.


f(TTOi(rav {elpi),

1 aor. subjc. a. eirnrodrfaaTf {iTrnrodfa)), 1 aor. impv. a. eViCTTao-a (ecjyia-njpi), 2 aor. ptcp. a. eiria-rarai (id.), pres. ind. m.
fTnrrXrj^Tjs (eTrtTrXijcrcrw),
inia-TTjOi {f(hiaTrjpi),

impv.

<T(f>ayp(vos (cr^afdj), pf. ptcp. p. (r(f)payi(rpevos {(Ttppayi^a), pf. ptcp. p. ta-xriKa (evw), pf.

enicTTarai {fniCTTapai), pres. ind. 2 aor. impv. a.

f(rxr)<ora (id.), pf. ptcp. a.

ecrxov (id.), 2 aor. a.

eVrra)^/;s (niaToa)), 1 aor. p. iTTiTfBf] {(TTiTldrjpi), 1 aor. subjc. p. iniTidiaa-i (id.), pres. a.

(ddnToj), 2 aor. p. iriB-qv (rldrjpi), 1 aor. p. (TfdvrjKei (6vTj(TK.(t)), plpf. a.


erdcfir]

pres. impv. a. 1 aor. opt. a. enKpavai (eVi(^atVa)), 1 aor. inf. a. iirXavrjOrjaav (^irXavdo)), 1 aor. p. eTrXda-dr) (7rXaa-(rco), 1 aor. p.
iiTiTiOet, (id.),

fTfKfv (rtKTO)), 2 aor. a.

firiTipdcrai (eVtrt/iaco),

(Ttx^l

(id.), 1 aor. p.

eriOei, {riB-qpi),

impf.
fiirjp-

a.

irvOrj (dvu)), 1 aor. p.

evapfOTTjKivai,
inf. a.

(fiapeorco)),

pf.

eirXi]yr] (^7rXr]<T(ro)),

2 aor. p.

TrXr](Tdr], -drjcrav (id.),

fTrXrjaav {n'lpnXrjpC), 1 aor. a. 1 aor. p.

fTrXovTTjaare (TrXovreo)), 1 aor. a. iTrXovricrOriTe (irXovri^o)), 1 aor. p. (TrXvvav (ttXiivo}), 1 aor. a.

fv^dprjv ((vxopai), 1 aor. evpapev, evpav {eiipicrKO)), 2 aor. a. fvpfdrjv (id.), 1 aor. p.
evpT]Kfvai (id.), pf. inf. a.
v(f)pdv6i]Ti (wc^patVo)), 1 aor.
i'cfiayov {iadiui),

impv. p.

envevcrav {irveco), 1 aor. a. (TTviyovTO {jTviyoi), impf. p. eirvi^av (id.), 1 aor. a. 7r pdOrj (TTtTrpdo-KO)), 1 aor. p. (npa^a {irpdcra-a)), 1 aor. a. TT p'L(T6r)(rav {vpi^a), 1 aor. p. Trpo(f)T]Tfv(ra {irpocfirjTfva)), 1 aor. enrvcTf {irrvco), 1 aor. a. epdvTicrfv {pavri^co), 1 aor. a. fpdiriaav (^pairi^co), 1 aor. a.

2 aor.

a.

efpaXopevos {((f)dXXopai), 2 aor. ptcp.


f(f>dvTjv {(paivco),

(f)aaKev

{(f)d(ric(o),

2 aor. p. impf. a.

((pfiaaro {(peidopai), 1 aor.


etpeardis {((picrr-qpL), pf. ptcp. a.
a.

(f)daKa, -era {(pddvco), pf.


ecftddprju {(f)df[p(o),
e(f>iXi ((piXeco),

and

1 aor. a.

2 aor. p. impf. a.
pres.

i<f)i(JTaTai {f(f)iaTrifu),

506
((f)pa^av ((fypdaaa)), 1 aor. a.

APPENDIX B
r)V(a>x0r]v (id,),
T)voiyt]v (id.),

fcppva^av

(c})pvd<T(T(o),

1 aor. a.
a.

1 aor. p. 2 aor. p.

CJ)vyou {(pfiryo)),

2 aor.

rjvoL^a (id.), 1 aor. a.


r)voix6r]v (id.), 1 aor. p. jj^ei {rJKO)), fut. a.

(Xdpr]v (;^aipco), 2 aor. p. fXpica {xpico), 1 aor. a.

f^paivro {)(pdopai), impf.


f\j/v(r(o

^|iou (d^tdo)), impf. a.

{^fvBop.ai), 1 aor.

m,

T)^ia>Tai (id.), pf. p.


TjTTaTTjdrj (dTraruct)),

edypuKU (opaca), pf. a. ecopaKei (id.), plpf. a. eoopav (id.), impf. a.

TjTTeidrjcrai' {dirfideo)),

1 aor. p. 1 aor. a.

(^ivvvre
fwo-at

cr^- {(T^ivvvpi), pres.

(fcoi'i'v/ii),

1 aor. iiiipv. ra.

fcoo-ei (id.), fufc. a.

impf. a. impf. a. r^nla-Tovv {d7ri(TTfa>), impf. TjTTopei {aTTopto}), impf. a. fJTTTOvTo (aTTTo)), impf. m. rjpa {a'lpa), 1 aor. a.
i]Tridovv (id.),
TjTrfiXei (dTretXe'w),

a.

Tj^ovXrjdrjv (^ovXopai, q.v.), 1 aor. p. fjyayov (ayco), 2 aor. a.

T]pya(6pT)v,

-(rdpr^v

(Jpyd^opai), impf.

and

1 aor.

rjyaTTrjKoa-i

qydira (dyaTrao)), impf. a. {dymrda)), pf. ptcp. a.

rjpfdi(Ta (epedi^co), 1 aor. a.


rjpfcra {dptaKO}), 1 aor. a.

^yyfiXai/ (dyyAXco), 1 aor. a.


fjyyiKa, -era (eyyifco), pf.

fjpfo-Kov {dpi<TKa)\ impf. a.

and

1 aor.

a.

TjpTjpoidr] {epT]p6(o),

rjydpev {eyeipw), 1 aor. a. riyipBrjv (id.), 1 aor. p. fjyeTo, -ovTo (aytu), impf. p.
rjyqpai {rjyiopai), pf.

i^pdrjv (atpo)),

1 aor. p. 1 aor. p.

rjpKfv (id.), pf. a.

rjppevos (id.), pf. ptcp. p. rjpveXro {dpv(opai), impf.


r)pvT)pai (id.), pf. pass.
T)pvr](TdpT]p (id.)j

ffyviKores

(oyi't'^to), pf.

ptcp. a.

fiyviarpevos (id.), pf. ptcp. p. Tjyvoovv (dyi'oeo)), impf. a,

1 aor.

Tjp^dprjv {apxo>), 1 aor.


TjpTrdyr]

m.

ji^fKTav ipiba), plpf.


r)hvvr}6rj,

-dad-q {8vvap.ai), 1 aor.

^6iKov

{deXco),

impf.

(dpTrd^w), 2 aor. p. rjp7Ta(T (id.), 1 aor. a. TjpTrdcrdr] (dpTrdfo)), 1 aor. p,


i-jprvpevos (dpTvat), pf. ptcp. p.

ij/cacrt {tJkci)),

pf. a.

TjKoXov6r]Kap,fv (oKoXov^e'co), pf. a.

TjpxovTo (f'pxopai), impf.


rjpoiTuv (eocordta), impf. a.
rjs,

17X0x0 (aXXoynai), 1 aor.

s,

^Xdrrcocras' (eXoTroo)), 1 aor. ptcp. a.

Tjo-da (flpi),

fjXavpfTo {fXavvco), impf. p. 3 TjXfriBrjv (iKftco), 1 aor. p.


T}\r]p.ivos (id.), pf.
TjXfr](ra (id.),

s.

fja-diov (ecrdico),

impf. impf.

a.

fjo-aoidrjTf (fiTrdo), 1 aor. p.

TJXfiyjra

ptcp. p. 1 aor. a. (dXe/0(u), 1 aor. a.

T]rr]Kapfv (atV/co), pf. a.


j]Tr](Ta, -a-dpTjv (id.),

1 aor.

a.

and m.

TjTipaera (art/id^tu), 1 aor. a.


T]TipT]aa {dripdco), 1 aor. a.

^X^ov

{epx^opai),

2 aor.

a.

^XKco/ieVos (eXKOo)), pf. ptcp. p. ffXXa^av (dXXd<ro-a)), 1 aor. a.

r)ToipaKa (eVoi^dfco), pf. a.

^TovvTo

{alreu)),

^XTTtKa, -o-a (eXniCci)), pf.


rjpaprov (id.), 2 aor. a. rjpeOa, rjjxfv {dpi), impf. ^peXXov {pfXXo)), impf.
^pr]v {flpi), impf.

and

1 aor. a.

TjTTjjdrjTe (jyrrdo)),

impf. m. 1 aor. p.

TjfidprrjKa (dfiaprdvoi)), pf. a.

rJTrqrai (id.), pf. p.


r}T(x>

(flpi.),

pros, impv.

r]v86iiT](ra

(euSoKeo)), 1 aor. a.

T]p(f}ie(rpfvos {dpipifvvvpi), pf.

ptcp. p.

T)vdoKovpev (id.), impf. a. TjvKaipovp (ei/catpeo)), impf. TjvXrjiTapfv (aiXew), 1 aor. a.


T]vX6yei. (evXoyeo)),

TjvfyKa {(pfpco), 1 aor. a. Tjvfxdrjv (id.), 1 aor. p.


r]V((i>yp(vos (dj/oiyo)), pf. ptcp. p.

impf.

a.

r}vX6yriKa, -era (id.), pf.


rjv^rjcra

and

1 aor. a.

(av^avio), 1 aor. a.

Tjvfco^a (id.), 1 aor. a.

TjinopfiTO {eviropia), impf.

m.

APPENDIX B
rjvplcTKfTo {(vpla-Koi),
r]vpL(TKov (id.),

507

impf. p.
a.

KOTaXa^i; (KaTa\ap^dva>), 2 HOT. subjc.


a.

impf.

t]v(f)6pTjav {ev(f)o i(o)),

1 aor. a. T}v(f)pdvdT] {ev(ppaiva)\ 1 aul". p. r]i))(api(TTT](rav (eLip^aptoTew), 1 aor. a.


{a^ir]pi),

KaTairiji {Karairiva)),

2 aor. Subjc.

a.

Tjuxoprjv {evxopai,),
rj(j)ie

impf. impf.
f't>r.

KaraTTodfi (id.), 1 aor. subjc. p. KaTapTia-ai ((caraprifa}), 1 aor. inf. or opt. a.


Karaa-KTjvolv, -ovv (KoracrK-qvoa)), pres.
inf. a.

p. T]xpftd)di](rav {dxptioco), 1 aor. p. T]-\f/dpriv (airTCi)), 1 aor. m.

rjx&^v ("'y^), 1

KurdcTxoypev (KaTex<>>), 2 aor. subjc. a. KareayaxTLV {Kardyvvpi), 2 aor. SubjC. p. Knrea^a (id.), 1 aor. a.
Kcired^ei (id.), fut. a.

Bdyj^at {daTTTU)), 1 aor. inf. a.

Bflvai,

dels (ridjjpi),

2 aor.

inf.

and

Karir'i'q

{naral^alva)),

2 aor.

a.

ptcp. a. Bipevos (id.), 2 aor. ptcp. m. BivTis (id.), 2 aor. ptcp. a.

KaTeyvci}(Tpvos {KarayivoiaKa)), pf. ptcp.


P-

nom.

pi.

KareiXrippevos ((caroXa/ijSai'a)), pf. ptcp.


PKaTiXT](f)vai (id.), pf. inf. a.
.

mas. deade (id.), 2 aor. impv. m. 6fTe (id.), 2 aor. impv. a. diyjis, Oiyrj {6iyyuva>), 2 aor. subjc. 6(o {ti6t]pl), 2 aor. subjc. a.
Iddr] (tdopai),

a.

1 aor. p.

KareKari (KaraKaicu), 2 aor. p. KaTK\a(Te {KaTaKXao)), 1 aor. a. KaTK.\ei(Ta ((caraKXfto)), 1 aor. a. Karfvex^fts {Karacpfpco), 1 aor. ptcp. p. Karevvyrjcrav (KaTavv(T(rco), 2 aor. p.
KaTfiTf(TTr](rai' {KaTe(f)ia~n]pi),

2 aor.

a.

'iarai (id.), pf. p.

KOTiTTif {KaTajrivco), 2 aor. a.

laro (id.), impf.


i8ov

KaTeTTodrjv (id.), 1 aor. p.

fl8ov.

'laaai (otSa),

3 pi. impv. lardvopfv, laTaptv


ladi (dpi),

Karea-Kappevos {KaTacrKaTTTco), pf. ptcp.


P-

Karearpappevos (KaTaoTpe'^w),
(Ja-njpi, (J.V.).

pf. ptcp.

lOTf {oi^a), ind. or impv. l(m'jKfiv {icrrrjpi), plpf. a. laipevos (IdopMi), pres. ptcp.

PK.aT(TTpa>dTjcrai>

{KoraaTputvvvpi), 1 aor.
a.

P-

Kodapifl {KadapL^o}), fut. Kadapla-ai (id.), 1 aor. inf. a. KaOfiKf {Kadaipta}), 2 aor. a. Ko^eXaj (id.), fut. a. Kadrj (KaOrjpai), pres. ind. KadrjKav {Ka6ir]pi), 1 aor. a.
KaOrjcreade {Kadrjpai), fut. Kadfj-^e {KaddrrTO)), 1 aor. a.

KaTevdvvai (KaTevdvvco), 1 aor. inf. KaTfvdvvai (id.), 1 aor. opt. a. Karetpayou {Karecrdia)), 2 aor. a. KarriyyeiXa (xarayyeXXco), 1 aor. a. KafrjyyeXr) (id.), 2 aor. p. KaTTjveyna {KaTa(pepa)), 1 aor. a.
KUTrjvTrjKa,
-era {KaravTaa)), pf. 1 aor. a. Kor'qpdcra) {Karapdopai), 1 aor.

and

Kudov {Kddrjpai), pres. impv.


Kokia-ai ((caXe'w), 1 aor. inf. a. KoKfaov (id.), 1 aor. impv. a.

<aTTjpyT)Tai (Karapyew), pf. p. KaTTjpricrpevos {KarapTi^o)), pf. ptcp. p. KaTTipriaco (id.), 1 aor. m. 2 s.

KdprjTf (Kdpvco), 2 aor. subjc. a. KorajSa, KardQrjdi {Kara^aivo)), 2 aor.

Karrjcrxvvdrjv {Kara'.crxvvco), 1 aor. p. KaTrjxr]VTai (Karr^xeoa), pf. p.


KaTT]xr](T(o (id.),

1 aor. ubjc. a.

impv.

a.

KarloiTai (Karioco), pf. p.

KaTaj3e0T]Ka (id.), pf. a. Karaidfj (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a.


KaraKarjcropai {KaraKaia), 2 fut. p. KaTUKavcrai (id.), 1 aor. inf. a.

KaraKavx^i

{naTanavxaopai),

pres.

impv.

KaroiKKTfv (/caroiKi'^a)), 1 aor. a. Kav6i)aopai (Kaico), 1 fut. p. Kavxacrai. {Kavxdopai), pres. ind. KiKadapicrpivos {Kadapi^ot), pf. ptcp. p. KKa6app4vos (Kadaipco), pf. ptcp. p. KfKaXvppevos {naXvTTTd)), pf. ptcp. p.

508

APPENDIX B
Xr]p\lropai (id.), fut.
XiTTi] (XetTro)),

KiKavufvos {K.aia>), pf. ptcp. p. KfKpa(Tfxevos (KepdvvvfXL), pf. ptcp. p. KCKXfiafiai (KXft'o)), pf. p.
KfKXrjKa (KaAe'to), pf. a. KeKXrp-ai (id.), pf. p.
kk.\lkP {kXivco), pf. a.
KKfj.riKas {Kafivw), pf. a.

2 aor. subjc.

a.

pddfTf (pavddvu)), 2 aor. impv. a. pddrjTe (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a. pa^iov (id.), 2 aor. ptcp. a. papavOrjaopai (papaivco), 1 fut. p.
paKapiovcri {paaapi^o)), fut. paKpoBvprjcrov {panpodvpico),

KfKOfii(Tfiivos {Kopevvvfxi.), pf. ptcp. p. KfKpaye {Kpa^co), 2 pf. a.

aor.

KeKpd^ovrai

(id.), fut.

m.
a.

impv.

a.

KeKparrjKfvai (Kpareo)), pf. inf.


KeKpdrrjvTai (id.), pf. p. KfKplnfc (KpiVo)), plpf. a. KcKpip-m (id.), pf. p.

pediardvai

{pedicTTTjpi), pres. inf. a. pfdva-Qma-iv (pedviTKCo), 1 aor, SubjC. p. peivai (/xeVw), 1 aor. inf.

KKpvpp.ivOS {KpVTTTCo), pf. ptcp. p. KepdaaTf {Kfpdvvvpi), 1 aor. impv.


KepSdvco (id.), 1 aor. subjc. a.
Kf)(^api(Tfiai {)(api^opai), pf.

a.

Kfpdavo), Kep8r](ra> {icepdaLvco), fut. a.

peivavres (id.)j 1 ^'Or. ptcp. peivare, peivov (id.), 1 aor. impr. peivT], -T]re, -aa-iv (id.), 1 aor. subjC. peXiTa (peXerdco), pres. impv. a. pepaBrjKMS {pavddva}), pf. ptcp. a.
pepei'rjKfKTav {pivai), plpf. a.

Kf^apiTcopevos {xapiroo}), pf. ptcp. p.


KfXP^H-^'' (xP'^opai), pf.

Kex<>^piapivos (;(a)pi'^<), pf. ptcp. p. KTjpv^ai, -v^ai {KTjpiKTao)), 1 aor. inf. a,


xXno-at (KXaw), 1 aor. inf. a.

pepiappivos {piaivco), pf. ptcp. p. pepiavrai (id.), pf. pass. pepiypivos {piyvvpi), pf. ptcp. p.
pipvrjade (jiipvrjaKai), pf.
pepvrjpai, {pveco), pf. p. pfi'e'iTf (pevco), fut. ind.

m.

KXavaare

(KXaio)), 1 aor.

impv.

a.

KXavo'd), -opat (id.), fut.

KXfia-dajaiv (KXet'co), 1 aor. subjc. p. KXr]dj]s (/caXew), 1 aor. subjc. p.

pevfTe (id.), pres. ind. or impv. perd^a, -0r]di (peTaj3aiva>), 2

aor.

impv.

a.

KXojpev (KAaco), pres. ind. a. KXcjpfvos (id.), pres. ptcp. p. *:Xcoi/re? (id.), pres. ptcp. a. Koipcopevos {Koipdco), pres. ptcp. p. icoXXj^drjTL (noXXdco), 1 aor. impv. p. Kopidrai {Kopi^oi), fut. m. Kopiaaa-a (id.), 1 aor. ptcp. a. Kopfo-devTes {nopevvvpi), 1 aor. ptcp. p. Koyjrai (kotttco), 1 aor. ptcp. a. Kpd^as (Kpa'fo)), 1 aor. ptcp. a. Kpd^ovcTiv (id.), fut. a. Kpdrfi {Kpareco), pres. impv. Kpidrjaecrde {Kpivat), 1 fut. p. Kpi6cMi(TLv (id.), 1 aor. subjc. p. Kpv^rjvai (/cpuTrrco), 2 aor. inf. p. KTTja-aa-de {Kraopai), 1 aor. impv. m. KTrja-rjo-df (id.), 1 aor. subjc. m.
-/3j7 (Xap^dvio), 2 aor. impv. and subjc. a. Xaddv (Xavddvo)), 2 aor. inf. a. Xa)(ov<Ti (Xayxdi'oi), 2 aor. ptcp. a. Xdxa>pfv (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a. XfXovpfvos, -<Tp,ivos {Xovat), pf. ptcp. p. XeXuo-ai (Xvco), pf. pass. Xrjpcfidfj (Xap^dvai), 1 aor. subjc. p.

peraaTadS) (pfdiarripi), 1 aor. subjc. p.


pTaaTpa(pr]T(o
{peracrTpecfya)),

2
a.

aor.

p. pfTfOrjKfv (peTaTidTjpi),

impv.

1 aor.

pTfaTT](rev {pediarqpi), 1 aor. a.

perio'xrjKiv

(/xeTe'^^co), pf. a.

pereriQ-qaav {peTaTidrjpi), 1 aor. p. perrjXXa^av {pfTaXXdatro)), 1 aor. a. peTrjpev {peTaipco), 1 aor. a.


peroiKio) {peroiKi^co), fut. a.
lierwKto-ei' (id-), 1 aor. a. piavdSxTiv {piaiv(o), 1 aor. subjc. p. pvrjvBrjvai {pipvrja-KO)), 1 aor. inf. p. pvria-drjTi, -re (id.), 1 aor. impv. p. pvTjada, -ds (id.), 1 aor. subjc. p.

veviKTjKa (viKda), pf. a.

vfvopoderrjTai {vopodereo)), pf. pass.


Xdl3f,
vr)\l/aT {vr](j)a)),

voei

(i/oe'co),

1 aor. impv. pres. impv. a.

voovpeva

(id.), pres.

ptcp. p.

68vva(Tai {68vvdo)), pres. ind.


oicro) {(pfpco), fut. a.
o/xi'i3i'at, -uetj/

m.
a.

o/Aoo-at (id.),

ippvvpi, -voj), pres. inf. 1 aor. inf. a.

APPENDIX B
ofioa-f} (id.),

609
m.

1 aor. subjc.

a.

Trapfixoprjv (id.), impf.

ovaifiTjv {6vivT)fi.t),

2 aor. opt. nu

jrap4Kvy\rev {TrapaKVTrTon), 1 aor. a.

6(f)6is (id-))
o\//', -r}

opaxrai {opdoo), pres. ptcp. a. i 3,or. ptcp. p.


(id.), fut.

TrapeXdlSotrav (irapaXapfidvco), 2 aor. a.

oylrrja-de (id.),

1 aor. subjc.

m.

TrapeXevaovrai (irapepxopai), fut. irapeXrjXvOfvai (id.), pf. inf. a. TrapeX^aro) (id.), 2 aor. impr. a.
irapeveyKfiv {ivapa(^ipai), 2 aor. inf.
-jj {napex'^), fit. a. and m. irapfiTLKpavav (irapairKpaipo)), 1 aor. a. irapecricevacrrai (wapaaKevd^a)), pf. p.

irapi^ei,

Tradeiv (nda-xo), 2 aor. inf. a. irddrj (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a.


iraia-T) (naio)), 1 aor. subjc. a. irapa^oXevcranevos {7rapa^o\fvofj.ai), 1 aor. ptcp. Trapa^ovXevcrdpevos {irapa^ovXevopai), 1 aor. ptcp.

jrapeoTrjKOTes, -eoTwres {vapicTT-qpC), pf.

ptcp.

a.

irapereive (wapareiVo)), 1 aor. a.


TrapeTTjpovv {iTapaTqpea)), impf. a.

naprjyydXav (irapayyiXXo)), 1 aor.


Trapijvei {vapaivioi),

a.

TrapadfdoiiceKrav (jrapaS/Sw/xi), plpf.


-8c3 {TrapaSiSwpi), pres. subjc. irapa8i8ovs, irapa8ovs (id.), pres. and 2 aor. ptcp. napaba, -8oT (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a.

7rapr]<oXov6r)Kas (irapaKoXovdeco), pf. a.

irapaSidol,

impf.

a.

TrapTjTTjpivos (irapaiTeopai), pf. ptcp. p. Trap(OKi](Tev (irapoiKeco), 1 aor. a.

TTapco^vvfTO (irapo^vvco), impf. p. TTapayrpvvav (napOTpvi/O)), 1 aor. a.

napddov

jrapaddvai {irapaTidr^pi), 2 aor. inf. (id.), 2 aor. impr. m. napadwa-io (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a.
{irapaicaXvirTCi)),

a.

napaxTjpevos (irapolxopai), pf. ptcp. TraiKTaTO) (jraiJa)), 1 aor. impv. a. ne'iv (ttiVco), 2 aor. inf. a.
ireicras (ireidm),

vapaiToxJ (irapaiTeopai), pres. impv.

irapaaeKaXvppivos
ptcp. p. rapaKe;^ei/xaicoTt

pf.

1 aor. a. neiravrai (iravo}), pf. m.

(Trapax^eipd^co),
(^Trapai^aXeQi),

pf.

ireireipapevos (ireipda)), pf. ptcp. p. Treiretpaa-pivos (ireipd^m), pf. ptcp. p.


TTfTTficrpai {ireido)), pf. p. ireTTifcrpivos (Trtefto), pf. ptcp. p. TreTTiOTfUKOO-t (TTtoTfvo)), pf. ptcp. a.

ptcp.

a.

wapaKXrjdaaiv

aor.

subjc. p. TrapaKvijras {irapaKvirro}), 1 aor. ptcp. a.


iTapaXT]p<p6r]aTai

{TrapaXap^dpai),

ireTrXdvrjcrde (TrXai'dco), pt. p. TreTrXdrvirai (TrXarvi/w), pf. p.

fut. p. TrapaTrXeOcrai (TrapaTrXf'co), 1 aor. inf. a.

irenXrjpaKevai (TrXjypda)), pf. inf. a.


7Tiroida (-rrfido)),

2 pf.

Trapapvoipev {napapia)), 2 aor. subjc. p. irapaarrja-ai. {TrapicrTTjpi), 1 aor. inf. a. Trapaa-TTJTf (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a. iTapa<Txo)v {napx<^), 2 aor. ptcp. a. {jraparidTjpi), iTapaTidf(rd(ocrav pres.

irtTTOvOa (n-do";^a)), 2 pf.


TTfTrdrtKfv (TTOTtfo)), pf. a.

irdnpane

(iriirpda-Kco), pf. a.

ireirpaxa (irpda-a-co), pf. a.


TreTTTcoKa (TriTTTO)), pf. a.

impv. 3

pi.

neirvpapevos (nvpoto),

pf.

ptcp. p.

TrapeSiSocrav {napaSidcopi), impf.

pi.

nerrcoKe (ttivco), pf. a.

irapedevTO {iraparidTjpi,), 2 aor. m. ndpei {Trdpeipi), pres. ind. iraptipevos {irapirjpi,), pf. ptcp. p.
Trapeivai {irapiTjpi), 2 aor. inf. a.
irapelvai {irdpeipCj, pres. inf.

neircopoipevos (Trcopdca), pf. ptcp. p. irepid\lras (nepidTrrco), 1 aor. ptcp. a.


Trepi8papa)v {irepirpexdi), 2 aor. ptcp. a. 7repie8e8eTO (irfpi8eai), plpf. p.
Trepif^aia-pevos (irepi^d)vvvpi), pf. ptcp.

irapetad^nvanv (Trapeicrdyo)), fut.


Trapei(re8vr](rav (Trapeto-Svco),

a.

2 aor. p.

irepieKpv^ov (TrepiKpvTrrco), 2 aor. a.


TTepteXeli' (irfpiaipea)),

TTap{i(re8vcrav (id.), 1 aor. a.

TvapeicreveyKavTes {irapeiafPepco), 1 aor.

TTfpieireaov (TrepiTrtTrrca),

ptcp.

a.

7rapi(TTTjKei(rav (irapiamjpi), plpf. a.

iraptixav {napix'^)i impf.

2 aor. inf. a. 2 aor. a. TrepiecTTraro (rreptcTTrdo)), impf. p. irepUcrxov (irepifx<>>)j 2 aor. a. TrepifTepov {irepirtfiva)), 2 aor. a.

510
irtpi^oKrai (ntpi^avvvfii), 1 aor.

APPENDIX B
impv.
7rpoKf^fipiap.fPos (irpoxeipi^a), pf ptcp. p. TT poKfxeLpoTOvi]p.VOs {rrpoxftpoTOveo}), pf. ptcp. p.

m.
Tvepirjpflro (jTepiaipioj),

impf. p.

TTfpiSevTes (nfpiTiSTjpi), 2 aor. ptcp. a.

m. or p. TrepnrfarjTf (TrepnTiTTTU)), 2 aor. subjc. a.


TTfpua-Taaro (nepuoTripi), pres.

n poopa)pr]v
m.

(Trpoopdo)), impf.

m.

TTpocravfdevTO {irpoaavuTidrjpi), 2 aor.


Trpoa-eipyda-aro (Trpoaepyd^opai), 1 aor. Trpoa-eKXidrj (7rpo(TKXiva>), 1 aor. p. TrpoaeKoXXTjOrj {Trpoa-KoXXdco), 1 aor. p.

TTfpipepappfvos (Trepipaivo)), pf. ptcp. p. 1 aor. nepipTj^avTes {nepiprjyvvpi),


ptc}:). a.

nepicrcrevcrai, -evaai (Trepiarcrfvo)), 1 aor.

inf.

and

opt.

a.

npoaeKiivovv (npoa-Kweo)), impf.


npo(rfvr]voxev
{7rpo(r(f)epoo), pf. a.

a.

TTfpiTfTprjpevos (nepiTepvu)), pf. ptcp. p. mpiTprjOrjvai (Trepirepvu)), 1 aor. inf. p.


Trecrelv (TriTrro)),

2 aor.

inf. a.

Trpna-eTTKrev (Trpoo-TrtTrra)), 2 aor. a. TTpoaeprj^tv {irpocrpr^yvvpi), 1 aor. a.


TTpo(T(Txri<a (7rpo(re';ca)), pf. a.
irpocrefpcovfl (7rpoa-ff)a>vea>),
Trpna-eaij'Tos {irpoaedd)), pres.

TTiTrjTai {neTopai), pres.

TTfTapfvos {ireTaopaL),

pre.3.

SubjC. ptcp.

Trefpavipcorai {(pavepnco), pf. p. 7re(filfxa)(To {(pipaa), pf. impv. p.

impf. a. ptcp. a.

Trpoa-rji'fyica (7rpo(r(ppa>), 1 aor. a.

TTiaaai {nia^tii), 1 aor. inf. a.


TTi'e,

TrprxTrjpydcrarn (tt poaepyd^opai), 1 aor.

TTulv

(irivQ)),

2 aor. impv. aiid

inf. a.

TTiKpavei {iTiKpaivw), fut. a. TrXdaas {nXacraa)), 1 aor. ptcp.

TTpocrqv^ara (Trpoaevx^opat), 1 aor. Trpdo-^es {TTpoa-Tidripi), 2 aor. impv. a. npoa-Xafiov {frpoa-Xafi^dvco), 2 aor.

a.

impv. m.
Trpoa-fifivai {irpoapivot),
IT poa-rrrj^as

TrXe'^avrey (TrXeKco), 1 aor. ptcp. a.


7rXeoi/ao"at fjrXfoi'a^'co), 1 aor. opt. a.

1 aor. inf.

a.

(Trpoa-nrjyvvpi), 1 aor. ptcp.

iT^TjOvvd^vai (jr'KTjdvva)), 1 aor. inf. p. Ti-Xrjpcodr) (ttXtjpoco), 1 aor. subjc. p. TrXrjaas, -crdeis {TripTrXrjpi), 1 aor. ptcp.
a. and p. TTOiTjafiav (TToieo)), 1 aor. opt.

a.

npoariivai {npotoT-qpi), 2 aor. inf. a. npo<TU)ppi(Tdri(rav (Trpocroppi^co), 1 aor.

TToipavfl (^TToipaivco), fut. a.

{nmpda-Km), 1 aor. ptcp. p. Trpo^a? {npojiaiva)), 2 aor. ptcp. a. Trpo^f^TjKv'la (id.), pf. ptcp. a. Trpoyeyovas {jrpoyii'op.ai), pf. ptcp. a. TTpofjSijSaa-av {ir po^i^d^oi) 1 aor. a. rrpoeyvcoapivos {irpoyivaxTKO)), pf. ptop.
n-padfls
,

PTrpoeXevcreTai {irpoepxofiai), fut.

Trpoaaixdica (7rpa(TO)(6i^a)), 1 aor. a. (TrpoTpeTrat), 1 aor. ptcp. m. Trpov7rrjp)(Ov {7rpoinrdpx(^), impf. a. TTTaia-qTe (Trraio)), 1 aor. subjc. a. TTTOTjdrjTe (TTToew), 1 aor. subjc. p. TTTv^as (TTTuo-craj), 1 aor. ptcp. a. TTTva-as {tttvu)), 1 aor. ptcp. a. irvdopevos {irvvBdvopai), 2 aor. ptcp.
TTp rpeyj/dpfvos

irpofvrjp^aro (Trpofpdpxopai), 1 aor. rrpofTTrjyyeiXaTO (TrpoeTrayyeXXo)), 1 aor.

pavTiaoivTai (pavTi^u)), 1 aor. subjc. m.


pV(Tov(Ti.v {pea>), fut.

m.
irpoeararfs (npotiTTrjpi), pf. ptcp. a. TrpoeTfivav (npoTelvo}), 1 aor. a. 7rpoe(f)T]Tevov {7rpo(jir]Teva)), impf. a. 7rpoi(p6a(Tv (Trpofjiddva)), 1 aor. a. TTpoeuipaKOTes {irpoopda), pf. ptcp. a. npojjyfv {npodyu)), impf. a. TrpoTjXTTKOTas (TTpoeXTri^o)), pf. ptcp. a. 7rpor]papTi]Ku>i (7rpoapaprdva>), pf. ptcp.
a.

pr]^ov (prjyvvpi), 1 aor.


piyj/as (piTTTco), 1 aor.

impv.
a.

a.

ptcp.

pv7rapevdr]To}

pvnavdrjTO) {pviraivoi), 1 aor. impv. p. 1 aor. [pwapevopai,),

impv.

p.

pvaai (pvopai), 1 aor. impv. m.


ajBecrai (a-^evi'vpi), 1 aor. inf. a.
crffTT/TTe (cnjiru)),

pf. a.

cre(riyr]p(vos {aiydco), pf.

ptcp. p.

TrpojjTiacrdpeda {npoaiTidopiai.), 1 aor. 1 aor. a. TT porjTolp.a(Ta (tt pofToipd^co)


,

(TeacoKO ((Tw^co), pf. a.


crrjpavai {crrjpaivoi), 1 aor. inf. a.
pf.
crBevciiaei (aBevoco), fut. a.

7rpOKKTIpvypVOi ptcp. p.

{tT pOKrjpVCTIJOCl),

crnaptis {anfipo)), 2 aor. ptcp. p.

APPENDIX B
(TireixTov {(TiTevba>\ 1 aor.
(TTaOfj,

511
impf.
a.

impv.
1

a.

<Tvvri<Tav (crvveifii),

(Trds,

etc.

(larrjui),

and 2

<rvvT]adiev (crvvecrdiai), impf.


<TvvfjT {(Tvviripj.),

aor.
arrjpi^ai {<TTripi(a>), 1 aor. inf. a.
(TTTjcrrj {'ioTTjiii),

2 aor. subjc.

1 aor. subjc.

a.

arpaclifis {aTpecfxi}), 2 aor. ptcp. p. (TTpaxTou {(TTpavvvpi), 1 aor. impv. a.


(TuyK-, v.s. crvf K-.

(TvkXa8ov(ra {(rvWap^dvco), 2 aor. ptcjJ.


a.
<TvXXf]p\l/Tj (id.), fut.

(Tvpn-, v.s.

cri/i/TT-.

(Tui/aydyere ((rui'ayiB), 2 aor.

impv.

a.

(TvvavfKeivTO {crvvavaKupai), impf. 1 aor. crvvaTrax^devres ((rvvaTrayco),

1 aor. p. <rvvi8a)v {(Tvveldov), ptcp. (Tvvuis {(Tvvirjpi), pres. ptcp. (rvviovTos {(rvveipi), pres. ptcp. gen. s. (TvvKTTdvfiv {(Tvvia-TTjpi), pres. inf. (Tvviaai {(Tvvir)pi), pres. subjc. (rvvKaTareOeipevos {crvvKaTaridTjpi)^ pf. ptcp. m. (TvvKK(pacrp.4vos (crvvnepavvvpi), pf. ptcp. p. (rvvTrapaKXrjdrjvai (crvvnapaKoXfO)), 1
(TvvrjxdT] ((Twdyo)),

aor. inf. p.

ptcp. p.

(Tvvovrcov {(Tvvfipi), ptcp. gen. pi.


a.

(TvvaniQavov {<Tvva7ro6vr}(TKU>), 2 aor. (TvvaiTr})(6rj (avvairdyo)), 1 aor. p.

(rvvTa(f>evTS {(TwOdrrTco),

2 aor. ptcp.

P-

crvvaTTuAero {(rvvaTroKXvpi), 2 aor. m. crvvdpai {(rvvaipco), 1 aor. inf. a.


(Tvva)(dr)(Topai {(rvvdy(o), 1 fub. p.

(TvvTfXfadeis {(rvvreXeo)), 1 aor. ptcp. p. (TvvreTprjpivos {(rvvTepva)), pf. ptcp. p. (TVVTfTpLppiVOS ((TVVTpi^O}), pf. ptcp. p.
(TvvTeTpi(pSai (id.), pf. inf. p. (rvvvneKpidrjcrav {(TvvvTroKpivopai),
aor. p.
<rvv(f>vfi(Tai {(rvv(pva>),

<Tvv8(8epvos {(TvvBfO)), pf. ptcp. p. (Tvvf^fv^fv {(Tvv^evyvvpi), 1 aor. a. crvvedevTo {(rvvTidrjpi), 2 aor. m. avvfidvirjs {<Tvvel8ov), pf. ptcp. a.

{(rvXXap^dv co), pf. ptcp. avveiTrero {avvenopai), impf.


crvvfiXT]((>v'ia

a.

crvvcoa-i {(rvvirjpi),

2 aor. ptcp. p. 2 aor. subjc. a.


a.

(Tddfj (0-0)^0)), 1 aor. p.

(TvvfixeTO {<Tvvfx^)i

infipf- P-

(TuxTM (id.), 1 aor. inf.

(TvvK.6pL(Tav {(TvvKopL^co), 1 aor. a.

(TvvfXrjXvdais {(Tvvipxopai), pf. ptcp.


crvviTTicrrj] ((Tvve(f)i(TTrjpi.),

TaKT)(rTai. (t/jkoj), fut. p.

2 aor.
a.

a.

(rvveTTiov {crvvnivu)),

2 aor.

(rvvecnrdpa^fv {(TvaTrapdaaa)), 1 aor. ^. crvvecTTaXpivos {crvaTeXXa}), pf. ptcp. p. arvveo'TaxTa {(TvviaTrjpt), pf. ptcp. crvvira^n {(rvvrd(T(r<o), 1 aor. a.
(TvveTd(f)rip{v {avvOdTTTO)),

TapaxSrjvai {rapdcra-m), 1 aor. inf. p. Tedearai (dedopai), pf. TedeiKU {ridr^jxi), pf. a. TfdfpfXicoTO {depeXioo)), plpf- p. Tedjj (rldrjpi), 1 aor. subjc. p. TfdXippivos (6Xl^(o), pf. ptcp. p.

2 aor. p.

Tfdvdvai

{6vT](TKa>), pf. inf. a.

crvvfTf

{(Tvvir]p,i),

2 aor.

a.

crvvfTedeivTO {crvvTidrjpi), plpf.


crvvfTTjpei {(TvvTrjpidi),

m.

impf. a. (rvv<payis {(rvvtadico), 2 aor. a. (Tvvexfov {<Tvvxi(^), impf. or 2 aor.


(Tvvr}y4p6r)T {(rvveyeipco), 1 aor. p. crvvTjypevos {(rvvdyat), pf. ptcp. p. a-vvT}6Xr](rav ((rvvadXea), 1 aor. a.

TfdvrjKfuai (id.), pf. inf. a. redpap-pevos {Tp(<^a>), pf. ptcp. p. TeOpavcrpivos (dpava), pf. ptcp. p.

reOvptva

{6v<o), pf.

ptcp. p.

Te6a)(Tiv (ridijpi), 1 aor. subjo. p. TiKT] {riKTOi), 2 aor. subjc. a.

TeXeadoxTiv

(reXe'co),

1 aor. subjc. p.

T^jj (tiktco), fut.

crvvTjdpoKTpivos {(rvpadpoi^co), pf. ptcp.


arvvrjuav {crvvirjpi), 1 aor. a.
<rvvr]Xa(Tu {(rvveXavva)), 1 aor. a.

(TVVTjXXacraev (crvvaXXdiTa-a)), impf. a. (rvvrjvrtja'ev (crvvavrda)), 1 aor. a.

reraypevos {rd(T(T<o), pf. ptcp. p. TiTUKTai (id.), pf. p. TfTapaypevos (Tapd(r(T(o), pf. ptcp. p. TtrdpaKTai (id.), pf. p. Teraxevat (id.), pf. inf. a.
TfTeXecTTai (reXeoi), pf. p. TVi;;^a (rvyxdvco), pf. a. TfTTjprjKav {TTjpea)), pf. a.

impf. a. -rjpnaaav {(Tvvapnd^(o), <rvvr]pirdKi, plpf. and 1 aor


(rvvfjpyei, (crvvepyea)),

TfTiprjpivos {ripdat), pf. ptcp. p.

512
TfTpaxr)\i(riJ.evos (rpaxrjXiCco), pf.

APPENDIX B
ptcp.
(fii(ropai ((f)fi8opai), fut.

P; TtTixfxorai {rv(f)6(o), pf. p. Tervxa {rvyxdvoi), pf. a.

(f>v^opai {(f)vya>), fut. 4>6ap^ ((^^f t'pco), 2 aor. subjc. p, (pddacoptv {(f)6dva>), 1 aor. subjc.
(f)dfpi {(fideipoi), fut. a.
(fyipolv,

Tfx^fts (Wkto)), 1 aor. ptcp. p.


TLcrovcnv (rtVo)),
fufc. a.

-ovv

((^i/xoo)),

pres. inf. a.

inribfi^a {vnohf'iKvvp,L), 1 aor. a. vntdrjKa {viroridrjfxi), 1 aor. a.

((Ppdaaco), 2 aor. subjc. p. (ppda-ov ((ppd^oi), 1 aor. impv.


(jipayfj
(jivels,
(f)vs {(f>v<o),

2 aor. p.

and

a.

vnfKa^ev

2 aor. a. viTe\ii(^6rjv (vTroXe/Trco), 1 aor. p.


(u7roXa/i^ai/to),
VTre/xetva, -fiei'ov {vTrojj.iva), 1 aor.

(j)vXa^ov (0vXd(rcra)), 1 aor.


cfjvTfvdrjTi {(f)vTvci>),

impv. a. 1 aor. impv. p.

and

(poiTtel, -TLcrei {(poiTi^a)), fut.

impf.
VTrefivrjadrjv {iTTOfiifivi^cTKOi), 1 aor. p. uTTfreyKeti' {v'iTo(f>p<o), 2 aor. inf. a.
(;(aXdci)), pres. a. 3 pi. Xapr]vaL (;(a//)a)), 2 aor. inf. p. Xaprjcropai (id.), fut.

XaXaa-iv

iiTreroow {vnovoio)), impf. a. inrenXevcra (vTroTrXecu), 1 aor. a. VTrepi8d)v (inrepelBov), ptcp. VTrearpf-^a (uTrooTpf 0a)), 1 aor. a. vnf(TTpa>vvvov (vTro(TTpi>vvvpi), impf.
{nreTayr] (v7rora(ra"&)),

Xprja^i- (XP'^^'M"')' ^^^" Xpr)<Tov {Kixprjpi), 1 aor.


''-

iPV' ' impv. a.

Xpoviaei (xpovi^u)), fut.


;^pw (xpdopai), pres. impv. Xe^p^cai (;^(Bp'co), 1 aor. inf. a.
Xo)pi(Tai (;^a)pi^a)), 1 aor. inf. a.

2 aor. p.
a.

vnera^a

(id.),

1 aor.

viTTjyov (vTrdyco), impf. a.

VTT-qKOVov (vTTaKOvo)), impf. a.

Xa>pov<Tai {x<^pe(i>), pres. ptcp. a.

vTT'qvfyKa (vTTocfifpQ)), 1 aor. a.


inrripxov {inrapx^o), impf. a. {jiro8i8eKTai (v7roSe;^o/iai), pf.
yp'T]Xa(pTja(iav {\j/riXa(j)aa>), 1 aor.
\jrvyT](TeTai (-^vxco),
y\ra>p'i(T(x)

opt

v7ro8(8ep4vos

(iiTroSe'co), pf.

ptcp. p.

v7To8fj(rai (id.),

1 aor. impv.

m.
a.

(\//'a)/xi^&)),

2 fut. p. 1 aor. subjc. a.

vno8pap6vTes(v7roTpx^), 2 aor. ptcp.

VTTopeivas, -pepvr]K(OS {vrropevo)), 1 aor.

and

pf. ptcp. a.

v7ropvrj(raL {vTTopipvrjaKU)), 1 aor. inf. a.

VTroTTvevaas {ynoTTviui), 1 aor. ptcp. a. VTroaTfikrjTai (vTrooreXXw), 1 aor. subjc.

m.
VTTorayTj (inr order (tco), 2 aor. subjc. p. virord^ai. (id.), 1 aor. inf. a.

viroTfTaKTai (id.), pf. p.


viTTeprjicevai (vcrrepeu)), pf. inf. a.
v-^(i>6cb (vi/aoo)),

WKoSojUOuv {olK.o8ope(o), impf. apiXfi (opiXfd)), impf. mpoXoyovv (opoXoyea), impf. apocra {opvvpi), 1 aor. a. o)vei8iaa (oi'etS/fco), 1 aor. a. covopacra (ovopd^co), 1 aor. a. wpdpi^fv (opdpi^o)), impf. mpKra (opi'fco), 1 aor. a. appr/aa (oppdco), 1 aor. a.
a>pv^ev
(6pvcr(Tti)),

1 aor. subjc. p.

1 aor. a.

i)pX'')<J'a(Tde

(opxeopai), 1 aor.

(pdyeaai {iaOifo), fut. 2 s. <pdvrj {(f)alva)), 1 aor. subjc. a.

a>(f)iXov (oepeiXco),

impf.

&<pdr]v (Spdoo), 1 aor. p.

HOME
This book
is

USE

CIRCULATION DEPARTMENT MAIN LIBRARY


due on the last date stamped beFow ""^y ^^ '^"^*ed by calling 642-3405 c1i"*il.'.^"^ 6-month loans may be recharged by bringing books'
to Circulation Desk.

Renewals and recharges may be made 4 days prior to due date. ALL BOOKS ARE SUBJECT TO RECALL 7 DAYS

AFTER DATE CHECKED

OIJT.

a
SEC. CIR.

^
R U-

MAR

3076

'

41981

All]!

3 (U)

-I^i^^^^l
MyBAr(o
I

n ?7_

N)L_4
REC. ciK.

ilXL.
G

APR 2

1932

OCT 2 2
LD21
A-40m-8,'75 (S7737L)

1982

451

Generaf Library University of California


..

Berkeley

''..'I

U. C.

BERKELEY LIBRARIES

III

CD^7tDfil3tDS

X
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY

You might also like